SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ? NUMBER 80 Bibliography and Index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia Daryl Paul Domning SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PRESS Washington, D.C. 1996 ABSTRACT Domning, Daryl Paul. Bibliography and Index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia. Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology, number 80, 611 pages, frontispiece, 1996.?The significant published literature on the neobiology, paleobiology, and ethnobiology of the mammalian orders Sirenia and Desmostylia is exhaustively cataloged in approximately 4590 main entries alphabetized by author. Both technical and popular works are included, and many entries are annotated. The earliest work cited is a letter by N. Syllacio published in 1494 or 1495, describing Columbus's second voyage to the New World. The effective closing date of the bibliography was 1 May 1994. Six appendices list serial publications devoted to Sirenia, additional sources for history of sirenology and sirenian conservation, coins and postage stamps depicting sirenians, a comprehensive classification and synonymy of sirenians and desmostylians, a summary of the nomenclature of the Recent species of sirenians, and an alphabetical list of the species-group names that have been applied to sirenians and desmostylians. An extensive index is provided, employing 1059 subject headings and cross references; the subject headings include all Linnaean names and combinations ever employed for sirenians and desmostylians, as well as names of all reported sirenian food plants and parasites. More than 40% of the main entries are fully indexed, and many others are partially indexed, yielding a total of over 13,950 index entries. Each complete index entry includes author and date of the work cited, a brief annotation describing the content of the work as it pertains to the indexed subject, and a page reference for the material pertaining to that subject. OFFICIAL PUBLICATION DATE is handstamped in a limited number of initial copies and is recorded in the Institution's annual report, Smithsonian Year. SERIES COVER DESIGN: The trilobite Phaecops rana Green. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Domning, Daryl P. Bibliography and index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia / Daryl Paul Domning. p. cm.?(Smithsonian contributions to paleobiology ; no. 80) Includes index. 1. Sirenia, Fossil?Bibliography. 2. Sirenia?Bibliography. 3. Desmostylia?Bibliography. I. Title. II. Se ries. QE701.S56 no. 80 [Z6033.P2] [QE882.S6] 560 s-dc20 [016.569'5] 95-30000 CIP ? The paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements of the American National Standard for Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials Z39.48?1984. Contents Page Introduction 1 Aim and Content of the Bibliography 1 Format of the Bibliography 2 Design and Use of the Index 3 Comments on Information Retrieval Methods 4 Frequently Used Abbreviations and Symbols 5 Acknowledgments 5 Bibliography of the Sirenia and Desmostylia 7 Appendices Appendix 1: Serial Publications Devoted to Sirenia 368 Appendix 2: Some Additional Sources for the History of Sirenology and Sirenian Conservation 371 Appendix 3: Coins and Postage Stamps Depicting Sirenians 372 Appendix 4: Classification and Synonymy of the Sirenia and Desmostylia . . . 375 Appendix 5: Summary of the Nomenclature of the Recent Species of Sirenians 396 Appendix 6: Alphabetical List of Species-Group Names of Sirenians and Desmostylians 397 Index 401 in FRONTISPEICE.?The earliest illustration of a sirenian to be published: the West Indian manatee, from the 1535 edition of La Historia General delas Indias by Gonzalo Fernaridez de Oviedo y Valdds. The slightly different woodcut that has been reproduced several times as the earliest figure of the manatee is actually from the 1547 edition. Bibliography and Index of the Sirenia and Desmostylia Daryl Paul Domning Introduction What can human beings learn about a particular sort of animal, given five hundred years in which to study it? Sea cows, though long familiar to other large segments of the human race, did not enter the consciousness of Europeans until the time of Columbus. Perhaps the question is not entirely fair, because most of the ensuing centuries have been precisely those in which we were first learning how to learn about nature effectively. If we are granted another half-millennium, our performance will surely eclipse that of our apprenticeship. Furthermore, the wonders revealed by the Age of Discovery were such that shy and homely creatures of distant seas could not expect to rank high on the agenda of investigation. For these reasons the study of sirenians, like that of other strange new beasts of the tropics, emerged but slowly from the mists of legend and anecdote. The last of the living species regarded today as taxonomically distinct was not recognized until the 1830s, about the time that the fossil record of the order was starting to be uncovered. Some physiological experiments were reported in the 1940s; careful observations of free-ranging wild sirenians began only in the 1950s; controlled experiments on behavior not until the 1970s. Desmostylians were discov ered in 1876, but were not generally recognized as a distinct order until 1953. Even today, knowledge of the Sirenia lags behind that of many more diverse but more familiar, accessible, or economi cally important orders of mammals. This is only natural. But it would be wide of the mark to imagine, as those newly acquainted with this group sometimes do, that our information about it is, on some absolute scale, scanty. I discovered this for Daryl P. Domning, Research Associate, Department of Paleobiology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560, and Laboratory of Paleobiology, Depart ment of Anatomy, College of Medicine, Howard University, Washing ton, D.C. 20059. myself when, in 1967, I naively began to compile an "exhaustive bibliography" of the Sirenia and Desmostylia. Like Joseph Sabin at the start of his incomparably greater task of cataloging the printed works dealing with America (Biblio- theca Americana, vol. 1, 1868), had I imagined the eventual scope of the project, I would probably never have attempted it. So it is, I suppose, with all the larger goals we set ourselves; among our greatest blessings is ignorance of the future. Hence the present work. AIM AND CONTENT OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY This work is intended to be, as nearly as possible, an exhaustive bibliography of the significant publications dealing with the mammalian orders Sirenia and Desmostylia. Its compilation was begun at Tulane University in January of 1967 and continues at this writing; even aside from the daily growth of the literature, true completeness in a work of this scope can only be approached asymptotically. It now contains approxi mately 4590 main entries. Of equal importance with its comprehensiveness, it is both annotated and indexed, for without this apparatus its size would render it almost useless. My aim has been to cover all aspects of the paleobiology, neobiology, and ethnobiology of sirenians and desmostyli ans?in short, to embrace all published material dealing with these orders that might conceivably be of use in any sort of biological research. The extinct Desmostylia are justifiably included because they were long regarded as sirenians, are closely related to sirenians, and shared with sirenians the distinction of being the only herbivorous marine mammals. One noteworthy "ethnobiological" topic, however, has been almost ignored: the vast literature on mermaids, whose connection with sirenians is questionable at best and whose interest to zoology is in any case nil. I have included parasitological literature that reports or discusses actual occurrences of parasites in sirenians, but have tried to avoid works that only discuss the taxonomy or biology SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY of the parasites themselves, on the grounds that this is a bibliography of the sirenians and not of the species that parasitize them. The same principle applies to their food plants. Articles in popular magazines as well as in technical journals are included. However, newspapers, textbooks, encyclopedias, Grasses Traite de Zoologie, and other general reference works have for the most part been omitted. This rule has been applied more strictly to the more recent literature; hence I have included many such secondary sources and works of a general nature published prior to the mid-19th century. Likewise omitted are newsletters of many governmental and nongovernmental organizations and private companies, notices in the United States Federal Register, unpublished theses and dissertations, and other forms of "gray literature" such as in-house and contract reports, unless these latter are available through the U.S. National Technical Information Service (NTIS). Newsletters specifically devoted to sirenians are listed in Appendix 1, but their contents are in most cases not listed in the Bibliography. Also omitted, but of potential historical interest, are some sources listed in Appendix 2. To these might be added a host of leaflets, brochures, posters, and other ephemera dealing with sirenians, which I have endeavored to collect over the years but have not attempted to catalog. (The U.S. National Biological Service's Sirenia Project, headquar tered in Gainesville, Florida, also possesses an outstanding collection of such material, especially items pertaining to Florida.) Having excluded the above, I must add that even many of the references that remain might better have been omitted. The Bibliography as it stands embraces much that is repetitious and trivial?partly because I preferred to err on the side of inclusiveness, especially when citing works I had not seen; but largely because the time needed to weed out the truly worthless could better be spent on other things. I hope and suspect that the bulk of the chaff lies among those items not yet indexed (see below), where it will waste a minimum of the user's time. A still better argument for inclusiveness, however, is that even trivial items are sometimes cited in other works, and it will be useful to the reader to find their true nature and content clarified to some degree here?perhaps forestalling a tedious search in a library. Regarding those miniature substitutes for scholarly publica tion known as abstracts, they are a perennial, and usually unmitigated, bibliographical nuisance, and I for one would much prefer they did not exist. Decisions about how to treat them in a work such as this (whether to deem them "published" or not; whether to list them separately from the properly published works, which they sometimes summarize but frequently precede; how to list them when they are summaries of one author's work written and signed by another author, or when they differ in authorship from the main work; etc.) are almost impossible to make and apply consistently. Whoever is annoyed by my lack of consistency will, I hope, resolve not to burden future bibliographers with any more such writings than can be avoided. One area in which this work may prove less helpful than the user might wish is that of the pre-19th and especially pre-18th century literature. Though I think I have been adequately inclusive for that period, I would like to have spent more time on the annotations for those works, in order to provide clearer guidance respecting their many and various editions and to give more detailed and critical summaries of their sirenological contents. Not having found time to do this in the course of a quarter-century, however, I thought it best not to delay this edition further on this account and to put the greater effort into analyzing the more modern literature, which is of interest to the greater number of readers. I gladly acknowledge my debt to a long line of other compilers of sirenian bibliographies, beginning with the admirable work of Joel Asaph Allen (1882), who set a standard of descriptive bibliography that I have not attempted to match. I have greatly shortened and simplified his citations, in order to maintain throughout the present work a relatively uniform style that nonetheless should suffice for the purposes of biological (as opposed to bibliographical) research. I refer the reader to Allen's work for further collational and other information on the items he lists, which I have identified as such in the annotations given here. All compilations of sirenian literature subsequent to Allen's (for a list of which see the Index under Bibliographies of the Sirenia) I have tried to supersede by the present one, though I have omitted some items from those collections in accordance with the criteria outlined above. In addition to those published bibliographies, I have also had the benefit of some manuscript sources: "An Annotated Bibliography of the Helminth Para sites of the Sirenia" by David Blair, and "An Annotated Bibliography of the Antillean Manatee, Trichechus manatus manatus," by Antonio A. Mignucci Giannoni. Also consulted were the specialized collections of sirenian literature at the U.S. National Biological Service's Sirenia Project (Gainesville, Florida) and in the laboratory of Dr. Helene Marsh (James Cook University, Townsville, Australia). I particularly thank these colleagues for giving me access to their materials. FORMAT OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY The main entries are hopefully self-explanatory in most respects, but it is necessary to understand the following points in order to use the Bibliography most efficiently. Many of the works listed here I have not seen, and many that I have seen I have not yet indexed, or have indexed only partially and provisionally. (The latter are represented in the Index by obviously incomplete citations.) Works that are as fully indexed and fully annotated as I intend to make them are marked by an "x" at the left-hand margin in both Bibliography and Index, or by an "n" in the Bibliography. Please note: Only the citations so marked should be relied upon for completeness and accuracy. Though I have tried to make all citations as accurate as possible (but have included even very fragmentary ones for the sake of completeness), I do not vouch for the NUMBER 80 correctness of any entry not marked as verified. In addition, I have marked with a question mark any information in the main entries or annotations of verified items of which I am unsure. This includes the citations of reviews and abstracts of major works, many of which I have taken from A.S. Romer et al., "Bibliography of Fossil Vertebrates Exclusive of North America, 1509-1927," Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer. 87, 1962. Such of these citations as I have not personally verified are followed by a question mark, though they are probably quite reliable. I have attempted to transcribe the titles of works as fully and accurately as possible, but note that my transcriptions are of the titles alone and not the title pages. In other words, material appearing on the title page other than the title itself is not included or not necessarily transcribed exactly as it appears (e.g., name and titles of the author; mottoes; listings of illustrative material; address of the publisher, etc.). Names of the places of publication are generally given in their modem English forms, however they may appear on the title page. In citations of periodical articles, except where otherwise stated, the numbers following the name of the periodical signify (series)volume(number)(whole number or article num ber, if any): pages. These are followed by the numbers of included tables, figures (= text-figures), plates, portraits, and/or maps. The date following the collation is either the nominal date of publication as stated in the work itself, or the actual date of publication where this can be determined, unless otherwise noted. The annotations generally present information in the following sequence, where applicable: Number assigned to the work in the bibliography of Allen (1882); language of the work and any summaries in other languages that are included (where not stated, the language of the work is the same as the language of the title); information on other editions and translations; brief citations of extracts, notices, separately published abstracts, reviews, and reprintings of the work (where the year of publication of any of these is not stated, it is the same as that of the main entry); any other information of a bibliographical or historical sort pertaining to the work; summary of the contents or major conclusions as they pertain to sirenians or desmostyli ans, together with critical comments. I have generally restricted the latter to comments that would steer the reader to related works or away from objective pitfalls of interpretation; purely subjective evaluations of quality or accuracy have been kept to a minimum. In the cases of some works I have not seen, I have taken brief annotations as well as citations from other sirenian bibliogra phies. As these have often appeared verbatim in more than one other compilation (in most cases those of Husar and of Marsh, Channells, and Morrissey), I have generally not bothered to indicate the source(s) from which I obtained each of them. Instead I repeat here my thanks to them all for making my own work much easier and, indeed, possible. Where a book has appeared in multiple editions, I do not guarantee that I have listed them all, and I have usually not attempted to. Instead I have, in general, listed those that I happened to become aware of, unless they are excessively numerous, and paid special attention to different editions only when I was aware of differences in the sirenian-related material contained. For the rest (and for more nearly complete transcriptions of title-pages and descriptions of formats and collations), I refer the reader to library catalogs and the standard works of reference, with the reminder that this work is primarily intended as an aid to biological rather than bibliographical research. The information I have provided will certainly be adequate for citing books in any of the styles presently used in scientific literature. Where Linnaean names other than those in current use (see Appendices 4 and 5) appear in the annotations, it is because those are the names used in the work being described; I have frequently not attempted to "correct" the author's nomencla ture, but neither have I consistently refrained from doing so. (Consistency of any sort is no easy thing to maintain over the course of a labor spanning a quarter of a century!) However, in annotations of Index entries pertaining to Recent species, I have generally used the modem designations of the species in order to facilitate rapid scanning and to avoid annoying the reader with obsolete synonyms when this would serve no useful purpose. DESIGN AND USE OF THE INDEX From the outset, I envisioned the Index as an absolutely essential (and the most original) aspect of this work, as it was obvious that without a highly detailed analytical apparatus the Bibliography would be rendered nearly useless by its own size and comprehensiveness?features that ought to be assets rather than liabilities. My goal was to create an index of the entire corpus of literature that would be practically as detailed as the index of a single book, including page references. Furthermore, because many subject headings have large numbers of entries, it was desirable to give each Index entry a brief annotation of its own to aid the reader in choosing among them. In constructing the Index, I have tried to adhere to the following rules, though I am sure that inconsistencies have crept in over the many years during which this project has been a part-time occupation. 1. Systematics. A. Generic and specific names of sirenians or desmostyli ans given in a work are indexed except where only mentioned by way of general orientation (e.g., when an article begins with a brief synopsis of the living species and where they occur). B. When only a generic name is given in a particular passage, but the author considers that genus to include only a single species whose name is given elsewhere in the same work, that passage too is indexed under that specific name. C. When generic and specific names are not explicitly given in a work, the material is indexed under the narrowest deducible taxon (e.g., statements concern- SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ing "the dugong" are indexed under Dugong dugon; those concerning "manatees" or "the manatee" are under Trichechus; but those concerning "the manatee in Florida" are under T manatus latirostris). D. Higher-category names are indexed (if at all) when they are given as part of a suggested classification scheme, or when the group as a whole is explicitly treated as such. E. Names of food plants and parasites of sirenians are indexed as given in the work. F. Names used in direct or indirect quotations from other works are not indexed. 2. Geographic Occurrence. A. Fossil occurrences are indexed under state, country, or region when reported for the first time or when treated at considerable length. Usually only those pages of a work where the geographic location itself is discussed are cited in the Index. B. Recent occurrences are indexed under state, country, or region when discussed at length or (if the locality is highly unusual) whenever mentioned. Usually only those pages of a work where the geographic location itself is discussed are cited in the Index. C. Localities of food plants and parasites are usually indexed when reported for the first time or when treated at considerable length. D. Localities only mentioned in direct or indirect quota tions from other works are not indexed. 3. Geologic Age. A. Fossil occurrences are indexed under geological epoch when reported for the first time or when treated at considerable length, and when their age is explicitly stated or is determinable. They are indexed under the epoch to which they are assigned in the work, even if this has proven to be erroneous. Usually only those pages of a work where the age is discussed are cited in the Index. B. Chronostratigraphic occurrences mentioned in direct or indirect quotations from other works are not indexed. 4. Other Subjects. A. Subjects other than those above are indexed when significant information is provided. B. Subjects mentioned in direct or indirect quotations from other works are not indexed or are indexed only under general topics. An obstacle to retrieving information on particular species is the great number of synonyms that have been used for many of them in the past. As stated in Rule 1A above, I have indexed all material under the Linnaean name actually used by the author. Therefore, citations pertaining to Trichechus manatus, for example, are scattered under some 20 different subject headings. Uniting them all under a single heading, which would be desirable for many purposes, did not seem advisable because many synonymies are subjective and hence liable to revision, especially in the case of fossil forms. To aid the user I have instead included, as Appendix 4, a complete classifica tion and synonymy of the Sirenia and Desmostylia (reflecting, of course, my own current views on their proper nomenclature and arrangement). This appendix lists, under each of the names presently in use, all the other names and combinations under which that species is cited in the Index. As a short cut around this problem, however, the user interested in the Recent Sirenia should realize that the majority of synonyms of these species were hardly ever used. Indeed, if just the following three synonymies are kept in mind, the Index can be used efficiently for nearly all purposes without reference to Appendix 4 and with no significant loss of information. The names used in much of the older literature for the three Recent genera?indeed, the only synonyms ever used for them to any important extent?were Manatus for Trichechus; Halicore for Dugong; and Rytina (or Rhytina) for Hydrodamalis. These rules of thumb, together with the indications of synonymy given in the Index headings themselves, should make the Index simpler to use than may at first appear. Finally, Appendix 5 provides a convenient list (unencumbered by synonyms) of the correct scientific names now used for the living species of sirenians, and Appendix 6 is a finding index showing all the generic names with which a given specific or subspecific name has been combined in the sirenian-desmostylian literature. If the user is seeking lists and synonymies of the various vernacular or informal names of sirenians that appeared in the earlier literature, extensive compilations of these can be found in the more comprehensive 18th- and 19th-century works such as those of Erxleben (1777), G. Cuvier (1809), de Blainville (1844), J.F. Brandt (1846c, 1868a), and J.E. Gray (1866). For non-European vernacular names, see the Index under Vernacu lar Names. COMMENTS ON INFORMATION RETRIEVAL METHODS This work was put into computerized form using the Notebook II database program (Pro/Tern Software, Inc., Stanford, California). However, I designed it long before the advent of personal computers, and with the intention that it would be disseminated and used purely in printed form. Although the use of a computer to convert my handwritten index cards into the present publication has yielded an electronic database as a byproduct, the work's format still reflects my original intent. Specifically, and in contrast to most other computerized bibliographies, there is nothing here that corresponds to "key-words"; the Index has not been generated by the computer, but rather has been constructed entirely by hand, as a glance at the annotations will show. Though demanding great labor from the bibliographer, this approach has the very important advantage to the user that most of the computer searches that might be desired (including many Boolean combinations) have, in effect, already been "done" and the results printed out in the Index. Thus the user who lacks ready access to a computer can retrieve from this printed copy NUMBER 80 most of the more commonly desired sorts of information, and do so about as efficiently as could be done with a computer, simply by visually scanning the Index. Having put myself to the trouble of constructing in this manner an index (still obviously far from complete) of a comparatively small body of literature (roughly 4500 titles), I have several observations to offer on the implications of this work for future developments in information retrieval: 1. A hand-made index of this level of detail is not really practical for a corpus of literature even as small as the present one, and would require tremendous amounts of time and dedication even for a bibliography of only a few hundred titles. Therefore I do not recommend this work as a pattern for most others to follow. 2. Only you, the user, will be able to decide whether the result has been worth the trouble, in terms of the rapidity with which you can locate the information you want and avoid searching out in a library works you do not want. On the other hand, however, the existence of such a detailed index of at least one body of scientific literature provides precisely the opportunity to determine whether this degree of indexing (however achieved) is worth the trouble. In other words, it sets a benchmark (approaching a theoretically "maximal" depth of indexing, though short of the detail of a concordance) for comparison with other retrieval systems. It shows what can be accomplished, given sufficient investment of labor, and poses the question: Is this level of detail needed, or desirable? 3. If it is judged desirable, or desirable up to a point, then the challenge will be to attain this level of detail by more efficient (i.e., automated) means. Barring presently unanticipated ad vances in artificial intelligence, however, this will not be easy. Key-word systems come close to doing the job only for the most recent technical literature, narrowly focused, accurately titled, and packaged in standardized formats. How much highly trained human labor would be needed to corral the exuberant chaos of writings left by earlier naturalists, and to reduce it to a comparable system, with or without the aid of computers? that, I invite you to judge for yourself by browsing through the pages that follow. FREQUENTLY USED ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Used in left-hand margins: x n D Entry verified, fully indexed, and in final form Entry verified and in final form but not indexed (used only in Bibliography) Entry contains material on Desmostylia Taxon referred to only under a vernacular name, or otherwise than by the Linnaean name under which the entry is listed (used only in Index) Reference of particular interest or importance with regard to the subject in question (used only in Index) HG TI TM TML TMM TS abstr(s). ace. capt. chaps. comp. w/ distr. econ. use ed(s). Engl. Eoc. gen. ace. in capt. m (before page number; Ma Mioc. mm. n.comb. n.fam. n.gen. n.sp. n.subsp. NTIS Olig. Pleist. Plioc. pop. ace. publ. Rec. repr(s). rev(s). sir(s). summ. syn. transl. { } {{ 11 Hydrodamalis gigas Trichechus inunguis Trichechus manatus Trichechus manatus latirostris Trichechus manatus manatus Trichechus senegalensis abstract(s) account captivity chapters compared with; when not otherwise stated, the comparison is usually with regard to osteology distribution economic use edition(s); editor(s) English Eocene general account; contains no original data in captivity mention; i.e, only passing mention is made of the topic, so that the reader's examination of the 1 reference would not be justified in most cases million years ago Miocene millimeter new combination new family new genus new species new subspecies National Technical Information Service (U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Springfield, Va. 22151) Oligocene Pleistocene Pliocene popular account; written on a less formal level than "gen. ace." published Recent reprinting(s), reprinted review(s) sirenian(s) summary(ies) junior synonym translation enclosed quotation includes all sirenian-related information in the cited reference enclosed quotation includes the entire content of the cited reference Used in annotations: DD Dugong dugon Acknowledgments It would be impossible to acknowledge all my friends and colleagues who have contributed references or other forms of aid to this project. If bibliography itself is a thankless pursuit, SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY assistance rendered to it seems to be still more so, though I would wish it otherwise. But some names cannot be omitted. S. David Webb unknowingly set me on the path to this project when he taught me that one cannot claim to be a specialist in a field without thoroughly knowing its literature. Joseph A. Ewan gave the project its earliest material help, guidance, and encouragement, and, with his wife and collabora tor Nesta, set an unforgettable example of scholarly dedication. Clayton E. Ray, while admirably filling the roles of mentor, colleague, and collaborator over many years, has also provided an example of persistent attention to detail that has often inspired or shamed me into rekindling my flagging energies. Laszl6 Kordos gave valuable assistance with the Hungarian literature, and Jean Smith helped with the references on Georges Cuvier. Galen Rathbun, Thomas O'Shea, Lynn Lefebvre (U.S. National Biological Service Sirenia Project), and Helene Marsh made available to me their libraries of sirenian literature, and librarians at many institutions helped me as greatly as they do countless others. Of particular value to me have been the libraries of institutions with which I have been affiliated during the course of this project: Tulane University; the University of California at Berkeley; the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia in Manaus, Brazil; and the Smithsonian Institution (including its Remington Kellogg Library of Marine Mammalogy). At the Smithsonian, David Bohaska brought to my attention many references I would otherwise have missed. Victor B. Scheffer and Noel D. Vietmeyer generously bestowed on me their extensive personal collections of sirenian literature. My parents, Maud M. and Emile F. Domning, have given a lifetime of moral and material support, including purchase of the software for the computerization of this work. Raymond L. Bernor gave crucial help in obtaining the necessary computer hardware. The Atherton Seidell Endow ment of the Smithsonian Institution provided generous grant support to aid in the computerization of the Index. Here Clayton Ray's enthusiasm for the project was once again indispensable, in obtaining this support and in smoothing the project's path to completion. He and James G. Mead also reviewed the manuscript. Publication costs have been defrayed by generous subsidies for which I thank the Office of the Director, the Remington and Marguerite Kellogg Fund, and the Department of Paleobiology (chair, William A. DiMichele), National Museum of Natural History; the U.S. Marine Mammal Commission and its Executive Director, John R. Twiss, Jr.; the Save the Manatee Club and its Executive Director, Judith Delaney Vallee; the U.S. National Biological Service Sirenia Project, and its Director, Lynn W. Lefebvre; and the Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Environmental Administrator Patrick M. Rose. Over the last half-decade of the project, which has called for the most intensive and sustained output of labor, my wife Kathy has cheered and sustained me with her encouragement and unwavering enthusiasm despite the many hours of my time that this work demanded. My sincere thanks to her and all the others, mentioned and unmentioned here, who have helped. Finally, I thank in advance the users of this work who call to my attention the many errors and omissions that doubtless remain, and thereby help to improve it. Bibliography of the Sirenia and Desmostylia A Anonymous 1507. Paesi nouamente retrouati. Et Nouo Mondo da Alberico Vesputio Florentino intitulato. (Montalboddo Fracanzani, ed.) Vicenza: unpaged, 112 chaps, in 6 books. -J. C. Rodrigues {Bibliotheca brasilense ..., pt. 1, Rio de Janeiro, Rodrigues & Co., 440, 1907) reportedly gives a Portuguese transl. and lists 13 other eds. in Italian, Latin, German, and French. C. Malheiro Dias et al. {Histdria da colonizaqao portuguesa do Brasil.... Porto, Litografia Nacio- nal, 2: 112-117, 1923) published a facsimile of the Italian original with a Portuguese transl. W.B. Greenlee (pp. 53-94 in: The voyage of Pedro Alvarez Cabral to Brazil and India from contem porary documents and narratives, London, Hak- luyt Soc., series 2, No. 81: 1-228, 1938) also reproduces the Italian original with an Engl, transl.; the relevant passages of both are reprinted in Whitehead (1977: 169). Whitehead considers this work, which is the earliest one cited in this bibliography after that of Syllacio (1494?), to contain the first published description of the manatee (book 2, chap. 66, leaves 52 verso-53 recto; p. 60 in Greenlee's transl.). The locality was Bahia Cabr?lia, Brazil; the unknown author was a member of Cabral's expedition. A different version of the same account is said to have appeared in Latin in 1571; this was translated into English (in J. Os6rio da Fonseca, The history of the Portuguese .... London, A. Millar, 1: 98, 1752) and into Portuguese (in J. Os6rio da Fonseca, Da vida efeitos de El-Rei D. Manuel..., Porto, Liv. Civ., 1: 87-88, 1944); see Whitehead (1978: 498). Anonymous 1765. Lamantin. In: Encycl., ou Diet, des Sci., des Arts et des Metiers. Vol. 9: 225. -Allen 294. x Anonymous 1829. The mermaid of the Shetland seas. Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 6: 57-60. For Oct.- Dec. 1828. -Report of capture and release by Shetland Islands fishermen of a three-foot-long manatee like animal. See also J. Fleming (1828). Anonymous 1868a. Jets over den Lamantijn (M. latirostris). Jahrb. K. Zool. Genootsch. Amsterdam, 1868: 185-188. Anonymous 1868b. Til Dyrenes Udryddelses historic Tidskr. f popul. Fremstilling. af Naturvidensk., (3)5. Anonymous 1870. [Dugong oil.] New Remedies (Australia?), Jul. 1870. -Notice: Pharm. Jour. & Trans., Jul. 14, 1870: 63. Anonymous 1872. Dugong oil. Pharm. Jour. & Trans. (Australia), Jul. 6, 1872: [pp.?] -Describes a dugong exhibit at the International Exhibition (see Ramsay, 1883?), and discusses the dugong and the commercial prospects for its oil. This evoked a letter from J. McGrigor Croft {Pharm. Jour. & Trans., Aug. 3,1872: 100) about his own efforts at marketing the oil. x Anonymous 1874a. The manatee at St. Augustine, Florida. Forest & Stream, 2: 276. Jun. 11, 1874. -Reports sightings of manatees near St. Au gustine, and plans to capture one for exhibition, x Anonymous 1874b. Attacked by a menatee [sic]. Field & Stream, 2(13): 446. Nov. 14, 1874. -Brief description of Florida manatee and two accounts of frightened manatees colliding with boats. x Anonymous 1875. Manatee at the Zoological Gardens. Nature (London), 12: 294-295. Aug. 12, 1875. -Detailed pop. ace. of sirenian anatomy; com- SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ments on the first manatee brought alive (from British Guiana) to England, and on previous unsuccessful attempts. Anonymous 1876. The walrus formerly in South Carolina. Amer. Naturalist, 10: 561. -Sir. in Ashley phosphate beds near Charleston. x Anonymous 1878. [Acquisition by St. Petersburg Museum of nine skulls, plus other elements, of Rhytina borealis.] Zool. Anz., 1: 321. -P. 321: ("2. NOTIZ.?Die palaontologische Abtheilung des St. Petersburger Museums hat ausser dem so eminent wichtigen Elasmotherium- schadel kiirzlich noch eine seltene Bereicherung erfahren. Sie erhielt namlich neun Schadel nebst anderen Skeletresten der Rhytina borealis."} x Anonymous ("Redspinner"; pseudonym of William Senior) 1881. Notes on the dugong. Gentleman's Mag., 251(= n.s. 27): 738-747. -Interesting account of the Queensland dugong industry, with details on hunting, use of various parts of the animal, and optimistic appraisals of its economic potential. Anonymous 1882. Steller's manatee. Amer. Naturalist, 16: 406. x Anonymous ("K.") 1883. Aus Kamtschatka. Deutsche Geogr. Blatter, 6(1): 92-93. -P. 93: {"Herr St[ejneger]. wurde von der Smithsonian Institution in Washington zu naturwissenschaftlichen Sammlungen ausgesen- det; nach den letzten Nachrichten ist es ihm gelungen, elf wohlerhaltene Schadel und viele Knochentheile der ausgestorbenen Seekuh (Rhy tina Stelleri) zu erlangen. Dieser kostbare Fund ist bereits in Washington angelangt. D. Red."} (Notice of L. Stejneger's collection for the Smithsonian Institution of eleven skulls and other bones of Rhytina.) Anonymous 1886. Dados estatisticos e informaqoes para os immi- grantes.... Pard [= Bel6m, Brazil], Typ. do "Diario de Noticias," 1-200. -P. 129: {"A quantidade de mixira de peixe-boi entrada [into Beleni from the interior of the province of Par&] nos mesmos annos foi de 48,969 kilos, em 1884; de 23,843 kilos, em 1885; e de 34,351 kilos, em 1886."} Anonymous 1886? Ausrottung der Seekuh. Globus. Illus. Zs. f. Lander- u. Volkerkunde, 54: 125. x Anonymous 1889. Notes from the Zoo.?The manatee. Saturday Review, 67(1749): 527-528. May 4, 1889. -Reports on a young manatee from Demerara (British Guiana) in London; also mentions two previous specimens there (527). Includes pop. ace. of Sirenia. x Anonymous 1893. The "mermaid" at the zoo. Chambers's Journal, 70: 799-800. -Account of mother and baby manatee brought to London (799-800); popular discussion of sireni ans and mermaid legend (800). Anonymous 1893. SEE ALSO Chobee, O.K., 1893. Anonymous 1896a. Moron dugong. Vesmir (Prague), 25: 265-266. 1 fig. Anonymous 1896b. La destruction des especes. Les lamantins. Le Cosmos, 45(1): 14-15. 1 fig. Anonymous ("E. K.[?]") 1896c? Ausrottung des Lamantins in Florida. Prometheus, 7: 747. x Anonymous 1897. Manatees. Saturday Review, 83: 36-37. Jan. 9, 1897. -History of the Zoological Society of London's attempts to import manatees to England (36); suggests that the major cause of death is lack of immunity to local "microbes" rather than temperature (36); comments on sir. evolution (37). x Anonymous ("J.W.S.") 1898. Notes from Seminole land. Forest & Stream, 50: 102. Feb. 5, 1898. -Includes two short paragraphs on Florida mana tees and their harpooning by Seminole Indians, x Anonymous 1901. Dugong hunting in the Torres Straits. Sci. Amer. Suppl., 51(1325): 21238-21239. 3 figs. May 25, 1901. -Interesting and detailed account of dugong hunting by New Guinea natives, describing techniques (nets and harpoons) and religious observances. Anonymous 1902. [Manatee at Ft. Myers, Florida.] Amer. Field, 57(4): 78. Anonymous 1905. Au mus6e de 1'instruction publique. Collection de Bois. Lamantin. Naturaliste Canad., 31: 121-123. 1 fig. NUMBER 80 Anonymous (Ministerio das Relacoes Exteriores, Brazil) 1907a. Memoria da Commissdo Mixta Brasileiro- Peruana de reconhecimento do Rio Jurud e relatorio do Commissario Brasileiro 1904-1906. Rio de Janeiro, Impr. Nacional, 1-212 + annexos A-I. -P. 98: {"No curso inferior e no m6dio [do Rio Juru?] surgiam & tona d'agua, de instante a instante, os dous cetaceos: boto, porco do mar, pira-jaguara ou peixe-cao dos indigenas {del- phinus) e a goardba destes, vacca-fluvial ou peixe-boi dos brasileiros {manatus americanus), que 6 a sereia da fabula. O boto na vasante faz espera aos peixes pequenos, que descem dos affluentes, para devoral-os."} Anonymous 1907b. Dujong? von Kamerun! Sport im Bild, No. 37: [pp.?] 1 fig. x Anonymous 1908a. A manatee in a net. Forest & Stream, 71(14): 532. Oct. 3, 1908. -P. 532: {{"Fishermen at Ocean View, Va., brought a manatee ashore in their seine last week and it will probably be sent to some museum, as it is a large, healthy specimen of the manatee usually found in Florida waters."}} (See also J.F. Duncan, 1908.) x Anonymous [C.H. Townsend?] 1908b. Miscellaneous notes. Manatee. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 2(29): 427. Apr. 1908. -Reports that the Florida manatee obtained Sep. 5, 1906, is still living on eelgrass and (in winter) lettuce leaf trimmings. x Anonymous 1909. The commercial possibilities of the dugong. Sci. Amer. Suppl., 68(1753): 93. Aug. 7, 1909. -Pop. ace. of Australian dugong, economic uses, and capture with nets. Anonymous 1910. The Queensland dugong {Halicore sp.). Zoologist, (4)14: 31-33. -Dugongs said to have once been abundant in northern Queensland; describes commercial du gong fishing at St. Helena after 1855. x Anonymous 1911. Schadel der Stellerschen Seekuh. Korresblt. Naturf. Ver. Riga, 54: 37. 1 fig. -Photo of skull, published as supplement to C.A. Grove- (1905). The length of the skull is given as 72 cm. x Anonymous [C.H. Townsend?] 1915. Manatee from Porto Rico. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 18(2): 1216-1217. 1 fig. Mar. 1915. -Brief notice and photograph of 7'7", 437-pound manatee, which arrived at the New York Aquar ium Aug. 31, 1914, and lived less than 3 weeks, x Anonymous 1916a. A manatee from the Amazon. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 19(6): 1419, 1421. 1 fig. Nov. 1916. -Brief notice and photograph of a "Manatus inunguis" 5' long, brought to New York Jul. 3, 1916; compares its behavior to that of Florida manatees previously at the Aquarium. Anonymous 1916b. Manatus. Verh. Natw. Ver. Hamburg, (3)24(68). Anonymous 1917. SEE ALSO Fairchild, D., 1917. Anonymous 1917a. Real mermaid. Home Prog., 6: 315-316. Mar. 1917. x Anonymous 1917b. Millions in manatee raising. Illus. World, 28(3): 454. 1 fig. Nov. 1917. -Maintains that raising manatees for market would be simple and profitable. The photo of a manatee "captured off the Florida coast" is actually of a Puerto Rican specimen and is from Anon. (1915). x Anonymous 1919. Amazon manatee. Bull. New York Zool. Soc, 22(2): 46. Mar. 1919. -Reports the death on July 9 [1918?] of a M. inunguis that had lived at the Aquarium for two years. It was found to have "two distinct stom achs"; death was attributed to indigestion associ ated with this supposed anomaly! x Anonymous 1923. Mr. Joseph and his manatee. Lit. Digest, 79: 75. Nov. 3, 1923. -Animal collector Ellis S. Joseph's account of his unsuccessful attempt to bring a Niger River T. senegalensis back to civilization alive. xD Anonymous 1926. Concerning Shark-tooth Hill. Standard Oil Bull., 14(4): 12, 16. 2 figs. Aug. 1926. -Illustration and mention of a "sea-cow" [Desmo- stylus] tooth from Sharktooth Hill in a letter from G.D. Hanna (12). D Anonymous 1928. An occurrence of Desmostylus in Saghalien. Jour. Geol. Soc. Tokyo, 35: 569-570. -In Japanese. Anonymous 1929? [Title?] 10 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Current Science (Columbus, Ohio?), x Anonymous 1930. Tritons and sirens. Lit. Digest, 106: 37-38. 1 fig. Jul. 26, 1930. -Pop. ace. of mermaid legend and sirs. Anonymous 1933. Un lamentin peche" dans le Tchad. Bull. Economique de VAfrique Equatoriale Franqaise, 9(30): 35. 1 fig. x Anonymous 1934. A Canadian "monster": sea-cow, basking shark or "Cadborosaurus"? Illus. London News, 185(4991): 1011. 4 figs. Dec. 15, 1934. -Reports a carcass found at Henry Island, British Columbia, thought by "officials of the Provincial Museum at Victoria" to be the last Rhytina. (It was clearly a basking shark.) Anonymous 1941. Indicador estatistico do Estado do Pard. Belem (Brazil), Oficinas Graficas do Inst. Lauro Sodre, 1-82. Anonymous 1945. A new record of the dugong on the Palestine coast. Bull. Jerusalem Naturalists' Club, 12: 1. x Anonymous 1949a. Des lamantins dans l'U616? Zooleo (Leopoldville), (3)1(3): 36. Nov. 1949. -Notice of F. Colmant (1949). xD Anonymous 1949b. Prehistoric sea cow skeleton is unearthed. Set News Letter, 56(20): 313. Nov. 12, 1949. -Report of a Miocene skeleton found by R.H. Reinhart near Coalinga, Calif; presumably desmostylian, but described as "the ancestor of the modem sea cow." x Anonymous 1952. This is a mermaid? Well that's what science says. Life, 33: 129-130. 4 figs. Sep. 15, 1952. -Pop. ace. of Florida manatees, and of a captive specimen at South Daytona, Florida, x Anonymous 1954. Notre lamantin "Goliath." Zoo (Antwerp), 19: 78. 2 figs. -Brief notice of recently arrived T. senegalensis, with photos showing healing of wounds suffered in transit. x Anonymous 1955a. The original mermaid. Time, 66(33): 79. 1 fig. Dec. 5, 1955. -Pop. ace. of Sirenia, South Pacific dugongs, and captive dugong "Eugenie'"s trip to the Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, x Anonymous 1955b. A pip of a stiff upper lip. Life, 39(24): 73-74. 4 figs. Dec. 12, 1955. -Pop. ace. of "Eugenie," the dugong at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, x Anonymous 1956a. Death of a mermaid. Newsweek, 47(2): 49. Jan. 9, 1956. -Report of the death of "Eugenie" the dugong at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, from infec tion and pneumonia, x Anonymous 1956b. Hear manatee sounds for first time. Sci. News Letter, 70(3): 39. Jul. 21, 1956. -Reports manatee recordings made in Puerto Rico by Dr. and Mrs. Charles J. Fish, x Anonymous 1958. [Dugongs caught alive off Malindi.] Illus. London News, 233: 693, 792. 3 figs. Oct. 25 and Nov. 8, 1958. -Pictures of two dugongs captured in Kenya. Anonymous 1959a. Die Blutkorperchen der Seekuhe. Natw. Rundschau, 12(3): 105. Anonymous 1959b. Shark ray and dugong. Austral. Mus. Mag., 13(2): 49. Jun. 15, 1959. -Notice of an adult male dugong stranded at Port Hacking, New South Wales, on Feb. 12, 1959 (see also Marlow, B.J., 1962). Anonymous 1959c. Sanctuary for mermaids? Loris, 8(4): 256. Dec. 1959. -Reports the killing of dugongs with dynamite in the Gulf of Mannar, Ceylon, x Anonymous 1960a. The useful manatee. Time, 76(25): 58. 1 fig. Dec. 19, 1960. -Account of W.H.L. Allsopp's weed-clearing experiments with manatees in British Guiana. The index page of the issue (p. 9) contains a short paragraph about the mermaid legend by Bemhard M. Auer, with a photo of a dugong. x Anonymous 1960b. Manatee for aquatic vegetation control? Commercial Fish. Rev., 22(4): 5. Apr. 1960. -States that the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization and the Indo-Pacific Fisheries Coun cil were studying manatee vegetation control in Ceylon and Thailand (erroneous; see Anon., 1960c). x Anonymous 1960c. Manatee for aquatic vegetation control? Commercial Fish. Rev., 22(9): 70. Sep. 1960. -Correction of Anon. (1960b); FAO and IPFC not studying manatee use. See also U.N.F.A.O. (1961). NUMBER 80 11 Anonymous 1960d. Manatee, the original mermaid. Chap. 27 in: Wild animals of North America. Washington, D.C., Natl. Geogr. Soc, 364-365. 1 fig- Anonymous 1962a. Seekuhe sollen den Karibasee frei machen. Das Tier, 2(7): 37. Anonymous 1962b. Seekuh als Briefmarkentier. Das Tier, 2(12): 28. Anonymous 1963. Kleine Seekuh erstmals in einem Zoo geboren. Das Tier, 3(8): [pp.?]. x Anonymous 1964a. Manatee for weed control. Florida Wildlife, 18(3): 29-30. 1 fig. Aug. 1964. -Describes the weed-control study in progress under the direction of Dr. Peter Sguros of Florida Atlantic University. Recounts the netting of 5 manatees in the Intracoastal Waterway by the Miami Seaquarium, and gives their sexes, lengths, girths, and weights. Anonymous 1964b. Were they Steller's sea cows? Oryx, 7(5): 218. Aug. 1964. Anonymous 1964c. Is the sea-cow still alive? Aquarist & Pondkeeper, 29(6): 103. Anonymous 1964d. Use of manatees to control aquatic weeds. Commercial Fish. Rev., 26(10): 107-108. 2 figs. Oct. 1964. xD Anonymous 1965a. 14-million-year-old mammal being prepared. Sci. News Letter, 87(4): 49, 53. 2 figs. Jan. 23, 1965. -Brief pop. ace. of C.A. Repenning's study of the Stanford Paleoparadoxia skeleton, with an artist's reconstruction of the animal in swimming pose. D Anonymous 1965b. Stanford fossil?studied by U.S.G.S. Calif. Div. Mines & Geol., Miner. Inform. Serv., 18(6): 124-125. 5 figs. x Anonymous 1966a. This is a mermaid. Men Only (New York), Jun. 1966: 46-49. 8 figs. -Pop. ace. of netting and release of Kenyan dugongs for use in a film. Anonymous 1966b. The Second Oxford Expedition to the Kiunga Archipelago 1961. Oxford Univ. Exploration Club Bull., 13: [pp.?]. -Preliminary report of P.J. Jarman's (1966) survey of dugong status in Kenya (6). x Anonymous 1967. Manatees, living lawn mowers. Sci. Digest, 62(2): 33-35. 6 figs. Aug. 1967. -Pop. ace. of manatee weed-control experiments in Florida, x Anonymous 1968a. The homeliest mermaid. The Sciences (New York Acad. Sci.), 8(5): 3-6. 1 fig. May 1968. -Pop. ace. of manatees, their use for weed control, and their refusal to breed in captivity, x Anonymous 1968b. [Amazon manatee at Steinhart Aquarium.] The Casual Crier (Calif. Acad. Sci.), 2(1): 2-3. Jul. 1, 1968. -Synopsis of the acquisition and treatment for wounds of a specimen obtained Sep. 8, 1967. Notes that the treatment required injection of a total of half a quart of Terramycin, and that since arrival the manatee had eaten over 7000 lbs. of lettuce (25 lbs/day). Anonymous 1968c. Taming the timid sea cows. Sci. Digest, 64: 22-23. Jul. 1968. Anonymous 1968d. Project Big Appetite. Sci. Horiz., No. 96: 20. 4 figs, x Anonymous 1969. Dugongs in Australia. Oryx, 10(2): 90. Sep. 1969. -Notice of recent bans on dugong hunting, giving the species protection in all Australian waters. Anonymous 1970a. Programme de conservation du dugong a Ceylon. Biol. Conserv., 2: 305-306. 1 pi. -Survey of the status of dugongs in the Indian Ocean region by Bertram & Bertram; dugong conservation in Ceylon. Anonymous 1970b. Histoire d'une disparition. Animaux Decouvrir (Paris), 10: 1-22. -Extinction of Steller's sea cow. Anonymous 1971. Imagens de um massacre. Realidade (issue on "Amazonia"): 157-168. Oct. 1971. x Anonymous ("G.M.") 1972a. [Question about porpoises "playing" with a sea cow.] Sea Secrets, (4)16(4): 4. Jul.-Aug. 1972. -A reader reports observations of porpoises in the Loxahatchee River, Florida, throwing sea cows "halfway out of the water," and asks if this could be connected with the washing ashore of a dead manatee after one such incident. The answer notes 12 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY that porpoises (i.e., bottlenosed dolphins) are playful enough to do this sort of thing, but suggests that the death might have had another cause. Anonymous? 1972b. [Title?] Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Resources), Nov. 1972: [pp.?]. -Reports that manatees in the Titusville Yacht Basin are attracted to boats being washed and drink the freshwater runoff. x Anonymous 1973a. Workshop on Aquatic Weed Management and Utilisation: "Some prospects for aquatic weed management in Guyana." Georgetown, Guyana, Mar. 15-17 1973. National Science Research Council of Guyana and National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., viii + 30 + ix-xiii. 2 figs. -Outlines prospects and recommendations for manatee use in weed control and for a manatee research center in Guyana (4-5, 17-19). See also Anonymous (1974c). Anonymous 1973b. Early mammals in Britain. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Palaeont. Leaflet, No. 3: 1-5. x Anonymous 1974a. Another chance for manatees. Sea Secrets, (4)18(3): 10. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1974. -Reports establishment of a state manatee refuge at Blue Spring, St. Johns River, Florida. Anonymous 1974b. Our environment. Manatees and dugongs faring poorly, despite protection. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 45(11): 8-9. Anonymous 1974c. An International Centre for Manatee Research. Report of a workshop held 7-13 February 1974 Georgetown, Guyana South America. Georgetown (Guyana), National Science Research Council, iv + 34. 14 figs. -Portuguese, Spanish, & French summs. Cospon- sors of workshop: National Science Research Council (Guyana), National Academy of Sciences (USA), and International Development Research Centre (Canada), x Anonymous 1975a. Wanted: manatee sightings. Sea Secrets, (4)19(1): 12-13. Jan.-Feb. 1975. -Describes activities of the new National Fish and Wildlife Laboratory established at Gainesville, Florida, to study manatees, x Anonymous 1975b. Manatee born in captivity. Sea Secrets, (4)19(3): 6-7. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1975. -Reports the birth on May 3, 1975 of a manatee conceived in captivity at the Miami Seaquarium. x Anonymous 1975c. [Question about "bloated" manatees.] Sea Secrets, (4)19(5): 5. Sep.-Oct. 1975. -Reports several "abnormally bloated" manatees, including a female with calf, seen in Everglades National Park, and discusses possible causes of this. It is not clear, however, that the animals' shape was any more "bloated" than normal. x Anonymous 1975d. Here's a manatee story. Ecolibrium (Shell Oil Co., Houston, Texas), 4(2): 20. 1 fig. Summer 1975. -Informal account of a manatee sighted in the Norco Refinery outfall on Bayou Trepagnier, a tributary of Bayou La Branche, which runs into Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana. Anonymous 1975e. Workshop calls for manatee research center. BioScience, 25(6): 404-405. Illus. Jun. 1975. Anonymous 1975f? Mermaids in danger. Marine Pollution Bull., 5(5): 67. x Anonymous 1976a. Manatee in the Bahamas. Sea Secrets, (4)20(4): 8. Jul.-Aug. 1976. -Report of T manatus observed at Grand Bahama Island in "late 1975." x Anonymous 1976b. Our diminishing heritage: Dugong Dugong dugon. S.W.A.N.S. (Perth, Western Australia, Dept. of Fisheries & Wildlife, State Wildlife Authority News Service), 6(3): 62-63. 2 figs. -Partly erroneous pop. ace. of sirs, and of dugong natural history and status in Australia. Anonymous 1976c. [Manatee birth in Miami.] Drum & Croaker, 16(2): 24. Anonymous 1976d. Manatee. [On reverse] The story of Juliet. Instructor (Dansville, N.Y., The Instructor Publi cations, Inc.), 85(8), Endangered Species Poster #8: color photo on obverse; 2 pp. of text + 5 figs, on reverse. Apr. 1976. Anonymous 1976e. Dugongs in Australien. Natw. Rundschau (Stuttgart), 29(12): 437. Anonymous (Vietmeyer, Noel D., staff study director) 1976f. Making aquatic weeds useful: some perspectives for developing countries. Report of an Ad Hoc Panel of the Advisory Committee on Technology Innovation, Board on Science and Technology for NUMBER 80 13 International Development, Commission on Inter national Relations. Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sci ences, viii + 175. Illus. -Spanish & French summs. Manatee, 34-40. Anonymous 1976g. Manatees from KSC waters to be wired for sound. Spaceport News (John F. Kennedy Space Center, Florida), 15(6): 3. 2 figs. Mar. 18, 1976. -Pop. ace. of capturing a manatee cow and calf and tagging them with sonar tracking devices. x Anonymous 1977a. Dugong steaks for sale. Oryx, 13(5): 439. Feb. 1977. -P. 439: {{"There is still a dugong market in South India, at Kilakkarai in Tamil Nadu. A decade ago some fishermen fished for dugongs alone, but now few fish exclusively for this endangered species. Dugong meat sells at 4-5 rupees a kilogram."}} Anonymous 1977b. Our environment. Critical habitat for four endan gered species. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 48(1): 5-6. Anonymous 1977c. Endangered species stamps. Africana, 6(7): 22. Anonymous 1977d. Miami Seaquarium lucha por la preservaci6n del manati. Industria Turistica, 20(4): 16. Apr. 1977. Anonymous 1977e. Sea cows. Jour. [Bull.?] Emirates Nat. Hist. Group (Abu Dhabi), No. 1: 3-4. Mar. 1977. x Anonymous 1977f. Your excellent manatee. The Economist, Mar. 19, 1977: 80. 1 fig. -Brief pop. ace. extolling the potential of mana tees for weed control. Anonymous 1979a. Dugong surveys. S.W.A.N.S. Western Australia (Perth, Western Australia, Dept. of Fisheries & Wildlife, State Wildlife Authority News Service), 9(2): 42-43. 2 figs. Anonymous 1979b. Commitment to manatee health, research: the laboratory's role. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(2): 18-19. 3 figs. Nov. 1979. -See also Appendix 1. x Anonymous 1980a. Last chance for the manatee. Time, 115(12): 49. 2 figs. Mar. 24, 1980. -Brief pop. ace. of manatee status in Florida, x Anonymous 1980b. Gentle siren in distress: saving the endangered manatee from man. Life, 3(5): 97-98, 100. 5 figs. May 1980. -Pop. ace. of Florida manatees and manatee conservation efforts, with underwater photos, an aerial view of an aggregation at the Riviera Beach power plant, and a photo of a salvaged carcass. Anonymous 1980c. Emergency protection area for the manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 5(1): 6-7. 2 figs. Jan. 1980. Anonymous 1980d. Marine reserve needed for dugongs and turtles. Oryx, 15(4): 344. Anonymous 1981. Dugongs. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 81/12: 15-17. 2 figs, x Anonymous 1982a. Peixe boi desperta curiosidade. 0 Norte (Joao Pessoa, Parafba, Brazil), 75(75): 3. 1 fig. Mar. 19, 1982. -Reports a 1200-kg manatee drowned in a fishing net at Praia do Bessa, near Joao Pessoa. x Anonymous 1982b. [Manatee models used in school workshops; fossil sir. rib.] Sea Secrets, (4)26(4): 8-9, 11. 3 figs. Jul.-Aug. 1982. -Photos of model manatees (8) and a rib fragment dredged from the sea bottom off Clearwater, Florida (11). x Anonymous 1983a. Oil spill slaughters sea cows. New Scientist, 99(1367): 180. 1 fig. Jul. 21, 1983. -Brief notice of 50 dugong carcasses found after the Nowruz oil spill in the Persian Gulf; expresses the (fortunately unwarranted) fear that these animals constituted "the entire dugong population of the gulf." Anonymous 1983b. Helping the manatee. Natl. Geogr. World, No. 98: 10-15. 9 figs. Oct. 1983. Anonymous 1984a. At home with the manatees. Southern Living, Feb. 1984: 2va-3va. 3 figs. Anonymous 1985a. The permit system for traditional hunting of dugong: Hope Vale. Reeflections (Townsville, Australia, Great Barrier 14 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Reef Marine Park Authority), No. 15: 8-9. 3 figs. Mar. 1985. x Anonymous ("HM.") 1985b. The plight of the manatee. Southern Living, 20(7): 16, 18. 1 fig. July 1985. -Pop. ace. of Florida manatees. Appended to it is a notice of the Save the Manatee Committee's new Adopt-A-Manatee program. Anonymous 1985c. Nota sobre el sirenid fossil de Montserrat. Geos, Terra (Societat Geologica de Terrassa, Spain), 2. Anonymous 1986a. Protegidos ceticeos, pinipedes e sirenios. FBCNIInformativo (Rio de Janeiro, Fund. Bras. Conserv. Nat.), 10(2): 9? Apr.-Jun. 1986. -Gives the text of Portaria No. N-011 of Feb. 21, 1986, in which the fisheries agency SUDEPE declared T. inunguis and T. manatus to be protected from hunting in Brazil. Anonymous 1986b. Short news item?Metaxytherium calvertense. Ecphora, 2(2): 2. x Anonymous 1986c. Dugongs return to Persian Gulf after fears of extinction. New Scientist, 109(1500): 25. 1 fig. Mar. 20, 1986. -Reports the discovery of a herd of 500 dugongs near Bahrain, contrary to fears that the Nowruz oil spill had exterminated the species from the Gulf (cf. Anon., 1983a). Anonymous 1987a. Lamantins en d&resse. Le Guido (Abidjan), No. 213: 48-55. Cover illus. + 10 figs. For week of Jan. 28-Feb. 3, 1987. -Pop. ace. of T. senegalensis and James A. Powell's project in Ivory Coast, x Anonymous 1987b. Another orphan saved. Sea Frontiers, 33(3): 225. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1987. -Brief pop. ace. of bottle-feeding a baby Florida manatee at Sea World, Orlando; mentions that ultrasound was used to diagnose an intestinal blockage. Anonymous 1988a. Dugongs. Reef Note (Townsville, Australia, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority): 1-4. 5 figs. Jun. 1988. Anonymous 1988b. The manatee: teddy bear of the deep. Seabreeze (St. Simons Is., Georgia), 3(6): 38-39. 2 figs. Nov.-Dec. 1988. Anonymous 1988c. [The manatee Trichechus manatus.] Priroda (Sofia), 1988(2): 110. -In Bulgarian, x Anonymous 1989a. [Manatees drinking from a hose.] Sea Frontiers, 35(3): 187. 1 fig. May-Jun. 1989. -Report with a photo of two Florida manatees drinking fresh water from a hand-held hose at Cape Canaveral Marina. Anonymous 1989b. A refuge for manatees. Florida Naturalist, 62(4): [1 p.]. Illus. Anonymous 1989c. Salvando o peixe-boi marinho. Brasil Florestal (Brasilia), 67: 21. -Notes the reestablishment of a research project on T. m. manatus in Paraiba, Brazil. Anonymous 1991a. West Indian manatee. On the Edge (Wildlife Preservation Trust Interna tional), No. 43: 11. 1 fig. Spring 1991. x Anonymous 1991b. Threat to manatees. Marine Pollution Bull, 22(5): 221. May 1991. -Briefly notes conservation efforts by INPA (Manaus) on behalf of T. m. manatus and T. inunguis in Brazil, x Anonymous 1992a. Rumble in Manateeville. People, 37(19): 89. 2 figs. May 18, 1992. -Brief account of the legal controversy between the Save the Manatee Club, chaired by singer Jimmy Buffett, and the Florida Audubon Society, x Anonymous 1993a. Sea cows under threat. Down to Earth, Apr. 30, 1993: 42. 1 fig. -Very brief item (based on information from R.S. Lai Mohan) noting the threats to dugongs in Palk Bay and the Gulf of Mannar, India, from poaching and damage to seagrass beds. Abbeville, Claude d' 1614. Histoire de la mission des Peres Capuchins en lisle de Maragnan et terres circonvoisines ou est traicte des singularitez admirables & des meurs mervieulleuses des indiens habitans de ce pais. Avec les missives et advis qui ont este envoyez de nouveau. Paris, Francois Ruby, vii + 394. -Portuguese transl.: Sao Paulo, 1945 (296 pp.). Abdulali, Humayun: SEE ALSO Santapau & Abdulali, 1961. NUMBER 80 15 x Abdulali, Humayun 1978. The birds of Great and Car Nicobars with some notes on wildlife conservation in the islands. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 75(3): 744-772. 4 pis. Dec. 1978. -P. 749: {"On the first trip a dugong skull was obtained on Great Nicobar; this presumably extends the recorded range of this animal."} D Abe, Tamio; Sugiyama, Masahiro; Nakamura, Takeshi; Hiraoka, Toshio; & Hirota, Kiyoharu ("Ichinotani Research Group") 1982. New occurrence of Desmostylus from the Miocene Fujina Formation, Shimane Prefecture. Chikyu Kagaku, 36(4): 224-228. figs. Jul. 1982. -In Japanese. Abel, Othenio 1902a. Die Ursache der Asymmetrie des Zahnwalscha- dels. Sitzb.Akad. Wiss. Wien, 111(1): 510-526. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 8(3): 128? Abel, Othenio 1902b. Les dauphins longirostres du BoldeYien (Miocene supeYieur) des environs d'Anvers. II. Mim. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 2(2): 99-190. 3 figs. Pis. 11-18. Abel, Othenio 1902c. Zwei neue Menschenaffen aus den Lei- thakalkbildungen bei Wien. Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 111(1): 1171-1207. 2 figs. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 69: 36, 1903. Metaxytherium sp., 1176. Abel, Othenio 1903. Die fossilen Sirenen des Wiener Beckens. [Abstr.] Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1903: 72. [79?] Abel, Othenio 1904a. Die Sirenen der mediterranen Tertiarbildungen Osterreichs. Abh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 19(2): vi + 223. 26 figs. 7 pis. Jun. 1904. -Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 10(3): 184?; Geol. Mag., (5)2: 329-330, 1905?; Nature (London), 71: 351, 1905? Characterizes in detail Halitherium, Metaxytherium, and Felsinotherium, and gives extensive synonymies of the species of Metaxytherium, including M. Petersi, n.sp., and M. Meyeri, n.sp. Describes cranial and postcranial material of H. Christoli, M. Krahuletzi, and M. Petersi, comparing them with other fossil and living sirs. Concludes that the genus Metaxy therium had a polyphyletic origin from Hali therium Schinzi. Abel, Othenio 1904b. Uber das Aussterben der Arten. Verh. Internatl. Geol.-Kongr. [= C.R. Congr. Geol Internatl] (Vienna), 9: 739-748. Abel, Othenio 1905a. Uber Halitherium bellunense, eine Ubergangs- form zur Gattung Metaxytherium. Jahrb. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 55: 393-398. 1 fig- -Abstr.: Geol Zentralbl, 13: 583? Abel, Othenio 1905b. Die phylogenetische Entwicklung des Cetaceen- gebisses und die systematische Stellung der Physeteriden. Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 15: 84-96. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 73: 516, 1906? x Abel, Othenio 1906. Die Milchmolaren der Sirenen. Neues Jarhb. Min. Geol Pal, Abh., 1906(2): 50-60. 1 fig. Aug. 4, 1906. -Abstrs.: Geol Zentralbl, 14: 54?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 12(3): 167?; Sci. Prog., 1: 455? Discusses tooth replacement in various fossil forms and Halicore; corrects erroneous state ments in Abel (1904a); proposes the name Mesosiren for Protosiren Dolloi (52), proposes a complicated tooth-cusp terminology for it, and discusses the contrast between its milk and permanent teeth; and names Paraliosiren Suessi, n.gen.n.sp. (59), on the basis of teeth from the Upper Eocene of Italy. Abel, Othenio 1907a. Die Stammesgeschichte der Meeressaugethiere. Meereskunde, 1(4): 1-36. 27 figs. -Engl, transl.: Abel (1908a). Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 13(3): 173-175? Abel, Othenio 1907b. Uber die Bedeutung der neuen Fossilfunde im Alttertiar Agyptens fur die Geschichte der Saugethiere. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 57: 78-82. Abel, Othenio 1907c. Die Anfange des Saugetierstammes. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 57: 249-250. Abel, Othenio 1908a. The genealogical history of the marine mammals. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst., 1907 (Publ. No. 1843): 473-496. 27 figs. -Translation of Abel (1907a). Abel, Othenio 1908b. Die Morphologie der Huftbeinrudimente der Ceta- ceen. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Natw. KL, 81: 139-195. 56 figs. Read Jun. 6, 1907. 16 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 13(3): 126-127?; Sci. Prog., 2: 512?; Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 44: 249-250, 1907? x Abel, Othenio 1908c. Die Anpassungsformen der Wirbeltiere an das Meeresleben. Schrift. Verein zur Verbreit. natw. Kenntn., Wien, 48: 395-422. 6 figs. Read Feb. 19, 1908. -Abstr.: Geol: Zentralbl, 15: 602? P. 403: {"Manatus latirostris Harlan. Der Lamantin be- sitzt eine horizontale Schwanzflosse wie die Wale. Als Steuer- und Balancierorgane dienen die vorderen Gliedmassen wie bei den Walen; die hinteren Gliedmassen sind verkiimmert und liegen in den Weichteilen wie bei den Walen."} Abel, Othenio 1909a. Konvergenz und Deszendenz. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 59: 221-230. Abel, Othenio 1909b. Was verstehen wir unter monophyletischer und polyphyletischer Abstammung? Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 59: 243-249, 253- 255. Abel, Othenio 1910. Diskussion uber Riesenwuchs. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 60: 185-187. Abel, Othenio 1912. Grundzuge der Palaeobiologie der Wirbeltiere. Stuttgart, E. Schweizerbart, xvi + 708. 470 figs. -Revs.: Science, (2)35: 341-342?; Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 16: 175-196, 1913?; Naturwiss. (Ber lin), 2: 424-425?; Morph. Jahrb., 48: 673-680, 1914? Abstrs.: Geol Zentralbl, 20: 582-585?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 18(3): 15? Abel, Othenio 1913a. Die eocanen Sirenen der Mittelmeerregion. Erster Teil: Der Schadel von Eotherium aegyptiacum. Palaeontographica, 59: 289-360. 5 figs. Pis. 30-34. -Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 19: 525? Title page bears date "1912." Describes in detail the cranial anatomy of the Egyptian Middle Eocene species now called Eotheroides aegyptiacum. Abel also planned a study of its postcranial osteology, but this task was eventually carried out instead by Sickenberg (1934b). Abel, Othenio 1913b. Saugetiere. Palaontologie. In: Handworterbuch der Naturwissenschaften. Jena, Gustav Fischer, Vol. 8: 695-759. Figs. 1-122. -Ed. 2: Abel (1933). Abel, Othenio 1914. Die vorzeitlichen Saugetiere. Jena, Gustav Fischer, vii + 309. 2 tabs. 250 figs. -Abstrs.: Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 17: 693-694?; Science (n.s.), 40: 787-788? Abel, Othenio 1919. Die Stdmme der Wirbelthiere. Berlin & Leipzig, W de Gruyter & Co., xviii + 914. 669 figs. -Revs.: Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, 1921: 637- 638?; Geol. Mag., 58: 45-46, 1921? Abstrs.: Geol Zentralbl, 27: 183?; Nature (London), 106: 274? Abel, Othenio 1920. Lehrbuch der Paldozoologie. Jena, Gustav Fischer, xvi + 500. 700 figs. -Rev.: Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, 1921: 638- 640? Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 27: 26-27? Ed. 2, 1924. Abel, Othenio 1921. Die Methoden der palaobiologischen Forschung. In: E. Abderhalden (ed.), Handbuch der biologi- schen Arbeitsmethoden. Berlin & Vienna, Emil Abderhalden (1921- 1930): Abt. 10, Lief. 35: 129-312. Figs. 20-120. -Abstr.: Geol Zentralbl, 28: 29? D Abel, Othenio 1922. Desmostylus: ein mariner Multituberculate aus dem Miozan der nordpazifischen Kiistenregion. Acta Zoologica (Stockholm), 3: 361-394. 5 figs. 3 pis. -Abstr.: Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 59: 117-119. See also O.P. Hay (1922b). D Abel, Othenio 1923. Uber einen Multituberkulaten aus dem Miozan der nordpazifischen Kiistenregion. Pal Zs., 5: 213-225. 5 figs. Abel, Othenio 1924. Die Eroberungszuge der Wirbelthiere in die Meere der Vorzeit. Jena, Gustav Fischer, vii + 121. 52 figs. 1 pi. x Abel, Othenio 1925. Geschichte und Methode der Rekonstruktion vorzeitlicher Wirbeltiere. Jena, Gustav Fischer, viii + 327. 255 figs. -The name "Halitherium Uytterhoeveni Lefebre," a nomen nudum, was apparently first published here in the caption of a photo of a skeleton from the Rupelien (Oligocene) of Belgium (39). Most H. schinzi skeletons in German museums are said to be composite (48). D Abel, Othenio 1926. Neue Untersuchungen uber Desmostylus, einen Monotremen aus dem Tertiar der pazifischen Kiistenregion. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 74/75: 134-138. NUMBER 80 17 Abel, Othenio 1928. Vorgeschichte der Sirenia. In: M. Weber, Die Sdugethiere.... Ed. 2. Jena, Gustav Fischer (2 vols.), Vol. 2: 496-504. Abel, Othenio 1929. Paldobiologie und Stammesgeschichte. Jena, Gustav Fischer, x + 423. 224 figs. D Abel, Othenio 1933. Saugetiere (Palaontologie). In: P. Dittler, G. Joos, E. Korschelt, G. Linck, F. Oltmanns, & K. Schaum (eds.), Handworterbuch der Naturwis- senschaften. Ed. 2. Jena, Gustav Fischer, Vol. 8: 859-944. 132 figs. D Abel, Othenio 1944. Studien uber vergrosserte Einzelzahne des Vorder- gebisses der Wirbeltiere und deren Funktion. Palaeobiologica, 8(1-2): 1-112. 40 figs. Abraham, H.C. 1924. A note on the occurrence of the duyong in Singapore waters. Singapore Naturalist, 1: 87. x Abrahamson, David 1980. The sirens of Crystal River. Pan Am Clipper, 20(7): 92-94, 96, 98-99, 104. 5 figs. Jul. 1980. -Pop. ace. of manatees at Crystal River, Florida, with underwater photos. Ackerman, Bruce B.: SEE O'Shea et al., 1992. Ackman, R.G.; & Lamothe, F. 1989. Marine mammals. In: R.G. Ackman (ed.), Marine biogenic lipids, fats and oils. Vol. 2. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press, Inc. (viii + 495), 179-381. Illus. Acosta, Joseph de 1590. Historia natvral y moral delas Indias, en qve se tratan las cosas notables del cielo, y elementos, metales, plantas, y animates dellas: y los ritos y ceremonias, leyes, y gouierno, y guerras de los Indios.... Dirigida ala serenissima Infanta Doha Isabella Clara Eugenia de Austria. Seville, Iuan de Leon, 535 +18. -Allen 24. Later eds. in Italian (1596), French (1598; Allen 29), Latin (1602; Allen 36), English (1604; Allen 38), etc. Manati, book 3, chap. "17" (i.e., 15), p. 158. Acosta, Manuel Rodriguez de: SEE Rodriguez de Acosta, Manuel. Acuna, Cristoval d': SEE ALSO Estacio da Silveira, S., 1874. Acuna, Cristoval d' 1641. Nuevo descubrimiento del gran rio de las Amazo- nas.... Al qval fve, y se hizo por orden de Su Magestad, el aho de 1639. Por la provincia de Qvito en los reynos del Peru.... Madrid, Impr. del Reyno, 46 numbered leaves. Acuna, Cristoval d' [and others] 1698. Voyages and discoveries in South-America. The first up the River of Amazons to Quito in Peru, and back again to Brazil, perform'd at the command of the King of Spain. By Christopher d'Acvgna.... [pt. i.] A relation of the great river of Amazons in South-America. Containing all the particulars of Father Christopher d'Acugna's voyage, made at the command of the King of Spain. Taken from the Spanish original of the said Chr. d'Acugna, Jesuit. London, Samuel Buckley, viii + 190 [= pt. i] + 79 + 68. 2 maps. -Allen 143. Also an 1859 ed. (London, Hakluyt Soc). See also Grillet & Bechamel (1698). Manatee, chap. 25, pp. 61-62. According to Allen (1882), "Consists almost exclusively of an ac count of the "Pege Buey" [Manatus americanus], describing its appearance, how it is taken by the Indians, and extolling its flesh as an article of food. A note at the end refers to the trade in its flesh with the "Antilles or Antego-lslmds" to which it is extensively exported." Adam, Elena 1988. Lamantin: une sirene deguisee en vache. Terre Sauvage, No. 21: 60-69. 12 figs. + illus. on contents page. Sep. 1988. x Adams, Andrew Leith 1866. On the discovery of remains of Halitherium in the Miocene deposits of Malta. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 22: 595-596. 1 fig. Read June 20, 1866. -Describes a tooth, earbone, and caudal vertebra of Halitherium from the Calcareous Sandstone of Malta. Adams, Andrew Leith 1870. Notes of a naturalist in the Nile Valley and Malta, a narrative of exploration and research in connection with the natural history, geology, and archaeology of the lower Nile and Maltese Islands. Edinburgh, Edmonston & Douglas, xvi + 295. 8 figs. 14 pis. 1 map. -Sirs., 265. x Adams, Andrew Leith 1879. On remains of Mastodon and other Vertebrata of the Miocene beds of the Maltese Islands. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 35: 517-531. PI. 25. -Rev.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)3: 236-237? Describes Halitherium ?schinzi specimens from the Miocene of Malta; upper and lower teeth illustrated (525-527, pi. 25). 18 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Adams, Arthur 1870. Travels of a naturalist in Japan and Manchuria. London, Hurst & Blackett, x + 334. -P. 198: {"An imperfect skull of the Halicore, or dugong, was another grand addition to the number of my specimens."} This was collected on the shore of Aniwa Bay, Saghalien. Sowerby (1923: 136) believed this was actually a Hydrodamalis skull; he is probably wrong (see Domning, 1978b: 138). Adams, M.P. Greenwood 1924. Australia's wild wonderland. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 45(3): 329-356. Illus. Mar. 1924. -Describes a dugong hunt at Collier Bay, northern Western Australia. Adanson, Michel 1757. Histoire naturelle du Senegal. Coquillages. Avec la relation abregee d'un voyage fait en ce pays, pendant les annees 1749, 50, 51,52 & 53. Paris, C.J.B. Bauche, 190 + xcvi + 275. 19 pis. 1 map. -Engl, transl.: London, 1759; repr. in J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of ... voyages and travels ...., vol. 16: 598-674, 1814 (manatee, 656). Brief account of manatee exploitation in Senegal, 143. Adanson, Michel 1845. Cours d' histoire naturelle, fait en 1772 par Michel Adanson Publie sous les auspices de M. Adanson, son neveu Paris, Fortin, Masson & cie, 2 vols. 2 tabs. -Senegalese manatee, 1: 135-137 (quoted in A.T. de Rochebrune, 1883). Addicott, Warren O.: SEE ALSO Clark et al., 1979. D Addicott, Warren O. 1967. Age of the Skooner Gulch Formation, Mendocino County, California. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 1254-C: iii + 11. 4 figs. x Addicott, Warren O.; & Greene, H. Gary 1974. Zoogeographic significance of a Late Quaternary occurrence of the bivalve Astarte off the central California coast. Veliger, 16(3): 249-252. 1 tab. 17 figs. Jan. 1, 1974. -Cites the Monterey Bay occurrence of Hydro damalis gigas as evidence of a southward range extension of cold-water fauna during the Wiscon sin glacial period (251-252). x Addison, William H.F. 1934. Unusual large nerve cells in the cerebellar cortex of several aquatic mammals. Psychiatr. en Neurol. Bladen, 1934(3/4): 587- 595. 2 figs. May-Aug. 1934. -Describes cells in Manatus americanus (587, 590) and four other marine mammals. Adelung, Johann Christoph 1768. Geschichte der Schiffahrten und Versuche welche zur Entdeckung des Nordostlichen Weges nach Japan und China von verschiedenen Nationen unternommen worden. Zum Behufe der Erdbe- schreibung und Naturgeschichte dieser Gegenden entworfen. Halle, Johann Justinus Gebauer, 8 + 740. 19 pis. -Allen 303. Translates into German Steller's (1751) description of Hydrodamalis (653-667). Adloff, Paul 1903. Zur Frage nach der Entstehung der heutigen Saugethierzahnformen. Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 5: 357-382. 5 figs. PL 10. Adloff, Paul 1910. Uber den gegenwartigen Stand der vergleichenden Morphologie des Zahnsystems der Saugethiere und des Menschen. Ergebn. Ges. Zahnheilk., 1(1): 226-280. 8 figs. Agassiz, Louis: SEE ALSO Warren, J.C., 1849. x Agassiz, Louis 1849. [On some points of resemblance between the skulls of manatee and mastodon.] Proc Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 3: 209. Dec. 19, 1849. -The manatee is considered to be not a cetacean but "the true embryonic type of the Pachyderms." Agassiz, Louis 1868. A journey in Brazil. Ed. 5. Boston, Ticknor & Fields, xix + 540. Illus. x Aharoni, J. 1930. Die Saugtiere [sic] Palastinas. Zs. Saugetierk., 5(6): 327-343. Dec. 22, 1930. -Note on a dugong captured at Tantura (between Haifa and Tel Aviv), having passed through the Suez Canal (330). Aharoni, J. 1937. Ayala vetachash [Deer and tachash]. Tarbiz, 8 (1936-37): 319-339. 3 figs. -In Hebrew with extensive quotations in other languages. According to Dr. J. Shoshani, the title is ambiguous (perhaps intentionally so) and can also be transliterated "Ela vetachash," meaning "Goat (or sheep) and tachash." The article discusses the identification of the animal referred to in the Bible (q.v.) as tachash, including past interpretations of it as a deer, goat, dugong, etc. Aharoni suggests that it may have been a narwhal {Monodon monoceros) or a deer {Cervus capreo- lus). See also Furman (1940?). Aichel, Otto 1918a. Uber Kieferwachstum. NUMBER 80 19 Anat. Anz., 51(19/20): 502-510. 3 figs. Dec. 30, 1918. Aichel, Otto 1918b. Kausale Studien zum ontogenetischen und phylo- genetischen Geschehen am Kiefer mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Elephas und Manatus. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1918(3): 1-109. 21 figs. 5 pis. x Aichel, Otto 1926. Uber Zahndurchbruch und Kieferresorption, sowie uber das Os sacculi dentis (Aichel). Anat. Anz., 61(1/2): 42-43. Apr. 14, 1926. -Defends the view that the entire tooth row in manatees and elephants does not really move forward horizontally as generally believed. Aizu Fossil Research Group: SEE ALSO Kobayashi & Aizu Fossil Res. Group, 1988; Miyazaki et al., 1988. x Aizu Fossil Research Group 1982. On a fossil Sirenia [sic] from the Shiotsubo Formation, Takasato, Yama, Fukushima Prefec ture, Northeast Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 36(5): 282-284. 1 tab. 2 figs. 1 pi. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Reports Dusisiren cf. jordani from the Late Miocene; a left scapula is illustrated. Akamatsu, Morio: SEE ALSO Kimura et al., 1983; Kimura & Akamatsu, 1984. D Akamatsu, Morio 1984. Paleoenvironment of the Desmostylus -bearing for mations in Hokkaido?with a special reference to the Hobetsu specimen. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 63-68. 1 tab. 2 figs. 1 pi. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Akiba, Fumio: SEE Takahashi et al., 1983. Akiyama, Masahiko: SEE ALSO Inuzuka et al., 1977; Kimura, Akiyama, & Kumano, 1978; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. D Akiyama, Masahiko; & Kumano, Sumio 1973. A new occurrence of Desmostylus teeth from Kamitokushibetsu, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 79(12): 781-786. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Albers, CF. 1822. Icones ad illustrandam anatomen comparatum. Leipzig. -Fetus of manatee, fasc. 2: 7. Albrecht, Helmut: SEE ALSO Eichler & Albrecht. Albrecht, Helmut 1986. Meerminnen [Mermaids]. Dieren, 2(6): 178-179. 2 figs. -In Dutch. Albrecht, P. 1883. Note sur la presence d'6piphyses terminales sur le corps des vertebres d'un exemplaire de Manatus americanus Desm. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 2: 35-38. PI. 2. Albuja V, Luis: SEE Timm et al., 1986, 1989. Aldrovandi, Ulisse 1613. De piscibvs libri v. et de cetis lib. vnvs. loannes Cornelivs Vterverivs ... collegit ... Hieronymvs Tambvrinvs in lucem edidit.... Bononiae [= Bologna], [Ioannem Baptistam] Bellagambam, 732 + [26]. Illus. -Several later eds. Manatee, 728; fig. (after Clusius) on 729. Alencar Fernandes, Adaucto de: SEE Fernandes, Adaucto de Alencar. Alfaro Gonzalez, Anastasio 1897. Mamiferos de Costa Rica. San Jose (Costa Rica), Tipograffa Nacional. Alfonso, Gaspar 1735. Relacao da viagem e successo que teve a nao S. Francisco em que hia por Capitao Vasco da Fonseca na Armada, que foy para a India no anno de 1596. In: B. Gomes de Brito, Historia tragico-maritima, em que se escrevem chronolo- gicamente os naufragios que tiverdo as naos de Portugal, depois que se poz em exercicio a navegaqdo da India. Vol. 2. Lisboa Occidental (3 vols., 1735 [-37?]). x Allen, Glover M. 1923. Additional remains of the fossil dugong of Florida. Jour. Mamm., 4(4): 231-239. 1 fig. PI. 26. Nov. 1, 1923. -Discusses fossil sirenians from the Atlantic coast of the U.S. (231-232), and refers new material from the Miocene or Pliocene of Florida to Metaxytherium floridanum (232-238, pi. 26). x Allen, Glover M. 1926. Fossil mammals from South Carolina. Bull Mus. Compar. Zool, 67(14): 447-467. 5 pis. Jul. 1926. -Review and synonymy of South Carolina Mio cene sirs. (455-459, pis. 2-3), recognizing two species: Halitherium antiquum (Leidy) Allen (new combination; 455) and Metaxytherium mani- gaulti (Cope) Allen (new combination, wrongly attributed to Kellogg; 458). x Allen, Glover M. 1935. The former occurrence of the dugong in Chinese waters. China Jour. (Shanghai), 22(2): 79-81. Feb. 1935. -Calls attention to, quotes, and translates the account of the sea cow in de Goyer & de Keyser 20 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY (1665). Comment by Sowerby appended, 81-82 (see Sowerby, 1935). Allen, Glover M. 1942. Extinct and vanishing mammals of the Western Hemisphere with the marine species of all the oceans. Spec. PubL, Amer. Comm. Internatl. Wild Life Prot., 11: xv + 620. Frontisp., 24 figs. -Sirs., 528-552. Allen, Glover M.; & Lawrence, Barbara 1936. Scientific results of an expedition to rain forest regions in eastern Africa. III. Mammals. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool, 79: 31-125. 4 pis. -Sirs., 125. Allen, Joel Asaph 1871. On the mammals and winter birds of east Florida, with an examination of certain assumed specific characters in birds. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool, 2(3): 161-250. 5 pis. x Allen, Joel Asaph 1882. Preliminary list of works and papers relating to the mammalian orders Cete and Sirenia. Bull. U.S. Geol. & Geogr. Surv. Terr., 6(3)(Art. 18): 399-562. Aug. 30, 1882. -A facsimile edition of 500 copies with a 12-page author index (which the original lacked) was published in 1977 by A.D. Lilly, Hythe, Kent, England. That ed. erroneously gives the original date of publication as 1881; the correct date of Aug. 30, 1882 is found on the wrapper of vol. 6, no. 3 of the Bulletin, and the year and month are confirmed in the volume's Prefatory Note by F.V. Hayden (pp. iii-iv) and in the table of contents (p. v). This scholarly bibliography covers the years 1495-1840 and includes 1014 items (two item numbers are duplicated and one is omitted), of which about 230 deal with sirenians. Though of course not "complete" for the period covered (as if any such bibliography ever is), Allen's list is an invaluable source for the very early literature, and his judicious critical annotations are a useful guide to the many editions of these early works as well as to the material they contain. Other attractive features are the detailed transcription of title pages and description of collations, which I have not attempted to reproduce or emulate in the present work. Allen's foreword, dated Sep. 1881, concludes (p. 401) with the statement that "The attempt has been made to bring the "List" down to the end of the year 1880, but a few later titles have been added, and there are doubtless many deficiencies for the last year of the record." Hayden's Prefatory Note explains that the incompleteness of the published version was due to the author's sick ness, and this is confirmed by a slip of paper inserted in some copies, which reads: "Owing to the illness of the author, which prevented his revision of the proofsheets, it was necessary to stop the printing of the "List" at the end of the year 1840. The present installment comprises only a little more than one-third of the article; the remainder will be published as soon as the author's health renders it practicable. J. A. ALLEN. Cambridge, Sept., 1882." Allen much later {Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bull, 24(18): 279-280, 1908) explained that the compi lation of this bibliography was intended as a preliminary step toward "a work on the Cetacea and Sirenia of North America, to be published as a volume of the quarto Reports of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories [the Hayden Survey].... The prepara tion of the text of the monograph (on the same general plan as the author's previously published volume on the Pinnipedia) was well advanced,... [but] was suddenly interrupted by the author's serious illness, resulting in a prolonged period of invalidism. During this interval the "Hayden Survey" ceased to exist, and the reorganized Geological Survey made no provision for the completion of the unfinished zoological work begun under the Hayden Survey. Later other interests engaged the author's attention, and nothing further was done on the proposed mono graph of the Cetacea and Sirenia." Although Allen lived until 1921, and did eventually publish part of his cetacean manu script, no more of the sirenian material ever appeared (see Autobiographical notes and a bibliography of the scientific publications of Joel Asaph Allen, New York, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., ix + 215, 1916). Dr. James G. Mead (pers. comm.) has diligently searched for the unpublished manu script and proofsheets of the bibliography in various archives, and has established with fair certainty that they were destroyed, x Allen, Joel Asaph 1902. Zimmermann's "Zoologiae Geographicae" and "Geographische Geschichte" considered in their relation to mammalian nomenclature. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 16: 13-22. Jan. 1902. -Notes that Manati gigas Zimmermann, 1780 [= Hydrodamalis gigas] is "at present recognized in nomenclature"; Manati Zimmermann, 1780, is said to be "of even date with Manatus Storr" (22). NUMBER 80 21 x Allen, Joel Asaph 1904. Report on mammals from the district of Santa Marta, Colombia, collected by Mr. Herbert H. Smith, with field notes by Mr. Smith. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 20: 407-468. -Brief account by Smith of Trichechus manatus occurrences and seasonal hunting along the coast (423). x Allen, Joel Asaph 1910. Additional mammals from Nicaragua. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 28(9): 87-115. Apr. 30, 1910. -P. 89: {"Tapirella, Trichechus, and Mazama have been recorded north to Mexico."} -P. 94: {"Trichechus manatus Linnaeus. Well known to have been formerly abundant along the eastern coast [of Nicaragua]."} Allen, John F.: SEE ALSO Budiarso et al., 1979. x Allen, John F.; L6pes, Marta M.; Budiarso, Iwan T; Sumitro, Dr.; & Hammond, D. 1976. Some observations on the biology of the dugong {Dugong dugong) from the waters of South Sulawesi. Aquatic Mammals, 4(2): 33-48. 3 figs. 4 pis. Sep. 1976. -Detailed account of captive husbandry and postmortem examinations, including food analy ses, parasites, body measurements, organ weights, hematology, etc., of dugongs kept at Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, Jakarta, x Allen, John H. 1846. Some facts respecting the geology of Tampa Bay, Florida. Amer. Jour. Sci., (2)1(1)(4): 38-42. -P. 41: {"There are other beds of marl, apparently of a much more recent origin, one of which extends along the shore at Fort Brooke; it is an earthy mass containing vast quantities of oysters and other shells, extends a few hundred feet back from the shore, and is several feet in thickness. I have seen dug out of it bones of the Manatus or sea cow, an animal that still exists in the southern part of the peninsula."} These bones were prob ably Pleistocene in age. Alliger, Marjorie E. 1979. Cousin to the elephant. [Publisher?], 1-12. 3 figs. Dec. 1979. -Children's pamphlet on Florida manatees. Allison, Edwin C: SEE ALSO Durham & Allison, 1960. D Allison, Edwin C. 1964. Geology of areas bordering Gulf of California. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol Mem., 3: 3-29. 2 figs. Sep. 1964. x Allsopp, W. Herbert L. 1960. The manatee: ecology and use for weed control. Nature (London), 188(4752): 762. Nov. 26, 1960. -Describes weed control experiments with T. manatus in British Guiana. Reprinted in WA. Dill (1961:3-4). Allsopp, W Herbert L. 1961. Putting manatees to work. New Scientist, 12(263): 548-549. 3 figs. Nov. 30, 1961. -Weed-clearance in British Guiana. Allsopp, W Herbert L. 1962. Putting manatees to work. Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. Zoo, No. 34: 33-35. -Weed-clearance in British Guiana, x Allsopp, W Herbert L. 1969. Aquatic weed control by manatees?its prospects and problems. In: L.E. Obeng (ed.), Man-made lakes. Accra, Ghana Univ. Press (398 pp.), 344-351. -Account of weed-control experiments in Guyana and elsewhere, including species of plants eaten and sizes of areas cleared. Almeida, Ant6nio de 1960. Sereias de A16m-Mar. Mem. Acad. Cienc Lisboa, Classe de Cienc, 8: 3-31.2 figs. Read Jul. 3, 1958. x Almeida, Ant6nio de 1971. Novos aspectos da etnozoologia timorense. Mem. Acad. Cienc Lisboa, Classe de Cienc, 15: 205-221. -Brief account of legends relating to dugongs and of use of dugong meat, hide, oil, teeth, and "tears" in Timor (209, 211-212, 220). Almera, D. Jaime 1896. Sobre la serie de mamiferos fosiles descubiertos en Cataluna. Mem. Acad. Cienc. Artes Barcelona, (3)2: 251- 257. Almera, D. Jaime 1897. Reconocimiento de la presencia del primer piso mediterr&ieo en el Panades. Mem. Acad. Cienc. Artes Barcelona, (3)1(20): 349-394. 1 chart. 6 figs. Read Jun. 30, 1896. Almera, D. Jaime 1898. Enumeration des mammiferes fossiles d6couverts en Catalogne. C.R. TV Congr. Sci. Internatl. des Cathol. (Fri- bourg, Aug. 16-20, 1897), 1-5. Almera, D. Jaime 1899a. Compte rendu de l'excursion du samedi 8 Oct. a Castellvi de la Marca, au Vallon de San-Pau d'Ordal et a San Sadurni de Noya. Bull Soc. Geol France, (3)26: 840-852. 22 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Almera, D. Jaime 1899b. Compte rendu de 1'excursion du vendredi 7 Octobre aux environs de Villanova et de Vila- franca. Bull Soc. Geol France, (3)26: 812-822. x Almera, D. Jaime 1906. Descripci6n geol6gica y genesis de la Plana de Vich accompanada de su mapa topografico geol6- gico a la escala de 1/30000: Mem. Acad. Cienc. Artes Barcelona, (3)5(20): 347-399. 1 map. Apr. 1906. -Records "Halitherium sp." from Lutetian (Mid dle Eocene) deposits at Serras de Ccinoves & Puiglagulla, Spain (379). Alston, Edward R. 1879-82 Biologia Centrali-Americana. Mammalia. London, R.H. Porter, xx + 220. 22 pis. ?Manatee, vi, xi, xvii, 90-96, pi. 7. Altichieri, L. 1980. II giacimento de Monte Duello. In: G. Parisi et al. (eds.), / vertebrati fossili italiani: catalogo delta mostra, Verona 1980. Verona, Commune di Verona, 156-160. Altman, Jennifer: SEE Teunissen & Altman, 1986. x Alvarez, Ticul 1963. The Recent mammals of Tamaulipas, Mexico. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14(15): 363-473. 5 figs. May 20, 1963. -Quotes Miller & Kellogg's (1955: 791) record of T. m. latirostris from the mouth of the Rio Grande; considers the species "probably extir pated in state" of Tamaulipas (465). x Alviano, Fid^lis de 1945. Gramdtica, diciondrio, verbos e frases e vo- cabuldrio prdtico da lingua dos indios Ticunas. Rio de Janeiro, Impr. Nac, 1-227. -Reprinted from Rev. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brasil, 183: 3-194, 1944. The Ticuna word for the manatee is given as di-rue (127). Alvinerie, J.; Anglada, R.; & Caralp, M. 1977. Stratotype et parastratotype de l'Aquitanien. Les Stratotypes Franqais (Paris, CNRS), 4: 1-105. Amaral, Angelo Thomaz do 1858. Falla dirigida a" Assemblea Legislativa Provincial do Amazonas em o lo. de Outubro de 1857 pelo Presidente da Provincia.... Reprinted in collected Relatorios da Presidencia do Amazonas, 1852- 1858. Rio de Janeiro, Typ. Universal de Laemmert, 576-665. Dec. 1905. Ambrose, J.D.: SEE Krishna Pillai et al., 1989. x Ameghino, Florentino 1883. Sobre una coleccion de mamfferos f6siles del piso mesopot?mico de la formacidn patagdnica, re- cogidos en las barrancas del Parana por el profesor Pedro Scalabrini. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cordoba, 5(1): 101-116. -Repr. in Ameghino's collected Obras, vol. 4: 87-97, 1915. Ribodon limbato [sic], n.gen.n.sp., is described on the basis of a single upper molar, thought to represent a perissodactyl of Lower Oligocene age (112-113; Obras, 94-95). Its age is now considered Mio-Pliocene. x Ameghino, Florentino 1885. Nuevos restos de mamfferos fdsiles oligocenos recogidos por el profesor Pedro Scalabrini y pertenecientes al Museo Provincial de la Ciudad del Parana\ Bol. Acad. Cienc. Cordoba, 8: 5-207. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 5: 7-146. Reports three new upper molars of Ribodon limbatus, which he still considers an Oligocene tapiroid (100-105). The spelling of the specific name is here corrected from "limbato." x Ameghino, Florentino 1886. Contribuciones al conocimiento de los mamfferos fosiles de los terrenos terciarios antiguos del Parana\ Bol. Acad. Cienc Cordoba, 9: 1-228. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 5: 179-325. Describes additional teeth of the supposed tapi roid Ribodon limbatus, contrasting it with Hy- rachyus and Listriodon (147-151). Also describes as a tapiroid, and a close relative of Ribodon, the new genus and species Antaodon cinctus (151ff), later thought by some to be a sir. but now considered a tayassuid. Ameghino, Florentino 1889. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los mamiferos fdsiles de la Republica Argentina: obra escrita bajo los auspicios de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias de la Republica Argentina para presen- tarla a la Exposici6n Universal de Paris de 1889. Actas Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cordoba, 6: xxxiii + 1027. Atlas, pis. 1-98. May 20, 1889. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vols. 6-9. Also published separately. Ameghino, Florentino 1891. Determinaci6n de algunos jalones para la restaura- cion de las antiguas conexiones del continente sud-americano. Rev. Argent. Hist. Nat., 1: 282-288. -?Repr.: Crdnica Cienc. (Barcelona), 14: 399- 405; also in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 10: 285- 290, 1918. A letter to H. von Ihering, mentioning Ribodon. NUMBER 80 23 Ameghino, Florentino 1893. Les mammiferes fossiles de la Patagonie australe. [With footnotes by E. Trouessart.] Rev. Sci. (Paris), (3)30(1): 13-17. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 10: 503-521, 535-545 (with Engl, and Spanish transls.). Engl, transl.: Amer. Naturalist, 27: 445-449? Ameghino, Florentino 1904. Paleontologia Argentina. Publ. Univ. de La Plata, Fac Cienc. Fis.-mat., No. 2: 1-79. 72 figs. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 15: 7-91. Ameghino, Florentino 1906. Les formations sedimentaires du Cr&ace" supeYieur et du Tertiaire de Patagonie. An. Mus. Nac Buenos Aires, (3)8: 1-568. 358 figs. 3 pis. -Repr. in Ameghino's Obras, vol. 16. Revs.: Nature (London), 77: 68?; Rev. Anthrop., 17: 354-357, 388-393, 1907, 18: 20-30, 1908? Amoroso, E.C.: SEE Ronald et al., 1978. Amprino, Rodolfo; & Godina, Giovanni 1947. La struttura delle ossa nei vertebrati: ricerche comparative negli anfibi e negli amnioti. Commentats. Pontif. Acad. Sci., 11(9): 329-464. 47 pis. Anchieta, Jose de 1799. Josephi de Anchieta epistola, quamplurimarum rerum naturalium quae S. Vicentii (nunc S. Pauli) provinciam incolunt sistens descriptionem. Lisbon, Typis Academiae, 2 + 49 + 1. -Manatees in Espirito Santo, Brazil, mentioned in a letter dated at Sao Vicente, May 31, 1560; Portuguese transl.: Anchieta (1933). x Anchieta, Jose" de 1900. Carta fazendo a descripqdo das innumeras coisas naturaes, que se encontram na provincia de S. Vicente hoje S. Paulo seguida de outras cartas ineditas escriptas da Bahia pelo veneravel Padre Jose de Anchieta e copiadas do Archivo da Companhia de Jesus. Traduzidas do Latim pelo Professor Joao Vieira de Almeida com um prefacio pelo Dr. Augusto Cesar de Miranda Azevedo. Sao Paulo, Typ. da Casa Eclectica, 1-69. -Brief account of the manatee that is said to occur at the city of "Espirito Sancto," Brazil, and elsewhere to the north (hence T. manatus), and its use for meat and oil (11-12). Mentions the vernacular names Boi marinha and Iguaragud (11). Anchieta, Jose" de 1933. [Carta] Ao Padre Geral de Sao Vicente, ao ultimo de Maio de 1560. In: Cartas, informaqoes, fragmentos historicos e sermoes do Padre Joseph de Anchieta, SJ. (1554-1594). Rio de Janeiro, Civilizacao Brasileira (567 pp.): 107-108. -Portuguese transl. of the letter mentioned in Anchieta (1799). The first Portuguese transl. of this letter appeared in Ann. Bibliotheca Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 1: 279, 1876. Engl, transl.: Whitehead (1977: 170). Andersen, H.T.: SEE ALSO Kooyman & Andersen, 1969. Andersen, H.T. 1966. Physiological adaptations in diving vertebrates. Physiol. Rev., 46: 212. Anderson, Elaine: SEE ALSO Kurt6n & Anderson, 1980. Anderson, Elaine 1984. Who's who in the Pleistocene: a mammalian bestiary. In: P.S. Martin & R.G. Klein (eds.), Quaternary extinctions: a prehistoric revolution. Tucson, Univ. Arizona Press (x + 892): 40-89. Illus. -Gen. ace. of Hydrodamalis gigas (82-83) and Trichechus (83). D Anderson, F.M. 1911. The Neocene deposits of Kern River, Calif, and the Temblor basin. Proc Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)3: 73-148. Pis. 2-13. Anderson, Gordon R.V 1988. Perceptions of plenty: approaches to the manage ment of migratory and non-migratory species subject to traditional subsistence hunting. In: F. Gray & L. Zann (eds.), Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Workshop Ser., No. 8: 176-187. Anderson, H.F.: SEE Patton et al., 1989. Anderson, John; & De Winton, WE. 1902. Zoology of Egypt. Vol. II. Mammalia. London, Hugh Rees, Ltd., xvii + 374. 66 pis. 1 map. -Dugong, 359-360. Anderson, Paul K.: SEE ALSO Brownell, Anderson et al., 1981; Heinsohn et al.; Marsh & Anderson, 1983; Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Prince et al., 1981. x Anderson, Paul K. 1979. Dugong behavior: On being a marine mammalian grazer. Biologist, 61(4): 113-144. 10 figs. Nov. 1979. -Excellent review of dugong ethology with many thought-provoking ideas and speculations, includ ing observations on anatomy, locomotion, respira tion and diving, feeding, social interactions, reproduction, defense against predators, resting 24 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY and calving sites, responses to humans, daily and seasonal movements, and critical aspects of dugong habitat. x Anderson, Paul K. 1981a. The behavior of the dugong (Dugong dugon) in relation to conservation and management. Bull Mar. Sci., 31(3): 640-647. Jul. 1981. -Abstr.: Symp. Biol Manage. Mangroves Trop. Shallow Water Communities, 2: 15, 1980. Review of selected aspects of dugong behavior (patterns of habitat use, modes of foraging, diel activity cycles, surfacing and diving, net entanglement, responses to boats and divers, social behavior, and capture myopathy) with comments on the implica tions of each for conservation and management. x Anderson, Paul K. 1981b. Dugong behaviour: observations, extrapolations and speculations. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400): 91-111. 2 figs. -Reviews present knowledge of dugong behavior, mostly citing earlier reports, and contrasts it with comparable published data on manatees. x Anderson, Paul K. 1982a. Studies of dugongs at Shark Bay, Western Australia. I. Analysis of population size, composi tion, dispersion and habitat use on the basis of aerial survey. Austral. Wildl. Res., 9: 69-84. 6 tabs. 5 figs. -Presents the results of aerial surveys in Shark Bay, principally on the east coast of Dirk Hartog Island. Estimates a population of at least 923 dugongs in the entire bay (including 10.3%- 12.6% calves); shows evidence of seasonal move ments; and discusses dugong aggregations and their interactions with sharks. x Anderson, Paul K. 1982b. Studies of dugongs at Shark Bay, Western Australia. II. Surface and subsurface observations. Austral. Wildl. Res., 9: 85-99. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Describes in detail the responses of dugongs to the presence of boats, divers, and dolphins; feeding on Amphibolis; surfacing and diving, swimming, local movements, cow-calf relation ships, and vocalizations and the lack thereof. Notes possible commensal feeding of cormorants with dugongs (94), and compares herding behav ior of dugongs with that of plains ungulates (97-98). x Anderson, Paul K. 1984a. Suckling in Dugong dugon. Jour. Mamm., 65(3): 510-511. Aug. 24, 1984. -Calves observed at Shark Bay, Australia, most often suckled in an inverted position, unlike manatees; and cows continued other activities during nursing. Anderson, Paul K. 1984b. Migration, dietary quality, and winter movements in a subtropical dugong population. [Abstr.] Bull. Ecol. Soc. Amer., 65(2): 158. June 1984. x Anderson, Paul K. 1984c. Observations on the behavior and ecology of dugongs on the coast of Queensland. Natl Geogr. Soc. Res. Rept., 16: 37-42. -A gen. ace, summarizing some of the results of Anderson & Birtles (1978). Anderson, Paul K. 1985. What one scientist doesn't know about dugongs and would like to learn. Sunrise (Kuwait Airways), Jul. 1985: 17. 1 fig. x Anderson, Paul K. 1986a. Dugongs of Shark Bay, Australia?seasonal mi gration, water temperature, and forage. Natl Geogr. Res., 2(4): 473-490. 3 tabs. 8 figs. -Demonstrates that seasonal movements within the bay are controlled by temperature, and discusses the nutritional implications of the resultant shifting between a summer diet of Halodule and a less favorable winter diet of Amphibolis. Thermal tolerances of dugongs ap peared similar to those of manatees. Anderson, Paul K. 1986b. Dugongs: mermaids of the Arabian seas. Sheraton, 2(6): 44-49. 9 figs. Anderson, Paul K. 1986c. Dugong behavior and ecology. A study in Shark Bay, Western Australia. Explorers Jour., 64(4): 162-167. Illus. Anderson, Paul K. 1988a. The Shark Bay dugong herd: status, biology and recommendations for research and management. Proc Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 177-187. 2 figs. Oct. 1988. Anderson, Paul K. 1988b. Aerial survey for dugongs: a review and recom mendations. Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 188-198. Oct. 1988. Anderson, Paul K. 1989. Deliberate foraging on macro-invertebrates by dugongs. Natl. Geogr. Research, 5(1): 4-6. 1 fig. Winter 1989. NUMBER 80 25 x Anderson, Paul K.; & Birtles, Alastair 1978. Behaviour and ecology of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia): Observations in Shoalwater and Cleveland Bays, Queensland. Austral. Wildl. Res., 5(1): 1-23. 1 tab. 11 figs. -Reports results of aerial surveys and observa tions on surfacing, diving, respiration, feeding, feeding tracks, aggregative and sexual behavior, response to observers, and movements in relation to the tidal cycle; comments on energy budget and vulnerability to human disturbance; and makes comparisons with manatees, x Anderson, Paul K.; & Heinsohn, George E. 1978. The status of the dugong, and dugong hunting in Australian waters: A survey of local perceptions. Biol Conserv., 13(1): 13-26. 2 tabs. 1 fig. -Reports results of postal questionnaire surveys on dugong status, distribution, movements, ecol ogy, and hunting patterns, with examples of questionnaires used, x Anderson, Paul K.; & Prince, Robert I.T. 1985. Predation on dugongs: attacks by killer whales. Jour. Mamm., 66(3): 554-556. Aug. 9, 1985. -Eyewitness accounts of three Orcinus attacks on herds of dugongs in Shark Bay, Australia. x Anderson, Richard John 1898. Some notes on the manus of the dugong. Jour. Anat. Physiol, 32(= n.s. 12)(4): 765-767. Jul. 1898. -Comparison of the dugong and manatee manus: ankylosis, epiphyses, constituent bones, etc. Anderson, Richard John 1902. A note on the premaxilla in some mammals. Verh. Internatl. Zool-Kongr. (Berlin), 1901(5): 1118-1127. 40 figs, x Anderson, Richard John 1908. The thickness of the skull in Mammalia. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (77th Meeting, Leicester, 1907): 546-547. -P. 547: {"The parietal in part is translucent in both manatee and dugong."} x Anderson, Richard John 1909. The maxilla and palatine in the Mammalia. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. (78th Meeting, Dublin, 1908): 744-745. -Length of intermaxillary suture given as "12" [cm?] in Manatus (745). x Andrada e Silva, Jose" Bonifacio de 1790. Mem6ria sobre a pesca das baleas e extragao do seu azeite; com algumas reflexoes a respeito das nossas pescarias. Mem. Economicas Acad. Cienc Lisboa, 2: 388- 412. -Mentions (389) "more than 20 shiploads per year" of manatees exported from Brazil, ca. 1658 (based on A. Vieira, 1735). Andreae, Achilles; & Keller, Gustav 1901. Thiere der Vorwelt. Reconstructionen vorweltli- cher Thiere entworfen von Gustav Keller in Munchen, mil Erlduterungen von Professor Dr. Andreae in Hildesheim. Cassel, 1-34. Andreev, F.V. 1986. [On the organs of sight of the manatee and other Sirenia.] In: VE. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: mor- fologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 342-350. -In Russian. Andres, L.: SEE Blackburn & Andres, 1968. Andres, L.A.; & Bennett, F.D. 1975. Biological control of aquatic weeds. Ann. Rev. Entom., 20: 31-46. Andrews, Charles William 1901. Preliminary note on some recently discovered extinct vertebrates from Egypt (Part II). Geol. Mag., (4)8(10): 436-444. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 64: 582, 1901? x Andrews, Charles William 1902. Preliminary note on some recently discovered extinct vertebrates from Egypt (Part III). Geol. Mag., (4)9(7)(= n.s. No. 457): 291-295. 3 figs. Jul. 1902. -Notice: H.F. Osbom (1902b). Describes and illustrates Eosiren libyca, n.gen.n.sp., from the "Middle" (actually Late) Eocene of the Fayum, and briefly compares it with other Eocene and Oligocene sirs. (293-295). Andrews, Charles William 1906. A descriptive catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata of the Faydm, Egypt. Based on the collection of the Egyptian government in the Geological Mu seum, Cairo, and on the collection in the British Museum (Natural History), London. London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., xxxvii + 324. Frontisp. 3 + 98 figs. 26 pis. -Abstrs.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 12(3), 165-166?; Nature (London), 74: 175-178?; Sci. Prog., 1: 498?; Geol. Mag., (5)3: 266-269? Sirs., 197-218, pi. 20. Provides a further description of the skull (198-204), mandible (209-210), and postcranial elements (212-215) of Eosiren libyca from the Fayum. Also describes and illustrates (204-209) a skull of "Eotherium aegyptiacum (?)" from the Mokattam Hills that later became the holotype of Protosiren fraasi Abel, 1907, and a mandible thought to be associated with this latter specimen (210-212). 26 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Andrews, Charles William 1907. The recently discovered Tertiary Vertebrata of Egypt. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst. Wash., 1906: 295- 307. -?Reprinted in Sci. Prog., 1: 668-682, Apr. 4, 1907? Andrews, Charles William 1909. The systematic position of Moeritherium. Nature (London), 81: 305. Andrews, Charles William 1912. On the importance of Africa in vertebrate palaeon tology. Jour. E. Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc, 2: 109-113. -Abstr.: Geol. Mag., (5)9: 454-455. xD Andrews, Charles William 1924. On some similarities in the evolution of the dentition in the Sirenia and Proboscidea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9)13(75): 304-309. Mar. 1924. -Lists anatomical features shared by sirs, and proboscideans, and discusses resemblances in dental formula, tooth crown morphology, and mode of tooth replacement. Desmostylus is also compared with these, and regarded as a sirenian. Andreyev, Aleksandr Ignat'evich (ed.) 1944. Russkie otkrytiya v Tikhom Okeane i Severnoy Amerike v XVIII-XTX vekakh [Russian discoveries in the Pacific Ocean and in North America in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.] Moscow & Leningrad, Akad. Nauk SSSR, All- Union Geogr. Soc. -Engl, transl.: Andreyev (1952). Andreyev, Aleksandr Ignat'evich (ed.) 1948. Russkie otkrytiya v Tikhom Okeane i Sever noy Amerike v XVIII veke [Russian discoveries in the Pacific Ocean and in North America in the eighteenth century.] Moscow, Gosudarstvennoye izdatelstvo geo- graficheskoy literatury, 1-382. x Andreyev, Aleksandr Ignat'evich (ed.) 1952. Russian discoveries in the Pacific and in North America in the eighteenth and nineteenth centu ries. Ann Arbor, J.W Edwards, for Amer. Council of Learned Socs., ii + 214. -Translation by Carl Ginsburg of Andreyev (1944). Mentions the hunting of "sea-cows" (presumably on Bering Island) by the Glotov- Ponomarev expedition, which wintered on Copper Island in 1758-9(19-20). Anghiera, Pietro Mar tire d': SEE Martyr, Peter. Anglada, R.: SEE ALSO Alvinerie et al., 1977. x Anglada, R.; Arnaud, M.; Catzigras, F.; Colomb, E.; Delcourt, A.; & Ferrandini, M. 1974. Etude stratigraphique et s6dimentologique de l'Aquitanien de la Calanque du Petit Nid (Sausset, Bouches-du-Rhone, France). D6couverte d'un squelette & Halitherium Kaup. Ann. Univ. Provence, Geol Mediterr., 1(1): 1-7. 2 figs. 1 pi. -Engl. summ. Reports skull fragments, vertebrae, and ribs of Halitherium sp. found in Aquitanian (Early Miocene) deposits (1-2). x Annandale, N. 1906. Notes on the species, external characters and habits of the dugong. Jour. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (n.s.), 1(9): 238-243. Pis. 7-9. "Nov. 1905" (publ. Jan. 10, 1906). -Detailed account of the external anatomy of an Indian dugong, with comments on dugong behav ior and hunting in India, Andaman Islands, and Australia. Halicore australis is synonymized with H. dugong. Stomach contents of one specimen were unbruised green algae. According to Pocock (1940: 331), a "final report" on dugong systematics by Annandale was withdrawn because of the publications by Dexler & Freund (1906a,b,c). x Annandale, N. 1907. The appendicular skeleton of the dugong (Hali core dugong). Recs. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, 1(1): 79-80. 4 figs. Jun. 1907. -Comments on the pelvis (79) and manus (79- 80); the latter is shown to be extremely variable. Annixter, P. 1927. Monarch of the lagoons. Saturday Evening Post, 200(25): 16-17, 38, 42, 44, 46, 49. Dec. 17, 1927. Anthony, H.E. 1921. Mammals collected by Wm. Beebe at the British Guiana Tropical Research Station. Zoologica, 3(13): 286. -Manatees at Kartabo, British Guiana. Anthony, H.E. 1928. Field book of North American mammals. New York, Putnam's Sons, xxv + 625. Anthony, Raoul 1912. Contribution a l'6tude morphologique g6n6rale des caracteres d'adaptation a la vie arboricole chez les vert6br6s. Ann. Sci. Nat., (9)15: 101-342. 74 figs. Antonelli, Giuseppi (compiler?) 1853? Storia naturale dei mammiferi. (Vol. I of Storia naturale illustrata del regno animate tratta dalle NUMBER 80 27 opere delpiu distinti e moderni naturalisti Italiani e stranieri.) Venice, Presso Giuseppi Antonelli, [l]-573. 1100 figs. Antrim, James E.: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. Anwar, Mohammad: SEE Gingerich et al., 1993. Aoki, B. 1913. A hand-list of Japanese and Formosan mammals. Annot. Zool. Jap., 8: 261-353. Aoki, Bunichiro; Tateishi, Shinkichi; Tanaka, Ryo; & Furuhata, Kitao 1938. Anatomical notes on the dugong. Kagaku no Taiwan (Jour. Taiwan Museum Assoc), 6(5): 491-518. 21 figs. + cover illustra tions. Oct. 1938. -In Japanese with some titles and captions in Engl. A copy of fig. 7, showing an embryo in utero, also appeared on the cover of the Oct. 1937 issue (vol. 5, no. 5). D Aoki, R. 1915. A contribution of the knowledge of the extinct sirenian Desmostylus hesperus Marsh. Jour. Geol. Soc. Tokyo, 22(266): 412-419. Apaiwongs, C. 1959. Sea cow in the Gulf of Thailand. Science (Tokyo?), 13(10): 21-29. x Aragao, Amazonas de 1954. Pescarias fluviais no Brasil. Ed. 2. Sao Paulo, EdicSes Melhoramentos: 1-158. Illus. -First ed., 162 pp., 1947. Account of the harpooning of an Amazon "Manatus," with a figure of "Trichechus manatus" (54-56). Men tions the use of nostril plugs for killing manatees (56), and manatees' habit of submerging by "sliding backward" (55). x Arag6n, Francisco de las Barras y de 1951. El dugong en Filipinas. Bol. Real Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., Sect. Biol, 49: 265-268. -Calls attention to a 1792 account of a dugong captured at Manila, and to its economic use in later times, including dugong-atlas bracelets. D Arai, Juzo 1953. New discovery of desmostylid (Cornwallius? sp.) in the Chichibu basin (preliminary report). Bull. Chichibu Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 3: 65-84. Illus. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. xD Aranda-Manteca, Francisco Javier 1990. Aspectos paleoceanograTicos y paleoecologicos de los f6siles del Mioceno, La Mesa La Mision, Baja California, Mexico. Rev. Soc. Mex. Paleont., 3(1): 97-116. 7 figs. 3 pis. Nov. 1990. -Engl. summ. Discusses the occurrence of Metaxytherium cf. M. calvertense and Desmosty lus cf. D. hesperus in the La Misi6n fauna (100, 103-104, 108, 111, pi. 3). Aranda-Manteca, Francisco Javier; Domning, Daryl Paul; & Barnes, Lawrence G. 1994. A new Middle Miocene sirenian of the genus Metaxytherium from Baja California and Califor nia: relationships and paleobiogeographic impli cations. In: A. Berta & T.A. Demure (eds.), Contributions in marine mammal paleontology honoring Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. Proc San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 29: 191-204. 3 tabs. 13 figs. May 1, 1994. -Spanish summ. Describes the new species Metaxytherium arctodites, and interprets it as structurally ancestral to the Hydrodamalinae. Also places Hesperosiren in the synonymy of Metaxytherium, and synonymizes M. calvertense with M. crataegense (new combination), x Arata, Andrew A.; & Jackson, Crawford G., Jr. 1965. Cenozoic vertebrates from the Gulf Coastal Plain?I. Tulane Studies in Geology, 3(3): 175-177. PI. 1. May 25, 1965. -Reports sir. rib and vertebra fragments from the Oligocene of Mississippi (175-177) and Eocene of Alabama (175-176). Arbocco, Gianna 1969. Pinnipedi, cetacei e sirenii del Museo di Storia Naturale di Genova. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. "Giacomo Doha," 11: 658-670. -Engl. summ. Ariens Kappers, C.U.: SEE Kappers, C.U. Ariens. Arif, Muhammad: SEE Gingerich et al., 1993. Arldt, Theodor 1907a. Die Entwicklung der Kontinente und ihrer Lebe- welt: ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Erdge- schichte. Leipzig, W Engelmann, xvii + 729. 17 figs. 23 maps, x Arldt, Theodor 1907b. Zur Atlantisfrage. Natw. Wochenschr., 22(= n.s. 6)(43): 673-679. 1 map. Oct. 27, 1907. -Cites the presence of Manatus and the supposed presence of Prorastomus on both sides of the Atlantic as evidence of former transatlantic land connections (674). Arldt, Theodor 1912. Die Fauna der alten Tierregionen des Festlandes. 28 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal, Beilage-Band, 34: 633-782. Armas, Juan Ignacio de 1888. La zoologia de Coldn y de los primeros explora- dores de America. Habana, Establecimiento Tipografico, 1-185. -Early accounts of manatee hunting, 60-62. Armstrong, Este 1982. A look at relative brain size in mammals. Neurosci. Lett., 34(2): 101-104. Arnaud, M.: SEE Anglada et al., 1974. Arnold, Ralph: SEE Clark & Arnold, 1923. x Arrom, Jose" Juan 1972. Manati: el testimonio de los cronistas y la cuestion de su etimologia. Bol. Museo del Hombre Dominicano (Santo Domingo), 2: 33-38. Oct. 10, 1972. -Concludes that the name "manatf' was derived from the Carib for "breast." Arseniev, V.A. 1986. Atlas of marine mammals. Neptune City (New Jersey), T.F.H. Publications, 1-269. Illus. -Enlarged transl. of Atlas morskikh mlekopitay- ushchikh SSSR, 1980. Sirs., 258-261. Arseniev, V.A.; Zemskij, V.A.; & Studenetskaya, I.S. 1973. [Order Sirenia.] In: Morskie Mlekopitairischie [Marine Mammals]. Moscow, Pishchevaya Promyshlennost (232 pp.), 211-216. Artedi, Petrus 1738. Ichthyologia sive opera omnia de piscibus scilicet: Bibliotheca ichthyologica. Philosophia ichthyolo- gica. Generum piscium. Synonymia specierum. Descriptiones specierum. Omnia in hoc genera perfectiora, quam Anthea ulla. Posthuma vindi- cavit, recognovit, cooptavit & edidit Carolus Linnaeus, Med. Doct. & Ac. Imper. N. C. [Pars Tertia.] Genera piscium. In quibus systema totum ichthyologiae proponitur cum classibus, ordini- bus, generum characteribus, specierum differen- tiis, observationibus plurimis. redactis speciebus 242 ad genera 52. Ichthyologiae Pars III. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Conrad Wishoff, 1-84. -Allen 209. Here the name Trichechus was first coined for the manatee, and also was applied to the dugong (79). Arvy, Lucie 1978. Une erreur historique: la confusion entre foetus sirenien de Ruysch (1638-1731) et foetus narval- ien. Acta Zool Pathol. Antverpiensia, 73: 37-42. Asano, Kiyoshi: SEE Hanzawa et al., 1961. Asano, Nagao 1938. On the dugong of Palao. Botany & Zool. Tokyo (Syokubutu Oyobi Ddbutu), 6(6): 1047-1051, 2 figs.; 6(7): 1219-1228, 2 tabs., 12 figs. Jun. and Jul., 1938. -In Japanese. Asano, Shiro: SEE ALSO Kataoka & Asano, 1980, 1981. Asano, Shiro; Mori, T; Shibata, T; Kitamura, S.; Sekido, M.; Yamamoto, K.; & Kataoka, Teruo 1978. Keeping a dugong, Dugong dugon, at Toba Aquarium. Jour. Jap. Assoc. Zool. Gardens & Aquariums, 20(4): 78-85. 3 tabs. 10 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Ash, F.H. 1908. The evolution of the cetacean tail-fin. Trans. N. Staffords. Field Club, 43: 78-82. Asper, Edward D.: SEE ALSO Beusse et al.; Cornell et al.; Dierauf, L.A., 1990; Odell et al., 1981; O'Shea, Rathbun et al., 1985. Asper, Edward D. 1979. Commitment to manatee health, research: Sea World's role. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(2): 14-17. 6 figs. Nov. 1979. -See also Appendix 1. x Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 1981. Husbandry of injured and orphaned manatees at Sea World of Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 121-127. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Describes the care of three injured adults and one orphaned calf, emphasizing their diets (including artificial milk formula), food intake, and weight gain. See also Beusse et al. (1981b) regarding the three adults. x Assis, M.F.L.; Best, Robin Christopher; Barros, R.M.S.; & Yonenaga-Yassuda, Y. 1988. Cytogenetic study of Trichechus inunguis (Ama zonian manatee). Rev. Brasil. Genet., 11(1): 41-50. 6 figs. -Portuguese summ. Describes the chromosomes of 5 male and 4 female manatees and their banding patterns; reports that 2n = 56, FN = 82, and that the nucleolar organizing genes are on the secon dary constriction of the short arm of pair 20. Suggests that Robertsonian rearrangements may be responsible for the karyotypic differences between T. inunguis and T. manatus. Assis Ribeiro, Gilberto de: SEE Best, Ribeiro et al., 1982; Colares et al., 1987. NUMBER 80 29 Associa$ao Commercial do Amazonas (Brazil) 1903. Estatistica do movimento da praqa de Mandos relativa ao anno de 1902.... Manaus, Livr. e Typogr. "Palais Royal," 34 unnumbered tables. Associacao Commercial do Amazonas (Brazil) 1904? Annuario estatistico da Associaqdo Commercial do Amazonas. Anno de 1903. Paris, Typ. Aillaud & Cia., 1-111. Associa?ao Commercial do Amazonas (Brazil) 1905? Annuario estatistico da Associaqdo Commercial do Amazonas. Anno de 1904. Paris, Typ. Aillaud & Cia., 1-123. Astre, Gaston 1954. Gisements les plus orientaux d'Halitherium dans le stampien marin du Bordelais. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, 89(3-4): 225- 227. Atkins, John 1735. A voyage to Guinea, Brazil, and the West-Indies; in His Majesty's Ships, the Swallow and Wey mouth. Describing the several islands and settle ments, viz- Madeira, the Canaries, Cape de Verde, Sierraleon, Sesthos, Cape Apollonia, Cabo Corso, and others on the Guinea Coast; Barba- does, Jamaica, &c in the West Indies. The colour, diet, languages, habits, manners, customs, and religions of the respective natives and inhabitants. With remarks on the gold, ivory, and slave-trade; and on winds, tides, and currents of the several coasts. London, Caesar Ward & Richard Chandler, xxv + 265. -Allen 202. The 1737 "edition" is identical, having merely a new title page. Describes the external characters of the "Manatea" and the mode of its capture in the Sierraleon River (42-43). See also Provost (1747). Atkinson, Geoffroy 1922. The extraordinary voyage in French literature from 1700 to 1720. Paris, Librairie Ancienne Honore" Champion. -Discusses the possible sources of Leguat's (1708) sir. material. Attenborough, David 1957. Animal safari to British Guiana. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 111(6): 850-874. Illus. Jun. 1957. -Two photos of manatees (862); text (870-871, 873-874) describes capture of a "water mamma" near New Amsterdam for the London zoo. Aubert, Alain 1992. La rhytine de Steller, un grand sirenien du Pacifique nord maintenant disparu. Boreales, 50/53: 15-22. Figs. Audubon, John James: SEE ALSO Proby, K.H., 1974. Audubon, John James 1926. Delineations of American scenery and character. With an introduction by Francis Hobart Herrick. New York, G.A. Baker & Co., xlix + 349. -Manatee, 182. Auer, Bernhard M.: SEE Anonymous, 1960a. x Aung, Sithu Hla 1967. A brief note on dugongs Dugong dugon at Rangoon Zoo. Internatl. Zoo Yearbook, 1: 221. -Brief account of two dugongs caught near Akyab, Burma, in 1965 and 1966, the latter still alive at writing. Alludes to food, salinity, acciden tal capture in a fishing net, and status in the Arakan Sea. x Ayres, Jos6 Maicio; & Best, Robin Christopher 1980. Estrat6gias para a conservacao da fauna amazo- nica. Acta Amaz., 9(4), Supl.: 81-101. 4 tabs. 5 figs. -Discusses conservation problems and recom mendations concerning T. inunguis (83-85, 90- 92); includes some data on prices of manatee meat in 1979. Azuma, Yoichi: SEE Takeyama & Azuma, 1987, 1988. Azzaroli, Augusto: SEE ALSO Canocchi, D., 1987. Azzaroli, Augusto 1980. Mammiferi terrestri del Pliocene. In: G. Parisi et al. (eds.), / vertebrati fossili italiani: catalogo della mostra, Verona 1980. Verona, Commune di Verona, 211-215. x Azzaroli, Augusto; De Giuli, Claudio; Ficcarelli, Giovanni; & Torre, Danilo 1982. Table of the stratigraphic distribution of terrestrial mammalian faunas in Italy from the Pliocene to the early middle Pleistocene. Geogr. Fis. Dinam. Quat., 5: 55-58. 1 tab. -Considers "Felsinotherium gervaisi" from Val di Pugna to be Late Ruscinian in age because it is "more advanced" than F. serresi from Montpellier (56, 58). B Bachman, K.C.: SEE ALSO Neal et al., 1979. x Bachman, K.C.; & Irvine, A. Blair 1979. Composition of milk from the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris. Comp. Biochem. Physiol, 62A: 873-878. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports that manatee milk is higher in lipid, protein, and salt content than bovine milk, but contains no lactose. x Backhouse, James 1843. A narrative of a visit to the Australian colonies. London, Hamilton, Adams, & Co., xviii + 560 + cxliv. -Pp. 368-369: {"The Blacks do not kill the Porpoises, because they shew where there are fish to be caught; but they value the flesh of another cetaceous animal, called here [near Brisbane] Youngon, the Dugong of India, Halicore Dugong. This animal feeds on marine vegetables; and is [369] taken when it goes up narrow creeks, by means of nets, skilfully made of the bark of various species of Hibiscus.") Baer, Karl Ernst von 1838a. Anatomische und zoologische Untersuchungen uber das Wallross (Trichechus rosmarus) und Vergleichung dieses Thieres mit andern See- Saugethieren. Mem. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg (6), Sci. Nat., 2 (= Sci. Math. Phys. Nat., (6)4(2)): 97-236. 1 pi. Read Nov. 6, 1835. Baer, Karl Ernst von 1838b. Untersuchungen uber die ehemalige Verbreitung und die ganzliche Vertilgung der von Steller beobachteten nordischen Seekuh (Rytina, 111.). Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg, 3: 355-359. -Allen 929. In French? Extract from v. Baer (1840). x Baer, Karl Ernst von 1840. Untersuchungen iiber die ehemalige Verbreitung und die ganzliche Vertilgung der von Steller beobachteten nordischen Seekuh (Rytina 111.). Mem. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg (6), Sci. Nat., 3 (= Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. (6)5(2), Sci. Nat.): 53-80. Oct. 1840 (read Jan. 26, 1838). -Allen 977. Published 1839, according to Romer's Bibliography of fossil vertebrates.... Concludes that the sea cow was limited to the Commander and possibly Aleutian Islands, and was exterminated by 1768. Baer, Karl Ernst von 1861. Uber das Aussterben der Thierarten in physiolo- gischer und nicht physiologischer Hinsicht uber- haupt, und den Untergang von Arten, die mit dem Menschen zusammen gelebt haben, insbesondere. (Erste Halfte.) Bull Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg, (3)3: 369-396. -Repr.: Mel Biol. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersbourg, 3: 500-537? Rhytina, 382-396. Bahlo, Ekkehard; & Tobien, Heinz 1982. Bestandsaufnahme der Saugetiere im "prae- aquitanen" Tertiar des Mainzer Beckens. Maimer Geowiss. Mitt., 10: 131-157. Aug. 1982. -Engl, and French summs. Bahrdt, Hans Joachim 1933. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Sire- nenflosse. Jena. Zs. Natw., 68(1): 193-276. 35 figs. Aug. 1933. Baier, Horst: SEE Bergey & Baier, 1987. x Baikie, William Balfour 1857. On the skull of a Manatus from western Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 25: 29-33. PI. 51. Jun. 6, 1857 (read Feb. 24, 1857). -Concludes that M. Vogelii of the Niger and Benue Rivers is probably a valid species interme diate between M. australis (= Trichechus ma natus) and M. Senegalensis. Baikie, William Balfour; & Heddle, R. 1848. Historia naturalis Orcadensis. Zoology. Pt. 1. Being a catalogue of the Mammalia and birds hitherto observed in the Orkney Islands. Edinburgh, 1-104. Bain, O.: SEE Chabaud & Bain, 1965. x Baird, W 1859. Description of a rare entozoon from the stomach of the dugong. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 27(2): 148-149. PI. 56. Read Apr. 12, 1859. -Repr.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)5: 329-331, 1860. Gives the history of study, description (149), and an illustration of Ascaris halichoris Owen from the Red Sea dugong. x Bajpai, Sunil; Singh, M.P.; & Singh, Pratap 1987. A new sirenian from the Miocene of Kachchh, western India. 30 NUMBER 80 31 Jour. Pal. Soc. India, 32: 20-25. 1 tab. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Describes Metaxytherium kachchhensis [sic], n.sp., from the Lower Miocene Khari Series. Bajpai, Sunil; Srivastava, Suresh; & Jolly, Asit 1989. Sirenian-moerithere dichotomy: some evidence from the Middle Eocene of Kachchh, western India. Current Science (Bangalore), 58(6): 304-306. 2 figs. Mar. 20, 1989. Baker, Gail S. 1980. How much do you know on Trichechus manatus! Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(6): 10-13. 4 figs. + 1 fig. on p. 3. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Balderamos, Leo Paul 1977. [title?] Belize Audubon Soc. [Publ.?], 9(5): [1 p.] Jul. 1977. BaJdi, Tamds 1983. Magyarorszdgi oligocen is alsomiocenformdciok. Budapest, Akademiai Kiad6. -Sirs., 27. Baldwin, Claudia L.: SEE ALSO Kenchington, R.A., 1985. x Baldwin, Claudia L. 1985. Management of dugong: an endangered marine species of traditional significance. The need for user involvement in an integrated program of research, management and education. Tech. Rept., Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (Townsville, Queensland, Australia), No. 1: [v] + 20 + [vi]. Feb. 1985. -Repr.: Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Author ity Workshop Ser., No. 8: 134-148, 1988. Outlines the rationale for, and specific areas of need in, the development of a dugong manage ment program in northeast Queensland. Includes an appendix listing "existing research programs relating to dugong and traditional hunting in Australia as of February 1984." x Baldwin, Claudia L. 1986. User involvement in conservation of endangered species. In: S. Burgin (ed.), Endangered species: social, scientific, economic and legal aspects .... Sydney, Total Environment Centre, 206-212. 1 tab. -Repr. (slightly edited) in Proc Symp. Endan gered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 199-204, 2 figs., Oct. 1988. Discusses management problems in the light of efforts to regulate the dugong take by the Hope Vale Aboriginal community in Queensland, 1983-1984. Baldwin, Claudia L.; & Hunnam, Peter 1987. New dugong hunting rules. Reeflections (Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, Australia), No. 20: 5. 1 fig. Sep. 1987. Baldwin, L.: SEE Teleki & Baldwin, 1981. Balogh, Kdlmdn; & R6nai, Andrds 1965. Magyardzd Magyarorszdg 200 000-es foldtani te>k6psorozatahoz. L-34-III. Eger. Magyar Allami Foldtani Intezet kiadv. Balzarotti, M.A.: SEE Moore & Balzarotti, 1976. Bamber, M.: SEE Howes & Bamber, 1970. x Bancroft, Edward 1769a. An essay on the natural history of Guiana, in South America. Containing a description of many curious productions in the animal and vegetable systems of that country. Together with an account of the religion, manners, and customs of several tribes of its Indian inhabitants. Interspersed with a variety of literary and medical observations. In several letters from a gentleman [Edward Ban croft] of the Medical Faculty, during his residence in that country. London, T. Becket & P. A. De Hondt, iv + 402. -Allen 306. Dutch transl., Utrecht, 1782. A brief but very accurate account?the original one?of the Guiana manatee (186-187). x Bancroft, Edward 1769b. Naturgeschichte von Guiana in Sud-Amerika. worinn von der naturlichen Beschaffenheit und den vornehmsten Naturproducten des Landes, ingleichen der Religion, Sitten und Gebrduchen verschiedener Stdmme der wilden Landes- Einwohner, Nachricht ertheilet wird. In vier Brief en. von Eduard Bancroft, Esq. Frankfurt & Leipzig, J. Dodsley & Compagnie, x + 248. -Allen 307. Transl. of 1769a; sir. material on 112-113 with addition of a footnote on 113 identifying the "manati" as "Trichecus Manatus Linn." Banfield, E.J. 1968. The confessions of a beachcomber: scenes and incidents in the career of an unprofessional beachcomber in tropical Queensland. Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1-221. Illus. -Dugong, 105-109. x Bangs, Outram 1895. The present standing of the Florida manatee, Trichechus latirostris (Harlan) in the Indian River waters. Amer. Naturalist, 29(345): 783-787. Sep. 1895. -Accounts of manatees killed by cold, size records (up to 13 feet 7 inches), and observations of wild manatees, including feeding on mangroves 32 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY when "manatee grass was killed off by salt water." Bani, Ernest: SEE Chambers & Bani, 1989. Bank, H.: SEE Hirst & Bank, 1971. x Banks, E.A. 1931. A popular account of the mammals of Borneo. Jour. Malaysian Branch Brit. Roy. Asiatic Soc, 9(2): 1-139. Nov. 1931. -Sirs., 11-13. x Banks da Rocha, Newton 1971a. Memoria sobre um exemplar de Trichechus manatus manatus L., 1758, capturado em Goiana (Pernambuco). Arch. Mus. Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 54: 101-103. 2 figs. -Engl, and French summs. Reports a manatee captured in the spring of 1965 about 3 km south of the mouth of the Rio Goiana, Pernambuco, Brazil. Also summarizes the systematics of other Recent sirs. x Banks da Rocha, Newton 1971b. Nota previa sobre a ocorrencia de sirenios no Nordeste. Anais Inst. Cienc Biol. (Recife), 1(1): 133. -Records T. m. latirostris (!) from Canguaretama (Rio Grande do Norte) and Pitimbu (Paraiba), T. m. manatus from Goiana and Igarassu (Pernam buco), and Trichechus sp. from Barra de Sto. Antonio (Alagoas) and Estancia (Sergipe), Brazil. No other details are given, nor any justification for the latirostris identifications. x Banks da Rocha, Newton 1980. Chave para a determinacao das esp&ies brasi- leiras de peixe-boi. Caderno omega Univ. Fed. Rural Pernambuco (Recife), 4(2): 147-148. Jul.-Dec. 1980. -Engl. summ. Abstr.: Rev. Nordest. Biol, 3, Numero Especial, 1981: 250-251. Recognizes T inunguis, T. m. manatus, and T. m. latirostris (!) as occurring in Brazil and gives a key for their identification. The former taxon is distinguished in the key by its lack of nails; the latter two by absence or presence, respectively, of a median notch in the border of the caudal fin. Again, no evidence is given to substantiate the identification of latirostris in Brazil. Bannister, J.L. 1968. A list of the species of mammals collected by W.H. Butler for the Archbold collections of the American Museum of Natural History and for the Western Australian Museum 1963-1966. W. Austral Mus. Ann. Rept., 1966-67: 61-76. Bannister, J.L. 1988. Dugongidae. In: Zoological Catalogue of Austra lia, Volume 5: Mammalia. Canberra, AGPS, 230-231. Barada, Bill 1970. Florida's vanishing mermaids. Skin Diver, Aug. 1970: 52-55. 6 figs, x Barada, Bill 1971a. Manatees. Anim. Kingdom, 74(1): 18-23. 7 figs. Feb. 1971. -Detailed pop. ace. of Florida manatees at Crystal River, and manatee biology in general. Barada, Bill 1971b. Nightmare of the killer weeds. Skin Diver, Jun. 1971: 53-57. ?6 figs. Barada, Bill 1979. Florida's manatee: extinction threatens the mythi cal mermaid. Skin Diver, 28(12): 62-67. 7 figs. Dec. 1979. Barber, Edwin A. 1882. Mound pipes. Amer. Naturalist, 16(4): 265-281. 21 figs. Apr. 1882. Barbosa de Faria, Joao: SEE Rondon & Faria, 1948. Barbosa du Bocage, J.V: SEE Du Bocage, J.V. Barbosa. Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao 1875. Exploraqao dos Rios Urubu e Jatapu. Relatorio apresentado ao ... Dr. Josi Fernandes da Costa Pereira Ministro e Secretario de Estado.... Rio de Janeiro, Typographia Nacional, 1-129. 2 maps, x Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao 1885. Rio Jauapery. Pacificaqdo dos Crichands. Rio de Janeiro, Impr. Nacional, 1-275. -Gives the following vernacular names of the manatee in three Indian languages (256): Cri- chan?, uaiurary; Ipurucot6, uaimerere; Macuchy, apind. x Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao 1892. Les reptiles fossiles de la Vallee de l'Amazone. Vellosia (Contribs. Mus. Botan. Amazonas), 2 (Archeol., Paleont.), 1885-1888 ("ed. 2"): 41-56. "16 pis.," apparently never published. -Suggests that rib fragments from Oco do Mundo, Rio Purus, Amazonas, Brazil, pertain to "Manatus Guetardi" (53-54). Barbot, Jean 1746. A description of the coasts of North and South Guinea; and of Ethiopia Inferior, vulgarly An gola; being a new and accurate account of the western maritime countries of Africa.... And a new relation of the province of Guiana, and of the great rivers of Amazons and Oronoque in South- America.... In: A. Churchill, A collection of voyages and travels.... Ed. 3. London, Lintot & Osborn, Vol. 5: 1-580. 49 pis. -First ed., 1732. Sirs., 562, pi. 7. x Barbour, Thomas 1937. Birth of a manatee. NUMBER 80 33 Jour.Mamm., 18(1): 106-107. Feb. 14, 1937. -Interesting account of a manatee conceived and bom in the Miami Aquarium, including its being trained to breathe by its parents. For further details on this birth see J.C. Moore (1951b: 26). x Barbour, Thomas 1944. That vanishing Eden, a naturalist's Florida. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., x + 250. Illus. -Anecdotes of manatees in the Miami area (98-99, 166-167), including a patrol blimp officer's report of seeing some 30 per day in Biscayne Bay. Barchewitz, Ernst Christoph 1730. Allerneueste und wahrhaffte ost-indianische Reise-Beschreibung.... Chemnitz, J. Christoph & J.D. Stoszeln, [20] + 657+[13]. lmap. -Later eds.: Erfurt, 1751, 1752, 1756, 1762. x Bard, J. 1965. V6g6taux aquatiques tropicaux. Bois et Forets des Tropiques, No. 99: 3-11. 8 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1965. -Photo of T. senegalensis (4); discusses latter and T. manatus (in Guyana) as possible means of weed control (5, 8). Bard, Samuel A.: SEE Squier, Ephraim George. Barile, D.D. 1980. A local endangered species program?Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus. Coastal Zone, 1980/1: 186-205. Barile, D.D.; McMillan, K.; & Gipe, T. 1983. Local endangered species preservation Palm Bay, Florida. Coastal Zone, 1983(1): 769-782. Illus. x Barkow, H.C.L. 1851. Ueber die Nerven der Extremitaten und des Schwanzes von Halicore dugong. Barkow's Anat. Abh. (Breslau), No. 21: 119-122. -Detailed description of neuroanatomy and mus cle innervation in a dugong fetus. Barloy, Jean-Jacques: SEE ALSO Sylvestre & Barloy, 1982. Barloy, Jean-Jacques 19??. La vache de mer. [Serial & vol.?]: 38. Barnes, Lawrence G.: SEE ALSO Aranda-Manteca et al., 1994; McLeod & Barnes, 1984. xD Barnes, Lawrence G. 1972. Miocene vertebrate geochronology of the West Coast of North America. Part 2: Marine verte brates. Proc. Pacif. Coast Mioc. Biostrat. Symp. (47th Ann. Pacif. Sect. Convention, Soc. Econ. Min. Pal., Bakersfield, Calif., Mar. 9-10, 1972): 126, 137-145. Figs. 3-4. -Summarizes Miocene marine vertebrate faunas of California, including Desmostylus, Paleopara- doxia, and Metaxytherium (126, 140-142). x Barnes, Lawrence G. 1982. The fossil sirenian, Dusisiren jordani. Whalewatcher (Jour. Amer. Cetacean Soc), 16(1): 20. Cover illus. Spring 1982. -Pop. ace. of recent studies of D. jordani and of hydrodamaline evolution, with artist's reconstruc tion of the species by Pieter Folkens. D Barnes, Lawrence G.; Domning, Daryl Paul; & Ray, Clayton Edward 1985. Status of studies on fossil marine mammals. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 1(1): 15-53. 1 tab. 9 figs. Jan. 1985. x Barnes, Lawrence G.; Howard, Hildegarde; Hutchison, J. Howard; & Welton, Bruce J. 1981. The vertebrate fossils of the marine Cenozoic San Mateo Formation at Oceanside, California. In: PL. Abbott & S. O'Dunn (eds.), Geologic investigations of the San Diego coastal plain. San Diego, San Diego Assoc. Geologists, 53-70. 2 tabs. 1 fig. April 1981. -Reports new material of Hydrodamalis cuestae in association with Hemphillian faunas (56-57, 62-63). Barnes, Lindsay B.: SEE Packard et al., 1983, 1985. x Barnett, Colin; & Johns, D. 1982. Dugong hunting and conservation in Queensland, Australia, with underwater observations of one individual in the wild. In: Mammals in the sea, vol. 4. Rome, Food & Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 515-524. 1 tab. -French & Spanish summs. See also F.A.O. (1978-82). Describes harpooning techniques used in Torres Strait, the sale and use of dugong meat, conservation problems, and observations of a female dugong at Green Island, Great Barrier Reef. Barnett, H.F., Jr.: SEE Drewes et al., 1961. Barnhart, Marion I.: SEE Shoshani et al., 1981. Barr, A. 1974. Winter haunt of the manatee. Florida Conserv. News, 10: 1. Barras y de Arag6n, Francisco de las: SEE Arag6n, Francisco de las Barras y de. Barreiro, Jesus 1944. El museo de ciencias naturales. Madrid, Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas, Instituto "Jose" de Acosta." x Barrere, Pierre 1743. Nouvelle relation de la France Equinoxiale, contenant la description des cotes de la Guiane; de I'Isle de Cayenne; le commerce de cette colonie; les divers changemens arrives dans ce 34 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY pays; & les moeurs & coiitumes des differens peuples sauvages qui I'habitent. Avec des figures dessinees sur les lieux. Paris, Piget, Damonneville, & Durand, iv + 250. Pis. -Account of the manatee (which the author believes to be a fish) in French Guiana, the method of its capture, and its use as food (159-162). The plate facing p. 159 shows Indians in a canoe attempting to harpoon a Lamentin. x Barrett, O.W 1935. Notes concerning manatees and dugongs. Jour. Mamm., 16(3): 216-220. Aug. 1935. -Brief but really excellent account of Puerto Rican and Nicaraguan T. m. manatus natural history, behavior, and anatomy (especially the male urogenital system) (216-219); brief com ments on East African dugong distribution and anatomy, including the author's complicity in a "mermaid" fraud (219-220). x Barrett, Sandra K. 1979. Manatee (Trichechus manatus) mortalities in flood control structures in south Florida. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 42(Suppl. 1): 26. Read Mar. 23, 1979. -Refers to a study of manatee behavior in the vicinity of flood-control dams in southeastern Florida where manatees have been killed. Barriel, V; Darlu, P.; & Tassy, Pascal 1993. A propos des conflits entre phylogenies morpholo- giques et mol6culaires: deux exemples empruntes aux mammiferes. Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool, (13)14(4): 157-171. 2 tabs. 11 figs. -Engl. summ. Barron, John A.: SEE Saito et al., 1988. Barros, Francisco de, Junior n.d. Caqando e pescando por todo o Brasil Ed. 4. Sao Paulo, Livr. Exposicao do Livro (3 vols.) [before 1966]: Vol. 2: 1-314. -Ed. 1, 1947; ed. 2, 1953-55. Barros, N61io B.: SEE Beck & Barros, 1991. Barros, R.M.S.: SEE Assis et al., 1988. Barry, John C: SEE Raza et al., 1984. Barth, Heinrich 1857-1858. Reisen und Entdeckungen in Nord- und Central-Afrika in den Jahren 1849 bis 1855.... Tagebuch seiner im Auftrag der brittischen Regierung unternommenen Reise Gotha, J. Perthes (4 vols.). 50 pis. 14 maps. -Engl, eds.: New York, Harper & Bros., 1857 (3 vols.); London, Longman, Brown, Green, Long mans, & Roberts, 1857-58 (5 vols.); etc. Sirs., 3: 289. Barthel, Karl Werner 1962. Uber ein neues, montiertes Skelett von Hali therium schinzi Kaup (Sirenia). Mitt. Bayer. Staatssamml. Pal. Hist. Geol, 2: 65-68. PI. 7. Aug. 1, 1962. -Engl. summ. Barthel, Karl Werner 1966. Mounting a skeleton of Smilodon calif or nicus Bovard. Curator, 9(2): 119-124. 2 figs. Bartholin, Thomas 1661. Historiarum anatomicarum rariorum centuria VI. Hafniae [= Copenhagen], sumptibus P. Hauboldt. -Allen 80? (= 1657 ed.). See also Kleinschmidt, A., 1983. Bartmann, W. 1972. Zur Behandlung infektibser Hautschaden bei See- kuhen (Trichechus manatus L.). In: R. Ippen & H.-D. Schroder (eds.), Erkrankungen derZootiere Wroclaw 1972. (Verhandlungsvericht des XIV. Internatl. Symp. uber die Erkrankung der Zoo- tiere.) Berlin, Akademie-Verlag (420 pp.), 233-236. 3 figs. -Engl., French, & Russian summs. x Bartmann, W 1974. Management of sea cows (Trichechus manatus) in the Duisburg Zoo. Aquatic Mamms., 2(1): 13-16. Jun. 1974. -Account of treatment of skin disease (furuncular dermatitis) in two animals; eventually cured with help of sodium chloride in water. Bartolomei, Giorgio 1969. Rinvenimento di un sirenio nei Colli Berici (Vicenza). Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei, Rendiconti (Class. Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat.), (8)47(1/2): 39-40. 1 pi. Jul.-Aug. 1969 (read Jun. 12, 1969). -Discovery of an axial skeleton of Prototherium. Bartone, John C: SEE Kaiser & Bartone. x Bartram, William 1791. Travels through North & South Carolina, Geor gia, East & West Florida, the Cherokee country, the extensive territories of the Muscogulges, or Creek Confederacy, and the country of the Chactaws.... Philadelphia, James & Johnson, xi + 522. -Repr.: London, J. Johnson, 1792; facsimile ed., Charlottesville, Univ. Press of Virginia, 1973. Later eds.: Macy-Masius, 1928 (reprinted by Dover Pubis., 1955); Yale, 1958. Records that T. manatus is hunted by Indians at Manatee Spring in northern Florida, and called "by a name which signifies the big beaver" (231-232). For an earlier NUMBER 80 35 MS. version of the same material, see Bartram (1943). Bartram, William 1943. Travels in Georgia and Florida, 1773-74: a report to Dr. John Fothergill.... Annotated by Francis Harper. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. (n.s.), 33(2): 121-242. 26 pis. Nov. 1943. -Annotated ed. of a manuscript precursor of Bartram's Travels (1791). Manatee, 158, 166, 189-190,213. Baskin, Jon A.: SEE Webb et al., 1981. Bastian, Jarvis: SEE Evans & Bastian, 1969. Bastos, Aureliano Candido Tavares 1866. O valle do Amazonas: estudo sobre a livre navegaqdo do Amazonas, estatistica, pro- ducqoes, commercio, questoes fiscaes do valle do Amazonas.... Rio de Janeiro, B.L. Gamier, xxiii + 369. Dec. 1866. -Ed. 2: Sao Paulo, Cia. Ed. Nacional, 1-411, 1937. Bataller, Jose" Ramon 1918. Mamifers fossils de Catalunya. Treballs de la Inst. Catalana de Hist. Nat. (Barcelona), 4: 111-272. Tabs. 35 figs. Pis. 4-22. x Bataller, Jos6 Ram6n 1956. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los vertebrados terciarios de Espafia. Cursillos y Confer., Inst. "Lucas Mallada," 1954(3): 11-28. 1 fig. 8 pis. -Illustrates a skull and mandible of "Halitherium fossile (Metaxitherium cuvieri)" from the Mio cene of Spain (pis. 6-8) and lists the species' Miocene (Helvetian and Burdigalian) occurrences in Spain (24-25). Also lists "Halitherium" vertebrae and ribs from the Eocene (Lutetian and Bartonian) (25). x Bates, Henry Walter 1863. The naturalist on the River Amazons. London, John Murray (2 vols.), Vol. 2: vi + 423. -Account of a manatee harpooned and cooked on the Amazon (2: 165). Batrawi, A. 1953. The external features of the dugong kidney. Bull. Zool. Soc. Egypt, No. 11: 12-13. Batrawi, A. 1957. The structure of the dugong kidney. Publ. Marine Biol. Station Al-Ghardaqa Red Sea, No. 9:51-68. 2 figs. 2 pis. Battail, Bernard: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Bauchot, Roland; & Stephan, Heinz 1968. Etude des modifications encephaliques observees chez les insectivores adaptes a la recherche de nourriture en milieu aquatique. Mammalia, 32(2): 228-275. 2 tabs. 16 figs. (figs. 1-7 on pis. 19-20). Jun. 1968. -Engl. & German summs. Sirs., 242-243. Baudin, Nicolas 1974. The journal of Post Captain Nicolas Baudin, commander-in-chief of the corvettes Geographe andNaturaliste, assigned by order of the Govern ment to a voyage of discovery. Translated from the French by Christine Cornell. Adelaide, Libraries Board of South Australia, xx + 609. Maps. -Early mention of dugong in Western Australia, 513. Baugh, Thomas M. 1987. Man and manatee: planning for the future. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 12(9): 7. x Baugh, Thomas M.; Valade, James A.; & Zoodsma, Barbara Jo 1989. Manatee use of Spartina alternifiora in Cumber land Sound. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(1): 88-90. Jan. 1989. -Reports behavioral observations of manatees feeding on salt marsh cordgrass, the only gener ally available species of emergent vegetation in the Cumberland Sound area of Georgia and Florida. Also discusses feeding on this species elsewhere in the range of T. manatus. x Baughman, J.L. 1946. Some early notices on American manatees and the mode of their capture. Jour. Mamm., 27(3): 234-239. Aug. 14, 1946. -Collection of old accounts of manatees and manatee hunting in the New World. Baumann, O. 1905? Sirene: eine naturhistorische Kuriositat. Natur und Glaube, 1905[?]: 269-272. Baur, George 1887a. Uber die Abstammung der amnioten Wirbelthiere. Biol. Centralbl, 1: 481-493. -?Repr.: Sitzb. Ges. Morph. Phys. (Munich), 1887:44-61. x Baur, George 1887b. On the morphology and origin of the Ichthyo- pterygia. Amer. Naturalist, 21: 837-840. -Rev.: Geol. Mag., (3)5: 325-326, 1888? Reports hyperphalangy (four phalanges on one digit) in individuals of Manatus americanus and Halicore dugong (840). x Bauza\ Juan 1946. Contribution a la geologia y paleontologia de Mallorca. 36 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bol Soc Espah. Hist. Nat., 44(5/6): 369-380. Pis. 18-19. -Reports a lower molar of "Metaxitherium cu- vieri" reported from the Miocene of Sa Taulera (Santa Margarita) (376, pi. 18). x Bay, D.; & Demoulin, V. 1989. The seagrass beds of Hansa Bay (north coast of Papua New Guinea). Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg., 122(1): 3-17. 4 tabs. 6 figs. -French summ. Mentions the presence of dugongs in the study area (12). x Bayer, Frederick M.; & Harry-Rofen, Robert R. 1957. Project Coral Fish looks at Palau. Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1956: 481-508. 6 figs. 20 pis. -Describes the fauna of the eel-grass (Enhalus acoroides) environment (501-502), and the cap ture of a Palauan dugong for the Steinhart Aquarium (502, pi. 20). x Baylis, H.A. 1936. Some parasitic worms from the British Came- roons. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10)17: 257-272. -Reports Chiorchis fabaceus from the intestines of a manatee in Nigeria (257). Baylis, H.A.; & Daubney, R. 1923. A further report on parasitic nematodes in the collection of the zoological survey of India. Rec Indian Mus. Calcutta, 25: 551-578. -Reports Dujardinia halicoris from the dugong. x Bayliss, Peter 1986. Factors affecting aerial surveys of marine fauna, and their relationship to a census of dugongs in the coastal waters of the Northern Territory. Austral Wildl. Res., 13(1): 27-37. 5 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports on experiments to determine the effects on survey results of environmental conditions and survey techniques, and to derive correction fac tors. A dugong census of the Northern Territory, Australia, between the Daly River and Mil- lingimbi in December 1983 yielded a minimum estimate of 2593 ? 530 and a total population estimate of 38,000, the highest densities being associated with shallow and sheltered waters. x Bayliss, Peter; & Freeland, W.J. 1989. Seasonal distribution and abundance of dugongs in the western Gulf of Carpentaria. Austral. Wildl Res., 16(2): 141-149. 5 tabs. 4 figs. -Aerial surveys in 1984-85 showed no major seasonal changes in distribution and relative abundance. Mimimum population sizes of 16,816 ? 2946 (dry season) and 16,846 ? 3257 (wet season) were calculated. Abundance was corre lated with area of available seagrass beds. Catch rate by Aboriginal hunters declined from about 60 to 10 per year between the 1960s and 1985, possibly due to excessive hunting, but the present harvest rate appears to be sustainable, x Bazzini, Maria D.; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Essman, Richard A. 1984. Hemopoiesis in the West Indian manatee, Tri chechus manatus. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 47(Suppl. 1): 19. -The vertebral bodies were found to be the primary site of hemopoiesis, x Bazzini, Maria D.; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Essman, Richard A. 1986. Erythropoiesis and granulopoiesis in the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia: Sirenia). Acta Anat., 126(3): 150-152. 2 figs. -Concludes from the presence of erythroblasts, megakaryocytes, and myelocytes in the vertebral bodies that the latter are the main site of blood cell formation. Some developing blood cells were also found (rarely) in manatee livers, spleens, and kidneys. Notes the abundance of lymphatic tissue, especially mesenteric lymph nodes, in the mana tee. Beadnell, Hugh John Llewellyn 1905. The topography and geology of the Fayum Province of Egypt. Cairo, Survey Dept. of Egypt, 1-101. 24 pis. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 72: 535-536, 2 figs. Beal, William P.B. 1922. [The manatee as a food animal.] Jour. Gold Coast Agric & Commercial Soc, 2: [pp.?] Oct.-Dec. 1922. x Beal, William P.B. 1939. The manatee as a food animal. Nigerian Field, 8(3): 124-126. -Said to be an extract from Beal (1922), this is also a summary of Men6gaux (1918). It gives a gen. ace. of Manatus senegalensis, its distribution, supposed breeding and food habits, and the possibility of raising it in captivity for its meat, oil, and bones. Beard, Daniel B.; Lincoln, Frederick C; Cahalane, Victor H.; Jackson, Hartley H.T.; & Thompson, Ben H. 1942. Fading trails: the story of endangered American wildlife. New York, Macmillan, xv + 279. Illus. -Manatees, 88-97. Beaux, O. de 1931. Mammiferi. In: Spedizione del barone Raimondo NUMBER 80 37 Franchette in Dancalia. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Giacomo Doria, Genova, 55: 183-217. -Account of Dugong hemprichi, 214-215. Bechamel, Francis: SEE Grillet & Bechamel, 1698. Bechstein, Johann Matthaus 1795. Compend. Bibliothek. 21 (Zoologe I). [Publisher?] -I have been unable to verify or amplify this citation beyond the above information, given in Sherborn's nomenclator, where the name Manatus vulgaris is said to appear on p. 113 of this work. Bechstein, Johann Matthaus 1800. Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere. Weimar, im Verlage des Industrie-Comptoir's, Vol. 2: x + 323-766. -Describes Manatus Guyannensis, n.sp., M. Oro- nocensis, n.sp., and M. Clusii, n.comb., 732. Bechstein, Johann Matthaus 1801. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands nach alien drei Reichen. Ein Handbuch zur deutlichern und vollstdndigern Selbstbelehrung besonders fur Forstmdnner, Jugendlehrer und Oekonomen. Band 1. Ed. 2. Leipzig, Siegfried Lebrecht Crusius (5 parts in 4 vols., 1801-09). ?Discusses Manati balaenurus, 1: 215. Beck, Cathy A.: SEE ALSO Bonde et al., 1983; Bonde & Beck, 1990; Buergelt et al., 1984, 1990; Forrester et al., 1979; Hurst & Beck, 1988; O'Shea, Beck et al., 1985. x Beck, Cathy A.; & Barros, Nelio B. 1991. The impact of debris on the Florida manatee. Marine Pollution Bull, 22(10): 508-510. 1 fig. Oct. 1991. -Summarizes carcass-salvage data (1974-86) showing debris ingestion or entanglement, x Beck, Cathy A.; Bonde, Robert K.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1981. Manatee mortality in Florida during 1978. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 76-85. 4 tabs. 1 fig. -Tabulates county, date, body length, sex, cause of death, and other data on 78 carcasses necrop- sied. 39.7% of the deaths were attributed to human activity, x Beck, Cathy A.; Bonde, Robert K.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1982. Analyses of propeller wounds on manatees in Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 46(2): 531-535. 3 figs. Apr. 1982. -Concludes from the sizes of propeller wounds that most manatee mortality attributed to propeller strikes is caused by large (>7.3 m) boats with inboard engines and propellers >38 cm in diame ter, x Beck, Cathy A.; & Forrester, Donald J. 1988. Helminths of the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris, with a discussion and sum mary of the parasites of sirenians. Jour. ParasitoL, 74(4): 628-637. Aug. 1988. -Reports the geographic and anatomical distribu tion and intensity of infestation of parasites in carcasses of Florida manatees, lists all reported sir. parasites, and speculates on the intermediate hosts of the common manatee parasites. Beckett, Jeremy 1987. Torres Strait Islanders: custom and colonialism. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, xiii + 251. 10 pis. 2 maps. -Contains several observations on the role of dugong hunting in the Islander culture and economy (28, 150, 159-161, 181). x Beckjord, Jon-Erik 1985. Ri evidence lacking (comment on Wagner [1982], and Wagner et al. [1983]). Cryptozoology, 3: 154-155. Apr. 1985. -Argues, on the basis of new interviews, that the "ri" of New Ireland is a dugong. See R. Wagner (1985) for response. x Beddard, Frank Evers 1897. Notes upon the anatomy of a manatee (Manatus inunguis) lately living in the Society's gardens. Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1897(1): 47-53. 5 figs. Jun. 1897. -Compares the digestive system, kidney, heart, and brain of M. inunguis with those of M. latirostris. Beddard, Frank Evers 1900. A book of whales. New York, G.P. Putnam's Sons; London, John Murray, xv + 320. 40 figs. Beddard, Frank Evers 1902. Mammalia. In: Cambridge Natural History. London & New York, Macmillan, Vol. 10: x + 605. 285 figs. -Reprinted 1968. Sirs., 333-338. Beebe, C.W: SEE Beebe, M.B. Beebe, M.B.; & Beebe, C.W. 1910. Our search for a wilderness. New York, Henry Holt & Co., 1-408. -Manatees, 125, 170, 221-222, 224, 381. Beebe, William 1919. Higher vertebrates of British Guiana with special reference to the fauna of Bartica District. [List of 38 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Amphibia, Reptilia, and Mammalia.] Zoologica (New York), 2(7): 205-227. May 1919. -Lists T. manatus among British Guiana mam mals (226). x Beebe, William 1920. A tropic garden. Atlantic Monthly, 126: 730-736. Dec. 1920. -Repr. in Beebe (1921). A charming account of manatee-watching in the Georgetown (British Guiana) Botanical Gardens (730-732). Beebe, William 1921. Edge of the Jungle. Garden City (New York), Garden City Publ. Co.; New York, H. Holt & Co., 3-303. Frontisp. -Several later eds. Manatee, 231-236 (repr. of Beebe, 1920). x Beeckman, Daniel 1812. A voyage to and from the island of Borneo, in the East Indies; with a description of the said island; giving an account of the inhabitants, their man ners, customs, religion, product, chief ports, and trade: together with the re-establishment of the English trade there, An. 1714, after our factory had been destroyed by the Banjareens some years before. Also a description of the islands of Canary, Cape Verd, Java, Madura; of the Streights of Bally, the Cape of Good Hope, the Hottentots, the island of St. Helena, Ascension, &c. With some remarks and directions touching trade, &c. The whole very pleasant and very useful to such as shall have occasion to go into those parts. In: J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of... voyages and travels .... London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown and Cadell & Davies, Vol. 11: 96-158. -Ed. 1: London, 1718. Briefly describes "an amphibious creature, called by them manitee, or a sea-cow," encountered at the Cape of Good Hope (150-151), which is obviously the hippopotamus. It is worth noting here the confusing South African usage of these terms (e.g., Afrikaans seekoei) for the hippo, which probably accounts for some early writers' attribution to the dugong and/or manatee of a range including the Cape of Good Hope. Beeler, I.E.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988. Distribution and mortality of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) in the southeastern United States: A compilation and review of recent information. NTIS Document No. PB 88-207980/ AS (2 vols.), 1-613. Illus. -Also published as Natl. Ecology Research Center Rept., No. 88-09: xv + 613, 1988. x Begley, Sharon; Carey, John; & Callcott, John 1983. Death of the Persian Gulf. Newsweek, 102(4): 79. 3 figs. Jul. 25, 1983. -Report on dugongs and other organisms killed by an oil spill from the Nowruz oilfield, Iran. B61anger, Leonard F. 1940. A study of the histological structure of the respiratory portion of the lungs of aquatic mam mals. Amer. Jour. Anat., 67(3): 437-465. 2 figs. 4 pis. -Describes the lung histology of the manatee. Belitsky, David W: SEE ALSO Powell et al., 1981. Belitsky, David W; & Belitsky, Cheryl L. 1978. El manati, Trichechus manatus, en la Republica Dominicana: distribucidn y abundancia. Serie de Publicaciones Cientificas, Direccidn Nacional de Parques (Repub. Domin.), No. 1: 7-36. 5 tabs. 5 figs. 6 appendices of other tabs. & figs. Mar. 1978. x Belitsky, David W; & Belitsky, Cheryl L. 1980. Distribution and abundance of manatees Tri chechus manatus in the Dominican Republic. Biol. Conserv., 17(4): 313-319. 2 figs. May 1980. -Aerial surveys and interviews demonstrated that populations exist on the north and southwest coasts; calves were seen year-round; evidence was found of poaching, possible shark predation, possible coastwise movements and use of fresh water upwellings, but little if any use of rivers by manatees. Bell, Alexander Graham: SEE Fairchild, D., 1917. Bell, Charles Napier 1862. Remarks on the Mosquito territory, its climate, people, productions. Jour. Roy. Geogr. Soc, 32: 242-268. Bell, Charles Napier 1899. Tangweera; life and adventures among gentle savages. London, Edward Arnold, xi + 318. 6 pis. -Mosquito Indians, Central America, x Bell, Thomas 1837. A history of British quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. London, John Van Voorst, xviii + 526. Illus. -Allen 907. Notice of two strandings of carcasses of "Manatus borealis" in the British Isles (525). One record is based on the accounts of Stewart (1801) and Fleming (1828); no details are given about the other, x Bellin, Jacques Nicolas 1763. Description geographique de la Guyane. Conte- nant les possessions et les etablissemens des Franqois, des Espagnols, des Portugais, des Hollandois dans ces vastes pays. Le climax les NUMBER 80 39 productions de la terre et les animaux leurs habitans, leurs moeurs, leurs coutumes. et le commerce qu'ony peutfaire. Avec des remarques pour la navigation et des cartes, plans, et figures, dressies au Depost des Cartes et Plans de la Marine par ordre de M le Due de Choiseul Colonel Giniral des Suisses et Grisons, Ministre de la Guerre et de la Marine. Paris, Impr. de Didot, xiv + 294. 10 pis. Maps & plans. -Allen 287. Brief description (taken directly from Gumilla) of the manatee in the Guianas (65-66). The scene of Indians harpooning a manatee and the illustration of a female with its young (pi. 5) are taken from Labat (1722), according to Allen. Belmar, A. de 1861. Voyage aux provinces brisiliennes du Pard et des Amazones en 1860, precede d'une rapide coup d'oeil, sur le littoral du Bresil London, Trezise, 1-236. -Gen. ace. of the manatee and its use by natives (118-119). Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria, Pedro 1859. Arte del idioma Maya reducido a sucintas reglas, y semilexicon Yucateco. Ed. 2. Merida de Yucatan, Jose D. Espinosa, [16] + 242. 2 tabs. Jul. 1859. -Ed. 1, Mexico, 1746. Gives chiil and tek as Maya names of the manatee (230). Beneden, Pierre Joseph van: SEE Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph. Bengtson, John L.: SEE ALSO Medway, Bruss et al., 1982. x Bengtson, John L. 1982. Ecology of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in the St. Johns River, Florida. [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl, B. Sci. Eng., 42(12): 4668. Jun. 1982. -Describes daily and seasonal movements in response to temperature; reports that males patrol large ranges in search of estrous females, which have relatively small home ranges; mentions observations on daily activity patterns; suggests that behavioral tradition may be important in manatee populations; and reports that manatees failed to show a preference among 4 species of food plants offered them in experimental trials. x Bengtson, John L. 1983. Estimating food consumption of free-ranging manatees in Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 47(4): 1186-1192. 3 tabs. lfig. -A study, partly experimental, of chewing rate and food consumption at Blue Spring and the St. Johns River indicated an estimated consumption rate of 108 g/min and 4%-9% of body weight per day. The highest rates were observed just before winter, x Bengtson, John L.; & Fitzgerald, Shannon M. 1985. Potential role of vocalizations in West Indian manatees. Jour. Mamm., 66(4): 816-819. 2 figs. Nov. 29, 1985. -Reports correlations between number of calls and various behaviors of manatees in Blue Spring and the St. Johns River, Florida. Concludes that vocalizations are mainly social and communica tive in function, not navigational. Notes the possible use of vocalizations for alarm, greeting, and synchronizing of breathing, and estimates the distances at which manatees can hear various sounds. x Bengtson, John L.; & Magor, Diana Marion 1979. A survey of manatees in Belize. Jour. Mamm., 60(1): 230-232. 1 tab. 1 fig. Feb. 20, 1979. -A total of 101 manatee sightings were made in 5 days of aerial survey. Beniowski, Moritz August, Graf von 1790. Reisen durch Sibirien und Kamtschatka uber Japan und China nach Europa. Nebst einem Auszuge seiner ubrigen Lebensgeschichte.... Mit Anmerkungen von Johann Reinhold Forster. Berlin, Voss, xxi + 447. Pis. -Translated from Engl. Rhytina, p. 213. Bennett, F.D.: SEE Andres & Bennett, 1975. Bennett, George 1860. Gatherings of a naturalist in Australasia: being observations principally on the animal and vegetable productions of New South Wales, New Zealand, and some of the Austral Islands. London, John Van Voorst, xii + 456. Frontisp. 24 figs. 7 pis. -Facsimile repr.: Milson's Point (New South Wales), Currawong Press, 1982. Account of dugongs and dugong exploitation at Moreton Bay (164-167). Benwell, Gwen; & Waugh, Arthur 1961. Sea enchantress. London, Hutchinson; New York, Citadel, 1-287. 2 figs. 16 pis. Benzoni, Girolamo 1565. La historia del Mondo Nvovo.... Laqval tratta dell'isole, & mari nuouamente ritrouati, & delle nuoue cittd da luiproprio vedute,per acqua & per terra in quattordeci anni. Venice, Francesco Rampazetto, 175 leaves. -Allen 20. Reprinted 1572; many later eds. Manati, p. 96. 40 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Benzoni, Girolamo 1578. Novae novi orbis historiae, id est, rerum ab Hispanis in India Occidentali hactenus gestarum, & acerbo illorum in eas gentes dominatu, Libri tres, Vrbani Calvetonis opera industridque ex Italicis Hieronymi Benzonis Mediolanensis, qui eas terras xiiii. annorum peregrinatione obijt, commentarijs descripti; Latini facti, ac perpetuis notis, argumentis & locu pleti memorabilium rerum accessione, illustrati. His ab eodem adiuncta est, de Gallorum in Floridam expedi- tione, & insigni Hispanorum in eos faeuitiae exemplo, breuis historia. [Geneva,] Evstathivm Vignon, 1-480. -Allen 23. Latin ed. of Benzoni, 1565. "Manati pisces," cap. xiii, pp. 213-214 (manatee of Nicaragua), 216-217 (a further account based on that of Peter Martyr [1533], which did not appear in the 1565 ed.). Berg, L.S. 1946. Otkrytie Kamchatki i ekspeditsii Beringa 1725- 1742 gg. [The discovery of Kamchatka and the Bering expeditions of 1725-1742.] Ed. 3. Moscow & Leningrad, Izdatel'stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR, 1-379. -First ed., 1924? Includes discussion of sources, with bibliography. Bergin, T.J. 1981. Veterinary aspects. Report on meeting of working party in Sydney, 15 February 1981. In: J.K. Ling (ed.), Marine mammal strandings in Australia: towards a national plan. Adelaide, South Australian Museum (69 pp.), 14-17. Berhanu, Allem 1976. Ethiopia: a report on the Dahlac Islands marine park. IUCN Pubis, (n.s.), No. 35: 45-49. Berkel, Adriaan van 1695. Amerikaansche voyagien, behelzende een reis na Rio de Berbice, gelegen op het vaste land van Guiana, aan de Wilde-kust van America, mitsgad- ers een andere na de Colonie van Suriname, gelegen in het noorder deel van het gemelde landschap Guiana. Ondermengd met alle de byzonderheden noopende de zeden, gewoonten, en levenswijs der inboorlingen, boom- en aardge- wassen, waaren en koopmanschappen, en andere aanmerkelijke zaaken. Amsterdam, J. ten Hoorn, 4+139. Frontisp. 2 pis. -Report of a manatee in the lower Suriname River. Berkel, Adriaan van 1942. Travels in South America between the Berbice and Essequibo Rivers and in Surinam 1670-1689, translated & edited by Walter Edmund Roth, 1925. Georgetown (British Guiana), The "Daily Chron icle," Ltd., xvi + 145 + v. Pis. 1 map. Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, J.H. 1773. Voyage a I'Isle de France, a I'lsle de Bourbon, au Cap de Bonne-Esperance, etc., avec des observa tions nouvelles sur la nature et sur les hommes. Par un Officier du Roi. Neuchatel, Impr. Soc. Typographique (2 vols.). Berndt, Ronald M. 1948. A 'Wonguri-'Mandzikai song cycle of the Moon- Bone. Oceania, 19(1): 16-50. Sep. 1948. -Songs and legends about dugongs in northeast- em Amhem Land, Australia. Berndt, Ronald M. (ed.) 1964. Australian aboriginal art. Sydney, Ure Smith: xiii + 118. 73 pis. 1 map. -C.P. Mountford, 20-32? Recounts the myth of the moon-man and his sister, the dugong-woman (pl. 31). Berry, Edward W 1923. The Mayence Basin, a chapter of geologic history. Sci. Monthly, 16:113-129. Feb. 1923. Berry, William B.N.: SEE Floyd et al., 1958. x Berthold, Arnold Adolph 1827. Latreille's... Naturliche Familien des Thierreichs. Aus dem Franzosischen, mit Anmerkungen und Zusdtzen.... Weimar, Gr. H.S. priv. Landes-Industrie- Comptoirs, x + 606. -Lists Manatus, Halicore, and Rhytina under "Cetacea: Herbivora"; first use of the emended spelling Rhytina (62). x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1966a. Sea cows could be useful. Sea Frontiers, 12(4): 210-217. 5 figs. Jul.-Aug., 1966. -Pop. ace. of sir. status and use for weed control and other purposes; figs, of dugongs, tusks, harpoons, and seagrass. x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1966b. The Sirenia: a vanishing order of mammals. Animal Kingdom, 69(6): 180-184. 4 figs. Dec. 1966. -Pop. ace. of sirs, and the prospects for their survival, with one photo of T. manatus, two of dugongs, and a sketch of Steller's sea cow from G.M. Allen (1942). x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1968. The Sirenia as aquatic meat-producing herbivores. NUMBER 80 41 In: M.A. Crawford (ed.), Comparative nutrition of wild animals. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, No. 21: 385-391; discussion, 393-394. 2 figs. Symposium held Nov. 10-11, 1966. -Discusses sir. ecology, economic uses, and conservation, x Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo; & Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1971. The decline of the dugong. Austral. Nat. Hist., 17(4): 146-147. 1 fig. Dec. 1971. -Pop. ace. of Australian dugongs. Mentions use of dugong oil in a Queensland hospital for medicinal purposes as late as 1965. Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo: SEE ALSO Bertram, George Colin Lawder. Bertram, George Colin Lawder: SEE ALSO Char nock- Wilson et al., 1974; Frazier et al., 1987; Kaiser, H.E., 1974; Little, E.C.S., 1966. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1943. Note on the sea cow in the Gulf of Aqaba. Jour. Soc. Preserv. Fauna Empire (n.s.), Pt. 47: 21-23. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1963. In search of mermaids: the manatees of Guiana. London, Peter Davies; New York, Thomas Y Crowell Co., xi + 183. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1974. Conservation of Sirenia: current status and per spectives for action. Occas. Paper, Internatl. Union Conserv. Nature & Nat. Resources (Morges, Switzerland), No. 12: 1-19. -Gen. ace. of sir. biology and status, with recommendations regarding the proposed Interna tional Manatee Research Centre in Guyana and conservation needs of each of the living species, especially dugongs in Australia and Somalia. Written as a discussion paper for the recently formed IUCN Sirenia Specialist Group. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1975. Save the mermaids. Wildlife, Wildl. Conserv. Yearbook, 1975: 82-87. 1 fig. 5 pis. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1977. Sea cows. Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group (Abu Dhabi), No. 1:3-4. Mar. 1977. -Summary of popular lecture on sirs., with mention of captures at Abu Dhabi, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1980. Dugongs in the nineteen-seventies. Spolia Zeylanica, 35(1/11): 219-221. -Gen. ace. of dugong and manatee research and conservation. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1981. Dugong numbers in retrospect and prospect. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 1-7. -Briefly sketches what is known of the past abundance of dugongs, calls attention to the effects of human population pressure, and empha sizes the critical responsibility of Australia in dugong conservation. Suggests that Queensland was the area of greatest dugong abundance in the world even in prehistoric times. Bertram, George Colin Lawder 1987. Antarctica, Cambridge, conservation and popula tion: a biologist's story. Publ. by the author, viii + 208. -Tells the story of Colin and Kate Bertram's studies of sirs. (82, 108, 112-125, 197, 199). x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1962. Manatees of Guiana. Nature (London), 196(4861): 1329. Dec. 29, 1962. -Reprinted in Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. & Zoo, No. 37? Summarizes the status of manatees in British Guiana and neighboring regions, and efforts to use them in weed-clearing. Notes difficulty in the latter efforts due to losses in capture and transport, and failure of manatees to breed in captivity, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1963. The status of manatees in the Guianas. Oryx, 7(2/3): 90-93. Aug. 1963. -Reviews the status and distribution of T. m. manatus in British Guiana, its use for meat and for weed control, and the impracticability of expand ing the latter use. Makes recommendations for manatee conservation in the Guianas. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1964a. Manatees in the Guianas. Zoologica (New York), 49(2): 115-120. Summer 1964. -Describes the distribution, habits, and status of T. m. manatus in British Guiana and adjacent areas, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1964b. Does the "extinct" sea cow survive? New Scientist, 24(415): 313. 1 fig. Oct. 29, 1964. -Pop. ace. of the presumed extermination and possible survival of Steller's sea cow. 42 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1965. Seaweed into beef. Animals, 6(13): 352-355. 7 figs. -Gen. ace. of sir. natural history, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1966a. The dugong. Nature (London), 209(5026): 938-939. Feb. 26, 1966. -Optimistic report of dugong status in Australia and neighboring regions; hunting pressure be lieved to be diminishing in many places, and stocks seem secure. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1966b. Dugongs in Australian waters. Oryx, 8(4): 221-222. Apr. 1966. -Dugongs reported to be doing well in Australia, and little hunted except by Aborigines, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1968a. Bionomics of dugongs and manatees. Nature (London), 218(5140): 423-426. 3 figs. May 4, 1968 (read to Linnean Soc., Feb. 15, 1968). -Gen. ace. of sirs, and their conservation, empha sizing Australian dugongs and Guyanese mana tees. Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1968b. The world's most valuable reptiles. Animals, 10(10): 440-444. Feb. 1968. -Compares sea turtles with sirs, as marine herbivores, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1970a. The dugongs of Ceylon. Loris, 12(1): 53-55. Jun. 1970. -Discusses problems of dugong conservation (particularly marked decline due to intensification of the marine fishery), summarizes present status, and urges establishment of a dugong sanctuary, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1970b. Dugongs in Ceylon. Oryx, 10(6): 362-364. 2 figs. Dec. 1970. -Reports that dugongs are decreasing in Ceylon due to accidental netting, in spite of legal protection, and advocates creation of a dugong sanctuary, x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1973. The modern Sirenia: their distribution and status. Biol. Jour. Linn. Soc, 5(4): 297-338. 2 figs. PI. 1. Dec. 1973. -An excellent and detailed review, based on wide travel and correspondence, of the present distribu tion of sirs., population trends, economic use and past exploitation, present hunting and hunting techniques, accidental catch, use in weed control, and existing and needed conservation measures. Rather more emphasis is placed on dugongs than on manatees. Includes an analysis of data on size, sex, pregnancy, and month of capture of some 433 dugongs taken at Numbulwar Mission, Northern Territory, Australia, in 1963-1969 (333-335); limited evidence for a breeding season was found. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Bertram, Cicely Kate Ricardo 1977. The status and husbandry of manatees Trichechus spp. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 17: 106-108. -Briefly reviews the history and status of manatee weed-control attempts in Guyana and Surinam, and the Guyana manatee research project; urges creation of a captive-breeding program and dis cusses problems of weed-control and captive- breeding efforts. x Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Sale, J.B. 1975. Dugong meeting in Nairobi. East Afr. Wildl Jour., 13(3/4): 389-390. Dec. 1975. -Report of meeting and recommendations for further research and conservation efforts. Bertram, William Halsey Ricardo: SEE Harris & Bertram, 1977. Bertrand, Pierre 1988. Evolution de la structure de l'6mail chez les Proboscidea primitifs: aspects phylog6n6tique et fonctionnel. In: D.E. Russell et al. (eds.), Teeth revisited. Mem. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat., Sir. C, Sci. Terre, 53: 109-124. Illus. -Engl. summ. x Berzin, A.A.; Tikhomirov, E.A.; & Troinin, V.I. 1963. Ischezla li stellerova korova? [Is Steller's sea cow extinct?] Priroda, 52(8): 73-75. 1 fig. -Engl, transl.: Fisheries Research Board of Canada Transl. Ser., No. 548: 1-4, 1965. Report of animals seen off Cape Navarin in Jun. 1962, which may have been Rhytina stelleri. Other post-1768 reports also cited, mostly from Grekov and Nordenskiold. x Bessac, H.; & Villiers, A. 1948. Le lamantin du Senegal. NUMBER 80 43 La Nature (Paris), 76(3158): 188-189. 4 figs. Jun. 1948. -Fascinating gen. ace. of T. senegalensis, includ ing migrations, hunting methods, native beliefs, and natural history data (much of doubtful accuracy) supplied by a native informant. Best, Maya Borel: SEE Boekschoten & Best, 1988. Best, P.B. 1971. Order Sirenia. In: J. Meester & H.W Setzer (eds.), The mammals of Africa: an identification manual. Washington, Smithsonian Inst. Press, Pt. 13: 1 p. -First ed., 1968. Best, Robin Christopher: SEE ALSO Assis et al., 1988 Ayres & Best, 1980; Bullock et al., 1980; Farmer et al. 1979a,b; Gallivan et al.; Kleinschmidt et al., 1988 Lainson et al., 1983; Lefebvre et al., 1989; Marsh et al. 1986; Mok & Best, 1979; Montgomery et al., 1981 Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Piggins et al., 1983. x Best, Robin Christopher 1981. Foods and feeding habits of wild and captive Sirenia. Mammal Review, 11(1): 3-29. 12 tabs. 2 figs. -Detailed review of diets, feeding behavior, food consumption, nutrition, and digestive physiology of the five Recent species, listing all reported food items consumed in the wild or in captivity, with analyses of composition and digestibility for some of them, x Best, Robin Christopher 1982a. Seasonal breeding in the Amazonian manatee, Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Sirenia). Biotropica, 14(1): 76-78. 1 fig. -Concludes from dates of capture of calves that the indirect effect of rising river levels on nutritional status serves as a cue for manatee reproductive activity. Best, Robin Christopher 1982b. A salvacao de uma esp6cie: novas perspectivas para o peixe-boi da Amazonia. Revista IBM, No. 14: 10 pp. 12 figs. Dec. 1982. x Best, Robin Christopher 1983. Apparent dry-season fasting in Amazonian mana tees (Mammalia: Sirenia). Biotropica, 15(1): 61-64. 1 fig. -Reports observations on T. inunguis trapped in Lago Amana, Brazil, during the 1979-1980 dry season, with comments on physiology, hunting, and implications for conservation. Manatees nor mally appear to fast 3-4 months per year, in this case the fast lasted nearly 7 months, x Best, Robin Christopher 1984a. Trichechus inunguis vulgo peixe-boi. Cienciahoje, 2(10): 66-73. 11 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1984. -Excellent pop. ace. of T inunguis biology and the diverse manatee research projects at INPA, Manaus, Brazil. x Best, Robin Christopher 1984b. The aquatic mammals and reptiles of the Amazon. In: H. Sioli (ed.), The Amazon. Limnology and landscape ecology of a mighty tropical river and its basin. Monographiae Biol, 56 (Dordrecht, Dr. W. Junk, 763 pp.), 371-412. 11 tabs. 12 figs. -Gen. ace. of the history of exploitation of T. inunguis and its biology, based on studies in progress at the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia (INPA), Manaus, Brazil (371-377). According to eyewitness Mario Ypiranga (un published data in INPA files), the "anonymous" photo of a manatee and hunter (Fig. 1) was taken by INPA photographer Lourival Salgado near Freguesia do Andira" on the Rio Andira\ Amazo nas, Brazil. The manatee was a female, not pregnant, and not as huge as it looks; the hunter was only about 160 cm tall (compared to Ypiranga's 155 cm) and the manatee's back rose some 60-70 cm above the ground. Another view of this scene was published in the Amazonia Bibliografia 1614-1962, Rio de Janeiro, INPA, 1963. Best, Robin Christopher; Gallivan, G. James; & Kanwisher, John W 1982. Ecophysiology of the Amazonian manatee Tri chechus inunguis [Abstr.]. Braz. Jour. Med. Biol. Res., 15(2-3): 193. n Best, Robin Christopher; Montgomery, G. Gene; & Yamakoshi, Megumi 1981. Avaliacao de t6cnicas de rddio-rastreamento e marcacao do peixe-boi da Amazonia, Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Sirenia). Acta Amazonica, 11(2): 247-254. 1 tab. 4 figs. Jun. 1981. -A Portuguese version of Montgomery, Best & Yamakoshi (1981) (q.v.), with additional photo graphs showing the floating meadows in the study area, the freeze-brand and branding iron used, and the transmitter-peduncle belt assembly. x Best, Robin Christopher; Ribeiro, Gilberto de Assis; Yamakoshi, Megumi; & Silva, Vera Maria F. da 1982. Artificial feeding for unweaned Amazonian mana tees Trichechus inunguis. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 22: 263-267. 2 tabs. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Describes the composition and effects on growth rates of three different artificial formulas used in the rearing of 14 captive calves. 44 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Best, Robin Christopher; & Silva, Vera Maria F. da 1979. Peixe-boi. Uma sereia na represa? Cespaulista (Sao Paulo), 3(16): 26-27, 29. 3 figs. Apr. 1979. -Pop. ace. of Brazilian manatees and manatee research at INPA in Manaus. See also Cascudo (1979). x Best, Robin Christopher; & Teixeira, Dantes Martins 1982. Notas sobre a distribuicao e "status" aparentes dos peixes-bois (Mammalia: Sirenia) nas costas amapaenses brasileiras. Bol. Inf. FBCN (Rio de Janeiro, Fundacao Brasileira para a Conservacao da Natureza), No. 17: 41-47. 1 fig. -A 1978 ground survey of the coast of Amapa, Brazil, found evidence only of T. manatus. Comments on hunting methods, food plants, body size of calves and adults, possible shark bites, status, and conservation efforts. x Betz, Joseph J. 1968. Sea cow deception. Sea Frontiers, 14(4): 204-209. 4 figs. Jul. 1968. -Account of an abortive 1893 plan for raising manatees in captivity in Florida, x Beusse, D.O., Jr.; Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 1981a. Some causes of manatee mortality. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.)- Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 98-101. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Lists carcasses of T. manatus recovered in Florida, 1974-1977, and gives detailed findings on the three that were fresh enough for necropsy. One died of septicemia with pneumonia after entanglement in a crab-trap line, another from septicemia without obvious wounds, and a third from propeller cuts and pneumonia. See also Irvine, Odell & Campbell (1981). x Beusse, D.O., Jr.; Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 198 lb. Diagnosis and treatment of manatees at Sea World of Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 111-120. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports on the successful treatment of three T. manatus for entanglement in a crab-trap line, propeller cuts, and a possible retained placenta, respectively. Includes extensive tables showing the results of blood studies during treatment. See also Asper & Searles (1981) regarding these manatees. Beyer, Hermann 1908. Studien uber den sogenannten Schallleitungsap- parat bei den Wirbeltieren und Betrachtungen uber die Function des Schneckenfensters. Arch. Ohrheilk., 11: 77-105. Figs. 20-24. Bhaskar, S. 1978. Notes on the Gulf of Kutch. Hamadryad, 3(3): 9-10. -Reports finding a dead male dugong on Bhaidan Island, Gulf of Kutch, India (10). Bhaskar, S. 1986. Dugongs. In: R.E. Hawkins (ed.), Encyclopedia of Indian natural history. Bombay, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 189. Bhatia, S.B.: SEE Sahni et al., 1983. x Bibby, Geoffrey 1969. Looking for Dilmun. New York, Alfred A. Knopf, [xvi] + 383 + viii. 41 figs. 32 pis. 9 maps. -Mentions use of dugongs for food in Abu Dhabi, both today (224) and in the Umm an-Nar community of ca. 2800 B.C., where dugong bones made up about 80% of the total faunal remains (303-304, 306). x Bible, The -The Hebrew word tachash is used in the Old Testament in reference to a certain kind of animal hide, interpreted by various translators to be badger, seal, porpoise, or simply "violet" or "hyacinuY'-colored hide; or, less commonly, nar whal, deer, goat, giraffe, "spotted" hide, etc. (see Aharoni, 1937 and Furman, 1940?, for discus sion). According to Schoff (1920), the Talmud identifies it as a unique animal that existed only in the time of Moses. However, many commentators accept the likelihood that the dugong is meant (see, e.g., H.C. Hart, 1888; B. Orchard etal. (eds.), A Catholic commentary on Holy Scripture, New York, Thomas Nelson & Sons, 1953; G.S. Cansdale, 1970; and The New English Bible). The word occurs in two different Biblical contexts, each of which indicates that tachash leather was considered to be durable and of high quality. First, it was used by the ancient Hebrews for the outermost covering of the Tabernacle (Exodus 25:5; 26:14; 35:7, 23; 36:19; 39:34; Numbers 4:25) as well as for individual coverings for the Ark, the Table of Showbread, the Altar, and the other furnishings and equipment of the Sanctuary (Numbers 4:6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14), in order to protect them from the weather and during transport. This use inspired the name Halicore tabernaculi Ruppell, 1834, for the Red Sea dugong. Second, in the allegory of the marriage between God and Jerusalem (Ezekiel 16:10), NUMBER 80 45 sandals of tachash leather are listed as part of the costly and luxurious trousseau of the bride. The use of dugong hide for shoes and sandals is attested in more recent times (Riippell, 1834; Bertram & Bertram, 1973: 323; Preen, 1989a: 97, 114). The two Biblical contexts are evidently not unconnected: Schoff (1920: 51) notes that the bride's luxuries "were, item by item, substances that went into the construction, adornment, equip ment and service of the tabernacle of Moses," so Ezekiel's allegory probably alludes consciously to the description of the Tabernacle. Tachash has also been adopted as the vernacu lar name of the dugong in modem Hebrew, apparently following the conclusions of early Israeli zoologists and without any particular etymological or rabbinical authority (Dr. J. Sho- shani, pers. comm.). Shoshani is inclined to doubt that the dugong is meant, on the grounds that the dugong is not kosher (it seems unlikely that the hide of an "unclean" animal would have been used for the Tabernacle) and that tachash appears to cany a connotation of "spotted" or "multicol ored." Cognate words meaning "dolphin" or "sea-mammal" and "to stretch (leather)" occur in Arabic and ancient Egyptian, respectively. See J.H. Bondi, Dem hebrdisch-phonizischen Sprachzweige angehorige Lehnworter in hiero- glyphischen und hieratischen Texten, Leipzig: 1-130, 1886. x Bickmore, Albert S. 1869. Travels in the East Indian archipelago. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1-553. -P. 244: {"Large quantities of tripang [sea cucumbers] are gathered on the shallow coral banks of these low islands [the Arus], and in the sea the dugong, Halicore dugong, Cuv., is seen."} The same material appears on p. 182 of the German ed. (Jena, 1869). Biet, Antoine 1664. Voyage de la France Equinoxiale en I'isle de Cayenne entrepris par les franqois en I'annee M.DCLII. Paris, Francois Clovzier, [xxii] + 432. x Billberg, Gust. Joh. 1827. Synopsis faunae Scandinaviae. Tom. I. Pars I. Mammalia Holmiae [= Stockholm], Off. Typogr. Ordinum Equestrium, viii + 55 + xv + [hi]. 3 tabs. -Lists in classification under "Tribus Anthropo- cephala," "Natio Manatides" [both = Sirenia]: Manatus, Halicore, and Haligyna [n.gen.] bore alis [= Hydrodamalis gigas], the latter based on Gmelin's Trichechus manatus borealis (tabs. A & B, 33). x Billberg, Gust. Joh. 1828. Synopsis faunae Scandinaviae. Tom. I. Pars I. Mammalia.... Holmiae [= Stockholm], Off. Typogr. Caroli Deleem, xii + 56 + x. 3 tabs. -Material almost identical to that in 1827 ed., but gives the Greek etymology of the new name Haligyna and lists Rytina as a possible synonym of it (tabs. A & B, 33-34). x Bingham, Bruce 1981. The day of the manatee. Cruising World, May 1981: 90-91. 3 figs. -Pop. ace. of encounter with a friendly manatee in Florida, with a photo of the animal drinking from a fresh-water hose. Includes "A plea to save the manatee" by Katy Burke as a separate item on p. 91. Biosca, J.: SEE Pilleri et al., 1989. Birch, W.R.: SEE Heinsohn & Birch, 1972. Birtles, Alastair: SEE Anderson & Birtles, 1978. x Birulia, A.A. 1929. O tazovoi kosti (os pelvis) morskoi korovy (Rhytina stelleri Oser.). [Note on the os pelvis of Rhytina stelleri Oser.] C. R. Acad. Sci. URSS (Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR), Ser. A, 1929(4): 87-90. 1 fig. -Describes a "left" [actually right] innominate found with a skeleton, for the most part represent ing a single individual, collected on Bering Island in 1895-1896 and mounted in the Khabarovsk Regional Museum. Another skeleton collected at the same time was sold to the Paris Museum of Natural History in 1903. x Bischoff, Th.L.W. 1847. Einige Beitrage zur Anatomie des Duyong. Arch. Anat. Phys. Wiss. Med. (Miiller), 1847: 1-6. PI. 1. -Describes the teeth, vertebrae, ribs, pelvis, hyoid apparatus, and penis of a young dugong. The plate shows the tongue, hyoid, and larynx. Bisselink, A.-M. 1990. Manatees at Burgers' Zoo, Arnhem, The Nether lands. IZN (Internatl. Zoo News), 37(7)(224): 5-7. x Bittencourt, Agnello 1925. Chorographia do Estado do Amazonas. Manaus, Typ. Palacio Real, 1-346. Illus. -Briefly comments on the intensity of exploita tion of manatees in Amazonas, Brazil, with 2 photos (134-136). x Bittencourt, Agnello 1934. A pesca do pirarucu e do peixe-boi. A Voz do Mar, 14(117): 24-25. Nov. 1934. -Briefly remarks on the hunting of manatees (considered less commercially important than 46 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY pirarucu) and on the manufacture and price of mixira (canned manatee meat). x Bittencourt, Agnello 1966. Plantas e animais bizarros do Amazonas. Manaus, Edicoes Governo do Estado do Amazo nas, 1-59. -Pop. ace. of "Manatus americanus" (35-36). x Bizzarini, Fabrizio; Bizzotto, Bruno; & Braga, Giampietro 1977. Resti di sirenio (Prototherium) nella mama di Possagno (Eocene superiore)?Trevigiano Oc cidental. Mem. Ist. Geol. Min. Univ. Padova, 30: 1-15. 5 figs. 2 pis. -Reports parts of left and right mandibles, ribs, and a vertebra, considered to be slightly more advanced than the holotype of Prototherium veronense and referred to "P. veronense ssp." Bizzotto, Bruno: SEE ALSO Bizzarini et al., 1977. x Bizzotto, Bruno 1983. Prototherium intermedium n. sp. (Sirenia) dell'Eocene Superiore di Possagno e proposta di revisione sistematica del taxon Eotheroides Pal mer 1899. Mem. Sci. Geol, Ist. Geol. Min. Univ. Padova, 36: 95-116. 2 tabs. 5 figs. 2 pis. -Describes P. intermedium and compares it with P. veronense, E. libycum, and other forms; considers Eotheroides a junior synonym of Prototherium. Bjorndal, Karen A.: SEE ALSO Thayer et al., 1984. Bjorndal, Karen A. 1979. Cellulose digestion and volatile fatty acid produc tion in the green turtle, Chelonia mydas. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. A. Comp. Physiol, 63(1): 127-133. 3 tabs. 3 figs. Black, D.J.: SEE Forrester et al., 1979; Medway, Black & Rathbun, 1982; Medway, Bruss et al., 1982. Black, Norman 1900. Adaptive modification as seen in the teeth of Mammalia. Brit. Jour. Dental Sci., 43: 4-23. Blackburn, R.; & Andres, L. 1968. The snail, the mermaid, and the flea beetle. U.S. Dept. Agric Yearbk. Agric, 1968: 229-234. -Use of Florida manatees in weed control. Blackman, D.: SEE Prince et al., 1981. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1816. Prodrome d'une nouvelle distribution systema- tique du regne animal. Bull. Sci. Soc. Philomat. Paris, (3)3: 105-124. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1836. [Classification presented in 1834.] In: F.-E. Gu6- rin, Diet, pittor. hist. nat. phenom. nature. Paris, Bureau de Souscription, Vol. 4: 619. Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1837. Note sur la tete de Dinotherium giganteum, actuellement a Paris. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(12): 421-427? 2 figs. Read Mar. 20, 1836. -Abstrs.: L'Institut, 5: 93-94?; Froriep's No- tizen, 2: 49-52. See also Dumeril (1837). Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de 1841. Rapport sur un memoire de M. Jules de Christol, intitule: Recherches sur divers ossements fossiles attribu6s par Cuvier a deux phoques, au lamantin et a deux especes d'hippopotames et rapportes au Metaxytherium, nouveau genre de cetaces de la famille des dugongs. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 12: 235-242. -Abstrs.: L'Institut, 9: 37-38?; Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 30: 445-448? See also Guerin- M256 figs. -Repr. in part, 1969, Bulls, of Amer. Paleontol ogy, 56(249): 57-230, with new index. Describes and illustrates a fragment of an Eocene sir. rib from Craven County, North Carolina, misidentify- ing it as a sperm whale tooth (212, fig. 34). This entire report, including the illustration, are repro duced in Domning, Morgan & Ray (1982: 16-17). Emmons, Ebenezer 1860. Manual of geology, designed for the use of colleges and academies. Philadelphia, Sower, Barnes & Co., xii + 13-290. 218 figs. -Reproduces (213, fig. 181) the illustration of the sir. rib fragment from Emmons (1858). Engbring, John: SEE Rathbun et al., 1988. x Engel, Stefan 1959a. Rudimentary mammalian lungs. Gegenbaurs Morph. Jahrb., 100: 95-114. 19 figs. -The alveolar structure of the dugong lung is NUMBER 80 105 compared with those of crocodilians and mono- tremes; concludes that the dugong's structure is me most primitive among living mammals (102- 104,106,111-114). x Engel, Stefan 1959b. The respiratory tissue of dugong (Halicore Du gong). Anat. Anz., 106: 90-100. 14 figs. -Reports that the lung tissue consists only of small, poorly differentiated vesicles, not of acini; these arise laterally from bronchioli. This is considered unique and perhaps primitive among mammals. x Engel, Stefan 1962. The air-passages of the dugong lung. Acta Anat., 48(1-2): 95-107. 17 figs. -Describes the histology and microscopic anat omy of the air-conducting tubules, which differ in arrangement from the typical mammalian bron chial tree. Engle, Earl Theron 1926. The copulation plug and the accessory genital glands of mammals. Jour. Mamm., 7(2): 119-126. 1 tab. May 1926. -Quotes Riha (1911) regarding the dugong (122). x Enlow, Donald H.; & Brown, Sidney O. 1958. A comparative histological study of fossil and Recent bone tissues. Part III. Texas Jour. Sci., 10(2): 187-230. Pis. 28-40. Jun. 1958. ?Comments on the fine structure of sirenian bone, represented by "The rib of an unidentified Pleistocene manatee" and the "Femur" (!) of a Pliocene "Manatee" (198-199, pi. 34). The source, true age, and true identity of these specimens are unknown. x Ennouchi, Emile 1954. Un sireiiien, Felsinotherium cf. serresi, a Dar bei Hamri. Serv. Giol. du Maroc, Notes et Mim., No. 121 (Notes, vol. 9): 77-82. 3 figs. -Describes a skullcap fragment and a lower second molar from the Pliocene of Morocco. Also gives a gen. acc. of sirs., emphasizing their pelvis reduction and their phylogeny according to Dep6- ret & Roman (1920). x Erdman, Donald S. 1970. Marine mammals from Puerto Rico to Antigua. Jour. Mamm., 51(3): 636-639. Aug. 28, 1970. -Reports two sighting records (1961, 1963) of T manatus in Puerto Rican waters; the species is said to be absent from the Virgin Islands (638). x Erftemeijer, Paul L.A.; Djunarlin; & Moka, Willem 1993. Stomach content analysis of a dugong (Dugong dugon) from South Sulawesi, Indonesia. Austral. Jour. Mar. Freshwater Res., 44(1): 229-233. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Most of the stomach contents of a female dugong (71.5% of the total dry weight) consisted of roots and rhizomes of small seagrasses (Halophila, Halodule, Cymodocea), but the leaf fraction was dominated by Enhalus (50%). Rhizome material of large seagrasses (Enhalus, Thalassia) was absent; sediment was neglible. Ernst, Adolf 1877. Estudios sobre la flora y fauna de Venezuela. Caracas, Imprenta Federal, 211-330. Ernst, Carl H. 1977. Skull key to adult mammals of Delaware, Mary land and Virginia. II. Marine mammals. Chesapeake Science, 18(1): 84-87. 3 figs. Mar. 1977. -Includes T. manatus in the key (84, 86). Erxleben, Johann Christian Polycarp 1777. Sy sterna regni animalis per classes, or dines, genera, species, varietates cvm synonymia et historia animalivm. Classis I Mammalia. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Impensis Weygandianis, xlviii + 636. -Allen 341. Recognizes Trichechus manatus (including all manatees plus Hydrodamalis), 596-599; T Dugung, 599; and "The Sea Ape," 600. Gives extensive lists of pre-Linnaean and vernacular names for these forms. Eschmeyer, Paul H: SEE Scott & Eschmeyer, 1981. Espasandin, J. Otero 1945. Gigantes marinos. Ed. 2. Buenos Aires, Editorial Atlantida, S.A. (Co- leccion Oro de Cultura General No. 6), 1-162. Illus. Jul. 20, 1945. -Gen. acc. of the living sirs. (33-42). Esquemeling, John: SEE Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier. Essman, Richard A.: SEE Bazzini et al. x Estacio da Silveira, Simao 1874. Rela?ao summaria das cousas do Maranhao. In: Candido Mendes de Almeida, Memorias para a historia do extincto Estado do Maranhao cujo territorio comprehende hoje as provincias do Maranhao, Piauhy, Grdo-Pard e Amazonas.... Tomo Segundo. Rio de Janeiro, Nova Typogr. de J. Paulo Hildebrandt (lxxii + 556 + viii), 1-31. -Brief account of the use of manatees for food and the medicinal use of their bones (26-27). Acuna's account of the manatee is reprinted in the same volume (84-85; not indexed here). Estes, James A.: SEE ALSO Simenstad et al., 1978. 106 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY xD Estes, James A.; & Steinberg, Peter D. 1988. Predation, herbivory, and kelp evolution. Paleobiology, 14(1): 19-36. 1 tab. 1 fig. Winter 1988. -Briefly reviews the history of North Pacific sirs, and desmostylians, arguing that the Late Miocene appearance of sirs, adapted to kelp-eating supports the hypothesis that kelps did not become abundant or diverse until that time (21-22). See also Domning (1989a). xD Estes, James A.; & Steinberg, Peter D. 1989. Response to Domning [1989a]. Paleobiology, 15(1): 57-60. "Winter 1989" (mailed Jun. 13, 1989). -Defends a late Cenozoic date for the adaptive radiation of kelps, and points out limitations on the likely roles of sirs, and desmostylians as kelp herbivores. Estrada, Alberto R.: SEE ALSO Ferrer & Estrada, 1988. x Estrada, Alberto R.; & Ferrer, Lourdes T. 1987. Distribuci6n del manati antillano, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia: Sirenia), en Cuba. I. Region occidental. Poeyana (Inst. Zool. Acad. Cienc. Cuba), No. 354: 1-12. 4 tabs. 2 figs. Apr. 24, 1987. -Engl. summ. A questionnaire survey of fisher men identified several areas in western Cuba where manatees were abundant, having seemingly increased in numbers as a result of the prohibition of hunting. Their habits and habitats resemble those reported elsewhere in the Caribbean. x Etheridge, Kay; Rathbun, Galen B.; Powell, James Arthur, Jr.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1985. Consumption of aquatic plants by the West Indian manatee. Jour. Aquatic Plant Manage., 23(1): 21-25. 6 tabs. -Feeding experiments (using Hydrilla and Val- lisneria) and measurements of chewing rates in wild and captive Florida manatees indicated that adults can eat about 7.1 % of body weight per day in wet weight of Hydrilla in 5 hours of chewing time. At this rate the manatees wintering at Crystal River fall short of controlling the growth of Hydrilla there by at least an order of magnitude, and manatees in general appear inefficient and impractical as a means of aquatic weed control. Etheridge, R., Jr. 1900. Curator's report for 1899. Australian Mus. (Rept. Trustees), 1899: 3-7 (Appendix 1). -Records the donation of fossil vertebrae of Halicore dugong from "the Gold-bearing drift" on Woodlark Is., Papua New Guinea (7; also 24). Molnar (1982: 680) gives the catalog number of this material as AM F5795. x Etheridge, R., Jr. 1905. The further discovery of dugong bones on the coast of New South Wales. Rec. Austral Mus., 6: 17-19. PI. 4. -Summarizes occurrences of dugongs in New South Wales, including finds in Aboriginal kit chen middens, x Etheridge, R., Jr.; David, T.W. Edgeworth; & Grimshaw, J.W 1897. On the occurrence of a submerged forest, with remains of the dugong, at Shea's Creek, near Sydney. Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, 30: 158-185. Pis. 8-11 + 10A & 11A. Read Aug. 5, 1896. -Describes a partial dugong skeleton, showing marks of butchering, found in Quaternary deposits in a canal excavation (170-174, 178-180, pis. 8-11 A). Discusses the occurrence of dugongs in New South Wales and mentions one caught in Broken Bay ca. 1894(172). Evans, Clifford: SEE Meggers & Evans, 1957. Evans, Peter G.H.: SEE Frazier et al., 1987. Evans, William E. 1967. Vocalization among marine mammals. In: W.N. Tavolga (ed.), Marine bio-acoustics. Vol. 2. Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Marine Bio-Acoustics held at the American Museum of Natural History, New York, April 13-15,1966. Oxford, Pergamon Press (xxi + 353), 159-186. 1 tab. 12 figs. -Manatee vocalizations, 159, 161, 169 (based on Schevill & Watkins, 1965). Evans, William E.; & Bastian, Jarvis 1969. Marine mammal communication: social and eco logical factors. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York & London, Academic Press (475 pp.), 425-475. 18 figs. -Sirs., 443-444,465-466. x Evans, William E.; & Herald, Earl S. 1970. Underwater calls of a captive Amazon manatee, Trichechus inunguis. Jour. Mamm., 51(4): 820-823. 3 figs. Nov. 1970. -Compares sound spectrographs of the manatee at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, with reports of Florida manatee vocalizations, x Evermann, Barton Warren 1893. A skeleton of Steller's sea cow. Science, 21(522): 59. Feb. 3, 1893. -Brief account of the collection of a skeleton for the U.S. National Museum on Bering Island in NUMBER 80 107 1892. See also L. Stejneger (1893). x Evermann, Barton Warren 1900. General report on the investigations in Porto Rico of the United States Fish Commission steamer Fish Hawk in 1899. Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., 20: 1-26. -P. 25: {"The only marine mammal known from Porto Rico is the manatee (probably Trichechus latirostris), and it is of very rare occurrence, owing no doubt, to the absence of broad sluggish rivers in which it finds its favorite environment."} Evermann, Barton Warren 1920. [Title?] Bull. Scripps Inst. Biol Res., 9: 30. -Note on the discovery and extermination of Steller's sea cow. x Evermann, Barton Warren 1922. Why not save the marine mammals of the Pacific? Bull Pan-Pacific Union (n.s.), No. 34: 12-16. Aug. 1922. -"An advance paper prepared for the First Pan-Pacific Commercial Conference." Briefly recounts and deplores the extermination of Steller's sea cow (15-16). Ewel, Katherine Carter: SEE Lomolino & Ewel, 1984. Exner, R.; & Routil, R. 1958. Die Kephalisation der Wirbeltiere. Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 62: 25-56. -Describes a new endocast of Hydrodamalis having a volume of 1700 cc (54). Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier ("John Esquemeling") 1678. De Americaensche Zee Roovers. Behelsende een pertinente en waerachtige Beschrijving van alle de voornaemste Roveryen, en onmenschlijcke wreedheden, die de Engelse en Franse Rovers, tegens de Spanjaerden in America, gepleeght hebben. Verdeelt in drie deelen: Het Eerste Deel verhandelt hoe de Franse op Hispanjola gekomen zijn, de aerdt van 't Landt, Inwoonders, en hun manier van leven aldaer. Het Tweede Deel, de opkomst van de Rovers, hun regel en leven onder malkander, nevens verscheyde Roveryen aen de Spanjaerden gepleeght. Het Derde 't verbranden van der Stadt Panama, door d'Engelsche en Franse Rovers gedaen, nevens het geen de Schrijver op sijn Reys voorgevallen is. Hier achter is bygevoeght, een korte verhandeling van de Macht en Rijkdommen die de Koninck van Spanje, Karel de Tweede, in America he eft, nevens des selfs lnkomsten en Regering aldaer. Als mede een kort begrijp van alle de voornaemste Plaetsen in het selve Gewest, onder Christen Potentaten behoorende. Amsterdam, Jan ten Hoorn, 1-186. 4 portraits. 6 pis. 2 maps. -Allen 114; title and the following comment from J. Sabin, Bibliotheca Americana, no. 23468: "First edition, of extreme rarity. Perhaps no book in any language was ever the parent of so many imitations, and the source of so many fictions, as this, the original of the buccaneers of America.... 'There is certainly no other book of that time which experienced a popularity similar to that of the "Buccaniers of America," which was, in the ten years following its publication, translated into most of the European languages; and there is a fact most curious in the literary history of all times, that the original was certainly unknown to all translators but one. They were all inclined to take the Spanish edition for the original; nay, even the learned editors of Mr. Grenville's catalogue seem doubtful whether the Dutch edition existed in print, or in MS. only.'" Later eds.: German, Niirnberg, 1679; Dutch, Amsterdam, 1700 ("very much altered"); Spanish, 1681 ("translated from the [first] Dutch") and later eds.; French, Paris, 1686 (2 vols., "of extreme rarity," "from the English") and (by the same publishers) 1688; three English versions (one said to be an abridgement), transl. from the Spanish, appeared in 1684; etc. See also those cited below. In the first and subsequent Engl, eds., the author's name appears as "John Esquemeling." An 1893 ed. (London, Swan Sonnenschein & Co.) was republished (New York, Dover) in 1967. The U.S. Naval Institute (Annapolis, Md.) brought out a new ed. in 1993. Material on manatees is found on the following pages in these eds.: Spanish, 1681: 294-295; Spanish, 1682: 438-440; Dutch, 1700: Deel 1, 131-132; Engl., 1704: 160-162; Engl., 1771: vol. 1, 209-210; Engl., 1893 & 1967: 243-244 (the reference to "manitas" on p. 250 should perhaps also read "manatis"). None of these eds. includes a figure of the animal. The accounts of the manatee in the 1744 and 1774 French eds. (see below) are entirely different from those in the Spanish, Dutch, and Engl. eds. just cited; besides being twice as long, and containing much new matter, there is an (apparently) original figure. Exquemelin, Alexandre Olivier ("Oexmelin") 1744. Histoire des avanturiers flibustiers qui se sont signalez dans les Indes. Contenant ce qu'ils y ont fait de remarquable, avec la vie, les moeurs & les 108 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY coutumes des boucaniers, & des habitans de S. Domingue & de la Tortue; une description exacte de ces lieux; et un etat des offices tant ecclisias- tiques que siculieres, & ce que les plus grandes princes de I'Europe y possedent. Le tout enrichi de cartes giographiques & de figures en taille- douce.... Nouvelle edition corrigie & augmentie de V histoire des pirates anglois depuis lew etablissement dans I'Isle de la Providence jusqu'a prisent. Trevoux, par la Compagnie (4 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-394. Pis. 1 map. -Allen 227. The engraved title page is dated 1743. Anatomie du Lamentin, 372-376, 1 fig. Allen says "This is an original account (at least written in the first person and evidently from observation) of the external characters and internal structure of the Manatee, its habits, capture, etc., with an (apparently) original figure. The figure, like Labat's, represents an old Manatee with a young one in her arms; the figure is more artistic than Labat's, and has the head of the young one directed forward instead of backward." The plate facing p. 373 also gives a figure of a manatee, together with three forms of harpoon used in capturing turtles and manatees. The material not included in earlier eds. (see Exquemelin, 1678) was apparently added by the translator from one or more of the sources mentioned by him in his preface. A later French ed. (Lyon, Benoit, & Joseph Duplain, 1774 [4 vols.]; Allen 329) is textually the same as the above, and likewise has the manatee material in vol. 1: 372-376. Fabian, H. 1933. Merkmale und Grenzen in der Domestika- tionsfrage am Gebiss. Deutsch. Zahnheilkunde, 84: [pp.?] x Fabricius, Otho 1780. Fauna Groenlandica, systematice sistens Ani- malia Groenlandiae occidentalis hactenus ind- agata, quoad nomen specificum, triviale, vernacu- lumque; synonyma auctorum plurium, descrip- tionem, locum, victum, generationum, mores, usum, capturamque singuli, prout detegendi occa- sio fuit, maximaque parte secundum proprias observationes.... Hafniae et Lipsiae [= Copenhagen & Leipzig], Impensis Ioanis Gottlob Rothe, xvi + 452. 1 pi. -Allen 356. Reports a partial cranium of "Tri chechus manatus" from Greenland (6). The natives applied the name Auvekaejak to both this animal and "Phoca ursina"; Fabricius took it to be identical with the species described by Steller. It may, however, actually have been T manatus; see Domning (1978b: 138). x Fairbaim, P.W; & Haynes, Ann M. 1982. Jamaican surveys of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus), dolphin (Tursiops trunca- tus), sea turtles (Families Cheloniidae and Dermo- chelydae), and booby terns (Family Laridae). U.N. Food & Agric. Organization Fisheries Rept., No. 278: 289-295. -Monthly aerial surveys, 1981-1982, showed manatees to be concentrated mainly on the south coast of Jamaica west of Kingston. A maximum of 13 individuals per month was counted. x Fairchild, David 1917. A new food mammal. Jour. Heredity, 8(8): 338-345. 5 figs. -Rev.: Bull. Pan-Amer. Union, 45: 241-246, Aug. 1917. Published anonymously. Gen. acc. of sirs, and of legends and sightings of mermaids; discusses economic uses of sirs., particularly the Florida manatee. The idea of domesticating manatees, "which is first expressed in this article," is credited to Alexander Graham Bell, who is quoted on pp. 342-343 and who instigated the author's study of the possibilities. Manatee do mestication is considered preferable to the intro duction of pygmy hippopotamuses into swamps of the southern U.S., as had been previously suggested. The yield of saleable meat per manatee carcass is estimated at 85%. A chemical analysis of manatee grass ("Cymodocea manatorum") is presented for comparison with four common kinds of animal fodder; it is found to be "almost identical chemically" to cow pea. x Fairholme, J.K.E. 1857. On the Australian dugong (Halicore australis). Proc. Zool. Soc London, 24: 352-353. May 8, 1857. -Account of dugongs, dugong hunting, and use of the meat, blubber, and oil at Moreton Bay, Queensland. x Faithful, Paul 1882. A "treasure of the deep," or the Halicore Australis, with personal reminiscences of sub marine squatting in Queensland. Nelson (New Zealand), Courtenay Smith, 1-16. -May also exist in an earlier (1862) ed. (see E. Thome, 1876: 251). A sprightly and entertaining account of a visit to Moreton Bay, Queensland, by a professional collector of natural history speci mens, in which he relates his first encounter with the dugong (over 30 skeletons of which he later collected for various museums). Following sev eral lengthy quotes from other writers describing the animal and its economic uses (5-7), he elaborately extols the virtues (especially the medicinal ones) of its meat, oil, and other products, and gives an informal description of the commercial dugong fishery operated by John Lionel Ching, including some details of how the oil was rendered and refined (13). Courtenay Smith just happened to be "sole consignee in New Zealand" for "Ching's Pure Dugong Oil" (10), and he published this charming little pamphlet essen tially to promote this and other items (described here in six full-page advertisements) that he purveyed. x Falconer, Hugh 1868. On the fossil remains of Elephas melitensis, an extinct pigmy species of elephant; and of other Mammalia, &c. from the ossiferous caves of Malta. In: Charles Murchison (ed.), Palaeontolo- gical memoirs and notes of the late Hugh Falconer.... London, Robert Hardwicke (2 vols.), Vol. 2 (xiii + 675): 292-308. Pis. 11-14. 109 110 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Appendix II of this article ("Extracts from Dr. Falconer's Note-Books," 301-307), item No. 6 ("Fossil Halitherium, from Malta," 304) consists of Falconer's notes written in the British Museum, Dec. 20, 1862. He found that a set of 3 teeth from Malta compare closely with Halitherium and not with the suid Listriodon. The editor adds that "This fossil was not obtained from the caves. It was purchased for Capt. Spratt from a collector, and was probably obtained from the Miocene deposits of Malta." See A.L. Adams (1879) for further discussion of this specimen, x Farge, Emile 1871. Sur un fragment d'os d'Halitherium portant des traces d'incisions. Bull Soc. Giol. France, (2)28: 265-268. PI. 2. Read Sep. 7, 1871. -Describes a radius-ulna fragment with scars of shark teeth, and reports other occurrences of such scars on "Halitherium" bones from the Middle Miocene of France. At that time it was thought possible that such scars might be the work of humans, but Farge, although not ruling this out, considers the shark hypothesis the most likely one. x Farge, Emile 1872. Presentation d'un os d'halithirium incise\ des faluns de Chavagnes (Maine-et-Loire). Bull Soc. Anthrop. Paris, (2)6: 412-416. Read Dec. 21, 1871. -Text slightly abbreviated from Farge (1871), with some comments of members of the audience appended. Faria, Joao Barbosa de: SEE Rondon & Faria, 1948. x Farmer, Martha; & Bonaventura, Joseph 1977. Functional properties of the hemoglobin of the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 17(4): 916. Fall 1977. -Abstr. of Farmer et al. (1979a). x Farmer, Martha; Weber, Roy E.; Bonaventura, Joseph; Best, Robin Christopher; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1979a. Functional properties of hemoglobin and whole blood in an aquatic mammal, the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Comp. Biochem. Physiol, 62A: 231-238. 6 figs. -Abstr.: Farmer & Bonaventura, 1977. Portu guese transl.: Farmer et al. (1979b). Reports that the blood has a low hematocrit and oxygen capacity compared to that of other diving mam mals; the hemoglobin has low sensitivity to temperature, tends to dissociate into dimers, and has other exceptional characteristics. n Farmer, Martha; Weber, Roy E.; Bonaventura, Joseph; Best, Robin Christopher; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1979b. Propriedades funcionais de hemoglobina e sangue completo em um mamifero aquafico, o peixe-boi amazonico (Trichechus inunguis). Acta Amazonico, 8(4), Supl.: 311-321. 6 figs. Dec. 1978 (publ. 1979). -Engl. summ. Portuguese transl. of Farmer et al. (1979a). Farres, F. 1961. Enumeraci6n de les especies halladas en el Eoceno de la comarca de Vich. Ausa (Vich, Spain), No. 36: 3-28. -Reports "Halitherium sp." at five Eocene locali ties (Taradell, Sant Julia de Vilatorta, Puiglagulla, Seva, and Roda de Ter). Farres, F. 1962. Historia de Taradell por el Dr. Miguel A. Saurina, pbro. Revisi6n de algunos datos geol6gicos. Ausa (Vich, Spain), No. 39: 3-8. -Mentions a vertebra and rib of "Halitherium sp." from the Eocene of Taradell. Farres, F.; & Ramirez, R. 1959. Un sirenit fossil a Taradell. Taradell, No. 134. -Reports Eocene remains of "Halitherium sp." from Spain. Farrington, Sandra L.: SEE Whitfield & Farrington, 1975. Faulkner, Douglas 1983. Sunday divers. Oceans, 16(6): 25-31. 7 figs. Nov.-Dec. 1983. -Pop. acc. of diving with manatees at Crystal River, Florida (25; photo of manatee, 26-27). Faulkner, Douglas 199?. In innocence. Ocean Realm [vol.?]: 64-? Illus. Fauvel, Albert Auguste 1909. Unpublished documents on the history of the Seychelles Islands anterior to 1810, together with a cartography enumerating 94 ancient maps and plans dating from 1501... and a bibliography of books and mss. concerning these islands. Mah6 (Seychelles), Govt. Printing Off, xxxi + 517 + 5. Atlas, x Fawcett, Don Wayne 1942a. A comparative study of blood-vascular bundles in the Florida manatee (Trichechus latirostris) and in certain cetaceans and edentates. Jour. Morph., 71(1): 105-133. 4 pis. Jul. 1, 1942. -Describes the structure of vascular bundles and their distribution in the body; speculates on their functions, x Fawcett, Don Wayne 1942b. The amedullary bones of the Florida manatee NUMBER 80 111 (Trichechus latirostris). Amer. Jour. Anat., 71(2): 271-309. 1 fig. 9 pis. Sep. 15, 1942. -Abstr.: Anat. Rec, 82(3): 410-411, Mar. 25, 1942. Describes the histology of the bones and thyroid gland; concludes that hypothyroidism may be the mechanism producing pachyostosis. Fekete, Zoltan 1935. Adatok a hdrshegyi homokko geol6giajafioz. Beitrage zur Geologie des oligozanen Sandsteins der Umgebung von Budapest. Foldt. Kozlony, 65(4-6): 126-150. Figs. 16-17. Apr.-Jun. 1935. -In Hungarian; German summ. mentions Hali therium, 144. x Fenart, R. 1963. Note sur l'6tude du crane de Halicore dugong par la m&hode vestibulaire. Mammalia, 27(1): 92-98. 3 figs. Mar. 1963. -Using the semicircular canals as reference points, the orientation of the skull is found to differ from that of most mammals chiefly in the anterior region of the face and mandible; the plane of the premaxillary masticating surface is almost vertical. Fenchel, T. 1977. Aspects of the decomposition of seagrasses. In: C.P. McRoy & C. Helfferich (eds.), Seagrass ecosystems: a scientific perspective. New York & Basel, Marcel Dekker, 123-145. Ferguson, J.C: SEE Reynolds & Ferguson, 1984. x Feriz, Hans 1967. Uber eine prahistorische Tonplastik von Tri chechus cf. inunguis (Sirenia) vom oberen Ama zonas. Zs. Sdugetierk., 32(6): 373-374. 3 figs. -Describes a small clay model of the head of a manatee found near the Rio Japura" in northwest- em Brazil. Fermin, Philippe 1769. Description ginirale, historique, giographique et physique de la colonie de Surinam, contenant ce qu'il y a de plus curieux & de plus remarquable, touchant sa situation, ses rivieres, sesforteresses; son gouvernement & sa police; avec les moeurs & les usages des habitants naturels du pais, & des Europiens qui y sont itablis; ainsi que des eclaircissements sur I'oeconomie ginirale des esclaves negres, sur les plantations & leurs produits, les arbres fruitiers, les plantes midici- nales, & toutes les diver ses especes d'animaux qu'ony trouve, &c Enrichie de figures, & d'une carte topographique du pais. Amsterdam, E. van Harrevelt (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxiv + 252. Map; Vol. 2: 1-352. 3 pis. -Allen 308. Contains two pages (2: 122-124) on the "Veau marin," which according to Allen are evidently a description of the common seal, but which also seem to confuse it with the manatee; the latter is otherwise not mentioned. Fernand, V.S.V.: SEE ALSO Crusz & Femand, 1954. x Fernand, V.S.V. 1951. The histology of the pituitary and the adrenal glands of the dugong (Dugong Dugung). Ceylon Jour. Med. Sci. (D), 8(2): 57-62. Pis. 1-2. Jun. 1951. -The dugong's pituitary is compared with those of T. manatus and T. inunguis; its adrenals are found to be small. Histochemical reactions are also discussed, x Fernand, V.S.V. 1953. The teeth of the dugong. Ceylon Jour. Sci. (B), 25(2): 139-147. Pis. 28-30. Oct. 10, 1953. -Notes that five to six cheek teeth are present; the tusks are thought to "serve no useful purpose;" jaw movement is probably lateral; the enamel is simple; the dentine is tubular (orthodentine); and the cementum is lamellar. Also describes vestigial incisors and the distribution of enamel on the teeth. x Fernandes, Adaucto de Alencar 1925. Terra verde. Fortaleza (Brazil), Typ. Central, 1-322. -Vivid account of harpooning pirarucu and manatee (263-267). x Fernandez, Stephanie; & Jones, Sherman C. 1990. Manatee stranding on the coast of Texas. Texas Jour. Sci., 42(1): 103. Feb. 1990. -Reports a carcass of a male T manatus washed ashore near Galveston in 1986; cause of death was undetermined. Fernandez Badillo, A.; Guerrero, R.; Lord, R.; Ochoa, J.; & Ulloa, G. 1988. Mamiferos en Venezuela. Lista y cloves para su identificacion. Maracay, Universidad Central de Venezuela, x + 185. Illus. Fernando, A. Bastian: SEE Silas & Fernando, 1985. Ferrandini, M.: SEE Anglada et al., 1974. Ferreira, Alexandre Rodriguez: SEE Rodriguez Ferreira, Alexandre. Ferreira, L.C.: SEE Colares & Ferreira, 1987. Ferrer, Lourdes T: SEE ALSO Estrada & Ferrer, 1987. Ferrer, Lourdes T; & Estrada, Alberto R. 1988. Primer record de mortalidad del manati en aguas cubanas. Misc. Zool. (Havana), No. 41: 1-2. 112 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Ferrusquia-Villafranca, Ismael 1977. Distribution of Cenozoic vertebrate faunas in Middle America and problems of migration between North and South America. In: I. Fer rusquia-Villafranca (ed.), Conexiones terrestres entre Norte y Sudamerica.... Bol. Inst. Geol Univ. Nac. Auton. Mixico, No. 101: 193-321. -Spanish summ. xD Ferrusquia-Villafranca, Ismael 1990. Biostratigraphy of the Mexican continental Mio cene: Part I, introduction and the northwestern and central faunas. Paleontologia Mexicana, No. 56: 7-53. 7 tabs. 10 figs. 2 pis. -Spanish summ. Describes a tooth fragment of Desmostylus hesperus from La Purisima (22-26), and mentions Desmostylus sp. at La Misi6n (15, 17), Baja California. The La Purisima occurrence is the southernmost known for Desmostylus. Feugueur, L.: SEE Cailleux & Feugueur, 1947. Fewkes, Jesse Walter 1907. The aborigines of Porto Rico and the neighboring islands. 25th Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 1903-04, 3-220. -Manatees, 48-50, 192-193. Ficcarelli, Giovanni: SEE Azzaroli et al., 1982. x Fichter, George S. 1958. Strange "cows" of the sea. Sci. Digest, 43(1): 31-35. 1 fig. Jan. 1958. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Figueiredo, Heitor de 1913. 1913-1914 Annuario de Manaos. Lisbon, Typ. da "A Editora Limitada," 15 + 86 + 14 + 61+96 + 34. -Manatees, part 4, pp. 44-47, 50-51. x Filhol, Henri 1878. Note sur la d6couverte d'un nouveau mammifere marin (Manatus coulombi) en Afrique, dans les carrieres de Mokattam pres du Caire. Bull. Soc. Philomathique Paris, (7)2: 124-125. Read Mar. 23, 1878. -Describes a new Eocene species, based on 3 lower teeth. It is thought to resemble the modem manatee too closely to have belonged to a form as primitive as "Eotherium" aegyptiacum. x Finger, Jarvis 1987. More true tales of old St Helena. Brisbane, Boolarong Publications. Illus. -Includes a chapter on "The dugong factory on St Helena Island," briefly describing the early his tory of the dugong-oil industry in Queensland (3-5). Finn, Frank 1929. Sterndale's Mammalia of India. A new and abriged edition, thoroughly revised and with an appendix on the Reptilia. Calcutta & Simla, Thacker, Spink & Co. -Sirs., 133-134. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1978a. West African manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 3(6): 9. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1978b. Rare and endangered species broadly covered under Florida's conservation plan. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 3(11): 3,5-6. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1978c. Service steps up manatee recovery efforts. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 3(11): 4. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1979a. West African manatee threatened. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 4(8): 6. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1979b. Manatee protection areas authorized. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 4(11): 4-5. Finnley, D. (ed.) 1980. Regulations to benefit manatees on Merritt Island, Chassahowitzka. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 5(2): 5. Illus. Finsch, Otto 1901a. Der Dujong. Zoologisch-ethnographische Skizze einer untergehenden Sirene. Samml. Gemeinverst. Wiss. Vortr. (Hamburg, Holtzendorff-Virchow), 359(= n.s. 15): 1-32. Finsch, Otto 1901b. Der Dujong und sein Fang. Torresstrasse und Neuguinea. Illus. Zeitung, No. 3012: m. 4 111. Fischer, Johann Baptist 1829. Synopsis mammalium. Stuttgart, Sumtibus J. G. Cottae, xiii + 528. -Allen 741 (incl. Addenda, Emendanda et Index, 1830). Sirs., 501-504. x Fischer, Karlheinz 1982. Wirbeltierfunde aus dem marinen Mitteloligozan des Weisselsterbeckens (Bezirk Leipzig, DDR). Wiss. Zs. Humboldt-Univ. Berlin, math.-nat. R., 31(3): 151-153. -Russian, Engl., & French summs. Discusses remains of Halitherium schinzi from the fauna, and concludes that they are not taxonomically NUMBER 80 113 Fischer, Fischer, 1986. Fischer, 1988. distinct from the West German and Belgian specimens of the species. Fischer, Karlheinz; & Krumbiegel, Giinter 1982. Halitherium schinzi Kaup 1838 (Sirenia, Mam malia) aus dem marinen Mitteloligozan des Weisselsterbeckens (Bezirk Leipzig, DDR). Hallesches Jahrb. Geowiss., 1: 73-96. 2 tabs. 2 figs. 12 photos. -Engl. & Russian summs. Martin S.: SEE ALSO Prothero et al., 1988. Martin S. Die Stellung der Schliefer (Hyracoidea) im phylo- genetischen System der Eutheria. Courier Forschungsinst. Senckenberg, 84: 1- 132. 2 tabs. 39 figs. Aug. 20, 1986. Martin S. Zur Anatomie des Gehororganes der Seekuh (Trichechus manatus L.), (Mammalia: Sirenia). Zs. Sdugetierk., 53: 365-379. 6 figs. -Engl. summ. Describes the soft parts of the ear region in specimens from Guyana and Florida. The external auditory meatus ends blindly and does not contact the tympanic membrane, which consists of unusual dense connective tissue. A large tympanic sac is present, but is part of the tympanic cavity and not homologous to the Eustachian sac of hyracoids and perissodactyls. Also discusses the functional anatomy of hearing in the manatee. Fischer, Martin S. 1990. Un trait unique de l'oreille des elephants et des sir^niens (Mammalia): un paradoxe phy- logenetique. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, (3)311(4): 157-162. 2 figs. Aug. 16, 1990. -Engl. summ. Martin S. Zur Morphologie und Evolution des Gehororganes der Tethytheria (Proboscidea, Sirenia). Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 84: 377. Martin S.; & Tassy, Pascal The interrelation between Proboscidea, Sirenia, Hyracoidea, and Mesaxonia: the morphological evidence. In: F.S. Szalay, M. J. Novacek, & M.C. McKenna (eds.), Mammal phylogeny. Vol. 2. Placentals. New York, Springer-Verlag (321 pp.), 217-234. 3 tabs. 8 figs, x Fischer, P. 1884. Cirrhipedes de l'Archipel de la Nouvelle- Caledonie. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 9(6): 355-360. -Reports the barnacle Platylepas bissexlobata on a dugong from New Caledonia (359). Notes that Fischer, 1991. Fischer, 1993. the museum in Bordeaux has several dugong skeletons and skulls from New Caledonia, and that dugongs are not rare there. Fischer, P.H. 1959. Les animaux d'Australie. Paris, Payot, 1-268. Fischer, P.M. 1884. Ueber den Bau von Opisthotrema cochleare nov. genus nov. spec. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trematoden. Zs. Wiss. Zool, 40: 1-41. PI. 1. Feb. 19, 1884. -Reports trematodes from the tympanic cavity of the Philippine dugong. Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf 1803. Das Nationalmuseum der Natur geschichte zu Paris. Von seinem ersten Ursprunge bis zu seinem jetzigen Glanze geschildert. Frankfurt am Main, Friedrich Esslinger (2 vols.), Vol. 2. -Sirs., 353. Fischer von Waldheim, Gotthelf 1813-1814. Zoognosia tabulis synopticis illustrata. Ed. 3. Moscow, Nicolai Sergeidis Vsevolozsky, 3 vols. -Ed. 1, 1805; ed. 2, 1808. Sirs., vol. 1: 15, 19 (1813); vol. 3: 638-647 (1814). Fischoeder, F. 1901. Die Paramphistomiden der Saugethiere. Zool. Anz., 24: 367-375. -Reports Chiorchis fabaceus from manatee cecum and colon. Fischoeder, F. 1902. Die Paramphistomiden der Saugetiere. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. Okol. Geogr. Tiere, 17: 485-660. Fisher, J.: SEE Philip & Fisher, 1970. Fisher, James; Simon, Noel; Vincent, Jack; et al. 1969. Wildlife in danger. New York, Viking Press; London, Collins, 1- 368. -Discusses dugong distribution, population trends, uses, and legal protection (97-100). Fitter, R. 1968. Vanishing wild animals of the world. London, Midland Bank Ltd. & Kaye & Ward Ltd.; New York, Franklin Watts, Inc., 1-144. Fitter, R. 1974. Most endangered mammals?an action program. Oryx, 12(4): 443-444. -Proposes reserves for T. inunguis in Peru and Brazil, and suggests a survey of the Orinoco River. Fitzgerald, Christopher 1988. On the trail of the West African manatee. 114 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Topic (U.S. Information Agency), No. 178: 58-61. 4 figs. -Pop. acc. of James A. Powell's research project in Ivory Coast. Fitzgerald, Shannon M.: SEE Bengtson & Fitzgerald, 1985. Fitzinger, Leopold Joseph 1842. Bericht iiber die in dem Sandlagern von Linz aufgefundenen fossilen Reste eines urweltlichen Saugers, (Halitherium Cristolii). Ber. Mus. Franc-Carolinum Linz, 6: 61-72. 1 pi. Fitzinger, Leopold Joseph 1860-1861. Wissenschaftlich-populare Natur ge schichte der Sdugethiere in ihren sdmmtlichen Hauptformen. Nebst einer Einleitung in die Natur geschichte uberhaupt und in die Lehre von den Thieren insbesondere. Vienna, Kaiserlich-koniglichen Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, 6 vols. + atlas. 125 pis. -Reconstruction of Hydrodamalis, 6: 147, 161, fig. 238. x Fitzpatrick, Judith 1991. Home reef fisheries development: a report from Torres Strait. Cultural Survival Quarterly, 15(2): 18-20. 1 map. -Mentions hunting and sharing of dugong and turtle meat on Mabuiag Island (19-20); notes that, as of the previous year, meat began to be shared among a smaller group of households than in the past, suggesting a breakdown of the sharing ethic. x Fiuza Lima, Francisco 1967. Criaqdo de peixes e quelonios: cria e recria em lago natural. Estado do Amazonas (Brazil), Edicao do Setor de Relacoes Publicas da Secretaria de Produc^o (Seiie V?PRODAPAM, No. 3), 1-19. 12 figs. -Prospectus for (unrealized) fish- and turtle- raising project to be established near Itacoatiara, Brazil. The account (17-18) of the manatee, suggested for inclusion in the scheme, features precisely stated but completely unsubstantiated data on its reproductive cycle. Fix, John 1963. The beauty ... and the beasts. All Florida Mag., Dec. 8, 1963: 4, 6. 1 fig. Flacourt, ?tienne de 1658. Histoire de la grande isle Madagascar. Paris, G. de Lvyne (2 vols, in 1). 9 pis. 4 maps. 2 plans. Flanigan, W.F., Jr.: SEE Lowell & Flanigan, 1980. x Flannery, Tim 1988. Stuffed & pickled: treasures from the historic Australian Museum mammal collection. Austral. Nat. Hist., 22(10): 458-462. 5 figs. Spring 1988. -Calls attention to a partial skeleton of Hydro damalis gigas from Bering Island in the Austra lian Museum, Sydney, received by exchange from Sweden in the 19th century (462). x Fleagle, John G.; Bown, Thomas M.; Obradovich, John D.; & Simons, Elwyn L. 1986. How old are the Fayum primates? In: J.G. Else & PC. Lee (eds.), Primate evolution (Proc 10th Congr. Internatl. Primatol. Soc, Vol. 1). Cambridge Univ. Press, 1-17. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -Mentions a sir. skull from the Early Oligocene Jebel Qatrani Formation, intermediate in mor phology between Eotheroides libycum and Hali therium schinzii (8-9). x Fleischer, Gerald 1971. Uber Schwingungsmessungen am Skelett des Mittelohres von Halicore (Sirenia). Zs. Sdugetierk., 36(6): 350-360. 6 figs. Dec. 1971. -Engl. summ. Describes experiments demonstrat ing that the ossicular chain of the middle ear is well insulated from vibrations of the periotic and tympanic, and that its own vibrations are damped to 2-4 KHz. Fleischer, Gerald 1973. Studien am Skelett des Gehororganes der Sauge tiere, einschliesslich des Menschen. Sdugetierk. Mitt., 21(2-3): 131-239. 128 figs. Jul. 1973. x Fleischer, Gerald 1976. Uber die Verankerung des Stapes im Ohr der Cetacea und Sirenia. Zs. Sdugetierk., 41(5): 304-317. 12 figs. -Engl. summ. The attachment area of the ligament joining the stapes to the oval window was found to be small relative to the weight of the stapes in forms adapted to receive low frequencies (Sirenia and Mysticeti), in contrast to the Odontoceti. Fleischer, Gerald 1978. Evolutionary principles of the mammalian middle ear. Advances Anat. Embryol. Cell Biol, 55(3): 1-70. Illus. Fleming, John 1822. The philosophy of zoology; or a general view of the structure, functions, and classification of animals. Edinburgh, Archibald Constable & Co.; London, Hurst, Robinson & Co., 2 vols. (vol. 1: Hi + 432, 5 pis.; vol. 2: 1-618). -Recognizes a group called "Apoda," comprising the "Herbivora" and "Cetacea"; none of these is NUMBER 80 115 assigned an explicit rank. The "Herbivora" com prise Manatus, Halicora (unjustified emendation of Halicore Illiger), and Rytina (2:203-204). Repeats in a footnote Stewart's (1817) report of a manatee stranded in Scotland in 1785; see also the following item, x Fleming, John 1828. A history of British animals. Edinburgh, Bell & Bradfute; London, Duncan, xxiii + 565. -Ed. 2 (London, Duncan & Malcolm, 1842) identical. Gives account of a "Manatus borealis" stranded at Newhaven, near Leith, Scotland, in \lS5,fide Stewart, 1817 (29). Fleming confounds Trichechus and Hydrodamalis in his description, also mentioning Fabricius' specimen, but then goes on (30) to distinguish "Manatus" from "Rytina." Also recounts (30) the story of a "mermaid" captured in 1823; the source is cited as Edinburgh Magazine, Sep. 1823: 346, but the incident is evidently the same one described in Anon. (1829). x Fletemeyer, John 1982. Blimps, blips and dredging. Sea Frontiers, 28(5): 296-299. 4 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1982. -Pop. acc. of the use of color-enhanced sonar for monitoring manatees near dredges at Port Ever glades, Florida, in the winter of 1981-1982. Florida Power and Light Company: SEE ALSO Fritz, D., 1980; Van Meter, Victoria Brook; Wilcox, J. Ross. Florida Power and Light Company 1980. Boaters' guide to manatees: the gentle giants. Featuring maps of manatee sanctuaries in Flor ida. Miami, Florida Power & Light Co., [2] + 18. 4 figs. 14 maps. -Distributed free by the company as a public service. Ed. 1, 1 printing (50,000 copies, 1980). Ed. 2, 3 printings (22,000, 18,500, 1982; 20,000, 1983). Ed. 3, 4 printings (7,500, 15,000, 10,000, 1984; 10,000, 1985). Ed. 4, 1 printing (21,000, 1985). Ed. 5, 1 printing (15,000, 1986). Ed. 6, 1 printing (15,000, 1987). Ed. 7, 1 printing (25,000, 1988). Ed. 8, 1 printing (20,300, 1989). Total, 249,300 copies. Superseded by a set of maps published by Teall & Morrow. Ed. 5: [3] + 29. 8 figs. 24 maps. Ed. 6: Boaters' guide to manatees. Featuring maps of manatee protection zones in Florida. [3] + 29. 8 figs. 25 maps. Flot, Leon 1885a. Note sur YHalitherium schinzi. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)13: 439-441. 1 fig. Flot, Leon 1885b. [Halitherium schinzi from Montmorency, near Paris.] Naturaliste, 3: 79. Flot, L6on 1886. Description de Halitherium fossile Gervais. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)14: 483-518. Pis. 26-28. -Describes the osteology of the Miocene species now known as Metaxytherium medium. x Flot, L6on 1887. Note sur le Prohalicore Dubaleni. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)15: 134-138. PI. 1. Read Nov. 8, 1886; publ. with proceedings of Dec. 6, 1886 (see p. 11). -Describes Prohalicore Dubaleni, n.gen.n.sp., from the Helvetian (Miocene) "carrieres d'Odon," near Tartas (Landes, France); it is thought to be ancestral to Halicore by way of Felsinotherium. Briefly reviews other fossil sirs.; Rhytina is phyletically derived from Crassitherium, mana tees and dugongs from Halitherium. Metaxy therium Lovisati is thought synonymous with Halitherium fossile. Also illustrates (138, pi. 1, fig. 7) a putative "new species" of Halitherium represented by two upper molars from the "Cal- caire Grossier de Bazas (?)," a Lutetian (Middle Eocene) deposit. Flower, Stanley Smyth 1932. Notes on the Recent mammals of Egypt, with a list of the species recorded from that kingdom. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1932(2): 369-450. 2 tabs. Jul. 8, 1932 (read Mar. 15, 1932). -Reports that dugongs are rare on the Red Sea coast, and never found farther north than 25? N (445). Flower, William Henry 1864. Note on the number of the cervical vertebrae in the Sirenia. Nat. Hist. Rev. (n.s.), 4: 259-264. Flower, William Henry 1870. An introduction to the osteology of the Mammalia: being the substance of the course of lectures delivered at the Royal College of Surgeons of England in 1870. London, Macmillan & Co., xi + 344. Illus. x Flower, William Henry 1874. Description of the skull of a species of Hali therium (H. canhami) from the Red Crag of Suffolk. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 30: 1-7. PI. 1. -Abstr.: Nature (London), 9: 13, 1873? Descrip tion and discussion of//, canhami, n.sp., the first 116 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY known fossil sirenian from England. Flower, William Henry 1876. Hunterian lectures on the relations of extinct to existing Mammalia. [?Part 5: Sirenia.] Nature (London), 13: 409-410. x Rower, William Henry 1881. Notes on the habits of the manatee. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1881(2): 453-456. Aug. 1881 (read Apr. 5, 1881). -Reviews literature on terrestrial locomotion by sirs, and expresses disbelief. Quotes accounts of the trapping of manatees on land in West Africa, and of a native society requiring capture of a manatee for admission. Accompanied by Crane's (1881) description of two captive manatees at Brighton, x Flower, William Henry 1884. On the arrangement of the orders and families of existing Mammalia. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 1883(2): 178-186. Read Apr. 17, 1883. ?Considers sirs, not closely related to any other order (181); recognizes two families, Manatidae and Halicoridae (184). Flower, William Henry 1885. An introduction to the osteology of the Mammalia. Ed. 3 (revised with the assistance of Hans Gadow). London, Macmillan & Co., xi + 382. 134 figs. -German ed.: Leipzig, Engelmann, 1888. Flower, William Henry; & Garson, J.G. 1884. Catalogue of the specimens illustrating the oste ology and dentition of vertebrated animals, Recent and extinct, contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England.... Part II. Class Mammalia, other than man. London, J. & A. Churchill (3 vols., 1884-1907), Vol. ?2: xliii + 779. -Reports rib and vertebra fragments of Eocene "Halitherium" from Sanderville [= Sandersville], Georgia, presented by Sir Charles Lyell in 1868 (527). These specimens were apparently de stroyed in World War II (Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982: 12). x Flower, William Henry; & Lydekker, Richard 1891. An introduction to the study of mammals, living and extinct. London, Adam & Charles Black, xvi + 763. 357 figs. -General survey of the habits and anatomy of Recent and fossil sirs. (212-225). xD Floyd, D.N.; Miller, Theophile H.; & Berry, William B.N. 1958. Miocene paleoecology in the Burkeville area, Newton County, Texas. Trans. Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Socs., 8: 157-165. 2 pis. Oct. 1958. -Reports "teeth of a sea cow and a ray and some bone fragments of turtles, catfish, and bony pikes ... associated with the valves of Ostrea normalis .... Sea cows and rays lived near the oysters and fed on them" (160-161). This Late Miocene "sea cow" was the "?Desmostylus" reported by Sten- zel et al. (1944). Reinhart (1976: 286-287) identified the tooth fragments as proboscidean, x Fondi, R.; & Pacini, P. 1974. Nuovi resti di sirenide dal Pliocene antico della Provincia di Siena. Palaeontogr. ItaL, 67(= n.s. 37): 37-53.1 fig. Pis. 43-46. -Describes new material of Metaxytherium fores tii; synonymizes Felsinotherium with Metaxy therium; refers Ennouchi's (1954) specimen to M. forestii; concludes that this species was contem poraneous with M. serresii; and reports a scar possibly made by a shark tooth on an ulna of M. forestii. Font i Sague\ N. 1926. Curs de geologica dindmica i estratigrdfica aplicada a Catalunya. Ed. 2. Barcelona. -Sirs., 316. Fontaneda, Hernando de Escalante 1854. Memoria de las cosas y costa y Indios de la Florida. In: Buckingham Smith (translator), Letter of Hernando de Soto, and memoir of Hernando de Escalante Fontaneda. Washington, privately printed, 1-67. 1 map. -Other eds.: Documentos In6ditos, 5: 532-548, Madrid, 1866; French transl. in Ternaux- Compans, Voyages, 20: 9-42, Paris, 1841. Writ ten circa 1575. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (F.A.O.): SEE ALSO Dill, W.A., 1961. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (F.A.O.), Advisory Committee on Marine Resources Research 1978-1982. Mammals in the seas. Rome, F.A.O., 4 vols. -For sir. material, see especially vol. 1: 6, 136-138, 184 (1978); vol. 2: 137-151 (1979); vol. 4: 511-524 (1982). The material in vol. 4 is cited here as Ligon (1982) and Barnett & Johns (1982). Ford, Corey 1966. Where the sea breaks its back: the epic story of a pioneer naturalist and the discovery of Alaska. Boston & Toronto, Little, Brown & Co., x + 206. -Bering's 1741 voyage and Steller's discovery of NUMBER 80 117 the sea cow. D Fordyce, R. Ewan 1985. Marine mammal evolution in the southwest Pacific. [Abstr.] In: R. Cooper (ed.), Hornibrook Symposium. Extended abstracts. Rec. New Zealand Geol. Surv., 9: 47-49. Forrester, Donald J.: SEE ALSO Beck & Forrester, 1988; Cardeilhac et al., 1981; Dailey et al., 1988; Odell et al., 1981. Forrester, Donald J. 1992. Parasites and diseases of wild mammals in Florida. Gainesville, Univ. Press of Florida, 1-479. Tabs. 91 figs, x Forrester, Donald J.; Black, D.J.; Odell, Daniel Keith; Reynolds, John E., Ill; Beck, Cathy A.; & Bonde, Robert K. 1979. Parasites of manatees. [Abstr.] Abstrs. 10th Ann. Conf. & Workshop, Internatl. Assoc. Aquat. Animal Medicine (St. Augustine, Fla., Apr. 22-26, 1979): 5. -Reports Opisthotrema cochleotrema, Chiorchis fabaceus, Plicatolabia hagenbecki, and Micro- phallidae spp. from 48 Florida manatees stranded between Oct. 1974 and Feb. 1979. x Forrester, Donald J.; White, Franklin H.; Woodard, J.C; & Thompson, N.P. 1975. Intussusception in a Florida manatee. Jour. Wildl. Diseases, 11(4): 566-568. Oct. 1975. -Reports pathological findings on a manatee that died from ingesting a fishhook and line; includes bacteriological and pesticide residue analyses and data on distribution of Chiorchis fabaceus in the gut. Forsten, Ann; & Youngman, Phillip M. 1982. Hydrodamalis gigas. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 165: 1-3. 2 figs. May 25, 1982. Forster, Johann Reinhold: SEE ALSO Beniowski, M.A. von, 1790. Forster, Johann Reinhold 1795. Faunula Indica id est Catalogus animalium Indiae Orientalis quae hactenus naturae curiosis in- notuerunt; concinnatus a Joanne Latham ... et Hugone Davies.... Halae ad Salam (= Halle an der Saale), impensis Joannis Jacobi Gebaueri, 1-38. -Allen 437. Engl, transl. in T. Pennant (ed.), Indian Zoology, ed. 2, London, R.T. Faulder, 1790. Lists Trichechus Manatus and Trichechus Dugong in the order Cete (5). Fortelius, Mikael: SEE ALSO Janis & Fortelius, 1988. xDFortelius, Mikael 1985. Ungulate cheek teeth: developmental, functional, and evolutionary interrelations. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 180: 1-76. 15 tabs. 43 figs. Sep. 15, 1985. -Discusses the functional significance of some aspects of tooth replacement and tooth structure in Trichechus, Dugong, and Desmostylus (11, 52- 53, 57, 65, 73). x Fouda, Moustafa M. 1988. Status of some endangered marine animals and marine parks in the Egyptian Red Sea. Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:503-504. Oct. 1988. -Briefly discusses Dugong dugon tabernaculi and considers it "extremely rare" in the Red Sea (503). Fountain, Paul 1914. The River Amazon from its sources to the sea. London, Constable & Co., xi + 321. -Brief account of manatees in the Amazon basin (302-304). Fowler, M.F. (ed.) 1978. Zoo and wildlife medicine. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders Co. -Ed. 2: see Geraci (1986), Medway & Geraci (1986). Sirs., 550-604. Fox, A. 1989. Crystal River's gentle giants. Aquatics, 11(2): 16, 18. Illus. Fox, Rodney 1991. The sea beyond the outback. Natl. Geogr., 179(1): 42-73. Illus. Jan. 1991. -Brief pop. acc. of dugongs at Shark Bay, Australia, with one underwater photo (48, 55-56). Fraas, Eberhard 1904. Neue Zeuglodonten aus dem unteren Mitteleocan vom Mokattam bei Cairo. Geol. Pal. Abh., (2)6(whole no. 10?): 197-220. 3 pis. -Repr.: Mitt. Nat.-Kab. Stuttgart, 27: 1-24, 3 pis.? Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 5: 374?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl, (2)10(3): 185-186?; Jour. Geol, 17: 183? Review: Nature (London), 70: 543- 544? Fraas, Eberhard 1905. Reptilien und Saugetiere in ihren Anpassungser- scheinungen an das marine Leben. Jahresh. Ver. Naturk. Wurttemberg, 61: 347-386. 5 figs. -Abstrs.: Ann. Soc. Zool. Belgique, 40: xcvii- cxvi?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl, (2)11(3): 155? Sirs., 378. Fraas, Oscar 1867. Aus dem Orient. Geologische Beobachtungen am Nil, auf der Sinai-Halbinsel und in Syrien. 118 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Stuttgart, Ebner & Seubert, viii + 222. Figs. 4 pis. x Frailey, Carl D. 1986. Late Miocene and Holocene mammals, exclusive of the Notoungulata, of the Rio Acre region, western Amazonia. Contr. Sci. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County, No. 374: 1-46. 7 tabs. 32 figs. May 15, 1986. -Describes a lower molar of ?Ribodon associated with a Huayquerian (Late Miocene) fauna from the Rio Acre on the Peru-Brazil border (5, 34-35). Francis, Francis 1879. Manatee at the Brighton Aquarium. Field, 53(1368): 301. Mar. 15, 1879. -A short paragraph reporting the manatee's arrival. Francis-Floyd, Ruth: SEE ALSO Cardeilhac et al., 1984; White & Francis-Floyd; White et al. Francis-Floyd, Ruth; White, Jesse R.; Chen, C.L.; Cardeil hac, Paul T; & Cichra, CE. 1991. Serum progesterone and estradiol concentrations in captive manatees, Trichechus manatus. Jour. Aquatic Anim. Health, 3(1): 70-73. Franklin, K.J. 1948. Cardiovascular studies. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Pubis. -Manatee heart described. Frantzius, Alexander von 1869. Die Saugethiere Costarica's, tin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geographischen Verbreitung der Saugethiere America's. Arch. Naturgesch., 35(1): 247-325. -Spanish transl.: Frantzius (1881). Manatee and its former hunting by Mosquito Indians, 304. Frantzius, Alexander von 1881. Los mamiferos de Costa-Rica. Contribucion al conocimiento de la extension geografica de los mamiferos de America.... Traduction del aleman por D.R. Cortez. In: L. Fernandez (ed.), Coleccion de documentos para la historia de Costa-Rica. San Jose de Costa-Rica (4 vols.), Vol. 1. -Transl. of Frantzius (1869). Manatee, 423. Fraser, G.D.: SEE Drewes et al., 1961. Frassetto, Fabio 1915. Lo scheletro degli arti nell'uomo e nei vertebrati. Filogenesi ed ontogenesi. Bologna, Libreria editrice Licinio Cappelli, 1- 163. 95 figs. -Sirs., 21. Frazier, J. 1989. Sea cow; the last mermaid. The India Magazine, 9(3): 20-21, 23-25, 27. x Frazier, J.G.; & Mundkur, Taej 1991. Dugong Dugong dugon Muller in the Gulf of Kutch, Gujarat. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 87(3): 368-379. 7 tabs. 2 figs. "Dec. 1990" (publ. Feb. 20, 1991). -Summarizes dugong records from India and the Gulf of Kutch, gives local common names, and describes a male calf killed in a gillnet, emphasizing external measurements, skin thick ness and characteristics, hair density and distribu tion, flipper callosities (suggested to be vestigial nails), number of phalanges, measurements and weights of organs and gut contents, food plants, and intestinal trematodes. Concludes that the Gulf may harbor a sizable resident dugong population. Frazier, John; Bertram, George Colin Lawder; & Evans, Peter G.H. 1987. Turtles and marine mammals. In: A.J. Edwards & S.M. Mead (eds.), Key environments: Red Sea. Oxford, Pergamon Press, 288-314. Frechkop, Serge 1934. Notes sur les mammiferes. 16. Les mammiferes rapport^s, en 1932, de l'Extreme-Orient par S.A.R. le Prince Leopold de Belgique. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 10(14): 1-37. 3 figs. 1 pi. -Dugong skull and dentition. Freeland, W.J.: SEE Bayliss & Freeland, 1989; Marsh, Freeland et al., 1986. Freeman, Jerry; & Quintero, Hector 1990. The distribution of West Indian manatees (Tri chechus manatus) in Puerto Rico: 1988-1989. NTIS Document No. PB 91-137240, iv + 38. 5 tabs. 3 figs. Nov. 30, 1990. Freitas, J.F. Teixeira de: SEE Travassos et al., 1969. x Freudenthal, Matthew 1969. Fossiele zeekoeien in het Eoceen van Taulanne. Experimenteel Geologisch Onderwijs, 1969/70: 64-65. -Engl, transl.: NTIS Document No. TT 78- 53287, 1979. Account of the collection of several skulls and skeletons of Eocene sirs, in France. Freund, Ludwig: SEE ALSO Dexler & Freund. x Freund, Ludwig 1904. Die Osteologie der Halicoreflosse. Zs. Wiss. Zool, 77(3): 363-397. 4 figs. Pis. 14-15. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 10(3): 116-117? Study of the morphology, ontogeny, variation, and function of the manus of the dugong and other sirs., based on literature review and examination (with x-rays) of Torres Strait dugong specimens. Freund, Ludwig 1905. Das Sternum von Halicore dugong. NUMBER 80 119 Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 8: 425-438. 1 fig. Pis. 28-29. x Freund, Ludwig 1907. Sirenen in Gefangenschaft. Zool. Beob., 48(3): 65-73. Mar. 1907. -Review of published accounts of manatees kept in captivity. Freund, Ludwig 1908a. Beitrage zur Entwickl ungsgeschichte des Scha- dels von Halicore dugong Erxl. In: R.W Semon (ed.), Zoologische F orschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel, Vol. 4. Denkschr. Med.-natw. Ges. Jena, 7(2): 557-626. 50 figs. x Freund, Ludwig 1908b. Der Nasenknorpel der Sirenen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte (meeting at Dresden, Sep. 15-21, 1907), 79 (2. Teil, 1. Halfte): 254-256. -Abstr. of portions of Freund (1908a) relating to the cartilages of the nasal region. Freund, Ludwig 1908c. Die Anpassung der Saugetiere ans Wasserleben. Lotos, 56(10): 324-325. Dec. 1908 (read Oct. 27, 1908). -Lists morphological adaptations generally ob served in aquatic mammals; sirs, mentioned only in passing. Freund, Ludwig 1911a. Zur Morphologie des harten Gaumens der Saugethiere. Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 13: 377-394. 4 figs. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Verh. Internatl. Zool-Congr. (Graz, or Jena, 1910?), 8: 557-558, 1912? Sirs., 377. Freund, Ludwig 1911b. Zur Morphologie des Nasenknorpels. Passow-Schafers Beitr. Ohr. Nas. Rach., 4: 414-438. Freund, Ludwig 1912a. Ueber die Testikondie und das Ligamentum latum der mannlichen Sauger. Verh. Internatl. Zool-Congr. (Jena), 8: 541-548. Freund, Ludwig 1912b. Der eigenartige Bau der Sirenenniere. Verh. Internatl. Zool-Congr. (Jena, 1910), 8: 548-557. Freund, Ludwig 1913. Neues uber Sirenen. (Sammelreferat.) Naturwissenschaften (Berlin), 1: 258-261. 2 figs. x Freund, Ludwig 1914a. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Sirenen. Morph. Jahrb. (Leipzig), 49(3): 353-388. 22 figs. PI. 16. -Continuation of Freund (1908a); covers the ontogeny of the postcranial skeleton in the dugong embryo. Freund, Ludwig 1914b. Neues uber die Skelettentwicklung bei den Sire nen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte, 85 (2. Teil, 1. Halfte): 706. 1 pi. Freund, Ludwig 1926. Erweiterung der Hirnventrikel (Hydrencephalon) und Rassenbildung. Zs. Tierzucht. Zuchtungsbiol. Tiererndhrung, 6(3): 513-520. Freund, Ludwig 1928. Bemerkungen uber den Bau der Saugerpenis. Zool. Anz., 75(5/6): 140-142. Freund, Ludwig 1930. Beitrage zur Morphologie des Urogenitalsystems der Saugetiere. I. und II.... II. Der weibliche Urogenitalapparat von Manatus. Zs. Wiss. Biol, Abt. A, Zs. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 17(3): 417-440. 8 figs. -Part I (pp. 417-424) deals with the male UG system of the rhinoceros; pp. 424-440 and figs. 6-8 concern the manatee. xD Freund, Ludwig 1950. A bibliography of the mammalian order Sirenia. Vestnik Ceskoslovenski Spolek Zool. (= Mem. Czech. Zool. Soc, Prague), 14: 161-181. -Lists 409 titles alphabetically by author, no annotations or index. Freundt de Castro, Eurico 1963. Nachtliche Jagd auf Sirenen (Trichechus manatus inunguis). Natur. Zweimonatsschrift (Stuttgart, Deutscher Naturkundeverein), 71:166-170. Frey, Roland 1991. Zur Ursache des Hoden-Descensus (descensus testiculorum) bei Saugetieren: Die Ga- loppunfahigkeit der Testiconda. Teil II. (On the cause of the mammalian descent of testes (descen sus testiculorum): Testiconda unable to perform galloping mode of locomotion. Part II.) Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat. Ontog. Tiere, 121(4): 277-330. Figs. 8-11. Friant, Madeleine 1947. Recherches sur le femur des Phocidae [principale- ment effectu^es a l'aide des materiaux du bassin tertiaire d'Anvers (Musee royal d'Histoire natu relle de Belgique)]. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 22(2): 1-51. 20 figs. 4 pis. x Friant, Madeleine 1954a. Les principales caracteristiques du cerveau des ordres actuels d'ongules (Ungulata sensu lato): 120 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Proboscidea, Hyracoidea, Perissodactyla, Ar- tiodactyla, Sirenia. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 239(16): 1004-1006. Oct. 18, 1954. -Summarizes brain characteristics of sirs. (1005- 1006). x Friant, Madeleine 1954b. Le cerveau du lamantin (Manatus inunguis Nat- terer). Vierteljahresschrift Naturf. Ges. Zurich, 99(2): 129-135. 6 figs. Jun. 30, 1954. -Describes the gross anatomy of the brain of the Amazonian manatee, comparing it with those of other living and fossil sirs. Comparisons with other animals are made by means of the "coeffi cients of cephalization" proposed by Dubois and Anthony. Friant, Madeleine 1957-1958. Morphologie et d6veloppement du cerveau des mammiferes eutheriens. III. Stiie des ongul6s. Ann. Soc Zool. Belgique, 88: 321-367. 40 figs. Friedrich, H. 1941. Hautstiicke der Stellerschen Seekuh Rhytina gigas Zimmermann 1780 im Ubersee-Museum. Veroff. Uberseemus. Bremen, 3(3): 265-267. 2 figs. Frisch, Johann Leonhard 1775. Das Natur-system der vierfuessigen Thiere in Tabellen, darinnen alle Ordnungen,.... Glogau. -"Manati," 23. The nomenclature is non- binominal and non-Linnaean. Fritsche, A.E.: SEE Squires & Fritsche, 1978. Fritz, Debbie 1980. Florida's manatee: an educator's guide. Florida Audubon Soc. & Florida Dept. Nat. Resources, 1-64. 25 figs. -Subsequent revised eds., 1982, 1983, 1984; distributed free by the Florida Power & Light Co. Superseded by Delaney et al. (1986). Includes (among other information and references) natural history data (11-17), the text of Florida's Mana tee Sanctuary Act of 1978 (19-21), maps of manatee protection zones in the state (22-35), and suggested activities and quizzes for secondary- school students (56-64). The 1984 ed. (40 unnumbered pages; illus.) omits most of the earlier text and maps and includes more student activities and puzzles. x Frobenius, Leo 1913. The voice of Africa, being an account of the travels of the German Inner African Exploration Expedi tion in the years 1910-1912.... 7V[ansl], by Rudolf Blind. London, Hutchinson & Co. (2 vols.). 200 figs. 70 pis. 4 maps. Vol. 1: xxiii + 349. -Brief account of the manatee in Yoruban mythology, and of religious observances in manatee hunting (1:199). Frohlich, Richard Kipp: SEE Packard, Frohlich et al., 1984, 1985; Packard etal., 1989. Frost, M.D. 1977. Wildlife management in Belize: program status and problems. Wildl. Soc Bull, 5:48-51. Frye, Fredric L.: SEE ALSO Domning & Frye, 1975; Loughman et al., 1970. x Frye, Fredric L.; & Herald, Earl S. 1969. Osteomyelitis in a manatee. Jour. Amer. Veter. Med. Assoc, 155(7): 1073- 1076. 5 figs. Oct. 1, 1969. -Describes the treatment and medication given for an infected harpoon wound to a young male T. inunguis from Colombia, captive at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, California. Fryer, J.CF. 1910. Bird and Denis Islands, Seychelles. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, (2)14: 15-20. Fuchs, Herman 1959. Szir6na-lelet ErdeJybol (Ein Sirenenfund aus Siebenburgen). Foldt. Kozlony, 89(3): 326-328. 1 fig. -In Hungarian; German summ. x Fuchs, Herman 1970. Schadelfragment einer Sirene aus dem Eozan von Cluj, SR Rumanien. Geologic 19(10): 1185-1190. 3 figs. 1 pi. -Romanian, Engl., & Russian summs. Describes a skull roof of "?Halitherium sp." thought to represent a new species or a new genus ancestral to Halitherium, and compares it with other species of Halitherium and with Sirenavus. Fuchs, Herman 1971. Contribu|iila cunoasterea raspindirii stratigrafice sj geografice a sirenidelor in Bazinul Transilva- niei. [On the stratigraphic and geographic distri bution of Oligocene Sirenia in the Transylvanian Basin.] Bui. Soc Sti. Geol. R. S. Romdnia, 13: 195-200. 3 pis. -In Romanian; Engl. & Russian summs. x Fuchs, Herman 1973. Contribufiuni la cunoasterea sirenidelor fosile din Bazinul Transilvaniei (IV) Asupra unui fragment de humerus din Cheia Baciului (Cluj). (Contribu- NUMBER 80 121 tions a l'6tude des sirtiiiens fossiles du bassin de la Transylvanie (IV) Sur un fragment d'hume>us de Cheia Baciului (Cluj).) Studia Univ. Babeq-Bolyai, Ser. Geol.-Min., 18(2): 71-77. 1 fig. -In Romanian; Russian & French summs. De scribes the proximal end of a humerus from the Priabonian (Late Eocene) of Romania, which resembles those of Eotheroides and Halitherium. Fuchs, Herman 1975. [Publication in Cluj, Romania, for a hundred years relating to geology and paleontology in retro spect.] Foldt. Kozlony, 105(1): 89-91. -In Hungarian. Halitherium. Fuchs, Herman Brass6i 1988. [Contribution to the knowledge of fossil sirenians from the Transylvanian basin (Romania): VI. Forearm bones from the Upper Eocene of Klau- senburg (Cluj?Napoca).] Foldt. Kozlony, 118(1): 49-60. 5 pis. -In Hungarian; Hungarian, German, & Russian summs. This Fuchs is the same as the author of the 1959-1975 references cited above; he began to use "Brass6i Fuchs" as a surname late in life. Fuchs, Herman Brass6i 1990. Einige Angaben zur Kenntnis von fossilen Sirenen (VII). Sirenenzahne aus der Umgebung von Cluj (Klausenburg, Rumanien). Foldtani Kozlony, 120(1-2): 89-92. 1 pi. -In Hungarian; German & Russian summs. Describes three sir. tusks from the Late Eocene of Romania, x Fuchs, Hugo L. 1908. Uber das Vorkommen selbstandiger knocherner Epiphysen bei Sauropsiden. Anat. Anz., 32(14): 352-360. 4 figs. Apr. 16, 1908. -Quotes from von Zittel the statement that sirs. and monotremes lack vertebral epiphyses (353). Fuchs, Werner 1977. Einige Beitrage zur Tertiar- und Quartarstratigra- phie Ober- und Niederosterreichs. Verh. Geol. Bundesanst. Wien, 1977(3): 231-241. -Mentions fossil sir. ribs from Austria (238). Fiihrer von Haimendorff, Christoph (= Furer-Haimendorff, Christoph von) 1612. Itinerarium AEgypti, Arabiae, Palaestinae, Syriae, aliarumque regionum orientalium.... Nuremberg, Abraham Wagenmann, 1-118. Illus. -German transl.: Nuremberg, W. Endters, 1646. Original account written ca. 1565? Said by G.G. Simpson (1930a) to be "the earliest modem and unequivocal first-hand reference to the dugong." Fujie, Tsutomu: SEE Uozumi et al., 1966. D Fujii, Hirotoshi 1953. On the Desmostylus-bearing formation in the Furukawa Uryu coal mine, Uryu district, Ishikari province, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 59(695): 400-401. Illus. -In Japanese. D Fujii, S. 1961. Miocene deposits at Akebi, Toyama Prefecture. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 67: 401. D Fujii, S.; & Mori, G. 1964. Miocene turtles from Akebi, Shimoniikawa-gun, Toyama Prefecture, Japan. Mem. Geol. Geogr. Toyama Prefi, No. 4: 95-97. D Fujimoto, H.; & Sakamoto, O. 1978. A preliminary report on Paleoparadoxia sp. discovered from the Tertiary system of the Chichibu basin, central Japan. Bull. Chichibu Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 18: 1-10. 2 tabs. 3 figs. D Fujita, Kazuo; & Ogose, Sunao 1951. On the locality of the Desmostylus specimen found at Togari, Gifu Prefecture. Geology as a Hobby (Shumi-no-Chigaku), 5(1): 16-22. 2 figs. Fukushima, Minoru: SEE Miyazaki et al. x Funaioli, U.; & Simonetta, A.M. 1966. The mammalian fauna of the Somali Republic: status and conservation problems. Monitore Zool. Ital. (SuppL), 74: 285-347. 23 maps. Dec. 20, 1966. -Gives vernacular names (gel magno, geber magno, n'guva) and localities, and briefly men tions the rainy-season occurrence and problems of conservation of dugongs in the Somali Republic (317). x Funderburg, John B. 1960. Fossil manatee from North Carolina. Jour. Mamm., 41(4): 521. Nov. 11, 1960. -Reviews records of Recent manatees in North Carolina, and reports a mandible from a Wisconsi- nian (Pleistocene) coquina deposit. This specimen was illustrated by Domning (1982b: fig. 7). Furlow, Leonard T. 1976. Saving our "mermaids." The Ensign (U.S. Power Squadrons), Jan. 1976: 24. 1 fig. Furman, J. 1940? Tachash. Tarbiz, 12 (1940-41): 218-229. 1 fig. 122 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Hebrew. A discussion of the identification of the animal called tachash in the Bible (q.v.), with a critique of Aharoni (1937). Furuhata, Kitao: SEE Aoki et al., 1938. Furusawa, Hitoshi: SEE ALSO Shinohara et al., 1985; Takikawa Sea Cow Geological Investigation Group, 1984. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1984. Discovery of a juvenile sirenian rib from the Lower Pliocene in the Sorachi River, Takikawa City, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 90(5): 345-347. 4 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1987. [Sirenian fossils from Japan.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 49-50. 1 tab. March 1987. -In Japanese. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1988. A new species of hydrodamaline Sirenia from Hokkaido, Japan. Takikawa City (Japan), Takikawa Mus. of Art & Nat. Hist., 1-73. 4 tabs. 31 figs. 6 pis. -Japanese transl.: Furusawa (1989). Describes Hydrodamalis spissus, n.sp. (sic; emended to H. spissa by Furusawa, 1990). Furusawa, Hitoshi 1989. [Study of the Takikawa sea cow: a message from 5 million years ago.] Takikawa City (Japan), Takikawa Mus. of Art & Nat. Hist., 1-81. 4 tabs. Frontisp. 33 figs. 6 pis. Mar. 31, 1989. -Japanese transl. of Furusawa (1988), with an added frontispiece and two new figures. Furusawa, Hitoshi 1990. Scenario of the sirenian evolution in the North Pacific Ocean. Prof. Akira Kasugai Memorial Vol.: 97-104. 4 figs. Mar. 1990. -In Japanese. Furusawa, Hitoshi; & Kimura, Masaichi 1982. Discovery of new species of Sirenia from the Lower Pliocene in the Sorachi River, Takikawa City, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 88(10): 849-852. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Reports a partial skeleton of Hydrodamalis sp.; the "new species" is not named here but is H. spissa Furusawa, 1988. Furusawa, Hitoshi; Maeda, Toshitsugu; Yamashita, Shig- eru; Sagayama, Tsumoru; Igarashi, Yaeko; & Kimura, Masaichi 1993. Geologic age and paleoenvironment of marine mammal fossils from Numata-cho, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 47(2)(245): 133-145. 3 tabs. 5 figs. Mar. 1993. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Furusawa, Hitoshi; & Numata Fossil Research Group 1990. Discovery and significance of the Takikawa sea cow (Hydrodamalis spissa) from Numata-cho, Uryu-gun, Hokkaido, Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 44(4)(229): 224-228. 4 figs. Jul. 1990. -In Japanese. G 1811. Recherches d'anatomie compared sur les dents, par 1. C Cuvier. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 3(62): 165*-169* (i.e., 265-269). -Allen 521. Dugong, 165. D Gabuniya, L.K.; & Vekua, A.K. 1974. Ob obraze zhizni i sistematicheskom polozhenii gigantskogo damana iz Kvabebi. [The mode of life and taxonomic position of the giant coney from Kvabebi.] Soobshch. Akad. Nauk Gruz. SSR, 73(2): 489- 492. -In Russian; Georgian & Engl, summs. Gadow, Hans Friedrich: SEE ALSO Flower, W.H., 1885. Gadow, Hans Friedrich 1898. A classification of Vertebrata, recent and extinct. London, Adam & Charles Black, x + 82. -Rev.: Nat. Sci. (London), 13: 340-341? Sirs., 43. Gaimard, Joseph: SEE Quoy & Gaimard. Gala, G.: SEE Bourliere et al., 1976. Galantsev, V.P.: SEE ALSO Mukhametov & Galantsev, 1986. Galantsev, V.P. 1986. [On certain functional, morphological adaptations in the venous system of the manatee.] In: VE. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap- tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 331-337. -In Russian. Galantsev, V.P.; & Kuz'min, D.A. 1989. Trends in development of adaptive characters in the venous system of hydro- and amphibiont mammals. Zool. Zhur., 68(10): 107-117. -In Russian; Engl. summ. x Galantsev, V.P.; & Mukhametov, L.M. 1984. On functional and structural adaptations of cardio vascular system in the manatee Trichechus ma natus. Zhur. Evol. Biokhim. Fiziol, 20(3): 288-293. 1 tab. 2 figs. May-Jun. 1984. -In Russian; Engl. summ. Engl, transl.: Jour. Evol. Biochem. Physiol, 20(3): 201-205, Jan. 1985. Page references in the Index are to this Engl. transl. Reports electrocardiographic observations of heart rhythms during diving in a captive adult T manatus, and briefly describes the locations of major venous sinuses. Compares both sets of data with the conditions generally found in other diving mammals. Diving bradycardia was ob served and was especially distinct just before surfacing. Cardiac arrhythmia was significant but highly variable. Gale, N.B.: SEE Montgomery et al., 1982. x Gallagher, Michael D. 1976. The dugong Dugong dugon (Sirenia) at Bahrain, Persian (Arabian) Gulf. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 73(1): 211-212. "Apr. 1976" (publ. Dec. 22, 1976). -See also errata in vol. 75(2): 558, "Aug. 1978" (publ. Feb. 2, 1979). Gives sighting and stranding records (1969-1974) and notes on 7 skulls deposited in the British Museum; causes of death unknown. Mentions the Bahraini vernacular names baqarat al bahr and baqara seit. x Gallagher, William B.; Parris, David C; Grandstaff, Barbara Smith; & DeTample, Craig 1989. Quaternary mammals from the continental shelf off New Jersey. Mosasaur: Jour. Delaware Valley Paleo. Soc, 4: 101-110. 1 tab. 7 figs. -Reports a radius-ulna of Trichechus sp., possibly Pleistocene in age, dredged off New Jersey? evidently the northernmost known occurrence of a manatee in North America (107-108). Gallivan, G. James: SEE ALSO Best et al., 1982. x Gallivan, G. James 1980. Hypoxia and hypercapnia in the respiratory con trol of the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Physiol. Zool, 53(3): 254-261. 1 tab. 6 figs. -Portuguese transl.: Gallivan (1981). Measure ments on three manatees indicate that carbon dioxide rather than oxygen is the important factor in the control of ventilation and diving, n Gallivan, G. James 1981. Hipoxia e hipercapnia no controle respirat6rio do peixe-boi da Amazonia (Trichechus inunguis). Acta Amazonica, 11(4): 679-687. 1 tab. 6 figs. Dec. 1981. 123 124 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Engl. summ. Portuguese transl. of Gallivan (1980). x Gallivan, G. James; & Best, Robin Christopher 1980. Metabolism and respiration of the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Physiol. Zool, 53(3): 245-253. 2 tabs. 6 figs. -Abstr.: Ciencia e Cultura, 30(7): 508, 1978 (in Portuguese)? Portuguese transl.: Gallivan & Best (1981). Measurements on six manatees showed a low metabolic rate, breathing frequency, and minute ventilation, and high oxygen extraction and carbon dioxide output, n Gallivan, G. James; & Best, Robin Christopher 1981. Metabolismo e respiracao do peixe-boi da Ama zonia (Trichechus inunguis). Acta Amazonica, 11(1): 103-111. 2 tabs. 6 figs. Mar. 1981. -Engl. summ. Portuguese transl. of Gallivan & Best (1980). x Gallivan, G. James; & Best, Robin Christopher 1986. The influence of feeding and fasting on the metabolic rate and ventilation of the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Physiol. Zool, 59(5): 552-557. 3 tabs. 1 fig. Sep.-Oct. 1986. ?Measurements on captive manatees fed grass (Brachiaria) and water hyacinth (Eichhornia) showed no increase in metabolic rate after feeding (= specific dynamic action), probably due to the slow rate of food passage through the digestive tract. Two weeks of fasting did not reduce metabolic rate, again because much of the weight loss during the fast was attributable to emptying of the gut. Also notes differences in chewing rates correlated with body size and diet. x Gallivan, G. James; Best, Robin Christopher; & Kanwisher, John W. 1983. Temperature regulation in the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis. Physiol. Zool, 56(2): 255-262. 4 figs. Apr. 1983. -Summ.: New Scientist, Dec. 1, 1983: 654, 1 fig. Core temperatures of two animals were measured (with swallowed transmitters) at 35?-36? C and varied with water temperature within the ther- moneutral zone; below that zone (i.e., below 22?-23? C) they were maintained, primarily by increase in activity. Their primary mechanism for thermoregulation seemed to be changes in periph eral circulation, aided by subcutaneous fat insula tion. Speculates that cold-related mortality and limits to distribution in T. manatus may be due less to physiology than to nutritional status and food availability. x Gallivan, G. James; Kanwisher, John W; & Best, Robin Christopher 1986. Heart rates and gas exchange in the Amazonian manatee (Trichechus inunguis) in relation to diving. Jour. Compar. Physiol B: Biochem. Syst. Envi ron. Physiol, 156(3): 415-423. 3 tabs. 5 figs. -Electrocardiograms and respiratory gas measure ments of unrestrained captive animals showed a constant heart rate (here defined as the "normal" rate) during dives, slight respiratory tachycardia, and marked (probably fright-induced) bradycardia when the manatees were forced to prolong their dives. Because their metabolism is low, it can remain aerobic during most dives, and changes in alveolar gas composition are slower than in other marine mammals. Metabolic acidosis is appar ently compensated for by metabolic rather than respiratory alkalosis. Gallo Reynoso, J.P. 1983. Notas sobre la distribuci6n del manati (Trichechus manatus) en las costas de Quintana Roo. An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nac. Auton. Mixico (Ser. Zool), 53(1): 443-448. Galvano, Antonio [= Galvao] 1862. The discoveries of the world, from their first originall unto the yeare of our Lord 1555.... Now reprinted, with the original Portuguese text.... London, Hakluyt Society. -First ed., Lisbon, 1563; first Engl, ed., London, 1601. Gambaryan, PP.: SEE ALSO Sukhanov et al., 1986. Gambaryan, P.P.; & Sukhanov, V.B. 1986. [Structure, functions and adaptive features of the skeletal musculature of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap- tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 188-305. Tabs. 4-14. Figs. 68-113. -In Russian. Gambaryan, S.P. 1986. [Anatomy of the kidney of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap- tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 338-341. Figs. 132-133. -In Russian. Gandavo, Pero de Magalhaes de 1576. Historia da provincia Sdcta Cruz a que vulgar mete chamamos Brasil... dirigida ao muito illtre. shor Dom Lionis pra governador que foy de Malaca & das mais partes do Sul na India. Lisbon, Antonio Gonsalvez: 48 leaves. -Facsimile repr. & Engl, transl.: New York, NUMBER 80 125 Cortes Society (2 vols.), 1922, repr. 1969. Also several other reprints; the original is exceedingly rare. Short description of the manatee, 28 recto. See also Whitehead (1977: 173). Gandavo, Pero de Magalhaes de 1965. Tratado do provincia do Brasil de Pero de Magalhaes de Gdndavo. Rio de Janeiro, Inst. Nacional de Livro, 1-340. -Facsimile of the British Library's Sloane MS. 2026, with transcription, notes, index, and bibli ography by Emmanuel Pereira Filho. Earlier publications of this work (in 1826, 1924, 1964, and, with Engl, transl., in 1922 ed. of Gandavo, 1576) were based on copies later and less reliable than the Sloane MS. (Whitehead, 1977: 173- 174). Mentions Brazilian manatees in chaps. 4 (Ilheus) and 7 (Espirito Santo), x Gann, Thomas William Francis 1911. Exploration carried on in British Honduras during 1908-9. Univ. Liverpool Ann. Archaeol. Anthrop., 4(2-3): 72-87. Pis. 17-19. Oct. 1911. -Reports manatee bones at a [Middle Classic Maya] archaeological site on Moho Cay, British Honduras; speculates that associated pottery rings were net sinkers used in manatee capture (78, 82). Gann, Thomas William Francis 1918. The Maya Indians of southern Yucatan and northern British Honduras. Bull Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 64. -Manatees, 126. Gann, Thomas William Francis 1925. Mystery cities: Exploration and adventure in Lubaantun. London, Duckworth, 3-10, 13-252. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1925. Gann, Thomas William Francis 1926. Ancient cities and modern tribes: Exploration and adventure in Maya lands. London, Duckworth, 1-256. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C Scribner's Sons, 1926. Description of manatee hunting techniques in Belize and Mexico, and protective legislation (25-29). Gann, Thomas William Francis 1927. Maya cities: A record of exploration and adven ture in Middle America. London, Duckworth, 1-256. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1928. Gann, Thomas William Francis 1928. Discoveries and adventures in Central America. London, Duckworth, 1-261. Illus. -Also publ. in New York, C. Scribner's Sons, 1929. Manatee remains at Moho Cay, British Honduras. Gannon, Frank 1990. The last of the manatees? Philip Morris Mag., 5(5): 22-25. 7 figs. + fig. on title page. Nov.-Dec. 1990 (publ. Nov. 15, 1990). Ganzawa, Y: SEE Matsui & Ganzawa, 1987. Garcia, Frank A.: SEE Donovan et al., 1990. Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr.: SEE ALSO Szabo & Gard, 1975; Whitmore & Gard, 1977. Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr. 1977. Geologic history. In: M.L. Merritt & R.G. Fuller (eds.), The environment of Amchitka Island, Alaska. Tech. Inform. Center, Energy Res. & Devel. Admin. (NTIS Document No. TID-26712), 13- 34. xDGard, Leonard Meade, Jr.; Lewis, G.E.; & Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1972. Steller's sea cow in Pleistocene interglacial beach deposits on Amchitka, Aleutian Islands. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull, 83(3): 867-869. Mar. 1972. -Describes the circumstances of discovery of a partial skeleton of a juvenile Hydrodamalis at South Bight, Amchitka, and reviews other North Pacific records of Hydrodamalis and the Aleutian occurrence of Cornwallius. x Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr.; & Szabo, B J. 1971. Age of the Pleistocene deposits at South Bight, Amchitka Island, Alaska. [Abstr.] Geol Soc. Amer. Abstrs. With Progams, 3(7): 577. Publ. Oct. 1971; read Nov. 1, 1971. -Records the occurrence of Hydrodamalis gigas in an interglacial (?Sangamon-equivalent) beach deposit, with radiometric dates of 135,000 ? 12,000 and >122,000 years B.P. Gardiner, J.S. 1907. Description of the expedition. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, (2)12: 1-55, 111-175. Gardner, Blair R.: SEE Elliott et al., 1979; Heinsohn et al., 1978, 1979b; Marsh et al., 1981. Garfield, G. 1964. Nature's living herbicide. Outdoor America, 29(11): 9. Garibaldi, L. 1968. Great munching manatees! Anchor, 2(7): 30-32. -Pop. acc. of a wounded T. inunguis at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco. Garnett, Stephen: SEE Heinsohn et al., 1985. Garrod, Alfred Henry 1877. Notes on the manatee (Manatus americanus) 126 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY recently living in the Society's gardens. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 10, part 3(1): 137-145. Pis. 28-30. Oct. 1, 1877 (read Nov. 16, 1875). -Notice: Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1875(4): 529, 567, Apr. 1876. Repr. in volume of Garrod's collected works (London, R. H. Porter, 1881)? Garson, J.G.: SEE Flower & Garson, 1884. Gaudry, Albert 1878. Les enchainements du monde animal dans les temps giologiques.... Vol. 1. Mammiferes terti aires. Paris (entire work: 3 vols., 1878-1890), Vol. 1: 1-295. 312 figs. -Abstr.: La Nature, (Paris) 6(2): 214-219, figs. 1-6; 243-246, figs. 1-8; 266-270, figs. 1-2? Revs.: Geol. Mag., (2)5: 221-227?; Arch. Zool Expir., 8: 67-77, pis. 5-8, 1879?; Nature (London), 18: 537-538?; Bull. Soc Giol. France, (3)6: 151-154. Sumatran dugong (37, fig. 28). x Gaudry, Albert 1884. Sur un sirtiiien d'espece nouvelle trouve" dans le bassin de Paris. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)12(6): 372-375. PI. 17. May 1884 (read Apr. 7, 1884). -Abstrs.: C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 98: 777-778?; La Nature (Paris), 12(1): 303?; Naturaliste, 2: A1A1 Describes Halitherium Chouqueti, n.sp., based on 14 ribs from Oligocene deposits southwest of Paris. These are said to resemble, and were associated with, ribs of H. schinzii, but are more massive. Gaudry, Albert 1885. [Remark on Halitherium.] Bull. Soc Giol. France, (3)13: 441. Gaudry, Albert 1887. [Correction of note on Halitherium in Italy.] Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)15: 11. Gaumer, George F. 1917. Monografia de los mamiferos de Yucatdn. Mexico City, Dept. de Talleres Graficos de la Secretaria de Fomento, xxxviii + 331. 57 pis. 1 map. -Manatees, 29-30. Gaupp, Ernst 1913. Die Reichertsche Theorie (Hammer-, Amboss- und Kieferfrage). Arch. Anal. Physiol, 1912, Suppl.-Band: xiii + 416. 149 figs. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 18(3): 55-67? Sirs., 125. Gebhardt, F.A.M. Walter 1901. Uber funktionell wichtige Anordnungsweisen der groberen und feineren Bauelemente des Wirbeltierknochens. Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org., 11: 383-498, 8 figs., pis. 15-19; 12: 1-52, 167-223, 15 figs. -Dugong bone histology. Gegenbaur, Carl 1898. Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbeltiere mit Berilcksichtigung der Wirbellosen. Iter Band. Einleitung, Integument, Skeletsystem, Muskelsys- tem, Nervensystem und Sinnesorgane. Leipzig, W. Engelmann (2 vols., 1898-1901), xiv + 978. 619 figs. Geiling, Eugene Maximilian Karl: SEE ALSO Oldham et al., 1938. Geiling, Eugene Maximilian Karl 1940. Comparative anatomy and pharmacology of the pituitary gland. Iowa City, State University of Iowa, College of Medicine (Paul Reed Rock wood Lecture), 1-28. Illus. -Pituitary and hypophysis of T. manatus. Geist, Otto William: SEE Murie, O.J., 1937. Gelineo, S. 1964. Organ systems in adaptation: the temperature regulating system. In: Adaptation to the environ ment (Handbook of Physiology, 4). Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins Co., 259-282. Illus. Genoways, Hugh H: SEE ALSO McLaren et al., 1986. Genoways, Hugh H.; & Jones, J. Knox, Jr. 1975. Annotated checklist of mammals of the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico. 4. Carnivora, Sirenia, Perisso- dactyla, Artiodactyla. Occas. Pap. Mus. Texas Tech. Univ., No. 26: 1-22. 1 fig. Genschow, Joachim 1934. Uber den Bau und die Entwicklung des Geruchs- organes der Sirenen. Zs. Wiss. Biol. Abt. A: Zs. Morph. OkoL Tiere (Berlin), 28(4): 402-444. 28 figs. George, A.S.: SEE Burbridge & George, 1978. George, J.C. 1974. This fragile menagerie hangs by a thread. Natl Wildlife, 12(3): 6-14. -Single photograph of T. manatus. Geptner, Vladimir Georgievich: SEE Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich. x Geraads, Denis 1989. Vert?br6s fossiles du miocene sup6rieur du Djebel Krechem el Artsouma (Tunisie centrale). Com- paraisons biostratigraphiques. Giobios, 22(6): 777-801. 1 tab. 4 figs. 2 pis. Dec. 1989. -Engl. summ. Describes a lower second molar of Metaxytherium sp. from Tunisia and compares it with M. medium and M. serresii (781, 791, pi. 2). NUMBER 80 127 Suggests that these animals lived in estuaries or rivers, and that the Sahabi fauna from Libya is latest Miocene rather than early Pliocene. Geraci, Joseph R.: SEE ALSO Medway & Geraci, 1986. Geraci, Joseph R. 1986. Marine mammals (Cetacea, Pinnipedia, and Si renia). Introduction and identification [and] Hus bandry. In: M.F. Fowler (ed.), Zoo and wild animal medicine., 2nd. revised ed. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders (xxiv + 1127), 750-760. Illus. -The Husbandry chapter begins on p. 757. Geraci, Joseph R.; & St. Aubin, David J. 1987. Effects of parasites on marine mammals. In: M.J. Howell (ed.), Parasitology?quo vadit? Proc. 6th Internatl. Congr. Parasitology, Canberra, 1986 (xviii + 741). Internatl. Jour. Parasitology, 17(2): 407-414. Geraci, Joseph R.; & Sweeney, J.C. 1978. Clinical techniques: marine mammals (Cetacea, Pinnipedia and Sirenia). In: M.F. Fowler (ed.), Zoo and wildlife medicine. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders Co., 587-588. Gerhardt, Ulr. 1911. Zur Morphologie der Saugetierniere. Verh. D. Zool. Ges. Leipzig, 20-21: 260-272. Gernant, Robert E.; Gibson, Thomas G.; & Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1971. Environmental history of Maryland Miocene. Maryland Geol. Surv. Guidebook, No. 3: 1-58. G6roudet, Paul: SEE Simon & G6roudet, 1970. Gerstein, Edmund R.: SEE Patton & Gerstein, 1992. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1835. Dugong, Halicore. In: Gu6rin, Diet. Pittoresque d'Hist. Nat. Phinom. Nat., 2 (livr. 155): 595-596. -Allen 850. Publ. 1836? Halicore indicus. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1836. Lamantin, Manatus. In: Guerin, Diet. Pittoresque d'Hist. Nat. Phinom. Nat. 4 (livr. 282): 331-333. -Allen 894. x Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1846. Observations sur di verses especes de mammiferes fossiles du midi de la France. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)5: 248-265. May 1846. -Discusses mammal classification, placing the Sirenia among the ungulates along with the Proboscidea (250-251), and mentions a rib fragment of Metaxytherium from Montpellier, France (264). Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1847a. La zoologie de la France. In: Patria. La France ancienne et moderne, morale et matirielle, ou collection encyclopedique. Paris, 1 (1512 columns): 493-596. Figs. 162- 255. -Mentions Metaxytherium, 517. x Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1847b. Observations sur les mammiferes fossiles du midi de la France.... Deuxieme partie. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)8: 203-224. Oct. 1847. -Continuation of Gervais (1846). Consists mostly of "?VII. Sur les Mammiferes voisins des Dugongs, que Ton a nomm6s Halitherium, Metaxytherium, etc." (203-221). Summarizes previous work on fossil sirs., and presents a comprehensive list of their European occurrences (203-210). Describes the skull and dentition of the "Halitherium" from Montpellier (210-217), which he names H. Serresii, n.sp. [= Metaxy therium serresii] (221). Compares Toxodon with Halitherium and the modem dugong, concluding that this South American notoungulate is (unlike the proboscidean Dinotherium) a sir. (218-219, 221). Concludes that Halianassa, Metaxytherium, and other genera are synonyms of Halitherium; presents a diagnosis of the latter genus; and recognizes several species for which he coins the new combinations Halitherium fossilis [= Metaxytherium medium], H. Guettardi [= H. schinzii], and H. Brocchii [= M. subapenninum] (221). Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1849-1850. Sur la repartition des mammiferes fossiles entre les difftients Stages tertiaires qui concourent a former le sol de la France. Mim. Sect. Sci., Acad. Sci. Lettres Montpellier, 1(1): 203-219 (1849); 1(2): 399-413 (1850). -Abstrs.: C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 28: 546-552?, 28(21): 643-647, May 1849; L'Institut, 17(807): 194-198, Jun. 20, 1849; Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1849: 223-224? The Montpellier publication also exists in another version, with identical text, but it is reset with slightly different typeface and pagination (1(1): 203-220). Sirs., 216-219, 405- 406, 409. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1852. Zoologie et paliontologie franqaises (animaux vertibris) ou nouvelles recherches sur les ani maux vivants et fossiles de la France.... Paris, Arthus Bertrand (3 vols., title-pages dated 1848-1852), Vol. 1 (text): viii + 271; Vol. 2 (explication des planches); Vol. 3 (atlas): 45 pis. -Rev.: Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., 26: 233-240, 1854? Ed. 2: Gervais (1859). Sirs., 1: 141-145, 199; pis. 4-6, 41. Recognizes Halitherium Serresii, H. fossile, H. Beaumontii [n.comb.], H. Guettardi, H. 128 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Gervais, 1853. Gervais, 1855a. Gervais 1855b Gervais 1859. Gervais, 1869a. Gervais, 1869b. Gervais, 1872a. dubium [n.comb.], and Trachytherium Raulinii as valid species. Francois Louis Paul Sur la comparaison des membres chez les animaux verrebres. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris), (3)20: 21-69. -Sirs., 35. Francois Louis Paul Animaux nouveaux ou rares recueillis pendant V expidition dans les parties centrales de I'Amiri- que du Sud, de Rio de Janeiro a Lima, et de Lima au Para, pendant les annies 1843 a 1847, sous la direction du Comte Francis de Castelnau.... Mammiferes. Paris, P. Bertrand, 1-116. 20 pis. -Gives general description of a skeleton of "Manatus australis" from Pebas, Colombia (114-115); argues for the domestication of mana tees (116); and quotes Castelnau's account of manatee predation by jaguars (116). Francois Louis Paul Histoire naturelle des mammiferes, avec Vindica tion de leurs moeurs, et de leurs rapports avec les arts, le commerce et V agriculture. II. Carnivores, proboscidiens, jumentis, bisulques, identis, mar- supiaux, monotremes, phoques, sirinides et ci- tacis. Paris, L. Curmer (entire work: 2 vols., 1854- 1855), Vol. 2: 1-344. 286 figs. 40 pis. -Sirs., 2: 308-313. Francois Louis Paul Zoologie et paliontologie franqaises. Nouvelles recherches sur les animaux vertibris dont on trouve les ossements enfouis dans le sol de la France et sur leur comparaison avec les especes propres aux autres rigions du globe. Ed. 2. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, viii + 544. figs. Atlas, pp. i-xii + 84 pis. -Ed. 1: Gervais (1852). Sirs., 276-283, pis. 4-6, 41. Francois Louis Paul Haliterium fossile a Leognan. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 27, Proc.-verb., xxi- xxii. Francois Louis Paul Zoologie et paliontologie ginirales. Nouvelles recherches sur les animaux vertibris vivants et fossiles. Paris, Arthus Bertrand (2 series, 1867/69-76), 1. ser.: vii + 263. 50 pis. (1862-1869). -Sirs., "1: 184," fide Freund (1950); confused with Gervais (1859)? Francois Louis Paul Travaux r6cents sur les sirinides vivants et fossiles (analyse des publications de MM. Van Beneden, E. Lartet, Delfortrie, Capellini, etc.). Jour. Zool (Paris), 1: 332-353. 4 figs. Pis. 18-19. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul 1872b. Coup d'oeil sur les mammiferes fossiles de l'ltalie. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (2)29: 92-103. -Abstrs.: Jour. Zool. (Paris), 1: 211-233?; L'Institut, 1873: 222-224? Gervais, Frangois Louis Paul 1874. Remarques sur les formes c6r6brales propres aux thalassotheriens. Jour. Zool. (Paris), 3: 570-583. PI. 19. -Sirs., 578. Gervais, Francois Louis Paul; & Serres, Marcel de 1846. Sur les mammiferes dont on a trouve" les restes fossiles dans la caverne de Lunel-Viel et dans les sables de Montpellier. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)5: 266-271. May 1846. -Abstr.: Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1846: 78? Gervais, Francois Louis Paul; & Serres, Marcel de 1847. Sur les mammiferes fossiles des sables marins tertiaires de Montpellier. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 24: 799-801. -Abstrs.: Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (3)8: 224-226?; Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1847: 174? Gesner, Conrad 1556? De piscibvs et aqvatilibvs omnibus libelli III. noui.... [Tiguri, 1556?]: 1-280. -Or 1558 ed., Allen 14? Or 1563? Sirs., 213 or 253 (in 1587 ed.?). A woodcut in the 1558 ed., based on the verbal account of remora fishing by P. Martyr (1511), shows natives using a remora to catch what may be a manatee (see also P. Budker, The life of sharks, N.Y., Columbia Univ. Press: 156, 1971). Gesner, Conrad 1558. Historiae animalium liber 11II. qui est de piscium & aquatilium animantium natura. Cum iconibus singulorum ad vivum expressis fere omnib. DCCVI.... Zurich, Christof Froschover, 1-1297. Illus. -A woodcut of remora fishing (483) possibly shows a manatee, according to Whitehead (1977); see also "?Cyprinus rarus & monstrosus" (373). Gesner, Conrad 1560. Nomenclator aquatilium animalium. Icones ani malium aquatilium in mari & dulcibus aquis degentium, plus quam DCC. cum nomenclaturis singulorum Latinis, Grecis, Italicis, Hispanicus, Gallicis, Germanicis, Anglicis, alijsq, interdum, per certos or dines di gestae. NUMBER 80 129 Zurich, Christof Froschover, 1-374. Illus. -Whitehead (1977: 168) says that this work "gives, without much conviction, animals called 'Vaccae marinae' from 'Oceano Septemtrionali', but the woodcut shows, emerging from the waves, the head of a very Swiss cow!" Gettinger, R.: SEE Ralph et al., 1985. x Gewalt, Wolfgang 1968. Unsere Sirene?eine Amazonas-Seekuh (Tri chechus m. manatus L.) im Duisburger Tierpark. Freunde des Kolner Zoo, 10(4): 123-125. 4 figs. Winter 1967/68. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and not-very-informative account of the captive manatee in Duisburg. Briefly mentions others kept in Germany (124), and the attempt of a steamship captain in the Red Sea to rescue what he thought were shipwrecked sailors but were actually seacows (123). x Giacone, Antonio 1965. Gramdtica diciondrios e fraseologia da lingua Dahceii ou Tucano. Bel6m, Univ. do Para, 1-207. -Tucano name for the manatee given on p. 170: {"Peixe boi = uai-uehque"} x Giacone, Antonio n.d. Pequena gramdtica e diciondrio da lingua Tucana. Manaus, Missao Salesiana do Rio Negro? Amazonas: 1-61. -Tucano name for the manatee given on p. 54: { "Peixe-boi?Uekque-uaf'} x Gibbes, Robert Wilson 1849. New species of fossil Myliobates, from the Eocene of South Carolina, and new fossils from the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Pliocene of South Caro lina, Alabama, and Mississippi. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 2: 193-194. Aug. 17, 1849. -Includes in list of fossils from "Eocene of South Carolina and Mississippi" on p. 193: {"Rib and vertebrae of Manatus."} These were probably from South Carolina but probably not Eocene; see Gibbes (1850). x Gibbes, Robert Wilson 1850. Remarks on the fossil Equus. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3: 66-68. -States (67) that Equus and Manatus remains were found in situ in Eocene marl from the plantation of John A. Ramsay on the Ashley River, South Carolina; but F.S. Holmes pointed out (68-69) that the marl surface has holes filled with younger material and fossils. x Gibbon, Lardner 1854. Exploration of the valley of the Amazon, made under direction of the Navy Department, by Wm. Lewis Herndon and Lardner Gibbon.... Part II. Washington, A.O.P. Nicholson, xi + 339. Illus. -See also Hemdon (1853). On the Madeira River between Crato and Porto de Mataurti, Oct. 12, 1852 (p. 309): ("We are told the fish called 'peixe boi' (bull-fish,) of the Madeira, is the same as the 'vaca-marina' (sea-cow,) of the Ucayali, though comparatively there are few taken."} x Gibson, James R. 1969. Feeding the Russian fur trade: provisionment of the Okhotsk seaboard and the Kamchatka Penin sula 1639-1856. Madison, Milwaukee, & London, Univ. Wiscon sin Press, xix -)- 337. 17 tabs. 10 figs. 10 maps. -Mentions the use of Hydrodamalis for provision ment (29, 30, 48, 51-52, 54) and boat construc tion (31). Gibson, Thomas G.: SEE Gernant et al., 1971. Gibson-Hill, C.A. 1950. The dugong. Malayan Nature Jour., 5(1): 25-29. 2 figs. -Distribution, population trends, and habits of the dugong in Malaysia. Gicca, Diderot: SEE Campbell & Gicca, 1978. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried Andreas 1847. Fauna der Vorwelt mit steter Berucksichtigung der lebenden Thiere Erster Band: Wirbelthiere. Erster Abtheilung: Saugethiere. Leipzig, F.A. Brockhaus (entire work: 3 vols, in 5, 1847-1856), Vol. l:xi + 283. -Sirs., 226-232. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried Andreas 1855. Odontographie. Vergleichende Darstellung des Zahnsystemes der lebenden und fossilen Wirbelthiere. Leipzig, Ambrosius Abel, xx + 129. 52 pis. -Sirs, (including Dinotherium), 83-84, pis. 35- 37. Giebel, Christoph Gottfried Andreas 1883. Saugethiere: Mammalia. In: H.G. Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Leipzig & Heidelberg, CF. Winter'sche Verlags- handlung (1874-1900), 6(5): 1-576. Pis. 1-92. -See also W. Leche (1887). x Gijzen, A. 1953. Une perte sensible. Zoo (Antwerp), 18: 89. 1 fig. -Notice of the death, from infection, of a 71 senegalensis after five years in captivity, x Gijzen, A. 1958. Palmares de nos raretes zoologiques. Zoo (Antwerp), 24(1): 6-38. Illus. -Brief account of the zoo's attempts to keep T. 130 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY senegalensis in captivity, with a photo of one specimen (26). Gijzen, A. 1963. Au cours de huit annees de s6jour au Zoo, Huka notre lamantin n'a fait que croitre et prosp6rer. Zoo (Antwerp), 28: 194. 1 pi. Gilbert, J.R.: SEE Eberhardt et al., 1979. Gilbrook, Michael J. 1990. Potential contributions of Regional Planning Council Geographic Information Systems to manatee management. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 39-44. 2 tabs. Dec. 1990. Gilii, Filippo Salvadore 1780. Saggio di storia Americana, o sia storia naturale, civile, e sacra de regni, e delle provincie Spanuole di terra-ferma nell'America Meridionale. Roma, L. Perego erede Salvioni (4 vols., 1780- 1784). -Allen 363. Manatee, 1: 84, fig. 1. x Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1872a. Arrangement of the families of mammals [pp. 1-42]. [Followed by] Synoptical tables of charac ters of the sub-divisions of mammals, with a catalogue of the genera [pp. 43-98]. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 11(1)(230): vi + 98. Nov. 1872. ?Introduces the following new superfamily and family names in his classification: Halicoroidea (13), Manatoidea (14), Trichechoidea (91), and Trichechidae (14). Summarizes sir. characters (48-49) and provides a key to the families (91) and a list of the genera (91-92). The Halicoroidea include the Halitheriidae, Halicoridae, and Rhyti- nidae; the Manatoidea or Trichechoidea (Gill uses these terms inconsistently and interchangeably) include only the Trichechidae. x Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1872b. On the characteristics of the primary groups of the class of mammals. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 20: 284-306. -Extract: Amer. Naturalist, 5: 526-533, 1871? Gives a brief diagnosis of the Order Sirenia (300-301). x Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1873. On the affinities of the sirenians. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 25(2): 262- 273. -Concludes that the Cetacea and Sirenia are closer to each other than either is to any other order, and that they share a common aquatic ancestor. Also provides a genealogical tree of the sir. families. Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1882. Scientific and popular views of nature contrasted. A lecture delivered in the National Museum, March 11th, 1882. U.S. Natl. Mus. Saturday Lectures, No. 1: 1-24. -?Sir. tail flukes, 10-11. Gill, Theodore Nicholas 1907. Systematic zoology: its progress and purpose. Science (n.s.), 26: 489-505. -Sirs., 494. Gill, William 1981. Manatee found in Chesapeake Bay, Virginia. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 6(1): 6-7. Jan. 1981. Gill, William Wyatt 1875. The dugong. Leisure Hour, 24: 823. Gill, William Wyatt 1876. Life in the southern isles; or, scenes and incidents in the South Pacific and New Guinea. London, The Religious Tract Society, viii + 360. Illus. -Dugong, 298-302. Gillet, S.; & Theobold, N. 1936. Les sables marins de 1'Oligocene du Haut-Rhin. Bull. Serv. Carte Geol. Alsace-Lorraine, 3: 37- 76. 1 pi. -Report of Halitherium schinzii, 69. Gingerich, Philip D.: SEE ALSO Wells & Gingerich, 1983. x Gingerich, Philip D. 1992. Marine mammals (Cetacea and Sirenia) from the Eocene of Gebel Mokattam and Fayum, Egypt: stratigraphy, age, and paleoenvironments. Univ. Michigan Papers on Paleontology, No. 30: ix + 84. 2 tabs. 56 figs. Jun. 30, 1992. -Describes in detail the history of study and geologic context of marine mammal fossils from the Middle and Late Eocene of the Mokattam Hills and Fayum and the Oligocene of the Fayum. Attempts to specify the localities and horizons from which all the fossil marine mammal types were collected. Recognizes Eotheroides aegyp tiacum, Protosiren fraasi, and Eosiren libyca as valid species, and suggests that the other nominal species of fossil sirs, from Egypt are synonyms of these. x Gingerich, Philip D.; Raza, S. Mahmood; Arif, Muhammad; Anwar, Mohammad; & Zhou, Xiaoyuan 1993. Partial skeletons of Indocetus ramani (Mammalia, Cetacea) from the lower Middle Eocene Domanda Shale in the Sulaiman Range of Punjab (Pakistan). NUMBER 80 131 Contr. Mus. Pal. Univ. Michigan, 28(16): 393- 416. 4 tabs. 14 figs. Sep. 30, 1993. -The pelvis referred to Protosiren fraasi by Sahni & Mishra (1975) is here reidentified as the cetacean Indocetus ramani (410-411). xD Gingerich, Philip D.; Russell, Donald E.; & Wells, Neil A. 1990. Astragalus of Anthracobune (Mammalia, Probos cidea) from the Early-Middle Eocene of Kashmir. Contrib. Mus. Pal. Univ. Michigan, 28(3): 71-77. 3 figs. Dec. 14, 1990. -Compares astragalar characters of Anthracobune with those of other proboscideans and desmostyli ans, and suggests that both desmostylians and sirs, could be derived from anthracobunid probos cideans. x Ginsburg, Leonard 1970. Les mammiferes des faluns helv&iens du Nord de la Loire. C.R. Somm. Siances Soc. Giol. France, 1970(6): 189-190. Stance of Jun. 1, 1970. ?Includes Halianassa cuvieri in faunal list; considers it lower Helvetian (Miocene), x Ginsburg, Leonard; & Janvier, Philippe 1971. Les mammiferes marins des faluns miocenes de la Touraine et de l'Anjou. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), (3)22, Sci. de la Terre, 6: 161-195. 23 figs. Nov.-Dec. 1971. -Reviews the synonymy, history of study, occur rences, anatomy, and relationships of Metaxy therium medium, with illustrations of upper molars and a summary of the dimensions of 234 teeth (161, 182-191). x Ginsburg, Leonard; Janvier, Philippe; Mornand, J.; & Pouit, D. 1979. Decouverte d'un faune de mammiferes terrestres d'age vallesien dans le falun miocene de Dou6-la- Fontaine (Maine-et-Loire). C.R. Somm. Siances Soc. Giol. France, 1979(5- 6): 223-227. Seance of Dec. 18, 1979. -Reports teeth of Metaxytherium medium (224); considers the falun of Doue" no older than lower Vallesian (Middle Mioc.) (226). Gipe, T: SEE Barile et al., 1983. Girard, Charles 1852. On the classification of Mammalia. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 6: 319-335. 2 figs. Read Aug. 1851. Giraud-Sauveur, D.; & Miloche, M. 1968. Sur la structure particulitie des os de l'oreille moyenne des cetaces odontocetes. Jour. Microsc (Paris), 7(7): 1093-1098. 1 pi. -Crystallography of ear ossicles of 71 senegalen sis. Gissendanner, Elton J.: SEE Appendix 1: Florida Conser vation News, Nov. 1979. x Gistel, Johannes 1848. Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs. Fur hohere Schulen. Stuttgart, Hoffman'sche Verlags-Buchhandlung, xvi+ 216. -Classification of sirs. (= "Familie Halicorea"), with brief descriptions of the taxa; includes Halipaedisca (new name for Manatus) and "//. americanus"; Halicore cetacea; and Rytina stell eri (83). Gistel, Johannes; & Bromme, Traugott 1850. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller drei Reiche, fur Lehrer und Lernende,fur Schule und Haus. Stuttgart, Hoffmann'sche Verlags-Buchhandlung, 1-1037. Illus. -Mentions Halipaedisca, 273. Glaessner, M.F. 1931. Neue Zahne von Menschenaffen aus dem Miocan des Wiener Beckens. Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 46: [pp.?] -Mentions Metaxytherium sp., 15. Glas, J.-E. 1962. Studies on the ultrastructure of dental enamel. 6. Crystal chemistry of shark's teeth. Odontologisk Revy (Lund), 13(4): 315-326. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Mention of T. senegalensis. Glazebrook, Rozanne 1979. Mermaid at Cairns. Wildlife in Australia, 16(2): 4-5. 1 fig. Winter 1979. -Pop. acc. of a young dugong in captivity. Gleiss, G. W. 1967. Chronik des Zoologischen Gartens, Breslau. Wedel. Gloger, Constantin Wilhelm Lambert 1842. Gemeinniitziges Hand- und Hilfsbuch der Natur geschichte. Fur gebildete Leser aller Stdnde, besonders fur die reifere Jugend und ihre Leh rer. ... Erster Band.... Breslau, Aug. Schulz & Comp., xxxxiv + 495. -Coins the generic name Halibutherium (= Halitherium?). Glover, Thomas 1676. An account of Virginia. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 11(126): 625- 626. Jun. 20, 1676. -See WL.McAtee( 1950). Glover, Timothy D.: SEE Marsh, Heinsohn, & Glover, 1984; Marsh & Glover, 1981. Gluckman, Casey J.: SEE Reynolds & Gluckman, 1988. Gluckman, David: SEE ALSO Marine Mammal Commis sion, 1986. 132 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Gluckman, David 1983a. Review of laws and educational programs pre venting harm to manatees due to waterborne activities. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed re search/management plan for Crystal River mana tees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 233-252. 5 figs. Dec. 1983. -Reviews federal and state laws regarding the "taking" of manatees, and makes recommenda tions for their application and strengthening; outlines existing educational programs and possi ble ways of funding them. x Gluckman, David 1983b. Legal review regarding water quality and aquatic weed control in manatee habitat. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compen dium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 253-273. 7 figs. Dec. 1983. -Discusses federal, state, and local regulations and regulating procedures, and recommends ways of dealing with herbicide spraying programs that pose hazards to manatees. x Gluckman, David 1983c. Review of land acquisition programs suitable for protection of manatee habitat. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compen dium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 274-301. 6 figs. Dec. 1983. -Describes available federal, state, and local acquisition programs, recommends legal changes in some of them, and suggests specific habitat acquisitions in Taylor, Levy, Citrus, and Her nando Counties, Florida. x Gluckman, David 1983d. Impact of the National Environmental Policy Act on preservation and protection of manatees. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/manage ment plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 317-320. Dec. 1983. -Discusses this 1970 federal act's requirement that Environmental Impact Statements be pre pared in advance of "major federal actions," and points out that, although this act lacks provisions for preventing potential harm identified by this process, other laws can and should be used to do so. x Gluckman, David; & Hamann, Richard 1983. Annotated list of laws and regulations relevant to protection of West Indian manatees and their habitat. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/ management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 174-184. Dec. 1983. -Includes 15 federal acts, 4 articles of the Florida Constitution, and 30 Florida statutes. Gmelin, D. 1892. Zur Morphologie der Papilla vallata und foliata. Arch. Mikr. Anat., 40: 1-28. 1 pi. -Sirs., 18. Gmelin, Johann Friedrich 1788. Caroli a Linni,... Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, spe cies, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Editio decima tertia, aucta, reformata. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Impensis Georg. Emanuel. Beer, 1-500. -Allen 405. The (posthumous) thirteenth ed. of Linnaeus' Systema Naturae. Trichechus Dugong and T. Manatus australis (= T. manatus + T. senegalensis), 60; T. M. borealis (= Hydrodamalis gigas), 61. Godina, Giovanni: SEE Amprino & Godina, 1947. Godman, F.D.: SEE Murie, J., 1880. Godman, John Davidson 1828. American natural history. Vol III. Part I. Mas- tology. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea & Carey, 1-264. -Allen 711. Ed. 2, 1831 (Allen 760); text identical. Sirs., 39-55. x Goebel, Ad. 1862. Chemische Untersuchung der Rippen der Rhytina. Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg, (3)5: 188-193. May 16, 1862 (read Apr. 18, 1862). -Chemical analysis of a rib of Hydrodamalis revealed no differences from bone of other mammals. The preservation of collagen ("Knor- pel"), capillaries, and probable fat cells is also noted (189-190). Goeje, C.H. de 1928. The Arawak language of Guiana. Amsterdam. -Origins of the name "manati," 30, 259. x Goeldi, Emil August 1893. Os mammiferos do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro, Alves & C (Monographias NUMBER 80 133 Brasileiras No. 1), iii + 181. -Lists the Family Manatidae under Cetacea (13); notes the distribution of "Manatus americanus (latirostris)" and "M. inunguis" in Brazil; briefly describes their habits, economic and medicinal uses, and hunting, and an attempt to bring a young M. americanus to London (119-121). A dairy cow was brought along to nourish it, but the manatee died of cold en route. Notes that "manati" is an indigenous name (165). Goeldi, Emil August 1897. Brasilianische Reptilien. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., 10: 640-676. x Goeldi, Emil August; & Hagmann, Gottfried 1904. Prodromo de um catalogo critico, commentado da colleccao de mammiferos no Museu do Pari (1894-1903). Bol. Mus. Goeldi (Mus. Paraense) Hist. Nat. Ethnogr., 4(1): 38-106, 119-122. Feb. 1904. -Records four skeletons of Manatus inunguis in the collection, from various localities from Iquitos (Peru) to the mouth of the Amazon, and one living specimen from the Rio Purus captive since Sep. 1902. All the skeletons have 14 pairs of ribs and lack nails on the digits (89-90). Goettert, Liesel 1966. Verhaltensweisen einer Seekuh. Natw. Rundschau, 19(5): 202. -Abstr. of J. Kinzer(1966). Gohar, H.A.F. 1944. [Dugong captured in the Red Sea.] Ann. Rept. Marine Biol. Station, Fac Sci. Fouad I Univ. (Cairo), 1942-1943: 34-36. Gohar, H.A.F. 1957. The Red Sea dugong. Publ. Marine Biol. Station Al-Ghardaqa Red Sea, No. 9: 3-49. 1 tab. 17 figs. 3 pis. -A careful and detailed account, based on 16 specimens, emphasizing external morphology, skin, and hair (6-15), the masticating plates (16-23), the tongue (24-29), the external genita lia (30-35), and internal parasites (43-45, 48). Defends the functional importance of the "vestig ial" lower incisor alveoli as sites of anchorage for the masticating plate (21-22). Regards the Red Sea population as a valid subspecies, Dugong dugong [sic] tabernaculi (35-40). Describes (perhaps on the basis of information from fisher men?) a very unlikely-sounding mode of grazing, in which dugongs purportedly uproot seagrasses with the flippers, stack them in heaps, and then return to consume them in the same order (42)! Argues that dugongs may well have contributed to mermaid legends (46-47). x Golder, F.A. 1922. Bering's voyages: an account of the efforts of the Russians to determine the relation of Asia and America.... Volume I: The log books and official reports of the first and second expeditions 1725-1730 and 1733-1742 with a chart of the second voyage by Ellsworth P. Bertholf. Amer. Geogr. Soc. Research Series, No. 1: x + 371. 15 figs. 1 pi. -Vol. 2 (1925) is listed here as G.W Steller (1925). This vol. contains brief comments on Steller's sea cow from Kharlam Yushin's journal (237), a description of the hunting technique from Sofron Khitrov's journal (238), and further brief remarks by Sven Waxell (279). All were officers of Bering's second expedition and hence eyewit nesses. Also contains a valuable bibliographic essay and annotated bibliography on Bering's expeditions and related topics (349-371). Goldfuss, Georg August 1820. Handbuch der Zoologie.... Zweite Abtheilung. In the series: Handbuch der Naturgeschichte, zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen. Von Dr. G[otthilf]. H[einrich von]. Schubert. Dritter Theil. Zweite Abtheilung. Niirnberg, Johann Leonhard Schrag, xxiv + 510. -Allen 588. Sirs., 336-339. x Goldman, Edward A. 1920. Mammals of Panama. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 69(5): 1-309. 39 pis. 1 map. Apr. 26, 1920. -Records and distribution of T. manatus in Panama (68-71). Quotes Dampier at length (69-71) on the habits of the manatee and the Moskito Indians' techniques of harpooning it. x Goldsmith, Paul 1986. Undomesticated animals and plants. Fish. In: A. Hansen & D.E. McMillan (eds.), Food in sub- Saharan Africa. Boulder (Colorado), Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc. (410 pp.), 229-238. -States that the Bajuni people of East Africa use remoras to catch dugongs and sea turtles (231). Goldstein, E.: SEE Pilson & Goldstein, 1972?. Golley, F.B.: SEE Caldwell & Golley, 1965. Golpe Posse, J.M.: SEE Crusafont-Pair6 & Golpe Posse, 1975. Gomara, Francisco Lopez de 1554. La historia general delas Indias, con todos los descubrimientos, y cosas notables que han acaes- cido enellas, dende que se ganeron hasta agora, .... Ahadiose de nueuo la descripcion y traqa delas Indias, con una tabla alphabetica delas prouin- 134 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY cias, islas, puereos, ciudades, y nombres de conquistadores y varones principales que alia han passado. Antwerp, Iuan Steelsio, ff. 1-287. -Allen 9. Publ. earlier at Saragossa, 1552-1553. Manati, chap. 31, ff. 37-38. Gomara, Francisco Lopez de 1606. Histoire generalle des Indes occidentales, et terres neuues, qui iusques a present ont esti de- scouuertes. Augmentee en ceste cinquiesme edi tion de la description de la nouuelle Espagne, & de la grande ville de Mexicque, autrement nommee, Tenuctilan. Composee en Espagnol par Franqois Lopez de Gomara, & traduite en Franqois par le S. de Genilli Marr. Fumie. Paris, Michel Sonnius, ff. 4, 1-485 + 19. -Allen 40. Manati, chap. 31, f. 41 (2 pages). Gomara, Francisco Lopez de 1749. Historia de las Indias. In: Historiadores primiti- vos de las Indias occidentales, que junto, traduxo en parte, y facd a luz, ilustrados con eruditas notas, y copiosos indices, el ilustrissimo Sehor D. Andres Gonzalez Barcia, del Consejo, y camara de S. M. Divididos en tres tomos. Tomo /[-///]. Madrid (3 vols.). -Allen 248. Manati, 2: chap. 31, p. 25. External characters and habits, one half page, x Gomez, Edgardo D. 1983. Sea cows on stamps of the world. Bio-Philately (Biology Unit, Amer. Topical Assoc), 32(2): 121. -Expands D.N. Riemer's (1982) list of sir. stamps to 28. x G6mez Llueca, Federico 1919. El Mioceno marino de Muro (Mallorca). Trab. Mus. Nac. Cienc Nat. (Madrid), Ser. Geol, No. 25: 1-75. 19 figs. 17 pis. -Describes DP/5-M/3 and caudal vertebra of Metaxytherium Cuvieri from the Helvetian of Mallorca (54-59, 61, 64, pis. 16-17). Goncalves, Lopes 1904. The Amazon: historical, chorographical and sta tistical outline up to the year 1903.... First Edition. New York, Hugo J. Hanf, 1-117 (Portuguese text); 1-112 (Engl. text). Tabs. -Mention of "manatus americanus," 37 (Port, text), 34 (Engl. text). Statistics on production of manatee meat and mixira in the state of Amazo nas, Brazil, tabs. 1,6, 17, 18. x Gondim, Joaquim 1938. Etnografia indigena (estudos realizados em vdrias regioes do Amazonas, no periodo de 1921 a 1926). Volume I. Ceani (Brazil), Editora Fortaleza, 1-69. Illus. -The Pirahan tribe's name for the manatee is given on p. 12 a&pirdrien. Gonzlles, Anastasio Alfaro: SEE Alfaro Gonzales, Anasta- sio. Gonzales Bermudez, Fernando M.: SEE Sokolov, V.E. (ed.), 1986. Goodman, Morris: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990; De Jong et al.; Kleinschmidt et al., 1986; Miyamoto & Goodman, 1986; Shoshani et al. Goodwin, George G. 1942. Mammals of Honduras. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 79(2): 107-195. May 29, 1942. -Gen. acc. of T. manatus (187); no specimens from Honduras cited, x Goodwin, George G. 1946a. The end of the great northern sea cow. Nat. Hist. (New York), 55(2): 56-61. 5 figs. Feb. 1946. -Detailed pop. acc. of Bering's voyage, the Bering Island fauna, and the sea cow, with excerpts from Steller's account. The artist's rendition of Hydrodamalis, though inaccurate in other respects, at least has the unusual merit of showing the forelimb as hook-shaped rather than flipperlike, x Goodwin, George G. 1946b. Mammals of Costa Rica. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 87(5): 271-473. 50 figs. PI. 17. 1 map. Dec. 31, 1946. -Gen. acc. of sirs, and T. manatus, citing Costa Rican records from Frantzius (444-445). Goodwin, George G. 1949. Whales, porpoises and sea cows. Part II. Toothed whales, porpoises, and sea cows or manatees. Audubon Nature Bull, Ser. 19, No. 10: 1-4. 6 figs. -Manatee, 4. Goodwin, H.A.; & Goodwin, J.M. 1973. List of mammals which have become extinct or are possibly extinct since 1600. IUCNOccas.Pap.,%: 1-21. Goodwin, J.M.: SEE Goodwin, H.A., & Goodwin, J.M., 1973. Goodwin, R.; & Thompson, P. 1991. Florida takes steps to make its waterways safer for manatees and boaters. Florida Nat., 64(3): 11-12. Illus. Gopalakrishnan, V: SEE Jhingran & Gopalakrishnan, 1974. Gordon, Bernard: SEE Gordon, Esther, & Gordon, Bernard, 1977. NUMBER 80 135 Gordon, Esther, & Gordon, Bernard 1977. Once there was a giant sea cow. Henry Z. Walck. -Children's book on Hydrodamalis. Gorgas, M. 1971. Der zoologische Garten von Rangun. Zs. KolnerZoo, 14(1): 25-32. ?Engl. summ. Gorry, J.D. 1963. Studies in the comparative anatomy of the gan glion basale of Meynert (Mammalia). Acta Anat., 55(1-2): 51-104. -Compares 35 species, including sirs. Gosse, Philip Henry 1860-1861. The romance of natural history. Ser. 1 &2. London. -Many eds., 1841-1903. x Gosse, Philip Henry; & Hill, Richard 1851. A naturalist's sojourn in Jamaica. London, Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans, [v]-xxiv + 508. Frontisp. 7 pis. -Observations of manatees in Jamaica (341-346, 348-349) and Haiti (346-347), with measure ments, details of appearance, and past prices in Jamaican meat markets. Quotes Purchas on a tame manatee once kept by natives of Hispaniola (347-348). Goto, Doji: SEE Kaneko & Goto, 1992. Goto, Hidehiko: SEE Kimura, Sato, & Goto, 1978. D Goto, Masatoshi; & Kuga, Naoyuki 1984. Fossil elasmobranchs occurred with desmostylians in Japan. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 45-49. 1 tab. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Gottlieb, Hedwig 1914. Die Antiklinie der Wirbelsaule der Saugetiere. Morph. Jahrb., 49: 179-220. 2 figs. Pis. 8-11. -Sirs., 190, 210. Gould, John 1863. The mammals of Australia. London, printed for the author by Taylor & Francis (3 vols. + atlas, 1845-1863). -Dugongs, 1: xxxix-xxxx. Graef, Walter: SEE Ebner & Graef, 1977. Graham, Bob: SEE Appendix 1: Florida Conservation News, Nov. 1979. Graham, Frank, Jr. 1979. A new hand in wildlife business. Audubon, 81(3): 94-113. May 1979. -Mention of T. manatus. x Graham, Samuel Cecil 1909. Captive sea cow and 'gator. Forest & Stream, 72(11): 413. 2 figs. Mar. 13, 1909. -Pop. acc. of a manatee kept by Mr. S. Hendry in a private garden at Indian River, Florida; mentions high manatee mortality "in the unprecedented cold" of Dec. 1894-Feb. 1895. Grainger, D. 1978. Animals in peril. A guide to the endangered animals of Canada and the United States. Toronto, Pagurian Press Ltd., 1-192. Illus. Grandidier, Alfred; & Grandidier, Guillaume 1928. Histoire, physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar. Tome 4. Ethnographie de Madagas car. Paris, Impr. Nationale, 4 vols. -Sirs., 4: 245, fh. 1. Grandstaff, Barbara Smith: SEE Gallagher et al., 1989. Grant, C.W 1840. Memoir to illustrate a geological map of Cutch. Trans. Geol. Soc London, (2)5(2): 289-326. Pis. 20-26. -?Reprinted: Madras Jour. Lit. Sci., 12: 309- 371? Reports sir. rib fragments, probably from rocks of the Chattian-Aquitanian Aida Stage. According to Sahni & Mishra (1975: 35), this was the first record of fossil sirs, in India. Gratiolet, L. 1901. Note sur les lamantins du Niger. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), 1901(6): 248-250. Grauwiler, Jules 1965. Herz und Kreislauf der Saugetiere. Basel, Birkhauser Verlag, 1-191. Illus. Graves, Brent M.: SEE Mackay-Sim et al., 1985. Gray, F.; & Zann, Leon (eds.) 1988. Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work shop Ser., No. 8: x + 196. Illus. -Includes an Executive Summary; 14 papers (7 of which, by A. Smith, Davis, Bradley, Prince, Marsh, Baldwin, and G. Anderson, respectively, are cited in this bibliography); and excerpts compiled by the eds. from oral presentations and discussions by Aboriginal and Islander represen tatives (42-53). These latter excerpts include numerous interesting items of dugong lore. Con cludes with recommendations, summary, and list of participants (188-196). Gray, Jane 1988. Evolution of the freshwater ecosystem: the fossil record. 136 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclim. PalaeoecoL, 62(1-4): 1-214. Jan. 1988. x Gray, John Edward 1821. On the natural arrangement of vertebrose animals. London Med. Reposit., 15(88): 296-310. Apr. 1, 1821?[/ta?Husar] -Includes and diagnoses, in his classification of the Class Cetaceae, Order Herbivorae (309), the families Manatidae (new family, comprising Ma natus or Trichechus Manatus) and Dugongidae (new family, comprising Dugongidus [new genus] or Trichechus Dugong). x Gray, John Edward 1825. An outline of an attempt at the disposition of Mammalia into tribes and families, with a list of the genera apparently appertaining to each tribe. Ann. Philos., 26 (= n.s. 10), (5): 337-344. Nov. 1825. ?Tentatively includes in the Order Cetae the Family Manatidae with genus Manatus (340, 344), and the (new) Family Halicoridae with genera Halicora (sic) and Stellerus (341, 344). Gray, John Edward 1827. Mammalia. In: E. Griffith (ed.), The animal kingdom with its organization by the Baron Cuvier. London, G.B. Whittaker. -Dugong, 379-386. Gray, John Edward 1830-1835. Illustrations of Indian zoology; chiefly selected from the collection of Major-General Hardwicke. London, Treuttel, Wurtz, Treuttel, Jun. & Richter, 2 vols. 202 pis. -Depicts Halicore dugung, 2: pi. 23. Gray, John Edward 1850. Catalogue of the specimens of Mammalia in the collection of the British Museum. Part I. Cetacea. London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., xii + 153. 8 pis. -Sirs., 139-144. Gray, John Edward 1857. Observations on the species of the genus Manatus. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 25: 59-61. Read Apr. 28, 1857. Gray, John Edward 1861. Zoological notes on perusing Mr. Du Chaillu's "Adventures in Equatorial Africa." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)8: 60-65. July 1861. Gray, John Edward 1862. Observations on Mr. Du Chaillu's paper on "The new species of mammals" discovered by him in western Equatorial Africa. Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1861(3): 273-278. Apr. 1862. Gray, John Edward 1864. On the Cetacea which have been observed in the seas surrounding the British Isles. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1864(2): 195-248. 24 figs. Nov. 1864 (read May 24, 1864). -Agrees that Stewart's (1801) animal was a manatee (247-248). x Gray, John Edward 1865. On the species of manatees (Manatus), and on the difficulty of distinguishing such species by oste- ological characters. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3)15(86): 130-139. Feb. 1865. -Reviews in detail the osteological material described by earlier authors, and concludes from study of the available samples that M. senegalen sis and M. americanus are distinct and the only species existing in West Africa and the Caribbean, respectively. Gray, John Edward 1866. Catalogue of seals and whales in the British Museum. Ed. 2. London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., viii + 402.101 figs. -Sirs., 356-366. Gray, WB. 1960. Creatures of the sea. New York, Wilfred Funk Inc., 1-216. -Capture of a Florida manatee for exhibition (24-27, 156-165, 202-209). Grayson, Stephen: SEE Elias et al., 1987. D Green, H.L.H.H. 1937. The development and morphology of the teeth of Ornithorhynchus. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc London (B), 228: 367-420. 14 figs. 18 pis. Greene, H. Gary: SEE Addicott & Greene, 1974. Greenwell, J. Richard: SEE ALSO Wagner et al., 1983. x Greenwell, J. Richard 1985. The ri: zoology and folklore (response to Sibert, Ellis, and Britton). Cryptozoology, 3: 151-154. Apr. 1985. -Responds to comments on the "ri" of New Ireland, leaning toward its identification as Neo- phocaena or some other small cetacean. Also discusses the possible sir. or cetacean origins of mermaid legends. x Greenwell, J. Richard 1987. Ri-evaluation (comment on Williams [1986]). Cryptozoology, 5: 140-144. Apr. 1987. -Reviews the history of the controversy over the "ri" of New Ireland, and praises the study of T.R. NUMBER 80 137 Williams (1986) as "the first time that a mythified animal such as a 'mermaid' has been located first-hand and identified zoologically"?in this case, as a dugong. x Gregory, Joseph T. 1941. The rostrum of Felsinotherium ossivalense. Geol Surv. Florida Geol Bull, No. 22: 27-47. 2 figs. 2 pis. -Describes a previously lost partial skull from Bone Valley, Florida, photographs of which had been published by Simpson (1932a: 452, fig. 12). Gregory, William King 1910. The orders of mammals. Bull Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 27: 1-524. 32 figs. Feb. 1910. -Revs.: Nature (London), 84: 216?; Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)30: 88? Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 16(3): 50. Sirs., 78, 82, 406-409, 423, 430, 452. Gregory, William King 1920. Studies in comparative myology and osteology: No. IV?A review of the evolution of the lacrymal bone of vertebrates with special refer ence to that of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 42(2): 95-263. 3 tabs. 196 figs. PI. 17. Dec. 4, 1920. -Abstr.: Sci. Prog., 16: 213. Sirs., 184, 245. D Gregory, William King 1951. Evolution emerging: A survey of changing pat terns from primeval life to man. New York, Macmillan (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxvi + 736 (text); Vol. 2: viii + 1013 (illustrations). -Sirs., 1: 426-428; 2: 800-803. x Grekov, VI. 1958. Novye isvestiya o geograficheskom rasprostra- nenii vymershet morskoi korovy (Hydrodamalis stelleri). [New information on the geographic distribution of the extinct sea cow (Hydrodamalis stelleri).] Izvest. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Geogr., 1958(2): 95-100. 1 fig. -Discusses earlier studies of the topic, and quotes eighteenth-century testimony by Kul'kov and Shalaurov attesting to the presence of sea cows in the Near Islands and on the north coast of Siberia, respectively. Greve\ Carl A. 1897. Die geographische Verbreitung der jetzt lebenden Sirenia, nebst einer Ubersicht der ausgestorbenen Arten. Zool. Garten, 38(2): 51-60. Greve, Carl A. 1905. Was wir uber Stellers Seekuh wissen. Korresblt. Naturf. Ver. Riga, 48: 145-156. 4 figs. 1 map. -See also Anon. (1911). Grew, Nehemiah 1681. Musaeum Regalis Societatis. Or a catalogue & description of the natural and artificial rarities belonging to the Royal Society and preserved at Gresham Colledge.... Whereunto is subjoyned the comparative anatomy of stomachs and guts. London, printed for the author by W. Rawlins, 386 + 42.31 pis. -Allen 120. Sirs., etc., 81-103. Griffith, Edward; et al. 1827-1834. The animal kingdom arranged in confor mity with its organization, by the Baron Cuvier... with additional descriptions of all the species hitherto named, and of many not before noticed. London, Geo. B. Whittaker, 15 vols. Illus. -The Mammalia constitute vols. 1-4 (1827). Includes Manatus senegalensis. Grigorescu, Dan 1967. Asupra prezenfei unor fragmente scheletice de sirenide din Paleogenul de la Albesti-Muscel. (La presence de quelques fragments squelettiques de sireniens au Pal6ogene d'Albes.ti-Muscel.) Anal. Univ. Bucuresti, Ser. Stiint,. Nat. (GeoL- Geogr.), 16(1): 73-78. 2 pis. ' -In Romanian; French & Russian summs. Reports remains "cf. Halitherium" from Ypresian-lower Lutetian (Eocene) deposits in southeastern Roma nia. Grillet, Jean; & Bechamel, Francis 1698. Voyages and discoveries in South-America.... The third from Cayenne into Guiana, in search of the Lake of Parima, reputed the richest place in the world. By M. Grillet and Bechamel.... [pt. iii.] A journal of the travels of John Grillet, and Francis Bechamel into Gviana, in the year, 1674. In order to discover the great Lake of Parima and the many cities said to be situated on its banks, and reputed the richest in the world. London, Samuel Buckley, viii + 190 + 79 + 68 [= pt. iii]. 2 maps. -Allen 143. See also Acuna (1698). Harpooning and export of manatee, 63. x Grimwood, Ian R. 1968. Endangered mammals in Peru. Oryx, 9(6): 411-421. Pis. 8-10. Dec. 1968. -Summ. of Grimwood (1969). T. inunguis, 418. x Grimwood, Ian R. 1969. Notes on the distribution and status of some Peruvian mammals: 1968. Amer. Comm. Internatl. Wild Life Protect. & New York Zool. Soc, Spec. Publ, No. 21: 1-89. Illus. 138 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Summ.: Grimwood (1968). Describes the distri bution of T inunguis in Peru, noting its severe depletion by hunting and its persistence in the proposed Rio Samiria and Rio Pacaya preserves. Reports that two traders brought 10,000 kg of dried manatee meat from the Rio Putumayo in 1958 (61). Grinnell, S.W.: SEE Irving et al., 1941. Grive, J. 1964. Consid6r?e comme 6teinte au 18e siecle, la rhytine vivrait encore. Nature (Paris), No. 3348: 152-153. 1 fig. -Discusses the possible survival of Hydro damalis. Gromova, Vera Isaakovna 1950. Opredelitel' mlekopitayushchikh SSSR po ko- styam skeleta. Vypusk 1. Opredelitel' pokrupnym trubchatym kostyam. Tekst i al'bom risunkov. [Key to the mammals of the USSR based on skeletal bones. Issue 1. Key based on the large tubular bones. Text and album of drawings.] Tr. Kom. Izuch. Chetvertichn. Perioda, 9(1 A): 1-240 (text), 9(1B): 1-108 (album). ?Includes Hydrodamalis stelleri. Grube, E. 1873. Uber die pflanzenfressenden Cetaceen. 50. Jahresber. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Kult. (1872), 1873: 49-51. Grubel da Silva, Kleber: SEE ALSO Pinto de Lima et al., 1992a, 1992b. Grubel da Silva, Kleber; Paludo, Danielle; Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de; Pinto de Lima, Regis; & Soavinski, Ricardo Jose" 1992. Distribuicao e ocorrencia do peixe-boi marinho (Trichechus manatus) no estudrio do Rio Maman- guape, Paraiba?Brasil. Peixe-Boi, 1(1): 6-18. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Grubel da Silva, Kleber; Soavinski, Ricardo Jos6; Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de; & Kohler, Maria CMudia M. 1992. Alimenta9ao, crescimento e comportamento em cativeiro de um filhote 6rfao de peixe-boi marinho (Trichechus manatus, Linnaeus, 1758). Peixe-Boi, 1(1): 33-41. 2 tabs. Gruchet, H. 1973. La capture d'un dugong dans le canal de Mozam bique. Info-Nature, No. 9: 46-48. x Gruvel, A. 1903. Revision des Cirrhipedes appartenant a la collec tion du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle.... Oper- cul6s. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. (4)5: 95-170. 4 pis. -Describes a barnacle, "Chelonobia" [properly Chelonibia] manati, n.sp., from the skin of a Manatus senegalensis from the Congo (116-120, pis. 2, 4). Gruvel, A. 1921. Expose" d'un voeu pour la creation de reserves de tortues marines et dugongs sur les cotes de Madagascar. Commn. Soc. Nat. Acclimation France. Gruvel, A. 1922. Voeu pour la protection des tortues marines et des dugongs de Madagascar. Sur les longoustes et les langoustes et les huitres perlieres de Madagascar. Bull. Soc Nat. Acclimation France, No. 4: 74-76. Apr. 1922. Grzimek, Bernhard: SEE Thenius et al., 1987. Gudernatsch, J.F. 1908a. Zur Anatomie und Histologic des Verdauungs- traktes von Halicore Dugong Erxl I. Mund- hohle. Morph. Jahrb., 37(4): 586-613. 19 figs. PI. 14. Jan. 7, 1908. -Abstr.: Amer. Naturalist, 41(490): 665, 1907? x Gudernatsch, J.F. 1908b. Manatus latirostris Harl. Biologische und mor- phologische Beitrage. Zool Jahrb., Abt. Syst., 27(3): 225-236. 3 figs. PI. 9. -Describes the external anatomy, behavior, care, and pathology of Florida manatees kept at the New York Aquarium. Gudernatsch, J.F. 1909. Zur Anatomie und Histologic des Verdauungs- traktes der Sirenia. II. Die Zunge von Manatus latirostris Harl. Morph. Jahrb., 40: 184-194. 3 figs. 1 pi. Gutiin, Claude: SEE Prieur & Gutiin, 1991. Gutiin-Mtiieville, Ftiix-Edouard 1829-1844. lconographie du Regne Animal de G. Cuvier; ou reprisentation d'apres nature de I'une des especes les plus remarquables, et souvent non encore figuries, de chaque genre d animaux. Avec un text descriptif mis au courant de la science. Ouvrage pouvant servir d'atlas d tous les traitis de zoologie. Paris & London, J. B. Bailliere, 3 vols. + atlas. -Depicts Manatus americanus and Halicore du- gung, pi. 46. GueYin-M6neville, F61ix-Edouard 1841. [Remarks concerning de Blainville's report of a memoir by de Christol on Metaxytherium, etc.] Rev. Mag. Zool (Paris), 1841: 86-91. -See Blainville, H.M.D. de (1841). Guerrero, R.: SEE Fernandez Badillo et al., 1988. Guettard, Jean-Etienne 1768. Mimoires sur differentes parties des sciences et arts. Tome 1. NUMBER 80 139 Paris, L. Prault, cxxvi + 439. Pis. -Discusses a fossil "vache marine" (7, pis. 6, 8), later dubbed Manatus guettardi by de Blainville (1844) (= Halitherium schinzii). x Guimaraes, Joao Joaquim da Silva 1854. Diccionario da lingua geral dos Indios do Brasil, .... Bahia, Typ. de Camillo de Lellis Masson & Ca.: [v] + 59. -Name for the manatee in lingua geral given on p. 45: { "Peixe boi, Goaraba."} Guise, R.E. 1899. On the tribes inhabiting the mouth of the Wanigela River, New Guinea. Jour. Anthrop. Inst. Great Britain & Ireland, 28(= n.s. 1): 205-219. Read [by TV Holmes] Nov. 8, 1898. Gulliver, G. 1878. Measurements of the red blood corpuscles of the American manatee (M. latirostris) and Beluga leucas. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)2: 172-174. Gumilla, Joseph 1745. El Orinoco ilustrado, y defendido, historia natu ral, civil, y geographica de este gran rio, y de sus caudolosas vertientes: govierno, usos, y costum- bres de los Indios sus habitadores, con neuvas, y utiles noticias de animales, arboles, frutos, aceytes, refinas, yervas, y raices medicinales; y sobre todo, se hallardn convetsiones muy singu lar es a N. Santa Fi, y casos de mucha edifica- cion.... Segunda impresion, revista y augmentada por su mismo autor, y dividida en dos partes. Madrid, Manuel Fernandez (2 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-403. Pis. 1 map. -Allen 231. Various later eds. Manati, 1, chap. 21: 225-228 or 319-327?, pi. 2. Gives an interesting description of the morphology, behavior, and hunting of Trichechus manatus in the Orinoco region. Gumilla's account is particularly notewor thy for his eyewitness observation of a female manatee with twin fetuses; this was the first, and for over two centuries the only, evidence of twinning in sirenians. Gumilla, Joseph 1758. Histoire naturelle, civile et geographique de L'Orenoque. Et des principales riviires qui s'y jettent. Dans laquelle on traite du gouvernement, des usages & des cofitumes des Indiens qui I'habitent, des animaux, des arbres des fruits, des resines, des herbes & des racines midicinales qui naissent dans le pais. On y a joint le ditail de plusieurs conversions remarquables & idifian- tes.... Traduite de I'Espagnol sur la seconde edition, par M. Eidous.... Avignon, Veuve de F. Girard; Marseille, D. SibieS & Jean Mossi (3 vols.). -Allen 278. Transl. of Gumilla (1745). Manati, 2, chap. 21:43-55. Gumilla, Joseph 1791. Historia natural, civil y geografica de las naciones situadas en las riveras del Rio Orinoco.... Nueva impresion: mucho mas correcta que las anteri- ores, y adornada con ocho Idminas finas, que manifiestan las costumbres y ritos de aquellos Americanos. Corregido por el P. Ignacio Ob- regdn.... Barcelona, Impr. de Carlos Gibert y Tut6 (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xvi + 360. Pis. 1 map. Vol. 2: 1-352. -Allen 416. Manati, 1, chap. 21: 281-289. Gundlach, Juan 1866. Revista y catalogo de los mamiferos cubanos. Repert. Fisico-nat. de Cuba, 2(2): 56. Gundlach, Juan 1877. Contribucion a la mamalogia Cubana. Havana, Impr. G. Montiel y Comp., 1-53. -Also publ. in Ann. Real Acad. Cienc. Mid. Fis. Nat. Habana, 1877. Engl, transl.: Gundlach (1895). Mention of Manatus, 49-50. x Gundlach, Juan 1895. Notes on Cuban mammals. Abstr. Proc Linn. Soc. New York, No. 7: 13-20. -Abridged transl. of Gundlach (1877). P. 20: {"I have not observed or seen the maritime mammals. There have been observed:... 2. Manatus -Manati; lives in different localities."} x Gunter, Gordon 1941a. Occurrence of the manatee in the United States, with records from Texas. Jour. Mamm., 22(1): 60-64. Feb. 14, 1941. -Reviews miscellaneous records of manatees from Texas, Louisiana, and northern Mexico, and comments on their tooth-row structure, bone density, temperature tolerance, and distribution. Concludes that manatees in Texas are strays from Mexico and that a temperature barrier prevents a northward extension of their range. x Gunter, Gordon 1941b. The manatee, a rare Texas mammal. Proc. Texas Acad. Sci., 24: 12-13. -Essentially an abstr. of Gunter (1941a). x Gunter, Gordon 1942. Further miscellaneous notes on American mana tees. Jour. Mamm., 23(1): 89-90. Feb. 14, 1942. -Discusses specimens from Texas, Florida, and elsewhere, and their temperature tolerance and distribution. Gunter, Gordon 1944. Texas manatees. 140 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Texas Game & Fish., 2(9): 9, 11. Aug. 1944. x Gunter, Gordon 1954. Mammals of the Gulf of Mexico. In: PS. Galtsoff (coordinator), Gulf of Mexico, its origin, waters, and marine life. Fishery Bull. Fish & Wildl. Serv., Vol. 55 (= Fishery Bull, 89): 543-551. -Account of the distribution and habits of T. manatus (543-545). Includes an excerpt from an unpubl. MS. by CM. Scammon on two captive Florida manatees observed at Key West in 1880 (544-545). x Gunter, Gordon; & Corcoran, Gerald 1981. Mississippi manatees. Gulf Res. Rept., 7(1): 97-99. -Argues against recognition of the separate subspecies T. m. manatus and T. m. latirostris; summarizes manatee records on the northern Gulf Coast and reports new Mississippi occurrences in 1979 and 1980 (the first reports from this state). x Gunter, Gordon; & Perry, Allison 1983. A 1981 sighting of Trichechus manatus in Mississippi. Jour. Mamm., 64(3): 513. Aug. 18, 1983. -Reports a manatee caught in a shrimp trawl in the Mississippi Sound on Dec. 3, 1981. Gupta, A.N.: SEE Sharma & Gupta, 1971. x Gut, H. James 1939. Hitherto unrecorded vertebrate fossil localities in south-central Florida. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci., 1938(3): 50-53. -Lists "Trichechus sp." from the following Pleistocene localities: Sanford and the Wekiva River, Seminole County; Seminole Springs, Lake County; and Rock Springs, Orange County. Guyana, National Science Research Council: SEE Anony mous, 1973a, 1974c. Gyorffyn6-Mottl, Maria: SEE Mottl, Maria von. H Hackley, Richard S. 1822. Titles and legal opinions thereon, of lands in East Florida belonging to Richard S. Hackley, Esq Brooklyne (New York), G.L. Birch. -Sirs., 100. Haddad, Kenneth D.: SEE Reynolds & Haddad, 1990; Weigle & Haddad, 1990. Haddon, Alfred Cort 1890. The ethnography of the Western Tribe of Torres Straits. Jour. Anthrop. Inst., 19: 297. -Illustrates Mabuiag and Badu women with dugong totems cut into their backs. Haddon, Alfred Cort (ed.) 1901-1935. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press (6 vols, in 7). -Repr.: New York, Johnson Repr. Corp., 1971. Sirs., vols. 4-6 (1912, 1904, 1908, respectively). Haddon, Alfred Cort 1932. Headhunters: black, white, and brown. London, Watts & Co. (The Thinker's Library No. 26; abridged ed.), 1-244. Illus. -Clan on Mabuiag Is., Torres Straits, named after the dugong (74-77); dugong and turtle fishing (148-157). Haddon, Alfred Cort 1977. The decorative art of British New Guinea. New York, AMS Press, 1-278. -Reprint of 1894 ed. Dugong, 22, 27, 28. Haeckel, Ernst 1866. Generelle Morphologie der Organismen. Allge- meine Grundzuge der organischen Formen- Wissenschaft, mechanisch begrixndet durch die von Charles Darwin reformierte Deszendenz- Theorie. II. Allgemeine Entwicklungsgeschichte der Organismen. Kritische Grundzuge der mechanischen Wissenschaft von den entstehenden Formen der Organismen, begriindet durch die Deszendenz-Theorie. Berlin, clx + 462. 9 pis. -Sirs., vol. 2, tab. 8. Haeckel, Ernst 1868. Naturliche Schopfungsgeschichte. Berlin, G. Reimer, xvi + 568. Illus. -First ed. Engl, ed., 1876; ed. 10, 1902. Sirs., 545, 556? Haeckel, Ernst 1895. Systematische Phylogenie der Wirbelthiere (Verte brata). Dritter Theil des Entwurfs einer systema tischen Phylogenie. Berlin: xx + 660. -Sirs., 567. Haffner, Konstantin von 1957a. Konstruktion und Eigenschaft der Haut der vor 188 Jahren ausgerotteten Steller'schen Seekuh (Rhytina stelleri Retz.). Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 1956 (Zool. Anz. Supplementband 20): 312-316. 2 figs. Haffner, Konstantin von 1957b. Bau, Eigenschaften und ehemalige Verwendung der Haut der seit 1768 ausgerotteten Steller'schen Seekuh (Rhytina stelleri Retz.). Mitt. Hamburg Zool. Mus. Inst., 55: 107-136. 1 tab. 18 figs. 3 pis. Sep. 1957. Hagen, Victor W von 1940. The Mosquito Coast of Honduras and its inhabi tants. Geogr. Review, 30: 238-259. Hagey, L.R.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Hagmann, Gottfried: SEE Goeldi & Hagmann, 1904. Hahn, Eduard 1896. Die Haustiere und ihre Beziehungen zur Wirt- schaft des Menschen. Eine geographische Studie. Leipzig, Duncker & Humblot, x + 581. 1 map. -Sirs., 24-25. x Haigh, M.D. 1991. The use of manatees for the control of aquatic weeds in Guyana. Irrigation & Drainage Systems, 5(4): 339-349. 1 tab. 1 fig. 2 pis. -Summarizes the experience gained in Guyana and recommends guidelines for manatee use in countries with similar conditions. Recommends in particular a population density between 0.5 and 1.4 manatees per hectare of water surface in turbid water, depending on whether they are used for maintenance or initial clearing of the waterway, respectively. Haimendorff, Christoph Fiihrer von: SEE Fiihrer von Haimendorff, Christoph. Hale, Herbert M.; & Tindale, Norman B. 1934. Aborigines of Princess Charlotte Bay, North Queensland. Part II. 141 142 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Recs. South Austral. Mus., 5(2): 117-172. Figs. 140-250. -Rock paintings of ?dugongs, 149, 150, 152-153; vernacular names, 162; dugong skulls, 127. Hale, Wendy: SEE Delaney et al., 1985. Haley, Delphine 1978a. Steller sea cow. In: D. Haley (ed.), Marine mammals of eastern North Pacific and Arctic waters. Seattle, Pacific Search Press (256 pp.), 236-241. 3 figs. -Ed. 2, 1986 (296 pp.), 264-269 (text updated with mention of a skeleton found in 1983). Haley, Delphine 1978b. Saga of Steller's sea cow. Nat. Hist. (New York), 87(9): 9-17. 6 figs. Nov. 1978. -Adapted from Haley (1978a). x Haley, Delphine 1980. The great northern sea cow: Steller's gentle siren. Oceans, 13(5): 7-11. 7 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1980. -Pop. acc. of Hydrodamalis gigas and its evolu tion, with a new reconstruction of the animal by Dugald Stermer and D. Domning. x Hall, Alice J. 1984. Man and manatee: can we live together? Natl. Geogr. Mag., 166(3): 400-413. Cover photo + 15 figs. Sep. 1984. -Portfolio of excellent underwater photos of manatees at Crystal River and Blue Spring, Florida. Hall, B.K.: SEE Miyake et al., 1992. D Hall, CA.,Jr. 1958. Geology and paleontology of the Pleasanton area, Alameda and Contra Costa Counties, California. Univ. Calif. Publ Geol. Sci., 34: 1-90. Hall, Carlton R.: SEE Provancha & Hall, 1991. Hall, E. Raymond; & Dalquest, Walter W. 1963. The mammals of Veracruz. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 14(4): 167-363. -Sirs., 348-349. x Hall, E.S., Jr. 1971. Kangiguksuk?a cultural reconstruction of a six teenth century Eskimo site in northern Alaska. Arctic Anthropology, 8(1): 1-101. -Reports a rib identified as that of "Steller's sea cow," with man-made cuts and gashes, found in a living site together with fossil mammoth and bison fragments (23, 34, 52). The site is well north of Bering Strait. See also Whitmore & Gard (1977). D Halstead, L. Beverly 1985. On the posture of desmostylians: a discussion of Inuzuka's "herpetiform mammals." Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol, 10(2): 137-144. 4 figs. Sep. 1985. -Japanese transl.: Jour. Fossil Research, 18(2): 65-68, illus., Dec. 1985. Hamann, Richard: SEE ALSO Gluckman & Hamann, 1983. x Hamann, Richard 1983a. Legal review regarding construction of marinas and docks and dredge and fill in manatee habitat and adjacent wetlands. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 185-232. 7 figs. Dec. 1983. -Discusses the potential effects on manatees of construction and dredging, and the relevant powers and responsibilities of local, state, and federal governments in Florida, and makes recom mendations for improving manatee protection, especially in the Crystal River area, x Hamann, Richard 1983b. Legal review regarding water demands influenc ing flow of springs that are winter refuges for manatees. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed re search/management plan for Crystal River mana tees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 302-309. Dec. 1983. -Reviews Florida statutes regarding groundwater resources, and recommends regulatory actions to protect the flow of springs feeding Crystal River, x Hamann, Richard 1983c. Protection afforded manatees and their habitat by the Endangered Species Act and the Marine Mammal Protection Act. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 310-316. Dec. 1983. -Analyzes the provisions of these two federal acts that are relevant to Florida manatees, and dis cusses the meaning and implications of the term "take" in these acts. Hamidun, Mukhtar Walid 1952. Pricis sur la Mauritanie. Saint Louis (Senegal), Inst. Fondam. Afr. Noire. -Sirs., 36, 37. Hamilton, R.: SEE McCabe et al., 1978. Hamilton, Robert 1833. The natural history of the amphibious Carnivora, including the walrus and seals, also of the NUMBER 80 143 herbivorous Cetacea, &c ?Edinburgh, ?W.H. Lizars: 1-336. Figs. 31 pis. -Later eds.: Vol. 28 in W Jardine, The natural ist's library, Edinburgh, WH. Lizars, 1839; Vol. 6 in 1837 (also 1843?) ed. of same series, Edinburgh, Lizars; London, S. Highley; Dublin, W. Curry, Jun., & Co.; Vol. 25 in 1860 ed. of same series, London, Henry G. Bohn. Sirs., 284-312; female "manatee" and calf stranded near Dieppe, 298. Sir. material on pp. 300-306 of 1860 ed.; includes pi. 27 showing "Dugungus indicus." Hamilton, W.R.: SEE Savage & Hamilton, 1973. x Hamilton, William John, Jr. 1941. Notes on some mammals of Lee County, Florida. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 25(3): 686-691. 1 fig. May 1941. -Reports an additional manatee that was killed in the 1940 freeze described by Cahn (1940); discusses tooth replacement and possible seasonal migrations and breeding. Another "natural" death is reported but not further elaborated on (687, 690-691). Hamilton's obituary in Jour. Mamm., 73(3): 693-706, Aug. 21, 1992, adds that the manatee skull collected by his wife and illustrated here was removed from the decomposing carcass "while bobbing around in a small boat in the middle of the Caloosahatchee River" (695). Hammond, D.: SEE Allen et al., 1976. Hanif, M.; & Poonai, N.O. 1968. Wildlife conservation in Guyana. Man & Nature Series (Coconut Grove, Florida, Field Res. Projects), No. 8. -Describes T. manatus and hunting for its meat, x Hanitsch, R. 1908. Guide to the zoological collections of the Raffles Museum, Singapore. Singapore, Straits Times Press, Ltd., 1-112. 21 pis. -Brief account of sirs, and of a "duyong" captured in North Borneo in 1895 and kept alive at the Museum for several weeks (13). This may have been the first recorded dugong kept in captivity. Hanna, George Dallas: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1926. xD Hanna, George Dallas 1925. Miocene marine vertebrates in Kern County, California. Science, (2)61(1568): 71-72. Jan. 16, 1925. -P. 72: ("These [bones from Sharktooth Hill] are of many groups of vertebrates, sirenians and perhaps walruses being represented in addition to those mentioned above."} These "sirenians" were certainly desmostylians. xD Hanna, George Dallas 1930. Geology of Shark-tooth Hill, Kern County, Cali fornia. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)19(7): 65-83. 3 figs. Jul. 15, 1930. -P. 70: {"These [specimens from Sharktooth Hill] consisted of bones of dophins [sic], porpoises, seals, sea lions, whales and sea cows."} The "sea cows" in this statement (based on a letter of Mr. Charles Morrice, Dec. 10, 1929) were Desmosty lus. xD Hanna, George Dallas 1933. Desmostylus tooth dredged in Monterey Bay. [Abstr.] Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 43: 291. -P. 291: {{"Messrs. Allyn G. Smith, John L. Nicholson and the writer did some dredging in Monterey Bay during the summer of 1930 and among other interesting objects obtained there was found a fragment of a cone of a Desmostylus tooth. The significance of the occurrence at this locality is discussed."}} Hanneberg, Peter 1984. Seychelles: refuge for a threatened nature. Fauna Flora (Stockholm), 79(6): 261-272. -In Swedish; Engl. summ. xD Hannibal, Harold 1922. Notes on Tertiary sirenians of the genus Desmo stylus. Jour. Mamm., 3(4): 238-240. 2 pis. Nov. 2, 1922. -Briefly reviews the species of Desmostylus, and proposes the name D. cymatias for Merriam's (1906, 1911) specimens. x Hanson, Frank Blair 1919. The ontogeny and phylogeny of the sternum. Amer. Jour. Anat., 26(1): 41-115. 49 figs, in 12 pis. Sep. 1919. -Remarks on the ribs and sternum of Manatus americanus (81, 111, fig. 40). Hanstrom, B. 1965. Wulzen's cone, a capriciously occurring lobe in the mammalian hypophysis. Acta Univ. Lund., (2)1965(11): 1-15. 11 figs. -Describes the structure in Trichechus manatus latirostris. xD Hanzawa, Shoshiro; Asano, Kiyoshi; & Takai, Fuyuji 1961. Catalogue of type-specimens of fossils in Japan. Pal. Soc. Japan 25th Anniv. Vol.: vii + 422. Feb. 15, 1961. -Lists (355) the localities and locations of the types of Cornwallius tabatai Tokunaga, 1939; Desmostylella typica Nagao, 1937; Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga & Iwasaki, 1914; D. minor Nagao, 1937; D. mirabilis Nagao, 1935; andD. cf. 144 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY mirabilis, Nagao, 1936. x Harlan, Happold, D.CD. 1825b. 1973. The distribution of large mammals in West Africa. Mammalia, 37(1): 88-93. Happold, D.CD. 1975. Large mammals of West Africa. London, Longman Group Ltd. Hara, Motonobu: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Harcourt, Robert 1613. A relation of a voyage to Gviana. Describing the climat, scituation, fertilitie, prouisions and com modities of that country, containing seuen prouin- ces, and other signiories within that territory: together, with the manners, customes, behauiors, and dispositions of the people. London, WWelby, 8 + 71. -Other eds.: London, 1626, 1928; Dutch transl., Harlan, Leiden, 1707, 71710. Manatee, p. 13 in 1707 ed. 1834. (entitled Scheeps-togt na Gujana, gedaan in 't Jaarl608....). Hardisky, M. 1979. Marsh habitat development: A feasible alternative to dredged material disposal. Georgia Coastline, 1(16): 5-6. Harkness, D.R.: SEE White et al., 1976, 1977. Harlan, C.F.: SEE Quiring & Harlan, 1953. x Harlan, Richard Harlan, 1824. On a species of lamantin resembling the Manatus 1835. Senegalensis (Cuvier) inhabiting the coast of East Florida. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3(2): 390- 394. PI. 13. May 1824 (read Mar. 30, 1824). -Allen 643. Abstrs.: Edinb. Jour. Sci., 2: 186, 1825 (Allen 658); A.G. Desmarest, Firussac's Bull. Sci. Nat., 4: 106-108, 1825 (Allen 656). ?Repr.: Harlan (1835: 68-71). On the basis of x Harling "two skulls, two ribs, and a strip of skin," 1993. provisionally proposes the name Manatus latiros tris for the Florida manatee, in case external differences should be found sufficient to separate it from M. senegalensis! Harlan's specimens were collected by a Dr. Burrows (or Burroughs; see Harney K.F. Koopman, 1976) "on the Coast of East 1946. Florida, in the year 1822." Harlan also quotes from Burrows a few lines of information "ob tained from the natives" concerning the manatee (392). x Harlan, Richard Harper, 1825a. Fauna Americana: being a description of the x Harper, mammiferous animals inhabiting North America. 1978. Philadelphia, Anthony Finley, x + 11-320. -Allen 659. A revised version appeared in Harlan (1835: 78-83?). Describes Manatus latirostris and Stellerus borealis (274-281). Richard , Notice of the Plesiosaurus and other fossil reliquiae, from the State of New Jersey. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 4: 232-236. PI. 14. Read Sep. 7, 1824. -P. 236: {"There is also deposited in the Cabinet of the Academy, from the western shore of Maryland, a cervical and a caudal vertebra of a gigantic species of fossil Manatus; the vertical diameter of the former is nine inches and a half; the transverse diameter eleven inches. A fossil rib of the Manatus, was also discovered by Mr. Finch, at the same locality."} These remains were the basis for "Manatus giganteus" DeKay, 1842; however, at least the vertebrae were cetacean rather than sirenian (see Kellogg, 1966: 66). Richard Critical notices of various organic remains hitherto discovered in North America. Trans. Geol. Soc. Pennsylvania, 1(1): 46-112. Aug. 1834. -Allen 820. Repr.: Harlan (1835: 253-313). ?Abstr. in James. Edinb. N. Phil. Jour., 17: 342-362, 1834? Abstr.: Neues Jahrb. Min., 1836: 99-109 (Allen 896; in German; Manatus, 104). Mention of Manatus, 73 (278 in 1835 repr.). Richard Medical and physical researches: or original memoirs in medicine, surgery, physiology, geol ogy, zoology, and comparative anatomy. Philadelphia, printed by Lydia R. Bailey, xxxix + 9-653. 160 figs. -Allen 852. Reprints Harlan's earlier works, including the following: 1824 (68-71), 1825a (78-83; revised), 1834 (253-313) (382-385?). , Richard Siren sex life: how a dugong impresses. BBC Wildlife, 11(12): 10-11. 1 fig. Dec. 1993. -Brief pop. acc. of Paul Anderson's discovery of lekking behavior among dugongs at Shark Bay, Australia. , William Edward North of 23 degrees; ramblings in Northern Australia. Sydney, Australasian Publ. Co., 1-265. Illus. -Describes a traditional dugong hunt in the Sir Edward Pellew Group, Australia (161-163). Francis: SEE Bartram, J., 1942. Harry Hefty manatees tagged, freed?but reluctant. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 13(12): 12. 3 figs. Sep. 1978. -Pop. acc. of the release at Merritt Island Wildlife Refuge of two captive Florida manatees from NUMBER 80 145 Marineland, St. Augustine, Florida, x Harper, Harry 1979. In search of mermaids: Charles Kuralt, "On the Road," at Blue Spring. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 14(6): 16. 3 figs. Mar. 1979. -Pop. acc. of the making of a videotape of manatees at Blue Spring, Florida, for a national newscast. Harper, Harry 1980. Except for boats and barges: overall manatee deaths decline. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(5): 2. 3 tabs. Feb. 1980. x Harris, Tony; & Bertram, William Halsey Ricardo 1977. Dugongs in Abu Dhabi waters. Bull. [Jour.?] Emirates Nat. Hist. Group (Abu Dhabi), No. 1: 5-6. Mar. 1977. -Gives data on dugongs brought to the Abu Dhabi market, Nov. 1976-Feb. 1977, and on the accidental netting of dugongs and use of their meat in the area. x Harris, Walt. K. 1912. The Australian dugong. The Lone Hand, July 1, 1912: 226-228. 1 fig. -Pop. acc. of netting and harpooning techniques, processing of oil and meat, and the medicinal value of these products in treating consumption, bums, etc. Harrison, J.: SEE Howes & Harrison, 1893. Harrison, John Leonard 1964. An introduction to the mammals ofSabah. Jesselton, Malaysia (Sabah Society), 1-244. 57 figs. Harrison, John Leonard 1966. An introduction to mammals of Singapore and Malaya. Singapore, Malayan Nature Soc., 1-340. Illus. -Dugong, 249-251. Harrison, Richard J. 1969a. Reproduction and reproductive organs. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York & London, Academic Press, 253-348. 19 figs. -Sirs., 336-342. Harrison, Richard J. 1969b. Endocrine organs: hypophysis, thyroid, and adre nal. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York & London, Academic Press, 349-390. 8 figs. -Sirs., 364-365, 381-382. Harrison, Richard J.; & King, Judith E. 1965. Marine mammals. New York, Hillary House Pubis.; London, Hutch inson & Co., 1-192. 12 figs. -Sirs., 151-184. Harrison, Richard J.; & Ridgway, Samuel H. 1976. Deep diving in mammals. Patterns Prog. (Zool. Ser.), 1: 1-51. 3 tabs. 15 figs. Harrison, Richard J.; & Tomlinson, J.D.W. 1964. Observations on diving seals and certain other mammals. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 13: 59-69. 4 figs, x Harrisson, Tom 1965. A future for Borneo's wildlife? Oryx, 8(2): 99-104. Pis. 9-13. Aug. 1965. -Status of the dugong in Borneo and Sabah reported as uncertain; it is still hunted and accidentally netted despite legal protection in Sabah (103). x Harry, Robert Rees 1956. "Eugenie" the dugong mermaid. Pacific Discovery, 9(1): 21-27. 5 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1956. -Account of the procurement of "Eugenie" in the Palau Islands for the Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco. Mentions that the dugong ate clams and sea cucumbers (22-24, 27). A postscript by the editor (Don Greame Kelley) describes its subsequent death from pneumonia and gangrene on Dec. 27, 1955 (27). Harry-Rofen, Robert Rees: SEE Harry, Robert Rees; Bayer & Harry-Rofen, 1957. x Hart, Henry Chichester 1888. By-paths of Bible knowledge. XI. Scripture natural history. II. The animals mentioned in the Bible. London, Religious Tract Soc, 1-240. Illus. -Discusses the identity of the tachash (25-27); favors its identification as the dugong (also mentioned on pp. 220 & 228). x Harting, J.E. 1878. The South American manatee in the Westminster Aquarium. Zoologist, (3)2(20): 285-287. Aug. 1878. -Gen. acc. of manatees and of the second "Manatus americanus" [= T manatus] brought alive to England. Harting, Paul 1878. Het ei en de placenta van Halicore dugong, met en overzicht van de placentavorming bij zoogdieren van verschillende orden. Proefschrift ter ver- krijging van den grad van doctor in de wis-en natuurkunde aan de Universiteit te Utrecht....Te verdedigen op Maandag 18 Februari 1878 Utrecht, P.W. Van de Weijer, 1-65. 2 pis. -Engl, abstr.: Jour. Anat. Phys., 13: 116-117, 146 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1879. French ?transl.: Harting (1879). Harting, Paul 1879. Description de l'oeuf et du placenta de Halicore dugong (dugung) suivie de considerations sur la valeur taxonomique et phylogenique des carac teres differentiels fournis par le placenta des mammiferes. Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver., 4: 1-29. 2 pis. -Transl. of Harting (1878)? Hartlaub, Clemens 1886a. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Manatus-Arien. Zool. Jahrb., I. Abt. Syst. Geogr. Biol Thiere, 1(1): 1-112. 13 figs. 4 pis. Apr. 1, 1886. -A landmark in sirenian osteology and systema tics, this work definitively established the exis tence of three and only three Recent manatee species (here termed Manatus senegalensis, M. latirostris, and M. inunguis). It also reviews their nomenclature, describes bone by bone the cranial anatomy of both adult and juvenile specimens, discusses manatee dentitions and tooth replace ment, and reviews the geographic distribution of the three species, x Hartlaub, Clemens 1886b. Ueber Manatherium delheidi, eine Sirene aus dem Oligocan Belgiens. Zool. Jahrb., 1: 369-378. 5 figs. -Describes the new genus and species Mana therium delheidi, based on fragments of a juvenile skull from the upper Rupelian (Oligocene) of Belgium; argues (erroneously) that it is closely related to Manatus. (It was referred to Halitherium schinzii by Sickenberg, 1934b.) Hartley, Wayne: SEE Appendix 1, Save the Manatee Club News. Hartman, Daniel Stanwood 1969. Florida's manatees, mermaids in peril. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 136(3): 342-353. 11 figs. Sep. 1969. -Gen. acc. of manatee behavior and natural history, illustrated with excellent color photos. A preliminary announcement of this article, with 1 photo, appeared in the advertisement section in the front of the Aug. 1968 issue (vol. 134, no. 2). Hartman, Daniel Stanwood 1971. Behavior and ecology of the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan), at Crys tal River, Citrus County. [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl B., 32(4): 2442. Oct. 1971. -Abstr. of a Ph.D. dissertation submitted to the Dept. of Conservation, Cornell University, in Jun. Hartman 1972a Hartman 1972b Hartman 1974a Hartman 1974b Hartman 1979 1971; eventually publ. in revised form as Hartman (1979). , Daniel Stanwood Manatees. Sierra Club Bull, 57(3): 20-22. Cover photo + 3 figs. Mar. 1972. -Pop. acc. of sirs, in general and of the status and biology of Florida manatees, with 3 color photos. The manatee photo on p. 21 was subsequently the basis of widely-used drawings and posters. , Daniel Stanwood Sea nymphs and elephants. Not Man Apart (publ. for Friends of the Earth & League of Conservation Voters), 2(12): 8. Cover photo + 1 fig. Dec. 1972. , Daniel Stanwood Distribution, status, and conservation of the manatee in the United States. NTIS Document No. PB 81-140725, v + 247. 38 figs. -The definitive compilation of manatee locality records in Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina for the period 1880-1973. Includes detailed maps showing manatee sightings by county; discussions of local and regional manatee movements in response to temperature, food, and fresh water availability, manatee diet, abundance, and legal status, and threats to manatee survival in Florida; and recommendations for new legislation and protected areas. , Daniel Stanwood Status survey of the manatee. World Wildlife Yearbook, 1973-74: 235-237. -Status of T manatus. , Daniel Stanwood Ecology and behavior of the manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Florida. Amer. Soc. Mammalogists Spec. Publ, No. 5: viii + 153. 11 tabs. 40 figs. Jun. 27, 1979. -Rev.: D.K. Odell, Assoc. Systematics Collections Newsletter, 8(2): 29, Apr. 1980; D.K. Odell, Amer. Scientist, 69: 458, 1981. The most compre hensive study of sir. behavior published to date; based mainly on observations of the Crystal River-Homosassa River population in northwest- em Florida, but including data from the St. Johns River and elsewhere in the state. Comprises physical and biological descriptions of the Crystal and Homosassa rivers, data on the manatee population, its movements, use of the habitat, daily activity, food habits, interspecific interac tions, all aspects of behavior, sensory capacities, population dynamics, and man-manatee relations. NUMBER 80 147 Concludes with a comparison of sir. and cetacean behavioral repertoires in relation to ecology and evolution. Hartman, J.E. 1969. Manatee: siren of the sea. Natl. Wildlife, 7(6): 38-39. Oct. 1969. x Hartmann, R. 1880. Uber einen jungen Dugong (Halicore cetacea Illig). Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1880(9): 156-159. Read Nov. 16, 1880. -Describes the external morphology of an alco hol-preserved 102-cm dugong calf, with special attention to the mouth region and with external measurements, x Hartt, Charles Frederick 1875. Amazonian tortoise myths. Rio de Janeiro, William Scully, [ii] + 40. -According to an Indian story, the stars a and (3 Orionis represent a man and a boy in a canoe chasing a manatee, represented by a nearby dark region of the sky (39). Hartt, Charles Frederick (= Carlos Frederico) 1885. Contribuicoes para a ethnologia do Valle do Amazonas. Arch. Mus. Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 6: 1-174. -Reports manatee bones from shell mounds about 30 miles east of Santar6m, Brazil (3, 10). Hartwig, Georg Ludwig 1892. The sea and its living wonders; a popular account of the marvels of the deep and of the progress of maritime discovery from the earliest ages to the present time. Ed. 8. London, Longmans, Green, & Co., xx + 524. 8 pis. 1 map. x Harwood, Kitty 1947. The sea cow is a tourist. Sports Afield, Nov. 1947: 50, 89. 1 fig. -Pop. acc. of capturing a female Florida manatee by harpoon for the Prins Valdemar Aquarium, which was housed in a beached ship at Miami. She was released about two weeks later because it was thought she was about to give birth. Hasegawa, A.: SEE Ohtomo et al., 1980. x Hasegawa, Hideo 1988. Paradujardinia halicoris (Owen, 1833) (Nema- toda: Ascarididae) collected from a dugong, Dugong dugon, of Okinawa, Japan. Biol. Mag. Okinawa, No. 26: 23-25. 1 fig. Aug. 10, 1988. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. The first record in Japanese waters of P. halicoris, taken from the stomach and small intestine of a dugong washed ashore in Okinawa on Jan. 4, 1988. D Hasegawa, Uto 1972. Adaptation to water and the evolution of the aquatic animals. Iden, 26(11): 2-9. Figs. Nov. 1972. -In Japanese. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu: SEE ALSO Kamiya et al., 1985; Kohno & Hasegawa, 1988; Oishi et al., 1990; Satoh et al., 1989; Shikama et al., 1973. xD Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1977. [The reconstruction of the phantom monster Desmostylus.] Anima (Tokyo), 1977(12)(57): 90-91. 11 figs. Dec. 1977. -In Japanese. Pop. acc. of reconstructions of the body forms of Desmostylus and Paleoparadoxia, illustrated by 11 artist's renderings. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1978. Problems concerning some Cenozoic terrestrial vertebrates from Japan; with comment by Y Okazaki. [Abstr.] Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 5: 159-160. Dec. 25, 1978. -In Japanese. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1980. Vertebrates from the Late Pleistocene-Holocene of the Ryukyu Islands. Quat. Res. (Jap. Assoc. Quat. Res.), 18(4): 263-267. Tabs. Feb. 1980. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Dugong. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1988. [Reconstruction of the skeleton of Paleopara doxia.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals]. Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 102-104. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Nohara, Tomohide 1982. Two large tusks of Dugong from Okinawa and Iriomote Islands, Ryukyu Islands. Sci. Rept. Yokohama Natl. Univ., Sect. II, Biol. Geol, No. 29: 29-32. 1 fig. 1 pi. Nov. 1982. Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Nokariya 1979. [Mammalian specimens from the Nagara Har- anishi shellmound.] Iko-mura Bunkazai Chosa Hokokusho [Iko Vil lage Cultural Assets Investigative Report], No. 8: 175-229. -In Japanese. Reports specimens of Dugong 148 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY dugon from an archeological site. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; Okazaki, Yoshihiko; Kuga, Naoyuki; & Kohno, Naoki 1988. [Comparison of mammal fossils in the Tomikusa Formation, Mizunami Formation, and Isshi For mation.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 15-17. 1 tab. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. D Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Tanaka, Hiroyuki 1987. [Desmostylus from Takasaki.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 44. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Hashimoto, Kazuo: SEE Satoh et al., 1989. Hassall, Albert: SEE Stiles & Hassall, 1899. Haswell, W.A.: SEE Parker & Haswell, 1897. D Hatai, Kotora 1960. Japanese Miocene reconsidered. 5c/. Rept. Tohoku Univ. (Sendai), Ser. 2, Special Vol.4: 127-153. x Hatt, Robert T 1934. A manatee collected by the American Museum Congo Expedition, with observations on the Recent manatees. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 66(4): 533-566. 2 figs. PI. 27. Sep. 10, 1934. -Review of the nomenclature of manatees, com parison of skeletal features and variation of the species and subspecies of Trichechus, and resum6 of distribution of manatees in Africa. Hauer, Franz von 1867. Halianassa Collini aus einer Sandgrube bei Hainburg. Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1867(7): 140-141. Read Apr. 16, 1867. Haupt, O. 1935. Andere Wirbeltiere des Neozoikums. Oberrhein. Fossilkatalog, 9: 1-103. -Mentions Halitherium schinzii, 61. x Hawrylyshyn, George 1974. A friend in need. Internatl Wildlife, 4(6): 20. 1 fig. Nov.-Dec. 1974. -Short paragraph with a photo of a T. inunguis killed near Tefe, Brazil. Hay, Oliver Perry 1899. A census of the fossil Vertebrata of North America. Science, (2)10:681-684. -Sirs., 682. x Hay, Oliver Perry 1902. Bibliography and catalogue of the fossil Verte brata of North America. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., 179: 1-868. -Creates the new combinations Trichechus an- tiquus (Leidy) (583) and T. inornatus (Leidy) (584). xD Hay, Oliver Perry 1915. A contribution to the knowledge of the extinct sirenian Desmostylus hesperus Marsh. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 49(2113): 381-397. Pis. 56-58. -Abstrs.: Nature (London), 96: 152?; Geol. Mag., (6)2: 567? Recounts the history of discovery of Desmostylus; discusses it and compares it with various sirs.; proposes the Family Desmostylidae (a name actually coined previously by Osbom, 1905a) and gives the name Desmostylus watasei to the specimen of Yoshiwara and Iwasaki (1902). x Hay, Oliver Perry 1919. Description of some mammalian and fish remains from Florida of probably Pleistocene age. Proc U.S. Natl. Mus., 56(2291): 103-112. Pis. 26-28. -Describes a mandible of uncertain provenance (USNM 2522) and refers it to "Trichechus antiquus Leidy?" (109-110, pi. 26). Domning (1982b: 604-605) interpreted this specimen as a subrecent T manatus. x Hay, Oliver Perry 1922a. Description of a new fossil sea cow from Florida, Metaxytherium floridanum. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 61(17)(2438): 1-4. 1 pi. -Bases the new species on a maxilla with third molar from a phosphate mine at Mulberry, Florida, supposing it to be of Late Oligocene age (it is probably late Middle Miocene; Domning, 1988). An isolated lower tooth from Palma Sola, Florida, is provisionally referred to the species. D Hay, Oliver Perry 1922b. Note on Desmostylus hesperus. Acta Zoologica (Stockholm), 3: 392-393. -In O.Abel (1922). xDHay, Oliver Perry 1923a. Characters of sundry fossil vertebrates. Pan-American Geologist, 39: 101-120. Figs. NUMBER 80 149 4-5. Pis. 7-9. Mar. 1923. -In section III ("Desmostylus: its species and relationships"), criticizes Hannibal's erection of the species D. cymatias; proposes the names D. californicus and Cornwallius; refutes Abel's the ory of multituberculate affinities for desmostyli ans; and proposes the suborders Desmostyli- formes and Trichechiformes within the Sirenia (105-109). Hay, Oliver Perry 1923b. The Pleistocene of North America and its verte- brated animals from the states east of the Mississippi River and from the Canadian prov inces east of longitude 95?. Publ Carnegie Inst. Washington, No. 322: vii + 499. 25 figs. 41 maps. -Sirs., 379. xD Hay, Oliver Perry 1924. Notes on the osteology and dentition of the genera Desmostylus and Cornwallius. Proc U.S. Natl Mus., 65(8)(2521): 1-8. 2 figs. 2 pis. -Suggests that the type of Cornwallius may be a milk tooth of Desmostylus; discusses and com pares various other specimens. Hayek, Lee-Ann C: SEE Domning & Hayek. Hayman, R.W.: SEE ALSO Ellerman et al., 1953. Hayman, R.W. 1956a. Manatees and dugongs. Zoo Life (London), 10(4): 98-100. 3 figs. -Gen. acc. of sir. natural history, and of two T manatus from British Guiana on exhibit in London. Hayman, R.W. 1956b. Mammals of the West Indies. Zoo Life (London), 11: 41-46. Haynes, Ann M.: SEE Fairbairn & Haynes, 1982; Shaul & Haynes, 1986. Heddle, R.: SEE Baikie & Heddle, 1848. Heerfort, Christoph 1725. Dissertatio hist.-phys.-crit. de sirenibus, seu pis- cibus humani corporis structuram quodammodo imitantibus. Hafniae [= Copenhagen], Resp. Andr. Bing., 1-20. -Allen 189. Hegel, Giesela von: SEE Schweigert et al., 1991. Heilmann, Gerhard 1913. Vor nuvaerende Viden om Fuglenes Afstamning. F0rste Afsnit. [What we know about the descent of birds. Part 1.] Dansk Ornith. For. Tidsskr., 1: 1-71. 50 figs. -Sirs., 58. Heilmann, Gerhard 1914. Vor nuvaerende Viden om Fuglenes Afstamning. Tredje Afsnit. [What we know about the descent of birds. Part 3.] Dansk Ornith. For. Tidsskr., 9: 1-91. Figs. 110-159. -Sirs., 90. Heilprin, Angelo 1887. The geographical and geological distribution of animals. New York & London, Internatl. Scientific Series, xii + 435. 1 map. -Sirs., 339. Heilprin, Angelo 1907. An impression of the Guiana wilderness. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 18: 373-381. 6 figs. Jun. 1907. -Note on T. manatus cropping bank vegetation in British Guiana (376). Heinsohn, George Edwin: SEE ALSO Anderson & Hein sohn, 1978; Denton et al., 1980; Elliott et al., 1979, 1981; Murray et al., 1977; Marsh et al.; Preen & Heinsohn, 1983; Preen et al., 1989; Spain et al. x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1972. A study of dugongs (Dugong dugong) in northern Queensland, Australia. Biol. Conserv., 4(3): 205-213. 7 figs. Apr. 1972. -Abstr.: Austral. Mammalogy, 1: 71, Dec. 1972. Discusses numbers, age and sexual structure of population, growth, maturation, reproduction, and conservation, based on data from dugongs caught accidentally in shark nets, 1964-1971. Heinsohn, George Edwin 1977a. Dugongs in the seagrass ecosystem in north Queensland. [Abstr.] Bull. Austral. Mammal Soc, 4(1): 27. Sep. 1977 (read May 1977). x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1977b. Dugongs and turtles. Part one. Wildlife in Australia, 14(4): 134-139. 14 figs. Dec. 1977. -Pop. acc. of dugong biology. x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978a. Dugongs and turtles. Part 2. Wildlife in Australia, 15(1): 26-30. 12 figs. Autumn 1978. -Pop. acc. of dugong conservation (29-30). Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978b. Marine mammals of the northern Great Barrier Reef region. In: Workshop on the northern section of the Great Barrier Reef. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work shop Series, No. 1: 315-335. 150 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978c. Aerial surveys and dugong conservation - an overview. [Abstr.] Bull Austral. Mammal Soc, 51: 36-37. Read May 1978. x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981a. Status and distribution of dugongs in Queensland. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 55-56. -Outlines available data on dugong numbers and locations (based on aerial surveys), and discusses the threats to which they are exposed, n Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981b. The dugong in the seagrass ecosystem. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 162-163. -Abstr. of Heinsohn, Wake, Marsh, & Spain (1977). x Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981c. Aerial survey techniques for dugongs. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 217-227. -Describes the techniques used by the research team at James Cook University, Queensland, and problems encountered. Also includes as appendi ces two sample aerial survey data sheets (386- 387). x Heinsohn, George Edwin 198Id. Methods of taking measurements, other data and specimen material from dugong carcasses. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 228-238. 1 fig. -Describes in detail a set of standard external measurements, and briefly lists other sorts of data and tissue samples that are desirable to collect. Also includes as appendices two sample carcass data sheets (370-385). Heinsohn, George Edwin 1983. Dugongs: Family Dugongidae. In: R. Strahan (ed.), The Australian Museum complete book of Australian mammals. Sydney, Angus & Robertson (xxi + 530), 474- 476. 3 figs. Heinsohn, George Edwin 1986. Rare and endangered: world's only strictly marine sea cow threatened. Austral. Nat. Hist., 21(12): 530-531. 2 figs. Autumn 1986. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Birch, W.R. 1972. Foods and feeding habits of the dugong Dugong dugong (Erxleben) in northern Queensland, Aus tralia. Mammalia, 36(3): 414-422. 1 fig. Sep. 1972. -Describes stomach contents (seagrasses) of du gongs caught in shark nets, and notes the food preferences indicated thereby. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Lear, Richard J.; Bryden, Michael M.; Marsh, Helene D.; & Gardner, Blair R. 1978. Discovery of a large population of dugongs off Brisbane, Australia. Emir. Conserv., 5: 91-92. 1 fig. -Reports aerial observations of at least 300 dugongs in Moreton Bay, 1976-1977. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Marsh, Helene D. 1977. Sirens of tropical Australia. Austral. Nat. Hist., 19(4): 106-111. 8 figs. Oct.-Dec. 1977. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and dugong research in Australia, mainly covering the same material presented by Heinsohn, Wake, Marsh, & Spain, 1977. Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Marsh, Helene D. 1984. Sirens of northern Australia: the dugongs. In: M. Archer & G. Clayton (eds.), Vertebrate zoogeog raphy and evolution in Australasia (animals in space and time). Carlisle (Western Australia), Hesperian Press (1203 pp.), 1003-1010. 13 figs. Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; & Anderson, Paul K. 1979. Australian dugong. Oceans, 12(3): 48-52. 5 figs. May 1979. Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; Gardner, Blair R.; Spain, Alister V; & Anderson, Paul K. 1979. Aerial surveys of dugongs. In: Proceedings of workshop on aerial surveys of fauna populations, Canberra, Feb. 22-25, 1977. Austral. Natl Parks & Wildl. Serv., Spec. Publ, No. 1:85-96. 4 figs, x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; & Spain, Alister V. 1976. Extreme risk of mortality to dugongs (Mammalia: Sirenia) from netting operations. Austral. Jour. Wildl. Res., 3(2): 117-121. 1 tab. 1 fig. NUMBER 80 151 -Account of techniques used in catching Austra lian dugongs for research, behavior of dugongs in nets, and effects on dugong populations of netting operations in Queensland and Kenya. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Spain, Alister V 1974. Effects of a tropical cyclone on littoral and sub-littoral biotic communities and on a popula tion of dugongs (Dugong dugon (Miiller)). Biol. Conserv., 6(2): 143-152. 2 tabs. 5 figs. Apr. 1974. -Analyzes data on sex and age ratios of dugongs caught in shark nets before and after a cyclone; discusses an apparent increase in their move ments, and a change in their feeding habits to include brown algae in addition to seagrasses. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Spain, Alister V; & Anderson, Paul K. 1976. Populations of dugongs (Mammalia: Sirenia): aerial survey over the inshore waters of tropical Australia. Biol. Conserv., 9(1): 21-23. 1 tab. Jan. 1976. -Results of surveys in the Townsville and Cape York areas, Sep.-Dec. 1974; several large aggre gations seen. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Wake, Judith Ann 1976. The importance of the Fraser Island region to dugongs. Operculum, 5(1): 15-18. 3 figs. Mar. 1976. -Reports results of aerial surveys showing du gong concentrations in Great Sandy Strait and Hervey Bay, Queensland, Australia; emphasizes dugongs' need for protected seagrass beds and the vulnerability of the latter to human activities. x Heinsohn, George Edwin; Wake, Judith Ann; Marsh, Helene D.; & Spain, Alister V. 1977. The dugong (Dugong dugon (Miiller)) in the seagrass system. Aquaculture, 12(3): 235-248. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Heinsohn (1981b). Review, mainly from published literature, of dugong feeding habits, movements, trophic relations, exploitation, and conservation problems. Suggests dugongs should be studied for possible sustained-yield meat production. Heinsohn, George Edwin; Wolanski, Eric; Bunt, John S.; Denton, Gary; Garnett, Stephen; Johannes, Robert Earle; Marsh, Helene D.; & Veron, John 1985. The Torres Strait. Habitat Australia, 13(6): 12-18. 5 figs. Dec. 1985. -Dugong conservation, 15-16. x Hellwing, S.; & Steinitz, Heinz 1971. Sea cows in the Gulf of Elat. Hebrew Univ. Jerusalem, Mar. Biol. Lab., Elat, Sci. Newsletter, No. 1: 11-12. Apr. 1971. -Records a possible sighting of a dugong in 1969 and the finding of a skull in 1970, both on the east coast of the Sinai Peninsula, x Hellyer, Peter 1992. [Recorder's report for January-June 1992? mammals.] Tribulus: Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group, 2(2): 43-44. Oct. 1992. -P. 44: {"The only report of a Dugong, (Dugong dugon), was of a skeleton about four and a half feet long at Dhabbiyyah, (UA 25), on February 19th."} x Hellyer, Peter 1993. Mammals. Tribulus: Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group, 3(2): 23-24. Oct. 1993. -Reports two recent occurrences of dugongs in Abu Dhabi (24). x Hemming, Francis 1952. Report on the nomenclatorial status of the generic name "Manatus" Briinnich, 1771 (Class Mam malia). Bull. Zool. NomencL, 6(5): 159-160. Apr. 15, 1952. -Recommends that Manatus Briinnich, 1771 be considered a synonym of Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758, and that manatus be recognized as the valid specific name of the type species (Trichechus manatus), on the appropriate Official Lists of Names in Zoology. Hemprich, F.G.; & Ehrenberg, Christian Gottfried 1828-1899. Symbolae physicae seu icones et descrip tions corporum naturalium novorum aut minus cognitorum quae ex itineribus per Libyam Aegyp- tum Nubiam Dongalam Syriam Arabiam et Ha- bessiniam publico institutis sumptu Friderici Guilelmi Hemprich et Christiani Godofredi Ehrenberg ... studio annis MDCCCXX- MDCCCXXV redierunt.... Pars zoologica /[- //] Mammalia II. Berlin, Officina Academica (4 vols.). -Text publ. 1828-1845. The plates, with legends and brief explanatory text by Paul Matschie, were issued as a supplement (Symbolae physicae seu icones adhuc ineditae corporum ..., Berlin, Georg Reimer: 1-12, 32 pis., Oct. 1899). Some signa tures separately dated. Halicora [sic] Hemprichii and H. Lottum, n.spp., sign, k (Sep. 1832). Pis. 3-5 of the 1899 supplement depict the skull of a female "Halicora Hemprichii." Henderson, George 1809. An account of the British settlement of Hondu ras To which are added, sketches of the 152 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY manners and customs of the Mosquito Indians, preceded by the journal of a voyage to the Mosquito Shore. London, C & R. Baldwin, xi + 203. -Ed. 2: London, 1811. See R. Harlan (1825a: 278). Henderson, Gregory S.: SEE Whitten et al., 1987. Hendrokusumo, Sukiman: SEE ALSO Tas'an et al., 1979. x Hendrokusumo, Sukiman; Sumitro, D.; & Tas'an 1981. The distribution of the dugong in Indonesian waters. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 10-18. 6 figs. -Presents maps showing where dugongs were captured or reported by local inhabitants. Men tions in passing some information about vernacu lar names and local attitudes towards dugong hunting, and cites Indonesian protective legisla tion. Hennemann, WW 1983. Relationship among body mass, metabolic rate and the intrinsic rate of natural increase in mammals. Oecologia (Berlin), 56: 104-108. Hennicke, Carl 1902. Uber die Anpassung des Gehororganes der Was- sersaugethiere an das Leben im Wasser. Monatschr. Ohrenheilk., 36: 157-179. -Sirs., 159, 163. Henry, Walter 1843. Events of a military life: being recollections after service in the Peninsular war, invasion of France, the East Indies, St. Helena, Canada, and else where. ... Ed. 2. London, W Pickering (2 vols.). -Sirs., 2: 66-67. Henshall, J.A. 1884. Camping and cruising in Florida. Cincinnati, Robert Clarke & Co., 1-248. Henshaw, John; & Child, Gilbert S. 1972. New attitudes in Nigeria. Oryx, 11(4): 275-283. -Reports recent catches of T. senegalensis in Kainji Lake (278). Hentschel, E.; & Vosseler, J. 1915. Der gegenwartige Stand unserer Kenntnisse von den Seekuhen (Sirenen). Verh. Natw. Ver. Hamburg, (3)23: 72-73. x Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich 1965. Yeshche raz o stellerovoy korove. [More on Steller's sea cow.] Priroda, 54(7): 91-94. 1 fig. -Harshly criticizes the report of Berzin et al. (1963), and attributes their supposed sightings of Hydrodamalis to female narwhals. Also reviews other reports and concludes there is no evidence for Hydrodamalis ever having occurred outside of the Komandorski Islands. Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich 1966. [Area of distribution and history of extermination of Hydrodamalis gigas Zimmermann.] Lynx (n.s.), 6: 49-50. -In Russian; Engl. summ. Heptner, Vladimir Georgievich; & Naumov, N.P. (eds.) 1967. Mlekopitaiushchie Sovetskogo Soiuza. [Mammals of the Soviet Union.] Vol. 2. Sirenia and Car- nivora. Moscow, Vysshaya Shkola, 5-1004. 356 figs. -German ed.: Jena, G. Fischer, 196?? Hydro damalis, 15-46. Herald, Earl S.: SEE ALSO Evans & Herald, 1970; Frye & Herald, 1969; Loughman et al., 1970. x Herald, Earl S. 1969. Aquatic mammals at Steinhart Aquarium. Pacific Discovery, 22(6): 26-30. 10 figs. Nov.- Dec. 1969. -Mention of "Eugenie" the dugong and account of "Butterball" the Amazonian manatee (food, be havior, etc.), with remarks on other sirs, in captivity at other institutions (29-30). Herbert, Thomas 1634. A relation of some years travaile, begunne anno 1626. Into Afrique and the Greater Asia, espe cially the territories of the Persian Monarchic: and some parts of the Orientall Indies, and iles adiacent. Together with the proceedings and death of the three late ambassadours: Sir D.C., Sir R.S. and the Persian Nogdi-Beg: as also the two great monarchs, the King of Persia, and the Great Mogol. London, W Stansby & J. Bloome, 225 + [12]. Illus. Herbert, W; & Nichelson, W. 1780. A new directory for the East Indies.... Ed. 5. London, Henry Gregory. Herdson, D.M. 1978. Mammals. Wildlife Bahrain, 1977:61. x Heriarte, Mauricio de 1874. Descripqdo do Estado do Maranhao, Pard, Corupd e Rio das Amazonas Vienna, Filho de Carlos Gerold, 1-84. -Regarding the period ca. 1662, notes the export of manatees from Gurupa\ Brazil, to St. Christo- NUMBER 80 153 pher, West Indies (29-30), and states that the Rio Trombetas has "many manatees" (39). Herklots, Geoffrey Alton Craig 1951. The Hong Kong countryside. Hong Kong, printed by the South China Morning Post? 175 + vii. Illus. -Dugong captured in Hong Kong in 1940 or 1941 (93). Herlein, J.D. 1718. Beschryvinge van de Volk-plantinge Zuriname: vertonende de opkomst dier zelver Colonie, de aanbouw en bewerkinge der zuiker-plantagien. Neffens den aard der eigene natuurlijke inwoon- ders of Indianen; als ook de slaafsche Afrikaan- sche Moor en; deze beide natien haar levens- manieren, afgoden-dienst, regering, zeden, ge- woonten en dagelijksche bezigheden. Mitsgaders een vertoog van de bosch-grond, water- en pluim-gediertens; de veel vuldige heerlijke vrug- ten, melkagtige zappen, gommen, olyen, en de gehele gesteltheid van de Karaibaansche kust. Leeuwarden, M. Injema, 18 + 262. 4 pis. 1 map. -Manatee in Suriname, 196. Hermann, Johann 1783. Tabula affinitatum animalium olim academico specimine edita, nunc uberiore commentario illustrata cum annotationibus ad historiam natu- ralem animalium augendam facientibus. Argentorati [= Strassburg], J.G. Treuttel, 1-370. -Allen 374. Hernandez Camacho, Jorge I.: SEE Camacho, Jorge I. Hernandez. Hernandez, Francisco 1651. Nova plantarum, animalium et mineralium mexi- canorum historia.... [illus. title; or] Rervm medi- carvm Novae Hispaniae thesavrvs sev Plantarvm animalivm mineralivm mexicanorvm historia [Engraved title.] Rome, sumptibus Blasij Deuersini & Zanobij Masotti Bibliopolarum, typis Vitalis Mascardi, [9] + 950+ 90+[3]+ [10]. -Allen 76. An abridgement of earlier eds.: 1604; Mexico, 1615; Rome, 1628 (Allen 62). Reprs. of 1615 ed.: Mexico, Antonio Penafiel, 1888; More- lia (Mexico), Nicolas Leon, 1888. Various Span ish transls. bear titles such as Cuatro libros de la natureza y virtudes de las plantas y animales de uso medicinal en la Nueva Espaha. Manatee, chap. 13, 323-324, 2 figs., "not remarkable for accuracy" (Allen). The manatee material in the 1615 ed. is in Book 4, Pt. 1, Chap. 8, leaves 183-184. x Herndon, William Lewis 1853. Exploration of the valley of the Amazon, made Herrara 1625. Herrara 1660. Herrara, 1726. Herrara, 1728. Herrara, 1730. Herrara. 1740. under direction of the Navy Department, by Wm. Lewis Herndon and Lardner Gibbon.... Part I. Washington, Robert Armstrong, iv + 417 + iii. 16 pis. -See also Gibbon (1854). Mentions manatees and their uses in Peru (158, 163-164, 200) and Brazil (300, 319, 365), including the quantities of meat and mixira shipped through Santarem in 1843 and 1846 (300). Antonio de A description of the West Indies. In: S. Purchas,... Purchas his pilgrimes... (q.v.). London, Henry Fetherston, Part 3. Antonio de Histoire generate des voyages et conqvestes des Castillans, dans les isles & terre-ferme des Indes Occidentales. Traduite de I'Espagnol ... Par N[icolas]. de la Coste.... Paris, Nicolas & lean de la Coste (3 vols.). -Allen 83. Manati, 1: 378-379. Antonio de Historia general de los Hechts. de los Castellanos en las islas i terra fume del Mar Oceano. ...En quatro decadas desde el aho de 1492, hasta el de [1]531. Madrid, Nicolas Rodriguez (4 vols.). -Allen 190. Antonio de Historia general de las Indias ocidentales; 6 de los hechos de los Castellanos en las islas y tierra firme del Mar Oceano, En ocho decadas. Sigue a la ultima decada la descripcion de las Indias por el mismo autor.... Nueva Impression.... Amberes [= Antwerp], Juan Bautista Verdussen (4 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-496. Pis. -Allen 193. Ed. 1: Herrara (1726). Manati, vol. 1, dec. 1: 118. According to Allen, a slightly abridged paraphrase of Gomara's (1554) account. Antonio de Historia general de los hechos delos Castellanos enlas islas i tierra firme del Mar Oceano En quatro decadas des de el aho de 1492 hasta el de [1]531. [Or, with different title-page:] De scripcion de las Indias ocidentales.... Madrid, Nicolas Rodriguez (4 vols.). -Allen 194, 195; these eds. apparently differing only in the title-page. Manati, dec. 1: 141-142. Antonio de The general history of the vast continent and islands of America, commonly call'd, the West- Indies, from the first discovery thereof: with the best accounts the people could give of their antiquities. Collected from the original relations sent to the Kings of Spain.... Translated into 154 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY English by Capt. John Stevens.... The second edition. London, Wood & Woodward (6 vols.). -Allen 215. First ed., London, Jer. Batley, 1725-1726. Manati, 1: 82 (Columbus' account), 278-279. Herre, Albert W 1928. Rational methods for the protection of useful aquatic animals of the Pacific. Proc. 3rd Pan-Pacif Sci. Congress (Tokyo, 1926), 1: 1072-1074. Herrera y Tordesillas, Antonio de: SEE Herrara, Antonio de. Hersh, Sandra L. 1991. Siren census. Sea Frontiers, 37(4): 6. 1 fig. Aug. 1991. -Brief pop. acc. of the statewide manatee census conducted in Florida in Feb. 1991. x Hershkovitz, Philip 1959. Nomenclature and taxonomy of the Neotropical mammals described by Olfers, 1818. Jour. Mamm., 40(3): 337-353. Aug. 20, 1959. -P. 342: \"M[anatus]. fluviatilis (p. 235) = Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 (Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1: 34).?Olfers' primary basis for the name is the Guianan manati of Pennant (1793, Hist. Quadr. 2: 297). His other synonyms, Tr[ichechus]. Clusii Shaw and Tr[ichechus]. Ama- zonius Shaw (1800, Gen. Zool., 1, [1]: 246) are freshwater representatives of the common An- tillean manatee."} Hesse, C.J.: SEE Stenzel et al., 1944. x Heuglin, Martin Theodor von 1868. Reise nach Abessinien, den Gala-Ldndern, Ost- Suddn und Chartum in den Jahren 1861 und 1862. Jena, Hermann Costenoble, xii + 459 + [iii]. 1 tab. 10 pis. 1 map. -Report of a "Manatus" -like animal in Lake Tana, Ethiopia (247, 289). Heuglin, Martin Theodor von 1877. Reise in Nordost-Afrika.... Braunschweig, George Westermann (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xiv + 285. Vol. 2: vi + 304. -Account of Halicore cetacea, 2: 135-137. x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1941a. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. I. La formule dentaire du lamantin (Trichechus). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 17(21): 1-15. 2 figs. Apr. 1941. -Detailed literature review. Concludes that the dental formula is DI 3/3 DC 0/1 DM 0/3 M 12-15/12-15; that the large number of molars is a primitive (but "generally inhibited") mammalian character despite the manatee's descent from forms with normal counts; and that horizontal tooth replacement is an "illusion" due to growth of the mandible. x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1941b. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. II. Morpholo gie de la dentition du lamantin (Trichechus). Bull Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 17(26): 1-11. 8 figs. Apr. 1941. -Describes molars of T. senegalensis and T. latirostris, reviews literature, and comments (10- 11) on dental occlusion, abrasion, and mastica tion, concluding that the jaw movement is posterior-to-anterior. x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1941c. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. III. La dentition du dugong. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 17(53): 1-14. 5 figs. 1 pi. Oct. 1941. -Reviews literature and concludes that the dental formula is DI 1/3 DC 0/1 DM 3/3,1 1/(2) C 0/(1) P 0/0 M 3/3. Describes the premolars of a dugong fetus. Comments on the loss of teeth in Hydro damalis (14). x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1942. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. IV. Le eas de Prorastoma veronense. Bull Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 18(3): 1-6. 4 figs. Jan. 1942. -Attacks Lydekker's (1892) idea of close relation ship between sirs, and selenodont artiodactyls, noting that bunoselenodonty occurs in many groups, x Heuvelmans, Bernard 1943. Notes sur la dentition des Sireniens. V Conclu sions gtiierales. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 19(29): 1-16. May 1943. -Comments on the evolution of the sir. dentition; concludes that sirs, are related to proboscideans and hippos. Hickie, John P.: SEE Worthy & Hickie, 1986. x Hill, D. Ashley; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1989. Gross and microscopic anatomy of the kidney of the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia: Sirenia). Acta Anat., 135: 53-56. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Describes the structure of the kidney and concludes that the species may have an enhanced urine-concentrating ability. Hill, J.E.: SEE ALSO Carter et al., 1945. Hill, J.E. 1958. Some observations on the fauna of the Maldive Islands. II. Mammals. NUMBER 80 155 Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 55: 3-10. Hill, John 1752. An history of animals. Containing descriptions of the birds, beasts, fishes, and insects, of the several parts of the world; and including accounts of the several classes of animalcules, visible only by the assistance of microscopes. In these the charac ters, qualities, and forms of the several creatures are described, the names by which they are commonly known, as well as those by which authors, who have written on the subject, have called them are explained: and each is reduced to the class to which it naturally belongs. London, Thomas Osborne, 1-584. 28 pis. -Allen 259. Describes Trichechus under Plagiuri, Cetaceous Fishes (317). Hill, Kyle 1980. Mermaids in danger. Florida Wildlife, 34(1): 30-33. 5 figs. May-Jun. 1980. Hill, Richard: SEE Gosse & Hill, 1851. x Hill, Robert T. 1898. Cuba and Porto Rico with the other islands of the West Indies: their topography, climate, flora, products, industries, cities, people, political con ditions, etc. New York, Century Co., xxviii + 429. Illus. -P. 56: {"The shallower waters of the borders [of Cuba] are inhabited also by that peculiar marine mammal, the manatee."} P. 199: {"The crocodile, the manatee, and the West Indian seal inhabit the adjacent sea borders [of Jamaica]."} P. 298: {"Crocodiles and manatees are also found near some of the shores [of the Bahamas]."} Hill, W.C Osman 1926. A comparative study of the pancreas. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1926: 581-631. Hill, W.C. Osman 1938-1939. Revised checklist of mammals of Ceylon. Ceylon Jour. Sci., 21: 139-184. -Dugong, 182. Hill, W.C. Osman 1945. Notes on the dissection of two dugongs. Jour. Mamm., 26(2): 153-175. 8 figs. "May 1945" (publ. Jul. 13, 1945). x Hilmy, A.M.; El-Domiaty, N.A.; & Said, M. 1979. Measurements of some physiological parameters in the herbivorous dugong and the carnivorous common dolphin of the Red Sea. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Fish. Cairo, 6: 197-203. 1 tab. 6 figs, in 3 unnumbered pis. -Arabic summ. Reports the red blood cell count, hemoglobin content, hematocrit value, serum total proteins, protein fractions, serum total cholesterol, and potassium and sodium concentrations in blood of an adult male dugong. Hilmy, I.S. 1949. New paramphistomes from the Red Sea dugong, Halicore halicore, with description of Solenorchis gen.n. and Solenorchinae subfn. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sci., 4: 1-14. 7 figs. Read Feb. 1948. -Describes parasites from dugong cecum. Hilzheimer, Max 1913. Stammesgeschichte der Wirbelthiere. Monatschr. Natw. Unterr. (n.s.), 6: 465-475, 512-523,564-570. 18 figs. -Sirs., 570. Hilzheimer, Max 1915. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. In: Brehm s Tierleben. Ed. 4. Vol. 12: 580-590. 3 figs. Hinton, M.A.C 1937. What are dugongs? Loris, 1(2): 82-84. Illus. Jun. 1937. Hintz, H.F.; Schryver, H.F.; & Stevens, CE. 1978. Digestion and absorption in the hind gut of nonruminant herbivores. Jour. Anim. Sci., 46(6): 1803-1807. Jun. 1978. -Quotes data on Dugong from Murray et al. (1977). Hiraoka, Toshio: SEE Abe et al., 1982. x Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1932. The occurrence of dugong in Formosa. Mem. Fac Sci. Agric. Taihoku Imper. Univ. (Zool), 7(1): 1-4. 1 pi. Oct. 1932. -Reports of dugongs from Formosa (with photo graph of a skull and mandible), the Ryukyus, and Japan. The stomach of the Formosan specimen contained algae and crabs. Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1933. Dugong. In: Rept. Survey Natl. Monuments. Animals. Part I. Tokyo, Min. Educ, 1-22. -In Japanese, x Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1934. On the distribution of sirenians in the Pacific. Proc. 5th Pacif. Sci. Congress (Victoria & Vancouver, Canada, 1933), 5: 4221-4222. -Review of the status of the dugong in the Japanese Empire and Australasia. Hirasaka, Kyosuke 1939. [Dugong dugon in Palau.] Science of the South Sea (Kagaku Nanyo), 2(2): 11-18 (= 69-76 of whole vol.?). 3 figs. 2 pis. -In Japanese. Hirota, Kiyoharu: SEE ALSO Abe et al., 1982; Okubo et al., 1980. 156 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY D Hirota, Kiyoharu 1979. A list of vertebrate fossils from Shimane Prefec ture, Japan. Fossil Club Bull. (= Jour. Fossil Research), 12: 21-27. 2 figs. 1 pi. -In Japanese. Engl, transl., done for Smithsonian Inst, and Natl. Sci. Foundation, TT 81-52170, 20 pp., 1983. Lists the occurrence of molars of Desmostylus japonicus in the Upper Miocene Fujina Formation, quoting Sakai (1935). D Hirota, Kiyoharu 1981. [Problems on paleoparadoxian mandible (Paleoparadoxia tabatai).] Fossil Club Bull (= Jour. Fossil Research), 14: 9-15. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Hirschfelder, Harry 1936. Das Primordialcranium von Manatus latirostris. Zs. Anat. Entwicklungsges., 106(4): 497-533. 21 figs. Hirst, E.; & Bank, H. 1971. Striking the balance. Environment (Si. Louis), 13(9): 34-41. Hla Aung, Sithu: SEE Aung, Sithu Hla. x Ho, Hua Chew 1988. The dugong in Singapore waters. Malayan Naturalist, 42(1): 22-25. 1 fig. Aug. 1988. -Somewhat inaccurate gen. acc. of dugongs, with a review of literature on their hunting, use, and strandings in the Singapore area, and data on recent dugong deaths and strandings. Hobbs, William: SEE Faithful, 1862; Lack, 1968; Thorne, 1876; Wight, 1862. Hoch, E. 1979. Reflections on prehistoric life at Umm an-Nar (Trucial Oman) based on faunal remains from the third millennium BC In: M. Taddei (ed.), South Asian archaeology 1977. Naples, Ist. Universitario Orientale, Seminario di Studi Asiatici Series Minor 6, 589-638. Hodgson, Robert 1822. Some account of the Mosquito territory; contained in a memoir, written in 1757.. .publishedfrom the original manuscript of the late Colonel Robert Hodgson.... Ed. 2. Edinburgh, W Blackwood, ix [11]-55. Hoenstine, Ron 1980. Manatees from the past?fossils found in Florida. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. of Natural Resources), 15(6): 16-17. 4 figs. + cover photo. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Pop. acc. of fossil sirs, of Florida and the Caribbean. Hoernes, Rudolf 1884. Elemente der Palaeontologie (Palaeozoologie). Leipzig, Veit & Co., xvi + 594. 672 figs. -French transl. by L. Dollo (Manuel de Palion tologie), Paris, xvi + 741,1886. Sirs., 682 (French ed.). Hofbauer, Clemens 1962. Seekuhe lockten Odysseus vergeblich. Das Tier, 2(8): 12-15. Hofbauer, Clemens 1964. Sea cows, the sirens of the Odyssey? Animals, 4(8): 220-223. Hofer, Helmut: SEE Thenius & Hofer, 1960. Hoffman, C.A., Jr.: SEE Wing et al., 1968. Hoffmann, Robert S.: SEE Domning, Rice et al., 1982. x Hoffmann, T.W 1971. The Fauna & Flora Protection Ordinance as amended by Act No. 1 of 1970. Loris, 12(3): 169-170, 182. Jun. 1971. -Notes that "the Dugong (Mudu Ura)" has been added to the list of animals absolutely protected from hunting in Ceylon (182). Hoffstetter, Robert 1981. Historia biogeographica de los mamiferos terres- tres sudamericanos: problemas y ensenanzas. Acta Geol Hisp., 16(1-2): 71-88. Figs. -Engl. & Catalan summs. Hofman, George: SEE Minch et al., 1970. Hofmann, A.F.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. x Hofmeister, Max 1963. A manatee experience. Drum & Croaker, Jun. 1, 1963: 12. -Account of the captivity in the Toledo (Ohio) Zoo Aquarium of a "South American freshwater manatee" from Georgetown, British Guiana [probably T manatus], Apr.-Sep. 1960. He shared a tank with a paddlefish and ate lettuce, spinach, and celery; suffered from "very loose bowels" near the end of his captivity and finally died. Death was attributed to "edema and other complications probably due to ... resting in a bent attitude with head and tail downward, resulting in skin folds blocking the urogenital opening"; but this is a normal attitude for wild manatees. Also, "severe rope lacerations ... responded slowly to Acriflavin treatment." Hogben, Lancelot T 1919. The progressive reduction of the jugal in the Mammalia. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1919(1-2): 71-78. Sep. 29, 1919. -Sirs., 76. Hojo, Teruyuki 1976. Anatomical identification and anthropological NUMBER 80 157 consideration of a humerus of the dugong (Du gong dugon) unearthed from Urasoe Shellmound Okinawa Island. Jour. Anthrop. Soc. Nippon (Jinruigaku Zasshi), 84(2): 139-146. 1 fig. Jun. 1976. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. x Holder, Charles Frederick 1893. The California Academy of Sciences. Californian Illus. Mag., 3(2): 229-244. 14 figs. Jan. 1893. -P. 236: {"The skeleton that attracts most attention [in the Academy's collection] is that of the great sea-cow, or Rhytina, that was discovered by Steller on our northwest coast. There are but two or three good skeletons known, this being one of the best."} This skeleton was destroyed in the San Francisco earthquake and fire in 1906. See also L. Stejneger (1893). Holl, Friedrich 1829. Handbuch der Petrefaktenkunde.... Erstes Bdnd- chen. Dresden, P.G. Hilscher'sche Buchhandlung (Allgemeine Taschenbibliothek der Naturwissen- schaften, 9. Theil), viii +115. -Allen 726. In four "Bandchen," paged consecu tively (pp. 1-489), the last two dated 1830. Hippopotamus intermedius [= Metaxytherium me dium], 57; H. dubius or minimus [= Protosiren minima], 58; Manatus fossilis [= Metaxytherium medium], 69. x Holland, W.J. 1917. The mammals of the Isle of Pines. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 11(3/4): 356-358. Nov. 5, 1917. -P. 356: {"Order SIRENIA (Sea-cows). Family MANATIDAE Gray. Genus Manatus Briinnich. 1. Manatus manatus (Linnaeus). The manatee is known to occur in the lagoons about Siguanea Bay [Cuba]. An effort to secure a license to take a specimen for the Museum was made by Mr. Link, but was unsuccessful."} Hollister, N. 1912. A list of the mammals of the Philippine Islands, exclusive of the Cetacea. Philippine Jour. Sci., 7D(1): 1-64. Feb. 1912. -Dugong, 3, 45-46. Holme, T.K. 1956. [title?] J our.[7] Malayan Angling Assoc, 4(1): 26. Jun. 1956. -Report of a three-foot-long dugong at Port Dickson, Malaya, x Holton, Isaac F. 1857. New Granada: twenty months in the Andes. New York, Harper & Bros., 1-605. -P. 46: {"Next comes a pond that I suspect is brackish, La Laguna de Tesca. Your peon will tell you strange stories of the viviparous fish? manati?with women's breasts, found there. It is the Manatus Americanus, a mammal. This is Herndon's cow-fish, a staple article of food on the Amazon, but not often caught here [near Cart agena, Colombia]. No wonder that its meat is not like fish, for it is no more a fish than a seal or a whale is."} Home, Everard: SEE ALSO Raffles, T.S., 1820. x Home, Everard 1820a. On the milk tusks, and organ of hearing of the dugong. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 110(2)(Art. 9): 144-155. Pis. 12-14. Read Apr. 13, 1820. -Allen 589. Discusses replacement of the tusks (146-149, 153, pis. 12-14) and the ear apparatus (149-153); describes a specimen with two vestig ial lower incisors (153-154, pi. 14). "The plates give profile and basilar views of the skull, section of the tusk, milk dentition, lower jaw, incisors, and section of molars" (Allen). x Home, Everard 1820b. Particulars respecting the anatomy of the dugong, intended as a supplement to Sir T. S. Raffles' account of that animal. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 110(2)(Art. 20): 315-323. Pis. 25-31. Read Jun. 29, 1820. -Allen 590. Describes the teeth, skeletons, and internal organs of a male and a female dugong sent by Raffles. The plates show the entire animal, the stomach, tongue, cecum, heart, part of the trachea and lungs, sexual organs, sternum, and pelvic bones. x Home, Everard 1821a. An account of the skeletons of the dugong, two-horned rhinoceros, and tapir of Sumatra, sent to England by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, Governor of Bencoolen. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc London, 11 l(2)(Art. 18): 268-275. Pis. 20-24. Read Mar. 22, 1821. -Allen 602. Notes that the arrangement of the lungs and skeleton of the dugong result in its passively maintaining a horizontal posture (268- 270); illustrates the skeleton of a female (pi. 20). x Home, Everard 1821b. On the peculiarities that distinguish the manatee of the West Indies from the dugong of the East Indian seas. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, lll(2)(Art. 26): 390-391. Pis. 26-29. Read Jul. 12, 1821. -German ?transl.: Froriep's Notizen, 2: 260-261, 158 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Jun. 1822 (Allen 614). Comments on the anatomy of the manatee in comparison with the dugong; the plates show a manatee, its skeleton, stomach, and cecum. Home, Everard 1823. Lectures on comparative anatomy; in which are explained the preparations in the Hunterian Collection. Illustrated by engravings. To which is subjoined, Synopsis systematis regni animalis, nunc primum ex ovi modificationibus propositi.... Vol. Ill [-TV]. London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown (entire work, 6 vols., 1814-1828), Vol. 3 (text): xvii + 586; Vol. 4 (plates): i-viii, 171 pis. -Allen 627. The plates of sirs. (pis. 21-27, 50-56, 116) all first appeared in Home (1820a,b; 1821a,b). D Honda, A. 1927. On the "Desmostylus." Jour, of Zoology of Japan, 39: 435. -Regards Desmostylus as a monotreme. Honda, Katsuhisa: SEE Miyazaki et al., 1979. x Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1952. Fact and fiction in hippopotamology (sampling the history of scientific error). Osiris, 10: 109-116. -Reviews the nomenclatural history of "Hippo potamus minimus" and "Hippopotamus medius," noting that the first is a senior synonym of //. dubius. Corrects the name of Protosiren(?) dubia to P.(?) minima, new combination (113-114). x Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1977. A sirenian skeleton from the Miocene of Eibergen, Province of Gelderland, The Netherlands: Metaxytherium cf. medium (Desmarest). Scripta Geol, 41: 1-25. 6 pis. -Describes and compares a partial skeleton of Middle-Late Miocene (Langenfeldian-Badenian?) age in the Leiden Museum. x Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1982. A sirenian rib dredged from the Western Scheldt, The Netherlands. Netherlands Jour. Zool, 32(2): 261-262. PI. 1. -Describes the distal portion of a rib, of unknown age but resembling those of Metaxytherium cf. medium from the Miocene of Eibergen (see Hooijer, 1977). xD Hooijer, Dirk Albert 1984. The solution of the Cryptomastodon problem. Netherlands Jour. Zool, 34(2): 228-231. 1 fig. -Shows that the supposed desmostylian Crypto mastodon martini v. Koenigswald, 1933, was based on material of Stegodon (Proboscidea) and Geochelone (Chelonia). Hopewell-Smith, Arthur 1913. An introduction to dental anatomy and physiol ogy, descriptive and applied. London, J. & A. Churchill, xx + 372. Frontisp. 334 figs. 5 pis. Hopkins, David M.: SEE ALSO MacNeil et al., 1961. Hopkins, David M. 1967. The Cenozoic history of Beringia?a synthesis. In: D.M. Hopkins (ed.), The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford Univ. Press, 451-484. 4 figs. -Sirs., 479. See also WS. Laughlin (1967) and V.B. Scheffer(1967). x Hopwood, A. Tindell 1927. Sirens in fancy and in fact. Nat. Hist. Mag. (London), 1(1): 17-21. 3 figs. Jan. 1927. -Pop. acc. of fossil and Recent sirs, and the mermaid legend. Notes the existence of a partial skeleton of Metaxytherium from Ragusa, Sicily, in the British Museum. Horikawa, Hideo: SEE ALSO Kobayashi et al., 1988; Miyazaki et al., 1988. D Horikawa, Hideo; Kobayashi, Iwao; & Takahashi, Keiichi 1987. [Marine mammal fossils from Niigata Prefecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 18-20. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Hornaday, W.T. 1895. Manatee, tapir, and peccary. St. Nicholas, 22: 1038. Oct. 1895. Horsfield, Thomas 1851. A catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum of the Hon. East-India Company. London, W.H. Allen & Co., vi + 212. -Lists a skull of Halicore dugung from Siam (139). Hoshita, Takahiko: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988; Yoshii et al., 1989. Houhoulis, Paula 1990. Excerpts from [a senior thesis entitled] Applica tions of the Geographic Information System to manatees (Trichechus manatus) in West Tampa Bay, Florida. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 54-57. Dec. 1990. NUMBER 80 159 Houttuyn, Martin 1761-1773. Natuurlyke Historic of uitvoerige Bes- chryving der Dieren, Planten en Mineraalen, volgens het Samenstel van den Heer Linnaeus.... Deel 1. Dieren. Amsterdam, F. Houttuyn (18 parts, 1761-1773). -Allen 283. Manati, 1: 462. Howard, Hildegarde: SEE ALSO Barnes et al., 1981. D Howard, Hildegarde 1966. A possible ancestor of the Lucas auk (Family Mancallidae) from the Tertiary of Orange County, California. Los Angeles County Mus. Contrib. Sci., No. 101: 1-8. Howell, Alfred Brazier 1930. Aquatic mammals: their adaptations to life in the water. Springfield (111.) & Baltimore, Charles C Thomas; London, Bailliere, Tindall, & Cox, xii + 338. 54 figs. -Rev.: Jour. Anat., 65: 280-281. Repr.: Dover Publ. Co., 1970. Howell, John H. 1968. The Borgu Game Reserve of northern Nigeria: Part 2. Nigerian Field, 33(4): 147-165. 1 tab. 5 pis. Oct. 1968. -Discusses the occurrence, natural history, and hunting of T. senegalensis in the Doro River Forest Reserve, which is to be added to the Borgu Game Reserve (150-151, 165). x Howes, C.A.; & Bamber, M. 1970. Rarities in a museum. Oryx, 10(5): 326-328. Sep. 1970. -Lists Dugong specimens from Kenya and Cey lon in the Royal Albert Memorial Museum, Exeter, England (327). Howes, G.B. 1893. On the coracoid of the terrestrial Vertebrata. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893(3): 585-592. 2 figs. Oct. 1893. -Sirs., 572 (?). x Howes, G.B.; & Harrison, J. 1893. On the skeleton and teeth of the Australian dugong. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 62nd Meeting (Ed inburgh, 1892): 790. -Observations on vertebral epiphyses, phalanges, and dentition in the dugong; compares the dugong with the manatee, Halitherium, Metaxytherium, and Cetacea. Hoz-Zavala, Ma. Elia: SEE Colmenero-Rolon & Hoz- Zavala, 1986. Huber, G.C: SEE Kappers et al., 1960. Hucke, K.; & Voigt, E. 1929. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Fauna des norddeut- schen Septarientones. Zs. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., 81: 159-168. 2 pis. Hudson, Brydget E.T.: SEE ALSO Blair & Hudson, 1992; Johnstone & Hudson, 1980, 1981; Ligon & Hudson, 1977; Maynes & Hudson, 1981; Ober& Hudson, 1988?. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1977a. The dugong Dugong dugon (Miiller 1776) in Papua New Guinea: a programme for conserva tion, management and public education. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 77/14: iv + 41 + 9 pp. between pp. 29 & 30 + 11 pp. between pp. 35 & 36. 8 figs. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1977b. Dugong: distribution, hunting, protective legisla tion and cultural significance in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 77/16: 1-22. 21 figs. -Results of two mail surveys to determine dugong distribution, hunting areas, hunting methods, population dynamics, needed conservation meas ures, and cultural significance in PNG. Includes a selection of dugong legends. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1978. Papua New Guinea's national animals. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 78/2: [1-14]. 33 figs. -A collection of articles that first appeared in New Nation. Includes brief pop. acc. and figure of dugong, 12-13. Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1979. Dugong conservation, management and public education programme in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 79/1: 38-42. 4 figs. -Repr. from B.E.T. Hudson (ed.), Wildlife in Papua New Guinea: wildlife conservation & management in Papua New Guinea. Proc. South Pacif. Commission Workshop on Environmental Planning & Assessment, 26-28 Jan. & 18-28 Feb. 1978. Konedobu (PNG), Wildlife Division, Dept. of Lands & Environment, 1978. x Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1980a. Dugong conservation management and public education programme report 1978-1980, and action plan 1980-1982. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/8: 1-102. 65 figs. -Detailed report on dugong-related activities in PNG, with extensive appendices including post- 160 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Hudson. 1980b. Hudson. 1980c. Hudson 1980d Hudson 1980e. Hudson 1981a. x Hudson 1981b. Hudson, 1983. ers, public-education aids, questionnaires, and other documents. Brydget E.T. Aerial surveying of dugongs and other marine resources. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/14. Brydget E.T. Dugongs in Papua New Guinea: West New Britain. Background information, aerial surveys, a village patrol, recommendations. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/15: 1-22. 14 figs. -Published May 1981? Brydget E.T. Dugongs in Papua New Guinea: Manus Province. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/16. Brydget E.T. Dugong myth and management in Papua New Guinea. In: L. Morauta, J. Pernetta, & W. Heaney (eds.), Traditional conservation in Papua New Guinea: implications for today. Boroko (Papua New Guinea), Institute of Applied Social & Economic Research, Monogr., 16: 311-315. Brydget E.T. Interview and aerial survey data in relation to resource management of the dugong in Manus Province, Papua New Guinea. Bull. Mar. Sci., 31(3): 662-672. 1 tab. 7 figs. 1 pi. Jul. 1981. -?Abstr.: Internatl. Symp. Biol Manage. Man groves Trop. Shallow Water Communs., 2: 30-31, 1980? Brydget E.T. The dugong conservation, management and public education programme in Papua New Guinea: working with people to conserve their dugong resources. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 123-141. 5 figs. -Describes the program's history and aims, its present scope, and the educational and research methods used. Also includes as appendices sam ple carcass and aerial survey data sheets (388- 398). Brydget E.T Dugongs of the northern Torres Strait: aerial surveys, observations during a tagging project, catch statistics, with recommendations for conser vation and management. [Abstr.] Proc. Pacif Sci. Congress, 15(1-2): 108. x Hudson 1984 Hudson 1986a Hudson 1986b Hudson 1986c, Hudson 1986. Huerta, 1624. Hughes 1993. Hughes 1969. Hughes 1971. , Brydget E.T. So long, dugong. BBC Wildlife, 2(6): 298-301. 5 figs. Jun. 1984. -Pop. acc. of the linkage between the decline of dugongs and cultural change among the Kiwai of Papua New Guinea. , Brydget E.T. The hunting of dugong at Daru, Papua New Guinea, during 1978-1982: community manage ment and education initiatives. In: A.K. Haines, G.C Williams, & D. Coates (eds.), Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, 11-14 Febru ary 1985. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (vii + 344), 77-94. 5 figs. , Brydget E.T. . Dugongs and people. Oceanus, 29(2): 100-106. 8 figs. Summer 1986. , Brydget E.T. Dugongs?traditional harvesting and conserva tion. In: S. Burgin (ed.), Endangered species: social, scientific, economic and legal aspects .... Sydney, Total Environment Centre, 188-205. , Brydget E.T; & Marsh, Helene D. Present and future value of data concerning the Torres Strait area accumulated by the Australian Coastal Surveillance Centre. In: A.K. Haines, G.C. Williams, & D. Coates (eds.), Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, 11-14 Febru ary 1985. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (vii + 344), 316-334. 6 tabs. 7 figs. Jeronimo de Historia natural de Cayo Plinio Secundo.... Madrid, 434 leaves. , Claire D. The manatee: rescue at sea. Sky Magazine (Delta Air Lines), 22(3): 74-83. 14 figs. Mar. 1993. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and their conserva tion. , George R. Dugong status survey in Mozambique. World Wildlife Yearbook (World Wildlife Fund), 1969:137-139. , George R. Referenda preliminar as tartarugas maritimas e dugongues de Mocambique. Veter. Moqambique (Lourenco Marques), 4(2): 45-62. -Based on interviews with fishermen, discusses past and present dugong distribution in Mozam bique and in the Maputa River, the need for enforcement of existing protective laws, and the NUMBER 80 161 need for sanctuaries (58-62). x Hughes, George R.; & Oxley-Oxland, R. 1971. A survey of dugong (Dugong dugon) in and around Antonio Enes, northern Mocambique. Biol Conserv., 3(4): 299-301. 3 figs. Jul. 1971. -Reports the results of a brief aerial survey (27 dugongs sighted) and an interview with a fisher man, together with measurements of one dugong. Comments on dugong habits and the construction and use of dugong nets; concludes that there is a substantial dugong population in the area and that hunting pressure is slight. The survey result was also mentioned by Hughes in South Afr. Assoc. Mar. Biol. Res. Bull, No. 9: 43, 1971. xDHulbert, Richard C, Jr. 1992. A checklist of the fossil vertebrates of Florida. Papers in Florida Paleontology, No. 6: 1-35. 1 tab. May 1992. -Lists the fossil sirs. Protosiren sp., Crenatosiren olseni, Dioplotherium manigaulti, Corystosiren varguezi, "Hesperosiren" crataegensis, Metaxytherium calvertense, M. floridanum, Tri chechus sp., and T manatus from Florida. Considers the presence of desmostylians in Flor ida "extremely doubtful" (28-29, 33). x Hulbert, Richard C, Jr.; & Morgan, Gary Scott 1989. Stratigraphy, paleoecology, and vertebrate fauna of the Leisey Shell Pit Local Fauna, Early Pleistocene (Irvingtonian) of southwestern Flor ida. Papers in Florida Paleontology, No. 2: 1-19. 3 tabs. 5 figs. Jul. 1989. -Lists T. manatus in the faunal lists from Leisey Sites 1A, 3A, and 3B, Hillsborough County, Florida (11). Humboldt, Alexander von 1819. Voyage aux rigions iquinoxiales du Nouveau Continent, fait en 1799,1800,1801,1802,1803 et 1804, par Al de Humboldt et A. Bonpland.... Tome second. Paris, N. Maze (entire work: 3 vols., 1814-1825), Vol. 2: 1-722. -Allen 579. Engl, eds., 1819, 1852-1853. Ger man ed., Stuttgart, J.G. Cotta (4 vols.), 1859- 1860. Manati, 2: 226-228, 606; in 1819 London ed., 4: 447-450; in Stuttgart ed., 3: 44-46, 4: 162-163,284-285,293. x Humboldt, Alexander von 1838. Uber den Manati des Orinoko. Wiegmann's Arch. Naturgesch., 4(1): 1-10. Pis. 1-2. -Allen 935. Transl. from French and annotated by A.F.A. Wiegmann. Describes the distribution, measurements, external and internal anatomy (especially of the mouth region), food, habits, hunting, and use of products of Orinoco manatees. The plates give overall views of the animal and of the interior of the mouth, and a schematic longitudinal section of the body, showing the horizontal diaphragm. See also A.F.A. Wiegmann (1838). x Humes, Arthur G. 1964. Harpacticus pulex, a new species of copepod from the skin of a porpoise and a manatee in Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf & Caribbean, 14(4): 517- 528. 32 figs. Dec. 1964. -Spanish summ. Describes an ectoparasite from specimens of Tursiops truncatus and Trichechus manatus latirostris held in the Miami Seaquar- ium. Humphrey, Stephen R.: SEE Marmontel et al., 1990. x Humphreys, John 1908. The teeth of fossil fishes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Odont. Sect., 1(3): 7-16. 1 pl- -P. 8: {"In Edentates we find the teeth of the sloths are formed of a dentine permeated by vascular canals, hence termed vaso-dentine. The megatherium, the gigantic extinct sloth of South America, exhibits this variety very clearly, in which the dentine and the cementum also were rich in looped blood-vessels which traversed the structures. "The teeth of the manatee possess similar characteristics...."} Hunger, Richard; & Magalowski, G. 1957. Mitteilung liber neue, umfangreiche Sirenierfunde aus dem marinen Mitteloligozan Mitteldeutsch- lands. Geologic 6: 837-841. 1 tab. 4 figs. Hunnam, Peter: SEE Baldwin & Hunnam, 1987. x Hunt, Archibald E. 1899. Ethnographical notes on the Murray Islands, Torres Straits. Jour. Anthrop. Inst. Great Britain & Ireland, 28: 5-19. Read Feb. 22, 1898. -Pp. 12-13: {"The vegetable food of the island [Mer] included cocoanuts, yams (several varie ties), sweet potatoes, bananas, sugar cane, and several indigenous fruits. Pigs, birds [13], fish, dugong, shell-fish, turtle, Crustacea, &c, are also eaten."} Hunter, Aline: SEE Morales et al., 1985. Hunter, John 1787. Observations on the structure and oeconomy of whales. 162 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 77(2): 371-450. Pis. 16-23. Read Jun. 28, 1787. -Repr. in J.F. Palmer (ed.), The works of John Hunter, F.R.S. London, Longmans, Vol. 4: 331- 392, 1837. Alludes in passing to the lobulated condition of the manatee kidney (m413). Hiipsch, Baron von 1774. Beschreibung einiger neuentdeckten versteinten Theile grosser Seethiere. Der Naturforscher, 3: 178-183. -Allen 328. Reports fossil ear and other bones of sirs, and cetaceans from Antwerp. x Hurst, Lawrence A.; & Beck, Cathy A. 1988. Microhistological characteristics of selected aqua tic plants of Florida with techniques for the study of manatee food habits. U.S. Fish & Wildl. Service Biol Rept., 88(18): xii + 145. 6 tabs. 93 figs. Sep. 1988. -Describes microhistological characters of 83 taxa of plants found in manatee habitat in Florida (but does not indicate which are known to be eaten by manatees); provides identification keys and sample data sheets; and details procedures for collecting, processing, and analyzing samples of manatee ingesta and for preparing and photo graphing reference slides of plants. Includes a glossary and an index. Husar, Sandra L.: SEE ALSO Ligon, Sandra L. Husar. x Husar, Sandra L. 1975a. The dugong: endangered siren of the South Seas. Natl Parks & Conserv. Mag., 49(2): 15-18. 3 figs. Feb. 1975. -Pop. acc. with range map. Notes (18) that bleeding dugong carcasses in Queensland were not molested by sharks or other predators. Husar, Sandra L. 1975b. A review of the literature of the dugong (Dugong dugon). U.S. Dept. Interior, Fish & Wildl. Serv., Wildl. Research Rept., No. 4: 1-30. 2 tabs. 8 figs. -In 1973, Husar, under contract to the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, produced an unpublished Survey of the Order Sirenia in four parts dealing with the four living species. These were the basis for this work as well as Husar (1977a,b; 1978a,b,c). In 1975 she compiled An annotated bibliography of the Recent Sirenia (Trichechus, Dugong, Hydro damalis), comprising 1,181 titles and likewise unpublished, but incorporated into the bibliogra phy of Marsh et al. (1979). Husar, Sandra L. 1975c. Sirenia. Project 1038. Sea cows?world-wide conservation programme. World Wildl. Yearbook (Morges, Switzerland, World Wildl. Fund), 1974-75: 292-294. Husar, Sandra L. 1977a. Trichechus inunguis. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 72: 1-4. Jun. 15, 1977. Husar, Sandra L. 1977b. The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). U.S. Dept. Interior, Fish & Wildl. Serv., Wildl. Research Rept., No. 7: 1-22. 4 tabs. 4 figs. Jun. 22, 1977. Husar, Sandra L. 1978a. Dugong dugon. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 88: 1-7. 4 figs. Jan. 6, 1978. Husar, Sandra L. 1978b. Trichechus senegalensis. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 89: 1-3. 3 figs. Jan. 6, 1978. Husar, Sandra L. 1978c. Trichechus manatus. Mamm. Species (Amer. Soc. Mammalogists), No. 93: 1-5. 3 figs. Jan. 6, 1978. Hussainy, H.S.H. 1977? Rare sightings of dugongs (Dugong dugon). Newsletter Madras Snake Park Trust, 2(2): 9. Husson, A.M. 1973. Voorlopige lijst van de zoogdierens van Suriname. Zool. Bijdragen (Leiden), 14: 1-15. -Engl. summ. Manatee, 11. x Husson, A.M. 1978. The mammals of Suriname. Zool. Monogr., Rijksmus. Nat. Hist. (Leiden), 2: xxxiv + 569. 92 tabs. Frontisp. 52 figs. 160 pis. 3 maps. -Summarizes the distribution and natural history in Suriname of T. m. manatus (334-339, pis. 90-91), mainly on the basis of previous literature. Includes skull measurements of 5 specimens and some external measurements of 3. Repeats a report that manatees like ripe bananas so much that they will overturn boats to get them! Hutchins, Jane 1968. Discovering mermaids and sea monsters. Tring, Shire Pubis., 1-40. Illus. Hutchinson, H.N. 1892. Extinct monsters. A popular account of some of the larger forms of ancient animal life.... London, xxii + 270. 58 figs. 26 pis. -Rev.: Nat. Sci., 2: 135-143. Rhytina, 246-250, fig. 58, pi. 26. Hutchison, J. Howard: SEE Barnes et al., 1981. Hutton, Robert F. 1964. A second list of parasites from marine and coastal animals of Florida. NUMBER 80 163 Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc, 83: 439-447. x Hutton, Robert F.; & Sogandares-Bernal, Franklin 1960. A list of parasites from marine and coastal animals of Florida. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc, 79(3): 287-292. Jul. 1960. -Lists Chiorchis fabaceus from T m. latirostris (m290). Huxley, Thomas Henry 1863. Lectures on the vertebrate skull. Med. Times & Gazette, 1863: 2. -Sirs., 579, 609, 633. Huxley, Thomas Henry 1866. Lectures at the Royal College of Surgeons. Lancet, 1866(1): 180,381. Huxley, Thomas Henry 1871. A manual of the anatomy of vertebrated animals. London, J. & A. Churchill, vi + 510. Illus. -New York ed., D. Appleton & Co., 1872, 1-431, 110 figs. Sirs., 332, 387-391 (1872 ed., 330). Huzita, Kazuo: SEE Fujita, Kazuo. Hyrtl, Joseph 1845. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen uber das innere Gehororgan des Menschen und der Saugethiere. Prague, F. Ehrlich, viii + 139. 9 pis. Hyrtl, Joseph 1873. Die Corrosions-anatomie und ihre Ergebnisse. Vienna, Wilhelm Braumuller, 1-253. Illus. -Discusses the kidney of Dugong. I Ichinotani Research Group: SEE Abe et al., 1982. ICZN: SEE International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. Igarashi, Yaeko: SEE Furusawa et al., 1993. Diering, Hermann von 1904. OrioJurud. Rev. Museu Paulista (Sao Paulo), 6: 385-460. -German ?summ.: Petermann's Geogr. Mitt., 11: 260-266, 1904? Diering, Rodolpho von 1940. Diciondrio dos animais do Brasil. Sao Paulo [Tipografia Brasil, Rothschild Lou- reiro, & Cia. Ltda.], 1-898. Illus. -Sirs., 584 (504?). Ijiri, Shoji: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Committee; Sato & Ijiri, 1977; Takai et al., 1952; Yabe et al., 1952; Yabe& Ijiri, 1954. D Ijiri, Shoji 1937a. On the tooth germ (Zahnkeim) of Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga et Iwasaki. [Abstr.] Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(525): 532. Jun. 20, 1937. -In Japanese. Repr.: Jap. Jour. Geol Geogr., 14(3/4): 59, Oct. 1937? D Ijiri, Shoji 1937b. Die Zahnformel von Desmostylus japonicus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(528): 837-856. 2 pis. Sep. 30, 1937. -In Japanese; German summ. D Ijiri, Shoji 1937c. Uber das Os sacculi dentis bei Desmostylus japonicus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(531): 1177-1193. 9 figs. 1 pi. -In Japanese; German summ. D Ijiri, Shoji 1938a. Uber den Zahnkeim M/2 (= ml/2) und das Os sacculi dentis von Desmostylus japonicus. Proc. Imper. Acad. Japan, 14(6): 225-230. 6 figs. Jun. 1938. D Ijiri, Shoji 1938b. The mammalian teeth morphogenetically consid ered with special reference to those of Desmosty lus japonicus (invagination hypothesis). Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 45(538): 566-572. 9 figs. 2 pis. Jul. 20, 1938. -In Japanese. D Ijiri, Shoji 1939a. Histologische Untersuchung der Zahne des Desmostylus japonicus. Bull. Tokyo Sci. Mus., 1(1): 1-16. 13 figs. Mar. 1939. -In Japanese; German summ. D Ijiri, Shoji 1939b. Histological study of the teeth of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 46(548): 220-230. 13 figs. May 20, 1939. -In Japanese; German summ. xD Ijiri, Shoji 1939c. Microscopic structure of a tooth of Desmostylus. Proc. Imper. Acad. Japan, 15(5): 135-138.6 figs. May 1939. -Study of sections of an M/l of D. japonicus. Comments that Desmostylus is an ungulate sensu lato and cannot be considered a monotreme, multituberculate, marsupial, or sirenian. D Ijiri, Shoji 1940. A study on the variation in the teeth of Desmosty lus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 47(563): 318-327. 6 figs. Aug. 20, 1940. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. ?Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 18:28, 1941? D Ijiri, Shoji 1952a. On some question of S. Ogose's "On Desmo- sry/Mj-bearing formation in Izumi-machi, Gifu Prefecture." Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 58(685): 494. D Ijiri, Shoji 1952b. Desmostylid restored. Science (Kagaku), 22(12): 621-626. 10 figs. D Ijiri, Shoji 1954. Fossil of blood vessels. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 19: 2-6. 8 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Ijiri, Shoji; & Inuzuka, Norihisa 1989. [Extinct Japanese giant mammals.] Tokyo, Tsukiji-Shokan Publ. Co., Ltd., 1-242. Illus. -In Japanese. Includes discussions of desmostyli ans, Dusisiren dewana, and Hydrodamalis. D Ijiri, Shoji; & Kamei, T. 1961. On the skulls of Desmostylus mirabilis Nagao from South Sakhalin and of Paleoparadoxia 164 NUMBER 80 165 tabatai (Tokunaga) from Gifu Prefecture, Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 53: 1-27. 1 tab. 22 figs. 6 pis. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Engl, transl.: NTIS Document No. TT 74-53093. Ijiri, Syozi: SEE Ijiri, Shoji. xDDcebe, Nobuo; Takayanagi, Yokichi; Chiji, Manzo; & Chinzei, Kiyotaka 1972. Neogene biostratigraphy and radiometric time scale of Japan?an attempt at intercontinental correlation. Pacif. Geol, 4: 39-78. 8 figs. -Discusses the stratigraphic ranges of Desmosty lus japonicus and Paleoparadoxia tabatai in Japan (44-45, 47, 48, 65-66). Deer, E. 1982. Look what we've done to our wetlands. Natl. Wildlife, 20: 42. Jun.-Jul. 1982. Dani, Giora: SEE ALSO Paz & Hani, 1976. x Dani, Giora 1976. More about dugongs. Israel?Land and Nature, 1(4): 161. 1 fig. Jul. 1976. -Reports a pregnant female dugong caught in a fishing net in the Gulf of Aqaba, Jan. 7, 1976. x Dliger, Carl 1811. Prodromus systematis mammalium et avium oddi tis terminis zoographicus utriusque classis, eorumque versione Germanica. Berlin, sumptibus C Salfeld, xviii + 302. -Allen 523. Introduces the name Sirenia, applying it to a family within the "Ordo Natantia," and recognizes and diagnoses three monospecific genera: Manatus, Halicore (new name), and Rytina (new name) (140-141). These are based on, respectively, the nominal species Trichechus Manatus australis, T. Dugong, and T Manatus borealis, but the implied new combinations are not printed. Halicore is preferred to the name Dugong because the latter is not of Greek or Latin origin (xvii). Rytina is an incorrect transliteration of the Greek but is nonetheless the "correct original spelling" of the generic name. Dliger, Carl 1815. Ueberblick der Saugthiere nach ihrer Vertheilung uber die Welttheile. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1804-1811: 39-159. 5 tabs. Read Feb. 28, 1811. -Allen 544. Sirs., 53, 61, 64, 68, 70, 75, 79, 87, 91, 99, 103, 105, 110, 122; tabs. 1-5. The Family Sirenia is included with the Family Cete in the Order Natantia. Eight species are recognized: Manatus australis, M. Americanus, M. fluviatilis, M. sphaerurus, M.? Simia, Rytina borealis, R. cetacea, and Halicore cetacea. "M. australis" is placed in the Indian Ocean and Australia together with "H. cetacea," based on the testimony of Dampier. M. Americanus and M. fluviatilis are both attributed to South America; one of them (it is not specified which) is said to be found in large rivers and estuaries. M. sphaerurus is Adanson's Senegalese manatee. "M.? Simia" is Steller's "sea-ape." "R. borealis" and '7?. cetacea" are used interchangeably. The name Trichechus ap pears in Tab. 5, together with Manatus, Halicore, and Rytina. Allen pungently comments on this work, stating that "the lists are, so far at least as the Cete and Sirenia are concerned, worthless conglomera tions, which, as in the case of other groups treated in the same connection, appear to contain some names coined for the occasion, without descrip tions or textual references. The paper may be safely ignored so far as Cetology is concerned." See also I. von Olfers (1818). Imai, Nobumi: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Imes, George D., Jr.: SEE Budiarso et al., 1979. Ingersoll, Ernest 1907. The life of mammals. New York, Macmillan Co., xi + 555. Ingles, L.G. 1958. Notas acerca de los mamiferos mexicanos. An. Inst. Biol. Mex., 29: 374-408. -Sirs., 408. x International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1925. Opinion 90: Report on sixteen generic names of mammals for which suspension of rules was requested. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 73(3): 34-40. Dec. 16, 1925. -Rules that the name Rhytina be suppressed in favor of Hydrodamalis; a decision on Manatus vs. Trichechus is referred to a committee for a final decision (34, 38-40). See ICZN (1929). x International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1929. Opinion 112: Suspension declined for Manatus, 1772 vs. Trichechus, 1758. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 73(6)(3016): 19. Jun. 8, 1929. -Recognizes Trichechus as the official generic name of the manatees and not of the walrus. See also F. Hemming (1952). x International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 1989. Opinion 1535: Halianassa studeri von Meyer, 166 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY D Inuzuka, 1981b. D Inuzuka, 1981c. D Inuzuka, 1982a. 1838 (Mammalia, Sirenia): neotype designated; and Halitherium Kaup, 1838 (Mammalia, Si- D Inuzuka, renia): Pugmeodon schinzii Kaup, 1838, desig- 1981a. nated as the type species. Bull Zool NomencL, 46(1): 83-84. Mar. 1989. -Pursuant to the petitions of Domning (1987b), Halitherium is deemed to be the correct original spelling of Halytherium; the holotype of Pugmeo don schinzii is designated as the neotype of Halianassa studeri; P. schinzii is designated as the type species of Halitherium; Halitherium and (Pugmeodon) schinzii are placed on the Official Lists of Names in Zoology; and Halianassa, Halytherium, and (Halianassa) studeri are placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Names. The main outcome of these actions is that the name Halianassa studeri is fixed as an objective junior synonym of the Oligocene spe cies Halitherium schinzii, and Halianassa and H. studeri are thereby made unavailable for applica tion to the Miocene specimens for which they have most often been used. International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) 1966-. Red data book. 1. Mammalia. Morges (Switzerland), IUCN. -Looseleaf compilation, periodically updated, of natural history, distributional, and status data on threatened and endangered species, based on published literature and original reports of various contributors. The 1972 Red data book was a completely new ed. Inuzuka, Norihisa: SEE ALSO Aizu Fossil Research Group; Ijiri & Inuzuka, 1989; Kamei et al., 1989; Kaneko & Inuzuka, 1992; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. D Inuzuka, Norihisa 1977. On the right third inferior molar of Paleopara doxia tabatai from "Wainai" remains, Iwate Prefecture. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 31(4): 165-166. 2 figs. Jul. 1977. -In Japanese. D Inuzuka, Norihisa 1980a. The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. I. Atlas and thoracic vertebrae. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(4): 205-214. 2 tabs. 6 figs. 9 pis. Jul. 1980. D Inuzuka -In Japanese; Engl. summ. 1984d. D Inuzuka, Norihisa 1980b. The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. II. Lumbar vertebrae, sacrum and coccygeal vertebrae. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(5): 247-257. D Inuzuka, 2 tabs. 5 figs. 6 pis. Sep. 1980. 1985. D Inuzuka, 1982b. D Inuzuka, 1984a. D Inuzuka, 1984b. D Inuzuka, 1984c. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. III. Ribs, scapula and os coxae. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 35(1): 1-18. 2 tabs. 20 figs. 6 pis. Jan. 1981. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. IV Metacarpus. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 35(5): 240-244. 2 figs. 2 tabs. 1 pi. Sep. 1981. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa A trial method of the mounting?basis of the skeletal reconstruction of Desmostylus. Fossil Club Bull, 14: 1-7. -In Japanese. Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus mirabilis from South Sakhalin. V Limb bones. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 36(3): 117-127. 1 tab. 8 figs. 2 pis. May 1982. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa [Atlas of reconstructed desmostylians.] Saitama (Japan), Assoc, for the Geological Col laboration in Japan, 1-16. Illus. -In Japanese. Norihisa [Restoration of Desmostylus.] Tokyo, Kaimeisha, 1-146. 1 tab. 38 figs. Sep. 1984. -In Japanese. Review: T. Urushido, Modern Geology, 9: 325-326, 1985. Norihisa Skeletal restoration of the desmostylians: herpeti- form mammals. Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol, 9(2): 157-253. 11 tabs. 27 figs. 11 pis. Oct. 1984. Norihisa Studies and problems on the Order Desmostylia. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 1-12. 3 tabs. 2 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Norihisa Morphological restoration of Desmostylus. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 101-118. 2 tabs. 6 figs. 6 pis. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Norihisa Are "herpetiform mammals" really impossible? A NUMBER 80 167 D Inuzuka, 1986. D Inuzuka, 1987a. D Inuzuka, 1987b. D Inuzuka, 1988a. D Inuzuka, 1988b. D Inuzuka, 1988c. D Inuzuka, 1988d. reply to Halstead's discussion. Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol, 10(2): 145-150. 2 figs. Sep. 1985. -Japanese transl.: Jour. Fossil Research, 18(2): 69-72, 2 figs., Dec. 1985. See L.B. Halstead (1985). Norihisa D Inuzuka, Hyracoidea; Proboscidea; Desmostylia; Sirenia. 1989a. In: M. Goto & N. Otaishi (eds.), Comparative odontology. Tokyo, Ishiyaku-shuppan, 177-187. Norihisa [Evolutionary significance of primitive desmo stylians.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] D Inuzuka, Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific 1989b. Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 35-43. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Norihisa Primitive desmostylians, Behemotops and the evolutionary pattern of the Order Desmostylia. In: Professor Masaru Matsui Memorial Volume. Sapporo, 13-25. Pis. 1-2. May 1987. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Coins the new familial name Behemotopsidae (16). Norihisa The skeleton of Desmostylus from Utanobori, Hokkaido, I. Cranium. Bull. Geol. Surv. Japan, 39(3): 139-190. 6 tabs. 17 figs. 8 pis. -In Japanese. Norihisa xD Inuzuka, [Restoration of extinct mammals, desmostylians.] 1980. Biomechanism, 9: 7-19. 2 tabs. 19 figs. -In Japanese. Norihisa [Re-examination of tooth identification of Desmostylus?type specimen of D. japonicus (Togari specimen).] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] D Inuzuka, Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific 1986. Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 107-122. 1 fig. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Norihisa [Body weight of Desmostylus.] m: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from D Inuzuka Japan (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra- 1980. D Inuzuka, 1989c. D Inuzuka, 1977. phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 123-124. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Norihisa [III-2. Desmostylus and Behemotops.] In: Report of research on the Ashoro mammalian fauna. Ashoro (Japan), Ashoro Town Board of Education (201 pp.), 40-76. 1 tab. 52 figs. Mar. 31, 1989. -In Japanese. An article entitled "Preparation and casting" by Kenichiro Eguchi in the same volume (pp. 121-153, 3 tabs., 53 figs.) describes the preparation and reproduction of the Behemotops bones. Norihisa Reconsideration of tooth class identification in Desmostylus, with special reference to the holo- type of D. japonicus (Togari specimen). Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 95(1): 17-31. 1 tab. 14 figs. Jan. 1989. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Norihisa [Desmostylus.] Chishitsu News, No. 421: 1-4, 6-11. 6 figs. 8 pis. Sep. 1989. -In Japanese. Norihisa; Akiyama, Masahiko; & Ootsuki, Hideo Desmostylian molar found from Kamiatsunai, Urahoro-cho, Tokachi-gun, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 83(2): 139-141. 1 tab. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Norihisa; & Iwamizama Research Group First discovery of Dugong (Dugonginae) from the Middle Miocene in Kogawa, Kitahiyama-cho, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 86(9): 639-641. 2 figs. Sep. 1980. -In Japanese. Describes an isolated tooth identi fied as a Dugong molar. I have suggested (in Barnes et al., 1985: 31-32 and Takahashi et al., 1986: 317) that it may instead represent Paleoparadoxia. Norihisa; & Karasawa, Hiroaki Some fossils of Paleoparadoxia from Miocene calcareous sandstones on the Noto Peninsula, central Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 40(4): 294-300. 1 tab. 7 figs. Jul. 1986. -In Japanese. , Norihisa; & Murai, Takefumi On a left third inferior molar of Paleoparadoxia 168 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY tabatai from the Moniwa Formation, Miyagi prefecture. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(2): 105-108. 1 tab. 4 figs. Mar. 1980. -In Japanese. D Inuzuka, Norihisa; Takayasu, Katsumi; & Tanito, Shigeru 1985. A metatarsus of Desmostylus from Miocene Fujina Formation, Shimane Prefecture, Japan. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 39(6): 453-458. 1 tab. 3 figs. 1 pi. Nov. 1985. -In Japanese. Irvine, A. Blair: SEE ALSO Bachman & Irvine, 1979; Campbell & Irvine; Neal et al., 1979. x Irvine, A. Blair 1982. West Indian manatee. In: D.E. Davis (ed.), CRC handbook of census methods for terrestrial verte brates. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press (397 pp.), 241-242. -Outlines aerial survey techniques suitable for manatees, x Irvine, A. Blair 1983. Manatee metabolism and its influence on distribu tion in Florida. Biol. Conserv., 25(4): 315-334. 1 tab. 4 figs. Apr. 1983. -The metabolic rates of 3 captive T. manatus were studied in relation to air and water temperature; rates were 15%-22% of predicted values, and thermal conductances 117%-229%. Body tem perature averaged 36.4? C. Concludes that Florida is marginal habitat for manatees; 20? C is probably the minimum water temperature suitable for them, n Irvine, A. Blair; Caffin, John E.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1981. Aerial surveys for manatees and dolphins in western peninsular Florida (with notes on sight ings of sea turtles and crocodiles). Washington, D.C, U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, Office of Biol. Services, FWS/OBS-80/50, vi + 21. 3 tabs. 4 figs. Apr. 1981. -See Irvine, Caffin, & Kochman (1982). x Irvine, A. Blair; Caffin, John E.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1982. Aerial surveys for manatees and dolphins in western peninsular Florida. Fish. Bull, 80(3): 621-630. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -A revised and slightly abridged version of Irvine, Caffin, & Kochman (1981). Surveys from Her nando to Monroe counties, Jul.-Dec. 1979, resulted in 554 manatee sightings. Group sizes, numbers of calves, and distribution with respect to habitat type and salinity are tabulated. No clear evidence for seasonal movements or reproductive trends was obtained. x Irvine, A. Blair; & Campbell, Howard W 1978. Aerial census of the West Indian manatee, Tri chechus manatus, in the southeastern United States. Jour. Mamm., 59(3): 613-617. 1 fig. Aug. 21, 1978. -Repr. in Brownell & Ralls (1981: 17-21). Surveys in the winter and summer of 1976 located a maximum of 738 manatees in Florida and Georgia. Data are included on distribution in respect to temperature and salinity, number of young calves, and a possible spring calving season. x Irvine, A. Blair; Neal, F.C; Cardeilhac, Paul T; Popp, James A.; White, Franklin H.; & Jenkins, Robert L. 1980. Clinical observations on captive and free-ranging West Indian manatees, Trichechus manatus, in Florida. Aquatic Mamms., 8(1): 2-10. 3 tabs. 2 figs. Jun. 1980. -Reports blood and urine values, skin lesions and bacterial infections, body lengths, weights, and weight changes in relation to temperature. Urine osmolality varied with salinity; concludes that manatees may be able to drink salt water and concentrate urine. x Irvine, A. Blair; Odell, Daniel Keith; & Campbell, Howard W 1981. Manatee mortality in the southeastern United States from 1974 through 1977. In: R.L. Brow nell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 Mar. 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 67-75. 5 tabs. 1 fig. -Describes the manatee carcass salvage program, and presents summaries of data on 185 carcasses salvaged in Florida, categorizing them by month and year of recovery, size, and cause of death (by month and by county). See also Beusse et al. (1981a). x Irvine, A. Blair; & Scott, Michael D. 1984. Development and use of marking techniques to study manatees in Florida. Florida Scientist, 47(1): 12-26. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Reports results of experiments with paint, freezebrands, spaghetti tags, peduncle straps, suture attachments, and sonic and radio tags. Data are given on dive times and manatee movements from telemetry; the maximum dive time recorded NUMBER 80 169 was 31 min. 5 sec. Irvine, D.H. 1975. Workshop on manatee conservation. Envir. Conserv., 2(2): 98. Irvine, Frederick Robert 1947. The fishes and fisheries of the Gold Coast.... London, publ. on behalf of the Government of the Gold Coast by the Crown Agents for the Colonies, 1-352. Illus. Irving, Laurence: SEE ALSO Scholander & Irving, 1941. Irving, Laurence 1973. Aquatic mammals. In: G.C Whittow (ed.), Com parative physiology of behaviour. 3. Special aspects of thermoregulation. New York & London, Academic Press, 47-93. x Irving, Laurence; Scholander, P.F.; & Grinnell, S.W 1941. The respiration of the porpoise, Tursiops trunca- tus. Jour. Cell. Comp. Physiol, 17(2): 145-168. 15 figs. Apr. 1941. -Compares the breathing and diving of the manatee to those of Tursiops and other animals (ml51, ml58, 166). See also Scholander & Irving (1941). Irwandi, Anny; & Jarman, Yuni 1979. Notes on the dugong pool at the Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, Jakarta. Jakarta, Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, 1-12. 8 tabs. 3 figs. Isaacks, R.E.: SEE White et al., 1976, 1977. x Isham, Charlotte H. 1978. Matilda Mae Manatee. DeLand (Florida), Volusia Graphics, [16 pp.] 16 figs. Fall 1978. -Children's story about the manatees of Blue Spring State Park, Florida. Includes drawings by Laurna Dutton Jaramillo and a 5-page insert of "Selected References." Ishaya, P.D.: SEE Osakwe et al., 1988. Ishida, Masao: SEE Shibata et al., 1981; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. Ishii, J.: SEE Minato et al., 1957. Issel, Arturo 1910. Alcuni mammiferi fossili dei Genovesato e del Savonese. Atti Accad. Lincei, Mem. CI Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat. (Rome), (5)8: 191-224. Pis. 1-4. Read Jan. 16, 1910. x Issel, Arturo 1912. Un omero di Felsinotherium. Atti Accad. Lincei, Mem. CI Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat. (Rome), (5)9: 119-125. 2 pis. -Publ. 1913? Describes (119-121) and illustrates a humerus of "F. subappenninum" [sic] from Lower Pliocene beds in Genova, Italy, and compares it very briefly with other sirs. Mentions the existence of a dugong skeleton from Assab, Eritrea, in the Genova museum (121). The bibliography (123-125) evidently pertains to both this paper and Issel (1910), to which this paper is said to form an "appendix." Itano, Kazuomi: SEE Miyazaki et al. Itoh, Shingo: SEE ALSO Tsuyuki & Itoh, 1967. x Itoh, Shingo; & Tsuyuki, Hideo 1974. Fatty acid component of Senegal manatee fats. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., 26: 307-311. 2 tabs. Nov. 1974. -Fatty acids of T. senegalensis found to be similar to those of the dugong. D Itoigawa, J.; & Nakamura, M. 1978. Historical research on the Mizunami Group; Part 2, From the Meiji Period to the 20th year of Showa. Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 5: 165-174. 1 tab. pis. Dec. 25, 1978. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Itoigawa, Junji 1984. Paleoenvironment in which Desmostylia lived reconstructed from fossil molluscan assemblages. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 35-43. 6 figs. 2 tabs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). IUCN: SEE International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, x Ivany, Linda C; Portell, Roger W; & Jones, Douglas S. 1990. Animal-plant relationships and paleobiogeogra- phy of an Eocene seagrass community from Florida. Palaios, 5(3): 244-258. 10 figs. -Facsimile repr.: Florida Pal Soc Newsletter 8(1), Winter 1991. Describes plant and in vertebrate fossils from a Middle Eocene seagrass bed in the Avon Park Formation, and notes their association with remains of Protosiren and cheloniid sea turtles. Discusses the Tethyan distribution patterns of these organisms, and hypothesizes that Late Pliocene cooling elimi nated Thalassodendron and Cymodocea from the Caribbean. Ivashin, M.V. 1965. [The sirens: fiction and reality.] Priroda, 1965(6): 104-108. 6 figs. Jun. 1965. -In Russian. 170 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Iwahori, Shojiro: SEE ALSO Watanabe & Iwahori, 1952. D Iwahori, Shojiro 1951. On the horizon of Desmostylus in the Toki basin, Gifu prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 57(672): 415-416. Sep. 1951. -In Japanese. Iwamizama Research Group: SEE Inuzuka et al., 1980. Iwamoto, Yasunori: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Iwasaki, C: SEE Tokunaga & Iwasaki, 1914; Yoshiwara & Iwasaki, 1902. Iwasaki, J.: SEE Yoshiwara & Iwasaki, 1902. D Iwata, Keiji; & Uozumi, Satoru 1971. A comparative study of ultrastructure in fossil collagen?Studies on calcified tissue; III. Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 77(2): 71-76. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Iziri, Syozi: SEE Ijiri, Shoji. Jackson, Crawford G., Jr.: SEE Arata & Jackson, 1965. x Jackson, E. Sandford 1923. Historical notes from the records in the Brisbane Hospital (1850-1870). Med. Jour. Austral (10th year), 1(11): 281-286. Mar. 17, 1923 (read Feb. 2, 1923). -Biographical sketch of Dr. William Hobbs. P. 282: {"Dr. Hobbs did much to introduce dugong oil as a substitute for cod liver oil, using it in all the diseases for which the latter long held reputation. He published a lecture on dugong oil under the title "Elaiopathy," to which reference is made in Lang's "Queensland." (Spongiopiline soaked in dugong oil was a favourite treatment for phthisis with Dr. Hobbs.)"} As far as I can determine, Hobbs' lecture "Elaiopathy" was published only in a newspaper, the Melbourne Argus, Sep. 19, 1857. Jackson, Hartley H.T: SEE Beard et al., 1942. x Jacobi, E.F. 1969. Hippopotamus, tapir and manatee house at Am sterdam Zoo. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 9: 63-65. 1 fig. 2 pis. -Illustrates the overall plan of the building. Jacobs, Francine 1991. Sam the sea cow. New York, Walker & Co., 1-47. Illus. -Simultaneously publ. in Markham, Ontario, by Thomas Allen & Son. First ed.: Sewer Sam, the sea cow, N.Y., Walker & Co., 1979. Children's book on Florida manatees, based on "Sewer Sam's" rehabilitation at the Miami Seaquarium. Jacobsen 1889. [Title?] Globus, 1889: 183. Jacquet, Alain; Kleinschmidt, Traute; Dubois, Thierry; Schnek, Arthur G.; Looze, Yvan; & Braunitzer, Gerhard 1989. The thiol proteinases from the latex of Carica papaya L.: IV. Proteolytic specificities of chy mopapain and papaya proteinase Q determined by digestion of ct-globin chains. Biol. Chem. Hoppe-Seyler, 370(8): 819-830. -German summ. Study of plant enzymes, using a-chains of manatee and mole hemoglobin as substrates. Jacquinot, Honored SEE Pucheran & Jacquinot, 1853. Jaeger, Jean-Jacques: SEE Court & Jaeger, 1991. Jaekel, Otto 1911. Die Wirbeltiere. Eine Ubersicht uber die fossilen und lebenden For men. Berlin, Borntraeger Bros., viii + 252. 281 figs. -Abstrs.: Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)33: 592?; Geol Zentralbl, 17: 475?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 18(3): 202-205?; Nature (London), 89: 134? Sirenii, 245. x Jager, Georg Friedrich von 1835. Ueber die fossilen Saugethiere, welche in Wurtem- berg [sic] aufgefunden worden sind. Stuttgart, Carl Erhard, [iii] + 1-70. 9 pis. -Abstr.: Jour. Giol. (Paris), 1: 392-393, 1830? A second installment, expanding the work to 214 pages and 20 plates, was published in 1839. Describes sir. rib fragments from the Miocene Molasse near Baltringen, Germany (3-4; pi. 9, figs. 1-6). Jager, Georg Friedrich von 1850. Ueber die fossilen Saugethiere Wurtembergs [sic]. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol, 22(2): 765-934. Pis. 68-72. -Also publ. as separate in 171 pp. + pis. Discusses Halianassa. x Jager, Georg Friedrich von 1857. Osteologische Bemerkungen. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leopoldino-Carolinae Nat. Curios., 26(1): 87-134. Pis. 6-8. -Describes skulls, dentitions, and postcranial skeletons of four T. manatus from Suriname (91-98, pi. 6), and skull and dentition of a dugong, with particular attention to the presence of interfrontal fontanelles in both species (98-99, pi. 6). James, D.B. 1988. Some observations and remarks on the endangered marine animals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Proc Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:337-340. 3 pis. Oct. 1988. James, Gideon T; & Slaughter, Bob H. 1974. A primitive new Middle Pliocene murid from Wadi el Natrun, Egypt. Ann. Geol. Surv. Egypt, 4: 333-361. 4 tabs. 8 figs. -Notes the occurrence of indeterminate sir. remains in the Wadi el Natrun local fauna (m339). 171 172 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x James, P.S.B.R. 1974. An osteological study of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia) from India. Marine Biology, 27(2): 173-184. 4 tabs. 6 figs. Oct. 31, 1974. -Gives data on two skeletons, 15 other skulls, 10 mandibles, and other bones; but most measure ments are not defined well enough to be usable. The text is mostly a general description of dugong osteology. No evidence is found for sexual dimorphism in linear dimensions, nor for taxo- nomic splitting of Indian from Red Sea dugongs. James, P.S.B.R. 1988. On the conservation and management of marine mammals of India. Proc Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:61-64. Oct. 1988. xD Janis, Christine M. 1988. New ideas in ungulate phylogeny and evolution. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 3(11): 291-297. 3 tabs. 2 figs. + cover illus. Nov. 1988. -Accepts the monophyly of the Tethytheria, and suggests that they all were primitively semi- aquatic, the proboscideans being "secondarily terrestrial" (292-295). Janis, Christine M.; & Fortelius, Mikael 1988. On the means whereby mammals achieve in creased functional durability of their dentitions, with special reference to limiting factors. Biol Rev., 63: 197-230. 2 tabs. 4 figs. Janisch 1880. Scraps from public records. St. Helena Almanack (Jamestown, Govt. Printer), 1880. Janson, Thor 1979. The remarkable manatee. A personal adventure. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 50(5): 8-9, 28-29. Illus. Janson, Thor 1980. Discovering the mermaids. Oryx, 15(4): 374-379. 2 figs. Aug. 1980. Janssen, A.W: SEE Bosch et al., 1975. Janvier, Philippe: SEE Ginsburg et al. Janzen, Daniel H. 1984. Dispersal of small seeds by big herbivores: foliage is the fruit. Amer. Naturalist, 123: 338-353. x Jarman, P.J. 1966. The status of the dugong (Dugong dugon Miiller); Kenya, 1961. East Afr. Wildl Jour., 4: 82-88. 1 fig. Aug. 1966. -Preliminary report: Anon. (1966b). Detailed account of distribution and natural history, based largely on interviews with fishermen. Jarman, Yuni: SEE Irwandi & Jarman, 1979. Jay, D. 1919. Dugong hunting. The Lone Hand, Oct. 25, 1919: 40-41. 3 figs. -Dugong hunting in tropical Australia. Jeannin, A. 1951. Le dugong. In: La faune africaine: biologie, histoire, folklore, chasse. Paris, Payot, 1-242. Jel, Paul de 1944. El manati (Trichechus manatus): ^Un animal o un monstruo? Mem. Soc. Cienc Nat. La Salle (Caracas), 4(10): 20-23. 2 figs. May-Aug. 1944. Jeletzky, J.A. 1973. Age and depositional environments of Tertiary rocks of Nootka Island, British Columbia (92-E): mollusks versus foraminifers. Canad. Jour. Earth Scis., 10(3): 331-365. 2 figs. 3 pis. Mar. 1973. -Reports a fragment of a sir. rib from a unit ("Division D") of Early Miocene (Zemorrian, upper Blakely) age on Nootka Island (356-357). Jelgersma, Gerbrandus 1934. Das Gehirn der Wassersaugetiere. Eine anatomi- sche Untersuchung. Leipzig, Johann Ambrosius Barth, 1-238. 188 figs. -See also W.J.C Verhaart, 1972. Jenkins, Robert L.: SEE ALSO Cardeilhac et al., 1981; Irvine et al., 1980; Neal et al., 1979. x Jenkins, Robert L. 1981. Captive husbandry of the manatees at Marineland of Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida, 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 128-130. -Describes the captive facilities and diet, the manatees' development of dermatitis during 5 months when they were kept in fresh water, and observations of mating. Jenkinson, J.W 1913. Vertebrate embryology, comprising the early history of the embryo and its foetal membranes. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1-267. Illus. -Mentions hippomanes (allantoic calculi) in the allantoic cavity of the "sea-cow." Jenks, A.E.; & Simpson, H.H., Sr. 1941. Beveled artifacts in Florida of the same type as NUMBER 80 173 artifacts found near Clovis, New Mexico. Amer. Antiquity, 6(4): 314-319. Jennison, G. 1927. Table of gestation periods and number of young. London, A. & C Black, Ltd., 1-8. Jentink, F.A. 1887. Catalogue osuSologique des mammiferes. Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas (Leiden), 9: 1-360. 12 pis. -Manatees from Suriname, 171. x Jentink, F.A. 1888. Zoological researches in Liberia. A list of mam mals, collected by J. Buttikofer, CF. Sala and F.N. Stampfli, with biological observations. Notes Leyden Mus., 10: 1-58. -Gives locality records of T. senegalensis, with measurements of one specimen. Manatees in one area are said to form "schools" below rapids and to overturn canoes (33-34). Jentink, F.A. 1892. Catalogue systematique des mammiferes (singes, carnivores, ruminants, pachydermes, sirenes et c6tac6s). Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas (Leiden), 11: 1-219. -Sirs., 199. Jerdon, Thomas Claverhill 1867. Mammals of India; a natural history of all the animals known to inhabit continental India. Roorkee, printed for the author by the Thomason College Press, xxi + 319 + xv. -1874 ed.: London, John Wheldon, xxxi + 335. Dugong distribution in Andaman Islands, Ceylon, and India (310-312). x Jervis, James 1949. Notes and queries. Jour. & Proc. Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc, 35(6): 339-341. -Cites notices in the Sydney Morning Herald in 1847 concerning dugong oil and its extraction at Moreton Bay (340). Jhingran, V.G.; & Gopalakrishnan, V. 1974. Mammalia. In: Catalogue of cultivated aquatic organisms. Rome, U.N. Food & Agric. Organization, 82-83. Mar. 1974. x Jobim, Anisio 1933. Panoramas amazonicos: Coary. Manaus (Brazil), Imprensa Publica, 1-159. -Describes three techniques of manatee hunting: "pesca do boiadouro" (harpooning where mana tees are concentrated in deep pools during the dry season), "pesca na 'comedia'" (harpooning while a manatee is feeding), and "pesca do pary" (harpooning when a manatee disturbs stakes placed in a narrow waterway) (140-144). Jobim, Anisio 1948. Itacoatiara: estudo social, politico, geogrdfico e descritivo. Manaus (Brazil), Associacao Comercial do Ama zonas, 1-71. -Gives quantities and values of manatee hides exported in 1942 and 1943 (61, 62). x Jobim, Jose" 1943. Brazil in the making. New York, Macmillan, x + 318. -P. 178: {"A relatively new product is the leather manufactured from peixe-boi, a large Amazon River fish with a hide which, when prepared, has a great affinity for coloring matter and thus facilitates the preparation of tinted hides."} x Joeckel, R.M. 1991. A functional interpretation of the masticatory system and paleoecology of entelodonts. Paleobiology, 16(4): 459-482. 6 tabs. 23 figs. "Fall 1990" (mailed Jan. 23, 1991). -Includes T. manatus in graph of coronoid height against toothrow position in mammalian mandi bles (463). Johannes, Robert Earle: SEE ALSO Heinsohn et al., 1985. x Johannes, Robert Earle 1981. Words of the lagoon: fishing and marine lore in the Palau district of Micronesia. Berkeley, Univ. California Press, xiv + 245. Illus. -Briefly mentions the hunting and sale of du gongs (mesekiu) (25, 68, 73). Johns, D.: SEE Barnett & Johns, 1982. Johns, Harvey 1964. No sirens these! Walkabout, 30(11): 20-22. 4 figs. + 1 on contents page. Nov. 1964. -Pop. acc. of dugongs. x Johnson, David H. 1964. Mammals of the Arnhem Land Expedition. Rees. Amer.-Austral. Sci. Expedition to Arnhem Land (Melbourne, Melbourne Univ. Press), 4: 427-515. 22 tabs. 16 pis. Oct. 1964. -Gives measurements and locality data on a collection of dugong skulls and mandibles (depos ited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History), and comments on dugong habits and hunting (506-508). x Johnson, Eric 1937. List of vanishing Gambian mammals. Jour. Soc. Preserv. Fauna Empire, 31: 62-66. 174 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -States that, though manatees are "rare" in the Gambia River, "about a dozen are caught daily" (!) in fishermen's nets, "but only small specimens weighing from 10 to 40 lb. each." Also, "out of 100 Crocodiles cut open only one contained part of a Manatee." Recommends absolute protection for the species in the future (63-64, 66). x Johnson, Irving 1947. Adventures with the survey navy. Natl Geogr. Mag., 92(1): 130-148. Illus. Jul. 1947. -Reports a dugong seen while diving in a Southwest Pacific lagoon; locality not stated (143-144). Includes a good photo of the ventral side of a dugong's head (130). Johnson, J.I.: SEE Reep et al., 1989. Johnson, Murray L.; & Yablokov, Alexei V 1984. Marine mammals: losses and hopes. Acta Zool Fennica, No. 172: 117-119. Illus. Johnson, R. Roy: SEE Jones & Johnson, 1967. x Johnson, Rebecca L. 1991. The Great Barrier Reef: a living laboratory. Minneapolis, Lemer Pubis. Co., 1-96. Illus. -Pop. acc. of Australian dugongs and dugong research (36-46). Johnson, Stephen P. 1972a. Palau: conservation frontier of the Pacific. Natl. Parks & Conserv. Mag., 46: 12-17. 8 figs. Apr. 1972. Johnson, Stephen P. 1972b. Palau: exploring the limestone islands. Natl Parks & Conserv. Mag., 46(7): 4-8. 5 figs. 1 map. Johnston, Harry Hamilton 1884. The River Congo, from its mouth to Bolobo; with a general description of the natural history and anthropology of its western basin. Ed. 3. London, S. Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, xvii + 470. Illus. -Sirs., 379. Johnston, Harry Hamilton 1906. Liberia. London, Hutchinson & Co. (2 vols.), xxviii + 519; xvi+ 521-1183. Illus. -Sirs., 246. Johnston, S.J. 1913. On some Queensland trematodes, with anatomical observations and descriptions of new species and genera. Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. (n.s.), 59: 361-400. x Johnston, T. Harvey; & Mawson, Patricia M. 1941. Nematodes from Australian marine mammals. Rees. South Austral. Mus., 6(4): 429-434. 10 figs. Feb. 28, 1941. -P. 432: {"Dujardinia halicoris (Owen) Baylis. /This large species was taken from an Australian dugong, Dugong australis Owen, from Yarrabah, near Cairns, North Queensland (Austr. Museum, Reg. No. W2543)."} Johnstone, I.M. 1979. Survey methods for the analysis of seagrass meadows with respect to their potential as dugong and turtle habitat with a field key to the seagrasses of Papua New Guinea. Occas. Paper Dept. Biol, Univ. of Papua New Guinea, No. 8. Dec. 1979. Johnstone, I.M.; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1980. The dugong diet: mouth sample analysis. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/17. -Abstr.: Hudson & Johnstone, Internatl Symp. Biol. Manage. Mangroves Trop. Shallow Water Communities, 2: 31, 1980. x Johnstone, I.M.; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1981. The dugong diet: mouth sample analysis. Bull Mar. Sci., 31(3): 681-690. 5 tabs. 3 figs. -Reprinting of 1980? Analysis of mouth samples from 102 dugongs caught in Papua New Guinea showed the presence of 11 different seagrasses, plus small amounts of algae and mangroves. Frequency of occurrence and a "preference ratio" for each species are tabulated. Concludes that the mouth samples reflect local abundance, ecological distribution, and energetic value of the seagrass species in the catch area. Johonnot, James 1887. Some curious flyers, creepers, and swimmers. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1-224. Illus. -Sirs., 198-203. D Joleaud, L6once 1920. Revue de paleontologie animale. Rev. Gen. Sci. (Paris), 31: 487-500. 11 figs. Jollie, M. 1973. Chordate morphology. Huntington (New York), Robert E. Krieger, 1-478. Illus. -Short discussion of dugong kidney (292). Jolly, Asit: SEE Bajpai et al., 1989. Jones, Douglas S.: SEE Ivany et al., 1990. Jones, J. Knox, Jr.: SEE ALSO Genoway & Jones, 1975. x Jones, J. Knox, Jr. 1965. Some Miskito Indian names for mammals. Jour. Mamm., 46(2): 353-354. May 20, 1965. -Gives palpa as the Miskito name for T. manatus in Nicaragua (354). Jones, J. Knox, Jr.; & Johnson, R. Roy 1967. Sirenians. In: S. Anderson & J.K. Jones, Jr. (eds.), Recent mammals of the world: a synopsis of families. NUMBER 80 175 New York, Ronald Press (453 pp.), 366-373. Fig. 62. Jones, J. Knox, Jr.; & Lawlor, Timothy E. 1965. Mammals from Isla Cozumel, Mexico with de scription of a new species of harvest mouse. Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ, 16(3): 409-419. Jones, M.P. (ed.) 1976? Rulemaking actions September 1976. Florida manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 1(4): 3. x Jones, Marvin L. 1971. History of marine mammals in captivity with notes on their longevity. Proc. 7th Ann. Conf. Biol. Sonar & Diving Mammals (Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, Calif): 81-89. Read Oct. 23, 1970. -Tabulates the earliest known instance of each sir. species being held in captivity, the earliest instance in America, and the longevity record for each (85). Jones, R.T.: SEE Kaiser et al., 1981. x Jones, Robert E. 1967. A Hydrodamalis skull fragment from Monterey Bay, California. Jour. Mamm., 48(1): 143-144. 1 fig. Feb. 20, 1967. -A specimen dredged up in 1960 yielded a radiocarbon date of 18,940 ? 1100 years B.P. See also A. Long (1965). Jones, S.G.; Liat, L.B.; & Cross, J.H. 1971. A key to the mammals of Taiwan. Chin. Jour. Microbiol, 4: 267-278. -Chinese summ. x Jones, Santhabpan 1959. On a pair of captive dugongs (Dugong dugong (Erxleben)). Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India, 1(2): 198-202. Dec. 1959. -Discusses various aspects of the natural history, diet, behavior, and size at birth of the dugong, and attempts to keep it in captivity. The captive pair were held at Mandapam Camp, India. Jones, Santhabpan 1966. Problems of research and conservation of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Miiller) in the Indopaci- fic. [Abstr.] Proc. 11th Pacif Sci. Congr. (Tokyo), 5-7: 724. [77:16?] x Jones, Santhabpan 1967a. The dugong Dugong dugon (Miiller): its present status in the seas round India with observations on its behaviour in captivity. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 1: 215-220. 1 tab. 1 fig. PI. 33. -Abstr.: Abstr. Contr. Fish. Aquat. Sci. India, 1(1): 39-40? Summary of dugong distribution and status in India, with account of sexual behavior, pathology, and other observations on captives. Notes that a captive dugong was kept alive in New Caledonia for four months in 1965 (216). Jones, Santhabpan 1967b. On a pair of captive dugongs. Loris, 11:83-86. Jones, Santhabpan 1980. The dugong or the so-called mermaid, Dugong dugon (Miiller) of the Indo-Sri Lanka waters? problems of research and conservation. Spolia Zeylanica, 35(1-11): 223-260. 4 tabs. 8 figs. 6 pis. x Jones, Santhabpan 1981. Distribution and status of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Miiller) in the Indian region. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar I workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 43-54. 3 figs. -Summarizes the present distribution of dugongs in Burma, India, and Sri Lanka, including the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; no resident populations appear to exist in Pakistan, Bangladesh, or the Maldives. Recommends joint research and conservation efforts by India and Sri Lanka. Jones, Santhabpan 1983. The present status of the dugong in the Indo-Sri Lanka waters. Loris, 16(3): 139-141. Jones, Sherman C: SEE Fernandez & Jones, 1990. Jones, Thomas Rymer 1871. General outline of the organization of the animal kingdom, and manual of comparative anatomy. Ed. 4. London, J. Van Voorst, xliii + 886. Dlus. -Sirs., 809, section 2201. x Jonklaas, Rodney 1960. The vanishing dugong. Loris, 8(5): 302-304. Jun. 1960. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and problems confronting their conservation in Ceylon, x Jonklaas, Rodney 1961. Some observations on dugongs (Dugong dugong?Erxleben). Loris, 9(1): 1-8. 4 figs. Jun. 1961. -Detailed account of the behavior of wild and 176 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY captive dugongs in India, with remarks on their conservation in India and Ceylon. Jonston, Johannes 1650. Historiae natur alls de piscibus et cetis Libri V. [together with] Historiae naturalis de exangvibus aqvaticis Libri TV. Frankfurt am Main, Matthaei Meriani, 1-228. 47 pis. [first part]; 1-78. 20 pis. [second part]. -Allen 74. Repr.: Amsterdam, 1718 (Allen 173). De Manati Indorum, 223-224, with a reference to "Tab. xliii"; but there is no corresponding figure on the plate. Jonston, Johannes 1657. An history of the wonderful things of nature: set forth in ten severall classes.... London, printed by John Streater, 1-344. -Allen 81. Transl. into English by John Rowland. Classis LX (Fishes), chap, xi, "of Manaty, and the Whiting," 296, 297. Jordan, Thomas 1873. [Title?] Forest & Stream, 1: 169. Jordana y Morera, Ram6n 1895. Bosquejo geogrdfico e historico-natural del Ar- chipiilago Filipino. Madrid, Impr. de Moreno y Rojas, xiv + 461. 12 pis. -Sirs., 174. Joseph, Brian E.: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. Joseph, Ellis S.: SEE Anonymous, 1923. x Jueco, Nonette L. 1977. The nematode Paradujardinia halicoris in the sea cow in the Philippines. Kalikasan, Philippine Jour. Biol, 6(3): 257-262. 6 figs. -Describes worms from the stomach and small intestine of a dugong, and suggests that P. halicoris has no intermediate host. Also comments briefly on the distribution of the dugong in the Philippines. Jukes, J. Beete: SEE Owen, R., 1847. K x Kadel, Jessica J. 1992. The great white manatee. Underwater Naturalist, 21(2): 15-16. 2 figs. -Account of a light-colored (but not albino) manatee, probably male, observed near Ft. Myers, Florida. Kadel, Jessica J.; Dukeman, Angela K.; & Patton, Geoffrey W. 1991. Report of the 1988 aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida. Mote Marine Laboratory Tech. Rept., No. 228: iii + 55. 2 tabs. 17 figs. Oct. 18, 1991. Kadel, Jessica J.; Morgan, Margaret A.; & Patton, Geoffrey W. 1991. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri chechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida: technical report. Mote Marine Laboratory Tech. Rept., No. 225: iv + 74. 2 tabs. 21 figs. Aug. 20, 1991. Kadel, Jessica J.; & Patton, Geoffrey W 1992. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri chechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida from 1985-1990: a comprehensive six year study. Mote Marine Laboratory Tech. Rept., No. 246: iv + 17 + 5 + 17. 8 tabs. 13 figs. Mar. 3, 1992. Kairies, Hans 1978. Key to saving gentle manatee is awareness. Florida Conserv. News, 14(2): 8-9. 1 tab. 3 figs. Nov. 1978. Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1960. Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden Osteologie der fossilen und rezenten Pachyostosen. Palaeontographica, A, 114(5/6): 113-196. 1 fig. Pis. 16-25. Jun. 1960. x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1965a. The phylogenetic adaptation of aquatic mammals to their environment. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 5(2): 229. May 1965 (read Aug. 20, 1965). -Comments briefly on anatomical modifications in sirs, x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1965b. Einige Gesichtspunkte zur anatomischen Nomenklatur extremer Saugetierformen, am Bei- spiel der Sirenen. Anat. Anz., 116(5): 425-428. 3 figs. Jun. 30, 1965. -Engl. summ. Calls attention to the horizontal position of the diaphragm in sirs, and proposes the terms "Cavum dorsale trunci" and "Cavum ven- trale trunci" for their thoracic and abdominal cavities, respectively. x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1966a. Untersuchungen uber die topographischen Ver- haltnisse der Leibeshohle hochspezialisierter Sau- ger an Hand ausgewahlter Beispiele. Anat. Anz., 119(1): 57-69. 18 figs. -Contrasts the position of the lungs and dia phragm in sirs, with the condition in other mammals, and points out its hydrostatic signifi cance. x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1966b. Functional anatomy of breathing and balance in seacows (Sirenia). [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 155(3): 426. Jul. 1966. -Describes in general terms the gross anatomical specializations of sirs. Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1967. Pachyostotic bone conditions in certain regions of the skull of Odobenus rosmarus L., in relation to weight distribution. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 157(2): 366. Feb. 1967 (read Apr. 4-7, 1967). x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1968. Differences in the occipital regions of recent Sirenia in relation to the connections of the skull with the body. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 160(2): 478. Feb. 1968 (read Apr. 9-12, 1968). -Compares gross morphology of occipital regions in the three Recent genera. Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1969a. Type-specific microscopic findings in the Sirenia. [Abstr.] Trans. Amer. Microsc Soc, 88(1): 170. Jan. 1969 (read Sept. 1968). x Kaiser, Hans Elmar 1969b. Histochemical studies on pachyostosis in sea cows and pinnipeds. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 163(2): 207-208. Feb. 1969 (read Apr. 1-4, 1969). 177 178 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Kaiser, 1970. Kaiser, 1971. x Kaiser, 1973. Kaiser, 1974. Kaiser, 1975. Kaiser, 1966. Kaiser, 1967. Kaiser, 1968. Kaiser, R.T. 1981. -Mentions that pachyostosis has histochemical and metabolic implications. Hans Elmar Das Abnorme in der Evolution. Acta Biotheoretica, 17, Suppl. 1: 1-623. 328 figs. 2 pis. -Rev.: Anat. Anz., 131: 1-2, 173-174. Hans Elmar Some facts about the possibilities and boundaries concerning the bone structure of aquatic mammals for taxonomic purposes. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 169(2): 351. Hans Elmar Sirenia. Karger Gazette, 28: 1-6. 4 figs. Oct. 1973. -Gen. acc. of anatomy and conservation of sirs. Hans Elmar Morphology of the Sirenia: a macroscopic and x-ray atlas of the osteology of Recent species. Basel, S. Karger, viii + 76. 64 pis. -Revs.: G.C.L. Bertram, Nature, 249(5455): 393-394, May 24, 1974; Michael Kesner & Cynthia Lance, Jour. Mamm., 57(4): 798, Dec. 10, 1976. Hans Elmar The x-ray structure of the pelvic bones of Steller's sea cow, Hydrodamalis gigas. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 181(2): 534-535. Feb. 1975. Hans Elmar, & Bartone, John C La topografia de los organos internos de los fetos de la vaca marina (Genera Dugong y Trichechus) (Sin: Manatus). [Abstr.] Arch. Mex. Anat., 7(3): 9-10. -Abstr. of Kaiser & Bartone (1968). Hans Elmar, & Bartone, John C The microscopic relationship of pachyostotic bone conditions to soft tissues in sea cow genera Dugong and Trichechus (Syn. = Manatus). [Abstr.] Trans. Amer. Microsc. Soc, 86(1): 74. (Read Aug. 1966.) Hans Elmar, & Bartone, John C. The topography of internal organs of sea cow fetuses (genera Dugong and Trichechus, syn.: Manatus). Arch. Mex. Anat., 7(27): 39-48. 6 figs. -Abstr.: Kaiser & Bartone (1966). Hans Elmar; Mergner, W; Sheffield, D.; & Jones, Selected aspects of comparative radiology, histol ogy and electron microscopy of aquatic mammals. [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 199(3): 132A. Kaiser, Hans Elmar; & Schropfer, H.P. 1970. Comparative investigations of the behavior of water mammals, especially sea-cows (Trichechus manatus latirostris). [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 10(3): 294. Read Aug. 29, 1970. -?Repr.: Bull Ecol. Soc Amer., 51(2): 46, Jun. 1970? Kalashnikova, M.M.; & Kazanskaya, N.I. 1986. [Light and electron-microscopic study of the liver cells of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 371-376. -In Russian, x Kaltenmark, Jean 1942a. Contribution a l'etude des sireniens actuels et fossiles.... [I.] Les sireniens actuels. Mammalia, 6(2): 53-64. 9 figs. Jun. 1942. -An unimpressive, undistinguished survey of the distribution and osteology of living sirs., mainly T. senegalensis. The erroneous figure (fig. 7, p. 61) and statement (p. 63) on the otic region of Rhytina axe corrected in Kaltenmark (1943: 24). This and the following two papers also exist as a set of separates in a single wrapper, with continuous pagination (1-39) but the same page- breaks, x Kaltenmark, Jean 1942b. Contribution a l'6tude des sireniens actuels et fossiles. II. Les sir6niens fossiles. Definition d'un nouveau type. Mammalia, 6(3/4): 101-113. 4 figs. Sep.-Dec. 1942. -Summarizes the history and nomenclature of many of the fossil sirs, of Europe. Describes the skull of Metaxytherium cuvieri illustrated by Deperet & Roman (1920: pi. 7, fig. 3) as "Metaxytherium nov. spec." (105-113). Refers Halitherium guettardi Gervais, 1867, to Metaxytherium (113). x Kaltenmark, Jean 1943. Contribution a l'&ude des sir6niens actuels et fossiles. III. Essai de phylogenie. Mammalia, 7(1): 14-25. 7 figs. Mar. 1943. -Carries phylogenetic reliance on the frontal- nasal relationship to the ultimate extreme, divid ing sirs, into two groups, with all the living forms in one lump descended from Felsinotherium! Fig. 6 shows an interesting Hydrodamalis skull with very large nasals. Kambe, Nobukazu: SEE Yamaguchi et al., 1981. Kamei, Tadao: SEE ALSO Ijiri & Kamei, 1961; Kimura et al., 1983; Kobayashi & Kamei, 1973; Kugaet al., 1987. NUMBER 80 179 D Kamei, Tadao 1978. Vertebrate paleontology. Recent Prog. Nat. Sci. Japan, 3: 99-108. -Mentions Paleoparadoxia. D Kamei, Tadao 1984. Introduction. In: Desmostylians and their paleoen- vironment ([vi] + 140 pp.). Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: [iii-iv]. May 1984. -In Japanese. The volume headed by this intro duction contains 13 articles, listed in this bibliog raphy by their authors: Inuzuka (2), Chinzei, Yamanoi, Itoigawa, Goto & Kuga, Matsui et al., Akamatsu, Kaseno, Yoshida, Taguchi, Takayasu & Nakamura, and Kozawa. The volume concludes with a discussion (129-138). D Kamei, Tadao; Kuga, Naoyuki; Inuzuka, Norihisa; Kamiya, Hidetoshi; & Saegusa, Haruo 1989. [Report of Paleoparadoxia fossils from Tsuyama.] Ann. Rept. Tsuyama Mus., No. 1: [vii] + 48. 3 tabs. Frontisp. 25 figs. 7 pis. -In Japanese. Comprises a preface by Kamei and chapters on the following topics: geology of the Tsuyama Basin (Kamei, pp. 1-9); fossils of Paleoparadoxia and their modes of occurrence (Kuga, pp. 10-23); reconstruction of Paleopara doxia (Inuzuka, pp. 24-25); radiographic obser vations (Kuga, p. 26); tooth microstructure (Ka miya, p. 27); and discussion (Kamei, Saegusa, & Kuga, pp. 28-41). Pp. 42-48 reproduce news clippings about the Tsuyama specimen. D Kamei, Tadao; & Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1974. Fossil mammals from the Mizunami Group. Bull Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 1: 263-291. 12 pis. 1 map. -In Japanese. Mentions Paleoparadoxia tabatai. D Kamei, Tadao; & Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1975. Neogene desmostylid and proboscidean fossils from Japan 1 [-6]. Atlas of Japanese Fossils (Tokyo, Tsukiji Sho- kan), 34(199 [-204]): [each fascicle 4 pp. long.] Illus. -In Japanese. Fascicles 1-5 deal with desmostyli ans. xD Kamei, Tadao; & Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1977. Mammalian fauna of the Miocene Mizunami Group and the Neogene mammals in Japan. [Abstr.] Proc. 1st Internatl Congr. on Pacif Neogene Stratigraphy (Tokyo, 1976): 353-354. -Considers the occurrences of Desmostylus and Paleoparadoxia in Japan to be Middle to Late Miocene (N8-N15) in age. Kamiya, Hidetoshi: SEE ALSO Kamei et al., 1989. D Kamiya, Hidetoshi 1987. [Observations on the dental structure of Paleoparadoxia from Tsuyama.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigra phy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mam mals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 81-82. 4 figs. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. D Kamiya, Hidetoshi 1988a. Histological reexamination of enamel of Paleoparadoxia tabatai. In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 128-133. 6 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kamiya, Hidetoshi 1988b. Observations on the tooth cementum of the Paleoparadoxia unearthed in Tsuyama Munici pality, Okayama Prefecture. Jour. Fossil Research, 21(1): 5-8. Illus. Aug. 1988. -In Japanese; Engl. Summ. Kamiya, Toshiro: SEE ALSO Pirlot & Kamiya, 1985; Yamasaki et al., 1980, 1981. Kamiya, Toshiro 1984. The biology of the dugong. Animals and Zoos, 36(415): 316-317 (= No. 9, 1984: 18-19). 2 figs. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1986. Steller's sea-cow and gray whale. Aquabiology, 8(3): 161. Jun. 1986. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1988. Marine mammals?8. Steller's sea cow. Aquabiology, 10(1): 18-19. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1989a. Marine mammals?16. Tradition about mermaids. Aquabiology, 11(3)(62): 208-209. 3 figs.? Jun. 1989. -In Japanese. Kamiya, Toshiro 1989b. Marine mammals?17. Some notes on the Dugon- gidae fossil from Japan. Aquabiology, 11(4)(63): 282-283. 3 figs. 180 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Kamiya, 1989c. Kamiya, 1990. Kamiya, 1991a. x Kamiya, 1991b. D Kamiya, 1992. D Kamiya, 1985. x Kamiya, 1979. x Kamiya, 1981. Kampen 1905. -In Japanese. Toshiro [Title?] [Publ.?], [xii] +193+10. Illus. -In Japanese. Toshiro Marine mammals?20. Posters on marine mam mals. Aquabiology, 12(1): 24-25. Illus. -In Japanese. Toshiro Marine mammals?27. Influence of the Gulf war to dugong. Aquabiology, 13(2): 118-119. 2 figs. -In Japanese. Toshiro Marine mammals?31. Stamps of marine mam mals. Aquabiology, 13(6)(77): 428-429. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Includes discussion and illustration of the 1966 Ryukyus stamp depicting a dugong. Toshiro Marine mammals?34. Some note of the Desmo stylia. Aquabiology, 14(3)(80): 198-199. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Toshiro; Pirlot, Paul; & Hasegawa, Yoshikazu Comparative brain morphology of miocene [sic] and recent sirenians. Fortschritte der Zool, 30: 541-544. 1 tab. 1 fig. Toshiro; Uchida, Senzo; & Kataoka, Teruo Organ weights of Dugong dugon. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 31: 129-132. 2 tabs. Pis. 1-4. -Weights of organs in 6 animals from the Philippines, Indonesia, and Okinawa, with body lengths and weights, intestine lengths, and photos of major organs. Toshiro; & Yamasaki, Fusao A morphological note on the sinus hair of the dugong. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 193-197. 4 figs. -Briefly describes the distribution of sinus hairs on the body, and the gross anatomy and histology of sinus hairs from the upper lip. , P.N. van Die Tympanalgegend des Saugetierschadels. Morph. Jahrb., 34(3/4): 321-722. 96 figs. Dec. 15, 1905. -Sirs., 356-357, 632-636, etc. Kane, Kent K.: SEE Boever et al., 1977. D Kaneko, Ituo; & Goto, Doji (eds.) 1992. Miocene fossils from Ikuridani, Yatsuo town, Toyama Prefecture. Spec. Publ. Toyama Sci. Mus., No. 5: 1-86.5 figs. 19 pis. -In Japanese. Reports a tooth of Paleoparadoxia tabatai (5, 6, 31; pi. 16, figs. 9a,b). D Kaneko, Kazuo; & Inuzuka, Norihisa 1992. Desmostylian fossils from the Yatsuo Group in Toyama Prefecture, central Japan and their paleoenvironments. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 46(2): 153-164. 2 tabs. 8 figs. 1 pi. Mar. 1992. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Describes two isolated teeth of Early to Middle Miocene age: a lower P4 of Paleoparadoxia tabatai and an upper M2 of Desmostylus japonicus from Tsuzara and Mi- nowa, respectively. Kanwisher, John W: SEE Best et al., 1982; Gallivan et al. Kapindi, Richard A.: SEE Reeves et al., 1988. x Kappers, C.U. Ariens; Huber, G.C; & Crosby, E.C 1960. The comparative anatomy of the nervous system of vertebrates, including man. New York, Hafner (3 vols.). 1936 ed., 2 vols. Comments on the size of the spinal cord in the dugong (1: 286) and states that the epiphysis is absent in the dugong and manatee (2: 1064). Kappler, August 1881. Holldndisch -Guiana. Erlebnisse und Erfahrungen wdhrend eines 43jdhrigen Aufenthalts in der Kolonie Surinam. Stuttgart, W. Kohlhammer, ix + 495. Frontisp. 1 map. -Sirs., 415. Kappler, August 1887. Suriname, sein Land, sein Natur, Bevolkerung und seine Kultur-Verhdltnisse mit Bezug auf Kolonisation. Stuttgart, 1-384. Figs. 1 map. -Manatees, 76-78. Karasawa, Hiroaki: SEE Inuzuka & Karasawa, 1986. D Kaseno, Yoshio 1964. A tooth of Desmostylus found at Shiratori, Southern Noto, Japan. Ann. Rept. Noto Mar. Lab. (Fac. Sci. Univ. Kanazawa), 4: 59-64. 3 figs. 1 pi. Mar. 1964. D Kaseno, Yoshio 1984. Occurrence and stratigraphical horizon of the desmostylian fossils from Noto, Japan. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 69-72. 1 tab. May 1984. NUMBER 80 181 -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Kashiwada, Jerry V: SEE Perrin & Kashiwada, 1989. Kasuya, Toshio: SEE ALSO Marsh & Kasuya, 1981; Nishiwaki et al., 1979. x Kasuya, Toshio; & Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1978. On the age characteristics and anatomy of the tusk of Dugong dugon. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 30: 301-310. 1 tab. 3 figs. 4 pis. Dec. 1978. -Monthly and annual growth layers identified in tusks; females thought to be sexually mature at about 10 years and to live at least 45 years. Kataoka, Teruo: SEE ALSO Asano et al., 1978; Kamiya et al., 1979; Nishiwaki et al., 1979, 1982. x Kataoka, Teruo; & Asano, Shiro 1980. A brief note on the dugong Dugong dugon at the Toba Aquarium. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 20: 269-270. 1 fig. -Describes the captive conditions, growth, diet, feeding and other behavior of a young female Philippine dugong. See also Kataoka & Asano (1981). x Kataoka, Teruo; & Asano, Shiro 1981. On the keeping of dugong (Dugong dugon) in Toba Aquarium. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 199-203. 4 tabs. 1 fig. -A slightly more detailed version of Kataoka & Asano (1980), with a graph of food intake and tables showing the chemical composition of the diet used at Toba, the amounts of food consumed per day by various captive dugongs, and addi tional growth data on the Toba specimen. Kattinger, Emil 1979. Nichtdarwinistische Evolutionsphilosophie. Ber. Naturf. Ges. Bamberg, 53: 210-271. Illus. Jun. 1979. -Mentions Halitherium. Kaudern, Walter 1915. Saugetiere aus Madagaskar. ArkivZooL, 9(18): 1-101. 4 pis. -Mentions dugongs at the Sofia River and at Mahakamby, and their sale at Analalava. Kaudern, Walter 1917. Studien uber die mannlichen Geschlechtsorgane von Sirenia, Hyracoidea, und Proboscidea. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Anat.), 40: 203-244. 16 figs. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1830. Versuch einer nattirlichen Eintheilung der Saugethiere. Isis von Oken, 1830: 799-802. -Sirs., 801. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1835. Das Thierreich in seinen Hauptformen systema- tisch beschrieben.... Drei Bande. Erster Band. Naturgeschichte der Menschen und der Saugethi ere. Darmstadt, Johann Philipp Diehl, xxxv + 452. 180 figs. -Allen 860. Sirenia, 426-430: Halicore Dugong, with fig. (428); Manatus americanus (429); and Rytina Stelleri (430). Kaup, Johann Jakob 1837. Sur la place que doit occuper le Dinotherium dans l'echelle animale. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(14): 527-529. Apr. 3, 1837. -Abstr.: L'Institut, 5: 109? x Kaup, Johann Jakob 1838a. [Uber Zahnen von Halytherium und Pugmeodon aus Flonheim. Letter dated May 14, 1838.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1838: 318-320. PI. 2. -Allen 936. Discusses and illustrates (319, pi. 2) teeth of Halytherium dubium and Pugmeodon Schinzii from the Oligocene of Flonheim, Ger many. This was the first publication of the name Halytherium (soon changed by its author to Halitherium) and the first valid publication of P. Schinzii, which was previously a nomen nudum. x Kaup, Johann Jakob 1838b. [Uber Zahnen von Halitherium und Dugong.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1838: 536. -Allen 937. The original spelling Halytherium is here changed to Halitherium. Corrects the state ment in Kaup (1838a) that the dugong has only two cheek teeth, rather than five [actually six!], and contrasts the root construction in this genus with that of Halitherium. x Kaup, Johann Jakob 1840. Notizen uber die fossilen sogenannten Gras- fressenden Wale. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1840: 673-676. -Allen 997. Discusses, and hopelessly ensnarls, the synonymy of Halitherium, Halianassa, Hip popotamus, and Manatus spp.; mentions the name "Fucotherium" as one he will not propose (675); and proposes the replacement name "Ponto- therium Bruno" for Cheirotherium Bruno (676)! Kaup, Johann Jakob 1841. Akten der Urwelt oder Osteologie der urweltlichen 182 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Saugethiere und Amphibien. Darmstadt, publ. by the author, x + 54. 14 pis. -Describes Cymatotherium antiquum, n.gen.n.sp. (11-14, pi. 4), a supposed sir., based on a ?fetal mandible of a proboscidean from Germany. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1855. Beitraege zur naeheren Kenntniss der urwelt- lichen Saeugethiere Zweites Heft. Darmstadt, C.W. Leske, 1-23. 7 pis. -The entire work was published in five parts, 1854-1861; see also Kaup (1861). Proposes a quinarian classification of sirs, and other mam mals. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1856. Ueber einen vollstandigen Halitherium Gaumen mit Zahnen. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1856: 19-21. PI. 1. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1858. Halitherium besitzt einen rudimentaren Femur. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1858: 532-534. PI. 21. Kaup, Johann Jakob 1861. Beitraege zur naeheren Kenntniss der urwelt- lichen Saeugethiere.... Fuenftes Heft. Darmstadt & Leipzig, Eduard Zemin, 1-32. 5 pis. -See also Kaup (1855). Supplemental information on Halitherium Schinzi, 31-32, pi. 5. Kaup, Johann Jakob; & Scholl, Johann Baptist 1834a. Catalogue des platres des ossements fossiles, qui se trouvent dans le cabinet d'histoire naturelle du Grand-Due de Hesse. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1: 200-216. -Published previously as a separate, Darmstadt, 1832? x Kaup, Johann Jakob; & Scholl, Johann Baptist 1834b. Verzeichniss der Gypsabgusse von dem aus- gezeichnetsten urweltlichen Thierresten des Grossherzoglichen Museum zu Darmstadt Zweite vermehrte und verbesserte Ausgabe. Darmstadt, Johann Philipp Diehl, 1-28. 6 figs. Sep. 1834. -First publication of the nomen nudum Pugmeo don Schinzii (16), based on a tooth (not illustrated) "Aus dem tertiaren Sand bei Flonheim..."(Oligo cene, Germany). I have not seen the first (1832) ed. and cannot say if this name appeared there also. Kautz, Randy S. 1990. Use of a Geographic Information System in wildlife habitat protection planning in Florida. In: J.E. Reynolds, III, & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 45-50. 2 tabs. 5 figs. Dec. 1990. Kawaguchi, S.; & Shibata, A. 1972. An electron microscopic study of back protrusion of sea-cow. Zool. Mag., 81: 310-311. Kawai, Shin-ichiro: SEE Miyazaki et al. Kawakami, Takeshi: SEE Oishi & Kawakami, 1984; Oishi et al., 1990. Kazanskaya, N.I.: SEE Kalashnikova & Kazanskaya, 1986. Kazmierczak, T. 1964. Czy krowa morska Rhytina stelleri zyje jeszcze? Protection of Nature in Poland (Chronmy Przy- rode Ojczysta), 20(4): 25-29, 53. 2 figs. -Engl, summ., p. 53. Keates, G. 1788. An account of the Pelew Islands, situated in the western part of the Pacific Ocean. London, G. Nicol, 1-378. Kecskemeti, T: SEE Detre et al., 1971. x Keferstein, Christian 1834. Die Naturgeschichte des Erdkorpers in ihren ersten Grundzugen dargestellt. Leipzig, Friedrich Fleischer (2 vols.), Vol. 2: iv + 896. -Records Manatus fossilis "aus dem Grobkalk von Angers, Dou6 &c, tertiairem Mergel von Leutmeritz in Bdhmen, aus Maryland in Nord- Amerika" (2: 217). It is possible that "Phoca magna" from the Miocene of France (2: 224-225) also represents a sir. (i.e., Metaxytherium me dium). Kehrer, F.A. 1896. Zur Phylogenie des Beckens. Verh. Naturhist.-med. Ver. Heidelberg (n.s.), 5: 346-359. Pis. 7-8. -Publ. 1895? Sirs., 357, fig. 40. x Keith, Kent 1968. Mammals of the Pellew Islands. Mimag (Mount Isa Mines Ltd., Australia), 19(2): 19-21. 10 figs. Jun. 1968. -"Herds of up to a hundred" dugongs reported near the mouth of the McArthur River, Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia (20). Kelaart, Edward Frederic 1852-1853. Prodromus faunae zeylanicae; being con tributions to the zoology of Ceylon (Appendix). Colombo, printed for the author, 2 vols, in 1. -Discusses Halicore dugung, 89. Keller, G.: SEE Andreae & Keller, 1901. x Keller-Leuzinger, Franz 1874. The Amazon and Madeira Rivers. London, Chapman and Hall, xvi + 177. -Brief, unspecific paragraph on the manatee (81); fig. on p. 83. Also on p. 83 is an account of NUMBER 80 183 water-monster and "mother of waters" supersti tions, with, however, no connection drawn to manatees. Kelley, Don Greame: SEE Harry, R.R., 1956. Kellogg, Remington: SEE ALSO Miller & Kellogg, 1955; Packard & Kellogg, 1934. Kellogg, Remington 1924. Tertiary pelagic mammals of eastern North Amer ica. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 35: 755-766. -Sirs., 755. x Kellogg, Remington 1925. A new fossil sirenian from Santa Barbara County, California. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 348: 57-70. Pis. 9-11. Apr. 1925. -Describes Metaxytherium jordani, n.sp., from the Upper Miocene of Lompoc and discusses its relationship to Hydrodamalis. Refers Dioplo therium manigaulti Cope to Metaxytherium (59) without, however, writing out the implied new combination. Kellogg, Remington 1929a. Extinct ocean-living mammals from Maryland. Explor. Field Work Smithson. Inst., 1928 [1929]: 27-32. 4 figs. Kellogg, Remington 1929b. A new fossil toothed whale from Florida. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 389: 1-10. -Mentions Felsinotherium, 1. xD Kellogg, Remington 1931. Pelagic mammals from the Temblor Formation of the Kern River region, California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)19(12): 217-397. 134 figs. Jan. 30, 1931. -Reviews the distribution of desmostylians (219- 227) and gives the synonymy and type localities for Cornwallius sookensis, Desmostylus cymatias, D. californicus, D. hesperus, and D. japonicus, all of which he provisionally recognizes. Reports a Desmostylus tooth from the Upper Miocene of Washington (226), and illustrates and describes a tooth from the Temblor (225-227, figs. 1-3). Kellogg, Remington 1936. A review of the Archaeoceti. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 482: xv + 366. 87 figs. 37 pis. Dec. 14, 1936. Kellogg, Remington 1942. Tertiary, Quaternary, and Recent marine mammals of South America and the West Indies. Proc. 8th Amer. Sci. Congr., 3: 445-473. -See also Kellogg (1943). x Kellogg, Remington 1943. Past and present status of the marine mammals of South America and the West Indies. Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1942 (Publ. no. 3705): 299-316. -Abridged version of Kellogg (1942). Brief paragraph on Eocene and Oligocene sirs, in the West Indies (299). x Kellogg, Remington 1959. Description of the skull of Pomatodelphis inae- qualis Allen. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool. Harvard Coll., 121(1): 3-26. 1 fig. 6 pis. May 1959. -Mentions "manatee" (i.e., Metaxytherium flori danum) bones found in the Homeland Mine, Polk County, Florida (m6). x Kellogg, Remington 1966. Fossil marine mammals from the Miocene Calvert Formation of Maryland and Virginia. 3. New species of extinct Miocene Sirenia. U.S. Natl Mus. Bull, 247(3): 65-98. Figs. 32-38. Pis. 33-43. -Reviews the Miocene Sirenia of the U.S. Atlantic coast; describes Metaxytherium calver tense, n.sp. (71-90), from the Middle Miocene of Maryland; discusses Felsinotherium alleni (new combination; 91) and M. manigaulti from the ?Miocene of South Carolina (91-92); describes M. ortegense, n.sp. (93-94), from the ?Upper Miocene of Colombia. Gives useful reviews of the usage of the names Halianassa, Metaxytherium, Felsinotherium, and many specific names. Con siders Hemicaulodon Cope a sir., though it is actually a walrus (see C. E. Ray, 1975). Fixes the type species of Metaxytherium by restriction as M. medium (= M. cuvieri) (70), and inadvertently designates a lectotype for Halianassa studeri (69, pi. 43; see Domning, 1987b). x Kellogg, Remington; & Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1957. Mammals. In: H.S. Ladd (ed.), Treatise on marine ecology and paleocology. Vol. 2. Paleoecology (x + 1077 pp.). Mem. Geol. Soc. Amer., 67(2): 1021-1024. -Discusses the paleoenvironments of several Miocene sirs.: Miosiren (Antwerp Basin, Bel gium), oceanic coastline (1021); Metaxytherium (Calvert Fm., Maryland), large estuary; Hespero- siren (Hawthorn Fm., Florida), environment simi lar to present Atlantic coast of Florida (1022). Vol. 1 (Ecology, J.W Hedgpeth, ed.; Mem., 67(1): viii + 1296) of this treatise contains an article on "Marine Mammals" by the same authors (1223-1226), with a brief paragraph summarizing Recent sir. distribution on p. 1223. This is not indexed here. x Kellogg, William N. 1955. Sounds of sea animals [PHONOGRAPH RE- 184 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY CORD]. New York, Folkways Records & Services, Inc., Album No. FPX 125. -Includes sounds of T manatus recorded in Florida. x Kenchington, Richard A. 1972. Observations on the digestive system of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Erxleben). Jour. Mamm., 53(4): 884-887. 1 tab. 7 figs. Nov. 30, 1972. -Describes the gross anatomy and histology of stomachs and intestines of animals caught in northern Queensland shark nets; comments on secretions and muscular contractions of the gut, and the pH of its contents. "Sea grasses" were found even in the stomach of a "new bom" calf. x Kenchington, Richard A. 1985. Dugong hunting in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. IUCN Bull. (Internatl. Union Conserv. Nature & Nat. Resources), 16(7-9): 89-90. 1 fig. Jul.-Sep. 1985. -Reports on the regulation of traditional hunting in the Hope Vale Community, Queensland, Australia. According to Kenchington (IUCNBull, 17(1-3): 41, Jan.-Mar. 1986), authorship of this article should have been attributed to Claudia L. Baldwin. x Kendall, Beryl 1985. Sea cows. Swara (Mag. of the East Afr. Wildlife Soc), 8(1): 32-33. 2 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1985. -Pop. acc. of sirs., emphasizing East African dugongs. x Kenny, R. 1967. The breathing pattern of the dugong. Austral. Jour. Sci., 29(10): 372-373. 2 figs. Apr. 1967. -Reports observations of a captive Australian dugong at Cairns Oceanarium. Its longest re corded dive lasted 8 min. 26 sec; the average dive, 3 min. 1 sec. Forward progress was maintained during breathing, and a rhythmic pattern of breaths was noted. Kent, Janet 1972. The Solomon Islands. Newton Abbott, David & Charles; Harrisburg (Pennsylvania), Stackpole Books, 1-222. Illus. -Dugongs in the Solomons said to be more numerous than whales; comments on superstitions of people of Malaita (22). Kent, William Saville: SEE ALSO Welsby, T, 1967. Kent, William Saville 1893. The Great Barrier Reef of Australia; its products and potentialities.... Containing?an account, with copious coloured and photographic illustra tions ...of the corals and coral reefs, pearl and pearl-shell, beche-de-mer, other fishing indus tries, and the marine fauna of the Australian Great Barrier region. London, W.H. Allen & Co., Ltd., xvii + 387. Illus. -Repr. of 1893 ed.: Melbourne, John Currey, O'Neil, 1972. Ed. 2, London, W.H. Allen, 1900. Dugong fishery, 310, 327-330. Kenyon, Karl W: SEE Reeves et al., 1992; Simenstad et al., 1978. xD Kermode, Francis 1917. Palaeontology. Rept. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Victoria, Brit. Columbia), 1916: 42-43. PI. 9. -Reports a tooth of "Desmostylus hesperus" from Vancouver Is., B.C. (This tooth, BCPM 486, was later made the holotype of Cornwallius sooken- sis.) Includes comments on the tooth by Lawrence M. Lambe (42) and a photo of the type locality. Kerr, Robert 1792. The animal kingdom, or zoological system, of the celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus. Class I. Mam malia London, A. Strahan & T Cadell; Edinburgh, W. Creech, xii + 644. -"Trichechus Dugon," 118-119; "Trich. Ma natus australis," 119-120; "Trich. Manatus borealis" (= Hydrodamalis), 120; "Trich. Ma natus Siren" (= Steller's "sea-ape"), 120. Kesner, Michael: SEE Kaiser, H.E., 1974. x Ketten, Darlene R.; Odell, Daniel Keith; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1992. Structure, function, and adaptation of the manatee ear. In: J. Thomas, R. Kastelein, & A. Supin (eds.), Marine mammal sensory systems. New York, Plenum Press, 77-95. 2 tabs. 8 figs. -Describes the anatomy and (using CT scans) location in the head of ear structures in Florida manatees. Calls attention to the possible role of the inflated zygomatic process in sound conduc tion. Concludes that the manatee has an essen tially aquatic but non-acute, low-frequency ear with a relatively narrow range, poor sensitivity, and poor localization ability. Suggests that this could account for inability to avoid collisions with powerboats. Also notes hypertrophy of the chorda tympani, suggesting that taste is a very important sensory modality for manatees. Khalil, M.B.; & Vogelsang, Enrique G. 1932. One [sic] some nematode parasites from South American animals. NUMBER 80 185 Zentralbl Bakteriol. Parasitenk. Infektions- krankheiten und Hygiene. Abt. 1. Originate, 123: 477-485. -Describes the nematode Typhlophorus hagen- becki, n.gen.n.sp., from a Caribbean T. manatus at Hagenbeck's Tierpark, Hamburg (see also Travas- sos & Vogelsang, 1931). Khan, Majeed: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Khitrov, Sofron: SEE Golder, F.A., 1922; Pekarskiy, P.P., 1869. D Khomenko, J.P. 1927. Desmostylus sp. iz tretichnykh plastov o. Sakhal- ina. (Desmostylus sp. des depots de l'Tle de Sakhalin.) Izvest. Geol. Kom. (Leningrad), 46(3): 21-24. 1 pi. -In Russian. xD Khomenko, J.P. 1928a. Bemerkungen zu: E. Pfizenmayer, Ein Desmo- stylidenzahn von der neusibirischen Insel Ko- telnyi. Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, Abt. B: Geol. Pal, 1928(9): 519-520. -Proposes the new name Neodesmostylus primi- genius (520) for the tooth described by Pfizen mayer (1927) from the Quaternary of Siberia. It is now regarded as a mammoth tooth. D Khomenko, J.P. 1928b. Neue Ergebnisse uber die Familie der Desmostyli- dae. Mim. Soc. Russe Min., (2)57(1): 140-147. 2 pis. Kiely, John 1991. A million years in the making. American Way, 24(3): 16, 18, 20, 22, 27. 3 figs. Feb. 1, 1991. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Kigbu, E.E.: SEE Osakwe et al., 1988. Kihira, Kenji: SEE Yoshii et al., 1989. x Kilmer, Frank Hale 1965. A Miocene dugongid from Baja California, Mex ico. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. Bull, 64(2): 57-74. 2 figs. Apr.-Jun. 1965. -Describes Halianassa(?) allisoni, n.sp., and compares it with numerous other sirs. Kimura, Masaichi: SEE ALSO Furusawa & Kimura, 1982; Furusawa et al., 1993; Matsui et al., 1984; Shinohara et al., 1985; Takikawa Sea Cow Geological Investigation Group, 1984. D Kimura, Masaichi 1977. Discovery of desmostylian molar from Rawan conglomerate sandstone member, Honbetu-cho, Nakagawa-gun, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 31(4): 167-170. 1 tab. PI. 1. Maps. May 1977. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1978. Desmostylus teeth from the Hatsune mine, Setana- gun, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 84(9): 549-550. Sep. 1978. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1981. [On the fifth desmostylian specimen from Kami- tokushibetsu, Utanobori-cho, Hokkaido, and its relationship with other desmostylians from Hok kaido.] Jour. Fossil Research, 13: 15-19. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1982a. A Desmostylus molar tooth in the fossil collection of the Hakodate City Museum, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 36(6): 351-352. 1 pi. Nov. 1982. -In Japanese. Kimura, Masaichi 1982b. Sirenia. Nature and Animals, 12(6): 2-6. 1 tab. 5 figs. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi 1985. On Desmostylus from Hobetsu-cho, Hokkaido (Part 2). Hobetsu Town Mus. Research Rept., No. 2: 51-62. 3 tabs. 10 figs. 7 pis. Mar. 1985. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Part 1 is Kimura & Akamatsu (1984). D Kimura, Masaichi; & Akamatsu, Morio 1984. On Desmostylus from Hobetsu-cho, Hokkaido (Part 1). Hobetsu Town Mus. Research Rept., No. 1: 11-23. 5 tabs. 6 figs. 6 pis. Mar. 1984. -In Japanese. Part 2 is Kimura (1985). D Kimura, Masaichi; Akiyama, Masahiko; & Kumano, Sumio 1978. Additional specimens of Desmostylus molars from Kamitokushibetsu, Utanobori-cho, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 84(10): 621-623. Oct. 1978. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi; Kokubo, Hidehiko; Kumano, Sumio; & Matsui, Masaru 1987. Desmostylian molar found from Shimukappu Village, Yufutsu County, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 41(1): 61-64. 1 tab. 3 figs. 1 pi. Jan. 1987. -In Japanese. Describes a tooth of Desmostylus. D Kimura, Masaichi; & Oguri, Hiroshi 1985. Largest desmostylian humerus and patella. 186 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Jour. Fossil Research, 18: 11-20. 1 tab. 8 figs. 3 pis. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kimura, Masaichi; Sato, Yoshio; & Goto, Hidehiko 1978. A molar of Desmostylus discovered at the Goryu section of Urahoro-cho, Tokachi-gun, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 32(4): 205-207. Illus. Jul. 1978. -In Japanese. D Kimura, Masaichi; & Takaku, Kouichi 1979. A Desmostylus molar from the upper course of the Sankebetsu-kawa, Haboro-cho, Tomamae-gun, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 33(4): 233-235. Jul. 1979. -In Japanese. x Kimura, Masaichi; Tonosaki, Tokuji; Akamatsu, Morio; Kitagawa, Yoshio; Yoshida, Mitsuo; & Kamei, Tadao 1983. Occurrences of Early-Middle Pleistocene mam malian fossils from the Nopporo Hills in the Ishikari Lowland, Hokkaido. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 37(3): 162-177. 2 tabs. 9 figs. 4 pis. May 1983. ?In Japanese; Engl. summ. Reports a partial skeleton of Hydrodamalis sp. from the Shimonop- poro Formation (162, 165, 167, 169, 174-175, pi. 4). King, Judith E.: SEE Harrison & King, 1965. x Kingdon, Jonathan 1971. East African mammals: an atlas of evolution in Africa. Vol. 1. London & New York, Academic Press, x + 446. Illus. -Gen. acc. (with a number of erroneous state ments) of dugongs and their occurrence and natural history in East Africa, with an interesting series of the author's sketches of dugongs from life and from photos (388-399, 431-432). These include drawings of the superficial musculature? the first ever published, but unfortunately not described or labeled. One of them is a figure of the skull with a transparent overlay of the facial muscles, x Kingdon, Jonathan 1991. Arabian mammals: a natural history. London, Academic Press, vii + 279. Illus. -Previously publ. in 1990 by the Al Areen Wildlife Park and Reserve, Bahrain? Pop. acc. of dugongs, with no new data and no significant discussion of their occurrence in Arabian waters (112-114, 2 figs.). Kingsley, J.S. 1925. The vertebrate skeleton from the developmental standpoint. Philadelphia, vi + 337. 324 figs. -Sirs., 218, 300. Kingsley, John Sterling 1888. Order VI.?Sirenia. In: J.S. Kingsley (ed.), The Riverside Natural History. Boston & New York, Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Vol. 5: 210-214. Figs. 112-114. -Also an 1884 ed.? x Kingston, W.H.G. 1872. On the banks of the Amazon; or, A boy's journal of his adventures in the tropical wilds of South America. London, T Nelson & Sons, 1-512. -Exciting account of a manatee caught by a jaguar (184-190); of doubtful authenticity, however, considering that the illustration on p. 185 is directly pirated from Marcoy (1869)! x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1983a. Aerial census of manatees and boats over the lower St. Johns River and the Intracoastal Water way in northeastern Florida. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 2: iv + 56. 10 tabs. 20 figs. Oct. 1983. -Presents and analyzes data from one full year on manatee abundance, distribution, movements, be havioral patterns, adult/calf ratios, effects of temperature and boat traffic, and population trends. Also analyzes in detail the distribution of boat traffic and its composition in terms of boat sizes. Concludes that the manatee population in northeastern Florida is likely to be unstable and declining, and makes recommendations for man agement. x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1983b. Evaluation of potential management strategies for the reduction of boat-related mortality of mana tees. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 3: ii + 43. 2 tabs. Oct. 1983. -Discusses pros and cons of methods of physical protection of manatees (propeller guards, artificial barriers, acoustic repellents, deeper dredging of channels) and passive detection and avoidance (boat speed zones, routing of boat traffic, marina siting policies, sonar imagery, public education). Describes some inconclusive experiments to test manatee response to high-intensity sounds (3-4) and the effectiveness of manatee detection by sonar (9-12). Recommends a combination of NUMBER 80 187 strategies, including public education, wise ma rina-siting policies, and boat speed zones, plus further research on propeller guards. Includes an appendix (20-43) illustrating numerous designs for propeller guards and related devices, x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1983c. Site-specific analysis of factors potentially influ encing manatee boat/barge mortality. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 4: iv + 41. 15 tabs. 4 figs. Oct. 1983. -Analyzes patterns of boat-related manatee deaths in relation to various measures of manatee and boat activity in Brevard County and the lower St. Johns River, Florida. In Brevard County, mana tees seem to be hit more frequently while feeding than while engaged in other activities, and are killed by small boats as often as by large ones. In the lower St. Johns River, manatees are killed mainly by large vessels and barges, especially during the warmer months, and a greater propor tion of adults was killed than in Brevard County. Data from scar patterns show no tendency for injured animals to avoid further boat encounters, but other evidence suggests that manatees do learn traffic patterns. Concludes with management and research recommendations for reducing boat mor tality. Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1985. Aerial census of manatees in northeastern Florida. Biol. Conserv., 32(1): 59-79. 4 tabs. 5 figs. x Kinnaird, Margaret F. 1986. The manatee: South Carolina's summertime visi tor. South Carolina Wildlife, 33(2): 6-10. 5 figs. Mar.-Apr. 1986. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and their occa sional occurrence in South Carolina, x Kinnaird, Margaret F.; & Valade, James 1983. Manatee use of two power plant effluents on the St. Johns River in Jacksonville, Florida. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Report (Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Research Unit, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville), No. 1: iii + 63. 5 tabs. 6 figs. Oct. 1983. -Documents manatee use of the effluents in relation to air and water temperatures, and describes local and long-distance manatee move ments and site fidelity as shown by recognition of individuals by scars. Concludes that the Jackson ville plants are used only by small numbers of transient manatees, mainly at the beginning and end of winter, but that these plants may nonethe less be important to the manatee population on a regional scale. Makes recommendations for re search and management actions at the Jackson ville plants. Includes an appendix showing the scar patterns of 36 individually identified mana tees. x Kinzer, J. 1966. Beobachtungen iiber das Verhalten des Lamantin Trichechus senegalensis (Link, 1795) in Gefangenschaft. Zs. Sdugetierk., 31(1): 47-52. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Abstr.: L. Goettert (1966). Gives measurements of six individuals from Ebrie" Lagoon, Ivory Coast, and observations on feeding, locomotion, and breathing of one kept in captivity at Abidjan. Kipling, Rudyard 1894. The jungle book. London, Macmillan & Co., vi + 212. Illus. -Many later eds. Includes the short story "The White Seal," with its fanciful description of Steller's sea cow and other marine creatures of the North Pacific?as memorably entertaining as it is sirenologically inaccurate. Kirby, Tim 1986. Making up with the mermaids. BBC Wildlife, 4(8): 391-395. 7 figs. Aug. 1986. Kirk, G. 1967. Theriophylaxe. Erhaltung, Bewahrung und Schutz der Saugetiere. Hohenbuchen, publ. by the author, 1-249. Kirk, G. 1968. Sdugetierschutz. Stuttgart, Gustav Fischer, 1-216. x Kirke, Henry 1898. Twenty-five years in British Guiana. London, Sampson Low, Marston & Co., x + 364. -Relates anecdotes of two Guiana manatees brought to London (134-135). x Kirkman, H. 1975. A description of the seagrass communities of Stradbroke Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 86(12): 129-131. 1 fig. Mar. 1, 1975. -P. 131: {"Seagrass also affords food for ... dugongs (personal observations in Tin Can Bay)...."} See also J.H.D. Martin (1975). x Kirkpatrick, Ralph D.; & Cartwright, Anne M. 1975. List of mammals known to occur in Belize. Biotropica, 7(2): 136-140. Jul. 1975. -Lists Trichechus manatus manatus (139) on the basis of the reports of Charnock-Wilson (1968), Gaumer (1917), and A. Murie (1935). 188 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Kirshenbaum, J. 1980. Defending the defenseless. Sports Illustrated, 52: 13. Feb. 1980. D Kishida, K. 1924. A monograph of the Japanese mammals. Tokyo. -In Japanese. D Kishida, K. 1933. Mammalia. Tokyo, Iwanami, 1-190. -Places desmostylians in a suborder Desmodontia of the order Multituberculata. Kitagawa, Yoshio: SEE Kimura et al., 1983. Kitamura, S.: SEE Asano et al., 1978. x Kitching, G.C. 1936. The manatee of St. Helena. Nature (London), 138(3479): 33-34. Jul. 4, 1936. -Supplements Mortensen (1934) with further records of "sea-cows" at St. Helena, including references in the Jamestown Public Records, 1679-1739, and two eyewitness reports. These sightings are now considered to have been of pinnipeds. D Klaauw, C.J. van der 1931. The auditory bulla in some fossil mammals with a general introduction to this region of the skull. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 62: 1-352. 18 figs. -Sirs., 11-14, 17, 18, 32-33, 79, 140, 173, 191, 203-204, 235, 244. Desmostylians, 12, 32. Klarner, D. 1986. Seekuhe vor dem Untergang? Kosmos (Stuttgart), 82(8): 87. 1 fig. x Klein, Earl H. 1979. Review of the status of manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Honduras, Central America. Ceiba, 23(1): 21-28. -Spanish summ. Describes existing protective legislation, summarizes manatee distribution based on interviews and some sightings, and describes harpooning methods and public atti tudes toward manatee protection. Klein, Jacob Theodor 1741. Historiae piscium natur alls promovendae Missus secundus de piscibus per pulmones spirantibus ad iustum numerum et ordinem redigendis. Accesse- runt singularia: de I. Dentibus balaenarum et elephantinis. II. Lapide manati et tiburonis. Gedani [= Danzig], Litteris Schreiberianis, 1-38. -Allen 218. The first part of the work appeared in 1740. "Ossa petrosa manati," 33-38, pi. 4: figs. 5-7. Klein, Jacob Theodor 1751. Qvadrvpedvm dispositio brevisque historia nat- vralis. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Ionam Schmidt, 1-127. 5 pis. -Allen 256. Manatus, 94, 95. x Kleinschmidt, Adolf 1951. Uber tin Skelet und eine Rekonstruktion des ausseren Habitus der Riesenseekuh, Rhytina gigas Zimmermann 1780. Zool Anz., 146(9/10): 292-314. 11 figs. May 1951. -Lists material of Hydrodamalis gigas known to be in various museums, describes bones in the Braunschweig Museum, and describes in detail the construction of a scale model of the animal based on Steller's account and on a mounted skeleton. x Kleinschmidt, Adolf 1982. Wissenswertes uber die Saugerordnung der See kuhe (Sirenia) unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Stellerschen Riesenseekuh Rhytina gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) sowie ihre hochgradige Anpassung an das Wasserleben im Vergleich zu den Walen. Braunschw. Naturk. Schr., 1(3): 367-418. 7 tabs. 23 figs. Oct. 1982. -Engl. summ. Discusses skeletons of Hydro damalis gigas in various museums, details of old and new Hydrodamalis reconstructions, compara tive bone density, pelvic, skull, and snout struc ture in various sirs., phylogeny and distribution of fossil and Recent sirs., and generalities about aquatic adaptation and locomotion. A rather random assortment of information and misinfor mation, much of it seriously outdated due to failure to cite many important papers of the previous three decades, x Kleinschmidt, Adolf 1983. Notiz zu weiterem Skelet-Material der Steller schen Riesenseekuh Rhytina gigas (Sirenia, Mam malia). Braunschw. Naturk. Schr., 1(4): 763-765. 1 fig. Oct. 1983. -Lists material of Hydrodamalis gigas in the museums at Darmstadt, Goteborg, Lund, and Uppsala; reproduces and comments on an illustra tion of manatee bones and "Sirens" from Bartho lin (1661). Kleinschmidt, Traute: SEE ALSO Czelusniak et al., 1990; Jacquet et al., 1989. x Kleinschmidt, Traute; & Braunitzer, Gerhard; in coopera tion with Best, Robin Christopher 1988. The primary structure of the hemoglobin of the Brazilian manatee (Trichechus inunguis, Sirenia). Biol. Chem. Hoppe-Seyler, 369: 507-512. 3 tabs. 3 figs. Jun. 1988. -German summ. Best died before seeing the completed manuscript of this paper. Reports that NUMBER 80 189 T. inunguis hemoglobin has only one component, describes the primary structures of its a- and P-chains, and concludes that several hemoglobin synapomorphies support the monophyletic group ing of the Sirenia, Proboscidea, and Hyracoidea and show the Paenungulata to be the most anciently separated branch of the Eutheria. Kleinschmidt, Traute; Czelusniak, John; Goodman, Morris; & Braunitzer, Gerhard 1986. Paenungulata: a comparison of the hemoglobin sequences from elephant, hyrax and manatee. Molec Biol Evol, 3(5): 427-435. Klinge, P. 1968. Seacow safari. Amer. Biol. Teacher, 30(3): 200. -Account of manatees and a weed-control project on the Chagres River, Panama Canal Zone. Klishin, V.O.; Pezo Diaz, Roberto; Popov, V.V.; & Supin, A. Ya. 1990. Some characteristics of hearing of the Brazilian manatee, Trichechus inunguis. Aquatic Mammals, 16(3): 139-144. 8 figs. Klunzinger, CB. 1871. Uber den Fang und die Anwendung der Fische und anderer Meeresgeschopfe im Rothen Meere. Zs. Ges. Erdkunde (Berlin), 6: 58-72. -See also O. Ule (1871). Dugong, 64-66. Klunzinger, CB. 1878. Zur Wirbelthiere im und am Rothen-Meer. Zs. Ges. Erdkunde (Berlin), 13: 61-96. Klykov, V.I.: SEE Sukhanov et al., 1986. Knauer, F. 1914. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. Oest. Illus. Rundschau, 2: 341-342. x Kneeland, S., Jr. 1850. The Manatus not a cetacean, but a pachyderm. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 3: 42-47. -Compares the manatee skeleton with that of cetaceans and ungulates, and concludes that the Sirenia are much closer to the latter. Kneissler, Michael 1985. Die Seekuh?weil sie so lieb ist, stirbt sie aus. PM. Magazin (Munich), 1985(9): 52-56. 9 figs. + 1 on contents page. Aug. 23, 1985. x Knoll, Wilhelm 1958. Das morphologische Blutbild der Sirenen. Vierteljahresschr. Naturf. Ges. Zurich, 103: 332- 333. Dec. 31, 1958. -Summarizes the cell types observed in a smear of manatee blood. The blood morphology is consid ered "immature" relative to that of other mam mals. The red cells included some with nuclei. See also B. Maupin (1969). Knox, Robert: SEE ALSO Robison, J., 1833. Knox, Robert 1829. Notice regarding the osteology and dentition of the dugong. Edinburgh Jour. Sci. (n.s.), 1(1): 157-158. -Allen 728. Summs.: C, F.D., Firussac's Bull. Sci. Nat., 25: 350, 1831 (Allen 757); Isis von Oken, 1835: 290 (Allen 858). Knox, Robert 1831. Observations to determine the dentition of the dugong; to which are added observations illustrat ing the anatomical structure and natural history of certain of the Cetacea. Trans. Roy. Soc Edinburgh, 11(2)(23): 389-417. PI. 15. -Allen 764. Dugong, 389-400. Kobayashi, Fumio; Miyazaki, Shigeo; & Kobayashi, Shoji 1993. [Excavation report on the Shimo-akima sea cow fossil] Annaka City (Japan), Board of Education, 1-55. 6 tabs. 6 figs. 11 pis. 2 maps. Mar. 31, 1993. -In Japanese. Kobayashi, Iwao: SEE ALSO Horikawa et al., 1987. D Kobayashi, Iwao 1973. Preliminary study of the distribution of some elements in mammalian teeth fossils by the electron microprobe. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 79(5): 341-348. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kobayashi, Iwao; & Kamei, Tadao 1973. A histological study on a tooth of Paleoparadoxia. Mem. Fac Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Geol. Min., 40(1): 13-25. 1 tab. 4 figs. Pis. 2-3. Sep. 10, 1973. D Kobayashi, Iwao; Takahashi, Keiichi; & Horikawa, Hideo 1988. [Neogene marine mammal fossils from Niigata Prefecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 18-21.1 fig. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Kobayashi, Shoji: SEE ALSO Kobayashi et al., 1993. Kobayashi, Shoji; & Aizu Fossil Research Group 1988. [Marine mammal fossils from Takasato, Fuku- shima Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 9-10. 1 fig. Mar. 1988. 190 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Japanese. Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1886. Harmadik potlek Erdtiy osemlosei 6s az dsem- berre vonatkozo leleteinek kimutatisafroz. Orvos-Temiszettud. Ertesito (Cluj), 8: 21-24. -Reports a molar of Halitherium sp. from Cluj, Romania (22). Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1894. Az Erdtiyreszi medencze harmadkori k6pzode- mtiiyei. I. r6sz. Paleogtii csoport. (Die Ter- tiarbildungen des Beckens der siebenbiirgischen Landestheile. I. Palaogene Abtheilung.) Foldt. Intizet. Evkon. (= Mitt. Jahrb. Ungar. Geol. Anst.), 10(6): 177-399. 7 figs. Pis. 6-9. Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1900. A magyar korona orszdgai koviilt gerinczesallat maradv?nyainak rendszeres 6tn6zete. Magyar Orvosok is Termiszetvizsgdldk Vdndor- gyulisinek Munkdlatai (Budapest), 30. Koch, Antal (= Anton) 1911. Ujabb foldtani 6s osl6nytani megfigyel6sek a Budai-hegys6gben. 3. Halitherium-borda a torok- balinti felso-oligoc6n-homokb61. (Eine Halitheri- umrippe aus dem oberoligozanen Sand von Torokb&lini.) Foldt. Kozlony, 41(7-8): 548 (Hungarian), 600- 601 (German), x Koch-Grunberg, Theodor 1928. Vom Roroima zum Orinoco: Ergebnisse einer Reise in Nordbrasilien und Venezuela in den Jahren 1911-1913.... Vierter Band: Sprachen. Stuttgart, Strecker & Schroder, xii + 357. 1 map. -Under Carib languages, gives the Taulipahg word for "Manati" as api.na (37). Kochman, Howard I.: SEE ALSO Etheridge et al., 1985 Irvine, Caffin, & Kochman, 1981; Irvine et al., 1982 Lefebvre & Kochman, 1991; O'Shea, Beck et al., 1985 O'Shea & Kochman, 1990; O'Shea et al., 1984. Kochman, Howard I.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1983. Use of Kings Bay, Crystal River, Florida by the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/manage ment plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 69-124. 4 tabs. 34 figs. Dec. 1983. -Summ.: Kochman et al. (1985). Describes the physical characteristics and aquatic flora of Kings Bay, mapping the flora's distribution in detail; gives results of aerial surveys of manatees in the bay, 1977-1981, with detailed maps for each month; and describes observations of behavior and diurnal movements within the bay. x Kochman, Howard I.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1985. Temporal and spatial distribution of manatees in Kings Bay, Crystal River, Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 49(4): 921-924. 1 tab. 2 figs. -An abridgement of Kochman et al., 1983. Presents aerial-survey data on manatee use of Kings Bay, 1977-1981. Kock, D.: SEE Yalden et al., 1986. Koehn, C 1973. Bergung von Skelettfragmenten einer Seekuh im Tagebau Profen. Fundgrube, 3/4: 51-54. Koenigswald, Gustav Heinrich Ralph von 1933. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Wirbeltiere Javas. Wetens. Meded. Dienst Mijnb. Ned. Indie, No. 23: 1-127. 28 pis. -Describes Cryptomastodon martini. x Koenigswald, Gustav Heinrich Ralph von 1952. Fossil sirenians from Java. Proc. Sect. Sci. Nederl. Akad. Wetens., Ser. B (Phys. Sci.), 55(5): 610-612. 1 fig. Nov.-Dec. 1952. -Mentions Upper Eocene and Lower Miocene sir. fragments from Java, and describes Indosiren javanense [sic], n.gen.n.sp., from the Upper Miocene. Suggests that Indosiren is ancestral to Halicore, and states that Cryptomastodon is not a sirenian. Kohler, Maria Claudia M.: SEE Grubel da Silva, Soavinski, et al., 1992. Kohn, Anna: SEE Travassos et al., 1969. Kohno, Naoki: SEE ALSO Hasegawa et al., 1988. D Kohno, Naoki 1987. [Relationships of pinnipeds and other fossil mammals from the Mizunami Group.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostra tigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 29-34. 3 tabs. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. D Kohno, Naoki; & Hasegawa, Yoshikazu 1988. [First discovery of Imagotaria from Japan and its significance.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific NUMBER 80 191 Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 87-89. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Kordos, Kohno, Naoki; & Takaizumi, Yukihiro 1976. 1992. The first record of the halitheriine dugongid (Sirenia: Dugongidae) in the western North Pacific Ocean. Fossils (Tokyo), 53: 1-6. 3 figs. Nov. 30, 1992. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Describes an upper x Kordos, third molar and a fragment of a lower molar from 1977. the Late Miocene Aoso Formation, Sendai Prefec ture, Japan. Koizumi, Akihiro 1987. [Present status of marine mammal fossils from the southern Kanto region.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 15-17. 1 tab. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. x Kordos, -In Japanese. 1978. Koken, Ernst 1893. Die Vorwelt und ihre Entwickelungsgeschichte. Leipzig, viii + 636. 117 figs. 2 pis. Maps. -Sirs., 487. Kokubu, Hidehiko: SEE Kimura et al., 1987. D Kokufuda, Yoshiki 1987. [Marine mammal fossils from the Joban region.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Kordos, Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific 1979. Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 8-11.2 tabs. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Komatsu, Shunro: SEE Yamasaki et al., 1980, 1981. Koop, B.F.: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990. x Koopman, Karl F. 1976. Catalog of type specimens of Recent mammals in the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia. x Kordos, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 128(1): 1-24. 1980. Nov. 15, 1976. -Records specimen no. ANSP 2497 as a cotype of Manatus latirostris Harlan, 1824 (23). The origi nal label states that it was "coll. by Dr. Burroughs" on the coast of East Florida in 1822. Kooyman, G.L. 1973. Respiratory adaptations in marine mammals. Amer. Zool, 13(2): 457-468. 3 tabs. 7 figs. May 1973. Kordos. Kooyman, G.L.; & Andersen, H.T. 1981. 1969. Deep diving. In: H.T. Andersen (ed.), The biology of marine mammals. New York, Academic Press, 83-84. L?szl6 Negyven eve a gyujtem6nyben ismeretlenul: ha- z?nk elso osemlosei a szir6nek. Elet is Tudomdny, 40: 1875-1878. 7 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and their fossil occurrences in Hungary. L?szl6 Uj Felsoeocen szir6na (Paralitherium tarkanyense n.g.n.sp.) Felsotdrkcinybol. [or] A new Upper Eocene sirenian (Paralitherium tarkanyense n.g.n.sp.) from Felsotirkarty, NE Hungary. Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet ?.vi Jelentise, 1975: 349-367. 5 pis. -Hungarian summ., 349-350; Engl, text, 362- 367. The new taxon is based on a mandible, vertebrae, and ribs. It is thought to represent a separate lineage showing parallel evolution of features seen in Halitherium. Ldszlo Fontosabb szorvanyleletek a MAFI Gerinces gyujtemenyeben (3. kozlemeny). [or] Major finds of scattered fossils in the Palaeovertebrate Collec tion of the Hungarian Geological Institute (Communication No. 3). Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1976:281-290. 1 pi. Dec. 1978. -In Hungarian and Engl. Describes a lower M2 of Protosiren cf. fraasi from the Middle Eocene of Felsogalla, Hungary (Hung., 281 -282; Engl., 288- 289). Laszl6 Fontosabb sz6rvanyleletek a MAFI Gerinces gyujtemenyeben (4. kozlemeny). [or] Major finds of scattered fossils in the Palaeovertebrate Collec tion of the Hungarian Geological Institute (Communication No. 4). Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1977:313-326. 1 fig. 2 pis. -In Hungarian and Engl. Laszlo Ujabb adatok a magyarorszagi eocen sziren?k ismeretehez. [or] Contribution to the knowledge of sirenians from the Hungarian Eocene. Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1978: 385-397. 1 tab. 1 fig. 2 pis. Oct. 1980. -Hungarian text, 385-389; Engl, text, 394-397. Describes a mandible and other fragments of Eotheroides sp. from Middle Eocene rocks in the Balinka Coal Mine. Laszl6 Some complements to the knowledge of a Middle Eocene sirenian, Sirenavus hungaricus. 192 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Fragm. Min. Pal, No. 10: 75-78. 4 figs. 1 pi. -Concludes from repreparation of the holotype that Sirenavus is not a prorastomid. Kordos, Laszl6 1983. Sirenavus or Eotheroides species (Mammalia, Sirenia) from the Eocene of the Tataba^iya Basin (Hungary). Fragm. Min. Pal, No. 11: 41-42. 1 pi. x Kordos, L?szl6 1985a. The evolution of the Cenozoic sirenian on the basic [sic] of Hungarian fossil remains. [Abstr.] Abstrs. VIHth Congr., Regional Comm. Mediter ranean Neogene Stratig., Symposium on Euro pean Late Cenozoic Mineral Resources (Buda pest, Sep. 15-22, 1985): 314. -Outlines the sir. fossil record of Hungary in the light of paleogeographic connections in the Eocene, Oligocene, and Miocene. The Hungarian sirs, of each epoch are thought to each represent a different evolutionary line. Kordos, L?szl6 1985b. Legdnyi Ferenc munkdss&ga az osgerincesek gyujt6s6ben. [Ferenc Lega^vyi as a collector of paleovertebrates.] Fol. Hist.-nat. Mus. Matr., 10: 5-9. -Engl. summ. Discusses Legdnyi's discoveries of sirs., including the types of Haplosiren leganyii Kretzoi, 1951, and Paralitherium tarkanyense Kordos, 1977. Kordos, Laszl6 1985c. A magyarorszlgi eggenburgi-szarmata k6p- zodm6nyek szaYazfoldi gerinces maradv?nyai, biozondcioja 6s r6tegtani korrel?ci6ja. [Terrestrial vertebrate remains from the Eggenburgian to Sarmatian of Hungary: biozonation and stratigra phic correlation.] Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1983: 157-165. 2 figs. -Engl. summ. Kordos, L&zl6; & Solt, P6ter 1984. A magyarorsz?gi mioc6n tengeri gerinces faunaszintek v^zlata. [An outline of Hungary's Miocene marine vertebrate faunal horizons.] Magyar Allami Foldtani Intizet Evi Jelentise, 1982: 347-354. -Engl. summ. Kornhuber, Andreas 1899. Der Thebener Kobel. Ein Beitrag zu seiner Naturgeschichte. Verh. Ver. Natur- und Heilkunde Pressburg, (2)10 (= vol. 19?): 57-97. -Publ. 1897-98? Sirs., 95. Kornhuber, Andreas 1901. Ueber Halitherium-Reste. Verh. Ver. Natur- und Heilkunde Pressburg, 21: 80. x Korschelt, E. 1932. Uber Frakturen und Skelettanomalien der Wirbel tiere. Erster Teil: Saugetiere. Beitr. Path. Anat. Allgem. Path., 89(2): 419-483. 65 figs. May 30, 1932. -Describes rib fractures in dugongs (450, fig. 36), and a large cavity on the radius of a Florida manatee (451, fig. 37). He mistakes the fusion of radius and ulna in the manatee for an abnormal condition, x Kostanecki, K. 1923. On a remnant of the omphalo-mesenteric arteries in the manatee. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1923(2): 273-276. 1 fig. Jul. 6, 1923 (read Apr. 10, 1923). -Describes the caecum and umbilical arteries in a 35-cm fetus of T. inunguis. Kostlin, Otto 1844. Der Bau des knochernen Kopfes in den vier Klassen der Wirbelthiere. Stuttgart, x + 506. 4 pis. -In ?1848 ed.: sirs., 78? Kotsakis, T: SEE Carboni & Kotsakis, 1983. Kotzebue, Otto von 1821. Entdeckungs-Reise in die Siid-See und nach der Berings-Strasse zur Erforschung einer nordostli- chen Durchfahrt. Unternommen in den Jahren 1815,1816,1817 und 1818.... Weimar, Gebruder Hoffman, 3 vols, in 1. -Later ed.: Vienna, Kaulfuss & Krammer, 3 vols., 1825. Russian transl.: St. Petersburg, 1821-1823. Dugongs in the Palau Islands, 3: 125-126? Kovacs, K.M.: SEE West et al., 1991. D Kozawa, Yukishige 1974. A histological study of Desmostylus molar tooth from Kamitokushibetsu, Hokkaido, Japan. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 80(4): 179-185. 2 figs. Pis. 1-2. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Kozawa, Yukishige 1984a. On the teeth structure of the food habitude of desmostylids. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 119-128. 9 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. xD Kozawa, Yukishige 1984b. The development and the evolution of mammalian enamel structure. In: R.W. Fearnhead & S. Suga (eds.), Tooth enamel TV. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 437-441. 1 fig. -Considers the Sirenia to show the primitive mammalian condition, with round enamel prisms NUMBER 80 193 and no Schreger bands, whereas the Desmostylia are mentioned as having ungulate-like enamel (438-440). Kozawa, Yukishige 1985. The evolution of proboscidean enamel structure. Jour. Fossil Research, Suppl. 2: 45-50. Illus. Mar. 1985. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Mentions "Eosiren aegypticam." D Kozawa, Yukishige; Sagae, Toshiro; & Mishima, Hiroyuki 1988. [Dental structure of Behemotops and Desmosty lus.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 134-136. 3 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Krabbe, K.H. 1961. La glande pineale. Wld. Neurol, 2: 94-102. Kramer, A. 1929. Palau. In: G. Thilenius (ed.), Ergebnisse der Sudsee-Expedition 1908-1910. Vol. II. Etnogra- phie. B. Mikronesien. III. Hamburg, L. Friedrichsen & Co., xv + 362. -Publ. 1926? Krasheninnikof, Stepan Petrovitch 1764. The history of Kamtschatka, and the Kurilski Islands, with the countries adjacent Published at Petersbourg in the Russian language, ... and translated into English by James Grieve.... Glocester, T. Jefferys, vii + 280. 5 pis. 2 maps. -Allen 292. A greatly abridged transl. of the original Russian ed. (St. Petersburg, Akad. Nauk, 2 vols., 1755). This version was in turn translated into German (Lemgo, J.T. Koehler, 1766) and French (Lyon, Benoit Duplain, 2 vols., 1767; sea cow, 1: 313-325; Allen 302). For a complete French transl. of the original ed., see Krashenin nikof (1768). A second Russian ed. was published in 1786. The first Russian ed. has been repub lished (Moscow & Leningrad, 1949; sea cow, 288). Hydrodamalis, 132-136. Krasheninnikof, Stepan Petrovitch 1768. Voyage en Sibirie, contenant la description du Kamtchatka, ou I'on trouve I. Les moeurs & les coutumes des habitants du Kamtchatka. II. La giographie du Kamtchatka, & des pays circon- voisins. III. Les avantages & les disvantages du Kamtchatka. TV. La riduction du Kamtchatka par les Russes, les rivoltes arrivies en diffirents temps, & I'itat actuel des forts de la Russie dans ce pays.... Tome Seconde. Paris, Debure, pere, xvi + 627. 17 pis. 6 maps. -Allen 305. This work forms Vol. 2 of the Voyage en Sibirie of l'Abb6 Jean Chappe d'Auteroche (Paris, Debure, 1768). It is translated direct (and unabridged?) from the Russian original, and is greatly superior to Grieve's abridged translation (Krasheninnikof, 1764). Another French ed. (Am sterdam, Marc Michel Rey, 2 vols., 1770; sea cow, 2: 197-207) said to be a direct transl. from the Russian is merely a reprint of this one, with crude copies of the plates. Hydrodamalis, 446-454. Krause, Ernst: SEE Lepsius, G.R., 1882. Krause, W.J.: SEE Reynolds & Krause, 1982. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1858a. Beitrage zur Osteologie des surinamischen Ma natus. Muller's Arch. Anat., 1858: 390-425. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1858b. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Schadel-Baues von Halitherium. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1858: 519-531. PI. 20. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1859. Ueber die Deutung der Schadelknochen der fossilen Sirenen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte, 34: 63. -Publ. 1858? Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1862a. Beitrage zur Osteologie des surinamischen Ma natus. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Wiss. Med., 1862: 415-427. PI. 13. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1862b. Der Schadel des Halitherium schinzi Kaup. Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1862: 385-415. Pis. 6-7. Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1870. Beitrage zur Osteologie von Halicore. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Wiss. Med., 1870: 525-614. -Abstr.: Jour. Anat. Physiol, 5: 384? Krauss, Christian Ferdinand Friedrich 1872. Die Beckenknochen des surinamischen Manatus. Arch. Anat. Physiol Wiss. Med., 1872: 257-292. Pis. 9-10. Kreckman, Todd A.: SEE Patton et al., 1987. x Kretzoi, Miklos 1941. Sirenavus hungaricus n.g., n.sp., tin neuer Proras- tomide aus dem Mitteleozan (Lutetium) von Felsogalla in Ungarn. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Natl. Hungarici (Min. Geol. Pal), 34: 146-156. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Hungarian summ. Describes S. hungaricus (147), proposes the new names Masrisiren Abeli 194 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY (152) and Halysiren (153) together with several new names for higher taxa, and proposes a general classification for the Sirenia. x Kretzoi, Mikl6s 1951. Uj szir6na-tipus a Magyar Mioc6nbol. (Neuer Sirenen-Typus aus dem ungarischen Miozan.) Foldt. Kozlony (Bull. Hung. Geol. Soc), 81(10- 12): 438-441. Oct.-Dec. 1951? -Text in Hungarian and German. Describes Haplosiren legdnyii, n.gen.n.sp., on the basis of two lower molars from the Miocene (Tortonian) of Hungary, and compares it with other sirs., concluding that it lies between Metaxytherium and Felsinotherium. x Kretzoi, Mikl6s 1953. A legidosebb Magyar osemlos-lelet. (Le plus ancien vestige fossile de mammifere en Hongrie.) Foldt. Kozlony (Bull. Hung. Geol. Soc), 83(7-9): 273-277. Jun.-Sep. 1953. -In Hungarian; Russian & French summs. Re ports sir. vertebra and rib fragments from the Early Eocene (Ypresian) of Dudar, Hungary, and comments on the functional significance of pachyostosis in hydrostasis. These specimens are now considered Middle Eocene in age. Kretzoi, Mikl6s 1955. A hazai emlosallatok fejlod6stort6nete. [Evolu tion of mammals in our country.] Utmutato A Tdrsadalom- is Termiszettudomdnyi Ismerretterjeszto Tdrsulat Eloaddi Szdmdra [Guide for Lecturers of the Public Association for Social Science & Science] (Budapest, A Tdrsada lom- 6s Termeszettudomahyi Ismerretterjeszto Tarsulat [Public Association for Social Science & Science]) No. 29. -Briefly discusses the fossil sirs, reported from Hungary (9-10). Krishna Pillai, S.; Ambrose, J.D.; 8c Sivadas, M. 1989. On an unusually large sea cow Dugong dugon landed at Mandapam, Gulf of Mannar. Indian Counc Agric. Res., Mar. Fish. Inf. Serv. Tech. Ext. Ser., No. 96: 12, 16. Illus. -Hindi summ. Krumbiegel, Gunter: SEE Fischer & Krumbiegel, 1982. x Krumholz, Louis A. 1943. Notes on manatees in Florida waters. Jour. Mamm., 24(2): 272-273. Jun. 8, 1943. -Presents records of manatees killed by freezes, and observations of five manatees in the Gulf of Mexico off Sanibel Island. Krupp, Friedhelm 1991. Die Fauna des Persisch/Arabischen Golfes und seiner Kiisten. Natur und Museum, 121(4): 97-110. 16 figs. Apr. 1, 1991. -Brief account of the dugong population in the Gulf (103-104). Krushinskaya, N.L.; & Lisitsyna, T. Yu. 1983. [Behavior of marine mammals.] Moscow, Nauka, 1-334. Illus. -In Russian. Kubary, J.S. 1895. Ethnographische Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Karo- linen Archipels. Leiden, P.W.M. Trap. Kukenthal, Willy 1891a. Uber die Anpassung von Saugethieren an das Leben im Wasser. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst. Geog. Biol. Tiere), 5: 373-399. Kukenthal, Willy 1891b. On the adaptation of mammals to aquatic life. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)7: 153-179. -Transl. of Kukenthal (1891a)? x Kukenthal, Willy 1896. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Gebisses von Manatus. Anat. Anz., 12(22): 513-526. 10 figs. Nov. 26, 1896. -Describes the dentition of a 6.85-cm fetus of Manatus latirostris based on serial sections. The tooth formula is interpreted to be DI 3/3 DC 0/1 DP 0/3 + 3/3 deciduous "Backzahne." Presents evidence for the existence of a "prelacteal" dentition and for the compound origin of teeth. Kukenthal, Willy 1897a. Vergleichend-anatomische und entwicklungsge- schichtliche Untersuchungen an Sirenen. In: R.W. Semon (ed.), Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel, Vol. 4, Part 1. Denkschr. Med.-natw. Ges. Jena, 7: 1-75. 47 figs. 5 pis. -See also part 10: 68 of Semon's Zool. Forsch.l x Kukenthal, Willy 1897b. Die Arten der Gattung Manatus. Zool Anz., 20(523): 38-40. Feb. 1, 1897. -Gives diagnoses (based largely on external characters) of Manatus latirostris Harlan, M. senegalensis Desmarest (39), M. inunguis Nat- terer, and M. Kollikeri, n.sp., from Surinam (40). No specimens are cited in connection with the latter species description. Kukenthal, Willy 1897c. Uber die Entwicklung der Sirenen. Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges., 1: 140-147. NUMBER 80 195 Kukenthal, Willy 1897& Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Sirenen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Naturf. Arzte, 68(2?)(1): 181-186. Kukenthal, Willy 1913. Saugetiere (Mammalia). In: Handworterbuch der Naturwissenschaften. Jena, Gustav Fischer, Vol. 8: 633-695. 42 figs. -Sirs., 683. Kukenthal, Willy 1914. Zur Entwicklung des Gebisses des Dugong, tin Beitrag zur Losung der Frage nach dem Ur- sprunge der Saugetierzahne. Anat. Anz., 45(23/24): 561-577. 11 figs. Mar. 13, 1914. Kuga, Naoyuki: SEE ALSO Goto & Kuga, 1984; Hasegawa et al., 1988; Kamei et al., 1989. D Kuga, Naoyuki; Saegusa, Haruo; & Kamei, Tadao 1987. [Paleoparadoxia from Tsuyama, Okayama Pre fecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 45-48. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese, x Kuhn, Hans-Jtirg 1965. A provisional check-list of the mammals of Liberia. Senckenbergiana Biologica, 46(5): 321-340. 2 maps. Nov. 30, 1965. -Cites a record of T. senegalensis at Cape Mount (Robertsport) (333). Also includes a short history of mammal collecting in Liberia (321-323). Kulatunge, D. 1963. [Title?] Loris, 9: 273. -Dugongs hunted in Ceylon. Kumano, Sumio: SEE Akiyama & Kumano, 1973; Kimura, Akiyama, & Kumano, 1978; Kimura et al., 1987. Kumar, Kishor: SEE ALSO Sahni & Kumar, 1980; Sahni et al., 1980, 1983. x Kumar, Kishor 1991. Anthracobune aijiensis nov. sp. (Mammalia: Proboscidea) from the Subathu Formation, Eo cene from NW Himalaya, India. Geobios, 24(2): 221-239. 4 tabs. 4 figs. 3 pis. -Reaffirms that Ishatherium subathuensis is a sir. and not an anthracobunid, and that it is Ypresian in age rather than Lutetian (234-237). Kuntze, Roman 1932. Benedictus Dybowski als Saugetierforscher. Zs. Sdugetierk., 7(1): 39-54. Pis. 16-17. Dec. 15, 1932. -Describes Dybowski's work in the Koman- dorskies and his collection of Hydrodamalis bones, 1879-1885 (48-50). Kuramoto, Taiju: SEE Yoshii et al., 1989. Kuroiwa, T. 1894. [The hunting ground of the dugong.] Dobutsugaku Zasshi, 7(83): 395. -In Japanese. Discusses dugongs in the Ryukyu Islands and the Yaeyama Archipelago, and the sale of dugong products in China, x Kuroki, S.; Schteingart, CD.; Hagey, L.R.; Cohen, B.I.; Mosbach, E.H.; Rossi, S.S.; Hofmann, A.F.; Matoba, N.; Une, Mizuho; Hoshita, Takahiko; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1988. Bile salts of the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris: novel bile alcohol sulfates and absence of bile acids. Jour. Lipid Research, 29: 509-522. 6 tabs. 5 figs. -Reports that salts in manatee gallbladder bile comprise a mixture of bile alcohol sulfates, including a-, P-, and o>trichechol, described here for the first time. Bile acids, previously thought to be present in all mammals, were not detected. Kurt, Fred: SEE ALSO Thenius et al., 1987. Kurt, Fred; & Wendt, Herbert 1972. Seekuhe oder Sirenen. In: B. Grzimek (ed.), Grzimeks Tierleben. Vol. 12: 525-535. x Kurten, Bjorn; & Anderson, Elaine 1980. Pleistocene mammals of North America. New York, Columbia Univ. Press, xvii + 442. Illus. -Chap. 16 (Order Sirenia; 340-342) summarizes Pleistocene records of Hydrodamalis gigas and Trichechus manatus. D Kutsuzawa, Arata; & Tan, K. 1954. Geology of desmostylid locality in Akira Prefec ture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 60(706): 305-306. -In Japanese. Kuz'min, D.A.: SEE Galantsev & Kuz'min, 1989. L L'Ecluse, Charles de: SEE Clusius, Carolus. x La Barre, Antoine Joseph Lefebvre de 1666. Description de la France equinoctiale, cy-devant appellee Guyanne, et par les Espagnols, El Dorado. Paris, Jean Ribov, 1-52. 1 map. -States that manatee meat was traded to the French, English, and Dutch by Aracaret and Palicour Indians of the Guiana coasts (14), and that manatees were "rare" in that area (31). La Caille, Nicolas Louis de 1763. Journal historique du voyage fait au Cap de Bonne-Esperance, par feu m. I'Abbi de La Caille.... Paris, Guillyn, xxxvii + 380. Illus. Map. -Manatee, 229. La Marre, L.H. de: SEE Duhamel du Monceau & La Marre, 1782. Labat, Jean-Baptiste ("R.P. Labat") 1722. Nouveau voyage aux Isles de I'Amerique, conte- nant V histoire naturelle de ces pays, I'origine, les moeurs, la religion & le gouvernement des habitans anciens et modernes. Les guerres & les evenemens singulars qui y sont arrivez pendant le long sejour que lauteur y a fait. Le commerce & les manufactures qui y sont itablies, & les moyens de les augmenter. Avec une description exacte & curieuse de toutes ces isles. Ouvrage enrichi de plus de cent cartes, plans, & figures en failles- douce s. Paris, Pierre-Francois Giffart (6 vols.). Illus. -Allen 182. 1742 ed., Paris, Ch. J.B. Delespine, 8 vols. (Allen 221). Manatee, 2: 200-207, pi. facing p. 200 (1742 ed.: 2: 256-263, pi. facing p. 256). Allen says: "Very full original account of external characters and mode of capture, with an original figure?an adult clasping its young one to its breast. The figure, slightly altered, is given by Bellin, 1763, q.v." Labat, Jean-Baptiste 1728. Nouvelle relation de I'Afrique occidentals, conte- nant une description exacte du Senegal & des pais situes entre le Cap-Blanc & la riviere de Serrelionne, jusqu'a plus de 300. lieues en avant dans les terres. L'histoire naturelle de ces pais, les differentes nations qui y sont ripandues, leurs religions & leurs moeurs. Avec I'etat ancien et present des compagnies qui y font le commerce. Ouvrage enrichi de quantiti de cartes, de plans, & de figures en taille-douce. Paris, G. Cavelier (4 vols, in 2), Vol. 2: 1-375. Illus. Lacepede, Bernard Germain Etienne, Comte de 1799. Tableau des divisions, sous-divisions, ordres et genres des mammiferes. Paris, Plassan, An VII [= 1799], 1-18. -Includes Manatus aequatorialis (nomen nudum), Dugong, n.gen., and Dugong indicus, n.comb. (17). Lacepede, Bernard Germain Etienne, Comte de 1801. M6moire sur une nouvelle table m6thodique des animaux a mammelles. Mim. Inst. (Paris), 3: 469-502. -Mentions Dugong, 501. Lacepede, Bernard Germain Etienne, Comte de; & Daudin, F.M. 1802. Tableaux des mammiferes. In: Buffon, Histoire naturelle, Didot ed., XIX, "Quadrupeds.," 9: 254; 10: 251; 14: 194. -Describes Manatus minor, n.sp., and M. indicus, n.comb., 14: 194. Lack, Clem: SEE ALSO Cilento & Lack, 1959. x Lack, Clem 1968. Dugong fishing in early Queensland. Newsletter Roy. Austral. Hist. Soc, No. 75: 4-6. Nov. 1968. -A brief but fairly detailed history of the Queensland dugong-oil industry. Ladd,John 1964. Archeological investigations in the Parita and Santa Maria zones of Panama. Bull. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 193: xii + 291. 68 figs. 25 pis. 14 charts. 2 maps. -Describes carved batons made of manatee bone from the El Hatillo site (150, pi. 1). Ladds, P.W: SEE Campbell & Ladds, 1981; Elliott et al., 1981. Ladewig, G. 1934. Seekuhe oder Sirenen. Aquarium, 1934: 199. Laerm, Joshua: SEE Roth & Laerm, 1980. Laet, Johannes de 1625. Nieuwe Wereldt ofte Beschrijvinghe van West- Indien, wit veelerhande Schriften ende Aen- 196 NUMBER 80 197 teekeningen van verscheyden Natien by een versamelt. Leiden, Isaack Elzevier, xxii + 526. Maps. -Allen 57. Laet, Johannes de 1633. Novvs Orbis seu Descriptionis lndiae Occidentalis Libri XVIII.... Novis tabulis geographicis et variis animantivm, plantarum fructuumque iconibus illustrati. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Elzevirios [= Elzevier], 1-104, 205-690. Illus. -Allen 65: "Manati, p. 6, fig. The account occupies nearly a page; the figure is a copy from Clusius." This ed. is said to be much improved over that of 1625. A French ed. (Leiden, Bonaven- ture & Abraham Elseviers, 1640: 1-632; Allen 69) likewise has the manatee material on p. 6. Whitehead (1977) lists other eds. in Portuguese (1912-1925) and Dutch (1931-1937). x Lainson, R.; Naiff, R.D.; Best, Robin Christopher; & Shaw, J.J. 1983. Eimeria trichechi n. sp. from the Amazonian manatee, Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Si renia). Syst. ParasitoL, 5(4): 287-289. 2 figs. -Describes oocysts and sporocysts of this new coccidial protozoan from captive and wild mana tees, the majority of which were found to be infected. Laist, David W: SEE Marine Mammal Commission. Lai Mohan, R.S.: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1993a; Nair et al., 1975; Nair & Lai Mohan, 1977. x Lai Mohan, R.S. 1963. On the occurrence of Dugong dugon (Miiller) in the Gulf of Cutch. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc. India, 5(1): 152. Jun. 1963. -Records two dugongs stranded in 1961 and one netted in 1962. x Lai Mohan, R.S. 1980. Some observations on the sea cow, Dugong dugon from the Gulf of Mannar and Palk Bay during 1971-1975. Jour. Mar. Biol. Assoc India, 18(2): 391-397. 6 tabs. "Aug. 1976" (publ. Jun. 1, 1980). -Abstr.: Proc. Ind. Sci. Congr., 63(4): 109, 1976. Also exists as a 6-page reprint with different page-breaks. Analyzes body lengths, sex ratio, and seasonality of occurrence of 146 dugongs entangled in fishing nets. They were captured throughout the year but were scarcer during Apr.-Jul.; the overall sex ratio was about 1:1. Lai Mohan, R.S. 1991. Research needs for the better management of dolphins and dugongs of Indian coast. Cent. Mar. Fish. Res. Inst. Bull, 44(3): 662-667. 4 figs. Feb. 1991. Lai Mohan, R.S. 1993. Struggle for survival: the threatened dolphins and sea cows. Frontline (Madras, India), Mar. 12, 1993: 80-81. 4 figs. Lalana R., Rogelio: SEE Ortiz et al., 1992. Lambe, Lawrence M.: SEE ALSO Kermode, F., 1917. D Lambe, Lawrence M. 1916. Report of the vertebrate paleontologist. Summ. Rept. Geol. Surv. Canada, 1915: 193-198. -Desmostylia, 197. Lamothe, F.: SEE Ackman & Lamothe, 1989. xD LaMotte, Robert Smith 1935. An Upper Oligocene florule from Vancouver Island. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 455: 49-56. 1 pi. Jul. 1935. -Mentions teeth of Desmostylus sookensis, asso ciated with a temperate-subtropical flora in the Sooke Formation (51-52). Lamphear, Marjorie: SEE Delaney et al., 1986. Lance, Cynthia: SEE Kaiser, H.E., 1974. x Landa, Diego de 1941. Landa's Relacidn de las cosas de Yucatan. (A.M. Tozzer, ed.) Papers Peabody Mus. Archaeol. EthnoL, 18: xiii + 394. -De Landa's MS., dating from 1566, was first publ. in 1864; this is ed. 8. Includes a brief gen. acc. of "sea-cows" (misidentified by the editor as T. m. latirostris) being used for meat and fat in Yucatan (190-191). Gives an interesting descrip tion of harpooning of manatees, and claims (implausibly) that "bats are accustomed to prick them" in the snout, causing death from loss of blood! x Lande, Russell 1978. Evolutionary mechanisms of limb loss in tetra- pods. Evolution, 32(1): 73-92. 4 figs. Mar. 24, 1978. -Briefly summarizes evidence on the evolution ary rate of limb loss in sirs. (74). Landsberger, B. 1934. Die Fauna des alten Mesopotamien nach der 14. Tafel der Serie HAR-RA = hubullu. Abh. Sachs. Akad. Wiss., Philolog.-Hist. KL, 42(6): xiii + 144. -Mentions the occurrence of dugongs in the Persian Gulf, and states that "Ein archaisches Keilschriftzeichen der Schicht Uruk IV stellt einen Dugong dar" (71, 141). 198 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Landtman, Gunnar 1927. The Kiwai Papuans of British New Guinea, a nature-born instance of Rousseau's ideal commu nity. London, Macmillan & Co., Ltd., xxxix + 485. Illus. -Dugong hunting, 120-141. Landtman, Gunnar 1933. Ethnographical collection from the Kiwai district of British New Guinea in the National Museum of Finland, Helsingfors (Helsinki). A descriptive survey of the material culture of the Kiwai people. Helsinki, Commission of the Antell Collection, 1-146. Illus. -Text in Engl, and Finnish. Harpooning of dugongs, 26-28. Lange, Frederick W: SEE ALSO Bradley et al., 1983. Lange, Frederick W. 1971. Marine resources: a viable subsistence alternative for the prehistoric Lowland Maya. Amer. Anthrop., 73(3): 619-639. 1 tab. Jun. 1971. -Manatee, 631. Langer, Peter 1988. The mammalian herbivore stomach: comparative anatomy, function and evolution. Stuttgart & New York, Gustav Fischer, xvii + 557. 72 tabs. 246 figs. Langham, Nigel RE. 1974. Dugongs in Malaysian waters. Malayan Nature Jour., 28(1): 35. Sep. 1974. Langham, Nigel RE. 1976. The need for marine parks and reserves in Malaysia. Malayan Nature Jour., 29(4): 269-276. Jul. 1976. -Dugong, 272. Langkavel, Bernhard 1896. Der Dugong. Zool. Garten, 37: 337-342. -Dugong calf supported on back of parent. Langkavel, Bernhard 1899. Ein kurzlebiger Zoologischer Garten. Zool. Garten, AO: 161-162. xD Langston, Wann, Jr. 1953. The beast of San Pablo Dam. Splashes (Oakland, Calif, East Bay Municipal Utility District), 20(9): 8-9. 2 figs. Sep. 1953. -Describes the discovery of part of a supposed Desmostylus skeleton [which later proved to be cetacean] at the San Pablo Reservoir near Ber keley, California. Lankester, E. Ray 1905. Extinct animals. London, xxii + 331. 280 figs. -Rev.: Knowledge (n.s.), 2: 274?; Geol. Mag., (5)2: 513-515, fig. 1?; Nature (London), 73: 6-7, figs. 1-2? Sirs., 20, figs. 13-14. Lanyon, Janet; Limpus, Colin J.; & Marsh, Helene D. 1989. Dugongs and turtles: grazers in the seagrass system. In: A.W.D. Larkum, A.J. McComb, & S.A. Shepherd (eds.), Biology of seagrasses: a treatise on the biology of seagrasses with special reference to the Australian region. New York, Elsevier Science Publ. Co., Inc. (885 pp.), 610-634. 1 tab. 5 figs. x Lapham, Lewis H. 1964. Can the manatee save Florida? Saturday Evening Post, 237(25): 38-39. Jun. 27, 1964. -Amusing pop. acc. of manatees and their use for water hyacinth control in Florida and Panama. Largen, M.J.: SEE Yalden et al., 1986. Larger, Ren6 1913. La contre-evolution ou d6generescence par l'h6re- dit6 pathologique cause naturelle de l'extinction des groupes animaux actuels et fossiles. Essai de pal6opathologie g6n6rale comparee. Bull. Mim. Soc. Anthrop., (6)4: 683-729. -Sirs., 718. Larger, Rene 1917. Thiorie de la contre-ivolution ou diginirescence par I'hiriditi pathologique. Paris, F. Alcan, xiv + 405. Illus. -Discusses giantism in Halitherium and other sirs., 68-72. x Lartet, Eduard 1866. Note sur deux nouveaux sir6niens fossiles des terrains tertiaires du bassin de la Garonne. Bull Soc. Giol. France, (2)23: 673-686. PI. 13. Read Jun. 4, 1866. -Abstr.: Jour. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1: 341-343, 1872? Describes Rytiodus Capgrandi, n.gen.n.sp. [Aquitanian, Early Miocene], on the basis of two pairs of tusks and some skull and rib fragments, believing it to be allied to Halitherium. Also describes another (unnamed) form from a higher horizon on the basis of a mandible fragment (682-683, pi. 13). Reviews the sirs, of the Garonne Basin (683-684), noting that they occur in four successive beds. Las Casas, Bartolom6 de: SEE ALSO Morison, S.E., 1942, 1963. Las Casas, Bartolom6 de 1550. Apologitica historia sumaria. Madrid. -MS., first publ. in 1909? Repr.: Mexico City, 1967. NUMBER 80 199 Las Casas, Bartolom6 de 1699. An account of the first voyages and discoveries made by the Spaniards in America. Containing the most exact relation hitherto publish'd, of their unparallel'd cruelties on the Indians, in the destruction of above forty millions of people. With the propositions offer'd to the King of Spain, to prevent the further ruin of the West-Indies.... London, D. Brown, 248 + 40. -Apparently a transl. of a French ed. (Amsterdam, 1698). Based on works of Las Casas dated 1552-1553. Latimer, George W. 1864. Letter offering to forward manatees for the Society's menagerie. Proc. Zool Soc London, 1864(2): 167-168. Nov. 1864. -Concerns two specimens captured at St. Johns, Puerto Rico. According to Antonio A. Mignucci Giannoni (unpubl. M.A. thesis, Univ. of Rhode Island, 1989), Latimer was Austrian Consul to Puerto Rico, and the manatees were also offered to Central Park in New York City but never arrived there. See also PL. Sclater (1866). Latreille, Pierre Andr6 1800. Exposition m6thodique des quadrupedes, speciale- ment mentionnes dans cette 6dition de l'Histoire Naturelle de Buffon. In: Buffon & Sonnini (1800), Histoire naturelle ..., vol. 34 (q.v.). Paris, F. Dufart, An VIII [= 1800] (324 pp.), 251-321. -Allen 457. Reissued in 1802 with different pagination; see Buffon & Sonnini (1800). Ma natus, 288. x Latreille, Pierre Andr6 1825. Families naturelles du Regne Animal, exposies succinctement et dans un ordre analytique, avec I'indication de leurs genres. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & Baudouin Freres, 1-570. -Allen 661. Pp. 64-65: {"Onzieme Ordre. C6- tac6s. Cetacea. Premiere Famille. Herbivores. Herbivora. "Us n'ont point d'evens. Les mamelles sont pectorales. Les dents sont terminees par une couronne plate. Les nageoires ant6rieures servent a la pr6hension. Les moustaches sont garnies de poils. [65] "Les g. Lamantin (Manate), Dugong, Stellere."} Lauckner, G. 1985. Diseases of Mammalia: Sirenia. In: O. Kinne (ed.), Diseases of marine animals. Volume 4, Part 2. Introduction, Reptilia, Aves, Mammalia. Hamburg, Biol. Anstalt Helgoland (xiii, 543- 884), 795-803. Illus. Laughlin, William S. 1967. Human migration and permanent occupation in the Bering Sea area. In: D.M. Hopkins (ed.), The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford Univ. Press, 409-450. 11 figs. -Sirs., 444. See also D.M. Hopkins (1967) and V.B. Scheffer(1967). x Laughlin, William S. 1985. Russian-American Bering Sea relations: research and reciprocity. Amer. Anthrop., 87(4): 775-792. 1 tab. 6 figs. Dec. 1985. -Mentions A. HrdlicTca's attempts to collect sea cow bones on Bering Is. (m780); notes the importance of the distribution of Hydrodamalis for theories of colonization of the Aleutians (781); and mentions a skeleton in the Khabarovsk museum (m783). Laughlin, William S.; & Harper, A.B. 1982. Demographic diversity, length of life and Aleut- Eskimo whaling. Rept. Internatl. Whaling Comm., Special Issue, 4: 75-77. Laurillard, CL. 1846. Metaxytherium. Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat., 8: 171-172. Lavigne, D.M.: SEE Schmitz & Lavigne, 1984. Lavocat, A. 1885. Rachis des vertebres. Mim. Acad. Sci. Toulouse, (8)7: 23-54. -Sirs., 46. Lawley, Roberto 1876. Nuovi studi sopra ai pesci ed altri vertebrati fossili delle Colline Toscane. Florence, Arte della Stampa, 1-122. 5 pis. -Abstr.: Boll. Comm. Geol. Italy, 8: 80-81, 1877?; Jour. Zool. (Paris), 6: 177-180, 1877? Sirs., 8, 105-106, 116. x Lawley, Roberto 1877. Resti di Felsinotherium Forestii Cap. trovati presso Volterra. Atti Soc. Toscana Sci. Nat., 3(2): 341-342. Read May 6, 1877. -Records a tusk and two molars from near Volterra, Italy. Lawlor, Timothy E.: SEE Jones & Lawlor, 1965. Lawrence, Barbara: SEE Allen & Lawrence, 1936. x Lawrence, James E. 1954. Nearest thing to a mermaid. Nature Mag., 47(8): 401-404. 3 figs. Oct. 1954. -Interesting pop. acc. of Florida manatees, includ- 200 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ing behavior, economic use, conservation, etc. Lawrie, M.E. 1970. Myths and legends of Torres Strait, collected and translated by M. Lawrie. St. Lucia (Queensland), Univ. of Queensland Press, 1-372. -Recounts dugong myths, hunting stories, and vernacular names. Laye, Camara 1956. The radiance of the king. London, Collins, 1-319. -Transl. from the French (Le regard du roi, Paris, Plon: 1-254, 1954) by James Kirkup. Novel; alludes to African manatees and a dream in which the protagonist imagines them as "fish-women" (245-254, 259-261). Layne, James N.: SEE ALSO Reynolds & Odell, 1991. x Layne, James N. 1965. Observations on marine mammals in Florida waters. Bull. Florida St. Mus., Biol Sci., 9(4): 131-181. 4 figs. May 19, 1965. -Collection of reports (1957-1963) of manatees killed by cold, boat propellers, shooting, and perhaps red tide; sighting reports; and reports of seasonal migrations (166-168). x Lazcano-Barrero, Marco A.; & Packard, Jane M. 1989. The occurrence of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Tamaulipas, Mexico. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(2): 202-205. 1 fig. Apr. 1989. -Reports manatee sightings and the collection of 5 ribs from a carcass found in the Rio Soto La Marina, constituting the westernmost record of the species and the first definitive record from the state of Tamaulipas. Le Cointe, Paul 1922. L'Amazonie Brisilienne: Le pays?ses habitants: ses ressources: notes et statistiques jusqu'en 1920.... Tome II. Paris, Augustin Challamel, 1-495. 66 figs. 1 map. -Manatees and statistics on export of mixira, 302-304. Le Souef, William Henry Dudley: SEE ALSO Lucas & Le Souef, 1909. Le Souef, William Henry Dudley 1907. Wild life in Australia. Christchurch, Whitcombe & Tombs, xv + 439. 170 figs. -Dugong, 246, 248. Le Soueff, Albert Sherbourne; & Burrell, Harry 1926. The wild animals of Australasia, embracing the mammals of New Guinea & the nearer Pacific islands. London, G.G. Harrap & Co. Ltd., 1-388. 105 figs. -Sirs., 104. Leahy, Thomas M. 1979. The manatee?an endangered species. Sea Grant 70's (Virginia Polytechnic Inst. & State Univ.), 9(3): 8-9. 2 figs. Mar. 1979. -Brief account of manatee conservation efforts in Florida. Includes "Manatee habitats under study" (p. 9), a short report on a study of manatee behavior conducted by John Tiedemann. x Leakey, Louis S.B. 1958. Dugongs. Afr. Wild Life, 12: 19-20. 1 fig. Mar. 1958. -Brief gen. acc. of East African dugongs, chiefly remarkable for its insistence that they "mainly" inhabit fresh and brackish water, specifically "the lower reaches and estuaries of the large rivers like the Tana and the Sabaki." Also states that "small family groups" of dugongs defend particular stretches of rivers, and that females nurse calves while upright in the water. These data were evidently obtained from native informants. Lear, Richard J.: SEE Heinsohn et al., 1978. Leatherwood, J. Stephen: SEE ALSO Reeves et al., 1992. x Leatherwood, J. Stephen 1979. Aerial survey of the bottlenosed dolphin, Tursiops truncatus, and the West Indian manatee, Tri chechus manatus, in the Indian and Banana Rivers, Florida. Fish. Bull, 77(1): 47-59. 5 tabs. 7 figs. -Reports 151 sightings of manatees (9.9%- 13.2% of them calves) made in the course of a dolphin survey in August 1977. Also gives data on group sizes. Leatherwood, J. Stephen; Peters, CB.; Santerre, R.; Santerre, M.; & Clarke, J.T. 1984. Observations of marine mammals in the Northern Indian Ocean Sanctuary, 1979-1983. Rept. Internatl. Whaling Comm., 34: 509-520. x Leatherwood, J. Stephen; & Reeves, Randall R. (eds.) 1989. Marine mammal research and conservation in Sri Lanka, 1985-1986. (Nairobi, Kenya), United Nations Environment Programme, Marine Mammal Tech. Rept., No. 1: vi + 138. 17 tabs. 28 figs. -"Ed. 2," 1991 (an unaltered reprint with a different cover). Rev.: H. Marsh, Mar. Mamm. Sci., 7(2): 203-204, Apr. 30, 1991. Discusses the distribution and status of dugongs, and presents data on hunting, accidental netting, catch levels and trends, specimens in Sri Lankan museums, and the need for a dugong sanctuary (4-5, 7, 61, 64, 80, 82-91, 105, 129-132). Also appended are NUMBER 80 201 the recommendations of, and lists of the papers presented at and participants in, the Symposium on Marine Mammals of the Indian Ocean, held at Colombo, Feb. 22-25, 1983 (119-127). x LeBaron, J. Francis 1880. The manatee, or sea cow. Forest & Stream, 13(25): 1005-1006. Jan. 22, 1880. -Account of Florida manatees and their live capture with nets; mentions occasional hunting with rifles, sale of skins and skeletons to muse ums, and dredging of bones from the sea bottom between Florida Cape and Cuba, x Leboucq, Hector 1889a. Uber Nagelrudimente an der fbtalen Flosse der Cetaceen und Sirenier. Anat. Anz., 4(6): 190-192. 2 figs. Mar. 31, 1889. -Abstr.: Amer. Naturalist, 23(274): 923? Reports observations on rudimentary nail-forming areas in a dugong fetus. Leboucq, Hector 1889b. Recherches sur la morphologie de la main chez les mammiferes marins: pinnip6des, sir6niens, c6- tacees. Arch. Biol, 9: 571-648. Pis. 36-41. -Sirs., 572, 574, 576, 607-608, 624-627, 638, 640, 643, pi. 39. x Leboucq, Hector 1896. Uber Hyperphalangie bei den Saugetieren. Verh. Anat. Ges., 10. Vers.: 174-176. -Alludes to occasional hyperphalangy in sirs. (174). Leccese, Mike 1979. Florida establishes manatee refuges. Bull. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., 50(8): 33-34. Illus. Leche, Wilhelm 1887. Mammalia. In: Dr. H.G. Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Leipzig & Heidelberg, C. F. Winter'sche Ver- lagshandlung (1874-1900), 6(5) (1884-1887); 6(7) (1888-1900). -See also C.G.A. Giebel (1883). Leche, Wilhelm 1921. Morphologisch-geographische Formenreihen bei den Saugethieren. Acta Univ. Lund., (2)16(10): 1-76. 11 figs. -Publ. 1919-1921? Sirs., 72. Lecointre, Comtesse Pierre: SEE Mayet & Lecointre, 1909. Leeointre, G. 1947. LaTouraine. Geol. Rig. de la France, 4: 1-250. 49 figs. 3 pis. Ledbetter, CS. 1960. Amazing mammals of Blue Spring Run. Florida Wildlife, 14(2): 22-24. Ledererr, G. 1937. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. Kosmos, 1937: 64. Ledru, Andr6-Pierre; & Sonnini, Charles Nicolas Sigisbert 1810. Voyage aux lies de Tiniriffe, la Triniti, Saint- Thomas, Sainte-Croix et Porto-Ricco, exicutipar ordre du Gouvernement Francais, depuis le 30 Septembre 1796 jusqu'au 7 Juin 1798, sous la direction du Capitaine Baudin, pour faire des recherches et des collections relatives a I'histoire naturelle; contenant des observations sur le climat, le sol, la population, V agriculture, les productions de ces iles, le caractere, les moeurs et le commerce de leurs habitants Paris, Arthus Bertrand (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xlvii + 315; Vol. 2: 1-324. 1 map. -Allen 515. Manatus australis, 1: 258 (by Ledru), 294-295 (by Sonnini). Lee, David S.: SEE ALSO Browne & Lee, 1977. Lee, David S. 1976. Mermaids in distress. Wildlife in North Carolina, 40(7): 8-9, 27. 3 figs. Jul. 1976. Lee, David S.; & Socci, M.C. 1989. Potential effects of oil spills on seabirds and selected other oceanic vertebrates off the North Carolina coast. Occas. Pap. North Carolina Biol Surv., 1989-1: 1-64. Illus. Lee,H. 1878. The manatee. Leisure Hour, 27: 619. x Lee, Ida 1925. Early explorers in Australia. London, Methuen & Co. Ltd., xii + 651. -Summarizes accounts of dugongs encountered in Australian waters by the expeditions of Dampier (19-21), Cunningham (482), and Flinders (520, 523). Leech, Thomas 1817. In: John Barnes, A tour through the island of St. Helena.... London, J.M. Richardson (xx + 239), 116-117. x Lefebvre, Lynn W; & Kochman, Howard I. 1991. An evaluation of aerial survey replicate count methodology to determine trends in manatee abundance. Wildl. Soc Bull, 19: 298-309. 2 tabs. 4 figs. -Analyzes winter survey data from Crystal and Homosassa rivers, Florida, 1985-1986. Con cludes that unit-recount surveys (Packard et al., 1986) should not be used to develop a population index based on resightings of individuals, but can serve to improve survey designs and to obtain an 202 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY index with a measure of variation at specific aggregation sites. They could also be used in conjunction with a "variable effort recount" method, to standardize the latter and make the former method more flexible. x Lefebvre, Lynn W; O'Shea, Thomas J.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Best, Robin Christopher 1989. Distribution, status, and biogeography of the West Indian manatee. In: CA. Woods (ed.), Biogeogra phy of the West Indies: past, present, and future. Gainesville (Florida), Sandhill Crane Press (xvii + 878), 567-609. 12 figs. -Reviews historical, distributional, and status information from all countries within the range of T. manatus, and discusses aspects of habitat that account for limits to the species' distribution. Lefebvre, Lynn W; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1990. Manatee grazing impacts on seagrasses in Hobe Sound and Jupiter Sound in southeast Florida during the winter of 1988-1989. NTIS Document No. PB 90-271883, vi + 36. 6 tabs. 12 figs. Aug. 1990. -Includes an appendix by Domning (34-36; see Domning, D.P., 1990a). Lefeuvre, D. 1911. Structure histologique des os de VHalitherium. C.R. Congr. Soc. Savantes Paris (Lille, 1909), 38: 291-293. -Correct publication date 1909? x Lefevre, Theodore 1889. Note pr61iminaire sur les restes de sir6niens recueillis en Belgique. Zool. Anz., 12(304): 197-200. Apr. 1, 1889. -Recognizes two forms from the Belgian Rupe- lian (Oligocene): Metaxytherium Guettardi and Halitherium Schinzi. States that one (presumably the former) is ancestral to Halicore, the other to Manatus. Crassitherium is also present and, if a valid taxon, would constitute a third member of the fauna, ancestral to Rhytina. Manatherium is considered of doubtful validity and more probably equivalent to M. Guettardi. The two Rupelian species definitely recognized are said to have complete epiphyses on the centra of all vertebrae. Leguat, Francois 1708. A new voyage to the East-Indies by Francis Leguat and his companions. Containing their adventures in two desart islands, and an account of the most remarkable things in Maurice Island, Batavia, at the Cape of Good Hope, the island of St. Helena, and other places in their way to and from the desart isles. London, R. Bonwicke, W. Freeman, Tim. Good win, J. Walthoe, M. Wotton, S. Manship, F. Nicholson, B. Tooke, R. Parker, & R. Smith, xv + 248. Pis. -Allen 164. This is a transl. of an earlier French ed. (London, David Mortier, 2 vols., 1708). Later eds.: ?1720; Hakluyt Soc. (P. Oliver, ed.), 1891. Lamentin, 67-70, pi. facing p. 67. See also G. Atkinson (1922), T. Mortensen (1933b, 1934b), and D.R. Stoddart (1972) concerning this work. According to Allen, "The account of the Lamantin is one of the earliest descriptions of the African manatee, and is quoted by Buffon and other early naturalists. The figure of the Lamantin displays a pig-like tusk in the lower jaw. It is represented as holding its young one in its arms. 'The Lamentins, which other Nations call Manati, that is, having Hands, abound in the Sea about this Isle [Maurice], appearing often in numerous Troops....'" (67). The illustration of a tusked "Lamentin" with a dolphin-like tail is doubtless intended to represent the dugong and not (as Allen supposed) the manatee. Leiblein, V. 1839. Grundzuge einer methodischen Uebersicht des Thierreiches nach seinem Classen, Ordnungen, Familie'n und Gattungen, nebst Aufzdhlung ihrer Haupt-Reprdsentanten. Ein Leitfaden beim zoolo- gischen Studium Erstes Bdndchen. DerMensch und die Saugethiere. Wiirzburg, Stahel'schen Buchhandlung, 1-182. -Allen 966. Manatus americanus, M. Senegalen sis, Halicore Dugong, 165; Rytina Stelleri, 167. Between Halicore and Rytina is interpolated the extinct genus Dinotherium. x Leidy, Joseph 1854. The ancient fauna of Nebraska, or a description of remains of extinct Mammalia and Chelonia from the Mauvais Terres of Nebraska. Smithson. Contrib. Knowledge, 6(7): 1-126. 24 pis. -Mentions Manatus in a list of North American Pliocene fauna, based on R. Harlan (1825b, 1835) (mlO). x Leidy, Joseph 1856a. Notices of remains of extinct Mammalia, discov ered by Dr. F.V Hayden, in Nebraska Territory. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8: 88-90. Read Apr. 8, 1856. -Describes Ischyrotherium antiquus (sic), n.gen.n.sp., a supposed sir. based on vertebrae and rib fragments from Nebraska (89). Later, Leidy (1869) decided these remains were reptilian. \fUMBER 80 203 K Leidy, Joseph 1856b. Notice of some remains of extinct vertebrated animals. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 8(5): 163- 165. Sep. 1856. -P. 165: {"7. Manatus antiquus, Leidy [n.sp.]. /The species is predicated on fragments of ribs found in the miocene deposits of New Jersey and Virginia, and on a fragment of a rib and an isolated molar tooth, discovered by Capt. Bowman, U.S.A., in the sands of Ashley river, South Carolina. The tooth apparently corresponds to the sixth or seventh upper molar of M. latirostris, Harlan, than which it is considerably larger. It has no anterior basal ridge, but from both of the inner lobes of the crown the summits are prolonged in a curved line to the middle of the outer lobes. The specimen measures in both diameters 9J/2 lines."} Leidy, Joseph 1859-1860. Description of vertebrate fossils. In: F.S. Holmes, Post-Pleiocene fossils of South- Carolina, Parts 8-15. Charleston, Russell & Jones (xiii + 122 + v), 99-122. Pis. 15-28. -Sirs., 117, pi. 24. Parts 11-12, comprising pp. 115-118, were published in 1860 (see Ward & Blackwelder, Smithson. Contrib. Paleobiol, 61: 134, 1987). x Leidy, Joseph 1869. The extinct mammalian fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, including an account of some allied forms from other localities, together with a synopsis of the mammalian remains of North America. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)7: 23-472. 30 pis. -Summ.: Jour. Zool, 1: 187-191, 500-508, pis. 10-11, 2: 541-545, 1872? The synopsis includes the reported American species and occurrences of Manatus and Prorastomus, and also discusses Leidy's taxon Ischyrotherium, which he now considers a reptile rather than a sir. (414). (Hay [1902] provisionally assigned Ischyrotherium to the Champsosauridae.) x Leidy, Joseph 1873. Contributions to the extinct vertebrate fauna of the western territories. Rept. U.S. Geol. & Geogr. Surv. Terr. (= Hayden Survey), 1: [7]-358. 37 pis. -Describes a tooth of Manatus inornatus, n.sp., from the Ashley River, South Carolina (336-337, pi. 37). x Leidy, Joseph 1876. [Fossils from Ashley River, South Carolina. Summary of presentation to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, May 9, 1876, in:] Proceedings of societies. Amer. Naturalist, 10(9): 570-576. Sep. 1876. -P. 570: {"From among a collection of fossils from the Ashley phosphate beds [South Carolina], recently submitted to his [Leidy's] inspection by Mr. J.M. Gliddon, of the Pacific Guano Company, the specimens were selected which were presented for the examination of the meeting. One of them is a well-preserved tooth of a Megatherium; another, a characteristic portion of the skull of a manatee; ...."} It is likely that these were the specimens that formed the subject of Leidy (1877), below. x Leidy, Joseph 1877. Description of vertebrate remains, chiefly from the phosphate beds of South Carolina. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, (2)8(3): 209-261. Pis. 30-34. -Calls attention to the existence, in the collection of fossils from the Ashley phosphate beds belonging to the Pacific Guano Company, of skull and other bone fragments, which he refers to Manatus antiquus (211, 214). x Leidy, Joseph 1889. Description of vertebrate remains from Peace Creek, Florida. Trans. Wagner Free Inst, of Science, 2: 19-31. Dec. 1889. -P. 27: {"9. Fragments of ribs of a Manatee, Manatus antiquus."} These specimens, apparently the first fossil sir. remains reported from the Bone Valley phosphate district, were referred to Metaxytherium floridanum by Domning (1988). x Leidy, Joseph 1891. Notices of Entozoa. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 42(= (3)20)(3): 410-418. Oct.-Dec. 1890 (publ. Jan. 20, 1891). -Reports Amphistomum fabaceum from the intes tines and nasal passages of manatees (413-414). Leidy, Joseph 1892. [List of Vertebrata from the Pliocene of Florida.] In: Correlation papers: Neocene. Bull. U.S. Geol Surv., 84: 129-130. x Lemire, Michel 1968. Particularites de l'estomac du lamantin Trichechus senegalensis Link (Sireniens, Trichechides). Mammalia, 32(3): 475-520. 7 figs. pis. 25-28. Sep. 1968. -Engl. summ. Compares the manatee stomach with those of the dugong and other mammals; discusses digestive processes and adaptation. 204 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Lenz, Harald Othmar 1831. Naturgeschichte der Saugethiere, nach Cuvier's Systeme bearbeitet. Gotha, Beckersche Buchhandlung, 1-324. -Allen 765. Sirs, and cetaceans, 294-306; lists 3 genera and 4 species of the former. Allen says "The notices of the species are very short; the references relate only to figures. The technical names are marked for accent and their etymology is given. Evidently prepared for use as a concise hand-book of Mammalogy." Lenz, Harald Othmar 1835. Gemeinnutzige Naturgeschichte.... Erster Band: Saugethiere. Gotha, Beckersche Buchhandlung, vi + 450. 8 pis. -Allen 865. Under the Order Cetacea, Family Herbivora (= Sirenia), lists Manatus australis, M. senegalensis (427), Halicore cetacea, and Rhytina Stelleri (428). L6pes, Marta M.: SEE Allen et al., 1976; Budiarso et al., 1979. Lepsius, Georg Richard 1882. Halitherium Schinzi, die fossile Sirene des Main- zer Beckens. Eine vergleichend-anatomische Stu die. Abh. Mittelrheinischen Geol. Ver. (Darmstadt), 1: vi + 200 + viii. 10 pis. -Notice: Zs. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., 32: 672-673, 1880? Rev.: Ernst Krause, Kosmos, 11(3): 234- 240, Jun. 10, 1882. This monograph on the important Middle Oligocene dugongid from Ger many is one of the finest and most thorough osteological studies of a sirenian ever published. In addition to a detailed osteological description of//, schinzii, it comprises a full review of the sir. fossil record, with detailed comparisons and diagnoses of all known fossil and Recent forms, and a discussion of the relationships of sirs, among the Mammalia. Lepthien, Emilie Utteg 1991. Manatees. Chicago, Childrens Press, 1-48. Illus. -Children's book on Florida manatees. L6ry, Jean de (= Lerius, John) 1578. Histoire d'un voyage fait en la terre du Bresil, autrement dit Amerique.... La Rochelle (also Rouen?), Antoine Chuppin, 1-424. -Engl, transl. in Purchas his pilgrimes, Vol. 16: 534. Another French ed., Paris, Alphonse Lemerre (2 vols.), 1880, with introduction and notes by Paul Gaffarel. This was apparently reprinted (Geneva, Droz, 1976) and translated into Portu guese (Sao Paulo, Martins Ed., 1941, and Biblioteca Histdrica Brasileira, vol. 7). Gives a brief account of a possible manatee or, more likely, a pinniped encountered in the region of Rio de Janeiro (185-193); see also Whitehead (1977: 171), who also gives an Engl, transl. Lesson, R6n6-Primevere 1827. Manuel de mammalogie, ou histoire naturelle des mammiferes. Paris, Roret, xv + 442. Atlas, 80 pis. -Allen 699. Sirs., treated as a "tribe" of the Order Cetae: Manatus americanus, M. senegalensis, M. latirostris, Halicore dugong, and Stellerus bore alis (401-404). Allen calls this work "an indis criminate compilation, useful mainly as giving a list of the species described up to this date." The atlas (Allen 700) apparently contains no illustra tions of sirs. Lesson, R6n6-Prim6vere 1828. Histoire naturelle ginirale et particulare des mammiferes et des oiseaux. Citacis. Paris, Baudouin Freres, vii + 442. Pis. -Dugong, 72-87. Lesson, Rene-Primevere 1829. Rytine ou Stellere. Rytina. In: Dictionnaire clas- sique d'histoire naturelle. Paris, Rey et Gravier & Baudouin Freres, Vol. 15 (Rua-S): 25-28. May 1829. -Allen 729. Lester, K.S.: SEE ALSO Boyde & Lester, 1967. Lester, K.S.; & Boyde, A. 1967. Electron microscopy of predentinal surfaces. Calcified Tissue Res., 1(1): 44-54. Lesueur, Charles A.: SEE Dockery, D.T., III, 1982. Leuckart, R. 1875. Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in der Naturgeschichte der niederen Thiere wahrend derJahre 1872-1875. Arch. Naturgesch., 40(2): 401-505. -Describes the trematode Monostomum dujonis from the eustachian tube of a dugong from the Philippines. x Leung, Yuk-maan 1967. An illustrated key to the species of whale-lice (Amphipoda, Cyamidae), ectoparasites of Ceta cea, with a guide to the literature. Crustaceana, 12(3): 279-291. 5 figs. May 8, 1967. -Reviews the history of Sirenocyamus rhytinae, and regards it as a synonym of Cyamus ovalis, following Liitken (1873) (279-280, 287). Leunis, Johannes; & Ludwig, Hubert 1883. Synopsis der Thierkunde. Ein Handbuch fur hohere Lehranstalten und fur alle, welche sich wissenschaftlich mit der Naturgeschichte der Thiere beschqftigen wollen.... Ed. 3. NUMBER 80 205 Hanover, Hahn (2 vols., 1883-1886), Vol. 1: xvi + 796. 641 figs. -Sirs., 275. xD Leutenegger, Madeleine 1982. Bibliographic der Sirenen (Trichechidae). Zool. Garten (n.s.), 52(2): 81-105. -Lists 785 titles alphabetically by author; no annotations or index. Covers the Sirenia and Desmostylia generally, not just the Trichechidae. Levitsky, Katherine: SEE Caldwell et al., 1969. L6vy-Bruhl, Lucien 1910. Les fonctions mentales dans les sociitis infi- rieures. Paris, F. Alcan, 1-461. -Various later eds. & transls. Sirs., ed. 2 (1912): 277 (quotes Guise, 1899). x Lew, Andrew M.; Valas, Robert B.; Maloy, W Lee; & Coligan, John E. 1986. A soluble class I molecule analogous to mouse Q10 in the horse and related species. Immunogenetics, 23(5): 277-283. 1 tab. 7 figs. -The molecule was not detected in serum from 9 Florida manatees (279-280). Lewis, CB. 1945. Mermaids and manatees. In: Glimpses of Jamai can natural history. Kingston, Institute of Jamaica, 21-23. -Ed. 2, 1949. Pop. acc. of manatees, reporting sightings near Portland Bight. Lewis, G.E.: SEE Gard et al., 1972. x Lewis, Jessica H.; & Wilson, John H. 1973. Variations in abilities of animal fibrinogens to clump staphylococci. Thromb. Res., 3(4): 419-424. -Abstr.: Federation Proc, 32(3, pt. 1): 290? Reports that blood plasma samples from two T. inunguis in the Pittsburgh Zoo showed ability to clump; elephant plasma, however, did not (421- 422). x Lewis, Roy R., Ill; Carlton, Jedfrey M.; & Lombardo, Ralph 1984. Algal consumption by the manatee (Trichechus manatus L.) in Tampa Bay, Florida. Florida Scientist, 47(3): 189-191. -Report of 4 to 6 manatees observed in Jan. 1981 apparently feeding on green algae (Ulva sp.). Suggests that marine algae may be an important food source for manatees wintering at nearby warm-water refugia. x Lewis, Thomas A. 1989. Slow creature caught in a fast world. Natl Wildlife, 28(1): 42-49. 7 figs. "Dec-Jan. 1990." -Pop. acc. of the threat to Florida manatees from boat collisions, and of the rescue of an injured animal in Jan. 1989. Leydig, Franz von 1857. Lehrbuch der Histologic des Menschen und der Thiere. Frankfurt am Main, Meidinger Sohn & Co., xii + 551.271 figs. -Sirs., 87, 315-316. Leydig, Franz von 1859. Uber die ausseren Bedeckungen der Saugethiere. Arch. Anat. Phys. Med., 1859: 677-747. Pis. 19-20. -Sirs., 684, 698. Liat, J.B.: SEE Jones et al., 1971. Lidstone, William: SEE Brown & Lidstone, 1878. Ligabue, G.: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Ligensa, Klaus: SEE Blessing et al., 1972. Ligon, Sandra L. Husar: SEE ALSO Husar, Sandra L. x Ligon, Sandra L. Husar 1976. A survey of dugongs (Dugong dugon) in Queens land. Jour. Mamm., 57(3): 580-582. 1 tab. 1 fig. Aug. 27, 1976. -Reports 629 dugongs seen in an aerial survey of 3540 km of coastline. Includes observations on behavior, aggregations, and possible migrations, x Ligon, Sandra L. Husar 1982. Aerial survey of the dugong, Dugong dugon, in Kenya. In: Mammals in the seas, vol. 4. Rome, Food & Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 511-513. -French & Spanish summs. Brief report on surveys flown in 1975, which sighted only 8 dugongs on the entire coast of Kenya. Ligon, Sandra L. Husar 1983. Trichechus manatus (manati, West Indian mana tee). In: D.H. Janzen (ed.), Costa Rican natural history. Chicago, Univ. Chicago Press (xi + 816), 498- 500. Illus. x Ligon, Sandra L. Husar; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1977. Aerial survey of the dugong Dugong dugon in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 11 IM: 1-5. 4 figs. -A survey of 750 miles of coastline and coral reef in four areas (Daru-Warrior Reef; southeastern Papuan coast; Lae area and northwestern coast of West New Britain; and northwestern coast of PNG) during April 1975 resulted in 186 sightings of dugongs. x Lima, Daisy Costa 1971. Itacoatiara, Amazonas. Inst. Brasil. Estatistica, Colecao de Monogrs., No. 497 (Ed. 2): 1-20. -States that 20 tons of salted manatee meat, worth 206 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY CR$ 14.000, was exported from Itacoatiara, Brazil in 1968 (7). Lima, Fernando de Castro Pires de: SEE Pires de Lima, Fernando de Castro. Lima, Francisco Fiuza: SEE Fiuza Lima, Francisco. Lima, Murilo Rodolfo de 1989. Fdsseis do Brasil Sao Paulo, T.A. Queiroz, Edit. Univ. Sao Paulo (Biblioteca de Ciencias Naturais, vol. 14), 1-118. Illus. -Classifies Sirenotherium pirabense as Sirenia incertae sedis. Lima, R6gis Pinto de: SEE Pinto de Lima, Regis Limpus, Colin J.: SEE Lanyon et al., 1989; Marsh, Freeland etal., 1986. Linares, Olga F. 1976. "Garden hunting" in the American tropics. Human EcoL, 4(4): 331-349. Linares, Olga F. 1980. Cultural inferences from organic remains. In: O.F. Linares & A.J. Ranere (eds.), Adaptive radiations in prehistoric Panama. Monogr. Peabody Mus. Archaeol. EthnoL, 5: 146-150. Lincoln, Frederick C: SEE Beard et al., 1942. Ling, John K. 1974. The integument of marine mammals. In: R.J. Harrison (ed.), Functional anatomy of marine mammals. London, Academic Press, Vol. 2: 1-44. 1 tab. 5 figs. -Sirs., 4, 6, 13, 16, 22-23, 35, 37-39. Ling, John K. 1977. Vibrissae of marine mammals. In: R.J. Harrison (ed.), Functional anatomy of marine mammals. New York, Academic Press, Vol. 3 (428 pp.), 387-415. 2 tabs. 12 figs. -Sirs., 405-408. Ling, John K. 1979. The status of endangered Australian marine mammals. In: M.J. Tyler (ed.), The status of endangered Australasian wildlife. Proceedings of the Centenary Symposium of the Royal Zoological Society of South Australia, Adelaide, 21-23 September, 1978. Adelaide, Roy. Zool. Soc. South Australia (ix + 210), 67-74. 1 tab. 2 figs. x Link, Heinrich Friedrich 1794. Ueber die natiirlichen Ordnungen und Geschlech- ter der Saugthiere. Mag. f. Thiergesch. Thieranat. u. Thier- arztneykunde, 1(2): 33-41. -Gives a brief characterization of only one sir. species, "Trichecus Manatus (3. borealis" (= Hydrodamalis gigas), which is placed in the order Belluae and said to be merely a variety of "Trichechus Manatus a" (40-41). Link, Heinrich Friedrich 1794-1795. Beytrdge zur Naturgeschichte. Rostock & Leipzig, Karl Christoph Stiller, 1(1): [iv] + 124, 1794; 1(2): 1-126, 1795. -In the "Erstes Stuck" (1794), discusses sirs, on pp. 67-68; in the "Zweytes Stuck" (1795), on pp. 109-110. Linnaeus, Carl: SEE ALSO Miiller, P.L.S.; Turton, W. Linnaeus, Carl 1748. Systema naturae sistens regna tria naturae, in classes et ordines genera et species redacta tabulisque aenis illustrata.... Secundum sextam Stockholmiensem emendatam & auctam edi- tionem. Lipsiae [= Leipzig], Godofr. Kiesewetter, [1] + 2-224. Frontisp. 8 pis. -Allen 245. A reprinting of the sixth edition. Trichecus, 39. Linnaeus, Carl 1756. Systema naturae sistens regna tria naturae, in classes et ordines genera et species redacta tabulisque aenis illustrata. Accedunt vocabula Gallica. Editio multa auctior & emendatior. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Theodor Haak, 1-227. 8 pis. -Allen 273. Trichecus manatus, 39. x Linnaeus, Carl 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characte- ribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Editio decima, reformata. Holmiae [= Stockholm], Laurentii Salvii, [5] + 6-823+ [1]. -Facsimile ed.: London, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 1956. The tenth edition and the official starting point for zoological nomenclature. Names and describes Trichechus manatus, n.gen.n.sp. (34). See also O. Thomas (1911). Linnaeus, Carl 1766. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characte- ribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I. Editio duodecimo, reformata. Holmiae [= Stockholm], Laurentii Salvii, [10] + 11-532. -Allen 298. The twelfth edition and the last to appear during Linnaeus' lifetime. For this reason it was long regarded as the most authoritative, in preference to the tenth ed. Because it includes the walrus in the genus Trichechus, the eventual result was that the latter name became attached to the NUMBER 80 207 walrus instead of the manatee for the following century and a half. "Trichecus Manatus" (includ ing both the manatee and the dugong), 49-50. According to Allen, "In the Vindobonae reprint (1767), styled 'Editio decima tertia, ad Editionem duodecimam reformatam Holmiensem,' the pagi nation and matter relating to [the Sirenia] is the same as here." See also J.F. Gmelin (1788). Linn6, Carl von: SEE Linnaeus, Carl. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1878. Compendium der Helminthologie. Ein Verzeich- niss der bekannten Helminthen, die frei oder in thierischen Korpern leben, geordnet nach ihren Wohnthieren, unter Angabe der Organe, in denen sie gefunden sind, und mit Beifugung der Littera- tur que lien. Hannover, Hahn'sche Buchhandlung, xxii + 382. -Lists parasites of sirs., 58-59. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1889. Compendium der Helminthologie. Nachtrag. Die Litteratur der Jahre 1878-89. Hanover, Hahn' sche Buchhandlung, 1-151. -Lists parasites of sirs., 24. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1903. Entozoa des zoologischen Museums der Kaiserli- chen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu St. Peters burg. Ezhegodnik Zoologicheskogo Muzeia Impera- torskoi Akademii Nauk, 8: 265-294. -Lists Ascaris halicoris from the intestine of a Red Sea dugong. Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1904. Neue Helminthen. Centralbl. Bakt. Parasitenkunde und Infektions- krankheiten, 37(1): 678-683. 11 figs. -Describes Opisthotrema pulmonale, n.sp., from the lungs of a Torres Strait dugong (678-680). x Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1905. Ascaris halicoris Baird. Jour. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (n.s.), 1 [= Jour. 1(10)]: 258-260. PI. 11. Dec. 1905. -In German. Discusses the nomenclature and anatomy of the nematode A. halicoris, and mentions its occurrence in stomachs of dugongs from India, the Malay Peninsula, and the Red Sea (258). Linstow, Otto Friedrich Bernhard von 1906. Neue und bekannte Helminthen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst. Okol. Geogr. Thiere, 24: 1-20. -Records Ascaris halicoris from an Indian du gong. Lioy, Paolo: SEE Capellini, G., 1865. x Lipkin, Yaacov 1976. Food of the Red Sea Dugong (Mammalia: Sirenia) from Sinai. Israel Jour. Zool, 24: 81-98. 6 tabs. 1 fig. Jun. 1976. -Analyzes the stomach and intestinal contents of 6 dugongs from the northern Red Sea. Nearly all the contents were seagrasses, with some algal and animal material, probably ingested casually. Dis cusses the dugong's feeding habits and possible movements; concludes that dugongs eat whatever is available, but prefer delicate seagrasses. Lipps, Jere H.: SEE Mitchell & Lipps, 1964, 1965. Lisboa, Crist6vao de: SEE Walter, J., 1967. Lisitsyna, T. Yu.: SEE Krushinskaya & Lisitsyna, 1983. x Little, E.C.S. 1966. The invasion of man-made lakes by plants. In: R.H. Lowe-McConnell (ed.), Man-made lakes (Proceedings of a symposium held at the Royal Geographical Society, London, Sep. 30-Oct. 1, 1965). Symp. Inst. Biol, No. 15 (xiii + 218): 75-86. -Gives a pessimistic view of the manatee's potential use for weed control (82). Includes a comment by G.C.L. Bertram on the usefulness of manatees and the proposed use of dugongs for fresh-water weed control in Australia (86). x Liverseege, J.F. 1904. Cod-liver oil and other fish oils. Analyst, 29: 210-215. Jul. 1904. -Analyzes and compares a variety of animal and plant oils, including dugong oil (211-214). x Lluch Belda, Daniel 1965. Algunas notas sobre la biologia del manati. An. Inst. Nac. Invest. Biologico-Pesqueras (Mex ico), 1: 405-419. 7 figs. Dec. 1965. -Very good gen. acc. of sirs., the occurrences of manatees in Mexico, their food, probable seasonal migrations, live capture and transport, and their attempts at locomotion out of the water. Llueca, Federico Gomez: SEE Gomez Llueca, Federico. Lobao Tello, Jose L.P.: SEE Tinley et al., 1976. Lobley, J. Logan 1908. The American fauna and its origin. Jour. Victoria Inst., 40: 190-221. -Sirs., 109? Lockwood, C.C. 1974. America's vacationland or extinctionland. Internatl. Wildlife Mag., Summer 1974. -Brief mention of manatees in Florida, 353. Lodi, Liliane Ferreira: SEE Borobia & Lodi, 1992. x Loerzel, S.; & Reep, Roger Lyons 1991. Rindenkerne: unusual neuron aggregates in mana tee cerebral cortex. 208 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Internatl Assoc. Aquatic Animal Med. Proc, 22: 166-171. 1 tab. 2 figs. -Describes the morphology and distribution of Rindenkerne in the brain of a Florida manatee, and discusses their possible developmental history and possible association with functions of the vibrissae. n Loftin, Horace 1956. Mermaids. Science News Letter, 69(22): 350. 1 fig. Jun. 2, 1956. -Brief pop. acc. of sirs, x Loftin, Horace 1958. Some sirens! Science News Letter, 73(16): 256. 1 fig. Apr. 19, 1958. -Pop. acc. of manatees, including their teaching of their young to breathe. Lombardo, Ralph: SEE Lewis et al., 1984. x Lomolino, Mark V; & Ewel, Katherine Carter 1984. Digestive efficiencies of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Florida Scientist, 47(3): 176-179. 2 tabs. -In a captive adult female Florida manatee fed lettuce and water hyacinth, the consumption rate was low relative to body size but digestive efficiencies were high (about 80% for Eichhornia, 90% for lettuce), due to the low fiber content of the plants, the long passage time (about 6 days), and the long gut. x Long, Austin 1965. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon measure ments II. Radiocarbon, 1: 245-256. -Reports that the Hydrodamalis skull fragment from Monterey Bay, California (see R.E. Jones, 1967) was dated at 18,940 +1100 years B.P. (254). Lonnberg, Einar 1907. Barkdjuret eller "Stellers sjo-ko." [Bark-animal or Steller's sea cow.] Fauna och Flora (Uppsala), 2(1): 1-13. 1 fig. -In Swedish. The fig. is reproduced from E. Buchner(1891). Looze, Yvan: SEE Jacquet et al., 1989. x Lopes, Alberto Peao 1936. Fauna Mocambicana. Sirenios. Mozambique, Documentdrio Trimestral (Lou- renco Marques), 2(6): 27-36. 2 pis. 1 map. Jun. 30, 1936. -Pop. acc. of sirs, in general and the dugong (31-36) in particular. Reports that a herd of "more than 50" was seen at Inhambane in early 1936. Lord, R.: SEE Fernandez Badillo et al., 1988. x Lorenz, Ludwig von 1904. Das Becken der Stellerschen Seekuh. Abh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 19(3): 1-11. 2 figs. 1 pi. Apr. 1904 (read Feb. 10, 1904). -Abstrs.: Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 54: 142- 143; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 10(3): 124-125? Describes the innominate bone of Hydrodamalis and compares it in detail with those of the other Recent sirs., also mentioning some fossil forms. Loth, Edward 1923. Kanal trous transversaires des vert6bres cervicales des cetac6s et sireniens. Arch. Biol. Soc. Sci. Varsovie, 1(20): 1-14. 14 figs. -In Polish; French summ. Published 1925? Loth, Edward 1924. Les trous transversaires des vert6bres cervicales des cetaces et sir6niens. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 403: 1-12. 14 figs. -Published 1921? Reprinting of Loth (1923)? Loth, Edward 1931. Sur les fractures gueries des os des c6taces et des sireniens. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 571: 1-8. 10 figs. Loth, Edward 1940. Sur les fractures gu6ri6s des os des cetaces et des sir6niens. Risult. Camp. Sci. Prince Albert I Monaco, 103: 247-254. 10 figs. -Reprinting of Loth (1931)? Lothrop, Samuel Kirkland 1937. Cocli: an archaeological study of central Pan ama. Mem. Peabody Museum Archaeol. & Ethnol. (Harvard Univ.), vols. 7 & 8. Illus. x Loughman, William D.; Frye, Fredric L.; & Herald, Earl S. 1970. The chromosomes of a male manatee Trichechus inunguis. Internatl. Zoo Yearbk., 10: 151-152. 1 tab. PI. 49. -Describes and illustrates the karyotype of the Steinhart Aquarium's manatee. He was found to have 56 chromosomes, like both species of elephants, but of different types, indicating a rather distant relationship. Lounsbury, Valerie: SEE St. Aubin & Lounsbury, 1990. Loveland, Franklin O.: SEE ALSO Bradley et al., 1983. x Loveland, Franklin O. 1976. Tapirs and manatees: cosmological categories and NUMBER 80 209 social process among the Rama Indians of eastern Nicaragua. In: M.W. Helms & F.O. Loveland (eds.), Frontier adaptations in lower Central America. Philadelphia, Inst, for Study of Human Issues, 67-82. 1 tab. -Describes the symbolic significance, hunting, and carcass utilization of manatees and rituals and myths concerning manatees among the Rama. Manatees symbolize culture, society, and order, in contrast to untamed nature and disorder, repre sented by tapirs. [The Rama are evidently people of great discernment.] x Loveless, J.R. 1949. Dugongs. Walkabout, 15(3): 8. 1 fig. Mar. 1, 1949. -Letter to the editor, reporting the deliberate netting of dugongs for oil on the Queensland coast north of Maryborough. Loven, Sven 1935. Origins of the Tainan culture, West Indies. Goteborg, Elanders Boktryckeir Aktiebolag. x Lovisek, James 1977. Man and manatee. Wildlife, 19(2): 62-64. 5 figs. Feb. 1977. -Pop. acc. of manatees and their conservation problems in the Amazon region. Lowe, F.: SEE Smyth & Lowe, 1836. x Lowell, W.R.; & Flanigan, W.F., Jr. 1980. Marine mammal chemoreception. Mammal Review, 10(1): 53-59. Mar. 1980. -Briefly comments on the lack of knowledge of sir. chemoreception beyond anecdotal reports (56-57). Lowenstein, Jerold M.: SEE ALSO Rainey et al., 1984; Shoshani et al., 1986. x Lowenstein, Jerold M. 1985. Molecular approaches to the identification of species. Amer. Scientist, 73(6): 541-547. 6 figs. Nov.- Dec. 1985. -Presents a phylogeny of sirs., proboscideans, and hyraxes based on immunological distances. It shows the sir.-proboscidean divergence at about 55 Ma, but the dugongid-trichechid divergence at only 17-20 Ma and the Hydrodamalis-Dugong divergence at only 4-8 Ma. It also shows T. senegalensis as the sister group of T manatus + T. inunguis. Lowenstein, Jerold M.; Sarich, Vincent M.; & Richardson, B.J. 1981. Albumen systematics of the extinct mammoth and Tasmanian wolf. Nature (London), 291(5814): 409-411. 4 tabs. 2 figs. Jun. 4, 1981. Lowenstein, Jerold M.; & Scheuenstuhl, Gary 1991. Immunological methods in molecular paleontol ogy- Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B. Biol. Sci., 333(1268): 375-380. -Discusses proteins extracted from bones of Hydrodamalis gigas. x Lowery, George Hines, Jr. 1943. Check-list of the mammals of Louisiana and adjacent waters. Louisiana St. Univ. Mus. Zool, Occas. Paper, No. 13: 213-257. 4 tabs. 5 figs. Nov. 22, 1943. -Records (253-254) two Louisiana occurrences (one on the Texas border) of T. m. latirostris, the same as those cited by Gunter (1941a). However, he misquotes Gunter, the 1937 Cow Bayou specimen is confused with the 1928 Copano Bay specimen. One of these animals may have been killed by petroleum-survey blasting. Lowery, George Hines, Jr. 1974. The mammals of Louisiana and its adjacent waters. Baton Rouge, Louisiana St. Univ. Press, xxiv + 565. Aug. 16, 1974. x Lowes, R.H.G. 1970. Destruction in Sierra Leone. Oryx, 10(5): 309-310. Sep. 1970. -"The manatee" is said to still occur "in the maze of creeks and waterways between the mouths of the Sewa and Pampana rivers" (310). Lowry, Billie H. 1979. Marine mammals in captivity?keeping them healthy. Sea Grant 70's (Virginia Polytechnic Inst. & State Univ.), 9(3): 3-5. 2 figs. Mar. 1979. -Includes a short report on clinical studies of Florida manatees conducted by Paul Cardeilhac. x Loyau, George E. 1897. The history of Maryborough and Wide Bay and Burnett Districts from the year 1850-1895. Brisbane, Pole, Outridge, 1-385. -Gives a one-paragraph account of the early years of the dugong fishery in Queensland, Australia (365). x Loyer, Bertrand 1993. How now, sea cow? BBC Wildlife, 11(10): 54-55. 2 figs. Oct. 1993. -Describes the unusual behavior of a lone dugong encountered by a film crew in Vanuatu, including poking divers with its tusks and "trying to drown" turtles. Notes a movement of the top of the nasal 210 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY passages associated with the animal's production of "chirping sounds." Loyer, Godefroy: SEE N., 1719. Lucas, A.H.S.; & Le Souef, W.H. Dudley 1909. The animals of Australia. Mammals, reptiles and amphibians. Melbourne, Whitcombe & Tombs Ltd. -Dugong, 60-62. x Lucas, Frederic August 1891. Animals recently extinct or threatened with exter mination, as represented in the collections of the U.S. National Museum. Rept. U.S. Natl. Mus., 1888-1889: 609-649. 22 figs. Pis. 95-105. 7 maps. -Account of the extermination of Rytina and the collection of specimens of it (623-627, pi. 99). Includes a transl. of L. Stejneger's (1885) descrip tion of the excavation of a skeleton on Bering Island. x Lucas, Frederic August 1916. Sea cows, past and present. Amer. Mus. Jour. [= Nat. Hist.] (New York), 16(5): 315-318. 3 figs. May 1916. ?Pop. acc. of sirs. Lucas, Frederic August 1923. Modern mermaids. Nat. Hist. (New York), 23(2): 122-124. 3 figs. Mar.-Apr. 1923. Ludlow, Mark E.: SEE Correa-Viana et al., 1991; O'Shea et al., 1988; O'Shea & Ludlow, 1992. Ludwig, Hubert: SEE Leunis & Ludwig, 1883. Lukaszewicz, Karol 1965. Sto lat osiagniec hodowlanych Wroclawskiego Ogrodu Zoologicznego. [A hundred years of animal breeding in the Wroclaw Zoological Garden.] Prezegl. Zool, 9(2): 191-198. Illus. -In Polish; Engl. summ. Mentions manatees. Lull, Richard Swann 1908. The evolution of the elephant. Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)25: 169-212. 27 figs. 4 charts. -Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 13: 203?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 14(3): 162?; Sci. Prog., 4 663? ?Repr.: Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1908 641-675. 25 figs. 2 pis. 4 charts. 1909 (sirs., 641) Yale Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist. Guide, No. 2: 1-44. Illus. x Lull, Richard Swann 1910. Relation of embryology and vertebrate paleontol ogy. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 11: 150-153. Aug. 1910. -Mentions the lack of hind limbs in sir. embryos, their gross similarity to ungulates, and the development of their caudal flukes (152-153). Lull, Richard Swann 1912. Symposium on ten years' progress in vertebrate paleontology. Cretaceous dinosaurs. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 23: 208-212. -Sirs., 220, 246?? Lull, Richard Swann 1917. Organic evolution. A text-book. New York, xviii + 729. 253 figs. 30 pis. -Rev.: Jour. Geol, 26: 285? Sirs., 322. x Liitken, Christian Frederik 1873. Bidrag til Kundskab om Arterne af Slaegten Cyamus Latr. eller Hvallusene. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (5)10(3): 229-284.4 pis. -In Danish; French summ. Regards "Cyamus Rhytinae" as a synonym of C. ovalis, and considers the St. Petersburg "Rhytina" skin fragment to be that of a Balaena. Suggests that the crustaceans described by Steller as parasitic on Hydrodamalis were not cyamids, but rather caprellids like Leptomera or Proto (270-274, pi. 2). x Liitken, Christian Frederik 1893. Andet Tillaeg til "Bidrag til Kundskab om Arterene af Slaegten Cyamus Latr. eller Hval lusene." Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6)7(9): 421-434. 1 pi. -In Danish; French summ. Suggests that modem sir. parasites could throw light on the affinities of "Sirenocyamus Rhytinae" (433). Lyamin, O.I.: SEE Mukhametov et al., 1992. Lydekker, Richard: SEE ALSO Flower & Lydekker, 1891; Nicholson & Lydekker, 1889; Thomas & Lydekker, 1897, 1898. Lydekker, Richard 1887. Catalogue of the fossil Mammalia in the British Museum. Part V. Containing the group Tillodon- tia, the orders Sirenia, Cetacea, Edentata, Marsu- pialia, Monotremata and Supplement. London, xxxv + 345. 55 figs. -Rev.: E.D. Cope, Amer. Naturalist, 22: 164- 165, 1888. Sirs., 7-13. x Lydekker, Richard 1892. On a remarkable sirenian jaw from the Oligocene of Italy, and its bearing on the evolution of the Sirenia. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1892(1): 77-83. 2 figs. Jun. 1892 (read Feb. 2, 1892). -Discusses a specimen [probably of Late Eocene age] that he assigns to Halitherium veronense, while referring the latter species to Prorastomus and calling the new combination Prorastoma veronense. Concludes that the Sirenia are de scended from selenodont artiodactyls. NUMBER 80 211 Lydekker, Richard 1896. A geographical history of mammals. Cambridge, xii + 400. 82 figs. 1 map. -German transl., Jena, 1897. Reviews: Natural- iste, (2)11: 138-140, 1897?; Rev. Sci. Nat., 9: 292-293?; Science (n.s.), 5: 26-32, 1897? Lydekker, Richard 1899. On the supposed former existence of a sirenian in St. Helena. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1899(3): 796-798. Oct. 1899 (read Jun. 20, 1899). Lydekker, Richard 18??. Royal natural history. Lydekker, Richard 1901. Some animals exterminated during the nineteenth century. Nature, 58: 252-254. Lydekker, Richard 1903. The palaeontological case for evolution. Knowledge, 26(= n.s. 18): 73-76, 100-102, 123-126. -Sirs., 124. Lydekker, Richard 1907. The recently discovered Tertiary Vertebrata of Egypt. Sci. Prog., 1:668-682. -Sirs., 673. x Lyman, Charles P. 1939. A vestigial lower incisor in the dugong. Jour. Mamm., 20(2): 229-231. 1 fig. May 14, 1939. -Reports a vestigial 1/3 in a dugong from Tagbac Bay, Philippines, x Lynd, Warden 1975. Thanks, guys, said the seacows. Florida Sportsman, 6(5): 28-29. 2 figs. Jun.-Jul. 1975. -Pop. acc. of the rescue and rehabilitation of two cow-calf pairs by the Miami Seaquarium, Florida. Lyons, E. 1969. My Florida. Port Salerno (Florida), Valentine Books. -Manatee, chap. 24. M Maack, G.A. 1874. Report on the geology and natural history of the Isthmuses of Choco, of Darien, and of Panama. In: TO. Selfridge, Reports of explorations and surveys to ascertain the practicability of a ship-canal between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans by the way of the Isthmus of Darien. Washington, Govt. Printing Off., 155-175. -Manatee, 171. See E.A. Goldman (1920). Macarovici, Nee 1978. Sur la faune des mammiferes fossiles neozoiques de la Roumanie. In: V. Ianovici (ed.), Le symposium sur "La geologie des Carpates Meridi- onales." Rev. Roum. Geol. Geophys. Geogr., Ser. Geol, 22:71-98. x Macarovici, Nee; & Oescu, C.V. 1942. Quelques vertebres fossiles trouves dans les calcaires r6cifales de ChisjnSu (Bessarabie). Acad. Roman., Mem. Sect. Stiintifice (Bucharest) (3)17:351-382. 8 figs. 7 pis. -Reviews the Sarmatian fauna of Kishinev, including ribs of "Manatus maeoticus" (351, 353, 376-379, 382, pi. 7). x MacCreagh, Gordon 1926. White waters and black. New York, Century Co., 1-335. -Repr.: Univ. Chicago Press, 1985. Brief ac counts of manatees and manatee hunting (with harpoons and blowguns) by the Tiqui6 Tucana Indians of the Rio Uaup6s region, Brazil (277, 311, 313, 323-324; fig. facing p. 309), including "feeling out" the manatee with a "long thin rod" before harpooning it! MacDonald, B.W: SEE Bryden et al., 1978. MacDougall, WL. 1983. Wetlands in trouble?a rush to save them. U.S. News & World Report, 94: 77. Jun. 1983. Macedo, Lino de 1906. Amazonia: repositorio alphabetico de termos ... do grandioso valle do Amazonas. Lisbon, Typ. Adolpho Mendonca, iv + 303. Illus. -Manatee, 152, 189. MacFadden, Bruce J.: SEE Webb et al., 1981. x Macfadyen, WA. 1952. Note on the geology of the Daban area and the localities of the described nautiloids. In: O. Haas & A.K. Miller, Eocene nautiloids of British Somaliland. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 99(5): 347-349. 2 tabs. Aug. 5, 1952. -Reports "sirenian remains" from the Middle Eocene (Lutetian) "Nautilus beds" of the Lower Daban series (348). MacGillivray, John 1852. Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake, commanded by the late Captain Owen Stanley, R.N., F.R.S., &c during the years 1846-1850. Including discoveries and surveys in New Guinea, the Louisade Archipelago, etc. To which is added the account of Mr. E. B. Kennedy's expedition for the exploration of the Cape York Peninsula. London, T. & W Boone (2 vols.). -Repr.: Adelaide, Libraries Board of South Australia, 1967. Dugong at Moreton Bay, 2: 22-25, 48. x Machado, Francisco de Paula 1940. Peixe-boi da Amazonia. A Voz do Mar, 19(175): 246. Sep.-Oct. 1940. -Notes the use of Amazonian manatee meat (for "mexira") and hide, and prices of the latter, details proposed regulations for hunting, especially dur ing the Dec.-Feb. "breeding season," and pro posals for increased efficiency in processing of hides. Machines, I.G. (ed.) 1950? Australian fisheries: a handbook prepared for the second meeting of the Indo-Pacific Council, Sydney, April 1950. Sydney, Halstead Press Pty. Ltd., 1-103. 6 figs. 6 pis. 1 map. -Brief comment on dugongs in Australia (43). Mackal, Roy P. 1976. The monsters of Loch Ness. London, Futura Publications Ltd.: [xi] + 401. Illus. -Considers (in rather surprising detail) Steller's sea cow and other sirs, as possible candidates for the Loch Ness monster, presents an odd and rather lumpy reconstruction of Hydrodamalis (136), discusses sir. behavior, environment, and mor phology, and illustrates (158) a "Hypothetical (but unlikely) sirenian" with a giraffe-like neck(!) that might conceivably account for the monster sight- 212 NUMBER 80 213 ings (135-137, 143-144, 148-149, 155, 157- 159, 162, 166-167, 171-172, 177, 181, 185- 186, 192, 195, 197, 204, 283, 310-312). The most noteworthy part of this quaint exercise in specula tive sirenology is a calculation (311-312), based partly on Steller's measurements and partly on unsupported estimates, of the body volume and lung volume of Hydrodamalis, which concludes that lung gas volume was about 13% of body volume, x Mackay-Sim, Alan; Duvall, David; & Graves, Brent M. 1985. The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) lacks a vomeronasal organ. Brain Behav. Evol, 27(2-4): 186-194. 3 figs. -Reports that a vomeronasal organ and nasopala tine ducts are absent in Florida manatees, but some olfactory epithelium and a rudimentary olfactory bulb are present, x MacKenzie, Debora 1985. In defence of the dugong, dolphin and manatee. New Scientist, 105(1447): 4. 1 fig. Mar. 14, 1985. -Notice of a meeting held in Geneva to implement the United Nations Environment Programme plan for marine mammal conservation. MacKerras, M.J. 1958. Catalogue of Australian mammals and their recorded internal parasites. Part II. Eutheria. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 83: 126-143. Mackey, Daniel James 1979. Can the Florida manatee survive? Natl. Parks & Conserv. Mag., 53(3): 14-17. 4 figs. Mar. 1979. x MacLaren, James P. 1967. Manatees as a naturalistic biological mosquito control method. Mosquito News, 27(3): 387-393. 5 figs. Sep. 1967. -Recounts the history of weed and insect control studies using manatees in Panama, including the introduction into the Canal Zone of nine T. manatus from Panama and one T. inunguis from Peru. Concludes that effective weed control by manatees would require an unrealistically large herd of the animals. Maclatchy, A.R.: SEE ALSO Malbrant & Maclatchy, 1949. Maclatchy, A.R. 1936. Dans la brousse gabonaise. Terre et la Vie (Paris), 6: 360-369. 8 figs. ?Mentions T. senegalensis in the Ogowe River, 362. Maclaud, C 1908. La chasse du lamantin en Afrique occidentale. La Nature (Paris), 36(= (2)20?): 289-290. 1 fig. Apr. 11, 1908. x MacMillan, L. 1955. The dugong. Walkabout, 21(2): 17-20. 2 figs. Feb. 1, 1955. -Detailed account of the natural history of the dugong in northwestern Australia, including shark predation, Aboriginal hunting with harpoons, economic use, and eyewitness descriptions of calving and the mother's teaching the calf to swim. D MacNeil, F.S.; Wolfe, J.A.; Miller, D.J.; & Hopkins, David M. 1961. Correlation of Tertiary formations of Alaska. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol, 45(11): 1801- 1809. 2 figs. Nov. 1961. x MacPhee, R.D.E.; & Wyss, Andr6 R. 1990. Oligo-Miocene vertebrates from Puerto Rico, with a catalog of localities. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 2965: 1-45. 3 tabs. 12 figs. Feb. 27, 1990. -Reviews Puerto Rican occurrences of fossil sirs, and other vertebrates ranging in age from Early Oligocene to Late Miocene or Early Pliocene, and describes new material tentatively referred to Caribosiren turneri and Metaxytherium cf. cal vertense, as well as an unnamed species of small Miocene dugongid and indeterminate sir. remains (2, 14-17, 21-38, 41). Some of the specimens described are from the former fossil vertebrate collection of the late Narciso Rabell Cabrero, now housed at the American Museum of Natural History. Macreadie, M. 1988. Plight of the dugong?what does the future hold? Austral. Fish., 47(11): 24-26. Illus. Macveigh, W.P 1974a. [Letter on dugongs.] Malayan Nature Jour., 28(1): 35. 1 pi. Sep. 1974. x Macveigh, W.P. 1974b. On the dugong. Malayan Nature Jour., 28(2): 117. Dec. 1974. -Letter to the editor commenting further (pursuant to Macveigh, 1974a) on Bland's (1970) report of a dugong in Johore Strait. Briefly discusses the reported countershading of dugongs and the possibility of confusing them with the porpoise Neomeris. Madin, Stewart H.: SEE Morales et al., 1985. Maeda, Toshitsugu: SEE Furusawa et al., 1993. Magalhaes, Couto de: SEE Couto de Magalhaes. Magalhaes de Gandavo, Pero de: SEE Gandavo, Pero de Magalhaes de. Magalowski, G.: SEE Hunger & Magalowski, 1957. Magnier, P. 1962. Etude geologique du gisement de vert6bres du 214 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Gebel Zelten (Libye). C.R. Somm. Sianc Soc. Giol. France, 1962(2): 55-57. 3 figs. Magnus, Richard W 1978. The prehistoric and modern subsistence patterns of the Atlantic coast of Nicaragua: a comparison. In: B.L. Stark & B. Voorhies (eds.), Prehistoric coastal adaptations: the economy and ecology of maritime Middle. America. New York, Academic Press: 61-80. Magnussen, Harro: SEE Soza de Castro, F. de, 1907. Magor, Diana Marion: SEE Bengtson & Magor, 1979; Domning & Magor, 1977; Rainey et al., 1984. Mahoney, J.A.; & Ride, W.D.L. 1975. Index to the genera and species of fossil Mam malia described from Australia and New Guinea between 1838 and 1968. West. Austral. Mus. Spec. Publ, No. 6: 1-249. -Lists Chronozoon as probable synonym of Phascolomys gigas (152); also lists Halicore brevirostris (157). Maia, Alvaro Botelho 1936. Mensagem do Governador ... d Assemblia Legis- lativa [do Estado do Amazonas], na abertura da sessdo ordinaria, em 3 de Maio de 1936. Manaus (Brazil), Sec9ao de Obras da Imprensa Publica, 1-283 + tables. -Lists, in an unnumbered table, the quantities of manatee hides, mixira, and lard exported from municipalities in the state of Amazonas, Brazil, in 1935. Maia, Alvaro Botelho 1944. Exposigdo ao Excelentissimo Senhor Doutor Getulio Vargas, Presidente da Republica (Maio de 1943-Julho de 1944). [Interventoria Federal no Estado do Amazonas.] Manaus (Brazil), D.E.I.P., 1-191. -Lists, in an unnumbered table, statistics on exports of manatee hides from the state of Amazonas, Brazil, in 1943. Maigret, J.: SEE ALSO Dupuy & Maigret. Maigret, J. 1982. Recherches scientifiques dans les pares nationaux du Sen6gal. XVIII. Les mammiferes marins du Senegal. Etat des observations dans les pares nationaux. Mem. Inst. Fondam. Afr. Noire, 92: 221-231. Maison, E. 1899. Sir6nes et lamantins. Cosmos (n.s.), 40: 106-108. 1 fig. Major, Charles Immanuel Forsyth (= C.J. Forsyth Major) 1899. Note on a table of contemporary geological deposits arranged stratigraphically, with their characteristic genera of mammals. Geol. Mag., (4)6: 60-69. -Sirs., 62. Malbrant, Ren6; & Maclatchy, A.R. 1949. Faune de I'equateur africain francais. Paris, Lechevalier (Encyclop6die Biologique, vols. 35- 36). -Mentions the occurrence of manatees on the Sangha R., Congo, x Malde, Harold E. 1959. Geology of the Charleston phosphate area, South Carolina. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 1079: 1-105. Illus. -Reports the zygomatic process of a sir. [USNM no. 321754] from the Oligocene Cooper Marl (19, 21). x Maldonado-Koerdell, Manuel 1953. Segundo hallazgo de sirenidos fosiles en Mexico. Ciencia (Mexico), 13(7/8): 146-148. 1 fig. Nov. 20, 1953. -Reports sir. rib fragments and associated inverte brates from "Middle or Upper Oligocene" rocks of Chiapas, Mexico. These may instead be Eocene in age (Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982: 7). Maloy, W Lee: SEE Lew et al., 1986. x MalufN.S.R. 1989. Renal anatomy of the manatee, Trichechus ma natus, Linnaeus. Amer. Jour. Anat., 184(4): 269-286. 3 tabs. 43 figs. Apr. 1989. -Detailed description of the Florida manatee's kidney, lavishly illustrated with line drawings and photographs, but with little discussion of function. Compares the kidney of T. manatus with those of other sirs, and other mammals, and concludes that its structure suggests "a mammal capable of forming a copious but only moderately hypertonic urine." Malukovich, Vladimir 1977. [Where are you, Steller's sea cow?] Kamchatsky Komsomolets (Petropavlovsk): 1 p. 1 fig. Jan. 1977. -In Russian. Newspaper article, quoted in J.-P. Sylvestre (1983). Describes the supposed sighting of a live Hydrodamalis in Anapkinskaya Bay, Kamchatka, in the summer of 1976. x Mani, S.B. 1960. Occurrence of the sea cow, Halicore dugong (Erxl.), off the Saurashtra coast. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 57(1): 216-217. -Reports the finding of a dead dugong and the capture of another (13 feet 4 inches in length) near Bedi Bunder (Jamnagar), northwestern India, at about 22?30'N. This was considered by the journal's editor to be an extension of the recorded NUMBER 80 215 range in India. See also Silas (1961). Manigault, Gabriel E. 1886. [Discovery of two unusual fossils.] Proc. Elliott Soc. of Science and Art, 2(12): 91-92. Apr. 1886 (read Mar. 12, 1885). -Notice of the presentation of a "dugong" specimen (the holotype of Dioplotherium mani- x Marcoy, gaulti Cope, 1883, from the bed of the Wando 1875. River near Cainhoy, South Carolina) to the Charleston Museum by Mr. G.W Coxe in 1878. Manigault later exhibited this specimen to the Society on Sep. 29, 1887 (see Proc. Elliott Soc, 2(23): 177, March 1888). Mann, E.W 1903a. Dugongol. Jour. Soc. Chem. Ind., 1903: 1357. Mann, E.W. 1903b. [Title?] x Marcus, Pharm. Jour. ,71: 840. 1921 a. -Abstr.: Analyst, 29: 93, 1904. Mann de Toledo, Peter: SEE Toledo, Peter Mann de Manning, Earl M.: SEE Prothero et al., 1988. Manzij, Sawwa Filimonowitsch: SEE ALSO Sukhanov & Manzij, 1986. Manzij, Sawwa Filimonowitsch; & Piliptshuk, Oleg Yaroslawowitsch 1984. Morphologie und Funktionsanalyse des Axial- skeletes des amerikanischen Lamantins Tri chechus manatus Lin., 1758, Mammalia, Sirenia. Zool. Jahrb. Anal, 111(3): 257-295. 17 figs. -Engl. summ. Marafi6n, Greg6rio: SEE Pires de Lima, F. de C, 1952. x Marcus, Marburg, O. 1921b. 1920. Neue Studien uber die Zirbeldriise. Arb. Neurol. Inst. Wien. Univ. (Obersteiner's), 23(1). Marcet-Riba, J. 1956. Sucesi6n estratigraTica y fosiles del Eoceno de la Zona de Palafrugell-Esclana-Regenc6s (Bajo Am- purdin, provincia de Gerona). Notas y Com. Inst. Geol. y Minero Espaha, No. 42: 48-49. -Reports sir. rib fragments from the Eocene of Esclanya, Spain. Marcoy, Paul (pseudonym of Laurent Saint-Cricq) x Marden 1869. Voyage a trovers I'Amerique du Sud. 1947. Paris, L. Hachette & Cie. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: 1-704; Vol. 2: 1-519. Illus. -Engl, transl.: Marcoy (1875). Interesting ac counts of Amazonian manatees, including Indi ans' use of manatee-hide straps in wrapping the Marine dead (1: 671-672), hunting (1: 673; 2: 149-153), 1986. possible fighting between male manatees (2: 151), a manatee fetus (2: 152, 155), anatomical and gastronomical comments (2: 155-157), and the capture of a manatee by a jaguar (2: 202-204). There are two pictures of hunting (1: 673; 2: 153), one of the fetus (2: 155), and a most dramatic one of the jaguar and his prey (2: 203). See also Van Bree& Duguy (1977). Paul (pseudonym of Laurent Saint-Cricq) Travels in South America. New York, Scribner, Armstrong, & Co. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xii + 524; Vol. 2: viii + 496. -A somewhat abridged and bowdlerized transl. of Marcoy (1869). "Lamantin" is incorrectly trans lated as "seal" (2: 42). Scientific names are added here and there (e.g., "Manatus americanus," 2: 187). The same illustrations are used as before. The sir. material is found in vol. 2: 42, 45, 187-194,235-237. H. Uber die Zahl und die Verschiebung von Zahnen besonders bei Manatus. Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Organismen, 47(4): 571-586. 4 tabs. 3 figs. Pis. 18-19. Apr. 18, 1921. -Discusses the mode of tooth replacement in manatees in the light of a study of a series of T. senegalensis. Concludes that replacement is prin cipally due to forward pressure from teeth erupting at the back of the toothrow, and that the number of teeth formed during the lifetime is at least 12-15 per jaw quadrant (274-286, pis. 18-19). H. Uber die Zahne und die Korrelation ihrer Zahl mit dem Alter, untersucht an Blindwuhlen, Kroko- dilen und Seekiihen. In: Deutsche Zahnheilkunde: Forschung und Praxis. Ein Band zu Ehren von O. Walkoff. Ed. 2. (Sonderheft von Deutsche Zahnheilkunde.) Leipzig, Georg Thieme, 145-157. 6 figs. Pis. 5-6. -First ed., 1920? Discusses the number of erupted and developing teeth in T. inunguis and T. senegalensis, and the process of tooth replacement (154-156). , Luis Guatemala revisited. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 92(4): 525-564. Illus. Oct. 1947. -Account of harpooning a manatee in Lake Izabal, Guatemala (552, 558); photo, 546. Mammal Commission, U.S. Habitat protection needs for the subpopulation of West Indian manatees in the Crystal River area of northwest Florida. 216 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY NTIS Document No. PB 86-200250, iv + 46. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -Written by David Laist, David Gluckman, Daryl Domning, and James Mead. Report originally issued Sep. 1984. Marine Mammal Commission, U.S. 1988. Preliminary assessment of habitat protection needs for West Indian manatees on the east coast of Florida and Georgia. NTIS Document No. PB 89-162002, xi + 107. 9 tabs. 21 figs. Dec. 1988. -Written mainly by David Laist. Marius (pseudonym) 1917. The Australian dugong. The Lone Hand, May 1, 1917: 300-301. 1 fig. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and dugong hunting in Queensland. Markley, Susan: SEE Clark, M.G., 1990. x Marlow, B.J. 1962. A recent record of the dugong, Dugong dugon, from New South Wales. Jour. Mamm., 43(3): 433. Aug. 20, 1962. -Reports an adult male washed ashore near Sydney in 1959, possibly killed by cold (see also Anon., 1959b). It bore specimens of the barnacle Platylepas hexastylus, and its mouth contained the seagrasses Halophila ovalis and Zostera capricor- nii. Marmol Burgos, Andr6s E.: SEE ALSO Neville et al., 1976. x Maf mol Burgos, Andr6s E. 1976. Informe preliminar sobre las plantas que sirven de alimento al manati de la Amazonia (Trichechus inunguis). [Abstr.] Resumenes del Primer Congreso Nacional de Botdnica (Lima, Peru, Jun. 28-Jul. 3, 1976): 31-32. -Lists Pistia stratiotes, Eichhornia crassipes, E. azurea, Echinochloa sp., Paspalum sp., and Convolvulaceae among manatee food plants in the Peruvian Amazon. x Marmontel, Miriam; Odell, Daniel Keith; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1992. Reproductive biology of South American mana tees. In: W.C. Hamlett (ed.), Reproductive biology of South American vertebrates. New York, Springer-Verlag, 295-312. 1 tab. 9 figs. -Reviews available data on sir. reproductive anatomy, physiology, and behavior and their implications for conservation, emphasizing T. manatus and T inunguis. Marmontel, Miriam; O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Humphrey, Stephen R. 1990. An evaluation of bone growth-layer counts as an age-determination technique in Florida manatees. NTIS Document No. PB 91-103564, x + 94. 9 tabs. 34 figs. Sep. 1990. Marquardsen, Hugo 1920. Angola. Berlin, D. Reimer (E. Vohsen), viii + 134. Frontisp. 12 pis. Maps. -Sirs., 69. Marsden, William 1811. The history of Sumatra, containing an account of the government, laws, customs, and manners of the native inhabitants, with a description of the natural productions, and a relation of the ancient political state of that island. Ed. 3. London, printed for the author by J. M'Creery, viii + 479. -Allen 525. Duyong, 122 (not mentioned in ed. 1?). Marsh, Helene D.: SEE ALSO Bryden et al., 1978; Denton et al., 1980; Elliott et al., 1979; Heinsohn et al.; Hudson & Marsh, 1986; Lanyon et al., 1989; Leatherwood & Reeves, 1989; McCabe et al., 1978; Murray et al., 1977; Nishiwaki & Marsh, 1985; Preen et al., 1989; Rowlatt & Marsh, 1985; Smith & Marsh, 1990; Spain et al.; Appendix 1, Dugong Newsletter. Marsh, Helene D. 1977. The alimentary canal of the dugong. [Abstr.] Bull. Austral. Mamm. Soc, 4(1): 32. Sep. 1977 (read May 1977). Marsh, Helene D. 1978. Age determination in the dugong Dugong dugon, using dentinal growth layers. [Abstr.] Bull. Austral. Mamm. Soc, 5(1): 37-38. Read May 1978. x Marsh, Helene D. 1980. Age determination of the dugong (Dugong dugon (Miiller)) in northern Australia and its biological implications. In: WF. Perrin & A.C Myrick, Jr. (eds.), Age determination of toothed whales and sirenians. Repts. Internatl Whaling Comm., Special Issue, 3: 181-201. 6 tabs. 19 figs. -Describes in detail the morphology and internal structure of the incisors and cheek teeth, and correlates their growth layers, size, and eruption with season of death, body length, puberty, and closure of cranial sutures. Growth layers were also observed in the tympanic bones and ribs, but not the humerus or malleus. Concludes that the tusks are best for age determination, that one growth layer group is deposited in them per year, and that marked accessory layering probably represents individual rather than latitudinal variation. Life span is in excess of 50 years. Puberty in both sexes occurs at 9 or more years of age in the Townsville population, but several years later in the Morning- NUMBER 80 217 ton Island population. The tusks of males erupt at about 12 and 14+ years in these two populations, respectively. An age-length growth curve for both sexes, based on number of dentinal growth layer groups, is presented. Techniques used in aging dugong teeth are also described on pp. 41-45 of this volume. x Marsh, Helene D. (ed.) 1981a. The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queens land 8-13 May 1979. [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ., vii + 400. Illus. -The "second ed." of this work (1984) is essentially identical in content, but is typeset rather than reproduced from typescript and has different pagination (viii + 240), and the paper by Blair has been updated with newly published names of parasites. The original pagination is used here for indexing. Contains 22 seminar papers and abstracts, listed in this bibliography by their authors (1-203); two sets of conservation recom mendations (205-216); 10 background papers, listed here by author (217-343); 2 workshop reports, listed here by author (345-368); and, as appendices, sample data sheets for carcass salvage and aerial surveys used by the James Cook University and Papua New Guinea dugong pro jects (369-398) and a list of participants in the conference (399-400). The seminar papers and abstracts are by Bertram, Nishiwaki et al., Hendrokusumo et al., Brownell et al., Jones, Heinsohn (2), Elliott, Prince et al., Marsh (2), Anderson, Chase, Hud son, Spain & Marsh, Murray, Denton, Miyazaki et al., Campbell & Ladds, Yamasaki et al., Kamiya & Yamasaki, and Kataoka & Asano. The back ground papers are by Heinsohn (2), Denton, Rainey, Marsh (2), Marsh & Glover, Blair, Spain & Marsh, and Channells & Morrissey. The workshop reports are by Marsh & Heinsohn and Marsh & Kasuya. n Marsh, Helene D. 1981b. The life history parameters of the dugong and their implications for conservation. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 88-90. -Abstr. of Marsh (1980). n Marsh, Helene D. 1981c. The food of the dugong. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar! workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 164-165. -Abstr. of Marsh, Channells, Heinsohn & Morris sey (1982). x Marsh, Helene D. 1981 d. Preliminary description of the reproductive organs of the female dugong and suggested methods of specimen collection as part of a carcass salvage program. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Pro ceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 248-259. 1 tab. 6 figs. -Describes the gross anatomy of the female reproductive tract, discusses the evidences of ovulation and pregnancy, and recommends proce dures for specimen collection and preservation, x Marsh, Helene D. 1981e. Techniques used for determining age in dugongs based on the examination of layers in hard tissues. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 311-343. 1 fig. -Describes in detail techniques for collecting, processing, sectioning, staining, and examining dugong teeth. Also discusses layering in bones and the use of aspartic acid racemization in teeth and eyelenses. Includes a glossary (335-339). x Marsh, Helene D. 1983. Conserving the dugong (cowfish) in Vanuatu. Naika, Jour. Vanuatu Nat. Sci. Soc, No. 9: 1-5. 1 fig. Mar. 1983. -French & Pidgin summs. Gen. acc. of dugong biology, with some comments on dugongs in Vanuatu and recommendations for their protec tion. Marsh, Helene D. 1984a. How Borroloola "May-Day" launched air rescue for dugongs and turtles. Habitat Australia, 12(4): 2-5. 4 figs. Aug. 1984. Marsh, Helene D. 1984b. The dugong problem. Queensland Fisherman, Sep. 1984: 8. x Marsh, Helene D. 1984c. Stranded! Simply Living, 2(5): 106-107. 6 figs. -Pop. acc. of rescuing dugongs and turtles stranded by Cyclone Kathy in northern Australia. Marsh, Helene D. 1984d. Marine mammals: gargantuan yet graceful. In: The Readers' Digest book of the Great Barrier Reef 218 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Sydney, Readers' Digest, 298-303. 10 figs. x Marsh, Helene D. 1986a. The status of the dugong in Torres Strait. In: A.K. Haines, G.C. Williams, & D. Coates (eds.), Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, 11-14 February 1985. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (vii + 344), 53-76. 8 tabs. 4 figs. -On the basis of an aerial survey, available life-history data, and available catch statistics, a population model is formulated that indicates that the Torres Strait dugong population has been seriously overexploited in the recent past, is insufficient to support the present catch level, and is in danger of extermination. Marsh, Helene D. 1986b. 'Dugong is Number One Tucker.' Oceanus, 29(2): 102. 1 fig. Summer 1986. -See also B.E.T. Hudson (1986). Marsh, Helene D. 1986c. Dugong life history: implications for management of Australian populations. In: S. Burgin (ed.), Endangered species: social, scientific, economic and legal aspects in Australia and the South Pacific Proceedings of a conference held at the University of Sydney, May 11 and 12,1984. Sydney, Total Environment Centre (iv + 231), 163-187. 5 tabs. -Abstr.: Austral. Mar. Science Assoc. Bull, 79: 26-27, 1982. Marsh, Helene D. 1986d. Research on dugongs and other marine mammals by James Cook University of North Queensland. In: P.D. Shaughnessy (ed.), Report of CSIRO Marine Mammal Workshop. CSIRO Tech. Memo., No. 26: 42-43. Mar. 1986. x Marsh, Helene D. 1988a. An ecological basis for dugong conservation in Australia. In: M.L. Augee (ed.), Marine mammals of Australasia: field biology and captive manage ment. Sydney, Roy. Zool. Soc. New South Wales (vii + 140), 9-21. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Mar. 1988. -Gen. acc. of dugong biology, ecology, and status in Australia, with preliminary data from a ra- diotracking study and dugong population esti mates for several parts of the northern coast, x Marsh, Helene D. 1988b. Dugong research: current status and opportunities. In: A.J. Dartnall (ed.), Australian tropical marine science and technology: current status and oppor tunities. [Canberra], Austral. Marine Sciences & Tech nologies Committee, Austral. Inst. Marine Sci ence, Dept. of Science, & Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (1-260), 128-130. -Short summary of the types and results of dugong research being conducted in Australia, x Marsh, Helene D. 1988c. Dugongs of the southeast coast. Whalewatcher, 22(4): 8-10. Cover illus. + 3 figs. Winter 1988. -Detailed gen. acc. of dugongs in Australia. Marsh, Helene D. 1988d. The dugong problem. In: F. Gray & L. Zann (eds.), Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work shop Ser., No. 8: 120-131. x Marsh, Helene D. 1988e. The importance of marine parks for the manage ment of dugongs in Australian waters. Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1:495-502. 1 fig. Oct. 1988. -Reviews dugong life history, causes of mortality, and the role of marine parks and other conserva tion measures needed for dugong protection, x Marsh, Helene D. ("Helen E. Marsh") 1989a. Mass stranding of dugongs by a tropical cyclone in northern Australia. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(1): 78-84. 1 tab. 4 figs. Jan. 1989. -Reports the stranding of at least 27 dugongs in the Northern 'territory in 1984, of which 23 were rescued. Describes the condition, behavior, sex, and reproductive status of the stranded animals, and gives data on the age, reproductive status, stomach contents, and heavy metal status of 3 that were necropsied. Marsh, Helene D. 1989b. Tracking dugongs by satellite. The Pilot (Newsletter of the UNEP Marine Mammal Action Plan), No. 3: 10-11. 1 fig. Apr. 1989. Marsh, Helene D. 1989c. Dugongidae. Chapter 57 in: Fauna of Australia, Vol. IB. Mammalia. Canberra, Austral. Govt. Publ. Serv. (ix + 401- 1227), 1030-1038. 3 figs. Marsh, Helene D. 1990. Sea cows. In: E. Gould & G. McKay (eds.), Mammals. NUMBER 80 219 New York & Sydney, Mallard Press (Encyclope dia of Animals) (240 pp.), 164-166. 4 figs. Marsh, Helene D. 1991. Our tropical siren. Austral. Geogr., No. 21: 42-57. Cover illus. + 30 figs. Jan.-Mar. 1991. -See also Preen (1991). x Marsh, Helene D.; & Anderson, Paul K. 1983. Probable susceptibility of dugongs to capture stress. Biol. Conserv., 25(1): 1-3. Jan. 1983. -Reports an elevated blood serum potassium level in a dugong chased by a speedboat and harpooned; recommends caution in research and management actions that may result in stress to dugongs. x Marsh, Helene D.; Channells, Peter W; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Morrissey, Janice 1982. Analysis of stomach contents of dugongs from Queensland. Austral. Wildl. Res., 9(1): 55-67. 3 tabs. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Marsh (1981c). Stomach contents of 96 dugongs confirmed that the diet consists almost entirely of seagrasses of all available genera, and probably reflects the generic composition of the beds where the animals were captured. Rhizomes were present in all stomachs, including that of a neonatal calf. Non-epiphytic algae were found in 51% of stomachs, but in small amounts. Also discusses the effects of cyclones on dugong feeding areas and diet, and the dietary importance of seagrass rhizomes vs. leaves and stems. xD Marsh, Helene D.; Channells, Peter W; & Morrissey, Janice 1979. A bibliography of the Recent Sirenia.... Prepared for the Dugong Seminar Workshop held at James Cook University, May 8-13th 1979. Townsville (Australia), James Cook Univ., i + 163. -Lists 1,746 titles alphabetically by author, no index. Some entries are annotated. The preface states: "This bibliography was prepared as a background paper for the Dugong Workshop.... It was prepared in a limited time and without access to a major library. Accordingly, we were forced to rely on previous published and unpublished bibliographies of the recent Sirenia." This was the most comprehensive sirenian bibliography com piled prior to the present one, and it contains many paleontological and desmostylian as well as neontological references. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Eisentraut, M. 1984. Die Gaumenfalten des Dugong. Zs. Sdugetierk., 49(5): 314-315. 1 fig. -Illustrates and briefly describes the rather re duced pattern of palatal ridges in a dugong. Marsh, Helene D.; Freeland, W.J.; Limpus, Colin J.; & Reed, P.C 1986. The stranding of dugongs and sea turtles resulting from Cyclone Kathy, March 1984: a report on the rescue effort and the biological data obtained. Conservation Commission of the Northern Terri tory (Darwin, Australia), Tech. Rept., No. 25: iv + 60. 8 tabs. 24 figs. May 1986. x Marsh, Helene D.; Gardner, Blair R.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981. Present-day hunting and distribution of dugongs in the Wellesley Islands (Queensland): implications for conservation. Biol. Conserv., 19(4): 255-267. 2 tabs. 4 figs. Apr. 1981. -Describes present hunting techniques using harpoons and outboard motors, and the results of aerial surveys of the Wellesley Islands area. Peak hunting activity coincides with seasonal move ments of dugongs; 374 animals were counted, of which about 40 are taken each year. Hunting is now easier and less dangerous, but some socio logical factors discourage it, and some hunters try to avoid taking pregnant females. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Glover, Timothy D. 1981. A preliminary description of the reproductive organs of the male dugong and suggested methods of specimen collection. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 261-273. 4 figs. -Abstr.: Proc. Soc. Study Fert. Camb., 1979: 16. Describes the gross anatomy of the male repro ductive tract, and recommends procedures for tissue and blood collection and preservation. Also suggests topics and approaches for future study. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1981. Report of the aerial survey workshop. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/ workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 345-353. 2 tabs. 1 fig. -Describes a workshop on aerial survey tech niques, consisting of flights over the Cleveland Bay area (Queensland). Dugong sightings by different teams of observers are tabulated and compared, showing repeatability of the results, x Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1982. Conserving the dugong: Australia's responsibility. 220 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bull Austral Littoral Soc, 5(5): 1-5. 2 figs. Nov. 1982. -Text reprinted: Marsh & Heinsohn (1983). Gen. acc. of dugong biology, threats to dugong sur vival, and conservation needs in Australia and Papua New Guinea, n Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1983. Conserving the dugong: Australia's responsibility. Habitat Austral, 11(2): 28-30. 1 fig. Apr. 1983. -Repr. of Marsh & Heinsohn (1982). x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Channells, Peter W 1984. Changes in the ovaries and uterus of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia: Dugongidae), with age and reproductive activity. Austral. Jour. Zool, 32(6): 743-766. 4 tabs. 13 figs. -Gross and histological studies of 49 female reproductive tracts showed extreme flattening of the ovaries, a high frequency of sterile cycles, low fecundity, greater activity of the right ovary than the left, and the presence of ovarian cysts and parasites. The dugong appears to be polyovular and polyestrous. Placental scars are considered the best index to parity. Similarities of reproductive biology between dugongs and elephants are pointed out. x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Glover, Timothy D. 1984. Changes in the male reproductive organs of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia: Dugondidae [sic]) with age and reproductive activity. Austral. Jour. Zool, 32(6): 721-742. 5 tabs. 12 figs. -Gross and histological studies of 59 male reproductive tracts showed wide variation in testicular activity; many males in a population at any given time seem not to be producing sperm. Differences from and resemblances to other "paenungulates" and other mammals are dis cussed. x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Marsh, Lachlan M. 1984. Breeding cycle, life history and population dy namics of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Sirenia: Dugongidae). Austral. Jour. Zool, 32(6): 767-788. 5 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports that fertility is discontinuous in both males and females; calving is diffusely seasonal; neonates are 1.0-1.3 m long; sexual maturity is attained at 2.2-2.5 m and at least 9-10 years; gestation lasts about 1 year and lactation at least 1.5 years; the sex ratio is 1:1; the calving interval is 3-7 years; mortality is more important than the age of maturity in influencing population dynamics; estrus can occur during lactation; the low nutritive value of seagrasses may explain the discontinuous fertility; and the delay in maturity may be density-dependent. Gives original accounts of three births, one shark attack, and one case of males fighting with their tusks. x Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Spain, Alister V. 1977. The stomach and duodenal diverticula of the dugong (Dugong dugon). In: R.J. Harrison (ed.), Functional anatomy of marine mammals. London, Academic Press, Vol. 3: 271-295. 1 tab. 10 figs. -Describes the gross anatomy, histology, and histochemistry of the stomach and diverticula and discusses their functional and ecological implica tions. Reports occurrences of the parasites Paradujardinia halichoris and Lankatrema sp. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Kasuya, Toshio 1981. Report of the age determination workshop. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 354-368. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Describes a workshop on the preparation and reading of growth layers in dugong tusks, with tabulation and comparison of the results obtained by experienced and inexperienced readers. Tusks from lower latitudes tended to be harder to score due to their numerous accessory layers. Marsh, Helene D.; O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Best, Robin Christopher 1986. Research on sirenians. Ambio, 15(3): 177-180. 4 figs. Marsh, Helene D.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1987. Tracking dugongs. Argos Newsletter, No. 29: 8-9. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -Text in French & Engl, x Marsh, Helene D.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1990. Development and application of conventional and satellite radio tracking techniques for studying dugong movements and habitat use. Austral. Wildl. Res., 17(1): 83-100. 4 tabs. 8 figs. -Describes techniques used on, and data obtained from, 6 male dugongs radiotagged in North Queensland and tracked for 1-16 months. Their movement patterns were surprisingly similar to those of Florida manatees; all spent most of their time in relatively small and overlapping home NUMBER 80 221 ranges near inshore seagrass beds. Only one pubertal male undertook long-distance move ments (>140 km in 2 days). Another dugong repeatedly travelled 10 km up a tidal creek. Concludes that conventional transmitters are better for behavioral observations, but satellite transmitters are better for tracking movements. Marsh, Helene D.; & Saalfeld, W Keith 1989. The distribution and abundance of dugongs in the northern Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. Austral. Wildl. Res., 16(4): 429-440. 5 tabs. 5 figs. Marsh, Helene D.; & Saalfeld, W. Keith 1990. The distribution and abundance of dugongs in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park south of Cape Bedford. Austral. Wildl. Res., 17(5): 511-524. 4 tabs. 8 figs. Marsh, Helene D.; & Saalfeld, W Keith 1991. The status of the dugong in Torres Strait. In: D. Lawrence & T. Canfield-Smith (eds.), Sustainable development for traditional inhabitants of the Torres Strait region. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work shop Ser., No. 16: 187-194. x Marsh, Helene D.; & Sinclair, D.F. 1989a. Correcting for visibility bias in strip transect aerial surveys of aquatic fauna. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 53(4): 1017-1024. 1 tab. 1 fig- -Reports on the procedures used to develop survey-specific perception-bias and availability- bias correction factors in surveys of dugongs in northern Australia. Marsh, Helene D.; & Sinclair, D.F. 1989b. An experimental evaluation of dugong and sea turtle aerial survey techniques. Austral Wildl Res., 16(6): 639-650. 1 tab. 5 figs, x Marsh, Helene D.; Spain, Alister V.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1978. Minireview: physiology of the dugong. Compar. Biochem. Physiol, Part A, 61(2): 159- 168. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Briefly summarizes published literature and some unpublished data on dugong anatomy, feeding, digestion, fat composition, excretion, reproduction, respiration, circulation, nervous and endocrine systems, social behavior, and vocaliza tions. Marsh, Lachlan M.: SEE Marsh, Heinsohn, & Marsh, 1984. Marsh, Othniel Charles 1877. Introduction and succession of vertebrate life in America. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3)14: 337-378. -Repr.: Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 26: 211- 258, 1878. Sirs, in latter, 234, 252. xD Marsh, Othniel Charles 1888. Notice of a new fossil sirenian, from California. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, (3)35(205)(whole vol. no. 135): 94-96. 3 figs. Jan. 1888. -This, the first scientific paper published on desmostylians, describes Desmostylus hesperus, n.gen.n.sp., from Alameda County, Calif., on the basis of isolated teeth and a lumbar vertebra deposited in the Yale Peabody Museum. It was believed to be Pliocene in age and related to Metaxytherium and Halicore. In fact it is Miocene in age, and according to Merriam (1911: 404) the type was actually collected in Contra Costa County. Marshall, A.G. 1970. The life cycle of Basilia hispida Theodor, 1967 (Diptera: Nycteribiidae) in Malaysia. Parasitology, 61(1): 1-18. x Marshall, Alan J. 1978. People of the Dreamtime. Ed. 2. Melbourne, Hyland House, 1-104. Illus. -Ed. 1, Melbourne, Cheshire: iv + 88, illus., 1952. Recounts an Aboriginal story, collected in Arn hem Land, of "The bittern who caught a dugong" (80-84). Marshall, W 1887. Atlas der Tierverbreitung. (Berghaus "Physikali- scher Atlas," Abt. 6.) Gotha, 1-10. 45 figs., Maps 52-60. x Marshall, W 1896. Uber Waltiere. Zool. Garten (Frankfurt), 37: 17-25,40-48. -Notes the value to sirs, of a heavy skeleton in aiding submergence with large, air-filled lungs (46). x Martin, J.H.D. 1975. A list of mammals from Stradbroke Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 86(12): 73-76. Mar. 1, 1975. -P. 74: {"There is one Queensland Museum record of a dugong juvenile (J4391, Moreton Bay) and one record of a 'Porpoise' skull (J21718). Dugong (Dugong australis Owen, 1847) were common in the waters around Stradbroke Island (the Amity Banks) at the turn of the century, but in latter years sightings have been infrequent"} See also H. Kirkman (1975). x Martin, Johann Karl 1887. Westindische Skizzen; Reise-Erinnerungen. Leiden, E.J. Brill, vii + 186. 22 pis. -"Seperatausgabe des lsten Theils" of Martin 222 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY (1888). Discusses food plants of "Manatus la tirostris" (mentioning Montrichardia by name) and its range in Suriname (27). Martin, Johann Karl 1888. Bericht uber eine Reise nach Niederldndisch West-Indien und darauf gegrundete Studien. Zweite Teil. Geologic Leiden, EJ. Brill, ix + 238. 41 figs. 3 pis. 4 maps. -See also Martin, 1887. Fossil sirs., Aruba & ?Bonaire, 89, 101-103, pi. 1. Martin, Larry D.: SEE Whetstone & Martin, 1979. Martin, Lawrence: SEE Raza et al., 1984. Martin, R.M. 1977. Mammals of the seas. London, Batsford, 1-208. -Pop. acc. of dugongs and manatees, chap. 8. Martins, Charles 1857. Nouvelle comparaison des membres pelviens et thoraciques chez l'homme et chez les mammiferes d6duite de la torsion de 1'humerus. Ann. Sci. Nat., (4)8: 45-110. Pis. 2-3. -Sirs., 69. Martius, Carl Friedr. Phil, von: SEE Spix & Martius, 1831. Martyr, Peter (= Martire d'Anghiera, Pietro) 1516. De orbe novo decades. Alcala, A. Guillelmi, 67 leaves. -First printing of the Second and Third Decades. The First Decade was first published in 1511, but does not seem to refer to manatees. Martyr, Peter (= Martire d'Anghiera, Pietro) 1533. De rebus oceanis & orbe nouo decades tres: quibus quicquid de inuentis nuper terris traditum, nouarum rerum cupidum lector em retinere possit, copiose, fideliter, eruditique docetur. Eivsdem praeterea Legationis Babylonicae libri tres: vbi praeter oratorii mvneris pulcherrimum exem- plum, etiam quicquid in uariarum gentium mo- ribus & institutis insigniter praeclarum uidit queque terra marique acciderunt, omnia lectu mire iucunda, genere dicendi politissimo tradun- tur. Basileae [= Basel], Ioannem Bebelium, leaves 1-92. -Allen 4. First ed.: Martyr (1516). Engl, transl.: London, William Powell, 1555; repr. in E. Arber, The first three English books on America..., Birmingham, 1885, repr. New York, Krauss Repr. Co., 1971. Manati, leaf 60, C, D (in the Eighth Book of the Third Decade). "Peter Martyr has the distinction of being the earliest historian of the New World ..., a term coined by him" (Morison, 1942). Maruyama, Toshiaki: SEE Oishi et al., 1990. Masterson, James Raymond; & Brower, Helen 1948. Bering's successors, 1745-1780; contributions of Peter Simon Pallas to the history of Russian exploration toward Alaska. Seattle, Univ. Washington Press, 1-96. Mastrorilli, V.I. 1973. Rinvenimento di resti schletrici di sirenidi nel bacino oligocenico Ligure-piemontese presso Millesimo (Savona). Doriana (Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. "G. Doria"), 5(205): 1-6. 2 figs. Jul. 15, 1973. -Engl. & German summs. Mate, Bruce R. 1986. Tracking marine mammals by satellite: identifica tion of critical habitats. Whalewatcher, 20(2): 8-9. 1 fig. Summer 1986. Mate, Bruce R.; Rathbun, Galen B. ("Geylen Rathburn"); & Reid, James P. ("James Reed") 1986. An Argos-monitored radio tag for tracking mana tees. Argos Newsletter, No. 26: 2-7. 1 tab. Jun. 1986. -Text in French & Engl. Mate, Bruce R.; Reid, James P.; & Winsor, M. 1987. Long-term tracking of manatees through the Argos satellite system. In: Proc. Argos Internatl. Users Conference (Greenbelt, Maryland), 211-220. Mathews, Edward Davis 1879. Up the Amazon and Madeira rivers, through Bolivia and Peru. London, S. Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, xv + 402. Illus. Matoba, N.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Matschie, Paul: SEE ALSO Hemprich & Ehrenberg, 1828-1899. Matschie, Paul 1893. Die Saugethiere des Togogebietes. Mitt. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. (Berlin), 6: 162-180. -Sirs., 180. x Matson, George Charlton 1915. The phosphate deposits of Florida. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull, 604: 1-101. Tabs. 2 figs. 17 pis. -Illustrates the "jawbone of a manatee" (pi. 12) that was later made the holotype of Metaxy therium floridanum Hay, 1922; from the Bone Valley Formation. Matson, George Charlton; & Clapp, F.G. 1909. A preliminary report of the geology of Florida, with special reference to the stratigraphy. Florida Geol. Surv. Rept., 2: 25-173.2 figs. 8 pis. -Sirs., 136. x Matson, George Charlton; & Sanford, Samuel 1913. Geology and ground waters of Florida. U.S. Geol. Surv. Water-Supply Paper, 319: 1- 445. 7 figs. 17 pis. -P. 146: {"The Bone Valley gravel, however, contains many fossils which are contemporaneous NUMBER 80 223 Matthes 1912b. Matthes 1915. with the deposition of the beds, among them being teeth of horses, rhinoceroses, mammoths, sharks, and manatees."} "Manatees" here refers to Mio cene dugongids, principally Metaxytherium flori danum. x Matthes Matsubara, S. 1912a. 1881. [On the dugong of Japan.] Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Tokyo, Zool. Soc. Japan), 1: 93-96. -In Japanese. Matsuda, G.: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990. Matsui, Masaru: SEE ALSO Kimura et al., 1987; Minato et al., 1957; Uozumi et al., 1966; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. D Matsui, Masaru; & Ganzawa, Y 1987. Oligo-Miocene Kawakami Group in eastern Hok kaido.?The age and horizon of Ashoro fossil fauna. In: Professor Masaru Matsui Memorial Volume. Sapporo, 137-143. May 1987. D Matsui, Masaru; Yamaguchi, Shoichi; & Kimura, Masaichi 1984. On the Desmostylus found from Hokkaido and Sakhalin, with stratigraphical and sedimentary environmental remarks. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 51-61. 1 tab. 5 figs. May 1984. Matthes. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. 1921a. D Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1918a. On a new fossil Trionyx from Hokkaido. Sci. Rept. Tohoku Imper. Univ. (Ser. 2, Geol), 3: 57-60. PI. 21. -Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 25: 467? Desmostyli ans, 59. Matthes. D Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1921b. 1918b. A contribution to the morphology, paleobiology and systematics of Desmostylus. Sci. Rept. Tohoku Imper. Univ. (Ser. 2, Geol), Matthes, 3(2): 61-74. PI. 22. 1921c. D Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1923a. Mammalian horizons in the Japanese Tertiary revised stratigraphically, and the interrelation of Matthes the terrestrial and marine deposits. 192Id. Proc. Pan-Pacif. Sci. Congr., Australia, 2(1): 887-896. 2 figs. -Desmostylians, 891-892. Matthes Matsumoto, Hikoshichiro 1921e. 1923b. A contribution to the knowledge of Moeritherium. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 48(4): 97-140. 5 tabs. 11 figs. Sep. 21, 1923. Matthes -Sirs., Ill, 123-124. 1929. D Matsuuda, Nobuomi 1988. [Neogene fauna and mammal fossils from Ishi- kawa Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study Matthes on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of 1945. study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 22-28. 4 tabs. 1 fig. March 1988. -In Japanese. , Ernst Einige Bemerkungen uber das Gehororgan von Walen und Sirenen. Anat. Anz., 41(20/22): 594-599. Jul. 27, 1912. -Criticizes Abel's (1912) statements on the hearing of marine mammals, and supports Boen- ningshaus (1904). Concerning sirs., Matthes con cludes (597-599) that their ears are adapted only for hearing in the water and not in the air. Ernst Zur Entwicklung des Kopfskelettes der Sirenen. 1. Die Regio ethmoidalis des Primordialkraniums von Manatus latirostris. Jena. Zs. Natw., 48: 489-514. Ernst Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsge- schichte der Sirenen. 1: Die aussere Korperform eines Embryos von Halicore dugong von 15 cm Riickenlange. Jena. Zs. Natw., 53(= n.s. 46): 557-580. PI. 8. Ernst Eine bemerkenswerte Eigentumlichkeit am Meckel'schen Knorpel eines Saugethieres: Zusammensetzung des Meckel'schen Knorpels bei Halicore dugong aus zwei hintereinander liegenden Teilstucken. Anat. Anz., 54(11): 209-229. 6 figs. Aug. 1,1921. Ernst Einige Beobachtungen uber die Entwicklung des Schadels der Sirenen. Verh. Deutsch. Zool Ges. (Berlin), 26: 73-75. Ernst Zur Kenntniss des Knorpel schadels von Halicore dugong. Zool. Anz., 52: 139-151. 2 figs. Ernst Zur Entwicklung des Kopfskelettes der Sirenen. II. Das Primordialcranium von Halicore dugong. Zs. Ges. Anat., 60(1): 1-304. 36 figs. 6 pis. Ernst Neuere Arbeiten uber das Primordialkranium der Saugethiere. Zs. Ges. Anat., Abt. 3, 23: 669-912. 13 figs. Ernst Die Dickenverhaltnisse der Haut bei den Mam malia im allgemeinen, den Sirenia im besonderen. Zs. Wiss. Zool, 134(2/3): 345-357. 1 fig. Ernst Zur Embryologie und Systematik der Gattung Manatus. Mem. Estud. Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra, 164: 224 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1-43. 3 figs. 2 pis. -Synonymizes Manatus koellikeri Kukenthal with T. m. manatus (42). Matthew, William Diller 1912. Symposium on ten years' progress in vertebrate paleontology. African mammals. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 13: 156-162. -Sirs., 156. Matthew, William Diller 1915. Climate and evolution. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 24: 171-318. 33 figs. -Rev.: Amer. Jour. Sci. (4)40: 83-85. Sirs., 256, 314. x Matthew, William Diller 1916a. New sirenian from the Tertiary of Porto Rico, West Indies. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 27: 23-29. 2 figs. Jan. 28, 1916 (read Nov. 8, 1915). -Abstr.: Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 26: 439, May 12, 1915? Describes IHalitherium antillense, n.sp., and compares it with other sirs.; discusses sir. affinities and phylogeny, distribution, and cheek tooth formulae. The age of the new species is given only as "Tertiary"; it is Middle Oligocene according to Reinhart (1959: 21). D Matthew, William Diller 1916b. Recent progress in vertebrate palaeontology. Mammals. Science (n.s.), 43: 107-110. ?Desmostylians, 109. Mattioli, Stefano 1981. E veramente scomparsa la ritina? Geodes, La Terra che Vive, 3(3): 88-96. 9 figs. Jul.-Aug. 1981. -Pop. acc. of Steller's sea cow. Maupin, B. 1969. Blood platelets in man and animals. Vol. 1. Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1-541. -Considers the manatee blood smear reported by Knoll (1958) to be inconclusive. Maureta, J.; & Thos y Codina, S. 1881. Descripci6n fisica, geoldgica y minera de la provincia de Barcelona. Mem. y Com. Mapa Geol. Espana: 1-487. 8 pis. -Reports the discovery of fossil bones and teeth, which later proved to be sirenian and were made the holotype of Metaxytherium catalaunicum Pilleri et al., 1989. x Maw, Henry Lister 1829. Journal of a passage from the Pacific to the Atlantic, crossing the Andes in the northern provinces of Peru, and descending the River Mar anon, or Amazon. London, John Murray: xv + 486. -Account of a manatee harpooned at Tabitinga, Brazil (near the border with Peru and Colombia), with general remarks on its appearance and gross anatomy (237-239). Mawdesley, Thomas L.E. 1974. Some aspects of neoplasia in marine animals. In: F.S. Russell & M. Yonge (eds.), Advances in marine biology. Vol. 12. New York & London, Academic Press (xii + 436), 151-231. Mawson, Patricia M.: SEE Johnston & Mawson, 1941. May, James H. 1974. Wayne County geology. Mississippi Geol. Surv. Bull, 117: 13-194. Illus. -Mentions sir. ribs from the Upper Oligocene Chickasawhay Formation (96). May, R.M.: SEE Dayton, P.K., 1975. x Mayer, Johann 1784. Nachricht von verschiedenen Knochen nicht ein- heimischer Thiere, so in Bohmen gefunden wer- den. Abh. einer Privatgesellschaft in Bohmen (Prague), 6: 260-267. Pis. 3-4. -Reports teeth and bones of "Mannatus" found in excavations at Leutmeriz (Litomerice) and There- sienstadt (Terezin?), Czechoslovakia (262-263). With them were found "verschiedene dunne spitzige stark gebogene Zahne"; could these have been Rytiodus-Mke tusks? Mayet, Lucien; & Lecointre, Comtesse Pierre 1909. Etude sommaire des mammiferes fossiles des faluns de la Touraine, proprement dite. Ann. Univ. Lyon, Sci. Med. (n.s.), 1, fasc. 26: 1-72. 30 figs. Maynard, C.J. 1872. Catalogue of the mammals of Florida, with notes on their habits, distribution, etc. Bull. Essex Inst., 4(10): 137-150. Maynard, C.J. 1883. The mammals of Florida. Quart. Jour. Boston Zool. Soc, 2(2): 20. x Maynes, G.; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1981. The mammals on our stamps. Descriptions of the mammals featured on Papua New Guinea's October 1980 stamps issue. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 81/6: 1-6. 4 figs. -Pop. acc. of the dugong, with an illustration of the 7-toea stamp depicting it (4-6). Mazzeo, Jeff: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. McAllister, A.: SEE Patton et al., 1989. D McAnally, Lee McKenzie 1993. Fallacy, felony and fossils from the Sooke Formation. Vancouver Island Paleontological Society News- NUMBER 80 225 letter, No. 3: 8-9. 4 figs. Spring 1993. -Relates the history of the type and other specimens of Cornwallius sookensis, including their apparent theft from the British Columbia Provincial Museum in 1928 and their mysterious return in 1932. x McAtee,W.L. 1950. Possible early record of a manatee in Virginia. Jour. Mamm., 31(1): 98-99. Feb. 21, 1950. -Calls attention to the account by Glover (1676) of an animal seen in the Rappahannock River, which may have been a manatee, or, in my opinion, perhaps a pinniped. x McBain, James 1860. Notice of a skull of a manatee from Old Calabar. Rept. 29th Meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Notices: 150-152. Read Sep. 1859, fide McBain (1863). -Describes in detail a skull of T senegalensis. x McBain, James ("M'Bain") 1863. Remarks on some comparative anatomical distinc - tions between the skull of the Manatus Senegalen sis and that of a manatee from the Bay of Honduras. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 2: 261-267. Read Mar. 27, 1861. -Compares a skull of "Manatus australis" with the skull described by McBain (1860). x McCabe, M.; Hamilton, R.; & Marsh, Helene D. 1978. Some studies on the oxygen affinity of haemoglo bin from the dugong. Compar. Biochem. Physiol, Part A, 61(1): 19- 22. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports that the oxygen-hemoglobin equilibrium curves did not show the pronounced sigmoidality seen in humans; the oxygen affinities were rather high; and the Bohr effect was not very marked. Significant subunit dissociation of dugong hemo globin may occur at low concentrations. McCarthy, T.J. 1986. The gentle giants of Belize. Part II: Distribution of manatees. Belize Audubon Soc Bull, 18: 1-4. McCleery, D.P.: SEE Oldham et al., 1938. x McClenaghan, Leroy R., Jr.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988. Genetic variability in the Florida manatee (Tri chechus manatus). Jour. Mamm., 69(3): 481-488. 4 tabs. Aug. 30, 1988. -Reports that gel electrophoresis of tissues of salvaged carcasses from 20 counties in Florida showed normal to high levels of polymorphism and heterozygosity, and considerable genetic homogeneity across regions. The latter is attrib uted to high gene flow. An excess of homozygotes within regions may be due to natal-area fidelity. McClintock, Jack 1990. Too nice to live. Life, 13(14): 42-43,45-48. 8 figs. Nov. 1990. -Sequel: Life, 14(9): 19. 1 fig. Jul. 1991. McClune, Michael C: SEE Bullock et al., 1982. McClung, Robert M. 1969. Lost wild America: The story of our extinct and vanishing wildlife. New York, William Morrow & Co., 1-240. Illus. -Brief pop. acc. of manatees in Florida (165- 166). McClung, Robert M. 1977. Man and manatee. Defenders Mag., 52(3): 187-189. 2 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and their conservation. x McClung, Robert M. 1978. Sad songs for the siren seacows. Defenders Mag., Feb. 1978: 46-47. 2 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and the discovery of Hydro damalis. D McCornack, Ellen Condon 1914. A study of the Oregon Pleistocene; the Oregon Desmostylus skull. Oregon Univ. Bull (n.s.), 12(2): 1-16. Illus. McCue, J. 1971. Dugong tusks? Jour. Arabian Nat. Hist. Assoc. (Dhahran), 1: 10. McEachran, J.D.: SEE Miyake et al., 1992. McGrigor-Croft, John: SEE ALSO Anon., 1872. x McGrigor-Croft, John 1860. The dugong: the valuable medicinal properties of its oil in consumption and various diseases. Zoologist, 18:7166-7169. -Describes the marked improvement produced by dugong oil in two cases of scrofula and consump tion. Also notes that it helps in treating chronic dyspepsia and dysentery. McGuire, Peter M.: SEE Bradley et al., 1993. Mchedlidze, Guram Andreyevich 1976. [Features of the evolution of cetacean fauna from the Black Sea and Caspian Sea regions in the late Oligocene-early Miocene.] Proc. Congr. Regional Committee on Mediterra nean Neogene Stratigraphy, No. 6: 185-187. Mcintosh 1911. A brief sketch of the toothed whales (Odontoceti). Zoologist, (4)15: 81-103. -Sirs., 81. McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie: SEE ALSO Domning et al., 1986; Novacek et al., 1988; Ray et al., 1994; Wyss et al., 1987. x McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1956. Survival of primitive notoungulates and condy- 226 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY larths into the Miocene of Colombia. Amer. Jour. Sci., 254: 736-743. 2 figs. Dec. 1956. -P. 739, note: {"Stirton (1947) has described a new genus, Lophiodolodus, from the Oligocene Chaparral fauna, found near Tolima, Colombia, comparing it with the didolodonts. I suspect that Lophiodolodus is a sirenian; for this reason the genus does not enter into the present discussion."} McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1969. The origin and early differentiation of therian mammals. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 167(1): 217-224. D McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1975. Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Mam malia. In: W.P. Luckett & F.S. Szalay (eds.), Phylogeny of the primates. New York & London, Plenum Publ. Corp., 21-46. 3 figs. Dec. 1975. -Introduces the taxon Tethytheria with the rank of "mirorder" to include the Sirenia, Desmostylia, and Proboscidea, and discusses the cladistic relationships of these orders with other mammals, x McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1980. Early history and biogeography of South Amer ica's extinct land mammals. In: R.L. Ciochon & A.B. Chiarelli (eds.), Evolutionary biology of New World monkeys and continental drift. New York, Plenum Publ. Corp., 43-77. -Suggests that Florentinoameghinia and Lo phiodolodus are both sirs. (66). xD McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1987. Molecular and morphological analysis of high- level mammalian interrelationships. In: C Patter son (ed.), Molecules and morphology in evolu tion: conflict or compromise? Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 55-93. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -Summarizes the evidence tending to place sirs, and desmostylians together with other "paenungu- lates" in a very early, probably Cretaceous, side-branch of the Eutheria (61-63, 70-71, 79-82). x McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1992. The alpha crystallin A chain of the eye lens and mammalian phylogeny. In: A. Forsreh, M. Forte lius, & L. Werdelin (eds.), Bjorn Kurt6n?a memorial volume. Ann. Zool. Fennici, 28(3-4): 349-360. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Feb. 19, 1992. -Presents a new cladogram based on eye-lens protein sequence data, showing Trichechus clos est to hyracoids and tubulidentates and farther from elephants (350, 354-355, 357). McKillop, Heather I. 1984. Prehistoric Maya reliance on marine resources: analysis of a midden from Moho Cay, Belize. Jour. Field ArchaeoL, 11(1): 25-35. x McKillop, Heather I. 1985. Prehistoric exploitation of the manatee in the Maya and circum-Caribbean areas. World Archaeology, 16(3): 337-353. 7 figs. Feb. 1985. -Reviews historical, ethnographic, and archae ological records of manatee exploitation in the Caribbean; discusses the manatee remains found at Moho Cay, Belize, and other Mayan sites; illustrates manatee-bone carvings from Moho Cay; and offers generalizations about patterns of marine and terrestrial resource exploitation in the region, x McLaren, Suzanne B.; Schlitter, Duane A.; & Genoways, Hugh H. 1986. Catalog of the Recent marine mammals in the Carnegie Museum of Natural History. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 55(11): 237-296. Nov. 7, 1986. -Lists 2 T. inunguis from Brazil, 26 T manatus latirostris from Florida, and 1 T. senegalensis from Cameroun in the Carnegie Museum collec tion (293-296). D McLeod, Samuel A.; & Barnes, Lawrence G. 1984. Fossil desmostylians. Mem. Nat. Hist. Foundation of Orange County (California), 1: 39-44. 6 figs. Jan. 1, 1984. McMillan, K.: SEE Barile et al., 1983. x McNally, Robert 1984. The short, unhappy saga of Steller's sea cow. Sea Frontiers, 30(3): 168-172. 4 figs. May-Jun. 1984. -Pop. acc. of Hydrodamalis and the Bering expedition. McNerney, B.B. 1982. Birth of a manatee: an eyewitness account. Oceans, 15(6): 12. Nov.-Dec. 1982. -Describes the birth of a wild manatee in the Tomoka R., Florida. McNulty, Faith 1979. Manatees. New Yorker, 55(2): 83-89. 1 fig. Feb. 26, 1979. -Repr. in The wildlife stories of Faith McNulty. Garden City (New York), Doubleday & Co. (470 pp.), 49-57, 1980. McSpadden, J. 1947. Animals of the world. Garden City (New York), Garden City Publ. Co.: 1-345. NUMBER 80 227 McTurk, William H. 1960. Stories of the manatees. Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. & Zoo, No. 26: 34. Jun. 1960. -Material in No. 23 also? Stories of people killed by manatees' upsetting canoes. Mead, James G.: SEE ALSO Marine Mammal Commis sion, 1986. x Mead, James G. 1983. Ri or dugong? (Comment on Wagner [1982]). Cryptozoology, 2: 161-162. Winter 1983. -Concludes that the "ri" of New Ireland is not a porpoise, and suggests some sorts of evidence that would help determine whether it is a dugong. Meckel, Johann Friedrich 1806. Abhandlungen aus der menschlichen und ver- gleichenden Anatomie und Physiologic Halle, Hemmerde, & Schwetschke, 1-381. -Describes the thymus in a manatee fetus. Meckel, Johann Friedrich 1825. System der vergleichenden Anatomie. 2. Theil. Halle, Renger, 1. Abt. (1824): x + 542; 2. Abt. (1825): x + 638. Medeiros, Aury Felix de 1972. Couros e peles silvestres. Rio de Janeiro, ?publ. by the author, 1-40. Medem, F. 1968. Caza?exterminaci6n de nuestra fauna. Revista Pispesca (Bogoti), No. 17: 12-14. Meduna, A.J.: SEE Osakwe et al., 1988. Medway, Lord 1965. Mammals of Borneo: field keys and an annotated checklist. Jour. Malayan Branch, Roy. Asiatic Soc, 36(3)(203): xiv + 193. 5 tabs. Frontisp. 9 figs. 34 pis. 1 map. -Reports dugong specimens from Sandakan and Kotawaringin; discusses their local distribution and exploitation (154). x Medway, William; Bruss, M.L.; Bengtson, John L.; & Black, D.J. 1982. Blood chemistry of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Jour. Wildl. Diseases, 18(2): 229-234. 3 tabs. Apr. 1982. -Blood of 8 wild manatees from Blue Spring, Florida, and 2 captives was similar to samples analyzed by White et al. (1976), but with increased anion gaps, protein, and albumin/ globulin ratios. Some values were probably affected by the animals' struggling. A narrow range of serum osmolality may reflect the Blue Spring population's freshwater habitat. x Medway, William; Dodds, W Jean; Moynihan, Ann C; & Bonde, Robert K. 1982. Blood coagulation of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Cornell Veter., 72(2): 120-127. 4 tabs. Apr. 1982. -Blood samples from 10 Florida manatees showed the presence of clotting factor XII; intrinsic system activities were much higher and extrinsic activities lower than those of the dog; and factor X activity was about the same as in the dog. Medway, William; & Geraci, Joseph R. 1986. Clinical pathology of marine mammals. In: M.F. Fowler (ed.), Zoo and wild animal medicine, 2nd. revised ed. Philadelphia, WB. Saunders (xxiv + 1127), 791-797. Illus. x Medway, William; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Black, D.J. 1982. Hematology of the West Indian manatee (Tri chechus manatus). Veter. Clin. Pathol, 11(2): 11-15. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Hemograms on blood of 10 Florida manatees showed that the red cells were large and fewer in number than in most land mammals; neutrophils and reticulocytes were absent; eosinophils were hard to distinguish from heterophils; large and small lymphocytes, monocytes, and basophils were present; and the total numbers of white cells and platelets were comparable to those in common domestic mammals, x Meek, Charles Kingsley 1931. A Sudanese kingdom: an ethnographical study of the Jukun-speaking peoples of Nigeria. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., xxxiv + 548. Numerous figs. 64 pis. 2 maps. -Lists clans having manatee taboos, and mentions a couple of manatee myths and superstitions (76-78); gives the formula for a virility charm made from a manatee penis (304). Meggers, Betty J. 1971. Amazonia: man and culture in a counterfeit paradise. Chicago & New York, Aldine-Atherton, ix + 182. -Manatees, 25, 33-35, 127, 134, 154, 176. x Meggers, Betty J. 1977. Esteril Amazonia. Veja, No. 456: 48-49. 2 figs. Jun. 1, 1977. -In Portuguese. A magazine interview in which she urges the raising of manatees in Amazonia as an alternative to cattle raising (49). x Meggers, Betty J.; & Evans, Clifford 1957. Archeological investigations at the mouth of the Amazon. 228 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bur. Amer. Ethnol Bull, 167: xxviii + 664. 112 pis. -P. 570: {"According to La Barre (1666, p. 14), the Aracaret and Palicour hunted the manatee with a harpoon and traded their catch to the French, English, and Dutch."} Meinertz, Th. 1956. Beitrag zur Kenntniss vom Bau des Magens beim Dugong. Gegenbaurs Morph. Jahrb., 97: 202-219. 12 figs. Meinertz, Th. 1969. Eine vergleichende Untersuchung iiber die Sauge tiere besonders im Hinblick auf die Nierentypen, das Nierenbecken und die Verzweigungen der grosseren Gefasse. Gegenbaurs Morph. Jahrb., 113(1): 78-146. Mellett, James S. 1982. Body size, diet, and scaling factors in large carnivores and herbivores. Proc. North Amer. Pal Conv., 3: 371-376. Mello-Leitao, Candido Firmino de 1947. Zoogeogrqfia do Brasil. Rio de Janeiro, Comp. Editora Nac, 1-649. D Mel'nikov, O.A.; & Shustov, L.N. 1969. O novo! nakhodke ostatkov kostei drevnikh krupnykh pozvonochnykh na Sakhaline. [On a new finding of bone remains of ancient large vertebrates in Sakhalin.] Akad. Nauk SSSR, Sibirsk. Otd., Sakhalinsk. Kompleks. Nauch.-Issled. Inst., Trudy, 21: 41-43. 3 figs. Melo Carvalho, Jose Candido de: SEE Carvalho, Jose" Candido de Melo. Melville, Herman 1851. Moby-Dick; or, the whale. New York, Harper & Bros., xxiii + 634. -A footnote to Chap. 32 ("Cetology") reads as follows: {"I am aware that down to the present time, the fish styled Lamatins [sic] and Dugongs (Pig-fish and Sow-fish of the Coffins of Nan tucket) are included by many naturalists among the whales. But as these pig-fish are a nosy, contemptible set, mostly lurking in the mouths of rivers, and feeding on wet hay, and especially as they do not spout, I deny their credentials as whales; and have presented them with their passports to quit the Kingdom of Cetology."} But then, that is a Kingdom they never wished to enter in the first place! x Melville, Richard V 1985. Opinion 1320: Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794 and Manatus inunguis Natterer in Pelzeln, 1883 (Mammalia, Sirenia): conserved. Bull. Zool. NomencL, 42(2): 175-176. Jun. 1985. -Pursuant to the petitions of Domning (1981c), Hydrodamalis (Manati) gigas, and (Manatus) inunguis are placed on the Official Lists of Names in Zoology, and Manati and (Manatus) exunguis are placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Names. Mendes, Amando 1938. As pescarias amazonicas e a piscicultura no Brasil (notas e sugestoes). Sao Paulo, Livr. Editora Record, 1-181. Pis. -Manatees, 21, 24-25, 34, 47-53, 75-81, 109- 111, 173; pis. facing 30 & 46. x Mendes, Amando 1948. Vamos criar o peixe-boi na represa de Santo Amaro? Chdcaras e Quintals (Sao Paulo), 78(3): 325- 327. 3 figs. Sep. 15, 1948. -Pop. acc. of hunting Amazonian manatees (called T. manatus) with harpoons and nets, and the use of their meat, oil, and hides. Repeats his earlier suggestion (Mendes, 1938) that manatees be raised commercially. M6ndez, Eustorgio 1970. Los principales mamiferos silvestres de Panamd. Panama, privately published, 1 -283. Illus. -Manatees, 227-230. x M?negaux, A. 1918. Elevage possible des lamantins comme animaux de boucherie. C.R. Sianc Acad. Agric. France, 4(24): 698-705. Stance of Jul. 3, 1918. -Summ.: Bull. Internatl. Inst. Agric, Rome! Abridged transl. in Beal (1939). Discusses the potential for raising manatees for meat and other products, especially in West Africa. Concludes with some comments by Jean Dybowski (704- 705). Menon, Gopinathan K.: SEE Elias et al., 1987. Mergner, W: SEE Kaiser et al., 1981. Merolla da Sorrento, Jerom 1814. A voyage to Congo, and several other countries, chiefly in southern Africk. In: J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of... voyages and travels.... London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown and Cadell & Davies, Vol. 16: 195-316. -Transl. from Italian; repr. from Churchill's collection of voyages, vol. 1, p. 52Iff. An account of a voyage made in 1682, including a story of manlike "sea-monsters" (210) and a somewhat more credible description of "water-monsters" said to live in a lake at the source of the river Zaire, as well as the "mermaid," which lives throughout the course of the Zaire (216-217). NUMBER 80 229 Both these latter possibly, and the "mermaid" certainly, are to be identified as manatees; the description of the "mermaid," being at least in part first-hand, is fairly accurate. xD Merriam, John C 1906. On the occurrence of Desmostylus, Marsh. Science, 24(605): 151-152. -Discusses earlier finds, and two new ones in San Luis Obispo and Orange Counties, California. Comments on the paleoecology of Desmostylus and concludes that it was aquatic and hence probably a sir. rather than a proboscidean. xD Merriam, John C 1911. Notes on the genus Desmostylus Marsh. Bull Dept. Geol. Univ. California, 6(18): 403- 412. 11 figs. Nov. 1, 1911. -Summarizes the knowledge of Desmostylus to date; concludes that it is Miocene in age and a sir., though possibly of a new family. States (404) that the type locality of the genus is in Contra Costa County, California, not Alameda Co. as stated by Marsh (1888). D Merriam, John C 1915. Tertiary vertebrate faunas of the North Coalinga region of California. A contribution to the study of palaeontologic correlation in the Great Basin and Pacific Coast provinces. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, (2)22: 191-234. 49 figs. -Desmostylians, 196, 208. x Mertens, Robert 1925. Verzeichnis der Saugetier-Typen des Senckenber- gischen Museums. Senckenbergiana, 7(1/2): 18-37. Feb. 12, 1925. -Lists Senckenberg Museum no. 1510, the skin and skeleton of a female dugong from Noura Is., Dahalak Archipelago, Red Sea, as the type specimen of Halicore tabernaculi Riippell (30). Meunier, Stanislas 1903. Le role des etres vivants dans la physiologie g6n6rale de la terre. Rev. Scient. (Paris), (4)20: 769-779. -Sirs., 772. Meyer, Grant E.: SEE Raza et al., 1984. Meyer, Hermann von 1832. Palaeologica zur Geschichte der Erde und ihrer Geschopfe. Frankfurt am Main, Siegmund Schmerber, xii + 560. -Allen 779. Extracts: Mag. Nat. Hist, (n.s.), 1: 281-293, 341-353, 1837? Manatus fossilis, 98; 410? x Meyer, Hermann von 1837. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Dec. 4, 1837.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 8: 674-677. -Gives the name Manatus Studeri (nomen nudum) to a skull fragment from the Molassen- Sandstein (Burdigalian, Lower Miocene) of Mag- genwyl bei Lenzburg, Canton Aargau, Switzer land (677). x Meyer, Hermann von 1838. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Sep. 18, 1838.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol Pet., 1838: 667-669. -Allen 939. Considers Halicore Cuvieri de Chris tol, Hippopotamus medius and H. dubius Cuvier, and Manatus Studeri von Meyer to be synony mous, and proposes for them the new generic name Halianassa in the combination Halianassa Studeri (667). x Meyer, Hermann von 1839a. Die fossilen Saugethiere, Reptilien und Vogel aus den Molasse-Gebilden der Schweitz. Neues. Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol Pet., 1839: 1-9. -Allen 968. ?Repr.: Verh. Schweiz. Ges. Natw., 23: 60-71, 1838? Lists Halianassa Studeri and "Ein noch nicht naher anzugebendes Genus" from Maggenwyl, Canton Aargau, Switzerland (4). x Meyer, Hermann von 1839b. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Dec. 1, 1838.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1839: 76-79. -Allen 967. Considers Pugmeodon Schinzii and Halytherium referable to Halianassa Studeri; mentions a single-rooted premolar like the holo- type of Pugmeodon from the "Molasse von Lbrrach," Germany (77). x Meyer, Hermann von 1840a. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jun. 26, 1840.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol Pet., 1840: 576-587. -Allen 1000. Mentions the acquisition of addi tional material of Halianassa (587). x Meyer, Hermann von 1840b. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jul. 23, 1840.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1840: 587-588. -Allen 1001. Considers Cheirotherium subapen- ninum Bruno synonymous with Halianassa von Meyer, Halitherium Kaup, and Halicore Cuvierii de Christol (587). Meyer, Hermann von 1842. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Nov. 23, 1841.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1842: 99-102. -Reports a humerus of Metaxytherium from Baltringen, Germany (101). 230 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Meyer, Hermann von 1843. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jul. 20, 1843.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1843: 698-704. -Mentions skull fragments of "Halianassa" from Flonheim, Germany (702), and considers Hali therium Christoli Fitzinger likewise referable to Halianassa (704). x Meyer, Hermann von 1846. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Feb. 26, 1846.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1846: 327-328. -Synonymizes Pugmeodon Schinzi (= Manatus Schinzi) with his Halianassa Collinii (328). This was apparently the first use of the latter name, which was based on unspecified material from Flonheim, Germany, x Meyer, Hermann von 1847. [Letter to H.G. Bronn, Jan. 4, 1847.] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet., 1847: 181-196. -Reports a Metaxytherium-likc humerus from the "Molasse von Otmarsingen," Switzerland, and a parietal and scapula of Halianassa Collinii from Linz, Austria (189-190). Michael, M.A.: SEE Waxell, S., 1962. x Michelson, R.C 1982. Tracking of the Florida manatee. ISA Trans. (Instrument Soc. Amer.), 21(1): 79- 85. 5 figs. -Discusses the technical problems associated with automated remote tracking of manatees in the Banana R.-Indian R. area, and recommends a VHF time-of-arrival radiotracking system with time-segmented identification. Micloucho-Maclay, N. de: SEE Miklouho-Maclay, N. de. Middendorf, Alexander Theodor von 1847-1875. Reise in den dussersten Nor den und Osten Sibiriens wahrend der Jahre 1843 und 1844. St. Petersburg (4 vols, in 5 + atlas), 1-841. -Sirs., 4(2): 841. Migeod, Frederick William Hugh 1924. Through Nigeria to Lake Chad. London, Heath Cranton Ltd., 1-330. 11 figs. 38 pis. 2 maps. -Sirs., 147, 167. Mignucci Giannoni, Antonio A. 1990. Manatee mortality in Puerto Rico: urgent need for assessment and preventive action. Whalewatcher, 24(1): 10-12. Mikhelson, Viktor M.: SEE Shoshani et al., 1981. x Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (= Micloucho-Maclay) 1886. Note on the brain of Halicore australis Owen. Proc. Linn. Soc New South Wales, 10(2): 193- Milani 1928. Miller, 1902. Miller, 1916. Miller, 1918. Miller, 1924. Miller, 1929. x Miller, 1955. D Miller, 1915. x Miller, 1981. 196. PI. 24. Read May 27, 1885. -Account of a dissection of the brain of a dugong from Mabiak, Torres Straits. A.; & Vialli, M. L'anatomia radiologica della mandibola nei mam- miferi. Ric MorfoL, 8: 323-364. 16 figs. Gerrit Smith, Jr. The mammals of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 24(1269): 752. -Mentions dugong bones found in a native hut in the Andaman Islands in 1859. Gerrit Smith, Jr. Bones of mammals from Indian sites in Cuba and Santo Domingo. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 66(12): 1-10. 1 pi. -Reports bones of Trichechus sp. collected from kitchen middens at San Pedro de Macoris, Santo Domingo, by Theodoor de Booy (9). Gerrit Smith, Jr. Mammals and reptiles collected by Theodoor de Booy in the Virgin Islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 54(2244): 507-511. PI. 81. Oct. 15, 1918. -Reports bones of T. manatus collected from a midden near the mouth of the Salt River, St. Croix, in 1917 (509). Gerrit Smith, Jr. List of North American Recent mammals. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull, 128: xvi + 673. -Sirs., 503. Gerrit Smith, Jr. Mammals eaten by Indians, owls, and Spaniards in the coast region of the Dominican Republic. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 82(5)(3030): 1-16. Pis. 1-2. Dec. 11, 1929. -Records remains of T. manatus from three Indian village sites (11-12). Gerrit Smith, Jr.; & Kellogg, Remington List of North American Recent mammals. U.S. Natl Mus. Bull, 205: xii + 954. -Gives the synonymies, type localities, and ranges of the subspecies of T. manatus (790-791). Loye Holmes The fauna of California. In: Z.S. Eldredge (ed.), History of California. New York, The Century History Co. (5 vols.), Vol. 5: 51-76. -Desmostylians, 72. Ronald R. The beach seiners of New Jersey. National Fisherman, 61(13): 51-53. 6 figs. -P. 53: {"What they would find there [in "pounds" or funneled nets set l/2-3 miles offshore NUMBER 80 231 at Long Beach Is., New Jersey] was always a surprise. There were the usual blues, stripers, weakfish, mackerel, sea bass, etc., in season, but sometimes they found huge shark, tuna, rays, sea turtles and even small manatees."} Miller, Theophile H.: SEE Floyd et al., 1958. x Miller, W.D. 1894. Caries der Thierzahne. Verh. Deutsch. Odont. Ges., 5: 15-24. 2 figs. Read Apr. 7, 1893. -Illustrates "caries" in T. senegalensis in micro scopic section, with a drawing of their associated bacteria(!). The location of these "caries" on the tooth is not specified, but a number of teeth of one dry skull are said to have had them (15-18). Miller, Walter, & Miller, Jennie Emerson (translators): SEE Steller, G.W., 1899. x Miller, William A.; Sanson, Gordon D.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1980. Molar progression in the manatee (Trichechus manatus). [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 196(3): 128A. -Notes the presence of enlarged transseptal fibers connecting the teeth (as in kangaroos with molar progression), and suggests they play a role in manatee tooth replacement; assumes the motive force to be due to propalinal occlusion. Millett, Marcus W 1914. Jungle sport in Ceylon from elephant to snipe. London, Methuen & Co., xv + 267. Dlus. Millsap, Brian A.: SEE Wood et al., 1992. x Milne, Lorus Johnson; & Milne, Margery Joan Greene 1982. A time to be born: an almanac of animal courtship and parenting. San Francisco, Sierra Club Books, 1-218. Illus. -Pop. acc. of breeding and care of young among Florida manatees (154-158, 1 fig.). Milne, Margery Joan Greene: SEE Milne, Lorus Johnson Milne-Edwards, Alphonse 1875. Nouveaux documents sur l'6poque de la dispari- tion de la faune ancienne de l'ile Rodrigue. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris), (6)2(4): 1-20. -Abstr.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)15: 436-439. Milne-Edwards, Henri 1834. Elimens de zoologie, ou legons sur Vanatomie, la physiologic la classification et les moeurs des animaux. Paris, Crochard, viii + 1066. Illus. -Allen 816. Issued in 4 parts, 1834-1837. "Famille des Cetaces herbivores," 471-472. Miloche, M.: SEE Giraud-Sauveur & Miloche, 1968. Minato, M.: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Committee. D Minato, M.; Matsui, Masaru; & Ishii, J. 1957. On the stratigraphical position of the Desmostylus tooth found in Tokachi Province, Hokkaido. Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 63(740): 308-316. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. The tooth is identified as Desmostylus cf. minor, possibly Oligocene in age. xD Minch, John A.; Schulte, Kenneth C; & Hoftnan, George 1970. A Middle Miocene age for the Rosarito Beach Formation in northwestern Baja California, Mex ico. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull, 81(10): 3149-3154. 2 figs. Oct. 1970. -Reports "Desmostylus sp." associated with a ?Hemingfordian camelid and a diverse warm marine fauna of Middle Miocene vertebrates and invertebrates. The age of the fauna is now considered to be Barstovian. xDMinkoff, Eli A. 1976. Mammalian superorders. Zool Jour. Linn. Soc, 58(2): 147-158. Mar. 1976. -Places the Sirenia and Desmostylia in the Superorders Paenungulata and Amblypoda, re spectively; suggests that desmostylians were the amblypod equivalents of sirs. (151-154). Minnegal, Monica 1984a. Dugong bones from Princess Charlotte Bay. Austral. Archaeology, 18: 63-71. x Minnegal, Monica 1984b. A note on butchering dugong at Princess Charlotte Bay. Austral. Archaeology, No. 19: 15-20. 1 tab. Dec. 1984. -Describes the condition of bones of 3 dugongs found at an archeological site, and speculates on butchering techniques. Miranda, Vicente Chermont de: SEE Chermont de Miranda, Vicente. Mishima, Hiroyuki: SEE Kozawa et al., 1988. Mishra, Vijay Prakash: SEE Sahni & Mishra, 1975. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1963. Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum- Channel Islands Biological Survey. 37. Brachy- dont desmostylian from Miocene of San Clemente Island, California. Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 62(4): 192-201. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Oct.-Dec. 1963. -Reports teeth and bone fragments of Paleopara doxia sp., compares them with other desmostyli ans, and reviews distribution records of the order. States that pachyostosis occurs in bones referred to Paleoparadoxia. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1964. Pachyostosis in desmostylids. [Abstr.] Geol Soc Amer. Spec. Paper, No. 76: 214. 232 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Concludes that desmostylians are pachyostotic. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1965. History of research at Sharktooth Hill, Kern County, California. Spec. Publ. Kern Co. Hist. Soc: vi + 45. 14 figs. -Reports a tooth of Desmostylus hesperus from Sharktooth Hill (iii, 3, 7, 21, 26-29, 36). xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1966. Faunal succession of extinct North Pacific marine mammals. Norsk Hvalfangst-Tidende, 1966(3): 47-60. 19 figs. -Gen. acc. of desmostylians (50, 53, 56, 57, 59) and of North Pacific sirs. (56, 59,60), with figs, of a Desmostylus tooth and humerus (56) and life restorations by Bonnie Dalzell of Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia (57), and Halianassa (59). D Mitchell, Edward D., Jr. 1978. Origins of eastern North Pacific sea mammal fauna. In: D. Haley (ed.), Marine mammals. Seattle, Pacific Search Press (256 pp.), 13-20. 9 figs. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr.; & Lipps, Jere H. 1964. Miocene marine vertebrates from San Clemente Island, California. [Abstr.] Geol. Soc. Amer. Spec. Paper, No. 76: 214-215. -Summarizes the fauna, which includes a "brachyodont desmostylid, and paenungulate off. Desmostylia," and considers it comparable to the Sharktooth Hill fauna in age and paleoecology. xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr.; & Lipps, Jere H. 1965. Fossil collecting on San Clemente Island. Pacif. Discovery, 18(3): 2-8. 19 figs. May-Jun. 1965. -Includes a brief account of desmostylians, with photos of Paleoparadoxia bones from the island and of their collection, and a restoration of the animal by CA. Repenning (4-6). xD Mitchell, Edward D., Jr.; & Repenning, Charles A. 1963. The chronologic and geographic range of desmo stylians. Los Angeles County Mus. Contr. Sci., No. 78: 3-20. 4 figs. Dec. 30, 1963. -Summarizes the records of Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia, Cornwallius, Vanderhoofius, and other nominal genera of desmostylians, plus those of North Pacific sirs. Concludes that desmostylians lived in the North Pacific from the Late Oligocene to the end of the Miocene. x Mitchell, Janet 1973. Determination of relative age in the dugong Dugong dugon Miiller from a study of skulls and teeth. x Mitchell 1976. x Mitchell 1978. x Mitchell 1981. x Mitchell 1905. Mitchell 1931. x Mitchill, 1828. Zool. Jour. Linn. Soc, 53(1): 1-23. 10 figs. Aug. 1973. -A study of skull, mandible, and dental variates in 41 northeastern Australian dugongs indicated the presence of three age classes, "juveniles," "ado lescents," and "adults." Several of these features may reflect sexual dimorphism. .Janet Age determination in the dugong, Dugong dugon (Miiller). Biol. Conserv., 9(1): 25-28. 1 fig. Jan. 1976. -Summary of Mitchell (1978). ,Janet Incremental growth layers in the dentine of dugong incisors (Dugong dugon (Miiller)) and their application to age determination. Zool. Jour. Linn. Soc, 62: 317-348. 10 figs. 2 pis. Apr. 1978. -Concludes from a study of Australian dugong tusks that sexual maturity is reached at about 10 growth layers (= 5 or 10 years of age) and that the life span is just under either 30 or 60 years. Tooth succession in the upper jaw is correlated with number of growth layers in the tusks. Janet The coincidence between a distinct accessory groove in young dugong teeth and a tropical cyclone. Biol. Conserv., 20(2): 99-109. 1 tab. 3 figs. Jun. 1981. -Analyzes the annual layers in the tusks of 4 young Queensland dugongs, discusses the forma tion and identification of neonatal lines and other types of layering, and shows that a growth disturbance coincided with a cyclone in January 1965. P. Chalmers On the intestinal tract of mammals. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 17(5): 437-536. 50 figs. Dec. 1905 (read Jun. 6, 1905). -Describes the intestine and cecum of T. inunguis and compares them with those of other sirs., other mammals, and birds (464-465, 516, 523, 525, 530). Concludes that with regard to the intestinal tract, the Sirenia, Hyracoidea, and Proboscidea are linked only by shared primitive characteristics. ?Hedges, Frederick Albert Land of wonder and fear. New York & London, Century Co., xviii + 265. Illus. -Mentions Central American manatees. Samuel L.; Smith, J.A.; & Cooper, William Discovery of a fossil walrus in Virginia. Report of Messrs. Mitchill, J.A. Smith, and Cooper, on a NUMBER 80 233 fossil skull sent to Dr. Mitchill by Mr. Cropper of Accomac County, Virginia. Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New-York, 2: 271-272. Read Aug. 7, 1827. -Notice: Edinb. New Philos. Jour., 5: 325. Mentions "ribs and other parts ... supposed to be those of a species of Lamantin or Manati" found in the vicinity of the walrus locality (272). Mitra, Harish Chandra: SEE Sahni & Mitra, 1980. Mitra, S.K.: SEE Sarkar & Mitra, 1962. Mittermeier, Russell A. 1972. The Amazon: monkeys, manatees ... and men. Not Man Apart, 2(12): 10-11. 4 figs. Dec. 1972. Miyake, T; McEachran, J.D.; Walton, P.J.; & Hall, B.K. 1992. Development and morphology of rostral cartilages in batoid fishes (Chondrichthyes: Batoidea), with comments on homology within vertebrates. Biol. Jour. Linn. Soc, 46(3): 259-298. -Discusses formation of rostral cartilages in cetaceans and sirs. x Miyamoto, Michael M.; & Goodman, Morris 1986. Biomolecular systematics of eutherian mammals: phylogenetic patterns and classification. Syst. Zool, 35(2): 230-240. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Jun. 1986. -Supports the grouping of the Sirenia (repre sented by T. inunguis) with the Hyracoidea, Proboscidea, and Tubulidentata in the Paenungu lata, based on protein sequences; but concludes that paenungulates and ungulates are not closely related. Miyazaki, Nobuyuki: SEE ALSO Nishiwaki et al., 1979. n Miyazaki, Nobuyuki; Itano, Kazuomi; Fukushima, Minoru; & Kawai, Shin-ichiro 1981. Contamination by mercury and organochlorine compounds in the muscle of the dugong on Celebes Island. [Abstr.] In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 175. -Abstr. of Miyazaki et al. (1979). x Miyazaki, Nobuyuki; Itano, Kazuomi; Fukushima, Minoru; Kawai, Shin-ichiro; & Honda, Katsuhisa 1979. Metals and organochlorine compounds in the muscle of dugong from Sulawesi Island. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 31: 125-128. 3 tabs. -Abstr.: Miyazaki et al. (1981). Reports that metal and residue levels in two female dugongs were much lower than in carnivorous marine mammals. Miyazaki, Shigeo: SEE ALSO Kobayashi et al., 1993. Miyazaki, Shigeo; Horikawa, Hideo; & Aizu Fossil Research Group 1988. [Skull of fossil sirenian from Takasato, Fukushima Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010: 100-101. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. x Mobius, K. 1861. Die hornigen Kieferplatten des amerikanischen Manatus. Arch. Naturgesch., 27(1): 148-156. PI. 7. -Describes the gross and microscopic anatomy of the rostral pads of a manatee from Belize, and gives measurements of the skull. Mohan: SEE Lai Mohan. Mohr, Erna 1923. Die Saugethiere der Sudsee-Expedition der Ham- burgischen Wissenschaftlichen Stiftung 1908- 1909. Mitt. Zool. Staatsinst. Zool. Mus. Hamburg, 40: 67-78. -Dentition of "Sirenia australis," 68. x Mohr, Erna 1950. Ein Hautstiick der Stellerschen Seekuh, Rhytina gigas Zimm. 1780. Zool Anz., 145(7/8): 181-185. 6 figs. Sep. 1950. -Illustrates and discusses the Hamburg skin fragment of Hydrodamalis; also illustrates skulls of Dugong and Hydrodamalis in the Hamburg Museum. Reprints Zimmermann's (1780) de scription of Manati gigas (184). Mohr, Erna 1957. Sirenen oder Seekuhe. Wittenberg-Lutherstadt, A. Ziemsen Verlag (Die neue Brehm-Biicherei, No. 197), 1-61. Illus. x Mok, Wai-yin; & Best, Robin Christopher 1979. Saprophytic colonization of a hyphomycete on the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis (Mam malia; Sirenia). Aquatic Mammals, 7(3): 79-82. 4 figs. -Reports a skin fungus resembling Cercospora in captive and wild T. inunguis calves. Moka, Willem: SEE Erftemeijer et al., 1993. Molnaf, Gahor 1970? Aventuras na mata amazonica. Sao Paulo, Livros Irradiantes S.A., 1-198. -Transl. of the author's Kalandok a braziliai oserdoben, 1940. Manatee, 93-97. x Molnar, Ralph E. 1982. A longirostrine crocodilian from Murua (Wood- 234 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY lark), Solomon Sea. Mem. Queensland Mus., 20(3): 675-685. 3 figs. Pis. 1-2. -Describes material from Papua New Guinea associated with the type specimen of Halicore brevirostre [sic] De Vis, 1905, and considers the fauna Pleistocene in age (676, 679). Also notes Etheridge's (1900) report of fossil vertebrae of Halicore dugong from Murua (680). x Moloney, CA. 1883. International Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. ...On West African fisheries, with particular reference to the Gold Coast colony. London, Wm. Clowes & Sons, Ltd., 1-79. Read Oct. 24, 1883. -Describes a manatee trap and its use, mentions vernacular names and seasonal movements of manatees in the Gold Coast, and gives measure ments of one that was caught in a drift-seine near Lagos (27-29). Monard, A. 1938. R?sultats de la mission scientifique du Dr. Monard en Guinee Porrugaise. 1937-1938. II. Ongutes. Arq. Mus. Bocage (Lisbon), 9: 150-196. 9 figs. Moncharmont Zei, Maria; & Moncharmont, Ugo 1987. II Metaxytherium medium (Desmarest) 1822 (Si renia, Mammalia) delle arenarie tortoniane (Mio cene sup.) di S. Domenica di Ricardi (Catanzaro, Italia). Mem. Sci. Geol. (Univ. Padova), 39: 285-341. 2 tabs. 3 figs. 14 pis. Dec. 1987. x Mondolfi, Edgardo 1974. Taxonomy, distribution and status of the manatee in Venezuela. Mem. Soc. Cient. Nat. La Salle, 34(97): 5-23. 11 figs. Jan.-Apr. 1974. -Spanish summ. Reports on the examination of 3 specimens, and concludes that only T. manatus and not T. inunguis occurs in the lower Orinoco River. Discusses the movements, feeding, hunt ing, economic uses, and conservation problems of manatees in Venezuela. Monod, Theodore 1925. Notes sur le dugong de Madagascar. Revue Gen. Sci., No. 6: 163. Mar. 30, 1925. Monod, Theodore 1928. L'Industrie des peches au Comeroun. Paris, Soc. d'?ditions G6ographiques, Maritimes et Coloniales, 1-504. Illus. x Monroe, Watson Hiner 1980. Geology of the Middle Tertiary formations of Puerto Rico. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof Paper, 953: iv + 93. 8 tabs. 50 figs. 1 pi. -Reports sir. rib fragments from the upper member of the Cibao Formation (Early Miocene) near Corozal (38), and from the Ponce Limestone (Miocene) near Ponce, Puerto Rico (78). Montanus, Arnoldus 1673. Die unbekante Neue Welt, oder Beschreibung des Welt-Teils Amerika, und des Sud-Landes: darin- nen vom Uhrsprunge der Ameriker und Sudldn- der, und von den gedenckwurdigen Reysen der Europer darnach zu. Wie auch von derselben festen Ldndern, Jnseln, Stddten, Festungen, Dor- fern, vorndhmsten Gebeuen, Bergen, Brunnen, Fliissen, und Ahrten der Tiere, Beume, Stauden, und anderer fremden Gewdchse; als auch von den Gottes- und Gotzendiensten, Sitten, Sprachen, Kleider-trachten, wunderlichen Begdbnissen und so wohl alten als neuen Kriegen, ausfuhrlich gehandelt wird; durch und durch mit vielen nach dem Leben in Ameriken selbst entworfenen Ab- bildungen gezieret. Amsterdam, J. von Meurs, 658 + 11. Illus. -Transl. by Olfert Dapper of a Dutch ed., 1671. Sirs., 219. See also J. Ogilby (1671). Monteiro, Joachim John 1875. Angola and the River Congo. London, Macmillan & Co. (2 vols.), Vol. 2: iv + 340. -Sirs., 17. Montgomery, G. Gene: SEE ALSO Best et al., 1981; Schad etal., 1981. x Montgomery, G. Gene; Best, Robin Christopher; & Yamakoshi, Megumi 1981. A radio-tracking study of the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis (Mammalia: Sirenia). Biotropica, 13(2): 81-85. 1 tab. 1 fig. Jun. 1981. -Describes the freeze-branding and radiotagging of a juvenile manatee, its release in a lake near the Rio Solimoes, Brazil, and its movements and habitat use during 20 days of radiotracking. Concludes that radiotracking is a practical means of studying manatee ecology in the Amazon Basin. Includes a list of plants thought to be eaten by manatees in the study area. For a slightly expanded Portuguese version of this paper, with illustrations of the tagging equipment, see Best, Montgomery, & Yamakoshi (1981). x Montgomery, G. Gene; Gale, N.B.; & Murdoch, W.P, Jr. 1982. Have manatee entered the eastern Pacific Ocean? Mammalia, 46(2): 257-258. 1 fig. -Reports that T. manatus, originally introduced into the Panama Canal in 1963 (see MacLaren, 1967), have increased in numbers to about 25 and have been seen in Miraflores Lake, only one lock away from the Pacific; hence if they have not NUMBER 80 235 entered the Pacific yet, they soon could. Moore, David R. 1971. The traditional culture and prehistory of Cape York, North Queensland. Sydney, 1-10. -Mentions dugong hunting and the construction of mounds of dugong and turtle bones on high points as lookouts for the animals. Moore, David R. 1979. Islanders and Aborigines at Cape York: an ethnographic reconstruction based on the 1848- 1850 'Rattlesnake' journals of O. W. Brierly and information he obtained from Barbara Thompson. Canberra, Australian Institute of Aboriginal Stud ies (AIAS New Ser. No. 3), xii + 340. Frontisp. 11 figs. 15 pis. 5 maps. Moore, John F.: SEE O'Shea et al., 1984. x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1946. Mammals from Welaka, Putnam County, Florida. Jour. Mamm., 27(1): 49-59. "Feb. 1946" (mailed Mar. 14, 1946). -Reports sightings of manatees in the St. Johns River, including an observation of possible mat ing behavior (58). x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1951a. The range of the Florida manatee. Quart. Jour. Florida Acad. Sci., 14(1): 1-19. 1 tab. 1 fig. "Mar. 1951" (mailed Aug. 8, 1951). -Presents data from interviews and sightings, showing that manatee winter range in Florida lies south of the Sebastian River (east coast) and Charlotte Harbor (west coast); that many mana tees migrate north in summer but seldom leave Florida; and that they use springs as natural warm-water refuges. Discusses the osteological basis for distinguishing Trichechus m. manatus and 71 m. latirostris, concludes that Texan manatees represent the former, and suggests that the northern Gulf Coast acts as a barrier separating the two subspecies, x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1951b. The status of the manatee in the Everglades National Park, with notes on its natural history. Jour. Mamm., 32(1): 22-36. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Feb. 15, 1951. -Includes notes on habitat, reproduction, respira tion, behavior, body size and measurements, intelligence, food, and effects of cold. Gives further details of the captive birth recorded by Barbour, 1937 (26). x Moore, Joseph Curtis 1953. Distribution of marine mammals to Florida waters. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 49(1): 117-158. 19 figs. Jan. 1953. Moore 1954. Moore, 1956. Moore, 1957. Moore, 1961. Moore, 1964. Moore, 1976. Moore, 1936. -Reports (for the first time?) aggregations of manatees during cold snaps (120-121, 156); records sightings of calves in all months except December (121-122). Manatees also mentioned in key to marine mammals, 153. Joseph Curtis Want to see a Florida manatee? Animal Kingdom, 54 [or 57?] (1): 11-13. 1 fig. Jan. 1954. Joseph Curtis Observations of manatees in aggregations. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 1811: 1-24. 5 figs. Dec. 23, 1956. -Reports the first detailed observations of wild manatees, based on studies of the population in the Miami River, Florida, 1949-1955, using scars from boat collisions and other naturally-occurring marks to identify individuals. Includes some records of numbers of manatees observed, obser vations on relationship of aggregations to tem perature, attendance records of manatees at aggre gations, and behavioral observations regarding play, greeting, courtship, reproduction, behavior of young, suckling posture, and locomotion. Joseph Curtis Newborn young of a captive manatee. Jour. Mamm., 38(1): 137-138. Feb. 25, 1957. -Reports on a Florida manatee calf bom in 1955 at Ojus, Florida, and compares its behavior to observations in earlier reports. Joseph Curtis Sailors' siren. Nat. Hist. (New York), 70(1): 54-55. 2 figs. Jan. 1961. -Pop. acc. of dugongs, with two photos of African specimens in captivity at Mombasa, Kenya. Joseph Curtis A mysterious encounter. Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus. Bull, 35(11): 7-8. 1 fig. + cover photo. Nov. 1964. -Pop. acc. of observations of a manatee with its tail badly mangled by a boat propeller, and other scarred individuals, in the Miami River, Florida. R.J.; & Balzarotti, M.A. Report of 1976 expedition to the Suakin Archipel ago (Sudan). Privately published. W. Robert Beyond Australia's cities. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 70(6): 709-747. Illus. Dec. 1936. -Photograph of a captured Queensland dugong (746); the caption comments on local economic uses of the animal. 236 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Moraes, Raymundo 1931. O meu diccionario de cousas da Amazonia. Vol. 2. Rio de Janeiro, Abba, 1-206. -Includes a note on the manufacture of mixira (fried meat preserved in manatee fat) in the Brazilian Amazon (67). x Moraes, Raymundo 1939a. Naplanicie amazonica. Ed. 5. Sao Paulo, Cia. Editora Nacional (Bibliotheca Pedagogica Brasileira, Stiie 5, Vol. 63), xx + 227. -Ed. 6: Rio de Janeiro, Conquista, 1968. Notes the export of manatee meat from Gurupl, Brazil, in the 17th century, and the former occurrence of manatees south of Maraj6 and in the lower Rio Tocantins (91-92). Moraes, Raymundo (= Morais, Raimundo) 1939b. O homem do Pacoval. Sao Paulo, Cia. Melhoramentos de Sao Paulo, 1-297. -Manatee, 190-193. x Morais Rego, Aurora Ramos de 1944. O peixe-boi. Rev. Mus. Nac. (Rio de Janeiro), 1(2): 10-12. 2 figs. Dec. 1944. -Pop. acc. of Amazonian manatees, including information on their natural history (inaccurate), economic use, and hunting, with a photo of hunters using a barricade of stakes. Recommends the commercial raising of manatees, x Morales, Patricia 1986. The life and death of an Amazon manatee. Proc. Internatl. Assoc. Aquatic Animal Medicine (17th Annual Conference, Biloxi, Mississippi), 1(3): 43_48. 2 tabs. May 1986. -Describes the captive medical care, diet, and necropsy findings in "Butterball," the T. inunguis that lived at San Francisco's Steinhart Aquar ium, 1967-1984. In addition to skin and bone damage from a harpoon wound and skin lesions possibly due to nutritional deficiencies, the main findings were pyogranulomatous pneumonia, cir rhosis, testicular necrosis, and other effects of infection by Mycobacterium marinum. Cause of death was cardiac failure associated with the pneumonia, x Morales, Patricia; Madin, Stewart H.; & Hunter, Aline 1985. Systemic Mycobacterium marinum infection in an Amazon manatee. Jour. Amer. Veter. Med. Assoc, 187(11): 1230- 1231. Dec. 1, 1985. -An abbreviated version of Morales (1986). Describes the illness, death, and necropsy of the Steinhart Aquarium's manatee. Morales Vela, Benjamin; & Olivera G6mez, Le6n David 1991. Mamiferos acuaticos. In: T. Camarena-Luhrs & S. Salazar-Vallejo (eds.), Estudios ecoldgicos pre- liminares de la zona sur de Quintana Roo. Chetumal (Mexico), Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo, 172-185. Figs. 27-29. Sep. 1991. Morales Vela, Benjamin; & Olivera G6mez, Le6n David 1992. De sirenas a manaties. Chetumal (Mexico), Centro de Investigaciones de Quintana Roo (Cuaderno de Divulgation 4), 1-30. 17 figs. Nov. 1992. Moreau, Laurent J. 1900. L'extinction des especes animaux. Bull. Soc. Zool France, 25: 109-117. -Sirs., 109. Moreira, G.R.S.: SEE Colares et al., 1987. Morel, G.: SEE Bourliere et al., 1976. Morera, Ram6n Jordana y: SEE Jordana y Morera, Ram6n. Morgan, Gary Scott: SEE ALSO Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982; Hulbert & Morgan, 1989. x Morgan, Gary Scott 1989. Miocene vertebrate faunas from the Suwannee River basin of north Florida and south Georgia. In: G.S. Morgan (ed.), Miocene paleontology and stratigraphy of the Suwannee River basin of north Florida and south Georgia. Southeastern Geol. Soc. Guidebook, No. 30: 26-53. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Oct. 7, 1989. -Describes the stratigraphic context, associated faunas, age, and paleoecology of specimens of Halitherium olseni, Dioplotherium manigaulti, and Metaxytherium sp. from the Suwannee River basin. See also Domning (1989b). D Morgan, Gary Scott 1994. Miocene and Pliocene marine mammal faunas from the Bone Valley Formation of central Florida. In: A. Berta and T.A. Ytemiri (eds.), Contributions in marine mammal paleontology honoring Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 29: 239-268. 2 tabs. 13 figs. May 1, 1994. -Reviews the occurrences of Neogene sirs. throughout Florida, and debunks the report of Desmostylus in the state, x Morgan, Gary Scott; & Pratt, Ann E. 1983. Recent discoveries of Late Tertiary marine mam mals in Florida. The Plaster Jacket (Florida State Museum), No. 43: 4-30. 15 figs. Sep. 1983. -Describes the discovery of an Early Miocene Metaxytherium skeleton in the Suwannee River in Jun. 1982 (4, 16-23), and other discoveries of sir. fossils (24-25). NUMBER 80 237 Morgan, Margaret A.: SEE ALSO Kadel, Morgan, & Patton, 1991. Morgan, Margaret A.; & Patton, Geoffrey W. 1990. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri chechus manatus) on the west coast of Florida. Mote Mar. Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 167: iv + 21 + [53]. 2 tabs. 23 figs. Mar. 28, 1990. Mori, G.: SEE Fujii & Mori, 1964. Mori, X: SEE Asano et al., 1978. Moriceau 1902. Peche de dugongs d'Ambanja. Revue Madagascar (Paris), 1902: 538-539. x Morison, Samuel Eliot 1942. Admiral of the Ocean Sea: a life of Christopher Columbus. Boston, Little, Brown & Co., xx + 680. Illus. Feb. 1942. -Also publ. simultaneously in a 2-vol. ed. that includes notes and other material (vol. 1: xlv + 448; vol. 2: vii + 445). Describes Columbus' sighting of "mermaids" off the coast of Haiti on his first voyage in 1493 (309-310); describes the use of remoras to catch manatees and turtles on the southern coast of Cuba in 1494 (457); states that "swarms of manatee are attracted to quench their thirst" at freshwater springs in the Gulf of Cochinos, Cuba, visited in 1494 (459); and mentions a manatee caught in 1502 at Azua, Dominican Republic, "which Ferdinand [Colum bus] was clever enough to identify as a mammal, not a fish" (592). The description of a "sea monster" seen near Hispaniola in 1494 (478) may also refer to a manatee. In the 2-vol. ed. the identical statements are found on the following pages, respectively: 1: 397-398; 2: 131,134, 327, 158. The above information on Columbus's voyages is based on Columbus's own journal of the first voyage (which survives only in the form of an abstract and paraphrase by Bartolome' de Las Casas and which has appeared in various editions and translations) and on other documents, many of which Morison published in new translations in 1963 (q.v.). Morison, Samuel Eliot 1963. Journals and other documents on the life and voyages of Christopher Columbus. New York, Limited Editions Club, xv + 417. Illus. -Includes new transls. of, among other docu ments: the Diario, the Las Casas abstract of Columbus's journal of the first voyage, 1492- 1493 (41-179); Syllacio's letter to the Duke of Milan describing the second voyage, 1493-1496 (229-245); and Ferdinand Columbus's account of the fourth voyage, 1502-1504 (321-370). Mana tees, 84, 148, 243, 245, 325, 328. P. 84: "He [Columbus] ... says that they must have cows in it [Cuba] and other cattle, for he saw skulls which appeared to be those of cows." Las Casas suggested that these were manatees. P. 148: "The day before, when the Admiral went to the Rio del Oro [on the north coast of the Dominican Republic] he said that he saw three mermaids who rose very high from the sea, but they were not as beautiful as they are painted, although to some extent they have a human appearance in the face. He said that he had seen some in Guinea on the coast of Malagueta." This latter observation, made on the Grain Coast (Liberia) probably between 1482 and 1484 (Mori son, 1942: 42), may well have been the earliest recorded European observation of an African or any other manatee. P. 243: "Huge fish as large as cattle are caught here [near Isabela, on the north coast of the Dominican Republic]; they are eaten avidly (after their legs have been removed) and have the taste of veal." A note on p. 245 presumes these to have been manatees. P. 325 (chap. 89 of Ferdinand Columbus's Historie): "The other fish was taken [near Azua, Dominican Republic] through another device; the Indians call it the manati, and there are none of that kind in Europe. It is as big as a calf, resembling one both in color and flavor, except that perhaps it is somewhat better and fatter. Therefore, those who declare that there are in the sea all sorts of creatures which live on land, say that these fishes are real calves, since inside they are nothing like a fish, and feed only on the grass they find along shore." Ferdinand accordingly deserves credit for realizing that the manatee is a mammal. Mornand, J.: SEE Ginsburg et al., 1979. Morris, John G.: SEE Silverberg & Morris, 1988; Steel & Morris, 1982. Morris, William J. 1983. A paleontologic reconnaissance of Baja Califor nia, Mexico, 1974. Natl. Geogr. Soc. Res. Rept., 15: 157-174. Illus. Morrison-Scott, T.C.S.: SEE Ellerman & Morrison-Scott, 1951; Ellerman etal., 1953. Morrissey, Janice: SEE Channells & Morrissey, 1981; Marsh et al., 1979, 1982. x Morse, Douglass H. 1975. Ecological aspects of adaptive radiation in birds. Biol. Rev., 50: 167-214. -Suggests that manatees and turtles in tropical 238 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY waters are "at least a fortuitous ecological replace ment" of herbivorous aquatic birds in temperate regions (173). Mortensen, Th. 1933a. On the "manatee" of St. Helena. Vidensk. Medd. Dansk Naturhist. Forening (Copenhagen), 97: 1-9. 2 figs, x Mortensen, Th. 1933b. On the "solitaire" of the island of Rodriguez. Ardea, 22(1-2): 21-29. 4 figs. 2 pis. Jul. 1933. -Concludes (23-26) that Leguat's Voyages et avantures was based on actual experiences, though embellished with fictitious additions, including the account of sea cows at Rodriguez. Reproduces Leguat's illustration of a quadrupedal "Vache Marine" (fig. 3). x Mortensen, Th. 1934a. The "manatee" of St. Helena. Nature (London), 133: 417. Mar. 17, 1934. -Quotes Dampier's (1703-1705) observations to demonstrate that the "manatee" was actually a sea lion (Arctocephalus). x Mortensen, Th. 1934b. On Francois Leguat and his "Voyage et Avan tures," with remarks on the dugong of Rodriguez and on Leguatia gigantea Schlegel. Ardea, 23(1-2): 67-77. 3 figs. Jun. 1934. -Concludes (71-72, 76) that Leguat's account is not fictitious and that its zoological data were based on actual observations, probably including observations of the dugong. Reproduces Leguat's illustration of a "Lamentin" (fig. 1). x Morton, B.S. 1974. Is it a dugong or a porpoise? Malayan Nature Jour., 27(3-4): 172. Jun. 1974. -Suggests that the animal seen in Johore Strait by Bland (1970) was Neophocaena, not Dugong. Mosbach, E.H.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Moses, S.T. 1942. The fisheries of the Gujarat coast. Jour. Gujarat Res. Soc, 4(2): 61-82. -Dugong, 75. Mosgovoy, A.A. 1950. [Ascaridata of animals.] Trudy Helmintol. Lab. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 4: 263-269. -In Russian. Refers Typhlophorus hagenbecki to Plicatolabia. x Mossman, H.W 1987. Vertebrate fetal membranes. New Brunswick (New Jersey), Rutgers Univ. Press. -Gen. acc. of dugong and manatee fetal mem branes, based on previous literature (267-270). Mossman, H.W; & Duke, K.L. 1973. Comparative morphology of the mammalian ovary. Madison, Univ. Wisconsin Press, 1-461. -Describes a mutilated ovary of T. inunguis (381). Mottl, M?ria von (= Gyorffy-Mottl, Maria) 1944. Egy uj trichechoid sirena-lelet Urom felso' eocen- j6bol. (Ein neuer, trichechoider Sirenenfund aus dem Obereozan von Urom in Budapest.) Foldt. Intizet, Evkon: 171-205. 1 tab. 21 figs. -Text in Hungarian (173-185) and German (186-203). According to L. Kordos (pers. comm.), this paper was typeset but, on account of the war, was never published, and exists in proofsheets only. Describes vertebrae, ribs, and a scapula from the Late Eocene of Hungary and compares them with other sirs.; the comparisons of the scapulae are particularly detailed. Con cludes that the specimens from Urom are probably referable to Sirenavus. Mou Sue, Luis L.; Chen, David H.; Bonde, Robert K.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1990. Distribution and status of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Panama. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 6(3): 234-241. 1 tab. 1 fig. Jul. 1990. Mountford, Charles P. 1956. Records of the American-Australian scientific expedition to Arnhem Land. 1. Art, myth and symbolism. Melbourne, Melbourne Univ. Press, xxx + 513. 68 figs. 157 pis. 2 color pis. Mountford, Charles P. 1964. The art of Arnhem Land. In: R.M. Berndt (ed.), Australian Aboriginal art. Sydney, Ure Smith, 20-32. -Dugong, 25. Moustafa, Y Shawki 1974. Critical observations on the occurrence of Fayum fossil vertebrates. Ann. Geol. Surv. Egypt, 4: 41-78. 11 figs. -Discusses Fayum stratigraphy and depositional environments, and the occurrence of partly articu lated skeletons of Eotheroides libyca [sic] (49,50, 52, 60, 72). Moynihan, Ann C: SEE Medway, Dodds et al., 1982. Mozgovoy, A.A.: SEE Skrjabin et al., 1951. Mudaliyar, C: SEE Rasanayagam & Mudaliyar, 1926. Miiller, Arnold 1983. Fauna und Palokologie des marinen Mitteloli- gozans der Leipziger Tieflandsbucht (Bbhlener Schichten). Altenburger Natw. Forsch., 2: 1-152. Figs. Pis. -Engl. summ. NUMBER 80 239 Miiller, Gerhard Friedrich 1758. Nachrichten von Seereisen, und zur See gemach- ten Entdeckungen, die von Russland aus langst den Kusten des Eissmeeres und auf dem Ostlichen Weltmeere gegen Japon und Amerika geschen sind.... In: Midler's Sammlung Russicher Ge schichte. St. Petersburg, Kayserl. Akad. Wiss. (9 vols., 1732-1764), Vol. 3 (Parts 1-3): 1-304. -Engl, transl.: Miiller (1761). French transl.: Amsterdam, 2 vols., 1766. Danish transl.: Copen hagen, 1784. Account of Rhytina, based on Waxell's information, 251-259. Miiller, Gerhard Friedrich ("S. Muller") 1761. Voyages from Asia to America, for completing the discoveries of the north west coast of America. To which is prefixed, a summary of the voyages made by the Russians on the Frozen Sea, in search of a north east passage. Serving as an explanation of a map of the Russian discoveries, published by the Academy of Sciences at Petersburgh. Translated from the High Dutch ofS. [i.e., G.J Muller, of the Royal Academy of Petersburgh. ...By Thomas Jefferys... . London, T. Jefferys, viii + xliii + 76. Frontisp. 3 maps. -Edited transl. of Muller (1758). Sea-cow, 60-62. Muller, Otto 1898. Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen, welche die Respirationsorgane der Saugetiere durch die Anpassung an das Leben im Wasser erlitten haben. Jena. Zs. Natw., 32: 95-230. Pis. 3-6. x Muller, Philipp Ludwig Statius 1773. Des Ritters Carl von Linni ... vollstandiges Natursystem nach der zwolften lateinischen Aus- gabe und nach Anleitung des hollandischen Houttuynischen Werks mit einer ausfuhrlichen Erklarung.... Erster Theil. Von den sdugenden Thieren.... Nuremberg, Gabriel Nicolaus Raspe, [20] + 508 + [17]. Frontisp. 32 pis. -Allen 323. Gen. acc. of "Trichecus Manatus" (which here includes the dugong), based on earlier writers (174-176; pi. 29, after Clusius). Also lists vernacular names of manatees and dugongs in various languages, x Muller, Philipp Ludwig Statius 1776. Des Ritters Carl von Linni ... vollstdndigen Natursystems Supplements- und Register-Band iiber alle sechs Theile oder Classen des Thier- reichs. Mit einer ausfuhrlichen Erklarung.... Nuremberg, Gabriel Nicolaus Raspe, 1-384. 3 pis. -A sketchy account of the dugong based on previous writers, which bestows a Linnaean name (Trichecus [sic] Dugon) on the species for the first time (21-22). A somewhat overgenerous geo graphic range is attributed to the animal, extend ing from the Cape of Good Hope and the Philippine Islands to the Strait of Magellan and the South Pole! For the probable source of the Cape of Good Hope "record," see D. Beeckman (1812). x Mullerried, Federico K.G. 1932. Primer hallazgo de un sir?nido f6sil en la Republica Mexicana. An. Inst. Biol Univ. Nac. Mixico, 3(1): 71-73. 2 figs. -Reports sir. rib fragments from Chiapas, Mexico, said to be Oligocene in age although they were associated with Eocene fossils. x Muizon, Christian de 1984. Les vert6bres fossiles de la Formation Pisco (Ptiou). Deuxieme partie: Les odontocetes (Ceta cea, Mammalia) du Pliocene inferieur de Sud- Sacaco. Inst. Franq. d'Etudes Andines, Mim., No. 50: 1-183. 98 figs. 17 pis. -Notes the presence of Metaxytherium calver tense in Peru as evidence of a northwest Atlantic- southeast Pacific axis of faunal distribution, and discusses other evidence supporting Domning's postulated ecological barrier between the north east and southeast Pacific (171). x Muizon, Christian de; & De Vries, T.J. 1985. Geology and paleontology of late Cenozoic ma rine deposits in the Sacaco area (Peru). Geol. Rundschau, 74(3): 547-563. 1 tab. 4 figs. 2 pis. Dec. 1985. -Mentions sirs, from the Sacaco and Montera Formations, and faunal similarities to eastern North America (560). x Muizon, Christian de; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1985. The first records of fossil sirenians in the southeastern Pacific Ocean. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), (4)7, Sect. C, no. 3: 189-213. 2 tabs. 14 figs. -French & Spanish summs. Reports skulls of Metaxytherium calvertense from the Early to Middle Miocene Montera Formation (190-206), and a rib of an undescribed dugongid from the Early Pliocene Pisco Formation (206-209), Peru. Compares these specimens with other sirs., and discusses (209-211) their biogeographic and phylogenetic implications. Mukhametov, L.M.: SEE ALSO Galantsev & Mukhame tov, 1984; Sokolov & Mukhametov, 1982. 240 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Mukhametov, L.M.; & Galantsev, V.P. 1986. [Investigation of certain physiological features of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 377-384. -In Russian. Mukhametov, L.M.; Lyamin, O.I.; Chetyrbok, I.S.; Vas- silyev, A.A.; & Pezo Diaz, Roberto 1992. Sleep in an Amazonian manatee. Experientia (Basel), 48(4): 417-419. Muku, Tatsunori: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Mulholland, Rosemarie: SEE Packard & Mulholland, 1983. Mummery, John Howard 1924. The microscopic & general anatomy of the teeth, human and comparative. Ed. 2. London, H. Milford (Oxford Medical Pubis.), xvi + 618. Tabs. Figs. 41 pis. Mundkur, Taej: SEE Frazier & Mundkur, 1991. Muntz, W.R.A.: SEE Piggins et al., 1983. Murai, Takefumi: SEE Inuzuka & Murai, 1980. Murdoch, W.P., Jr.: SEE Montgomery et al., 1982. x Murie, Adolph 1935. Mammals from Guatemala and British Honduras. Misc. Pubis. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 26: 1-30. Jul. 15, 1935. -P. 30: { "Trichechus manatus Linnaeus / Mana tee /On a key about one-half mile from Belize, I picked up a number of water-worn manatee bones. This key is said to have been formerly used for preparing manatees for market. The market master at Belize informed me that, although at one time they were often brought to market, of late only one or two are received during a year. A few manatees are said to occur in the Belize River."} x Murie, James 1872a. On the form and structure of the manatee (Manatus americanus). Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 8(3): 127-202. Pis. 17-26. Sep. 1872 (read Nov. 15, 1870). -Notice: Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1870(3): 747-748, Apr. 1871. The outstanding nineteenth- century work on sirenian gross anatomy, still valuable for the detail of the illustrations as well as the anatomical descriptions. The colored plates are reproduced in black and white in Ronald et al. (1978). Describes in detail the external and internal anatomy of a female T. m. manatus from Puerto Rico and a male from Suriname (127-189). Discusses the relationships of sirs., concluding that they lie somewhere between cetaceans and proboscideans (189-191). Finally, describes the provenance of his two specimens and the efforts made to bring them alive to England, concluding with recommendations for care of captive animals to be followed in future attempts of this nature (191-193). Murie, James 1872b. On the skin &c. of the Rhytina, suggested by a recent paper of Dr. A. Brandt's. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)9(52): 306-313. PI. 19. Apr. 1872. -Discusses A. Brandt (1871a). Murie, James 1874. [Title?] Proc. Geol. Soc. London, Nov. 18, 1874. Murie, James 1879. Cause of death of the manatee at Westminster Aquarium. Field, 53(1373): 442. Apr. 19, 1879. -Repr. in Murie (1880: 23-24). x Murie, James 1880. Further observations on the manatee. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 11(2): 19-48. Pis. 5-9. Aug. 1880 (read Jun. 17, 1879). -Notice: Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1879(3): 552, Oct. 1879. A sequel to Murie (1872a), giving additional anatomical details based on the dissec tion of another manatee, which had recently died in the Westminster Aquarium. Reviews recent literature on manatees (19-21); describes the captive history, behavior, and death of the female T. m. manatus brought to London from British Guiana (21-26), its external anatomy and meas urements (27-32), including structure and move ments of the lips; gives addenda on myology (32-35) and the nervous system (35-44), empha sizing the cervical nerves and brain. The plates include drawings from life of the animal in different postures (pis. 5-7), details of muscles and nerves (pi. 8), and views of the brain and cranial arteries (pi. 9). The above-cited notice in Proc Zool. Soc. (for Jun. 17, 1879) is immediately followed by this related notice on p. 552: {"Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited and made remarks on a drawing of the Manatee by Mr. Wolf, taken from the specimen lately living in the Westminster Aquarium."} x Murie, Olaus Johan 1937. Notes on the mammals of St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. In: O.W. Geist & F.G. Rainey (eds.), Archaeological excavations at Kukulik, St. Law rence Island, Alaska. Univ. Alaska Misc. Publ, No. 2, Appendix 3: 335-346. 3 figs. -P. 345: {"Family TRICHECHIDAE, Manatees /Rhytina gigas, Steller's Sea cow. / Mr. [Otto NUMBER 80 241 William] Geist reports that the Eskimo "talk about a 'real walrus' obtained in olden days, without tusks." This would indicate the Steller's sea cow and is most interesting information. However, no bones have been obtained as yet. This Eskimo tradition may, of course, have come originally from some other locality, yet it deserves special attention in future work on the island."} Murie, Olaus Johan 1959. Fauna of the Aleutian Islands and Alaska Penin sula. North American Fauna (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), No. 61: xiv + 364. -Steller's sea cow, 332-333. Murphy, C.J.: SEE West et al., 1991. Murphy, Mary Jane T. 1983. Manatee talk. Omni, 5: 45. Sep. 1983. Murray, Andrew 1866. The geographical distribution of mammals. London, Day & Son, Ltd., xvi + 420. 2 pis. 101 maps, x Murray, R.M. 1981. The importance of VFA in dugong nutrition. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 166-168. -Discusses the production of volatile fatty acids in the dugong's intestine, and calculates that they could provide some 25% of the dugong's digest ible energy intake, x Murray, R.M.; Marsh, Helene D.; Heinsohn, George Edwin; & Spain, Alister V 1977. The role of the midgut caecum and large intestine in the digestion of sea grasses by the dugong (Mammalia: Sirenia). Compar. Biochem. Physiol, 56A: 7-10. 2 tabs. -Reports on the analysis of gut contents for plant species, apparent digestibilities, and volatile fatty acids; the blood was analyzed for phosphorus and urea. Digestion was found to occur principally in the hindgut. Mustafa, Muslimin: SEE Whitten et al., 1987. x Myers, H.M.; & Myers, P.V.N. 1871. Life and nature under the tropics. New York, D. Appleton & Co., xvi + 358. -Brief account of the Orinoco manatee, its uses by the natives (102), and their methods of hunting it (103). Myrick, Albert C, Jr.: SEE ALSO Domning & Myrick, 1980. Myrick, Albert C, Jr. 1984. Time significance of layering in some mammalian hard tissues and its application in population studies. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 171: 217-220. Myroniuk, P. 1988. A survey of mammals on Hinchinbrook Island, north Queensland. Austral. Zool, 25(1): 6-10. Illus. N x N. [Godefroy Loyer?] 1719. Voyages aux cotes de Guinie & en Amerique. Par Mr. N***. Amsterdam, aux depens d'Etienne Roger, 1-416. Frontisp. 38 pis. -An extremely rare work. The copy I examined (in the library of the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia, Manaus, Brazil) was accompanied by an excerpt from the catalog of an anonymous bookseller, who felt convinced after considerable research that the author was the Dominican priest Godefroy Loyer (bom 1660 or 1666, died 1715). Loyer wrote a Relation du Royaume d'Issyny, Cote-d'Or, Pais de Guinie, avec ce qui s'y passi ... dans I' etablissement que les Franqois y ont fait.... (Paris, 1714). I have not seen the latter, but the bookseller states that it is remarkably similar in content to the 1719 Amster dam work, and he suggests that the latter was a version of Loyer's book adapted for a Protestant rather than Catholic audience, perhaps actually printed in France and sold in Amsterdam by Roger with his own title-page. Half the book is devoted to West Africa (Ghana, Gambia, Senegal, etc.) and the rest to the West Indies (Martinique, Cayenne, and St. Domingue). The following account of the (Afri can?) manatee is on p. 70: {"II y a plusieurs autres sortes de Poissons le Requiem, le Lamantin, la Bicasse de Mer, la Bicune. "Je parlerai du Requiem dans la suite, pour le Lamantin c'est un monstre marin, qui a la tete fort semblable a celle d'une vache; ce poisson mon- strueux est fort bon a manger. II vient d'une grandeur & d'une grosseur prodigieuse, la femelle met ses petits dehors a la facon des vaches, & elles ont d'eux tetines avec lesquelles elles les allaitent; elles les portent entre deux petits bras qu'elles ont, comme vous le pouvez voir dans la Figure."} The plate facing p. 69 (labeled "Page 70") is redrawn and reversed from that in C de Rochefort (1667 and earlier eds.). N.N. 1655. America: or an exact description of the West Indies: more especially of those provinces which are under the dominion of the King of Spain. London, printed by Ric. Hodgkinsonne for Edw. Dod, 1-484. 1 map. -Allen 78. Account of the Manati or Oxe-fish, based mainly on Hernandez and Laet (154-155). Nabor, Peter; & Patton, Geoffrey W 1988. Manatee aerial survey program 1987 final report: studies of the West Indian manatee, Anna Maria to northern Charlotte Harbor and the Myakka River. Mote Mar. Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 127: v + 45 + 14. 13 tabs. 17 figs. + 14 figs, in appendix. Jul. 5, 1988. Nabor, Peter; & Patton, Geoffrey W 1989. Aerial studies of the West Indian manatee (Tri chechus manatus) from Anna Maria Florida to northern Charlotte Harbor including the Myakka River: recommended habitat protection and mana tee management strategies. Mote Marine Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 134: iv + 94. 9 tabs. 28 figs. Jan. 31, 1989. Nachtigal, Gustav 1881. Sdhard und Suddn. Ergebnisse sechsjahriger Re is en in Afrika. Berlin, Weidmann (2 vols., 1879-1881), Vol. 2: xxiv + 790. -Sirs., 670. D Nagao, Takumi 1935a. On the teeth of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 42(505): 605-614. 2 pis. Oct. 20, 1935. -In Japanese. D Nagao, Takumi 1935b. Desmostylus mirabilis sp. nov. from Keton in Saghalin. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 42(507): 822-824. Dec. 20, 1935. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. xD Nagao, Takumi 1937a. A new species of Desmostylus from Japanese Saghalicn and its geological significance. Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 13(2): 46-49. 3 figs. Feb. 1937. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 58, Oct. 1937. Describes Desmostylus minor from the Lower Miocene of Sakhalin. xD Nagao, Takumi 1937b. Desmostylella, a new genus of Desmostylidae from Japan. 242 NUMBER 80 243 Proc Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 13(3): 82-85. 4 figs. Mar. 1937. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 58-59, Oct. 1937. Describes Desmostylella typica, n.gen.n.sp., from the Miocene of Honshu. xD Nagao, Takumi 1937c. A new occurrence of a small Desmostylus tooth in Hokkaido. Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 13(4): 110-113. 9 figs. Apr. 1937. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 59, Oct. 1937. Describes a specimen of uncertain age that he refers to Desmostylus minor. D Nagao, Takumi 1937d. Classification and geological distribution of the Desmostylidae. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 44(525): 533-534. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Geol. Geogr., 14(3/4): abstr.- page 59, Oct. 1937. D Nagao, Takumi 1941. On the skeleton of Desmostylus. Mem. Lect. Prof. Yabe, 1941: 43-52. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Nagao, Takumi; & Oishi, Saburo 1934. Newly discovered Desmostylus remains in the frontier district of south Sakhalin. Jour. Geogr. (Tokyo), 46(541): 103-111. 1 map. Mar. 1934. D Nagao, Takumi; & Oishi, Saburo 1935. Geographical distribution of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 42(497): 74-81. Feb. 20, 1935. -In Japanese. Nagelschmid, F. 1979. Seekuhe. Die lustigen Dickerchen. Tauchen, 2(11): 56-59. Illus. Nahke, P. 1986. Sirenen in Not. Tauchen, 9(9): 27-31. Illus. Naiff, R.D.: SEE Lainson et al., 1983. x Nair, R.V; & Lai Mohan, R.S. 1977. Studies on the vocalisation of the sea cow Dugong dugon in captivity. Indian Jour. Fish., 22(1/2): 277-278. 1 tab. Aug. 1977. -Sound recordings in air showed "chirp-squeaks" from 3 to 8 kHz in frequency. Nair, R.V; Lai Mohan, R.S.; & Rao, K. Satyanarayana 1975. The dugong Dugong dugon. ICAR Bull, Central Marine Fisheries Res. Inst. (Cochin, India), 26: 1-42 + 2 appendices. 1 tab. 7 figs. 1 pi. Feb. 1975. Nakamura, M.: SEE Itoigawa & Nakamura, 1978. Nakamura, Takeshi: SEE Abe et al., 1982; Takayasu & Nakamura, 1984. Nakashita, Shigeo: SEE Oishi et al., 1990. Naora, Nobuo 1944. [History of mammals in Japan. ] Nara, Yotoku-sha, 1-265. -In Japanese. National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A.: SEE Anonymous, 1973a, 1976g. National Science Research Council of Guyana: SEE Anonymous, 1973a, 1974c. Natterer, Johann: SEE Diesing, CM., 1839; Pelzeln, A. von, 1883. Naumov, N.P.: SEE Heptner & Naumov, 1967. Naumova, E.I. 1986. [Functional morphology of the digestive tract.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.): 312-330. Neal, F.C: SEE ALSO Irvine et al., 1980. Neal, F.C; Irvine, A. Blair; Bachman, K.C; & Jenkins, Robert L. 1979. Clinical data from free-ranging and captive West Indian manatees. [Abstr.] Proc. 10th Ann. Meeting Internatl. Assoc. Aquatic Animal Medicine, 32. x Neish,WD. 1896. The manatee, Manatus australis. Jour. Inst. Jamaica, 2(3): 287-288. "Jul., 1896" (issued Nov. 10, 1896). -Gen. acc. of West Indian manatees, with comments on some specimens recently captured, and measurements of one animal. States that the manatee is uncommon but not rare in Jamaica. Nelson, Edward William 1916. The larger North American mammals. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 30(5): 385-472. 73 figs. Nov. 1916. -Repr. in his Wild Animals of North America (Washington, Natl. Geogr. Soc, 1918). Florida manatee, 465, 467-468. Nelson, Michael S. 1992. Save the Manatee Club. Florida Naturalist, 65(2): 18. Summer 1992. -Summarizes the Club's activities over the previ ous year. D Nemoto, H. 1963. A desmostylid excavation trip to Hatsuyukizawa, Keton, Saghalin. Warera-no-Kobutsu, 5(1): 10-18. Nemoto, Takabumi: SEE Shibata et al., 1981; Yamaguchi et al., 1981. 244 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Nery, Frederico Jos6 de Santa-Anna: SEE Santa-Anna Nery, Frederico Jose" de. Ness, PS. 1986. Introducing the West Indian manatee. Freshwater Mar. Aquar., 9(10): 50-51. Illus. Netto, Felippe Joaquim de Souza 1911. Relatorio da Recebedoria do Estado do Amazonas. In: A.C.R. Bittencourt, Mensagem lida perante o Congresso dos Representantes por occasido da abertura da primera sessdo ordinaria da setima legislatura em 10 de Julho de 1910. Manaus (Brazil), Secsao de Obras da Imprensa Official (387 pp.), Annexo no. 29: 1-16. Tabs. -Gives some statistics on the production of mixira (canned manatee meat) in the State of Amazonas during 1909 and 1910 (in annexos 1, 1ABC, 2, and 2C). Neumann 18??. [Title?]. Jour. Geogr. Soc. Irkutzk. -Publ. before 1883. Neumann, Dietrich 1936. Das Handskelett von Halitherium schinzi Kaup. Pal. Zs. (Berlin), 18(3/4): 257-291. 4 figs. 2 pis. Dec. 31, 1936. Neumayer, E. 1983. Prehistoric Indian rock paintings. Bombay, Oxford Univ. Press, vii + 159. 17 pis. -Interprets rock paintings at Gandhi Sagar, Ra- jasthan, India as Mesolithic representations of dugongs (41, 146). Nevill, H. (ed.) 1885. Dugong. The Taprobanian (London, Trubner & Co.), 1(1): 2. x Neville, Melvin; Castro, Napoleon; Maf mol Burgos, An dres E.; & Revilla, Juan 1976. Censusing primate populations in the reserved area of the Pacaya and Samiria Rivers, Depart ment Loreto, Peru. Primates, 17(2): 151-181. Apr. 1976. -Notes that T. inunguis seemed to be abundant in the Santa Elena R., a tributary of the Samiria, and that one was drowned in a net (155). Newton, Edwin Tulley 1891. The Vertebrata of the Pliocene deposits of Britain. Gen. Mem. Geol. Surv. United Kingdom, 12: xi + 138. 10 pis. -Sirs., 48, pi. 5. Nichelson, W: SEE Herbert & Nichelson, 1780. Nichols, James D.: SEE Packard & Nichols, 1983. Nicholson, Henry Alleyne; & Lydekker, Richard 1889. A manual of palaeontology, for the use of students; with a general introduction on the principles of palaeontology. Ed. 3. Edinburgh & London, W. Blackwood & Sons (2 vols.), Vol. 2: xi + 889-1624. Figs. 813-1354. -Rev.: Rev. Quest. Sci., 28: 327-342, 1891? The first and second eds. were by Nicholson alone (1872, 1879). Sirs., 212. Nicorici, Eugen; & Popovici, Nicolae 1984. Sirenid endocranial cast from the Upper Eocene of Transylvania. Dari Seama Sedinfelor Inst. Geol. Geofiz. Rom., 68(3): 91-95. 2 pis. -In Romanian; Engl, and French summs. Nieda, Kurt von: SEE Wagner et al., 1983. Nieremberg, Juan Eusebio 1635. Historia naturae, maxime peregrinae, libris XVI, distincta. In quibus rarissima naturae arcana, etiam astronomica, & ignota Indiarum animalia, quadrupedes, aues, pisces, reptilia, insecta, zoo- phyta, plantae, metalla, lapides, & alia mineralia, fiuuiorumque & elementorum conditiones, etiam cum proprietatibus medicinalibus, describuntur; nouae & curiosissimae quaestiones disputatur, ac plura sacrae Scripturae loca erudite enodantur. Accedunt de miris & miraculosis naturis in Europd libri duo: item de iisdem in Terra Hebraeis promisd liber vnus. Antwerp, ex officina Plantiniana Balthasaris Mo- reti, [8]+ 502+[104]. Illus. -Sirs., lib. 11, cap. 9, p. 269. Nietschmann, Bernard 1971. Hunting and fishing focus among the Miskito Indians, eastern Nicaragua. Human Ecology, 1(1): 41-67. -States that manatees make up less than 3% of the meat poundage obtained by hunting. Nietschmann, Bernard 1973. Between land and water: the subsistence ecology of the Miskito Indians, eastern Nicaragua. New York & London, Seminar Press, xiv + 279. x Nietschmann, Bernard 1977. The wind caller. Nat. Hist. (New York), 86(3): 10-12, 14, 16. 1 fig. Mar. 1977. -Repr.: Reader's Digest, Canadian ed., Oct. 1977. Pop. acc. of the Torres Strait area, including traditional lore on the feeding behavior of du gongs and their movements with respect to the tides (10-12, 14). x Nietschmann, Bernard 1984. Hunting and ecology of dugongs and green turtles, Torres Strait, Australia. Natl Geogr. Soc. Res. Rept., 17: 625-651. 5 tabs. 11 figs. -Relatively nondetailed account of a year-long NUMBER 80 245 research visit to Mabuiag Is., with catch statistics and measurements on dugongs and turtles caught (1976-1979), percentages of seagrass species found in dugong stomachs, lists of Islander terms for categories of dugongs and turtles, and other data on natural history and human ecology, x Nietschmann, Bernard; & Nietschmann, Judith 1981. Good dugong, bad dugong; bad turtle, good turtle. Nat. Hist. (New York), 90(5): 54-63. 11 figs. May 1981. -Gen. acc. of dugong and turtle ecology and hunting, and their role in Torres Strait society and economy. Nieuhof, Johan (= Jean Nieuhoff) 1665. L'ambassade de la Companie Orientale des Provinces Unies vers I'Empereur de la Chine, ou Grand Cam de Tartaric faite par les Srs. Pierre de Goyer, & Jacob de Key ser, illustrie d'une tres-exacte description des villes, bourgs, vil lages, ports de mers, & autres lieuxplus consider ables de la Chine: enrichie d'un grand nombre de tailles douces. Le tout recueilli par le Mr. Jean Nieuhoff, ...: mis enfrancois, orni, et assorti de mille belles particularitez tant morales que poli- tiques, par Jean le Carpentier, historiographe. Leiden, J. de Meurs (2 parts in 1 vol.), xii + 290 + 134. Illus. -Sirs., 2: 100. Nigrelli, R.F. 1940. Mortality statistics for specimens in the New York Aquarium, 1939. Zoologica, 25: 525-552. -Amphistome parasite in cecum of T manatus, 550. x Nimuendajii, Curt 1952. The Tukuna. [Ed. by R.H. Lowie; transl. by WD. Hohenthal.] Univ. California Publ. Amer. Archaeol. Ethnol, 45: x + 209. 13 figs. 18 pis. 1 map. Apr. 16, 1952. -P. 26: {"The peixe-boi, or manatee (Manatus inunguis; Tfukuna]., a'iruve), is rarely caught. The Tukuna do not kill the red dolphin (Delphinus sp.), notwithstanding their dislike for it because it scares away the fish."} This relates to the region of the Rio SolimSes or Amazon between Leticia and Tonantins, Brazil. Nishiwaki, Masaharu: SEE ALSO Kasuya & Nishiwaki, 1978. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1967. Distribution and migration of marine mammals in the North Pacific area. Bull. Ocean Res. Inst. Univ. Tokyo, No. 1: 1 -64. 22 figs. 8 pis. Dec. 1967. -Sirs., 7-8? Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1968. Dugong and manatee. Animals and Zoo, 20(2): 48-51. -In Japanese. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1972. General biology. In: S.H. Ridgway (ed.), Mam mals of the sea: biology and medicine. Springfield (Illinois), Charles C Thomas (812 pp.), 3-204. -Sirs., 192-200. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1977. Ecology of the dugong and its management. Mar. Res. Indonesia, No. 19: 1-6. 1 tab. 1 fig. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1978. Recent distribution and status of Dugong. [Abstr.] Congressus Theriol. Internatl, 2: 94. Illus. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1984a. Current status of the African manatee. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 172: 135-136. Nishiwaki, Masaharu 1984b. Significance of 55? S in the 'Indian Ocean Sanctuary of Whales' in relation to the distribu tion of marine mammals. Mem. Natl Inst. Polar Res., Special Issue, No. 32: 122-129. Illus. x Nishiwaki, Masaharu; Kasuya, Toshio; Miyazaki, No buyuki; Tobayama, Teruo; & Kataoka, Teruo 1979. Present distribution of the dugong in the world. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 31: 133-141. 2 figs. Dec. 1979. -Abstr.: Nishiwaki et al. (1981). Summarizes dugong distribution based on interview surveys, and recognizes 5 more or less discrete areas of relatively continuous distribution: eastern Austra lia, eastern Papua New Guinea, and Melanesia; western Australia, Moluccas, and Philippines; Sumatra, Malaysia, and Andamans; India and Sri Lanka; and East Africa and Madagascar. Suggests that dugong populations in the latter two regions are declining, and offers a population guesstimate of 30,000 animals worldwide. Cites records of rare dugong occurrences at Guam and Yap; discusses the roles of water temperature and ocean currents in dugong distribution; and notes the issuance of dugong postage stamps by the Ryukyus (in 1966) and Tanzania (in 1977). n Nishiwaki, Masaharu; Kasuya, Toshio; Tobayama, Teruo; Miyazaki, Nobuyuki; & Kataoka, Teruo 1981. Distribution of the dugong (Dugong dugon) in the world. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceed ings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). 246 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 8-9. -Abstr. of Nishiwaki et al. (1979). Nishiwaki, Masaharu; & Marsh, Helene D. 1985. Dugong, Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776). In: S.H. Ridgway & R.J. Harrison (eds.), Handbook of marine mammals. Vol. 3. London, Academic Press, 1-31. 1 tab. 10 figs. x Nishiwaki, Masaharu; Yamaguchi, M.; Shokita, S.; Uchida, Senzo; & Kataoka, Teruo 1982. Recent survey on the distribution of the African manatee. Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., No. 34: 137-147. 2 figs. Dec. 1982. -An interview survey in 1980-1981 found evi dence of T. senegalensis mainly in the Niger River and its tributaries; also in the Sanaga and Ivindo Rivers in Cameroon and Gabon, respectively; and in Gambia, Ivory Coast, and Ghana to some extent. They were found to be scarce or absent elsewhere, and not found at all in salt water. [More recent work by J.A. Powell, Jr., casts doubt on the accuracy of many statements in this report.] Points out the need for an international conservation strategy for the manatee. Noack, Th. 1887. Lebende Manati. Zool Garten (Frankfurt), 28(10): 293-302. Noack, Th. 1889. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Saugethierfauna von Siid- und Sudwestafrika. Zool. Jahrb., 4(1): 94-261. -Sirs., 105. Nohara, Tomohide: SEE Hasegawa & Nohara, 1982. x Nojima, Takao 1988. Developmental pattern of the bony falx and bony tentorium of spotted dolphins (Stenella attenuata) and the relationship between degree of develop ment and age. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 4(4): 312-322. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Oct. 1988. -Mentions the presence of a bony falx cerebri of the "carnivore type" in Dugong and Trichechus; i.e., a bony falx that is an integral part of the skull bones and not an ossification seen only in old age (315,320). Nokariya: SEE Hasegawa & Nokariya, 1979. xD Nolan, T.B. 1964. Areal and stratigraphic range of desmostylians. In: Geological Survey research, 1964. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper, 501 A: A136-A137. -Summarizes the known ranges of desmostylians and their possible geologic and biogeographic implications. x Nopcsa, Franz von 1923. Vorlaufige Notiz iiber die Pachyostose und Os- teosklerose einiger mariner Wirbeltiere. Anat. Anz., 56(15/16): 353-359. Feb. 26, 1923. -Discusses pachyostosis and related physiologi cal phenomena with reference to adaptation to air-breathing and submergence in sirs, and other marine vertebrates. Concludes that heavy bones serve as ballast, at least in earlier stages of aquatic adaptation, but that pachyostosis and osteosclero sis are basically disturbances of function that might in some cases bring about extinction. Nopcsa, Franz von; & Heidsieck, E. 1934. Ueber eine pachyostotische Rippe aus der Kreide Riigens. Acta Zool, 15: 431-455. 13 figs. x Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1881a. The voyage of the Vega round Asia and Europe with a historical review of previous journeys along the north coast of the Old World. [Transl. by A. Leslie.] London, Macmillan & Co. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxv + 524; Vol. 2: xvii + 646 [464?]. Figs. Maps. -This was the first Engl, ed.; original ed. in Swedish, 1880. American ed., New York, Macmillan: xxvi + 756, 1882. German eds., Leipzig, Berlin, Vienna, 1882; St. Petersburg, 1883. Extract: Korresp.-Bl. Deutsch. Ges. An throp., 13: 20-21, 30-32, 39, 1 fig., 1882? Gen. acc. of Steller's sea cow and the history of its hunting (2: 272-276); reports of live sea cows at Bering Island ca. 1780 and 1854 (276-278); account of collecting sea cow bones (278, 280); mention of the natives' use of sea cow ribs for making sledge runners and carvings (280); and mention of the abundance of seaweed at Bering Is. (292). The figs, include illustrations of the Stockholm skeleton of Hydrodamalis (279), re constructions of the animal by earlier authors (279, 280), and a frond of the alga Thalassio- phyllum clathrus (293). See also E.H. Yarnall (1879). Nordenskiold's claim in this work that the sea cow survived into the nineteenth century led to several years of dispute between himself (see also Nordenskiold, 1885b) and L. Stejneger (1884, 1886, 1887). The issue was eventually settled in Stejneger's favor by the paucity and weakness of evidence for sightings after 1768. Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1881b. Ein Besuch auf der Bering-Insel. Petermann's Geogr. Mitt., 27: 26-30. -?Review: D. Ausland, 1881: 86-89? NUMBER 80 247 n Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1885a. Bemotande af anmarkningar, som riktats mot min skildring af Vegas fard kring Asien och Europa. Ymer (Stockholm, Swedish Soc. Anthrop. Geogr.), 5: 246-267. -Engl, transl.: Nordenskiold (1885b). x Nordenskiold, Adolf Erik 1885b. Reply to criticisms upon "The voyage of the Vega around Asia and Europe." Jour. [Bull] Amer. Geogr. Soc, 17: 267-298. 2 maps. -Transl. of Nordenskiold (1885a) by VA. Elf- wing. Replies to Stejneger's (1884) criticisms of Nordenskiold's (1881a) reports of Steller's sea cow alive at Bering Island after 1768 (280-284). States that the bones he collected were distributed to the museums at Uppsala, Gothenburg, Lund, and principally Stockholm (284-285). Those deposited in Stockholm are said to have included a metacarpal, but this was actually the transverse process of a sacral vertebra (Domning, 1978b: 97-98, pi. 17). x Nordmann, Alexander von 1860. Palaeontologie Sudrusslands. TV. Elephas, Masto don, Dinotherium, Phoca, Manatus, Cetotherium, Balaena, Balenoptera und Delphinus. Helsinki, H.C Friis, 271-360. Pis. 18-28. -Revs.: Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 33(3): 377-487?; J.J. Noggerath, Westermanns Monatsh., 6: 48-50, 1859? Describes scapulae, ribs, and vertebrae of "Manatus maeoticus" from Bessarabia (328- 333, pi. 25). x Nordmann, Alexander von 1861. Zur Palaontologie Sudrusslands. Notiz ueber eine Sendung fossiler Knochen aus den Steinbruechen um Kischinew in Bessarabien. Bull. Soc Nat. Moscou, 34(1): 577-586. Pis. 11-12. -Discusses scapulae, vertebrae, ribs, and sterna of "Manatus maeoticus " (581-582), and illustrates a scapula (pi. 11). The remains are Late Miocene (Sarmatian) in age. Nordmann, Alexander von 1862a. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Knochen-baues der Rhytina Stelleri. Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicae, 1: 1-33. Pis. 1-5. -?Rev.: Arch. Naturgesch., 28: 153? Describes in detail the skeleton of an immature Steller's sea cow in the Helsinki museum. This skeleton was collected by a Finnish expedition on Bering Island and appears to be genuinely associated, unlike all the other Hydrodamalis skeletons in museums, which are composite. See also P.J. Van Beneden (1862a). Nordmann, Alexander von 1862b. Rhytina stelleri und deren vollstandiges Skelet. Sitzb. Ges. Naturf Freunde Berlin, Jul. 1862: 1. Norkin, M. (ed.) 1980. Permanent protection areas proposed for manatee. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 5(8): 15. Noronha, Jose" Monteiro de 1856. Roteiro da cidade do Par3 ate" as ultimas colonias dos dominios Portugueses em os rios Amazonas e Negro. Collecqdo de noticias para a historia e geografia das naqoes ultramarinas que vivem nos dominios Portuguezes (Lisbon, Acad. Real das Sciencias), 6: 1-85. -Written in 1768 and originally published anony mously. Mentions manatees of the Rio Nhamundi region, Brazil, which furnish unusual amounts of oil (28). x Norris, CE. 1960. The dugong. The distribution of the dugong in Ceylon. Loris, 8(5): 296-300. 3 tabs. Jun. 1960. -Tabulates and analyzes records of dugongs captured in Ceylon in 1957-1959. Concludes that the breeding rate is insufficient to offset mortality. x Norris, H.T. 1972. Saharan myth and saga. Oxford, Clarendon Press, xv + 240. Frontisp. Figs. 5 pis. Maps. -Suggests that the "fishes in human form" mentioned in the tale of the City of Brass and the Cupola of Lead in the 1001 Nights may have been Mauretanian manatees (1-4). x Norris, Kenneth S. 1964. Some problems of echolocation in cetaceans. In: W.N. Tavolga (ed.), Marine bio-acoustics. Pro ceedings of a symposium held at the Lerner Marine Laboratory, Bimini, Bahamas, April 11 to 13,1963. Oxford, Pergamon Press (xii + 413), 317-336. 5 figs. -Suggests that the mandibular canal of manatees may function as a wave guide for echolocation signal echoes (334). Northridge, S.P. 1984. World review of interactions between marine mammals and fisheries. U.N. Food & Agric. Organization Fisheries Tech. Paper, 25\: vii + 190. Illus. Norwood, Victor George Charles 1964. Jungle life in Guiana. London, Robert Hale, 1-191. Illus. 248 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Notarbartolo di Sciara, Guiseppe 198?. [The elephant who chose to live underwater.] Air one (Milan), [vol.?]: 91-107. Illus. -In Italian. Pop. acc. of sirs, and sir. evolution. Novacek, Michael J.: SEE ALSO Wyss et al., 1987. x Novacek, Michael J. 1982. Information for molecular studies from anatomical and fossil evidence on higher eutherian phylo geny. In: M. Goodman (ed.), Macromolecular sequences in systematic and evolutionary biology. New York & London, Plenum Publ. Co., 3-41. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Considers sirs, to be most closely related to proboscideans and (possibly) less close to hyra- coids(13, 25-28, 35). Novacek, Michael J. 1986. The skull of leptictid insectivorans and the higher-level classification of eutherian mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 183(1): 1-111. 4 tabs. 35 figs. Apr. 29, 1986. Novacek, Michael J. 1989. Higher mammal phylogeny: the morphological- molecular synthesis. In: B. Fernholm, K. Brenner, & H. Jornvall (eds.), The hierarchy of life. Elsevier Science Publishers B.V (Biomedical Division), 421-435. 4 figs. Novacek, Michael J. 1990. Morphology, paleontology, and the higher clades of mammals. In: H.H. Genoways (ed.), Current mammalogy. Vol. 2. New York, Plenum Publ. Corp., 507-543. 2 tabs. 2 figs. xD Novacek, Michael J. 1992. Fossils, topologies, missing data, and the higher level phylogeny of eutherian mammals. Syst. Biol, 41(1): 58-73. 2 tabs. 12 figs. Mar. 1992. -Concludes that the Tethytheria (Sirenia, Probos cidea, and Desmostylia) are cladistically a well- supported and stable grouping, and that the Paenungulata (Tethytheria + Hyracoidea) are supported when fossil data are included but are considerably less stable than the Tethytheria. D Novacek, Michael J.; & Wyss, Andr6 R. 1986a. Higher-level relationships of the Recent eutherian orders: morphological evidence. Cladistics, 2(3): 257-287. 1 tab. 12 figs. Summer 1986. Novacek, Michael J.; & Wyss, Andre R. 1986b. Origin and transformation of the mammalian stapes. Univ. Wyoming Contr. Geol, Special Paper, 3: 35-53. 10 figs. Oct. 1986. D Novacek, Michael J.; & Wyss, Andre" R. 1987. Selected features of the desmostylian skeleton and their phylogenetic implications. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 2870: 1-8. 3 figs. Apr. 6, 1987. Novacek, Michael J.; Wyss, Andre" R.; & McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1988. The major groups of eutherian mammals. In: M.J. Benton (ed.), The phylogeny and classification of the tetrapods, Volume 2: Mammals. Systematics Assoc. Special Vol., No. 35B: 31-71. 4 tabs. 5 figs. Novoselova, I.L.: SEE Umnova & Novoselova, 1986. Noyes, Ernest (ed. and translator) 1932. Fray Alonso Ponce in Yucatan, 1588. Middle Amer. Res. Inst. Publ, 4: 297-372. Numata Fossil Research Group: SEE Furusawa et al., 1990. o O'Donnell, Dennis Joseph 1982. Manatees and man in Central America. [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl, (B)42(8): 3175. O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1973. Haven for the manatee: Blue Springs. Florida Sportsman, 5(1): 10-14. 4 figs. Nov. 1973. x O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1977. Jacks or better for openers: let's take a dive at Crystal River. Florida Sportsman, 8(3): 64-65, 67-71. 5 figs. Feb.-Mar. 1977. -Brief pop. acc. of manatees at Crystal River, Florida (65, 67). O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1982a. The manatee in peril. Florida Naturalist, 55(1): 7, 11. Cover photo + 2 figs. Jan.-Mar. 1982. O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1982b. Care and feeding of underwater orphans. Florida Naturalist, 55(1): 10-11. 2 figs. Jan.- Mar. 1982. O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1987. Mandate without muscle. Scubapro Diving & Snorkeling, Winter 1987: 72-75. 4 figs. -Pop. acc. of manatee conservation problems in Florida, emphasizing the need for more state and federal money and the importance of habitat protection, x O'Keefe, M. Timothy 1993. Manatees: our vanishing mermaids. Lakeland (Florida), Larsen's Outdoor Publishing, 1-127. 93 figs. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees, illustrated with numerous black-and-white photos. Includes a detailed description of captive facilities and other places to see manatees in Florida. O'Malley, L.S.S. 1908. Eastern Bengal District gazetteers: Chittagong. Calcutta, The Bengal Secretariat Book Depot, 1-13. -Reports of dugongs in Bangladesh in the nineteenth century. O'Shea, Thomas J.: SEE ALSO Beeler & O'Shea, 1988; Bonde et al., 1983; Buergelt et al., 1984, 1990; Bullock et al., 1982; Correa-Viana et al., 1990; Lefebvre et al., 1989; Marmontel et al., 1990; Marsh et al., 1986; McClenaghan & O'Shea, 1988; Mou Sue et al., 1990; Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Ralph et al., 1985; Reep & O'Shea, 1990; Reid & O'Shea, 1989. x O'Shea, Thomas J. 1983. A review of three aquatic herbicides in relation to their potential hazards to the endangered West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 159-173. Dec. 1983. -Discusses the three herbicides used most heavily at Crystal River, Florida (Aqua-k [endothall], Diquat, and Komeen [copper salts]), with regard to the residue concentrations reached in aquatic plants, the likely duration of exposure of manatees to contaminated plants, the concentrations pro ducing toxic effects in mammals, and the potential for residues to be detected in manatee tissues. Concludes that only copper salts might be potentially hazardous to manatees. x O'Shea, Thomas J. 1986. Mast foraging by West Indian manatees (Tri chechus manatus). Jour. Mamm., 67(1): 183-185. Feb. 25, 1986. -Describes manatees' feeding on acorns of Quer- cus virginiana at Blue Spring, Florida. x O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988a. The past, present, and future of manatees in the southeastern United States: realities, misunder standings, and enigmas. In: R.R. Odom, K.A. Riddleberger, & J.C. Ozier (eds.), Proc. Third Southeastern Nongame & Endangered Wildlife Symposium. Social Circle (Georgia), Georgia Dept. Nat. Resources, Game & Fish Div. (253 pp.), 184- 204. 6 tabs. 4 figs. -Reviews historical records and recent data on manatee distribution, abundance, and mortality in the U.S., outlines future conservation needs, and presents biological, legal, and humanistic justifi cations for protecting manatees. Concludes there is no evidence that the manatee population is reduced in range or numbers compared with the 249 250 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY past, or that it approached extinction at the turn of the century. Manatees may have become more numerous since the 1950s, but this trend is probably over, and a future decline is increasingly likely if strenuous efforts are not made to reduce or alleviate the effects of human population growth. O'Shea, Thomas J. 1988b. Manatee research efforts under way on Florida's east coast. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 13(2): 3-4. 3 figs. O'Shea, Thomas J.; Ackerman, Bruce B.; & Percival, H. Franklin (eds.) 1992. Interim report of the Technical Workshop on Manatee Population Biology. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 10: ii + 83. 1 tab. Apr. 21, 1992. -Described in its Introduction as "an interim document designed to provide preliminary infor mation to parties interested in the overall structure and outcome" of a workshop held at the Univer sity of Florida on Feb. 4-6, 1992. Includes 15 abstracts by various participants, as well as "Topics for consideration by the working groups," reports of the latter, conclusions, and lists of the participants. "A peer-reviewed and professionally edited volume containing the full text of the presented scientific papers will be forthcoming...." x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Beck, Cathy A.; Bonde, Robert K.; Kochman, Howard I.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1985. An analysis of manatee mortality patterns in Florida, 1976-81. Jour. Wildl. Manage, 49(1): 1-11. 5 tabs. 1 fig. -Summarizes and statistically analyzes the causes of death of 406 manatees, with regard to season, location, size, and other variables. Winter mortal ity is considered to be largely attributable to hypothermia and cachexia in newly independent and inexperienced subadults who fail to find warm-water refugia. Sources of human-related mortality and possible means of mitigating them are discussed, and the importance of habitat protection to long-term manatee survival is stressed, x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Correa-Viana, Martin; Ludlow, Mark E.; & Robinson, John G. 1988. Distribution, status, and traditional significance of the West Indian manatee Trichechus manatus in Venezuela. Biol Conserv., 46: 281-301. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Abridged Spanish transl.: Correa-Viana et al. (1990). Presents results of interview and aerial surveys, and describes hunting methods, use of manatee products, and traditional beliefs. Some manatees were found in Lake Maracaibo, but they are most abundant in eastern Venezuela and the Orinoco. Hunting seems to be declining. The Caribbean coast of Venezuela may be a barrier to manatee gene flow. Evidence for seasonal move ments is weak, and Orinoco manatees may undergo dry-season fasting. Ends with recommen dations for improved conservation measures. O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1990. Florida manatees: distribution, geographically ref erenced data sets, and ecological and behavioral aspects of habitat use. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 11-22. 1 tab. Dec. 1990. O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Ludlow, Mark E. 1992. Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris. In: S.R. Humphrey (ed.), Rare and endangered biota of Florida. Volume I. Mammals. Gainesville, University Press of Florida (xxviii + 392), 190-200. 2 figs. x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Moore, John F.; & Kochman, Howard I. 1984. Contaminant concentrations in manatees (Tri chechus manatus) in Florida. Jour. Wildl Manage., 48(3): 741-748. 1 tab. 1 fig- ?An earlier version of this paper was publ. in J.M. Packard (1983c: 133-158. 2 tabs. 2 figs.). Analyses of tissue samples from salvaged car casses showed no excessive contamination by metals or organochlorines, except that unpre- cedentedly high copper concentrations were found in livers of manatees from Crystal River, where copper is heavily used in herbicides. These copper levels exceeded those reported for any other wild mammals and were comparable to levels associ ated with toxic effects in domestic species, x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Rathbun, Galen B.; Asper, Edward D.; & Searles, Stan W 1985. Tolerance of West Indian manatees to capture and handling. Biol. Conserv., 33(4): 335-349. 2 tabs. -Describes procedures used in capturing and handling Florida manatees, and reports that none of the 92 animals captured between 1975 and 1983 showed evidence of capture myopathy. Blood chemistry data are given for some of these and, by way of comparison, for captive manatees. NUMBER 80 251 Concludes that manatees, unlike dugongs, seem not to be susceptible to capture stress. x O'Shea, Thomas J.; Rathbun, Galen B.; Bonde, Robert K.; Buergelt, Claus D.; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1991. An epizootic of Florida manatees associated with a dinoflagellate bloom. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 7(2): 165-179. 1 tab. 3 figs. Apr. 30, 1991. -Deaths of 37 manatees near Ft. Myers, Florida, in early 1982 are attributed to neurotoxicity resulting from concentration of red tide organisms (Gymnodinium breve) by ascidians on which the manatees fed. Unusual circumstances of tempera ture and salinity also contributed to this cata strophic kill. x O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Reep, Roger Lyons 1990. Encephalization quotients and life-history traits in the Sirenia. Jour. Mamm., 71(4): 534-543. 2 tabs. 2 figs. Dec. 7, 1990. -Presents data on brain and body size in Recent sirs., and on growth rates and closure of cranial sutures in wild Florida manatees. Concludes that low encephalization quotients in sirs, are due to low metabolic rate and prolonged postnatal growth, leading to a post-weaning increase in body size that is decoupled from brain growth. x O'Shea, Thomas J.; & Salisbury, Charles A. "Lex" 1991. Belize?a last stronghold for manatees in the Caribbean. Oryx, 25(3): 156-164. 2 tabs. 4 figs. Jul. 1991. -Aerial surveys in May 1989 resulted in sightings of 102 manatees (including 5 calves), suggesting no change in population size since 1977. Survey results from the entire Caribbean region are summarized. Belize appears to harbor the largest number of manatees in the region, due to good habitat and lack of hunting. Recommendations for improved manatee conservation are offered. Oakley, Kenneth Page 1975. Decorative and symbolic uses of vertebrate fossils. Oxford Univ., Pitt-Rivers Mus. Occas. Paper TechnoL, No. 12: 1-60. Ober, Dana; & Hudson, Brydget E.T. 1988? Dugongs in the Torres Strait: a teaching kit for use in the Torres Strait. Thursday Island (Australia), Austral. Fisheries Serv., Dept. of Primary Industry & Energy, iv + 8 + 7 + 5 + 3 + 4. Illus. -In addition to this teacher's guide, the kit contains 2 videos, 3 pamphlets, a book, 2 maps, 2 posters, a tape cassette, and a conservation badge. Ober, Frederick A. 1893. In the wake of Columbus. Boston, D. Lothrop Co., 1-515. -States that the "mermaids" sighted by Columbus on the north coast of Haiti were manatees (236). Oberheu, John; & Prather, Robert 1979. Public awareness is paying dividends ... for an endangered species: the federal role. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(2): 6-9. 6 figs. + 1 fig. on p. 3. Nov. 1979. -See also Appendix 1. Obradovich, John D.: SEE Fleagle et al., 1986. Ochoa, J.: SEE Fernandez Badillo et al., 1988. Odell, Daniel Keith: SEE ALSO Beck et al., 1981; Burn & Odell, 1987; Cohen et al., 1982; Forrester et al., 1979 Hartman, D.S., 1979; Irvine, Odell & Campbell, 1981 Ketten et al., 1992; Kuroki et al., 1988; Marmontel et al. 1992; Miller et al., 1980; O'Shea, Beck et al., 1985 O'Shea et al., 1991; Reynolds & Odell, 1982, 1991 Upton etal., 1989. x Odell, Daniel Keith 1976. Distribution and abundance of marine mammals in south Florida: preliminary results. In: A. Thor- haug & A. Volkes (eds)., Biscayne Bay: past/ present/future. Univ. Miami Sea Grant Spec. Rept., No. 5: 203-212. 5 figs. Read Apr. 2-3, 1976. -Presents the results of aerial surveys (Sep. 1973-Dec. 1975) of T. manatus and Tursiops truncatus; up to 75 manatees were seen per flight, mostly in Whitewater Bay and the Everglades (203-206, 212). Odell, Daniel Keith 1979. Distribution and abundance of marine mammals in the waters of the Everglades National Park. In: R.M. Linn (ed.), Proceedings of the First Confer ence on Scientific Research in National Parks, New Orleans, La., 9-12 November 1976. U.S. Dept. Interior, Natl. Park Serv. Trans. Proc. Ser., 5(1): 673-681. x Odell, Daniel Keith 1981. Growth of a West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus, bom in captivity. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 131-140. 2 tabs. 4 figs. -Describes the first 3 years of growth of Lorelei, the Miami Seaquarium's first captive-bom mana tee, and compares them with data on other captive manatee calves. Allometric growth equations are 252 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY derived, and some observations on nursing and early consumption of solid food are included. Odell, Daniel Keith 1982. West Indian manatee Trichechus manatus. In: J.A. Chapman & G.A. Feldhammer (eds.), Wild mam mals of North America: biology, management, and economics. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Univ. Press (1184 pp.), 828-837. 6 figs. x Odell, Daniel Keith; Forrester, Donald J.; & Asper, Edward D. 1981. A preliminary analysis of organ weights and sexual maturity in the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 52-65. 3 tabs. 7 figs. -Presents data from salvaged carcasses on body weight vs. length, and weights of heart, lungs, liver, kidneys, adrenals, spleen, pancreas, thyroid, and gonads, and discusses gonad weight as an indicator of sexual maturity (estimated to occur at body lengths of 275 cm in males and 260 cm in females). x Odell, Daniel Keith; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1979. Observations on manatee mortality in south Florida. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 43(2): 572-577. 3 figs. -Repr. in Brownell & Ralls (1981: 92-97). Presents records of mortality at flood-control dams in Dade County, observations on manatee behavior near dams, statistics on other sources of mortality, and suggestions for modifying the dams to prevent future manatee deaths. Odell, Daniel Keith; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1980. For West Indian manatee, collaborative studies beneficial. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(6): 4-5. 4 figs. + 1 fig. on p. 3. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. x Odell, Daniel Keith; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Waugh, Gregg 1978. New records of the West Indian manatee (Tri chechus manatus) from the Bahama Islands. Biol. Conserv., 14(4): 289-293. 2 figs. Dec. 1978. -Reports manatee sightings and a dead manatee at West End, Grand Bahama Island, in 1975, and summarizes earlier (mostly unpublished) records. The skull of the dead manatee (USNM 550453) was referred to the Florida subspecies T. m. latirostris by Domning & Hayek (1986: 125). Odum, H.T. 1957. Primary production measurements in eleven Flor ida springs and a marine turtle-grass community. Limnol. Oceanogr., 2: 15-97. Oescu, C.V.: SEE Macarovici & Oescu, 1942. Oexmelin: SEE Exquemelin. Ogasawara, Kenshiro: SEE ALSO Takahashi et al., 1983. D Ogasawara, Kenshiro; & Morita, Rihito 1987. Molluscan assemblage of the Yamagawa Forma tion, Fukushima Prefecture?co-occurred mol luscs with Paleoparadoxia sp. Rept. Tohoku Branch, Geol. Soc. Japan, No. 17: 26-27. -In Japanese. xD Ogasawara, Kenshiro; & Morita, Rihito 1990. A new Miocene gastropod species co-occurred with Paleoparadoxia specimens from the Yana- gawa Formation, Fukushima Prefecture, northeast Honshu, Japan. Saito Ho-on Kai Mus. Nat. Hist. Res. Bull, No. 58: 25-30. 1 tab. 1 fig. 1 pi. Dec. 25, 1990. -Concludes that the Middle Miocene environment of deposition was near a shallow tidal or lagoonal area in a subtropical climate (minimum winter temperature about 15? C). See also Suzuki et al. (1986a,b). Ogden, John C: SEE Thayer et al., 1984. Ogilby, J.D. 1892. Catalogue of Australian mammals with introduc tory notes on general mammalogy. Sydney, Australian Museum (Catalogue No. 16), 1-142. -Sirs., 62-64. Ogilby, John 1671. America: being the latest, and most accurate description of the New World; containing the original of the inhabitants, and the remarkable voyages thither. The conquest of the vast empires of Mexico and Peru, and other large provinces and territories, with the several European planta tions in those parts. Also their cities, fortresses, towns, temples, mountains, and rivers. Their habits, customs, manners, and religions. Their plants, beasts, birds, and serpents.... London, printed by the author: 1-674. Illus. 32 pis. 19 maps. -Said to be plagiarized from Arnoldus Montanus, De nieuwe en onbekende weereld, Amsterdam, 1671. Sirs., 315. Ogose, Sunao: SEE ALSO Fujita & Ogose, 1951. D Ogose, Sunao 1952a. On the Desmostylus-bearir\% formation in Izumi - mati, Gifu Prefecture. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 58(683): 400. Aug. 1952. NUMBER 80 253 -See also S. Ijiri (1952a). D Ogose, Sunao 1952b. A comment on the Cornwallius-bearing formation in Izumi-machi, Gifu Prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 58(686): 549-550. Oguri, Hiroshi: SEE Kimura & Oguri, 1985. Ohnishi, Koji 1991. A tentative evolutionary tree of mammmalian orders constructed by Hennigian comparison of the amino acid sequences of alpha-crystalin A chain, myoglobin, and hemoglobin alpha chain. Sci. Rept. Niigata Univ., Ser. D (Biol), No. 28: 19-31. 1 tab. 4 figs. Mar. 1991. x Ohtomo, T; Yoshida, K.; & Hasegawa, A. 1980. Comparison of the reactions of the compact- colony forming active substance (CCFAS) to the dumping-factor reaction in a strain of Staphylo coccus aureus with animal plasma. Med. Microbiol. Immunol, 168(4): 261-265. 1 tab. -Describes clotting times and dumping-factor reactions of plasma from T manatus and other animals. D Oishi, Masayuki 1987. [Marine mammal fossils from the Kitakami Low land.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 3-7. 1 tab. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. Oishi, Masayuki 1988. [Marine mammal fossils from Kenyoshi, Aomori Prefecture.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 6-8. 1 tab. 4 figs. March 1988. -In Japanese. D Oishi, Masayuki; Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; Maruyama, To- shiaki; Nakashita, Shigeo; & Kawakami, Takeshi 1990. An occurrence of postcranial skeleton of Desmo stylus from Kintaichi, Ninohe City, Iwate Prefec ture, northeast Japan. Bull. Iwate Prefectural Mus., No. 8: 1-16. 1 tab. 14 figs. Aug. 1990. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Oishi, Masayuki; & Kawakami, Takeshi 1984. A new occurrence of desmostylian molar from the Miocene Kadanosawa Formation, Nisatai, Ni- nohe-City, Iwate Prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 90(1): 55-58. Illus. Jan. 1984. -In Japanese. Oishi, Saburo: SEE Nagao & Oishi, 1934, 1935. Okazaki, Yoshihiko: SEE ALSO Hasegawa, 1978; Hase gawa et al., 1988; Kamei & Okazaki. D Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1977a. Mammalian fossils from the Mizunami Group, central Japan (Part 2). Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 4: 9-24. 9 pis. Dec. 1977. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1977b. Geographical distribution of the fossil vertebrates of the Mizunami Group, central Japan. Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus., No. 4: 140-143. 1 tab. 1 map. Dec. 1977. -In Japanese. D Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1978. Miocene mammalian faunas of Japan. Acta Phytotaxon. Geobot., 29(1-5): 138-144. -In Japanese. Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1984. An occurrence of fossil Sirenia (Mammalia) from the Ashiya Group, Kyushu, Japan. Bull. Kitakyushu Mus. Nat. Hist., 5: 189-195. 3 tabs. 3 figs. Pis. 8-9. Sept. 20, 1984. Okazaki, Yoshihiko 1987. [Evolutionary significance of Mauicetus.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostra tigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 71-74. 1 tab. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese, x Oke, VicR. 1967. A brief note on the dugong Dugong dugon at Cairns Oceanarium. Internatl Zoo Yearbook, 1: 220-221. -Reports on a female from northern Queensland, Australia, kept in captivity for 3 months in 1966; comments on its feeding, swimming, and play, and eventual death (possibly from poisoning by copper sulphate used to control algae in the water). Oken, Lorenz 1816. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. Dritter Theil Zoologie. Zweite Abtheilung. Fleischtiere. Jena, A. Schmid & Comp., xvi + 1270. -Sirs., 685-688. Because its nomenclature is not consistently binominal, this work was placed on the Official Index of Rejected Works in Zoology by ICZN Opinion 417. 254 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Oken, Lorenz 1821. Esquisse du systeme d' anatomic de physiologic et d'histoire naturelle. Paris, Bechet Jeune, 1-62. Oken, Lorenz 1838. Allgemeine Naturgeschichte fur alle Stdnde.... Siebenten Bandes zweyte Abtheilung, oder Thier- reich, vierten Bandes zweyte Abtheilung. Saugthi- ere 1. Stuttgart, Hoffmann'sche Verlags-Buchhandlung, viii + 689-1432. -Allen 940. Sirs., 1091-1115: "M[anatus]. bore alis; Rytina," 1091-1098; "Manatus atlanticus, Trichechus manatus," 1098-1106; "Halicore," 1106-1115; Dinotherium giganteum, here con sidered a sir., 1115. Atlas (1843): sirs., pi. 90. Oken, Lorenz 1845. [Title?] Grenzboten, Zs.fiir Politik und Lit., No. 27. Okera, W: SEE Cole & Okera, 1976. D Okubo, M.; Takayasu, Katsumi; & Hirota, Kiyoharu 1980. Discovery of Paleoparadoxia in the Kimachi Formation. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 34(6): 350-353. Figs. Nov. 1980. ?In Japanese, x Oldham, Frances K.; McCleery, D.P.; & Geiling, Eugene Maximilian Karl 1938. A note on the histology and pharmacology of the hypophysis of the manatee (Trichechus inunguis). Anat. Rec, 71(1): 27-32. 2 figs. -Describes the hypophysis of a young male manatee, formerly of the Chicago Aquarium. Olewale, Ebia; & Sedu, Duba 1980. Momoro (the dugong) in the Western Province. In: L. Morauta, J. Pernetta, & W Heaney (eds.), Traditional conservation in Papua New Guinea: implications for today. Boroko (PNG), Institute of Applied Social & Economic Research, Monogr., 16: 251-255. 1 fig. Olfers, Ignaz Franz Joseph Maria von 1818. Bemerkungen zu Illigers Uberblick der Saugethi ere nach ihrer Vertheilung iiber die Welttheile, riicksichtlich der Sudamericanischen Arten (Spe cies). Abh. X in WL. von Eschwege, Journal von Brasilien ..., in F.T. Bertuch (ed.), Neue Bibliothek des wichtigsten Reisenbeschreibungen zur Er- weiterung der Erd- und Volkerkunde ... (Weimar), 15(2): 192-237. -See also P. Hershkovitz (1959). Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de: SEE Grubel da Silva, Paludo et al., 1992; Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al., 1992; Pinto de Lima et al., 1992a,b. Olivera G6mez, Le6n David: SEE Morales V. & Olivera G., 1991, 1992. x Olsen, Stanley J. 1968. Miocene vertebrates and north Florida shorelines. Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclim. PalaeoecoL, 5(1): 127-134. 2 figs. -Reports indeterminate fossils of sirs, from Alum Bluff, Chattahoochee, Midway, and Colclough Hill, and "Halitherium" (i.e., Crenatosiren ol seni) from White Springs (all Miocene localities in northern Florida). x Olsen, Stanley J. 1982. An osteology of some Maya mammals. Papers Peabody Mus. Arch. EthnoL, 73: [viii] + 91.71 figs. -Illustrates bones of T. manatus, with pointers on identifying them as they occur in Mayan archae ological sites (8, 41, 42, 54, 56, 57, 62, 66, 70,75, 90). D Ono, Keiichi; & Uyeno, Teruya 1985. Tertiary vertebrates from Sado Island, Niigata Prefecture, central Japan. Mem. Natl. Sci. Mus. (Tokyo), No. 18: 65-72. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Paleoparadoxia ta batai. D Onodera, Shingo 1956. A new occurrence of Desmostylus from Ichinoseki City, Iwate Prefecture. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 62(735): 721-722. 1 fig. D Onodera, Shingo 1957. A new occurrence of Desmostylus from Ichinoseki City, Iwate Prefecture, with reference to the geology of the locality. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 63(739): 238-253. 6 figs, lpl. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Report of Desmostylus cf. japonicus. D Onodera, Shingo; Otaka, S.; Sato, J.; Takahashi, T; & Yamada, Y. 1967. A find of Desmostylus from the "Green Tuff formations in the southern part of Shizukuishi- machi, Iwate Prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 73(6): 309-311. Illus. -In Japanese. Ootsuki, Hideo: SEE Inuzuka et al., 1977. Oppel, Albert 1896. Lehrbuch der vergleichende mikroskopische Ana tomie der Wirbeltiere. 1. Der Magen. Jena, Gustav Fischer. -Sirs., 378-381. Oppel, Albert 1905. Lehrbuch der vergleichende mikroskopische Ana tomie der Wirbeltiere. 6. Atmungsapparat. NUMBER 80 255 Jena, Gustav Fischer. Ord, George: SEE Rhoads, S.N., 1894b. x Orico, Osvaldo 1937. Vocabuldrio das crendices amazonicas. Sao Paulo, Companhia Editora Nacional, 1-283. Illus. -Brief account of Amazonian manatees and legends about them (190-191), with a photo (facing p. 190) of a stuffed manatee calf in the Museu Goeldi, Beltin. Ormond, R.F.G. 1976. The Red Sea. IUCN Pubis, (n.s.), No. 35: 115-123. Ormond, R.F.G. 1978. Requirements and progress in marine conservation in the Red Sea. In: J.C. Gamble & R.A. Yorke (eds.), Progress in underwater science, Vol. 3. London, Pentech, 167-176. Orr, R.T. 1941. The distribution of the more important mammals of the Pacific Ocean, as it affects their conserva tion. Proc. Pacif. Sci. Congr., 6: 217-222. Ortega Ricaurte, Daniel: SEE Ricaurte, Daniel Ortega, x Ortiz, Manuel; Lalana R., Rogelio; & Torres Fundora, Orlando 1992. Un nuevo gtiiero y una nueva especie de cop^podo Harpacticoida asociada al manati Trichechus manatus en aguas cubanas. Revista Investigaciones Marinas, 13(2): 117- 127. 1 tab. 7 figs. -Engl. summ. Describes the copepod Harpacti- chechus manatorum, n.gen.n.sp., collected from the skin of a wild manatee caught in the province of Villa Clara, Cuba. Also mentions (119) a peritrichid protozoan observed attached to the copepod. x Ortiz Rivera, Ernesto J. 1980. Una isla en la encrucijada de la pre historia humana. San Juan (Puerto Rico), publ. by the author, xx + 211. Illus. -A crackpot book on Puerto Rican prehistory. The photographs include fossil and subfossil bones of dugongids and trichechids, but none is identified as such and no locality data are given, x Orton, James 1876. The Andes and the Amazon. Ed. 3. New York, Harper & Bros., 1-645. -First ed. (356 pp.), 1870. States that manatees in the Amazon region are hunted for oil, glue, and meat (215,299,477). The material on pp. 215 and Osakwe 1988. xDOsborn, 1902a. x Osborn, 1902b. Osborn, 1902c. D Osborn, 1905a. x Osborn, 1905b. Osborn, 1906. Osborn, 1907a. 299 is identical in the 1870 and 1876 eds.; that on p. 477 was added after 1870. M.E.; Meduna, A.J.; Kigbu, E.E.; & Ishaya, P.D. Management of pigmy hippopotamus and West African manatee in Jos Wildlife Park. Nigerian Field, 53(4): 175-178. Illus. Henry Fairfield A remarkable new mammal from Japan. Its relationship to the Californian genus Desmostylus, Marsh. Science, 16(409): 713-714. Oct. 31, 1902. -Discusses the similarities between the Japanese and American Desmostylus, and lists some Ameri can specimens. In Yoshiwara & Iwasaki (1902), Osborn considered the Japanese specimen a proboscidean; he now concedes that Desmostylus may be either a proboscidean or a sirenian. Henry Fairfield Eocene sirenians in Egypt. Science, 16(409): 715. Oct. 31, 1902. -Notice of C.W. Andrews (1902). Briefly dis cusses Eosiren. Henry Fairfield The law of adaptive radiation. Amer. Naturalist, 36: 353-363. 4 figs. -Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 9: 659?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl (n.s.), 8(3): 85? Sirs., 356, fig. 1. Henry Fairfield Ten years' progress in the mammalian palaeon tology of North America. Verh. (= C.R.) 6. Internatl. Zool.-Kongr. (Bern, 1904): 86-113. 7 figs. 15 pis. -?Repr.: Amer. Geol, 36: 199-229. 7 figs. PI. 12. Sirs., 109 (223 in Amer. Geol). Henry Fairfield The present problems of paleontology. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 66: 226-242. Jan. 1905. -Mentions primitive sirs, found in Africa (242). Henry Fairfield Recent vertebrate paleontology. Science (n.s.), 24: 55-57. Henry Fairfield Evolution of mammalian molar teeth to and from the triangular type, including collected and revised researches on trituberculy and new sections on the forms and homologies of the molar teeth in the different orders of mammals. New York & London, Macmillan, ix + 250. 215 figs. -Abstrs.: Science (n.s.), 27: 341-342?; Anat. Rec, 2: 221-225?; Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)25: 264?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 14(3): 161. Sirs., 15, 88-89, 188. 256 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Osborn, 1909. Osborn. 1910. D Osborn, Henry Fairfield 1907b. Hunting the ancestral elephant in the Fayum Desert. Century Mag., 74(= n.s. 52): 815-835. 20 figs. -Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 11: 28?; Sci. Prog., 2: 503? Henry Fairfield The feeding habits of Moeritherium and Palaeo- mastodon. Nature (London), 81(2074): 139-140. 2 figs. Henry Fairfield The age of mammals in Europe, Asia, and North America. New York, Macmillan Co., xvii + 635. 220 figs. -Revs.: Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)31: 150-151?; Nat. Hist., 11: 65-67, 1911?; Bull. Amer. Geogr. Soc. New York, 43: 541?; Geol Zentralbl, 19: 393?; Nature (London), 88: 135-136? Sirs., 631. Osborn, Henry Fairfield 1917. The origin and evolution of life. On the theory of action, reaction and interaction of energy. New York, xxxi + 322. 136 figs. -Extracts: Sci. Monthly, 3: 5-22, 170-190, 289-307, 313-334, 502-513, 601-614, 1916? Abstr.: Amer. Jour. Sci., (4)45: 77? Revs.: Nat. Hist., 18: 193-199?; Science (n.s.), 48: 472-474, 1918?; Jour. Geol, 26: 283-285?; Nature (Lon don), 103: 201? Sirs., 269-270. Osborn, Henry Fairfield 1918. Equidae of the Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene of North America; iconographic type revision. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, (n.s.), 2: 1-330. 173 figs. 44 pis. -Desmostylians, 23. Henry Fairfield Migrations and affinities of the fossil probos cideans of North and South America and Africa. Amer. Naturalist, 56: 448-455. -Desmostylians, 450. Henry Fairfield Final conclusions on the evolution, phylogeny, and classification of the Proboscidea. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 64: 17-35. 3 figs. -Sirs., 18. Henry Fairfield Proboscidea, a monograph of the discovery, evolution, migration and extinction of the masto- donts and elephants of the world. Vol. 1. New York, Amer. Mus. Press, xl + 802. Frontisp. 680 figs. 12 pis. Osborn, Henry Fairfield 1942. Proboscidea, a monograph of the discovery, evolution, migration and extinction of the masto- donts and elephants of the world. Vol. 2. D Osborn, 1922. Osborn, 1925. Osborn, 1936. D New York, Amer. Mus. Press, xxvii + 805-1675. Frontisp. Figs. 683-1244. Pis. 13-30. -Sirs., 625, 1382, etc. Osborn, Ronald G. 1990. Desktop mapping for manatee conservation. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 28-38. 7 figs. Dec. 1990. Osburn, Raymond C 1903. Adaptation to aquatic, arboreal, fossorial and cursorial habits in mammals. Amer. Naturalist, 37: 651-665. -Sirs., 653. Osburn, Raymond C 1906. Adaptive modifications of the limb skeleton in aquatic reptiles and mammals. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 16: 447-482. Pis. 7-9. -Sirs., 448. Osculati, Caetano 1854. Esplorazione delle regioni equatoriali: lungo il Napo ed ilfiume delle ammazzoni. Frammento di un viaggio fatto nelle due Americhe negli anni 1846-47-48. Ed. 2. Milan, Fratelli Centenari e Comp., 1-344. 15 figs. -First ed., 1850. Sirs., 15. Ostenfeld, Ch. 1915. On the geographical distribution of the sea grasses. Proc Roy. Soc. Victoria, (2)27(2): 179-190. Mar. 1915 (read Oct. 8, 1914). -Suggests it is possible (though improbable) that fish, sirs., and turtles may help disperse seagrasses by eating their fruits (180). Oswald, Felix 1911. The sudden origin of new types. Sci. Prog., 5: 396-430. 20 figs. Ota,Y 1972. An electron microscopic study of digestive tract cells of sea-cow. [Abstr.] Zool. Mag. (Tokyo), 81(4): 311. Otaka, S.: SEE Onodera et al., 1967. Otsuka, Hiroyuki: SEE Shikama et al., 1973. Ottenwalder, J.A.: SEE Rathbun, Woods, & Ottenwalder, 1985. Otuka, Yanosuke 1931. [On the Oiso bed.] Jour. Geol Soc. Tokyo, 38: 174-187. -In Japanese. Oviedo y Vald6s, Gonzalo Fernandez de 1526. Dela natural hystoria delas Indias. Toledo, Rem6n de Petras, leaves i-lii + 3. NUMBER 80 257 -Allen 3. Many later eds. & transls., e.g., Univ. North Carolina Studs. Romance Langs. Lit., No. 32: xvii + 140, 1959 (Engl.). The account of the manatee given here (leaf xlviii; 30 lines) is brief in comparison with that in Oviedo (1535). This "brief description of America, which he wrote on a visit home in 1526, proved so good that he was made official chronicler of The Indies,' and in 1535 appeared the first volume of his Historia General y Natural de las Indias. Oviedo had uncommon powers of observation, and his descriptions of West Indian fauna and flora are illustrated by his own sketches" (Morison, 1942). He spent 34 years in different parts of the Caribbean, and his descrip tions are evidently based on personal observation, unlike that of P. Martyr (1516); see Whitehead (1977: 168). Oviedo y Valdes, Gonzalo Fernandez de 1535. La historia general delas Indias. Seville, [Juan Cromberger], leaves i-cxciii. Illus. -Allen 5. Many later eds., e.g., Madrid, 1851-55; Asuncion (Paraguay), Editorial Guarania, 1944. Titles vary. See also Ramusio (1565); Purchas his pilgrimes, 1625, 3: 970-1000 (Allen 61; manatee, 987-989). Manatee, leaves cvi-cviii, 1 fig.: "Capitulo x. Del Manati y de su grandeza & forma: & de la manera que algunas vezes los indios tomauan este grade animal conel pexe reuerso: & otras particu- laridades." According to Allen, "The account occupies 5 pp., and is important as the source whence many later compilers drew their materials for the history of the Manatee, and is still historically of the highest interest. There is a small, very rude cut, bearing some likeness to the general form of the Manatee?the earliest figure of the animal pub lished [see frontispiece]. In the edition of 1547 the text (ff. cvj-cvijj) is the same as the present, but the figure is slightly different, showing an attempt at artistic improvement." Ovington, John Derrick 1978. Australian endangered species: mammals, birds and reptiles. Stanmore (New South Wales), Cassell, 1-183. Illus. Owen, Richard 1833. Descriptive and illustrated catalogue of the physiological series of comparative anatomy contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London. Vol. 1. London, printed by R. Taylor, xvi + 271. -Sirs., 121. x Owen, Richard 1838a. [On the anatomy of the dugong.] Proc. Zool Soc. London, 6: 28-45. Jul. 1838 (read Mar. 27, 1838). -Allen 941. ?Summ.: his, 1845: 364-367? Describes the digestive, circulatory, respiratory, urogenital, skeletal, and dental systems of the dugong, with comparisons to other sirs, and cetaceans; concludes that the two orders are not related. Includes tables of measurements. Owen, Richard 1838b. Fossil Marsupialia from the caves of Wellington Valley. In: T.L. Mitchell, Three expeditions into the interior of eastern Australia, with descriptions of the recently explored region of Australia Felix, and of the present colony of New South Wales. London, publ. by the author (Vol. 2: viii + 405. Illus.), 368-369. -Considers Diprotodon "a dugong"? x Owen, Richard 1839a. [On the Basilosaurus of Dr. Harlan.] The Athenaeum (London), No. 585: 35-36. Jan. 12, 1839. -Compares the teeth of the manatee and dugong with those of Basilosaurus (35), in support of the latter's mammalian identity. Owen, Richard 1839b. Entozoa. In: Todd, Cyclopaedia of anatomy and physiology. Vol.2, 111-144. -Discusses the morphology of an "Ascaris " (= Paradujardinia) from the stomach of a dugong. Owen, Richard 1840-1845. Odontography; or, a treatise on the com parative anatomy of the teeth; their physiological relations, mode of development, and microscopic structure, in the vertebrated animals. London, Hippolyte Bailliere; Paris, J.B. Bailliere; Leipzig, TO. Weigel (2 vols., text & atlas), xx + lxxiv + 655. Atlas: 1-37. 168 pis. -Allen 1013. ?Extracts: Nuovi Ann. Sci. Nat. (Bologna), (2)1: 76-80, 233-238, 314-318; 2: 153-160; 3: 70-80; (3)2: 266-282, 427-443; 4: 454-468; 8: 249-257? Sirs., 364-372; Atlas, 23-24, pis. 92-97: Halicore indicus, 364-371, pis. 92-95; Manatus americanus, 371, pi. 96; Halitherium brocchii, 372, pi. 97. Owen, Richard 1843. [Title?] Proc. Geol Soc. London, 4: 230. Owen, Richard 1846. A history of British fossil mammals, and birds. 258 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY London, J. Van Voorst, xlvi + 560. 237 figs. Owen, Richard 1847. Notes on the characters of the skeleton of a dugong (Halicore Australis). Appendix IV in: J. Beete Jukes, Narrative of the surveying voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," commanded by Captain F.P. Blackwood, R.N., in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and other islands of the Eastern Archipelago, during the years 1842-46: together with an excursion into the interior of the eastern part of Java. London, T. & W Boone (2 vols.), Vol. 2: 225, 323-328, pi. 27. -Extract in Australian Scrap Book (date?). Owen, Richard 1852. Teeth. In: Cyclopaedia of anatomy. Vol. 4, 902. Fig. 575. x Owen, Richard 1855. On the fossil skull of a mammal (Prorastomus sirenoides, Owen) from the island of Jamaica. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 11: 541-543. 1 pi. -Describes the new genus and species without expressing any opinion as to its age. Owen, Richard 1856. Dr Vogel on the ajuh of Central Africa. Edinburgh New Philos. Jour., (2)4(2): 345-346. Oct. 1856 (read Aug. 5-12, 1856); back of Smithsonian Inst, copy stamped "Oct. 14 1856." -Repr.: Owen (1857b). French transl.: L'Institut, 25(1208): 61-62, Feb. 25, 1857. Compares the "Ajuh" to Manatus Senegalensis and M. America nus, and names it Manatus Vogelii, n.sp. Owen, Richard 1857a. On the characters, principles of division, and primary groups of the class Mammalia. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, 2: 1-37. 6 figs. -?Repr.: Proc. Linn. Soc. London, Zool, 2: 1-37. 6 figs. Sirs., 26. x Owen, Richard 1857b. Note on the ajuh of Dr. Vogel. In: Shaw, N., 1857 (q.v.). Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 26th Meeting (1856): 99-100. -Material identical to Owen (1856). Owen, Richard 1860. Palaeontology; or, a systematic summary of extinct animals and their geological relations. Edinburgh, A. & C Black, xv + 420. 142 figs. -Ed. 2, 1861. Rev.: Lit. Gaz. (London) (n.s.), 4: 389-391. Sirs., 400? Owen, Richard 1866. On the anatomy of vertebrates. II. Birds and mammals. London, Longmans, Green, viii + 592. 3 tabs. 406 figs. -Sirs., 193-194,429,436. Owen, Richard 1868. On the anatomy of vertebrates. Vol. III. Mammals. London, Longmans, Green, & Co., x + 915. 614 figs. -Rev.: Anthrop. Rev., 1: 252-259, 1869? Sirs., 195,483,521-522,908. x Owen, Richard 1875a. On fossil evidences of a sirenian mammal (Eo- therium aegyptiacum, Owen) from the Nummuli- tic Eocene of the Mokattam Cliffs, near Cairo. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 31(1)(121): 100-105. PI. 3. Feb. 1, 1875. -Describes Eotherium aegyptiacum, n.gen.n.sp., based on a natural cranial endocast, which he compares with the brains of other sirs. Also gives a brief synopsis of various European sirs. x Owen, Richard 1875b. On Prorastomus sirenoides (Ow.). - Part II. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 31: 559-567. Pis. 28-29. -Rev.: Geol. Mag., (2)12(9): 422-423, Sep. 1875. Amplifies the 1855 description of P. sirenoides following further preparation of the type speci men; compares it with other sirs.; and discusses its possible mode of tooth replacement and its implications for an early common ancestry of sirs. and ungulates. On p. 560 he introduces, probably inadvertently, a new name (Halicore malayana) for the Recent dugong. Owen, Robert P.: SEE Brownell, Anderson et al., 1981. Oxley-Oxland, R.: SEE Hughes & Oxley-Oxland, 1971. D Ozawa, Y 1924. A new locality of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol Soc. Tokyo, 31(371-372): 317-318. -In Japanese. Ozeretskovsky, Nikolai Yakovlevich 1802. De speciebus, systematicum genus Trichechi con- stituentibus. Nov. Act. Acad. Sci. Petropolitanae, 13: 371-375. PI. 13. -Allen 466. Discusses the relationship of the walrus, Steller's sea cow, and dugong. Pacini, P.: SEE Fondi & Pacini, 1974. Packard, Earl L.: SEE ALSO Smith & Packard, 1919. D Packard, Earl L.; & Kellogg, Remington 1934. A new cetothere from the Miocene Astoria Formation of Newport, Oregon. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ, No. 447: 20-24. 1 x Packard, fig. 1984a. Packard, Jane M.: SEE ALSO Lazcano-B. & Packard, 1989. Packard, Jane M. 1983a. Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume I. Summary. Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 1: 1-31. 23 figs. -Part of a 3-volume document (Packard, x Packard, 1983a,b,c) produced under Packard's leadership 1984b. and editorship at the request of the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service and the U.S. Marine Mammal Commission. This portion was coauthored by Catherine Puckett and was the only portion designed for wide public dissemination. It is a summary of Vol. 2, which presents the research and management plan in detail. Vol. 3 comprises a series of background papers. The plan was endorsed by the Fish & Wildlife Service, which subsequently published implementation schedules x Packard, for the plan in Jun. 1985 (10 pp.) and Sep. 1986 1985a. (10 pp.). Packard, Jane M. 1983b. Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume II. Technical plan. Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 2: xiv + 6 + 79 + 4 + 118 + 15 + 4 + 8 + 3. 30 tabs. 65 figs. Dec. 1983. -Summ.: Packard (1983a). n Packard, Jane M. (ed.) 1983c. Proposed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium. x Packard Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. 1985b. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3: iii + 346. Illus. Dec. 1983. -This compendium, edited by Packard, consists of 14 background papers, some prepared especially for the Crystal River plan and others previously or subsequently published elsewhere. They are or ganized into three sections and are listed sepa rately in this bibliography under their authors: Section I, Biological Information (Powell & Rathbun, 1984; Kochman et al., 1983; Powell, 1981; O'Shea etal., 1984; O'Shea, 1983); Section II, Legal Information (Gluckman & Hamann, 1983; Hamann, 1983a,b,c; Gluckman, 1983a,b,c,d); and Section III, Socioeconomic Information (Puckett, 1983). Jane M. Impact of manatees Trichechus manatus on seagrass communities in eastern Florida. Acta Zool. Fennica, 172: 21-22. 2 tabs. -Documents the amount of seagrass biomass removed by manatee rooting and grazing; notes that manatee herbivory may maintain species diversity in seagrass beds. Jane M. Review of manatee marking techniques. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 6: 1-29. 7 tabs. -See also Appendix 1. Describes characteristics, potential information gain, and feasibility of techniques used or potentially useful for marking free-ranging or restrained manatees, and makes recommendations for further development and application of these techniques. Jane M. Development of manatee aerial survey techniques. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 7: vi + 68. 2 tabs. 9 figs. 6 maps. -See also Appendix 1. A detailed discussion of and practical guide to the design and execution of manatee aerial surveys for different purposes, emphasizing conditions in Florida. Includes small-scale survey maps of 6 survey sites in Florida, sample data forms, and checklists of survey and data-analysis procedures. Jane M. Preliminary assessment of uncertainty involved in modeling manatee populations. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 9: 1-19. 4 tabs. 3 figs. -See also Appendix 1. Presents a provisional population model for T. manatus, which indicates that its maximum potential rate of population increase is likely to be as low as 2%-7% and that the present Florida population may be declining. 259 260 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY The rate of change seems to be most sensitive to changes in adult survival rate, x Packard, Jane M.; Frohlich, Richard Kipp; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1984. Factors influencing indices of manatee abundance in the Fort Myers region, winter 1983/84. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 5: 1-63. 12 tabs. 12 figs. -See also Appendix 1. Analyzes the effects of manatee density, visibility, temperature, tide, and survey techniques on aerial survey results. Con cludes that the aerial survey data are not sufficient to estimate actual abundance and should instead be treated as indices of trends. Separate surveys should be designed to maximize precision and accuracy of data obtained. The "block/recount" survey technique is introduced to estimate the error associated with indices obtained from indi vidual surveys, and calibration of observers is recommended. x Packard, Jane M.; Frohlich, Richard Kipp; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1985. Manatee response to interrupted operation of the Fort Myers power plant, winter 1984/85. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 8: 1-20. 1 tab. 5 figs. -See also Appendix 1. Compares manatee abun dance, distribution, and local movement patterns in winter 1984 with those in winter 1985, when the plant was temporarily shut down. Most manatees sought out the warmest water available at a given time, but the interruption in the warm-water supply apparently did not last long enough for them to suffer evident harm. Also discusses the effects of visibility and other factors on consistency of aerial counts of manatees, and some results of radiotagging 16 animals, x Packard, Jane M.; Frohlich, Richard Kipp; Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1989. Manatee response to interruption of a thermal effluent. Jour. Wildl. Manage, 53(3): 692-700. 2 tabs. 4 figs. -Aerial survey data on manatees near a Ft. Myers (Florida) power plant showed that they did not leave the area when the plant was shut down for 3 weeks in Jan. 1985; instead they gathered in an area of deep waters that cooled more slowly than surrounding waters. Applicable survey techniques are discussed, together with the management implications of power-plant shutdowns and the installation of warm-water wells at the plant for the manatees' benefit following the 1985 shut down. x Packard, Jane M.; & Mulholland, R. 1983. Analysis of manatee aerial surveys: a compilation and preliminary analysis of winter aerial surveys conducted in Florida between 1977 and 1982. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 2: iii + 119. 7 tabs. 3 figs. + numerous tabs. & figs, in appendices. -See also Appendix 1. Presents and synthesizes data from several unpublished reports by other authors, and makes recommendations for future data collection and analysis. x Packard, Jane M.; & Nichols, James D. 1983. Sample size estimates: a preliminary analysis of sample sizes required for mark-recovery and mark-resighting studies of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Florida. Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 4: 1-14. 4 tabs. 3 figs. -See also Appendix 1. Concludes that estimation of annual survival rate by tag recovery from carcasses can yield only unacceptably imprecise results, but that mark-resighting methods may be successful, depending on rate of emigration and probability of sighting. Studies based on scar patterns would involve slightly different assump tions than those examined here. Packard, Jane M.; Rathbun, Galen B.; Domning, Daryl Paul; Best, Robin Christopher; Anderson, Paul K.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1984. Sea cows and manatees. In: D.W. Macdonald (ed.), The encyclopedia of mammals. New York, Facts on File Pubis., 292-303. 15 figs. -Repr. in: K. Banister & A. Campbell (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Aquatic Life. New York, Facts on File Pubis.: 340-349. 12 figs. Dec. 16, 1985. x Packard, Jane M.; Siniff, Donald B.; & Cornell, John A. 1986. Use of replicate counts to improve indices of trends in manatee abundance. Wildl. Soc. Bull, 14: 265-275. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Uses replicate counts from winter aerial surveys at Fort Myers, Florida, to calculate 3 indices of abundance. Concludes that the sight-resight index is more suitable for detecting year-to-year trends in abundance than the density and total-count indices, but that more development of the ap proach may be needed. x Packard, Jane M.; Summers, Robert C; & Barnes, Lindsay B. 1983. Correction factors for observability of manatees during aerial surveys. NUMBER 80 261 Manatee Population Research Rept. (Gainesville, Fla., Florida Cooperative Fish & Wildlife Re search Unit), No. 3: 1-10. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Summ.: Packard, Summers & Barnes (1985). See also Appendix 1. Uses actual counts of manatees identified in Blue Spring, together with 7 radiotagged manatees and 3 tagged with vinyl flags, to obtain correction factors for aerial surveys of the St. Johns River, Florida. Only 33%-57% of manatees known to be in the area were sighted from the air. Factors influencing variation in counts are discussed, including habi tat type, survey conditions, and observer bias. Correction factors obtained for each survey gave estimates closer to total counts than factors based on the mean ratio-of-radios-sighted over all surveys, x Packard, Jane M.; Summers, Robert C; & Barnes, Lindsay B. 1985. Variation of visibility bias during aerial surveys of manatees. Jour. Wildl. Manage., 49(2): 347-351. 1 tab. -A revised and abridged version of Packard, Summers, & Barnes (1983), omitting discussion of the use of vinyl flags, x Packard, Jane M.; & Wetterqvist, Orjan F. 1986. Evaluation of manatee habitat systems on the northwestern Florida coast. Coastal Zone Management Jour., 14(4): 279- 310. 3 tabs. 7 figs. -Uses overlapping maps showing important fea tures of habitat use by manatees (distribution, activities, food, summer and winter range) and humans (boat and barge traffic, boat ramps, marinas, urban areas) to identify areas of manatee- human conflict and to rank these in order of importance. Recommends ways to continually improve this approach to land-use planning, which resulted in the research/management plan for Crystal River manatees (see Packard, 1983a,b,c). x Packard, Winthrop 1910. Florida trails: as seen from Jacksonville to Key West and from November to April inclusive. Boston, Small, Maynard & Co., 1-300. Illus. -Briefly mentions the occurrence of manatees on the St. Lucie River, and the accidental netting and release of one on the Indian River (144-145; photo opposite p. 148). x Paiva, Mario 1945. A vida dos animals da Amasonia: suas lendas e surperstiqoes [sic]. Beleni, Oficinas Graficas da Revista da Veteri- naria, 1-53. -Rather inaccurate pop. acc. of the Amazonian manatee (35-36), confusing it with T. manatus and even with sperm whales! Palacky, J. 1902. Die Verbreitung der Meeressaugethiere. Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 15: 249-266. -Sirs., 254. Pales, L6on 1930. Paliopathologie et pathologie comparative. Paris, Masson & Cie, vii + 352. 63 pis. -Illustrates fusion of thoracic vertebrae and ribs in the skeleton of Hydrodamalis gigas at Lyon (pi. 27, fig. 2). Pallas, Peter Simon 1781. Neue nordische Beytrdge zur physikalischen und geographischen Erd- und Volkerbeschreibung, Naturgeschichte und Oekonomie. St. Petersburg & Leipzig, Johann Zacharias Logan (7 vols., 1781-1793?), Vol. 1: 1-375. 9 pis. -See also G.W Steller (1781, 1793a). Steller's sea cow, 290-299. Regarding Pallas, see Master- son & Brower (1948). Pallas, Peter Simon 1811. Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens omnium ani malium in extenso Imperio Rossico et adjacenti- bus maribus observatorum recensionem, domi- cilia, mores et descriptiones, anatomen atque icones plurimorum. St. Petersburg, Caes. Acad. Sci. (3 vols. + atlas, 1811-1831), Vol. l:xxii + 568. -Allen 769. Manatus borealis, 272, pi. 30. Pallas, Peter Simon 1834-1842. Icones ad Zoographiam Rosso-Asiaticam. x Palmer, Don 1989. The manatee hot tub. Endangered Species Tech. Bull (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 14(9-10): 7. Sep./Oct. 1989. -Describes a proposal for excavating an artificial lagoon near a paper mill in Georgia to provide manatees with a reliable winter source of warm water. Palmer, G.F. 1971. Sea cow: siren of the North Pacific. Pacific Search, 5(6): 3-4. Mar. 1971. x Palmer, T.S. 1895. The earliest name for Steller's sea cow and dugong. Science, (2)2(40): 449-450. Oct. 4, 1895. -Notes the priority of the names Hydrodamalis Retzius and Dugong Lacepede over Rytina and Halicore, respectively; recognizes the specific names Hydrodamalis gigas and Dugong dugon; and proposes that the family names be changed to Hydrodamalidae and Dugongidae. 262 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Palmer, T.S. 1899. [Review of Dr. E. L. Trouessart's Catalogus Mammal ium.] Science, (2)10: 491-495. -Corrects Trouessart's use of the names Manatus, Halicore, and Rhytina to Trichechus, Dugong, and Hydrodamalis, respectively, and proposes the new name Eotheroides to replace the preoccupied name Eotherium Owen, 1875 (494). D Palmer, T.S. 1904. Index generum mammalium. A list of the genera and families of mammals. North Amer. Fauna, No. 23: 1-984. -Sirs, and desmostylians, 224, 398, 904. x Palmer, William 1917. The fossil seacow of Maryland. Science (n.s.), 45(1162): 344. Apr. 6, 1917. -?Repr.: Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 1: 120? Reports a fragment of vertebra collected from the Miocene Calvert Formation. This was Metaxytherium cal vertense, USNM 23348 (Kellogg, 1966). Palmieri, James R.: SEE Budiarso et al., 1979. Paludo, Danielle: SEE Pinto de Lima et al., 1992a, 1992b. Pander, Christian Heinrich; & D'Alton, Eduard 1826. Die skelete der Robben und Lamantine, abgebildet und verglichen. Abt. 1, Heft [Lief.?] 9 in: Pander & D'Alton, Vergleichende Osteologie, 1821- 1831. Bonn, Eduard Weber, 1-10. 7 pis. -Allen 682. Skeleton of Halicore indica, 8-10, pi. 5. Pander, Christian Heinrich; & D'Alton, Eduard 1827. Die skelete der Cetaceen. Abt. 1, Heft [Lief.?] 11 in: Pander & D'Alton, Vergleichende Osteologie, 1821-1831. Bonn, Eduard Weber, [ii] + 10. 6 pis. -Sirs., 1. Parker, Fred 1979. Wildlife laws in Papua New Guinea. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 79/1: 6-19. 25 figs, x Parker, G.H. 1922. The breathing of the Florida manatee (Trichechus latirostris). Jour. Mamm., 3(3): 127-135. 2 tabs. Aug. 1922. -Records the breathing and submergence periods of three captive manatees at Miami. The longest dive observed lasted 16 min 20 sec. xD Parker, Ronald B.; & Toots, Heinrich 1980. Trace elements in bones as paleobiological indica tors. In: A.K. Behrensmeyer & A.P. Hill (eds.), Fossils in the making: vertebrate taphonomy and paleoecology. Chicago, Univ. Chicago Press (xii + 338), 197-207. 2 tabs. 4 figs. -Reports that the sodium concentration in enamel of Desmostylus was higher (0.91% by weight) than in terrestrial mammals (205). Parker, Thomas Jeffery; & Haswell, William A. 1897. A text-book of zoology. London & New York, Macmillan (2 vols.), Vol. 2: xx+ 683. Figs. 664-1172. -Sirs., 451, 502; figs. 1082-1083. Parker, William Kitchen 1868. A monograph on the structure and development of the shoulder girdle and sternum in the Vertebrata. London, Ray Society: xii + 239. Tabs. Figs. 30 pis. -Sirs., 218-219, pi. 29. Parkinson, James 1833. Organic remains of a former world. An examina tion of the mineralized remains of the vegetables and animals of the antediluvian world; generally termed extraneous fossiles In three volumes.... The third volume; containing the fossil starfish, echini, shells, insects, Amphibia, Mammalia, &c. Second edition. London, M.A. Natali; Leicester, T. Combe, Jr., ix-xii + 467. Frontispiece. 22 pis. -Allen 796. First ed., 1804 or 1811? Abstr.: Month. Mag. (London), 32: 694-702, 1811? Sirs., 322. In 1811 ed., sirs, at 3: 309-310. Parona, C 1889. Intorno a\YAscaris halicoris, Owen ed a qualche altro nematode raccolti in Assab dal Dott. V. Ragazzi. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, (2)7(27): 751-764. PI. 13. Parris, David C: SEE Gallagher et al., 1989. Parsons, James Jerome 1962. The green turtle and man. Gainesville, Univ. Florida Press, 1-126. Illus. x Pascual, Rosendo 1953. Sobre nuevos restos de sir6nidos del mesopo- tamiense. Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, 8(3): 163-181. 1 fig. 2 pis. -Engl. summ. Summarizes previous work on Ribodon and describes new material from Argen tina; concludes that the genus is valid, Mio- Pliocene in age, ancestral to Trichechus, and probably identical with Potamosiren. x Pascual, Rosendo 1966. Datos preliminares sobre el primer resto de un sirenio (Dugongidae) del Mioceno superior ("Par- anaense") de la Argentina. [Abstr.] Ameghiniana, 4(7): 242. May 1966 (read Jun. 24, 1965). -Reports an upper molar similar to Felsino therium but "tribosphenic" rather than bilopho- NUMBER 80 263 dont. This tooth was described by Reinhart (1976: 272-278) as Metaxytherium sp. indet. Passarge, Siegfried 1909. In: H.H.J. Meyer, Das Deutsche Kolonialreich; eine Ldnderkunde der deutschen Schutz gebiete.... 1. Band. Ostafrika und Kamerun. Leipzig & Wien, Verlag des Bibliographischen- Instituts, 1-650. -Sirs., 446. Paterson, Robert A. 1979. Shark meshing takes a heavy toll of harmless marine animals. Austral. Fish., 38(10): 17-23. 8 tabs. 1 fig. Oct. 1979. -Yearly totals of dugongs netted in Queensland, 1962-1978(18-21). x Paterson, Robert A. 1990. Effects of long-term anti-shark measures on target and non-target species in Queensland, Australia. Biol Conserv., 52(2): 147-159. 2 tabs. 7 figs. -Notes the danger of shark nets to dugongs, and gives yearly totals of dugongs netted in the Queensland anti-shark program, 1962-1988 (155-156). Patrick, Diane 1978. Will the mermaid disappear? Amer. Humane Mag., May 1978: 44-46. 3 figs. Patte, Etienne 1925. Le kjbkkenmodding neolithique du Bau Tro a Tarn Toa pres de Dong-Hoi (Annam). Bull. Serv. Archiol Giol. Indochine, 14(1): Patte, Etienne 1963. Presence de VHalitherium dans 1'Oligocene du Poitou. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (7)4: 536-537. 1 pi. -See Patte, 1974. x Patte, Etienne 1974. Une mystification. La pretendue presence a"Halitherium en Poitou. [Abstr.] Bull Soc. Giol. France, (7)16(2), Suppl. No. 2: 24. -Retracts the record of a Halitherium skull fragment from Saint-Georges-les-Baillargeaux published in Patte, 1963; the alleged locality was apparently fraudulent. The report of ribs from near Beaumont-sur-Oise, however, was correct. Patterson, Ewen K. 1939. The dugong hunters. Walkabout, 5(12): 43-44. 2 figs. Oct. 1, 1939. -Dugong hunting in Torres Strait. Patton, Geoffrey W: SEE ALSO Kadel, Dukeman, & Patton, 1991; Kadel, Morgan, & Patton, 1991; Kadel & Patton, 1992; Nabor & Patton, 1989; Weigle et al., 1988. Patton, Geoffrey W. 1980. Studies of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Tampa Bay (Florida): a technical report. Sarasota, Mote Marine Laboratory, vii + 52 + [16]. 9 tabs. 23 figs. June 18, 1980. -Report of a study funded by the Tampa Electric Company. Patton, Geoffrey W. 1986. Studies of the West Indian manatee: Anna Maria to Venice (Florida): a technical report. Sarasota, Mote Marine Laboratory: iii + 24 + [10]. 3 tabs. 9 figs. + 1 tab. & 9 figs, in appendix. Jan. 25, 1986. Patton, Geoffrey W; Anderson, H.F.; & McAllister, A. 1989. Port of the Islands manatee habitat characteriza tion: final report. Mote Mar. Lab. Tech. Rept., No. 148: i + 8 + [52]. 1 tab. 55 figs. Aug. 29, 1989. Patton, Geoffrey W; & Gerstein, Edmund R. 1992. Toward understanding mammalian hearing tracta- bility: preliminary underwater acoustical percep tion thresholds in the West Indian manatee Trichechus manatus. In: D.B. Webster, R.R. Fay, & A.N. Popper (eds.), The evolutionary biology of hearing. (Proceedings of a conference at Sarasota, Fla., May 20-24, 1990.) New York & Berlin, Springer-Verlag (li + 859), 783. Patton, Geoffrey W; Kreckman, Todd A.; & Sprinkel, Jay 1987. Studies of the West Indian manatee: Anna Maria to Venice (Florida). Sarasota, Mote Marine Laboratory, iv + 37 + [9]. 6 tabs. 15 figs. + 9 figs, in appendix. Feb. 1987. Paula Couto, Carlos de: SEE ALSO Simpson & Paula Couto, 1981. x Paula Couto, Carlos de 1956. Mamiferos f6sseis do Cenoz6ico da Amazonia. Bol. Conselho Nac. Pesquisas, No. 3: 1-121. 15 figs. 16 pis. -Describes a ?Pleistocene skullcap from the Rio Jurua\ Acre, Brazil, referred to Trichechus sp. and thought to be closer to T. manatus than to T. inunguis (5, 79, 95, 107). x Paula Couto, Carlos de 1967a. Estudos paleontologicos na Amazonia. Atas do Simposio sobre a Biota Amazonica, Vol. 1 (Geociencias): 11-34. -A historical sketch of paleontology in the Brazilian Amazon. States that Trachypleuro- therium Dilg (nomen nudum) probably came from the Early Miocene Pirabas Formation (16), and mentions ?Pleistocene sir. remains from Acre, Brazil (22, 26). x Paula Couto, Carlos de 1967b. Contribuicao a paleontologia do estado do Pari. Um sirenio na formacao Pirabas. 264 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Atas do Simpdsio sobre a Biota Amazonica, Vol. 1 (Geociencias): 345-357. 3 figs. -Engl. summ. Describes Sirenotherium piraben- sis [sic], n.gen.n.sp., from the Early Miocene of Para\ Brazil, refers it to the Trichechidae, and compares it with other trichechids. Paula Couto, Carlos de 1974. Fossil mammals from the Cenozoic of Acre, Brazil. 1, Astrapotheria. An. Congr. Brasil. Geol, No. 28, Vol. 2: 237-249. Paula Couto, Carlos de 1979. Tratado de paleomastozoologia. Rio de Janeiro, Acad. Bras, de Ciencias, 1-590. 572 figs. Jun. 1979. -Sirs., 477-484. Paula Machado, Francisco de: SEE Machado, Francisco de Paula. Paulli, Simon: SEE Boas & Paulli, 1925. PaVay, Elek 1871. KolozsvaY korny6k6nek foldtani viszonyai. Foldt. Intizet. Evkon., 1: [pp.?]. D Pavlova, Maria Vasilevna 1906. Nauchnye rezul'taty Russkoi Poliarnoi Ekspeditsii 1900-1903 gg., pod nachal'stvom barona E. V. Tollia. Otdiel C: Geologiia i paleontologiia, vyp. 1. Opisanie iskopaemykh mlekopitaliushchikh, sobrannykh Russkoi Poliarnoi Ekspeditsiei v 1900-1903 gg. Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg, (8)21(1): 1-41. 4 pis. -French abstr.: Bull. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg, (5)24: 199-203. German transl. of relevant material: E.W. Pfizenmayer (1927: 492-494). Describes a tooth fragment of "Elephas?" (33- 34, pi. 3) that was later made the type of Desmostylus wollosowitschi Pfizenmayer, 1927 and Neodesmostylus primigenius Khomenko, 1928. It is now regarded as a mammoth tooth, x Paz, Uzi; & Hani, Giora 1976. Dugongs in the Gulf of Aqaba. Israel Land & Nature, 1(2): 73-74. 1 fig. Jan. 1976. -Reports dugongs seen or captured in 1971-1975 (all in Jun. or Jul.), including three caught off Ghardaka, Egypt, in 1975 and put on display in an aquarium. Peacock, George 1879. Notes on the Isthmus ofPanamd & Darien, also on the River St. Juan, lakes of Nicaragua, &c, with reference to a railroad and canal for joining the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. Exeter, W Pollard, vi + 96. Illus. Pearsall, J. 1966. Half-ton siren. Texas Parks Wildl, 24(9): 26-27. Peary, Robert E. 1889. Across Nicaragua with transit and machete. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 1(3): 315-335. 3 figs. 1 map. Oct. 1889. -Mentions the abundance of T. manatus in Nicaragua (318). x Pecaud, G. 1925. Contribution a l'6tude de la faune sauvage de la colonie du Tchad (mammiferes et oiseaux). Bull. Soc. Rech. Congolaise, No. 6: 46-108. -Recognizes Manatus Vogeli from Lake Chad and the Chari R., together with M. Senegalensis from the Benue R. (48). Pechuel-Loesche, Eduard 1882. Die Loango-Expedition ausgesandt von der Deut- schen Gesellschaft zur Erforschung Aequatorial- Africas, 1873-1876. Ein Reisewerk in drei Ab- theilungen.... Abt. Ill, Erste Halfte. Leipzig, P. Frohberg, 1-503. x Pedley, Ian 1979. Winds of change: one hundred years in the Widgee Shire. [Brisbane?], The Gympie Times. Mar. 1979. -Includes a brief paragraph on the former dugong- oil industry at Tin Can Bay, Queensland (231). Padroni, P.M. 1845. Ossements fossiles de la Gironde. ler memoire. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, 14: 74-111.6 pis. -Refers specimens from the Bordeaux area to Manatus fossilis and Af. Guettardi. Peel, G. 1947. Isles of the Torres Straits. Sydney, Current Book Distributors, 1-139. Pekarskiy, Petr Petrovich 1867. [Petr Yakovlev's account of the sea cow on Bering Island. In: Section of Russian Language and Literature. Abstracts from minutes of meetings in September, October, November and December 1866.] Zapiski Akad. Nauk (St. Petersburg), 10(2): 151-187. -In Russian. Latin transl.: J.F. Brandt (1868a: 295-296). Engl, transl.: Domning (1978b: 163- 164). Includes the first publication of the excerpts from the diary of the mining engineer Yakovlev that described the hunting of Hydrodamalis as it was practiced on Bering Island in the winter of 1754-1755 (162-163, 183-186). Together with the slightly later account of Cherepanov (in Andreyev, 1948), these excerpts constitute the NUMBER 80 265 only eyewitness descriptions of the sea cow subsequent to Bering's voyage. Pekarskiy, Petr Petrovich 1869. Arkhivnuiya razuiskaniya ob izobrazhenii ne- sushchestvuyushchago nuinye zhivotnago Rhy tina borealis. (So snimkom starinago izobrazhe- niya Rhytina borealis.) [Archival researches con cerning pictures of the now nonexistent animal Rhytina borealis.] Zapiski Akad. Nauk (St. Petersburg) 15, Prilozhe- nie [Suppl.], No. 1: 1-33. 6 figs. 1 pi. -Reproduces for the first time and discusses the six small sketches that Steller himself drew in his manuscript to illustrate details of the anatomy of Hydrodamalis (1-13). (These are very crude, and not all of them are even identifiable.) Also reproduces the text of Steller's report to the Senate, Jul. 12, 1743 (13-28), and an extract from Sofron Khitrov's Bering Island journal (28-31). An Engl, transl. of the latter is found in Golder (1922: 236-238). Finally, Pekarskiy reproduces here (31-33) excerpts from a manuscript (possi bly, he suggests, written by one Vasily Shilov) in which are described the uses made of the sea cow, especially the use of its hide for the construction of boats. A German transl. of this section is found in A. Brandt (1871: 24-26). The plate reproduces the drawing of the sea cow by Plenisner that appeared on Waxell's chart (see Stejneger, 1936: 512-513). x Pelzeln, August von 1883. Brasilische Saugethiere. Resultate von Johann Natterers Reisen in den Jahren 1817 bis 1835. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 33, Beiheft: 1-140. -Manatees, 88-95. Includes Natterer's original description of Manatus inunguis [n.sp.], 89-93; though von Pelzeln regards the latter name as a junior synonym of M. australis. See also CM. Diesing (1839). Pendergast, David M. 1979. Excavations at Altun Ha, Belize, 1964-1970. Volume 1. Toronto, Royal Ontario Museum, xi + 226. 6 tabs. 78 figs. 44 pis. 2 maps. Jun. 15, 1979. -Describes and illustrates human figurine "prob ably" made of manatee bone (50). Pennant, Thomas 1771. Synopsis of quadrupeds. Chester, printed by J. Monk, xxv + 382. 32 pis. -Allen 319. "Indian walrus" (= dugong), 338; manati, 351-358. Allen says, regarding the account of the "manati": "A general account of the Sirenians as then known, which were thought to constitute a single species. Pennant's references are here, however, mainly to Steller's Sea-Cow and the American Manatee." Pennant, Thomas 1781. History of quadrupeds. London, B. White (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xxiv + 284; Vol. 2: 285-566. -Allen 367. Ed. 3, 1793. Sirs., 536-545: whale- tailed manati, 536-539; round-tailed manati, 540-544; sea ape, 544-545. Allen concluded: "The first is primarily Steller's Sea Cow; the second includes both the American and African Manatees; the last is a ... myth." See also J.M. Bechstein (1800). Pennant, Thomas 1784-1785. Arctic zoology. London, printed by H. Hughs (2 vols.). Frontisp. 23 pis. -Repr.: Arno Press, 1975. Reports a manatee stranding in the British Isles before 1785? Percival, H. Franklin: SEE O'Shea et al., 1992. x Pereira, Manoel Nunes 1941-1943. A pesca no Rio Purus. A Voz do Mar, 20(178): 65-68; 20(179): 98-102; 20(180): 121-124; 20(181): 151-154; 20(182): 189-192; 20(183): 216-218; 23(186): 64-66. Feb. 1941; Mar.-Apr. 1941; May 1941; Jun. 1941; Jul.-Aug. 1941; Sep.-Oct. 1941; Dec. 1943. -Describes in detail the processing of T inunguis meat and hide in Brazil, mentions some aspects of hunting methods and natural history (gleaned from hunters), recommends improved methods of processing the hide, and urges certain restrictions on manatee hunting, including a complete ban during the supposed December-February calving season (100-102, 153-154, 218, 65). x Pereira, Manoel Nunes 1944. O peixe-boi da Amazonia. Bol. Minist. Agric. (Rio de Janeiro), 33(5): 21-95. 1 fig. 11 photos. 1 map. May 1944. -Reset and republished as a monograph in 1945 (Manaus, D.E.I.P.-S.S.A.: 1-180. 1 fig. 13 pho tos. 1 map. Date "1947" on cover) and again in 1954 (Rio de Janeiro, Minist. Agric, Div. Caca e Pesca), with minor corrections, changes, and errors in the text, additional photographs, an expanded bibliography, and (on p. 62 of the 1954 ed.) a new footnote on vernacular names. In this, the most significant work on T inunguis published up to its time and Pereira's most important contribution on sirs., he gives a detailed 266 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY account, including history of study (21-37), of the natural history and commercial exploitation of the Amazonian manatee (which he considers to be T. manatus!). Pereira, Manoel Nunes 1954. A pesca na Amazonia. In: Valorizaqdo economica da Amazonia: subsidios para seu planejamento. Rio de Janeiro, Dept. Impr. Nac. (vi + 476), 267-271. -Part of a set of documents from a conference held in Rio de Janeiro, Sep.-Nov. 1951. States that the sale of fresh manatee meat and mixira in Amazonian markets has ceased (269), and recom mends that reserves for manatees and other threatened species be created in Amazonia (271). Pereira, Manoel Nunes 1956. A Ilha de Marajd: estudo econdmico-social Rio de Janeiro, Minist. Agric, Serv. Inform. Agricola in cooperation with Div. Caca e Pesca do D.N.P.A. (Stiie Estudos Brasileiros No. 8), 1-153. Illus. -Mentions the former hunting of manatees in Maraj6 (68). Pereira, Manoel Nunes 1967. Moron Guetd: um decameron indigena. Rio de Janeiro, Editora Civilizacao Brasileira S.A., 1-840 in 2 vols. Illus. -Mentions the occurrence of manatees in the lower Rio Branco and its tributaries in the Brazilian Amazon (23), and recounts a Tucuna legend of the origin of the manatee (467). Manoel Nunes Panorama da alimentaqdo indigena: comidas, bebidas & toxicos na Amazonia Brasileira. Rio de Janeiro, Livr. Sao Jos6: xv + 412. -Manatee, 64, 235, 251-258. George A. [Account of a Manatus from West Africa.] Proc. Boston Soc Nat. Hist., 2: 198-199. -Describes a small manatee captured in the Caracalla River, Liberia. The name Manatus nasutus is proposed for it in a footnote signed "J. W" [Jeffries Wyman] (199); see J. Wyman (1848). (The extant type material is the skull lacking the mandible, MCZ 9368.) Interestingly, Perkins did not find any nails on the flippers; he also failed to recognize the respiratory diaphragm. Perkins, Lindsay Sanders: SEE Canova & Perkins, 1885. Perrault, Claude 1733. Description anatomique d'un veau marin. Mem. Acad. Sci. Paris, 3(1): 187-200. Pis. 27-28. -Treatise on the anatomy of a seal; compares and contrasts it with other animals, including the Pereira, 1974. Perkins, 1848. manatee (190-191, 193-194, 198-199). Perrier, Edmond 1920. La terre avant l'histoire. Les origines de la vie et de I'homme. Paris, La Renaissance du Livre (L'Evolution de 1'Humanity, Synthese Collective, Sect. 1, Vol. 1), xxviii + 414. 4 maps. -Engl, transl., London & New York: xxiv + 345. 4 maps. 1925. Sirs., 152,229. x Perrin, William F.; & Kashiwada, Jerry V. 1989. Catalog of the synoptic collection of marine mammal osteological specimens at the Southwest Fisheries Center [La Jolla, California]. NO A A Tech. Memorandum NMFS (U.S. Dept. of Commerce) NOAA-TM-NMFS-SWFC-130: 1- 19. June 1989. -Lists one specimen of T. manatus from Florida (17). Perry, Allison: SEE Gunter & Perry, 1983. Perry, J.S. 1974. Implantation, foetal membranes and early placen- tation of the African elephant, Loxodonta afri- cana. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London. B. Biol. Sci., 269(897): 109-135. Pershin, S.V.: SEE Sokolov, Pershin et al., 1986. x Pervaiz, Syed; & Brew, Keith 1986a. Purification and characterization of the major whey proteins from the milks of the bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), the Florida manatee (Trichechus manatus latirostris), and the beagle (Canis familiar is). Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 246(2): 846-854. 4 tabs. 6 figs. May 1, 1986. -The major whey protein components of manatee milk are monomeric pMactoglobulins; oc- lactalbumin was not isolated during separation of the whey protein fraction, x Pervaiz, Syed; & Brew, Keith 1986b. Composition of the milks of the bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus) and the Florida manatee (Trichechus manatus latirostris). Compar. Biochem. Physiol. A. Compar. Physiol, 84(2): 357-360. 1 tab. -Milk from two manatees, which had been lactating for 30 weeks and 2 years, respectively, showed high levels of proteins and lipids (mostly triglycerides), 0.6% neutral sugars, 2% amino sugars, low levels of lactose, two possible oligosaccharides, and some a-lactalbumin activ ity, x Pervesler, Peter, & Roetzel, Reinhard 1991. Das Leichenfeld von Kuhnring. In: F.F. Steininger & WE. Piller (eds.), Eggenburg am Meer: NUMBER 80 267 Eintauchen in die Erdgeschichte. Katalogreihe des Krahuletz-Museums (Eggen- burg, Austria), No. 12: 97-101. Figs. 12-13. -Describes the occurrence of skeletons of Metaxytherium krahuletzi in the Early Miocene deposits near Eggenburg, Austria. The species is also mentioned and illustrated in other chapters of this exhibit guide (pp. 18, 40-41, 56, 93). Pervesler, Peter, & Steininger, Fritz F. 1986. Die Seekuh Metaxytherium krahuletzi: Skelett eines 22 Millionen Jahre alten Meeressaugetieres aus Kuhnring. Katalogreihe des Krahuletz-Museums (Eggen burg, Austria), No. 7: 1-12. 6 figs. Peters, C.B.: SEE Leatherwood et al., 1984. Peters, Karl F. 1867. Das Halitheriumskelet von Hainburg. Halitherium Cordieri, Christol sp. (Manatus Cuvieri ou fos- silis, Blainv.; Hippopotamus medius Cuvieri var). Jahrb. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 17(2): 309-314. PI. 7. -?Notice: Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1867: 159? Describes a skeleton of Halitherium Cor dieri (n. comb.; = Metaxytherium medium) from the ?Miocene of Austria, and compares it with other sirs., mainly H. schinzii and Dugong. Peters, W. 1877. Uber die von dem verstorbenen Prof. Dr. Reinhold Buchholz in Westafrika gesammelten Saugethi ere. Monatsber. Akad. Berlin, 1877: 469-485. -Sirs., 485. Peters, Wilhelm 1872. Note on the systematic name of the walrus. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)10: 151. Peterson, Olof August 1912. Symposium on ten years' progress in vertebrate paleontology. Artiodactyla. Bull Geol. Soc. Amer., 23: 162-178. -Sirs., 164. Petit, G. 1923a. Sur le dugong de Madagascar. Notes ethnogra- phiques. Bull. Mem. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, (7)4: 75-83. -Interesting account of dugongs, dugong hunting, and native customs and myths connected with the dugong in the Indo-Pacific region. Petit, G. 1923b. La repartition geographique et 1'extinction des sir6niens actuels. Rev. Hist. Nat. Appliquie (Mamm.), 4: 161-173. Jun. 1923. Petit, G. 1924a. Notes sur les dugongs des cotes de Madagascar. Petit, G. 1924b. Petit, G. 1924c Petit, G. 1924d. x Petit, G. 1924e. Petit, G. 1925a. Petit, G. 1925b. Petit, G. 1925c Petit, G. 1926. Petit, G. 1927a. Bull. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. (Paris), 30(2): 124- 127. -Comments on the species of dugongs and their distribution; describes in detail their distribution in Madagascar; and notes that they feed mainly on Cymodocea australis, which they swallow nearly intact and without admixture of sand. Remarques sur la lobation du rein des lamantins. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 178: 244-246. Jan. 7, 1924. -Concludes that external lobation of the manatee kidney increases with age, independent of species. Sur la morphogtiiie du rein des sir6niens. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 178: 2197-2200. Jun. 23, 1924. -Discusses the morphology of the kidney in fetal and adult sirs. Le distribution geographique des sirtiiiens. C.R. Soc. Biogeogr. Paris, No. 6: 37-38. Les mammiferes marins de 1'ordre des sir6niens et la 16gende des sirenes. UAnthropologic (C.R. Seances Inst. Fr. An throp.), 34(3/4): 294-295. Jul. 1924 (read Mar. 19, 1924). -Favors a sirenian origin for the mermaid legend; briefly responds to a question about whether manatees can venture ashore. Recherches anatomiques sur l'appareil genito- urinaire male des sireniens. Arch. Morph. Gin. Exper. (Paris), No. 23: iv + 326. 74 figs. Remarques sur la distribution g6ographique des sirtiiiens. C.R. Assoc. Franq. Avance. Sci. (Paris), 48: 1002-1008. -?Repr.: C.R. Soc. Biogiogr. Congr. Liege, 1924: 54-60. Protection de certains animaux marins et terrestres de Madagascar: dugongs, tortues, lemuriens. Curr. Int. Prot. Nat. (Paris, 1923), Rapports voeux, realisation: 102-107. Sireniens et sirenes. Tribune Madagascar, No. 1963. Dec. 30, 1926. -Newspaper article? Contribution a l'6tude de la morphologie externe des sir6niens. (Ire note.) Sur un dugong femelle 268 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY capture a Morombe (Madagascar). Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. (Paris), 33(5): 336- 342. x Petit, G. 1927b. Nouvelles observations sur la peche rituelle du dugong [a] Madagascar. Bull Mem. Soc. Anthrop. Paris, (7)8: 246-250. -Detailed account of customs, beliefs, and taboos concerning the dugong in Madagascar. Petit, G. 1928a. Les vertebres cervicales des sireniens actuels. Arch. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. (Paris), (6)3: 243-299. 28 figs. 2 pis. x Petit, G. 1928b. Sur la synostose de l'axis et de la troisieme vertebre cervicale chez les lamantins. Bull Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. (Paris), 34(6): 429- 431. 1 fig. ?Describes several cases of synostosis in T. senegalensis; mentions (431) a case of the same in Halitherium schinzii. Petit, G. 1937. Therapeutique chez les pechers (utilization de certaines parties du dugong). Ocean-Serum., 22: 1-2. Petit, G. 1955. Ordre des sirtiiiens. In: P.-P. Grasse (ed.), Traiti de zoologie, Vol. 17, Mammiferes, Fasc. I. Paris, Masson & Cie, 918-1001. x Petit, G.; 8c Rochon-Duvigneaud, A. 1929. L'oeil et la vision de YHalicore dugong Erxl. Bull. Soc Zool. France, 54(2): 129-138. 1 fig. Read Feb. 26, 1929. -Comments on dugong sensory functions (129- 133), and describes the eye of a specimen from Madagascar (133-136). Concludes that the du gong's vision is poorly adapted to water or darkness and is more or less farsighted when submerged, although the field of vision is wide. Petocz, R.G. 1989. Conservation and development in Irian Jaya. A strategy for rational resource utilization. Leiden, E.J. Brill, xxii + 218. Illus. Petrie, Constance Campbell 1932. Tom Petrie's reminiscences of early Queensland (dating from 1837), recorded by his daughter. Ed. 2. Brisbane, Queensland Book Depot; Sydney, Angus & Robertson Ltd., xvi + 323. Frontisp. 17 pis. -First ed.: Brisbane, Watson Ferguson & Co., 1904. Repr.: Hawthorn (Victoria), Lloyd O'Neill Pty. Ltd.: 1-319, 1975. Capture and cooking of dugongs (67-69). Petrishchev, B.I.: SEE Sokolov, Chernova et al., 1986. Petronievics, Branislav 1923. Remarks upon the skulls of Moeritherium and Palaeomastodon. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9)12: 55-61. 2 figs. PI. 2. -Sirs., 58. x Petter, A.J. 1977. Essai d'interpretation de la repartition des Ascari- doidea chez les mammiferes. Ann. ParasitoL Hum. Compar., 52(2): 151-158. -Engl. summ. Suggests that ascaridoid nematodes invaded and radiated in the Sirenia at the time of the latter's original evolution and diversification. Pewe, T.L. 1975. Quaternary geology of Alaska. U.S. Geol Surv. Prof. Paper, 835: 1-145. Pezo Diaz, Roberto: SEE Klishin et al., 1990; Mukhametov et al., 1992. x Pfeffer, Pierre 1963. Remarques sur la nomenclature du dugong, Du gong dugong (Erxleben) et son statut actuel en Indonesie. Mammalia, 27(1): 149-151. Mar. 1963. -Discusses vernacular names, geographic distri bution, food, hunting, and economic uses of dugongs in Indonesia, and superstitions concern ing them. xD Pfizenmayer, E.W. 1927. Ein Desmostylidenzahn von der neusibirischen Insel Kotelnyi. Centralbl Min. Geol. Pal, Abt. B: Geol. Pal, 1927(11): 492-496. 4 figs. -Describes Desmostylus Wollosowitschi, n.sp., on the basis of what is most probably a premolar of a Pleistocene elephant. See also M.V. Pavlova (1906) and J.P. Khomenko (1928a). Philip, Prince; & Fisher, J. 1970. Wildlife crisis. New York, Cowles Book Co., Inc., 1-256. x Phillippo, Dr. 1862. On the bifurcated heart of the manatee. Edinburgh Med. Jour., 1(1): 684-685. Jan. 1862 (read Dec. 4, 1861, by James Young). -Describes the chambers, valves, and vessels of the heart, and theorizes that the adaptations seen are for the purpose of reducing pressure on the pulmonary circulatory system while the pulmo nary circulation is impeded during a dive. Phillipps, Charles 1974. Dugongs on Sabah's west coast. Sabah Soc Jour., 6(1): 42-43. Phillips, Craig 1964. The captive sea: life behind the scenes of the great modern oceanariums. NUMBER 80 269 Philadelphia, Chilton Co., 1-284. -Pop. acc. of captive T. manatus at the Miami Seaquarium, with observations on weaning, exter nal morphology, and drinking from a hose (26-30, 171-183). x Phillips, Craig 1972. Housing requirements for manatees and dugongs. Drum & Croaker, Jul. 1972: 36-37. 1 fig. -Makes recommendations concerning tank de sign, feeding, and suppression of algae. xD Phillips, F. Jay; Welton, Bruce J.; & Welton, Joann 1976. Paleontologic studies of the Middle Tertiary Skooner Gulch and Gallaway Formations at Point Arena, California. In: A.E. Fritsche, H. Ter Best, Jr., & WW. Wornardt (eds.), The Neogene symposium. Proc. Soc. Econ. Pal. Min. (Pacific Sect. Ann. Meeting, San Francisco), 137-154. 5 figs. 5 pis. -Reports Desmostylus and Paleoparadoxia from the Skooner Gulch Formation, considered to be Late Oligocene (?Zemorrian) in age (137, 152). Phillips, W.W.A. 1927. Guide to the mammals of Ceylon. Part VII. Sirenia (the dugong). Ceylon Jour. Sci., Sect. B, Zool. & Geol. (Spolia Zeylanica), 14(1): 51-55. Apr. 30, 1927. Phillips, WWA. 1929. A checklist of the mammals of Ceylon. Spolia Zeylanica, 15(2): 119-152. 1 map. x Phipson, H.M. 1895. The occurrence of the dugong in the Indian seas. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 9(4): 489-490. Jun. 20, 1895. -Reprints the dugong account of Thurston (1895), and records that a dugong skull from Mandvi in the Gulf of Cutch was presented to the Society in April 1893 by CM. Sykes. This was apparently the same skull recorded as donated by Dr. Ardeshir Dadabhai, under contributions to the collections for May 1893 (Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 8(2): 328, 1893). Pia, Julius von 1937. Von den Walen des Wiener Miozans. Kurze Uebersicht der Kenntnisse und Fragen. Mitt. Geol. Ges. Wien, 29: 357-428. 56 figs. -?Abstr.: Sci. News Utter, 34: 139? Pia, Julius von; & Sickenberg, Otto 1934. Katalog der in den osterreichischen Sammlungen befindlichen Saugetierreste des Jungtertiars Oster- reichs und der Randgebiete. Denkschr. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, Geol.-Pal. Reihe, 4: xvi + 544. -A detailed and very useful catalog of the Neogene mammalian fossils held in Austrian collections, including very small and obscure local ones. Sirs., 403-416,452-454, 464-470. x Piccoli, Giuliano 1966. Segnalazione di un frammento di sirenio (Proto therium) nello stratotipo del Priaboniano. Boll. Soc. Geol Ital, 85(2): 349-353. 1 fig. -Engl. summ. Describes the anterior part of the mandible of an immature Prototherium cf. ver onense. Also notes the recent discovery of a skeleton in the Priabonian (Eocene) of Corlan- zone, Italy. Pick, Friedrich Karl 1907. Zur feineren Anatomie der Lunge von Halicore dugong. Arch. Naturgesch., 73(1 )(2): 245-272. 15 figs, x Pickering, Sam M., Jr. 1970. Stratigraphy, paleontology, and economic geology of portions of Perry and Cochran quadrangles, Georgia. Geol. Surv. Georgia Bull, 81: 1-49. Illus. -States that "Eosiren sp.?" is common in the Clinchfield and rare in the Ocala and Twiggs formations [Eocene and ?01igocene] (table 1, p. 20). Pickford, Martin 1987. Recognition of an Early Oligocene or Late Eocene mammal fauna from Cabinda, Angola. Rapp. Ann. Dipt. Giol. Mineral. Mus. R. Afr. Cent., 1985-86: 89-92. Illus. -French & Flemish summs. Pictet, Francois-Jules 1853. Traiti de paliontologie, ou histoire naturelle des animaux fossiles considiris dans leurs rapports zoologiques et giologiques. Ed. 2. Paris, J.B. Bailliere, Vol. 1: xiv + 584. 110 pis. in atlas. -First ed., Geneva, 4 vols., 1844-46? Manatus, 372. Pietsch, Theodore W 1991. Samuel Fallours and his "Sirenne" from the province of Ambon. Archs. Nat. Hist., 18(1): 1-25. 7 figs. Pietzsch, K. 1963. Geologie von Sachsen. Berlin. -Mentions Middle Oligocene sir. bone and tooth fragments found near Bohlen, Germany, in 1929 and 1936. x Piggins, David; Muntz, W.R.A.; & Best, Robin Christopher 1983. Physical and morphological aspects of the eye of the manatee Trichechus inunguis Natterer 1883: (Sirenia: mammalia [sic]). Mar. Behav. Physiol, 9(2): 111-129. 3 tabs. 3 figs. 270 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Examination of gross ocular anatomy, retinal histology, visual pigment, ocular refraction, and visual behavior in 5 animals showed a primarily rod retina, high receptonganglion cell ratio, low refractive error (hyperopia) under water, pigment based on vitamin Al, a difference spectrum of lambda max at 505 ran, a retina suited to low light levels, moderate visual acuity at best, motion perception, and a low degree of binocular vision. These results are compared with previous studies of T. manatus and Dugong. Pilleri, Georg: SEE ALSO Cigalla-Fulgosi 8c Pilleri, 1985. x Pilleri, Georg 1986a. The Cetacea of the western Paratethys (Upper Marine Molasse of Baltringen). Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst.: 1-70. 56 tabs. 5 figs. 40 pis. -German & Italian summs. Gives measurements and illustrations of an Early Miocene sir. premolar from Baltringen, Germany, that had been misiden- tified as a cetacean (18, 22, pi. 5). x Pilleri, Georg 1986b. The Miocene Cetacea of the Pietra Leccese with special reference to the Cosimo de Giorgi Collection, Lecce. Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst., 1-27. 7 tabs. 8 figs. 11 pis. -Gives illustrations and measurements of rib fragments of Miocene sirs, from the Pietra Leccese, Italy (21-22, pi. 11). Pilleri, Georg 1987. The Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse with a descrip tive catalogue of the fossil Sirenia preserved in Swiss collections. Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst., 1-114. 36 tabs. 44 figs. 55 pis. 4 color pis. -German summ. Describes Metaxytherium aqui- taniae, n.sp. (Early Miocene, France), M. krahu letzi excelsum, n.subsp. (Early Miocene, Switzer land), and Halitherium schinzi lareolensis, n.subsp. (Oligocene, France). Also proposes (pro visionally and therefore invalidly) the new name Metaxytherium argoviense for a skullcap from the Early Miocene of Switzerland. Thelriope and Thelriopiinae are introduced as replacement names for Rhytiodus [sic] Lartet and Rhytiodiinae [sic] Abel, respectively; however, this action is unnecessary and invalid (see Domning, 1989c). Pilleri, Georg 1988a. The Pliocene Sirenia of the Po Basin (Metaxy therium subapenninum (Bruno) 1839). In: G. Pilleri, Contributions to the paleontology of some Tethyan Cetacea and Sirenia (Mammalia). Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst. (123 pp.), 45-103. 8 tabs. 4 figs. 22 pis. -The entire volume contains six separate articles, the last three on sirs, (listed here as Pilleri, 1988a,b,c). This article synonymizes the Pliocene sirs, of Italy (Cheirotherium subapenninum, Felsi notherium forestii, and F. gastaldii) into a single species, Metaxytherium subapenninum. Pilleri, Georg 1988b. Mandibular pathology in a fossil sirenid (Metaxytherium sp.) from Catalonia, Spain. In: G. Pilleri, Contributions to the paleontology of some Tethyan Cetacea and Sirenia (Mammalia). Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst. (123 pp.), 105-107. 1 tab. 1 pi. -German summ. This specimen was later made the holotype of Metaxytherium catalaunicum Pilleri, Biosca, & Via, 1989. The third article in this volume reports a vertebra of Eurhinodelphis sp. from Catalonia that had been misidentified in a museum collection as Metaxytherium cuvieri (p. 41). Pilleri, Georg 1988c A skull of Metaxytherium serresii (Mammalia: Sirenia) from the Lower Pliocene of Montpellier. In: G. Pilleri, Contributions to the paleontology of some Tethyan Cetacea and Sirenia (Mammalia). Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst. (123 pp.), 111-123. 4 tabs. 1 fig. 4 pis. -German summ. Pilleri, Georg 1988d. Recent Sirenia in Swiss collections, with special reference to osteology and comparative neurol ogy- Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst., 1-121. 17 tabs. 18 figs. 29 pis. + 3 color pis. -German summ. Pilleri, Georg 1989. Endocranial cast of Metaxytherium (Mammalia: Sirenia) from the Miocene of Cerro Gordo, Almeria, Spain. In: G. Pilleri (ed.), Contributions to the paleontology of some Tethyan Cetacea and Sirenia (Mammalia) II. Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst. (133 pp.), 103-113. 2 tabs. 1 fig. 2 pis. -German summ. Repr., altered in format, in Treballs Mus. Geol. Barcelona, 1: 35-42, Oct. 1990 (with Spanish 8c German summs.). Pilleri, Georg; Biosca, J.; & Via Boada, Luis 1989. The Tertiary Sirenia of Catalonia. Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst., 1-98. 30 tabs. 44 figs. 40 pis. + 2 colored pis. -Spanish & German summs. Describes the new species Prototherium solei and P. montserratense from the Late Eocene of Spain, and Metaxy- NUMBER 80 271 therium catalaunicum from the Middle Miocene of Spain. Pilleri, Georg; & Cigala-Fulgosi, Franco 1989. Additional observations on the Lower Serravallian marine mammals [sic] fauna of Visiano and the Stirone River (northern Apennines). In: G. Pilleri (ed.), Contributions to the paleontology of some Tethyan Cetacea and Sirenia (Mammalia) II. Ostermundigen (Switzerland), Brain Anat. Inst. (133 pp.), 63-85. 4 tabs. 20 figs. 2 pis. -German summ. x Pilliet, Alex. H. 1890. Note sur la structure de l'estomac a poches multiples d'un lamantin (Manatus Americanus). C.R. Soc Biol. Paris, 42 [= (9)2]: 450-453. Jul. 12, 1890. -Describes the stomach and stomach glands of a young manatee. Pilliet, Alex. H.; & Boulart, R. 1895. L'estomac des c?tac6s. Jour. Anat. Physiol. (Paris), 22: 402-423. x Pilsbry, Henry A. 1916. The sessile barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the collections of the U. S. National Museum; including a monograph of the American species. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull, 93: xi + 366. 76 pis. -Reviews the manatee barnacles Chelonibia ma nati (265-266) and Platylepas hexastylos (284- 287). Also describes two new subspecies of the former from sea turtles. Pilson, M.E.Q.; & Goldstein, E. 1972? Marine mammals. Marine Publ. Ser. Univ. Rhode Island, No. 2: 1-48. 1 tab. 2 maps. Pirn, Bedford Clapperton Trevelyan; & Seeman, Berthold 1869. Dottings on the roadside, in Panama, Nicaragua, and Mosquito. London, Chapman & Hall, xvi + 468. Illus. -Use of manatee meat, 375-377. x Pine, Ronald H. 1973. Mammals (exclusive of bats) of Beltin, Pari, Brazil. Acta Amazonica, 3(2): 47-79. Aug. 1973. -Portuguese summ. Summarizes reports of T. inunguis from the Beltin area (74). x Pinheiro, Aurelio 1937. A mar gem do Amazonas. Sao Paulo, Cia. Editora Nacional (Bibliotheca Pedagogica Brasileira, Serie 5, Vol. 86): 1-223. -Contains a vivid description of harpooning "Manatus americanus" from a small canoe in the Amazon (215-218). Pinto, CG.C 1970. Potencialidades ictiol6gicas na Amazonia. R. Econ. BASA (Belem), 1(1): 19-21. Sep.-Dec 1970. xD Pinto da Silveira, Estanislau Kostka 1973. Os troncos proboscideo-sirenio e sua provaVel origem protungulada. Atas Soc. Biol Rio de Janeiro, 16(2-3): 131-140. 1 fig. Jun. 20, 1973. -Engl. summ. Discusses the phylogeny of the proboscidean, sir., and related lineages, and suggests that subungulates were derived from periptychid condylarths. x Pinto da Silveira, Estanislau Kostka 1975. The management of Caribbean and Amazonian manatees Trichechus m. manatus and T inunguis in captivity. Internatl. Zoo Yearbook, 15: 223-226. -Portuguese ?transl.: Pinto da Silveira (1988). Gives captive histories, including weights, lengths, and diets, of various manatees kept in Brazil at the Recife, Rio de Janeiro, and Belem zoos. The section on "Natural History" includes descriptions of mating in T. inunguis based on communications from Nunes Pereira, and a variety of statements on the life history of both species that are unsupported by data. Pinto da Silveira, Estanislau Kostka 1988. O manejo dos manatis do Caribe, Trichechus m. manatus Linne, 1758, e da Amazonia, T. inunguis (Natterer, 1883), em cativeiro e alguns aspectos de sua historia natural. Bol. Fund. Brasil. Conserv. Nat., 23: 82-103. Illus. -Engl. summ. Portuguese ?transl. of Pinto da Silveira (1975). Pinto de Lima, Regis: SEE ALSO Grubel da Silva, Paludo, et al., 1992. Pinto de Lima, R6gis; Paludo, Danielle; Soavinski, Ricardo Jose; Grubel da Silva, Kleber; & Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de 1992a. Levantamento da distribuicao, ocorrencia e status de conservacao do peixe-boi marinho (Tri chechus manatus, Linnaeus, 1758) no litoral nordeste do Brasil. Peixe-Boi, 1(1): 47-52. 1 tab. 5 figs. Pinto de Lima, Regis; Paludo, Danielle; Soavinski, Ricardo Jos6; Oliveira, Eunice Maria Almeida de; & Grubel da Silva, Kleber 1992b. Esforcos conservacionistas e campanhas de con- scientizasao para a preservacao do peixe-boi marinho (Trichechus manatus) ao longo do litoral nordeste do Brasil. Peixe-Boi, 1(1): 42-46. Pinto do Amaral, Ary Domingos: SEE Colares et al., 1992. 272 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Pires de Lima, Fernando de Castro 1952. A sereia na histdria e na lenda. Porto, Porto Editora, Lda., 1-205. -With prologue by Greg6rio Marafi6n. x Pirie,N.W 1967. Orthodox and unorthodox methods of meeting world food needs. Sci. Amer., 216(2): 27-35. 10 figs. Feb. 1967. -Suggests the use of sirs, as sources of meat, pointing out that, unlike tapirs and hippos, they do not compete with terrestrial herbivores (31). Pirlot, Paul: SEE ALSO Kamiya et al., 1985. x Pirlot, Paul; & Kamiya, Toshiro 1985. Qualitative and quantitative brain morphology in the sirenian Dugong dugong Erxl. Zs. Zool. Syst. Evol.-Forsch., 23(2): 147-155. 3 tabs. 5 figs. -German summ. Describes the gross features, biometrics, and encephalization of the dugong brain, and makes crude comparisons of its "evolutionary level" with those of other mammals (especially dolphins). Concludes that the dugong exhibits an "average degree" of evolutionary progression. Piso, Willem (= Guilherme) 1948. Historia natural do Brasil ilustrada.... Sao Paulo, Comp. Editora Nacional, xx + 434. Illus. -Original ed., Leiden 8c Amsterdam, 1648. Sirs., 264. Pitot, Albert 1905. T'eylandt Mauritius: esquisses historiques (1598-1710). Port Louis, Coignet Freres & Cie, iii + 372 + xv. 20 pis. x Pitou, Louis-Ange 1805. Voyage a Cayenne, dans les deux Amiriques, et chez les antropophages. Paris, published by the author, 2 vols. Illus. -Gives a brief general account of the manatee and its supposed habits (2: 259-260). Pivert, Elie Cltinent Victorin 1925. Mes chasses en Afrique et en Extreme-Orient. Gand, Editions Cultura, 1-172. Illus. x Pledge, Neville S. 1992. First record of fossil sirenians in southern Austra lia. Fossil Collector Bull, No. 37: 6. May 1992. -Reports a fragment of a sir. mandible, "probably referable to Dugong," from the Early Pliocene Sunlands Local Fauna, Loxton Sands, Waikerie area, South Australia. D Pleshakov, LB. 1940. Discovery of a tooth of Desmostylus in Kam chatka. C.R. (= Doklady) Acad. Sci. URSS (Moscow), 28(4): 373-376. 2 figs. Aug. 10, 1940. x Poche, Richard 1973. Niger's threatened Park W. Oryx, 12(2): 216-222. 3 tabs. 1 fig. Oct. 1973. -States that T. senegalensis is "now extinct" in Niger (218). Pocock, Reginald Innes 1916. Discussion on the "Biologia Centrali-Americana." Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1916(3): 547-548. Aug. 20, 1916. x Pocock, Reginald Innes 1940. Some notes on the dugong. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (11)5(28): 329-345. 1 tab. 3 figs. Apr. 1940. -Comments briefly on dugong distribution and species nomenclature; describes in detail individ ual, sexual, and geographic variation in tusks; briefly describes age variation in cheek teeth and in closure of cranial sutures; presents measure ments of 25 skulls; and contrasts the morphology of the scapula in Dugong and Trichechus, show ing that some British Museum specimens had been misidentified. Poeppig, Eduard Friedrich 1835-1836. Reise in Chile, Peru, und auf dem Amazonenstrome wahrend der Jahre 1827-1832. Leipzig, F. Fleischer, 2 vols. + atlas of 16 pis. ?Discusses Manatus australis, 373. Pohle, Hermann 1921. Uber den physiologischen Zahnausfal 1. Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1921: 115- 122. Figs. -Sirs., 116. Poisson, H. 1949. Le biotope a cymodocees a Madagascar. Naturaliste Malgache (Tananarive), 1(1): 11-25. 2 pis. x Pollock, H.E.D.; & Ray, Clayton Edward 1957. Notes on vertebrate animal remains from Ma- yapan. Current Repts. Dept. Archaeol, Carnegie Inst. Wash., No. 41: 633-656. -P. 644: {"Manatee / The carved rib of a manatee represents the only bone of this animal in our collections."} P. 653: {"Three teeth of tapir, a single bone of spider monkey, and a single rib of manatee are obvious imports to Mayapan [in Yucatan, Mex ico]."} Pomet, Pierre 1594. Histoire generate des drogues, traitant des plan- tes, des animaux, & des miner aux; ouvrage enrichy de plus de quatre cent figures en NUMBER 80 273 taille-douce tiries d'apris nature; avec un dis- cours qui explique leurs differ ens noms, les pays d'oii elles viennent, la maniere de connoitre les veritables d'avec lesfalsisiies, & leur proprietez, ou Ton dicouvre Terreur des anciens & des modernes; le tout tres utile au public. Paris, Jean-Baptiste Loyson & Augustin Pillon; et au Palais, Estienne Ducastin, 1-16; part i, 1-304; part ii, 1-108; part iii, 1-116. Illus. -Allen 26. Manatee, part ii, chap. 35: 82-84, fig. Allen says: "The figures are very curious, as is also the text.... The figure of the Manatee is apparently copied from an earlier design." Pompeckj, Josef Felix 1925. Umwelt, Anpassung und Beharrung im Lichte erdgeschichtlicher Uberlieferung. Rede zum Antritt des Rektorats der Friedrich- Wilhelms-Universitat zu Berlin, 1-24. Oct. 15, 1925. -Sirs., 10. Ponce, Alonso: SEE Noyes, E., 1932. Poole, D.F.G. 1967. Phylogeny of tooth tissues: enameloid and enamel in Recent vertebrates, with a note on the history of cementum. In: A.E.W Miles (ed.), Structural and chemical organization of teeth. New York & London, Academic Press, Vol. 1: 111-149. 40 figs. -Sirs., 139. Poonai, N.O.: SEE Hanif & Poonai, 1968. Popov, V.V.: SEE ALSO Klishin et al., 1990. Popov, V.V; & Supin, A. Ya. 1990. Electrophysiological studies of hearing in some cetaceans and a manatee. In: J.A. Thomas & R.A. Kastelein (eds.), Sensory abilities of cetaceans: laboratory and field evidence. NATO Adv. Sci. Inst. Ser., Ser. A, Life Sci. (New York, Plenum Press), 196: 405-415. Popovici, Nicolae: SEE Nicorici & Popovici, 1984. Popovici, Z.; & Angelescu, V 1954. La economia del mar y sus relaciones con la alimentation de la humanidad. Publ Ext. Cult. Didact. Mus. Argent. Cienc Nat. "Bernardino Rivadavia," No. 8 (2 vols.). Vol. 1 (Mammals): 513-549. Popp, James A.: SEE Cardeilhac et al., 1981; Irvine et al., 1980. x Por, F.D. 1972. A sea cow captured near Elat. Sci. Notes Heinz Steinitz Mar. Biol Lab., Hebrew Univ. Jerusalem (Elat), No. 2: 12-13. 1 fig. Apr. 1972. -Also publ. as "Second Report of the H. Steinitz Marine Biological Laboratory at Elat, July 1971- September 1972," Dec. 1972. Reports an adult male dugong drowned in a fishing net near El Hamira Bay on the east coast of Sinai on June 20, 1970; measurements given. Porras, J.: SEE Boher & Porras, 1991. Portell, Roger W: SEE Ivany et al., 1990. x Portis, Alessandro 1886. Catalogo descrittivo dei Talassoterii, rinvenuti nei terreni terziarii del Piemonte e della Liguria. Mem. Acad. Sci. Torino, (2)37: 247-365. Pis. 1-9. -Summarizes records of Felsinotherium subapen ninum and F Gastaldii in the Piemontese Plio cene, Italy (356-360). Portlock, Nathaniel: SEE Stanbury, P.J., 1978. Pouit, D.: SEE Ginsburg et al., 1979. Poulter, Thomas C 1968. Marine mammals. In: T.A. Sebeok (ed.), Animal communication. Techniques of study and results of research. Bloomington, Indiana Univ. Press (xviii + 686), 405-465. Powell, James Arthur, Jr.: SEE ALSO Campbell & Powell, 1976; Etheridge et al., 1985; Kochman et al., 1983, 1985; Lefebvre & Powell, 1990; Rathbun et al., 1983; Scott & Powell, 1982. x Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1978. Evidence of carnivory in manatees (Trichechus manatus). Jour. Mamm., 59(2): 442. May 30, 1978. -Describes fish-eating by captive Florida mana tees and the removal of fish from gill nets by wild manatees in Jamaica. Only the flesh of the fish was eaten; the bones were left behind, x Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1981. The manatee population in Crystal River, Citrus County, Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 33-40. 5 tabs. 1 fig. -Repr. in J.M. Packard (1983c: 125-132). De scribes manatees' use of Crystal River as a warm-water winter refugium, based on aerial and boat surveys, 1967-1978; the sex and age composition of the population; the number of known individuals resighted in successive win ters; and the calving intervals of known females. Age at first conception is estimated at 7-8 years, calving interval at either 2.5 or 5 years. Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1983. Mermaids, very special animals. The Fund for Animals Ltd. Newsletter (Australia), 3(1): 12. 1 fig. Mar. 1983. 274 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Powell, James Arthur, Jr.; Belitsky, David W; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1981. Status of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Puerto Rico. Jour. Mamm., 62(3): 642-646. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Aug. 20, 1981. -Reports that aerial surveys in Puerto Rico in 1976-1979 counted up to 51 manatees; gives notes on their occurrence in and drinking of fresh water, their preference for calm waters, and their mortality in fishing nets. The manatee population is said to be "small and widely distributed." Powell, James Arthur, Jr.; & Rathbun, Galen B. 1984. Distribution and abundance of manatees along the northern coast of the Gulf of Mexico. Northeast Gulf Science, 7(1): 1-28. 8 tabs. 15 figs. Jul. 31, 1984. -An earlier version of this paper was publ. in J.M. Packard (1983c: 1-68), with a different fig. 4 and an additional fig. ("Fig. 6") included. Reviews historical and recent records of T manatus, including aerial survey and carcass salvage data, emphasizing the southern Big Bend coast of northwestern peninsular Florida. Numbers of manatees have decreased in Texas but increased in the northeastern Gulf. The influences of tempera ture, sources of warm and fresh water, and food on manatee seasonal movements in the area are discussed, and they are used to explain the patterns of manatee use of different rivers in the Big Bend area and the increase in manatee population of this area compared with other parts of Florida. Concludes that the southern Big Bend coast offers the best long-term hope for manatee survival in the U.S. x Powell, James Arthur, Jr.; & Waldron, John C 1981. The manatee population in Blue Spring, Volusia County, Florida. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 41-51. 4 tabs. 5 figs. -Describes manatees' use of Blue Spring as a warm-water winter refugium, based on observa tions from 1971 to 1978, including number of manatees present as a function of temperature, daily attendance of known individuals, population composition, number of known individuals re- sighted in successive years, reproductive data, feeding behavior, distribution in the St. Johns River south of Lake George, and existing protec tive measures. A preponderance of males in the upper St. Johns River is documented, and calving intervals of 3 and 4 years are reported for one female. The primary local food source appears to be Eichhornia, though Vallisneria is preferred. Prasad, M.R.N. 1974. Handbuch der Zoologie. Ein Naturgeschichte der Stdmme des Tierreiches. Band 8, Mammalia, Lief. 51: Mdnnliches Geschlechtsorgane. Berlin & New York, Walter De Gruyter, 1-150. x Prater, S.H. 1928. The dugong or sea cow (Halicore dugong). Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 33(1): 84-99. 4 pis. Sep. 30, 1928. -Fairly detailed gen. acc, mostly assembled from other authors, of dugongs and other sirs. x Prater, S.H. 1929. How the female dugong carries her young. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 33(4): 987. Oct. 15, 1929. -Notes on Andaman and Indian dugongs, with the affirmation that, according to fishermen, dugongs do hold their young with the flippers. Prater, S.H. 1965. The book of Indian animals. Revised ed. Bombay, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. & Prince of Wales Museum of Western India. -Local names, status, and general biology of the dugong, 304-317. Prather, Robert: SEE ALSO Oberheu & Prather, 1979. Prather, Robert 1980. Manatee protection takes joint effort. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(6): 6-7. 3 figs. + 1 fig. on p. 3. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Pratt, Ann E.: SEE Morgan & Pratt, 1983. x Pratt, Richard M. 1971. Lithology of rocks dredged from the Blake Plateau. Southeastern Geol, 13(1): 19-38. 6 figs. May 1971. -Reports fragments of fossil sir. ribs, probably of Miocene age, dredged from the sea floor off the southern Atlantic coast of the U.S. (27, 31-33). Preen, Anthony R.: SEE ALSO Slade et al., 1989. Preen, Anthony R. 1987. Dugong (Dugong dugon). In: C. Gross, Mammals of the southern Gulf. Dubai, Shell Oil Co. & Motivate Publishing (Arabian Heritage Series) (80 pp.), 74-75. 4 figs. Nov. 1987. Preen, Anthony R. 1988. Dugongs of Arabia. Jour. Saudi Arab. Nat. Hist. Soc, 2(8): 43-48. 2 figs. Read Oct. 3, 1987. NUMBER 80 275 -The author notes that "this article is not written by me, but based on notes taken by someone else during a talk I gave. Hence it is full of errors and incorrect inferences" (A.R. Preen, pers. com- mun.). x Preen, Anthony R. 1989a. The status and conservation of dugongs in the Arabian region. MEPA Coastal & Marine Management Series (Meteorological & Environmental Protection Ad ministration, Saudi Arabia), Rept., No. 10, Vol. 1: xix + 200. 33 tabs. 34 figs. 18 photos. 11 appendices. Jan. 1989. -Arabic summ. Vol. 2: Preen et al. (1989). Describes the environments of the Arabian Gulf and Red Sea; describes the methods and results of aerial surveys, interview surveys, carcass salvage, radiotracking, and seagrass surveys undertaken on both coasts of Saudi Arabia and adjacent coun tries; presents measurements of skulls from the Arabian Gulf and compares them with Indian and Australian samples, concluding that the Gulf population may be genetically isolated; discusses the traditional significance, present distribution and abundance, and environmental determinants of status and biology of dugongs in the Arabian region; and outlines human-related threats to dugongs in the region. Dugongs are no longer hunted but are frequently taken in gill nets and other fishing gear, and are seriously threatened by oil pollution and habitat destruction. The esti mated Arabian Gulf population is 7310 + 1300, making this the most important dugong area known outside Australia. Dugongs occur mainly in the southern and western Gulf and are probably limited in distribution by low winter temperatures. The estimated Red Sea population is up to 4000 (both coasts), with a patchy distribution. The estimated sustainable mortality may suffice to accommodate the acci dental catch in the region, but active conservation is still needed. x Preen, Anthony R. 1989b. Observations of mating behavior in dugongs (Dugong dugon). Mar. Mamm. Sci., 5(4): 382-387. 1 fig. Oct. 1989. -Describes behaviors related to mating ("splash ing," "following," "fighting," and "mounting") observed in dugong herds in Moreton Bay, Queensland, and compares these observations with other published accounts of dugong and manatee sexual behavior. Concludes that dugongs compete more violently for estrous females than do manatees. Preen, Anthony R. 1991. Amorous antics in Moreton Bay. Austral. Geogr., No. 21: 55. 1 fig. Jan.-Mar. 1991. -Sidebar to Marsh (1991). Pop. acc. of dugong mating herds, x Preen, Anthony R.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1983. Diving with dugongs. Habitat Austral, 11(4): 20-21. 4 figs. Aug. 1983. -Comprises one aerial and 3 underwater photos of dugongs in Moreton Bay, Queensland, and in Shark Bay, Western Australia, respectively, x Preen, Anthony R.; Marsh, Helene D.; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1989. Recommendations for the conservation and man agement of dugong in the Arabian region. MEPA Coastal & Marine Management Series (Meteorological & Environmental Protection Ad ministration, Saudi Arabia), Rept., No. 10, Vol. 2: iv + 43. 3 figs. 4 maps. Jan. 1989. -Vol. 1: Preen (1989a). Gives a summary and timetable for conservation actions proposed (1- 3), discusses the international significance of dugongs in the region and the threats they face (5-6), presents the recommendations in detail (7-15), describes each of 12 areas recommended for protection (17-23), maps areas specially at risk from oil spills (25-27), provides instructions and data sheets for identifying stranded marine mammals (31-39; in Engl. 8c Arabic), and offers advice on the design and conduct of aerial surveys in the Arabian Gulf and Red Sea (41-42). Pregill, Gregory K.: SEE Watters et al., 1984. Prevost, Antoine Francois 1747. Sierra-Leona, par Atkins. In: Histoire ginirale des voyages, ou nouvelle collection de toutes les relations de voyages par mer et par terre, qui ont iti publiies jusqu'd prisent dans les diffirents langues de toutes les nations connues: contenant ce qu'il y a de plus remarquable, de plus utile, et de mieux, averi dans les pays ou les voyageurs ont pinitri.... Paris, Didot (20 vols., 1746-91), Vol. 3: 239- 252. -Allen 240. External characters and mode of capture of the manatee, based on J. Atkins (1735) (240-241, 315-316 [?]). Price, Andrew: SEE Sheppard et al., 1992. Price, Emmett W 1932. The trematode parasites of marine mammals. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 81(13)(2936): 1-68. 12 pis. Oct. 1, 1932. 276 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Sirs., 42-44,47-55, 58-59. Priem, Fernand 1908. Sur des vert?br?s de 1'Eocene d'Egypte et de Tunisie. Bull Soc. Giol. France, (4)1 (IS): 412-419. 2 figs. Pis. 15-16. (Read Nov. 18, 1907; publ. Mar. 1908.) -Abstrs.: C.R. Soc. Giol. France, 1907:125; Bull. Inst. Egypte, (5)11: 1-3, 1908? Describes a mandible from the upper Mokattam beds and refers it to Protosiren Fraasi Abel (417-418, pi. 16). Priest, Renee 1983. Manatee mortality. Florida Naturalist, 56(2): 14. Jun. 1983. Prieur, A.; & Gu6rin, Claude 1991. Decouverte d'un site prehistorique d'abbatage de dugongs a Umm al-Qaiwain (Emirates Arabes Unis). Arabian Archaeol. Epigr. (Copenhagen), 2(2): 72-83. 6 figs. Jun. 1991. -Engl. summ. Describes a midden site with numerous dugong bones, dating from the 5th-4th millennium B.C. Prince, Robert I.T.: SEE ALSO Anderson & Prince, 1985. Prince, Robert I.T. 1986. Dugong in northern waters of Western Australia 1984. Dept. of Conservation & Land Management Western Australia, Tech. Rept., No. 7: vi + 38. 6 tabs. 13 figs. Mar. 1986. -Aerial-survey results show that Exmouth Gulf is an important dugong habitat, but the coastline farther north has only a sparse dugong population that probably cannot sustain the present level of Aboriginal hunting. A traditional method of taking dugongs "by hand" is mentioned but not explained. Also describes and illustrates represen tative seagrass beds of the region. Prince, Robert I.T. 1988. Traditional knowledge of the marine environment, fisheries, and conservation of marine wildlife? Western Australian perspective. In: F. Gray & L. Zann (eds.), Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work shop Ser., No. 8: 116-119. Prince, Robert I.T; Anderson, Paul K.; & Blackman, D. 1981. Status and distribution of dugongs in Western Australia. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 67-87. 3 tabs. 3 figs. -Reports results of aerial surveys, describes environmental conditions in Shark Bay, and discusses prospects for dugong conservation in Western Australia, where dugongs are still abun dant and relatively undisturbed. Shark Bay is considered to have unrivalled potential as a dugong study site. Pritchard, Peter C.H.: SEE Brownell & Ralls, 1981. Proby, K.H. 1974. Audubon in Florida, with selections from the writings of John James Audubon. Coral Gables (Florida), Univ. Miami Press, 1-384. -Manatee, 328-329. x Promus, John 1937. Netting dugong. Walkabout, 3(5): 40-41. 2 figs. Mar. 1, 1937. -Describes the techniques used for netting du gongs in Queensland and preparing their oil. Also mentions that sharks attack dugong herds, which protect the calves at the center of the herd, and states that "a bull dugong has been seen to disembowel a shark" with his tusks! D Pronina, I.G. 1957. [A new desmostylid, Kronokotherium brevimaxil- lare gen. nov., sp. nov., from Miocene deposits of Kamchatka.] C.R. (= Doklady) Acad. Sci. URSS (Moscow), 117(2): 310-312. 1 tab. 2 figs. -In Russian. Proskouriakoff, Tatiana 1962. The artifacts of Mayapan. In: H.E.D. Pollack, R.L. Roys, T. Proskouriakoff, & A.L. Smith (eds.), Mayapan, Yucatan, Mexico. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ, 619: 321-515. -Worked manatee rib, 376. Prothero, Donald R.; Manning, Earl M.; & Fischer, Martin S. 1988. The phylogeny of the ungulates. In: M.J. Benton (ed.), The phylogeny and classification of the tetrapods. Vol. 2: Mammals. Systematics Assoc. Spec Vol, 35B: 201-234. Illus. x Provancha, Jane A.; & Hall, Carlton R. 1991. Observations of associations between seagrass beds and manatees in east central Florida. Florida Scientist, 54(2): 87-98. 5 tabs. 3 figs. Spring 1991. -Exclosure experiments in a Syringodium- dominated seagrass bed in the north Banana R. showed that seagrass cover was reduced by about 90% by manatee grazing. Evidence of rooting was noted only occasionally. NUMBER 80 277 x Provancha, Jane A.; & Provancha, M.J. 1988. Long-term trends in abundance and distribution of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in the northern Banana River, Brevard County, Florida. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 4(4): 323-338. 3 tabs. 5 figs. Oct. 1988. -Presents aerial survey and habitat data and discusses factors influencing manatee distribu tion, including boat traffic, seasonal movements, and availability of fresh water and food. Con cludes that no other area on the east coast of Florida has as much legally protected suitable habitat for manatees as the northern Banana River, and that the manatee aggregations there are probably both socially-based and resource-based. Provancha, M.J.: SEE Provancha, Jane A. Prudhomme ("L M.... B....") 1798? Voyage a la Guiane et a Cayenne, fait en 1789 et annies suivantes Paris, chez l'Editeur, x + 400. 4 pis. -Publ. in "An VI de la R6publique." Manatee, 325. Prychodko, William: SEE Shoshani et al. Pucheran, Jacques; & Jacquinot, Honore" 1853. Mammiferes et oiseaux. In: Voyage au Pole Sud et dans I'Ocianie sur les corvettes I'Astrolabe et la Zelie, exicuti par ordre du Roi pendant les annies 1837-1838-1839-1840, sous le com- mandement de M. J. Dumont d' Urville Zoolo gie, Tome III. Paris, Gide, 1-166. 29 pis. in atlas. -Depicts Halicore dugung, pis. 20-21. Puckett, Catherine: SEE ALSO Packard, J.M., 1983a. x Puckett, Catherine 1983. Interviews with Citrus County residents regarding manatee protection. In: J.M. Packard (ed.), Pro posed research/management plan for Crystal River manatees. Volume III. Compendium (q.v.). Florida Coop. Fish & Wildlife Res. Unit, Tech. Rept., No. 7, Vol. 3 (iii + 346): 321-346. 4 tabs. Dec. 1983. -Summarizes results of informal interviews with businesspeople and commercial fishermen, show ing strong resistance to additional regulations on waterborne activities and a need for better public education regarding manatees. Also includes data on businesses in the Crystal River area that benefit from manatees, on local news coverage of manatees, and on support for purchase of a manatee sanctuary in Kings Bay. Puddicombe, R.A.: SEE Tucker 8c Puddicombe, 1988. Purchas, Samuel 1625. Hakluytus posthumus or Purchas his pilgrimes. Contayning a history of the world, in sea voyages, & lande-travells, by Englishmen & others. Wherein Gods wonders in nature and providence, the actes, arts, varieties, & vanities of men, with, a world of the worlds, rarities, are by a world of eywitness-authors, related to the world.... In fower parts. Each containing five bookes. London, Henry Fetherston (4 vols.). -Repr.: Glasgow, James MacLehose & Sons, for the Hakluyt Society, 1905-1906 (20 vols.). See also F. Cardim (1625), A. de Herrara (1625), W Strachey (1625). x Purse, Barbara 1981. [Review of film] Dugong! Dugong! Produced by the Australian Museum with the help of The Aboriginal Arts Board of The Australia Council, 16 mm, colour, 25 minutes. Austral. Nat. Hist., 20(6): 199-200. 1 fig. -Describes a film documentary on dugong hunt ing at Mornington Island, Australia. Putter, August 1902. Die Augen der Wassersaugethiere. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat. Ontog., 17(1-2): 99-402. 41 figs. Pis. 2-4. Nov. 10, 1902. x Putter, August 1923. Zur Physiologie der Riesentiere. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Zool Physiol, 40(3): 217-240. Nov. 3, 1923. -P. 221: {"Wahrscheinlich hat auch Steller's Seekuh ein derartiges Gewicht [2-3 tons] ge- habt."} Pycraft, William Plane 1928. Random gleanings from nature's fields. London, Methuen & Co. Ltd., xiv + 209. Frontisp. Pis. x Pycraft, William Plane 1941. Common ancestry of the elephant, sea-cow and porpoise. Illus. London News, 198: 328. Mar. 8, 1941. -Pop. acc. of the evolution of elephants, sirs., pinnipeds, and cetaceans. Q Qi, Jingfen 1984. Breeding of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus Linn.) in captivity. Acta Theriol. Sinica, 4(1): 27-33. 4 tabs. 2 figs. Feb. 1984. -In Chinese; Engl. summ. Qiu, You-xiang 1985. [On management of the manatee.] Chinese Wildlife, 1985(5): 35-36. -In Chinese. Describes the captive facilities and diet of two T. manatus from Mexico kept in Beijing for the past 8 years. Mentions the births of two calves of this pair, of which one died. Also describes the treatments given for several bacterial infections. Qiu, You-xiang 1988a. [The growth of a calf of the manatee (Trichechus manatus).] Chinese Jour. Zool, 23(2): 36-37. 3 tabs. -In Chinese. Qiu, You-xiang 1988b. [Some morphological data on the newborn mana tee.] Chinese Jour. Zool, 23(4): 37-38, 40. 2 tabs. 3 figs. -In Chinese. Quandt, Christlieb 1807. Nachricht von Suriname und seinen Einwohnern; sonderlich der Arawacken, Warauen und Karai- ben, von den niitzlichsten Gewdchsen und Thieren des Landes, den Geschaften der dortigen Mission- arien der Bruder-unitat und der Sprache der Arawacken. Gorlitz, printed by J.G. Burghart, xiv + 2 + 316. 2 pis. 1 map. -Manatees in the Corantijn and Neuker (= Nickerie) rivers, 107-109. Husson (1978: 335) suggested that the "Wassermenschen" described by Quandt (104,107) might have been giant otters (Pteronura) rather than manatees. Queiros, Joao de S. Jose 1762. Viagem e visita do sertao em o Bispado do Grao-Para\ Rev. Inst., 9: 87. -According to Verfssimo (1895: 100), this is the earliest mention of the use of fat or oil of Amazonian manatees. Quintero, Hector: SEE Freeman & Quintero, 1990. Quiring, D.P. 1950. Functional anatomy of the vertebrates. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1-624. -Gives thyroid gland weights of T. manatus. x Quiring, D.P.; & Harlan, Charles F. 1953. On the anatomy of the manatee. Jour. Mamm., 34(2): 192-203. 3 figs. May 14, 1953. -Describes the gross anatomy of two Florida manatees, including their external features, skele ton (described in considerable detail), and viscera (covered much more cursorily). Some measure ments and organ weights are given, as well as some histological observations. A "thin ligamen tous band" representing a clavicle is said to have been observed. Quoy, Jean Rene" Constant; & Gaimard, Joseph 1830. Zoologie. Vol. 1. In: J. Dumont d'Urville, Voyage de dicouvertes de T Astrolabe executie par ordre du Roi, pendant les annies 1826-1827-1828- 1829. Paris, J. Tastu. -Sirs., 143, pi. 27. Sir. material in vol. 2 also? 278 R Rabeder, G. 1975. Die Wirbeltierreste (excl. Pisces) aus dem Egerien von Oesterreich. In: T B61di et al. (eds.), OM Egerien.... Bratislava, VEDA, 437-455. 1 pi. Rabeder, G.; & Steininger, Fritz F. 1976. Die direkten biostratigraphischen Korrelations- moglichkeiten vom Saugetierfaunen aus dem Oligo/Miozan der Zentralen Paratethys. Proc. Congr. Reg. Comm. Medit. Neog. Stratig., No. 6: 177-183. x Rabell Cabrero, Narciso 1914. Notas paleontologicas. Revista de las Antillas (San Juan, Puerto Rico), 2(1): 66-69. 4 figs. Mar. 1914. -Describes an axis and a scapula of an "aquatic mammal" [sir.] from the "Salto de Collazo," 5 km east of San Sebastian, Puerto Rico [San Sebastiah Formation, Oligocene]. A mandible, "cubito," and other bones are also mentioned but not described. x Radhakrishnan, C.V.; & Bradley, R.E. 1970. Some helminths from animals at Busch Gardens Zoological Park. [Abstr.] Assoc. Southeastern Biologists Bull, 17(2): 58- 59. -P. 59: {"Necropsy of 2 Manatees (Trichechus manatus latirostris) [at Busch Gardens, Tampa, Florida] revealed large numbers of Chiorchis fabaceus (Trematoda; Digenea) in the cecum and colon and Plicatolabia hagenbecki (Nematoda; Ascaroidea) in the stomach."} Radwarfski, Andrzej: SEE ALSO Czyzewska & Rad warfski, 1991. Radwarfski, Andrzej 1977. Neogen. In: H. Makowski (ed.), Geologia histo- ryczna [Historical geology]. Wyd. Geol. (Warsaw): 731-770. -In Polish. Mentions Middle Miocene sir. remains from Poland, x Raffles, Thomas Stamford 1820. Some account of the dugong. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 110(2)(13): 174-182. 1 tab. Read May 18, 1820. -Allen 593. ?Extract: Philos. Mag., 57: 341-346, 1821 (Allen 607). German transl.: Froriep's Notizen, 1(8): 113-117, Sep. 1821 (Allen 608). Rev.: Ann. Philos., 16: 52-53. Describes the gross anatomy (external and internal), habits, and hunting of the dugong at Singapore and native customs connected with it. Includes a table of measurements of one specimen (181-182). An afterword by Everard Home (182) notes that Raffles' communication was accompanied by an account of the dugong stomach in French, forming part of a memoir by Diard and Duvaucel, two French naturalists employed by Raffles (see Diard & Duvaucel, 1820). This account of the stomach was not published. Raffles, Thomas Stamford 1821. Descriptive catalogue of a zoological collection, made on account of the Honourable East India Company, in the island of Sumatra and its vicinity, under the direction of Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, Lieutenant-Governor of Fort Marlborough; with additional notices illustrative of the natural history of those countries. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 13(1)(17): 239-274. -Allen 606. Contains five lines on "Halicora Dugong " (272). x Rafinesque, Constantine Samuel 1815. Analyse de la nature ou tableau de I' univers et des corps organisis. Palermo, aux depens de l'auteur, 1-224. -Groups sirs, with pinnipeds in the order "Am phibia." Dugong is considered synonymous with Odobenus and placed in the family "Tetropia" (= pinnipeds); the remainder of the Sirenia are represented by the family "Diopia," comprising Manatus and the new but unexplained and undiagnosed nominal genus Nemodermus (nomen nudum) (60). Raine, H.B.: SEE Ritchie, P.H., 1934. Raine, T 1824. Notice in regard to Macquarie Island. Edinburgh Philos. Jour., 9(21): 46-50. x Rainey, William E. 1981. Procedure for collection of dugong tissues for electrophoresis. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 240-247. -Describes techniques for collection and handling 279 280 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY of blood and otiier tissue samples, x Rainey, William E.; Lowenstein, Jerold M.; Sarich, Vincent M.; & Magor, Diana Marion 1984. Sirenian molecular systematics?including the extinct Steller's sea cow (Hydrodamalis gigas). Naturwissenschaften, 71(11): 586-588. 1 tab. 1 fig- -Analysis of bone extracts and serum albumins supports the phyletic branching pattern of the five Recent sir. species derived from the fossil record, but argues for more recent branching points than the fossils suggest. Raj, Sundra 1927. Littoral fauna of Krusadai Island. Raleigh, Walter 1596. The discoverie of the large, rich, and bewtiful empyre of Guiana, with a relation of the great and golden citie of Manoa (which the Spanyards call El Dorado) and of the provinces of Emeria, Arromaia, Amapaia, and other countries, with their rivers, adioyning. In: Hakluyt's Voyages. Glasgow, James MacLehose & Sons, 1904, Vol. 10:338-431. Raleigh, Walter n.d. Drie scheeps-togten na het Goud-rijke Koningrijk Guiana, in America gelegen, door den Engelssen Ridder Walther Ralegh, gedaan in de jar en 1595.1596.1597.... Leiden, Pieter Vander Aa, columns 5-42 + [2 pp.]. 6 figs. 2 maps. -Reports a manatee seen in the Oiana River (near the Mana River) in the Amaracapana Valley on the 1595 voyage (25). Ralls, Katherine S.: SEE ALSO Brownell et al.; Rathbun et al., 1988. Ralls, Katherine S. 1976. Mammals in which females are larger than males. Quart. Rev. Biol, 51: 245-276. Raloff, Janet 1980. Protecting Florida's sirens. Sci. News, 117(6): 91. 3 figs. Feb. 9, 1980. Ralph, C.L. 1975. The pineal gland and geographical distribution of animals. Internatl. Jour. BiometeoroL, 19(4): 289-303. x Ralph, C.L.; Young, S.; Gettinger, R.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1985. Does the manatee have a pineal body? Acta Zoologica (Stockholm), 66(1): 55-60. 1 fig. -Histological study of a T. manatus brain showed that it either lacked a pineal body or had only a rudimentary process that might represent an undeveloped epiphysis cerebri. Rambler (pseudonym) 1875. Guide to Florida. New York, American News Co.: 1-146. Illus. -Repr.: Gainesville, Univ. Florida Press: xix + 146, 1964. Ed. 2: 88 pp., 1876. See also Edwards (1875). Manatee, 85 (in 1876 ed.). Ramirez, R.: SEE Farres & Ramirez, 1959. Ramsay, Edward Pierson 1883. Catalogue of exhibits in the New South Wales Court, Great International Fisheries Exhibition, London. London: 1-56. -Sirs., 50, 53. Ramusio, Giovanni Battista 1565. Terzo volvme delle navigatione et viaggi raccolto gia da M. Gio. Battista Ramusio nel qvale si contengono [13 lines of contents]. Si come si legge nelle diuerse relationi, tradotte dal Ramusio di lingua Spagnuola & Francese nella nostra, & raccolte in questo volume Venice, Stamperia de' Givnti, leaves 1-34, 1-456. Figs. Maps. -Allen 21. Account of the manatee from Oviedo, leaves 40, 71, 72, 159-161; fig. on leaf 159. x Randall, John E. 1966. Grazing effect on sea grasses by herbivorous reef fishes in the West Indies. Ecology, 46(3): 255-260. 4 figs. "Spring 1965." -Mentions that T. manatus "feeds in part on sea grasses in the tropical western Atlantic" (259). x Randall, John E. 1971. Progress in marine parks. Sea Frontiers, 17(1): 2-16. 11 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1971. -Mentions a proposed dugong reserve in Tanza nia (12). Ranzani, Camillo 1820. Elementi della storia naturale dei mammiferi.... Bologna, Annesio Nobili (3 vols.), 1-736. 13 pis. -Allen 594. The 3 vols, are continuously paged. M. americanus, H. dugong, R. Stelleri, 670-677. Rao, K. Satyanarayana: SEE Nair et al., 1975. Rapp, Wilhelm Ludwig von 1837. Die Cetaceen zoologisch-anatomisch dargestellt. Stuttgart & Tubingen, J.G. Cotta: vi + 182. 8 pis. -Allen 920. Allen says: "The historical introduc tion [3-20] traces briefly the history of the subject from the time of Aristotle to date, with copious references to the literature in foot-notes. Theil I [21-58] gives a carefully prepared synopsis of the species, with brief diagnoses, the principal synon ymy, and references to the more important works relating to the species. Theil II [59-179] is devoted to a general account of the anatomy of the Sirenians and Cetaceans, largely from original investigation. The eight plates are based on NUMBER 80 281 material studied by the author." x Rapp, Wilhelm Ludwig von 1857. Anatomische Untersuchungen iiber Manatus (La mantin). Wurttemb. Natw. Jahresh. (= Jahresh. Ver. Vaterland. Naturk. Wurttemb.) (Stuttgart), 13(1): 87-98. PI. 3. -Describes aspects of the anatomy of a "Manatus latirostris" from Surinam: tongue, tonsils, hyoid, larynx, trachea, lungs, heart, major vessels, esophagus, stomach, intestines, spleen, female reproductive organs, auditory ossicles, and eye. Rasanayagam, M.C; & Mudaliyar, C 1926. Ancient Jaffna. Being a research into the history of Jaffna from very early times to the Portuguese period. New Delhi, J. Jetley, for Asian Education Serv ices, 1-390. xD Raschke, Rodney E. 1984. Early and Middle Miocene vertebrates from the Santa Ana Mountains, California. Mem. Nat. Hist. Foundation Orange County, 1: 61-67. 2 figs. Jan. 1, 1984. -Mentions the occurrence of Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia, and Dioplotherium allisoni in Middle Mioc rocks of the Santa Ana Mountains, southern California (62, 64). x Rathbun, Frank 1983. Museum exhibit dramatizes manatee's plight. Today in Gainesville (Florida), 1(5): 6-10. Cover photo + 1 fig. Feb. 1983. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and description of a traveling exhibit on manatee biology assembled by the Florida State Museum. Rathbun, Galen B.: SEE ALSO Beck et al., 1982; Caldwell & Caldwell, 1985; Etheridge et al., 1985; Kochman et al., 1983,1985; Lefebvre et al., 1989; Marsh & Rathbun, 1987, 1990; Mate et al., 1986; Medway et al., 1982; Nishiwaki & Marsh, 1985; O'Shea, Rathbun et al., 1985; O'Shea et al., 1991; Packard, Rathbun et al., 1984; Powell et al., 1981; Powell & Rathbun, 1984; Reid et al., 1991; Reynolds & Odell, 1991; Thenius et al., 1987. Rathbun, Galen B. 1984. Sirenians. Chap. 17 in: S. Anderson & J.K. Jones, Jr. (eds.), Orders and families of Recent mammals of the world. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 537-547. Figs. 93-94. x Rathbun, Galen B. 1988. Fixed-wing airplane versus helicopter surveys of manatees (Trichechus manatus). Mar. Mamm. Sci., 4(1): 71-75. 1 tab. Jan. 1988. -Numbers of manatees counted at Crystal and Indian Rivers, Florida (1978-1979), did not significantly differ between surveys conducted with fixed- and rotary-wing aircraft, though helicopter surveys produced less variable counts and may be more effective for some specialized surveys, x Rathbun, Galen B.; Bonde, Robert K.; & Clay, Deborah 1982. The status of the West Indian manatee on the Atlantic coast north of Florida. In: R.R. Odom & J.W. Guthrie (eds.), Proc. Symp. Nongame & Endangered Wildlife. Georgia Dept. Nat. Resources, Game & Fish Div., Tech. Bull, WL5 (179 pp.): 152-165. 1 tab. 6 figs. -Lists and analyzes 160 historical and recent records of T manatus north of Florida, showing that they decrease sharply in frequency northward and that more northern records are restricted to fewer months of the year. The northernmost record is from Washington, D.C. Manatees do not winter north of Florida, but do use warm-water effluents in Georgia during the spring. Sources of mortality in the northern part of the range include starvation, cold, and commercial shrimp netting. x Rathbun, Galen B.; Brownell, Robert L., Jr.; Ralls, Katherine S.; & Engbring, John 1988. Status of dugongs in waters around Palau. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 4(3): 265-270. 1 tab. 1 fig. Jul. 1988. -Aerial surveys in 1983 confirmed the results of observations in 1977-1978, viz., that the dugong population is very small (maximum count = 38) and highly endangered by subsistence hunting. Rathbun, Galen B.; Carr, Thomas; Carr, Nicole; & Woods, Charles A. 1985. The distribution of manatees and sea turtles in Puerto Rico, with emphasis on Roosevelt Roads Naval Station. NTIS Document No. PB 86-1518347AS: vi + 83. Jul. 1985. x Rathbun, Galen B.; Powell, James Arthur, Jr.; & Cruz, Gustavo 1983. Status of the West Indian manatee in Honduras. Biol. Conserv., 26(4): 301-308. 3 figs. -Aerial surveys and interviews indicated a low density of manatees and relatively heavy subsis tence hunting pressure. A manatee harpoon is illustrated. Hunters state that manatees are noctur nal, move out to sea during storms, and enter rivers in the rainy season. Several manatees died of starvation after being trapped in a lagoon during the dry season. Rathbun, Galen B.; Reid, James P.; & Bourassa, J.B. 1987. Design and construction of a tethered, floating 282 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY radio-tag assembly for manatees. NTIS Document No. PB 87-161345/AS: 1-49. x Rathbun, Galen B.; Reid, James P.; & Carowan, Glenn 1990. Distribution and movement patterns of manatees (Trichechus manatus) in northwestern peninsular Florida. Florida Mar. Res. Pubis., No. 48: 1-33. 6 tabs. 24 figs. Dec. 1990. -Data from aerial surveys, radiotracking studies, and other sightings show that manatees in north western Florida (north of the Chassahowitzka River) use the Homosassa and Crystal rivers as winter refuges but disperse widely in summer. Relatively little manatee mortality in this area is human-caused. Rathbun, Galen B.; Reid, James P.; & Tas'an 1987. Design and construction of a tethered, floating radio-tag assembly for dugongs. NTIS Document No. PB 87-161352/AS: 1-36. x Rathbun, Galen B.; Woods, Charles A.; & Ottenwalder, Jose A. 1985. The manatee in Haiti. Oryx, 19(4): 234-236. 1 fig. -An aerial survey in 1982 found only 8 T. manatus; they have apparently declined drasti cally over the past 50 years, and are now caught mainly by accident in beach seines. Former hunting techniques included spearing and stoning to death (!). Conservation measures appear im practicable; the best hope seems to be that hunting expertise will die out. x Rattner, Dian 1982. Florida's endangered mermaids?can we save them? Scholastic Science World, 39(7): 29-31. Cover photo + 6 figs. Nov. 26, 1982. -Pop. acc. of manatees at Crystal River and elsewhere in Florida, including recent deaths attributed to red tide. Rattner, Robert 1990. Manatees among us. Animals, Jul./Aug. 1990: 26-31. 10 figs. + cover illus. Rausch 1893. Zur Geschichte der Sirenen. Ber. Oberhess. Ges. Nat. Heilk. Giessen, 29: 138. Ray, Clayton Edward: SEE ALSO Barnes et al., 1985; Bufftfnil et al., 1990; Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982; Domning & Ray, 1986; Domning et al., 1986; Pollock 8c Ray, 1957; Wing et al., 1968. x Ray, Clayton Edward 1960. The manatee in the Lesser Antilles. Jour. Mamm., 41(3): 412-413. Aug. 15, 1960. -Reviews early reports and archaeological evi dence establishing or suggesting the presence of T. m. manatus at Guadeloupe, Martinique, St. Lucia, and Marie Galante in historic times. Ray, Clayton Edward 1975. The relationships of Hemicaulodon effodiens Cope 1869 (Mammalia: Odobenidae). Proc. Biol Soc. Washington, 88(26): 281-303. 6 pis. Aug. 15, 1975. x Ray, Clayton Edward; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1986. Manatees and genocide. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 2(1): 77-78. Jan. 1986. -Repr.: Amer. Cetacean Soc, Puget Sound Chap ter Newsletter, Jul.-Aug. 1989: 8-9. Letter to the editor, arguing that the problem of preserving Florida manatees is a critical challenge for marine mammal conservation in the U.S. D Ray, Clayton Edward; Domning, Daryl Paul; & McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1994. A new specimen of Behemotops proteus (Mam malia: Desmostylia) from the marine Oligocene of Washington. In: A. Berta & T.A. DemeYe" (eds.), Contributions in marine mammal paleontology honoring Frank C Whitmore, Jr. Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 29: 205-222. 1 tab. 15 figs. May 1, 1994. -A new specimen including both upper and lower teeth, from the middle or upper Oligocene, confirms the close similarity of Behemotops to Eocene anthracobunids of Asia. Behemotops emlongi is synonymized with B. proteus, and the dentition of the latter is reinterpreted. Ray, G. Carleton 1968. Marine parks for Tanzania: results of a survey of the coast of Tanzania by invitation of the Trustees of Tanzania National Parks. New York, Conservation Foundation, New York Zoological Society, 1-47. Oct. 1968. -Dugong, 37-39. Ray, G. Carleton 1981. The role of large organisms. In: A.R. Longhurst (ed.), Analysis of marine ecosystems. London & New York, Academic Press (741 pp.), 397-413. Illus. Ray, John 1693. Synopsis methodica animalium quadrupedum et serpentini generis. Vulgarium notas characteristi- cas, rariorum descriptiones integras exhibens: cum historiis & observationibus anatomicis per- quam curiosis. Praemittuntur nonnulla de ani malium in genere, sensu, generatione, divisione &c London, S. Smith & B. Walford, [xiv] + 336 + [8]. Frontisp. -Sirs., 193-194. NUMBER 80 283 x Rayfield, Earl 1974. Fifty thousand feet of history. NO A A (U.S. Natl. Oceanic & Atmospheric Ad ministration), 4(1): 44-47. 7 figs. Jan. 1974. -States (p. 45) that the archives of NOAA's National Ocean Survey contain "a century-old drawing of a sea cow"; reproduced on p. 47, it is the drawing of Hydrodamalis on the map pub lished by Dall (1891) and discussed by Stejneger (1936: 516). Raymond, Gale J.: SEE Wagner et al., 1983. Rayner, Sue 1987. Dugongs. Melbourne, Oxford Univ. Press, 1-31. Illus. 1 map. Raza, S. Mahmood: SEE ALSO Gingerich et al., 1993. x Raza, S. Mahmood; Barry, John C; Meyer, Grant E.; & Martin, Lawrence 1984. Preliminary report on the geology and vertebrate fauna of the Miocene Manchar Formation, Sind, Pakistan. Jour. Vert. Pal, 4(4): 584-599. 2 tabs. 4 figs. Dec. 1984. -Mentions a sir. rib fragment collected in the upper part of the Gaj Formation (Early or Middle Miocene) (585). x Read, Bernard Emms 1931. Chinese materia medica. Animal drugs. II. The wild animals. Peking Nat. Hist. Bull, 6(1): 1-52. Sep. 1931. -Identifies (without supporting evidence) the animal known in Chinese as hai niu, or sea cow, with Rhytina gigas, and states that its skin was "used for many purposes" by the Chinese and that its oil was used in lamps (16); but does not state definitely that the animal occurred in China. See also Sowerby (1935). Also mentions a "sea animal" (52) that Sowerby thought might be the dugong, but I consider this identification too tenuous. Reche, O. 1905. Uber Form und Funktion der Halswirbelsaule der Zahnwale. Jena. Zs. Natw., 40: 150-252. 31 figs. -Sirs., 243. Red Spinner (pseudonym of William Senior): SEE Anony mous, 1881. x Reddacliff, Gary 1988. Crater wounds in marine mammals. In: M.L. Augee (ed.), Marine mammals of Australasia: field biology and captive management. Sydney, Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales (vii + 140), 133-134. Mar. 1988. -Also appeared in Austral. Zool, 24(3)? Reports a young male dugong that stranded and died in Sydney Harbour in March 1980 as a result of bites by cookie-cutter sharks (Isistius sp.). Reddick, J. 1980. Sirenia in distress. Cetus, 2(2): 7. Illus. Redspinner (pseudonym of William Senior): SEE Anony mous, 1881. Reed, A.W. 1969. An illustrated encyclopaedia of Aboriginal life. Sydney, A.H. & A.W. Reed, 1-165. -Dugong hunting in Australia, 66-67, 69-71. x Reed, Jim 1976. Guana River Wildlife Management Area. Florida Wildlife, Jan. 1976: 10-12. 5 figs. -P. 12: {"At least one manatee is known to be in the impoundment [= artificial Lake Ponte Vedra, St. Johns County, Florida]."} Reed, Nathaniel Pryor 1982. "Sharing ..." key to manatee survival. Florida Naturalist, 55(1): 8-9. 4 figs. Jan.-Mar. 1982. Reed, PC: SEE Marsh, Freeland et al., 1986. Reeds, Chester A. 1916. Porto Rican localities yielding vertebrate fossils. Annals New York Acad. Sci., 26: 436-438. Reep, Roger Lyons: SEE ALSO O'Shea & Reep, 1990; Loerzel & Reep, 1991. Reep, Roger Lyons; Johnson, J.I.; Switzer, R.C.; & Welker, W.I. 1989. Manatee cerebral cortex: cytoarchitecture of the frontal region in Trichechus manatus latirostris. Brain Behav. Evol, 34(6): 365-386. Reep, Roger Lyons; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1990. Regional brain morphometry and lissencephaly in the Sirenia. Brain Behav. Evol, 35(4): 185-194.4 tabs. 4 figs. Reeves, Randall R.: SEE ALSO Brownell et al., 1981; Leatherwood & Reeves, 1989. Reeves, Randall R.; Stewart, Brent S.; & Leatherwood, J. Stephen 1992. The Sierra Club handbook of seals and sirenians. San Francisco, Sierra Club Books, xvi + 359. Illus. -Rev.: K.W. Kenyon, Jour. Mamm., 75(1): 231, Feb. 18, 1994. Sirs., 33-36, 259-293. x Reeves, Randall R.; Tuboku-Metzger, Daphne; & Kapindi, Richard A. 1988. Distribution and exploitation of manatees in Sierra Leone. Oryx, 22(2): 75-84. 1 tab. 7 figs. Apr. 1988. -Briefly describes the distribution of manatees (based on interviews) and of manatee traps and nets along rivers. Describes in detail hunting 284 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY methods using traps, nets, and harpoons; carcass utilization; fragmentary catch statistics; and con flicts with fishing and rice farming. Discusses conservation prospects for manatees in Sierra Leone. Rego, Aurora Ramos de Morais: SEE Morais Rego, Aurora Ramos de. Reguant, S. 1967. El Eoceno marino de Vic (Barcelona). Mem. Inst. Geol. Min. Espana, 68: 1-350. -Reports "Halitherium sp." at various Eocene localities between Taradell and Sant Julia de Vilatorta, Spain. Rehfeld, S. Jerry: SEE Elias et al., 1987. x Reichenau, Wilhelm von 1878. Das Thierreich, vom Gesichtspunkte der Anpas- sungsahnlichkeit. (Ein Beitrag zum 14. Kapitel von Darwin's "Entstehung der Arten.") Kosmos (Zs. Einheitl. Weltanschauung aufGrund der Entwicklungslehre), 3(2): 133-147. May 1878. -Brief gen. acc. of the external anatomy and aquatic adaptations of sirs. (137-138). Reichenbach, Ernst Stromer von: SEE Stromer von Reich- enbach, Ernst. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig 1845. Synopsis Mammalium iconibus illustrata.... Vol. I. Cetacea, Pachydermata, Suilla. Leipzig, 1-31. -Discusses Halicore tabernaculi, 16. Reid, James P.: SEE ALSO Mate et al., 1986, 1987; Rathbun, Reid, & Bourassa, 1987; Rathbun, Reid, & Tas'an, 1987; Rathbun et al., 1990. x Reid, James P.; & O'Shea, Thomas J. 1989. Three years operational use of satellite transmit ters on Florida manatees: tag improvements based on challenges from the field. Proc. 1989 North Amer. Argos Users Conference & Exhibit (Landover [Maryland], Service Argos, Inc., 361 pp.): 217-232. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Recounts the history of satellite tracking of Florida manatees, discusses some of the data on manatee movements thereby obtained, and de scribes modifications made to the transmitters as a result of field experience, x Reid, James P.; Rathbun, Galen B.; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1991. Distribution patterns of individually identifiable West Indian manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Florida. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 7(2): 180-190. 2 tabs. 2 figs. Apr. 30, 1991. -Documents long-distance movements and site fidelity on the basis of photographs of distinc tively scarred manatees. The migration pattern is predominantly northward in spring and southward in fall. Reilly, Patricia 1982. "You can't not love a manatee." Sky (Delta Air Lines), Sep. 1982: 18-20, 22, 24. Cover + 5 figs. x Reinhart, Roy H. 1951. A new genus of sea cow from the Miocene of Colombia. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci. Univ. California, 28(9): 203-213. 2 figs. Feb. 16, 1951. -Describes Potamosiren magdalenensis, n.gen.n.sp., a trichechid from the Middle Miocene (Friasian) of Colombia. xD Reinhart, Roy H. 1953. Diagnosis of the new mammalian order, Desmo stylia. Jour. Geol, 61(2): 187. Mar. 1953. -The earliest publication of the name Desmo stylia; gives its date erroneously as 1952 and alludes to the "Family Paleoparadoxia" [sic; nomen nudum]. D Reinhart, Roy H. 1959. A review of the Sirenia and Desmostylia. Univ. California Publ. Geol. Sci., 36(1): 1-146. Tabs. 19 figs. 14 pis. July 24, 1959. -An important survey and partial revision of the two orders, emphasizing the North American fossil record. Reviews the phylogeny of the Trichechidae (3-5); proposes a new suprageneric classification of sirs., introducing me new sub family names Prorastominae (5), Protosireninae (6), and Halianassinae (8). Describes Caribosiren turneri, n.gen.n.sp. (Middle Olig., Puerto Rico; 8-21), and Halianassa vanderhoofi, n.sp. (Late Mioc, California; 23-44). Describes partial skulls and other material of Halianassa sp. indet. (Mioc, Baja California; 44-49; later made the type of Dusisiren reinharti Domning, 1978) and Eotheroides sp. indet. (Late Eoc, Egypt; 53-56). Discusses the morphology and evolution of the lacrimal, mesethmoid, nasal, and frontal bones in sirs. (57-62), and reviews other fossil sirs, in passing. Reviews the synonymy and morphology of Desmostylus (64-89); describes Vanderhoofius coalingensis, n.gen.n.sp. (Mioc, California; 90- 93), Paleoparadoxidae [sic], n.fam., Paleopara doxia, n.gen., and P. tabatai, n.comb. (Mioc, Japan & California; 94-100). Discusses the habits, phylogeny, and classification of the Desmostylia (101-109), concluding that the Si renia, Desmostylia, and Proboscidea form a monophyletic group within the Paenungulata. NUMBER 80 285 xD Reinhart, Roy H. 1970a. Desmostylia. In: P. Gray (ed.), The encyclopedia of the biological sciences. Ed. 2. New York, Van Nostrand Reinhold (xxv + 1027), 243. -One-paragraph gen. acc. of the order and its four included genera. Reinhart, Roy H. 1970b. Sirenia. In: P. Gray (ed.), The encyclopedia of the biological sciences. Ed. 2. New York, Van Nostrand Reinhold (xxv + 1027), 854-855. 1 fig. x Reinhart, Roy H. 1971. Fossil Sirenia of Florida. The Plaster Jacket (Florida State Museum), No. 15: 1-10. 5 figs. Oct. 1, 1971. -Pop. acc. of fossil and Recent sirs., their occurrence in Florida, and how to identify their remains. xD Reinhart, Roy H. 1975. New discoveries in the Order Desmostylia. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 15(3): 826. Summer 1975. -Reasserts the distinctness of Cornwallius and Paleoparadoxia on the basis of new material from the Oligo-Miocene of Oregon; regards the synon ymy of American and Japanese Desmostylus as still uncertain. D Reinhart, Roy H. 1976. Fossil sirenians and desmostylids from Florida and elsewhere. Bull. Florida St. Mus., Biol. Sci., 20(4): 187-300. 8 tabs. 39 figs. Jul. 9, 1976. -Synonymizes Felsinotherium and Halianassa with Metaxytherium and reviews their morphol ogy (191-199). Recognizes M. ossivallense, M. floridanum, M. calvertense, and Hesperosiren crataegensis in the Mioc. of Florida, and describes new material referred to each (199-235). De scribes Halitherium olseni, n.sp. (Mioc, Florida; 238-261; now considered Late Olig.). Reports Eoc rib fragments from Florida (262-265); discusses fossil sir. records from Java and Austra lia (266-269); describes vestigial incisors in Dugong dugon (269-272); and reports a tooth of Metaxytherium sp. indet. from the Mioc. of Argentina (272-278). Discusses trichechid phylo geny (279-281), "Manatus" maeoticus (281- 282), Cryptomastodon (282-283), valid and inva lid records of desmostylians from Alaska, Florida, and Texas (283-287), and new specimens of Desmostylus hesperus (288-295). Morgan (1994: 264-265) concluded that the Florida Desmostylus specimens reported here have erroneous locality data and are really from California. xD Reinhart, Roy H. 1982. The extinct mammalian order Desmostylia. Natl. Geogr. Soc. Res. Repts., 14: 549-555. 1 fig. -Progress report on Reinhart's study of the Emlong Collection and other desmostylians. Illus trates and diagnoses the skull of Cornwallius; coins the new combination Desmostylus bre- vimaxillare [sic] (551); reviews the status of knowledge of other desmostylians; and alludes to other new specimens from Oregon and California. Reitz, Elizabeth J.: SEE Watters et al., 1984; Wing & Reitz, 1982. Remmers, J.E.: SEE Tenney & Remmers, 1963. Renard, J. Louis 1754. Poissons, ecrevisses et crabes, de diver ses coul- eurs et figures extraordinaires, que Von trouve autour des isles Moluques, et sur les cotes des terres australes.... Amsterdam, Reinier & Josue" Ottens (2 vols, in 1). 100 pis. -Dugong, pi. 34, fig. 180; "Sirenne" or mermaid, pi. 57, fig. 240. See also T.W Pietsch (1991). x Rensberger, John M. 1969. A new iniid cetacean from the Miocene of California. Univ. California Publ Geol. Sci., 82: 1-34. 2 figs. 4 pis. Jun. 13, 1969. -Mentions a "sirenian" [vertebra and rib frag ment, UCMP 35102-35103] from the Early or Middle Miocene Monterey Group in Alameda County (1-2). Renshaw, G. 1937. The northern sea-cow. Jour. Soc. Preserv. Fauna Empire (n.s.), 31: 51-54. 1 fig. Repenning, Charles A.: SEE ALSO Mitchell & Repenning, 1963. xD Repenning, Charles A. 1965. [Drawing of Paleoparadoxia skeleton.] Geotimes, 9(6): 1, 3. Cover illus. Feb. 1965. -Cover illustration with caption, showing Repen ning's reconstruction of the Stanford skeleton, which was subsequently reproduced in the third ed. of Romer's Vertebrate Paleontology and elsewhere. xD Repenning, Charles A.; & Packard, Earl L. 1990. Locomotion of a desmostylian and evidence of ancient shark predation. In: A.J. Boucot (ed.), Evolutionary paleobiology of behavior and coevolution. Amsterdam, Elsevier (xxiii + 725), 199-203. Figs. 179-183. 286 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Describes the circumstances of occurrence and taphonomy of the Stanford (California) Paleoparadoxia skeleton, attributes fractures of its hind legs to a fall, and suggests shark attack as the cause of death. Also describes details of the hindlimb and other joints, interpreting them to indicate somewhat frog-like postures in both terrestrial and aquatic locomotion, and a terrestrial gait similar to that of otarioid pinnipeds. Retzius, Anders Johann 1794. Anmarkningar vid genus Trichechi. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsacad. Handlingar (Stockholm), (2)15: 286-300. Oct.-Dec 1794. -First publication of the name Hydrodamalis (292). Revilla, Juan: SEE Neville et al., 1976. Rey, R. 1964. Sur quelques pieces ost6ologiques du Mustiim d'Histoire Naturelle de Nantes. Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Ouest France, 60, M6m. Trav. Orig.: 17-26. 3 pis. -Describes material of Halitherium. Reynolds, John E., Ill: SEE ALSO Bazzini et al.; Forrester et al., 1979; Hill & Reynolds, 1989; Marmontel et al., 1992; Odell et al., 1978; Odell & Reynolds, 1979, 1980; Packard, Frohlich et al., 1984; Packard et al., 1989; Weigle et al., 1988; Wilhelm et al., 1988. x Reynolds, John E., Ill 1976. The Florida manatee: myth vs. truth. Sea Frontiers, 22(4): 209-214. 4 figs. Jul.-Aug. 1976. -Gen. acc. of manatee behavior (including an observation of playful "body-surfing"), popular misconceptions about manatees in Florida, and the outlook for their conservation. Reynolds, John E., Ill 1977. Precarious survival of the Florida manatee. Oceans, 10(5): 50-53. 4 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1977. x Reynolds, John E., Ill 1979a. The semisocial manatee. Nat. Hist. (New York), 88(2): 44-53. 10 figs. + cover photo. Feb. 1979. -Pop. acc. of T manatus at Blue Lagoon, Miami, Florida, emphasizing herd structure, "estrous herds," cow-calf interactions, "body surfing," "follow-the-leader," social communication, and activity patterns. Concludes that manatees are "moderately social." Reynolds, John E., Ill 1979b. Internal and external morphology of the manatee (sea cow). [Abstr.] Anat. Rec, 193(3): 633. x Reynolds, John E., Ill 1981a. Behavior patterns in the West Indian manatee, with emphasis on feeding and diving. Florida Scientist, 44(4): 233-242. 4 tabs. 1 fig. -Presents quantitative data on T. manatus in Blue Lagoon, Miami, Florida, regarding activity pat terns, feeding, dive times, aggregations, and miscellaneous behavior such as hauling out to feed, climbing barriers, and "body-surfing"; also lists food plants eaten. x Reynolds, John E., Ill 1981b. Aspects of the social behaviour and herd structure of a semi-isolated colony of West Indian mana tees, Trichechus manatus. Mammalia, 45(4): 431-451. 8 tabs. 4 figs. -French summ. A population of about 60 mana tees in Blue Lagoon Lake, Miami, Florida, tended to be found in herds of 2 or more. Except for female-calf pairs, these herds were unstable. Social facilitation, synchronous breathing, "body- surfing," and "follow-the-leader" behaviors were observed. Social contexts of vocalizations are described, and other possible forms of communi cation are discussed. T manatus is considered a "moderately social" species. x Reynolds, John E., Ill 1981c Manatees of Blue Lagoon Lake, Miami, Florida: biology and effects of man's activities. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154): 25-32. 2 figs. -Briefly summarizes behavioral and other obser vations reported in more detail in the publications cited above. Also discusses the danger to mana tees of flood control dams, boat collisions, harassment, vandalism, fish hooks, and culverts, and notes that many people in the study area feared and disliked manatees. x Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Ferguson, J.C. 1984. Implications of the presence of manatees (Tri chechus manatus) near the Dry Tortugas Islands. Florida Scientist, 47(3): 187-189. -Notes two instances of manatee sightings near the Dry Tortugas, and discusses whether manatees require or merely prefer access to fresh water. Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Gluckman, Casey J. 1988. Protection of West Indian manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Florida. NTIS Document No. PB 88-222922, 1-103. Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Haddad, Kenneth D. (eds.) 1990. Report of the Workshop on Geographic Informa tion Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. NUMBER 80 287 Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 1-57. Illus. Dec. 1990. -Includes, in addition to the Report of the Workshop (1-10), invited papers by O'Shea & Kochman, Weigle & Haddad, Osborn, Gilbrook, and Kautz (11-50; q.v.); the agenda and list of participants (51-53); and an excerpt from a senior thesis by Houhoulis (54-57; q.v.). x Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Krause, W.J. 1982. A note on the duodenum of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus), with emphasis on the duodenal glands. Acta Anal, 114(1): 33-40. 1 tab. 4 figs. -Describes the gross and microscopic structure and histochemistry of the duodenum and duodenal glands; the latter secrete an acid mucin (sialomu- cin) and have cells intermediate between classical serous and mucous types. Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1982. Florida's manatees. Southern Boating, 10(6): 110-111. 2 figs. Feb. 1982. Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Odell, Daniel Keith 1991. Manatees and dugongs. New York, Facts on File, Inc., xiv + 192. Illus. Oct. 1991. -Revs.: G.B. Rathbun, Mar. Mamm. Sci., 9(1): 114-115, Jan. 1993; J.N. Layne, Florida Field Nat., 21(1): 22, Feb. 1993. Thorough, well- illustrated popular account of sir. biology, distri bution, status, and conservation. Includes a chap ter by Domning entitled "Why save the manatee?" (167-173; Domning, 1991c). x Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1985. Abundance of West Indian manatees (Trichechus manatus) around selected Florida power plants following winter cold fronts, 1982-1983. Bull. Mar. Sci., 36(3): 413-422. 4 tabs. 1 fig. -Aerial surveys focussed on 5 Florida Power & Light Company plants revealed lower numbers of manatees than in previous years, probably reflect ing unusually mild winter temperatures in 1982- 1983. x Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1986. Distribution and abundance of the West Indian manatee Trichechus manatus around selected Florida power plants following winter cold fronts: 1984-85. Biol. Conserv., 38(2): 103-113. 3 tabs. -Aerial surveys focussed on 5 Florida Power & Light Company plants revealed generally higher numbers of manatees than in previous years, probably due to very cold temperatures in Jan. 1985. x Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1987. People, power plants, and manatees. Sea Frontiers, 33(4): 263-269. 6 figs. Jul.-Aug. 1987. -Pop. acc. of the use of power-plant discharges of warm water as cold-weather refugia by Florida manatees, and related conservation problems. Reynolds, John E., Ill; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1988. Insight into manatee, Trichechus manatus, biology and management provided by winter aerial sur veys in Florida. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 51 (Suppl. 1): 26. Reynolds, John E., Ill, & Wilcox, J. Ross 1994. Observations of Florida manatees (Trichechus manatus latirostris) around selected power plants in winter. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 10(2): 163-177. 3 tabs. 2 figs. Apr. 27, 1994. Reynolds, S.H. 1897. The vertebrate skeleton. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, xvi + 559. 110 figs. -Sirs., 518, 554. Reynoso, J.P. Gallo: SEE Gallo Reynoso, J.P. Rhoads, Samuel N. 1894a. Some proposed changes in the nomenclature of the American Mammalia. Amer. Naturalist, 28(330): 523-526. Jun. 1894. -Supports the use for manatees of the names Trichechus, T. manatus, T. inunguis, and T senegalensis (523). Rhoads, Samuel N. 1894b. A reprint of the North American Zoology, by George Ord. Being an exact reproduction of the part originally compiled by Mr. Ord for Johnson & Warner, and first published by them in their second American edition of Guthrie's Geography, in 1815. Taken from Mr. Ord's private, annotated copy. To which is added an appendix on the more important scientific and historic questions in volved. Haddonfield (New Jersey), publ. by the editor, x + "290-361"+ 90. Frontisp. -Manatee, 291, 293 (of Ord's text), 5-6 (of Rhoads' appendix). Ord recognized "Trichechus australis" (=T. manatus) and "Trichechus siren" (= Steller's "sea-ape"). Rhoads, Samuel N. 1903. The mammals of Pennsylvania and New Jersey: a biographic, historic and descriptive account of the furred animals of land and sea, both living and extinct, known to have existed in these states. Philadelphia, privately published, 1-266. 9 pis. 1 map. -Sirs., 246. 288 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Ribeiro, Gilberto de Assis: SEE Best, Ribeiro et al., 1982; Colares et al., 1987. Ribeiro de Sampaio, Francisco Xavier: SEE Sampaio, Francisco Xavier Ribeiro de. Ricardo Bertram, Cicely Kate: SEE Bertram. Ricaurte, Daniel Ortega 1940. La hoya del Amazonas.... Tomo I. Segunda edicion. Bogota", Editorial Centro S.A., 1-533. -First ed., Bogota, Escuela Tip. Salesiana: 1-297, 1936. Manatee, 440-442. Rice, Dale W: SEE ALSO Domning, Rice et al., 1982; Scheffer & Rice, 1963. x Rice, Dale W; & Scheffer, Victor B. 1968. A list of the marine mammals of the world. U.S. Fish & Wildl Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept. Fisheries, No. 579: iii + 16. Dec. 1968. -Summarizes the distribution of the living sirs. (5-6) and gives their common synonyms (12). Includes a bibliography by Ethel I. Todd (12-16). Rich, J.A. 1898. Some notes on the manus of the dugong. Jour. Anat. Physiol, 32: 765-767. x Rich, Vera 1983. Sea cow relics for museum. Nature (London), 306: 415. Dec. 1, 1983. -Reports the discovery on Bering Island of "a virtually complete skeleton" of Steller's sea cow, to be kept and displayed on Bering Island itself. See also Domning (1984a). Richard, M. 1946. Les gisements de mammiferes tertiaires: contribu tion a l'6tude du bassin d'Aquitaine. Mim. Soc. Giol. France (n.s.), 24(1 )(52): xxiv + 380. 52 figs. -Mentions Eotherium from the Upper Eocene of France. Richardson, B.J.: SEE Lowenstein et al., 1981. x Richardson, John 1837. Report on North American zoology. Rept. 6th Meeting, Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 5: 121-224. -Allen 924. Lists Manatus americanus, M. la tirostris, and Rhytina borealis among North American Cetacea (162). Ricqles, Armand de: SEE Buffrenil et al., 1990. Ride, W.D.L.: SEE Mahoney & Ride, 1975. x Ridgway, Brian 1982. Paleontological survey of the Toy Town Dump, St. Petersburg, Florida. The Plaster Jacket (Florida State Museum), No. 40: 4-20. 16 figs. Jun. 1982. -Reports sirs. cf. Halianassa from the Miocene Hawthorn Formation in Pinellas County, Florida; mentions tooth scars on the bones as evidence of shark predation (7, 13, 15). Ridgway, Samuel H.: SEE Harrison & Ridgway, 1976. Ridley, H.N. 1924. The flora of the Malay Peninsula. Volume 4: Monocotyledones. London, L. Reeve & Co., Ltd., 1-383. Ridley, H.W. 1895. The mammals of the Malay Peninsula. Nat. Sci, 6: 23-29, 89-96, 161-165. -Distribution and food habits of the dugong, and its hunting by the Chinese (165). x Riemer, Donald N. 1982. Sea cows on stamps. Bio-Philately (Biology Unit, Amer. Topical Assoc), 31(1-2): 19-23. 6 figs. -Accurate pop. acc. of living sirs., listing 11 postage stamps depicting them. See also E.D. Gomez (1983). x Riemer, Donald N. 1984. Introduction to freshwater vegetation. Westport (Connecticut), AVI Publ. Co., Inc. Illus. -Gen. acc. of T. manatus and its lack of suitability for weed control (138-141). Rigg, J. 1839. Sketch of the geology of Jasinga. Verb. Batav. Genoot., 17: 120-135. -Sirs, in the Miocene of Java. Riha, Adalbert 1911. Das mannliche Urogenitalsystem von Halicore dugong Erxl. Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 13: 395-422. 15 figs. Ritchie, PH. 1934. North of the Never Never. Sydney, Angus 8c Robertson, 1-227. -"In collaboration with H.B. Raine." Australian native customs with respect to hunting, cooking, and eating the dugong, 53-58. Rivera, Ernesto J. Ortiz: SEE Ortiz Rivera, Ernesto J. x Roaf, Michael 1976. Excavations at Al Markh, Bahrain. Proc. Seminar for Arabian Studies (Inst, of Archaeology, London), 6: 144-160. 1 tab. 7 figs. 2 pis. -Mentions the occurrence of dugong bones in the later phase (post-'Ubaid; after 3800 B.C.) at Al Markh (144, 149-151). Robb, Jane Sands 1965. Comparative basic cardiology. New York 8c London, Grune & Stratton. 528 figs. -Sirs., 141, 143, 212-215, 402, 574. Robert, C 1836a. [Note sur quelques particularites observ6es dans le squelette d'un lamantin du S6n6gal.] NUMBER 80 289 L'Institut, 4(153): 114. Apr. 13, 1836. -Allen 904. x Robert, C 1836b. Lettre de M. Robert sur les spirules, sur le lamentin du Stii6gal et sur l'existence, dans cette meme region de l'Afrique, de hyene tachet6e. Ann. Sci. Nat., Sti\ 2, Zool., 5: 226-227. -Allen 905. ?Repr.: C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 2: 362-364. Comments briefly on some features of the skeleton of a nine-foot T. senegalensis he had recently collected (363 in repr.). x Robert, C 1837. [Remarks on the manatee and Dinotherium.] C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(13): 471. [Read?] Mar. 27, 1836. -P. 471: {{"M. Robert pr6sente sur les habitudes du Lamantin quelques remarques dont l'objet est d'appuyer le rapprochement 6tabli par M. de Blainville entre les animaux de cette famille et le Dinotherium."}} Robert, Maurice 1923. Le Congo physique. Bruxelles, M. Lamertin, 1-315. Illus. -Sirs., 287-288. Roberts, Austin 1951. The mammals of South Africa. ?Johannesburg, Trustees of "The Mammals of South Africa" Book Fund; distributed by the Central News Agency, xlviii + 700. Illus. -Record of dugongs, 232. Roberts, Callum: SEE Sheppard et al., 1992. Roberts, Orlando W 1827. Narratives of voyages and excursions on the east coast and in the interior of Central America; describing a journey up the Rio San Juan, and passage across the Lake of Nicaragua to the city of Leon. Edinburgh, Constable. 1-302. 1 map. -Facsimile ed.: Gainesville, Univ. Florida Press, 1965. Manatees, 97-98. x Robineau, Daniel 1965. Les osselets de l'ouie de la rhytine. Mammalia, 29(3): 412-425. 5 figs. Sep. 1965. -Engl. summ. Describes the ear ossicles of Steller's sea cow and compares them with those of Trichechus and Dugong. x Robineau, Daniel 1969. Morphologie externe du complexe osseux tempo ral chez les sireniens. Mim. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. (Paris), Ser. A (Zool.), (2)60(1): 1-32. 17 figs. -Detailed, well-illustrated description of the tem poral and ear regions of the Recent sirs., particu larly Dugong, and comparisons with other orders of mammals, x Robineau, Daniel; & Rose, Jean-Michel 1982. Le dugong [Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776) Sirenia, Dugongidae] en R6publique de Djibouti. Biol. Conserv., 24(3): 233-238. 1 fig. Nov. 1982. -Engl. summ. Strandings, accidental captures in shark nets, and aerial surveys (in late 1980) indicate a population of some 30 dugongs in Djibouti; these may represent the northern edge of a larger population in Somalia. Robinson, John G.: SEE Correa-Viana et al., 1990; O'Shea et al., 1988. x Robinson, N.H. 1984. Marine mammals of the coastal waters of the Illawarra region. Victorian Naturalist, 101(4): 152-161. 2 tabs. 2 figs. Jul./Aug. 1984. -Records two dugong strandings in New South Wales, at Port Hacking (Feb. 12, 1959) and Port Kembla(Dec 1960) (157). Robinson, P.T. 1971. Wildlife trends in Liberia and Sierra Leone. Oryx, 11(2-3): 117-121. 1 fig. Robinson, Peter T 1974. The Beglia Formation of Tunisia. Mem. Bur. Rech. Geol. Minieres, France, No. 78, vol. 1:235-237. Robinson, Peter T. 1976. Neogene continental rock units of Tunisia. Proc. Congr. Reg. Comm. Medit. Neog. Stratig., No. 6: 415-419. x Robinson, Peter T; & Black, Craig C 1969. Note preliminaire sur les vertebres fossiles du Vindobonien (formation Beglia), du Bled Doua- rah, Gouvernorat de Gafsa, Tunisie. Notes Serv. Giol. Tunisie, No. 31: 67-70. -Mentions sir. bones found in a Miocene verte brate fauna representing shoreline-savannah (and also river-forest?) assemblages (69). Robinson, Peter T; & Black, Craig C 1974. Vertebrate faunas from the Neogene of Tunisia. Ann. Geol. Surv. Egypt, 4: 319-332. 6 figs. -Reports indeterminate sirs, from both pre- and post-//ipparion levels in the Beglia Formation (322, 327). x Robison, J. 1833. European notices of Indian natural history. 1. The dugong. Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 2: 100-101. Feb. 1833. -Letter to Robison from Robert Knox regarding a preserved dugong sent to Edinburgh by G. Swinton. Rocha, Newton Banks da: SEE Banks da Rocha, Newton. 290 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x Rochebrune, A.T. de 1883. Faune de la Senegambie: mammiferes. Actes Soc Linn. Bordeaux, 37(4)(7): 49-203. -Gen. acc. of the African manatee, mostly quoted from M. Adanson (1757?) (190-191). Rochefort, Cesar de 1658. Histoire naturelle et morale des lies antilles de TAmerique. Enrichie de plusieurs belles figures des raretez les plus considerables qui y sont dicrites. Vvec vn vocabulaire Caraibe. Rotterdam, Arnould Leers, [8] + 527 pp. + 6 leaves (contents). -Allen 82. x Rochefort, C6sar de 1665. Histoire naturelle et morale des lies Antilles de I Amerique. Enrichie d'un grand nombre de belles figures en taille douce, des places & des raretez les plus considerables, qui y sont dicrites. Avec un vocabulaire Caraibe. Seconde edition. Reveue & augmentie de plusieurs descriptions, & de quelques iclaircissemens, qu'on desiroit en la precede nte. Rotterdam, Amout Leers, 18 leaves + 583 pp. + 6V2 leaves (contents). Figs. 3 pis. -Allen 90. Dutch transl., Rotterdam, 1662 (Allen 85). Engl, transl., London, 1666. Also a later French ed. (Lyon, Christofle Fourmy, 2 vols., 566 & 680 pp., 1667) and a "demiere" ed., Rotterdam, 1681. Manatee, chap. 17, 194-195; fig., 199 (pp. 155-156 in 1662 ed.; 1:391-394, 402 in 1667 ed.). The material in at least the 1667 ed. is identical to that in the 1665 ed., but the figures are reversed. Allen says: "The account of the Lamantin (1 page and 3 lines in length) is explicit and interesting, describing correctly the general ap pearance and habits of the animal, including its reproduction, and the use of its flesh as food by the natives. The cut ... is a very good figure (its date, of course, considered) of the animal?an old Lamantin folding its young one in its arms." Rochon-Duvigneaud, Andr6: SEE ALSO Petit & Rochon- Duvigneaud, 1929. Rochon-Duvigneaud, Andre- 1943. Les yeux et la vision des vertibris. Paris, Masson & Cie, iii + 719. Illus. Rochon-Duvigneaud, Andre 1972. L'oeil et la vision. In: P.-P. Grass6 (ed.), Traiti de zoologie: Mammiferes. Paris, Masson et Cie, 16(4)? -Sirs., 664-665. Rode, Paul 1943. Petit atlas des mammiferes. III. Cetacis, sirines, pinnipedes, carnivores, chiropteres. Paris, N. Boubee & Co., 1-65. 12 pis. Rodionov, V.A. 1986. [Histochemical study of lipids in the skeletal muscles of the manatee and other marine mam mals.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfolo gicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.): 351-357. -In Russian. Rodriguez, Joao Barbosa: SEE Barbosa Rodriguez, Joao. Rodriguez de Acosta, Manuel 1684. El Marahon, y Amazonas. Historia de los des- cvbrimientos, entradas, y redvccion de naciones. Trabajos malogrados de algvnos conqvistadores, y dichosos de otros, assi temporales, como espiritvales, en las dilatadas montahas, y mayores rios de la America.... Madrid, Antonio Goncalez de Reyes, [20] + 444 + [31]. -Manatee, 107. x Rodriguez Ferreira, Alexandre 1903. Memoria sobre o peixe boy e do uso que lhe dao no Estado do Grao Para". Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, 12: 169-174. -Repr.: Rodriguez Ferreira (1972: 59-65). A description, originally written in 1786, of manatee hunting and manatee products, and governmental regulation thereof, in the lower Amazon region of Brazil. It may be worth pointing out, given past misunderstandings by some translators, that the word "boy" in the title is the Portuguese word for ox (today spelled "boi"); "peixe-boi" (ox-fish) is the usual Brazilian name for the manatee. Rodriguez Ferreira, Alexandre 1972. Viagem filosdfica pelas capitanias do Grao Para, Rio Negro, Mato Grosso e Cuiabd. Memdrias zoologia botdnica. Rio de Janeiro, Conselho Federal de Cultura, 1-246. 4 figs. -A collection of Rodriguez Ferreira's natural history manuscripts dating from the period 1783- 1792, edited and annotated by Jose" Clndido de Melo Carvalho. Includes three works referring to manatees: (1) his memoir on the Amazonian manatee (previously published in 1903, q.v.; 59-65); (2) "Observacoes gerais e particulares, sobre a classe dos mamfferos observados nos territdrios dos tres rios, das Amazonas, Negro, e da Madeira: com descricoes circunstanciadas, que quase todos eles, deram os antigos, e modemos naturalistas, e principalmente, com a dos Tapuios" (67-204); and (3) "Lista dos animais que fazem objeto das cagadas e das pescarias dos indios" NUMBER 80 291 (215-222). The second of these is said to have been published in the Rev. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Bahia, 60: 5-217, 1934. The third is said to have been published in the Rev. Trimensal Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brasil, 51(1): 94-101, 1888, and in E. Goeldi, Alexandre R. Ferreira, Pari, ENSAIO, 1905: 57-65. The memoir of observations on mammals mentions (124) the previous memoir on manatees, Manatus appears in a list of mammals on p. 129, and Trichechus manatus forms the subject of pp. 195-201. A female manatee is illustrated in fig. 4, facing p. 194. Note that the statistics on manatee exploitation appearing on pp. 63 and 201 of this ed. conflict with those in Rodriguez Ferreira (1903) and are apparently erroneous; see Dom ning (1982a: 103). Likewise, on p. 65 the date of completion of the manatee memoir is given as Feb. 2, 1786, but is Feb. 3 in the 1903 ed. The list of animals hunted by the Indians includes, under "Bruta," the juaraud or peixe-boi (manatee), of which two types are recognized: "ordinaYio" and "de manteiga" (215). x Rodway, James 1912. In the Guiana forest. Ed. 2? Chicago, A. C McClurg & Co., 1-326. -P. 84: {"As if these enemies were not sufficient, he [the Guiana native] must create another, the Hue-ru, or siren. Some have thought this water sprite to be nothing but an exaggerated manatee. But the Indians know this animal too well to confound it with his mysterious enemy. He shoots the Manatee and feeds his family for a week upon its meat when fortunate enough to secure it."} x Rodway, James 1917. Indian charms. In: W Beebe, G.I. Hartley, & P.G. Howes, Tropical wild life in British Guiana; zoological contributions from the Tropical Re search Station of the New York Zoological Society. Vol. 1. New York, New York Zoological Society (504 pp.), 488-499. Fig. 143. Jan. 1917. -States that the "water-mamma" or manatee is believed to upset boats and "carry people down to a kind of fairyland beneath the dark waters"; it "may be repelled or propitiated by rubbing the bulb of the red lily over the corial before encountering the danger" (491). This plant is identified as Hippeastrum equestre on p. 499. Roetzel, Reinhard: SEE Pervesler 8c Roetzel, 1991. Rogenhofer, Alois 1908. Uber tin Endglied des Ichthyosaurierstammes aus der Kreideformation. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 58: (38)-(44). -Sirs., (43). Roger, Otto 1879-1882. Liste der bis jetzt bekannten fossilen Saugethiere. Corresp.-Bl. Zool.-Min. Ver. Regensburg, 33: 43-46, 70-92, 131-147; 34: 165-180; 35: 27-34, 52-64, 117-128; 36: 47-63, 77-94, 110-122,129-147. -See also Zool Jahrb., 4: 279? Subsequent revisions appeared in Ber. Augsburg Nat. Ver., 1887: 1-162; 1894: 3-40; 1896: 1-272; 1898: 383-396. D Rogers, Austin F. 1924. Mineralogy and petrography of fossil bone. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 35: 535-556. Pis. 26-29. -Desmostylians, 545. Rohl, E. 1959. Fauna descriptiva de Venezuela. Madrid, Nuevas Graficas. Roland-Hoist, A. 1930. Sirenische Kunst. De Gids (Amsterdam), 94(1): 132-136. -In Dutch. Roletto, Janette: SEE Dierauf, L.A., 1990. Roman, F.: SEE Depfret & Roman, 1920. D Romer, Alfred Sherwood 1966. Vertebrate paleontology. Ed. 3. Chicago & London, Univ. Chicago Press, ix + 468. 4 tabs. 443 figs. -Ed. 1, 1933; ed. 2, 1945. Sirs. & desmostylians, 252-254, 386. xD Romer, Alfred Sherwood 1968. Notes and comments on vertebrate paleontology. Chicago & London, Univ. Chicago Press, viii + 304. -A supplement to his textbook Vertebrate Pale ontology, ed. 3. Discusses sirs, and desmostylians on pp. 200-201; insists on using the name Manatus in preference to Trichechus, and com ments on the series of discoveries that led to recognition of the Desmostylia as a separate order. R6nai, A.: SEE Balogh & R6nai, 1965. Ronald, Keith; Selley, L.J.; & Amoroso, E.C. 1978. Biological synopsis of the manatee. Ottawa, International Development Research Centre, 1-112. 6 tabs. 10 pis. -Review of the literature on manatee biology (5-47), with a bibliography of 865 titles on sirs. listed alphabetically by author, without annota tions or index (65-111), and a short index to the text (112). The plates (49-63) reproduce those of J. Murie (1872a). 292 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Rondelet, Guilaume 1554. Libri de piscibus marinis, in quibus verae piscium effigies expressae sunt. Quae in tota piscium historia contineantur, indicat elenchus pagina nona et decima. Postremd accesserunt indices necessarij. Lugduni [= Leiden], Matthiam Bonhomme, 1- 583. Illus. -Allen 10. Manatee, book 16, chap. 18, p. 490. Rondelet, Guilaume 1558. Le premiere partie de Vhistoire entiere des poissons, composie premierement en Latin.... Lyon, Mace Bonhome, 1-418. Illus. -Allen 15. Manatee, 359-360. The figs, are the same as in the 1554 Latin ed. (q.v.). x Rondon, Candido Mariano da Silva; & Faria, Joao Barbosa de 1948. Glossdrio geral das tribos silvicolas de Mato- Grosso e outras da Amazonia e do Norte do Brasil. Tomo I. Rio de Janeiro, Imprensa Nacional (Commissao Rondon, Publ. no. 76): 1-257. -On July 11, 1927, on the Rio Uacd on the Atlantic coast of Para", Brazil, Barbosa de Faria recorded the Galibi tribe's name for the manatee as cuiumuru (232). x Rood, Ronald N. 1960. A half-ton of mermaid. Coronet, 49: 133-136. Dec. 1960. -Pop. acc. of manatees, apparently based largely on J.C Moore (1956). Rosas, Fernando C.W: SEE ALSO Colares et al., 1990. Rosas, Fernando C.W. 1991. Peixe-boi da Amazonia, Trichechus inunguis. In: H.L. Capozzo & M. Junin (eds.), Estado de conservation de los mamfferos marinos del Atlantico Sudoccidental. lnformes y Estudios del Programa de Mares Regionales del PNUMA (United Nations Environment Programme), No. 138 (250 pp.): 178-181. Rosas, Fernando C.W; Colares, Elton Pinto; Colares, Ioni Goncalves; & Silva, Vera Maria F. da 1991. Mamfferos aqudticos da Amazonia brasileira. In: A.L. Val, R. Figliuolo & E. Feldberg (eds.), Bases cientificas para estratigias de preservaqao e desenvolvimento da Amazonia: fatos e perspecti- vas. Vol. 1. [Publisher?] (440 pp.), 405-411. Rose, Jean-Michel: SEE Robineau & Rose, 1982. Rose, Patrick M.: SEE ALSO Walsh et al., 1987; Wood et al., 1992. x Rose, Patrick M. 1981. A preliminary report on the aerial census of the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus, in and around several "once-through cooling" power plant effluents; December-March 1977-78. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 22-24. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Presents data on numbers of manatees sighted at each of 11 Florida Power & Light Company plants; analysis and discussion are reserved for a later date. Rose, Patrick M. 1985. The West Indian manatee. Audubon Wildlife Report, 1985: 540-546. Rosinha, A.J.: SEE Tinley et al., 1976. Rossi, S.S.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Roth, Harald H.; & Waitkuwait, Ekkehard 1986. Repartition et statut des grandes especes de mammiferes en Cote-dTvoire. III. Lamantins. Mammalia, 50(2): 227-242. 2 tabs. 5 figs. Roth, Janet A.; & Laerm, Joshua 1980. A Late Pleistocene vertebrate assemblage from Edisto Island, South Carolina, USA. Brimleyana, No. 3: 1-30. July 1980. x Roth, V. Louise 1992. Quantitative variation in elephant dentitions: implications for the delimitation of fossil species. Paleobiology, 18(2): 184-202. 6 tabs. 2 figs. May 6, 1992. -Discusses the relatively low variability of tooth size in T inunguis in comparison with that seen in elephants (194-195, 197). Roth, Vincent 1941. Notes and observations on animal life in British Guiana, 1907-1941; a popular guide to colonial Mammalia. Georgetown (Brit. Guiana), Daily Chronicle, Ltd., ii + 164 + xv. 54 pis. -Fourth impression, 1953. Manatee, 69-73, pis. 23-24. Roth, Vincent 1961. [Title?] Jour. Brit. Guiana Mus. & Zoo, No. 29: 34-35? Mar. 1961. x Roth, Walter E. 1901. Food: its search, capture and preparation. North Queensland Ethnography Bull, No. 3: 1-31. 23 Figs. Sep. 1901. -Brief paragraph noting that dugongs are har pooned or speared in North Queensland, and that at Bentinck Is. (Gulf of Carpentaria) bush fences are built in the water and dugongs are driven into them (30). NUMBER 80 293 Roth, Walter E. 1915. An inquiry into the animism and folk lore of the Guiana Indians. Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 30 (for 1908- 1909): 103-386. 6 figs. 4 pis. Roth, Walter E. 1924. An introductory study of the arts, crafts, and customs of the Guiana Indians. Ann. Rept. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 38 (for 1916- 1917): 25-743. 343 figs. 183 pis. Rothausen, Karlheinz 1967. Die Klimabindung der Squalodontoidea (Odonto- ceti, Mamm.) und anderer mariner Vertebrata. In: L. Ahorner et al. (eds.), Miscellanea in honorem M. Schwarzbach. Sonderverqff. Geol. Inst. Univ. Koln, 13: 157- 166. -Engl. summ. Discusses Rytina gigas. Rothausen, Karlheinz 1986. Marine Tetrapoden im tertiaren Nordsee-Becken. 1. Nord- und mitteldeutscher Raum ausschli- esslich Niederrheinische Bucht. Marine tetrapods in the Tertiary North Sea Basin. 1. Northern and Middle Germany excluding the Lower Rhine Embayment. In: H. Tobien (ed.), Nord- westdeutschland im Tertidr. Northwest Germany in the Tertiary. Berlin & Stuttgart, Gebriider Borntraeger (Bei trage zur Regionalen Geologie der Erde, Band 18) (xxvi + 763), 510-557. 3 figs. Roughley, Theodore Cleveland 1961. Wonders of the Great Barrier Reef. Ed. 13. Sydney, Angus & Robertson, xv + 279. Illus. -First publ. 1936. Dugong, 162-168, pi. 31. Roughsey, Dick 1971. Moon and rainbow: the autobiography of an Aboriginal Sydney, A.H. & A.W. Reed, 1-168. Illus. -Dugong hunting, 47-52. Roulin, Francois Desire 1829. Memoire pour servir a l'histoire du tapir; et description d'une espece nouvelle appartenant aux hautes regions de la Cordilliere des Andes, avec des considerations sur les animaux fabuleux dont l'histoire se rapporte a celle du tapir. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris), 18: 26-56. Read Feb. 9, 1829. -Abstrs.: Frorieps Notizen, 23: 305-312; Isis von Oken, 1833: 213-219; Mim. Savans Etrang. (Paris), 6: 557-640, 948-952, 1835, Sirs., 7? Rouse, I. 1964. Prehistory of the West Indies. Science, 144:499-513. Rousseau, L.F.E. 1856. De la dentition des cetac6s et de la place qu'occupent les fanons dans la bouche des baleines. Rev. Mag. Zool, 1856: 1-55. 8 figs. -Sirs., 8. Routil, R.: SEE Exner & Routil, 1958. Roux, W 1885. Uber eigenartige Kanale in recenten und fossilen Knochen. Anat. Anz., 1: 276-277. x Rovirosa, Jose" N. 1887. Apuntes para la zoologia de Tabasco: vertebrados observados en el Territorio de Macuspana. La Naturaleza (Mtirico), 7: 345-389. -Discusses the distribution, harpooning, and economic use of manatees in Tabasco, Mexico (356-358). x Rowlatt, Ursula; & Marsh, Helene D. 1985. The heart of the dugong (Dugong dugon) and the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) (Si renia). Jour. Morph., 186(1): 95-106. 6 figs. -Describes the gross anatomy of the heart and great vessels and their situation in the thorax. Most of the description is intended to apply to both species but is apparently based mainly on the dugong. Some differences between dugong and manatee hearts are explicitly pointed out and interpreted as consistent with greater stamina in the dugong; but otherwise the authors suggest only that "a morphologically unusual heart may be expected in a morphologically unusual thorax." Rubenstein, N.I.: SEE Collard et al., 1976. Rueger, J. 1938. Zur Osteologie der beiden ersten Halswirbel der Saugetiere. Vierteljahresschr. Naturf. Ges. Zurich, 83: 25- 56. Ruggiero, L.: SEE Borgia et al., 1981. x Ruppell, E. 1834. Schreiben von Dr. E. Ruppell an Dr. W. Sommer- ring iiber den im Rothen Meere vorkommenden Dugong (Halicore). Mus. Senckenbergianum, 1(2): 99-114. PI. 6. -Describes in detail the anatomy of the Red Sea dugong, and gives some notes on its natural history (as told to him by hunters) and the use of its meat, tusks, and hide. Also comments on the hide's use by the ancient Hebrews to cover the Ark of the Covenant, whence he derives the new name Halicore tabernaculi, given in case the species proves to differ from "H. Dugong of the Moluccas" (113). Sommerring, however, in a foreword (97-98), explains that Ruppell's ac- 294 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY count was written in the field without access to a library, and that the Red Sea dugong is undoubt edly the same as the species already described in the literature. x Rusby, Henry H. 1933. Jungle memories. New York & London, Whittlesey House, Mc Graw-Hill, xiii + 388. -Describes, in somewhat overblown terms, an encounter with a manatee near the falls of the Rio Madeira, Brazil (324-325). The animal had "immense, round, staring eyes" (!), and "a long and thick horn" on either side of the head, which was evidently the flipper. The accuracy of the author's memories seems open to question. x Ruschi, Augusto 1965. Lista dos mamfferos do Estado do Espirito Santo. Bol. Mus. Biol. Prof. Mello-Leitdo, Sir. Zool. (Santa Teresa, Brazil), No. 24A., Sept. 11, 1965. -States that manatees ("T. inunguis") no longer occur in Espirito Santo, Brazil, but were captured in the Rios Sao Mateus, Doce, and Jucii in the last century (30). Russell, Donald E.: SEE Gingerich et al., 1990. Ryan, PR. 1978. Marine mammals?a guide for readers. Oceanus, 21(2): 9-16. Ryder, John A. 1878. On the mechanical genesis of tooth-forms. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 30(1): 45-80. 11 figs. Apr. 1878. x Ryder, John A. 1885. On the probable origin, homologies, and develop ment of the flukes of cetaceans and sirenians. Amer. Naturalist, 19: 515-519. -Proposes that the flukes are homologous with the pes of land animals. Ryder, John A. 1887a. On the homologies and early history of the limbs of vertebrates. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 39(3): 344- 368. 1 tab. -Sirs., 346. Ryder, John A. 1887b. On the development of the Cetacea, together with a consideration of the probable homologies of the flukes of cetaceans and sirenians. Rept. U.S. Fish. Comm., 13: 427-485. Pis. 1-3. -Sirs., 427, 475. Saalfeld, W. Keith: SEE Marsh & Saalfeld, 1989, 1990, 1991. Saban, Roger 1968. Musculature de la tete. In: P.-P. Grass6 (ed.), Traiti de zoologie. Mammiferes. Paris, Masson & Cie, 16(2): 230-471. Saban, Roger 1975. La musculature peauciere de la tete chez un jeune lamantin du S6n6gal (Trichechus senegalensis Link 1795; mammifere, sirtiiien). Zentralbl Veter. Med., Reihe C, Anat. Hist. Embr., 4(3): 232-248. 6 figs. -German, Engl., & Spanish summs. Sabatier, Armand 1897. Sur la signification morphologique des os en chevron des vertebres caudales. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 124: 932-935. -Sirs., 933. Sabatier, Armand 1902. Du systeme sternal des vertebres. C.R. Assoc. Anatomistes (Montpellier), 4: 99- 102. -Sirs., 100. Sack, Albert von 1810. A narrative of a voyage to Surinam; of a residence there during 1805, 1806, and 1807; and of the author's return to Europe by the way of North America. London, G. & W. Nicol, x + 282. Frontisp. 1 pi. 1 map. -German transl.: Berlin, Haude & Spener, 2 vols, in 1, 1821. Dutch transl. from German: Haarlem, De erven F. Bonn, 3 vols., 1821. Manatee in Suriname, 2: 247 in Dutch ed. Saegusa, Haruo: SEE Kamei et al., 1989; Kuga et al., 1987. x Safford,WE. 1919. Natural history of Paradise Key and the near-by Everglades of Florida. Ann. Rept. Smithsonian Inst., 1917: 377-434. -Mentions the occurrence of manatees in the Miami area (423-424). Sagae, Toshiro: SEE Kozawa et al., 1988. Sagayama, Tsumoru: SEE Furusawa et al., 1993. D Saheki, S. (= Saiki) 1928. An occurrence of Desmostylus in Saghalin. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 35(421): 569. Sahni, Ashok 1979. An Eocene mammal from the Subathu-Dagshai transition zone, Dharampur, Simla Hills. Bull. Indian Geol. Assoc, 24(2): 259-262. Illus. x Sahni, Ashok; Bhatia, S.B.; & Kumar, Kishor 1983. Faunal evidence for the withdrawal of the Tethys in the Lesser Himalaya, northwestern India. Bol. Soc. Pal Italiana, 22(1-2): 77-86. 3 figs. -Briefly compares the (previously undescribed) pelvic bone of Ishatherium to that of Protosiren, concluding that the former indicates amphibious habits (81). x Sahni, Ashok; & Kumar, Kishor 1980. Lower Eocene sirenian, Ishatherium subathuensis, gen. et sp. nov. from the type area, Subathu Formation, Subathu, Simla Himalayas, H. P. Jour. Pal Soc. India, 23/24: 132-135. 3 figs. Jun. 1980. -Describes Ishatherium subathuensis on the basis of a partial second lower molar. The referred material includes an upper incisor and some "limb and girdle bones," which are not described although they are said to indicate amphibious habits. The ?sir. vertebra described by Sahni et al. (1980) is here redescribed, and Ishatherium is said to be close to the ancestral sir.-moeritheriid stock. Subsequent writers have regarded Ishatherium not as a sir. but rather as an anthracobunid proboscidean (see Wells & Gingerich, 1983). x Sahni, Ashok; Kumar, Kishor; & Tiwari, B.N. 1980. Lower Eocene marine mammal (Sirenia) from Dharampur, Simla Himalayas, H. P. Current Science (Bangalore, India), 49(7): 270- 271. 1 fig. Apr. 5, 1980. -Reports an isolated first thoracic vertebra from the Subathu Formation. See also Sahni & Kumar (1980). Sahni, Ashok; & Mishra, Vijay Prakash 1975. Lower Tertiary vertebrates from western India. Pal. Soc. India Monogr., No. 3: 1-48. 6 figs. 6 pis. Apr. 7, 1975. -Reports sir. fossils from three separate horizons in Kutch, western India: Protosiren fraasi from the Middle Eocene (27-29, pi. 6), Halitherium from the Late Oligocene (35-37, pi. 6), and Indosiren koenigswaldi n.sp. from the Early 295 296 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Miocene (37-40, pi. 6). The material referred to P. fraasi consisted of a fragmentary pelvis, later referred by Gingerich et al. (1993) to the cetacean Indocetus ramani. Sahni, Ashok; & Mitra, Harish Chandra 1980. Neogene palaeobiogeography of the Indian sub continent with special reference to fossil verte brates. Palaeogeogr. Palaeoclim. Palaeoecol, 31(1): 39-62. Figs. Jul. 1980. -Mentions Halitherium. Said, M.: SEE Hilmy et al., 1979. x Said, Rajab Juma 1985. Sea cow stories. Swara (Mag. of the East African Wildlife Soc), 8(1): 34. 1 fig. Jan.-Feb. 1985. -Recounts two traditional stories about the origin of sea cows, from the Digo and Giriama people of coastal Kenya, respectively. Said, Rushdi 1962. The geology of Egypt. Amsterdam & New York, Elsevier, xviii + 377.71 figs. 10 pis. Said, Rushdi 1963. Note on the biostratigraphy of the Middle and Upper Eocene sections in Egypt. Rev. Inst. Franq. Pitrole & Ann. Combustibles Liquides, 18(11): 1500-1503. Said, Rushdi 1965. Egitto (Republica Araba Unita). In: Enciclopedia del petr olio e del gas naturale. Rome, Editore Carlo Colombo, Vol. 4: 8-76. St. Aubin, David J.: SEE ALSO Geraci & St. Aubin, 1987. St. Aubin, David J.; & Lounsbury, Valerie 1990. Oil effects on manatees: evaluating the risks. In: J.R. Geraci & D.J. St. Aubin (eds.), Sea mammals and oil: confronting the risks. New York, Academic Press (282 pp.), 241-251. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Rev.: R.W. Davis, Mar. Mamm. Sci., 9(3): 337-339, Jul. 1993. St. Clair, Thomas Staunton 1834. A residence in the West Indies and America; with a narrative of the expedition to the island of Walcheren. London, R. Bentley (2 vols.). Illus. -Also publ. under the title A soldier's recollec tions of the West Indies and America; with a narrative of the expedition to the island of Walcheren; same publisher and date. Describes methods of hunting manatees by moonlight. Saint-Cricq, Laurent: SEE Marcoy, Paul. Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy 1826. Lamantin, Manatus. In: Diet, class, d'hist. nat., Vol. 9 (Io-Macis): 177-181. -Allen 686. Gives a general history of sirs. (177-180) and accounts of M. americanus (180), M. senegalensis (180), and fossil sirs. (180-181). M. latirostris is considered as not well distin guished. Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy 1837. [Communication on Dinotherium.] C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(12): 429-430. Read Mar. 20, 1836. -In French. Saint-Pierre, J.H. Bernardin de: SEE Bernardin de Saint- Pierre, J.H. Saito, Tsunemasa: SEE ALSO Takahashi et al., 1979,1983, 1986. xD Saito, Tsunemasa; Barron, John A.; & Sakamoto, Masa- michi 1988. An early Late Oligocene age indicated by diatoms for a primitive desmostylian mammal Behemotops from eastern Hokkaido, Japan. Proc. Japan Acad., Ser. B, 64(9): 269-273. 2 figs. -Concludes that diatoms support the radiometric age (27-29 Ma) determined for the specimens of Behemotops sp. from the Morawan Formation. D Sakae, Toshiro 1992. Comparison of mineralogical characteristics of tooth enamels of Desmostylus from California, USA, and Minowa, Japan. Jour. Fossil Research, 25(2): 37-42. 1 tab. 6 figs. Dec 1992. -In Japanese. D Sakai, E. 1935. On the locality of Desmostylus, south of Lake Sindi. Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 42(498): 161-162. [181?] Mar. 20, 1935. -In Japanese. Sakamoto, Masamichi: SEE Saito et al., 1988. Sakamoto, Osamu: SEE ALSO Fujimoto & Sakamoto, 1978. D Sakamoto, Osamu 1983. On the occurrence of the two skeletons of Paleoparadoxia tabatai (Tokunaga) from Chi chibu Basin, central Japan. Bull. Saitama Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 1 (C No. 19): 17-26. 1 tab. 5 figs. 2 pis. Mar. 1983. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Sakamoto, Osamu 1987. [Present status of marine mammal fossils from the Chichibu Basin.] In: Y. Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific NUMBER 80 297 Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 12-14. 1 fig. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. D Sakamoto, Osamu 1988. [Metatarsal of Paleoparadoxia from the northeast- em Chichibu Basin.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 105-106. 2 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Salacroux, Antoine Paulin Germain 1836. Nouveaux ilimens d'histoire naturelle contenant la zoologie, la botanique, la miniralogie et la giologie. Paris, Germer Bailliere, vii + 970. 44 pis. -Sirs., 190-191. Sale, J.B.: SEE Bertram & Sale, 1975. Salisbury, Charles A. "Lex": SEE O'Shea & Salisbury, 1991. x Salles, Waldemar Batista de 1967. O Amazonas?o meio fisico e suas riquezas naturals. Manaus, Editora Sergio Cardoso, 1-180. -Pop. acc. of manatees, largely quoted from Nunes Pereira (124-127). Salm, Rodney V; & Usher, Graham F. 1984a. The magical tears of the dugong. Tigerpaper, 11(1): 31-32. Salm, Rodney V; & Usher, Graham F. 1984b. Untuk apa berburu dugong. SuaraAlam, 7(22): 16-18. 2 figs. Apr. 1984. -In Indonesian. Salomon, M.I. 1930. Considerations sur l'homologie de l'os lacrymal chez les vertebres superieurs. Acta Zool, 11: 151-183. 27 figs. Salvador, Vicente do 1931? Historia do Brasil por Frei Vicente do Salvador natural da Bahia. Ed. 3 (revised by C de Abreu & R. Garcia). Sao Paulo, Companhia Melhoramentos, 1-632. -Contains a brief mention, dating from about 1627, of intensive manatee hunting in the Rio Real, on the Sergipe/Bahia border, Brazil (215). K Sampaio, Francisco Xavier Ribeiro de 1850. Relacao geographica historica do Rio Branco da America Portugueza. Rev. Trimest. Hist. Geogr. (Jornal Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brasileiro), 13: 200-273. -Includes the following entry in a list of fauna and flora found in the Rio Branco, a tributary of the Rio Negro, Brazil (p. 259): {"Vacca marinha, Peixe boi, ou Monatf, que todos os tres nomes se dao ao grande animal que significam; o qual nao tern de peixe mais do que viver n'agua: abundam nas vertentes e lagos do Rio Branco."} x Sander, Helen E. 1980. Dugong feeding habitats in the Manus Province. Wildlife in Papua New Guinea, 80/12: 1-31. 16 tabs. 7 figs. -Abstr.: Internatl Symp. Biol. Manage. Man groves Trop. Shallow Water Communs., 2: 46-47, 1980. Characterizes seagrass beds where dugongs were observed feeding, and concludes that they prefer beds with >20 g dry weight of leaf biomass (>48 g of total plant biomass) per square meter, higher than values recorded in Queensland. The presence of hunters may also influence dugongs' choice of feeding sites. Sanders, Albert E. 1974. A paleontological survey of the Cooper Marl and Santee Limestone near Harleyville, South Caro lina (preliminary report). Geologic Notes (South Carolina State Devel. Board, Div. Geol.), 18(1): 4-12. 4 figs. -Reports the collection of an Eocene sir. skullcap [subsequently lost] from Dorchester County, South Carolina (8). x Sanders, Albert E. 1980. Excavation of Oligocene marine fossil beds near Charleston, South Carolina. Natl. Geogr. Soc. Research Repts., 12: 601-621. 8 figs. -Reports a humerus cf. Halitherium and a tooth cf. Metaxytherium from the Chandler Bridge Formation (Late Oligocene, early-middle Chat- tian) (612). x Sanderson, Ivan Terrance 1937. Animal treasure. New York, Viking Press, 1-330. Illus. -Account of an abortive manatee hunt and the successful trapping of manatees in a small creek at Mamfe, West Africa (266-268, 1 fig.). x Sanderson, Ivan Terrance 1949. A brief review of the mammals of Suriname (Dutch Guiana), based upon a collection made in 1938. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 119(3): 755-789. 4 figs. 7 pis. Nov. 1949. -P. 781: {"SIRENIA. Halicoridae. / Manatus sp. / No specimens collected. / Native name.? "Seicu." Doubtless, a Taki-taki corruption of the English "Sea-Cow." / Manatees are exceedingly common in the Nickerie River, whence they travel to the Coronie Swamp in the rainy season. They 298 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY are also met with in the further reaches of the Commewijne, Cosewijne, Saramacca and Couran- tijne Rivers, but they are hunted extensively and are exceedingly scarce in the other large rivers near the coast."} x Sanger, Clyde 1974. International research centre in Guyana to study the saving of the manatee?the least understood of mammals. Commonwealth Jour., Aug.-Sept. 1974: 23. -Report of a conference on the establishment of the research center (see Anon., 1973a). Also discusses the use of manatees in weed control, and the birth (and presumably conception) of two manatees in captivity in Guyana. x Sanielevici, Henry 1926. La vie des mammiferes et des hommes fossiles dichiffrie a V aide de I'anatomie et de la physiologie comparies de I'appareil masticateur. Bucharest, Imprimtiie de l'Etat, xciv + 660. 459 figs. -Title-page bears imprint "Bulletin de la Societe Roumaine des Sciences," but with no volume or number indicated; possibly publ. as a separate. Rev.: Homme Prihist., 13: 295-298? An elabo rate and idiosyncratic treatise, arguing that most if not all mammals are primitively and persistently eaters of molluscs, insects, and other animal food?including sirs. (251-256, 523), which despite appearances are affirmed to be primarily molluscivores! The "petite histoire de ce livre" (525-532) is a revealing account of the genesis of the author's thinking. Sanson, Gordon D.: SEE Miller et al., 1980. x Santa-Anna Nery, Frederico Jose" de 1885. Le pays des Amazones; I'El-Dorado; les terres a caoutchouc. Paris, L. Frinzine & Cie, xxiv + 382. 101 figs. 2 maps. -Ed. 2: Paris, Guillaumin & Cie: xxxvi + 420. Illus. 1899. Italian transl.: Geneva, 1900. Brief account of the Amazonian manatee (67-68), with a drawing (71), and statistics on the manatee meat exported from the Rios Punis, Jurua\ and Solimoes in 1881-1882 (168). The material in the 1899 ed. may not be the same. x Santapau, H; & Abdulali, Humayun 1961. The dugong, Dugong dugon (Muller), at Bombay; an incorrect record. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 58(3): 796. Dec. 1961. -Corrects an erroneous report (in The Gazetteer of Bombay City and Island, vol. 1: 137, 1909) of a dugong at Bombay in 1849, which resulted from misreading a newspaper account of the stranding of a baleen whale in Bombay and the sighting of a dugong in Ceylon. Santerre, M. & R.: SEE Leatherwood et al., 1984. x Santiapillai, Charles 1981. On the ecology and conservation of the dugong, Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776) in Sri Lanka. Tigerpaper, 8(1): 2-6. 2 figs. -Gen. acc. of dugong biology and status, mostly taken from previous literature but with some information gleaned from Sri Lankan fishermen, x Santos, Eurico 1945. Entre o gambd e o macaco (vida e costumes dos mamiferos do Brasil). Rio de Janeiro, F. Briguiet & Cia, 1-298. Illus. -Translates the manatee passage from Wallace (1853), lists indigenous vernacular names of T. inunguis, and discusses hunting methods and the use of manatee meat, fat, and hide in Amazonia (chap. 6: 155-159, fig. 43). x Santos, Joano dos 1814. History of eastern Ethiopia. In: J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of... voyages and travels .... London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown and Cadell & Davies, vol. 16: 337-737. -Transl. from Portuguese. Ed. 1: Paris, 1684. Brief account of the dugong and the medicinal use of its tusks in what is now Mozambique (700- 701). Sarich, Vincent M.: SEE ALSO Lowenstein et al., 1981; Rainey et al., 1984. x Sarich, Vincent M. 1977. Albumin phylogenetics. In: V.M. Rosenoer, M. Oratz, & M.A. Rothschild (eds.), Albumin struc ture, function and uses. New York, Pergamon Press (xiii + 397), 85-111. 3 tabs. 6 figs. -Albumin evidence suggests that "manatees and elephants share a common ancestry subsequent to the divergence of other 'ungulate' groups.... [Their albumins] are about as similar as those of pig and cow" (100). x Sarkar, S.K.; & Mitra, S.K. 1962. A note on the histological characteristics of sea-cow hide. Jour. Roy. Microsc. Soc, 81(2): 93-94. 1 pi. Dec. 1962. -Describes the hide and hair of the dugong and compares the hide with that of the Indian buffalo; considers dugong hide superior to buffalo for heavy industrial leather. Sato, J.: SEE ALSO Onodera et al., 1967. D Sato, J.; & Ijiri, Shoji 1977. On the molar teeth of Paleoparadoxia tabatai NUMBER 80 299 (Tokunaga) from "Wainai Site," the latest J6mon Period. Earth Science (Chikyu Kagaku), 31(4): 149-155. May 1977. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Sato, Yoshio: SEE Kimura, Sato & Goto, 1978. D Satoh, Atsushi; Hashimoto, Kazuo; & Hasegawa, Yoshi kazu 1989. Early Miocene desmostylid skull from Goyasu Formation, Iwaki City, Fukushima Prefecture, Japan. Sci. Repts. Yokohama Natl. Univ., Sec. II (Biol. & Geol), No. 36: 57-70. 3 tabs. 3 figs. 2 pis. Oct. 1989. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. The specimen is considered "the earliest desmostylid to date in the Japanese Archipelago." Satomichi, Tokuko: SEE Tabuchi et al., 1974. Satsangi, P.P.; & Trivedy, A.N. 1978. Fossil sea cow from the Tertiary of Kutch. Jour. Geol Soc. India, 19(12): 571-576. Dec 1978. Saubade, A.M.: SEE Chavanon & Saubade, 1970. Sauer, Carl Ortwin 1966. The early Spanish Main. Berkeley, Univ. California Press, xii + 306. Illus. -Briefly alludes to hunting of Caribbean manatees using remoras, nets, and harpoons (58). x Sauer, Martin 1802. An account of a geographical and astronomical expedition to the northern parts of Russia, for ascertaining the degrees of latitude and longitude of the mouth of the River Kovima; of the whole coast of the Tshutski, to East Cape; and of the islands in the Eastern Ocean, stretching to the American coast. Performed, by command of Her Imperial Majesty Catherine the Second, Empress of All the Russias, by Commodore Joseph Billings, in the years 1785, &c to 1794. The whole narrated from the original papers, by Martin Sauer, secretary to the expedition. London, T. Cadell, Jr., & W. Davies, xxvi + 332 + 58. 14 pis. 1 map. -States in passing, in discussing the fauna of Kodiak Island (p. 181): {"Sea cows were very numerous about the coast of Kamtshatka, and the Aleutan [sic] islands, at the time when they were first discovered; but the last of this species was killed in 1768 on Bering's island, and none have been ever seen since."} Although this bald and unsupported statement is our sole authority for specifying 1768 as the date of the extinction of Hydrodamalis, it is corroborated by the fact that several subsequent visitors to the Commander Islands made no mention of any sea cows surviving after that date (see K.E. v. Baer, 1840: 70), and purported sightings at various times down to the present have not been convincing (see Domning, 1978b: 135-139). x Savage, Jay M. 1974. The Isthmian Link and the evolution of Neotropi cal mammals. Los Angeles County Mus. Contr. Sci., No. 260: 1-51.9 tabs. 5 figs. Jun. 18, 1974. -Regards manatees as having arrived in South America in Eocene-Oligocene time (15, 20, 26, 29). Savage, Robert Joseph Gay: SEE ALSO Tewari et al., 1977?. Savage, Robert Joseph Gay 1967. Early Miocene mammal faunas of the Tethyan region. In: C.G. Adams & D.V. Ager (eds.), Aspects of Tethyan biogeography. Systematics Assoc. Publ, No. 7: 247-282. 10 tabs. 3 figs. Savage, Robert Joseph Gay 1969. Early Tertiary mammal locality in southern Libya. Proc. Geol. Soc London, 1657: 167-171. 2 tabs. Sep. 19, 1969. x Savage, Robert Joseph Gay 1971. Review of the fossil mammals of Libya. In: C. Gray (ed.), Symposium on the geology of Libya. Univ. of Libya, 215-225. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Mentions the occurrences of Middle Eocene and Miocene sirs, in Libya; suggests that high sir. diversity in the Eocene indicates that they had fluviatile rather than truly marine habits (219- 221). x Savage, Robert Joseph Gay 1975. Prorastomus and new early Tertiary sirenians from North Africa. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 15(3): 824. Summer 1975. -Resrudy of the holotype of Prorastomus sirenoi des demonstrates the presence of "4 premolars and 5 anterior teeth," an unfused petrosum, and otic similarities to condylarths. New Middle Eocene and Early Miocene Libyan sirs, include a "flat- tusked dugongid" [Rytiodus]. Savage, Robert Joseph Gay 1977. Review of early Sirenia. Syst. Zool, 25(4): 344-351. 1 tab. 2 figs. "Dec. 1976" (publ. Feb. 8, 1977; read Aug. 21, 1975). -Presents the first cladogram of the Sirenia ever published. Savage, Robert Joseph Gay; & Hamilton, W.R. 1973. Introduction to the Miocene mammal faunas of Gebel Zelten, Libya. 300 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Bull Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Geol, 22(8): 515- 527. 3 tabs. 3 figs, x Savage, Robert Joseph Gay; & Tewari, B.S. 1977. A new sirenian from Kutch, India. Jour. Pal. Soc. India (Jurij Alexandrovich Orlov Memorial Number), 20: 216-218. 3 figs. -Reports Metaxytherium sp. indet. from the Lower Miocene, with new reports of sirs, from the Eocene of Somali and India and the Miocene of Iran, and a review of all fossil sir. occurrences in the Indian Ocean area. Savage, Robert Joseph Gay; & White, M.E. 1964. Two mammal faunas from the early Tertiary of central Libya. Circ. Geol. Soc. London, 120: 2. x Savage, Robert Joseph Gay; & White, M.E. 1965. Exhibit: two mammal faunas from the early Tertiary of central Libya. Proc. Geol Soc. London, 1623: 89-91. Jul. 6, 1965 (read Feb. 3, 1965). -Reports Lutetian (Middle Eocene) sirs. 80 miles west of Gebel Zelten; most of these occurred as headless carcasses (91). Saville-Kent, William: SEE Kent, William Saville. x Savinetsky, A.B. 1993. Ancient population dynamics of the sea cow (Hydrodamalis gigas Zimm., 1780) in the late Holocene. Doklady Biol Scis., 326(1-6): 403-405. 1 tab. 1 fig. Mar. 1993. -Transl. from Russian; originally publ. in Dokl. Akad. Nauk, 326(3): 570-572, Sep. 1992. Radio carbon dates on apparently reworked rib frag ments from Bering Is. indicated ages of 500-2250 years. Based on the fact that most of the dates fell between 1000 and 800 years B.P., the author concludes that the population size declined as a result of climatic cooling about 2000 years ago and again during the Little Ice Age (14th-17th centuries A.D.). Given the small sample size and inadequate documentation of sampling procedure, this conclusion seems to go beyond the evidence. x Savory, Bryan W 1958. A note on the dugong. Tanganyika Notes & Records, No. 51: 255-258. 1 fig. Dec. 1958. -Gen. acc. of sirs., and observations, records, and anecdotes of dugongs in East Africa. Scammon, Charles Melville: SEE ALSO Gunter, G? 1954. x Scammon, Charles Melville 1889. The sea-cow. Overland Monthly, (2)14(84): 581-585. 2 figs. Dec. 1889. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees (581-582), in cluding observations of two kept in Key West, and of Steller's sea cow (582-585), the latter mostly made up of quotations from Muller and Steller and illustrated with a figure of a manatee. Scaramella, D. 1975. On the mammals of Yemen (Y.A.R.) examined to the subspecies level. Bull. Soc Nat. Napoli, 84: 373-403. x Schad, Rebeca C; Montgomery, G. Gene; & Chancellor, Deborah 1981. La distribution y frecuencia del manati en el Lago Gatun y en el Canal de Panama. ConCiencia (Univ. de Panama), 8(2): 1-4. 1 tab. 2 figs. Sep. 1981. -Discusses the introduction of manatees into the Panama Canal in 1964 and subsequent reported sightings and mortalities. Estimates that no more than 25 manatees are in the Canal at present. Illustrates Spanish and Engl, posters used to solicit manatee reports. Schafarzik, Ferencz 1902. Budapest is Szt.-Endre vidike. 15. zona/XX. rovat jelu lap. (1:75,000.) Budapest, Franklin-Tafsulat Konyvnyomdaja. -German ed., 1904. Mentions Halitherium, 39. x Schafer, Wilhelm 1962. Halitherium: Fossil und Leiche. Natur und Museum, 92(2): 53-56. 2 figs. Feb. 1962. -Describes a skeleton of Halitherium schinzii (Oligocene) and experiments done with whale and pinniped carcasses to determine the rate and manner of disintegration of the sirenian's body, x Schafer, Wilhelm 1977. Bericht des Direktors des Forschungsinstituts und Natur-Museums Senckenberg iiber das Jahr 1976. Natur und Museum, 107(7): 191-197. 3 figs. Jul. 1, 1977. -Reports the installation of a concrete-relief reconstruction of Halitherium schinzii in the Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt a. M. (196- 197). Schafer, Wilhelm 1978. Bericht des Direktors des Forschungsinstituts und Natur-Museums Senckenberg Uber das Jahr 1977. Natur und Museum, 108(7): 187-197. Jul. 1, 1978. -Mentions Halitherium. Scharff, Robert Francis 1911. Distribution and origin of life in America. London, Constable & Co., xvi + 497. 21 figs. -Sirs., 278-280, 360. Scheffer, Victor B.: SEE ALSO Rice & Scheffer, 1968. x Scheffer, Victor B. 1942. A list of the marine mammals of the West Coast of North America. NUMBER 80 301 Murrelet, 23(2): 42-47. May-Aug. 1942. -Lists Hydrodamalis gigas as "exterminated in 1768" (46). Scheffer, Victor B. 1967. Marine mammals and the history of Bering Strait. In: D.M. Hopkins (ed.), The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford Univ. Press, 350-363. -See also W.S. Laughlin (1967) and D.M. Hopkins (1967). Sirs., 358-361. x Scheffer, Victor B. 1970. Growth layers in a dugong tooth. Jour. Mamm., 51(1): 187-190. 2 figs. Feb. 20, 1970. -Discusses the dugong dentition and the size of the tusks; suggests, on the basis of a study of a sectioned tusk, that finer growth layers in the dentin represent days, coarser layers lunar months. The calculated age, however, differs depending on which side of the tusk is used, x Scheffer, Victor B. 1972. The weight of the Steller sea cow. Jour. Mamm., 53(4): 912-914. 1 tab. Nov. 30, 1972. -Based on Steller's measurements and estimates and on scale models, calculates the minimum size of the largest sea cow as 8 m or 25 feet in length and 10 metric tons in weight, x Scheffer, Victor B. 1973. The last days of the sea cow. Smithsonian, 3(10): 64-67. 3 figs. Jan. 1973. -Fictional account of a Russian boy's encounter with the last individual of Hydrodamalis, illus trated with two artist's reconstructions of the sea cow. Also relates a story, told to Scheffer by L. Stejneger, of how the latter acquired sea cow bones by bribing Russian workmen on Bering Island. Finally, summarizes recent studies on Hydrodamalis. Scheffer, Victor B. 1976. A natural history of marine mammals. New York, Charles Scribner's Sons, 1-157. -Rev.: Sci. Amer., 237(4): 31-32, Oct. 1977. Scheffer, Victor B. 1981. Newborn size in marine mammals. Pacif. Discovery, 34(3): 19-26. 1 tab. 12 figs. Scheffer, Victor B.; & Rice, Dale W 1963. A list of the marine mammals of the world. U.S. Fish & Wildlife Serv. Special Sci. Rept. Fisheries, No. 431: 1-12. Scherer, Jean Benoit 1776. Neue Nachrichten von denen neuentdeckten Insuln in der See zwischen Asien und Amerika; aus mitgetheilten Urkunden und Auszugen verfasset vonJL.S. [Johann Ludwig Schulze]. Hamburg, F.L. Gleditsch. -Mentions the hunting of Hydrodamalis on Bering Is. in the course of four Russian voyages to the Aleutians, 1754-1762 (38, 40, 45, 82). The sir. material is transcribed by Nordenskiold (1881a: 274). Scheuenstuhl, Gary: SEE Lowenstein & Scheuenstuhl, 1991. x Schevill, William E.; & Watkins, WA. 1965. Underwater calls of Trichechus (manatee). Nature (London), 205(4969): 373-374. 3 figs. Jan. 23, 1965. -Presents behavioral observations and sound spectrograms of the calls of free and captive Florida manatees; no evidence of echolocation was detected. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolph 1824. Naturgeschichte und Abbildungen der Saugethi ere. Nach den neuesten Systemen zum ge- meinnutzigen Gebrauche entworfen, und mit Berucksichtigung fur den Unterricht der Jugend bearbeitet. Zurich, Brodtmanns Lithographischer Kunstan- stalt: vi + 417 + [8]. 177 pis. in atlas. -Ed. 2, 1827. Sirs., 392-397, pi. 174. Schlegel, Hermann 1841. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie. I. Beitrage zur Charakteristik der Cetaceen. Leiden, A. Arnz & Comp. (3 vols., 1841-1851), 1-44. Pis. 1-6. Schlitter, Duane A.: SEE McLaren et al., 1986. Schlosser, Max: SEE ALSO Yoshiwara & Iwasaki, 1902; Zittel & Schlosser, 1911, 1923. Schlosser, Max 1889-1890. Uber die Modificationen des Extremitat- enskelets bei den einzelnen Saugethierstam- men. Biol. Zentralbl, 9 & 10 [?]: 684-698, 716-729. Schlosser, Max 1899. [Review of W Leche's "Untersuchungen iiber das Zahnsystem lebender und fossiler Halbaffen."] Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol Pal, 1899(1), Ref: 356-360. -Sirs., 351? Schlosser, Max 1902. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Saugethierreste aus den suddeutschen Bohnerzen. Geol. Pal. Abh. (Koken), 9 (= n.s. 5)(3): 117-258. 3 figs. Pis. 6-10. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 8(3): 108-110. Lists occurrences of Metaxytherium Christoli (115, 129, 134, 137-138). Schlosser, Max 1911. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der oligozanen Landsauge- 302 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY tiere aus dem Fayum, Agypten. Beitr. Pal. Geol Oesterr.-Ung. Orients, 24(2): 51-167. 1 tab. 1 fig. Pis. 9-16. -Rev.: Anthrop. (Paris), 23: 417-423, figs. 1-3, 1912. Sirs., 161. Schmid, H.: SEE Vine & Schmid, 1987. Schmidt, Oskar 1886. The Mammalia in their relation to primeval times. New York (Internatl. Scientific Series, 53), xxii + 308. 51 figs. -Original ed., Leipzig, 280 pp., 1884; other transls.: London, 1885; Paris, 1887; Turin, 1887; ed. 2, 1894. Sirs., 242. Schmidtgen, Otto 1911. Die Scapula von Halitherium schinzi. Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal. (Berlin), 1911: 221- 223. 1 fig. -Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 16: 713?; Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.,) 15(3): 175? Schmidtgen, Otto 1912. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntniss der hinteren Extre- mitat von Halitherium schinzi Kaup. Zool. Jahrb. (Suppl), 15 (= Spengel Festschr.), vol. 2: 457-498. 2 figs. PI. 29. x Schmitz, O.J.; & Lavigne, D.M. 1984. Intrinsic rate of increase, body size, and specific metabolic rate in marine mammals. Oecologia (Berlin), 62(3): 305-309. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Data on T manatus and other marine mammals show no difference between marine and terrestrial mammals in the relationship between size and rate of increase. Schneider, J.: SEE Winn & Schneider, 1977. Schneider, K.M. 1931-1934. DasFlehmen. Zool Garten, 4(10/12): 349-364 (1931); 7(7/9): 182-201 (1934). -Sirs., 349, 199. Schnek, Arthur G.: SEE Jacquet et al., 1989. Schober, W; & Brauer, K. 1974. Handbuch der Zoologie. Ein Naturgeschichte der Stdmme des Tierreichs. Bd. 8, Mammalia, Lief. 52. Makromorphologie des Zentralnervensystems, 2. Berlin & New York, Walter De Gruyter, 1-296. 209 figs. Schoenichen, W 1903. Die Augen der im Wasser lebenden Saugetiere. Prometheus, 14: 332-333. Schoevaert, Damien: SEE Buffrenil & Schoevaert, 1989. x Schoff, Wilfred H. 1920. The ship "Tyre": a symbol of the fate of conquerors as prophesied by Isaiah, Ezekiel and John and fulfilled at Nineveh, Babylon and Rome. A study in the commerce of the Bible. New York & London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1-156. -Discusses the Biblical references to the use of dugong hide for the outer covering of the Tabernacle (10-11, 51-53, 77, 140). Scholander, P.F.: SEE ALSO Irving et al., 1941. Scholander, P.F. 1958. Counter current exchange?a principle in biology. Hvalrdd. Skr., 44: 1-24. 11 figs. -Heat exchange in the flipper of T. manatus (14). x Scholander, P.F.; & Irving, Laurence 1941. Experimental investigations on the respiration and diving of the Florida manatee. Jour. Cell. Comp. Physiol, 17(2): 169-191. 2 tabs. 15 figs. Apr. 1941. -Study of breathing frequency, heart rate, respira tory dimensions, gas exchange, and blood chemis try and oxygen capacity of manatees during forced dives. The observed results included a slowly developing bradycardia during diving, very low resting oxygen consumption, low sensitivity to carbon dioxide, no increase of blood lactic acid until completion of the dive, and hence a very complete isolation of the muscles from the general circulation during the dive. Scholl, Johann Baptist: SEE Kaup & Scholl, 1834a, b. x Schomburgk, Richard 1848. Versuch einer Fauna und Flora von Britisch- Guiana. Vol. 3 of: Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den Jahren 1840-1844. Leipzig, J.J. Weber, 534-1260. -States (786) that T. manatus are frequently found at river mouths, but occur in the interior only during high water. However, they always remain below the falls of the Rio Branco. A missionary reported having kept a tame manatee for the past year at Fort Sao Joaquim on this river. Sir. material also in vol. 2: 156? Schouteden, H. 1930. La faune du Congo. In: Louis Frank, Le Congo Beige. Brussels, Vol. 2: 365-378. -Sirs., 370. Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel von 1774-1775. Die Sdugthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen.... Zweyter Theil. Erlangen, W. Walther'sche Kunst- und Buchhandlung, 191-280. Pis. 63-80. -The entire work comprises 7 vols. + 3 vols, of pis., 1774-1846 (see also Schreber & Wagner, 1846). Dugong and manatee, 267-277 [1775]; manatee, pi. 80 [1774] (illustration after Buffon). NUMBER 80 303 Schreber, Johann Christian Daniel von; & Wagner, Johann Andreas 1846. Die Sdugthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen.... Siebenter Theil. Erlangen, in der Expedition des Schreber'schen Saugthier- und des Esper'schen Schmetter- lingswerkes, viii + 427. -Sirs., 103-160, pis. 378-385. x Schreider, Helen; & Schreider, Frank 1970. Exploring the Amazon. Washington, D.C., National Geographic Soc, 1-207. Illus. -Mentions the manatee [T inunguis] among fauna kept by animal dealer Mike Tsalickis in Leticia, Colombia (142); quotes Carvajal's account of Indians' use of manatee-hide shields (151). x Schr&er, Zoltati 1917. Mediterranes Metaxytherium-SkeleU von Mafc- falva. Foldt. Kozlony, 47(1-3), 176-177. Jan.-Mar. 1917. -Account of the excavation of a skeleton of Metaxytherium petersi in northwestern Hungary. The age of the specimen is not given but is Miocene according to Kretzoi (1951). Schryver, H.F.: SEE Hintz et al., 1978. Schteingart, CD.: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988. Schulte, Kenneth C: SEE Minch et al., 1970. Schultz, Ortwin: SEE ALSO Symeonidis & Schultz, 1973. Schultz, Ortwin 1972. Eine Fischzahn-Brekzie aus dem Ottnangien (Miozan) Oberoesterreichs. Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 76: 485-490. -Engl. summ. Schumacher, G.H. 1973. The maxillo-mandibular apparatus in the light of experimental investigations. In: G.H. Schumacher (ed.), Morphology of the maxillo-mandibular apparatus. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 13-25. Schurz, W.L. 1926. The Amazon, father of waters. Natl. Geogr. Mag., 49(4): 445-463. Dlus. Apr. 1926. -Includes two photos (subsequently reproduced in various other publications) of carcasses of Amazonian manatees and pirarucus killed by hunters on the Rio Punis, Brazil, and lined up on the riverbank (449, 450). Schutz-Holzhausen, Damian von 1895. Der Amazonas. Wanderbilder aus Peru, Bolivia und Nordbrasilien. Freiburg im Breisgau, Herdersche Verlagshand- lung, xix + 444. 89 figs. 2 maps. -Manatee, 200-201. Schwarz, Ernst 1920. Huftiere aus West- und Zentralafrika. Ergebn. Zweit. Deutsch. Zentralafr. Exped. 1910-1911.1, Zool, 15: 831-1044. -Sirs., 857. Schwarz, Ernst 1924. On the evolution and radiation of mammalian fauna. Acta Zool, 5: 393-423. -Sirs., 420. x Schweder, G. 1893. Die nordische Seekuh, tin in kiirzester Frist ausgerottetes Saugetier. Korresbl. Naturf.-Ver. Riga, 36: 52-55. -Gen. acc. of Hydrodamalis and its extermina tion, drawing heavily on Waxell's account (in Buchner, 1891). x Schweigert, F.J.; Uehlein-Harrell, Stephanie; Hegel, Gie- sela von; & Wiesner, H. 1991. Vitamin A (retinol and retinyl esters), a- tocopherol and lipid levels in plasma of captive wild mammals and birds. Jour. Veter. Med., Ser. A, 38(1): 35-42. -Compares data from T manatus with that from other mammals and birds. Schweinfurth, Georg 1874. The heart of Africa. New York, Harper & Bros. (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xvi + 559; Vol. 2: x + 521. -French transl.: Paris, Libr. Hachette & Cie, 2 vols., 1875. T senegalensis, 2: 159-160, 512 (138, 422 in Paris ed.). Schwenzer, Jiirgen 1972. Makrofossilien des Mainzer Beckens; Fundorte und Exkursionsnotizen. Aufschluss, 23(11): 389-391. Nov. 1972. Schwille, Friedrich 1960. Gammastrahlungsmessungen an fossilen Knochen und Zahnen aus dem Mainzer Becken und anderen Fundorten. Jahresb. Mitt. Oberrhein. Geol. Ver., 42: 15-21. Sclater, Philip Lutley 1866. Notice of additions to the Society's menagerie, and of the transmission of a manatee to the Society, by Mr. G. W Latimer, of Porto Rico. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1866(2): 201. Sep. 1866. Sclater, Philip Lutley 1876. Short notice on Manatus. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 1875(4): 529. Apr. 1876. x Sclater, Philip Lutley 1896. [On the additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of January.] Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896(1): 212. Jun. 1, 304 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1896 (read Feb. 4, 1896). -Reports a T. inunguis from the Rio Purus, Brazil, purchased Jan. 4, and lists four other manatees (T manatus) previously received by the Society. Sclater, Philip Lutley 1897. On the distribution of marine mammals. Proc. Zool. Soc London, 1897(2): 349-359. PI. 24. Aug. 1897. -?Abstr.: Zoologist, (4)1: 217? General outline of sir. distribution, 351-352. Sclater, William Lutley 1891. Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Part 2. Calcutta, Trustees of the Indian Museum: xxix + 375. Jun. 1891. -Lists dugongs (Halicore dugong and H. austra lis), 326-327. Scopoli, Johann Anton 1777. Introdvctio ad historiam natvralem sistens genera lapidvm, plantarvm, et animalivm hactenvs de- tecta, caracteribvs essentialibvs donata, in tribvs divisa, svbinde ad leges natvrae. Prague, Wolfgang Gerle, 1-506. -Allen 344. Manatus, 490. Scott, Alexander Walker 1873. Mammalia, Recent and extinct; an elementary treatise for the use of the public schools of New South Wales. Sydney, T. Richards, govt, printer, xii + 141 + vii. -Sirs., 48-57. Scott, Karen W. 1980. Antler and bone artifacts from the 1980 season at Colha, Belize. In: T.R. Hester, J.D. Eaton, & H.J. Shafer (eds.), The Colha Project Second Season, interim report. San Antonio, Univ. Texas Center for Archaeol. Research, 317-326. -Manatee-bone rasps, 324. Scott, Michael D.: SEE ALSO Irvine & Scott, 1984. x Scott, Michael D.; & Powell, James Arthur, Jr. 1982. Commensal feeding of little blue herons with manatees. Wilson Bull, 94(2): 215-216. Jun. 1982. -Reports observations of commensal feeding at rafts of water hyacinth on the St. Johns River, Florida. Scott, Thomas G.; & Eschmeyer, Paul H. (eds.) 1981. Fisheries and wildlife research: 1980. Denver, U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, iv + 202. Illus. -Sirs., 55, 134-136. Scott, William Berryman 1913. A history of land mammals in the Western Hemisphere. New York, Macmillan Co., xiv + 693. 304 figs. 32 pis. -Rev.: Sci. Prog., 9: 559?; Science (n.s.), 39: 615-616?; Nature (London), 93: 553? Sirs., 442. Scott-Johnson, C. 1967. Sound detection thresholds in marine mammals. In: W.N. Tavolga (ed.), Marine bio-acoustics. Vol. 2. London, Pergamon Press, 159-186. -Summarizes Schevill & Watkins (1965). Scudder, S.: SEE Wing & Scudder, 1980. x Seale, Alvin 1915. Note regarding the dugong in the Philippine Islands. Philippine Jour. Sci., Sect. D, 10(3): 215-217. 1 pi. May 1915. -Account of a dugong caught off Luzon, with notes on natives' observations of dugongs. Searles, Stan W: SEE Asper & Searles, 1981; Beusse et al.; O'Shea, Rathbun et al., 1985. Sedu, Duba: SEE Olewale & Sedu, 1980. Seeley, Harry Govier 1876. Resemblances between the bones of typical living reptiles and the bones of other animals. Jour. Linn. Soc. (Zool), 12: 155-195. -Sirs., 177. Seeman, Berthold: SEE Pirn & Seeman, 1869. x Sehm, Gunter G. 1988. The ri is the Irrawaddy dolphin (comment on Williams [1986] and Greenwell [1987]). Cryptozoology, 6: 145-149. 1 fig. Feb. 1988. -Disputes T.R. Williams' identification of the "ri" of New Ireland as the dugong, proposing instead that it is Orcaella brevirostris. See Williams (1988) for response. Seki, M.: SEE Tanaka & Seki, 1962. Sekido, M.: SEE Asano et al., 1978. x Sellards, E.H. 1916. Fossil vertebrates from Florida: a new Miocene fauna; new Pliocene species; the Pleistocene fauna. Rept. Florida State Geol. Surv., 8: 77-119. Pis. 10-14. -Lists T. manatus among Pleistocene fauna from the Withlacoochee River (104). Selley, L.J.: SEE Ronald et al., 1978. Semon, Richard Wolfgang 1903. Im australischen Busch und an den Kusten des Korallenmeeres. Reiseerlebnisse und Beobach tungen eines Naturf orschers in Australien, Neu- Guinea und den Molukken. Ed. 2. Leipzig, W Engelmann, xvi + 565. 86 figs. 4 maps. -Ed. 1, 1896. Engl, ed., London & New York, NUMBER 80 305 Macmillan & Co. Ltd., 1899. Semper, Karl Gottfried 1869. Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner. Sechs Skiz- zen. Nach einem im Frankfurter Geographischen Verein 1868 gehaltenen Cyclus von Vortrdgen. Wurzburg, A. Stuber: 1-143. 2 maps. -Sirs., 28-29. Semper, Karl Gottfried 1873. Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean. Reiserer- lebnisse. Leipzig, F.A. Brockhaus, ix + 372. 1 map. -Engl, transl.: Univ. of Guam, Micronesian Area Research Center, 1982. Use of dugong-atlas bracelets, 114. ?en, $evket: SEE Thomas et al., 1985. Senior, William: SEE ALSO Anonymous ("Redspinner"), 1881. Senior, William 1888. Near and far: an angler's sketches of home sport and colonial life. London, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle, & Rivington, xv + 304. -Dugong, 202-213. D Sera, Gioacchino Leone 1954. La posizione zoologica del genere mammale miocenico Desmostylus. Arch. Zool. Ital. (Naples), 38: 485-506. 4 figs. Feb. 20, 1954. x Sereno, Paul C. 1982. An Early Eocene sirenian from Patagonia (Mam malia, Sirenia). Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 2729: 1-10. 1 tab. 4 figs. Jun. 4, 1982. -Redescribes Florentinoameghinia mystica Simpson, 1932, from the Notostylops beds of Argentina, and refers it (probably erroneously) to the Sirenia. Serres, Marcel de: SEE ALSO Gervais & Serres. Serres, Marcel de 1833. Mtinoire sur la question de savoir si des animaux terrestres ont cesse d'exister depuis l'apparition de l'homme, et si l'homme a ite contemporain des especes perdues, ou du moins qui ne paraissent plus avoir de repr?sentans sur la terre. Bibl. Univ. Sci. Arts, 53: 277-314. -Allen 800. African manatee ("T. manatus") in ancient sculpture, 303? x Serres, Marcel de 1838. Note sur les animaux des terrains tertiaires marins superieurs d6couverts dans le sol immerge des environs de Montpellier. Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool), (2)9: 280-292. -Allen 942. Reports "Manatus" and "Halicore medius" [n.comb.] from [Pliocene] beds at Montpellier (285-286). Note that the new combi nation was misapplied to material specifically different from Desmarest's "Hippopotamus" me dius; the Montpellier sirenian is now called Metaxytherium serresii. Serres, Marcel de 1840. Note sur la d&ouverte d'un squelette entier de Metaxytherium. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 11: 819-820. -Engl, transl.: Edinburgh New Philos. Jour., 32: 173-174, 1842? Abstrs.: L'Institut, 8(360): 392 [416?], Nov. 19, 1840 (Allen 1005); Rev. Mag. Zool. (Paris), 1840: 348? Repr.: Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris), (2)16: 14-16, 1841? Serventy, Vincent 1966. A continent in danger. London, Deutsch, 1-240. Illus. -Dugong, 93-96. Setzer, Henry W: SEE Meester & Setzer, 1971. x Severin, Kurt 1955. Grazers of the sea. Nat. Hist. (New York), 64(3): 147-149. 5 figs. Mar. 1955. -Pop. acc. of captive Florida manatees at Sea Zoo, South Daytona, Florida. A letter from Howard M. Mossman commenting on this article appeared in the May 1955 issue, p. 225. x Sey, O. 1980. Amphistome parasites of the dugong and a revision of the subfamily Solenorchiinae (Trema- toda: Paramphistomidae). Acta Zool Acad. Sci. Hungar., 26(1-3): 223- 228. 6 figs. -Concludes that the dugong has only one species of amphistome parasite (Solenorchis travassosi), of which S. baeri, S. gohari, S. naguibmahfouzi, Indosolenorchis hirudinaceus, and Zygocotyle sp. (of Dollfus, 1950) are synonyms. Sguros, Peter L. 1966. Research report and extension proposal submitted to the Central and Southern Florida Flood Control Board on use of the Florida manatee as an agent for the suppression of aquatic and bankweed growth in essential inland waterways. Boca Raton, Florida Atlantic Univ., Dept. of Biol. Sci.: 1-57 + appendices, x Shackley, Myra 1992. Manatees and tourism in southern Florida: oppor tunity or threat? Jour. Environ. Manage., 34(4): 257-265. 1 tab. 4 figs. -Outlines the problems of manatee conservation in Florida, and concludes pessimistically that manatee-related tourism itself has become such a 306 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY source of environmental stress that long-term manatee survival in the state seems unlikely. Shane, Susan H. 1981. Abundance, distribution, and use of power plant effluents by manatees (Trichechus manatus) in Brevard County, Florida. NTIS Document No. PB 81-147019: 1-240. Jan. 1, 1981. x Shane, Susan H. 1983a. Manatees and power plants. Sea Frontiers, 29(1): 40-44. 6 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1983. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatee aggregations at artificial and natural warm-water refugia. x Shane, Susan H. 1983b. Abundance, distribution and movement of mana tees (Trichechus manatus) in Brevard County, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci., 33(1): 1-9. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Presents aerial and land survey data, 1978-1980, showing seasonal changes in abundance and distribution. Documents both winter aggregations at power plants, and almost equally predictable warm-season aggregations in marinas and dredged coves. Also documents movements and site fidelity of known individuals. x Shane, Susan H. 1984. Manatee use of power plant effluents in Brevard County, Florida. Florida Scientist, 47(3): 180-187. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Documents the inverse correlation between manatee numbers at two power plants and air and water temperatures in the area, 1978-1980; describes manatee behavior in relation to the warm-water plumes; and recommends that no new artificial warm-water effluents be constructed north of the species' traditional winter range. x Sharma, P.N.; & Gupta, A.N. 1971. Paracochleotrema indicum gen. nov. sp. nov. (Trematoda: Digenea) from India. Folia ParasitoL (Prague), 18(3): 285-288. 1 fig. Sep. 1971. -Describes a new trematode from the nasal passages of the dugong, and reviews and rediag- noses the family Opisthotrematidae. Shattuck, George Bur bank 1904. Geological and geographical distribution of spe cies of Maryland Miocene. Maryland Geol. Surv., Miocene: xciii-cxxxvii. -Sirs., xciv. Shaul, Wendy; & Haynes, Ann M. 1986. Manatees and their struggle to survive. Jamaica Jour., 19(3): 29-36. 12 figs. Aug.-Oct. 1986. Shaw, George 1800. General zoology or systematic natural history.... Vol. I. Part 1. Mammalia. London, G. Kearsley, xiii + 248. 70 pis. -Allen 461 (the second of two items erroneously given this number). The whole work comprises 14 vols, 1800-1826. Trichechus (including the Si renia + the walrus), 233-248; T. Dugong, 239; T. Borealis (mainly = Rhytina borealis), 240-244; T. Australis, 244-245, pi. 69; T. Manatus (includ ing as "varieties" T. Clusii from the West Indies and T. Amazonius from South America), 245- 248; and T? Hydropithechus, Steller's "sea-ape." Allen says: "The history of the Sirenia ... is ... purely a compilation." Shaw, J.J.: SEE Lainson et al., 1983. x Shaw, Norton 1857. Description of the ajuh, a kind of whale, found by Dr. Vogel in the River Benu6 (Central Africa) in September 1855. Translated and communicated by Dr. Shaw. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 26th Meeting (1856): 98-99. -French transl.: L'Institut, 25(1208): 61-62, Feb. 25, 1857. A description of the external appearance and habits of the West African manatee, by Vogel. Followed by a note (R. Owen, 1857b; q.v.) that compares the "ajuh" to other sirs, and proposes for it the name Manatus Vogelii. Shawver, Lisa J. 1974. North American wildlife: the vanishing act. Science News, 105(23): 368-370. 5 figs. Jun. 8, 1974. Sheffield, D.: SEE Kaiser et al., 1981. x Shepard, Charles U. 1833. Geological observations upon Alabama, Georgia and Florida. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, 25(1): 162-173. Oct. 1833. -Allen 839. Reports [Pleistocene?] teeth and bones of "Manatus americanus" from "Suannee spring," Florida (164). Sheppard, Charles; Price, Andrew; & Roberts, Callum 1992. Marine ecology of the Arabian region: patterns and processes in extreme tropical environments. London, Academic Press, 1-359. Illus. -Discusses dugongs and their role in the seagrass community (151, 153, 214-216). Sherman, Eloise B.: SEE Caldwell et al., 1969. Shibata, A.: SEE Kawaguchi & Shibata, 1972. D Shibata, Ken; Yamaguchi, Shoichi; Ishida, Masao; & Nemoto, Takabumi 1981. Geochronology of the Desmostylus-bearing for mation from Utanobori, Hokkaido, Japan. Bull. Geol. Surv. Japan, 32(10): 545-550. NUMBER 80 307 -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Dates the Desmostylus horizon to circa 13.7-13.8 Ma. Shibata, T: SEE Asano et al., 1978. Shikama, Tokio: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Com mittee; Takai et al., 1952; Tan & Shikama, 1965; Yabe et al., 1952. D Shikama, Tokio 1957a. On the desmostylid skeletons. Nat. Sci. & Mus. (Tokyo, Natl. Sci. Mus.), 24(1/2): 16-21. 2 pis. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Shikama, Tokio [et al.?] 1957b. Palaeontology. Vol. 2. Tokyo, Asakura. -Desmostylia, 552-557. D Shikama, Tokio 1966a. On some desmostylian teeth in Japan, with stratigraphical remarks on the Keton and Izumi desmostylids. Bull. Natl. Sci. Mus. (Tokyo), 9(2): 119-170. 16 tabs. 8 figs. 6 pis. Jun. 15, 1966. D Shikama, Tokio 1966b. Study on the skeletons of Japanese desmostylids (excluding the skull). Fossils (Kaseki), No. 11: 41-42. Jul. 30, 1966. -In Japanese. D Shikama, Tokio 1966c Postcranial skeletons of Japanese Desmostylia. Limb bones and sternum of Desmostylus and Paleoparadoxia, with considerations on their evolution. Pal. Soc Japan Special Paper, No. 12: iii + 202. 31 tabs. 116 figs. 12 pis. -See also Shikama (1968). xD Shikama, Tokio 1968. Additional notes on the postcranial skeletons of Japanese Desmostylia. Sci. Rept. Yokohama Natl. Univ., Sec. II, No. 14: 21-26. 5 figs. Pis. 3-6. Jan. 1968. -Supplement to Shikama (1966c), listing errata in the description of the Izumi Paleoparadoxia skeleton. Also emends several of the figures of foot bones; gives a revised discussion of the skeleton's kinetics; and gives photographs of the mounted skeleton. Shikama, Tokio 1971. Ushinawareta seibutsu. [The lost animal.] Asahi Weekly (ShukanAsahi), No. 2720: 74-75. 3 figs. Feb. 12, 1971. -In Japanese. Pop. acc. of Pliocene Hydrodamalis in Japan (see Shikama & Domning, 1970). x Shikama, Tokio; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1970. Pliocene Sirenia in Japan. Trans. Proc. Pal. Soc. Japan, (2)80: 390-396. 3 figs. PI. 44. Dec. 20, 1970 (read Jun. 27, 1970). -Japanese summ. Reports a rib of Hydrodamalis sp. from the Late Pliocene Lower Sarumaru Formation, Do-ai, Nagano Prefecture, Honshu. This was the first record of a fossil sir. in Japan. Briefly reviews other records of Pacific hydro- damalines, and inadvertently coins the new com bination MfetaxytheriumJ. vanderhoofi (395). xD Shikama, Tokio; Hasegawa, Yoshikazu; & Otsuka, Hi- royuki 1973. Geological range of mammals in the Japanese Neogene. In: Neogene biostratigraphy and radio metric dating of Japan. Mem. Geol. Soc Japan, 8: 137-141. 2 figs. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Summarizes the stratigraphic ranges of Hydrodamalis sp., Desmo stylus, and Paleoparadoxia. Shikhobalova, N.P.: SEE Skrjabin et al., 1951. Shiller, Jo: SEE Boever et al., 1977. Shilov, Vasily: SEE Brandt, A., 1871; Pekarskiy, P.P., 1869. Shinohara, Satoshi; Kimura, Masaichi; & Furusawa, Hi toshi 1985. Steller's sea-cow (Hydrodamalis gigas) from the Nopporo Hills in the Ishikari Lowland, Hokkaido, Japan. In: M. Goto, M. Takahashi, M. Kimura, & H. Horikawa (eds.), Evolution and adaptation of marine vertebrates. Assoc. Geol. Collaboration in Japan, Monogr., 30: 97-117. 1 tab. 21 figs. 4 pis. Dec. 1985. Shipman, W: SEE Dempster & Shipman, 1969. x Shisler, Michael 1987. Shells, sharks, and a log-built bugeye: the mari time museums at Solomons and St. Michaels present a rich history of Bay life. Mid-Atlantic Country, July 1987: 34-?. Illus. -P. 34: {"... 'Pepper' Langley [masterwoodcarver at the Calvert Marine Museum, Solomons, Mary land] will be glad to tell you his theory that Chessie [the legendary Chesapeake Bay monster] is just a wayward manatee that never returned to the subtropical waters of Florida. Pepper remem bers rowing to work at the old Davis Shipyards in Solomons and seeing manatees in the creeks that form Solomons Harbor."} Shokita, S.: SEE Nishiwaki et al., 1982. x Short, R.V. 1984. Hopping mad. In: D.G. Garlick & P.I. Korner (eds.), Frontiers in physiological research. Cambridge, Cambridge Univ. Press, 371-386. 15 figs. -Gen. acc. of dugongs and their physiology (382-384). States (383-384) that they "were fortunate in being able to karyotype a male and a 308 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY female dugong, both of which had a diploid number of 50, again with many more metacentrics and submetacentrics than the elephants." This brief statement was the first report of the dugong's chromosome number. Shoshani, Jeheskel: SEE ALSO Czelusniak et al., 1990; Domning, Rice et al., 1982; Tassy & Shoshani, 1988. xD Shoshani, Jeheskel 1986. Mammalian phylogeny: comparison of morpho logical and molecular results. Molec Biol Evol, 3(3): 222-242. 8 tabs. 4 figs. May 1986. -Presents alternative cladograms and extensive lists of character transformations. Considers the Sirenia and Desmostylia to be sister groups within more or less traditional versions of the "Paenun gulata." Shoshani, Jeheskel 1993. Hyracoidea-Tethytheria affinity based on myolo- gical data. In: F.S. Szalay, M.J. Novacek, & M.C. McKenna (eds.), Mammal phylogeny. Vol. 2. Placentals. New York, Springer-Verlag (321 pp.), 235-256. 2 tabs. 10 figs. Shoshani, Jeheskel; Goodman, Morris; Barnhart, Marion I.; Prychodko, William; & Mikhelson, Viktor M. 1981. [Blood cells and proteins in the Magadan mam moth calf: immunodiffusion comparisons of Mammuthus to extant paenungulates and tissue ultrastructure.] In: N.K. Vereshchagin & V.M. Mikhelson (eds.), [Magadan baby mammoth, Mammuthus primigenius (Blumenbach).] Leningrad, "Nauka:" 191-220. 4 tabs. 14 figs. -In Russian, x Shoshani, Jeheskel; Goodman, Morris; Prychodko, Wil liam; & Czelusniak, John 1978. Cladistic analysis of the Paenungulata by com puter. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 18(3): 601. Summer 1978. -42 nondental morphological characters (tarsus, carpus, and skull) confirm serological evidence that the Sirenia and Proboscidea form a mono phyletic group, joined by the Hyracoidea and Moeritherium and then by the Tubulidentata. x Shoshani, Jeheskel; Lowenstein, Jerold M.; Walz, Daniel A.; & Goodman, Morris 1986. Proboscidean origins of mastodon and woolly mammoth demonstrated immunologically. Paleobiology, 11(4): 429-437. 5 tabs. 4 figs. Fall 1985 (publ. Feb. 14, 1986). -Concludes that, among non-proboscidean spe cies tested, T. manatus is immunologically most similar to proboscideans (431-436). xD Shotwell, J. Arnold 1950. New locality of Desmostylus hesperus Marsh, from the Astoria Miocene. [Abstr.] Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull, 61(12): 1541. -Reports a "fragmental skull with teeth" from Astoria, Oregon, and notes that the craters on the summits of many Desmostylus molar cusps are probably due to wear, as suggested by Marsh. Shufeldt, R.W. 1887. The manatees. Forest & Stream, 29: 244-245. 4 figs. Oct. 20, 1887. -Gen. acc. of manatees and other sirs. Mentions sighting one that "had drawn itself partly out on the muddy ooze of the bank" of the Coatzacoalcos R? southern Mexico. Shufeldt, R.W. 1889. Remarks on the extinct mammals of the United States. Amer. Field, 32(17-22): [38 pp.?]. 12 figs. Sibbald, Jean H. 1990. The manatee. Minneapolis, Dillon Press, Inc. (Dillon Remark able Animals Books), 1-60. Illus. -Children's book, x Sibert, John R. 1983. Ri-a\\Xy: a mermaid in the hand? (Comment on Wagner [1982].) Cryptozoology, 2: 159-161. Winter 1983. -Suggests that the "ri" of New Ireland is some sort of marine mammal, but urges caution in interpret ing Melanesian terms that refer, at least in part, to spiritual entities, x Sibert, John R. 1985. Semantics versus cryptozoology (comment on Wagner etal. [1983]). Cryptozoology, 3: 144-145. Apr. 1985. -Discusses the report of Wagner et al., concludes that the "ri" may indeed be a dugong, and suggests that the terms "ri" and "ilkai" may denote entities or concepts not strictly zoological. See R. Wagner (1985) and J.R. Greenwell (1985) for responses. Sichevskaya, Yevgeniya Konstantinovna: SEE Sinel'nikova et al., 1985. Sickenberg, Otto: SEE ALSO Pia & Sickenberg, 1934. Sickenberg, Otto 1927a. Ein neuer Fund einer Sirene aus dem marinen Miozan des Burgenlandes. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 77(3): 103-106. Sickenberg, Otto 1927b. Uber einen neuen Fund einer tertiaren Seekuh. Forsch. Fortschr. (Berlin), 3: 278-279. 1 fig. -Reports a skull of Metaxytherium petersi from the Miocene of Austria. Sickenberg, Otto 1928. Eine Sirene aus dem Leithakalk des Burgenlandes. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Natw. KL, NUMBER 80 309 101:293-323. 6 figs. 2 pis. -?Abstr.: Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 65: 149-150. Describes a skull from the Miocene of Austria, on the basis of which he refers the species Metaxy therium petersi to the new genus Thalattosiren. Sickenberg, Otto 1929a. Ein Schadel stuck von Manatherium delheidi Haiti. Pal. Zs., 11(2): 86-101. 3 figs. Pis. 3-4. Jul. 22, 1929. Sickenberg, Otto 1929b. Eine tertiare Seekuh aus dem St. Margarethner Steinbruch. Burgenland, 1: 12. x Sickenberg, Otto 1931. Morphologie und Stammesgeschichte der Sire nen. ... I. Die Einfliisse des Wasserlebens auf die innere Sekretion und Formgestaltung der Sirenen. Palaeobiologica (Wien), 4(6/7): 405-444. -Presents anatomical, ontogenetic, and phylo- genetic evidence that neoteny, arising from dys function of the thyroid and/or pituitary glands as a result of chronic oxygen deficiency and high iodine content of food, is a pervasive feature of sir. development and evolution. Sickenberg, Otto 1933. Die Einfliisse des Wasserlebens auf die innere Sekretion und Formgestaltung der Sirenen. Forsch. Fortschr. (Berlin), 9(29): 427-429. Oct. 10, 1933. Sickenberg, Otto 1934a. Kontinentalverschiebung, Klimawechsel und die Verbreitung der tertiaren landbewohnenden Sau getiere. Biol. Gen. (Vienna), 10: 267-300. 4 figs. Sickenberg, Otto 1934b. Beitrage zur Kenntnis tertiarer Sirenen. I. Die eozanen Sirenen des Mittelmeergebietes. II. Die Sirenen des belgischen Tertiars. Mim. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belgique, No. 63: 1-352. 10 tabs. 52 figs. 11 pis. Dec. 31, 1934. -One of the most valuable works on fossil sirs., this massive monograph was conceived as a continuation of Abel's (1913a) work on the skull of Eotherium aegyptiacum. Finding himself un able to complete his projected study of Mediterra nean Eocene sirs., Abel turned the project over to his student Sickenberg, who in this work describes the postcrania of E. aegyptiacum; covers in detail the other Egyptian Eocene forms E. (Eosiren) abeli, n.sp., E. (Eosiren) libycum, E. stromeri, n.sp., and Protosiren fraasi; Prototherium ver onense (Eocene, Italy); Protosiren(?) dubia (Eo cene, France); and fragmentary Eocene sirs, from Transylvania and Hungary. In the second part he describes the fossil sirs, of Belgium: Halitherium schinzi forma delheidi (Oligocene), a new combi nation based on Hartlaub's Manatherium; and Miosiren kocki (Miocene). Sickenberg thereby filled in some significant gaps in the sir. record by his meticulous descriptions of several taxa that had previously been little more than names. D Sickenberg, Otto 1938. Ist Desmostylus eine Sirene? Palaeobiologica (Vienna), 6(2): 340-357. Sidney, Samuel 1852. The three colonies of Australia: New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia; their pastures, copper mines, & gold fields. London, Ingram, Cooke, 8c Co., xvi + 17-425. Illus. Siegfried, Paul 1965. Anomotherium langewieschei n. g. n. sp. (Sirenia) aus dem Ober-Oligozan des Dobergs bei Biinde (Westfalen). Palaeontographica A, 124: 116-150. 30 figs. 7 pis. Mar. 1965. x Siegfried, Paul 1967. Das Femur von Eotheroides libyca (Owen) (Si renia). Pal. Zs., 41(3/4): 165-172. 2 figs. PI. 17. Oct 1967. -Describes a femur from the Upper Eocene of the Fayum and compares it with that of Halitherium schinzii. Concludes that the hind limb could not have protruded from the body in Eotheroides, though a vestigial tibia may have been present. Sigurdsson, J.B.; & Yang, CM. 1990. Marine mammals of Singapore. In: Chou Loke Ming & P.K.L. Ng (eds.), Essays in zoology. Papers commemorating the 40th anniversary of the Department of Zoology, National University of Singapore. Singapore, Dept. Zool., Natl. Univ. of Singapore (476 pp.). 25-37. Illus. x Sikes, Sylvia 1974. How to save the mermaids. Oryx, 12(4): 465-470. 3 figs. Jun. 1974. -Discusses the status of T senegalensis in Nigeria, including individuals kept in captivity; describes the harpooning technique used by the Kabawa tribe; proposes ranching of manatees for meat as a means of conservation. Fauna Preserva tion Society funding for Sikes' research was announced in Oryx, 12(2): 167, Oct. 1973. x Silas, E.G. 1961. 'Occurrence of the sea cow, Halicore dugong (Erxl.), off the Saurashtra coast.' Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 58(1): 263-266. Apr. 1961. 310 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Comments on Mani's (1960) paper of the same title, with notes on dugong behavior (especially use of the flippers) and occurrences and captures in India. Silas, E.G. 1964. Marine mammals. In: Book of Indian animals. Bombay, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 304-316. PI. 69. -Publ. 1965? Silas, E.G.; & Fernando, A. Bastian 1988. The dugong in India?is it going the way of the dodo? Proc. Symp. Endangered Marine Animals & Marine Parks (Cochin, India, Jan. 12-16, 1985), 1: 167-176. 1 fig. Oct. 1988. Silberman, Ulrike 1929. Zur vergleichenden Morphologie des Zwisch- engewebes im Saugerhoden. Zs. Ges. Anat., Abt. l,Zs. Anat. Entwickl, 90(5/6): 597-613. 21 figs. x Siler, Walter L. 1964. A Middle Eocene sirenian in Alabama. Jour. Pal, 38(6): 1108-1109. Nov. 1964. -Reports a rib fragment from the Gosport Sand (Claiborne Group), Monroe County, Alabama. Silva, Bernardo da Costa e: SEE Costa e Silva, Bernardo da. Silva, Jose" Bonifacio de Andrada e: SEE Andrada e Silva, Jose Bonifacio de. Silva, Vera Maria F. da: SEE Best et al.; Rosas et al., 1991. Silva Guimaraes, Joao Joaquim da: SEE Guimaraes, Joao Joaquim da Silva. Silva Rondon, Candido Mariano da: SEE Rondon, Candido Mariano da Silva. Silveira, Estanislau Kostka Pinto da: SEE Pinto da Silveira, Estanislau Kostka. Silveira, Simao Estacio da: SEE Estacio da Silveira, Simao Silverberg, D.J.; & Morris, John G. 1988. The role of nutrients and energy in the winter diet selection of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) at Homosassa Springs, Florida. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 51 (Suppl. 1): 51. x Simenstad, Charles A.; Estes, James A.; & Kenyon, Karl W. 1978. Aleuts, sea otters, and alternate stable-state com munities. Science, 200: 403-411. 2 tabs. 5 figs. Apr. 28, 1978. -Mentions the former role of Hydrodamalis gigas in nearshore marine communities of the Aleutians (409). x Simionescu, Ion 1931. Mamifere marine din Sarmaticul dela Baltic Acad. Romdna, Mem. Sect. Stiintif (Bucharest) (3)8: 145-157. 14 figs. -French summ. Reports a marine mammal fauna from the Sarmatian (Miocene) of Baltic, Roma nia, including a rib of "Manatus (maeoticus Eichw.)" (146, 154-155, 157). Simkins, Cleveland Sylvester 1937. History of the human teeth. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., Inc., viii + 329. Ill figs. Simmons, Nancy 1992. A wetsuit for a manatee. Wildlife Conservation, 95(2): 9. 1 fig. Mar.-Apr. 1992. -Brief pop. acc. of the use of custom-made flotation gear in the rehabilitation of a boat- injured manatee at Sea World of Florida. Simon, Noel: SEE ALSO Fisher et al., 1969. Simon, Noel; & Geroudet, Paul 1970. Last survivors?the natural history of animals in danger of extinction. New York, World Publ. Co., 1-275. Illus. -Dugong, 247-254, color illus. Simon, Pedro 1627. Primer a parte de las noticias historiales de las conquistas de Tierra Firme en las Indias Occiden tales. Cuenca, D. de la Yglesia, 1-671 + [40]. -Various later eds. Simoneau, E.L. 1974? Les animaux du territoire franqais des Afars et des Issas. Djibouti, publ. by the author. Simonetta, A.M.: SEE Funaioli & Simonetta, 1966. Simons, Elwyn L.: SEE ALSO Fleagle et al., 1986. Simons, Elwyn L. 1968a. Early Cenozoic mammalian faunas?Fayum Prov ince, Egypt. Part I. African Oligocene mammals: introduction, history of study, and faunal succes sion. Peabody Mus. Bull, No. 28: 1-21, 103-105. 1 fig. Nov. 20, 1968. -Sirs., 8, 15. Simons, Elwyn L. 1968b. Hunting the "dawn apes" of Africa. Discovery, 4(1): 19-32. 10 figs. Fall 1968. Simpson, Donald A. 1956. Eugenie is a lady! (- or, how wrong can you be!) Aquarium Jour., 27(2): 54, 57, 74. Cover photo. Feb. 1956. -Pop. acc. of the dugong at Steinhart Aquarium, San Francisco, and its transport from the Palau Islands. The author assumes the animal to be a female, but its death and autopsy prior to publication revealed the opposite, as noted by the NUMBER 80 311 editor, who evidently added the article's subtitle, x Simpson, George Gaylord 1929a. Pleistocene mammalian fauna of the Seminole Field, Pinellas County, Florida. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 56(8): 561-599. 22 figs. Feb. 19, 1929. -The faunal list includes the following (p. 564): {"SIRENIA / Trichechus sp. Tooth, rib frag ments." } xD Simpson, George Gaylord 1929b. The dentition of Ornithorhynchus as evidence of its affinities. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 390: 1-15. 2 figs. Dec. 6, 1929. -Refutes Abel's idea of the relationship of Desmostylus to monotremes (12-13). x Simpson, George Gaylord 1929c Hunting extinct animals in Florida. Nat. Hist. (New York), 29(5): 506-518. 14 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1929. -Mentions Miocene and Pleistocene fossil sirs, in Florida (508, 510-511), and gives a photograph of the site of discovery of a Miocene sir. [Hesperosiren] in Gadsden County (518). x Simpson, George Gaylord 1930a. Sea sirens: the strange mammals from which came the ancient ideas of mermaids and sirens. Nat. Hist. (New York), 30(1): 41-47. 6 figs. Jan. 1930. -Pop. acc. of Recent and fossil sirs. Comments on possible West Indian or African origins of the name "manatee" (43). Simpson, George Gaylord 1930b. Tertiary land mammals of Florida. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 59(3): 149-211. 2 tabs. 31 figs. Jun. 5, 1930. -Mentions sirs, at Quincy (158) and Bone Valley (184-185), Florida. xD Simpson, George Gaylord 1932a. Fossil Sirenia of Florida and the evolution of the Sirenia. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 59(8): 419-503. 2 tabs. 23 figs. Sep. 6, 1932. -A comprehensive and judicious review of the order that formed a major and much-cited mile stone in sirenian paleontology. Reviews previous knowledge of American fossil sirs., gives a synoptic classification with diagnoses of su- prageneric taxa (without noting that two new subfamilies, Dugonginae and Hydrodamalinae, are being established), and describes new taxa from Florida: Hesperosiren crataegensis, n.gen.n.sp. (Miocene), Felsinotherium ossival- lense, n.sp., and F. floridanum, n.comb. (both considered Pliocene but now known to be Mio cene). The name Halitherium alleni, n.sp., is also given to previously published specimens from South Carolina. Pleistocene occurrences of Tri chechus in Florida are discussed, the remaining fossil sirs, of the world are reviewed, and the osteology of the three Recent genera is detailed in an attempt to decipher their origins. Finally, the history of study of sir. affinities is summarized, along with the fossil and Recent distribution of the better-known genera. x Simpson, George Gaylord 1932b. Mounted skeletons of Eohippus, Merychippus, and Hesperosiren. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 587: 1-7. 3 figs. Dec. 15, 1932. -Describes and illustrates the Hesperosiren mount in the American Museum of Natural History, and comments on previous restorations of Halitherium schinzii (5-7). xD Simpson, George Gaylord 1932c A new classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 59(5): 259-293. Mar. 18, 1932. -Presents a classification of the Sirenia to the family level (Trichechiformes: Prorastomidae, Dugongidae, Trichechidae; Desmostyliformes: Desmostylidae) (281-282), with comments (292). x Simpson, George Gaylord 1941a. Vernacular names of South American mammals. Jour. Mamm., 22(1): 1-17. Feb. 14, 1941. -Suggests that the name "manatee" is derived from the Carib manati = (a woman's) breast (14). x Simpson, George Gaylord 1941b. Some Carib Indian mammal names. Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 1119: 1-10. Jun. 6, 1941. -States (p. 1) that Simpson (1941a) was "written after the present paper but published first." Of the two, this paper is the more detailed and informa tive. It lists yalawa, kayumoru, and several variants of the latter as names for the manatee (erroneously supposed to be T. inunguis rather than T manatus) in various Venezuelan Carib dialects. Concludes that the name manati was derived from Carib words for "(a woman's) breast" (9). x Simpson, George Gaylord 1942. The beginnings of vertebrate paleontology in North America. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, 86(1): 130-188. 23 figs. Sep. 1942. -P. 177: {"The occurrence of sirenian bones along the Atlantic coast from New Jersey to Georgia had 312 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY been observed [by 1842], but identification had gone no further than to establish their generally manatee-like character."} xD Simpson, George Gaylord 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 85: xvi + 350. Oct. 5, 1945. -Presents a revised classification of the Sirenia (including desmostylians) to genus; recognizes four trichechiform families (Prorastomidae, Proto- sirenidae, Dugongidae, Trichechidae) (135-136, 240, 251-252). Resurrects Halianassa as a senior synonym of Metaxytherium, thereby causing much later instability in nomenclature. Comments on Owen's term "Mutilata" (= Sirenia + Cetacea) (214). x Simpson, George Gaylord; & Paula Couto, Carlos de 1981. Fossil mammals from the Cenozoic of Acre, Brazil. Ill?Pleistocene Edentata Pilosa, Probos cidea, Sirenia, Perissodactyla and Artiodactyla. Iheringia, Sir. Geol, 6: 11-73. 2 tabs. 32 figs. Apr. 15, 1981. -A mandible, 3 molars, and a skullcap from the upper Rio Jurud are described (by Paula Couto, not Simpson as indicated; Simpson, pers. com- mun. to Domning, Dec. 17, 1981) and referred to Trichechus inunguis (48-49, 69); but see Dom ning (1982b: 603-604). Simpson, H.H., Sr.: SEE Jenks & Simpson, 1941. Sinclair, D.F.: SEE Marsh & Sinclair, 1989a, 1989b. x Sinclair, W.F. 1897. The dugong. Nature (London), 57(1470): 198. Dec. 30, 1897. -Letter to the editor. Suggests that a description of "seal" flesh in the Christian Topography of Cosmas of Alexandria, a 6th-century Egyptian monk (London, Hakluyt Society, 1897), probably pertained to the dugong. Also mentions the sale in London of "potted dugong" from Queensland. Sinel'nikova, Valentina Nikolayevna: SEE ALSO Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova, 1971. D Sinel'nikova, Valentina Nikolayevna; Brattseva, Greta Mikhaylovna; Dubrovo, Irina Aleksandrovna; & Si- chevskaya, Yevgeniya Konstantinovna 1985. [Subdivision and paleontological characteristics of the Neogene section of Kavano-Utkholok Harbor (western Kamchatka).] In: Korrelyatsiya kayno- zoyskikh tolshch Dal'nogo Vostoka. Trudy vosto- chnoy kompleksnoy geologicheskoy ekspeditsii. Chast' I. [Correlation of the Cenozoic strata of the Far East. Works of the Eastern Interdiscipli nary Geological Expedition. Part I.] Moscow, 84-157. 1 tab. 14 figs. 5 pis. -In Russian. Reports a specimen of Desmostylus, 123-127, 148, pi. 1. Singh, G.: SEE Tewari et al., 1977(?). Singh, M.P.: SEE Bajpai et al., 1987. Singh, Pratap: SEE Bajpai et al., 1987. Siniff, Donald B.: SEE Packard et al., 1986. Sinzov, Ivan Fedorovich 1900. Geologische und palaontologische Beobachtung en im Sudrussland. Denkschr. [= Zapiski] Neuruss. Univ. (Odessa) 79, 347-412. 6 pis. x Sittler, Claude 1972. Le Sundgau, aspect g6ologique et structural. Sci. Giol, Bull (Strasbourg), 25(2-3): 93-118. -Notes the presence of vertebrae of Halitherium schinzii in lower Rupelian (Oligocene) deposits bordering the Sundgau region of Alsace (113). Sivadas, M.: SEE Krishna Pillai et al., 1989. Sivak, J.G.: SEE West et al., 1991. Sjostedt, Y 1897. Die Saugethiere des nordwestlichen Kamerunge- bietes. Mitt. Forsch. Gel. Deutsch. Schutzgebieten, 10: 25-45. -Sirs., 45. Skrjabin, K.I.; Shikhobalova, N.P.; & Mozgovoy, A.A. 1951. [Key to parasitic nematodes, Vol. II. Oxyurata and Ascaridata.] Moscow, Izdatel'stvo Akad. Nauk SSSR: 1-631. -In Russian. Slade, D.D. 1888. On certain vacuities or deficiencies in the crania of mammals. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool, 13: 241-246. 2 pis. -Sirs., 244. Slade, Robert; Preen, Anthony R.; & Bowerman, Martin 1989. Discover dugongs. Underwater Geographic, No. 25: 24-27. 7 figs. Jun. 1989. -Comprises 3 separate articles: "Nature's survi vors" by Slade; "Some current dugong research" by Preen; and "Dugong & commercial fisher men?there's room for both" by Bowerman; plus a letter to the editor from Tony and Cathy Tubbenhauer. Slaughter, Bob H.: SEE James & Slaughter, 1974. x Sleeper, Barbara 1980a. The case of the mistaken manatees. Adventure Travel, 2(8): 42-47. 6 figs. Jan. 1980. -Notice: Adventure Travel, 2(7): 87, Dec. 1979. Pop. acc. of manatees and manatee research and conservation efforts in Florida. NUMBER 80 313 Sleeper, Barbara 1980b. Mermaids of Crystal River. Wildlife, 22(3): 22. Mar. 1980. x Sleeper, Barbara 1981. Gone condo: development of Florida's coastal waterways could be disastrous for the endangered manatee. Animals, 114(2): 16-20. 4 figs. Apr. 1981. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Barbara Manatee: North America's most unusual mammal struggles for survival. Pacific Discovery, 37(1): 14-23. 11 figs. Jan.- Mar. 1984. Barbara A far cry from a sea nymph. Audubon, 88(2): 86-99. 15 figs. Mar. 1986. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Barbara Manatees: forging troubled waters. Animals, 120(3): 18-22. 5 figs. May/Jun. 1987. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees. Barbara Sleuthing by satellite. Animals, 121(2): 22-27. 10 figs. Mar./Apr. 1988. Barbara Manatees. Whalewatcher, 24(1): 3-7. Illus. Everhard J. Uber Verletzungen und Erkrankungen der Wirbel- saule und Rippen bei den Cetaceen. Anat. Anz., 71(7/9): 156-185. 17 figs. Jan. 24, 1931. -Dugong ribs, 161. Slijper, Everhard J. 1936. Die Cetaceen: vergleichend-anatomisch und sys- tematisch. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Anato mie des Blutgefass-, Nerven- und Muskelsystems, sowie des Rumpfskelettes der Saugetiere, mit Studien iiber die Theorie des Aussterbens und der Foetalisation. Capita Zool, 7: vii + 590. 256 figs. -Sirs.: 41, 65, 79, 87-89, 95, 98, 108-110, 114, 117, 134, 142, 147, 172, 192-195, 240-241, 245-246, 249, 261, 263-264, 286-289, 295, 297-298, 323, 335, 366, 378, 385, 391, 446, 449, 453-455, 462-464, 470-472, 481-482, 488, 491-492,494,525-526,530. x Slijper, Everhard J. 1946. Comparative biologic-anatomical investigations on the vertebral column and spinal musculature of mammals. Verh. Nederl. Akad. Wetens., Afd. Natuurk., Sleeper, 1984. x Sleeper 1986. x Sleeper 1987. Sleeper. 1988. Sleeper 1990. Slijper, 1931. Slijper, 1956. x Slijper. 1961. Sloane 1725. Smart, 1951. Smith, 1838- Smith, 1988. (2)42(5): 1-128. 8 tabs. 125 figs. -Includes observations on the spinal column, back muscles and associated structures in Tri chechus and Dugong (28, 42-43, 46-47, 50-53, 71-78, 111-112, 114, 120; tabs. 1,3,5,6). Everhard J. Some remarks on gestation and birth in Cetacea and other aquatic mammals. Hvalrdd. Skr., 41: 1-62. Everhard J. Foramen ovale and ductus arteriosus Botalli in aquatic mammals. Mammalia, 25: 528-561. 6 tabs. -Discusses the time of closure of the foramen and duct in various mammals and possible reasons; tabulates and briefly discusses the published data on sirs. (536-537, 544, 548-549). Hans A voyage to the islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Christophers and Jamaica, with the natural history of the herbs and trees, four-footed beasts, fishes, birds, insects, reptiles, &c of the last of those islands Vol. 2. London, printed by B.M. for the author (2 vols., 1707-25). -Manati, 2: 329. Sir. material repr. in J.A. Murray (ed.), The islands and the sea ..., Oxford Univ. Press, 1991, p. 120. Peter The dugong. Walkabout, 17(11): 34-35. 3 figs. Nov. 1, 1951. Andrew ? 1845. Illustrations of the zoology of South Africa ; consisting chiefly of figures and descriptions of the objects of natural history collected during an expedition into the interior of South Africa, in the years 1834, 1835, and 1836; fitted out by "The Cape of Good Hope Association for Exploring Central Africa": together with a summary of African zoology, and an inquiry into the geo graphical ranges of species in that quarter of the globe. [Vol. l.J Mammalia. London, Smith, Elder & Co. (entire work: 5 vols., 1838-1850). 51 pis. -Discusses Halicore dugung, 122. Andrew J. The usage of marine resources by the people of the Hopevale Aboriginal community on the east coast of Cape York Peninsula: preliminary results. In: F. Gray & L. Zann (eds.), Traditional knowledge of the marine environment in northern Australia. Proceedings of a workshop held in Townsville, Australia, 29 and 30 July 1985. 314 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority Work shop Ser., No. 8: 54-67. 2 figs. Smith, Andrew J. 1989. Usage of marine resources by Aboriginal commu nities on the east coast of Cape York Peninsula. Report to the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Townsville (Australia), Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, [8] + 137. 10 tabs. 13 figs. 6 pis. Mar. 1989. -Summ.: Reeflections (Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority), No. 22: 8-9, 2 figs., Nov. 1988. x Smith, Andrew J.; & Marsh, Helene D. 1990. Management of tradtional hunting of dugongs [Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776)] in the northern Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Environ. Manage., 14(1): 47-55. 1 tab. 1 fig. Jan. 1990. -Outlines relevant legislation and past attempts to regulate dugong take in the Hopevale and Lock- hart River aboriginal communities; summarizes aerial survey and catch data. Concludes that present harvest levels are probably less than the sustainable yield, and recommends a flexible management system that is conservative but involves the traditional hunters themselves in making management decisions. x Smith, David 1988. Nature's mysterious mermaid. Pursuit (Victoria, Australia, Ministry of Educa tion), No. 1: 44-47. 6 figs. -Pop. acc. (for children) of dugongs and dugong hunting in Australia. x Smith, F.G. Walton 1959. Science and the mermaid. Sea Frontiers, 5(2): 74-82. 10 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs, and mermaid legends, conclud ing that the latter owe more to mythology than to real manatees and dugongs. Smith, G. Elliot 1902. Brain. Mammalia. In: Descriptive and illustrated catalogue of the physiological series of compara tive anatomy in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Ed. 2. London, Taylor & Francis, Vol. 2: 138-481. -Sirs., 344-348,465. x Smith, G. Elliot 1903a. The brain of the Archaeoceti. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, 71(2)(2): 322-331. 4 figs. April 1903 (read Jan. 15, 1903). -Mentions features of sir. brains (326, 328) in comparison with other mammals. Smith, G. Elliot 1903b. The brain of the Archaeoceti. Jour. Compar. Neurol, 13: 41-52. 4 figs. 2 pis. -?Repr. of 1903a. Sirs., 49. Smith, Herbert H.: SEE Allen, J.A., 1904. Smith, J.A.: SEE Mitchill et al., 1828. x Smith, J. Lawrence 1844. [Communication on some fossil bones.] Amer. Jour. Sci., (1)47: 116-117. -Pp. 116-117: {{"Dr. J. Lawrence Smith, of Charleston, S.C., made a communication on some fossil bones from the vicinity of Charleston. The bones noticed were fragments of a rib, resembling that of the Manatus, and of a marine turtle and ray. The character of [ 117] the formation in which they occur was described, it being that extensive calcareous bed that underlies a large portion of South Carolina and some of the neighboring states. "A discussion arose upon the geological age of the formation furnishing the specimens exhibited by Dr. Smith."}} Smith, Kenneth N. 1993. Manatee habitat and human-related threats to seagrass in Florida: a review. Tallahassee, Florida Dept. of Environmental Pro tection, i + 38. 3 tabs. 1 fig. Oct. 1993. x Smith, Nigel J.H. 1981a. Caimans, capybaras, otters, manatees, and man in Amazonia. Biol. Conserv., 19(3): 177-187. 9 tabs. 2 figs. Feb. 1981. -Gives a brief history of the commercial exploita tion of T. inunguis, with notes on prices and availability of manatee meat in Brazil in the 1970s (184-186). x Smith, Nigel J.H. 1981b. Man, fishes, and the Amazon. New York, Columbia Univ. Press, x + 180. Tabs. Illus. -Records two T. inunguis caught in 1977 near Itacoatiara, Brazil, by harpoon and seine, respec tively. Manatees are said to be much rarer in Amazonia than formerly, but their meat is still sold illegally for US$0.40/kg (95-96). Smith, R. 1879. The death of the manatee (M. in the Brighton Aquarium). Science Gossip, 15: 112. Smith, Richard T.: SEE Cardeilhac et al., 1981. Smith, S.: SEE Wilhelm et al., 1988. D Smith, Warren Dupre; & Packard, Earl L. 1919. The salient features of the geology of Oregon. NUMBER 80 315 Jour. Geol, 27: 79-120. 1 tab. 3 figs. 1 pi. -Desmostylians, 97. x Smyth, W; & Lowe, F. 1836. Narrative of a journey from Lima to Para, across the Andes and down the Amazon.... London, John Murray, viii + 305. Figs. 2 maps. -Brief account (with measurements and a good illustration) of a manatee caught at Sarayacu, Peru (197), and an account of manatee hunting and use by Indians (242-243). The constellation Scorpio is identified as the "Vaca Marina" (manatee) by the Sencis Indians (229). x Snipes, Robert L. 1984. Anatomy of the cecum of the West Indian manatee, Trichechus manatus (Mammalia, Si renia). Zoomorphology (Berlin), 104(2): 67-78. 2 tabs. 10 figs. Mar. 1984. -Describes the gross and microscopic anatomy of the cecum; notes keratinized stratified squamous epithelium, perhaps a protection against bulky roughage; considers manatees to be colon rather than cecum fermenters, but their fermentation is probably incomplete; considers the morphology of their cecum and intestine to be generally primitive. Snow, D.W. 1970. The eastern Indian Ocean islands: a summary of their geography, fauna and flora. Internatl. Union Conserv. Nature Publ. (Morges, Switzerland) (n.s.), 17: 212-223. -Data on dugong distribution around specific islands. Snyder, G.L.: SEE Drewes et al., 1961. Soares, Francisco 1904. Das cousas do Brasil e costumes da terra polo. Arq. Bibliographico Univ. Coimbra, 4. -Repr.: Rev. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Bras., 94(148): 371-421, 1927 (manatee, 414-415). Based on an anonymous MS. dating from about 1580; Soares was identified as the author by Serafim Leite (Histdria da Companhia de Jesus no Brasil, 2, siculo XVI?a obra, Lisbon & Rio de Janeiro: 582, 1938), according to Whitehead (1978: 500). The description of the manatee is said to be similar to that of F. Cardim. Soavinski, Ricardo Jos6: SEE Grubel da Silva, Paludo et al., 1992; Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al., 1992; Pinto de Lima et al., 1992a, 1992b. Socci, M.C.: SEE Lee & Socci, 1989. Sogandares-Bernal, Franklin: SEE Hutton & Sogandares- Bernal, 1960. Soimonov, F.I. 1764. Drevnyaya poslovitsa Sibir zolotoye dno. [The old proverb "Siberia is a gold mine."] YezhemesyachniaSochineniya ..., 11: 44-59. Jan. 1764. -Use of seacow-hide baidaras (boats) for hunting, 50. x Sokoloff, Demetrio; & Caballero y C, Eduardo 1932. Una nueva especie de trematodo parasito del intestino del manati: Schizamphistoma manati sp. n. Anal. Inst. Biol. Mexico, 3(2): 163-167. 5 figs. Jun. 1932. -Describes Schizamphistoma manati, n.sp., from the large intestine of a manatee from Tampico, Mexico. Sokolov, A.S.: SEE Sokolov, Pershin et al., 1986. Sokolov, Vladimir E. 1979. [Systematics of mammals: orders Cetacea, Car- nivora Pinnipedia, Tubulidentata, Proboscidea, Hyracoidea, Sirenia, Artiodactyla, camels and Perissodactyla.] Moscow, Vysshaya Shkola, 1-527. Illus. -In Russian. Sokolov, Vladimir E. (ed.) 1986. Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii. Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR), 1-405. 16 tabs. 155 figs. -In Russian. A detailed treatise on manatee anatomy, based mainly on a specimen of T m. manatus collected in Cuba. Comprises an intro duction by Sokolov and Fernando M. Gonzales Bermudez, and 15 papers, listed here by their authors: Sukhanov (2), Sokolov et al. (2), Sukha nov & Manzij, Sukhanov et al., Gambaryan & Sukhanov, Naumova, Galantsev, Gambaryan, An- dreev, Rodionov, Umnova, & Novoselova, Ka- lashnikova & Kazanskaya, and Mukhametov & Galantsev. Sokolov, Vladimir E.; Chernova, O.F.; Stepanova, L.V.; & Petrishchev, B.I. 1986. [Comparative morphology of the integument of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 44-76. -In Russian. Sokolov, Vladimir E.; & Mukhametov, L.M. 1982. Electrophysiological investigation on the sleep in the manatee Trichechus manatus. Zhur. Evol Biokhim. FizioL, 18(2): 191-193. 1 fig. Mar.-Apr. 1982. 316 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -In Russian; Engl. summ. Sokolov, Vladimir E.; Pershin, S.V; Sokolov, A.S.; & Tomilin, A.G. 1986. [The locomotory complex of the manatee and its features.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 306-311. -In Russian. Sokolowsky, Alexander 1928. Erlebnisse mit wilden Tier en. Schilderungen aus meinem Berufsleben. Leipzig, E. Haberland, 1-260. Illus. Sollberger, A. 1965. Biological rhythm research. Amsterdam, Elsevier. Solt, Peter: SEE Kordos & Solt, 1984. Sommerring, W: SEE Ruppell, E., 1834. D Sone, H. 1927. Summary of geological and chronological distri bution of sirenians. Jour, of Zoology of Japan, 39: 435-437. D Sone, H. 1941. A check list of the fossil mammals found in Japan. In: Jubilee publication commemorating Prof. H. Yabe's sixtieth birthday. Vol.2, 1089-1115. Song, Guangze: SEE Dong et al., 1992. Sonnini, Charles Nicolas Sigisbert: SEE Buffon & Sonnini, 1800; Ledru & Sonnini, 1810. Sonntag, Charles F.: SEE ALSO Clark & Sonntag, 1926. x Sonntag, Charles F. 1922. The comparative anatomy of the tongues of the Mammalia. VII. Cetacea, Sirenia, and Ungulata. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1922(3): 639-657. 6 figs. Sep. 28, 1922. -Describes the tongues of the dugong and manatee (646-647); concludes that the Sirenia show convergence with ungulates in their tongue anatomy (654-655). x Sonoda, Seizaburo; & Takemura, Akira 1973. Underwater sounds of the manatees, Trichechus manatus manatus and T inunguis (Trichechidae). Rept. Inst. Breeding Res., Tokyo Univ. Agric, No. 4: 19-24. 18 figs. -Describes and illustrates various calls of each species; the main frequency range of both was 2-4 kHz. A spectrogram of chewing sounds of T. manatus is also included, as well as photos of both species and of a captive Dugong. Sousa, Gabriel Soares de 1879. Tratado descritivo do Brasil em 1587. Ediqdo castigada pelo estudo e exame de muitos codices manuscritos existentes no Brasil, em Portugal, Espanha e Franca, e ascrescentada de alguns commentdrios por Francisco Adolfo de Varnha- gen. Ed. 4. Rev. Trimestral Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brasil (Rio de Janeiro), 14. -Ed. 3, Rio de Janeiro, Typ. Universal de Laemmert: xii + 422, 1851. Ed. 4 (reprs.): Sousa (1945); Sao Paulo, Comp. Editora Nac. (Brasili- ana, Vol. 117): 1-389, 1971. This work, dating from 1587, "remained unpublished until the 19th century, existing in at least 20 manuscript versions that Vamhagen carefully edited to produce a fourth and very accurate edition" (Whitehead, 1977: 172). Sirs., chap. 129 (pp. 279, 380 in 1971 ed.?). Sousa, Gabriel Soares de 1945. Noticia do Brasil. Introduqdo, comentdrios e notas pelo Professor Pirajd da Silva. Sao Paulo, Livr. Martins Editora (Biblioteca Hist6rico Editora, 16; 2 vols.), Vol. 2: 339 + 14. -Text is the same (4th) ed. as that of Sousa (1879), Tratado .... The Introduction includes the history of the various eds. Sirs., 197-198. x Southwell, Thomas 1876. On the Sirenia. Science Gossip, 12(135): 56-59. Fig. 27; 12(136): 75-77. Fig. 33. -Gen. acc. of the species of Manatus and Halicore and of Rhytina, abstracted from other authors. Souza, Francisco Bernardino de 1873. Lembranqas e curiosidades do Valle do Amazo nas. Pari, Typ. do Futuro, 1-328. -Manatee, 16, 29, 296. Souza, Francisco Bernardino de 1875. Commissdo do Madeira. Para e Amazonas. [Parts 2-3.] Rio de Janeiro, Typ. Nac, Part 1 (1874): 1-145; Part 2: 1-177; Part 3: 1-145. -Statistics on manatee meat exported from the province of Amazonas, 1871-1872 (Part 2: 177) and 1867 (Part 3: 20). Souza Netto, Felippe Joaquim de: SEE Netto, Felippe Joaquim de Souza. x Sowerby, Arthur de Carle 1923. The naturalist in Manchuria. Vol. II: The mam mals and birds of Manchuria. Tientsin, Tientsin Press (5 vols., 1922-1930): xxvii + 191. -Gen. acc of Steller's sea cow (135-137). Refers NUMBER 80 317 to Arthur Adams' (1870) finding of a "dugong" skull in Saghalien; suggests that it was actually a skull of Hydrodamalis and an indication of that animal's survival after 1768 (136-137). This seems unlikely (see Domning, 1978b: 138). x Sowerby, Arthur de Carle 1935. [The former occurrence of the dugong in Chinese waters.] China Jour. (Shanghai), 22(2): 81-82. Feb. 1935. -Comments on the foregoing article by G.M. Allen (1935); questions the occurrence of the dugong in China. Also discusses the accounts of Read (1931) and Arthur Adams (1870). I consider Sowerby's identification of the dugong with Read's (1931: 52) "sea animal" too tenuous, x Sowerby, Arthur de Carle 1936. The dugong in Chinese waters. China Jour. (Shanghai), 25(1): 41-42. Jul. 1936. -Comments on papers by Hirasaka (1932, 1934) recording dugongs in Formosa, Korea, and else where, and notes the absence of dugong records from the Chinese mainland. Soza de Castro, Francisco de 1907. Naturbeobachtungen eines Reisenden von 1660. Natw. Wochenschr., 22(= n.s. 6)(11): 173-174. Mar. 17, 1907. -Quotation of a passage describing the East African dugong from a 17th-century work by Soza de Castro. Communicated by Harro Magnussen. Spain, Alister V: SEE ALSO Heinsohn et al.; Marsh et al., 1977, 1978; Murray et al., 1977. x Spain, Alister V; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1973. Cyclone associated feeding changes in the dugong (Mammalia: Sirenia). Mammalia, 37(4): 678-680. 1 tab. Dec 1973. -Reports (on the basis of stomach contents) a dietary shift in Queensland dugongs from seagras ses to Sargassum and other brown and red algae following the destruction of seagrass beds by a cyclone. Hydroids, holothurian and ascidian re mains, and silt and sand were also found in the dugongs' stomachs, x Spain, Alister V; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1974. A biometric analysis of measurement data from a collection of North Queensland dugong skulls, Dugong dugon (Muller). Austral. Jour. Zool, 22: 249-257. 3 tabs. 8 figs. -A study of size allometry in 52 skulls and mandibles, using 26 variables, indicated that condylo-premaxillary length at the attainment of sexual maturity is about 34 cm, and that the snout region shows positive allometry whereas the cranial region, negative or no allometry. x Spain, Alister V; & Heinsohn, George Edwin 1975. Size and weight allometry in a North Queensland population of Dugong dugon (Muller) (Mam malia: Sirenia). Austral. Jour. Zool, 23(2): 159-168. 2 tabs. 6 figs. May 1975. -Concludes, from a sample of 53 animals, that body weight (the dependent variable) and length are related by the equation y = (-34.251)? 14.976x + 55.218x2; that there are no sexual weight-length differences; that weight at puberty (about 2.4 m length) is about 248 kg; that only the large intestine and not the small intestine or cecum shows positive allometry; and that dorsal and ventral skin thicknesses are isometric whereas lateral skin thickness is more or less constant, x Spain, Alister V; Heinsohn, George Edwin; Marsh, Helene D.; & Correll, R.L. 1976. Sexual dimorphism and other sources of variation in a sample of dugong skulls from North Queensland (Mammalia: Sirenia). Austral Jour. Zool, 24(4): 491-497. 3 tabs. 1 fig. -Analysis of 26 variables in 32 adult skulls found sexual dimorphism principally in the snout re gion; also found were lesser amounts of allometric variation, again mainly in the anterior part of the skull. x Spain, Alister V; & Marsh, Helene D. 1981a. Geographic variation and sexual dimorphism in the skulls of two Australian populations of Dugong dugon (Muller) (Mammalia: Sirenia). In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 143-161. 2 tabs. -Compares adult skulls from the Townsville and Wellesley Island areas, Queensland, on the basis of 74 variables. Sexual dimorphism was found in a wider range of characters than previously known, and geographic differences were also found. x Spain, Alister V; & Marsh, Helene D. 1981b. Dugong skull measurements. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queen sland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). 318 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 286-301. 1 tab. 5 figs. -Describes in detail a set of 79 standard cranial measurements, noting which are important in studies of allometry, sexual dimorphism, and geographic variation within Queensland. Sparrman, Andreas (= Anders) 1777. An account of a journey into Africa from the Cape of Good Hope. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 67: 38-47. -Sirs., 40. Sparrman, Andreas (= Anders) 1785. A voyage to the Cape of Good Hope, towards the Antarctic polar circle, and round the world: but chiefly into the country of the Hottentots and Caffres.from the year 1772, to 1776.... Translated from the Swedish original [by George Forster]. London, G.G.J. & J. Robinson (2 vols.). -First Engl. ed. Original ed.: Stockholm, 1783- 1818. Spencer, Joseph William Winthrop 1895. Reconstruction of the Antillean continent. Jour. Geol, 6: 103-140. 1 pi. -Sirs., 137. Sperber, I. 1944. Studies on the mammalian kidney. Zoologiska Bidrag, 22: 249-432. Spillan, T. 1984. If you see a manatee. Florida Wildlife, Jul.-Aug. 1984: 45-46. 1 fig. -Brief report on Florida manatee mortality and research efforts, with a photo of a manatee rubbing noses with Galen Rathbun's dog. Spillmann, Franz 1959. Die Sirenen aus dem Oligozan des Linzer Beckens (Oberosterreich), mit Ausfuhrungen iiber "Os- teosklerose" und "Pachyostose." Denkschr. Osterr. Akad. Wiss., Math.-nat. Klasse, 110(3): 1-68. 34 figs. 4 pis. -Recognizes three species, supposed to be strati- graphically successive, in the Late Oligocene deposits of the Linz Basin, Austria: Halitherium pergense (Toula), n.comb., H. christoli Fitzinger, and H. abeli, n.sp. The available material of these forms and their stratigraphic contexts are de scribed or redescribed, and they are concluded to be transitional forms between Halitherium and Metaxytherium. Bone histology of sirs, is dis cussed, and some apparent differences among the three species in the internal structure of the ribs are pointed out. Concludes that the terms pachyos tosis and osteosclerosis are inappropriate for Tertiary sirs., and proposes instead the term "Ponderositat" to describe their bone histology, which is adapted to provide ballast for diving. x Spillmann, Franz 1973. Halitherium pergense (Toula); eine Polemik um die Taxonomie und Alterseinstufung der Sirenen- reste aus dem Sandstein von Perg (OO.) und Wallsee (NO.). Jahrb. Oberoesterr. Musealverein, 118(1): 197- 210. 4 figs. Pis. 39-40. -Discusses the morphological and stratigraphic relationship of H. pergense to H. christolii and other Halitherium species; corrects errors in Spillmann (1959); and reaffirms the phyletic sequence H. schinzii-pergense-christolii-abeli. Spinner, Red (pseudonym of William Senior): SEE Anony mous, 1881. x Spittel, R.L. 1959. [Note on captures of dugongs.] Loris, 8: 174-175. Jun. 1959. -Gives some statistics on dugongs captured in Ceylon in 1958. x Spittel, R.L. 1960. A sanctuary for dugongs. Loris, 8(5): 304-305. Jun. 1960. -Suggests that a dugong preserve be established in the Gulf of Mannar between India and Ceylon. x Spix, Johann Baptist von; & Martius, Carl Friedr. Phil, von 1831. Reise in Brasilien auf Befehl Sr. Majestdt Maxi milian Joseph I. Konigs von Baiern in den Jahren 1817 bis 1820 gemacht.... Dritter und letzter Theil... Munich, bei dem Verfasser; Leipzig, Friedr. Fleischer (entire work: 3 vols., 1823-1831), Vol. 3: lvi + 887-1388. 1 map. -Allen 774. Discusses the distribution (coastal and fluviatile), natural history, and economic uses of "Manatus americanus" in Brazil (1122-1123). States that manatees are hunted at high water; that they reach a size of 20 feet and 80 hundredweight in the Amazon basin; that the Indians believe their gestation lasts 11 months and their nursing half a year; and that the Indians "commit a shameful vice" with captured manatees, especially females, to increase their luck in me hunt. Spotte, Stephen 1990. Artificial milks for unweaned marine mammals. In: L.A. Dierauf (ed.), CRC handbook of marine mammal medicine: health, disease, rehabilitation. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press, Inc. (735 pp.), 521-532. -Table 25 (531) gives a formula for manatee milk developed by Jesse R. White: Esbilac (powdered), 23 scoops; soybean meal milk replacer, 1,131 ml; multivitamin concentrate, 28 ml; Stamin-Atom, NUMBER 80 319 10 ml; water, 1,044 ml. x Sprent, John F.A. 1981. Ascaridoid nematodes of sirenians?the Hetero- cheilinae redefined. Jour. Helminthol, 54(4): 309-327. 3 tabs. 30 figs. 3 pis. Mar. 9, 1981. -Redescribes Heterocheilus tunicatus and Paradujardinia halicoris, giving new locality records; redefines the Heterocheilinae to include these and 6 other genera; suggests that ascaridoids of sirs, were derived from those of fluviatile lower vertebrates. x Sprent, John F.A. 1983. Ascaridoid nematodes of sirenians?a new species in the Senegal manatee. Jour. Helminthol, 57(1): 69-76. 2 tabs. 15 figs. 1 pi. Mar. 1983. -Describes Heterocheilus domningi, n.sp., from T. senegalensis, and compares it with H. tunica tus; suggests that the distribution of these para sites supports a South American rather than African origin for manatees. Also reports //. tunicatus from T. manatus. Sprinkel, Jay: SEE Patton et al., 1987. x Sprunt, Alexander, Jr. 1949. Mystery mammal?the Florida manatee. Audubon Mag., 51(5): 286-288, 337. 5 figs. Sep.-Oct. 1949. -Pop. acc. of manatees and other sirs., with anecdotes on Florida sightings and occurrences, and mention of manatees in Texas in 1928 and 1937 (288). x Spurgeon, David 1974a. Sea cows eat their way to domestication. New Scientist, 63(908): 238-239. 1 fig. Aug. 1, 1974. -Report of a conference on a manatee research center in Guyana and on the use of manatees for aquatic weed control (see Anon., 1973a). x Spurgeon, David 1974b. Can manatees help solve problems of tropical water weeds? Science Forum, 7(4): 10-11. 2 figs. Aug. 1974. -Report of a conference on a manatee research center in Guyana and on the use of manatees for aquatic weed control (see Anon., 1973a). Squier, Ephraim George ("Samuel A. Bard") 1965. Waikna: or adventures on the Mosquito shore. Gainesville (Florida), Univ. Florida Press. -First ed.: New York, Harper & Bros., ix + 366, illus., 1855. Sirs., 130-137. D Squires, R.L.; & Fritsche, A.E. 1978. Miocene macrofauna along Sespe Creek, Ventura County, California. In: A.E. Fritsche (ed.), De- positional environments of Tertiary rocks along Sespe Creek, Ventura County, California. Soc. Econ. Pal. Min., Pacif. Section, Oct. 13, 1978: 6-26. Srivastava, Suresh: SEE Bajpai et al., 1989. Ssimaschko 1850. Russkaya fauna. II. Mlekopitaiushchie. [Publisher?] -Reconstruction of Hydrodamalis, 1052, pi. 90. Stache, Guido 1867. Die geologischen Verhaltnisse der Fundstatte des Halitherium-Skelettes bei Hainburg an der Donau. Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1867(7): 141-144. Read Apr. 16, 1867. Stadum, Carol J.: SEE Susuki & Stadum, 1978. Stahl, Agustfn 1882. Fauna de Puerto-Rico. Catdlogo del gabinete zooldgico del Dr. A. Stahl en Bayamon.... Puerto Rico, Impr. del "Boletin Mercantil," 1-248. x Stanbury, Peter J. 1978. Australia's animals: who discovered them? Sydney, Univ. of Sydney, Macleay Museum: 1-124. Illus. Sep. 1978. -Quotes accounts of Australian dugongs by William Dampier (1688, 1699) and Nathaniel Portlock (1792) (18-19). Stannius, Hermann F. 1840. Erster Bericht iiber das zootomisch-physiologi- sche Institut der Universitat Rostock. In: Erster Bericht von dem zootomisch-physiologische Insti tut der Universitat Rostock. Rostock, J.M. Oeberg (24 pp.?): 1-5. -P. 3: {"Unter den zahlreich vorhandenen Saugthierschadeln befinden sich z. B. ... Bruch- stiicke eines Schadels von Manatus america nus."} Stannius, Hermann F. 1845. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der amerikanischen Ma nati's. Rektorats-Programm zur Geschichte der Naturwissenschaftlichen Institut der Universitat Rostock. Rostock, Adler's Erben: 1-37. 2 pis. -Describes a dissection of T inunguis. Stannius, Hermann F. 1849. Beschreibung der Muskeln des Tiimmlers (Del- phinus phocaena). Mullers Arch. Anat., 1849: 1-41. -Sirs., 14, 16, 22, 31, 32, 35, 36, 41. Stapley, W 1912. The occurrence and development of cervical ribs in man and some of the mammals that have abandoned quadrupedal progression. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria (n.s.), 25: 82-104. 320 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Stark, Barbara L.: SEE ALSO Bradley et al., 1983. Stark, Barbara L.; & Voorhies, Barbara 1978. Future research directions. In: B.L. Stark & B. Voorhies (eds.), Prehistoric coastal adaptations: the economy and ecology of maritime Middle America. Acad. Press, 275-304. Steadman, David W: SEE Watters et al., 1984. Stedman, J.M. 1889. Researches on the anatomy of Amphistomum fabaceum Diesing. Proc. Amer. Soc. Microscopists, 11: 85-101. x Stedman, John Gabriel 1796. Narrative, of a five years' expedition against the revolted Negroes of Surinam, in Guiana, on the wild coast of South America; from the year 1772, to 1777: elucidating the history of that country, and describing its productions, viz. quadrupedes, birds, fishes, reptiles, trees, shrubs, fruits, & roots; with an account of the Indians of Guiana, & Negroes of Guinea. London, J. Johnson & J. Edwards (2 vols.), Vol. 2. Illus. -Allen 444. Various later eds. & transls. Reprs.: Barre (Mass.), Imprint Soc, 1971 (2 vols.); Amherst (Mass.), Univ. Massachusetts, 1972 (1 vol.). Describes the near-capsizing of a boat, supposedly by a manatee (1: 221), and gives a tolerably accurate description and illustration of a manatee encountered in Surinam (2: 175-176, pi. facing 176). Stedman also mentions "mermaids" described to him, which he takes to be fish, though his description of them better fits manatees (2: 177). Also mentions the natives' fear of the "Watra Mama," but offers no identification of it (2: 178). In 1971 & 1972 eds., sir. material at 121-122,316-317. x Steel, Cathy 1983. Vocalization patterns and corresponding behavior of the West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). [Abstr.] Dissert. Abstrs. Internatl. B. Sci. Engin., 43(10): 3160-3161. Apr. 1983. -Outlines the general results of recordings in captive and natural environments. Nine categories of adult vocalizations were established; sexual and age differences were observed; and vocaliza tions in contexts of approach, submergence, play, interactions, and distress were recorded, x Steel, Cathy; & Morris, John G. 1982. The West Indian manatee: an acoustic analysis. [Abstr.] Amer. Zool, 22(4): 925. -A less detailed abstract appeared in Florida Scientist, 45 (Suppl. 1): 40. Summarizes data from recordings of sounds made by wild and captive manatees. Steele, J.G. 1972. The explorers of the Moreton Bay district 1770- 1830. Brisbane, Univ. of Queensland Press, 1-386. -Dugong, 3, 27; dugong nets, 22, 34, 38. Stein, Christian Gottfried Daniel 1829. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte fur die gebildeten Stdnde, Gymnasien und Schulen, besonders in Hinsicht aufGeographie.... Dritte verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage. Leipzig, T.C. Hinrichsche Buchhandlung (2 vols.), Vol. 1: viii + 382; Vol. 2: xxxii + 274, 15 pis. -Allen 737. Sirs., 1:82-83. Steinbacher, G. 1958. Von den Seekiihen von Miami. Orion, 13: 371-? Steinberg, Peter D.: SEE Estes & Steinberg, 1988, 1989. Steininger, Fritz F.: SEE ALSO Pervesler & Steininger, 1986; Rabeder & Steininger, 1976. Steininger, Fritz F. 1969. Das Tertiar des Linzer Raumes. In: Katalog Geologie und Paldontologie des Linzer Raumes: 35-52. 1 tab. 14 pis. x Steininger, Fritz F. 1986. Erste Ergebnisse iiber Untersuchungen zu Ernahrungsstrategien des Arawaken-Siedlungs- platzes Pointe der Caille, NNW Vieux Fort, St. Lucia, West Indies, [or] First results of researches on nutrition strategies at the Arawak settlement at Pointe de Caille, NNW Vieux Fort, St. Lucia, West Indies. Mitt. Prahist. Kommission Oesterr. Akad. Wiss., 23: 37-50, 69-75. 1 tab. 7 pis. -Text in both German (37-43) and Engl. (69- 75). Reports bones of T. manatus from an archaeological site on St. Lucia (42, 74, pi. 7). Steinitz, Heinz: SEE Hell wing & Steinitz, 1971. Steinmann, Gustav 1907. Einfuhrung in die Paldontologie. Ed. 2. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, xii + 542. 902 figs. -First ed., 1903. Abstrs.: Natw. Wochenschr., 24: 408-412?; Geol. Mag., (5)5: 38? Rev.: Nature (London), 77: 558, 1908? Sirs., 503. Steinmann, Gustav 1912. Die Bedeutung der Palaontologie fur die Abstam- mungslehre. Proc Internatl. Zool. Congr. (Boston, 1907), 7: 714-732. -Sirs., 718. NUMBER 80 321 Steinmann, Gustav; & Doderlein, Ludwig 1890. Elemente der Paldontologie. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann, xix + 848. 1,030 figs. -Sirs., 708. Stejneger, Leonhard: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1883; Lucas, F.A., 1891; Scheffer, V.B., 1973; Steller, G.W., 1925. x Stejneger, Leonhard 1883. Contributions to the history of the Commander Islands. No. 1. Notes on the natural history, including descriptions of new cetaceans. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 6(4-6): 58-89. Jun. 20, 22, 23, 1883. -Gives an account of collecting Hydrodamalis bones on Bering Island (59, 61-62); discusses individual and sexual variation in the skulls and mandibles (78-83); defends 1768 as the date of the sea cow's extermination (83-84); concludes that its geographic distribution included the Aleutians but probably not the northern Bering Sea (84). Lucien M. Turner's report (cited here) of sea cow bones in the Aleutians, and of an Aleutian vernacular name for the sea cow (kukh-sukh-tukh), was never published so far as I know; but see also F.W. True (1884b: 136). Notes the destruction of Hydrodamalis specimens by a fire in the Irkutzk museum (84); discusses the Kamchadal name kapustnik for the sea cow (85); and weighs the evidence concerning the shape of the animal's caudal fin (85-86). x Stejneger, Leonhard 1884a. Contributions to the history of the Commander Islands. No. 2. Investigations relating to the date of the extermination of Steller's sea-cow. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 7(12): 181-189. Jul. 29, 1884. -Criticizes Nordenskiold's (1881a) reports of Hydrodamalis alive at Bering Island after 1768. includes detailed transcripts of Stejneger's inter rogation of witnesses, and concludes that the report circa 1780 was due to a chronological error and that the report circa 1854 was based on a female narwhal. x Stejneger, Leonhard 1884b. Ueberblick iiber meine Reise nach Kamtschatka und den Commander-Inseln (1882 und 1883). Deutsche Geogr. Blatter, 7(1): 106-108. -Alludes to "twelve skulls and four series of vertebrae with arm bones, shoulder blades" and other bones of Hydrodamalis that he collected on Bering Island (107-108). Stejneger, Leonhard 1884c Fra det yderste 0sten. IV. Kapitlet om Berings- 0en i Nordenskiold's "Vega-fsrden." Natur en (Kristiania), 8(5): 65-69. May 1884. -Sir. material ?also in other parts of this series of articles: 1882 (vol. 6): 69, 71?, 1883 (vol. 7): 111?, 1885 (vol. 9): 150-157? x Stejneger, Leonhard 1885. Eine Umsegelung der Berings-Insel. Herbst 1882. Deutsche Geogr. Blatter, 8(3): 225-273. 2 figs. Pis. 5-6. -Engl, transl. of sir. material: F.A. Lucas (1891: 626). Account of the excavation of a badly weathered Hydrodamalis skeleton (256-257). x Stejneger, Leonhard 1886. On the extermination of the great northern sea-cow (Rytina). A reply to Professor A. E. Nordenskiold. Jour. [Bull] Amer. Geogr. Soc, 18(4): 317-328. -A reply to Nordenskiold's (1885a,b) response to Stejneger's (1884a) criticisms of Nordenskiold's (1881a) reports of Hydrodamalis alive at Bering Island after 1768. x Stejneger, Leonhard 1887. How the great northern sea-cow (Rytina) became exterminated. Amer. Naturalist, 21(12): 1047-1054. Dec. 1887. -A final refutation of Nordenskiold's arguments for the survival of Hydrodamalis past 1768, backed up by statistics on sea-cow hunting in the Commander Islands. Hopefully the last word on the subject. Stejneger, Leonhard 1891. [Title?] Proc. Geogr. Soc Bremen. x Stejneger, Leonhard 1893. Skeletons of Steller's sea-cow preserved in the various museums. Science, 21(523): 81. Feb. 10, 1893. -Mentions several specimens overlooked by B.W Evermann (1893). Stejneger, Leonhard 1897. The Russian fur-seal islands. U.S. Fish. Comm. Bull, 16(1): 1-148. Pis. 1-66. -Also issued separately, Washington, 1896. Also in Seal and salmon fisheries of Alaska (4 vols.), Vol. 4, Washington, 1898: 613-754. Rev.: Geogr. Jour., 9: 322-324, 1897? Steller's sea cow, 20. Stejneger, Leonhard 1936. Georg Wilhelm Steller: the pioneer of Alaskan natural history. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, xxiv + 623. Frontisp. 1 fig. 29 pis. -Repr.: Farnborough (England), Gregg Internatl. Publishers Ltd., 1970. The definitive biography of the discoverer of Hydrodamalis. Includes an appendix analyzing in detail the origin and variant 322 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY versions of the eyewitness drawings of the sea cow (511-527), and a very detailed and annotated bibliography (565-599). Steller, Georg Wilhelm: SEE ALSO Pekarskiy, P.P., 1869; Stejneger, L., 1936. Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1751. De bestiis marinis. Novi Comm. Acad. Sci. Petropolitanae, 2: 289- 398. Pis. 14-16. -Allen 257. See also Mim. Acad. Sci., (4)11 (= 25?): 294-330? Engl, transl.: Steller (1899), which is the version fully indexed here. French transl.: F. Cuvier (1836). German transls.: Steller (1753a,b); J.C. Adelung (1768). This description of the marine mammals of Bering Island, perhaps Steller's greatest work, is justly renowned for its detail and precision, despite having been written by a man shipwrecked on a desert island, without access to a library and under extremely difficult physical conditions. It was, moreover, published posthumously, without benefit of final revisions or corrections by its author, which doubtless accounts for some errors and discrepancies in the text. (For comparison of the printed work with the original manuscript, see P.P. Pekarskiy, 1869.) Nonetheless, it provides a clear and thorough description of four previously unknown large marine mammals: the sea otter (Enhydra lutris), the fur seal (Callorhinus ur- sinus), Steller's sea lion (Eumetopias jubata), and Steller's sea cow (Hydrodamalis gigas). This paper must, therefore, rank high on any list of the truly heroic achievements in natural history. Moreover, as it is by far the most detailed eyewitness account of the sea cow (though not, as sometimes imagined, the only one) and the only one written by a trained naturalist, it will forever remain our chief source of information on the biology of this great animal. The section on the "Manati," which Steller discovered on Bering Island, comprises the meas urements (294-296) and a detailed account of the external (296-309) and internal anatomy (309- 318) of a 7.5-meter female killed on Jul. 12, 1742, with a description of the species' osteology (318-320), habits, and natural history (320-330), including parasites (311, 330). PI. 14 illustrates the rostral masticating plates, which were the only specimens of Hydrodamalis that Steller was able to take with him when he left the island. Although he did not propose here any formal name for the sea cow (which would have been pre-Linnaean in any case), this verbal description was the ultimate and sole basis for all subsequent names applied to the species; no type specimens were ever desig nated. Likewise this description served as the basis for the names of the parasites Sirenocyamus Rhytinae J.F. Brandt, 1846 and Ascaris Rytinae Diesing, 1851. Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1753a. Ausfuhrliche Beschreibung von sonderbaren Meerthieren, mit Erlduterungen und nothigen Kupfern versehen. Halle, Carl Christian Kiimmel, [xviii] + 218. 1 pi. -Allen 263. Consists mainly of a German transl. of Steller (1751) (41-208). The account of the sea cow is on pp. 48-107; it includes many anatomi cal notes and corrections by an editor (see L. Stejneger, 1936: 593-594). Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1753b. Beschreibung des Manati, oder der sogenannten Seekuh. Hamburgisches Magazin, 11(1 [or 2?]): 132-187. lpl. -German transl. of Steller's (1751) account of Hydrodamalis. x Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1774. Beschreibung von dem Lande Kamtschatka dessen Einwohnern, deren Sitten, Nahmen, Lebensart und verschiedenen Gewohnheiten herausgegeben von J. B. S. [Jean Benoit Sch6rer] Frankfurt & Leipzig, Johann Georg Fleischer, [viii] + 28 + 384 + 72. 10 pis. 2 maps. -Pp. 97-98: {"Die Seekuh Manati, auf russisch Morskaia Korowa.... Die Seekuhe befinden sich zwar allein um America und in den Inseln in dem Canale, werden aber dennoch zuweilen todt an das kamtschatkische Ufer getrieben, und daselbst ausgeworfen; ihre auserliche und innerliche Ge stalt und Beschaffenheit, ihr Nutzen und Nahrung, Sitte und Art wie sie dieselben fangen, sind hier uberflussig anzufuhren, wie auch derer ubrigen drey See- [98] thiere, und werde ich nur kiirzlich von denen so noch zu beschreiben iibrig, han- deln."} The use of the name Manati in this passage has been deemed to constitute the uninominal publica tion of a new generic name, which has been formally suppressed (see R.V. Melville, 1985). The statement that Hydrodamalis was found near America and the "islands in the Channel" prob ably refers merely to the Commander and western Aleutian islands (see Steller, 1925: 73, 82; Domning, 1978b: 135). Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1781. Topographische und physikalische Beschreibung der Beringsinsel, welche im ostlichen Weltmeer an der Kuste von Kamtschatka liegt. In: P.S. NUMBER 80 323 Pallas, Neue nordische Beytrdge zur physikali- schen und geographischen Erd- und Volkerbe schreibung, Naturgeschichte, und Oekonomie. St. Petersburg & Leipzig, Johann Zacharias Logan, Vol. 2:255-301. -Engl, transl.: Steller (1925: 189-241). Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1793a. Tagebuch seiner Seereise aus dem Petripauls Hafen in Kamtschatka bis an die westlichen Kiisten von Amerika und seiner Begebenheiten auf der Riickreise. In: P.S. Pallas, Neue nordische Beytrdge zur physikalischen und geographischen Erd- und Volkerbeschreibung, Naturgeschichte, und Oekonomie. St. Petersburg & Leipzig, Johann Zacharias Logan, Vol. 5: 129-236; Vol. 6: 1-26. -See also Steller (1793b). Engl, transl.: Steller (1925: 9-187). Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1793b. Reise von Kamtschatka nach Amerika mit dem Commandeur-Capitdn Bering. Ein Pendant zu dessen Beschreibung von Kamtschatka. St. Petersburg, Johann Zacharias Logan, 1-133. -Steller's journal, issued in book form from the type in Pallas' Neue nordische Beytrdge, Vols. 5 & 6 (see Steller, 1793a). For differences in pagination of these two versions, see Steller (1925: 255-256). x Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1899. The beasts of the sea. In: D.S. Jordan et al., The fur seals and fur-seal islands of the North Pacific Ocean. Part III. Special papers relating to the fur seal and to the natural history of the Pribilof Islands. Washington, Govt. Printing Off. (xii + 629), 179-218. -Abridged transl. of Steller (1751) by Walter and Jennie Emerson Miller; includes all of the material on Hydrodamalis (181-201). For comments, see under Steller (1751). x Steller, Georg Wilhelm 1925. Bering's voyages: an account of the efforts of the Russians to determine the relation of Asia and America. By F.A. Golder. In two volumes. Volume II: Steller's journal of the sea voyage from Kamchatka to America and return on the second expedition 1741-1742. Translated and in part annotated by Leonhard Stejneger. Amer. Geogr. Soc. Research Series, No. 2: xi + 290. 30 figs. 2 pis. -Vol. 1 (1922) is listed here as F.A. Golder (1922). Vol. 2 includes a biographical note on Steller by Golder (1-7); Steller's journal (9-187; transl. from Steller, 1793a); his description of Bering Island (189-241; transl. from Steller, 1781); his letter to Gmelin about the voyage (242-249); a detailed and annotated bibliography (including manuscript sources) on Steller, on the Commander Islands and adjacent regions, and on Bering's expeditions (251-266); and an index and errata for both volumes (267-291). The transl. of the journal incorporates critical comparisons with the original manuscript. The material on Steller's sea cow (vii, 139- 140, 161, 180, 182, 226-237, 245) briefly summarizes the anatomical and behavioral obser vations reported in Steller (1751, 1899) and describes the techniques used by Bering's crew to kill sea cows on Bering Island and the use made of their meat and fat. The anatomical material is not indexed here in as great detail as for Steller (1899) (q.v.), as it is largely redundant. A new transl. of Steller's journal was published as Journal of a voyage with Bering, 1741-1742 (O.W Frost, ed.), Stanford Univ. Press: vi + 252, 1988. xD Stenzel, H.B.; & Turner, F.E. 1944. A Miocene invertebrate fauna from Burkeville, Newton County, Texas. Amer. Jour. Sci., 242(6): 289-308. Jun. 1944. -P. 289: {"The following fossil remains have been found near Burkeville [in the Late Miocene Fleming Formation]: / Vertebrates: / IDesmosty- lus Sea cow, teeth"} These tooth fragments are probably probos cidean; see R.H. Reinhart (1976: 286-287). D Stenzel, H.B.; Turner, F.E.; & Hesse, C.J. 1944. Brackish and non-marine Miocene in southeastern Texas. Bull. Amer. Assoc Petrol. Geol, 28: 977-1011. 7 figs. -See R.H. Reinhart (1976: 286-287). Stepanova, L.V: SEE Sokolov, Chernova et al., 1986. Stephan, Heinz: SEE Bauchot & Stephan, 1968. Stephens, Wade H., Ill 1974. Forgotten mermaids. Defenders Wildlife News, 49(2): 122-124. 3 figs. Stephens, William M. 1972. Florida mermaids. Natl Parks & Conserv. Mag., 46(3): 28-31. 6 figs. Mar. 1972. x Sterling, Stefan 1910. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Musculatur des Schul- tergiirtels und der Vorderextremitat bei Zahn- und Bartenwalen. Jena. Zs. Natw., 46(= n.s. 39): 667-680.4 figs. PI. 24. -Attributes the lack of reduction of the muscles in the sir. forearm to their lesser degree of aquatic 324 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY adaptation compared to cetaceans; considers them more similar to pinnipeds in this regard (667- 668). Sterling, Tom 1973. The Amazon. Amsterdam, Time-Life Internatl. (Nederland) B.V. (The World's Wild Places/Time-Life Books), 1-183. Illus. -Pop. acc. of manatees, with much misinforma tion (27, 100, 102, 104, 106). Stermer, Dugald: SEE Haley, D., 1980. Stevens, C.E.: SEE Hintz et al., 1978. Stevenson, Charles H. 1904. Utilization of the skins of aquatic animals. Rept. of the Commissioner, U.S. Comm. Fish & Fisheries, for the year ending Jun. 30,1902. Part 28. Washington, Govt. Printing Off., 281-352. Pis. 26-38. -Manatee and dugong leather, 338-339, pi. 34. Stewart, A.D.G.: SEE Boyde & Stewart, 1963. Stewart, Brent S.: SEE Reeves et al., 1992. x Stewart, Charles 1801. Elements of natural history; being an introduction to the Systema Naturae of Linnaeus.... London, T. Cadell Jun. & W Davies; Edinburgh, Wm. Creech (2 vols.), Vol. 1: iv + 408. 6 pis. -Places "Trichechus manatus" in the same genus with the walrus; recognizes 2 subspecies, "Austra lis" and "Borealis," corresponding respectively to Trichechus and Hydrodamalis. It is "said to delight in music" and to bellow like a bull. "The carcase of one of these animals was about sixteen years ago [i.e., 1785] thrown ashore near Leith [on the North Sea coast of Scotland, near Edinburgh on the Firth of Forth]. It was much disfigured; and the Fishermen extracted its liver and other parts, from which a considerable quantity of oil was obtained" (85). x Stewart, Charles 1817. Elements of the natural history of the animal kingdom.... Edinburgh, Bell & Bradfute; London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown (2 vols.), Vol. 1: vi + 446. 6 pis. -"Second Edition"; sir. material almost identical to that in the 1801 ed. Specifies 1785 as the year of the Leith stranding (125). x Stewart, Darryl 1978. From the edge of extinction: the fight to save endangered species. Toronto, McClelland & Stewart, 1-191. Illus. -Chap. 13 (113-118) is a pop. acc. of conserva tion problems of manatees in Florida and else where. Mentions the display at Florida Atlantic University of the mounted skin of a manatee that had been used in abortive weed-control experi ments in 1964 (see P.L. Sguros, 1966). Stewart, Richard 1976. Blue Springs manatees. Florida Diver, 1(4): 11-13. 3 figs. Feb. 1976. Stewart, Vi N. 1980. A perceptive irony of the times. Florida Conservation News (Florida Dept. Nat. Resources), 15(6): 14-15. 1 fig. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Pop. acc. of Steller's sea cow. Stewart, Vi N. 1982. Manatee?endangered Floridian. Geojourney (Florida Dept. Nat. Resources), 2(3): 2 unnumbered pages on back of pullout centerfold manatee poster. 1 fig. Summer 1982. Stewart, Vi N. 1988. Manatees. Sea-Stats (Florida Dept. Nat. Resources, Marine Research Inst.), No. 13: 1-16. 3 figs. Nov. 1988. x Stiles, Charles Wardell 1919. [Manatees in North Carolina.] In: Proceedings, 600th meeting, Biological Society of Washington. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 9(21): 657-659. Dec. 19, 1919. -Listed by title in Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 32: xiii, Mar. 11, 1920. P. 658: {"Dr. Stiles also an nounced that recently two manatees (Trichechus manatus Linn.) had appeared in Wrightsville Sound, eight miles from Wilmington, N.C., a northern record for this mammal. One of these manatees had been captured and was now on exhibition in Wilmington."} x Stiles, Charles Wardell; & Hassall, Albert 1899. Internal parasites of the fur seal. In: D.S. Jordan et al., The fur seals and fur-seal islands of the North Pacific Ocean. Part III. Special papers relating to the fur seal and to the natural history of the Pribilof Islands. Washington, Govt. Printing Off. (xii + 629), 99-177. 100 figs. -Gives keys, synonymies, diagnoses, and histo ries of study of Ascaris halicoris and A. rytinae, with illustrations of the former (99,100,107-108, 147-151, 163-164, 169-171). x Stirton, Ruben Arthur 1953. Vertebrate paleontology and continental stratigra phy in Colombia. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 64(6): 603-622. 13 figs. Jun. 1953. -Lists Potamosiren magdalenensis with the rest of the Late Miocene La Venta fauna (614); NUMBER 80 325 discusses the fauna and gives locality maps. Stivens, D.; & Cerny', K. 1976. [Will "sea cows" become extinct?] iiva, 24(4): 151-154. Illus. -In Czech. D Stock, Chester 1924. Mammalian forms occurring in association with marine invertebrates in western North America. Proc. Pan-Pacif. Sci. Congr. (Australia, 1923), 1: 880-881. x Stoddart, D.R. 1972. Pinnipeds or sirenians at western Indian Ocean islands? Jour. Zool (London), 167(2): 207-217. 1 fig. -Summarizes early travel accounts relating to dugongs in the Mascarenes and perhaps the Chagos Archipelago, and supposed dugongs (probably seals) in the Seychelles. The dugongs seem to have become extinct in these areas by about 1800. x Stoll, Otto 1883. Esquisse de la faune du Guatemala. Bibliothique Universelle, Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. (Geneva), (3)10: 343-346. Oct. 1883. -P. 346: {"Enfin nous retrouvons sur ce littoral [Atlantic] une lacune, celle de Izabal dans laquelle vit un Sirtiiien, le Manatus australis."} Stone, Renee: SEE Delaney et al., 1985. x Stone, Witmer, & Cram, William Everett 1916. American animals; a popular guide to the mam mals of North America north of Mexico, with intimate biographies of the more familiar species. Garden City (New York), Doubleday, Page & Co. (The New Nature Library, Vol. 3), 1-318. Pis. -First ed., 1902. Gen. acc. of the Florida manatee (26-27), with a color painting of an underwater scene with two rather oddly-shaped manatees. Storr, Gottlieb Konrad Christian 1780. Prodromus methodi mammalium. Tubingen, Litteris Reissianis: 1-43. 4 tabs. -Mentions Manatus, 41, tab. C. Stoskopf, Michael K.: SEE ALSO Williams et al., 1990. Stoskopf, Michael K. 1990. Marine mammal pharmacology. In: L.A. Dierauf (ed.), CRC handbook of marine mammal medi cine: health, disease, rehabilitation. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press, Inc. (735 pp.), 139-161. 5 tabs. -Table 4 (153-155) is a compilation of drug doses and administration frequencies and routes recommended for T. manatus and D. dugon. Stossich, M. 1896. II genere Ascaris Linn6. Lavoro monographico. Boll. Soc Adriatica Sci. Nat. (Trieste), 17: 9-120. -Includes A. halicoris and A. Rhytinae (68). Strachey, William 1625. A true reportory of the wracke. In: S. Purchas, ... Purchas his pilgrimes ... (q.v.). London, Henry Fetherston, 19: [pp.?] -Manuscript written in 1610. Sir. material repr. in J.A. Murray (ed.), The islands and the sea ..., Oxford Univ. Press, 1991, p. 95: {"[The meat of the sea turtle is] like the Manati at Saint Dominique, which made the Spanish Friars (at their first arrivall) make some scruple to eate them on a Friday, because in Colour and taste the flesh is like to morsells of Veale."} x Stradelli, Ermano 1929. Vocabularios da lingua geral portuguez-nheengatu e nheengatu-portuguez, precedidos de um esboco de grammatica nheenga-umbue-sdua miri e segui- dos de contos em lingua geral nheengatii porand- una. Rev. Inst. Hist. Geogr. Brasil, 158(104): 5-768. -Gives the word for manatee in lingua geral as Iauaraud (285). Strauss 1837. Considerations sur le genre de vie du Dino therium et sur la place qu'il convient de lui assigner dans une distribution naturelle des mam miferes. C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 4(14): 529-532. Apr. 3, 1837. x Strauss, Michael B. 1969. Mammalian adaptations to diving. Report U.S. Naval Submarine Medical Center (Groton, Conn.), No. 562: v + 31. 5 tabs. 3 charts. Jan. 28, 1969. -A summary of the subject, mentioning manatees (2, 5, 10). x Strauss-Durckheim 1861. Rectification d'une nouvelle. Cosmos, Revue Encycl. Hebd. Prog. Sci., etc. (Paris), 19: 513-514. Nov. 8, 1861. -Comments on a report (in the Oct. 18 issue of Cosmos) of an animal captured in Hudson's Bay, supposedly having "eight feet" but allied to the manatee; suggests that it was instead eight feet in length, and possibly Rytina (of which he thought only one individual had ever been found, and that in the area of Bering Strait) or a near relative. He was taken to task for these remarks by J.F. Brandt (1863c: 563). D Strelkov, S.A. 1970. K istorii peremeshchenia beregovoT linii Arkti- cheskogo bassetna v kalnozoe. [On the history of shifting of the shoreline of the Arctic basin during the Cenozoic] In: Severnyi ledovityi okean i ego 326 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY poberezfie v kainozoe: 222-227. -In Russian. Stretton, WG. 1893. Customs, rites and superstitions of the Aboriginal tribes of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Trans. Roy. Soc South Australia, 17: 227-253. -Mentions the fabrication of rope for dugong fishing (249). Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1902. Uber die Bedeutung des Foramen entepicondyloi- deum und des Trochanter tertius der Saugethiere. Morph. Jahrb., 29: 553-562. 2 figs. -Abstr.: Geol Zentralbl, 6: 53? Sirs., 555. Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1911. Neue Forschungen iiber fossile lungenatmende Meeresbewohner. Fortschr. Natw. Forsch. (Berlin), 2: 83-114. 13 figs. 3 pis. Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1912. Lehrbuch der Paldozoologie. II. Theil: Wirbelthi ere. Leipzig & Berlin, B.G. Teubner, vii + 325. 2 tabs. 234 figs. -Abstrs.: Zs. Morph. Anthrop., 17: 449?; Geol. Zentralbl, 18: 516-518?; Geol. Mag., (5)10: 37? Rev.: Nature (London), 93: 265? Sirs., 220, 246. Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1921a. Untersuchungen der Huftbeine und Huftgelenke von Sirenia und Archaeoceti. Sitzb. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., 1921: 41-59. 6 figs. [pp. 331-340?] -Abstr.: Geol. Zentralbl, 26: 314? Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1921b. Die Riickbildung der Huftbeine bei Seekiihen. Natw. Wochenschr., 20: 411-413. 11 figs. [vol. 36?] Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1923. Discussion on pachyosteosis. Pal Zs., 5: 258-261 [+?]. D Stromer von Reichenbach, Ernst 1924. Beobachtungen iiber die Schmelzstructur der Saugethiere, besonders der Hyracoidea und Multi- tuberculata. Pal. Zs., 6: 248-256. 5 figs. -Abstr.: Geol Zentralbl, 31: 317? Desmostyli ans, 254. Strong, William D. 1935. Archaeological investigations in the Bay Islands, Spanish Honduras. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 92(14): 1-176. -Manatee heads depicted on pottery. Stroud, Richard H. 1964. Florida manatees. SFIBulL, 155:8. x Stuart, H. Villiers 1891. Adventures amidst the equatorial forests and rivers of South America; also in the West Indies and the wilds of Florida. To which is added "Jamaica Revisited." London, John Murray, xxi + 268. -P. 137: {"After leaving Jupiter Inlet [Florida] we sailed some miles up St. Lucie River and saw a manatee and her calf feeding among the water weeds. "We were informed that the hunters forward the flesh of this creature in refrigerator trucks to New York, where it is sold as prime beef; the carcase often weighs 1000 pounds."} x Stubbings, H.G. 1965. West african [sic] Cirripedia in the collections of the Institut Francais d'Afrique Noire, Dakar, Senegal. Bull. Inst. Franq. Afr. Noire, Sir. A, 27(3): 876-907. 8 figs. -Reports the barnacles Balanus trigonus, Chelo- nibia patula, C. manati, and Platylepas hexastylos collected from T. senegalensis near Dakar (876, 891, 893-902). Studenetskaya, I.S.: SEE ALSO Arseniev et al., 1973. Studenetskaya, I.S. 1984. [The state of studies on marine mammals off the north-western coast of Africa.] In: A.V. Yablokov (ed.), [Marine mammals.] Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (312 pp.), 117-129. Illus. -In Russian. Studer, Theophil 1887. Uber den Steinkern des Gehirnraumes einer Sirenoide aus dem Muschelsandstein von Wii- renlos (Kanton Aargau), nebst Bemerkungen uber die Gattung Halianassa H. von Meyer und die Bildung des Muschelsandsteins. Abh. Schweiz. Pal Ges. (Zurich), 14(3): 1-20. 2 pis. -Abstrs.: Verh. Schweiz. Ges. Natw., 70:49?; C.R. Soc. Helvit. Sci. Nat., 70: 22-23?; Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat., (13)18: 357-358? This paper provided the first illustration and adequate description of the maxilla and upper dentition on which the name Manatus Studeri von Meyer, 1837, had been based. Also described here for the first time is a braincase and cranial endocast, likewise from Miocene deposits in Switzerland. Studer, Theophil 1899. Uber fossile Knochen vom Wadi-Natriin, Un- teregypten. Mitt. Naturf. Ges. Bern, 1898: 72-77. NUMBER 80 327 x Stunkard, Horace W. 1929. The parasitic worms collected by the American Museum of Natural History Expedition to the Belgian Congo, 1909-1914.1. Trematoda. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 58(6): 233-289. 37 figs. -Gives the history of study of the genus Chior chis, and describes specimens of C. fabaceus from a T. senegalensis taken at Banana, Belgian Congo (254-258, 282-283, figs. 21-26). Concerning this manatee, see also R.T. Hatt (1934). Sugiyama, Masahiro: SEE Abe et al., 1982. Sukhanov, V.B.: SEE ALSO Gambaryan & Sukhanov, 1986. Sukhanov, V.B. 1986a. [General characteristics and evolution of Sirenia (Mammalia) and the place of manatees in the system.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: mor fologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 11-43. Figs. 2-5. -In Russian. Sukhanov, V.B. 1986b. [Specifics of adaptations in Sirenia (by way of conclusion).] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 385-393. -In Russian. Sukhanov, V.B.; Gambaryan, P.P.; & Klykov, VI. 1986. [Specifics of the forelimb skeleton of the mana tee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfolo gicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 157-187. Figs. 50-67. -In Russian. Sukhanov, V.B.; & Manzij, S.F. 1986. [Morphology and basic directions of specializa tion of the axial skeleton of Sirenia.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adap tatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 77-156. Tab. 3. Figs. 19-49. -In Russian. Suklje, Fran 1938. Mediteranska sirena iz vrapca kod Zagreba i otrusevca kod Samobora. [Sirenian fossils in Yugoslavia.] Glasnik Hrvatskoga Prirodoslovnoga Drustva Zagreb, 49-50: 87-93. 3 figs. -In Croatian; German summ. x Sumichrast, Francois 1882. Enumeration de las especies de mamiferos, aves, reptiles y batracios observados en la parte central y meridional de la Republica Mexicana. La Naturaleza (Mexico), 5: 199-213 [+ later installments]. -Notes the occurrence of manatees in rivers on the Mexican coast of the Gulf of Mexico, and mentions their continued hunting in the area of Minatitlan(213). Sumitro, Dr.: SEE Allen et al., 1976; Hendrokusumo et al., 1981; Tas'an et al., 1979. Summers, Robert C: SEE Packard et al., 1983, 1985. Sun, Jianyun: SEE Wang & Sun, 1986. Sunseri, Sev M. 1980a. Lee County youngsters among first to notice plight of the manatee. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(6): 8-9. 5 figs. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. Sunseri, Sev M. 1980b. Salvage crew keeps nose to the grind. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(6): 18-19. 5 figs. + fig. on p. 3. Mar. 1980. -See also Appendix 1. x Sunter, G.H. 1936. The dugong. Walkabout, 2: 47-48. 1 fig. Mar. 1, 1936. -Pop. acc. of harpooning a dugong in the Northern Territory of Australia. x Sunter, G.H. 1937. Adventures of a trepang fisher. London, Hurst & Blackett Ltd., 1-288. -Accounts of two dugong-harpooning expedi tions in the Northern Territory of Australia, and a report of a bull dugong killing a crocodile by repeatedly jumping out of the water and landing on top of it (53-61). Supin, A. Ya.: SEE Klishin et al., 1990; Popov & Supin, 1990. Suraru, Nicolae; & Codrea, Vlad A. 1988. [Ein Sireniden Pramolare (P/4 dext.) im Horizont der Grobkalke bei Cluj-Napoca: Baciu Schluch- ten.] Nymphaea [= Crisia], 18: 689-695. 2 pis. -In Rumanian; French summ. xD Susuki, Takeo; & Stadum, Carol J. 1978. A Neogene section, northeastern San Clemente Island, California. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County Contr. Sci., No. 299: 1-24. 29 figs. Jun. 16, 1978. -Reports a large desmostylian tooth (Paleopara doxia tabatai}) from Miocene sandstone on San Clemente Island (5, 21). D Suzuki, Keiji; et al. 1986a. New skeleton of Paleoparadoxia with stratigra- 328 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY phical and sedimentary environmental remarks in Yanagawa-town, Date-gun, Fukushima Prefec ture, Japan. In: Essay in Geology (Prof. N. Kitamura Commemorative Volume): 453-464. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Suzuki, Keiji; et al. 1986b. Investigated report on Paleoparadoxia of the Yanagawa Formation. Yanagawa (Japan), Yanagawa Town Educational Committee, 1-22. 7 pis. -In Japanese. D Suzuki, Keiji; & Wako, Ryo 1987. Stratigraphy and structure of the Late Tertiary in the area of the north margin of the Fukushima Basin. Sci. Rept. Fac Educ. Fukushima Univ., 40: 33-48. Illus. Nov. 1987. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Mentions Paleopara doxia. D Suzuki, Koichi 1952. [The desmostylids-bearing formation discussed from the standpoint of stratigraphic classifica tion.] Jour. Geol Soc. Japan, 58(686): 550-551. -In Japanese. x Sverdrup, Harald Ulrik 1930. Plavanie na sudne "Mod" v vodakh more! Lapte- vykh i Vostochno-Sibirskogo. [Voyage of the ship "Maud" to the waters of the Laptev Sea and eastern Siberia.] Akad. Nauk SSSR, Komissia po Izucheniu Idkufskoi ASSR, Materialy, No. 30: lviii + 440. 17 figs. 31 pis. 4 portraits. 11 maps. -In Russian. The sir. material (p. 248) may be translated as follows: {"In connection with this it is worth mentioning that one Russian told us about a specimen of the sea cow (Rhitina), extinct by now since about the 1770s or, at the latest, the 1850s; this sea cow specimen was brought by the current to Cape Chaplin 8-10 years ago [i.e., during the period 1910-1917]."} This hearsay report is uncorroborated. x Swanton, John R. 1922. Early history of the Creek Indians and their neighbors. Bull. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 73: 1-492. -Quotes manuscripts of Lopez de Velasco to the effect that the Tekesta Indians of southeast Florida hunted manatees by jumping on their backs and driving stakes into their nostrils. They then took two bones from the manatee's head and placed these in the coffins of their dead (389). x Swanton, John R. 1946. The Indians of the southeastern United States. Bull. Bur. Amer. EthnoL, 137: xiii + 943. 107 pis. -Again quotes Velasco to the effect that the southeast Florida Indians killed manatees by driving stakes into their nostrils (329); suggests there was confusion with manatees in accounts describing similar methods of hunting cetaceans (297-298, 329). Swanton interprets the "two large bones" from the manatee's head that were placed in graves as "tusks" (250, 282); doubtless they were really the periotic bones. Swayne, S.H. 1872. Travaux recents sur les sirtiiides vivants et fossiles (analyse des publications de MM. Van Beneden, E. Lartet, Delfortrie, Capellini etc). Jour. Zool, 1: 332-353. 4 figs. 2 pis. Sweeney, J.C: SEE Geraci & Sweeney, 1978. Sweeney, James B. 1972. A pictorial history of sea monsters and other dangerous marine life. New York, Crown Pubis., Inc., 1-314. Swinton, G. 1831. Letters accompanying a dugong (Halicore du gong, 111.), presented by G. Swinton. Proc. Comm. Sci. & Corres., Zool. Soc. London, 1(10): 113. Oct. 25, 1831. Switzer, R.C.: SEE Reep et al., 1989. Syllacio, Nicol6 1494? Ad sapientissimum Ludovicum Mariam Sforzam ....Pavia: 1-20. -Facsimile: Florence, 1900. Engl, transl.: S.E. Morison (1963: 229-245; q.v.). A letter to the Duke of Milan, dated Dec. 13, 1494, and publ. in 1494 or 1495, which gives a partial account of Christopher Columbus's second voyage to the New World. Only four copies exist. According to Morison, this is "the earliest imprint on the New World after Columbus's own Letter." This is also the earliest reference cited in this bibliography. Sylvestre, Jean-Pierre 1983. La fascinante histoire de la rhytine de Steller. Amazone [?], No. 2: 4-8. 4 figs. Jan. 1983. x Sylvestre, Jean-Pierre; & Barloy, Jean-Jacques 1982. Le glouton d'Amerique. Oceans, No. 112: 62-63. 1 fig. Sep. 1982. -Gen. acc. of the distribution, economic use, and biology ofT.m. manatus. Symeonidis, N.; & Schultz, Ortwin 1973. Bemerkungen zur neogenen Fischfauna Kretas und Beschreibung zweier Fundstellen mit mioza- nen Mollusken, Echiniiden, etc., Insel Kreta, Griechenland. Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, 11: 141-147. Dec. 1973. NUMBER 80 329 Szabo, B.J.: SEE ALSO Gard & Szabo, 1971. Szabo, B.J.; & Gard, L.M., Jr. 1975. Age of the South Bight II marine transgression at Amchitka Island, Aleutians. Geology, 3(8): 457-459. 2 tabs. 2 figs. Aug. 1975. -Uranium-series dates on the Hydrodamalis gigas-beahng deposit gave an average age of 127,000 ?8,000 years. x Tabuchi, Kiyoshi; Muku, Tatsunori; Satomichi, Tokuko; Hara, Motonobu; Imai, Nobumi; & Iwamoto, Yasunori 1974. A dermatosis in manatee (Trichechus manatus): mycological report of a case. Bull. Azabu Veter. Coll., No. 28: 127-134. 1 tab. 4 figs. Read Sep. 19-20, 1970. -Abstr.: Jap. Jour. Veter. Sci, 32: 182, 1970. Reports the isolation of Cephalosporium sp. and Mucor sp. from the skin of two female and two male manatees in a Tokyo aquarium in 1969. Tachard, Gui 1686. Voyage de Siam, des Peres Jesuites, envoyez par le Roy aux Indes & a la Chine. Avec leurs observations astronomiques, et leurs remarques de physique, de giographie, d'hydrographie, & d'histoire. Paris, A. Seneuze & D. Horthemels: 1-424. Illus. -Various later eds. & transls. D Tagami, Masatosi 1936. A new locality of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 43(508): 47-48. 2 figs. Jan. 20, 1936. -In Japanese. Tagle, D.A.: SEE Czelusniak et al., 1990. D Taguchi, Eiji 1984. Paleoenvironmental conditions at the locality of Paleoparadoxia and in its environs in Tsuyama City, Okayama Prefecture. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 81-89. 1 tab. 3 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Takahashi, Keiichi: SEE Horikawa et al., 1987; Kobayashi et al., 1988. Takahashi, Shizuo 1981. [Excavation of fossil sea cow.] Yamagata Applied Geol. Assoc Publ, No. 1: 1-5. 7 figs. Mar. 1981. -In Japanese, x Takahashi, Shizuo; Domning, Daryl Paul; & Saito, Tsune masa 1979. [On the discovery of a fossil sea cow from Ohe town, Yamagata Prefecture.] [Abstr.] Abstrs. 86th Ann. Meeting, Geol. Soc. Japan (Akita, Japan): 228. -In Japanese. Reports a skeleton of Dusisiren n.sp. from the Late Miocene Hashigami Sand stone Member of the Hongo Formation, Ohe, Yamagata Prefecture, Japan. See also Takahashi etal. (1986). xD Takahashi, Shizuo; Domning, Daryl Paul; & Saito, Tsune masa 1986. Dusisiren dewana, n. sp. (Mammalia: Sirenia), a new ancestor of Steller's sea cow from the Upper Miocene of Yamagata Prefecture, northeastern Japan. Trans. Proc Pal. Soc. Japan (n.s.), No. 141: 296-321. 12 tabs. 15 figs. Pis. 53-62. Apr. 30, 1986. -Japanese summ. Abstrs.: Takahashi et al. (1979); East Asian Tertiary/Quaternary Newsletter, No. 9: 44, 1989. Describes the skull and skeleton of Dusisiren dewana and compares it with D. jordani, Hydrodamalis cuestae, and H. gigas. It is considered phyletically intermediate between the former two and is 9.0-10.4 Ma old. (See Takahashi et al., 1983 for more details on the discovery of this specimen, the geology of the locality, and associated fossils.) Also summarizes other fossil sir. occurrences in Japan, and suggests that the tooth of "Dugong" reported by Inuzuka et al. (1980) may instead represent Paleoparadoxia (317). x Takahashi, Shizuo; Tamiya, Ryoichi; Uyeno, Teruya; Ogasawara, Kenshiro; Akiba, Fumio; & Saito, Tsune masa 1983. [Report on the excavation of the great Yamagata sea cow.] Yamagata Pref Mus. Spec. Publ. (Yamagata, Japan): 1-76. 6 tabs. 22 figs. 16 pis. Mar. 31, 1983. -In Japanese. Describes the history of discovery of the specimen (subsequently named Dusisiren dewana), with photos of the major skeletal elements (Takahashi, 2-39); the geology of the locality (Tamiya, 41-54); fossil sharks (Uyeno, 55-59); molluscs (Ogasawara, 61-63); diatoms (Akiba, 65-69); and sedimentary structures (Saito, 71-75). Takahashi, T.: SEE Onodera et al., 1967. Takai, Fuyuji: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Commit tee; Hanzawa et al., 1961; Yabe et al., 1952. D Takai, Fuyuji 1938. Cainozoic mammals in Japan (preliminary notes). 330 NUMBER 80 331 Jour. Geol. Soc Japan, 45(541): 745-763. D Takai, Fuyuji 1939a. The mammalian faunas of the Hiramakian and Togarian stages in the Japanese Miocene. In: Jubilee publication commemorating Prof. H. Yabe, M.I.A. sixtieth birthday. Sendai (Japan), Tohoku Imper. Univ., Inst. Geol. Pal., Vol. 1: 189-203. 1 fig. D Takai, Fuyuji 1939b. On some Cenozoic mammals from Japan, Part I. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 46: 481-489. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Abstrs.: Jap. Jour. Geol Geogr., 17: 45-46; Pal. Zentralbl, 16: 36-37. D Takai, Fuyuji 1944. Desmostylus from phosphorus ore bed in Noto Peninsula. Misc. Rept. Res. Inst. Nat. Resources (Sigen- kagaku Kenkyusyo Iho), 5: 59-62. 1 fig. PI. 5. -In Japanese. D Takai, Fuyuji; Shikama, Tokio; & Ijiri, Shoji 1952. Re-excavation of Desmostylus and its horizon in Doki district, Gihu Prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 58(679): 144. Takaizumi, Yukihiro: SEE Kohno & Takaizumi, 1992. Takaku, Kouichi: SEE Kimura & Takaku, 1979. D Takashi, Yoichi 1971. [Phantom monsters?the story of the discovery of Desmostylus.] Tokyo, Kaiseisya Publ. Co. (World Nonfiction for Boys & Girls No. 27), [6] + 221 + 3. Illus. -In Japanese. Takayanagi, Yokichi: SEE Ikebe et al., 1972. Takayasu, Katsumi: SEE ALSO Inuzuka et al., 1985; Okuboetal., 1980. D Takayasu, Katsumi; 8c Nakamura, Takeshi 1984. Desmostylia bearing beds in the southern border of Lake Shinji, West Japan, and their paleoenvi- ronments from the viewpoint of molluscan fossils. Monogr. Assoc. Geol Collab. in Japan, 28: 91-99. 1 tab. 2 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Takemura, Akira: SEE Sonoda & Takemura, 1973. D Takeyama, Kenichi; & Azuma, Yoichi 1987. [Marine mammal fossils from Fukui Prefecture, Miocene.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontology of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 21-24. 2 tabs. 1 fig. 1 pi. Mar. 1987. -In Japanese. D Takeyama, Kenichi; & Azuma, Yoichi 1988. [Present status of marine mammal fossils from Fukui Prefecture.] In: Y Hasegawa (ed.), [Study on fossil marine mammals from Japan. (Subject of study) Studies on biostratigraphy and paleontol ogy of Cenozoic marine mammals.] Japan, Ministry of Education, Aid for Scientific Study, Synthetic Study A, Subject No. 61304010, 29-34. 1 tab. 3 figs. Mar. 1988. -In Japanese. Takikawa Sea Cow Geological Investigation Group 1984. [Written report on an investigative study of the Takikawa sea cow.] Takikawa City (Japan), Municipal Board of Education, [8] + 206. Illus. Mar. 1984? -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Describes the discov ery and study of the specimen (subsequently named Hydrodamalis spissa Furusawa, 1988). Tamayo, F. 1961. Mamiferos de los Llanos de Venezuela. El Farol, 23(196): 12-19. Tamiya, Ryoichi: SEE Takahashi et al., 1983. Tan, K.: SEE ALSO Kutsuzawa & Tan, 1954. D Tan, K.; & Shikama, Tokio 1965. On Desmostylus teeth from Tashiro, Akita Prefec ture. Sci. Rept. Yokohama Natl. Univ., (2)12: 49-55. 2 pis. Tanaka, Hiroyuki: SEE Hasegawa & Tanaka, 1987. D Tanaka, K.; & Seki, M. 1962. A Desmostylus-like marine mammal found from Toyoshina-cho. Shinano Kyoiku, No. 912: 55-65. 5 tabs. 7 figs. Tanaka, Ryo: SEE Aoki et al., 1938. Tangley, Laura 1979. Manatees on the brink: motorboats wound, power- plants warm Florida's seacows. Defenders Mag., 54(6): 348-353. 13 figs. Dec. 1979. Tanito, Shigeru: SEE Inuzuka et al., 1985. Tanitsu, Ryotaro: SEE Yamaguchi et al., 1981. Tappe, David T. 1704. Funffzehen jdhrige curiose und denckwurdige auch sehr gefdhrliche ost-indianische Reise- Beschreibung, so sich im Jahr Christi 1667 angefangen und durch gottlichen Beystand im 1682ten Jahre geendet hat auf vielfdltiges Ver- langen guter Freunde zum Druck ubergeben. Hanover & Wolffenbiittel, Gottfr. Freytag, 1-220 [i.e., 320]. -Allen 155. Seekuhen, etc., 199-209. Tarpley, R.J. 1987. Whales and dolphins in veterinary medicine. Southwest Veter., 38(2): 59-84. Illus. 332 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Tas'an: SEE ALSO Hendrokusumo et al., 1981; Rathbun, Reid, & Tas'an, 1987. x Tas'an 1976. Report on catching and life in captivity of Dugong dugon, Jaya Ancol Oceanarium. Jakarta, Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, 1-12. 3 tabs. 2 figs. 2 tipped-in photos. -Report presented at meeting of Northwestern Chapter, Amer. Assoc. Zool. Parks & Aquaria (IAAAM), Seattle, Washington, 1976. Describes the capture of 7 dugongs in South Sulawesi, their transport to Jakarta, and their brief survival in captivity. x Tas'an; Sumitro; & Hendrokusumo, Sukiman 1979. Some biological notes of two male dugongs in captivity at the Jaya Ancol Oceanarium, Jakarta. Jakarta, Gelanggang Samudra Jaya Ancol (Oceanarium), 1-30. 11 tabs. Frontisp. 11 figs. -Describes the capture and transport of several Indonesian dugongs; their captive maintenance, growth, morphometries, and observations of rectal temperature, heart rate, and respiration rate; and necropsy data on an adult female and her aborted male fetus. Tassy, Pascal: SEE ALSO Barriel et al., 1993; Fischer & Tassy, 1993. x Tassy, Pascal 1979. Relations phylog6n6tiques du genre Moeritherium Andrews, 1901 (Mammalia). C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Sir. D, 289(2): 85-88. 1 fig. Jul. 9, 1979. -Engl. summ. Concludes that Moeritherium is closer to the Elephantoidea than to the Sirenia, based on cranial characters; it is therefore consid ered a proboscidean. Tassy, Pascal 1981. Le crane de Moeritherium (Proboscidea, Mam malia) de l'liocene de Dor el Talha (Libye) et le probleme de la classification phylogtii&ique du genre dans les Tethytheria McKenna, 1975. Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. (Paris), (4)3, Sect. C, No. 1:87-147. 15 figs. 6 pis. Tassy, Pascal; & Shoshani, Jeheskel 1988. The Tethytheria: elephants and their relatives. In: M.J. Benton (ed.), The phylogeny and classifica tion of the tetrapods. Vol. 2: Mammals. Systematics Assoc. Spec. Vol, 35B: 283-315. 11 figs. Tate, G.H.H.: SEE ALSO Carter et al., 1945. x Tate,G.H.H. 1931. Random observations on habits of South Ameri can mammals. Jour. Mamm., 12(3): 248-256. Aug. 1931. -P. 253: {"Trichechus and lnia.?To catch manatees or porpoises, which normally sink when they are killed, men working in pairs cautiously approach the animal in separate canoes. Simulta neously one of them shoots it through the head and the other throws his harpoon into its body. In this way they kill the animal and prevent the body from sinking."} The species of Trichechus and the region of South America to which these observa tions pertain are not stated. Tate, G.H.H. 1947. Mammals of eastern Asia. New York, Macmillan Co., 1-366. -Dugong, 308-309. Tate, Suzanne 1990. Mary Manatee: a tale of sea cows. Nags Head (North Carolina), Nags Head Art (Suzanne Tate's Tell-Tale Nature Series, No. 7), 1-28. Illus. -Book for young children. Tateishi, Shinkichi: SEE Aoki et al., 1938. x Taylor, David 1978. Is there a doctor in the zoo? New York, Bantam Books, 1-213. -First ed.: Doctor in the zoo: the making of a zoo vet. London & Boston, Allen & Unwin, 1-250, illus., 1978. First Amer. ed.: title given above; Philadelphia, Lippincott: 1-250, illus., 1978. Account of a dugong held in captivity in Sumatra to produce "tears" for aphrodisiac purposes (205-213). Taylor, David C. 1985. Mermaids of Arabia. Sunrise (Kuwait Airways), Jul. 1985: 12-15. 3 figs. -Arabic transl.: Sunrise, Aug. 1985: 14-17. 4 figs. Pop. acc. of dugongs. Taylor, Douglas M. 1951. The Black Caribs of British Honduras. Viking Fund Publ. in Anthrop., 17. -Harpooning manatees. Taylor, J.M. 1984. The Oxford guide to mammals of Australia. Melbourne, Oxford, Auckland, & New York, Oxford Univ. Press, xii + 148. Illus. Tegetmaier, W.B. 1878. Short notice on Manatus. Field, Jul. 6, 1878. x Telander, Rick 1980. Mermaid in a man's world. Natl. Wildlife, 18(1): 28-35. 5 figs. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees, with underwater photos. Teleki, G.; & Baldwin, L. 1981. Sierra Leone's wildlife legacy: options for sur vival. Zoonooz, 54(10): 21-27. NUMBER 80 333 x Telles-Antunes, Miguel Carlos F. 1959. Nota sobre um mamifero do Aquitaniano de Campo de Ourique (Lisboa). Bol. Soc. Portug. Cienc. Nat., 22(= (2)7)(3): 129-137. 5 pis. -Engl. summ. Describes and illustrates a thoracic vertebra of "Halitherium sp." from the Early Miocene of Portugal, and discusses its stratigra phic context. Telles-Antunes, Miguel Carlos F. 1979. Vertebrados miocenicos de Olhos de Agua (Al- garve), interesse estratigraTico. Bol. Mus. Lab. Min. Geol, Fac Cienc Univ. Lisboa, 16(1): 343-352. -Engl. & French summs. Reports an occurrence of Metaxytherium medium. Tembrock, G. 1963. Acoustic behavior of mammals. In: R.-G. Busnel (ed.), Acoustic behavior of animals. Amsterdam, London, 8c New York, Elsevier Publ. Co., 751-786. Tabs. 12 figs. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob 1827-1841. Monographies de mammalogie, ou descrip tion de quelques genres de mammiferes, dont les especes ont iti observies dans les diffirens musies de I Europe.... Paris & Leiden (2 vols.). Tennent, James Emerson 1859. Ceylon: an account of the island, physical histori cal and topographical, with notices of its natural history, antiquities, and productions. Vol. 1. London, Longman, Green, Longman & Roberts (2 vols). Dlus. Tennent, James Emerson 1861. Sketches of the natural history of Ceylon; with narratives and anecdotes illustrative of the habits and instincts of the mammalia, birds, reptiles, fishes, insects, &c including a monograph of the elephant. London, Longman, Green, Longman, & Roberts, xxiii + 500. Dlus. x Tenney, S.M. 1958. Correlative observations on the electrocardiogram and morphology of the heart of the Florida manatee. Amer. Heart Jour., 56(6): 933-938. 3 figs. Dec. 1958. -Describes gross features of the heart; reports that the heart weight/body weight ratio is the smallest of any mammal, and that the ECG has no distinctive features attributable to the heart's bifid apex, x Tenney, S.M.; & Remmers, J.E. 1963. Comparative quantitative morphology of the mammalian lung: diffusing area. Nature (London), 197(4862): 54-56. 1 tab. 3 figs. Jan. 5, 1963. -Graphs lung volume against body weight, alveolar surface area against oxygen consumption, and alveolar diameter against metabolic rate for "the manatee," the dugong, and other mammals. Terra, Paul de 1911. Vergleichende Anatomie des menschlichen Gebis- ses und der Zdhne der Vertebraten. Jena, Gustav Fischer, xiii + 451. 200 figs. -Sirs., 339. Tertre, Jean Baptiste du 1667. Histoire generale des Antilles habities par les Franqois. Tome ii. Contenant I histoire natverelle, enrichy de cartes & de figures. Paris, Thomas lolly (3 vols., 1667-1671). Illus. -Allen 94. Manatee, 2: 199-209, pi. facing p. 195. Allen says: "The account of the Manatee is more detailed [than that of the cetaceans], treating of its external characters, habits, products, and capture. The figure is like Laet's, which is a copy from that of Clusius." Terwilliger, Karen: SEE Bruenderman & Terwilliger, 1994. Teunissen, Sebastian; & Altman, Jennifer 1986. Seductive siren or simple seacow?the manatee. Underwater [Geographic], No. 16: 9-11. 7 figs. Autumn 1986. Tewari, B.S.: SEE ALSO Savage & Tewari, 1977. Tewari, B.S.; Savage, Robert Joseph Gay; & Singh, G. 1977? On a fossil sea-cow from the Gaj formation of Kutch, India. Publ. Cent. Adv. Stud. Geol. Panjab Univ., No. 1L45A-49A. Thayer, Gordon W.; Bjorndal, Karen A.; Ogden, John C; Williams, Susan L.; & Zieman, Joseph C. 1984. Role of larger herbivores in seagrass communities. Estuaries, 7(4A): 351-376. 6 tabs. 1 fig. Dec. 1984. Themido, A.A. 1938? Catalogue des ongules et sireniens existants dans les collections du Mus6um Zoologique de Coim- bra. Mem. Estud. Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra, (1)49: 1-22. x Thenius, Erich 1949. Die tortone Saugetierfauna von Neudorf an der March (?SR) und ihre Bedeutung fur die Helvet- Torton-Grenze. Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-natw. KL, 86(7): 160-171. 1 tab. Read Apr. 28, 1949. -Abstr.: Zentralbl. Geol. Pal, 1951(2): 143-144, 1951. Includes Thalattosiren petersi in list of the Miocene Neudorf fauna from Czechoslovakia, and briefly discusses the curious, apparently 334 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY aeolian erosion of the sir. bones (162-163). x Thenius, Erich 1952. Die Saugetierfauna aus dem Torton von Neudorf an der March (CSR). Neues Jahrb. Geol Pal, Abh., 96(1): 27-136. 70 figs. Dec. 1952. -Attributes the attrition and "sharpening" of some fossil sir. bones to subaerial sandblasting (33-36). Considers Halianassa a junior synonym of Halitherium; refers Halianassa studeri to Thalat- tosiren; describes a ?windwom humerus and scapula of T. petersi from Neudorf and discusses its diagnostic characters and relationships; and regards Haplosiren Kretzoi as a nomen nudum (109-113). Thenius, Erich 1961. Die Meeressaugetiere von einst und jetzt. Universum: Natur & Tech., 16: 669-675. 2 figs. Thenius, Erich 1969. Sirenia. In: W. Kukenthal & T. Kaumbach (eds.), Handbuch der Zoologie, 8(2): Stammesgeschichte der Saugetiere (einschliesslich der Hominiden). Berlin, Walter de Gruyter: 589-595. Thenius, Erich; & Hofer, Helmut 1960. Stammes geschichte der Saugetiere; eine Ueber- sicht iiber Tatsachen und Probleme der Evolution der Saugetiere. Berlin, Springer, 1-322. -Sirs., 263-267. Thenius, Erich; Rathbun, Galen B.; Kurt, Fred; & Grzimek, Bernhard 1987. Seekuhe. In: B. Grzimek (ed.), Grzimeks En- zyklopddie: Saugetiere. Munich, Kindler Verlag: 522-535. Illus. -Includes sections on sir. evolutionary history (Thenius), manatees (Rathbun), dugongs (Kurt), and Steller's sea cow (Grzimek & Kurt). Th6obold, N.: SEE Gillet & Th6obold, 1936. Thesiger, W 1959. Arabian sands. Middlesex, Penguin Books: 1-347. Thevet, Andre" 1558. Les singvlaritez de la France antarctiqve, avtre- ment nommie Amerique, & de plusieurs terres & isles decouuertes de nostre temps. Antwerp, Christophle Plantin, 163+1. Illus. -Allen 16. First ed.: Paris, heirs of Maurice de la Porte: 7+166 + 2 leaves, 1557 (often dated 1558, but these were remainders with a new title-page, fide Whitehead, 1977). The illustrations in the present ed. are said by Whitehead to be reduced, reversed, and inferior. Manatee, 138. Thevet, Andre" 1575. La cosmographie universelle.... Illustree de diver- ses figures des choses plus remarquables veve's par I'auteur, & incogneues de noz anciens & modernes. Paris, Guillaume Chaudiere (2 vols.), Vol. 1: leaves 1-467; Vol. 2: leaves 469-1025. -Some copies, apparently identical, publ. by Pierre l'Huillier. Manatee, 2:960 verso, 980 recto. x Thewissen, Johannes G.M. 1985. Cephalic evidence for the affinities of Tubuliden- tata. Mammalia, 49(2): 257-284. 1 tab. 5 figs. -Considers the evidence for ungulate relation ships of tubulidentates weak; compares their brain and skull morphology and cranial foramina with, among others, Eocene sirs. (265, 268-269, 271- 274, 279). Thewissen, Johannes G.M. 1993. Eocene marine mammals from the Himalayan foothills. Research & Exploration (National Geographic Society), 9(1): 125-127. Figs. 9-12. Winter 1993. -Reports a sir. rib and skull fragments of a supposed sir. from the Early to Middle Eocene Kuldana Formation of Pakistan. The skull was later determined not to be sirenian. xD Thewissen, Johannes G.M.; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1992. The role of phenacodontids in the origin of the modern orders of ungulate mammals. Jour. Vert. Pal, 12(4): 494-504. 2 tabs. 2 figs. Dec. 15, 1992. -Concludes that the mirorder Pantomesaxonia (including Sirenia, Desmostylia, Proboscidea, Hy racoidea, and Perissodactyla) and the order Phena- codonta are sister groups together making up the superorder Paenungulata, but the relationships within the Pantomesaxonia remain unresolved. x Thiel, Richard 1982. Manatees: gentle giants of the sea. 3-2-1 Contact (New York, Children's Television Workshop), No. 27: 4-7. Cover photo + 8 figs. Jun. 1982. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and Steller's sea cow. Thiemmedh, Jinda 1961. Notes on the sea cow (Halicore dugong Erxleben) in the Gulf of Thailand. Thai Fish. Gaz., 14(3): 213-222. -In Thai; Engl. summ. Thiemmedh, Jinda 1968. Dugong mermaid, dolphin and fin whale. Kasetsart Univ., College of Fisheries, Fisheries Popular Bull, No. 2: 1-21. 2 figs. 1 pi. Aug. 2, 1968. -In Thai; Engl. summ. NUMBER 80 335 Thoen, Charles O.: SEE Boever et al., 1976. Thomas, Annette: SEE Elliott et al., 1981. x Thomas, Davidson 1966. Natural history of dugong in Rameswaram waters. Madras Jour. Fish., 2: 80-82. 1 fig. Jul. 1966. -Detailed account of dugong netting, with data on catch, seasonal occurrence, movements, miscella neous behavior, economic and medicinal uses, and the capture and transport of two dugongs for display in Madras in 1961-1962. Thomas' claim of large extant herds of dugongs was thought by S. Jones (1981: 46) to have been mistakenly based on Neophocaena. Thomas, Herbert: SEE ALSO Domning & Thomas, 1987. Thomas, Herbert; ?en, ?evket; Khan, Majeed; Battail, Bernard; & Ligabue, Giancarlo 1985. The Lower Miocene fauna of Al-Sarrar (Eastern Province, Saudi Arabia). Atlal, 5(3): 109-136. 2 tabs. Pis. 115-116. -Arabic summ., 101-106. Thomas, Oldfield: SEE ALSO Yerbury & Thomas, 1895. x Thomas, Oldfield 1904. On a collection of mammals made by Mr. J.T. Tunney in Arnhem Land, Northern Territory of South Australia. Novitates Zoologicae, 11(1): 222-229. Mar. 1904. -Describes the dentition and horizontal tooth replacement of the rock wallaby Peradorcas concinna in comparison with that of Trichechus (226-227). x Thomas, Oldfield 1911. The mammals of the tenth edition of Linnaeus; an attempt to fix the types of the genera and the exact bases and localities of the species. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1911(1): 120-158. Mar. 22,1911 (read Dec 13, 1910). -The type locality of Trichechus manatus is fixed as the West Indies (131-132). Thomas, Oldfield; et al. 1914. Nomina conservanda in Mammalia. Zool. Anz., 44(6): 284-286. -Same in substance as Thomas et al. (1924). x Thomas, Oldfield; et al. 1924. Nomina conservanda in Mammalia. Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1924(2): 345-348. Jul. 9, 1924 (read Apr. 1, 1924). -Recommends the conservation of the names Manatus and Rhytina in preference to Trichechus and Hydrodamalis, respectively (347). Thomas, Oldfield; & Lydekker, Richard 1897. On the number of grinding-teeth possessed by the manatee. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1897(3): 595-600. PI. 36. Oct. 1897 (read May 18, 1897). -See also Thomas & Lydekker (1898). x Thomas, Oldfield; & Lydekker, Richard 1898. [Dentition of the manatee.] Proc. Zool. Soc London, 1897(4): 814. Apr. 1898 (read Nov. 16, 1897). -Addendum to Thomas & Lydekker (1897), calling attention to the independent confirmation of their conclusions by Hartlaub (1886). Thompson, Barbara: SEE Moore, D.R., 1979. Thompson, Ben H: SEE Beard et al., 1942. Thompson, N.P.: SEE Forrester et al., 1975. Thompson, P.: SEE Goodwin & Thompson, 1991. Thompson, Steven I.: SEE Bradley et al., 1983. x Thomson, Donald Fergusson 1934. The dugong hunters of Cape York. Jour. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Great Britain & Ireland, 64: 237-263. 9 figs. Pis. 29-31. Jul.-Dec 1934. -Detailed description of dugong hunting by the Aboriginal tribes of the eastern Cape York Peninsula, Australia, including their canoes, har poons and lines, harpooning and butchering techniques, magic, and ritual; a myth of the making of the first dugong harpoon rope; and specialized vocabulary for dugongs and dugong hunting. Thomson, Donald Fergusson 1956. The fishermen and dugong hunters of Princess Charlotte Bay. Walkabout, 22(11): 33-36. 3 figs. Nov. 1, 1956. Thomson, Donald Fergusson 1985. Donald Thomson's mammals and fishes of north ern Australia. Edited and annotated by Joan M. Dixon and Linda Huxley. Melbourne, Thomas Nelson, xi + 210. Tabs. 24 figs. 91 pis. 60 maps. -Dugong, 15, 17, 156-162, 191, 194, 197, 203. Thomson, Stewart Craig 1940. Studies of the anatomy of the extrahepatic biliary tract in Mammalia. Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Ser., 22(6)(481): 415-430. Tabs. Oct. 31, 1940. -Manatee, 421-422, 424-425, 427-428. Thorhaug, Anitra 1987. Large-scale seagrass restoration in a damaged estuary. Mar. Pollut. Bull, 18(8): 442-446. -Refers to Biscayne Bay, Florida. Thome, Ebenezer 1876. The queen of the colonies; or Queensland as I knew it as an eight years' resident. London, Sampson, Low, Marston, Searle and Ribington, 1-352. -Quotes from several other pop. aces, of dugongs and their oil, especially articles in Queensland newspapers (248-266). 336 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Thos y Codina, S.: SEE Maureta & Thos, 1881. x Thurston, Edgar 1895. Rahn6svaram Island and the fauna of the Gulf of Mannar. Madras Govt. Mus. Bull, 1(3): 79-138. -Dugong material repr. in Phipson (1895). Brief account of the dugong (98-99), including the native tradition that a box of money was found in a dugong's stomach. x Tiedemann, Friedrich 1808. Zoologie. Zu seinen Vorlesungen entworfen. Bd. 1. Allgemeine Zoologie, Mensch und Saugthiere. Landshut (Germany), Weberschen Buchhand lung, 1-610. -Gen. acc. of the living sirs., recognizing the following species: Dugungus indicus, n.gen. n.sp., based on "Trichechus dugong;" Manatus australis (= African and American Trichechus); and M. borealis (= Hydrodamalis gigas) (554- 556). x Tiedemann, John A. 1983. Observations of the West Indian manatee, Tri chechus manatus, in Turkey Creek, Brevard County, Florida. Florida Scientist, 46(1): 1-8. 2 figs. -Describes seasonal changes in manatee use of and abundance in the creek, and observations of group size, behavior, and feeding. Tikhomirov, E.A.: SEE Berzin et al., 1963. Tilesius von Tilenau, Wilhelm Gottlieb 1802. Untersuchung derjenigen Thiere, welche aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach die Fabel von Sirenen oder Seemenschen veranlasst haben. Jahrb. Naturgesch., 1: 3-26. -Discusses Manatus australis and Rhytina bore alis, 23. Tilesius von Tilenau, Wilhelm Gottlieb 1813. Naturhistorische Friichte der ersten kaiserlich- russischen unter dem Kommando des Herrn v. Krusenstern glucklich vollbrachten Erd- umseeglung. St. Petersburg. Tilesius von Tilenau, Wilhelm Gottlieb 1835. Die Wallfische. Isis von Oken, 1835(8): 709-752; 1835(9): 801- 828. -Allen 874. Sirs., 709-719. Allen says: "Of the many pieces of bad etiological composition there are few more worthless, viewed from the stand point of to-day, than this pretentious compilation of some fifty closely printed pages of Oken's Isis...." x Timm, Robert M.; Albuja V, Luis; & Clauson, Barbara L. 1986. Ecology, distribution, harvest, and conservation of the Amazonian manatee Trichechus inunguis in Ecuador. Biotropica, 18(2): 150-156. 2 figs. -Gives detailed manatee locality records for eastern Ecuador and northern Peru, lists food plants and other natural history anecdotes reported by hunters, describes present-day meat hunting and the Siona Indians' self-imposed ban on manatee hunting, and makes recommendations for manatee protection in the area, x Timm, Robert M.; Albuja V, Luis; & Clauson, Barbara L. 1989. Siona hunting techniques for the larger aquatic vertebrates in Amazonian Ecuador. Studs. Neotropical Fauna & Envir., 24(1): 1-7. 2 figs. -Describes in detail the manatee harpoons and hunting method used by the Siona Indians, notes that they are now voluntarily refraining from killing manatees in order to conserve the reduced numbers of the latter, and suggests mat manatees may help maintain the Sionas' canoe routes by controlling water hyacinths. Tindale, Norman B.: SEE ALSO Hale & Tindale, 1934. Tindale, Norman B. 1925. Natives of Groote Eylandt and of the west coast of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Rees. So. Austral. Mus., 3: 61-102. Figs. 23-41. Pis. 6-11. -Dugong hunting, 78-79. x Tinley, K.L.; Rosinha, A.J.; Lobao Tello, Jose" L.P.; & Dutton, T.R 1976. Wildlife and wild places in Mozambique. Oryx, 13(4): 344-350. 1 map. Jul. 1976. -Notes that dugongs occur in national parks and reserves at Bazaruto and Pomene (346, 348,350). x Tisdell, Clement Allan 1983. Conserving living resources in Third World countries: economic and social issues. Internatl. Jour. Envir. Stud., 22(1): 11-24. 1 tab. -Uses dugong hunting by the Kiwai of Papua New Guinea to illustrate problems of resource use and conservation (14-15). x Tisdell, Clement Allan 1986. Conflicts about living marine resources in South east Asian and Australian waters: turtles and dugong as cases. Marine Resource Economics, 3(1): 89-109. 1 fig- -Discusses problems of dugong conservation in Australia and Papua New Guinea (102-104). Tiwari, B.N.: SEE Sahni et al., 1980. Tobayama, Teruo: SEE Nishiwaki et al., 1979. Tobien, Heinz: SEE ALSO Bahlo & Tobien, 1982. Tobien, Heinz 1971. Moeritherium, Palaeomastodon, Phiomia aus dem Palaogen Nordafrikas und die Abstammung der NUMBER 80 337 Mastodonten (Proboscidea, Mammalia). Mitt. Geol Inst. Tech. Univ. Hannover, 10: 141-162. 1 tab. 10 figs. May 1971. -Sirs., 152. x Tobien, Heinz 1980. Taxonomic status of some Cenozoic mammalian local faunas from the Mainz Basin. Mainzer Geowiss. Mitt., 9: 203-235. 1 tab. 1 fig. Dec. 1980. -Summarizes the localities and horizons in the Mainz Basin, Germany, at which Halitherium schinzii occurs (207-209). Toccheton, Armando J.: SEE Carvalho & Toccheton, 1969. Todd, Ethel I.: SEE Rice & Scheffer, 1968. Todd, T. Wingate; & Todd, Arthur W 1938. The epiphysial union pattern of the ungulates with a note on Sirenia. Amer. Jour. Anat., 63(1): 1-36. 4 tabs. 23 figs. Jul. 1938. Tokunaga, Shigeyasu: SEE ALSO Yoshiwara, Shigeyasu D Tokunaga, Shigeyasu (= Yoshiwara, Shigeyasu) 1915. Systematic position of Desmostylus. Jour. Geol Soc. Tokyo, 22(258): 119-124. D Tokunaga, Shigeyasu (= Yoshiwara, Shigeyasu) 1936. Desmostylus found near the town of Yumoto, Fukushima Prefecture. Jour. Geogr. (Tokyo), 48(572): 473-484. 1 fig. Pis. 6-8. Oct. 1936. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Tokunaga, Shigeyasu (= Yoshiwara, Shigeyasu) 1939. A new fossil mammal belonging to the Desmo- stylidae. In: Jubilee publication commemorating Prof. H. Yabe, M.I.A. sixtieth birthday. Sendai (Japan), Tohoku Imper. Univ., Inst. Geol. Pal., Vol. 1: 289-299. 2 figs. PI. 19. -Japanese summ. Describes Cornwallius tabatai, n.sp. D Tokunaga, Shigeyasu (= Yoshiwara, Shigeyasu); & Iwa saki, C. 1914. Notes on Desmostylus japonicus. Jour. Geol. Soc. Tokyo, 21(250): 33. Jul. 20,1914. -Coins the name Desmostylus japonicus, n.sp. x Toldt, C. 1905. Der Winkelfortsatz des Unterkiefers beim Men- schen und bei den Saugetieren und die Be- ziehungen der Kaumuskeln zu demselben. (II. Teil.) Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-natw. KL, 114(3): 315-476. 18 figs. 3 pis. Presented Mar. 9, 1905. -Comments briefly on the medially inflected angular process of the mandible in Rhytina and Halicore (337). x Toledo, Peter Mann de 1989. Sobre novos achados de sirenios (Sirenotherium pirabense Paula Couto, 1967) na Formacao Pirabas (Para, Brasil). Bol. Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Sir. Cienc. da Terra, 1(1): 5-10. 2 figs. Jul. 1989. -Engl. summ. describes new material from the "Oligo-Miocene" (actually Early Miocene) of Brazil, including the first complete fossil sir. skull found in South America. These specimens were here referred to Sirenotherium pirabense, which was in turn referred to the Dugongidae; however, they were later redescribed as Dioplotherium cf. allisoni by Toledo & Domning (1991). x Toledo, Peter Mann de; & Domning, Daryl Paul 1991. Fossil Sirenia (Mammalia: Dugongidae) from the Pirabas Formation (Early Miocene), northern Brazil. Bol Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Sir. Cienc. da Terra, 1(2): 119-146. 3 tabs. 12 figs. "1989" [publ. 1991]. -Portuguese summ. Describes the first complete fossil sir. skull from South America (Dioploth erium cf. allisoni), as well as cranial fragments of cf. Rytiodus (the first possible New World record for this genus) and cf. Metaxytherium, all from Burdigalian-age deposits on the coast of Para. x Tolmachoff, Innokenti Pavlovich 1928. Extinction and extermination. Bull. Geol. Soc Amer., 39: 1131-1148. -Repr.: Ann. Rept. Smithson. Inst., 1929: 269- 284, 1930. Believes that Steller's sea cow was "probably already well advanced toward extinc tion" at the time of its discovery (1137-1138). Tomes, Charles Sissmore 1878. On the structure and development of vascular dentine. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 169: 25-47. Pis. 3-5. -Sirs., 34. Tomes, Charles Sissmore 1898. A manual of dental anatomy, human and com parative. Ed. 5. London, J. & A. Churchill; Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, viii + 596. 273 figs. -Ed. 1, 1876; ed. 8, 1923. Sirs., 83, 385-390. Tomilin, A.G.: SEE Sokolov, Pershin et al., 1986. x Tomkins, Ivan R. 1956. The manatee along the Georgia coast. Jour. Mamm., 37(2): 288-289. "May 1956" (mailed Jun. 9, 1956). -Reports manatees in Georgia, circa 1940-1945 and 1955; notes that Florida manatees may spend much time in salt water. x Tomkins, Ivan R. 1958. A Georgia specimen of the manatee. Jour. Mamm., 39(1): 154. Feb. 20, 1958. 338 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Reports manatee bones, probably less than 50 years old, dug from a riverbank in Savannah. Tomlinson, J.D.W: SEE Harrison & Tomlinson, 1964. Tonosaki, Tokuji: SEE Kimura et al., 1983. Toots, Heinrich: SEE Parker & Toots, 1980. Torre, Danilo: SEE Azzaroli et al., 1982. Torres Fundora, Orlando: SEE Ortiz et al., 1992. Toula, Franz 1896. Uber neue Wirbelthierreste aus dem Tertiar Oe- sterreichs und Rumeliens. Zs. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., 48: 915-924. 3 figs. -Sirs., 919. Toula, Franz 1899. Zwei neue Saugethierreste aus dem "kristalli- sierten Sandstein" von Walsee in Nieder- und Perg in Oberosterreich.... 2. Sirene von Perg in Oberosterreich (Metaxytherium (?) pergense n. sp.). Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal, Beilage-Band, 12: 459-476. Fig. 4. PI. 12. Toula, Franz; & Kail, J.A. 1885. Uber einen Krokodil-Schadel aus den Tertiarab- lagerungen von Eggenburg in Niederosterreich. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 50: 299-356. 3 figs. 3 pis. -Mentions "Halitherium Schinzi" (i.e., Metaxy therium krahuletzi), 300. Townsend, Charles Haskins: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1908b, 1915. Townsend, Charles Haskins 1904. Note on the manatee or sea-cow. Ann. Rept. New York Zool Soc, 8: 85-87. 1 pi. Apr. 1, 1904. x Townsend, Charles Haskins 1905. Report of the Director of the Aquarium to the Board of Managers. Ann. Rept. New YorkZool. Soc, 9: 89-103. 5 figs. Jan. 1905. -Brief account (97) of two Florida manatees obtained in Jun. 1904, with two photos (91, 94) and notes on their feeding and other behavior, x Townsend, Charles Haskins 1907. Report of the Director of the Aquarium to the Board of Managers. Ann. Rept. New YorkZool. Soc, 11: 86. Jan. 1907. -Acknowledges two Florida manatees donated by Mr. A.W. Dimock to the Aquarium (see also A.W. Dimock, 1907). One, 10 feet long and weighing 910 pounds, soon died; the other, six feet long, was still living after 5 months. x Tranngocloi, Nt. (Tran Ngoc Loi) 1962. Capture d'un dugong au Viet-Nam. Mammalia, 26(3): 451-452. PI. 12. Sep. 1962. -Gives measurements and photos of a young male captured near Nhatrang on Jul. 19, 1960. Travassos, Lauro P. 1933. Sobre os Ascaroidea parasitos dos crocodilos Sul-Americanos. An. Acad. Brasil. Cienc, 5: 153-170. Travassos, Lauro P. 1934. Synopse dos Paramphistomoidea. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 29: 19-178. Travassos, Lauro P.; Freitas, J.F. Teixeira de; & Kohn, Anna 1969. Tremat6deos do Brasil. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 67: 1-886. 557 figs. -Sirs., 625-626, 752. x Travassos, Lauro P.; & Vogelsang, Enrique G. 1931. Novo tipo de trematodeo Opisthotrematidae. Bol. Biol. (Rio de Janeiro), 19: 143-147. 2 figs. Dec. 20, 1931. -Describes the trematode Cochleotrema cochleo trema, n.gen.n.sp., from the stomach of a T. manatus in Hagenbeck's zoological garden, Ham burg (see also Khalil & Vogelsang, 1932). Travis, W 1967. The voice of the turtle. London, George Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1-203. -Dugongs, 167-177. Tredgold, A.F. 1897. Variations of ribs in the Primates, with especial reference to the number of sternal ribs in man. Jour. Anat. Physiol. (London), 31: 288-302. -Sirs., 295. x Trelles-Duelo, Laudelino 1936. Restos fosilizados de un manati extinguido del periodo oligoceno inferior. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., 9(4): 269-270. Jan. 1936. -Reports the discovery of a Lower Oligocene sir. rib in Cuba. Trillo-Figueroa, A.: SEE Carbonell & Trillo-Figueroa, 1926. Trivedy, A.N.: SEE Satsangi & Trivedy, 1978. Troinin, VI.: SEE Berzin et al., 1963. x Trotignon, Jacques 1982. Le sauvetage du lamantin. Saving the sea cow. Distance (Paris), No. 51: 61-64. 5 figs. Mar.- Apr. 1982. -Text in French & Engl. Pop. acc. of the rescue of a T. senegalensis from a swamp being drained, and its release in the Djoudj National Park, Senegal. Trouessart, Edouard-Louis: SEE ALSO Ameghino, F., 1893. Trouessart, Edouard-Louis 1898. Catalogus mammalium tarn viventium quamfos- silium. NUMBER 80 339 Berlin, R. Friedlander & Sohn (1898-1899), Fasc. 5. -Rev.: T.S. Palmer (1899). Sirs., 999-1008, 1357. Trouessart, Edouard-Louis 1904-1905. Catalogus mammalium tarn viventium quam fossilium.... Quinquennale supplementum anno 1904. Berlin, R. Friedlander & Sohn, Vol. 1: iv + 546 (1904); Vol. 2: 547-929 (1905). -Sirs., 748-752. Coins the following new combi nations: Trichechus koellikeri, T. inunguis, Eo theroides aegyptiacum, E. coulombi (749). Troughton, Ellis Le G. 1928. Sea-cows. The story of the dugong. Austral. Mus. Mag., 3(7): 220-228. 7 figs. Troughton, Ellis Le G. 1966. Furred animals of Australia. Narbeth (Perm.), Livingston Publ. Co., xxxii + 376. -Other eds.: New York, Scribner's, 1947; Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1951, 1957, 1965, 1973. x Troxell, Edward L. 1925. Mechanics of crocodile vertebrae. Bull Geol Soc Amer., 36: 605-614. 6 figs. Dec. 30, 1925 (read Dec. 30, 1924). -P. 613: {"Chevrons are found also in Cetaceans and Sirenians, where aquatic locomotion is brought about by the movement, upward and downward, of a horizontally flattened tail."} True, A. Charles: SEE True, F.W, 1884b. x True, Frederick W 1884a. A provisional list of the mammals of North and Central America, and the West Indian islands. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 1: 587-611. Nov. 29, 1884? -P. 588: {"Order SIRENIA. Sea-cows. / Family TRICHECHIDAE. The Manatees. / Trichechus manatus, Linne. South American Manatee. /Texas to Brazil. /Trichechus latirostris, (Harlan) True. Florida Manatee. / Florida."} The combination T. latirostris is new here, x True, Frederick W. 1884b. The sirenians or sea-cows. In: G.B. Goode et al., The fisheries and fishery industries of the United States.... Section 1. Natural history of useful aquatic animals. Washington, D.C., Govt. Printing Off. (xxxiv + 3-895), 114-136. Pis. 33-34 (in separate atlas). -An interesting collection of general information on American manatees (114-128) and Steller's sea cow (128-136); quotes extensively from earlier authors and thereby provides a handy literature review. Erroneously states that the manatee stranded in the British Isles in 1785 was in "Shetland" rather than Scotland (116). Includes a partial transl. of Steller (1751) by A. Charles True (130-134), and a report by Lucien TUmer "that an aged Aleut woman stated that Rhytina had been seen at Attu by her father" (136). True, Frederick W 1884c Great International Fisheries Exhibition. London, 1883. United States of America. H. Catalogue of the aquatic mammals exhibited by the United States National Museum.... Washington, Govt. Printing Off, 1-22. -Sirs., 6-7, 15. x True, Frederick W 1906. Description of a new genus and species of fossil seal from the Miocene of Maryland. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 30(1475): 835-840. Pis. 75-76. -Abstrs.: Geol. Zentralbl, 11: 379?; Sci. Prog., 1: 452? Describes a sir. humerus from the Calvert Formation, thought to be perhaps "allied to Metaxytherium" (835, 840, pi. 76). x True, Frederick W. 1907. Observations on the type specimen of the fossil cetacean Anoplonassa forcipata Cope. Bull Mus. Compar. Zool, 51(4): 97-106. 3 pis. Jul. 1907. -Abstr.: 5c/. Prog., 2: 512? Notes that Cope at one time considered this species to be a sirenian (97). True, Frederick W. 1912. Symposium on ten years progress in vertebrate paleontology. Marine mammals. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 23: 197-200. -Sirs., 197-198. x Trumbull, Stephen 1949. Sea cows making comback [sic]: ancients called them mermaids. Audubon Mag., 51(5): 337. Sep.-Oct. 1949. -Reprinted from Miami Herald, Apr. 29, 1949. Brief pop. acc. of sirs, and Florida manatees. Suggests that damage to natural aquatic vegeta tion from excessive drainage is a cause of manatee population decline, x Truslow, Frederick Kent; & Vosburgh, Frederick G. 1967. Threatened glories of Everglades National Park. Natl Geogr. Mag., 132(4): 508-553. Illus. Oct. 1967. -Describes a sighting of a manatee in the Park (537-538). Tsuyuki, Hideo: SEE ALSO Itoh & Tsuyuki, 1974. x Tsuyuki, Hideo; & Itoh, Shingo 1967. Fatty acid composition of the dugong oil. Bull Jap. Soc. Sci. Fisheries, 33(11): 1035-1037. 340 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 4 tabs. Nov. 1967. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Engl, transl.: Fish. Res. Board Canada Transl. Ser., No. 1052: 1-6, 1968. Reports on the analysis of dugong fatty acids by gas-liquid chromatography; 18 types of fatty acids were detected. Tuboku-Metzger, Daphne: SEE Reeves et al., 1988. Tucker, Gail S.: SEE Cohen et al., 1982. x Tucker, M.J.; & Puddicombe, R.A. 1988. Protection status of marine mammals in Common wealth waters. In: M.L. Augee (ed.), Marine mammals of Australasia: field biology and captive management. Sydney, Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales (vii + 140), 79-85. -Also appeared in Austral Zool, 24(3)? Briefly summarizes Australian legislation pertaining to dugongs (82-83). Tucker, R. 1955. Studies in functional and analytical craniology. VIII. The planoarcuate skull. Austral. Jour. Zool, 3(4): 523-529. 9 figs. 1 pi. Dec. 1955. x Tuckerman, Frederick 1892. Further observations on the gustatory organs of the Mammalia. Jour. Morph., 7(1): 69-94. Oct. 1892. -Describes the tongue of a young Manatus latirostris (11). Tulogdy, J. 1944. Szirenafog a Bdcsi-torok eocen felso dur- vameszkovebol. Muz. Fuzetek (Cluj), 1944(2): 56-59. Tuomey, Michael 1848. Report on the geology of South Carolina. Columbia (South Carolina), A.S. Johnson, vi + 293 + lvi. 47 figs. 1 map. -Rev.: T. S. Bouve, Amer. Jour. Sci., (2)8: 61-74, 1849? Sirs., 165-166,208. Turnbull, William D. 1970. Mammalian masticatory apparatus. Fieldiana: Geology, 18(2): 147-356. 5 tabs. 48 figs. Mar. 24, 1970. -Sirs., 349. Turner, B.L., II: SEE Bradley et al., 1983. Turner, F.E.: SEE Stenzel & Turner, 1944; Stenzel et al., 1944. x Turner, John Peter 1937. Along the airways of the golden plover. Canad. Geogr. Jour., 13(9): 488-505. 16 figs. Jan. 1937. -Includes a photo of four "manatees ... in British Guiana," one partly out of the water and grazing on bank vegetation (498). Turner, Lucien M.: SEE Stejneger, L., 1883; True, F.W., 1884b. x Turner, Robert O. 1990a. New manatee sanctuary established at Merritt Island National Wildlife Refuge. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 15(5): 10. -Discusses manatee status in Florida and an nounces a new sanctuary near Cape Canaveral. Other information on manatee rehabilitation and mortality is given on p. 11. x Turner, Robert O. 1990b. Florida adopts new manatee protection law. Endangered Species Tech. Bull (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 15(8): 7. 1 fig. -Informal summary of new provisions of the Florida Manatee Sanctuary Act. x Turner, Robert O.; & Buckingham, Cheryl A. 1993. Navy is enlisted in plan to protect manatees. Endangered Species Tech. Bull (U.S. Fish & Wildl. Serv.), 18(2): 1, 10-11. 2 figs. Mar.-May 1993. -Describes the development and implementation of a manatee protection plan for the Naval Submarine Base at Kings Bay, Georgia, after several manatees were killed there by tugboats. Turner, William 1889. On the placentation of Halicore dugong. Trans. Roy. Soc Edinburgh, 35(2)(17): 641-662. 1 tab. 1 fig. Pis. 1-3. Read Jul. 1, 1889. -Abstr.: Proc Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 16: 264-265. Turner, William 1894. The foetus of Halicore dugong and of Manatus senegalensis. Jour. Anat. Physiol, Norm. & Path., Hum. & Compar., 28(= n.s. 8): 315-332. 6 figs. TUrner, William 1912. The marine mammals in the Anatomical Museum of the University of Edinburgh. London, Macmillan & Co., xv + 207. 100+ figs. 17 pis. -Lists 22 specimens of sirs. (143-158, pis. 16-17). Turton, William 1806. A general system of nature, through the three grand kingdoms of animals, vegetables, and minerals, systematically divided into their several classes, orders, genera, species, and varieties, with their habitations, manners, economy, struc ture, and peculiarities. By Sir Charles Linni: translated Gmelin, Fabricius, Willdenow, &c. Together with various modern arrangements and NUMBER 80 341 corrections, derived from the Transactions of the Linnean and other Societies, as well as from the classical works of Shaw, Thornton, Abbot, Dono van, Sowerby, Latham, Dillwyn Lewin, Martyn, Andrews, Lambert, &c &c with a life of Linni, appropriate copper-plates, and a dictionary ex planatory of the terms which occur in the several departments of natural history. ...In seven vol umes. Animal Kingdom. Vol. I. Mammalia. Birds. Amphibia. Fishes. London, Lackington, Allen, & Co., vii + 944. -Allen 479. Also appeared in an earlier ed. (4 vols., 1800-1801). The Sirenia comprise Tri chechus Durong [sic] and T Manatus (with varieties Australis [= African and American manatees], Borealis [= Hydrodamalis], and Siren [= Steller's fabulous sea-ape]) (36-37). Allen considers this work worthless. Tweedie, M. 1969. Adaptation. Part 4. The swimming animal. Animals, 11(10): 475-476. 2 pis. x Twiss, John R., Jr. 1979. Manatee: endangered marine mammal. Water Spectrum (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers), 12(1): 10-17. 13 figs. Winter 1979-1980. -Pop. acc. of conservation problems of Florida manatees and other marine mammals. Tytler, Robert 1838. [Title?] Corbyn's India Review, 3: 46. -Mentions a partial dugong skeleton from the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Tzimoulis, P. 1966. Crystal River?Florida's fun spot for year-round diving. Skin Diver, Oct. 1966: 33-49. u Uchida, Senzo: SEE Kamiya et al., 1979; Nishiwaki et al., 1982. Uehlein-Harrell, Stephanie: SEE Schweigert et al., 1991. Uerpmann, H.P. 1989. Problems of archaeo-zoological research in east ern Arabia. In: P.M. Costa & M. Tosi (eds.), Oman studies. Serie Orientale Roma, 63: 163-168. -Reports dugong bones in archeological site at Ras Ghanada. Ule, Otto 1871. Der Dugong (Halicore tabernaculi) im Roten Meere (Auszug aus Klunzinger). Natur (Ule-Muller), 20: 296. x Ulloa, Antonio de 1813. A voyage to South America, describing at large the Spanish cities, towns, provinces, &c on that extensive continent: undertaken, by command of the King of Spain, by Don George Juan, and Don Antonio de Ulloa, Captains of the Spanish Navy, .... Translated from the original Spanish; with notes and observations; and an account of the Brazils. By John Adams In: J. Pinkerton (ed.), A general collection of...voyages and travels .... London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown and Cadell & Davies, vol. 14: 313-696. -Pinkerton notes: "This translation has passed through five Editions." An account of a voyage between the years 1735 and 1744, with a brief description of the manatee [T inunguis] found in the Rio Maranon or Amazon (513). Ulloa, G.: SEE Fernandez Badillo et al., 1988. Ulmer, Frederick A., Jr. 1959. The golden age of zoo exhibits. America's First Zoo (Philadelphia), 11(1): 5-9. 4 figs. Mar. 1959. Umnova, M.M.; & Novoselova, I.L. 1986. [Microscopic and ultrastructural study of the skeletal muscles of the manatee.] In: V.E. Sokolov (ed.), Lamantin: morfologicheskie adaptatsii (q.v.). Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (405 pp.), 357-370. Figs. 138-147. -In Russian. Une, Mizuho: SEE Kuroki et al., 1988; Yoshii et al., 1989. Unienville, M.C.A.M. d' 1838. Statistique de I'Isle Maurice et ses dipendances, suivie d'une notice historique sur cette colonie et d'une essai sur I'Isle de Madagascar. Paris, Gustave Barba (3 vols.). United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (U.N.F.A.O.): SEE Dill, W.A., 1961. United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Crystal River Implementation Schedules: SEE Packard, J.M., 1983a. United States Marine Mammal Commission: SEE Marine Mammal Commission, U.S. Unterbrink, Mary 1984. Manatees: gentle giants in peril. St. Petersburg (Florida), Great Outdoors Publish ers, 1-47. Illus. Uozumi, Satoru: SEE ALSO Iwata & Uozumi, 1971. D Uozumi, Satoru; Fujie, Tsutomu; & Matsui, Masaru 1966. Neogene molluscan fauna in Hokkaido. Part 3. Description of the Ainonai fauna associated with Desmostylus cf. minor Nagao, from Kitami dis trict, east Hokkaido. Jour. Fac Sci. Hokkaido Univ., (4)13(2): 165- 183. x Upton, Steve J.; Odell, Daniel Keith; Bossart, Gregory D.; & Walsh, Michael T. 1989. Description of the oocysts of two new species of Eimeria (Apicomplexa: Eimeriidae) from the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus (Sirenia: Trichechidae). Jour. ProtozooL, 36(1): 87-90. 1 tab. 8 figs. -Describes Eimeria manatus and E. nodulosa, n.spp., from the feces of 9 out of 16 T. m. latirostris examined, and compares them with E. trichechi. The infected manatees included both wild and captive-bom specimens, and ones from both coasts of Florida. D Urita, Tomoe 1944. A new locality of Desmostylus in Karahuto (Saghalien). Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 51(607): 115-118. 3 figs. -In Japanese. Urushido, Takako: SEE Inuzuka, N., 1984a. Usher, Graham F.: SEE Salm & Usher, 1984a,b. Uyeno, Teruya: SEE Ono & Uyeno, 1985; Takahashi et al., 1983. 342 V Valade, James A.: SEE Baugh et al., 1989; Kinnaird & Valade, 1983. Valas, Robert B.: SEE Lew et al., 1986. x Valentry, Duane 1973. Sea cows that would not breed. Sea Frontiers, 19(5): 290-291. 1 fig. Sep.-Oct. 1973. -Suggests (erroneously) that the captive manatees at the Miami Seaquarium failed to breed because sirs, "may have to float vertically with their heads out of water while mating and therefore would need to be in water deeper than their body length." Valentyn, Francois 1724? Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien, vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewestenk, bene- vens eene wydluftige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...en alle de eylanden onder dezelve landbestier- ingen behoorende; het Nederlands comptoir op Suratte, en de levens der Groote Mogols.... Dordrecht, J. van Braam (5 vols, in 9, 1724- 1726). Illus. -Sirs., vol. 3: 330, 341. Valera, Luis Augusto Cum y: SEE Cuni y Valera, Luis Augusto. Vallee, Judith Delaney 1991. Save the Manatee Club. Florida Naturalist, 64(2): 16. 1 fig. Summer 1991. Valmont de Bomare, J.C: SEE Bomare, J.C. Valmont de. x Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1861. La cote d'Ostende et les fouilles d'Anvers. Bull. Acad. Sci. Belgique, (2)12: 453-483. -Abstr.: Geologist, 5: 96-108, 1862? Mentions the extinction of Rhytina stelleri and the acquisi tion of a skeleton of this species by the St. Petersburg museum (461); discusses Halitherium from the regions of Darmstadt and Linz (481). x Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1862a. Sur le Rhytina stelleri. Bull. Acad. Sci. Belgique, (2) 13(4):"'340-341. Read Apr. 5, 1862. -Quotes a letter from A. von Nordmann on the Helsinki and Russian skeletons, on the occasion of presenting to the Academy a copy of von Nordmann's (1862a) memoir on the Helsinki skeleton. Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1862b. [Title?] L'Institut, 1862: 188. Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1871. Un sirtiiien nouveau du terrain ruptiien. Bull. Acad. Sci. Belgique, (2)32(9/10): 164-178. 4 figs. 1 pi. Read Oct. 14, 1871. -Abstrs.: Jour. Zool. (Paris), 1: 333-339, 344- 351, 1872; L'Institut, 1872(1): 85-87. Describes Crassitherium robustum, n.gen.n.sp., from the Oligocene of Belgium, based on part of a ?reptile skull and eight vertebrae referable to Halitherium schinzii (see Sickenberg, 1934: 205, 207). x Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1875. Les Pachyacanthus du Musee de Vienne. Bull. Acad. Sci. Belgique, (2)40(9-10): 323-340. -Also exists as a separate with pages numbered 1-20. Concludes that the vertebrae and ribs attributed to this genus are sirenian, the other elements cetacean; and that the generic name Pachyacanthus should be retained for the sirenian. (All are now considered cetacean.) Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1876. Les thalassotheriens de Baltringen (Wurtemberg). Bull. Acad. Sci. Belgique, (2)41(3): 471-495. 1 pi. Mar. 1876. -Also exists as a separate with pages numbered 1-27. Sirs., 18-19. Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph 1880. Description des ossements fossiles des environs d'Anvers. Deuxieme partie: Cetaces, genres Ba- laenula, Balaena, et Balaenotus. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, 4: 1-83. 39 pis. x Van Bree, Peter J.H.; & Duguy, R. 1977. Catalogue de la collection des mammiferes marins du Museum de Bordeaux. Ann. Soc. Sci. Nat. Charente-Maritime, 6(4): 289-307. 1 fig. Mar. 1977. -Lists 19 Dugong specimens, mostly from Indo china and New Caledonia; 2 T manatus from Guyana and Cuba; 2 T. senegalensis, no localities; 1 T. inunguis, Rio Ucayali, Peru; and 4 Trichechus sp., no localities (290-292). The T. inunguis may be the skeleton mentioned by P. Marcoy (1869: 2:155). Van den Bergh, Hendrik 1968. Animal diving champions. 343 344 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Animals, 10(10): 449-451. 1 fig. Feb. 1968. -Lists the longest recorded dives of T. manatus (16 min. 20 sec.) and T senegalensis (1 min.). Van den Bosch, M.: SEE Bosch, M. van den. Van der Hagen, Steven 1644. Journael van seven voyagien, beschryvende de gantsche kust van Oost-Indien. 1. Bevaren door Steven van der Hagen. Amsterdam. Van Kampen, P.N.: SEE Kampen, P.N. van. Van Meter, Victoria Brook 1977. Ecology and life history of the West Indian manatee. Miami, Florida Power & Light Co. -Revised ed.: Van Meter (1982). 6000 printed, 1977-1981. This and subsequent eds. were distributed free by the Florida Power & Light Company as a public service. Van Meter, Victoria Brook 1982. The West Indian manatee in Florida. [Ed. 2.] Miami, Florida Power & Light Co., 1-29. 10 figs. -A revised ed. of Van Meter (1977). First printing, 30,000; second, 40,000 (Jun. 1984); third, 20,000 (Dec. 1985); fourth, 20,000 (1986). Ed. 3: Van Meter (1987). Van Meter, Victoria Brook 1987. The West Indian manatee in Florida. [Ed. 3.] Miami, Florida Power & Light Co., 1-41. 13 figs. Nov. 1987. -A revised and expanded version of Van Meter (1982). First printing, 50,000; second printing, 50,000 (1988); third printing, 37,500 (1990); fourth printing, 20,000 (1991); fifth printing, 40,000(1992). Van Oort, Edward Daniel 1902. Ueber einen Sirenenwirbel aus dem Serro Colo rado auf Aruba. Samml. Geol. Mus. Ley den (Beitr. Geol. Niederl- West-Indien?), (2)2: 164-168. 1 fig. -Reports vertebra and ribs of "Manatus" of unknown age. See also J.H. Westermann (1932). Van Oort, Edward Daniel 1903. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss von Halitherium (Len- dengegend, Becken und Zungenbeinkbrper). Samml. Geol. Reichsmus. Leyden, (3)2(3): 95- 105. 1 fig. 1 pi. -Abstr.: Jahresber. Anat. Entwickl. (n.s.), 9(3): 191? Van Oort, Edward Daniel 1905. Notiz iiber Halitherium. Centralbl. Min. Geol. Pal, 1905: 21-22. Van Reyk, Peter 1967. Slaughter in the sun. Loris, 11(2): 86-87. -On the cruelty of butchering dugongs in the markets of Ceylon. D VanderHoof, Vertress Lawrence 1935. Nature and distribution of Desmostylus, a marine Tertic mammal. [Abstr.] Pan-Amer. Geol, 64(1): 80. Aug. 1935. -?Repr.: Proc. Geol. Soc Amer., 1935: 420, Jun. 1936. D VanderHoof, Vertress Lawrence 1937. A study of the Miocene sirenian Desmostylus. Univ. Calif Publ, Bull Dept. Geol. Sci., 24(8): 165-261. 65 figs. 2 maps. Oct. 7, 1937. x VanderHoof, Vertress Lawrence 1941a. Miocene sea-cow from Santa Cruz, California, and its bearing on intercontinental correlation. [Abstr.] Bull. Geol Soc Amer., 52(12): 1984-1985. Dec. 1, 1941. -Reports a skeleton tentatively identified as Metaxytherium petersi and believed to be ances tral to Hydrodamalis. This specimen was referred to Dusisiren jordani by Domning (1978b). xD VanderHoof, Vertress Lawrence 1941b. Oligocene sea-cow remains from east coast of Baja California. [Abstr.] Bull. Geol Soc. Amer., 52(12): 1985. Dec. 1, 1941. -Reports Cornwallius teeth from Baja California and uses them to correlate their source beds with the Sooke Formation of Vancouver Island. xD VanderHoof, Vertress Lawrence 1942a. An occurrence of the Tertiary marine mammal Cornwallius in Lower California. Amer. Jour. Sci., 240(4): 298-301. 3 figs. Apr. 1942. -Describes teeth of C. sookensis and correlates their horizon with the occurrence of the same species on Vancouver Island. D VanderHoof, Vertress Lawrence 1942b. Bearing of sea-cows on age of Vaqueros. Pp. 40-42 In: H.G. Schenck & T.S. Childs, Jr., Significance of Lepidocyclina .... Stanford Univ. Publ, Univ. Ser. Geol. Sci., 3: 25-84. Varola, A.: SEE Borgia et al., 1981. x Varona, Luis S. 1972. Un dugongido del Mioceno de Cuba (Mammalia: Sirenia). Mem. Soc. Cienc. Nat. La Salle (Caracas), No. 91, Tomo 32: 5-19. 4 tabs. 5 figs. Jan.-Apr., 1972. -Engl. summ. Describes Metaxytherium riveroi, n.sp., on the basis of an immature partial skeleton from the Middle Miocene of Cuba. NUMBER 80 345 Varona, Luis S. 1973. Catalogo de los mamiferos vivientes y extinguidos de las Antillas. Havana, Acad. Cienc. Cuba, viii + 139. Maps. Vassilyev, A.A.: SEE Mukhametov et al., 1992. Vaz-Ferreira, R. 1979. Situaci6n poblacional y conservaci6n de los mamiferos marinos en Latinoamtiica. Acta Zool. Lilloana, 34: 91-101. Vazzana, A. 1988. Sirenidi del Miocene in Calabria. Not. Mineral. Pal, No. 56: 27-29. Illus. Vekua, A.K.: SEE Gabuniya & Vekua, 1974. Venkateswarlu, T. 1990. Marine mammals of the Indian seas. Environ. Ecol. (Kalyani), 8(3): 1050-1052. x Venzo, Sergio 1937. La fauna cattiana delle glauconie Bellunesi. Mem. Ist. Geol Univ. Padova, 13: 1-209. 12 pis. -Considers Halitherium bellunense to be Chattian (Late Oligocene) in age (7, 13, 196). Verhaart, WJ.C. 1970. Comparative anatomical aspects of the mammal ian brain stem and the cord. Assen (The Netherlands), Konink. Van Gorcum & Comp. N.V., Vol. 1 (text): 1-338; Vol. 2 (tabs. & illus.): 1-311. -Describes a brain of Manatus (1: 208-213); considers its central nervous system to be degen erate, x Verhaart, WJ.C. 1972. The brain of the seacow Trichechis [sic]. Psychiatr. Neurol. Neurochir., 75(4): 271-292. 14 figs. -Redescribes G. Jelgersma's (1934) stained serial sections of a brain of T. manatus. Verissimo, Jose" 1895. A pesca na Amazonia. Rio de Janeiro, Livr. Classica de Alves & Cia., 1-206. -Repr.: Univ. Fed. do Para\ 1-130, 1970. A classic work on Brazilian fisheries. Describes in detail the hunting and past and present economic use of T. inunguis in the Brazilian Amazon (35-40, 55, 92-93, 96, 99-102, 117, 119), including some commercial statistics. Also dis cusses the use of manatees (T m. manatus) for food in Maranhao (99; page references here and in the Index are to the 1970 reprint ed.). Vermeulen, J. 1966. M.U.L.O. dierkunde voor Suriname. Ed. 6. Paramaribo, 1-227. 246 figs. Verne, Jules 1869. Five weeks in a balloon; or, journeys and discoveries in Africa, by three Englishmen. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1-345. Illus. Verne, Jules 1875. The mysterious island. New York, Scribner, Armstrong & Co., 1-110. Illus. -Includes a fanciful account of an encounter with a dugong. Veron, John: SEE Heinsohn et al., 1985. Verrill, Alpheus Hyatt 1939. Strange animals and their stories. Animals in armor. The land of marsupials. Topsyturvy crea tures. Behemoths of Scripture. Giants who took to the sea. Camels of the Andes. The strangest animal of all. Boston, L.C. Page & Co., xiv + 235. Illus. Jan. 1939. -Sirs., 113-115. Versaggi, Charles S. 1977. Studies on the structure and function of bone in marine mammals. Science of Biol. Jour., 3(2): 305-306. Verschuren, J.: SEE Dupuy & Verschuren, 1977. Vessey-Fitzgerald, D. 1936. Trinidad mammals. Tropical Agriculture, 13(6). Via Boada, Luis: SEE ALSO Crusafont-Pairo, M., 1973; Pilleri et al., 1989. Via Boada, Luis 1950. Un monstruo marino en Vilafranca. Accion Catolica (Vilafranca del Penedes, Spain), No. 33 (Numero Extraord. Dedicado a la Fiesta Mayor de 1950): 8. Vialli, M.: SEE Milani & Vialli, 1928. Viaud, Jean-Marc 1979. Contribution a 1'etude des depots tertiaires dans la region de Saint-Hilaire-de-Clisson (44). Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Ouest France (n.s.), 1(3): 146-162. 5 tabs. 4 figs. 6 pis. Sep. 1979. -Mention of Halitherium. Vicq-d'Azyr, Felix 1792. Quadrupedes. In: Encyclop. Mithod. Syst. Anat. Vol. 2: clxiv + 632. -Sirs., cvii. x Vieira, Antonio ("Vieyra") 1735. Cartas do P. Antonio Vieyra da Companhia de Jesu Tomo Segundo.... Lisboa Occidental, Officina da Congregacao do Oratorio, [10]+ 479. -Pp. 25-26 (in "Carta II. A El Rey," dated at Maranhao, Brazil, Feb. 11, 1660; pp. 12-45): 346 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY {"Chegou finalmente o anno passado de mil seis centos sincoenta e oito o Govemador D. Pedro de Mello com as novas da guerra apregoada com os Ollandezes, com os quaes alguma das nacoens dos Nheengaibas [26] ha muito tempo tinhao com- mercio, pela vizinhanca dos seos portos com os do Cabo do Norte, em que todos os annos carregao de peyxe Boy mais de vinte navios de Ollanda "} This letter is the original source of the oft-quoted statement that in the 17th century "more than 20 Dutch ships" a year sailed from Brazil loaded with manatee meat. Their destina tion is not stated, x Vieira, Carlos O. da Cunha 1949. Nova contribuicao ao conhecimento dos mami feros do Rio Jurua\ Bol. Mus. Paraense Emilio Goeldi, 10: 239-274. -Gives skull measurements of 2 young T inun guis caught on the Rio Junta" near Joao Pessoa, Brazil, between Jul. 1936 and Feb. 1937. Briefly summarizes the taxonomy of Trichechus, regard ing T. senegalensis as a subspecies of T. manatus and coining for it the new combination T. manatus senegalensis (241, 268-269). Vieira, Carlos O. da Cunha 1955. Lista remissiva dos mamiferos do Brasil. Arq. Zool. (Sao Paulo), 8(11): 341-474. -Lists T. inunguis (456) and T. m. manatus (457), with their synonyms and brief summaries of their distributions. Vieira, Joao Pedro Dias 1856. Relatorio apresentado d Assemblia Legislativa Provincial ...no dia 8 de Julho de 1856.... Barra do Rio Negro [= Manaus, Brazil], Typ. de F. J.S. Ramos. -Repr.: pp. 469-527 in collected Relatorios da Presidencia do Amazonas, 1852-1858, Rio de Janeiro, Typ. Universal de Laemmert, Dec. 1905. Statistics on manatee exploitation, 516, 517, 519 (of 1905 ed.). Vietmeyer, Noel D.: SEE ALSO Anonymous, 1976f. x Vietmeyer, Noel D. 1974a. The endangered but useful manatee. Smithsonian, 5(9): 60-65. 6 figs. Dec. 1974. -Pop. acc. of manatees, their use in weed control, and the manatee research center in Guyana, with photos of Florida manatees and Guyanese canals. Vietmeyer, Noel D. 1974b. A scheme to save the manatee. In: Proceedings of Symposium on endangered and threatened spe cies of North America. Washington, D.C., WC.S.R.C. Wolf Sanctuary (St. Louis, Missouri), 219-221. x Vietmeyer, Noel D. 1975. The beautiful blue devil. Nat. Hist. (New York), 84(9): 64-73. 5 figs. Nov. 1975. -Article on Eichhornia crassipes, mentioning manatees (71), with a photo of a manatee eating a water hyacinth (72-73). Viguier, Maurice-Gabriel 1892. Pliocene des environs de Montpellier. C.R. Assoc. Franq. Avanc Sci, 20(2): 405-416. Tabs. 1 fig. -Mentions Halitherium sp. x Villa-Ramirez, Bernardo; & Colmenero-Rolon, Luz del Carmen 1981. Presencia y distribution de los manaties o tla- camichin, Trichechus manatus Linneo 1782, en Mexico. An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nac. Auton. Mixico (Ser. Zool), 51(1): 703-707. 1 tab. 2 figs. Dec. 28, 1981. -Briefly summarizes manatee distribution records obtained in a questionnaire, interview, and aerial survey of southeastern Mexico. The term "tla- camichin" is not explained. Villiers, A.: SEE Bessac & Villiers, 1948. Vincent, J.: SEE Fisher et al., 1969. Vine, Peter; & Schmid, H. 1987. Red Sea explorers. London, Immel Publishing. D Viret, Jean 1955. Sirtiiiens (fossiles). In: P.-P. Grass6 (ed.), Traite de Zoologie. Paris, Masson & Cie: Vol. 17(1), 993-1001. Figs. 953-960. Vogel, Dr.: SEE Shaw, N., 1857. Vogelbein, Wolfgang: SEE Dailey et al., 1988. Vogelsang, Enrique G.: SEE Khalil & Vogelsang, 1932; Travassos & Vogelsang, 1931. Vogt, H.-H. 1979. Seekuhe gegen die Algenplage. Tauchen, 2(11): 58. Voigt, E.: SEE Hucke & Voigt, 1929. Vondra, Carl F. 1974. Upper Eocene transitional and near-shore marine Qasr el Sagha Formation, Fayum Depression, Egypt. Ann. Geol. Surv. Egypt, 4: 79-94. 6 figs. -Notes the stratigraphic occurrence of sirs, in the Fayum (83-84). Voorhies, Barbara: SEE Stark & Voorhies, 1978. x Voorhies, Michael R. 1969. An Eocene sea cow tooth from Twiggs County, Georgia. [Abstr.] Bull. Georgia Acad. Sci, 27(2): 93-94. Apr. 1969. -Reports a lower molar from the Upper Eocene Ocala Formation, and states incorrectly that it was NUMBER 80 347 "the first Eocene sirenian known from the United States." In the end it turned out not even to be a sir., but rather an entelodont (see Domning, Morgan, & Ray, 1982: 3). Voorhies, Michael R. 1973. Vertebrate fossils of coastal Georgia; a field geologist's guide. Georgia Geol. Soc. Guidebook, No. 8: 81-102. x Voorhies, Michael R. 1974. Late Miocene terrestrial mammals, Echols County, Georgia. Southeast. Geol, 15(4): 223-235. 9 figs. Apr. 1974. -Reports sir. rib fragments associated with Bar- stovian land mammals in the Statenville Local Fauna (228). Vorderman, A.G. 1893. Enhalus koeningii Rich, als voedingsgewas in Bantam. Teysmannia, 4: 705-709. x Vorontsov, N.N. 1973. Pochemu morskaya korova sokhranyalas' na Komandorakh? [Why had the sea cow persisted in the Commander Islands?] Priroda, 1973(11): 124. Nov. 1973. -In Russian. Concludes that Hydrodamalis for merly inhabited the entire North Pacific littoral, and was exterminated by aboriginal hunters everywhere but in the Commander Islands, which humans had not reached. Vosburgh, Frederick G.: SEE Truslow & Vosburgh, 1967. Vosseler, J.: SEE ALSO Hentschel & Vosseler, 1915. Vosseler, J. 1907. Aus dem Leben ostafrikanischer Sauger. Zool. Beob., 48: 225-241. x Vosseler, J. 1924-1925. Pflege und Haltung der Seekuhe (Tri chechus) nebst Beitragen zu ihrer Biologie. Pallasia (Dresden), 2(2): 58-67, 113-133, pis. 5-6; 2(3): 167-180, 213-230, 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Perhaps the most elaborate anecdotal account of the captive biology of sirs, yet written. After listing and discussing 24 instances of manatees kept in captivity (59-63), Vosseler describes the capture and transport of two T. inunguis from Brazil to Germany, and gives detailed advice on transporting manatees by sea and land (63-67, 113-114). He then describes many aspects of the biology and life in captivity of the two Amazonian specimens in Hamburg, including captive condi tions (114-119), feeding (including coprophagy and eating meat and fish) and defecation (119? 129), illnesses (129-133), growth and external measurements (167-173), supposed sexual di morphism of the tail, flipper, and head (173-175), sexual behavior (175-180), characteristics of the epidermis (213-217), experiments on their senses of taste and smell (217-220), appearance of their eyes (220), hearing (220-221), movements, breathing, sleep, and locomotion on land (221- 225). (Their subsequent fatal illnesses are de scribed in Vosseler, 1930.) Notes that their feeding and activity are not exclusively nocturnal (226), and that manatees are compatible with other species in zoo exhibits (227); extols the value of sirs, to zoos and the relative ease of keeping them (228-230). Also includes, most unexpectedly, some rather insignificant observations and re marks on Dugong in German East Africa and the author's unsuccessful attempts to determine whe ther they use their tusks in feeding (225-226). x Vosseler, J. 1930. Krankheit und Tod des Hamburger Sirenenpaares. Zs. Sdugetierk., 5(6): 362-364. Dec. 22, 1930. -Reports the deaths of a long-captive pair of T. inunguis from enteritis and fungal infection, ascribed to an accidental change in water tempera ture. Vousden, D.H. 1985. Dugong herd. New Scientist, 1450: 47. -Letter to the editor. Vrolik, Willem Th. 1852. Bijdrage tot de natuur- en ontleedkundige kennis van den Manatus Americanus. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde (Amsterdam, Konink- lijk Zoologisch Genootschap Natura Artis Magis- tra) Afl. 4, D. 1, Afd. 2 [?]: 53-80. 6 pis. -Publ. 1851? Detailed account of the external morphology, osteology, dentition, digestive tract, heart, larynx, penis, and other organs of T. manatus. x Vuletin, Alberto 1960. Zoonimia Andina (nomenclador zoologico). Publ. Univ. Nac de Tucumdn, Fac Filos. y Letras, Inst. Ling. Folklore y Arq. (Santiago del Estero, Argentina), No. 807: 1-204. 28 figs. 1 map. Nov. 14, 1960. -Brief gen. acc. of T. manatus, the use of its meat and hide, the origin of the name "manati," and its occurrence in the Rio Orinoco and Lake Mara- caibo; also indicates (possibly by a misprint) that it is found on "the coasts of Chile" (124). Vyvyan, C.C. 1938. Dugong-hunters. Cornhill Mag., 154: 366-379. Sep. 1938. w Wack 1901. [Title?] Field & Stream, 5(12): 737. Jan. 1901. -Brief account of manatees in Florida. Wagler, Joh. 1830. Naturliches System der Amphibien, mit vorange- hender Classification der Sdugthiere und Vogel Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Zoologie. Munich, Stuttgart & Tubingen, J. G. Cotta'schen Buchhandlung, vi + 354. -Allen 754. Manatus, 32; Halicore and Rytina, 33. Wagner, Johann Andreas: SEE Schreber & Wagner, 1846. x Wagner, Roy 1982. The ri?unidentified aquatic animals of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. Cryptozoology, 1: 33-39. 4 figs. Winter 1982. -Recounts native stories of "ri," describes his own sighting of one, and concludes that they are not dugongs. x Wagner, Roy 1985. The nature of the ri (response to Sibert, Ellis, and Britton). [P. 156] Objective evaluation lacking (response to Beckjord). Cryptozoology, 3: 149-151, 156. Apr. 1985. -Two responses to comments by others on the "ri" of New Ireland. Agrees with Britton that it might be a small beluga whale, x Wagner, Roy; Greenwell, J. Richard; Raymond, Gale J.; & Nieda, Kurt von 1983. Further investigations into the biological and cultural affinities of the ri. Cryptozoology, 2: 113-125. 6 figs. Winter 1983. -Describes additional sightings of the "ri" or "ilkai" in New Ireland, and gives related informa tion obtained from Barok and Susurunga villag ers. Again concludes that the animals are not dugongs. Includes two inconclusive photos of a ri surfacing. Wagner, Rudolf 1843. Lehrbuch der Anatomie der Wirbelthiere. Leipzig, 1-296. -Sirs., 12. Waitkuwait, Ekkehard: SEE Roth & Waitkuwait, 1986. Wake, Judith Ann: SEE Heinsohn et al. Wako, Ryo: SEE Suzuki & Wako, 1987. x Waldeyer, W 1886. Beitrage zur normalen und vergleichenden Anato mie des Pharynx mit besonderer Beziehung auf den Schlingweg. Sitzb. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (Berlin), 1886(1): 233-250. Read Feb. 25, 1886. -Describes the pharynx of Manatus americanus (245-246, 248). x Waldeyer, W 1892. Uber den feineren Bau des Magens und Darmka- nales von Manatus americanus. Sitzb. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (Berlin), 1892(8): 79-85. Feb. 18, 1892 (read Feb. 11, 1892). -Describes the anatomy and histology of the digestive tract, with considerable attention to the musculature of the gut walls. Waldheim, Gotthelf Fischer von: SEE Fischer von Wald heim, Gotthelf. Waldron, John C: SEE Powell & Waldron, 1981. Walker, Braz 1975. Oddball fishes and other strange creatures of the deep. New York, Sterling Publ. Co.; London, Oak Tree Press Co., 1-192. Illus. Walker, Cecil M.: SEE Cardeilhac et al., 1981. x Walker, Kath 1972. Stradbroke dreamtime. Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1-120. Illus. -Later ed.: Sydney, Angus & Robertson, 1-64, 1982. An Aboriginal woman's reminiscences of netting and eating dugongs in Queensland (71- 74). Walker, M.J. 1973. How wild animals help people. Defenders Wildl. News, 48: 327-329. x Wall, William P. 1983. The correlation between high limb-bone density and aquatic habits in Recent mammals. Jour. Pal, 57(2): 197-207. 2 tabs. 3 figs. Mar. 1983. -Compares bone densities of T. manatus and other mammals; considers the high density of sir. bones an adaptation for reducing buoyancy during shallow dives, x Wallace, Alfred Russell 1853. Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro. 348 NUMBER 80 349 London, Reeve & Co., viii + 541. -Ed. 2: London, Ward, Lock, & Co., 1889. Gives a mostly accurate gen. acc. of the Amazonian manatee's external and internal appearance, hab its, and exploitation (185-187, 458-461). Wallace, Alfred Russell 1876. The geographical distribution of animals. New York (2 vols.), Vol. 1: xv + 503; Vol. 2: ix + 607. Illus. -Sirs., 1:502,2:210. x Wallace, Alfred Russell 1883. Australasia. In: Stanford's compendium of geogra phy and travel Ed. 3. London, Edward Stanford, xx + 672. -P. 54: {"... [0]n the warmer coasts of Queens land is found the sea-cow or dugong (Halicore australis), allied to the animal found in the Indian seas, but believed to be a distinct species."} Wallach, Joel D.: SEE Boever et al., 1976. Waller, Ben I. 1970. Some occurrences of Paleo-Indian projectile points in Florida waters. Florida Anthropologist, 23(4): 129-134. Walls, Gordon Lynn 1942. The vertebrate eye and its adaptive radiation. Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. (Bloomfield Hills, Michigan), No. 19: xiv + 785. Illus. Aug. 1942. -Later ed.: N.Y, Hafner, 1963. Sirs., 408-410, 447. x Walsh, Kathleen 1989. Manatees. Ranger Rick (Natl. Wildlife Federation), 23(6): 4-9. 6 figs. + fig. on pp. 2-3. Jun. 1989. -Children's article on Florida manatees, with excellent underwater color photos. Walsh, Michael T.: SEE ALSO Upton et al., 1989. x Walsh, Michael T; Bossart, Gregory D.; Young, W Glenn, Jr.; & Rose, Patrick M. 1987. Omphalitis and peritonitis in a young West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus). Jour. Wildl. Diseases, 23(4): 702-704. -Describes necropsy findings in a newborn female manatee from the west coast of Florida, which died of septicemia apparently originating at the umbilicus. Walter, Jaime (ed.) 1967. Frei Cristovdo de Lisboa: Histdria dos animals e dvores do Maranhao. Lisbon, Arquivo Historico Ultramarino e Centro de Estudos Hist6ricos Ultramarinos, xii + 159. Illus. -Facsimile, with biography, transcript, modem version, and notes, of a MS. dating from 1624- 1636. See also Whitehead (1977: 176-178), according to whom this is the first Brazilian record to provide a description, drawing, and firm locality of a manatee (7^ m. manatus). x Walters, Mark J. 1985. Marvelous, magnificent manatees. Reader's Digest, 127(760): 171-172, 175-176. 3 figs. Aug. 1985. -Pop. acc of manatees in Florida. Walton, P.J.: SEE Miyake et al., 1992. Walton, William, Jr. 1810. Present state of the Spanish colonies, including a particular report of Hispanola, or the Spanish part of Santo Domingo; with a general survey of the settlements on the south continent of America. London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown (2 vols.). Illus. Walz, Daniel A.: SEE Shoshani et al., 1986. Wang, Guangjie: SEE Dong et al., 1992. x Wang, Peilie 1993. Fauna of marine mammals in China. Acta Oceanologica Sinica, 12(2): 273-278. 1 tab. -Records the presence of Dugong dugon in the South China Sea and in coastal waters of Taiwan (275-278). Wang, Peilie; & Sun, Jianyun 1986. Distribution of the dugong off the coast of China. Acta Theriol. Sinica, 6(3): 175-181. 2 tabs. 1 fig. Aug. 1986. -In Chinese; Engl. summ. Wang, Zuyan 1989. Manatee, an ugly treasure. Nature (Beijing), No. 37: 46-47. Aug. 8, 1989. -In Chinese, x Ward, Henry L. 1887. The pelvis of the dugong. Science, 9(226): 536. 1 fig. Jun. 3, 1887. -Describes accurately the orientation of the pelvis and the composition of the vertebral column, based on examination of 6 ligamentary skeletons. Ward, Leslie I.; & Weigle, Bradley L. 1993. To save a species: GIS for manatee research and management. GIS World, 6(8): 34-37. Cover illus. + 4 figs. Aug. 1993. Wargasasmita, S. 1985. Manatee and other herbivorous animals. In: Proc. [of symposium on?] Ecology & Management of Aquatic Vegetation in the Tropics, Mar. 26-29, 1985. Jakarta, Univ. of Indonesia, p. WVI/19-9. [?] x Warhol, Patricia 1982. Steller's sea cow: gentle giant of the North Pacific. Whalewatcher (Jour. Amer. Cetacean Soc), 16(1): 10-12. 3 figs. Spring 1982. 350 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Pop. acc of Hydrodamalis gigas, with an artist's reconstruction by Pamela Vesterby. See also R.K. Bonde (1982). Warren, George 1667. An impartial description of Surinam upon the continent of Guiana in America. With a history of several strange beasts, birds, fishes, serpents, insects, and customs of that colony, &c London, N. Brooke, 1-28. -Various later eds. Manatee, 2 (quoted in Husson, 1978): "There is another [fish], call'd the Mana tee, who feeds upon Bushes by the River side, gives suck like a Cow, and eats more like Flesh than Fish." x Warren, J.C. 1849. [Presentation of the stuffed skin and skeleton of an American manati.] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 3: 199. Nov. 21, 1849. -Briefly notes the existence of two manatee species (Manatus Senegalensis and M. America nus). Prof. [Louis] Agassiz remarked that "the skin was the only one of this animal in any scientific collection" [in America?], although some bones were in collections in Philadelphia and Charleston. x Warren, John Esaias 1851. Para; or, scenes and adventures on the banks of the Amazon. New York, G.P. Putnam, 1-271. -Brief account of the manatee (149). D Watanabe, Kagetaka 1953. Some considerations on the geological horizons of desmostylids from the Chichibu basin, Saitama Prefecture and from other localities of Honshu, Japan. Bull. Chichibu Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 3: 43-60. Illus. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. D Watanabe, Kagetaka; & Iwahori, Shojiro 1952. Stratigraphical studies of the Tertiary strata in the Toki basin, Gifu Prefecture. Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 58(684 [983?]): 433-443. Illus. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Desmostylus. Waterhouse, George Robert 1838. Catalogue of the Mammalia preserved in the Museum of the Zoological Society of London. Ed. 2. London, Zoological Society (printed by Richard & John E. Taylor), 1-68. -Allen 948. P. 35: {"Dugong.... From Sumatra.IRahcore Dugong. F. Cwv./Presented by Sir T.S. Raffles."} Waterstrat, P.: SEE White, Francis-Floyd & Waterstrat, 1984. Watkins, W.A.: SEE Schevill & Watkins, 1965. x Watson, Alastair G.; & Bonde, Robert K. 1986. Congenital malformations of the flipper in three West Indian manatees, Trichechus manatus, and a proposed mechanism for development of ectro- dactyly and cleft hand in mammals. Clinical Orthopaedics, 202: 294-301. 6 figs. Jan. 1986. -Describes 3 cases of complete or partial absence of digits found among 784 manatee carcasses salvaged in the southeastern USA. x Watson, Ernest 1923. The principal articles of Chinese commerce (import and export). Shanghai, Inspectorate General of Customs (China. The Maritime Customs. II.?Special Series: No. 38), 1-630. -Includes a paragraph on the nature and use of dugong oil (103). x Watterlond, Michael 1982. The coyote next door. Science 82, 3(2): 94, 96. 3 figs. Mar. 1982. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees frequenting power plant discharges during cold weather, x Watters, David R.; Reitz, Elizabeth J.; Steadman, David W.; & Pregill, Gregory K. 1984. Vertebrates from archaeological sites on Barbuda, West Indies. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 53(13): 383-411. 2 tabs. 8 figs. Sep. 28, 1984. -Reports a manatee humerus from the Indiantown Trail site, the first record of T. manatus from Barbuda (404, 406-407, 409). Watts 1890. Dictionary of economic products. [Publisher?] -Sirs., 3: 197. Wauchope, Robert (ed.) 1964. Handbook of Middle American Indians. I. Natural environment and early cultures. Austin, Univ. of Texas Press, vii + 570. -Sirs., 141,320. Waugh, Arthur: SEE Benwell & Waugh, 1961. Waugh, Gregg: SEE Odell et al., 1978. x Wavrin, Marquis de 1939. Les betes sauvages de VAmazonie et des autres rigions de I'Amirique du Sud. Paris, Payot, 1-301. 24 pis. 1 map. -General and often inaccurate account of mana tees and manatee hunting in northern South America and Amazonia; does not distinguish between T. manatus and T. inunguis (194-196). NUMBER 80 351 Waxell, Sven Larsson: SEE ALSO Biichner, E., 1891; Golder, F.A., 1922. Waxell, Sven Larsson 1940. Vtoraya kamchatskaya ekspeditsiya Vitusa Ber- inga. [Vitus Bering's Second Kamchatka Expedi tion.] Leningrad & Moscow, Izdatelstvo Glavsevmor- puti, 1-170. Illus. -Most of this work is a Russian transl. of the manuscript also translated by Michael (see Waxell, 1962), but Michael's ed. lacks the material on pp. 138ff. here. This latter material is Waxell's report translated in Golder (1922). Steller's sea cow, 126-128, 149, etc.? Waxell, Sven Larsson 1962. The Russian expedition to America. With an introduction and notes by M. A. Michael. New York, Collier Books, 1-190. -"Translated from Johan Skalberg's Danish ver sion, Vitus Berings eventyrlige opdagerfaerd 1733-1743 [Copenhagen, Rosenkilde & Bagger, 1-139, 1948], by M. A. Michael." Originally published in Engl, under the title The American Expedition (London, Edinburgh, & Glasgow, Wm. Hodge, 1-236, 1952). The German manu script original was first discovered and published in part by E. Biichner (1891). The MS. itself was lost during the Russian Revolution, then reap peared in a bookshop and was purchased by the State Library in Leningrad, according to Mi chael's introduction to this ed. (p. 22). A photocopy of this MS. was the basis for the Danish translation that in turn is translated here into Engl. Steller's sea cow, 157-159. x Webb, S.David 1974. Chronology of Florida Pleistocene mammals. In: S.D. Webb (ed.), Pleistocene mammals of Flor ida. Gainesville, Univ. Florida Press (x + 270), 5-31. 1 tab. 3 figs. -Lists T. manatus at 9 Pleistocene localities (18), of which the records at Punta Gorda, Aucilla R. IA, and Chipola R. IA have since proven to be erroneous (S.D. Webb, pers. comm.). x Webb, S.David 1976. Mammalian faunal dynamics of the great Ameri can interchange. Paleobiology, 2(3): 220-234. 4 tabs. 4 figs. Summer 1976. -Cites Trichechus as an example of a South American immigrant to North America in the Late Blancan (Pliocene), based on its occurrence at Santa Fe locality IA, Florida (221,223,226). Webb, S. David 1979. Fossil vertebrates of Florida. Rocks & Minerals, 54(4): 141-144. Aug. 1979. x Webb, S. David; MacFadden, Bruce J.; & Baskin, Jon A. 1981. Geology and paleontology of the Love Bone Bed from the Late Miocene of Florida. Amer. Jour. Sci., 281: 513-544. 3 tabs. 4 figs. May 1981. -Reports Metaxytherium sp. in a latest Claren- donian mammal assemblage from Alachua County, Florida (517, 521, 535). The specimens in question were referred to M. floridanum by Domning (1988). Weber, Max Wilhelm Carl 1904. Die Saugethiere. Einfuhrung in die Anatomie und Systematik der recenten und fossilen Mammalia. Jena, Gustav Fischer, xii + 866. 567 figs. -Sirs., 727-740. Weber, Max Wilhelm Carl 1927-1928. Die Saugethiere. Einfuhrung in die Anato mie und Systematik der recenten und fossilen Mammalia. Ed. 2. Jena, Gustav Fischer (2 vols.). Illus. -Sirs., 1: passim; 2: 479-504. Authored in part by O. Abel and H.M. de Burlet. See also O. Abel (1928). Weber, Roy E.: SEE Farmer et al., 1979a,b. x Weber, Tom, Jr. 1975. Drop me a line! Bridge fishing in Florida. The Salt Water Sportsman, 36(4): 36-37, 66-67. 4 figs. Apr. 1975. -Describes a formerly used method of poaching manatees by dropping weighted harpoons from bridges (66-67). x Wegner, Richard N. 1951. Der Tiitenfortsatz (Processus cucullaris mandibu- lae) beim Elefanten, den Sirenen, Rhinozerotiden und Suiden. Anat. Anz., 98: 66-82. 12 figs. -Describes the dental capsules of T. inunguis and T. senegalensis, and attributes to these structures a "braking'' effect on tooth movement (76-81). Weigle, Bradley L.: SEE ALSO Ward & Weigle, 1993. Weigle, Bradley L.; & Haddad, Kenneth D. 1990. Applications of the Florida Department of Natural Resources' Marine Resources Geographic Infor mation System to manatee biology and manage ment. In: J.E. Reynolds, III & K.D. Haddad (eds.), Report of the Workshop on Geographic Information Systems as an Aid to Managing Habitat for West Indian Manatees in Florida and Georgia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, 49: 23-27. 1 fig. Dec. 1990. 352 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Weigle, Bradley L.; Reynolds, John E., Ill; Patton, Geoffrey W; & Wilcox, J. Ross 1988. Manatee (Trichechus manatus) winter use of warm water discharges in Tampa Bay. In: K. Mahadevan, R.K. Evans, P. Behrens, T. Biffar, & L. Olsen (eds.), Proc. Southeastern Workshop on Aquatic Ecological Effects of Power Generation. Mote Marine Lab. Rept., No. 124: 153-164. Weiss, F. 1964. Seadogs and dugongs. Fur Review (London), Jul. 1964: 18-20. Welker, W.I.: SEE Reep et al., 1989. Wells, Neil A.: SEE ALSO Gingerich et al., 1990. D Wells, Neil A.; & Gingerich, Philip D. 1983. Review of Eocene Anthracobunidae (Mammalia, Proboscidea) with a new genus and species, Jozaria palustris, from the Kuldana Formation of Kohat (Pakistan). Contr. Mus. Pal. Univ. Michigan, 26(7): 117- 139. 3 tabs. 6 figs. Dec. 31, 1983. Welsby, Thomas 1905. Schnappering and fishing in the Brisbane River and Moreton Bay waters. Also included: a wandering discourse on fishing generally. Brisbane, Outridge Printing Co., ix + 319. Illus. -Dugong, 94-108. Welsby, Thomas 1931. Sport and pastime in Moreton Bay. Brisbane, Simpson, Halligan & Co. Ltd., v + 294. Illus. -Edition limited to 300 copies. Repr.: Welsby (1967). x Welsby, Thomas 1967. The collected works of Thomas Welsby... edited by A. K. Thomson. Brisbane, Jacaranda Press (2 vols.). -Reprints an article by Fred Campbell (written circa 1894?) on dugong habits and the Moreton Bay (Queensland) dugong fishery (1: 102-108; from Schnappering and fishing ...), a letter by Saville Kent on dugong spears (1: 109-110), and detailed accounts of netting and butchering du gongs and rendering their oil (2: 233-257; from Sport and pastime in Moreton Bay). Welton, Bruce J.: SEE Barnes et al., 1981; Phillips et al., 1976. Welton, Joann: SEE Phillips et al., 1976. Wendt, Herbert: SEE ALSO Kurt & Wendt, 1972. Wendt, Herbert 1959. Out of Noah's Ark: the story of man's discovery of the animal kingdom. Boston, Houghton Mifflin. -Transl. from German by Michael Bullock. Sirs., 210-222. x Werzinger, Joachim 1982. Sensation im Tiergarten Niirnberg: die Flaschen- Seekuh. Tier, 22(11): 34-37. 3 figs. -Pop. acc. of a T. manatus conceived and bom in captivity in Nuremberg, and raised on a bottle because the mother seemed unwilling or unable to feed it. West, J.A.; Sivak, J.G.; Murphy, C.J.; 8c Kovacs, K.M. 1991. A comparative study of the anatomy of the iris and ciliary body in aquatic mammals. Canad. Jour. Zool, 69(10): 2594-2607. Illus. -French summ. Discusses Trichechus manatus. x West, Robert M. 1980. Middle Eocene large mammal assemblage with Tethyan affinities, Ganda Kas region, Pakistan. Jour. Pal, 54(3): 508-533. 1 fig. 5 pis. May 1980. -Compares Anthracobune pinfoldi (Moerither- iidae) with Prorastomus and other Eocene sirs., and considers Anthracobune to be closer to Moeritherium (520, 531). Westermann, J.H. 1932. The geology of Aruba. Geogr. en Geol Meded., Physiogr.-Geol. Reeks (Utrecht), No. 7: 1-129. 1 fig. 3 pis. 1 map. -States that Van Oort's (1902) sir. came from the Quaternary phosphorites of Seroe Colorado. Westermann, J.H. 1953. Nature preservation in the Caribbean. Publ Found. Sci. Res. Surinam & Netherlands Antilles (Utrecht), 9: 1-106. -Survey of legal protection for manatees in the region. Westgate, James W 1990. Uintan land mammals (excluding rodents) from an estuarine facies of the Laredo Formation (Middle Eocene, Claiborne Group) of Webb County, Texas. Jour. Pal, 64(3): 454-468. Illus. May 1990. Wetterqvist, Orjan F.: SEE Packard & Wetterqvist, 1986. Weygandt, W 1928. Uber Tierhirngrbsse. Jour. Psychiatr. Neur., 37: 394-400. -?Abstr.: Forsch. Fortschr., 4(34): 360. Weyhe 1875. Ubersicht der Saugethiere nach ihren Becken- formen. Zs. gesammt. Natw., 45(= n.s. 11): 97-123. Whetstone, Kenneth; & Martin, Larry D. 1979. An Oligocene (Orellan) sirenian from the Buca- NUMBER 80 353 tunna Formation of Alabama. Tulane Stud. Geol. Pal, 14(4): 161-163. 1 pi. x Whitaker, Zahida 1976. Dugongs (Dugong dugong). Madras Snake Park Trust Newsletter, No. 1: 6. May 1976. -Brief report on dugong hunting and market prices on the coast of Tamilnadu, India, based on a survey in Oct. 1975. White, Franklin H.: SEE Cardeilhac et al., 1981; Forrester et al., 1975; Irvine et al., 1980. White, Jesse R.: SEE ALSO Cardeilhac et al., 1984; Francis-Floyd et al., 1991. x White, Jesse R. 1984a. Man can save the manatee. Natl. Geogr., 166(3): 414-418. 8 figs. Sep. 1984. -Pop. acc. with photos of captive births of T. manatus at the Miami Seaquarium. Proposes a large-scale captive breeding program to restock wild manatee populations, x White, Jesse R. 1984b. Born captive, released in the wild. Sea Frontiers, 30(6): 321, 369-375. 12 figs. Nov.-Dec 1984. -Pop. acc. of captive births of T manatus at the Miami Seaquarium and the release of two animals into the wild in Aug. 1984. Includes color photos of a manatee birth. White, Jesse R.; & Francis-Floyd, Ruth 1990. Manatee biology and medicine. In: L.A. Dierauf (ed.), CRC handbook of marine mammal medi cine: health, disease, rehabilitation. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press, Inc. (735 pp.), 601-623. 4 tabs. 18 figs. White, Jesse R.; Francis-Floyd, Ruth; & Cardeilhac, Paul T. 1984. Reproductive potential of a captive-breeding col ony of Florida manatees. Ann. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Zool Parks & Aquars., 1984: 242-245. x White, Jesse R.; Francis-Floyd, Ruth; & Waterstrat, P. 1984. Growth rate of West Indian manatees (Trichechus manatus) raised in captivity. Proc. Internatl. Assoc. Aquatic Animal Medicine, 1(1): 30-34. 1 tab. 3 figs. Nov. 1984. -Presents data on length and weight of 7 captive-bom and 2 other captive-raised manatees at the Miami Seaquarium, and derives regression equations describing their growth, x White, Jesse R.; Harkness, D.R.; Isaacks, R.E.; & Duffield, D.A. 1976. Some studies on blood of the Florida manatee, Trichechus manatus latirostris. Compar. Biochem. Physiol. A., 55(4): 413-417. 5 tabs. 4 figs. -Presents blood cell counts and analyses of blood chemistry, hemoglobin, enzyme activities, oxyhe moglobin dissociation, and karyotype. The dip loid chromosome number was found to be 48. White, Jesse R.; Harkness, D.R.; Isaacks, R.E.; & Duffield, D.A. 1977. Trichechus manatus latirostris (manatee). Order: Sirenia. Family: Trichechidae. In: T.C. Hsu & K. Benirschke (eds.), An atlas of mammalian chro mosomes. Vol. 10. New York, Heidelberg, & Berlin, Springer- Verlag. White, M.E.: SEE Savage & White, 1964, 1965. x White, Theodore E. 1953. A method of calculating the dietary percentage of various food animals utilized by aboriginal peo ples. Amer. Antiquity, 18(4): 396-398. Tab. 14. Apr. 1953. -Estimates that a 1,000-pound manatee yields 70% of its weight as usable meat (398). x Whitehead, Peter J.P. 1977. The former southern distribution of New World manatees (Trichechus spp.). Biol. Jour. Linn. Soc, 9: 165-189. 1 fig. 1 pi. Jun. 1977. -Reviews in detail the accounts of manatees in 16th- and 17th-century (and some later) works on Brazil and adjacent coastal regions, extending the documented former distribution of T. manatus to about 20? S. Concludes that a "monster" killed at Sao Vicente in 1564 was not a manatee but a pinniped. See also Whitehead (1978). x Whitehead, Peter J.P. 1978. Registros antigos da presence do peixe-boi do Caribe (Trichechus manatus) no Brasil. Acta Amazonico, 8(3): 497-506. Sep. 1978. -Recapitulates much of the information in White head (1977), and adds further citations of early works that mention Brazilian manatees. Calls attention to a curious lack of manatee records from the coast between the Rios Sao Francisco and Sao Luis, and briefly summarizes the natural history data contained in these early reports. xD Whitfield, William K., Jr.; & Farrington, Sandra L. 1975. An annotated bibliography of Sirenia. Florida Mar. Res. Publ, No. 7: 1-44. 1 tab. Jun. 1975. -Includes 488 titles on sirs, and desmostylians through 1971, partly annotated and indexed. Appendices (37-43) quote Florida and Guyana legislation relevant to manatees. 354 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Whitley, G.P. 1970. Early history of Australian zoology. Sydney, Roy. Geol. Soc. New South Wales, 1-75. 38 figs. -Dugong, 26. Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr.: SEE ALSO Gard et al., 1972; Gernant et al., 1971; Kellogg & Whitmore, 1957. x Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr. 1987. A delphinoid ear bone from the Dam Formation (Miocene) of Saudi Arabia. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Geol, 41(4): 447- 450. Fig. 53. -Mentions "fragmented ribs of sirenians" found at the type locality of the Burdigalian Dam Forma tion at Jabal Lidam, eastern Saudi Arabia (447). x Whitmore, Frank Clifford, Jr.; & Gard, Leonard Meade, Jr. 1977. Steller's sea cow (Hydrodamalis gigas) of Late Pleistocene age from Amchitka, Aleutian Islands, Alaska. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper, 1036: iii + 19. 5 tabs. Cover illus. + 10 figs. 8 pis. -Describes a partial skeleton of an immature animal and other Hydrodamalis remains from a deposit at South Bight, Amchitka. Also includes many measurements and illustrations of Bering Island H. gigas specimens in the U.S. National Museum; a description of a supposed Hydro damalis rib fragment from Kangiguksuk, north western Alaska (3,15-16); and illustrations of the mounted Hydrodamalis skeleton at Stockholm (pi. 1). The cover illustration of a sea cow was first publ. in V.B. Scheffer (1973). x Whitten, Anthony J.; Mustafa, Muslimin; & Henderson, Gregory S. 1987. The ecology of Sulawesi. Yogyakarta (Indonesia), Gadjah Mada Univ. Press, xxi + 777 + [i]. Numerous tabs. & figs. 64 pis. -Gen. acc. of dugong biology, with a map of their distribution in Sulawesi (204-205, 207-210, pi. 13). Suggests that dugongs may help disperse seeds of seagrasses (204). x Whitten, Anthony J.; & Whitten, Jane 1992. Wild Indonesia: the wildlife and scenery of the Indonesian archipelago. Cambridge (Mass.), MIT Press, 1-208. Illus. -Brief pop. acc. of dugongs (60-61, 1 fig.). Whitten, Jane: SEE Whitten, Anthony J. x Whittow, G. Causey 1987. Thermoregulatory adaptations in marine mam mals: interacting effects of exercise and body mass. A review. Mar. Mamm. Sci., 3(3): 220-241. 4 tabs. 3 figs. Jul. 1987. -Notes that the Sirenia, represented by T. inun guis, are "the only truly hypometabolic marine mammals"; comments on the data of Gallivan et al. (222, 224, 226-228, 230, 237). x Whybrow, Peter 1992. Palaeontological & geological studies in the western & eastern regions of Abu Dhabi. Tribulus: Bull. Emirates Nat. Hist. Group, 2(1): 20. Apr. 1992. -Mentions discovery of a sir. skull, possibly Pleistocene in age, at Sir Bani Yas, Abu Dhabi. Wicke, Charles R.: SEE Bradley et al., 1983. Wickham, Henry Alexander 1872. Rough notes of a journey through the wilderness, from Trinidad to Pard, Brazil, by way of the great cataracts of the Orinoco, Atabapo and Rio Negro. With, A journey among the Woolwa or Soumoo and Moskito Indians of Central America. London, W.H.J. Carter, xiv + 301. 15 pis. Widdowson, Thomas William 1946. Special or dental anatomy and physiology and dental histology, human and comparative. Ed. 7. London, Staples Press (2 vols.). Illus. -Ed. 8, 1952. Sirs., vol. 2. Wied-Neuwied, Maximilian Alexander Philipp, Prinz zu 1820. Reise nach Brasilien in den Jahr en 1815-1817. Frankfurt am Main, H.L. Bronner, Vol. 1: 1-380. -Portuguese transl. (ed. 2): Sao Paulo, Comp. Editora Nacional (Biblioteca Pedag6gica Brasi leira), Brasiliana, Ser. 5, Vol. 1: 1-536, 1958. Reports manatees on the coast of Brazil, in the Rios Doce (195; possibly pinnipeds), Sao Mateus, and Itanh^m (226). x Wied-Neuwied, Maximilian Alexander Philipp, Prinz zu 1826. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte von Brasilien. Vol. 2. Weimar, Verlage des Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs (entire work: 4 vols, in 6, 1825-1833), Vol. 2: 1-620. -Reports "Manatus americanus" from the Rios Sao Matthaeus and Alcobaca in Espirito Santo and Bahia, Brazil; also gives notes on harpooning manatees and the use of manatee oil and bone (2: 601-604). x Wiedemann, C.R.W 1804. Beschreibung des Schadels vom Lamantin oder Manati (Trichecus manatus L.). Wiedemann's Arch. Zool. Zoot., 4(1): 67-76. -Allen 474. Unillustrated but detailed description of the skull, mandible, and teeth, x Wiegmann, Ar. Fr. Aug. 1838. Zusatz vom Herausgeber. Wiegmann's Arch. Naturgesch., 4(1): 10-18. NUMBER 80 355 -Allen 950. Supplement to A. v. Humboldt (1838). Discusses the systematic position of the Orinoco manatee described by von Humboldt, concluding that it is distinct from the West Indian species and should be termed Manatus australis. Also concludes that the word "manati" derives from the Carib word for "breast," and lists other vernacular names (Manattoui, Apcia, Avid) cited by other authors (17-18). Wierzbicki, A. 1981. [Whales and thei r exter mination. ] Wszechswiat, 1981(7-8): 162-165. -In Polish. Wiese und Kaiserswaldau, Hauptmann von 1912. Zum Nil hinaus. In: Adolf Friedrich, Duke of Mecklenburg-Schwerin, Vom Kongo zum Niger und Nil. Berichte der deutschen Zentralafrikaex- pedition 191011911. Leipzig, F.A. Brockhaus (2 vols.), Vol. 1: 237- 324. -Engl, transl.: London, Duckworth & Co., 1913. Various later eds. Sirs., 1: 274. Wiesner, H: SEE Schweigert et al., 1991. Wight, George 1862. Queensland, the field for British labour and enterprise, and the source of England's cotton supply. Ed. 2. London, G. Street, vi + 170. 1 map. -Ed. 3, 1863. Dugong oil, 139-143; largely quoted from Hobbs. Wilbert, Johannes 1970. Folk literature of the Warao Indians: narrative material and motif content. Univ. California Los Angeles, Latin American Studies Ser., 15. Wilckens, Otto 1911. Uber das Aussterben grosser Tiergruppen im Laufe der Erdgeschichte. Natw. Wochenschr., 26(= n.s. 10): 705-712. -Sirs., 768? Wilcox, J. Ross: SEE ALSO Packard, Frohlich et al., 1984, 1985; Packard et al., 1989; Reid et al., 1991; Reynolds & Wilcox; Weigle et al., 1988. Wilcox, J. Ross 1979? Florida Power and Light Company and endan gered species: examples of coexistence. Proc Mitigation Symposium (Colorado State Univ., Ft. Collins, Jul. 16-20, 1979): 451-454. Wilcox, J. Ross 1980. Endangered species: compatibility with a utility. Proceedings of the Conference Coastal Zone '80 (Hollywood, Florida): 179-185. -Manatee, 180-182. x Wilcox, WA. 1904. The fisheries and fish trade of Porto Rico in 1902. U.S. Comm. Fish & Fisheries, Rept. of the Commissioner for the Year Ending June 30,1902: 367-395. -P. 387: ("The manatee is occasionally taken off the beach near Ceiba. A few are take each year, usually by means of haul seines. The weight is said to run from 500 to 1,200 pounds. The flesh is highly prized and resembles beef in flavor."} x Wilder, Burt G. 1875. On a foetal manatee and cetacean, with remarks on the affinities and ancestry of the Sirenia. Amer. Jour. Sci., (3)10: 105-114. PI. 8. -Describes the "smallest foetal sirenian on re cord," a T inunguis from Peru 55 mm long (105-106, 108-109, 112-114), and reviews ideas on sir. affinities (107-113); concludes they are ungulates. See also Wilder (1908). Wilder, Burt G. 1905. Notes and queries as to: (a) the cerebral commis sures of the elephant shrew Macroscelides; (b) brain and heart of a manatee, and what is believed to be the smallest known sirenian fetus; (c) the brains of various fishes, including the rare Japanese shark, Mitsukurina; (d) the swallowing of a young alligator by a frog. Science (n.s.), 21: 268-269. -Refers to the same fetus described by Wilder (1875). x Wilder, Burt G. 1907. [Manatee embryo.] Amer. Naturalist, 41(490): 663. Oct. 1907. -P. 663 (in "Scientific Exhibits at the Seventh International Zoological Congress"): {{"Profes sor Wilder showed the 'smallest known embryo of the manatee,'?a specimen approximately an inch and a half long."}} See also Wilder (1908). x Wilder, Burt G. 1908. The length of the smallest known sirenian fetus; gyre preferred to "convolution." Science (n.s.), 27(699): 825. May 22, 1908. -Corrects the statement in Wilder (1907); the fetus was actually 53 mm or about 2'/8 inches long, having shrunk about 2 mm since the report in Wilder (1875). Wiley, A. 1905. Colombo Museum guide to the antiquities, miner als and natural history collections in the Colombo Museum. Colombo, Colombo Museum, 1-66. 15 appendi ces. Numerous unnumbered pis. -Dugongs, 38-40. 356 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Wilhelm, R.; Smith, S.; & Reynolds, John E., Ill 1988. Use of scar patterns to identify manatees, Tri chechus manatus, in Tampa Bay. [Abstr.] Florida Scientist, 51 (Suppl. 1): 26. x Wilhelm, Wolfgang 1962. Eine versteinerte Seekuh aus dem Alzeyer Meeres- sand. Natur und Museum, 92(2): 51-53. 2 figs. Feb. 1962. -Describes the discovery of a skeleton of Hali therium schinzii in Oligocene deposits in Rhein- hessen, Germany, x Wilkins, Kenneth T. 1983. Pleistocene mammals from the Rock Springs Local Fauna, central Florida. Brimleyana, No. 9: 69-82. 1 tab. Jun. 1983. -Reports remains of T. manatus, possibly of late Sangamonian age, from a site in Orange County (70, 76-77, 79). Willey, Gordon R. 1978. Excavations at Seibal: artifacts. Mem. Peabody Mus. Archaeol. EthnoL, 14(1). -Manatee-bone rasps, 169-170. Williams, A. Lesley: SEE Williams et al., 1990. x Williams, J.H. 1960. In quest of a mermaid. London, Rupert Hart-Davis, 1-199. Illus. -Recalls meeting, in 1916, a policeman who was detailed to prevent Arab fishermen in the Persian Gulf from taking dugongs to sea for use as indicators of approaching storms (their method is not explained). Also recounts a dugong sighting in the North Andaman Islands in 1929 (9-12). Williams, John Lee 1837. The Territory of Florida: or sketches of the topography, civil and natural history, of the country, the climate, and the Indian tribes, from the first discovery to the present time, with a map, views, &c New York, A.T. Goodrich, vi + [7]-304. Illus. -Facsimile ed.: Gainesville, Univ. Florida Press: 1-304, 1962. P. 100: {"Manatee. Beluga. This is a shy fish and is mostly confined to the grassy bays and particularly to the deep springs on the coast. They feed on grass and are considered excellent food. Their ribs are used for ivory. They are usually shot while feeding near the shore."} Williams, Susan L.: SEE Thayer et al., 1984. Williams, Thomas D.; Williams, A. Lesley; & Stoskopf, Michael K. 1990. Marine mammal anesthesia. In: L.A. Dierauf (ed.), CRC handbook of marine mammal medicine: health, disease, rehabilitation. Boca Raton (Florida), CRC Press, Inc. (735 pp.), 175-191. 1 tab. x Williams, Thomas R. 1986. Identification of the ri through further fieldwork in New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. Cryptozoology, 4: 61-68. 3 figs. Mar. 1986. -Reports new observations of an animal identified by natives as an "ilkai" (= "ri"). It, its feeding trails, and its food plants were photographed underwater, and the animal was subsequently shot by someone and landed, proving conclusively that it was a dugong. The seagrass removed from its stomach and mouth, illustrated but not identified, is apparently Halophila ovalis. The observations of strong body flexure during diving and of submergence times averaging 10 min. are ex plained by the depth of the water (40-50 feet) at the site. x Williams, Thomas R. 1988. Is the ri the Irrawaddy dolphin? (Response to Sehm [1988]). Cryptozoology, 6: 149-151. Feb. 1988. -Defends his previous conclusion that the "ri" is the dugong. Willis, Cliff 1979. Public awareness is paying dividends ... for an endangered species: law enforcement: the state's role. Florida Conserv. News (Florida Dept. Nat. Re sources), 15(2): 10-12. 2 figs. + fig. on p. 3. Nov. 1979. -See also Appendix 1. Williston, Samuel Wendell 1902. On certain homoplastic characters in aquatic air-breathing vertebrates. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull, 1: 259-266. -Sirs., 263. Williston, Samuel Wendell 1912. Symposium on ten years' progress in vertebrate paleontology. Evolutionary evidences. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 23: 257-262. -Sirs., 261. Williston, Samuel Wendell 1914. Water reptiles of the past and present. Chicago, Univ. Chicago Press, vii + 251. 131 figs. -Abstr.: Geol. Mag., (6)2: 37-38? Revs.: Science (n.s.), 41: 391-392?; Nature (London), 95: 3?; Sci. Prog., 9: 715?; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8)18: 502?; Jour. Geol, 33: 94, 1915? Sirs., 62. Wilmet, F. 1948. L'appel de la brousse: vingt-trois ans d'aventures congolaises. Brussels, Editions "Discerner" (Collection "L'em- pire colonial beige," 1), 1-309. Illus. Wilson, Don E. 1993. Order Sirenia. In: D.E. Wilson & D.M. Reeder NUMBER 80 357 (eds.), Mammal species of the world: a taxonomic and geographic reference. Ed. 2. Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Inst. Press (xviii + 1206), 365-366. -Ed. 1: see Domning, Rice et al. (1982). Wilson, John H.: SEE Lewis & Wilson, 1973. Wilson, Steve 1985. The dugong (Dugong dugon). Thylacinus (Australasian Society of Zoo Keep ers), 10(3): 6-8. 1 fig. Spring 1985. Wilson, Thomas 1895. On the presence of fluorine as a test for the fossilization of animal bones. Amer. Naturalist, 29: 301-317, 439-456, 719- 725. -Tests on bone samples of manatees, dugongs, Rytina, and Halitherium schinzii, 313-314, 440- 442,449-451. D Wiman, Carl 1923. [Discussion on Desmostylus.] Pal Zs., 5: 225. -In German. Wing, Elizabeth S. 1967. Aboriginal fishing in the Windward Islands. In: Proc. Second Internatl. Congress on Pre- Columbian Cultures of the Lesser Antilles: 103- 107. Wing, Elizabeth S. 1973. Notes on the faunal remains excavated from St. Kitts, West Indies. Carib. Jour. Sci., 13(3-4): 253-255. Wing, Elizabeth S. 1975. Vertebrate faunal remains. In: E.W. Andrews IV, M.P. Simmons, & E.S. Wing (eds.), Excavation of an early shell midden on Isla Cancun, Quintana Roo, Mexico. Middle Amer. Res. Inst. Publ, 31: 186-188. -Reports a manatee vertebra from a midden of the Late Preclassic Period (186). Wing, Elizabeth S. 1977. Vertebrates. In: B.L. Stark (ed.), Prehistoric ecology at Patarata 52, Veracruz, Mexico: adapta tion to the mangrove swamp. Vanderbilt Univ. Publ. Anthrop., 18: 204-212. -Manatee, 206. Wing, Elizabeth S. 1980. Aquatic fauna and reptiles from the Atlantic and Pacific sites. In: O.F. Linares & A.J. Ranere (eds.), Adaptive radiations in prehistoric Panama. Monogr. Peabody Mus. Archaeol. EthnoL, 5: 194-215. x Wing, Elizabeth S.; Hoffman, C.A., Jr.; & Ray, Clayton Edward 1968. Vertebrate remains from Indian sites on Antigua, West Indies. Carib. Jour. Sci., 8(3-4): 123-140. 4 tabs. 4 figs. Sep.-Dec 1968. -Reports a radius of T. manatus (the first record of a manatee at Antigua) found on the surface at the Hawkes Bill Bay midden site (129). x Wing, Elizabeth S.; & Reitz, Elizabeth J. 1982. Prehistoric fishing economies of the Caribbean. Jour. New World Archaeol, 5(2): 13-32. 4 tabs. 4 figs. -Lists archeological occurrences of T. manatus in Grenada, Mexico, St. Kitts, Trinidad, Nicaragua, and Jamaica (16), and discusses materials used to make spears for manatee hunting (24). Wing, Elizabeth S.; & Scudder, S. 1980. Use of animals by the prehistoric inhabitants on St. Kitts, West Indies. Arizona St. Univ. Anthrop. Res. Papers, No. 22: 237-245. -Presented at the 8th Internatl. Congress on Pre-Columbian Cultures of the Lesser Antilles. Winge, Herluf 1906. Jordfunde og nulevende Hovdyr (Ungulata) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, met Udsigt over Hovdyrenes indbyrdes Slaegtskab. E Museo Lundii (Copenhagen), 3(1): 1-239. 9 pis. -Sirs., 173-177, 180-181, 209, 233-234. D Winge, Herluf 1924. Pattedyr-slaegter ///. Ungulata, Cetacea. Copenhagen, H. Hagerups Forlag, 1-270. Fron tisp. -Engl, transl.: The interrelationships of the mammalian genera. Vol. III. Ungulata, Cetacea. Copenhagen, C.A. Reitzels Forlag, 1-308, frontisp., 1942. Sirenia, 134-138, 186-187; Desmostylus, 187-188 (148-153, 211-214 in 1942 ed.). Winn, H.E.; & Schneider, J. 1977. Communication in sirenians, sea otters and pin nipeds. In: T.A. Sebeok (ed.), How animals communicate. Bloomington, Indiana Univ. Press (1128 pp.), 809-840. Winner, Reinhard: SEE Blessing et al., 1972. Winsor, M.: SEE Mate et al., 1987. x Wislocki, George B. 1935a. The lungs of the manatee (Trichechus latirostris) compared with those of other aquatic mammals. Biol. Bull, 68(3): 385-396. 1 tab. 2 pis. Jun. 1935. -Describes in detail the histology of the lungs and discusses their adaptive features. x Wislocki, George B. 1935b. The placentation of the manatee (Trichechus latirostris). 358 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Mem. Mus. Compar. Zool, 54(3): 159-178. 2 figs. 7 pis. Dec. 1935. -Abstr.: Anat. Rec, 55(4, Suppl.): 84, 1933. Describes in detail the placenta, umbilical cord, and uterus, comparing them with those of the dugong and other mammals. Concludes that the Sirenia have a zonary, hemochorial placenta and are most closely related to the Hyracoidea and Proboscidea. Wislocki, George B. 1940. The topography of the hypophysis in the elephant, manatee, and hyrax. Anat. Rec, 77(4): 427-442. 1 fig. 3 pis. x Witsen 1699. Part of a letter from Mr. Witsen, Burger master of Amsterdam, and F.R.S. to Dr. Martin Lister, fellow of the Colledge of Physicians, and R.S. concerning some late observations in Nova Hol- landia. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 20: 361-362. -The letter, dated 3 Oct. 1698, states that "Black Swans, Parrots, and many Sea-Cows were found there" (in Hollandia Nova or Australia) by an unnamed ship of the Dutch East India Company (361). Wolanski, Eric: SEE Heinsohn et al., 1985. Wolf, Michele 1993. Meet the manatee. USAir Magazine, 15(3): 80, 82-84, 86. 2 figs. Mar. 1993. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees at Lowry Park Zoo, Tampa, and other facilities. Wolfe, J.A.: SEE MacNeil et al., 1961. Wolfe, Pete 1980. Florida's mellow monsters. American Way, Jul. 1980: 18-20, 22. 4 figs. Wolsan, Mieczystaw 1991. Pochodzenie i ewolucja ssakow morskich Polski. The origin and evolution of Polish marine mammals. Przeglad Zoologiczny, 35(3-4): 261-268. 2 tabs. -In Polish; Engl. summ. Lists Thalattosiren sp. from the Middle Miocene of Pir(cz6w, Poland (262, 265-266). Wood, Don A.; Millsap, Brian A.; & Rose, Patrick M. 1992. Florida's nongame and endangered species pro grams. Endangered Species Update (Univ. Michigan School of Natural Resources), 9(9-10): 8, 10-12. Cover photo. Jul./Aug. 1992. Wood, John George date? Illustrated natural history. [Vol. 1. Mammals.] -Many eds., 1853-1923. x Wood, Thomas 1938. Cobbers; a personal record of a journey from Essex, in England, to Australia, Tasmania and some of the reefs and islands in the Coral Sea, made in the years 1930,1931, and 1932. Ed. 2. ' London, Oxford Univ. Press, Humphrey Milford, xv + 288. Frontisp. -First ed., 1934. Mentions the occurrence of dugongs in the Buccaneer Archipelago, north western Australia (46, 53). Woodard, J.C: SEE Forrester et al., 1975. x Woodroffe, Joseph F. 1914. The upper reaches of the Amazon. London, Methuen & Co., xvi + 304. -Brief account of "Manatus Americanus" and of an interesting type of cylindrical trap used by Amazonian Indians to catch it (243-244). Woods, C.A.: SEE Rathbun, Carr et al., 1985; Rathbun, Woods, & Ottenwalder, 1985. x Woods, F.J. 1937. Manatee. Nigerian Field, 6(1): 23-28. 3 figs. -Describes various Nigerian methods of catching manatees with traps and bait, manatee distribution and catch levels, native superstitions regarding manatees, and rituals observed in butchering them. Also gives measurements and notes on the external morphology of a specimen killed in the Izichi River. Woodward, Arthur Smith 1898. The imperfection of the geological record. Nat. Sci. (London), 13: 327-332. -Sirs., 330. Woodward, Arthur Smith 1909. The British Association for the Advancement of Science Address of the President to the Geological Section. Science (n.s.), 30: 321-331. -Sirs., 330. x Woodward, Arthur Smith 1910. Presidential address at meeting of British Associa tion for the Advancement of Science, at Win nipeg, Canada. Rept. Brit. Assoc Adv. Sci., 79: 462-471. -Discusses sir. evolution in the light of discover ies in Egypt and Jamaica (470). D Woodward, Arthur Smith 1922. Remarks on Desmostylus sookensis. Proc. Geol. Soc London, 78: lxix-lxxx. Woodward, Arthur Smith 1923. A guide to the fossil mammals and birds in the Department of Geology and Palaeontology in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). Ed. 10. NUMBER 80 359 London, Trustees of the Brit. Mus., 1-96. 86 figs. 6 pis. -First ed., 1881 (eds. 1-4 include all exhibits of the department). Sirs., 68. x Woodward, Henry 1885a. On an almost perfect skeleton of Rhytina gigas (Rhytina stelleri, "Steller's sea-cow"), obtained by Mr. Robert Damon, F.G.S., from the Pleistocene peat-deposits on Behring's Island. Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 41: 457-472. 5 figs. Aug. 1885 (read Mar. 25, 1885). -Abstr.: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)15: 420-421. Describes in detail the Hydrodamalis skeleton in the British Museum, and compares it with other sirs. Also lists and comments on the known fossil and Recent species of sirs. (465-471). Woodward, Henry 1885b. On the fossil Sirenia in the British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W Geol. Mag., (3)2: 412-425. 2 figs. Woodward, Henry 1904. The evolution of vertebrate animals in time. Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc, 1904: 137-164. -Sirs., 155. Woolston, F.P.: SEE Colliver & Woolston, 1975. x Wootton, J. Timothy 1987. The effects of body mass, phylogeny, habitat, and trophic level on mammalian age at first reproduc tion. Evolution, 41(4): 732-749. 4 tabs. 1 fig. Jul. 1987. -Presents data on 547 mammalian species, including Dugong dugon and Trichechus manatus (748); makes no specific comments regarding sirs. Worthy, Graham A.J.: SEE ALSO Dierauf, L A., 1990. Worthy, Graham A.J.; & Hickie, John P. 1986. Relative brain size in marine mammals. Amer. Naturalist, 128(4): 445-459. Wortman, Jacob Lawson 1920. On some hitherto unrecognized reptilian charac ters in the skull of the Insectivora and other mammals. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 57: 1-52. 16 figs. -Sirs., 16. Wortman, Jacob Lawson 1921. Evolution of molar cusps in mammals. Amer. Jour. Phys. Anthrop., 4: 177-188. -Sirs., 186. x Wray, Phoebe 1975. The sirens of South Carolina. Carolina Sportsman, 14(5): 21-22. Sep.-Oct. 1975. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and their occur rence in South Carolina, x Wray, Phoebe 1976. Manatees: living with a myth. Underwater Naturalist, 10(1): 13-15. 3 figs. Dec. 1976. -Pop. acc. of Florida manatees and problems of their conservation. Wray, Phoebe 1978. The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Florida: a summary and analysis of biological, ecological, and administrative problems affecting preservation and restoration of the population. NTIS Document No. PB 285410, 1-89. Wright, C.W. 1986. Hello, I am a manatee. San Francisco, Primate Pubis., 1-14. Wright, George Frederick 1902. The Ice Age in North America and its bearings upon the antiquity of man. Ed. 4. New York, D. Appleton & Co., xl + 648. 148 figs. Frontisp. 4 maps. -Ed. 1, 1889. Ed. 5, Oberlin (Ohio), Bibliotheca Sacra Co. (xxi + 763), 1911. Mentions the extinction of "two species of the sea-cow, found in Florida and South Carolina" at the close of the Tertiary period (386; 436 in 1911 ed.). Wright, J.C: SEE Collard et al., 1976. x Wright, Julia McNair 1892. Lesson XLII. A real live mermaid. In: Nature readers. Sea-side and way-side, No. 4. Boston, D.C. Heath & Co., 291-296. -Fairly detailed pop. acc. of sirs., emphasizing manatees and noting their occurrence in the Santa Lucia River, Florida. Wright, Scott D.: SEE Bradley et al., 1993. Wycherly, PR. 1969. Conservation in Malaysia. IUCN Publ. (n.s.), Suppl. Paper 22. -Dugongs, 113-114. x Wyman, Jeffries ("J.W.") 1848. [On the Manatus of Dr. Perkins.] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 2: 199. -In a footnote to G.A. Perkins (1848), comments on Perkins' foregoing description of a manatee from Liberia, and names it Manatus nasutus, n.sp. x Wyman, Jeffries 1850. Notice of the cranium of the Ne-hoo-le, a new species of manatee (Manatus nasutus) from W Africa. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, (2)9(25): 45-47. Jan. 1850 (read Nov. 7, 1849). 360 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY -Abstr.: Wyman (1851). Compares the skull of "Manatus nasutus" with those of the other species recognized, M. Americanus, M. Senegalensis, and M. latirostris. x Wyman, Jeffries 1851. [On the cranium of Manatus nasutus.] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 3: 192. Read Nov. 7, 1849. -Abstr. of Wyman (1850). Wyman, Jeffries 1875. Fresh-water shell mounds of the St. Johns' River, Florida. Mem. Peabody Acad. Sci. (Salem), 4: 1-94. -Manatee, 81. Wynne, A.B. 1872. Memoir on the geology of Kutch, to accompany a map compiled by A.B. Wynne and F. Fedden, during the seasons of 1867-68 and 1868-69. Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 9(1): 1-293. -Reports ?sir. ribs and vertebrae from Miocene deposits. Wyss, Andre R.: SEE ALSO Novacek & Wyss; Novacek et al. x Wyss, Andre" R.; Novacek, Michael J.; & McKenna, Malcolm Carnegie 1987. Amino acid sequence versus morphological data and the interordinal relationships of mammals. Molec Biol. Evol, 4(2): 99-116. 3 figs. -Morphology and alpha crystallin A sequences both support the close alliance of Hyracoidea, Sirenia, and Proboscidea, but within this grouping they suggest the associations of Sirenia + Probos cidea and Sirenia + Hyracoidea, respectively (104-107,113). X Ximdnez, Francisco 1967. Historia natural del Reino de Guatemala. Guatemala, Editorial "Jose" de Pineda Ibarra" (Soc de Geogr. y Hist, de Guatemala, Publ. Especial, No. 14), 1-351. Illus. -The original MS. dates from 1722. 361 Yabe, Hisakatsu: SEE ALSO Desmostylus Research Com mittee. D Yabe, Hisakatsu 1934. Relative antiquity of the Naiporo and Estru coal-bearing group of the Japanese Saghalin. Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo, 10: 282-285. D Yabe, Hisakatsu 1956. Stratigraphical position of Eostegodon pseudolat- idens Yabe and Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga and Iwasaki. I. Proc Imper. Acad. Japan, 32(4): 270-275. D Yabe, Hisakatsu 1959. A problem on the geological range and geographi cal distribution of desmostylids. Trans. Proc. Pal Soc Japan (n.s.), No. 33: 44-51. Illus. D Yabe, Hisakatsu; et al. 1951. Study of Desmostylus (first report). Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 57(670): 256. D Yabe, Hisakatsu; & Ijiri, Shoji 1954. Die Entdeckung der versteinerten Arteria alveo- laris mandibularis und Vena alveolaris mandibu- laris am 2M von Desmostylella typica Nagao. Proc. Imper. Acad. Japan, 30(9): 873-876. 3 figs. D Yabe, Hisakatsu; Takai, Fuyuji; Ijiri, Shoji; & Shikama, Tokio 1952. Studies of Desmostylus (second report). Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan, 58(682): 315. Yablokov, Alexei V: SEE ALSO Johnson & Yablokov, 1984. Yablokov, Alexei V. 1984. [By way of a foreword. Marine mammals and man.] In: A.V. Yablokov (ed.), [Marine mam mals.] Moscow, "Nauka" (Akad. Nauk SSSR) (312 pp.), 5-12. -In Russian. Yakovlev, Petr: SEE Brandt, J.F., 1868a; Domning, D.P., 1978b; Pekarskiy, P.P., 1867. Yalden, Derek W; Largen, M.J.; & Kock, D. 1986. Catalogue of the mammals of Ethiopia: 6. Perisso- dactyla, Proboscidea, Hyracoidea, Lagomorpha, Tubulidentata, Sirenia and Cetacea. Monit. Zool. Ital. (N.S.) SuppL, 21(4): 31-103. 10 figs. Jun. 30, 1986. -Italian summ. Yamada, Y: SEE Onodera et al., 1967. Yamaguchi, M.: SEE Nishiwaki et al., 1982. Yamaguchi, Shoichi: SEE ALSO Matsui et al., 1984; Shibata et al., 1981. D Yamaguchi, Shoichi; Inuzuka, Norihisa; Matsui, Masaru; Akiyama, Masahiko; Kambe, Nobukazu; Ishida, Masao; Nemoto, Takabumi; & Tanitsu, Ryotaro 1981. On the excavation and restoration of Desmostylus from Utanobori, Hokkaido. Bull. Geol. Surv. Japan, 32(10): 527-543. 3 tabs. 11 figs. 3 pis. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. Yamaguti, S. 1941. Studies on the helminth fauna of Japan. Part 35. Mammalian nematodes, II. Jap. Jour. Zool, 9: 409-439. Yamakoshi, Megumi: SEE Best et al.; Montgomery et al., 1981. Yamamoto, K.: SEE Asano et al., 1978. D Yamanoi, Tohru 1984. Paleoplants for Desmostylia. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 25-34. 2 tabs. 9 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Yamasaki, Fusao: SEE ALSO Kamiya & Yamasaki, 1981. Yamasaki, Fusao; Komatsu, Shunro; & Kamiya, Toshiro 1980. A comparative morphological study on the tongues of manatee and dugong (Sirenia). Sci. Rept. Whales Res. Inst., 32: 127-144. 2 tabs. 22 figs. Dec. 1980. x Yamasaki, Fusao; Komatsu, Shunro; & Kamiya, Toshiro 1981. An anatomical note on the tongue of the dugong, Dugong dugon. In: H. Marsh (ed.), The dugong. Proceedings of a seminar/workshop held at James Cook University of North Queensland 8-13 May 1979 (q.v.). [Townsville (Australia)], James Cook Univ. (vii + 400), 182-191. 7 figs. -Describes the gross and microscopic anatomy of two dugong tongues and compares them with T. senegalensis. Yamashita, Kinji 1991. Marine mammals recorded in ancient docu ments?4. Steller sea lion, sea otter and dugong. Aquabiology, 13(1): 50-53. 2 figs. -In Japanese. Yamashita, Shigeru: SEE Furusawa et al., 1993. 362 NUMBER 80 363 Yang, CM.: SEE Sigurdsson & Yang, 1990. x Yarnall, Ellis H. 1879. The Swedish Arctic Expedition. Amer. Naturalist, 13(12): 791-793. Dec. 1879. -Reports news of Nordenskiold's voyage in the "Vega," mentioning (793) that in 1879 {"... they visited Behring island, where remains of the gigantic animal, Rhytina stelleri, exist, and bones sufficient to constitute several almost perfect skeletons were obtained."} Yates, Lorenzo Gordin: SEE ALSO Camp, C.L., 1940, 1963. xD Yates, Lorenzo Gordin 1877. The marine monster of Alameda County. Pacific School & Home Jour., 1(3): 77-79. May 1877. -The earliest published description of "a new undescribed cetacean" (Desmostylus), suppos edly from Alameda County, California (but see J.C. Merriam, 1911). Later that year this article was partly reprinted in the Alameda County Independent and as a broadside; a facsimile of the latter is reproduced in CL. Camp (1963: 388). D Yates, Lorenzo Gordin 1903. Prehistoric fauna of California. Bull. So. Calif Acad. Sci., 2: 17-22, 87-93, 97-101, 113-118. 3 figs. Pis. 9-12. -Desmostylians, 20, figs. 1-3. D Ye, Zheng 1985. [Primitive desmostylian fossils are discovered in America.] Vertebrata PalAsiatica, 23(1): 85. Jan. 1985. -In Chinese. Refers to the specimens subse quently described as Behemotops by Domning, Ray, & McKenna (1986). Yepes, Jose: SEE ALSO Cabrera & Yepes, 1940. Yepes, Jose" 1972. Mammals. In: L. Cendrero (ed.), Zoologia hi- spano-americana: vertebrados. Mexico City, Editorial Porrua, S.A. (1160 pp.). x Yerbury, J.W; & Thomas, Oldfield 1895. On the mammals of Aden. Proc Zool. Soc. London, 1895(3): 542-555. Oct. 1895 (read Jun. 18, 1895). -P. 555: {"35. Halicore dugong, 111. / Dugong are to be found at Little Aden. One was on view during March 1895 at Steamer Point, and another was thrown up on the beach in front of the European Infantry lines about the same time and caused the municipal authorities some trouble before the carcass was disposed of."} < Yin, Tun 1970. The dugong, Dugong dugon (Muller) in Burmese waters. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 67(2): 326-327. "Aug. 1970" (publ. Oct. 31, 1970). -Lists several dugongs caught in Burma, 1964- 1970, and records the unsuccessful attempts to keep some of them alive in captivity. Notes that they are caught with nets for their meat and fat. Yokel, Bernard J. 1992. The endangered manatee: commitment and con troversy. Florida Naturalist, 65(2): 14-15. 1 fig. Summer 1992. -Presents the Florida Audubon Society's side of the controversy over its control of the Save the Manatee Club. x Yokel, Bernard J. 1993. For the manatee: a solution and a commitment. Florida Naturalist, 66(2): 2, 19. Summer 1993. -Reports the settlement of the legal dispute between the Florida Audubon Society and the Save the Manatee Committee. Yonenaga-Yassuda, Y: SEE Assis et al., 1988. Yoshida, K.: SEE Ohtomo et al., 1980. D Yoshida, Ken-ichi 1984. The paleoenvironment of Paleoparadoxia in the Chichibu Basin. Monogr. Assoc. Geol. Collab. in Japan, 28: 73-79. 3 tabs. 3 figs. May 1984. -In Japanese; Engl. summ. See also T. Kamei (1984). Yoshida, Mitsuo: SEE Kimura et al., 1983. x Yoshii, Michiko; Une, Mizuho; Kihira, Kenji; Kuramoto, Taiju; & Hoshita, Takahiko 1989. Synthesis of 5|3-cholestane-3a,6p\7a,25,26- pentol and identification of a novel bile alcohol, a-trichechol, present in West Indian manatee bile. Chem. Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo), 37(7): 1852-1854. 2 tabs. 2 figs. -Confirms the structure of a-trichechol by syn thesizing the substance and comparing it with the naturally-occurring bile alcohol. xD Yoshiwara, Shigeyasu (= Tokunaga, Shigeyasu); & Iwa saki, C ("J. Iwasaki") 1902. Notes on a new fossil mammal. Jour. Coll. Sci., Imper. Univ. Tokyo, 16(6): 1-13. 4 figs. 3 pis. -Rev.: M. Schlosser, Neues Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal, Referate, 1904(2): 464-465, 1904. The first Japanese paper on Desmostylus. Describes, but does not name, the Togari skull and mandible, and considers it a proboscidean on the advice of H.F. Osborn. Following an old custom, Yoshiwara later adopted his wife's family name Tokunaga on the occasion of his marriage. 364 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Young, Opal Dean 1982. Green salads and love to a sea giant. Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Resources, 1-16. 7 figs. Sep. 1982. -Children's story about Florida manatees. "A slightly different version of this story first appeared in the June/July 1981 issue of Wee Wisdom Magazine" (2). Young, S.: SEE Ralph et al., 1985. Young, Thomas 1847. Narrative of a residence on the Mosquito shore: with an account of Truxillo, and the adjacent islands ofBonacca and Roatan: and a vocabulary of the Mosquitian language. Ed. 2. London, Smith, Elder, & Co., iv + 172. -Harpooning manatees, 104. Young, W Glenn, Jr.: SEE Walsh et al., 1987. Youngman, Phillip M.: SEE Forsten & Youngman, 1982. Yule, Henry; & Burnell, Arthur Coke 1903. Hobson-Jobson; a glossary of colloquial Anglo- Indian words and phrases, and of kindred terms, etymological, historical, geographical and dis cursive. ... New ed. edited by William Crooke, BA. London, J. Murray, xlviii + 1021. -First ed., 1886. Sirs., 330. Yushin, Kharlam: SEE Golder, F.A., 1922. x Zaaijer, T. 1894. Die Persistenz der Synchondrosis condylo- squamosa am Hinterhauptsbeine des Menschen und der Saugetiere. Anat. Anz., 9(11): 337-342. 4 figs. Mar. 30, 1894. -Notes the occurrence of unfused exoccipital- supraoccipital sutures in two dugong skulls, and regards them as anomalous (340). Zann, Leon: SEE Gray & Zann, 1988. Zarate Becerra, Edith: SEE ALSO Colmenero-R. & Za>ate, 1990. Zarate Becerra, Edith 1993. Distribuci6n del manati (Trichechus manatus) en la portion sur de Quintana Roo, Mexico. Revista de Investigacidn Cientifica (Univ. Auton. de Baja California Sur), Ser. Ciencias del Mar 1 (Numero Especial SOMEMMA 1), 1-11. 5 tabs. 3 figs. May 1993. -Engl. summ. This special number is devoted to papers from the Sociedad Mexicana para el Estudio de los Mamiferos Marinos. Zavala, Ma. Elia Hoz: SEE Colmenero-Rolon & Hoz- Zavala, 1986. x Zbyszewski, Georges 1944. Note sur la decouverte d'un humerus de Metaxi- therium Petersi Abel dans l'Helvtiien Vb de Lisbonne. Bol. Soc Geol. Portugal, 4(1/2): 69-72. 2 figs. -Refers a Miocene humerus from Quinta da Farinheira (Chelas, Portugal) to M. petersi on the basis of its size, shape, and intertubercular angle. Zbyszewski, Georges 1949. Les vert6br6s du Burdigalien suptiieur de Lis bonne. Mem. Serv. Geol. Portugal. Zbyszewski, Georges 1954. L'Aquitanien superieur de Lisbonne et du Riba- tejo. Com. Serv. Geol. Portugal, 35. x Zdansky, Otto 1938. Eotherium majus sp. n., eine neue Sirene aus dem Mitteleozan von Agypten. Palaeobiologica, 6(2): 429-434. 1 fig. -Bases the new species on a single upper molar from Gebel Mokattam, Egypt, x Zeiller, Warren 1981. The management of West Indian manatees (Tri chechus manatus) at the Miami Seaquarium. In: R.L. Brownell, Jr., & K. Ralls (eds.), The West Indian manatee in Florida. Proceedings of a workshop held in Orlando, Florida 27-29 March 1978 (q.v.). Tallahassee, Florida Dept. Nat. Res. (iv + 154), 103-110. 1 tab. 1 fig. -Describes the Seaquarium's past, present, and proposed manatee facilities, the care and feeding of an orphaned calf, its measurements and growth on an artificial milk formula, the treatment of ectoparasitic infestations, the control of algal growth on manatees and in tanks, mating in captivity, and the birth of a calf conceived in captivity. Zeiller, Warren 1992. Introducing the manatee. Gainesville, University Press of Florida, 1-161. 1 tab. 110 figs. -Pop. acc. of sirs., emphasizing the author's experiences with captive Florida manatees at the Miami Seaquarium. Zemskij, V.A.: SEE Arseniev et al., 1973. x Zhang, Zhou-man 1979. About dugong. The secret of mermaids. Nat. Hist. (Shanghai Nat. Hist. Mus.), 1: 33-36. -In Chinese. Pop. acc. of mermaid legends and of an expedition in 1975 that captured a group of supposed mermaids (dugongs) on the coast of Kwangsi, China, north of Hainan Island. Zhou, Kaiya 1986. An outline of marine mammalogical researches in China. Acta Theriol Sinica, 6(3): 219-232. 2 tabs. -In Chinese; Engl. summ. Includes extensive bibliography of Chinese marine-mammal litera ture. Zhou, Xiaoyuan: SEE Gingerich et al., 1993. Zieman, Joseph C: SEE Thayer et al., 1984. Zigno, Achille de 1871. Halitherium, dann Mastodon arvernensis in den Tertiargebilden im Venetianischen. Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1871: 15-16. Zigno, Achille de 1873a. Resti di sirenoidi trovati nel Veneto. Boll Com. Geol. ItaL, 4: 57-58. 365 366 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Zigno, Achille de 1873b. Reste von Sirenoiden, gefunden in Venetien. Verh. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien, 1873: 25-26. -Abstr.: Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 29(2): 5? Zigno, Achille de 1875a. Sirenii fossili trovati nel Veneto. Mem. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti, 18: 427-456. Pis. 14-18. -Abstr.: Atti Ist. Veneto Sci., (5)1: 302-303? De Zigno's most important work on sirs. Describes the new species Halitherium Bellunense (Early Miocene, Italy), H. angustifrons, H. curvidens, and H. Veronense (the latter three all = Proto therium veronense; Late Eocene, Italy). Zigno, Achille de 1875b. Sui mammiferi fossili del Veneto. Riv. Period. Lav., Accad. Sci. Lett. Arti Padova, 24: 101-112. Read Jul. 26, 1874? Zigno, Achille de 1877. Sopra un primo cranio di Halitherium rinvenuto nei terreni eocenici d'ltalia, e sopra quattro plagiostomi del Monte Bolca. Atti Ist. Veneto Sci., (5)3: 496-497. x Zigno, Achille de 1878a. Sur les sirtiiiens fossiles d'ltalie. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)6: 66-70. 1 tab. Read Oct. 25, 1877. -Summarizes researches on Italian sirs, and the names applied to them to date, including Felsino therium subapenninum, n.comb., and "Felsino therium n. sp." (= F. gastaldi). Recognizes 3 Eocene and 1 Miocene species of Halitherium and 4 Pliocene species of Felsinotherium. Zigno, Achille de 1878b. Sopra un nuovo sirenio fossile scoperto nelle colline di Bra in Piemonte. Atti Accad. Lincei, Mem. Classe Sci. Fis. Matem. Nat. (Rome), (3)2: 939-949. 6 pis. -Abstr.: Trans. Accad. Lincei, 2: 185-186? Describes Felsinotherium Gastaldi, n.sp., and coins the new combination F. Serresii. Zigno, Achille de 1878c Sui sirenoidi fossili dell'Italia. Bol. Com. Geol. ltal, 9: 105-109. x Zigno, Achille de 1880a. Nuove osservazioni sull 'Halitherium veronense Z. Mem. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti, 21: 291-298. PI. 4. -Supplements his earlier (1875a) description of the species with a description of a mandible and scapula. Zigno, Achille de 1880b. Lettura e sunto delle nuove osservazioni sull'Halitherium veronense. Atti 1st. Veneto Sci., (5)6: 393-394. Zigno, Achille de 1882. Nuove aggiunte alia fauna eocena del Veneto. Mem. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti, 21: 775-790. PI. 15. -Abstr.: Atti Ist. Veneto Sci., (5)7: 508, 1881? Zigno, Achille de 1887. Quelques observations sur les sirtiiiens fossiles. Bull. Soc. Giol. France, (3)15: 728-732. PI. 27. Zimmermann, Eberhard August Wilhelm von 1777. Specimen zoologiae geographicae, quadrupedum domicilia et migrationes sistens. Dedit, tabu- lamque mundi zoographicam adjunxit. Lugduni Batavorum [= Leiden], Theodor Haak et Socios, xxiv + 685. 1 map. -Sirs., 263-266. x Zimmermann, Eberhard August Wilhelm von 1778. Geographische Geschichte des Menschen, und der allgemein verbreiteten vierfussigen Thiere, nebst einer hieher gehorigen zoologischen Welt- charte.... Erster Band. Leipzig, Weygandschen Buchhandlung, 1-308. 1 map. -Allen 350. The entire work comprises 3 vols. (1778-1783); for vol. 2 see Zimmermann (1780). Describes the distribution of "Trichechus Ma natus" (which includes the dugong and both American and African manatees, but is distin guished from Steller's sea cow) (253-254). x Zimmermann, Eberhard August Wilhelm von 1780. Geographische Geschichte des Menschen, und der vierfussigen Thiere. Zweiter Band. Enthdlt ein vollstdndiges Verzeichniss aller bekannten Quad- rupeden. Leipzig, Weygandschen Buchhandlung, 1-432. -Allen 350 (cont.). Distinguishes "Trichecus (Rosmarus)" (= the walrus) and "Trichechus (Dugung)" (425), "Manati gigas" (new name, = Hydrodamalis gigas; 426) and "Thrichechus (Manatus)" (426-427). Does not consistently use binomial nomenclature. The matter pertaining to M. gigas is reprinted in full in E. Mohr (1950: 184). See also J.A. Allen (1902). x Zipperlen, A. 1889. Ein Lamantin, Manatus americanus. Zool. Garten, 30: 25-26. -Briefly describes the external and internal mor phology of a manatee from Indian River, Florida, that lived for 10 days at the Cincinnati Zoo. NUMBER 80 367 Zittel, Karl Alfred von 1893. Handbuch der Palaeontologie. I. Abt. Palaeozo- ologie. TV. Band. Vertebrata (Mammalia). Munich & Leipzig, R. Oldenbourg, xi + 799. 590 figs. -French transl., Paris, O. Doin, 1894. Sirs., 6-30, 62, 187-202. Zittel, Karl Alfred von; & Schlosser, Max 1911. Grundzuge der Paldontologie (Paldozoologie). 308-598. Figs. 457-749. -Sirs., 540. Zittel, Karl Alfred von; & Schlosser, Max 1923. Grundzuge der Paldontologie (Paldozoologie).... II. Abteilung. Vertebrata. Ed. 4. Munich & Berlin, R. Oldenbourg, v + 162, figs. 1-259; 209-689, figs. 317-800. -Sirs., 632, 636, 670 (section revised by Schlos ser). Zoodsma, Barbara Jo: SEE Baugh et al., 1989. xD Zuidema, Henry P. 1970. Fossil sea mammal. Sea Frontiers, 16(1): 20-24. 5 figs. Jan.-Feb. 1970. -Repr.: Bull. So. Calif. Pal Soc, 2(4): 2-4. Pop. acc. of the Stanford (California) specimen of Paleoparadoxia and related forms. The figs. include reconstructions by CA. Repenning. Zweers, A.: SEE De Jong et al. Appendix 1 Serial Publications Devoted to Sirenia Dugong Newsletter. One number only; 1979. 9 pp. Created as a result of a workshop on dugong conservation held at James Cook University, Townsville, Australia, in May 1979. Edited by Helene Marsh, this newsletter was intended to appear two or three times a year, but was not continued. Sirenews. Newsletter of the IUCNISSC Sirenia Specialist Group. Published twice a year (nominally in April and October) under the auspices of the Species Survival Commission of the International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN); edited by Daryl P. Domning. The following list of the issues to date gives date of mailing, number of pages, and number of copies printed (where known). The first issue was printed and mailed at IUCN headquarters in Gland, Switzerland; the remainder were printed and mailed in Washington, D.C, USA. Since October 1984, extracts from Sirenews have appeared irregularly in the Species Survival Commission's Newsletter (renamed Species in 1986). Sirenews is indexed in the Zoological Record, and bears ISSN no. 1017-3439. No. 1. April 1984. 23 pp. No. 2. October 9, 1984. 16 pp. No. 3. April 20, 1985. 17 pp. 165 copies. No. 4. October 12, 1985. 20 pp. 170 copies. No. 5. April 14, 1986. 14 pp. 170 copies. No. 6. October 16, 1986. 18 pp. 200 copies. No. 7. April 10, 1987. 16 pp. 200 copies. No. 8. October 21, 1987. 13 pp. 200 copies. No. 9. April 21, 1988. 15 pp. 200 copies. No. 10. October 28, 1988. 13 pp. 200 copies. No. 11. April 27, 1989. 14 pp. 160 copies. No. 12. October 13, 1989. 13 pp. 175 copies. No. 13. April 12, 1990. 12 pp. 160 copies. No. 14. October 31, 1990. 18 pp. 160 copies. No. 15. April 19, 1991. 20 pp. 170 copies. No. 16. October 30, 1991. 20 pp. 170 copies. No. 17. April 27, 1992. 15 pp. 180 copies. No. 18. November 3, 1992. 23 pp. 225 copies. No. 19. April 13, 1993. 10 pp. 200 copies. No. 20. November 2, 1993. 22 pp. 200 copies. No. 21. April 26, 1994. 16 pp. 250 copies. No. 22. October 26, 1994. 16 pp. 250 copies. Save the Manatee Club News. Published several times a year by the Save the Manatee Club, Maitland, Florida, initially under the auspices of the Florida Department of Natural Resources and the Florida Audubon Society. Most issues are not numbered; some are not dated. Beginning with the July 1988 issue, the title was changed to Save the Manatee: Save the Manatee Club Newsletter. This became simply Save the Manatee Club Newsletter in February 368 NUMBER 80 369 1993. The June 1983 issue was accompanied by a one-page "Manatee Technical Bulletin No. 1" that reported the death of a manatee from a boat collision; apparently no more of this series were published. [one previous issue in 1983?] March 1983. 4 pp. ("Issue No. 2") June 1983. 4 pp. ("Issue No. 3") September 1983. 4 pp. ("Issue No. 4") March 1984. 8 pp. ("Issue No. 1") October 1984. 4 pp. [April 1985.] 4pp. July 1985. 4 pp. October 1985. 4 pp. December [1985]. 4 pp. March 1986. 4 pp. May 1986. 4 pp. August 1986. 4 pp. October 1986. 4 pp. January 1987. 4 pp. March 1987. 4 pp. June 1987. 4 pp. August 1987. 4 pp. November 1987. 8 pp. February 1988. 4 pp. May 1988.6 pp. July 1988. 4 pp. November 1988. 4 pp. January 1989. 4 pp. March 1989. 4 pp. Summer 1989. 6 pp. September 1989. 6 pp. November 1989.6 pp. January 1990. 6 pp. Spring 1990.8 pp. Summer 1990. 8 pp. September 1990. 8 pp. November 1990. 8 pp. January 1991. 8 pp. March 1991.8 pp. July 1991.8 pp. September 1991. 8 pp. November 1991. 8 pp. January 1992. 8 pp. March 1992. 8 pp. August/September 1992. 8 pp. November 1992. 8 pp. February 1993. 8 pp. May 1993. 8 pp. July 1993. 8 pp. September 1993. 8 pp. November 1993. 8 pp. February 1994. 8 pp. May 1994. 8 pp. September 1994. 8 pp. Manatee Population Research Reports. Prepared by the Florida Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Florida, for the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service under Cooperative Agreement No. 14-16-0009-1544. Copies of some reports available from the Fish and Wildlife Reference Service, 5430 Grosvenor Lane, Suite 110, Bethesda, Maryland 20814. The first nine of these reports all bear the designations "Research Work Order No. 2" and "Technical Report No. 8"; they constitute successive parts of the latter, and beginning with No. 5 they are numbered accordingly, e.g., "Technical Report No. 8-5." No. 10 was prepared under "Research Work Order No. 88." The reports in this series are listed in this bibliography as follows: Eberhardt, L.L., 1982. Packard & Mulholland, 1983. Packard, Summers, & Barnes, 1983. Packard & Nichols, 1983. Packard, Frohlich, Reynolds, & Wilcox, 1984. Packard, J.M., 1984b. Packard, J.M., 1985a. Packard, Frohlich, Reynolds, & Wilcox, 1985. Packard, J.M., 1985b. O'Shea et al., 1992. Site-Specific Reduction of Manatee Boat/Barge Mortality Research Reports. Prepared by the Florida Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Florida, for the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service under Cooperative Agreement No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 370 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 14-16-0004-81-923. Copies available from the Endangered Species Field Office, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2747 Art Museum Drive, Jacksonville, Florida 32207. The four reports in this series, all published in October 1983, are listed in this bibliography as follows: No. 1. Kinnaird & Valade, 1983. No. 2. Kinnaird, M.F., 1983a. No. 3. Kinnaird, M.F., 1983b No. 4. Kinnaird, M.F., 1983c Florida Conservation News. Formerly published by the Florida Department of Natural Resources, Tallahassee. Two issues were largely devoted to sirenians: Vol. 15, No. 2 (Nov. 1979): Contains the articles listed in this bibliography as Oberheu & Prather, 1979; Willis, C, 1979; Asper, E.D., 1979; and Anon., 1979b; together with proclamations of "Manatee Awareness Month" (November) by Elton J. Gissendanner (p. 2) and Governor Bob Graham (p. 20), and several unsigned short notices relating to manatee conservation in Florida. Vol. 15, No. 6 (Mar. 1980): Contains the articles listed in this bibliography as Odell & Reynolds, 1980; Prather, R., 1980; Sunseri, S.M., 1980a, 1980b; Baker, G.S., 1980; Stewart, V.N., 1980; and Hoenstine, R., 1980; together with reproductions of children's letters about manatees (p. 20). Manatee Monitor. Published by the Florida Department of Natural Resources Office of Education and Information, Tallahassee. Three known issues (April 1979, Fall 1979, Autumn 1980), each consisting of a four-page leaflet. Peixe-Boi. Published by the Centro Nacional de Conservacao e Manejo de Sirenios?Centro Peixe-Boi/IBAMA, Joao Pessoa, Paraiba, Brazil. Edited by Danielle Paludo. ISSN no. 0103-9431. Ano 1, No. 1 (1992): Contains the articles listed in this bibliography as Grubel da Silva, Paludo et al., 1992; Colares et al., 1992; Colares & Colares, 1992; Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al., 1992; Pinto de Lima et al., 1992a,b. Appendix 2 Some Additional Sources for the History of Sirenology and Sirenian Conservation Apart from the information found in the primary literature itself, a good many scraps of data bearing on government agencies, individual researchers, and their work can be gleaned from publications of a more ephemeral sort. These include notices and reports of research in progress and other sirenian-related news scattered through the sirenian newsletters (see Appendix 1, above) and other publications such as the following: Administration of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 (published annually by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Dept. of the Interior, Washington, DC, 1973- ) Annual Report of the Marine Mammal Commission (published annually, Washington, DC, 1974- ; available as NTIS documents) Federal Register (published by the U.S. National Archives, 1936- ) IUCN Bulletin (published by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Gland, Switzerland, 1952- ) Species Survival Commission Newsletter (published by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Oxford, England; new series, 1982- ; renamed Species beginning with No. 6, Jan. 1986) The Marine Mammal Newsletter (published by the U.S. International Biological Program, Washington, D.C, 1971-1974?) Marine Mammal News (published by Nautilus Press, Inc., Washington, DC, as successor to the above, 1975- ) Marine Mammal Information (published at Oregon State University, 1977-1986) Society of Vertebrate Paleontology News Bulletin (published by the Society, 1941- ) A related topic is that of legislation enacted in various countries for the protection of manatees and dugongs. I have not attempted to catalog such legislation, which is to be found in the lawbooks and government publications of each country. Some such publications that have come to my attention are the following: United States Federal Register (see above) "The recognition of Aboriginal customary laws." Law Reform Commission Report, No. 31. Canberra, Australian Government Publishing Service, 1986: 3 vols, (especially vol. 2, paragraphs 884, 891, 950, 958, 981-982). Likewise, official and commercial publications of some countries contain statistical and/or historical information about the commercial exploitation of sirenians. Such references as I have found regarding exploitation of manatees in Brazil are cited in Domning (1982a). Data on the former dugong fishery in Queensland, Australia, can be found in the Annual Reports of the Queensland Marine Department (later Department of Harbours and Marine), 1880 and following years, and the Queensland Official Yearbooks. For lists of sirenians in captivity in various zoos and aquaria as of a given date, see List of the vertebrated animals now or lately living in the gardens of the Zoological Society of London (London, various editions) and the International Zoo Yearbook. 371 Appendix 3 Coins and Postage Stamps Depicting Sirenians The following are the only coins of which I am aware that depict sirenians. The catalog numbers at the left are from the Standard Catalog of World Coins (Krause and Mishler). COSTA RICA KM 201, 100 colones (silver): manatee. 1974. 201a GUYANA KM 37 1 cent (bronze): manatee. 1976-1980. The following information on stamps is taken from Scott's Postage Stamp Catalog, various editions. Scott catalog numbers appear at the left, followed by denomination, color, subject, and date of issue. AFARS AND ISSAS C82 60 fr brown & multicolored: dugong. Mar. 16, 1973. ANGUILLA 707 $5 multicolored (on souvenir sheet): manatee. Dec. 22, 1986. ANTIGUA-BARBUDA 1236 $4 green & brown: manatee. Oct. 19, 1989. BRAZIL 1614 12 cr multicolored: manatee (said to be Trichechus inunguis, but clearly showing nails!). Jun. 5, 1979. CAMEROON 366 8 fr dark blue, red, & green: manatee. 1962. 371 30 fr black, orange, & blue: manatee. 1962. COSTA RICA C359 40 c emerald & slate blue: manatee. May 1963. CUBA 2461 35 c lavender: manatee. Dec. 14, 1981. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC C316 25 c multicolored: manatee. Aug. 30, 1980. GHANA 624 60 p multicolored: manatee. Jun. 22, 1977. 625d 80 p multicolored (on souvenir sheet of 4): manatee. Jun. 22, 1977. GUYANA 253 8 c multicolored: manatee coin. May 26, 1977. 267 8 c multicolored: manatee. Feb. 15, 1978. 372 NUMBER 80 373 INDIA 1349 6.50 r blue & brown: dugong. Mar. 4, 1991. IVORY COAST 218 5 fr yellow green, slate green, 8c brown: manatee. Oct. 17, 1964. 530 75 fr multicolored: manatee. Nov. 3, 1979. JAMAICA 525 60 c multicolored?: manatee. Feb. 22, 1982. KENYA 93 5 sh multicolored: dugong. Sep. 26, 1977. (See also Tanzania and Uganda.) 93a Same, on souvenir sheet. MALI 317 100 fr multicolored: manatee. Apr. 23, 1979. MAURITANIA 385 14 um multicolored: manatee. Feb. 28, 1978. MEXICO 1534 300 p blue & black: manatee. 1988. MOZAMBIQUE 995 1 mt green & black: dugong. Aug. 1986. THE NETHERLANDS B639 65+35 c green: manatees (Trichechus manatus). 1988. NIGER 107 50 c green & dark slate green: manatee. Jan. 29, 1962. 108 10 fr red brown & dark green: manatee. Jan. 29, 1962. PALAU 20 $2 blue & green: dugong. 1984. 103a 14 c blue & gray: dugong. May 22, 1986. PANAMA 670 3 c (B/0.03): manatee. Dec. 5, 1984. PAPUA NEW GUINEA 525 7 t blue & brown: dugong. Oct. 29, 1980. RYUKYU ISLANDS 142 3 c blue, yellow green, black, & red: dugong. Apr. 20, 1966. ST. VINCENT 1233 Miniature sheet; includes 50 c multicolored: manatee. Aug. 31, 1989. SRI LANKA 659 2 r brown & green: dugongs. Feb. 22, 1983. TANZANIA 86 5 sh multicolored: dugong (same design as Kenya 93). Sep. 26, 1977. 86a Same, on souvenir sheet. 374 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY TOGO 1241 1242 1243 1244 1444 1445 1446 1447 C320 C320a UGANDA 180 180a VANUATU 470 471 472 473 45 fr: manatee. Oct. 1, 1984. 70 fr: same. 90 fr: same. 105 fr: same (1241-1244 bear 4 different designs). 60 fr multicolored: same. Dec. 15, 1987. 75 fr: same. 80 fr: same. 100 fr: same (1444-1447 bear same 4 designs as 1241-1244). 200 fr multicolored: manatee. Jun. 13, 1977. Same, on souvenir sheet. 5 sh multicolored: dugong (same design as Kenya 93). Sep. 26, 1977. Same, on souvenir sheet. 5 v multicolored: dugongs. Feb. 29, 1988. 10 v: same. 20 v: same. 45 v: same (470-473 bear 4 different designs). Appendix 4 Classification and Synonymy of the Sirenia and Desmostylia The following compilation encapsulates the nomenclatural history of the Sirenia and Desmostylia as comprehensively as I have been able to trace it. Included are all known formal names of taxa and their synonyms and variant combinations, with abbreviated citations of the references where these first appeared and their dates of publication; statements of the designated or inferred types of these taxa and their provenances; and relevant comments on the nomenclatural status of these names. Instances of the use of names or combinations subsequent to their original publication are, however, not listed. Of course, the choices of which taxa to recognize as valid and their proper arrangement reflect my own current views. This arrangement is outlined immediately hereafter to aid in finding taxa in this section. (Note that not all taxa in this summary list are necessarily valid; several are probable synonyms but have not been formally synonymized.) For a quick-reference summary of the names now in use for the Recent species of sirenians, see Appendix 5. Summary Classification and List of Taxa Recognized Page no. ORDER SIRENIA Illiger, 1811 378 Family Prorastomidae Cope, 1889 378 Prorastomus Owen, 1855 378 P. sirenoides Owen, 1855 378 Family Protosirenidae Sickenberg, 1934 378 Protosiren Abel, 1907 379 P. fraasi Abel, 1907 379 ?P. minima (Desmarest, 1822) Hooijer, 1952 379 Family Trichechidae Gill, 1872 (1821) 379 Subfamily Miosireninae Abel, 1919 379 Anomotherium Siegfried, 1965 379 A. langewieschei Siegfried, 1965 379 Miosiren Dollo, 1889 379 M. kocki Dollo, 1889 379 M. canhami (Flower, 1874) Sickenberg, 1934 [= M. kockil] 380 Subfamily Trichechinae (Gill, 1872 [1821]) Domning, 1994 380 Potamosiren Reinhart, 1951 380 P. magdalenensis Reinhart, 1951 380 Ribodon Ameghino, 1883 380 R. limbatus Ameghino, 1883 380 Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758 380 T. inunguis (Natterer in von Pelzeln, 1883) Trouessart, 1905 380 T. manatus Linnaeus, 1758 380 T. m. manatus Linnaeus, 1758 381 T. m. latirostris (Harlan, 1824) Hatt, 1934 382 T. senegalensis Link, 1795 382 Indeterminate Nominal Species of Trichechids 381 375 376 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Trichechidae or Dugongidae incertae sedis 382 Sirenotherium de Paula Couto, 1967 382 S. pirabense de Paula Couto, 1967 [nomen dubium] 382 Family Dugongidae Gray, 1821 382 Subfamily Halitheriinae (Cams, 1868) Abel, 1913 382 Caribosiren Reinhart, 1959 383 C. turned Reinhart, 1959 383 Eosiren Andrews, 1902 383 E. obeli Sickenberg, 1934 383 E. libyca Andrews, 1902 383 E. stromeri (Sickenberg, 1934) Kordos, 1977 383 Eotheroides Palmer, 1899 383 E. aegyptiacum (Owen, 1875) Trouessart, 1905 383 "Eotherium" majus Zdansky, 1938 384 Halitherium Kaup, 1838 384 H. alleni Simpson, 1932 384 ?H. antillense Matthew, 1916 384 H. christolii Fitzinger, 1842 384 H. schinzii (Kaup, 1838) Kaup, 1855 384 Metaxytherium de Christol, 1840 385 M. aquitaniae Pilleri, 1987 385 M. arctodites Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994 385 M. beaumontii de Christol in de Blainville, 1844 [nomen dubium] 386 M. crataegense (Simpson, 1932) Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994 386 M. floridanum Hay, 1922 386 "M." kachchhense Bajpai, Singh, and Singh, 1987 [subfamily assignment questionable] 386 M. krahuletzi Deptiet, 1895 386 M. lovisati Capellini, 1886 [= M. medium!] 386 M. medium (Desmarest, 1822) Hooijer, 1952 387 M. meyeri Abel, 1904 [nomen dubium] 387 M. serresii (Gervais, 1847) Deptiet, 1895 387 M. subapenninum (Bruno, 1839) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 387 Prototherium de Zigno, 1887 388 P. veronense (de Zigno, 1875) de Zigno, 1887 388 "P." intermedium Bizzotto, 1983 [probably referable to a different genus] 388 Thalattosiren Sickenberg, 1928 388 T. petersi (Abel, 1904) Sickenberg, 1928 388 Subfamily Hydrodamalinae (Palmer, 1895 [1833]) Simpson, 1932 388 Dusisiren Domning, 1978 389 D. reinharti Domning, 1978 389 D. jordani (Kellogg, 1925) Domning, 1978 389 D. dewana Takahashi, Domning, and Saito, 1986 389 Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794 389 H. cuestae Domning, 1978 389 H. gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) Palmer, 1895 390 Subfamily Dugonginae (Gray, 1821) Simpson, 1932 390 Crenatosiren Domning, 1991 390 C. olseni (Reinhart, 1976) Domning, 1991 390 Corystosiren Domning, 1990 390 C. varguezi Domning, 1990 390 Dioplotherium Cope, 1883 390 D. manigaulti Cope, 1883 390 NUMBER 80 377 D. allisoni (Kilmer, 1965) Domning, 1978 391 Dugong Lacepede, 1799 391 D. dugon (Muller, 1776) Palmer, 1895 391 Rytiodus Lartet, 1866 391 R. capgrandi Lartet, 1866 391 Xenosiren Domning, 1989 392 X. yucateca Domning, 1989 392 Dugonginae incertae sedis 392 "Halitherium" bellunense de Zigno, 1875 392 Dugongidae incertae sedis 392 Anisosiren Kordos, 1979 392 A. pannonica Kordos, 1979 392 Indosiren von Koenigswald, 1952 392 /. javanensis von Koenigswald, 1952 392 /. koenigswaldi Sahni and Mishra, 1975 392 Miodugong Deraniyagala, 1969 392 M. brevicranius Deraniyagala, 1969 392 Paralitherium Kordos, 1977 393 P. tarkanyense Kordos, 1977 393 Prohalicore Flot, 1887 393 P. dubaleni Flot, 1887 393 Sirenavus Kretzoi, 1941 393 5. hungaricus Kretzoi, 1941 393 Indeterminate Nominal Taxa of Sirenians 393 Taxa That Have Been Incorrectly or Doubtfully Referred to the Sirenia 393 ORDER DESMOSTYLIA Reinhart, 1953 393 Behemotops Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 394 B. proteus Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 394 Cornwallius Hay, 1923 394 C. sookensis (Cornwall, 1922) Hay, 1923 394 Desmostylus Marsh, 1888 394 D. hesperus Marsh, 1888 394 Vanderhoofius Reinhart, 1959 394 V. coalingensis Reinhart, 1959 395 Paleoparadoxia Reinhart, 1959 395 P. tabatai (Tokunaga, 1939) Reinhart, 1959 395 P. weltoni Clark, 1991 395 Taxa That Have Been Incorrectly Referred to the Desmostylia 395 Institutional Abbreviations AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York ANSP Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania BCPM British Columbia Provincial Museum, Vancouver, Canada BMNH Natural History Museum, London, England BSP Bayerische Staatssammlung fur Palaontologie und Historische Geologie, Munich, Germany CASG Department of Geology, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California CGM Cairo Geological Museum, Cairo, Egypt ChM Charleston Museum, Charleston, South Carolina DPUH Paleontological collection, Museo Felipe Poey, Universidad de La Habana, Cuba FCM Facultad de Ciencias Marinas, Universidad Aut6noma de Baja California, Ensenada, Baja California, Mexico 378 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY FIV Palaeovertebrate Collection, Geological Institute, Budapest, Hungary HLMD Hessisches Landesmuseum, Darmstadt, Germany IGM Institute de Geologia, Universidad Nacional Autbnoma de Mexico, Mexico City LUVP Laboratory of Vertebrate Paleontology, Geology Department, Lucknow University, India MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts MGP Istituto di Geologia, Paleontologia e Geologia Applicata dell'Universitd, Padova, Italy MNHB Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Brussels, Belgium MNHN Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France MNRJ Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil NHMB Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland NSMT National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan PIUW Palaontologisches Institut der Universitat Wien, Vienna, Austria SMNS Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde, Stuttgart, Germany TIU Tohoku Imperial University, Sendai, Japan UCMP University of California Museum of Paleontology, Berkeley, California UF/FGS Florida Geological Survey collection, Florida Museum of Natural History, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida UHR Hokkaido University, Sapporo, Japan USNM National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. (collections of the former United States National Museum) YPM Yale Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut Class MAMMALIA Linnaeus, 1758 Mirorder TETHYTHERIA McKenna, 1975 Order SIRENIA Illiger, 1811 SIRENIA Illiger, 1811, Prodromus Syst. Mamm. Av.: 140. [Proposed as a family; ?first raised to ordinal rank by Goldfuss, 1820, Handb. Zool. 2: 336.] DTOPIA Rafinesque, 1815, Anal. Nat.: 60. [Proposed as a family.] [CETACEAE] HERBIVORAE Gray, 1821, London Med. Reposit. 15: 309. [Originally termed "C6tac6s herbivores" by Cuvier, 1817, Rigne Animal: 273.] (Tribe) ANTHROPOCEPHALA, (Nation) MANATIDES Billberg, 1827, Syn. Faunae Scand. 1(1): Tab. A, dorso 1 and p. 32. [Both taxa are equivalent to the Sirenia.] MANATINA Bonaparte, 1837, Syn. Vert. Syst.: 7. [Proposed as a subfamily. Reference not seen.] SIRENIFORMIA Burmeister, 1837, Handb. Naturgesch.: 792. [Proposed as a family.] HALOBIOIDEA Ameghino, 1889, Adas Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cdrdoba 6:652, May 20, 1889. [Rank not specified. Comprised the Sirenia and the hypothetical coordinate taxon Prosirenia.] TRICHECHDPORMES Hay, 1923, Pan-Amer. Geologist 39: 109, Mar. 1923. [Proposed as a suborder of the Sirenia coordinate with the Desmostyliformes, which latter were raised to ordinal rank by Reinhart (1953), leaving the Trichechiformes coextensive with the Sirenia.] PRORASTOMATIDAE Flower and Lydekker, 1891, Introd. Study Mamms. Living & Extinct: 224. [Unjustified emendation.] PRORASTOMINAE Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 5, July 24, 1959. [Proposed as subfamily.] Type Genus: Prorastomus Owen. Prorastomus Owen, 1855 Prorastomus Owen, 1855, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 11: 543. [Type, by monotypy: P. sirenoides Owen.] Prorastoma Lydekker, 1892, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1892(1): 83, June 1892. [Unjustified emendation of Prorastomus Owen.] Prorastomus sirenoides Owen, 1855 Prorastomus sirenoides Owen, 1855, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 11: 543. Holotype: BMNH 44897, skull, mandible, and atlas. Type Locality: Bed of Quashies River near Freemans Hall, southern Trelawney Parish, west-central Jamaica. Formation: Stettin Member, Chapelton Formation, Yellow Limestone Group (Robinson, 1988, Jour. Geol. Soc. Jamaica, 24: 49-67). Age: Late Early Eocene. Family PRORASTOMIDAE Cope, 1889 PRORASTOMIDAE Cope, 1889, Amer. Nat. 23: 876. Family PROTOSIRENIDAE Sickenberg, 1934 PROTOSIRENIDAE Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 193, Dec. 31, 1934. NUMBER 80 379 PROTOSIRENINAE Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 6, July 24,1959. [Proposed as subfamily.] Type Genus: Protosiren Abel. Protosiren Abel, 1907 Protosiren Abel, 1904, Abh. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst. 19(2): 214. [Nomen nudum.] Protosiren Abel, 1907, Meereskunde 1(4): 29. [Type, by monotypy: P. fraasi Abel.] Protosiren fraasi Abel, 1907 Protosiren Fraasi Abel, 1904, Abh. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst. 19(2): 214. [Nomen nudum.] Protosiren Fraasi Abel, 1907, Meereskunde 1(4): 29. Eosiren Fraasi (Abel) Schlosser in von Zittel and Schlosser, 1923, Grundzilge der Pal., ed. 4, Abt. 2: 634. Prototherium fraasi Fuchs, 1973, Studio Univ. Babes-Bolyai, Ser. Geol.-Min., 18(2): 75. [Lapsus for Protosiren fraasi.] Holotype: CGM C.10171, skull lacking mandible, previ ously described and tentatively referred to Eotherium aegyp tiacum by Andrews (1906). [Abel's earlier designation (Neues Jb. Min. Geol. Pal. 1906(2): 50-51) of a different specimen as holotype did not suffice to validate the name and is therefore also invalid. Abel's 1907 work was the first publication of the name in connection with a valid indication, and that indication referred only to CGM C.10171, making that specimen the type by default, even though Abel did not explicitly refer to it as the type.] Type Locality: Mokattam Hills, Cairo, Egypt. Formation: Probably the upper part of the Lower Building Stone Member of the Mokattam Formation (Gingerich, 1992). Age: Middle Eocene (probably middle Lutetian). ?Protosiren minima (Desmarest, 1822) Hooijer, 1952 "Espece voisine de 1'hippopotame et plus petite que le cochon," Cuvier, 1821, Rech. Oss. Fossiles. ed. 2, vol. 1: 333, pi. 7, figs. 12-20. [This is the form called "Hippopotame douteux" (= Hippopotamus dubius) by various authors.] Hippopotamus minimus Desmarest, 1822, Mammalogie: 388. Hippopotamus], dubius Cuvier, 1824, Rech. Oss. Fossiles. ed. 2, vol. 5(2): 527. Halicore Cuvierii de Christol, 1832 [partim], Ann. Sci. Indust 2(8): 244. Halicore Cuvierii de Christol, 1834 [partim], Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (2)2: 274. [Published Mar. 25, 1835, fide de Blainville, 1844: 95.] Halianassa Studeri von Meyer, 1838 [partim], Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 1838:667, Sep. 1838. [Names placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Generic and Specific Names by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] Halitherium dubium (Cuvier) Kaup, sensu Gervais, 1852, Zool. Pal. Franc.. 1: 145. IProtosiren dubia (Cuvier) Sickenberg, 1934, Mem. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 190, Dec. 31, 1934. "^Protosiren minima (Desmarest) Hooijer, 1952, Osiris 10: 113. Syntypes: Three molars (see Sickenberg, 1934b: fig. 36). Type Locality: Blaye, Gironde, France. Formation: Calcaire du Blaye. Age: Middle Eocene (Lutetian). Remarks: Inadequately known; status and affinities uncer tain. Family TRICHECHIDAE Gill, 1872 (1821) MANATIDAE Gray, M2\. London Med. Reposit. 15: 309. HALICOREAE Brandt, 1833 [partim], Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (6)2: 114, Nov. 1833. [Proposed as tribe.] HALICOREA Brandt, 1846 [partim], Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (6)5: 132. [Proposed as tribe or family.] MANATIDA Brandt, 1868, Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (7)12(1): 343. [Proposed as family.] TRICHECHIDAE Gill, 1872, Smithson. Misc. Coll. 11(1)(230): 14, Nov. 1872. MANATOIDEA Gill, 1872, Smithson. Misc. Coll. 11(1)(230): 14, Nov. 1872. [Proposed as superfamily.] TRICHECHOIDEA Gill, 1872, Smithson. Misc. Coll. 11(1)(230): 14, Nov. 1872 (non Giebel, 1847: 221). [Proposed as superfamily.] Type Genus: Trichechus Linnaeus (= Manatus Briinnich). Subfamily MIOSIRENINAE Abel, 1919 MIOSIRENINAE Abel, 1919, Die Stdmme der Wirbelthiere: 835. Type Genus: Miosiren Dollo. Anomotherium Siegfried, 1965 Anomotherium Siegfried, 1965, Palaeontographica 124A: 118, Mar. 1965. [Type, by monotypy: A. langewieschei Siegfried.] Anomotherium langewieschei Siegfried, 1965 Anomotherium langewieschei Siegfried, 1965, Palaeontographica 124A: 119, Mar. 1965. Holotype: Partial skull and skeleton in Kreis- heimatmuseum, Bunde, Westfalen, Germany; some teeth and fragments of same individual in Geol.-Pal. Inst., Univ. Munster (No. A575). Type Locality: Doberg bei Bunde, Westfalen, Germany. Formation: Probably Bed 36, Schichtengruppe E of Upper Doberg Beds. Age: Basal Late Oligocene (upper Chattian). Miosiren Dollo, 1889 Miosiren Dollo, 1889, Bull. (Proc.-verb.) Soc. Beige Giol. Pal. Hydrol. 3: 420. [Type, by monotypy: M. kocki Dollo.] Miosiren kocki Dollo, 1889 Miosiren Kocki Dollo, 1889, Bull. (Proc.-verb.) Soc. Beige Giol. Pal. Hydrol. 3: 420. Holotype: MNHB HE.M.136.A (= no. 1682), skull and partial skeleton of adult. Type Locality: Brickworks of Charles de Kock, "in den 380 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Hoek" near Boom, Belgium. Formation: Sands of Edeghem. Age: Early Miocene (lower Burdigalian; NN.3) (Hooy- bergs, 1980, IGCP Report 6 [Project 124]: 106-118). Miosiren canhami (Flower, 1874) Sickenberg, 1934 Halitherium Canhami Flower, 1874, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London 30: 6. Miosiren canhami (Flower) Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 333, Dec. 31, 1934. Holotype: Partial skull (Ipswich Museum). Type Locality: Foxhall, near Waldringfield, Suffolk, Eng land. Formation: Red Crag. Age: Reworked into the Red Crag from earlier, possibly Miocene, deposits. Remarks: Possibly synonymous with M. kocki. Subfamily TRICHECHINAE (Gill, 1872 [1821]) Domning, 1994 TRICHECHINAE Domning, 1994, Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 29: 186. May 1, 1994. Type Genus: Trichechus Linnaeus (= Manatus Briinnich). Potamosiren Reinhart, 1951 Potamosiren Reinhart, 1951, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci. 28(9): 203, Feb. 16, 1951. [Type, by monotypy: P. magdalenensis Reinhart.] Potamosiren magdalenensis Reinhart, 1951 Potamosiren magdalenensis Reinhart, 1951, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci. 28(9): 204, Feb. 16, 1951. Metaxytherium ortegense Kellogg, 1966, U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 247(3): 93. [Holotype: USNM 10870, left maxillary fragment with M1"3. Type locality: Ortega, north of mouth of Rfo Saldana, Departamento Tolima, Colombia; Honda Group, Middle or Late Miocene.] Felsinotherium ortegense Kellogg, 1966, U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 247(3): pi. 36. [Lapsus for Metaxytherium ortegense.] Ribodon magdalenensis (Reinhart) Marshall, Hoffstetter, and Pascual, 1983, Paleovertebrata, Mim. Extraord., 1983: 52. Holotype: UCMP 39471, left mandible and right M3. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V4533, near Cerro Gordo, Villavieja, Departamento del Huila, Colombia. Formation: El Libano sands and clays, Honda Group, La Venta fauna. Age: Middle Miocene (Friasian) (Marshall et al., 1977, Science 195: 1325-1328). Ribodon Ameghino, 1883 Ribodon Ameghino, 1883, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cdrdoba 5(1): 112. [Type, by monotypy: R. limbatus Ameghino.] Ribodon limbatus Ameghino, 1883 Ribodon limbato Ameghino, 1883, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cdrdoba 5(1): 112. [Incorrect original spelling.] Ribodon limbatus Ameghino, 1885, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc. Cdrdoba 8: 100. [Justified emendation.] Holotype: Upper molar. Type Locality: Rio Parana\ Entre Rios, Argentina. Formation: "Mesopotamian" beds. Age: Late Miocene-Early Pliocene (Huayquerian- Montehermosan) (Pascual and Odreman Rivas, 1971, Amegh- iniana 8(3-4): 372-412). Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758 Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat. (ed. 10) 1: 34. [Type, by monotypy: T. manatus Linnaeus. Placed on Official List of Generic Names by ICZN Opinion 112, Smithson. Misc. Coll. 73(6): 19, 1929.] Manatus Briinnich, 1772, Zoologiae Fundamenta: 34, 38. [Type, according to Palmer (1904: 398): Trichechus manatus Linnaeus. Suspension of Rules in favor of Manatus Briinnich declined by ICZN Opinion 112, loc. cit:, name placed on Official Index of rejected names by Direction 13.] Oxystomus Fischer von Waldheim, 1803, Das Nationalmuseum Naturgesch. zu Paris 2: 353. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus manatus Linnaeus.] Nemodermus Rafinesque, 1815, Anal. Nat.: 60. [Nomen nudum.] Halipaedisca Gistel, 1848, Naturgesch. Thierreichs f. (where Schulen: 83. [New name for Manatus Briinnich, 1772. Type, by monotypy: Manatus americanus.] Trichechus inunguis (Natterer in von Pelzeln, 1883) Troues sart, 1905 Phoca manatus (Linnaeus) Brisson, 1762 [partim], Regnum Animate: 164. Manatus exunguis Natterer in Diesing, 1839, Ann. Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 2: 230. [Name placed on Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Names by ICZN Opinion 1320, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 42(2): 175-176, June 1985, with the Name Number 1149.] Manatus inunguis Natterer in von Pelzeln, 1883, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 33, Beiheft: 89. [Junior objective synonym of M. exunguis. Placed on Official List of Specific Names by ICZN Opinion 1320, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 42(2): 175-176, June 1985, with the Name Number 2966.] Trichechus inunguis (Natterer) Trouessart, 1905, Cat. Mamm., Suppi: 749. Trichechus exunguis (Natterer) Stunkard, 1929, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 58(6): 254. Syntypes: Five specimens in the Nathist. Mus., Vienna, were destroyed in 1848,/ta? v. Pelzeln (1883:93) and Hartlaub (1886a: 103). However, at least one other skull collected by Natterer, and therefore presumably part of the basis of his original species concept, was sent to Rostock and described by Stannius (1845: 9ff.) and Hartlaub (1886a: 50, pi. 1, fig. 3). USNM 22438 may be a cast of this skull. Natterer also noted that the skeleton described and illustrated by G. Cuvier (1809) belonged to this species. Type Locality: Borba, lower Rio Madeira, Amazonas, Brazil. Age: Recent; no fossil record. Trichechus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 Trichechus manatus Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat. (ed. 10) 1: 34. Phoca manatus (Linnaeus) Brisson, 1762 [partim], Regnum Animate: 164. Manati Trichecus Boddaert, 1785 [partim], Elenchus Anim. 1: 173. [Based on Pennant's "Broad-tailed Manati,"yide J.A. Allen (1882). Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Trichechus Manatus australis Gmelin, 1788 [partim], C. Linni Syst. Nat., ed. NUMBER 80 381 13, vol. 1:60. Manati Clusii Pennant, 1793, Hist. Quad., ed. 3, 2: 298. [Based on Clusius's figure and description of a West Indian manatee.] M[anatus]. australis Retzius, 1794 [partim], K. Svensk. Vetenskapsakad. Handl. (2)15:291, Oct.-Dec. 1794. Tr[ichechus]. antillarum Link, 1795, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(2): 109. [Based on Buffon's "Grand Lamantin des Antilles." Type locality fixed by Hart (1934) as "West Indies."] Tr[ichechus]. americanus Link, 1795, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(2): 109. [Based on Buffon's "Petit Lamantin de 1'Amerique." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Manatus Clusii (Pennant) Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. Manatus Guyannensis Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfiissigen Thiere 2: 732. [Based on Pennant's "Guiana Manati" = T. manatus Linnaeus.] Manatus Oronocensis Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. [Based on Pennant's "Oronoko Manati." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Trichechus Clusii (Pennant) Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1(1): 246. [Based on Clusius's figure and description of a West Indian manatee. Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Trichechus Amazonius Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1(1): 246. [Based on Pennant's "Oronoko Manati" = Buffon's "Petit Lamantin de l'Am6rique." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Manatus minor Daudin, 1802, Hist. Nat. of Buffon, Didot Edition, "Quadru peds" 14: 194. [Based on Buffon's "Petit Lamantin de l'Amdrique." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies." Reference not seen.] Oxystomus manatus (Linnaeus) Fischer von Waldheim, 1803, Das National- museum Naturgesch. zu Paris 2: 353. Manatus americanus (Link) niiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 110. Manatus fluviatilis Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 110. [Nomen nudum. Applied to the Antillean manatee by Olfers (1818); see Hershkovitz(1959).] M[anatus]. fluviatilis Olfers, 1818, Bemerk. Illiger's Ueberblick Sdugeth.: 235. [Based on Pennant's "Guiana Manati"; see Hershkovitz (1959). Reference not seen.] Manatus latirostris Harlan, 1824, /. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 3(2): 394, May 1824. Manatus atlanticus Oken, 1838 [partim], Allgem. Naturgesch. 7(2), Sdugth. 1: 1098. [Applied to both American and African manatees. Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] H[alipaedisca]. americanus [sic] (Link) Gistel, 1848, Naturgesch. Thierreichs f. hohere Schuten: 83. Trichechus latirostris (Harlan) True, 1884, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 7: 588, Nov. 29,1884? Manatus Koellikeri Kukenthal, 1897, Zool. Anz. 20(523): 40, Feb. 1, 1897. [Type: none designated. Type locality: Suriname.] Trichechus koellikeri (Kukenthal) Trouessart, 1905, Cat. Mamm., Suppl.: 749. Manatus manatus (Linnaeus) Holland, 1917, Ann. Carnegie Mus. 11(3-4): 356. [Original author of combination not identified.] Trichechus inunguis koellikeri (Kukenthal) Derscheid, 1926, Rev. Zool. Afr. 14(2). Bull. Cercle Zool. Congolais 3(1-2): 27. Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, Hatt, 1934, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66(4): 538, Sep. 10, 1934. [Type: none designated. Type locality: West Indies.] Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan) Hatt, 1934, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66(4): 538, Sep. 10, 1934. [Cotypes: ANSP 2497 and possibly 2422. Type locality: east coast of Florida.] Trichechus manatus koellikeri (Kukenthal) Kleinschmidt, 1982, Braunschw. Naturk. Schr. 1(3): 381, Oct 1982. Type: No types of the species have been formally designated. Type Locality: Fixed by Thomas (1911) as "West Indies." Age: Recent; also reported from the Pleistocene. Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 Trichechus manatus Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat. (ed. 10) 1: 34. Manati Trichecus Boddaert, 1785 [partim], Elenchus Anim. 1: 173. [Based on Pennant's "Broad-tailed Manati,"/idf J.A. Allen (1882). Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Manati Clusii Pennant, 1793, Hist. Quad., ed. 3, 2: 298. [Based on Clusius's figure and description of a West Indian manatee.] M[anatus]. australis Retzius, 1794 [partim], K. Svensk. Vetenskapsakad. Handl. (2)15: 291, Oct.-Dec. 1794. Tr[ichechus]. antillarum Link, 1795, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(2): 109. [Based on Buffon's "Grand Lamantin des Antilles." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Tr[ichechus]. americanus Link, 1795, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(2): 109. [Based on Buffon's "Petit Lamantin de l'Amdrique."Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Manatus Clusii (Pennant) Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. Manatus Guyannensis Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfiissigen Thiere 2: 732. [Based on Pennant's "Guiana Manati" = T manatus Linnaeus.] Manatus Oronocensis Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. [Based on Pennant's "Oronoko Manati." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Trichechus Clusii (Pennant) Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1(1): 246. [Based on Clusius's figure and description of a West Indian manatee. Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Trichechus Amazonius Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1(1): 246. [Based on Pennant's "Oronoko Manati" = Buffon's "Petit Lamantin de l'Am6rique." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] Manatus minor Daudin, 1802, Hist. Nat. of Buffon, Didot Edition, "Quadru peds" 14: 194. [Based on Buffon's "Petit Lamantin de l'Am^rique." Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies." Reference not seen.] Oxystomus manatus (Linnaeus) Fischer von Waldheim, 1803, Das National Museum Naturgesch. zu Paris 2: 353. Manatus americanus (Link) Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 110. Manatus fluviatilis Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 110. [Nomen nudum. Applied to the Antillean manatee by Olfers (1818); see Hershkovitz (1959).] M[anatus]. fluviatilis Olfers, 1818, Bemerk. Illiger's Ueberblick Sdugeth.: 235. [Based on Pennant's "Guiana Manati"; see Hershkovitz (1959). Reference not seen.] Manatus atlanticus Oken, 1838 [partim], Allgem. Naturgesch. 7(2), Sdugth. 1: 1098. [Applied to both American and African manatees. Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as "West Indies."] H[alipaedisca]. americanus [sic] (Link) Gistel, 1848, Naturgesch. Thierreichs f. hohere Schulen: 83. Manatus Koellikeri Kukenthal, 1897, Zool. Anz. 20(523): 40, Feb. 1, 1897. [Type: none designated. Type locality: Suriname.] Trichechus koellikeri (Kukenthal) Trouessart, 1905, Cat. Mamm., Suppl.: 749. Manatus manatus (Linnaeus) Holland, 1917, Ann. Carnegie Mus. 11(3-4): 356. [Original author of combination not identified.] Trichechus inunguis koellikeri (Kukenthal) Derscheid, 1926, Rev. Zool. Afr. 14(2), Bull. Cercle Zool. Congolais 3(1-2): 27. Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, Hatt, 1934, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66(4): 538, Sep. 10, 1934. Trichechus manatus koellikeri (Kukenthal) Kleinschmidt, 1982, Braunschw. Naturk. Schr. 1(3): 381, Oct 1982. Type: None designated. Type Locality: West Indies. Age: Recent; no referred fossils. 382 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan, 1824) Hatt, 1934 Manatus latirostris Harlan, 1824, J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 3(2): 394, May 1824. Trichechus latirostris (Harlan) True, 1884, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 7: 588, Nov. 29, 1884? Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan) Hatt, 1934, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66(4): 538, Sept. 10, 1934. Cotypes: ANSP 2497 and possibly 2422, partial skulls. Type Locality: East coast of Florida, U.S. Age: Recent; no referred fossils. Trichechus senegalensis Link, 1795 Phoca manatus (Linnaeus) Brisson, 1762 [partim], Regnum Animate: 164. Manati Trichecus Boddaert, 1785 [partim], Elenchus Anim. 1: 173. Trichechus Manatus australis Gmelin, 1788 [partim], C. Linni Syst. Nat., ed. 13, vol. 1:60. M[anatus]. australis Retzius, 1794 [partim], K. Svensk. Vetenskapsakad. Handl. (2)15: 291, Oct.-Dec. 1794. Tr[ichechus]. senegalensis Link, 1795, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(2): 109. [Based on Buffon's "Petit Lamantin du Sdndgal," based mainly on Adanson's (1757) account. Adanson's Senegal skull is said to be in the MNHN, Paris. Type locality fixed by Hatt (1934) as Senegal.] Trichechus Australis (Gmelin) Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1(1): 244. [Non T. australis Retzius, 1794; based on Pennant's "Round-tailed Manati," a specimen of which is said to be in the Leverian Museum. Restricted to the African manatee by both Shaw and Hatt (1934).] Manatus stroggylonurus Bechstein, 1800, in Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. Manatus sphaerurus Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 79. [Based on Adanson's (1757) description.] Trichecus, Manatus, africanus Oken, 1816, Lehrb. Naturgesch. 3(2): 688. [Type locality restricted to Senegal by Hatt (1934). This work of Oken's was placed on the Official Index of Rejected Works in Zoology by ICZN Opinion 417; names in it are non-Linnaean and not available.] Manatus senegalensis Desmarest, 1817, Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat. 17: 262. [Based on description and figures in Cuvier (1809: 294-296, pi. 19, figs. 4-5). Homonym of T. senegalensis Link, 1795. Reference not seen.] Manatus atlanticus Oken, 1838 [partim], Allgem. Naturgesch. 7(2), Sdugth. 1: 1098. Manatus nasutus Wyman in Perkins, 1848, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 199. [Holotype: MCZ 9368. Type locality: Caracalla (= Cavally?) River, 20 miles E of Cape Palmas, Ivory Coast-Liberia border. Strictly speaking, the name was originally based not on a specimen in hand but on Perkins' description, and it is not clear from Wyman's later papers (1850, 1851) whether MCZ 9368 represents the same individual described by Perkins; however, it came from the same locality and is the only representative of this nominal species that Wyman claimed to have examined. Thus MCZ 9368 is for all intents and purposes the holotype.] Manatus Vogelii Owen, 1856, Edinburgh New Phil. J. (2)4(2): 346, Oct. 1856; Rept. 26th Meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1857: 100; L'Institut 25(1208): 62, Feb. 25, 1857. [Type: None designated; name based on Vogel's description, published in translation by Shaw (1857: 98-99). Type locality: Benue River. The skull described and illustrated by Baikie (1857) (BMNH 1388d), although said by Baikie to have been exhibited by Owen at the time the latter proposed the name Vogelii before the BAAS, was not explicitly mentioned by Owen nor, apparently, considered by him to be referable to this species. Neither was it collected by Vogel on the Benue but rather by Baikie at Alburkah Is., near the main mouth of the Niger. Therefore it has merely the status of a referred specimen.] Manatus Oweni Du Chaillu, 1861, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7: 367. [Syntypes: BMNH 1388b, 1388c, 1388e = 1864.12.1.8; USNM 20907 (formerly BMNH 1388a); and one in Mus. Royal Coll. Surgeons, which has probably been destroyed. Type locality: the "Camma country,'- at the mouth of the Gaboon River.] Trichechus senegalensis vogelii [sic] (Owen) Derscheid, 1926, Rev. Zool. Afr. 14(2), Bull. Cercle Zool. Congolais 3(1-2): 28. [Subspecies combination erroneously attributed by Derscheid to von Heuglin. No morphological basis given for distinguishing this form from the following.] Trichechus senegalensis senegalensis Link, Derscheid, 1926, Rev. Zool. Afr. 14(2), Bull. Cercle Zool. Congolais 3( 1 -2): 29. Trichechus aequatorialis (Lacepede [partim]) Hatt, 1934, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 66(4): 537, Sep. 10, 1934. [Nomen nudum.] Trichechus manatus senegalensis (Link) Vieira, 1949, Bol. Mus. Paraense Emilio Goeldi 10:268. Type: No types of the species have been formally designated. Type Locality: Senegal. Age: Recent; no fossil record. Indeterminate Nominal Species of Trichechids Manatus vulgaris Bechstein, 1795, Compend. Bibliothek. 21 (Zool. I): 113. [Reference not seen.] Manatus aequatorialis Lacepede, 1799, Tabl. Div. Mamm.: fasc. 17. [Nomen nudum.] Trichechidae or Dugongidae incertae sedis Sirenotherium de Paula Couto, 1967 Sirenotherium de Paula Couto, 1967, Atas Simp. Biota Amaz. 1: 347. [Type, by monotypy: S. pirabense Paula Couto.] Sirenotherium pirabense de Paula Couto, 1967 (nomen dubium) Sirenotherium pirabensis [sic] de Paula Couto, 1967, Atas Simp. Biota Amaz. 1: 347. [Incorrect original spelling.] Holotype: MNRJ 2.761 -V, left upper molar. Type Locality: Ilha de Fortaleza, Bafa de Pirabas, district of Sao Joao de Pirabas, municipality of Primavera, Para, Brazil. Formation: Pirabas Formation. Age: Early Miocene. Family DUGONGIDAE Gray, 1821 DUGONGIDAE Gray, 1821, London Med. Reposit. 15: 309, Apr. 1. 1821? HALICORIDAE Gray, 1825, Ann. Philos. 26(= n.s. 10)(5): 341, Nov. 1825. HALICORIDA Brandt, 1868, Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (7)12(1): 344. [Proposed as family.] HALICOROIDEA Gill, 1872, Smithson. Misc. Colt. 11(1)(230): 13, Nov. 1872. [Proposed as superfamily.] Type Genus: Dugong Lacepede (= Halicore Illiger). Subfamily HALITHERIINAE(Carus, 1868) Abel, 1913 HALITHERIDA Carus, 1868, Handb. Zool. 1: 168. [Proposed as family.] HALITHERIIDAE Gill, 1872, Smithson. Misc. Coll. 11(1)(230): 13, Nov. 1872. NUMBER 80 383 [Proposed as family.] HALITHERIINAE Abel, 1913, Palaeontographica 59: 358. ARCHAEOSIRENINAE Abel, 1914, Vorzeitl. Sduget.: 217. [Based on an unavailable nominal genus, though it also included available genera.] EOTHERIOIDINAE Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal- 34: 154. [Incorrect original spelling; properly "Eotheroidinae."] METAXYTHERIINAE Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 155. PROTOTHERIIDAE Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34:155. [Proposed as family.] HALIANASSINAEReinhart, 1959 [partim], Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 8, July 24, 1959. Type Genus: Halitherium Kaup. Caribosiren Reinhart, 1959 Caribosiren Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 8, July 24, 1959. [Type, by monotypy: C. turneri Reinhart.] Caribosiren turneri Reinhart, 1959 Caribosiren turneri Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 8, July 24,1959. Holotype: UCMP 38722, skull lacking jugals and occiput, with left M2-3 and four thoracic vertebrae. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V4852, on road between San Sebastian and Lares, Puerto Rico. Formation: San Sebastiln Formation. Age: Middle or Late Oligocene. Eotherium (Eosiren) libycum (Andrews) Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 96, Dec. 31, 1934. Eotheroides libyca [sic] (Andrews) Reinhart, 1951, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci. 28(9): 209, Feb. 16, 1951. [Because the governing noun Eotherium is neuter, so is the adjectival form Eotheroides; hence the specific name should have been libycum, as emended by later authors.] Holotype: CGM C. 10054, skull. Type Locality: Fayum, Egypt. Formation: Qasr el-Sagha Formation, probably the Tem ple Member (Gingerich, 1992). Age: Late Eocene (late Priabonian). Eosiren stromeri (Sickenberg, 1934) Kordos, 1977 Archaeosiren Stromeri Abel, 1913, Palaeontographica 59: 307. [Nomen nudum.] Eotherium stromeri Sickenberg, 1931, Palaeobiologica 4(6/7): 409. [Nomen nudum.] Eotherium stromeri Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 130, Dec. 31, 1934. Eosiren stromeri (Sickenberg) Kordos, 1977, Magyar Allam. Foldt. Int. Evi Jelent. 1975: 366. E[otheroides]. stromeri (Sickenberg) Domning, 1978, in Maglio & Cooke (eds.), Evol. Afr. Mamms.: 576. Holotype: SMNS unnumbered, skull and partial skeleton. Type Locality: West of Dimeh, Fayum, Egypt. Formation: Upper Qasr el-Sagha Formation. Age: Late Eocene (late Priabonian). Eosiren Andrews, 1902 Eosiren Andrews, 1902, Geol. Mag. (No. 457, N.S., Decade IV) 9(7): 293, July 1902. [Type, by monotypy: E. libyca Andrews.] Archaeosiren Abel, 1913, Palaeontographica 59: 307. [Type, by monotypy: A. stromeri Abel. Generic and specific names were both nomina nuda.] Eosiren abeli Sickenberg, 1934 E[otherium\. (Eosiren) abeli Sickenberg, 1931, Palaeobiologica 4(6/7): 409. [Nomen nudum.] Eotherium (Eosiren) abeli Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 34, Dec. 31,1934. Eotheriodes [sic] (Eosiren) abeli (Sickenberg) Kordos, 1977, Magyar Allam. Foldt. Int. Evi Jelent. 1975: 366. Holotype: BSP 1903 II 21, right M2. [Destroyed in World War II, together with the referred skull, mandible, atlas, and M3; only a squamosal and some vertebrae survive from the original hypodigm.] Type Locality: Mokattam Hills, Cairo, Egypt. Formation: Probably Mokattam Formation (Gingerich, 1992). Age: Middle Eocene (Lutetian). Eosiren libyca Andrews, 1902 Eosiren libyca Andrews, 1902, Geol. Mag. (No. 457, N.S., Decade IV) 9(7): 293, July 1902. Eotheroides Palmer, 1899 Eotherium Owen, 1875, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 31(l)(No. 121): 100. [Junior homonym of Eotherium Leidy, 1853 (Perissodactyla). Type, by monotypy: E. aegyptiacum Owen.] Eotheroides Palmer, 1899, Science (2)10: 494. [Replacement name for Eotherium Owen, 1875.] Masrisiren Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 152. [Type, by monotypy: M. abeli Kretzoi.] Eotheroides aegyptiacum (Owen, 1875) Trouessart, 1905 Eotherium aegyptiacum Owen, 1875, Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 31(l)(No. 121): 100. Manatus Coulombi Filhol, 1878, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris (7)2: 124. [Types: Three lower molars. Type locality: Mokattam Hills, Cairo, Egypt; Mokattam Formation.] Halitherium aegyptiacum (Owen) von Zittel, 1893, Handb. Pal. 4: 198. Eotheroides aegyptiacum (Owen) Trouessart, 1905, Cat. Mamm., Suppl.: 749. Eotheroides coulombi (Filhol) Trouessart, 1905, Cat. Mamm., Suppl.: 749. Masrisiren Abeli Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 152. [Syntypes: "Individuum IX. und II. von Abel (1913)." Type locality: Mokattam Hills, Cairo, Egypt] Holotype: BMNH 46722, natural endocast of cranial cavity. Type Locality: Mokattam Hills, Cairo, Egypt. Formation: Probably the upper part of the Lower Building Stone Member of the Mokattam Formation (Gingerich, 1992). Age: Middle Eocene (probably middle Lutetian). 384 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY "Eotherium" majus Zdansky, 1938 Eotherium majus Zdansky, 1938, Palaeobiologica 6(2): 434. Holotype: Left M2. Type Locality: Mokattam Hills, Cairo, Egypt. Formation: Mokattam Formation. Age: Middle Eocene (Lutetian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Halitherium Kaup, 1838 Pugmeodon Kaup in Kaup and Scholl, 1834, Verzeichn. Gyps-AbgUsse Ausgezeichn. Urweltl. Thierrest. Grossh. Mus. Darmstadt, 2. Ausg.: 16, Sep. 1834. [Type, by monotypy: P. Schinzii Kaup. Both names were nomina nuda.] Halytherium Kaup, 1838, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 319, May 1838. [Spelling changed to Halitherium on p. 536 of the same volume; Halitherium deemed to be the correct original spelling and placed on the Official List of Generic Names in Zoology, and Halytherium placed on the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Generic Names, by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989. Type, by subsequent designation (in Opinion 1535): Pugmeodon schinzii Kaup.] Pugmeodon Kaup, 1838, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 319, May 1838. [Type, by monotypy: P. schinzii Kaup. The generic name is a nomen oblitum.] Halianassa von Meyer, 1838 [partim], Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 1838: 667, Sept 1838. [Type, by monotypy: Halianassa studeri von Meyer. Name declared a junior objective synonym of Halitherium and placed on the Official List of Rejected and Invalid Generic Names by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] Halibutherium Gloger, 1842, Gemeinnutz. Hand- u. Hilfsbuch Naturgesch. 1: 166. [Nomen nudum; = Halitherium^] Pygmaeodon Giebel, 1847, Fauna der Vorwelt: 230. [Lapsus for Pugmeodon.] Trachytherium Gervais, 1849, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 28: 644, May 1849. [Type, by monotypy: T. raulinii Gervais.] Crassitherium van Beneden, 1871 [partim], Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique (2)32(9/10): 171. [Type, by monotypy: C. robustum van Beneden.] Manatherium Hartlaub, 1886, Zool. Jb. 1: 378. [Type, by monotypy: M. delheidi Hartlaub.] Halitherium alleni Simpson, 1932 Halitherium antiquum (Leidy) Allen, sensu Allen, 1926, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 67(14): 455, July, 1926. [Includes all the referred specimens described here by Allen, but not Leidy's original type specimen; see Simpson (1932a: 445).] Halitherium alleni Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 445, Sept 6, 1932. Felsinotherium alleni (Simpson) Kellogg, 1966, U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 247(3): 91. M[etaxytherium]. alleni (Simpson) Fondi and Pacini, 1974, Palaeontogr. Ital. 67(n.s. 37): 45. Holotype: MCZ 17142, parietal-supraoccipital skullcap. Type Locality: Ashley River phosphate deposits near Charleston, South Carolina, U.S. Formation: Unknown; probably either the Ashley Forma tion of the Cooper Group or the Chandler Bridge Formation. Age: Unknown; probably Late Oligocene. Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. ?Halitherium antillense Matthew, 1916 ?Halitherium antillense Matthew, 1916, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 27: 25, Jan. 28, 1916. Holotype: AMNH 9844, posterior part of left mandible with M1"3; one cervical and one thoracic vertebra. Type Locality: West bank of Rio Jacaguas, 1 km N and 1 km W of Juana Di?z, Puerto Rico. Formation: Principal reference section of the Juana Diaz Formation, as designated by Monroe (1980: 68). Age: Middle Oligocene (upper Globigerina ampliapertura Zone; Moussa and Seiglie, 1970, AAPGBull. 54(10): 1892); = lower Chattian, ca. 31 Ma. Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Halitherium christolii Fitzinger, 1842 Halitherium Christolii Fitzinger, 1842, 6ter Ber. Mus. Franc.-Carol. Linz: 71. M[anatus]. Christolii (Fitzinger) de Blainville, 1844, Osteogr., Genre Manatus: 122. Met[axytherium]. Christolii (Fitzinger) Laurillard, 1846, Di'cr. Univ. d'Hist. Nat. 8: 172. Halianassa Collinii von Meyer [partim], sensu von Meyer, 1847, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 189, 578. Halitherium Schinzi Kaup, sensu Peters, 1867, Jb. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien 17: 310. Halitherium Schinzi Kaup [partim], sensu Lepsius, 1882, Abh. Mittelrhein. Geol. Ver. 1: 164. Metaxytherium(?) pergense Toula, 1899, Neues Jb. Min. Geol. Pal., 12. Beilageband: 459, pi. 12. [Holotype: Oberost Landesmus. Linz No. 11/1899, skull roof. Type locality: Perg, Austria.] Halitherium pergense (Toula) Spillmann, 1959, Denkschr. Math.-Nat. Kl. Oesterr. Akad. Wiss. 110(3): 11. Halitherium Abeli Spillmann, 1959, Denkschr. Math.-Nat. Kl. Oesterr. Akad. Wiss. 110(3): 36. [Holotype: Oberost Landesmus. Linz No. 257/1939, left and right mandibles with DP5-M3. Type locality: Linz, Austria.] Type Series: Mandible with left DP5-M2 and right Mj_3; two isolated molars; ribs and vertebrae (Oberost. Landesmus., Linz); isolated ?M3 (Mus. Naturgesch., Vienna). Type Locality: Sicherbauer-Gestatte sand quarry, Linz, Austria. Formation: "Erste Mediterranstufe"; Linzer Sande. Age: Late Oligocene (Egerian). Halitherium schinzii (Kaup, 1838) Kaup, 1855 Pugmeodon Schinzii Kaup in Kaup and Scholl, 1834, Verzeichn. Gyps-Abgiisse Ausgezeichn. Urweltl. Thierrest. Grossh. Mus. Darmstadt, 2. Ausg.: 16, Sep. 1834. [Nomen nudum.] Hippopotamus dubius Cuvier, sensu Kaup, 1838, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 319, May 1838. Halytherium dubium (Cuvier) Kaup, 1838, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 319, pi. 2: figs. DI, 2, May 1838. [Note that this new combination was misapplied to material generically distinct from the original "Hippopota mus" dubius of Cuvier (= IProtosiren minima). Spelling changed to Halitherium on p. 536. Based on HLMD Az 47, lower molar.] Pugmeodon Schinzii Kaup, 1838, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 319, pi. 2: fig. CI, 2, May 1838. [Holotype: HLMD Az 48, premolar. Name placed on NUMBER 80 385 the Official List of Specific Names in Zoology by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] Halianassa Studeri von Meyer, 1838 [partim], Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 667, Sep. 1838. [Neotype: HLMD Az 48, premolar (= holotype of Pugmeodon schinzii); name declared an objective junior synonym of Halitherium schinzii and placed on the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Specific Names by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] Manatus Renggeri Bronn, 1838, Lethaea Geogn.: 840. [Nomen nudum; lapsus, = Halitherium schinzii; see Bronn, 1848.] M[anatus]. Guettardi de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 122, 124. [Holotype: Partial skeleton. Type locality: ?trechy, near fitampes, France.] M[anatus]. Schinzii (Kaup) de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 124. M[anatus]. dubius (Cuvier) de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 124. Halianassa Collinii von Meyer, 1846, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 328. [Based on unspecified material from Flonheim.] Met[axytherium]. Guettardi (de Blainville) Laurillard, 1846, Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat. 8:172. H[alitherium]. Guettardi (de Blainville) Gervais, 1847, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) (3)8: 221, Oct 1847. Pygmaeodon Schinzii Giebel, 1847, Fauna der Vorwelt: 230. [Lapsus for Pugmeodon schinzii.] Trachytherium Raulinii Gervais, 1849, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 28: 644, May 1849. [Holotype: Mus. Hist Nat. Bordeaux, isolated Mv Type locality: La R6ole, Gironde, France.] Halitherium Cuvieri (de Christol) Kaup, 1840, sensu Kaup, 1855, Beitr. Ndh. Kenntn. Urweltl. Sdugeth.: 11. Halitherium Schinzi (Kaup) Kaup, 1855, Beitr. Ndh. Kenntn. Urweltl. Sdugeth.: 11. Halitherium Kaupi Krauss, 1858, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 528. [Holotype: skull roof figured by Kaup (1855: pi. 2, fig. 1). Type locality: ?Flonheim, Germany.] Halitherium Bronni Krauss, 1858, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 530. [Holotype: SMNS 1539, skull roof. Type locality: Flonheim, Germany.] Crassitherium robustum Van Beneden, 1871 [partim], Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique (2)32(9/10): 171. [Types: ?repule skull fragment and 8 vertebrae of Halitherium schinzii; see Sickenberg (1934b: 205, 207). Type locality: Boom, Belgium; Argile de Boom.] Halitherium Chouqueti Gaudry, 1884, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (3)12(6): 373, May 1884. [Holotype: 14 ribs. Type locality: Louveciennes, Seine-et-Oise, France.] Manatherium delheidi Hartlaub, 1886, Zool. Jb. 1: 378. [Holotype: MNHB HtM.151, skull fragments of juvenile. Type locality: Hemixem, near Hoboken, Belgium; Rupelton.] H[alitherium]. Raulini (Gervais) Dep6ret, 1895, Sitzb. Math.-Nat. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 104(1): 410. Halitherium Uytterhoeveni Abel, 1925, Gesch. Meth. Rekonstr. Vorzeitl. Wirbelt.: 39. [Holotype: MNHB 3663 (I.G. 6433), Plt.M.141, partial skeleton. Type locality: Boom, Belgium; Rupelton. Earliest known publica tion of this MS. name of Lefevre; see Sickenberg (1934b: 206).] Halitherium schinzi Kaup forma typica Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 271, Dec. 31, 1934. Halitherium schinzi Kaup forma delheidi (Hartlaub) Sickenberg, 1934, Mim. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belgique 63: 207, Dec. 31, 1934. Halitherium schinzi lareolensis [sic] Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 46. [Incorrect original spelling; properly "//. s. lareolense."] Holotype: NHMB M.G. 60, mandible with M1"3. Type locality: La R6ole, Gironde, France; Lower Rupelian.] NEW SYNONYMY. Holotype: HLMD Az 48, premolar. Type Locality: Flonheim, Germany. Formation: Unterer Meeressand. Age: Middle Oligocene (Rupelian, Suevian). Metaxytherium de Christol, 1840 Halianassa von Meyer, 1838 [partim], Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 667, Sep. 1838. [Type, by monotypy: H. studeri von Meyer (= Manatus studeri von Meyer, 1837, nomen nudum; = Metaxytherium krahuletzi Dep^ret). Name placed on the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Generic Names by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] Cheirotherium Bruno, 1839, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino 2(1): 160. [Junior homonym of Cheirotherium Kaup, 1835 (Reptilia). Type, by monotypy: C. subapenninum Bruno.] Metaxytherium de Christol, 1840, L'Institut Vol. 8, Sect 1, No. 352: 323, Sep. 24, 1840; Rev. Zool. 3: 283, Sep. 1840; C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 11(12): 529; Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (2)15: 332, June 1841. [Type, by subsequent designation (Depe"ret and Roman, 1920): Metaxytherium cuvieri de Christol (= Hippopotamus medius Desmarest).] Fucotherium Kaup, 1840, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 1840: 675. [Published as synonym of Metaxytherium; type, by monotypy: Halicore cuvierii de Christol.] Pontotherium Kaup, 1840, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 1840: 676. [Replacement name for Cheirotherium Bruno.] Felsinotherium Capellini, 1865, Atti Soc. Hal. Sci. Nat. Milano 8: 281. [Nomen nudum.] Felsinotherium Capellini, 1872, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna (3)1: 615. [Type, by original designation: F. forestii Capellini.] Hesperosiren Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 426, Sep. 6, 1932. [Type, by monotypy: H. crataegensis Simpson.] Furcotherium Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 481, Sep. 6, 1932. [Lapsus for Fucotherium.] Halysiren Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 153. [Replacement name for Cheirotherium Bruno.] Haplosiren Kretzoi, 1951, Foldt. Kozl. 81(10-12): 438. [Type, by monotypy: H. leganyii Kretzoi.] Metaxytherium aquitaniae Pilleri, 1987 Metaxytherium aquitaniae Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 41. Holotype: NHMB 09.917/1926, parietal-supraoccipital skullcap. Type Locality: Courtebotte near Gans, district of Langon, Canton of Bazas, Gironde, France. Formation: ? Age: Early Miocene (Middle Aquitanian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Metaxytherium arctodites Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994 Metaxytherium arctodites Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994, Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 29: 192. May 1, 1994. Holotype: FCM 3693, skull and skeleton of subadult individual. Type Locality: FCM loc. LM-1, La Misi6n, Baja Califor nia, Mexico. Formation: Rosarito Beach Formation, Los Indios Mem ber. Age: Middle Miocene (Barstovian). 386 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOG\ Metaxytherium beaumontii de Christol in de Blainville, 1844 (nomen dubium) Metaxytherium Beaumontii de Christol in de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 130. Halitherium Beaumontii (de Christol) Gervais, 1852, Zool. Pal. Frang,. 1:144. Holotype: Nearly complete skeleton lacking mandible; formerly at Faculte des Sciences de Dijon but now lost. Type Locality: Beaucaire, France. Formation: "Molasse de Beaucaire." Age: Early Miocene (Burdigalian; DepeYet and Roman, 1920: 31). Metaxytherium crataegense (Simpson, 1932) Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994 Hesperosiren crataegensis Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 426, Sep. 6, 1932. Metaxytherium calvertense Kellogg, 1966, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 247(3): 71. [Holotype: USNM 16757, skull and partial skeleton of immature individual. Type Locality: Plum Point, Calvert County, Maryland, U.S.; Plum Point Member, Calvert Formation; earliest Middle Miocene (Langhian; lower part of planktonic foraminiferal zone N.9).] Metaxytherium riveroi Varona, 1972, Mem. Soc. Cienc. Nat. La Salle (Caracas) No. 91, Tomo 32: 6, Jan.-Apr. 1972. [Holotype: DPUH 1255, partial skull and skeletal fragments of juvenile. Type locality: San Antonio de Cabezas, Matanzas, Cuba; Giiines Formation.] NEW SYNONYMY. Metaxytherium crataegense (Simpson) Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Bar nes, 1994, Proc. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 29: 192. May 1, 1994. Holotype: AMNH 26838, skull, vertebrae, and ribs of adult. Type Locality: Floridin Company mine, N of Quincy, Gadsden County, Florida, U.S. Formation: Hawthorn Group, Torreya Formation, Dog- town Member. Age: Early-Middle Miocene (late Hemingfordian or early Barstovian; Bryant, 1991). Metaxytherium floridanum Hay, 1922 Manatus antiquus Leidy, sensu Leidy, 1889, Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. 2: 27. Metaxytherium floridanum Hay, 1922, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 61(17): 1. Felsinotherium floridanum (Hay) Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 447, Sep. 6, 1932. Felsinotherium ossivallense Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 448, Sep. 6, 1932. [Holotype: AMNH 26805, maxillary fragment with M3. Type locality: Mulberry, Polk County, Florida, U.S.] F[elsinotherium]. gunteri Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 449, Sep. 6, 1932. [Nomen nudum; lapsus for F. ossivallense; see Reinhart (1976: 228).] Metaxytherium ossivalense [sic] (Simpson) Reinhart, 1971, Plaster Jacket No. 15: [8], Oct. 1, 1971. Holotype: USNM 7221, right maxilla with M3. Type Locality: Pit No. 7 of the Prairie Pebble Phosphate Company, 1 mile W of Mulberry, Polk County, Florida, U.S. Formation: Lower Bone Valley Formation; presumably Unit 4 of Crissinger (1977, Southeast. Geol. Soc. Publ. 19 49-60). Age: Probably late Middle Miocene (Early Clarendonian), "Metaxytherium" kachchhense Bajpai, Singh, and Singh, 1987 Metaxytherium kachchhensis [sic] Bajpai, Singh, and Singh, 1987, Jour. Palaeont. Soc. India 32: 21. [Incorrect original spelling.] Holotype: LUVP/MP 1032, complete skull. Type Locality: Near Aida, southwestern Kachchh (= Cutch), India. Formation: Aidaian Stage or Khari Nadi Formation, Khari Series. Age: Early Miocene (Aquitanian). Remarks: Possibly referable to Dugonginae. Metaxytherium krahuletzi Dep^ret, 1895 Manatus Studeri von Meyer, 1837, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 8: 677. [Nomen nudum. Based on Mus. Naturgesch. Bern, unnumbered, left maxilla with DPS-M3. Type locality: Maggenwyl, near Lenzburg, Canton Aargau, Switzerland; Burdigalian "Molassen-Sandstein."] Halianassa Studeri von Meyer, 1838 [partim], Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 1838:667, Sep. 1838. [Names placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Generic and Specific Names by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] M[anatus]. Studeri (von Meyer) de Blainville, 1844 [partim], Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 124. Halitherium Studeri (von Meyer) Kaup, 1855 [partim], Beitr. Ndh. Kenntn. Urweltl. Sdugeth.: 12. Halitherium Schinzi (Kaup), sensu Toula and Kail, 1885, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 50: 300. Halianassa studeri von Meyer, sensu Studer, 1887, Abh. Schweiz. Pal. Ges. 14: 10. Metaxytherium krahuletzi Dep6ret, 1895, Sitzb. Math.-Nat. Kl. Akad. Wiss. Wien 104(1): 408. M[etaxytherium]. studeri (von Meyer) Dep?ret 1895, Sitzb. Math.-Nat. Kl. Akad. Wiss. Wien 104(1): 409. Metaxytherium Christoli (Fitzinger) Laurillard, sensu Schlosser, 1902, Geol. Pal. Abh. (Koken), N.F., 5(3): 229. Th[alattosiren]. studeri (von Meyer) Thenius, 1952, Neues Jb. Geol. Pal. (Abh.) 96(1): 113. Metaxytherium argoviense Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 14. [Unavailable name; proposed conditionally.] Metaxytherium krahuletzi excelsum Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 16. [Holotype: Collection of Jiirg Jost Zofingen, Switzerland, parietal- supraoccipital skullcap. Type locality: Safenwil-Striegel, Canton Aargau, Switzerland; upper marine molasse, Lower Burdigalian.] NEW SYNON YMY. Type Series: Krahuletzmus. Eggenburg nos. G II 21, 22, 25, 26, 29, 34, six isolated molars. Type Locality: Schindergraben, near Eggenburg, Austria. Formation: "Erste Mediterranstufe (Homer Schichten)' (Dep6ret, 1895); = Burgschleinitz Formation. Age: Early Miocene (Eggenburgian). Metaxytherium lovisati Capellini, 1886 Metaxytherium lovisati Capellini, 1886, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna (4)7 50. NUMBER 80 387 Holotype: Cervical vertebrae 2-7 and thoracic vertebra 1. Type Locality: Monte Fiocca, near Sassari, Sardinia. Formation: ? Age: Miocene. Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain; possibly synony mous with M. medium. Holotype: SMNS unnumbered, proximal end of left hu merus. Type Locality: Baltringen, Germany. Formation: "Meeresmolasse." Age: Miocene (Burdigalian?). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Metaxytherium medium (Desmarest, 1822) Hooijer, 1952 "Lamantin fossile," G. Cuvier, 1809, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. 13: 305, pi. 19: figs. 12,19-23. "Moyen hippopotame fossile," Cuvier, 1821, Rech. Oss. Fossiles, ed. 2, vol. 1: 332, pi. 7, fig. 9. Hippopotamus medius Desmarest, 1822, Mammalogie: 388. Hippopotamus intermedius Holl, 1829, Handb. Petrefactenk.: 57. Manatus fossilis Holl, 1829, Handb. Petrefactenk.: 69. Halicore Cuvierii de Christol, 1832 [partim], Ann. Sci. Indust. Midi France 2(8): 244, pi. 6: figs. 1-3. Halianassa Studeri von Meyer, 1838 [partim], Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet. 1838:667, Sep. 1838. [Names placed on the Official Indexes of Rejected and Invalid Generic and Specific Names by ICZN Opinion 1535, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 46(1): 83, March 1989.] Halitherium cuvieri (de Christol) Kaup, 1840, Neues Jb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Pet.: 675. "Metaxytherium ... d'Angers et de Nantes," de Christol, 1841, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (2)15: 332, pi. 7: figs. 1, 5, 9-11. M[etaxytherium]. Cordieri de Christol in de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 130. [Based on unspecified material from the Loire Valley, France.] M[anatus]. Cuvieri (de Christol) de Blainville, 1844 [partim], Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 122. M[etaxytherium]. Cuvierii (de Christol) de Christol in de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 130. Halitherium fossilis [sic] (Holl) Gervais, 1847, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) (3)8: 221, Oct. 1847. Halianassa Cordieri (de Christol) Bronn, 1848, Index Pal.: 562. Halianassa Cuvieri (de Christol) Bronn, 1848, Index Pal.: 562. Halitherium cordieri (de Christol) Peters, 1867, Jahrb. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien 17(2): 309. M[etaxytherium]. fossile (Holl) Dep6ret, 1895, Sitzb. Math.-Nat. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 104(1): 409. Haplosiren leganyii Kretzoi, 1951, Foldt. Kozl. 81(10-12): 438. [Holotype: FIV 6001, left mandibular fragment with M^j. Type locality: Matraszollos, Hungary; Rakos Leitha-Limestone Formation, Upper Tortonian, ?Late Badenian.] Metaxytherium medium (Desmarest) Hooijer, 1952, Osiris 10: 114. Metaxytherium catalaunicum Pilleri in Pilleri, Biosca, and Via, 1989, Ten. Sir. Catalonia: 68. [Holotype: Mus. Vilafranca del Penedes (Barcelona) no. 1210, skull, mandible, and postcranial remains. Type locality: Olerdola, Catalonia, Spain.] NEW SYNONYMY. Holotype: MNHN Fs 2706, partial left mandible with M2_3 and roots of Mj (the "Moyen hippopotame" of Cuvier, 1821). Type Locality: Saint-Michel en Chaisine, Maine-et-Loire, France. Formation: Calcareous tuff. Age: Middle or Late Miocene (Serravallian-Tortonian). Metaxytherium meyeri Abel, 1904 (nomen dubium) Metaxytherium Meyeri Abel, 1904, Abh. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst. 19(2): 15, June 1904. Metaxytherium serresii (Gervais, 1847) Depdret, 1895 Halicore Cuvierii de Christol, 1832 [partim], Ann. Sci. Indust. Midi France 2(8): 244. Halicore medius (Desmarest) de Serres, 1838, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (2)9: 286. [Note that this new combination was misapplied to material specifically distinct from the original "Hippopotamus" medius of Desmarest (= Metaxytherium medium).] "Metaxytherium de Montpellier," de Christol, 1841, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (2)15: 332; pi. 7: figs. 2, 3, 6. M[anatus]. Cuvieri (de Christol), sensu de Blainville, 1844 [partim], Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 122. M[etaxytherium]. Cuvieri (de Christol), sensu de Christol in de Blainville, 1844, Ostiographie, Genre Manatus: 130. [This and the previous name are nomina oblita as applied to Montpellier specimens.] Halitherium Serresii Gervais, 1847, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) (3)8: 221, Oct. 1847. Felsinotherium Serresii (Gervais) de Zigno, 1878, Atti R. Accad. Lincei, Mem. CI. Sci. Fis. Matem. Nat. (3)2: 941. Halitherium minor Cope, 1883, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1883: 52. M[etaxytherium]. Serresi (Gervais) Dep^ret, 1895, Sitzb. Math.-Nat. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 104(1): 409. Type: No type specimens of this species have ever been designated. Type Locality: Montpellier, France. Formation: Sables a Gryphaea virleti. Age: Early Pliocene (early Zanclian, MN 14). Metaxytherium subapenninum (Bruno, 1839) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 Cheirotherium sub-apenninum Bruno, 1839, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino 2(1): 160. Cheirotherium Brocchii de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 121. [Lapsus for C. subapenninum.] Manatus Brocchii (de Blainville) de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 121. Met[axytherium]. Brocchii (de Blainville) Laurillard, 1846, Diet. Univ. d'Hist. Nat. 8: 171. Halitherium Brocchii (de Blainville) Gervais, 1847, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) (3)8: 221, Oct. 1847. Halianassa Brocchii (de Blainville) Bronn, 1848, Index Pal.: 562. Halitherium subapenninum (Bruno) Kaup, 1855, Beitr. Ndh. Kenntn. Urweltl. Sdugeth.: 11. Felsinotherium Forestii Capellini, 1872, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna (3)1: 617. [Holotype: Museum G. Capellini, Univ. of Bologna, unnumbered, skull, mandible, and postcranial elements. Type locality: Riosto, province of Bologna, Italy.] Felsinotherium Gervaisi Capellini, 1872, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna (3)1: 634. [Holotype: partial skull and mandible. Type locality: Val di Pugna, near Siena, Italy.] Felsinotherium subapenninum (Bruno) de Zigno, 1878, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (3)6: 70. Felsinotherium Gastaldi de Zigno, 1878, Atti R. Accad. Lincei (Roma), Mem. CI. Sci. Fis. Matem. Nat. (3)2: 941. [Holotype: Museo Craveri, Bra, 388 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Piemonte, unnumbered, skull and rib fragment. Type locality: Bra, Piemonte, Italy.] Felsinotherium subalpinum Issel, 1910, Mem. R. Accad. Lincei (Roma) (5)8: 203. Metaxytherium forestii (Capellini) Fondi and Pacini, 1974, Palaeont. Hal. 67(n.s. 37): 37. Metaxytherium subappenninum [sic] (Bruno) Fondi and Pacini, 1974, Palaeont. Hal. 67(n.s. 37): 45. Metaxytherium gervaisi (Capellini) Fondi and Pacini, 1974, Palaeont. Hal. 67(n.s. 37): 45. Metaxytherium gastaldi (de Zigno) Fondi and Pacini, 1974, Palaeont. Hal. 67(n.s. 37): 45. Holotype: Regional Mus. Nat. Hist. Turin no. NT-13889, partial skull and skeleton. Type Locality: Montiglio hills, Tanaro valley, Piemonte, Italy. Formation: ? Age: Late Pliocene (Astian). Prototherium de Zigno, 1887 Prototherium de Zigno, 1887, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (3)15: 731. [Type, by monotypy: Halitherium veronense de Zigno.] Mesosiren Abel, 1906, Neues Jb. Min. Geol. Pal. (Abh.) 1906(2): 52. [Type, by monotypy: M. dolloi Abel.] Paraliosiren Abel, 1906, Neues Jb. Min. Geol. Pal. (Abh.) 1906(2): 59. [Type, by monotypy: P. suessi Abel.] Prototherium veronense (de Zigno, 1875) de Zigno, 1887 Halitherium veronense de Zigno, 1875, Mem. R. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti 18: 445. Halitherium angustifrons de Zigno, 1875, Mem. R. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti 18: 441. [Syntypes: MGP 12 and 17, two skull fragments. Type locality: Monte Zuello, Italy.] Halitherium curvidens de Zigno, 1875, Mem. R. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti 18: 443. [Holotype: MGP 11, partial mandible. Type locality: Monte Zuello, Italy.] Halitherium (Prototherium) veronense de Zigno, 1887, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (3)15:731. Prorastoma veronense (de Zigno) Lydekker, 1892, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1892(1): 83, June 1892. Prorastomus veronensis (de Zigno) Trouessart, 1898, Cat. Mamm.: 999. Protosiren Dolloi Abel, 1904, Abh. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst. 19(2): 214. [Nomen nudum.] Mesosiren Dolloi Abel, 1906, Neues Jb. Min. Geol. Pal. (Abh.) 1906(2): 52. [Lectotype: PIUW unnumbered, left maxillary fragment with DP3-M'. Type locality: Monte Zuello, Italy. Abel did not designate a type from among the specimens available to him; Sickenberg (1934b: 154) referred to this one as the "Type," and I regard this as designation of a lectotype.] Paraliosiren Suessi Abel. 1906, Neues Jb. Min. Geol. Pal. (Abh.) 1906(2): 59. [Holotype: PIUW 1870.11.216 and 219, right jugal and maxilla with DP^M72. Type locality: Monte Zuello, Italy. Identified as the "Type" by Sickenberg (1934b: 154).] Protosiren veronense [sic] (de Zigno) Kaltenmark, 1942, Mammalia 6(3/4): 108. [Lapsus fox Prototherium veronense.] Holotype: MGP 10, nearly complete skull. Type Locality: Monte Zuello, near Ronca, Italy. Formation: ? Age: Late Eocene (Auversian). "Prototherium" intermedium Bizzotto, 1983 Prototherium intermedium Bizzotto, 1983, Mem. Sci. Geol., Ist. Geol. Min. Univ. Padova 36: 111. Prototherium solei Pilleri in Pilleri, Biosca, and Via, 1989, Tert. Sir. Catalonia: 17. [Holotype: Collection Jesus Sole" (Tona, Spain) no. 441, partial skull and skeleton. Type locality: Tona, Spain.] NEW SYNONYMY. Prototherium montserratense Pilleri in Pilleri, Biosca, and Via, 1989, Tert. Sir. Catalonia: 37. [Holotype: Geol. Mus. in Seminarium (Barcelona) no. 44.892, skull and skeleton. Type locality: Castellbell i Vilar (Saint Cristofol), Spain.] NEW SYNONYMY. Holotype: MGP 25837 and 26300: mandible, skull, and partial skeleton of one individual. Type Locality: Cava Cunial, Le Coe, Possagno, Italy. Formation: Mama di Possagno (Possagno Marl), upper part. Age: Late Eocene (Priabonian), Globigerina cerroazulen- sis cunialensis Biozone. Remarks: Probably generically distinct from P. veronense. Thalattosiren Sickenberg, 1928 Thalattosiren Sickenberg, 1928, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Nat. Kl. 101: 293. [Type, by monotypy: Metaxytherium petersi Abel.] Thalattosiren petersi (Abel, 1904) Sickenberg, 1928 Halitherium Cordieri de Christol, sensu Peters, 1867, Jb. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien 17(2): 309. Metaxytherium Petersi Abel, 1904, Abh. K.-K. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien 19(2): 15, 107, June 1904. Thalattosiren Petersi (Abel) Sickenberg, 1928, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Nat. Kl. 101:293. Holotype: Skeleton lacking skull; described by Peters (1867) and Abel (1904a), termed "Typusexemplar" by Pia and Sickenberg (1934: 403); formerly in Geol. Bundesanst., Vienna, but now lost and probably destroyed in World War II except for the distal epiphysis of a radius, two carpals, one metacarpal, one phalanx, the left innominate, and a cervical vertebra. Type Locality: Hainburg a. d. Donau, Austria. Formation: Zweite Mediterranstufe. Age: Middle Miocene (Badenian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Subfamily HYDRODAMALINAE (Palmer, 1895 [1833]) Simpson, 1932 RYTINEAE Brandt, 1833, Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (6)2: 115, Nov. 1833. [Proposed as tribe.] RYTINADAE Gray, 1843, List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus.: xxiii. [Proposed as family.] RHYTINEA Brandt, 1846, Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (6)5:141. [Proposed as tribe or family.] RYTINIDAE Girard, 1852, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 6: 326, 328. [Proposed as family.] HYDRODAMALIDAE Palmer, 1895, Science (2)2(40): 450, Oct 4, 1895. [Proposed as family.] NUMBER 80 389 HYDRODAMALINAE Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 424, Sep. 6,1932. HALIANASSINAE Reinhart, 1959 [partim], Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 8, July 24,1959. [Other names based on Rhytina omitted.] Type Genus: Hydrodamalis Retzius (= Rytina Illiger). Dusisiren Domning, 1978 Dusisiren Domning, 1978, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 118: 13, Sep. 8, 1978. [Type, by original designation: Metaxytherium jordani Kellogg.] Dusisiren reinharti Domning, 1978 Halianassa sp. indet., Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 44, July 24, 1959. M[etaxytherium). n. sp., Domning, 1972, Proc. Pacif. Coast Mioc. Biostrat. Symp.,S.E.P.M.:Ul\49. Dusisiren reinharti Domning, 1978, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 118: 14, Sep. 8, 1978. Holotype: UCMP 39581, most of skull and skeleton of juvenile. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V5023, Punta Pequena, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Formation: Ysidro Formation, Ysidro Sandstone Member. Age: Early Miocene (Vaquerosian-Temblorian). Remarks: Inadequately known; status uncertain. Dusisiren jordani (Kellogg, 1925) Domning, 1978 Metaxytherium jordani Kellogg, 1925, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 348: 59, Apr. 1925. Metaxytherium petersi Abel, sensu VanderHoof, 1941, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 52(12): 1985, Dec. 1, 1941. [Based on UCMP 3794.] H[alianassa]. jordani (Kellogg) Reinhart, 1951, Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci. 28(9): 210, Feb. 16. 1951. Halianassa vanderhoofi Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 23, July 24, 1959. [Holotype: UCMP 3794, skull and partial skeleton. Type locality: Scotts Valley, near Santa Cruz, California; Santa Margarita Formation, Mohnian-Delmontian, early Clarendonian.] M[etaxytherium]. vanderhoofi (Reinhart) Shikama and Domning, 1970, Trans. Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan (2)80: 395, Dec. 20, 1970. Dusisiren jordani (Kellogg) Domning, 1978, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 118: 21, Sep. 8, 1978. Holotype: USNM 11051, cranium, vertebrae, ribs, and metacarpal of old adult. Type Locality: Celite Company #5 Quarry, Lompoc, Santa Barbara County, California, U.S. Formation: Sisquoc Formation. Age: Late Miocene (early Delmontian). Dusisiren dewana Takahashi, Domning, and Saito, 1986 Dusisiren Species D, Domning, 1978, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 118: 72, Sep. 8, 1978. Dusisiren dewana Takahashi, Domning, and Saito, 1986, Trans. Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan, N.S., No. 141: 300, April 30, 1986. Holotype: Yamagata Prefectural Museum, Yamagata, Japan, unnumbered, skull and anterior half of skeleton. Type Locality: Bed of Mogami River near E bank, about 100 m upstream of Yoh Iron Bridge, hamlet of Yoh, Ohe Town, Nishimurayama County, Yamagata Prefecture, Honshu, Japan. Formation: Hongo Formation, Hashigami Sandstone Member. Age: Late Miocene (Denticulopsis katayamae Diatom Zone), 9.0-10.4 Ma. Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794 Manati Steller, 1774, Beschr. Lande Kami.: 97. [Used as uninominal, referring to the Commander Islands species. Placed on Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Generic Names by ICZN Opinion 1320, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 42(2): 175-176, June 1985, with the Name Number 2162. First binominal use by Zimmermann, 1780; type, by monotypy: M. gigas Zimmermann, which is a senior objective synonym of Hydrodamalis stelleri Retzius and therefore the correct name of the type species of Hydrodamalis.] Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794, K. Svensk. Vetenskapsacad. Handl. (2)15: 292, Oct.-Dec. 1794. [Type, by monotypy: H. stelleri Retzius (but see above). Generic name upheld in preference to Rhytina by ICZN Opinion 90, 1925, Smithson. Misc. Colls. 73(3): 39; placed on Official List of Generic Names by Opinion 1320, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 42(2): 175-176, June 1985, with the Name Number 2262.] Sirene Link, 1794, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(1): 67. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Manatus borealis Gmelin.] Rytina Illiger, 1811, Prodromus Syst. Mamm. Av.: 141. [Incorrect translitera tion, but "correct original spelling" under the Code. Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Manatus borealis Gmelin.] Dystomus Fischer von Waldheim, 1813, Zoognosia, ed. 3, 1: 15, 19. [Not associated with any species name.] Nepus Fischer von Waldheim, 1814, Zoognosia, ed. 3, 3: 640. [Type, by monotypy: Hydrodamalis stelleri Retzius.] "Stellera," Bowdich, 1821, Anal. Nat. Class. Mamm.: 86. [Used as vernacular name for Rytina; not intended as a new generic name, though cited by all major nomenclators.] Stellerus Desmarest, 1822, Mammalogie 2: 510. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus manatus borealis Gmelin.] Rhytina Berthold, 1827, Latreille's Nat. Fam. Thierr.: 62. [Unjustified emendation of Rytina Illiger, despite correctness of transliteration.] Haligyna Billberg, 1827, Syn. Faunae Scand. 1(1): Tab. A, dorso 1 and p. 33. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Manatus borealis Gmelin.] Rhytine Burmeister, 1837, Handb. Naturgesch.: 793. [Emendation of Rhytina? Type, by monotypy: Hydrodamalis stelleri Retzius.] Hydrodamalis cuestae Domning, 1978 Hydrodamalis n. sp., Domning, 1971, Geol. Soc. Amer. Abstrs. Progs. 3(2): 110, Feb. 1971. Hydrodamalis cuestae Domning, 1978, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 118: 75, Sep. 8, 1978. Hydrodamalis spissus [sic] Furusawa, 1988, A New Species of Hydrodamaline Sirenia from Hokkaido, Japan: 13. [Incorrect original spelling; properly "H. spissa." Holotype: Takikawa Mus. of Art & Nat. Hist no. 0001, partial skull and skeleton. Type locality: Sorachi River near Takikawa City, Hokkaido, Japan; Takikawa Formation, Horokura Member, Early Pliocene.] Hydrodamalis spissa Furusawa, 1990, Prof. Akira Kasugai Mem. Vol.: 100, March 1990. [Justified emendation.] Holotype: UCMP 86433, skull and much of skeleton of immature individual. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V70148, Avila Beach, San Luis 390 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Obispo County, California, U.S. Formation: Pismo Formation, Squire Member. Age: Late Pliocene (Blancan). Hydrodamalis gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) Palmer, 1895 Phoca manatus (Linnaeus) Brisson, 1762 [partim], Regnum Animate: 164. Manati gigas Zimmermann, 1780, Geogr. Gesch. Mensch. vierf. Thiere 2: 426. [Placed on the Official List of Specific Names by ICZN Opinion 1320, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 42(2): 175-176, June 1985. with the Name Number 2965.] Manati Balaenurus Boddaert, 1785, Elenchus Anim. 1: 173. [Based on Pennant's "Whale-tailed Manati."] Trichechus Manatus borealis Gmelin, 1788, C. Linni Syst. Nat., ed. 13, vol. 1: 61. H[ydrodamalis]. Stelleri Retzius, 1794, K. Svensk. Vetenskapsacad. Handl. (2)15: 292, Oct.-Dec. 1794. S[irene]. borealis (Gmelin) Link, 1794, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(1): 68. M[anatus]. borealis (Gmelin) Link, 1795, Beytr. Naturgesch. 1(2): 110. Manatus Balaenurus (Boddaert) Bechstein, 1800, Thomas Pennant's Allge meine Uebersicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. Trichechus Borealis (Gmelin) Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1: 240. Nepus Stelleri (Retzius) Fischer von Waldheim, \214, Zoognosia, ed. 3, 3:641. Rytina borealis (Gmelin) Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811:64, 75. [Illiger referred this species to Rytina in 1811 (Prodromus Syst. Mamm. Av.: 141), but did not actually publish the combination.] Rytina cetacea Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 68. Rytina stelleri (Retzius) Desmarest, 1819, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. 29: 574. Stellerus borealis (Gmelin) Desmarest, 1822, Mammalogie 2: 510. Haligyna borealis (Gmelin) Billberg, 1827, Syn. Faunae Scand. 1(1): 33. Rh\ytine]. Stelleri (Retzius) Burmeister, 1837, Handb. Naturgesch.: 793. Rytina gigas (Zimmermann) Gray, 1850, Cat. Specs. Mamm. Coll. Br. Mus. 1: 144. Manatus gigas (Zimmermann) Lucas, 1891, Rept. U.S. Natl. Mus. 1888-1889: 623. Hydrodamalis gigas (Zimmermann) Palmer, 1895, Science (2)2(40): 449, Oct. 4, 1895. [Combinations with Rhytina omitted.] Type: No type specimens have been formally designated. All the above names are based on the verbal description by Steller (1751) and are therefore objective synonyms. The masticatory plates illustrated in the latter paper, which are preserved in St. Petersburg, are the only surviving specimens of the type series and therefore constitute the types; skin fragments attributed to this species are of questionable identity (see Domning, 1978b: 132). Type Locality: Bering Island, Commander Islands. Age: Recent; also reported from the Pleistocene. Subfamily DUGONGINAE (Gray, 1821) Simpson, 1932 HALICOREAE Brandt, 1833 [partim], Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (6)2: 114, Nov. 1833. [Proposed as tribe.] HALICOREA Brandt, 1846 [partim], Mim. Acad. Sci. St.-Pitersbourg (6)5: 132. [Proposed as tribe or family.] HALICORINAE Abel, 1913, Palaeontographica 59: 358. RHYTIODINAE Abel, 1914, Vorzeitl. Sduget.: 217. [Incorrect original spelling; properly "Rytiodontinae." Type Genus: Rytiodus Lartet. Included taxa transferred to Dugonginae by Domning (1994).] DUGONGINAE Simpson, 1932, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59(8): 424, Sep. 6, 1932. RYTIODONTINAE Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungar., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 155. [Justified emendation of Rhytiodinae Abel.] THELRIOPIINAE Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 65. [Replacement name for Rhytiodinae Abel.] Type Genus: Dugong Lacepede (= Halicore Illiger). Crenatosiren Domning, 1991 Crenatosiren Domning, 1991, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 11(3): 398, Sep. 30, 1991. [Type, by original designation: Halitherium olseni Reinhart] Crenatosiren olseni (Reinhart, 1976) Domning, 1991 Halitheriumolsenensis Reiiihart, 1971,Plaster JacketNo. 15: [8],Oct 1,1971. [Nomen nudum.] Halitherium olseni Reinhart, 1976, Bull. Fla. St. Mus., Biol. Sci. 20(4): 238, July 9, 1976. Crenatosiren olseni (Reinhart) Domning, 1991, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 11(3): 398, Sep. 30, 1991. Holotype: UF/FGS V6094, skull and partial skeleton of old adult. Type Locality: FGS loc. 82, east bank of Suwannee River about 1.6 miles "below" [or more likely, in a straight line west of] White Springs, Hamilton County, Florida, U.S.; probably in NW part of Sec. 11, T. 2 S, R. 15 E, White Springs West 7.5' Quadrangle (1961). Formation: Parachucla Formation. Age: Late Oligocene (early Arikareean). Corystosiren Domning, 1990 Corystosiren Domning, 1990, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 10(3): 361, Sep. 20, 1990. [Type, by original designation: C. varguezi Domning.] Corystosiren varguezi Domning, 1990 Corystosiren varguezi Domning, 1990, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 10(3): 361, Sep. 20, 1990. Holotype: IGM 4569, nearly complete skull of young adult, with fragments of vertebrae and ribs. Type Locality: IGM loc. 2398, Rancho Chapas, about 1 km SSW of Km 40.5 on road from Tizimin east to Colonia Yucatan, State of Yucatan, Mexico. Formation: Carrillo Puerto Formation. Age: Early Pliocene. Dioplotherium Cope, 1883 Dioplotherium Cope. 1883, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1883: 52, Mar. 27, 1883; Amer. Naturalist 17: 309, March 1883. [Type, by monotypy: D. manigaulti Cope.] Dioplotherium manigaulti Cope, 1883 Dioplotherium manigaulti Cope, 1883, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 1883: 53, Mar. 27, 1883; Amer. Naturalist 17: 309, March 1883. Metaxytherium manigaulti (Cope) Allen, 1926, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 67(14): NUMBER 80 391 458, July 1926. [Kellogg referred this species to Metaxytherium in 1925 (Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ., 348: 59), but did not actually publish the combination.] Holotype: ChM PV2896, premaxilla fragment and tusk. Type Locality: Bed of Wando River near Cainhoy, South Carolina, U.S. (Manigault, 1886). Formation: Unknown. Age: Uncertain; Late Oligocene or Early Miocene. Dioplotherium allisoni (Kilmer, 1965) Domning, 1978 Halianassaf?) allisoni Kilmer, 1965, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 64(2): 58. Apr.-Jun. 1965. Metaxytherium allisoni (Kilmer) Domning, 1971, Geol. Soc. Amer. Abstrs. Progs. 3(2): 110, Feb. 1971. Dioplotherium allisoni (Kilmer) Domning, 1978, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 118:5. Sep. 8, 1978. Holotype: UCMP 47250, incomplete mandible and other fragments. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V5734, La Purisima, Baja California Sur, Mexico. Formation: Ysidro Formation, Ysidro Sandstone Member. Age: Early Miocene (Vaquerosian-Temblorian). Dugong Lac6pede, 1799 Dugong Lacdpede, 1799, Tabl. Div. Mamm.: 17. [Type, by monotypy: Rosmarus indicus Boddaert] Platystomus Fischer von Waldheim, 1803 [Non Platystoma Meigen, 1803 (Insecta)], Das Nationalmuseum Naturgesch. zu Paris 2: 353. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Dugong Gmelin.] Dugungus Tiedemann, 1808, Zoologie, vol. 1: 554. [Type, by monotypy: Rosmarus indicus Boddaert.] Halicore Illiger, 1811, Prodromus Syst. Mamm. Av.: 140. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Dugong Gmelin.] Amblychilus Fischer von Waldheim, 1814, Zoognosia, ed. 3, vol. 3: 638. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Dugon Muller.] Dugongidus Gray, 1821, London Med. Reposit. 15: 309. [Type, by monotypy: Trichechus Dugong Gmelin.] Halicora Fleming, 1822, Phil. Zool. 2: 204. [Unjustified emendation of Halicore Illiger.] Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776) Palmer, 1895 Phoca manatus (Linnaeus) Brisson, 1762 [partim], Regnum Animate: 164. Trichecus [sic] dugon Muller, 1776, Des Ritters Carl v. Linni ... vollst. Natursyst., Suppl.: 21. Trichechus dugung Erxleben, 1777, Syst. Regni Anim.: 599. Rosmarus indicus Boddaert, 1785, Elenchus Anim. 1: 169. [Based on Buffon's "Dugon" and Pennant's "Indian Walrus."] Trichechus Dugong Gmelin, 1788, C. Linni Syst. Nat., ed. 13, vol. 1: 60. Tr[ichechus]. australis Retzius, 1794, K. Svensk. Vetenskapsakad. Handl. (2)15: 291, Oct.-Dec. 1794. [Non T. australis (Gmelin) Shaw, 1800; based on Buffon's "Dugon."] Dugong indicus (Boddaert) Lacepede, 1799, Tabl. Div. Mamm.: 17. Manatus indicus (Boddaert) Daudin, 1802, Hist. Nat. of Buffon, Didot Edition, "Quadrupeds" 14: 194. [Reference not seen.] Platystomus Dugong (Gmelin) Fischer von Waldheim, 1803, Das National- museum Naturgesch. zu Paris 2: 353. D[ugungus]. indicus (Boddaert) Tiedemann, 1808, Zoologie, Vol. 1: 554. Halicore Dugong (Gmelin) Illiger, 1811, Prodromus Syst. Mamm. Av.: 141. Halicore cetacea Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 79. Dugongidus dugong (Gmelin) Gray, 1821, London Med. Reposit. 15: 309. Halicore indicus [sic] (Boddaert) Desmarest, 1822, Mammalogie: 509. Halicore Syren Brookes, 1828 or 1830?, Cat. Mus.: 40. [Reference not seen.] Halicora Hemprichii Ehrenberg, 1832, Symb. Phys., Mamm. II: sign, k, Sep. 1832. [Type locality: Barkan Is., Red Sea. Reference not seen.] Halicora Lottum Ehrenberg, 1832, Symb. Phys., Mamm. II: sign, k, Sep. 1832. [Type locality: Hauakel Is., Red Sea. Reference not seen.] Halicore tabernaculi Ruppell, 1834, Mus. Senck. 1(2): 113. [Holotype: Senckenberg Mus. no. 1510, skin and skeleton of female. Type locality: Noura Is., Dahalak Archipelago, Ethiopia.] Manatus Dugung (Erxleben) de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 57, 135. Manatus Tabernaculi (Ruppell) de Blainville, 1844, Ostiogr., Genre Manatus: 78. Halicore australis (Retzius) Owen in Jukes, 1847, Narrative ... Voyage of H.M.S. "Fly," 2: 323. [Reference not seen.] Halicore malayana Owen, 1875, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London 31: 560. [Nomen nudum; lapsus?] Dugong dugon (Muller) Palmer, 1895, Science (2)2(40): 450, Oct. 4, 1895. Halicore brevirostris De Vis, 1905, Ann. Queensland Mus. No. 6: 30. [Holotype: a fossilized rostral fragment in the Queensland Museum. Type locality: Woodlark Island, Papua New Guinea (Pleistocene?).] Dugong australis (Retzius): [author of combination not identified]. Dugong hemprichii (Ehrenberg): [author of combination not identified]. Dugong dugong [sic] tabernaculi (Ruppell) Gohar, 1957, Publ. Mar. Biol. Stn. Al-Ghardaqa No. 9: 40. Dugong dugon australe [sic] (Retzius) Kleinschmidt, 1982, Braunschw. Naturk. Schr. 1(3): 372, Oct 1982. Dugong dugon dugon (Muller) Kleinschmidt, 1982, Braunschw. Naturk. Schr. 1(3): 372, Oct. 1982. Dugong dugon hemprichii (Ehrenberg) Kleinschmidt, 1982, Braunschw. Naturk. Schr. 1(3): 372, Oct. 1982. Type: No types of the species have been formally designated. Type Locality: Indian Ocean and East Indies. Muller (1776) described the species' range as extending from the Cape of Good Hope to the Philippines and beyond, to the South Pole and Strait of Magellan! Age: Recent; also may occur in the Pleistocene. Rytiodus Lartet, 1866 Rytiodus Lartet, 1866, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (2)23: 682. [Incorrect transliteration, but "correct original spelling" under the Code. Type, by monotypy: R. capgrandi Lartet.] Rhytiodus Delfortrie, 1872, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 28: 282. [Apparently the earliest use of this spelling. Unjustified emendation of Rytiodus Lartet, despite correctness of transliteration. Junior homonym of Rhytiodus Kner, 1858 (Pisces).] Thelriope Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 65. [Replacement name for Rhytiodus "Lartet."] Rytiodus capgrandi Lartet, 1866 Rytiodus Capgrandi Lartet, 1866, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (2)23: 682. H[alitherium]. capgrandi (Lartet) Cope, 1883, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel phia 1883: 52. Rhytiodus Capgrandi (Lartet) Woodward, 1885, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London 41: 470. [Earliest use of this spelling and combination?] Thelriope capgrandi (Lartet) Pilleri, 1987, Sirenia of the Swiss Molasse: 65. 392 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Syntypes: MNHN MBA 1-9, two pairs of tusks of different individuals, plus other cranial and rib fragments. Type Locality: Boumic, Lot-et-Garonne, France. Formation: "Calcaire marin coquillier (6tage de Bazas)." Age: Early Miocene (Aquitanian). Xenosiren Domning, 1989 Xenosiren Domning, 1989, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 9(4): 429, Dec. 19, 1989. [Type, by original designation: X. yucateca Domning.] Xenosiren yucateca Domning, 1989 Xenosiren yucateca Domning, 1989, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 9(4): 429, Dec. 19, 1989. Holotype: IGM 4190, fragments of a skull and of a right incisor tusk, and right and left M3. Type Locality: IGM loc. 2397, Noc Ac, 10-15 km NW of Merida, State of Yucatan, Mexico. Formation: Carrillo Puerto Formation? Age: Late Miocene or Early Pliocene (Hemphillian). Dugonginae incertae sedis "Halitherium" bellunense de Zigno, 1875 Halitherium Bellunense de Zigno, 1875, Mem. R. Ist. Veneto Sci. Lett. Arti 18: 438. Metaxytherium Bellunense (de Zigno) Lepsius, 1882, Abh. Mittelrhein. Geol. Ver. 1: 180. Holotype: MGP unnumbered, associated skullcap, left and right zygomatic processes, fragment of left jugal, two frag ments of maxillae with two right molars and left P4 and DP5-M2, left premaxilla with tusk, five vertebrae, and six rib fragments. Type Locality: Cavarzana, Valle delle Guglie, near Bel- luno, Italy. Formation: Glauconitic sands "at extreme base of the Miocene" (Deperet and Roman, 1920). Age: Early Miocene (late Aquitanian or early Burdigalian; Deperet and Roman, 1920). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Dugongidae incertae sedis Anisosiren Kordos, 1979 Anisosiren Kordos, 1979, Magyar Allam. Foldt. Int. Evi Jelent. 1977: 313. [Type, by original designation: A. pannonica Kordos.] Anisosiren pannonica Kordos, 1979 Anisosiren pannonica Kordos, 1979, Magyar Allam. Foldt. Int. Evi Jelent. 1977: 313. Holotype: FIV 11748 (Vt. 77), left maxillary fragment with M1-3, fragment of P4, and independent ?P3. Type Locality: Abandoned mine, XXIII/D at Oroszldny, V6rtes Mountains, western Hungary. Formation: Unnamed. Age: Middle Eocene (Lutetian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Indosiren von Koenigswald, 1952 Indosiren von Koenigswald, 1952, K. Ned. Akad. Wetens., Proc. Sect. Sci., Ser. B (Phys. Sci.) 55(5): 611. [Type, by monotypy: /. javanensis von Koenigswald.] Indosiren javanensis von Koenigswald, 1952 Indosiren javanense [sic] von Koenigswald, 1952, K. Ned. Akad. Wetens., Proc. Sect. Sci., Ser. B (Phys. Sci.) 55(5): 611. [Incorrect original spelling.] Holotype: Upper left molar. Type Locality: Tji Padaringan, near Tji Merang, Njal- indung, Western Java. Formation: Horizon of Vicarya callosa. Age: "Upper Miocene, probably Sarmatian" (v. Koe nigswald, 1952). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Indosiren koenigswaldi Sahni and Mishra, 1975 Indosiren koenigswaldi Sahni and Mishra, 1975, Monogr. Palaeont. Soc. India No. 3: 37, Apr. 7, 1975. Holotype: LUVP 11149, fragment of left maxilla with M1"3. Type Locality: Matanomadh, western Kutch, India. Formation: "Grey coloured shales of Aida Stage" (Sahni and Mishra, 1975). Age: Lower Miocene. Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Miodugong Deraniyagala, 1969 Miodugong Deraniyagala, 1969, J. Roy. Asiatic Soc. (Ceylon Branch) (2)12: 97, May 15,1969; Loris 11(5): 237. June 1969; Spolia Zeylanica 31(2): 563; J. Palaeont. Soc. India 13: 22. [Type, by monotypy: M. brevicranius Deraniyagala.] Miodugong brevicranius Deraniyagala, 1969 Miodugong brevicranius Deraniyagala, 1969, J. Roy. Asiatic Soc. (Ceylon Branch) (2)12: 97, May 15, 1969; Loris 11(5): 237, June 1969; Spolia Zeylanica 31(2): 563; J. Palaeont. Soc. India 13: 22. Holotype: Fragment of left parietal and squamosal. Type Locality: Near Arna Kallu, about 15 miles N of Puttalam, Sri Lanka. Formation: Malu Member of Kudremale Stage, Jaffna Series. Age: Miocene. NUMBER 80 Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Paralitherium Kordos, 1977 Paralitherium Kordos, 1977, Magyar Allam. Foldt. Int. ?vi Jelent. 1975: 350. [Type, by original designation: P. tarkanyense Kordos.] Paralitherium tarkanyense Kordos, 1977 Paralitherium tarkanyense Kordos, 1977, Magyar Allam. Foldt. Int. ?vi Jelent. 1975: 350. Holotype: FIV 10934 (Vt. 57), a pair of mandibles. Type Locality: Felsot?rk?ny, Btikk Mountains, northeast- em Hungary. Formation: "Base of Upper Eocene marine sequence" (Kordos, 1977); Nagysap Limestone Formation. Age: Late Eocene (Priabonian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Prohalicore Flot, 1887 Prohalicore Flot, 1887, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (3)15: 135. [Type, by monotypy: P. dubaleni Flot] Prohalicore dubaleni Flot, 1887 Prohalicore Dubaleni Flot, 1887, Bull. Soc. Giol. France (3)15: 135. Holotype: Mus. de Mont-de-Marsan, partial mandible. Type Locality: Quarry at Odon, near Tartas, Landes, France. Formation: ? Age: Middle Miocene (Helvetian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. Sirenavus Kretzoi, 1941 Sirenavus Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 147. [Type, by monotypy: S. hungaricus Kretzoi.] Sirenavus hungaricus Kretzoi, 1941 Sirenavus hungaricus Kretzoi, 1941, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Pars Min. Geol. Pal. 34: 147. Holotype: Hung. Nat. Hist. Mus. (Budapest), Geol.-Pal. Dept. no. P.V. 1., partial skull and mandibles, with vertebrae and ribs (the latter now lost; Kordos, 1981). Type Locality: Felso'galla, Hungary. Formation: Szoc Limestone Formation, Nummulites per forata Zone. Age: Middle Eocene (Lutetian). Remarks: Status and affinities uncertain. INDETERMINATE NOMINAL TAXA OF SIRENIANS Eotherium Markgrafi Abel, 1913, Palaeontographica 59: 319, 336-337. 393 [Based on specimen(s) from the Eocene of Egypt. Nomen nudum; see Sickenberg, 1934b: 41.] Manatus antiquus Leidy, 1856, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 8: 165, Sep. 1856. [Based on specimens from the Miocene and ?Pleistocene of New Jersey, Virginia, and South Carolina, U.S. Nomen dubium.] SYNONYMS: Halitherium antiquum (Leidy) Allen, 1926, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 67(14): 455, July 1926. Trichechus antiquus (Leidy) Hay, 1902, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. 179: 583. Manatus inornatus Leidy, 1873, Rept. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 1: 336. [Based on a specimen from the ?PIeistocene of South Carolina, U.S. Nomen dubium.] SYNONYM: Trichechus inornatus (Leidy) Hay, 1902, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. 179: 584. Trachypleurotherium Dilg, 1909, Gegenbaurs Morph. Jb. 39(1): 90, Mar. 2, 1909. [Based on specimens from a "chalk formation" (presumably the Miocene Pirabas Fm.) on the coast of Para\ Brazil, evidently in the Museu Goeldi, Bel?m. Nomen nudum.] TAXA THAT HAVE BEEN INCORRECTLY OR DOUBT FULLY REFERRED TO THE SIRENIA Anoplonassa Cope, 1869; A.forcipata Cope. 1869 [Cetacea] Antaodon Ameghino, 1886; A. cinctus Ameghino, 1886 [Tayassuidae] Chronozoon De Vis, 1884; C. australe De Vis, 1884 [Diprotodontidae?] Crassitherium Van Beneden, 1871; C. robustum Van Beneden, 1871 [partim] [Based on part of a ?reptile skull and 8 sirenian vertebrae] Cymatotherium Kaup, 1841; C. antiquum Kaup, 1841 [Proboscidea] SYNONYM: Cyotherium Simpson, 1932 [lapsus] Deinotherium Kaup, 1829; D. giganteum Kaup, 1829 [Proboscidea] Florentinoameghinia Simpson, 1932; F. mystica Simpson, 1932 [Mammalia incertae sedis] Hemicaulodon Cope, 1869; H. effodiens Cope, 1869 [= Odobenus] Hippopotamus minutus Cuvier, 1824 (= Halicore minuta (Cuvier) Bronn, 1838) [Hippopotamidae] Ischyrotherium Leidy, 1856; /. antiquum Leidy, 1856 [Reptilia] Ishatherium Sahni and Kumar, 1980; /. subathuense Sahni and Kumar, 1980 [Anthracobunidae] Lophiodolodus Stirton, 1947; L. chaparralensis Stirton, 1947 [Mammalia incertae sedis, possibly Sirenia] Manatus giganteus DeKay, 1842 (= Trichechus giganteus (DeKay) Case, 1904) [Cetacea] Manatus maeoticus von Eichwald, 1850 [Phocidae?] Pachyacanthus Brandt, 1873; P. suessi Brandt, 1873; P. trachyspondylus Brandt, 1873 [Cetacea] Toxodon Owen, 1840 [Notoungulata] Trichechus manatus siren Kerr, 1792, Anim. Kingdom: 120. [Based on Steller's "sea-ape." Nomen nudum.] SYNONYMS: Manatus simininus Bechstein, 1800, Thomas Pennant's Allgemeine Ueber sicht der vierfussigen Thiere 2: 732. [Nomen nudum.] Trichechus? Hydropithecus Shaw, 1800, Gen. Zool. 1:247. [Nomen nudum.] Manatus? Simia Illiger, 1815, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1804-1811: 64. [Nomen nudum.] Manatus? Hydropithecus (Shaw) Fischer, 1829, Synop. Mamm.: 502. [Nomen nudum.] Hydropithecus simia (Illiger) Gloger, 1842, Gemeinnutz. Hand- u. Hilfsbuch Naturg. 1: 166. [new genus; nomen nudum.] Order DESMOSTYLIA Reinhart, 1953 DESMOSTYLIFORMES Hay, 1923, Pan-Amer. Geologist 39: 109, March 1923. [Proposed as a suborder of the Sirenia.] DESMOSTYLOIDEA Abel, 1933, in R. Dittler et al. (eds.), Handworterbuch der 394 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Naturwissenschaften (ed. 2), 8: 875. [Proposed as an order within the Subclass Multituberculata. Nomen oblitum.] DESMODONTIA Kishida, 1933, Mammalia: [page?]. [Proposed as a suborder within the Order Multituberculata. Nomen oblitum. Reference not seen.] DESMOSTYLIA Reinhart, 1953, Jour. Geol. 61(2): 187, March 1953. [N.B.: The following names have been given to families within the Desmostylia, but the assignment of genera to these nominal families has not been agreed upon.] DESMOSTYLIDAE Osborn, 1905, C.R. 6me Congr. Internal. Zool., Session de Berne, 1904: 109. "Family PALEOPARADOXIA" Reinhart, 1953, Jour. Geol. 61(2): 187, March 1953. [Based on an unavailable nominal genus; also incorrect spelling.] CORNWALLIUSIDAE Shikama, 1957, Nat. Sci. and Museum 24(1/2): 16. [Incorrect original spelling; properly "Cornwalliidae."] CORNWALLUDAE Shikama, 1966, Palaeont. Soc. Japan Spec. Paper 12: 153, Sep. 20, 1966. [Justified emendation of Cornwalliusidae Shikama, 1957.] PALEOPARADOXIDAE [sic] Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 94, July 24, 1959. [Incorrect original spelling; properly "Paleopara- doxiidae."] BEHEMOTOPSIDAE Inuzuka, 1987, Prof. M. Matsui Memorial Vol.: 16. Behemotops Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 Behemotops Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986, Smithson. Contrib. Paleo- biol. 59: 6, May 28, 1986. [Type, by original designation: B. proteus Domning, Ray, and McKenna.] Behemotops proteus Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 Behemotops proteus Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986, Smithson. Contrib. Paleobiol. 59: 6, May 28, 1986. Behemotops emlongi Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986, Smithson. Contrib. Paleobiol. 59: 23, May 28, 1986. [Holotype: USNM 244033, left mandible of adult with M3. Type locality: 183 meters SSE of Elephant Rock, Seal Rock State Wayside, Lincoln County, Oregon, U.S.; lower part of Yaquina Formation, Late Oligocene (Juanian, Zemorrian).] Holotype: USNM 244035, right mandible of immature individual with DP4, C, and P3-M3; parts of right femur and tibia; and two phalanges. Type Locality: North shore of Olympic Peninsula, 34 km west of Port Angeles, Clallam County, Washington, U.S. Formation: Lower part of the type section of the Pysht Formation. Age: Middle or (more likely) late (but not latest) Oligocene (Orellan or Whitneyan). Cornwallius Hay, 1923 Cornwallius Hay, 1923, Pan-Amer. Geologist 39: 107, March 1923. [Type, by monotypy: Desmostylus sookensis Cornwall.] Cornwallius sookensis (Cornwall, 1922) Hay, 1923 Desmostylus hesperus Marsh, sensu Lambe in Kermode, 1917, Rept. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. Victoria for 1916: 42. Desmostylus sookensis Cornwall, 1922, Canad. Field-Nat. 36(7): 122, Oct. 1922. Cornwallius sookensis (Cornwall) Hay, 1923, Pan-Amer. Geologist 39: 106, March 1923. Holotype: BCPM 486, lower molar. Type Locality: Near mouth of Coal (Kirby) Creek, Sooke, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada. Formation: Sooke Formation. Age: Late Oligocene (Zemorrian). Desmostylus Marsh, 1888 Desmostylus Marsh, 1888, Amer. Jour. Sci. (3)35(205): 95, Jan. 1888. [Type, by monotypy: D. hesperus Marsh.] Desmostylella Nagao, 1937, Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo 13(3): 82, March 1937. [Type, by monotypy: D. typica Nagao.] Kronokotherium Pronina, 1957, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 117(2): 312. [Type, by monotypy: K. brevimaxillare Pronina.] Desmostylus hesperus Marsh, 1888 Desmostylus hesperus Marsh, 1888, Amer. Jour. Sci. (3)35(205): 95, Jan. 1888. Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga and Iwasaki, 1914, Jour. Geol. Soc. Tokyo 21(250): 33, July 20, 1914. [Holotype: NSMT P-5600, skull, mandible, and isolated teeth of adult, described by Yoshiwara and Iwasaki (1902). Type locality: Bogahora Valley, Togari, Mizunami City, Gifu Prefecture, Japan.] Desmostylus watasei Hay, 1915, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 49(2113): 396. [Holotype: NSMT P-5600.] Desmostylus cymatias Hannibal, 1922, Jour. Mammalogy 3(4): 239, Nov. 2, 1922. [Holotype: USNM 8191, skull of immature individual. Type locality: Spencer Creek, Yaquina Bay, Lincoln County, Oregon, U.S.] Desmostylus californicus Hay, 1923, Pan-Amer. Geologist 39: 106, March 1923. [Holotype: CASG 66601.01 (formerly Stanford Univ. no. 5118), right upper molar. Type locality: Monument Peak, Santa Clara County, California, U.S.] Desmostylus mirabilis Nagao, 1935, Jour. Geol. Soc. Japan 42(507): 822, Dec. 20, 1935. [Holotype: UHR 18466, skull and skeleton of adult. Type locality: Hatsuyuki-zawa, tributary of Keton River, Sakhalin, Russia.] Desmostylus minor Nagao, 1937, Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo 13(2): 46, Feb. 1937. [Holotype: UHR 7428, right M2. Type locality: Second tributary of Asanai-zawa, Honto-mati, Sakhalin, Russia.] Desmostylella typica Nagao, 1937, Proc. Imper. Acad. Tokyo 13(3): 82, March 1937. [Holotype: TIU 56701, left M2. Type locality: Yuda(?), Kintaiti-mura, Ninohe-gun, Iwate Prefecture, Honshu, Japan.] Kronokotherium brevimaxillare Pronina, 1957, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 117(2): 312. [Holotype: Left mandible in Zoological Institute, Academy of Science, St. Petersburg. Type locality: River bluff on tributary of Rakitinskaya River, Kronotski Region, Kamchatka, Russia.] Desmostylus hesperus japonicus (Tokunaga and Iwasaki) Shikama, 1966, Palaeont. Soc. Japan Spec. Paper 12: 161, Sep. 20, 1966. Desmostylus hesperus hesperus Marsh, Shikama, 1966, Palaeont. Soc. Japan Spec. Paper 12: 185, Sep. 20, 1966. Desmostylus brevimaxillare [sic] (Pronina) Reinhart, 1982, Natl. Geogr. Soc. Research Repts. 14: 551. Holotype: YPM 1395d, fragment of upper molar. Type locality: East of Mission San Jose, probably in Alameda County, California, U.S. (see VanderHoof, 1937: 197-198). Formation: Briones Formation. Age: Middle Miocene (Briones). Vanderhoofius Reinhart, 1959 Vanderhoofius Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 90, July 24, NUMBER 80 1959. [Type, by original designation: V. coalingensis Reinhart] Vanderhoofius coalingensis Reinhart, 1959 Vanderhoofius coalingensis Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 90, July 24, 1959. Holotype: UCMP 39989, left mandible. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V4854, Garza Creek, Kings County, California, U.S. Formation: Upper member of Temblor sandstone. Age: Middle Miocene. Remarks: Possibly referable to the genus Desmostylus. Paleoparadoxia Reinhart, 1959 Paleoparadoxia Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 94, July 24, 1959. [Type, by original designation: Cornwallius tabatai Tokunaga.] Paleoparadoxia tabatai (Tokunaga, 1939) Reinhart, 1959 Cornwallius tabatai Tokunaga, 1939, Jubilee Publ. Comm. Prof. H. Yabe, M.IA. Sixtieth Birthday I: 297. Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga and Iwasaki, sensu Takai, 1944, Shigen Kagaku Kenkyusho Iho [Misc. Rept. Research Inst. Nat. Resources] 5: 59. Paleoparadoxia tabatai (Tokunaga) Reinhart, 1959, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 36(1): 94, July 24, 1959. Holotype: A premolar and molar, formerly in Waseda University, Tokyo; destroyed in World War II. Type Locality: A tunnel in Nakayama Pass between 395 Aikawa and Sawane, Sawada-cho, Sado-gun (Sado Island), Niigata Prefecture, Japan. Neotype: NSMT P-5601, skull and skeleton of immature individual. [Designated neotype by Shikama, 1966: 155.] Locality of Neotype: Inkyo-yama hill, Kuziri, Izumi- machi, Doki City, Gifu Prefecture, Japan. Formation of Neotype: Yamanouchi bed, Mizunami Group. Age of Neotype: Middle Miocene. Paleoparadoxia weltoni Clark, 1991 Paleoparadoxia weltoni Clark, 1991, Jour. Vert. Paleo. 11(4): 494, Dec. 31, 1991. Holotype: UCMP 114285, skull and partial skeleton of immature individual. Type Locality: UCMP loc. V75135, near Iverson Point, south of Point Arena, Mendocino County, California, U.S. Formation: Skooner Gulch Formation. Age: Early Miocene or Late Oligocene (Zemorrian or Saucesian; Arikareean). TAXA THAT HAVE BEEN INCORRECTLY REFERRED TO THE DESMOSTYLIA Cryptomastodon von Koenigswald, 1933; C. martini von Koenigswald, 1933 [Proboscidea] Neodesmostylus Khomenko, 1928; N. primigenius Khomenko, 1928 [Probos cidea] SYNONYM: Desmostylus Wollosowitschi Pfizenmayer, 1927 Appendix 5 Summary of the Nomenclature of the Recent Species of Sirenians The following list gives the correct scientific names presently in use for the subspecies, species, and higher taxonomic categories of sirenians that have lived in historic times, together with their authors and dates cited in the format specified by the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. In nontaxonomic scientific writing as well as in popular works, the citations of author and date may be, and usually are, omitted. Also included, in square brackets, are the proper English vernacular equivalents for the scientific names. For fuller citations of authorship, see Appendix 4. Order Sirenia Illiger, 1811 [sirenians or sea cows; manatees and dugongs] Family Trichechidae Gill, 1872 (1821) [trichechids; manatees in the broadest sense] Subfamily Trichechinae Gill, 1872 (1821) [trichechines] Genus Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758 [manatees in the strict sense] Species Trichechus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 [West Indian manatee] Subspecies Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 [Antillean manatee] Subspecies Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan, 1824) [Florida manatee] Species Trichechus senegalensis Link, 1795 [West African manatee] Species Trichechus inunguis (Natterer, 1883) [Amazonian manatee] Family Dugongidae Gray, 1821 [dugongids; dugongs in the broadest sense] Subfamily Dugonginae Gray, 1821 [dugongines] Genus Dugong Lac6pede, 1799 [dugongs in the strict sense] Species Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776) [dugong] Subfamily Hydrodamalinae Palmer, 1895 (1833) [hydrodamalines; North Pacific sea cows] Genus Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794 [Steller's sea cows] Species Hydrodamalis gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) [Steller's sea cow? exterminated by man circa A.D. 1768] 396 Appendix 6 Alphabetical List of Species-Group Names of Sirenians and Desmostylians The following lists all genera to which each nominal species or subspecies of supposed sirenian or desmostylian has been referred. To determine whether a given combination is presently regarded as a synonym of another name, see the headings in the main Index. For each nominal species here considered valid or possibly valid, the genus to which it is here referred is marked by an asterisk (*), and the ending of the specific name (if variable) is made to agree in gender with that generic name. For full synonymies, with citations of the publications in which each name and combination originally appeared, see Appendix 4. abeli: Eosiren*, Eotherium, Eotheroides, Halitherium, Masrisiren aegyptiacum: Eotherium, Eotheroides*, Halitherium aequatorialis: Manatus, Trichechus africanus: Manatus, Trichechus alleni: Halitherium*, Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium allisoni: Dioplotherium*, Halianassa, Metaxytherium amazonius: Trichechus americanus: Halipaedisca, Manatus, Trichechus angustifrons: Halitherium antillarum: Trichechus antillense: Halitherium* antiquus: Cymatotherium, Halitherium, Ischyrotherium, Manatus, Trichechus aquitaniae: Metaxytherium* arctodites: Metaxytherium* argoviense: Metaxytherium atlanticus: Manatus australis: Chronozoon, Dugong, Halicore, Manatus, Trichechus balaenurus: Manati beaumontii: Halitherium, Metaxytherium* bellunense: Halitherium*, Metaxytherium borealis: Haligyna, Manatus, Rhytine, Rytina, Sirene, Stellerus, Trichechus brevicranius: Miodugong* brevimaxillare: Desmostylus, Kronokotherium brevirostris: Halicore brocchii: Cheirotherium, Halianassa, Halitherium, Manatus, Metaxytherium bronni: Halitherium californicus: Desmostylus calvertense: Metaxytherium canhami: Halitherium, Miosiren* capgrandi: Halitherium, Rytiodus*, Thelriope catalaunicum: Metaxytherium cetacea: Halicore, Rytina chaparralensis: Lophiodolodus* chouqueti: Halitherium christolii: Halitherium*, Manatus, Metaxytherium cinctus: Antaodon* 397 398 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY clusii: Manati, Manatus, Trichechus coalingensis: Desmostylus, Vanderhoofius* collinii: Halianassa cordieri: Halianassa, Halitherium, Metaxytherium coulombi: Eotheroides, Manatus crataegense: Hesperosiren, Metaxytherium* cuestae: Hydrodamalis* curvidens: Halitherium cuvierii: Halianassa, Halicore, Halitherium, Manatus, Metaxytherium cymatias: Desmostylus delheidi: Halitherium, Manatherium dewana: Dusisiren* dolloi: Mesosiren, Protosiren dubaleni: Prohalicore* dubia: Halitherium, Halytherium, Hippopotamus, Manatus, Protosiren* dugon: Dugong*, Trichecus dugong: Dugong, Dugongidus, Halicore, Platystomus, Trichechus dugung: Manatus, Trichechus effodiens: Hemicaulodon emlongi: Behemotops excelsum: Metaxytherium exunguis: Manatus, Trichechus floridanum: Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium* fluviatilis: Manatus forcipata: Anoplonassa* forestii: Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium fossilis: Halitherium, Manatus, Metaxytherium fraasi: Eosiren, Protosiren* gastaldi: Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium gervaisi: Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium giganteus: Deinotherium, Trichechus gigas: Hydrodamalis*, Manati, Manatus, Rytina guettardi: Halitherium, Manatus, Metaxytherium gunteri: Felsinotherium guyannensis: Manatus hemprichii: Dugong, Halicora hesperus: Desmostylus* hungaricus: Sirenavus* hydropithecus: Manatus, Trichechus indicus: Dugong, Dugungus, Halicore, Manatus, Rosmarus inornatus: Manatus, Trichechus intermedium: Hippopotamus, Prototherium* inunguis: Manatus, Trichechus* japonicus: Desmostylus javanensis: Indosiren* jordani: Dusisiren*, Halianassa, Metaxytherium kachchhense: Metaxytherium* kaupi: Halitherium kocki: Miosiren* koellikeri: Manatus, Trichechus koenigswaldi: Indosiren* krahuletzi: Metaxytherium* langewieschei: Anomotherium* lareolense: Halitherium NUMBER 80 399 latirostris: Manatus, Trichechus leganyii: Haplosiren libyca: Eosiren*, Eotherium, Eotheroides limbatus: Ribodon* lottum: Halicora lovisati: Metaxytherium* maeoticus: Manatus magdalenensis: Potamosiren*, Ribodon majus: Eotherium* malayana: Halicore manatus: Manatus, Oxystomus, Phoca, Trichechus* manigaulti: Dioplotherium*, Metaxytherium markgrafi: Eotherium martini: Cryptomastodon medium: Halicore, Hippopotamus, Metaxytherium* meyeri: Metaxytherium* minima: Hippopotamus, Protosiren* minor: Desmostylus, Halitherium, Manatus minutus: Halicore, Hippopotamus mirabilis: Desmostylus montserratense: Prototherium mystica: Florentinoameghinia* nasutus: Manatus olsenensis: Halitherium olseni: Crenatosiren*, Halitherium oronocensis: Manatus ortegense: Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium ossivallense: Felsinotherium, Metaxytherium oweni: Manatus pannonica: Anisosiren* pergense: Halitherium, Metaxytherium petersi: Metaxytherium, Thalattosiren* pirabense: Sirenotherium* primigenius: Neodesmostylus proteus: Behemotops* raulinii: Halitherium, Trachytherium reinharti: Dusisiren* renggeri: Manatus riveroi: Metaxytherium robustum: Crassitherium schinzii: Halitherium*, Manatus, Pugmeodon senegalensis: Manatus, Trichechus* serresii: Felsinotherium, Halitherium, Metaxytherium* simia: Hydropithecus, Manatus simininus: Manatus siren: Trichechus sirenoides: Prorastomus* solei: Prototherium sookensis: Cornwallius*, Desmostylus sphaerurus: Manatus spissa: Hydrodamalis stelleri: Hydrodamalis, Nepus, Rytina, Rhytine stroggylonurus: Manatus stromeri: Archaeosiren, Eosiren*, Eotherium, Eotheroides 400 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY studeri: Halianassa, Halitherium, Manatus, Metaxytherium, Thalattosiren subalpinum: Felsinotherium subapenninum: Cheirotherium, Felsinotherium, Halitherium, Metaxytherium* subathuense: Ishatherium* suessi: Pachyacanthus, Paraliosiren syren: Halicore tabatai: Cornwallius, Paleoparadoxia* tabernaculi: Dugong, Halicore, Manatus tarkanyense: Paralitherium* trachyspondylus: Pachyacanthus trichecus: Manati turneri: Caribosiren* typica: Desmostylella, Halitherium uytterhoeveni: Halitherium vanderhoofi: Halianassa, Metaxytherium varguezi: Corystosiren* veronense: Halitherium, Prorastoma, Prorastomus, Protosiren, Prototherium* vogelii: Manatus vulgaris: Manatus watasei: Desmostylus weltoni: Paleoparadoxia* wollosowitschi: Desmostylus yucateca: Xenosiren* Index 1958 1965 1965 1966 1966 1969 1969 *1974 1975 1976 1976 1976 *1976 X X X X X X X 1976 1977 1978 1979 1979 *1979 1979 1980 X X X X 1981b 1981 1981a 1981 Abundance: SEE Aerial Surveys of Distribution; Conser- 1980 vation; Population Biology x 1980 Accidental Mortality (SEE ALSO: Conservation; Hunting x 1981a and Capture; Natural Death or Injury) 1932 Hirasaka, K. (DD; Japan; trap seine; 3.) 1943 Lowery, G.H., Jr. (TM; Louisiana; blasting for seismic survey; 253.) 1951a Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; blasting; 3-4.) 1957 Cadenat, J. (TS; Senegal; nets; 1368-1369.) Leakey, L.S.B. (DD; East Africa; fishing nets; x 1981 ml9.) Harrisson, T. (DD; Borneo, Sabah; nets; 103.) Layne, J.N. (TML; Florida; propeller wounds; 166-167.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; nets; 85.) Thomas, D. (DD; Rameswaram, India; nets; 80- 82.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TM; Guyana; barges, culverts; 347.) Bibby, G. (DD; Abu Dhabi; nets; 304.) 1970a Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; nets; 53-55.) 1970b Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; nets; 363.) 1970 Yin, T. (DD; Burma; nets; 326.) 1972 Heinsohn & Birch (DD; Australia; nets; 415-417.) *1972 Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; nets; 205-208.) 1972 Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Australia; nets; 884.) 1974a Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; boats, 213-214; other causes, 222.) Heinsohn & Spain (DD; Australia; nets; 146-152.) Forrester et al. (TM; intussusception; 566-568.) Campbell & Powell Cole & Okera (TS; Sierra Leone; nets; 42.) x *1983 Gallagher, M.D. (DD; Bahrain; blasting for seismic surveys; 211.) x 1983a Heinsohn, Marsh & Spain (DD; Australia, Kenya; nets; 117-121) x 1983a Neville et al. (TI; Peru; nets; ml55.) Harris & Bertram (DD; Abu Dhabi; nets; 5-6.) x * 1983b Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; boats; 92.) Barrett, S.K. (TM; Florida; flood-control dams; 26.) x * 1983c Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 124-125.) Odell & Reynolds (TM; southern Florida; flood- x 1984 control dams, etc.; 572-577.) Paterson, R. Anon. (TM; Florida; boats, dams; pop. acc; 49.) x 1984 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1981c 1981 1982a *1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983a 1983 Harper, H. (TM; Florida) Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; India; fishing nets; 392- 397.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; mode of entanglement in nets; boat collisions; 643.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; boat; ml06.) Beck et al. (TM; Florida; 1978; 76-85.) Beusse et al. (TM; Florida; 1974-77; 98-101.) Brownell & Ralls (TM; Florida; carcasses sal vaged, 1974-77; 147-154.) Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TM; Florida; review & research needs; 6-10.) Irvine et al. (TM; Florida; 1974-77; 67-75.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Blue Lagoon, Miami, Florida; flood-control dams, boats, etc.; 29-30.) Schad et al. (TM; Panama Canal; boat, blasting; 2.) Anon. (TMM; Brazil; net; 3.) Beck et al. (TM; Florida; analysis of propeller wounds; 531-535.) Bonde, R.K. (TM; Florida; pop. acc; 3-5.) Fletemeyer, J. (TM; Florida; protection by sonar monitoring near dredges; 296-299.) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; nets; 3.) Montgomery et al. (TM; Panama Canal; blasting, ship propeller; 257.) Rathbun et al. (TM; South Carolina; nets; 154, 156-157.) Robineau & Rose (DD; Djibouti; shark nets; 235, 237.) Anon. (DD; Persian Gulf; oil spill; 180.) Begley et al. (DD; Persian Gulf; Nowruz oil spill; 79.) Bonde et al. (TM; salvage & necropsy manual; i-v, 1-175.) Gluckman, D. (Florida; laws & educational pro grams for manatee protection; 233-252.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; northeastern Florida; boats; 47, 49.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; strategies to reduce boat-related mortality, 1-19; propeller guard designs, 20-43.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; causes of boat- related mortality; 1-41.) Buergelt et al. (TM; Florida; necropsy findings; boat kills, ingestion of monofilament line, drowning; 1331-1333.) Buergelt, CD. (TM; Florida; 1980-83; 28-29.) 401 402 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1984 Hall, A.J. (TM; Florida; photo of propeller injury; 400.) x 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; Australia; possi ble biases in shark-net data, 773, 778; survivor ship & mortality, 778-780.) 1984 Northridge, S.P. x 1984 Powell & Rathbun (TM; northwestern Florida; 1974-82; 18-19, 21.) x 1985 O'Shea, Beck et al. (TM; Florida; 1976-81; 1-11.) x 1985 Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (TM; Haiti; beach seines; 234-236.) x 1986c Anon. (DD; Persian Gulf; not exterminated by oil spill; 25.) *1986 Marsh, Freeland et al. (DD; Northern Terr., Australia; stranding by cyclone) x 1987 Estrada & Ferrer (TM; Cuba; nets, boats, blasting for seismic surveys; 10.) * 1988 Beeler & O'Shea (TM; southeastern U.S.) x 1988 Bulman, P. (TM; Florida; boats; 23.) x 1988 Dailey et al. (TM; Florida; boat; ml59.) x 1988 Ho, H.C. (DD; Singapore; ?boat; 25.) x 1988e Marsh, H. (DD; Queensland; nets; 497-498.) x 1988 O'Shea et al. (TM; Venezuela; boats, nets; 284, 289, 292.) x 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TML; southeastern U.S.; historical records; 186-187, 190-191, 199-200.) x 1988 Provancha & Provancha (TM; Banana R., Florida; boats; 332.) x 1988 Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; nets; 83.) x 1989 Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; nets; 4, 80, 85-89.) x 1989 Lewis, T.A. (TML; Florida; boats; pop. acc; 42-49.) x * 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; oil spill, 6, 51, 53, 69, 83, 90, 119; ?red tide, 43, 55; gill nets, 47-53, 96-100, 127-130, 134; trawlers, 100, 128-129.) Paterson, R.A. (DD; Queensland; shark nets; 155-156.) Rathbun et al. (TM; northwestern Florida, 1982- 85; boats; 23, 30-32.) Beck & Barros (TML; Florida; debris ingestion & entanglement; 508-510.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Northern Territory, Australia; nets; ml07.) Frazier & Mundkur (DD; India; nets; 371-372.) Haigh, M.D. (TMM; Guyana; boat collisions in canals; 345, 347.) x 1992 Ketten et al. (TML; boats; possible role of poor hearing; 88-89, 92.) x 1992 Marmontel et al. (TMM; Colombia; boat; m308.) x 1992 Shackley, M. (TML; Florida; effects of tourism; 257-261.) 1993 X X X X X X 1990 1990 1991 1991 1991 1991 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Aerial 1944 1971 1974a 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 1980 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1981 1981a 1981c 1981b 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982a Turner & Buckingham (TML; Georgia; tugboat; 1, 10-11.) Surveys of Distribution Barbour, T. (TML; Florida; manatees seen from blimp; 99.) Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; 299-300.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida, Georgia; 2, 5, 33-36, 38, 203-209.) Heinsohn & Wake (DD; eastern Queensland; 16-18.) Heinsohn, Spain & Anderson (DD; Queensland; 21-23.) Ligon, S.H. (DD; Queensland; 580-582.) Odell, D.K. (TM; southern Florida; 203-206,212.) Ligon & Hudson (DD; Papua New Guinea; 1-5.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; 2, 5-6.) Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; results comp. w/questionnaire surveys; 21.) Campbell & Gicca (TM; Mexico; 260, 263.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; Brisbane, Australia; 91-92.) Irvine & Campbell (TM; southeastern U.S.; 613- 617.) Bengtson & Magor (TM; Belize; 230-232.) Eberhardt et al. Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia) Leatherwood, S. (TM; Indian & Banana Rs., Florida; 47-59.) Belitsky & Belitsky (TM; Dominican Republic; 313-319.) Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; 25-33.) Elliott, M.A. (DD; Northern Territory, Australia; 57-62.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; 55.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; survey techniques; 217- 227.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; outline of survey program; 134.) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; Queensland; workshop on survey techniques; 345-353.) Marsh et al. (DD; Wellesley Islands, Australia; 261-264.) Powell & Waldron (TM; upper St. Johns R., Florida; 42, 50.) Powell et al. (TM; Puerto Rico; 642-646.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (TM; Crystal R., Florida; 33-35.) Prince et al. (DD; Western Australia; 69-80.) Rose, P.M. (TM; Florida; at power plants, 1977- 78; 22-24.) Shane, S.H. Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; 69- 84.) NUMBER 80 403 X 1982 x 1982 x 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983a 1983 4983 x 1982 Eberhardt, L.L. (TM; Florida; applicability to censusing; 3-4, 6, 14.) Fairbairn & Haynes (TM; Jamaica; 289-293.) Irvine et al. (TM; western Florida; 621-630.) Irvine, A.B. (TM; Florida; recommended survey techniques; 241-242.) Ligon, S.L.H. (DD; Kenya; 1975; 511-513.) Robineau & Rose (DD; Djibouti; 235-236.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Torres Strait) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; northeastern Florida; census of manatees and boats; 1-56.) Kochman et al. (TM; Crystal R., Florida; 1977-81; 80,92-114, 117.) Packard & Mulholland (TM; Florida; 1977-82; 1-119.) x *1983 Packard et al. (TM; Florida; correction factors derived from radiotagging; 1-10.) Rathbun et al. (TM; Honduras; 301-305.) Shane, S.H. (TM; Brevard Co., Florida; 3-5.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; Australia observations of calves; 771-772, 774-776.) Packard, Frohlich et al. (TM; Ft. Myers, Florida 1983-84; 1-63.) Powell & Rathbun (TM; northwestern Florida: 2-3, 10-18.) Shane, S.H. (TM; Brevard Co., Florida; power plants; 181-182.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida) Kochman et al. (TM; Crystal R., Florida; 921- 924.) Packard et al. (TM; Florida) Packard, Frohlich et al. (TM; Ft. Myers, Florida; 1984-85; 1-20.) Packard, J.M. (TM; development of techniques; i-vi, 1-68.) Packard, Summers & Barnes (TM; Florida; correc tion factors derived from radiotagging; 347- 351.) Rathbun et al. (TM; Puerto Rico) Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (TM; Haiti; 234-235.) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; power plants, 1982-83; 413-422.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; 475, 477,479-481.) Bayliss, P. (DD; Australia; experimental tech niques; 27-37.) Hudson & Marsh (DD; Torres Strait) Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; 55-65.) Packard et al. (TM; Florida; use of replicate counts; 265-275.) x 1986 Prince, R.I.T. (DD; northern Western Australia; 5-20, 35-37.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983 1983b 1984 *1984 1984 1984 1985 1985 1985 1985 *1985a 1985 1985 1985 1985 1986a 1986 1986 1986a *1986 x 1986 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; power plants, 1984-85; 103-113.) 1988b Anderson, P.K. 1988 Nabor & Patton (TML; west coast of Florida) x 1988 O'Shea et al. (TM; Venezuela; 283-289, 297- 298.) x 1988 Provancha & Provancha (TM; Banana R., Florida; 323-338.) x 1988 Rathbun et al. (DD; Palau; 265-270.) x 1988 Rathbun, G.B. (TM; Florida; advantages of fixed- vs. rotary-wing aircraft; 71-75.) 1988 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida) x 1989 Bayliss & Freeland (DD; Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia; 141-149.) x 1989 Chambers & Bani (DD; aerial survey "not the most appropriate technique" for status survey in Vanuatu; 13-14.) x 1989a Marsh & Sinclair (DD; Australia; visibility bias correction; 1017-1024.) Marsh & Sinclair Nabor & Patton (TM; Florida) Packard et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Florida; near power plant; 692-700.) Preen et al. (DD; Arabian region; techniques; 41-42.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; 18-24, 27-32, 36-47, 57-66, 75-81, 94-96, 100-112, 115- 119, 156-162, 176-200.) Morgan & Patton (TML; west coast of Florida) Rathbun et al. (TM; northwestern Florida; 1-33.) Hersh, S.L. (TML; Florida; Feb. 1991; pop. acc.) Kadel, Dukeman & Patton (TML; western Florida; 1988) Kadel, Morgan & Patton (TML; western Florida; 1990) Lefebvre & Kochman (TML; Florida; replicate count methodology; 298-309.) O'Shea & Salisbury (TMM; Belize, 1989, 156- 158; summary of data from Caribbean region, 159.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Florida, 1982; 169, 173.) Kadel & Patton (TML; Florida; 1985-90) Africa (SEE ALSO: Indian Ocean; Egypt; Madagascar; Red Sea) 1660 SEE Soza de Castro, F. de, 1907. 1682 SEE Merolla da Sorrento, J., 1814. 1684 SEE Santos, J. dos, 1814. 1735 Atkins, J. 1746 Barbot,J. 1747 Prevost, A.F. 1757 Adanson, M. (Senegal) X X X X X X X 1989b 1989 1989 1989 *1989a 1990 1990 1991 1991 1991 *1991 *1991 1991 *1992 404 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1777 1812 1814 1814 1836b 1838- 1845 1845 1846 *1848 x 1851 1856a x 1857 1857- 1858 1857 1860 1861 1868 1872 x 1874 1875 1875a 1877 1879 x 1881 1881 1883 1883 1884 1885 1888 1889 1890 1890 1893 1897 1900 1901 1903 1905b 1906 1907 1908 1912 1912 Sparrman, A. Beeckman, D. (Cape of Good Hope; hippopotamus referred to as "manitee" or "sea-cow"; 150- 151.) Merolla da Sorrento, J. (TS; Zaire R.) Santos, J. dos (DD; Mozambique; 700-701.) Robert, C. (TS; Senegal; skeleton; 363.) Smith, A. (DD) Adanson, M. (TS; Senegal) Clarke, R. Perkins, G.A. (Manatus nasutus, n.sp.; West Africa; 198-199.) Wyman, J. (Manatus nasutus; West Africa; 192.) Owen, R. Baikie, B. (Manatus Vogelii, M. Senegalensis; 29-31,33.) Barth, H. Shaw, N. (TS; Benue" R.; 98-99.) McBain, J. (TS; skull; 150-152.) Du Chaillu, P.B. Heuglin, M.T.v. (supposed "Manatus" in Ethio pia; 247, 289.) Gervais, P. (cf. Halitherium; Isth. of Suez; 341.) Schweinfurth, G. (TS; Keebaly R.; 160.) Monteiro, J.J. Zigno, A. de (Halitherium sp.; Mioc, Isthmus of Suez) Peters, W Filhol, H. Flower, W.H. (TS; West Africa; hunting; 454- 455.) Nachtigal, G. Moloney, C.A. (TS; Gold Coast; 27-29.) Rochebrune, A.T. de (TS; Senegambia; 190-191.) Johnston, H.H. Buttikofer, J. Jentink, F.A. (TS; Liberia; 33-34.) Noack, T. BUttikofer, J. (TS; Liberia; 2: 392-393.) Du Bocage, J.V.B. Matschie, P. Sjostedt, Y. Cligny, A. Gratiolet, L. Gruvel, A. manati; 116.) Osborn, H.F. (origin of sirs.; m242.) Johnston, H.H. Anon. Maclaud, C. (TS; hunting) Andrews, C.W. Wiese et al. (TS; Congo; barnacle Chelonibia X X X X X 1913 1917 1920 1920 1923 1923 1923 1924 1924e 1924- 1925 1925 1925 1926 1927b 1928 1929 1930 1931 1933 1933a 1933b *1934 1935 1935 x 1936 x 1936 1936 1936 x 1937 x 1937 x 1937 1938 1939 1945 1947 1948 1948 1949a 1949 1949 1951 1952 1952 1952 1953 Frobenius, L. (TS in Yoruba mythology; 1: 199.) Calvert, A.F. Marquardsen, H. Schwarz, E. Anon. (TS; Niger R.; 75.) Petit, G. (DD; traditional customs; Comoro Is., 75-77, 80; Red Sea, 77, 83; French Somaliland, 80.) Robert, M. (Congo) Migeod, F.W.H. Petit, G. (DD; Djibouti; m295.) Vosseler, J. (DD; German East Africa; feeding behavior; 225-226.) Pecaud, G. (Manatus Vogeli & M. senegalensis; Lake Chad & Benue" R.; 48.) Pivert, E.C.V. Derscheid, J.M. (TS; Congo; 23, 28-31.) Petit, G. (DD; Malindi, Kenya; hunting; m248.) Monod, T. (TS; Cameroon) Stunkard, H.W. (TS; Congo; trematodes; 255.) Schouteden, H. Meek, C.K. (TS; Nigeria; folklore; 76-78, 304.) Anon. Dollman, G. Dollman, G. (DD; Mafia Is., Tanganyika; 16-17.) Hatt, R.T. (TS; distr.; 533-534, 554-561, 566.) Barrett, O.W (DD; Portuguese East Africa; 219- 220.) Dartevelle, E. (?Halitherium; Mioc, Congo; 717- 719.) Baylis, H.A. (TS; Nigeria; trematodes; 257.) Lopes, A.P. (DD; Mozambique; 33-36.) Maclatchy, A.R. Newton Johnson, E. (TS; Gambia; 63.) Sanderson, I.T. (TS; Mamfe; 266-268.) Woods, F.J. (TS; Nigeria; hunting, measurements, rituals; 23-28.) Monard, A. Beal, W.P.B. (TS; gen. acc, econ. use; 125-126.) Budker, P. Irvine, F.R. (TS) Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; 188-189.) Wilmet, F. Anon. (TS; Belgian Congo; m36.) Colmant, F. (TS; Belgian Congo; 11.) Malbrant & Maclatchy (TS; Sangha R., Congo) Jeannin, A. (DD) Dekeyser, PL. (TS; Senegal; 243.) Hamidun, M.W. (Mauritania) Macfadyen, W.A. (indeterminate sirs.; Middle Eoc, Somalia; 348.) Ellerman et al. NUMBER 80 405 1954 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1957 1958 1958 1958 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1964 1965 1965 1965 1966a 1966b 1966 *1966 1966 1967 1968 1968 1968 1969 1969 1969 1969 1970 1970 1971 1971 1971 1971 1971 1971 1972 1972 1973 1973 1973 1973 1973 1974 1974 1974 Ennouchi, E. (Felsinotherium cf. serresi; Plioc, Morocco; 77.) Cadenat, J. (TS; Senegal; 1368-1369.) Anon. (DD; Kenya; photos; 693, 792.) Leakey, L.S.B. (DD; East Africa; in large rivers; 19-20.) Savory, B. (DD; East Africa; 255-258.) Blancou, L. (TS; West Africa; conservation; 244.) Moore, J.C. (DD; Kenya; photos; 54-55.) Magnier, P. (Libya) Bertram, G.C.L. (TS, DD) Cansdale, G. (TS; Ghana; 170-171.) Savage & White Kuhn, H.-J. (TS; Liberia; 333.) Savage, R.J.G. (Middle Eoc sirs., Libya; 90-91.) Stubbings, H.G. (TS; Senegal; barnacles; 876.) Anon. (DD; Kenya; netting; pop. acc; 46-49.) Anon. (DD; Kenya) Funaioli & Simonetta (DD; Somali Republic; status; 317.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 82-88.) Kinzer, J. (TS; Ivory Coast; 47.) Travis, W (DD; Somalia) Howell, J.H. Ray, G.C. (DD; Tanzania) Simons, E.L. Allsopp, W.H.L. (TS; Sierra Leone; 351.) Curry-Lindahl, K. (DD & TS protected under African Conservation Convention; 122.) Hughes, G.R. (DD; Mozambique) Robinson & Black (Mioc. sirs., Tunisia; m69.) Howes & Bamber (DD; Kenya; 327.) Lowes, R.H.G. (TS; Sierra Leone; 310.) Best, P.B. Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; 299-301.) Kingdon, J. (DD; natural history; 391-398.) Randall, J.E. (DD; Tanzania; proposed reserve; ml2.) Robinson, P.T. Savage, R.J.G. (Eoc. & Mioc. sirs., Libya; 219- 221.) Dupuy, A.R. (TS; Senegal; 780.) Norris, H.T. Bertram & Bertram (DD, East Africa, 307-308; TS, West Africa, 317.) Dupuy, A.R. Happold, D.CD. (TS) Poche, R. (TS ?extinct in Niger; 218.) Savage & Hamilton Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Somalia; 17-19.) Itoh & Tsuyuki (TS; Gambia R.; 307.) Robinson & Black (indeterminate sir.; Mioc, Tunisia) 1974 1974 1974 1975 1975 1975 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 *1978c 1979 1979 1980 1981 1982 1982c 1982 1982 *1982 1982 1982 1984 1985 1985 1986 X X X X X 1986 1986 1987a *1987 1987 1988 1988 *1988 1989 Robinson, P. (Tunisia) Sikes, S. (TS; Nigeria; hunting, conservation; 465-470.) Simoneau, E.L. (DD; Afars & Issas) Bertram & Sale (dugong research in East Africa; report of meeting; 389-390.) Happold, D.CD. Savage, R.J.G. (Eoc. & Mioc. sirs., Libya; m824.) Cole & Okera (TS; Sierra Leone; 42-43.) Dupuy & Maigret (TS; Senegal) Heinsohn, Marsh & Spain (DD; Kenya; accidental netting; 121.) Robinson, P. (Tunisia) Tinley et al. (DD; Mozambique; 346, 348.) Dupuy & Verschuren (TS; Senegal) Savage & Tewari (indeterminate sirs.; Middle Eoc, Somali; 218.) Domning, D.P (review of sir. fossil record in Africa; 573-581.) Boaz et al. (Metaxytherium; Plioc, Libya; 137? 139.) Cascudo, L. da C (TS; West African folk beliefs; pop. acc; 28.) Blair, D. (DD; Kenya, Djibouti; trematode In dosolenorchis hirudinaceus; 512-513.) Teleki & Baldwin (TS; Sierra Leone) Boaz & Cramer (Metaxytherium; Plioc, Sahabi, Libya; pop. acc; 37, 40-41.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium serresii; Plioc, Sahabi, Libya; 29-32.) Ligon, S.L.H. (DD; Kenya; aerial survey; 511- 513.) Maigret, J. (TS; Senegal) Nishiwaki et al. (TS; distr.; 137-147.) Robineau & Rose (DD; Djibouti; 233-238.) Trotignon, J. (TS; Senegal; pop. acc; 61-64.) Studenetskaya, I.S. Kendall, B. (DD; Kenya; pop. acc; 32-33.) Said, R.J. (Kenya; traditional stories of dugong origins; 34.) Goldsmith, P. (DD; East Africa; hunting with remoras; 231.) McLaren et al. (TS; Cameroon; 296.) Yalden et al. (Ethiopia) Anon. (TS; Ivory Coast) Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium serresii, Plioc, Sahabi, Libya, 209, 230; Metaxy therium sp., Mioc, Sahabi, 209.) Pickford, M. (Eoc. or 01 ig., Angola) Boekschoten & Best (dispersal of Trichechus from America in Pleist.; 110-111.) Fitzgerald, C. (TS; Ivory Coast) Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; 75-84.) Geraads, D. (Metaxytherium sp.; Late Mioc, 406 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Djebel Krechem, Tunisia; 781, 791.) Age Determination (SEE ALSO: Embryology & Onto geny; Growth Rates) 1866 Lartet, E. (Rytiodus; tusks; 676-677.) 1908a Freund, L. 1938 Todd & Todd 1940 Pocock, R.I. (DD; cranial sutures, 331; cheek teeth, 339-340.) 1948 Bessac & Villiers (TS; lifespan ?100 years, 188; "swallow one pebble per year," 189.) 1968a Bertram & Bertram (DD; tusks, teeth; m390.) 1970 Scheffer, VB. (DD; tusks; 187-190.) 1972 Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; body length; 208-211.) *1973 Mitchell, J. (DD; skulls, teeth; 1-23.) 1974 James, P.S.B.R. (DD; skulls, teeth; 174-176, 180-182.) 1976 Mitchell, J. (DD; tusks; 25-28.) 1977 Domning & Magor (TI; tooth replacement not useful; 437.) 1978 Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; tusks; 301-310, 4 pis.) *1978 Mitchell, J. (DD; tusks; 317-348.) * 1980 Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; dentition; 181 -201.) 1981 Domning & Myrick (TI; tetracycline marking of rib; 203-207.) 1981 Marsh & Kasuya (DD; tusks; workshop on growth-layer reading; 354-368.) *1981e Marsh, H. (DD; techniques; 311-343.) 1981 Mitchell, J. (DD; Queensland; growth layers in tusks; 99-109.) 1984 Myrick, A.C, Jr. 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; growth layers in tusks; 54, 86.) *1990 Marmontel et al. (TML; growth layers in bone) 1991a Domning, D.P. (DD; pelvic bones; ontogenetic variation; 311-316.) Alabama 1884b True, F.W. (TM; ml 14.) 1964 Siler, W.L. (indeterminate sir.; Middle Eoc; 1108.) 1965 Arata & Jackson (indeterminate sir.; Middle Eoc; 175-176.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (indeterminate sirs.; Eoc; 4, 6, 8-9, 17.) 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TM; 187, 199.) 1990 Rathbun et al. (TM; 30.) Alaska *1883 Stejneger, L. (HG; Aleutians; 84.) * 1884b True, F.W. (HG; supposedly seen alive at Attu; 136.) 1885a Woodward, H. (HG; bones supposedly found in peat; 458.) X xD X xD xD xD X X X X D X X X 1891 1924 1958 1959 1961 1963 1971 ?1971 1972 1975 1975 1976 ?=i977 1978b 1978 Lucas, F.A. (HG; Attu; m627.) Hay, O.P. (Desmostylus; ?Alaska; 1.) Grekov, VI. (HG; Aleutians; 96-98.) Byers, F.M. (Cornwallius; Unalaska; 289.) Drewes et al. (Cornwallius; Unalaska; 606-607, 667.) Mitchell & Repenning (desmostylians; 11, 15-16.) Gard & Szabo (HG; Pleist., Amchitka; 577.) Hall, E.S., Jr. (HG; archeological site, Kangi- guksuk; 23, 34, 52.) Gard et al. (HG; Pleist., Amchitka; 867-868.) Pewe, T.L. Szabo & Gard (HG; Pleist., Amchitka; 457-459.) Reinhart, R.H. (Cornwallius; Unalaska; 283-284.) Whitmore & Gard (HG; Pleist., Amchitka, 1-19; archeological site, Kangiguksuk, 3, 15.) Domning, D.P. (HG; 105, 135-139, 161-162.) Simenstad et al. (HG; former ecological role in Aleutians; m409.) Amazonian Manatee: SEE Trichechus inunguis and synonyms Amblychilus Fischer von Waldheim, 1814 (= Dugong) * 1814 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dugong; m578.) Anatomy (SEE ALSO: Brain and Nervous System; Circulatory System; Digestive System; Embry ology; Endocrinology; Growth Rates; Histol ogy; Myology; Pathology; Respiratory System; Skeleton; Urogenital System; and under spe cies) Diard & Duvaucel (DD; 159-160.) Raffles, T.S. (DD; 175-179, 181-182.) Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; external morphology & measurements, 101-103, 113; viscera, 103- 106; skeleton, 107-112; pi. 6.) Humboldt, A.v. (TM; Orinoco R.; 3-8, pis. 1-2.) Owen, R. (DD, etc.; skeleton & viscera; 28-45.) Vrolik, WT. (TM) Wallace, A.R. (TI; Brazil; general anatomy & measurements; 185-186,458-460.) Gervais, P. (TI; intestines, skeleton; 114-115.) Rapp, Wv. (TM; Suriname; 87-98, pi. 3.) * 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; external morphology & measure ments, 127-134; internal anatomy, 135-189; pis. 17-26.) Chapman, H.C (TM; 452-462, pi. 26.) Reichenau, Wv. (brief gen. acc; external morphol ogy; 137-138.) Hartmann, R. (DD; external morphology & measurements; 156-159.) X X X X X X X X X X X 1820 1820 *1834 1838 *1838 ?1852 1853 1855 *1857 *1872 *1876 1878 1880 NUMBER 80 407 X *1880 1882 x 1883 x *1883 x 1885 x 1889 x 1889 1891 1896 x 1897b x *1899 x 1906 x *1906c x 1908c x 1908b x 1924- 1925 x *1925 1927a x 1935 x 1937 1938 x 1938 x 1944 1945 x *1946 x 1951 x *1951 x 1951b x *1953 x *1957 Murie, J. (TMM; external morphology & measure ments, 27-32, 44; internal anatomy, 32-44; pis. 5-9.) Gill (flukes) Moloney, CA. (TS; measurements; 28.) Pelzeln, A.v. (TI; gen. acc; 91-94.) Ryder, J.A. (development of flukes; 515-519.) Leboucq, H. (DD; fingernail rudiments; 190-192.) Zipperlen, A. (TML; external & internal morphol ogy; 25-26.) Flower & Lydekker (gen. acc; 212-214.) Neish, W.D. (TMM; Jamaica; external measure ments; 288.) Kukenthal, W. (manatee spp. diagnosed on exter nal characters; 39-40.) Steller, G.W (HG; external & internal morphol ogy; 182-196.) Annandale, N. (DD; external morphology & measurements; 238-241, pis. 7-9.) Dexler & Freund (DD; external morphology; 567-581.) Abel, O. (sir. locomotor organs; m403.) Gudernatsch, J.F. (TM; external morphology; 226-231, pi. 9.) Vosseler, J. (TI; measurements, 171-173; ?sexual dimorphism, 173-175.) Steller, G.W (HG; external and internal morphol ogy; 229-236.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; external morphology) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; 218-219.) Woods, F.J. (TS; Nigeria; external measurements & morphology; 24-25.) Aoki et al. (DD) Devillers, C (TI; external morphology & measure ments; 84-88.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; gen. acc, 37-45, 83-84; size & color variants, 44-45.) Hill, WCO. (DD) Slijper, E.J. (spinal column, muscles, tendons; 28, 42-43, 46-47, 50-53, 71-78, 111-112, 114, 120; tabs. 1, 3, 5-6.) Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; pituitary & adrenal, 57-62, pis. 1-2; thymus, 57; thyroid, kidney, & brain weights, 60.) Kleinschmidt, A. (HG; skeleton and body reconstruction; 292-314.) Moore, J.C. (TM; measurements; 31-32.) Quiring & Harlan (TM; external morphology, 193-195; skeleton, 194-200; viscera, 194, 200-202.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; external morphol- 1965b 1966a X X x X 1966b 1966 1968a 1973 1973 x *1975 x *1976 x * 1977a xD 1977 x 1978 x 1978 x 1979 x 1979 x 1979 x 1979 x 1980 x 1980 x 1980 x *1981d x 1981 X X X X 1982 *1983 1984 1985 1990 ogy, 6-15, pis. 1-2; peritoneal fat, 11; mouth & tongue, 16-29; external genitalia, 30-35, pis. 2-3; measurements, 41.) Kaiser, H.E. (body cavity nomenclature; 426- 428.) Kaiser, H.E. (body cavity adaptations & hydrosta- sis; 59,61-69.) Kaiser, H.E. (hydrostatic adaptations; 426.) Kinzer, J. (TS; measurements; 48-49.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; digestive system, 388- 389, 393; fat distribution, 393-394.) Kaiser, H.E. (gen. acc; 1-6.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. Spain & Heinsohn (DD; size & weight allometry; body & intestinal tract; 159-168.) Allen et al. (DD; measurements, organ weights, etc.; 41-46.) Domning, D.P. (DD; measurements, 2; skin thick ness, 3; myology, 3-57.) Hasegawa, Y (artists' reconstructions of desmostylians; pop. acc; 90-91.) Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; body & skull measurements; 337-338.) Marsh et al. (DD; external & internal morphology; review; 159-166.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; external morphology; 114- 120.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; measurements of cow & newborn calves; 120-121, 123-124.) Kamiya et al. (DD; organ weights; 129-132, pis. 1-4.) Tas'an et al. (DD; Indonesia; external measure ments, change of tail shape with growth, organ weights & measurements; 10-13, 20-22, 24, 29-30.) Dekker, D. (TM; in capt.; perinatal changes in female, 21-22; growth of young, 26.) Haley, D. (HG; reconstruction of body form; 10-11.) Irvine et al. (TM; body lengths & weights; 7-8.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; standard methods of taking external measurements, other data, & specimen material; 229-235.) Odell et al. (TM; organ weights & sexual maturity; 52-65.) Mellett, J.S. Bonde et al. (TM; salvage & necropsy manual; i-v, 1-175.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; external measurements; 634.) Rowlatt & Marsh (DD, TM; heart & related thoracic structures; 95-106.) Colares et al. (TI; sites for injections & blood 408 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY sampling; 47.) x *1991 Domning & de Buffr6nil (distr. of skeletal mass, lung position & structure, & hydrostasis; 331? 368.) x 1991 Frazier & Mundkur (DD; India; external measure ments, integument, number of phalanges, organ weights & measurements; 371-375.) Anisosiren Kordos, 1979 *1979 Kordos, L. x 1982 Sereno, PC (m8.) Anisosiren pannonica Kordos, 1979 *1979 Kordos, L. x 1980 Kordos, L. (m385; nature of type material, 387.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 35-36, 55.) Anomotherium Siegfried, 1965 *1965 Siegfried, P. x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dusisiren; 14, 73-74.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (probably related to Miosiren, not Metaxytherium; 207.) Anomotherium langewieschei Siegfried, 1965 *1965 Siegfried, P. x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (body proportions, 375; m378- 380; bone density, 388-389.) 1986 Rothausen, K. Anoplonassa Cope, 1869 (Cetacea) *1869 Cope, E.D. x 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) Anoplonassa forcipata Cope, 1869 (Cetacea) *1869 Cope, E.D. 1890 Cope, E.D. x 1907 True, F.W. (Cope's referral to Sirenia; 97.) Antaodon Ameghino, 1886 (Tayassuidae) x *1886 Ameghino, F. (A. cinctus, n.gen.n.sp., described as a tapiroid; 15Iff.) Anthropocephala Billberg, 1827 (tribe; = Sirenia) *1827 Billberg, G.J. 1828 Billberg, G.J. Antillean Manatee: SEE Trichechus manatus; Trichechus manatus manatus; and synonyms Arabia: SEE Asia; Red Sea Archaeosiren Abel, 1913 (nomen nudum; = Eosiren) *1913 Abel,0. x 1916a Matthew, WD. (m27.) x 1932a Simpson,G.G. (comp. w/other sirs.; 471,473,481, 495, 499.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 152-154, pi. 6.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Eotheroides; 135.) x 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m209.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Eotheroides; m575.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Eotheroides; 378-379.) Archaeosiren stromeri Abel, 1913 (nomen nudum; = Eosiren stromeri) ?1913 Abel, O. x 1938 Zdansky, O. (m429, m432.) x 1953 Kretzoi, M. (m274.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; ?syn. of Eosiren libyca; 75-76.) Archaeosireninae Abel, 1914 (nomen nudum; = Hali- theriinae) *1914 Abel, O. Archeological Sites, Sirenia at 1875 Wyman, J. 1885 Hartt, C x *1897 Etheridge et al. (DD; Sydney, Australia; ?Pleist. Tkill; 174, 178-180, pis. 8-11.) x 1905 Etheridge, R., Jr. (DD; New South Wales; 18-19.) x 1911 Gann, T.W.F. (TM; Belize; 78, 82.) x 1916 Miller, G.S., Jr. (TM; Santo Domingo; 9.) 1918 Gann, T.W.F. (TM; Belize) x 1918 Miller, G.S., Jr. (TM; St. Croix, Virgin Is.; 509.) 1925 Gann, T.W.F. (TM; Honduras) 1925 Patte, E. 1928 Gann, T.W.F. (TM; Belize) x 1929 Miller, G.S., Jr. (TM; Dominican Republic; 11- 12.) 1935 Loven, S. (TM; West Indies) 1935 Strong, WD. (TM; Honduras) 1937 Lothrop, S.K. (TM; Panama) x 1942 Gunter, G. (Texas; no records of sirs.; 89.) x 1957 Pollock & Ray (TM; Mayapan, Mexico; carved rib; 644, 653.) 1959 Murie, O.J. (HG; no records in Aleutians) x 1960 Ray, CE. (TMM; St. Lucia; 412.) 1960 Takiguchi (DD) 1962 Proskouriakoff, T. (TM; Yucatan) 1964 Ladd, J. (TM; Panama) 1964 Rouse, I. x *1967 Feriz, H. (Brazil; clay figurine of manatee; 373- 374.) 1967 Wing,E.S. x 1968 Wing et al. (TM; Antigua; 129.) x 1969 Bibby, G. (DD; Abu Dhabi; 303-304, 306.) 1970 Waller, B.I. (TM; Florida) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X D X X X X X X X 1971 1972b 1972 1973 1975 1975 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 1977 1977 1978b 1978 1978 1978 1979 1979 *1980 1980 1980 1980 1980 1981 1982 1982 1983 1983 X X X X X X X 1984 *1984b 1984 1984 *1985 1986 1989 1989 *1991 x *1991 Hall, E.S., Jr. (HG; Kangiguksuk, Alaska; 16th Century Eskimo site; 23, 34, 52.) Domning, D.P. (possibility of finding HG; 188- 189.) Gard et al. (HG; no records in Aleutians; 868.) Wing, E.S. Bulliet, R.W. (DD; South Arabia) Wing, E.S. (TM; Mexico) Hojo, T. (DD; Okinawa) Loveland, F.O. (TM; Panama; 80.) Roaf, M. (DD; Bahrain; 144, 149-151.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Umm an-Nar, Abu Dhabi; m3.) Sato & Ijiri (Paleoparadoxia tabatai) Whitmore & Gard (HG; Alaska; 3, 15, 18.) Wing, E.S. (TM; Mexico) Domning, D.P. (HG; lack of records; 134.) Eaton, J.D. (TM; Mexico) Magnus, R.W. (TM; Nicaragua) Willey, G.R. Hasegawa & Nokariya (DD) Hoch, E. (DD; Oman) Cumbaa, S.L. (TML; Florida; 6, 8-9.) Linares, O.F. (TM) Scott, K.W. (TM; Belize) Wing & Scudder Wing, E.S. (TM; Panama) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Abu Dhabi; m3.) Olsen, S.J. (TM; identification of bones from Mayan sites; 8, 41-42, 54, 56-57, 62, 66, 70, 75, 90.) Wing & Reitz (TMM; Caribbean; 16, 24.) Bradley et al. (TM; hypothetical use by Olmecs; 1-82.) Neumayer, E. (DD; India; depicted in rock paint ings) McKillop, H.I. (TM; Belize) Minnegal, M. (DD; Queensland; butchering; 15- 20.) Powell & Rathbun (TM; northwestern Florida; 20.) Watters et al. (TM; Barbuda; 404, 406-407, 409.) McKillop, H.I. (TMM; Mayan area, Central Amer ica; 340-348.) Steininger, F.F. (TM; St. Lucia; 42, 74.) Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; 86.) Uerpmann, H.P. (DD; Oman) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Australia; modem use of sites; 104-109.) Prieur & Gu6rin (DD; Umm al-Qaiwain, United Arab Emirates; 72-83.) Arctic Region 1861 Strauss-Durckheim 514.) (?HG; Hudson's Bay; 513- 409 x 1863a Brandt, J.F. (HG; Siberia & ?Hudson's Bay; 563.) xD*1927 Pfizenmayer, E.W. ("Desmostylus" Wolloso- witschi, n.sp.; Pleist., New Siberian Islands; 492-496.) x 1958 Grekov, V.I. (HG; Siberia; 98, 100.) D 1970 Strelkov, S.A. x 1971 Hall, E.S., Jr. (HG; Kangiguksuk, Alaska; 23, 34, 52.) x 1977 Whitmore & Gard (HG; Kangiguksuk, Alaska; 3, 15, 18.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; possible records; 136-139.) Argentina x * 1883 Ameghino, F. (Ribodon limbato, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc-Plioc, Parana R.; 112-113.) x 1885 Ameghino, F. (Ribodon limbatus; 100-105.) x 1886 Ameghino, F. (Ribodon limbatus; 147-151.) 1889 Ameghino, F. 1891 Ameghino, F. 1893 Ameghino, F. 1904 Ameghino, F. 1906 Ameghino, F. 1907 Branca, W x *1953 Pascual, R. (Ribodon; Mioc-Plioc; 163-167.) x 1966 Pascual, R. (cf. Felsinotherium; Late Mioc, Parand R.; 242.) *1976 Reinhart, R.H. (Metaxytherium; Mioc, Parana R.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (Ribodon limbatus; Mioc-Plioc, Parana R.; 602-603.) x 1982 Sereno, PC (Florentinoameghinia; Early Eoc, Patagonia; 1-10.) Asia (SEE ALSO: Arctic Region; Bering Sea; China; East Indies; Indian Ocean; India; Japan; Red Sea; Russia; Sakhalin; Sri Lanka; Taiwan) 1851 Horsfield, T. (DD; Siam; 139.) 1908 O'Malley, L.S.S. (DD; Bangladesh) 1925 Patte, E. xD*1927 Pfizenmayer, E.W. ("Desmostylus" Wolloso- witschi, n.sp.; Pleist., New Siberian Islands; 492-496.) x 1934 Hirasaka, K. (DD; Korea; 4221.) 1934 Landsberger, B. x 1958 Grekov, VI. (HG; northern coast of Siberia; 98, 100.) 1959 Thesiger, W (DD; Arabia) x 1960b Anon. (Trichechus; Thailand; weed control; m5.) x 1960c Anon. (Trichechus; Thailand; weed control; m70.) 1961 Thiemmedh, J. (DD; Gulf of Thailand) x 1962 Tranngocloi, N. (DD; Vietnam; 451.) x 1967 Aung, S.H. (DD; Burma; 221.) 1968 Thiemmedh, J. (DD; Thailand) x 1969 Bibby, G. (DD; Abu Dhabi; 224, 303-304, 306.) x 1970 Yin, T. (DD; Burma; 326-327.) 410 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY xD X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1971 1971 1973 1976 1976 1976 1977e 1977 1977 1977 1978 1979 1981 1983a 1983 1984 1985c 1985 1985 1986b 1986c 1987 1987 1988 *1989 * 1989a 1989 1991a 1991b 1991a 1991 1991 1991 1992 1992 1992 1993 1993 Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (Desmostylus hesperus; Kamchatka; 670-673.) McCue, J. Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr. & status; 307- 309.) Carp, E. (DD; United Arab Emirates) Gallagher, M.D. (DD; Bahrain; 211.) Roaf, M. (DD; Bahrain; archeol. site; 144, 149- 151.) Anon. (DD) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Abu Dhabi; 3-4.) Harris & Bertram (DD; Abu Dhabi; 5-6.) Savage & Tewari (indeterminate sirs.; Mioc, Iran; 218.) Herdson, D.M. (DD; Bahrain) Hoch, E. (DD; Oman; archeol. site) Jones, S. (DD; Burma, India, Sri Lanka, & neighboring areas; distr. & status; 43-54.) Anon. (DD; Persian Gulf; deaths from oil spill; 180.) Begley et al. (DD; Persian Gulf; Nowruz oil spill; 79.) Raza et al. (indeterminate sir.; Mioc, Pakistan; 585.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Arabia; pop. acc.) Taylor, D.C (DD; Arabia; pop. acc.) Thomas et al. (Mioc, Saudi Arabia) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Arabia; pop. acc.) Anon. (DD; Persian Gulf; not exterminated by oil spill; 25.) Preen, A.R. (DD; Persian Gulf) Whitmore, F.C, Jr. (indeterminate sir.; Saudi Arabia; m447.) Preen, A.R. (DD; Arabia) Preen et al. (DD; Arabian region; conservation; 1-43.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; status & conserva tion; 1-200.) Uerpmann, H.P. (DD; Oman; archeol. site) Brown, J.N.B. (DD; United Arab Emirates; status; 20-21.) Brown, J.N.B. (DD; Abu Dhabi; meat sold; 33.) Kamiya, T (DD; Persian Gulf; effects of Gulf war) Kingdon, J. (DD; Arabia; pop. acc; 112-114.) Krupp, F. (DD; Persian Gulf) Prieur & GueYin (DD; United Arab Emirates; archeological site; 72-83.) Hellyer, P. (DD; Abu Dhabi; 44.) Sheppard et al. (DD; Arabia) Whybrow, P. (?Pleist., Abu Dhabi; 20.) Hellyer, P. (DD; Abu Dhabi; 24.) Thewissen, J.G.M. (indet. sir.; Eoc, Pakistan; 125-127.) Australia 1699 Witsen ("sea-cows"; Nova Hollandia; m361.) Collins, D. (DD; south of Botany Bay, New South Wales; 1:409.) Tytler, R. Backhouse, J. (DD; near Brisbane; 368-369.) MacGillivray, J. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; fishery) Sidney, S. Fairholme, J.K.E. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; 352-353.) Bennett, G. (DD; Queensland) Wight, G. (DD; Queensland; oil) Gould, J. Thome, E. (DD; Queensland; oil) Anon. (DD; Queensland; econ. use; 738-747.) Faithful, P. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; 3-7, 9, 11, 13, 15.) Ramsay, E.P. Wallace, A.R. (DD; Queensland; 54.) De Vis, C.W. (Chronozoon australe, n.gen.n.sp.; ?Plio-Pleist., Queensland; 392-395, pi. 17.) Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (DD; Mabiak, Torres Strait; ml93.) Collett, R. (DD; Queensland) Senior, W (DD; Moreton Bay) Ogilby, J.D. Howes & Harrison (DD; skeleton & teeth; 790.) Kent, WS. Stretton, WG. (Gulf of Carpentaria; making of harpoon rope) Etheridge et al. (DD; ?Pleist. skeleton, Sydney, 170-174, 178-180, pis. 8-11; modem distr., 172.) Loyau, G.E. (DD; Queensland; origins of fishery; 365.) Hunt, A.E. (DD; Torres Strait; used as food; ml3.) 1901a Finsch, O. (DD; Queensland; hunting) *1901- 1935 Haddon, A. 1901 Roth, W.E. (DD; Queensland; hunting; 30.) 1903 Semon, R. 1904a Lorenz, L.v. (DD captured by Dexler; ml.) 1905 Annandale, N. (DD; netting; 242.) Dexler, H. Etheridge, R., Jr. (DD; New South Wales; 17-19, pl. 4.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland) 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; 49-50.) 1907 Le Souef, W.H.D. (DD) 1909 Anon. (DD; econ. use & hunting; 93.) 1909 Lucas & Le Souef (DD) 1910 Anon. 1798 1838 1843 1852 1852 1857 1860 1862 1863 1876 1881 1882 1883 1883 *1884 1886 1887 1890 1892 1893 1893 1893 x *1897 1897 1899 1905 1905 1905 NUMBER 80 411 1912 1917 1919 1923 1924 1925 1925 1926 1926 1932 1932 1934 *1934 1936 1936 1937 1937 1937 1938 1939 1941 1945 1946 1949 x 1949 1951 x *1955 1956 1959b 1959 x 1962 1964 x *1964 x 1966a x 1966b x 1966c x 1966 Harris, W.K. (DD; hunting, econ. & medicinal uses; 226-228.) Marius (DD; pop. acc.) Jay, D. (DD; harpooning; 40-41.) Jackson, E.S. (DD; medicinal use of oil by Dr. Wm. Hobbs; m282.) Adams, M.RG. Lee, I. (DD; early accounts; 19-21,482, 520, 523.) Tindale, N.B. Dahl, K. (DD; Roebuck Bay, Western Australia; m266.) Le Soueff & Burrell Haddon, A.C (DD; Torres Strait; hunting & rituals) Petrie, C.C. Hale & Tindale (DD; Princess Charlotte Bay, Queensland) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Cape York Peninsula; Abo riginal hunting lore; 237-263, pis. 29-31.) Moore, WR. (DD; econ. use; m746.) Sunter, G.H. (DD; Northern Territory; harpooning; 47-48.) Promus, J. (DD; Queensland; commercial netting; 40-41.) Roughley, T.C Sunter, G.H. (DD; Northern Territory; harpooning; dugong killing crocodile; 53-61.) Wood, T. (DD; Buccaneer Archipelago; m46, m53.) Patterson, E.K. (DD; hunting) Johnston & Mawson (DD; nematode Dujardinia; 432.) Church, A.E. (DD; hunting) Harney, W.E. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Northern Territory; hunting) Jervis, J. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; oil industry; 340.) Loveless, J.R. (DD; Queensland; netted for oil; 8.) Maclnnes, I.G. MacMillan, L. (DD; distr. & habits; 17-19.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Princess Charlotte Bay, Queensland) Anon. (DD; New South Wales) Cilento & Lack Marlow, B.J. (DD; New South Wales; 433.) Johns, H. (DD; pop. acc.) Johnson, D.H. (DD; specimens from Arnhem Land, Northern Territory; 506-508.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; status; 938-939.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; 213-217.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; 221-222.) Little, E.C.S. (DD; proposed use in weed control; 86.) 1966 x 1967 x 1967 x *1967 X X X X X 1968 1968 *1968 1969 1969 1970 1970 1971 1971 1972 '1972 1972 1972 1973 1973 X X X X X X X X X X X X 1973 1973 1974 1974 1974 1974 1975 1975 1975 1975 1976b 1976e 1976 1976 1976 Troughton, E. Kenny, R. (DD; respiration; 372-373.) Oke, V.R. (DD; northern Queensland; in capt.; 220-221.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; 1: 102-110,2:233-257.) Bannister, J.L. Keith, K. (DD; Gulf of Carpentaria; 20.) Lack, C (DD; Queensland; history of oil industry; 4-6.) Anon. (DD; hunting banned; 90.) Caldwell et al. (DD; 437.) Butler, W.H. (DD; Barrow Is., Western Australia) Whitley, G.P. Bertram & Bertram Roughsey, D. Heinsohn & Birch (DD; food; 414-422.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; natural history; 205-212.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; drowned in shark nets; m884.) Walker, K. (DD; Stradbroke Is., Queensland; netting & eating; 71, 73-74.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr. & status, 310-315; econ. use, 322-324; hunting & capture, 325-328; conservation, 331-332; captures at Numbulwar Mission, Northern Territory, 333-335.) Cantley, R. (DD; status & conservation; 34-35, 52.) Mitchell, J. (DD; age determination; 2.) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; cyclone & feeding changes; 678-680.) Baudin, N. (DD; Western Australia) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; conservation; 15-16, 19.) Heinsohn & Spain (DD; Queensland; effects of cyclone; 143-152.) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; skull allometry; 249.) Colliver & Woolston (DD; Stradbroke Is., Queens land) Kirkman, H. (DD; Tin Can Bay, Queensland; ml31.) Martin, J.H.D. (DD; Moreton Bay & Stradbroke Is., Queensland; 74.) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; size & weight allometry; 159.) Anon. (DD; pop. acc; 62-63.) Anon. (DD) Heinsohn & Wake (Fraser Is., Queensland, as dugong habitat; 15-18.) Heinsohn, Marsh & Spain (DD; netting technique; 117-121.) Heinsohn, Spain & Anderson (DD; Queensland; aerial surveys; 21-23.) 412 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1976 1976 1977 1977 1977 1977 1977 x 1977 x 1977 x *1978 x *1978 1978 1978 1978a 1978 1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1980 1980 1980 1980 1981b 1981 x 1981a x 1981b x 1981 Ligon, S.H. (DD; Queensland; aerial survey; 580-582.) Spain et al. (DD; Queensland; skull variation; 491.) Blair, D. (DD; parasitic flukes; 64.) Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; pop. acc; 106-111.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; role in seagrass system; 235-248.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; pop. acc; 1-5.) Marsh et al. (DD; digestive system & parasites; 271-295.) Murray et al. (DD; Queensland; hindgut & diges tion; 7-8.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; feeding, tides; 10-12, 14.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; behavior & ecology; 1-23.) Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; distr. survey; 13-26.) Burbridge & George (DD; Dirk Hartog Is., Western Australia) Heinsohn et al. (DD; Brisbane; 91-92.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; conservation; pop. acc; 29-30.) Marshall, A.J. (DD; Arnhem Land, Northern Territory; Aboriginal story; 80-84.) Stanbury, P.J. (DD; accounts by Dampier & Portlock; 18.) Blair, D. (DD; trematode Labicola elongata; 519-520, 525.) Caton, A. (DD; research & conservation; pop. acc; 1-4.) Cropp, B. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Australia; pop. acc.) Glazebrook, R. (DD; in capt.) Heinsohn et al. (DD) Ling, J.K. (DD) Moore, D.R. (DD; Cape York; hunting) Paterson, R. (DD; mortality from shark nets) Pedley, I. (DD; Tin Can Bay, Queensland; oil industry; 231.) Blair, D. (DD; trematode Indosolenorchis hi rudinaceus; 511-525.) Caton, A. (DD; pop. acc.) Denton et al. (DD; metal content of tissues; 201-219.) Marsh, H. (DD; age determination; 181-201.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; behavior; 91-111.) Bertram, G.C.L. (importance of Australia as past & present center of dugong abundance and its responsibility in dugong conservation; 1-7.) Blair, D. (DD; parasitic flukes; 2.) Blair, D. (DD; parasites; gen. acc; S21-S22.) Campbell & Ladds (DD; Queensland; diseases; 176-181.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1981 1981a 1981 1981 1981a 1981 1981 1981 *1981a 1981d 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981a 1981 1982a 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983 1983 1983 1984a 1984b 1984c 1984 1984c Chase, A. (DD; Aboriginal use & beliefs; 112- 122.) Denton & Breck (DD; Queensland; mercury in tissues; 117, 119-120.) Denton, G.R.W. (DD; Queensland; heavy metal content of tissues; 169-174.) Elliott et al. (DD; in capt.; salmonellosis; 203.) Elliott, M.A. (DD; Northern Territory; distr. & status; 57-66.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; distr. & status; 55-56.) Marsh & Glover (DD; male reproductive tracts; 262, 266.) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; Queensland; workshop on aerial survey techniques; 345-353.) Marsh et al. (DD; Wellesley Islands, Queensland; hunting & conservation; 255-267.) Marsh, H. (proceedings of dugong seminar/ workshop; 1-400.) Marsh, H. (DD; Queensland; female reproductive tracts; 248.) Mitchell, J. (DD; Queensland; age determination; 99-109.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; hunting; 54-63.) Prince et al. (DD; Western Australia; distr. & status; 67-87.) Purse, B. (DD; Queensland; hunting; review of film; 199-200.) Spain & Marsh (DD; Queensland; skull variation; 143-161.) Sprent, J.F.A. (DD; Queensland; nematode Para- dujardinia; 310.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Austra lia; population size & habitat use; 69-84.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Austra lia; behavior; 85-99.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; hunting, con servation, underwater observations; 515-524.) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; conservation; 1-5.) Marsh et al. (DD; Queensland; stomach contents; 55-67.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Torres Strait) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD) Powell, J.A., Jr. (DD; pop. acc.) Preen & Heinsohn (DD; 4 photos; 20-21.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Austra lia; suckling; 510.) Anderson, P.K. Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; behavior & ecology; 37-42.) Cropp, B. (DD; pop. acc.) Marsh, H. (DD; Northern Territory; rescue of NUMBER 80 413 X 1984 x 1984 x 1984 1984a x 1984b 1984 1984 1984 1985 1985a 1985 1985 1985 1986a 1986c 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986a 1986 1986 1987 1987 1987 1987 1988 1988a 1988 animals stranded by cyclone; 106-107.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; female repro ductive tract; 744.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Glover (DD; male reproduc tive tract; 722.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; breeding & population dynamics; 767-788.) Minnegal, M. (DD; Princess Charlotte Bay, Queensland) Minnegal, M. (DD; Princess Charlotte Bay, Queensland; evidence of butchering at archeolo gical site; 15-20.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; hunting & ecology; 625-651.) Robinson, N.H. (DD; New South Wales; 157.) Taylor, J.M. (DD) Anderson & Prince (DD; Shark Bay, Western Australia; attacks by killer whales; 554-556.) Anon. (DD) Baldwin, CL. (DD; northeastern Queensland; conservation & management; 1-20.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Great Barrier Reef, Queensland; conservation; 89-90.) Thomson, D.F. (DD) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Austra lia; temperature, nutrition, & seasonal move ments; 473-490.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Austra lia) Baldwin, CL. (DD; Queensland; conservation; 206-212.) Bayliss, P. (DD; Northern Territory; aerial survey; 27-37.) Blair, D. (DD; parasites; gen. acc; 46.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD) Hudson & Marsh (DD; Torres Strait; aerial surveys) Hudson, B.E.T. Marsh, Freeland et al. (DD; Northern Territory; stranding by cyclone) Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; status; 53-76.) Prince, R.I.T. (DD; northern Western Australia; 1-38.) Tisdell, CA. (DD; conservation; 102-103.) Beckett, J. (DD; Torres Strait; hunting) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD) Finger, J. (DD; Queensland; history of oil industry; 3-5.) Marsh, H. (DD) Anderson, G.R.V. (DD) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Austra lia) Anon. (DD) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988a 1988b 1988c 1988d 1988e 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1989 1989 1989 1989a 1989a 1989b *1989 1990 1990 1990 1990 x 1991 x 1991 1991 x 1991 x *1992 Bradley, J.J. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Northern Territory) Davis, S. (DD; northern Arnhem Land, Northern Territory) Doig & Dyson (DD; Queensland; satellite tracking; pop. acc; 438-439.) Gray & Zann (DD; northern Australia; traditional knowledge) Marsh, H. (DD; ecology & conservation; 9-21.) Marsh, H. (DD; status of research; 128-130.) Marsh, H. (DD; gen. acc; 8-10.) Marsh, H. (DD) Marsh, H. (DD; conservation; 495-502.) Myroniuk, P. (DD; Hinchinbrook Is., Queensland) Prince, R.I.T. (DD; Western Australia) Reddacliff, G. (DD; Sydney; killed by cookie- cutter sharks; 133-134.) Smith, A.J. (DD; Queensland) Tucker & Puddicombe (DD; conservation; 82-83.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; foraging on macroinverte- brates) Bayliss & Freeland (DD; western Gulf of Carpen taria; distr. & abundance; 141-149.) Marsh & Saalfeld (DD) Marsh & Sinclair (DD; aerial surveys; visibility bias correction; 1018-1022.) Marsh, H. (DD; Northern Territory; stranding by cyclone; 78-84.) Preen, A. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; mating behavior; 382-387.) Smith, A. (DD; eastern Cape York Peninsula; exploitation by Aborigines) Marsh & Rathbun (DD; Queensland; radio & satellite tracking; 83-100.) Marsh & Saalfeld (DD; Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, Queensland; distr. & abundance) Paterson, R.A. (DD; Queensland; mortality from shark nets; 155-156.) Smith & Marsh (DD; northern Great Barrier Reef, Queensland; management of traditional hunt ing; 47-55.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Northern Territory; traditional hunting; 91- 110.) Fitzpatrick, J. (DD; Torres Strait; sharing of meat; ml 9-20.) Fox, R. (DD; Shark Bay, Western Australia; pop. acc.) Johnson, R.L. (DD; Great Barrier Reef, Queens land; pop. acc; 36-46.) Pledge, N. (?Dugong; Early Plioc, South Austra lia; 6.) 414 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1993 Brown, J. (DD; Hervey Bay, Queensland; seagrass dieoff; pop. acc; 11.) 1993 Harling, R. (DD; Shark Bay; lekking; pop. acc; 10-11.) x x 1861 1867 x 1867 1867 x *1895 1896 1899 Austria 1847 Meyer, H.v. (Halianassa Collinii; Linz; 189-190.) Van Beneden, P.J. (Halitherium; Linz: 481.) Hauer, F.v. (Haliannassa Collini; Hamburg) Peters, K.F. (Halitherium Cordieri; ?Mioc, Ham burg; 309-314, pi. 7.) Stache, G. (Halitherium; Hamburg) Dep6ret, C (Metaxytherium krahuletzi, n.sp.; Mioc, Eggenburg; 408, 415.) Toula, F. Toula, F. 1902c Abel, O. 1903 Abel,0. * 1904a Abel, O. 1927 Ehrenberg, K. (Friedberg) 1927a Sickenberg, O. (Mioc, Burgenland) 1927b Sickenberg, O. (Metaxytherium petersi; Mioc, Burgenland) *1928 Sickenberg, O. (Thalattosiren, n.gen.; Mioc, Bur genland) 1929b Sickenberg, O. (Mioc, Burgenland) *1959 Spillmann, F. Steininger, F.F. (Linz) Daxner-Hock, G. (Metaxytherium krahuletzi; Eg genburg region; 764-765.) Schultz, O. (Mioc.) Spillmann, F. (Halitherium spp.; Olig.; 197-209.) Rabeder, G. (Late Olig.) Ebner & Graef (Weitendorf) Fuchs, W. Pervesler & Roetzel (Metaxytherium krahuletzi; Eggenburg region; 97.) X X X 1969 1971 1972 1973 1975 1977 1977 1991 Bacteriology x 1968 Lemire, M. (microbiological digestion; 504-514.) x 1969 Frye & Herald (TI; Proteus vulgaris, P. morganii, Streptococcus spp., Edwardsiella spp., Clostrid ium prefringens; 1073.) Bartmann, W (TM; Pseudomonas morganii, Streptococcus, Staphylococcus; 14.) Forrester et al. (TM; Pseudomonas, Edwardsiella, Escherichia; 567.) Boever et al. (TI; Mycobacterium chelonei; 927- 929.) Boever, W.J. (TI; Mycobacterium chelonei) Tas'an et al. (DD; Indonesia; Aeromonas, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Aerobacter; 28.) 1980 Irvine et al. (TM; Escherichia coli, Aeromonas 1974 1975 1976 1978 1979 hydrophila, Pseudomonas spp., Staphylococcus spp., Streptococcus spp.; 5.) Ohtomo et al. Beusse et al. (TM; Florida; Edwardsiella, Citro- bacter, Proteus; 101.) Beusse et al. (TM; Florida; Citrobacter, Staphylo coccus, Proteus; 118, 120.) Campbell & Ladds (DD; Queensland; Salmonella lohbruegge; 178.) Cardeilhac et al. (TM; Florida; Salmonella hei- delberg; 144.) Elliott et al. (DD; Salmonella lohbruegge, Pseudo monas, Streptococcus; 203-208.) Jenkins, R.L. (TM; Florida; Pseudomonas spp., Aeromonas hydrophila; 129.) Buergelt et al. (TM; Florida; Pseudomonas putre- faciens; 1333.) Comide, R.I. (TM; Cuba; Leptospira antibodies; 1.) Morales et al. (TI; Mycobacterium marinum; 1230-1231.) Morales, P. (TI; in capt.; Mycobacterium marinum; 43-48.) Walsh et al. (TML; Florida; Streptococcus faecium, Plesiomonas shigelloides, Pseudomonas putre- faciens, Escherichia coli; 702-703.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; Providencia, Proteus, Edwardsiella, Morganella, Pasteurella, Pseu domonas; 171.) Baja California xD 1941b VanderHoof, VL. (Cornwallius; Olig.; 1985.) xD* 1942a VanderHoof, VL. (Cornwallius sookensis; Olig.; 298-301.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (desmostylians; 11, 15-16.) D 1964 Allison, E.C. x *1965 Kilmer, F.H. (Halianassa (?) allisoni, n.sp.; 57- 58,65,70-71.) xD 1970 Minchetal (Desmostylus; 3149-3153.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (Dioplotherium, Dusisiren, Hydro damalis; Mioc-Plioc; 101-104, 147-149, 160-161.) 1983 Morris, W.J. xD 1990 Aranda-Manteca, F.J. (Metaxytherium, Desmosty lus; Mioc, La Misi6n; 100, 103-104, 108, 111, pi. 3.) xD 1990 Ferrusquia-V, I. (Desmostylus hesperus; Mioc; 15, 17, 22-26.) *1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (Metaxytherium arctodites, n.sp.; Middle Mioc, La Misi6n) Behavior (General and Miscellaneous) (SEE ALSO: Birth X X X X X X X X X X X X 1980 1981a 1981b 1981 1981 1981 1981 1984 1984 1985 1986 1987 1991 NUMBER 80 415 X X X X X X X X X X X 1876 1880 1881 1885a 1905 1906b 1908b 1916 1920 *1922 1924- 1925 1926 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1946 1951b 1954 1955 *1956 1957 *1961 1961 1964 *1966 *1967a 1967 1969 1969 1969 1969 1970 *1972 1972a 1972b 1976 1976 1976 and Breeding; Captivity, Sirenians in; Locomo- x 1977 tion; Migration and Movements; Sound Produc tion; Respiration and Diving; and under species) x 1977 Chapman, H.C (TM; in capt.; 459-462.) Murie, J. (TMM; in capt., 21-26; postures, 25-26, x 1978 45, pis. 5-7.) Crane, A. (Trichechus; in capt.; 456-460.) x *1979 Woodward, H. (HG; gen. acc; 464-465.) x 1979 Townsend, C.H. (TM; in capt.; feeding, swimming, & when tank drained; 91, 94, 97.) x * 1979 Dexler & Freund (DD; play; 65.) Gudernatsch, J.F. (TM; in capt.; 228-234.) Anon. (TI; in capt.; swimming, when tank drained, etc.; 1421.) x 1979 Beebe, W. (TM; Guyana; 730-732.) Golder, F.A. (HG; Bering Is.; eyewitness account by Khitrov; 238.) Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; ?play, 222; general activity levels, 226-227.) Derscheid, J.M. (TS; in capt.; resting on back at bottom; 25.) Goodwin, G.G. (HG; 60-61.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; intelligence & learning, 31-32; "kissing" & nuzzling, 32-33.) Lawrence, J.E. (TM; Florida; pop. acc; 402-404.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; gen. acc; 17-19.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 1-23.) Burton, M. (TML; gen. acc; 272.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; in capt.; 1-7.) Silas, E.G. (DD; India; in capt.; use of flippers; 264-265.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; swimming; 7-8.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; fishermen's accounts; 82-88.) Jones, S. (DD; India; in capt.; 218-219.) Oke, V.R. (DD; in capt.; 220-221.) Evans & Bastian Frye & Herald (TI; in capt.; under medical treatment; 1075-1076.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; gen. acc; 342-353.) Herald, E.S. (TI; in capt.; 29-30.) Barada, B. (TM; Florida) Caldwell & Caldwell (TM; Florida; mating, 446- x 1983 448; play, 450; diurnal activity, m452; feeding, 454.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 21-22.) x 1984b Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida) x 1986 Allen et al. (DD; in capt.; sociality, "acrobatics," ?play; 39-40.) x 1988a Ligon, S.H. (DD; Australia; no diurnal periodicity; 580-581.) x 1990 Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; "body-surfing"; 211.) X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981a 1981b 1981 1981 1981 *1981a *1981b 1981c 1982b 1982 1983c 1983 1983 Harris & Bertram (DD; Abu Dhabi; caught in nets only at night; 5.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; tidal cycles; 10-12, 14.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; scratching; 15.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; review; 113-144.) Barrett, S.K. (TM; Florida; near flood-control dams; 26.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 17-61, 64-142; daily activity, 41-43; comfort activities, 86-92; social behavior, 95-114, 132-133; play, 43, 108-110, 113-114, 134-135.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; 47-53; "body- surfing" & "follow-the-leader," 51; activity patterns, 52.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; behavior & conservation; 640-647.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; gen. acc, 91-111; resting, 98.) Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; idling & daily activity patterns; 31-34.) Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TM; Florida; research needs; 6.) Campbell & Irvine (TM; in capt.; decreased activity in cold weather; 89.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; 233-242; activity patterns, 235, 237-239.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; social behavior, 436-449; "body-surfing" & "follow-the- leader," 444-445.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; "body-surfing," "follow-the-leader," activity patterns; 28.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; en counters with dolphins, turtles, & cormorants; 94.) Bengtson, J.L. (TM; Florida; daily activity pat terns; role of behavioral tradition; 4668.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; northeastern Florida; tempo ral & spatial distr. of behaviors; 16-19, 34-37.) Krushinskaya & Lisitsyna Rathbun et al. (TM; Honduras; nocturnal due to hunting; 306.) Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Florida; "follow-the-leader" & other play-like behavior; 6.) Best, R.C (TI; activity budget; 374-375.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; nocturnal where hunted; 976.) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; Florida; social organization & learning; 192.) Marsh & Rathbun (DD; Queensland; activity cycles; 91-93.) 416 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1991 O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; effects of red tide neurotoxin; 170, 172, 174-175.) 1993 Loyer, B. (DD; Vanuatu; observations on lone individual; 54-55.) 1890 1906 1923 *1935 1936 1943 1944 Behavior, Aggregative 1888 Jentink, F.A. (TS; Liberia; 34.) BUttikofer, J. (TS; Liberia; schools of manatees dangerous to canoes; 2: 392.) Annandale, N. (DD; India & Andaman Islands; m241.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; m77.) 1924a Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; groups of 4 or 5; 126.) 1929 Prater, S.H. (DD; Andaman Islands; m987.) Barrett, O.W (TM; Central America; 216-217.) Lopes, A.P. (DD; Mozambique; herd of >50; 36.) Krumholz, L.A. (TM; Florida; 272.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; groups of 10-30 in mating season; 54.) 1951b Moore, J.C. (TM; Everglades, Florida; 23-25.) 1953 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 120-121, 156.) *1956 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 2, 4-23.) 1957 Cadenat, J. (TS; Senegal; group of 15; 1369.) 1961 Jonklaas, R. (DD; Sri Lanka; 7.) 1964a Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 117.) 1965 Layne, J.N. (TM; Florida; 166-168.) *1966 Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 83.) 1966 Thomas, D. (DD; India; herds of up to 400-500; 80-81.) 1967a Jones, S. (DD; India; in capt; 218-219.) 1967 Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; herd "3 miles in length," 1: 105, 2: 234-235; "80 or more," 2: 234; "dozens," 2: 257.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TM; Belize; 294.) Allsopp, WH.L. (TM; Guyana; feeding in groups; 346, 348.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 346.) Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; 299-301.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; 208.) Cantley, R. (DD; Torres Strait; herds; 34.) Heinsohn & Spain (DD; Queensland; shark net captures; 148.) Mondolfi, E. (TM; Venezuela; aggregations in lagoons; 14-15.) Lipkin, Y (DD; Red Sea; 94.) Heinsohn & Wake (DD; Australia; 17.) Heinsohn, Spain & Anderson (DD; Australia; 22-23.) Ligon, S.H. (DD; Australia; 580-582.) Paz & Hani (DD; Gulf of Aqaba; group of 10-12; 74.) Campbell & Irvine (TM; Florida; feeding on uprooted seagrass; 250.) 1968 1969 1969 1971 1972 1973 1974 1974 X X X X X 1975 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 x 1977 Harris & Bertram (DD; Abu Dhabi; herd of " 100 or more"; 5-6.) x 1977 Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; 239-240.) x 1978 Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; 6, 13, 20-21.) x 1978 Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; question naire survey; 15-17, 20.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; 91-92.) Marsh et al. (DD; review of herd sizes; 166.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; separation between individuals, 127; groups, 136, 141.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; group sizes; 94.) Leatherwood, S. (TM; Indian & Banana Rs., Florida; group sizes; 52.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; herd structure; 47-52.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; social interactions; 644- 645). Elliott, M.A. (DD; Northern Territory, Australia; group sizes; 62.) Marsh et al. (DD; Wellesley Islands, Queensland; 263-265.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; 58-59.) Prince et al. (DD; Western Australia; group sizes; 73, 75.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; herd size; 238- 239.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Blue Lagoon, Miami, Florida; herd structure & social behavior; 436-449.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; group size & structure; 27.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; group sizes; 76, 78, 82-83.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; re sponse to boats, 88-89; functions of aggrega tions, 97-98.) Irvine et al. (TM; western Florida; group sizes; 623, 625-627.) Rathbun et al. (TM; north of Florida; group sizes; 153-165.) Robineau & Rose (DD; Djibouti; 236.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; group sizes, 9, 12, 25, 28; in warm-water outfalls, 16, 25, 40.) x 1983 Kochman et al. (TM; Crystal R., Florida; areas used for feeding, resting, social behavior, & travel; 108, 111-115,117-120.) x 1983a Shane, S.H. (TM; Florida; at warm-water sources; pop. acc; 40-44.) x 1983b Shane, S.H. (TM; Brevard Co., Florida; warm- season group sizes; 4-5, 8.) x 1983 Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Crk., Florida; 3,6.) x 1984c Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; group sizes; 39.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1978 1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 1981a 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981a *1981b 1981c 1982a 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1983a NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1984 1984 1984 1985 1985 1986 1986a 1986 1987 1988 1988 1989 * 1989a x 1989b x 1991 x 1991 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; Queensland; herd of 63; 775-776.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; responses to weather, 640.) Shane, S.H. (TM; Brevard Co., Florida; at power plants; 182-185.) Bengtson & Fitzgerald (TM; Florida; keeping group together or greeting with vocalizations; 817.) Kochman et al. (TM; Crystal R., Florida; temporal & spatial distr.; 921-924.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; correlated with salinity; 1008.) Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; group sizes; 62-63.) Prince, R.I.T. (DD; Western Australia; group sizes; 9-11,35.) Estrada & Ferrer (TM; western Cuba; group sizes; 3-4.) Provancha & Provancha (TM; Banana R., Florida; group sizes & causes of aggregations; 335- 336.) Rathbun et al. (DD; Palau; group sizes; 268.) Bayliss & Freeland (DD; Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia; group sizes; 149.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; group sizes; 42-46, 50-51, 58-60, 63, 75-78, 81, 84-86, 94-97, 101-102, 110-112, 181-183, 193- 194, 200.) Preen, A. (DD; Queensland; herd sizes; 383.) Lefebvre & Kochman (TML; Florida; use of Crystal & Homosassa Rs.; 299-304.) O'Shea & Salisbury (TMM; Belize; group sizes; 158.) Behavior, Agonistic and Territorial 1834 Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; males fighting in February & March; 113.) 1869 Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2:151.) 1874b Anon. (TM; Florida; defense against hunters; 446.) 1875 Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2: 188- 189.) Annandale, N. (DD; ?fighting for females; m243.) Petit, G. (DD; fighting for females; m77.) 1906 1923 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; preferred locations in tank; 221.) 1940 Pocock, R.I. (DD; possible use of tusks; 332.) 1948 Bessac & Villiers (TS; cow believed to kill or drive off calf if mated again before weaning; 188.) 1953 Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; use of tusks doubtful; 142.) 1955 MacMillan, L. (DD; fighting rare, 18; ?territory, ml9.) 1955 Severin, K. (TML; in capt.; calf killed by adult; 149.) X X X X X X X X X 1958 1961 1967 1972 1978 1979 1979 1982 1984 417 1956 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; ?agonistic behavior; 10-11.) Leakey, L.S.B. (DD; East Africa; in rivers; 19-20.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; territorial behavior; 6-7.) Welsby, T (DD; supposed fighting with tusks; 2: 234.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; possible territorial ity; 211.) Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; overturning boats to get at bananas; 338.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; agonistic behavior, 127; ?home ranges, 140.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 97-98, 105, 114, 133-134.) Bengtson, J.L. (TM; Florida; sex difference in size of home ranges; 4668.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; fighting with tusks; 780.) * 1989b Preen, A. (DD; Queensland; males fighting in mating herds; 384-386.) 1993 Harling, R. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; lekking; pop. acc; 10-11.) Behavior, Epimeletic *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; protecting calves, 197; aiding wounded individuals, 199.) Annandale, N. (DD; not observed carrying young; 243.) Cum y Valera, L.A. (TM; Cuba; wounded animal helped by others; 95.) 1923a Petit, G. (DD; carrying young; 78.) *1925 Steller, G.W. (HG; aiding wounded individuals; 232-233.) Prater, S.H. (DD; Red Sea; 84.) Prater, S.H. (DD; carrying young; 987.) Barbour, T. (TM; Florida; teaching young to breathe; 107.) Promus, J. (DD; Australia; herds protecting calves from sharks; 41.) Krumholz, L.A. (TM; Florida; bull ?diverting pursuers' attention from cow & calf; 272.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; making underwater hiding places for young, 56; male assisting at birth, 60; nursing >1 year, 60.) Goodwin, G.G. (HG; 61.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; believed to nurse >1 year unless mated again; 188.) 1951b Moore, J.C. (TM; teaching young to breathe, nursing; 27.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 121.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; teaching young to breathe; 18.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; nursing; 19-20.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; not teaching young to 1906 1918 1928 *1929 *1937 1937 1943 1944 1946 1948 X X X X 1953 *1955 *1956 1957 418 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X 1958 1958 1963 1966 1966 1967 1968 1971 x 1979 x 1979 x 1980 x 1981a x 1981 x 1981 x 1981b x 1981 x 1981 x 1982b x 1982 x *1984a x 1984 x 1984b x 1986 x 1986 breathe; 137-138.) Leakey, L.S.B. (DD; East Africa; nursing upright in water, 20.) Loftin, H. (Trichechus; teaching young to breathe; 256.) Bertram, G.C.L. (HG, TI) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; position of nursing young; 83.) Thomas, D. (DD; India; holding & nursing young; 80.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; mother protecting calf from shark & protecting netted calf; 2: 234-235.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TM; Belize; nursing; 294.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; attempting to interfere with netting of other individuals; 397.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; swimming posi tions of cow & calf, 129-130; protection of calves & ?communication of traditional knowl edge, 137.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 97, 133; cow-calf behavior & nursing, 110-114, 121-122, 137.) Dekker, D. (TM; in capt.; nursing, 23-24; protect ing calf, 24.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; cow-calf behavior; 644.) Marsh et al. (DD; Australia; males on outside of herd; 265.) Odell, D.K. (TM; in capt.; nursing; 133.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; nursing, flight, protection of calves, 442-443; ?leaving calf alone while foraging, 443.) Santiapillai, C (DD; Sri Lanka; cows trying to free calves from nets; 4.) Zeiller, W (TM; in capt.; helping young to breathe; 109.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; cow- calf behavior & nursing; 93.) Milne & Milne (TML; care of young; pop. acc; 154-158.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; nursing; 510.) Hall, A.J. (TM; Florida; photos of nursing & "grooming"; 405, 410-411.) White, J.R. (TM; in capt.; mother failing to help calf after birth; 372.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; mother remaining near captured calf; 1010.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; bulls carrying calves with their flippers; 10.) Behavior, Et-epimeletic (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Ingestive) x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; attempted nursing by calf on unrelated calf; 176.) 1956 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; "greeting" by young, 17; nursing, 19-20.) 1975b Anon. (TM; nursing; 7.) 1976 Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; nursing; 213.) 1979 Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; alarm calls; 96, 99-100,113-114.) 1979 Odell & Reynolds (TM; cow & calf, separated by dam, 575-576.) 1981b Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; nursing; 442.) 1982b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; nurs ing; 93.) Behavior, Ingestive (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Epimeletic; Behavior, Et-epimeletic; Food; Mastication; Milk) Du Chaillu, P.B. (TS; eating leaves fallen into water, & aquatic grass; 367.) Chapman, H.C (TM; in capt.; 459, 461.) Brown, A.E. (TMM; in capt.; plants, 295; mud, 296.) Murie, J. (TMM; use of lips; 22, 26, 31-32, pis. 6-7.) Crane, A. (Trichechus; in capt.; 458-460.) 1885a Woodward, H. (Trichechus; use of forelimbs; m458.) Bangs, O. (TM; Florida; feeding on mangroves & on shore; 787.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 185-186, 189, 198.) Townsend, C.H. (TM; in capt.; eating from hand above water; 91, 94, 97.) Annandale, N. (DD; India; 242-243.) 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD, 55-57; manatee, 57.) 1906c Dexler & Freund (DD; feeding trails; 574.) 1907 Heilprin, A. 1920 Beebe, W. (TM; Guyana) 1923a Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; 75.) 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; coprophagy, 122-123; use of lips, 125-126; feeding not only noctur nal, 226; DD, German East Africa, ?use of tusks, 225-226.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 230-232.) Prater, S.H. (DD; browsing, 89-90; chewing, 92.) Barrett, O.W. (TM; Central America; 217.) Turner, J.P. (TM; Guyana; photo of animal feeding partly out of water; 498.) Coates, C.W. (TI; in capt.; food position prefer ence; eating sand & mud; 143.) Pocock, R.I. (DD; possible use of tusks; 332, 336.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; feeding under floating meadows, 47, 56; bending down bushes with flippers, 57; feeding at bottom, 56-57.) 1946 Goodwin, G.G. (HG; 60-61.) 1861 1876 1878 1880 *1881 1895 *1899 1905 1906 *1925 *1928 *1935 1937 1939 1940 *1944 NUMBER 80 419 1948 x 1956 x 1956 x 1957 '1959 1961 1961 1963 1964a 1966 1966 1967 1967 1968a 1969 x 1971b X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1972b 1972 1972 1974 1975b 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977b 1977 1977 1977 *1978 *1978a Bessac & Villiers (TS; believed to swallow 1 x 1978b pebble per year; 189.) Harry, R.R. (DD; Palau; use of tusks; 22.) x 1978 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; nursing; 19-20, 23.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; ?use of flippers, 9, x 1979 42; use of snout bristles, 13; making & eating heaps of seagrasses, 42.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt.; feeding at surface, etc.; x *1979 200-201.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; 4-5.) Silas, E.G. (DD; 264.) Bertram, G.C.L. (TM, HG) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; 118.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; feeding trails; 86, 88.) Thomas, D. (DD; India; eating seagrass rhizomes; feeding with tail up; 80.) Oke, V.R. (DD; in capt.; feeding only at bottom or from hand; 220.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; rooting & damage to oyster banks; 1: 103-104, 2: 239-240.) Bertram & Bertram (DD, 388; Trichechus, 389.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TM; preferred growth habits of food plants; 345-346.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; Pacific; evolu tion; 218.) Anon. (TM; Florida; drinking fresh water) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; calves grazing; 210.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Australia; calves grazing; 886.) Mondolfi, E. (TM; Venezuela; pulling grasses into water with flippers; 14.) Anon. (TM; Florida; nursing; 7.) Allen et al. (DD; in capt.; feeding only at bottom; 36.) Heinsohn, Spain & Anderson (DD; Australia; raising silt clouds; 22.) Ligon, S.H. (DD; Australia; feeding with tail up, raising silt clouds; m580.) Marmol B., A.E. (TI; Peru; eating vegetation on riverbanks; 32.) Domning, D.P. (North Pacific sirs.; evolution; 353-361.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; feeding habits; 237-238.) Marsh et al. (DD; feeding habits; 288-289.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; seagrasses torn rather than cropped cleanly when tidal current strong; 10.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; diving, silt clouds, feeding tracks; 8-13, 18-20.) Domning, D.P. (TI; functional anatomy of lips, x 1983 jaws, & neck; 57-69.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1979 1980 1980 *1980 1980 1980 1981a *1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 *1981a 1981 1981 1982a 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1982 Domning, D.P. (N. Pacific sirs.; 116-124, 131, 140-144.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (TM; eating flesh offish & leaving bones; 442.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; different feeding modes for large & small seagrasses, 124-125; flippers probably not used, 125.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 42, 44, 47, 51-58, 85-86, 95, 112, 122; drinking fresh water, 58-59; feeding partly out of water, 85; rooting, 90, 92; regurgitation, 93, 95.) Tas'an et al. (DD; in capt., Jakarta; eating floating seagrasses; 8-9.) Belitsky & Belitsky (TM; Dominican Republic; silt clouds; 318.) Dekker, D. (TM; in capt.; pregnant female & calf; 21,23-24,26.) Domning, D.P. (TI, TML; food position prefer ence; experiments; 544-547.) Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; feeding at bottom & surface; 270.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; ?non-use of tusks; 199.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; persistent grazing of pre ferred sites, 640-641; uprooting seagrasses, 641.) Best, R.C. (review; 7-24.) Bingham, B. (TM; Florida; drinking from hose; pop. acc; 90-91.) Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; feeding at bottom & surface; 200.) Odell, D.K. (TM; Florida; in capt.; newborn calf; 131, 133.) Powell & Waldron (TM; St. Johns R., Florida; eating Eichhornia & Vallisneria; 49-50.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; 236-237, 240.) Santiapillai, C (DD; Sri Lanka; stones in intes tines; 4.) Zeiller, W (TM; Florida; in capt.; conditioning to press trigger to obtain fresh water; 104.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; ?graz- ing scars in seagrass beds; 81-82.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; eating Amphibolis leaves & not rhizomes; ?economi- zation of energy; 90-91, 96-97.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; 522.) Marsh et al. (DD; Australia; food choice, 61-65; ?non-use of tusks, 65.) Rathbun et al. (TM; Georgia; drinking fresh water from dock; 153.) Scott & Powell (TM; Florida; commensal feeding by herons; 215-216.) Bengtson, J.L. (TM; food consumption in wild; experiments; 1190-1191.) 420 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1983a Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; drinking fresh water, 25; feeding half out of water, 34.) x 1983 Lainson et al. (TI; coprophagy as ?route of coccidial infection; 289.) x 1983a Shane, S.H. (TM; Florida; photo of animal feeding on bank grasses; 41.) x 1984c Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; control by tidal cycle; feeding trails & completeness of seagrass removal; 39-40.) x 1984 Lomolino & Ewel (TM; consumption rate; 177.) x 1984 Packard, J.M. (TM; rooting & grazing seagrasses; 21-22.) x 1985 Etheridge et al. (TM; chewing rate & time spent feeding; 21-23.) x 1985 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; feeding partly out of water; 417, 421.) x 1986a Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; eating only leaves of Amphibolis vs. entire plants of Halodule; 478, 483-485, 487-488.) Colmenero-R., L.C (TMM; Mexico; 595-597; feeding partly out of water, 596.) O'Shea, T.J. (TM; Florida; bottom-feeding on acorns; 183-185.) Prince, R.I.T. (DD; Australia; feeding trails & silt clouds; 15-16, 19-21, 27, 34-36.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; use of flippers in feeding on emergent grasses; 151-152.) Williams, T.R. (DD; Papua New Guinea; making feeding trail; 65.) Anon. (TM; Florida; drinking from hose; 187.) Baugh et al. (TML; feeding on Spartina; 89.) Domning, D.P. (rytiodontines & DD; use of tusks; 426.) Domning, D.P. (Xenosiren yucateca; use of jaws & tusks; 435-436.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; rhizivory ?limited to soft sediments; 120-121.) Domning, D.P. (rhizivory experiments; 34-36.) Haigh, M.D. (TMM; Guyana; feeding partly out of water; 339, 342.) Provancha & Hall (TML; Florida; impact on seagrass beds; 91-97.) Toledo & Domning (extinct dugongids; 135.) Colares & Colares (TI; in capt.; food preferences) Behavior, Investigative, and Sense Perception (SEE ALSO: Sense Organs; Sound Production) 1867 Claudius, M. (HG & other sirs.; hearing; 1-12.) 1868 Claudius, M. (HG; hearing) 1876 Chapman, H.C (TM; in capt.; sensitivity of ?smell; 454.) 1878 Brown, A.E. (TM; sensitivity of ?smell; 295.) * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; hearing, 52, 64-66; touch, 53, 64-65; taste, 59; smell, 59-60; sight, 60-64.) x 1912a x 1923 x 1924- 1925 1929 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1989a 1989 1989c 1989d 1989a 1990a 1991 *1991 1991 *1992 X X X X X X X 1946 1951b 1956 1961 1963 1964a 1967 1967 1976 x 1978 x 1979 x *1979 x 1979 x *1980 x 1980 x 1981a x 1981b x 1981b x 1982b x 1982 x 1983b x *1983 x 1985 x 1986a x 1988 x 1989 Matthes, E. (hearing; 597-599.) Petit, G. (DD; sight, hearing, smell; 77.) Vosseler, J. (TI; taste & smell, 123-124, 126, 179-180, 217-220; taste/smell experiments, 217-219; hearing, 220-221.) Petit & Rochon-Duvigneaud (DD; hearing, smell, taste, vision, touch, 130-132; vision, 137-138.) Goodwin, G.G. (HG; hearing; 61.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; raising eyes above surface; 27-28.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; greeting; 11-12, 22.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; taste, 4-5; sight, hearing, 6.) Bertram, G.C.L. (TM; Guyana) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 118-119.) Oke, V.R. (DD; in capt.; response to gong; 221.) Scott-Johnson, C (hearing) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; communication, curiosity; 211.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; raising head above water, 1, 16, 18; ?investigating observers, 16.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; investigating ob servers; 137-138.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; exploration of habitat, 35-36; nibbling water hyacinth, 53; investigat ing disturbances, 59, 99, 128-131; investigat ing inanimate objects, 60-61, 127; chemorecep tion, 95-96, 118-120; hearing, 115-116, 128; vision, 116-118; touch, 118.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; mechanoreception & body hairs; 52.) Bullock et al. (TI; auditory evoked potentials; 130-133.) Lowell & Flanigan (chemoreception; 56-57.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; investigation & range of detection of boats & divers; 642-645.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; investigating ob servers; 105-106.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; hearing, 446- 447; ?detecting water movement with body hairs, m447; vision, ?smell, touch, 448.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; investi gating observers; 88-89.) Cohen et al. (TM; possible color vision; 197-202.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; in capt.; experiments on responses to high-intensity sound; 3-4.) Piggins et al. (TI; vision; 121-127.) Bengtson & Fitzgerald (TM; Florida; hearing sensitivity; 817-818.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; investi gating observers; 484-485.) Fischer, M.S. (TM; ear & hearing; 375-377.) Packard et al. (TML; Florida; seeking warm water; 699.) NUMBER 80 421 1990 Klishin et al. (TI; hearing) 1990 Popov & Supin (TI; hearing) x *1992 Ketten et al. (TML; hearing, 77-95; taste, 84, 92.) x 1993 Loyer, B. (DD; Vanuatu; investigating divers; "excited" by the color red; 54-55.) Behavior, Sexual (SEE ALSO: Birth and Breeding) x 1869 Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2: 150- 151.) 1875 Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2: 188- 189.) x *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; 189, 198.) x 1923 Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; 77-78.) x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; 131, 175-180, 217; supposedly longer flippers of male used to embrace female, 175.) x *1925 Steller, G.W. (HG; 231, 233.) x 1935 Barrett, O.W. (TM; Central America; 217.) x 1941- 1943 Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; mating; 102.) x *1944 Pereira, M.N. (TI; mating herds; 58-60.) x 1946 Goodwin, G.G. (HG; 61.) x 1946 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; ?mating; 58.) x 1956 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 12-15, 22.) x 1961 Jonklaas, R. (DD; 7.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. (TM, HG) x 1964a Bertram & Bertram (TMM; 119.) x 1966 Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 83.) x *1967a Jones, S. (DD; India; in capt.; 219.) x 1968a Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; m390.) x 1968 Charnock-Wilson, J. (TM; Belize; 294.) x *1972 Caldwell & Caldwell (TM; Florida; mating herd; 446-448.) 1972 Dieckman, L.E. x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TI; mating herds; 225- 226.) 1977 Balderamos, L.P. (TM; Belize; mating herd) x *1978 Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; 12-15, 20-21.) x 1979 Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; categorization of behavioral elements; 128-129.) x *1979 Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; 16, 37, 43, 83, 86, 89-90, 95, 99-109, 114, 136-137; homosexual behavior, 99, 101, 106-108, 137.) x 1979 Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; estrous herds; 47, 50.) x 1980 Dekker, D. (TM; in capt.; 21.) x 1980 Telander, R. (TM; Florida; photo of mating herd; 34-35.) x 1981 Jenkins, R.L. (TM; Florida; in capt.; mating; 129-130.) x 1981b Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; mating herds; 441.) x 1981 Zeiller, W (TM; Florida; in capt.; mating; 109- 110.) x 1982 Bengtson, J.L. (TM; Florida; males patrolling large ranges in search of estrous females; 4668.) x 1984c Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; possible mating; 40-41.) x 1984 Hall, A.J. (TM; Florida; photo of mating herd; 406-407.) x 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; review; 780- 781.) x 1985 Morales et al. (TI; in capt.; masturbation; 1231.) x * 1989b Preen, A. (DD; Queensland; mating; 382-387.) 1991 Preen, A.R. (DD; Queensland; mating; pop. acc.) x 1992 Marmontel et al. (TM, TI; 305-306.) x 1993 Harling, R. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; lekking; pop. acc; 10-11.) Behavior, Shelter-seeking or Escape (SEE ALSO: Hunting and Capture; Migration and Movements; Natu ral Death or Injury; Temperature, Effects of) x 1874b Anon. (TM; Florida; escape; 446.) 1879- 1882 Alston, E.R. x *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; 189, 198-199.) x * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; escape; 52.) x 1928 Prater, S.H. (DD; Red Sea; 84.) x 1934 Thomson, D.F. (DD; Australia; coming inshore to escape sharks; 242.) x *1935 Barrett, O.W. (TM; Central America; escape, 217; habits changed by hunting, 216.) x 1941 Scholander & Irving (TM; Florida; jumping out of water; 170.) x 1943 Krumholz, L.A. (TM; Florida; 272.) x 1944 Pereira, M.N. (TI; making hiding places in summer under floating meadows, 46-47, 56; cow fleeing if calf harpooned, 61.) x 1953 Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 121.) x 1957 Cadenat, J. (TS; escaping when surprised out of water; 1369.) x 1957 Moore, J.C (TM; Florida; calves; 138.) x 1964a Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; submergence; 117-119.) x 1964 Johnson, D.H. (DD; Arnhem Land, Australia; seeking protected waters; 507.) x 1965 Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; ?helping to deepen pools in lakes for refuge in dry season; 414.) x 1966 Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; seeking protected waters; 84.) x 1966 Thomas, D. (DD; India; young ?staying farther from shore; 80.) x 1967a Jones, S. (DD; India; favoring protected waters & lee coasts; 216.) x 1967 Welsby, T (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; fleeing from boats; 1: 105, 2: 234.) x 1971 Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; avoiding rough 422 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1972 x 1974b x 1975 x 1975 x 1976 x 1976 x 1978 x 1978 x 1979 x *1979 X X X X X X X X X X X 1979 1980 1980 1980 1980 1981a 1981 1981 1981 1981 *1981 1981 water; 394-397.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; favoring protected waters; 207, 211.) Dekker, D. (TM; Suriname; swimming away from boats with "head and shoulders above water"; 2.) Lipkin, Y. (DD; Red Sea; feeding & resting areas; 88-90, 94.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM, avoiding shark attack; TI, deserting young when attacked; 226.) Heinsohn & Wake (DD; Australia; favoring pro tected waters; 16-18.) Heinsohn, Marsh & Spain (DD; Australia; behav ior when netted; 119-120.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; sheltered feeding areas, 10, 17-18; response to observers, 15-16.) Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; seeking protected waters; 19.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; flattening against or hugging bottom, 128, 139; resting & calving sites, 132-133, 139-140; avoidance of SCUBA & boats, 138; effects of hunting pressure, 139.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; use of warm-water refugia, 17-27; estrous females escaping bulls, 37, 101-106; reactions to storms, 40; reactions to disturbances, fish, etc., 59-60, 96, 99-100, 113-117, 119, 126-128, 130-131, 135; at parturition, 110.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM; Florida; cows protecting calves; 50-51.) Belitsky & Belitsky (TM; Dominican Republic; ?avoiding exposed coasts; 317.) Dekker, D. (TM; in capt.; fright reactions of newborn; 24.) Sander, H.E. (DD; Papua New Guinea; changing feeding areas & feeding at night to avoid hunters; 15-16.) Wilcox, J.R. (TM; Florida; use of power plants) Anderson, P.K. (DD; movements in response to weather & disturbance, & for parturition, 641; avoiding boats & divers, 643-644.) Jones, S. (DD; India; sheltering behind islands; 50.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; seeking protected & turbid waters; 58.) Powell & Waldron (TM; use of Blue Spring, Florida; 41-46.) Powell et al. (TM; Puerto Rico; favoring calm waters; 644.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (TM; use of Crystal R., Florida; 34-37.) Rose, P.M. (TM; Florida; use of power plants, 1977-1978; 22-24.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1982a 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983a 1983c 1983 1983b 1984 1984 1984 1985 1985 *1985 1985 1986 1986 1987 1988 1988 1989a *1989 *1990 1990 Shane, S.H. (TM; Florida; use of power plants) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; desira bility of access to both shoal & deep water; 82.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; avoid ing boats & divers, 88-89, 93, 95-96; ?for parturition, 97-98.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; response to boats & divers; 521, 523.) Eberhardt, L.L. (TM; Florida; censusing at refugia; 3-4, 6-9, 15.) Watterlond, M. (TM; Florida; use of power plants; pop. acc; 94, 96.) Kinnaird & Valade (TM; Florida; use of power plants; 1-24.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; avoiding boats, 16, 34, 46, 49; use of warm-water outfalls, 16, 25, 40, 48.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; Florida; avoiding boats; 7,28, 34-35.) Rathbun et al. (TM; Honduras; moving out to sea during storms; 306.) Shane, S.H. (TM; Florida; use of power plants, 4-8; possible sheltering from boats & wind, 8.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; calving in shallow water; 780.) Powell & Rathbun (TM; northwestern Florida; use of warm-water refugia; 10-13, 22.) Shane, S.H. (TM; Florida; use of power plants; 180-187.) Bengtson & Fitzgerald (TM; Florida; ?alarm vocalizations; 817.) O'Shea, Rathbun et al. (TM; Florida; escaping from nets; 337.) Packard, Frohlich et al. (TM; Ft. Myers, Florida; use of power plant; 1-20.) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power plants, 1982-83; 413-422.) Bayliss, P. (DD; Australia; higher densities in sheltered waters; 33.) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power plants, 1984-85; 103-113.) Reynolds & Wilcox (TM; Florida; use of power plants; pop. acc; 263-269.) Provancha & Provancha (TM; Banana R., Florida; avoiding boat traffic; 333.) Weigle et al. (TML; Florida; use of power plants) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; spinning & rolling when stranded; 79.) Packard et al. (TML; Florida; use of power plant, 1984-85; response to interruption of thermal effluent; 692-700.) Buckingham, C.A. (TML; Crystal R., Florida; response to disturbance) Marsh & Rathbun (DD; Queensland; learned NUMBER 80 423 wariness of power boats; 91, 95, 98.) x 1990 Rathbun et al. (TML; northwestern Florida; use of springs; 4-33.) x 1991 Reid et al. (TML; Florida; movements among warm-water refugia; 180-190.) D Behemotops Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 Dv 1984c Inuzuka, N. xD *1986 Domning et al. (n.gen.; 6.) D 1987 Inuzuka, N. (Hokkaido, Japan) xD 1988 Saito et al. (Late Olig., Hokkaido, Japan; 269- 273.) D 1989a Inuzuka, N. (Hokkaido) xD 1991 Kumar, K. (comp. w/anthracobunids; m236.) D Behemotops emlongi Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 xD *1986 Domning et al. (n.gen.n.sp.; comp. w/ B. proteus, 6, 16-19, 23-33, 36, 45; paleoecology, 48.) xD 1988 Saito et al. (m269-270, 272.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (comp. VJ I Paleoparadoxia weltoni; 490-493, 498, 502-504.) xD 1992 Thewissen & Domning (m495.) D *1994 Ray et al. (syn. of B. proteus.) D Behemotops proteus Domning, Ray, and McKenna, 1986 xD*1986 Domning et al. (n.gen.n.sp.; comp. w/ B. emlongi; 6-23, 27, 29, 31, 33, 36, 45-46.) xD 1988 Saito et al. (m269-270, 272.) xD 1989a Domning, D.P. (distr. & feeding on kelp; 53.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (comp. w/Paleoparadoxia weltoni; 490-493, 500, 502-504.) xD 1992 Thewissen & Domning (m495.) *1994 Ray et al. (new specimen; Olig., Washington) D Behemotopsidae Inuzuka, 1987 (family) D *1987 Inuzuka, N. (n.fam.) Belgium 1868 Du Bus, B.-A.-L. (Halitherium) 1871 Van Beneden, PJ. x * 1886b Hartlaub, C (Manatherium delheidi, n.gen.n.sp.; Olig.; 369-370.) x *1889b Dollo, L. (Miosiren kocki, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc; 415-416.) x 1889 Lefevre, T. (Olig. sir. fauna; 197-200.) x 1925 Abel, O. (Halitherium Uytterhoeveni, n.sp. [nomen nudum]; Olig.; 39.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1957 Kellogg & Whitmore (Miosiren; Mioc; ecology; 1021.) Belize (formerly British Honduras) (SEE ALSO: Central America) x 1825a Harlan, R. (TMM; 278.) X X X X X 1861 1863 1911 1918 1931 1935 1951 1966 1968 1969 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1970 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1977 1979 1980 1984 1986 1987 1989 *1991 1992 Bering *1751 1774 *1802 1863a 1866a 1867a 1881 *1881 *1883 *1884 *1885b Mobius, K. (TMM; rostral pads; 148.) McBain, J. (TMM; skull; 261.) Gann, T.W.F. (TMM; at archaeological site; 78, 82.) Gann, T.W.F. Mitchell-Hedges, F.W (TM) Murie, A. (TMM; 30.) Taylor, D.M. Craig, A.K. Charnock-Wilson, J. (TMM; 293-294, pis. 13- 14.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TMM; natural clearance of weeds; 348.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TMM; 236.) Dieckman, L.E. Bertram & Bertram (TM; status; 319.) Charnock-Wilson et al. (TMM) Kirkpatrick & Cartwright (TMM; ml39.) Anon. Balderamos, L.P. Frost, M.D. (TMM) Bengtson & Magor (TMM; aerial survey; 230- 232.) Scott, K.W. McKillop, H.I. McCarthy, T.J. Bertram, G.C.L. (TMM) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 580-581, 606.) O'Shea & Salisbury (TMM; status & distr.; 156-164.) Boardman, B. (TMM; Gales Point) Sea (SEE ALSO: Alaska; Asia; Hydrodamalis and synonyms; Pacific Ocean) Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; anatomy & natural history) Steller, G.W. (occurrence of "Manati" [= HG]; 97.) Sauer, M. (HG; once common in Kamchatka and Aleutians; exterminated in 1768; 181.) Brandt, J.F. (HG; distr. & extermination; 558- 564.) Brandt, J.F. (HG; extermination; 279-282.) Brandt, J.F. (HG; extermination; 445-452.) Elliott, H.W Nordenskiold, A.E. (HG; Bering Is.; post-1768 reports, etc.; 272-280, 292.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Bering Is.; collection of speci mens, 59, 61-62; extermination, 83-84; distr., 84.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Bering Is.; date of extermina tion; 181-189.) Nordenskiold, A.E. (HG; Bering Is.; post-1768 424 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1885 x 1885a x *1886 x *1887 x 1891 x 1894 x *1899 x *1925 x 1930 x 1937 reports defended; 280-284.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Bering Is.; skeleton; 256-257.) Woodward, H. (HG; Commander Islands & ?Alaska; skeletons found in peat; 457-458.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Bering Is.; date of extermina tion; 317-328.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Bering Is.; statistics on extermi nation; 1047-1054.) Lucas, F.A. (HG; extermination, collection of bones; 623-627.) Dawson, G.M. (HG; history of discovery; 154- 160.) Steller, G.W (HG; Bering Is., anatomy & natural history, 181-201; dead animals found on Kamchatka coast, 200.) Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is., hunting, anatomy, & natural history, 139-140, 161, 180, 182, 226- 237, 245; dead animals found on Kamchatka coast, 236-237.) Sverdrup, H.U. (HG; Cape Chaplin, ca. 1910; 248.) Murie, O.J. (HG; Eskimo tradition of presence at St. Lawrence Is.; 345.) Andreyev, A.I. Goodwin, G.G. (HG; Bering Is.; 56-61.) Masterson & Brower Andreyev, A.I. (HG; Commander Islands; hunted, 1758-59; 19.) Grekov, V.I. (HG; distr.; 95-100.) Bertram & Bertram (HG; possible survival; 313.) Heptner, V.G. (HG; distr.; 91-93.) Hopkins, D.M. Laughlin, D.M. Scheffer, V.B. Chelnokov, F.G. (HG; Bering Is.; bones collected; 71-73.) Whitmore & Gard (HG; Aleutian & Commander Islands; 1-8, 18.) Domning, D.P. (HG; age of Bering Is. material, 105-106; review of reports from Bering Sea area, 135-139; hunting, 132-135, 163-165.) Rich, V. (HG; Bering Is.; skeleton discovered; 415.) Laughlin, WS. (HG; significance for Beringian anthropology; 781.) Savinetsky, A.B. (HG; Bering Is.; radiocarbon dates; 403-405.) Bessarabia x 1860 Nordmann, A.v. (Manatus maeoticus; Mioc; 328- 330.) x 1861 Nordmann, A.v. (Manatus maeoticus; Mioc; 581- 582, pi. 11.) x *1942 Macarovici & Oescu (Manatus maeoticus; Mioc; 351,353,378-379.) X X X X X X X X X X X 1944 1946 1948 1952 *1958 1964b 1965 1967 1967 1967 1969 1977 * 1978b 1983 1985 *1993 Bibliographies of the Sirenia *1882 Allen, J.A. (1,014 items on Cetacea & Sirenia, 1495-1840, including about 230 on Sirenia; 399-562.) 1950 Freund, L. (409 items; 161-181.) 1973 Crusafont-Pairo, M. (fossil sirs., Spain & Mallorca, 96-98; existence of bibliography by L. Via, ii.) xD 1975 Edinger, T. (bibliography of paleoneurology; 1- 258.) 1975 Whitfield & Farrington (488 items; 1-44.) 1978 Ronald et al. (865 items; 65-111.) 1979 Marsh et al. (1,746 items; 1-163.) 1982 Leutenegger, M. (785 items; 81 -105.) xD x xD xD xD X X X X X X 1967 1968 1969 1969 1972 1972 Biochemistry (SEE ALSO: Digestive System; Endocrinol ogy; Milk; Phylogeny & Affinities) 1903a Mann, E.W. 1903b Mann, E.W. 1904 Liverseege, J.F. (DD; analysis of oil; 211-214.) 1941 Scholander & Irving (TML; respiratory gas ex change; 175, 179-183, 185-191.) 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; chemical & physical charac teristics of fat; 12.) Tsuyuki & Itoh (DD; fatty acids; 1035-1037.) Lemire, M. (Trichechus; digestion; 500-504.) Caldwell et al. (DD; bladder bile; 437-441.) Strauss, M.B. (Trichechus; lactic acid; mlO.) Blessing, M. (Trichechus; myoglobin; 475-479.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; pH of foregut contents; 887.) 1973 Lewis & Wilson (Trichechus; clumping of staphy lococci by fibrinogen; 421-422.) Tsuyuki & Itoh (TS; fatty acids; 307-311.) Allen et al. (DD; hematology & blood chemistry; 47.) White et al. (TML; blood chemistry; 413-416.) Farmer & Bonaventura (TI; hemoglobin; 916.) Marsh et al. (DD; stomach mucosa & secretions; 278-281,284-292.) x *1977 Murray et al. (DD; blood & digestive fatty acids; 7-9.) Marsh et al. (DD; fat composition; 163.) McCabe et al. (DD; hemoglobin; 19-22.) 1979a Farmer et al. (TI; hemoglobin & whole blood; 231-238.) Hilmy et al. (DD; hematology; 197-203.) De Jong & Zweers (TI; eye-lens proteins & phylogeny; 897-902.) Denton et al. (DD; metals & pigments in tissues; 201-219.) Irvine et al. (TM; blood & urine values; 3-6.) Ohtomo et al. (TM; clotting & dumping-factor reactions of plasma; 261-266.) xD 1980 Parker & Toots (Desmostylus; sodium content of tooth enamel; 205.) x x x X X 1974 1976 1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 1979 1980 1980 1980 1980 NUMBER 80 425 1981b 1981 1981b x 1981 x 1981 1981 x 1982 x 1982 x 1982 x 1982 x 1983 x 1983 x 1985 x 1986 1986 x 1986 x 1986 1986 x 1986 x 1987 x 1988 x 1988 1989 1989 x 1989 1990 1990 1990 1991 x 1991 1992 x 1992 Birth Beusse et al. (TM; hematology & blood chemistry; 113-114,116-117, 119.) Cardeilhac et al. (TM; hematology; 143.) Denton, G.R.W (DD; sample collection for pollut ant analysis; 239.) Murray, R.M. (DD; volatile fatty acids; 166- 168.) Rainey, WE. (DD; sample collection for electro phoresis; 240-247.) Shoshani et al. De Jong & Goodman (TI; eye-lens protein se quence & phylogeny; 262.) Medway, Bruss et al. (TM; blood chemistry; 229-234.) Medway, Dodds et al. (TM; blood coagulation; 120-127.) Reynolds & Krause (TM; duodenal secretions; 35-39.) Marsh & Anderson (DD; capture myopathy; 1-3.) Piggins et al. (TI; visual pigment; 116, 118-119, 123.) O'Shea, Rathbun et al. (TML; blood chemistry; no evidence of capture myopathy; 339-345.) Bum, D.M. (TM; digestion & digestive efficiency; 139-142.) Kleinschmidt et al. (hemoglobin sequences) Lew et al. (TML; soluble class I molecule absent; 279-280.) Miyamoto & Goodman (protein sequences & phylogeny; 230-240.) Rodionov, VA. (TM; lipids in muscles) Shoshani et al. (TM & proboscideans; immunol ogy; 431-436.) Elias et al. (TM; lipids in epidermis; 161-177.) Kleinschmidt et al. (TI; hemoglobin; 507-512.) Kuroki et al. (TML; bile salts & absence of bile acids; 509-522.) Ackman & Lamothe Jacquet et al. (hemoglobin) Yoshii et al. (TM; bile alcohol; 1852-1854.) Bossart & Dierauf (TML; hematology; blood, urine, & fecal sampling) Stoskopf, M.K. (recommended drug treatments) Williams et al. (recommended anesthetic) Francis-Floyd et al. (TM; serum progesterone & estradiol) Schweigert et al. (TM; vitamin A, a-tocopherol, & lipid levels in plasma; 35-37, 41.) Colares et al. (TI; blood chemistry) McKenna, M.C (Trichechus; eye-lens proteins; 350, 354-355, 357.) 1763 1834 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1869 1875 1884b *1899 1906 1917 1923 1924- 1925 1927 1929 1935 *1937 1939 1940 1941 1941- 1943 1944 and Breeding (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Sexual; Population Biology; Urogenital System) 1745 Gumilla, J. (TM; Guianas; 2 calves said to be bom X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1948 1951b 1953 *1955 1956 *1957 *1960 1963 1963 1964a 1966 1966 1967 1967 1968a at a time, of opposite sexes & each about 30 lbs. in weight) Bellin, S. (TM; Guianas; 2 calves said to be bom at a time, of opposite sexes & each about 30 lbs. in weight; 66.) Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; calves bom in Novem ber & December; 113.) Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2: 152.) Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2: 190.) True, F.W. (Trichechus; Americas; 118.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 198.) Annandale, N. (DD; India; with young; 243.) Fairchild, D. (Trichechus; 341.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; 77-78.) Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; ?menstruation, 177; ?lack of seasonality, locating of mates, 179-180.) Jennison, G. Prater, S.H. (DD; Andaman Islands; ?breeding season; 987.) Barrett, O.W. (TM; Central America; 217.) Barbour, T. (TM; Florida; conceived & bom in capt.; 106-107.) Beal, W.P.B. (TS; 125.) Machado, F. de P. (TI; breeding season Decem ber-February; 246.) Hamilton, W.J., Jr. (TM; Florida; ?seasonal breed ing; 691.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; calving season Decem ber-February; 102,218.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; breeding more in winter but with no clear season; behavior, pregnancy; 58-61.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; gestation "12 months"; 188.) Moore, J.C. (TM; births in capt., 26-27; in wild, 27-28.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; calves not reported in December; 121-122.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; 18.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; 15-16, 23.) Moore, J.C. (TM; Florida; in capt.; 137-138.) Norris, CE. (DD; Sri Lanka; 296-297, 299.) Anon. Bertram, G.C.L. (TM; Guyana) Bertram & Bertram (TM; Guyana; 119.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 83.) Thomas, D. (DD; India; many 8-ft.-long females pregnant; 80.) Fiuza Lima, F. (TI; detailed misinformation; 17-18.) MacLaren, J.P. (TM; Panama; in capt.; m389, m392.) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus, DD; m390.) 426 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1968 1969 1971 *1972 1973 1973 1974 1974 1974 1975b 1975 *1976 1976c 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977a 1977b 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1979 1979 1980 X X X X X X 1980 1980 1981b 1981 1981 1981 1981 Charnock-Wilson, J. (TM; Belize; 294.) Harrison, R.J. Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; 301.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; seasonality of birth; size at maturity; 208-211.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; some evidence of a breeding season; 333-335.) Valentry, D. (Trichechus, DD; reluctance to breed in capt.; 291.) Perry, J.S. Sanger, C (TM; Guyana; 2 births in capt.; 23.) Vietmeyer, N.D. (TM; Guyana; in canal; m63.) Anon. (TM; Miami, Florida; conceived & bom in capt.; 6-7.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM, TI; 225-226.) Allen et al. (DD; stillbirths; 39.) Anon. (TM; Miami, Florida; in capt.) Bourliere et al. (TS) Clark, B. Hani, G. (pregnant DD; Gulf of Aqaba; 161.) Ligon, S.H. (DD; Australia; no mating season, 580; birth ?primarily in low latitudes, 582.) Dekker, D. Dekker, D. Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; breeding ?non-seasonal; 16, 20.) Irvine & Campbell (TM; Florida; ?spring calving season; 616.) Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; female thought to be mature at about 10 years; 303, 306-308.) Marsh et al. (DD; review of reproductive biology; 163-164.) Mitchell, J. (DD; size, age, & dentition at sexual maturity; 331-333, 340-343, 348.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; calving in shallow, hypersal- ine areas; stranding & "sunburn" scars; 133.) Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; size at sexual matur ity, 16; birth, 110-111; birth rate & ages at weaning & maturity, 120-122, 137.) Belitsky & Belitsky (TM; Dominican Republic; small calves seen in spring, summer, & autumn; 314,318.) Dekker, D. (TM; in capt; 21-26.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; age & sexual maturity; 190-191, 198-199.) Beusse et al. (TM; ?retained placenta & metritis; 120.) Odell et al. (TM; organ weights & sexual maturity; 54-56, 61-63.) Odell, D.K. (TM; Miami, Florida; in capt.; 131.) Powell & Waldron (TM; Blue Spring, Florida; calving intervals; 48-49.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (TM; Crystal R? Florida; calving intervals; 38-39.) X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981b 1981 1981 1981 1982 * 1982a 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983a 1983 1984 1984 *1984 1984 X X X X X X X X X X ?1984 *1984 1984 1984 1984a *1984b 1985 1986 1986 1986a 1986 1987 1988 1988b 1989a Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; aseasonality; 441-442.) Santiapillai, C (DD; Sri Lanka; mating during southwest monsoon; twinning; 4.) Scheffer, V.B. (DD, Trichechus; size at birth) Zeiller, W (TM; Miami, Florida; in capt.; 109- 110.) Best & Teixeira (TM; Amapa, Brazil; mating observed in February, May, & June; 45.) Best, R.C. (TI; seasonal breeding; 76-78.) Kleinschmidt, A. (TM; in capt., Nuremberg, Ger many; artificial insemination; 412.) McNerney, B.B. Milne & Milne (TML; pop. acc; 154-158.) Werzinger, J. (TM; in capt., Nuremberg, Germany; 34-35.) Hennemann, WW Kinnaird, M.F. (TM; northeastern Florida; areas ?used for birthing; 48.) Marsh, H. (DD; Vanuatu; calving in lagoons; 2.) Cardeilhac et al. (TM) DiPerna, P. (TM; Florida; captive breeding; pop. acc; 16-17.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; female fertil ity; 743-766.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Glover (DD; male fertility; 721-742.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; life history & population dynamics, 767-788; parturition, 773, 788.) Qi, J. (TM; in capt.) Schmitz & Lavigne (TM; intrinsic rate of increase vs. body size & metabolic rate; 307-308.) White et al. White, J.R. (TM; birth in capt. & captive breeding; pop. acc; 414-418.) White, J.R. (TM; Florida; birth in capt. & captive breeding; pop. acc; 369-375.) Qiu Y.-X. (TM; Beijing; births in capt.; m35.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; seasonal breeding; 1008.) Colmenero-R., L.C (TMM; Mexico; seasonal breeding; 597-599.) Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; reproductive parame ters; 64-69.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; ?calving season; 154.) Wootton, J.T. (body mass & age at first reproduc tion; m748.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; seasonality of reproduc tion; 15.) Qiu Y.-X. (TM; in capt., Beijing) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; seasonality & calving areas; 53-54, 119.) NUMBER 80 427 x 1990 Rathbun et al. (TML; Weekiwachee R., Florida, 21; Cross Florida Barge Canal, 30.) x 1991 Domning & de BuffrSnil (effect of pregnancy on hydrostasis; 359.) x 1991 Haigh, M.D. (TMM; Guyana; in capt.; m342.) x 1992 Marmontel et al. (TM, TI; 300-309.) Boats (as threats to sirenians): SEE Accidental Mortality Brain and Nervous System (SEE ALSO: Sense Organs) x 1820b Home, E. (DD; olfactory nerve; 321.) x *1851 Barkow, H.C.L. (DD; nerves & muscle innerva tions; 119-122.) 1864 Brandt, J.F. 1867 Brandt, A. x 1867c Brandt, J.F. (brains of 3 Recent genera compared; 269-270.) x * 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; nerves, 137, 141, 182-186; brain, 180-183.) x *1875 Chapman, H.C. (TM; 453-456, pi. 26.) x 1875a Owen, R. (Eotherium, Trichechus, & other sirs.; cranial endocasts; 100-105, pi. 3.) x *1880 Murie, J. (TMM; nerves, 35-39, 41-44, pi. 8; brain, 39-42, pi. 9.) x 1884 De Vis, C.W. (Chronozoon & sirs.; cranial endo casts; 392-395.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (HG; cranial endocast; 460-461.) 1886 Flot,L. x 1886 Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (DD; brain; 193-196, pi. 24.) Studer, T. (Halianassa; cranial endocast) Beddard, F.E. (TI, TM; 52-53.) Smith, G.E. 1903a Smith, G.E. (brain lobes; 326, 328.) 1905 Wilder, B.G. * 1906b Dexler & Freund (Trichechus, DD; olfactory nerve, 59-60; reflexes, 60-61, 63; touch, 64-65; central nervous system, 66.) *1911 Dexler & Eger * 1912b Dexler, H. (DD; brain; 97-190, pis. 5-6.) 1917 Larger, R. 1925 Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium jordani; cranial endo cast; 64-65, pi. 9.) 1928 Weygandt, W (HG) 1931 Sickenberg, O. (DD; neoteny; 430-431.) 1933b Edinger, T 1934 Addison, W.H.F. (Trichechus; brain cells; 587, 590.) 1934 Genschow, J. 1934 Jelgersma, G. (TM; brain) 1939 Edinger, T. 1942 Edinger, T. 1947 Davidenkov, S. 1950 Edinger, T. 1951 1887 *1897 1902 X X X D X D X 1953 1954a * 1954b 1956 1957- 1958 1958 1960 1960 1961 1963 1965 1969 1972 X X xD X X X X X D X X X X X X X X 1972 1973 1974 *1975 1976 1980 1980 1982 1982 1982 1983 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1986 1988 *1988d *1989 1990 *1990 1991 1992 1992 Reinhart, R.H. (Halianassa jordani, Trichechus, & other sirs.; cranial endocasts; 210.) Quiring & Harlan (TM; brain; 194, 200.) Friant, M. (sir. brain characteristics; 1005- 1006.) Friant, M. (TI & other sirs.; brains; 129-135.) Edinger, T. Friant, M. Exner & Routil Edinger, T Kappers et al. (Trichechus, DD; epiphysis & spinal cord; 1:286,2: 1064.) Krabbe, K.H. (Trichechus; pineal body) Edinger, T. Hanstrom, B. (Trichechus; hypophysis) Robineau, D. (vestibular & auditory nerves, 8; facial nerve, 13-14.) Blessing et al. (Trichechus; nerves in spleen; ml87.) Verhaart, WJ.C (TM; brain; 271-292.) Spillmann, F. (Halitherium pergense; cranial endo cast; 198-199, pi. 39.) Schober & Brauer Edinger, T. (Desmostylus; cranial endocast; 50.) Allen et al. (DD; brain weights; 42, 46.) Bullock et al. (TI; auditory evoked potentials; 130-133.) Lowell & Flanigan (olfactory system; m56.) Armstrong, E. Bullock et al. (TM; auditory evoked potentials; 547-554.) Sokolov & Mukhametov (TM; sleep) Buergelt & Bonde (TM; toxoplasmic menin goencephalitis; 1294-1296.) Kamiya et al. (DD, Paleoparadoxia; brain) Mackay-Sim et al. (TM; rudimentary olfactory bulb present; ml87-190.) Pirlot & Kamiya (DD; brain; 147-155.) Ralph et al. (TM; pineal body absent; 55-60.) Thewissen, J.G.M. (sirs. & other ungulates; brain; 265.) Worthy & Hickie Fischer, M.S. (TM; nerves of ear region; 368-376.) Pilleri, G. Reep et al. (TML; cerebral cortex) O'Shea & Reep (encephalization quotients & life history; 534-543.) Reep & O'Shea (TM) Loerzel & Reep (TML; Rindenkerne in cerebral cortex; 166-171.) Ketten et al. (TML; chorda tympani & facial nerve; 84.) Mukhametov et al. (TI; sleep) 428 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Brazil 1526 1541 1560 1576 1578 1580 1587 1614 1624 1625 1627 1648 1658 1662 x *1735 1762 1768 1786 x 1790 1799 1820 1820 x 1826 x 1829 1874 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1831 1839 1847 1848 1850 1850 1851 1853 1853 1854 1854 1856 1861 1863 1868 1871 1872 1873 1874 SEE Castro, E. de, 1929. SEE Carvajal, G. de, 1934. SEE Anchieta, J. de, 1799. Gandavo, P. de M. de L6ry, J. de SEE Soares, E, 1904. SEE Sousa, G.S. de, 1879. Abbeville, C d' SEE C de Lisboa in Walter, J., 1967. Cardim, F. SEE Salvador, V. do, 1931?. SEE Piso, W, 1948. SEE Vieira, A., 1735. SEE Heriarte, M. de, 1874. Vieira, A. (Trichechus; >20 shiploads of meat per year exported from Amazonia, ca. 1658; 26.) Queiros, J. de S.J. (TI) SEE Noronha, J.M. de, 1856. SEE Rodriguez Ferreira, A., 1903. Andrada e Silva, J.B. de (Trichechus; exports from Amazonia, 17th century; 389.) Anchieta, J. de Daniel, J. Wied-Neuwied, M. zu Wied-Neuwied, M. zu (TMM; southern Brazil; 601-604.) Maw, H.L. (TI; Tabitinga, on Brazil/Peru border; 237-239.) Spix & Martius (Trichechus; 1122-1123.) Diesing, CM. (TI; nematode Heterocheilus; 230.) Edwards, W.H. (TI; Amazon R.; 187-188.) Schomburgk, R. (?TI; Rio Branco; distr. & in capt.; 786.) Comalia, E. (TI; Manacapuru; 303, 311.) Sampaio, F.X.R. de (TI; Rio Branco; m259.) Warren, J.E. (?TI; Amazonia; 149.) Herndon, WL. (TI; econ. use; 300, 319, 365.) Wallace, A.R. (TI; Amazon R.; 185-187, 458- 461.) Burmeister, H. (TMM) Gibbon, L. (TI; Madeira R.; "few" taken; m309.) Noronha, J.M. de (TI; Nhamundd R.) Belmar, A. de Bates, H.W. (TI; Amazon R.; 2: 165.) Agassiz, L. Cunningham, R.C (?TI; in capt., Rio de Janeiro; 798.) Kingston, W.H.G. (TI; predation by jaguar; 184- 190.) Souza, F.B. de Estacio da Silveira, S. (TMM; Maranhao; econ. use; 26-27.) X X X X X X X X 1874 1875 1878 1879 *1883 1885 1885 1891 1892 1893 *1895 1900 1903 X X X X X X 1904 1904 1904 1907a 1914 1922 1925 1925 1925 1926 1926 X X X X X X X X X X 1929 1931 1931? 1933 1933 1933 1934 *1934 1937 1937 1939 1939 1939a 1940 1940 Heriarte, M. de (?TI; Gurupa\ 29-30; Trombetas R., 39.) Keller-Leuzinger, F. (TI; Amazonia; 81, 83.) Barbosa Rodriguez, J. Brown & Lidstone (TI; Jamaraqua, 175-176; in capt., Manaus, 395-396.) Sousa, G.S. de Pelzeln, A.v. (Manatus inunguis, n.sp.; MadeiraR.; distr. comp. w/ TM; 88-95.) Hartt, C Santa-Anna Nery, F.J. de (TI; econ. use; 67-68, 71, 168.) Costa e Silva, B. da (TI; 93-95.) Barbosa Rodriguez, J. (?Manatus Guetardi; rib fragments; 53-54.) Goeldi, E.A. (TMM, TI; 119-120.) Verfssimo, J. (TI, TMM; Brazil; hunting & econ. use; 35-40, 92-93, 96, 99-102, 117, 119.) Anchieta, J. de (TI; gen. acc; 11-12.) Rodriguez Ferreira, A. (Trichechus; Para; 169- 174.) Goeldi & Hagmann (TI; 89.) Ihering, H.v. (TI; Juru? R.) Soares, F. Anon. (TI; Jurud R.; 98.) Woodroffe, J.F. (TI; 243-244.) Le Cointe, P. Bittencourt, A. (TI; Amazonas; exploitation; 134- 136.) Cardim, F. Fernandes, A. de A. (TI; hunting; 263-267.) MacCreagh, G. (TI; Uaup6s R.; 277, 311, 323- 324.) Schurz, WL. (TI; Rio Purus; 2 photos of carcasses; 449-450.) Castro, E. de (?TMM; Pernambuco, ca. 1526; 160.) Moraes, R. (mixira; 67.) Salvador, V do Anchieta, J. de Jobim, A. (TI; hunting; 136, 140-144.) Rusby, H.H. (TI; Madeira R.; 324-325.) Bittencourt, A. (TI; hunting; 24-25.) Carvajal, G. de (TI [earliest account; 1541-42]; Amazon R.) Orico, O. (TI; Amazonia; legends; 190-191.) Pinheiro, A. (TI; hunting; 215-218.) Coates, C.W. (TI; Tapaj6s R.; 142.) Couto de Magalhaes, A. Moraes, R. (TI; Gurupa\ Maraj6, Tocantins R.; 91-92.) Ihering, R.v. Machado, F. de P. (TI; econ. use, conservation; 246.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1941- 1943 1943 1944 *1944 1945 1945 1947 1948 1948 1949 1952 1954 1955 1956 1956 1958 1965 1965 1966 1967 1967 1967 1967a *1967b 1967 1967 *1967 1969 1970 1971 1971a 1971b 1971 1972 1973 1974 1974 1975 Pereira, M.N. (TI; econ. use; 100-102, 153-154, 218, 65.) Jobim, J. (TI; use for tinted hides; 178.) Morais Rego, A.R. de (TI; natural history, econ. use; 10-12.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; natural history; 21-94.) Paiva, M. (Trichechus; pop. acc; 35-36.) Santos, E. (TI; hunting, econ. use; 155-159.) Mello-Leitao, CF. de Mendes, A. (TI; econ. use; 325-327.) Piso, W Vieira, C.O.C. (TI; Jurui R.; 241, 268-269.) Nimuendaju, C (TI; Amazon R.; "rarely caught" by Tukuna Indians; m26.) Aragao, A. de (TI; hunting; 54-56.) Vieira, CO. da C. (TI, TMM) Paula Couto, C. de (Trichechus; ?Pleist., Acre; 5, 79, 95, 107.) Pereira, M.N. (Trichechus; Maraj6; 68.) Cruls, G. Gandavo, P. de M. de Ruschi, A. (TMM; Espirito Santo; 30.) Bittencourt, A. (TI; pop. acc; 35-36.) Carvalho, J.C. de M. (TI; exploitation; 25-27, 31, 33.) Feriz, H. (clay model of manatee head; western Brazil; 373-374.) Fiuza Lima, F. (TI; captive breeding proposed; 17-18.) Paula Couto, C de (?Mioc & ?Pleist. sirs.; 16, 22, 26.) Paula Couto, C de (Sirenotherium pirabensis, n.sp.; Early Mioc, Pari; 345-347, 354-356.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Rio Branco, 23; Tucuna Indian legend, 467.) Salles, WB. de (TI; pop. acc; 124-127.) Walter, J. (TMM; Maranhao; 17th century record by C de Lisboa) Carvalho & Toccheton (TI; Par?; 224.) Pinto, C.G.C. Anon. Banks da Rocha, N. (TMM; Pernambuco; 101- 103.) Banks da Rocha, N. (TMM, TML [!]; 133.) Lima, D.C (TI; Itacoatiara, Amazonas; meat exported, 1968; 7.) Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (Trichechus; status; 82-87.) Pine, R.H. (TI; Betem, ParS; 74.) Hawrylyshyn, G. (TI; Tefe, Amazonas; 20.) Paula Couto, C de (?Pleist., Acre) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM, TI; in capt.; 223-226.) X X X 1976 1977c 1977 *1977 1978 X X X X X X X X X 1979 1979 1979 1979 1980 1980 *1981a 1981b 1981 1981 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981a 1981b 1982a 1982 1982a * 1982a 1982b 1983 1983 1984 1986a 1986 1986 1987 1989c 1989 1989 1990 1991b *1991 429 Reinhart, R.H. (Trichechus sp.; ?Pleist., Juru? R.; 280-281.) Domning, D.P. (TI; Manaus; in capt.; sold as pets to private owners; 3.) Meggers, B.J. (TI; raising for meat proposed; 49.) Whitehead, P.J.P. (early accounts & former south- em distr. of manatees; 165-189.) Whitehead, P.J.P. (early accounts & former south- em distr. of TM; 497-506.) Best & da Silva (TI; pop. acc; 26-27, 29.) Cascudo, L. da C (folk beliefs; pop. acc; 28.) Farmer et al. (TI; lower Madeira R.; 231.) Mok & Best (TI; in capt. & at Tefe, Amazonas; skin fungus; 79-82.) Ayres & Best (TI; conservation; 83-85, 90-92.) Banks da Rocha, N. (key to manatee species in Brazil; 147-148.) Domning, D.P. (TMM, TI; distr. near mouth of Amazon R.; 85-97.) Domning, D.P. (TI; research; pop. acc; 18-23.) Montgomery et al. (TI; radiotracking & habitat use; 81-85.) Simpson & Paula Couto (Trichechus; Pleist., Acre; 48-49, 69.) Smith, N.J.H. (TI, TMM; econ. use; 184-186.) Smith, N.J.H. (TI; Itacoatiara, Amazonas; 95- 96.) Anon. (TMM; Parafba; 3.) Best & Teixeira (TMM; Amapa; 41-47.) Best, R.C. (TI; seasonal breeding; 76-78.) Domning, D.P. (TI, TMM; commercial exploita tion, ca. 1785-1973; 101-126.) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus; Pleist., Acre; 603- 604.) Best, R.C. (TI; dry-season fasting; 61-64.) Lainson et al. (TI; protozoan Eimeria trichechi; 287-289.) Best, R.C. (TI; pop. acc; 66-73.) Anon. (TI, TMM; protective legislation) Frailey, CD. (?Ribodon; ?Late Mioc, Acre R.; 34.) McLaren et al. (TI; 2 specimens in Carnegie Museum; 293.) Colares & Colares (Amazonia; seasonal variation in food-plant abundance; 42-44.) Anon. (TMM; research project) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 588-589, 609.) Toledo, P.M. de (Sirenotherium pirabense; Mioc, Para; 5-10.) Colares et al. (TI; in capt., Manaus; 43-47.) Anon. (TMM, TI; conservation; 221.) Toledo & Domning (Dioplotherium cf. allisoni, cf. 430 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Rytiodus, cf. Metaxytherium; Early Mioc, Par?; 119-146.) x *1992 Borobia & Lodi (TMM; northeastern coast; distri bution & conservation; 37-43.) 1992 Grubel da Silva, Paludo et al. (TMM; Paraiba) 1992 Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al. (TMM; in capt.) 1992a Pinto de Lima et al. (TMM; Northeast; distr. & status) 1992b Pinto de Lima et al. (TMM; Northeast; conserva tion) n.d. Brandao, A.F. Britain 1784 *1801 X X X X X 1828 1829 1837 1857 1864 *1874 Pennant, T (manatee) Stewart, C ("Trichechus manatus borealis"; stranded near Leith; 85.) x *1817 Stewart, C ("Trichechus manatus borealis"; stranded near Leith, 1785; 125.) Fleming, J. ("Manatus borealis"; Leith; 29.) Anon, (manatee-like animal; Shetland Islands; 57-60.) Bell, T. ("Manatus borealis"; strandings; 525.) Baikie, B. (?manatees; Orkney; 29.) Gray, J.E. (manatees) Flower, W.H. (Halitherium canhami, n.sp.; Suf folk; 1-7, pi. 1.) 1973b Anon. British Guiana: SEE Guyana British Honduras: SEE Belize California xDvl877 Yates, L.G. (Desmostylus; Alameda Co.; first published description; 77-79.) xD*1888 Marsh, O.C (Desmostylus hesperus, n.gen.n.sp.; Alameda Co.; 94-96.) xD 1902a Osborn, H.F. (finds of Desmostylus; 713-714.) xD 1906 Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; Mioc; 151-152.) D 1911 Anderson, F.M. xD * 1911 Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; 404-406.) xD 1922 Hannibal, H. (Desmostylus; Mioc; 238-240, pi. 12.) xD 1925 Hanna, G.D. (Desmostylus; Sharktooth Hill, Kern Co.; m72.) x *1925 Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium jordani, n.sp.; Mioc, Santa Barbara Co.; 59-60.) xD 1926 Anon. (Desmostylus; Sharktooth Hill, Kern Co.; 12.) xD 1930 Hanna, G.D. (Desmostylus; Sharktooth Hill, Kern Co.; m70.) xD 1933 Hanna, G.D. (Desmostylus; Monterey Bay; 291.) D *1937 VanderHoof, VL. (Desmostylus) xD 1940 Camp, CL. (Marsh's acquisition of type tooth of Desmostylus; 645.) x 1941a VanderHoof, V.L. (Metaxytherium cf. petersi; Mioc, Santa Cruz Co.; 1984-1985.) xD 1949b Anon, (indeterminate desmostylian; near Coalinga; 313.) xD 1953 Langston, W, Jr. (supposed Desmostylus [actually a cetacean]; San Pablo Reservoir; 8.) xD 1963 Camp, CL. (Desmostylus; discovery & type locality; 387-389.) xD*1963 Mitchell & Repenning (sirs. & desmostylians; chronologic & geographic range; 3-16.) xD 1963 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Paleoparadoxia; San Clemente Is.; 192-193, 198-199.) xD 1964 Mitchell & Lipps (Paleoparadoxia; San Clemente Is.; 214-215.) xD 1965a Anon. (Paleoparadoxia; Stanford Linear Accelera tor Center, Santa Clara Co.; pop. acc; 49, 53.) x 1965 Long, A. (HG; Pleist., Monterey Bay; carbon-14 date; 254.) xD 1965 Mitchell & Lipps (Paleoparadoxia; San Clemente Is.; 4-6.) xD*1965 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Desmostylus; Sharktooth Hill, Kern Co.; iii, 3, 7, 21, 26-29, 36.) D 1967 Addicott, WO. x *1967 Jones, R.E. (HG; Pleist., Monterey Bay; 143.) x 1969 Rensberger, J.M. (indeterminate sir.; Mioc, Ala meda Co.; 1-2.) xD 1970 Zuidema, H.P. (Paleoparadoxia; pop. acc; 20- 22.) xD 1972 Barnes, L.G. (sirs. & desmostylians in Mioc. stratigraphy; 126, 140-142.) xD 1972a Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians in Mioc. stratigraphy; 146-149.) x 1974 Addicott & Greene (HG; Monterey Bay; zoogeo- graphic significance; 251-252.) xD 1976 Phillips et al. (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia; Point Arena, Mendocino Co.; 137, 152.) xD* 1978b Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; Mioc- Plioc; 101-110, 140, 143, 147, 149-162.) D 1978 Squires & Fritsche xD 1978 Susuki & Stadum (?Paleoparadoxia tabatai; San Clemente Is.; 5, 21.) 1979 Clark et al. x 1981 Barnes et al. (Hydrodamalis cuestae; Oceanside, San Diego Co.; 56-57, 62-63.) 1981 Deme>6,T.A. x 1984 Domning & Demure" (Hydrodamalis cuestae; San Diego Co.; 169-188.) xD 1984 Raschke, R.E. (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia, Di oplotherium allisoni; Middle Mioc; 62, 64.) xD 1990 Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia; Stanford Linear Accelerator Center, Santa Clara Co.; 199.) xD*1991 Clark, J.M. (Paleoparadoxia weltoni, n.sp.; Early Mioc, Point Arena, Mendocino Co.; 494-495.) *1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (Metaxytherium arctodites, NUMBER 80 431 XD xD xD n.sp.; Middle Mioc, Orange Co.) Canada 1861 Strauss-Durckheim (?HG; Hudson's Bay; 513- 514.) Kermode, F. ("Desmostylus hesperus" [= Cornwallius]; British Columbia; 42-43, pi. 9.) Cornwall, I.E. (Desmostylus sookensis, n.sp.; Late Olig., British Columbia; 121-123.) Anon, (supposed HG; carcass found in British Columbia; 1011.) LaMotte, R.S. (Desmostylus sookensis; 51-52.) Mitchell & Repenning (desmostylians; British Columbia; 10-11, 15.) Jeletzky, J.A. McAnally, L.M. (Cornwallius sookensis; British Columbia; discovery & theft of type material; 8-9.) Cox, R.L. xD 1917 xD*1922 1934 1935 1963 1973 1993 D 19?? X X X X 1792 1847 1848 1851 1864 1866 1869 1871 Captivity, Sirenians in (SEE ALSO: Hunting and Capture; Weed Control; Appendix 2) SEE Aragon, F., 1951. Edwards, W.H. (TI; Para & New York; 188.) Schomburgk, R. (?TI; Rio Branco, ?Brazil; 786.) Gosse, PH. (TM; Hispaniola; 347-348.) Latimer, G. Sclater, PL. Brinton, D.G. (TML; Jacksonville, Florida & Savannah, Georgia; m51.) Cunningham, R.C (Trichechus; Rio de Janeiro; 798.) 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; Puerto Rico, 191-192; Suriname, 192-193.) 1873 Conklin, W.A. (Trichechus; New York; 166.) 1874b Anon. (TML; Savannah, Georgia; 446.) *1875 Anon. (TMM; England; 295.) 1875 Blanchere, H. de la (Trichechus; New York) 1875a Garrod,A.H. 1876 Chapman, H.C (TMM from Guyana; Philadelphia; 459-462.) Southwell, T. (Trichechus; London, 56, 58-59; Rio de Janeiro, 58.) Brown & Lidstone (TI; Manaus; 395-396.) Brown, A.E. (TMM from Orinoco R.; Philadel phia; 294-297.) Harting, J.E. (TM; England; 285-287.) Francis, F. (TMM; Brighton Aquarium) Murie, J. (TMM; Westminster Aquarium; cause of death) Smith, R. Murie, J. (TMM; British Guiana & London; 21-26.) Crane, A. (Trichechus; Brighton; 456-460.) Flower, W.H. (Trichechus; Brighton; 456.) 1876 X X X X X X 1878 *1878 1878 1879 1879 1879 1880 *1881 1881 1887 x 1889 x 1889 x 1889 x 1891 x 1891 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1893 1893 1895 1896 *1897 1897 1898 1899 1904 1905 *1907 1907 1908b 1908b *1908 1909 1915 1916 *1916 1917 1919 1919 1922 1923 *1924- 1925 1926 X X X X X X X X 1928 1930 1931 1931 1932 1937 1938 1938 *1939 1940 Kappler, A. (TMM; Suriname) Anon. (TMM from Guyana; London; 527-528.) Scammon, CM. (TML; Key West; 581-582.) Zipperlen, A. (TML; Cincinnati; morphology; 25-26.) Flower & Lydekker (Trichechus; Brighton; m216, 218.) Leidy, J. (Trichechus; Philadelphia; parasite Am- phistomum fabaceum; 413-414.) Anon. (Trichechus; England; 799-800.) Goeldi, E.A. (Trichechus from Brazil; died en route to London; 120-121.) Yerbury & Thomas (DD; Aden; m555.) Sclater, PL. (TI, TM; London; 212.) Anon. (Trichechus; England; 36.) Beddard, F.E. (TI; London; 47-48.) Kirke, H. (TMM from Guyana; London; 134-135.) Langkavel, B. Goeldi & Hagmann (TI; Brazil; m89.) Townsend, C.H. (TM; New York; 91, 94, 97.) Freund, L. (history of manatees in capt.; 65-72.) Townsend, C.H. (TML; New York; 86.) Anon. (TML; New York; 427.) Gudernatsch, J.F. (TM; New York; 225-235.) Hanitsch, R. (DD; Singapore, in 1895; 13.) Graham, S.C (TML; Indian River, Florida; 413.) Anon. (TMM from Puerto Rico; New York; 1216-1217.) Anon. (TI; New York; 1419, 1421.) Board Agric. Br. Guiana (TMM; Guyana) Fairchild, D. (Trichechus; 342, 344.) Anon. (TI; New York; 46.) Stiles, C.W. (TML; Wilmington, North Carolina; m658.) Parker, G.H. (TML; Miami; 128-135.) Anon. (TS; Niger R.; 75.) Vosseler, J. (history of manatees in capt., 58-63; TI, capture & transport, 63-67; in Hamburg, 113-133, 167-180, 213-227; compatibility with other animal species, 227.) Derscheid, J.M. (TS; Antwerp, 23-25; Congo, by natives, 30.) Prater, S.H. (DD; Red Sea; 84.) Vosseler, J. (TI; Hamburg; 362-364.) Brimley, H.H. (TML; North Carolina; 320-321.) Travassos & Vogelsang (TM; Hamburg; parasite Cochleotrema cochleotrema; 145.) Khalil & Vogelsang (TM; Hamburg) Barbour, T. (TML; Miami; birth; 106-107.) Devillers, C (TI; France; measurements, behavior; 84-88.) Oldham et al. (TI; Chicago; m27.) Coates, C.W. (TI; New York; 141-148.) Anon. 432 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1940 1941a 1941 1944 1947 1948 1951 1951a 1951b 1952 1952 1953 1954 1954b 1954 1954 1955a 1955b 1955 1956a *1956 1956 1957 ?1957 1958 1958 1958 1958 1959 1959 1960 1960 1961 1961 1961 1962 1963 1964a 1964 1964 1964 1965 1965 1966 Coates, C.W. (TI; Manaus & New York; 99-100.) Gunter, G. (TM from Texas; Texas & New Orleans; 61-62.) Scholander & Irving (TML; diving experiments; 170-191.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Bel?m, Recife, & Manaus, Brazil; 58.) Harwood, K. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 50, 89.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; Dakar, Senegal; 189.) Aragon, F. (DD; Philippines, in 1792; 265-266.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Bradenton, Florida; 14.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; kept in pens for food, 23; births, 26-28; behavior, 29-32; food, 33-34.) Anon. (TML; Florida; 129-130.) Dekeyser, PL. (TS; Senegal; 243.) Gijzen, A. (TS; Antwerp; 89.) Anon. (TS; Antwerp; 78.) Friant, M. (TI; Vincennes, France; ml29.) Gunter, G. (TM; Florida, 1880; 545.) Lawrence, J.E. (TML; Florida; 403.) Anon. (DD from Palau; San Francisco; 79.) Anon. (DD from Palau; San Francisco; 73-74.) Severin, K. (TML; Florida; 147-149.) Anon. (DD from Palau; San Francisco; 49.) Harry, R.R. (DD from Palau; San Francisco; 21-27.) Simpson, D.A. (DD; San Francisco; pop. acc; 54, 57, 74.) Bayer & Harry-Rofen (DD; Palau & San Francisco; 502, pi. 20.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; birth; 137-138.) Anon. (DD; Kenya; 693, 792.) Gijzen, A. (TS; Antwerp; 26.) Savory, B. (TML; London; m257.) Steinbacher, G. (TML; Florida) Jones, S. (DD; India; 198-202.) Ulmer, F.A., Jr. (Philadelphia) Jonklaas, R. (DD; Sri Lanka; 304.) Mani, S.B. (DD; India; m217.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; India & Sri Lanka; 1-8.) Moore, J.C. (DD; East Africa; photos; 54-55.) Silas, E.G. (DD; India; 264-265.) Tranngocloi, N. (DD; Vietnam; 451.) Hofmeister, M. (?TMM from Guyana; Toledo, Ohio; 12.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 116, 119.) Crandall, L.S. Humes, A.G. (TML; Miami; parasite Harpacticus pulex; 517-518, 528.) Phillips, C (TML; Miami; pop. acc.) Lukaszewicz, K. Schevill & Watkins (TML; Miami; m373.) Kinzer, J. (TS; Abidjan, Ivory Coast; 47-52.) 1966 1967 1967 1967 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1967 1967a 1967 1967 1967 1968b 1968 1968 1968 1968 1969 1969 *1969 *1969 1969 1970 1970 1970 1970 1970 X X X X X X X X X 1970 1971 1972 1972 1972 1972 1972 1972 1972 1973 Thomas, D. (DD; India; 81.) Aung, S.H. (DD; Rangoon; 221.) Browder, J. (TML; Florida; weed-control experi ments; 4.) Fiuza Lima, F. (TI; Brazil; captive breeding proposed; 17-18.) Gleiss, G.W. Jones, S. (DD; New Caledonia, 216; India, 217- 219.) Kenny, R. (DD; Australia; 372-373.) MacLaren, J.P. (TMM, TI; Panama; weed control; 388-393.) Oke, V.R. (DD; Cairns, Australia; 220-221.) Anon. (TI; San Francisco; 2-3.) Betz, J.J. (TML; Florida, in 1892, 205, 207-209; Chicago, in 1893,207.) Garibaldi, L. (TI; San Francisco) Gewalt, W. (TML; Germany; 123-125.) Van den Bergh, H. (TS; Antwerp; m449.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TS; Abidjan, Ivory Coast; 351.) Dempster & Shipman (use of copper sulfate in tanks) Frye & Herald (TI, San Francisco, osteomyelitis, 1073-1076; DD, San Francisco, 1076.) Herald, E.S. (DD, Trichechus; San Francisco, Pittsburgh, etc.; 29-30.) Jacobi, E.F. (plan of manatee facility at Amsterdam Zoo; 64-65.) Eichler & Albrecht Evans & Herald (TI; San Francisco; vocalizations; 820-823.) Loughman et al. (TI; San Francisco; chromosomes; ml51.) Radhakrishnan & Bradley (TML; Tampa, Florida; parasites Chiorchis fabaceus & Plicatolabia hagenbecki; 59.) Schreider & Schreider (TI; Leticia, Colombia; 142.) Yin, T. (DD; Burma; 326.) Jones, M.L. (DD, TI, TM, TS; longevity; 85.) Bartmann, W Blessing et al. ("Trichechus manatus inunguis"; Duisburg, Germany; 167-168.) Blessing, M.H. ("Trichechus manatus inunguis"; Duisburg, Germany; m475.) Boorer, M.K. (TM; London; swimming clockwise; ml65.) Caldwell & Caldwell (TML; play, 450; food, 454.) Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (Trichechus; Brazil; m86- 87.) Phillips, C (recommendations for captive facili ties; 36-37.) Bertram & Bertram (DD, Trichechus; 328-329.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X 1973 1973 1974 1974a 1974b 1974 1974 1974 1974 1975b 1975 1975 "1976 X X X X X 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977a 1977b 1977 1977c 1977 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 Lewis & Wilson (TI; Pittsburgh; m421.) Sonoda & Takemura (TMM, TI, DD; Japan; 19-22.) Bartmann, W. (TM; Duisburg, Germany; skin disease; 13-16.) Dekker, D. (TMM; shipboard transport, Suriname- Amsterdam; 68-69.) Dekker, D. (TMM; Suriname; capture of 15; 3.) Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; m6-7, mil, ml3.) Sanger, C (TMM; Guyana; bom in capt.; weed control; 23.) Sikes, S. (TS; Nigeria; 468-469.) Tabuchi et al. (TM; Japan; skin fungus; 127.) Anon. (TML; Miami; conception & birth in capt.; 6-7.) Lynd, W. (TML; Miami; rehabilitation; m29.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM, TI; Brazil; 223- 226.) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; in "semidomestication" by villagers, 35; in oceanarium, 35-40.) Anon. (TML; Florida) Boever et al. (TI; St. Louis, Missouri; Myco bacterium infection; 927-929.) Byczkowska-Smyk, W Paz & Hani (DD; Egypt; 74.) Tas'an (DD; Jakarta; 1-12.) Boever et al. (TI; St. Louis, Missouri; parasite Chiorchis; 5-6.) Dekker, D. Dekker, D. Domning & Magor (TI; Manaus; tooth replace ment; 435-438.) Domning, D.P. (TI; Manaus; INPA & private owners; 3.) Nair & Lai Mohan (DD; India; 277.) Asano et al. (DD; Toba, Japan) Campbell & Gicca (TMM from Mexico; sent to China; 261, 263.) Cornell & Asper (North America) Dekker, D. (TMM; Amsterdam) Harper, H. (TML; St. Augustine, Florida; release; pop. acc; 12.) Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; Japan; 301-303.) Taylor, D. (DD; Sumatra; tears used as aphrodisiac; 205-213.) Bachman & Irvine (TML; Florida; milk composi tion; 873.) Best & da Silva (TI; Manaus; milk feeding; 27, 29.) Glazebrook, R. (DD; Australia) Hartman, D.S. (TM, TI; food consumption; 54.) Irwandi & Jarman (DD; Indonesia) Kamiya et al. (DD; Japan & Okinawa; 129.) Lowry, B.H. (TML) 433 x 1979 Miyazaki et al. (DD; Okinawa; 125-126.) x 1979 Mok & Best (TI; Manaus; skin fungus; 79-81.) x *1979 Tas'an et al. (DD; Jakarta; capture, transport, & captive maintenance; 1-30.) x 1980 Bullock et al. (TI; Manaus; evoked brain poten tials; 131.) x 1980 Dekker, D. (TMM; Amsterdam; birth & behavior; 21-26.) x 1980 Domning, D.P. (TI, San Francisco & Manaus; TML, Florida; food position preference; 544- 547.) x 1980 Gallivan & Best (TI; Manaus; metabolism & respiration; 245-253.) x 1980 Gallivan, G.J. (TI; Manaus; respiratory control; 254-261.) x 1980 Irvine et al. (TML; Florida; clinical parameters; 2-10.) x 1980 Kataoka & Asano (DD; Toba, Japan; 269-270.) x 1981 Asper & Searles (TML; Florida; care of injured & orphaned animals; 121-127.) x *1981 Best, R.C (review of diets of captive sirs.; 13, 15, 17-24.) x 1981b Beusse et al. (TML; Orlando, Florida; treatment of injuries; 111-120.) x 1981 Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TML; review & research needs; 10-13.) x 1981 Cardeilhac et al. (TML; Florida; artificial rearing; 141.) x 1981 Domning & Myrick (TI; Manaus; tetracycline marking of bone; 203-204.) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (TI; Brazil; 89-90.) x 1981b Domning, D.P. (TI; Manaus; pop. acc; 18-23.) x 1981 Elliott et al. (DD; Cairns, Australia; salmonellosis; 203-205.) x 1981 Jenkins, R.L. (TML; St. Augustine, Florida; hus bandry; 128-130.) x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD; Toba, Japan, & Okinawa; 199-203.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (TI; Manaus; freeze-branding & radiotagging; 81-82.) x 1981 Odell, D.K. (TML; Florida; growth; 131-140.) x 1981 Zeiller, W (TML; Miami, Florida; husbandry; 103-110.) x 1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; Manaus; artificial rearing; 263-267.) 1982 Cornell et al. (North America) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (TM; various locations; 412.) 1982b O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; Orlando, Florida; pop. acc.) x 1982 Werzinger, J. (TM; Nuremberg; birth & artificial rearing; 34-37.) x 1983 Bradley et al. (TMM; hypothetical use by Olmecs; 1-82.) x 1983 Irvine, A.B. (TML; Florida; metabolic experi ments; 316-331.) 434 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1983b x 1983 x 1983 x 1984 x 1984 x 1984 1984 x 1984 x 1984a x 1984b x 1985 x 1985 x 1985 x 1985 x 1986 x 1986 x 1986 1986 x 1986 x 1987b x 1987 x 1987 x 1988 x 1988 1988a 1988b x 1989 1990 x 1990 *1990 x 1991 x 1992 1880 1954 1973 *1989 1993 Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Florida; experiments on 1992 response to high-intensity sound; 3-4.) 1992 Lainson et al. (TI; Manaus; protozoan Eimeria x 1992 trichechi; 287-289.) Piggins et al. (TI; Manaus; eyes & vision; x 1993 113-129.) DiPema, P. (TML; Florida; captive breeding; pop. 1993 acc; 16-17.) Domning & Hayek (TI; Manaus; tooth replace ment; 106-127.) Lomolino & Ewel (TML; Florida; digestive effi ciencies; 176-179.) Qi, J. (TM; Beijing) White, Francis-Floyd & Waterstrat (TML; Miami; growth rates; 30-34.) White, J.R. (TML; Miami; birth in capt. & captive breeding; pop. acc; 414-418.) White, J.R. (TML; Florida; captive breeding & x release; pop. acc; 369-375.) Beckjord, J.-E. (DD; Papua New Guinea; kept alive x in a hut for a week before slaughter; 154-155.) Etheridge et al. (TML; Florida; feeding experi- x ments; 21-23.) Morales et al. (TI; San Francisco; Mycobacterium x infection; 1230-1231.) x Qiu, Y.-X. (TM; Beijing; 35-36.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Mexico; 600.) Gallivan & Best (TI; Manaus; feeding & metabo lism; 552-557.) Gallivan et al. (TI; Manaus; heart rates & respira- x tion; 415-423.) x Geraci, J.R. x Morales, P. (TI; San Francisco; food, pathology; x 43-48.) Anon. (TML; Florida; artificial rearing; 225.) x Colares & Ferreira (TI; Manaus; intestinal polyp; 39.) Colares et al. (TI; Manaus; artificial milk formulas; 40-41.) x Carowan, G. (TML; Florida; rehabilitation & release, & exhibit at Epcot Center, Orlando; 5.) x Ho, H.C. (DD; Singapore; 24-25.) Qiu, Y.-X. (TM; Beijing) x Qiu, Y.-X. (TM; Beijing) x Upton et al. (TML; Florida; protozoans Eimeria \ spp.; 87-88.) Bisselink, A.-M. (Trichechus; Arnhem, The Neth- x erlands) Colares et al. (TI; Manaus; care & feeding; 43-47.) Dierauf, L.A. (veterinary care; transport tech niques) Haigh, M.D. (TMM; Guyana; weed control; 339- 349.) Borobia & Lodi (TMM; Recife, Brazil; m.41.) Colares & Colares (TI; Brazil) Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al. (TMM; Brazil) Simmons, N. (TML; Orlando, Florida; rehabilita tion; pop. acc; 9.) O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; Florida; pop. acc. with descriptions & histories of facilities; 96-113.) Wolf, M. (TML; Florida; pop. acc.) Capture: SEE Hunting and Capture Caribbean Manatee: SEE Trichechus manatus; Trichechus manatus manatus; and synonyms Caribbean Sea (SEE ALSO: Central America; Cuba; Haiti; Jamaica; Mexico; Panama; Puerto Rico; South America; West Indies) LeBaron, J.F. (Trichechus bones dredged from bottom between Florida Cape & Cuba; ml005.) Gunter, G. (TM; distr.; 543-544.) Varona, L.S. Lefebvre et al. (TMM; biogeography; 589-591, 599.) Sutty, L. (TM; pop. acc; 20-21.) 1994a Domning, D.P. (fossil sirs. & seagrasses; pop. acc; 72-73.) Caribosiren Reinhart, 1959 *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.) 1965 Arata & Jackson (m 176.) 1971 Reinhart, R.H. (m5-7.) 1974 Domning, D.P. (m8.) 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ Metaxytherium forestii; 43.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dusisiren; m73.) Caribosiren turneri Reinhart, 1959 *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.n.sp.) Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 66, 70.) Kellogg, R. (review, 66; comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense, 73.) Paula Couto, C de (m346.) Varona, L.S. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium riveroi; 7.) Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) MacPhee & Wyss (review & possible new mate rial; 21, 26-29, 35-36.) 1965 1966 1967 1972 1986 1990 Census Methods: SEE Aerial Surveys of Distribution; Population Biology; Tagging Methods & Rec ognition Central America (SEE ALSO: Belize; Costa Rica; NUMBER 80 435 1822 1827 1862 1869 1872 1879- 1882 1879 1899 1932 x 1946 1965 1970 x 1974 1978 x 1983 x *1985 x *1989 Guatemala; Honduras; Mexico; Nicaragua; Pan ama) Hodgson, R. Roberts, O.W. Bell, CN. Pirn & Seeman Wickham, H.A. Alston, E.R. Peacock, G. Bell, CN. Conzemius, E. Baughman, J.L. (TMM; early accounts; 234-237.) Squier, E.G. Wilbert, J. Savage, J.M. (Trichechus; zoogeography; 15, 20, 26, 29.) Stark & Voorhies Bradley et al. (TMM; hypothetical use by Olmecs; 1-82.) McKillop, H.I. (TMM; use in prehistoric Maya area; 337-353.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 567-570, 580-584, 589-591, 599, 606- 607.) [Cetaceae] Herbivorae Gray, 1821 (= Sirenia) 1821 Gray, J.E. 1825 Latreille, PA. (Order Cetacea, Family Herbivora; in classification; 64-65.) Ceylon: SEE Sri Lanka Cheirotherium Bruno, 1839 (non Kaup, 1835) (= Metaxytherium) *1839 Bruno, G.D. (n.gen.) *1840 Kaup, J.J. (renamed "Pontotherium Bruno"; 676.) 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (syn. of Halitherium; comp. w///. serresii; 207, 212-213, 220.) 1865 Capellini, G. (priority over Felsinotherium; 282.) 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) *1941 Kretzoi, M. (renamed Halysiren; 153.) 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (history of name; 103-104.) 1966 Kellogg, R. (m68.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium; m577.) 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium; 208-209.) Cheirotherium brocchii de Blainville, 1844 (= Metaxy therium subapenninum) *1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (name introduced; lapsus for C. subapenninum) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m209-210.) x 1880 Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; ml42.) x 1885a Woodward, H. ("Halitherium (Chirotherium) brocchii"; m470.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. ("C. brochii"; m 103.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m68.) Cheirotherium subapenninum Bruno, 1839 (= Metaxy therium subapenninum) *1839 Bruno, G.D. (n.gen.n.sp.) 1840b Meyer, H.v. (referred to Halianassa; 587.) 1865 Capellini, G. (syn. of Felsinotherium forestii; 282.) 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 67.) 1885a Woodward, H. ("Chir other ium"; m470.) 1886 Portis, A. (history of name; 356.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m479, 481.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153.) 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (history of name; 103.) 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m44-46.) 1987 Canocchi, D. (considered nomen dubium; 499.) 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium subapenninum; m208.) * 1988a Pilleri, G. x XV X X X X X X X X X D Children's Literature (SEE ALSO: Fiction) 1971 Takashi, Y (discovery of Desmostylus) 1975 Dick, H (TM) 1976d Anon. 1978 Isham, C.H. (TML; Blue Spring, Florida; [1-16].) 1979 Alliger,M.E. 1980 Fritz, D. (TML; educator's guide) 1982 Young, O.D. (TML; Florida) 1986 Delaney et al. (educator's guide) 1986 Wright, C.W 1988 Ober & Hudson (DD; Torres Strait; teaching kit) 1988 Smith, D. (DD; Australia; 44-47.) 1989 Walsh, K. (TML; Florida; 2-9.) 1990 Clark, M.G. (TML; Florida) 1990 Corey, D. (TML) 1990 Sibbald, J.H. (TML) 1990 Tate, S. (TML) 1991 Darling, K. (TML) 1991 Jacobs, F. (TML; Florida) 1991 Lepthien, E.U. (TML; Florida) China (SEE ALSO: Taiwan) 1923 Watson, E. (DD; use of oil; 103.) 1931 Read, B.E. (HG; ?econ. use; 16.) 1935 Allen, G.M. (DD; 79-81.) 1935 Sowerby, A. de C (DD, 81-82; HG, 82.) 1936 Sowerby, A. de C (DD; 41 -42.) 1951 Herklots, G.A.C 1973 Bertram & Bertram (DD; Hong Kong; 309.) 1979 Zhang, Z.-m. (DD; pop. acc; 33-36.) *1986 Wang & Sun (DD) 1986 Zhou, K. (DD) 436 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1992 Dong et al. (DD; larynx, trachea, lungs) x 1993 Wang, P. (DD; distr.; 275-278.) Chronozoon De Vis, 1884 (diprotodontid marsupial?) x *1884 De Vis, C.W. (n.gen.; 392-395, pi. 17.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C (m377.) Chronozoon australe De Vis, 1884 (diprotodontid marsu pial?) *1884 De Vis, C.W. (n.gen.n.sp.; 392-395, pi. 17.) 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) *1975 Mahoney & Ride (?syn. of Phascolomys gigas; 152.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (review; 267-269.) = 1941 Circulatory System (including lymphatic system) 1806 Meckel, J.F. (Trichechus; thymus) * 1820b Home, E. (DD; spleen, 319; heart, 319-320, pi. 28.) 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; 178.) 1834 Ruppell, E. (DD; heart; 106.) 1837 Rapp, Wv. (DD; fetal heart & vessels) 1838a Baer, K.E.v. (Trichechus; 199.) *1838 Owen, R. (DD; 34-36.) Rapp, Wv. (TM; pulmonary vessels, lymph glands, heart, arteries, spleen; 91-93, 96, pi. 3) Goebel, A. (HG; remnants of capillaries in bone; 189-190.) Phillippo (Trichechus; heart; 684-685.) Huxley, J. * 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; 175-178.) 1875 Chapman, H.C. (TMM; 457-458.) Garrod, A.H. Gulliver, G. Murie, J. (TMM; cranial arteries; 42, pi. 9.) Beddard, F.E. (TI, TM; 51-52.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 192-194, 199.) Mitchell, PC (TI; portal [posterior mesenteric] vein; 465.) Wilder, B.G. (Trichechus; heart) * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; 58.) 1907 Pick, F.K. (DD; pulmonary vessels, 245-251,261, 265-270; blood cells, 266-267.) 1912b Dexler, H. (DD; cerebral retia; 100-102.) 1923 Kostanecki, K. (TI; omphalo-mesenteric arteries; 273-276.) 1923 Nopcsa, F.v. (circulation, bone marrow, hemopoi esis, & pachyostosis; 355-358.) 1935a Wislocki, G.B. (TML; pulmonary vessels, 387, 390, 392; lymph vessels & lymphoid tissue in lung, 389, 392.) * 1935b Wislocki, G.B. (TML; placenta & umbilical cord; 160-162, 164-171, pis. 1-7.) 1936 Slijper, E.J. 1857 1862 1862 1866 1877 1878 1880 *1897 *1899 1905 1905 X X D X X X X X X *1942a 1948 1953 1954 1958 1958 ?1958 1959 1961 1965 1965 1969 1969 *1972 1972 1973 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1976 1976 1977 1978 1979 1979a 1979 1980 1981 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 1983 1984 Scholander & Irving (TML; heart rate, 171-172, 189; peripheral vasoconstriction, 185.) Fawcett, D.W (TML; blood-vascular bundles; 105-133.) Franklin, K.J. (Trichechus; heart) Quiring & Harlan (TM; heart, 194, 202; retia & other vessels, 200-201.) Ijiri, S. Knoll, W (Trichechus; blood cells; 332-333.) Scholander, P.F. Tenney, S.M. (TM; heart & electrocardiogram; 933-938.) Anon. Slijper, E.J. (foramen ovale, ductus arteriosus; 536-537, 544, 548-549.) Grauwiler, J. Robb, J.S. (heart) Eisner, R. Robineau, D. (internal carotid & stapedial arteries; 13.) Blessing et al. (TI; spleen; 166-171, 173-178, 182-188, 190, 193, 195-203.) Blessing, M.H. (Trichechus; heart myoglobin; 475-479.) Lewis & Wilson (Trichechus; blood plasma fibrin ogen; 421-422.) Allen et al. (DD; heart, retia in flukes; 42, 46.) White et al. (TML; blood chemistry; 413-416.) Murray et al. (DD; blood analyses; 7-8.) McCabe et al. (DD; oxygen affinity of hemoglobin; 19-22.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; rapid blood clotting an ?anti-shark adaptation; 127.) Farmer et al. (TI; properties of hemoglobin & whole blood; 231-238.) Tas'an et al. (DD; in capt., Jakarta; heart rates; 10, 23.) Irvine et al. (TM; blood values; 3-5.) Marsh & Glover (DD; testicular artery, 264, 273; blood sampling techniques, 266-267.) Odell et al. (TML; heart & spleen weights; 54-57, 60, 63.) Rainey, WE. (DD; blood sampling techniques; 241-244.) Medway, Black & Rathbun (TML; hematology & blood sampling; 11-15.) Medway, Bruss et al. (TML; blood chemistry; 229-234.) Medway, Dodds et al. (TML; blood coagulation; 120-127.) Marsh & Anderson (DD; blood chemistry & capture myopathy; 1-3.) Bazzini et al. (TM; hemopoiesis in vertebral bodies; 19.) NUMBER 80 437 x 1984 Galantsev & Mukhametov (TM; cardiac rhythms, venous sinuses & plexuses; 201-205.) x 1984 Snipes, R.L. (TM; arteries to cecum; 69-70.) x 1985 Morales et al. (TI; white blood cell counts; 1231.) x *1985 Rowlatt & Marsh (DD, TM; heart & great vessels; 95-106.) x *1986 Bazzini et al. (TM; hemopoiesis; 150-152.) 1986 Galantsev, V.P. (TM; venous system) x 1986 Gallivan et al. (TI; cardiac rhythms & gas exchange during diving; 415-423.) x 1987 Colares & Ferreira (TI; normal & pathological blood values; 39.) x 1988 Fischer, M.S. (TM; vessels of ear region; 369- 375.) x 1988 Kleinschmidt et al. (TI; hemoglobin; 507-512.) 1989 Galantsev & Kuz'min (venous & arterial systems) 1990 Bossart & Dierauf (TML; blood sampling & hematology) x 1990 Buergelt et al. (TML; thickened heart valves; 220-227.) Colombia x 1855a Gervais, P. (TI; Pebas; anatomy & econ. use; 114-116.) x 1857 Holton, I.F. (TMM; Laguna de Tesca, Cartagena; 46.) x 1883 Pelzeln, A.v. (TMM; Cienega R.; 93-94.) x 1904 Allen, J.A. (TMM; coastal region; 423.) x 1920 Goldman, E.A. (TMM; Atrato & Cacarica Rs.; 71.) x 1939 Wavrin, M. de (Trichechus; various localities; 194.) x *1951 Reinhart, R.H. (Potamosiren magdalenensis, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc; 203-204, 211.) x *1953 Stirton, R.A. (La Venta fauna & localities [Mioc]; 614.) x 1956 McKenna, M.C. (Lophiodolodus; Olig.; supposed sir.; m739.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium ortegense, n.sp.; Mioc; 92-93.) 1968 Medem, F. x 1969 Frye & Herald (TI; near Leticia; 1073.) x 1970 Schreider & Schreider (TI; in capt., Leticia; 142.) 1971 Camacho, J.I.H. x 1982b Domning, D.P. (Potamosiren sp.; Mioc; 601- 602.) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 584-585, 607.) x 1992 Marmontel et al. (TMM; boat-related fatalities; m308.) Commander Islands: SEE Bering Sea Commensalism: SEE Community Ecology; Parasitology Communication: SEE Behavior; Sound Production Community Ecology (SEE ALSO: Food; Food Plants; Natural Enemies; Paleoecology; Parasites; Para sitology) x *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; removal of ectoparasites by gulls; 198, 201.) 1945 Hill, W.C.O. (DD; ?commensal fish in prepuce) x 1975 Dayton, P.K. (HG; N. Pacific; ?dependence on sea otters for protection of kelp supply; 236-237.) x 1975 Morse, D.H. (manatees & turtles considered "eco logical replacement" of temperate-zone aquatic birds; 173.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TI; feces eaten by fish; 226.) x 1977 Boever et al. (TI; trematode Chiorchis a ?commen- sal; 6.) xD* 1977b Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; N. Pacific; 352-362.) x 1977 Heinsohn et al. (DD; nutrient recycling; possible competition with turtles; 240-241.) x 1978 Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; no inter specific interactions; 15.) xD* 1978b Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; N. Pacific; 113-116, 139-146.) 1978 Simenstad et al. (HG; Aleutians) x 1979 Anderson, P.K. (DD; possible competition with turtles & man; 136.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (TM; Florida; interspecific interac tions, 59-60; commensals, 62-64.) 1981 Ray, G.C. x 1982b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; ?com- mensal feeding by cormorants; 94.) x * 1982 Scott & Powell (TML; Florida; commensal feeding by little blue herons; 215-216.) x 1984c Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; no interspecific interactions; 40.) x 1984 Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; competition with turtles; 632-637.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; 985, 988-1007.) Competition: SEE Community Ecology Conservation (SEE ALSO: Accidental Mortality; Eco nomic Uses; Hunting and Capture; Weed Con trol) 1820 Daniel, J. (TI; Brazil) 1892 Hartwig, G.L. x 1903 Rodriguez Ferreira, A. (Trichechus; Brazil, 18th century; administration of hunting; 172-173.) x 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; Florida; fines for killing; 233.) 438 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1918 Cum y Valera, L.A. (TMM; Cuba; legislation, 1901; 93.) x 1968a Gruvel, A. Gruvel, A. x 1968b Petit, G. x 1968 Derscheid, J.M. (TS; Congo; legislation; 30-31.) x 1969 Herre, A.W. (DD; western Pacific) x 1969 Hirasaka, K. (DD; Taiwan; 4222.) Deraniyagala, P.E.P. Machado, F. de P. (TI; Brazil; proposed hunting regulations; 246.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; recommendations; 102, 153-154, 218, 65.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil, 92-94; Peru, m93.) Cahalane, V.H. (TML; Everglades, Florida; 258.) Lawrence, J.E. (TML; Florida; 404.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; m269, m271.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; 7.) Savory, B. (DD; Tanganyika; 257-258.) Anon. De Silva, J.A. (DD; Sri Lanka; 173-174.) Spittel, R.L. (DD; Sri Lanka; 174-175.) Blancou, L. (TS; West Africa; 244.) Crusz, H. (DD; Sri Lanka; 302.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; Sri Lanka; 302-304.) Norris, CE. (DD; Sri Lanka; 298-300.) Spittel, R.L. (DD; Sri Lanka; sanctuary; 304-305.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; Sri Lanka; 7-8.) Silas, E.G. (DD; India; m266.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana, etc.; 1329.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; recommenda tions; 90-93.) Bertram, G.C.L. (TMM; Guyana) Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia; 150-151.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 119-120.) Cansdale, G. (TS; Ghana; status; 170-171.) Crowe, P.K. Deraniyagala, P.E.P. Harrisson, T. (DD; Borneo, Sabah; status; 103.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; 938-939.) Bertram & Bertram (sirs.; gen. acc; 213-217.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; 221-222.) Funaioli & Simonetta (DD; Somali Republic; 317.) Jones, S. (DD; Indopacific) Anon. Browder, J. (TML; Florida; 3-5, 34.) Carvalho, J.C. de M. (TI; Brazil; exploitation; 25-27,31,33.) Jones, S. (DD; India; 220.) MacLaren, J.P. (Trichechus; Panama Canal Zone; legislation; 393.) 1967 Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; x 1976 fishing season, 1: 102, 107-108, 2: 241; X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1921 1922 1925c 1926 1928 1934 1939 1940 1941- 1943 1944 1948 1954 1954 1956 1958 1959 1959 1959 1960 1960 1960 1960 1960 1961 1961 1962 1963 1963 1963 1964a 1964 1965 1965 1965 1966a 1966b 1966c 1966 1966 1967 1967 1967 1967 1967 1969 1969 1970a 1970b 1970 1971 1971 1971 1971 1972 1972 1972a 1972b *1972 1972 *1973 1973 1973 1973 1973 1974 *1974 1974 1974a x 1974 x 1974 x 1974 1974 x 1975 x 1975 1975 1975 x 1975 1975 x 1975 prohibition of harpooning, 1: 107, 2: 240-241.) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus, 388-389, 393; DD, 390, 393.) Bertram & Bertram (sirs.; gen. acc; 423-426.) Grimwood, I.R. (TI; Peru; exploitation; 418.) Anon. (DD; Australia; hunting banned; 90.) Curry-Lindahl, K. (DD, TS; protected under Afri can Conservation Convention; 122.) De Silva, G.S. Grimwood, I.R. (TI; Peru; exploitation; 61.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; 53-55.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; 362-364.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TMM; Belize; 236.) Bertram & Bertram Hoffmann, T.W. (DD; Sri Lanka; legislation; 182.) Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; 300-301.) Randall, J.E. (DD; Tanzania; ml2.) Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (Trichechus; Brazil; 82-87.) Dupuy, A.R. (TS; Senegal; in national park; 780.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; 21-22.) Hartman, D.S. Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; 205, 212.) Mittermaier, R.A. Bertram & Bertram (sir. distr., status, & threats, 297-328; legislation & prospects, 330-333, 336.) Cantley, R. (DD; Australia; 34-35, 52.) Kaiser, H.E. (sirs.; gen. acc; 4-6.) O'Keefe, M.T. (Blue Spring, Florida; refuge) Poche, R. (TS; Niger; ?extinct; 218.) Anon. (Florida; manatee refuge established; 10.) Bertram, G.C.L. (current status of sirs.; recommen dations; 1-19.) Caldwell, D.K. Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; legislation, 210- 212; threats, 213-222; recommendations, 223- 237.) Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; 13, 16-18.) Sanger, C (Guyana; manatee research center; 23.) Sikes, S. (TS; Nigeria; 466-470.) Spurgeon, D. Anon. (Florida; manatee survey established; 12- 13.) Bertram & Sale (DD; East Africa; report of meeting; 389-390.) Bertram, G.C.L. Edelbrock, J. Husar, S.L. (DD; pop. acc; 15-18.) Husar, S.L. Whitfield & Farrington (TM; Florida & Guyana; legislation; 37-43.) Campbell, H.W. (conservation & research on sirs.; 3-9.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X * 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 1977 1978 1978- 1982 1978 1978a 1978 1979 1979b 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1980a 1980b 1980d 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980a 980 980 980 980 980 981a 981 981 981 981 Carr, A. Heinsohn & Wake (DD; Fraser Is., Australia; 15-18.) Jones, M.P. (TM) Langham, N.P.E. (DD; Malaysia) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; 214.) Stivens & Cerny Tinley et al. (DD; Mozambique; in reserves; 346, 348.) Wray, P. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 13-15.) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; need for captive breeding program; Guyana project; 106-108.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; 242, 245-246.) Lovisek, J. (TI; pop. acc; 62-64.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; 19, 21.) F.A.O. Grainger, D. (TM) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; pop. acc; 26-30.) Stewart, D. (TM; pop. acc; 113-118.) Caton, A. (DD; Australia; pop. acc; 1-4.) Finnley, D. Harper, H. (TML; Florida; news reporting; 16.) Hudson, B.E.T (DD; Papua New Guinea) Klein, E.H. (TMM; Honduras; legislation & status; 21-28.) Leahy, T.M. (TML; Florida) Leccese, M. (TML; Florida; refuges established) Mackey, D.J. (TML; Florida; 14-17.) Parker, F. (DD; Papua New Guinea) Twiss, J.R., Jr. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 10-17.) Vaz-Ferreira, R. (Trichechus; Latin America) Anon. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 49.) Anon. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 97-98, 100.) Anon. (DD) Ayres & Best (TI; Brazil; 83-85, 90-92.) Barile, D.D. (TML; Florida) Bertram, G.C.L. (sirs.; gen. acc; 219-221.) Finnley, D. Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; report on conservation & education program; 1-102.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; implications of life history; 199.) Norkin, M. Raloff, J. (TML; Florida) Reddick, J. Telander, R. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 30-35.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; conservation & behavior, 640-647.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; past abundance & prospects; 1-7.) Bingham, B. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 91.) Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; 24, 35-39.) Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TML; Florida; recom- 1981 1981a 1981a 1981 1981b 1981 1981 1981a 1981 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983a 1983b 1983c 1983d 1983a 1983b 1983c x 1983 x 1983a x 1983b 439 mendations; 15-16.) Chase, A. (DD; Australia; in Aboriginal cultural context; 112-122.) Domning, D.P. (TI, TM; Brazil; 94-96.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; 55-56.) Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; legislation; 10.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; conser vation & public education program; 123-141.) Jones, S. (DD; India & Sri Lanka; 50-52.) Marsh et al. (DD; Wellesley Islands, Australia; 261,264-266.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia & Papua New Guinea; 205-216.) Prince et al. (DD; Western Australia; 84-85.) Santiapillai, C (DD; Sri Lanka; 6.) Smith, N.J.H. (TI, TM; Brazil; 184-186.) Anon. (Florida; school workshops; m9.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; 518-520.) Best & Teixeira (TMM; Amapa\ Brazil; status & protected areas; 43, 45.) Bonde, R.K. (TML; Florida; accidental mortality; pop. acc; 3-5.) Bradford, D. (TML; Florida; public opinion sur vey; 9.) Dick, T.M. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 19-22.) Fletemeyer, J. (TML; Florida; sonar monitoring; 296-299.) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; Australia & Papua New Guinea; 4-5.) Nishiwaki et al. (TS; West Africa; 146.) Reilly, P. (TML; Florida) Gluckman & Hamann (list of relevant U.S. & Florida laws & regulations; 174-184.) Gluckman, D. (U.S. & Florida laws & education programs regarding manatees; 233-252.) Gluckman, D. (U.S. & Florida laws regarding water quality & weed control; 253-273.) Gluckman, D. (U.S. & Florida acquisition pro grams for manatee habitat; 274-301.) Gluckman, D. (U.S. National Environmental Pol icy Act & manatee protection; 317-320.) Hamann, R. (laws regarding marina & dock construction & dredging in Florida; 185-232.) Hamann, R. (Florida laws regarding spring flow at winter manatee refuges; 302-309.) Hamann, R. (U.S. Endangered Species Act & Marine Mammal Protection Act in relation to manatees; 310-316.) Kinnaird & Valade (TML; Jacksonville, Florida; recommendations; 15.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; northeastern Florida; rec ommendations; 51-52.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Florida; strategies to reduce 440 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983c 1983 1983a *1983b 1983 1983 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1985a 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1986a 1986 1986 1986 1986c 1986 *1986 1986 1986 1986 1987 1987 1988 1988 boat-related mortality, 1-19; propeller guard designs, 20-43.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Florida; reduction of boat- related mortality; 36-37.) Marsh, H. (DD; Vanuatu; 1-5.) Packard, J.M. (TML; Crystal R., Florida; research & management plan) Packard, J.M. (TML; Crystal R., Florida; research & management plan) Puckett, C. (Citrus Co., Florida; public attitudes regarding manatees; 321-346.) Tisdell, CA. (DD; Papua New Guinea; hunting & economy; 14-15.) Colmenero-R., L.C (TMM; Mexico; legislation; 244-245, 249.) DiPerna, P. (TML; Florida; captive breeding; pop. acc; 16-17.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; decline of traditional conservation practices; pop. acc; 298-301.) Johnson & Yablokov Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; Australia; impli cations of population dynamics; 785.) Anon. (DD; Australia) Baldwin, CL. (DD; Australia; management needs; 1-20.) Domning, D.P. (TML; Florida; habitat protection; [2].) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Great Barrier Reef, Australia; 89-90.) MacKenzie, D. (UNEP marine mammal conserva tion plan; 4.) Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (TM; Haiti; 235-236.) Anon. (TM, TI; Brazil) Baldwin, CL. (DD; Queensland; 206-212.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; 1009- 1013.) Holt, S. Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; tradi tional hunting) Nielsen, B. Packard & Wetterqvist (TML; northwestern Flor ida; habitat evaluation; 279-310.) Ray & Domning (TML; Florida; 77-78.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; 154-156.) Tisdell, CA. (DD; Australia & Papua New Guinea; 102-104.) Baldwin & Hunnam (DD; Australia) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 263-269.) Anderson, G.R.V (DD; Australia) Bulman, P. (TML; Florida; enforcement of boat speed laws; 23.) X X X X X X X X X 1988 1988a 1988d *1988e 1988 1988a 1988 1988 ?1988 1988 1989 1989 1989 1989 1989 X X X X X X *1989a 1989 1990 1990 1990 1990 *1990 1990 1990a 1990b 1990 1991b 1991 1991c 1991 1991 1992a 1992 James, P.S.B.R. (DD; India) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; 18.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; importance of marine parks; 495-502.) O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; 282, 291-293, 298-299.) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; Florida; needs & justifications; 191-192.) Prince, R.I.T. (DD; Western Australia) Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; 82-84.) Reynolds & Gluckman (TML; Florida) Tucker & Puddicombe (DD; Australia; 82-83.) Chambers & Bani (DD; Vanuatu; 13-14.) Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; 7, 82, 90-91.) Packard et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Florida; implica tions of power-plant shutdowns; installation of warm-water wells for manatees; 699-700.) Palmer, D. (TML; Georgia; construction of artifi cial warm-water refugium; 7.) Preen et al. (DD; Arabian region; 1-43.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; 1-200.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; conservation practices of Siona Indians; 5-6.) Gilbrook, M.J. (TML; Florida; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Houhoulis, P. (TML; Florida; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Kautz, R.S. (TML; Florida; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Osborn, R.G. (TML; Florida; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Reynolds & Haddad (TML; Florida; Geogr. Infor mation Systems Workshop) Smith & Marsh (DD; Queensland; management of traditional hunting; 47-55.) Turner, R.O. (TML; Florida; new sanctuary estab lished; 10.) Turner, R.O. (TML; Florida; legislation; 7.) Weigle & Haddad (TML; Florida; Geogr. Informa tion Systems applications) Anon. (TMM, TI; Brazil; 221.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Mexico; recovery plan) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus; justifications; 167- 173.) O'Shea & Salisbury (TMM; Belize; 160-163.) Vallee, J.D. (TML; Florida) Anon. (Save the Manatee Club-Florida Audubon controversy; 89.) Borobia & Lodi (TMM; northeastern Brazil; 40-42.) NUMBER 80 441 1992 Marmontel et al. (TM, TI; implications of repro ductive biology; 308-309.) 1992b Pinto de Lima et al. (TMM; Brazil) 1992 Shackley, M. (TML; Florida; effects of tourism; 257-265.) 1993a Anon. (DD; India; m42.) 1993 Smith, K.N. (TML; Florida; threats to seagrass habitats) Turner & Buckingham (TML; Georgia; manatee protection plan for Naval Submarine Base; 1, 10-11.) Ward & Weigle (TML; Florida; GIS applications) Yokel, B.J. (Florida; settlement of Florida Au dubon Soc-Save the Manatee Committee law suit; 2, 19.) 1993 1993 1993 D Comwalliidae Shikama, 1957 (family) D 1957a Shikama, T D 1957b Shikama, T xD 1986 Domning et al. (history of name; 5.) D Cornwallius Hay, 1923 xD*1923a Hay, O.P. (n.gen.; 106-107.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (review; 221-223.) xD 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153, 155, pi. 6.) xD 1941b VanderHoof, VL. (Baja California; Olig.; 1985.) xD 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136.) D 1953 Arai.J. D 1957 Pronina, I.G. xD 1959 Byers, F.M. (Unalaska Is., Alaska; 289.) xD *1961 Drewes et al. (Unalaska Is., Alaska; Olig. or Mioc; 606-607, 667.) xD*1963 Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 3-4, 10-12, 15-16.) xD 1963 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (comp. w/ Paleoparadoxia; 192, 194, 197-199.) D 1964 Allison, E.C xD 1964 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (pachyostosis; 214.) xD 1964 Nolan, T.B. (distr.; A137.) xD 1965 Mitchell & Lipps (photo of femur; 5.) D 1966c Shikama, T. xD 1968 Romer, A.S. (m200.) xD 1970a Reinhart, R.H. (m243.) xD 1972a Domning, D.P. (distr.; 146, 149.) xD 1972 Gard et al. (Aleutian Islands; m867-868.) xD 1975 Reinhart, R.H. (validity reasserted; 826.) xD 1978b Domning, D.P. (ml07, 113, 139.) xD 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) D Cornwallius sookensis (Cornwall, 1922) Hay, 1923 xD 1917 Kermode, F. ("Desmostylus hesperus"; Vancouver Is., Canada; 42-43, pi. 9.) xD*1923a Hay, O.P. (n.comb.; 106.) xD *1924 Hay, O.P. (teeth; 3-8, pis. 1-2.) xD xD D xD xD xD D xD xD xD xD 1931 * 1942a 1957 "1963 1963 1966 1966c 1982 1986 1991 1993 Kellogg, R. (synonymy; 223.) VanderHoof, VL. (Baja California; Olig.; 298- 301.) Pronina, I.G. Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 10-11.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (teeth; 194, 199.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (m50.) Shikama, T Reinhart, R.H. (diagnosis & illustration of skull; 550-554.) Domning et al. (classification & affinities; 5, 23, 26, 36, 45.) Clark, J.M. (comp. w/ Paleoparadoxia weltoni; 490-496, 502-505.) McAnally, L.M. (British Columbia; discovery & theft of type material; 8-9.) D Cornwallius tabatai Tokunaga, 1939 (= Paleoparadoxia tabatai) D *1939 Tokunaga, S. D 1966c Shikama, T xD 1986 Domning et al. (m5.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (syn. of Paleoparadoxia tabatai; m490, 494.) Corystosiren Domning, 1990 x * 1990b Domning, D.P. (n.gen.; Plioc, Mexico & Florida; 361.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; 361,363.) Corystosiren varguezi Domning, 1990 x * 1990b Domning, D.P. (n.gen.n.sp.; Plioc, Mexico & Florida; 361-371.) x 1991 Toledo & Domning (comp. w/ Dioplotherium cf. allisoni, 124; comp. w/cf. Rytiodus, 133, 135.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Florida; in checklist; 29.) Costa Rica (SEE ALSO: Central America) 1869 Frantzius, A.v. (TMM; 304.) 1881 Frantzius, A.v. (TMM; 423.) 1897 Alfaro G., A. x 1946b Goodwin, G.G. (TMM; m445.) 1983 Ligon, S.H. (TMM) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 583, 607.) Crassitherium Van Beneden, 1871 (= Halitherium, in part; ?Reptilia, in part) * 1871 Van Beneden, P.J. (n.gen.) x 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) x 1875 Van Beneden, P.J. (mention of juvenile specimen; 339.) 442 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1886b Hartlaub, C (m369-370, 376.) x 1887 Flot, L. (considered ancestor of Rhytina; 136,138.) x 1889 Lefevre, T. (in Belgian sir. fauna; 198, 200.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m223.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m481.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (ml50; in classification, 154-155.) Crassitherium robustum Van Beneden, 1871 (= Hali therium schinzii, in part; ?Reptilia, in part) *1871 Van Beneden, P.J. (n.gen.n.sp.) 1872 Gervais, P. x 1874 Flower, W.H. (m6.) x 1875a Owen, R. (age considered Lower Mioc; 104.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1887 Flot, L. (in review; 136.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. Crenatosiren Domning, 1991 xv 1974 Domning, D.P. ("new species of Halitherium"; m8.) x * 199lb Domning, D.P. (n.gen.; 398.) Crenatosiren olseni (Reinhart, 1976) Domning, 1991 x *1991b Domning, D.P. (n.comb.; 398.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Florida; in checklist; 29, 33.) D Cryptomastodon von Koenigswald, 1933 (Proboscidea) D *1933 Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (n.gen.; Java) xD 1952 Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (sir. affinities denied; 612.) D 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (not desmostylian; 282-283.) xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (not desmostylian; m553.) xD *1984 Hooijer, D.A. (shown to be chimerical; 228-231.) D Cryptomastodon martini von Koenigswald, 1933 (Probos cidea) D *1933 Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (n.gen.n.sp.; Java) D 1966c Shikama, T. xD *1984 Hooijer, D.A. (shown to be chimerical; 228-231.) Ogilby, J. Gundlach, J. Gundlach, J. Gundlach, J. (Manatus; m20.) Hill, R.T. (TM; m56.) Cum y Valera, L.A. Holland, W.J. (TM; Isle of Pines; 356.) Cunf y Valera, L.A. (TM; gen. acc; 93-95.) Goldman, E.A. (TM; 69.) Trelles-Duelo, L. (indeterminate sir.; Olig.; 269- 270.) Morison, S.E. (TMM; caught with remoras in 1494, 457; using freshwater springs in Gulf of Cochinos, 459.) X X X X X X Cuba 1671 1866 1877 1895 1898 1910 1917 1918 1920 1936 1942 x *1972 Varona, L.S. (Metaxytherium riveroi, n.sp.; M. Mioc; 5-19.) x 1977 Van Bree & Duguy (TM; 292.) x 1984 Cornide, R.I. (TM; blood antibodies; 1.) ?1986 Sokolov, V.E. (TM; anatomy) x *1987 Estrada & Ferrer (TM; western Cuba; distr. & status; 1-12.) 1988 Ferrer & Estrada (TM; mortality) 1989 Coy Otero, A. (TM; trematode Chiorchis gro- schafti) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 575-576, 602.) x 1992 Ortiz et al. (TMM; copepod Harpactichechus manatorum & peritrichid protozoan; 117-119.) Cymatotherium Kaup, 1841 (Proboscidea) *1841 Kaup, J.J. (n.gen.; Germany; 11-14, pi. 4.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. ("Cyotherium"; m481.) Cymatotherium antiquum Kaup, 1841 (Proboscidea) *1841 Kaup, J.J. (n.gen.n.sp.; Germany; 11-14, pi. 4.) Cyotherium Simpson, 1932: SEE Cymatotherium Cytology: SEE Genetics; Histology Defecation: SEE Excretion and Defecation Deinotherium Kaup, 1829 (Proboscidea) 1837a Blainville, H.M. de 1837b Blainville, H.M. de 1837 Dumiril, A.M.C. 1837 Kaup, J.J. x 1837 Robert, C ("Dinotherium"; m471.) 1837 Saint-Hilaire, I.G. 1837 Strauss x 1875 Wilder, B.G. (opinions on affinities; 111.) D Desmodontia Kishida, 1933 (suborder; = Desmostylia) D *1933 Kishida, K. (new suborder; proposed as subdivi sion of Multituberculata) D Desmostylella Nagao, 1937 (= Desmostylus) xD* 1937b Nagao, T. (n.gen.; 82-85.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (syn. of Desmostylus; m4.) D 1966c Shikama, T (syn. of Desmostylus) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (syn. of Desmostylus; m493.) D Desmostylella typica Nagao, 1937 (= Desmostylus hespe rus) xD*1937b Nagao, T. (n.gen.n.sp.; 82-85.) xD 1961 Hanzawa et al. (type specimen; 355.) D 1966c Shikama, T. D Desmostylia Reinhart, 1953 (order) NUMBER 80 443 xDv 1949b Anon. (Coalinga, California; skeleton; 313.) xD*1953 Reinhart, R.H. (new order; 187.) xD 1964 Mitchell & Lipps (San Clemente Is., California; 214-215.) xD 1970a Reinhart, R.H. (gen. acc; 243.) xD 1977b Domning, D.P. (paleoecology; 356-357, 360- 361.) D Desmostylidae Osborn, 1905 (family) D * 1905a Osborn, H.F. (n.fam.) xD*1915 Hay, O.P. (name again proposed; 385.) xD 1928a Khomenko, J. (supposed Mioc-Quaternary evolu tion; 519-520.) xD 1932c Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 282.) D 1937 VanderHoof, V.L. xD 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 155, pi. 6.) xD 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136.) xD 1986 Domning et al. (history of name; 5.) D Desmostyliformes Hay, 1923 (suborder, = Desmostylia) xD* 1923a Hay, O.P. (new suborder; 109.) xD 1924 Hay, O.P. (diagnosis; 7-8.) xD 1932c Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 282.) xD 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 155.) xD 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136.) xD 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (in classification; 378-380.) D Desmostyloidea Abel, 1933 (order; = Desmostylia) D *1933 Abel, O. (new order; proposed as subdivision of Multituberculata; 875-876.) xD 1986 Domning et al. (syn. of Desmostylia; 34.) D Desmostylus Marsh, 1888 xDvl877 Yates, L.G. (Alameda Co., California; first pub lished description; 78-79.) xD*1888 Marsh, O.C (n.gen.; Alameda Co., California; 94-96.) xD 1891 Flower & Lydekker ("Desmotylus"; in Halicori- dae; m223.) xD 1906 Merriam, J.C. (occurrences; 151-152.) D 1911 Anderson, F.M. xD * 1911 Merriam, J.C. (summary of knowledge; 403-412.) xD *1915 Hay, O.P. (history of study, 381-383; described & comp. w/sirs., 383-397.) xD 1916a Matthew, WD. (m27.) D 1922 Abel,0. xD 1922 Hannibal, H. (brief review; 238-240, pis. 11-12.) D 1923 Abel, O. xD 1923a Hay, O.P. (review; 105-109.) xD 1924 Hay, O.P. (?Alaska, 1; teeth, 1-8, pi. 1.) D 1924 Winge, H. xDv 1925 Hanna, G.D. ("sirenians"; Sharktooth Hill, Califor nia; 72.) D 1926 Abel, O. xDv 1926 Anon, ("sea-cow"; Sharktooth Hill, California; 12.) D D D xD xD 1927 1927 1928 1928a 1929b xDvl930 xD* xD xD xD xD xD D < xD xD xD xD xD xD xD xD xD D xD D D *1931 1932a 1932c 1933 1937b 1937c *1937 1939c 1940 1941 1942a 1943 1944 1945 1951 1952 1953 1953 1954 1957 xDv 1958 xD xD: xD xD xD xD xD xD D D D xD xD xD xD 1961 "1963 "1963 1963 1964 1964 1965 1966 1966a 1966c 1967 1968 1970 1970a 1970 Honda, A. Sone, H. Anon. Khomenko, J. (supposed Quaternary occurrence; 519-520.) Simpson, G.G. (teeth; not a monotreme; 12-13.) Hanna, G.D. ("sea cows"; Sharktooth Hill, Califor nia; 70.) Kellogg, R. (review; 219-227.) Simpson, G.G. (m422, 425, 488, 495.) Simpson, G.G. (not a multituberculate or monot reme; m292.) Hanna, G.D. (Monterey Bay, California; 291.) Nagao, T. (comp. w/ Desmostylella; 82-85.) Nagao, T. (Japanese specimens; 110-113.) VanderHoof, V.L. Ijiri, S. (tooth structure, 135-138; affinities, 138.) Camp, CL. (Marsh's acquisition of type tooth; 645.) Kretzoi, M. (in classification [with sirs.]; 153, 155, pi. 6.) VanderHoof, V.L. (m299, 301.) Heuvelmans, B. (comp. w/proboscideans; ml2.) Stenzel & Turner ("?Desmostylus"; supposed occurrence in Texas; 289.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136, 168, 251- 252.) DEREC ("Desmostylus" [really Izumi Paleopara doxia]; Japan; discovery & collection; 414.) DEREC (Japan; further collecting at locality of Togari skull; 144.) Fujii, H. Langston, W, Jr. (supposed find in California [actually of a cetacean]; pop. acc; 8-9.) Sera, G.L. Pronina, I.G. Floyd et al. (supposed occurrence in Texas; 160-161.) Drewes et al. (m606-607.) Camp, CL. (discovery & type locality; 387-389.) Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 3-16.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (comp. w/ Paleoparadoxia; 192, 194, 197-198.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (pachyostosis; 214.) Nolan, TB. (distr.; Al37.) Mitchell & Lipps (photo of femur; 5.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (gen. acc; 50, 53, 56-57, 59.) Shikama, T Shikama, T Addicott, WO. Romer, A.S. (m200.) Minch et al. (Baja California; 3152.) Reinhart, R.H. (m243.) Zuidema, H.P. (pop. acc; 22-24.) 444 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY D xD xD D D xD xD xD D xD xD D D D D xD D D xD xD Dv D xD D D D xD D D D xD 1971 1972 1972a 1972 1974 1975 1975 1976 1976 1977 1978b 1978 1978 1978 1979 1980 1981c 1981 1982 1982 1984a 1984 1984 1985 1988d 1989 1989a 1989a 1990 1992 1992 Iwata & Uozumi Barnes, L.G. (Mioc, California; 140-142.) Domning, D.P. (distr.; 146, 149.) Hasegawa, U. Kozawa, Y. Edinger, T (cranial endocast; 50.) Reinhart, R.H. (synonymy of American & Japa nese forms uncertain; 826.) Phillips et al. (Skooner Gulch Formation, ?01ig., California; 137-152.) Scheffer, V.B. Hasegawa, Y (artists' reconstructions; pop. acc; 90-91.) Domning, D.P. (?competition w/ sirs., 113-115; Mioc, California, 150-151, 156.) Kimura et al. Kimura, M. Kimura, Sato & Goto Kimura & Takaku Parker & Toots (sodium content of tooth enamel; 205.) Inuzuka, N. Yamaguchi et al. Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) Reinhart, R.H. (new material reported; 551-554.) Inuzuka, N. (reconstruction of skeleton & body form; 1-146.) Kamei, T Raschke, R.E. (Middle Mioc, California; m64.) Sinel'nikova et al. (Kamchatka) Inuzuka, N. (body weight) Bol, J. ("Dysmostylus") Domning, D.P. (?feeding on seagrass rhizomes; m54.) Inuzuka, N. Oishi et al. (Kintaichi, Japan) Sakae, T. (enamel mineralogy) Thewissen & Domning (character states; 502.) D Desmostylus brevimaxillaris (Pronina, 1957) Reinhart, 1982 (= Desmostylus hesperus) xD*1982 Reinhart, R.H. ("D. brevimaxillare"; n.comb.; 551,553.) D Desmostylus californicus Hay, 1923 (= Desmostylus hesperus) xD*1923a Hay, O.P. (n.sp.; 105-106.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (synonymy; 223-224.) xD 1937a Nagao, T. (m49.) D Desmostylus cymatias Hannibal, 1922 (= Desmostylus hesperus) xD * 1922 Hannibal, H. (n.sp.; 239-240, pi. 11.) xD*1923a Hay, O.P. (validity questioned; 105-106.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (synonymy; 222-223, 226.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (syn. of D. hesperus; m492.) D Desmostylus hesperus Marsh, 1888 xD *1888 Marsh, O.C (n.gen.n.sp.; Alameda Co., California; 94-96.) xD 1902a Osborn, H.F. (comp. w/ Japanese Desmostylus; 713-714.) D 1915 Aoki.R. xD*1915 Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Japanese Desmostylus; 383- 397, pis. 56-58.) xD 1917 Kermode, F. ("Desmostylus hesperus" [really Cornwallius]; Vancouver Is., Canada; 42-43, pl. 9.) xD 1922 Cornwall, I.E. (ml22.) xD 1922 Hannibal, H. (review; 238-240, pl. 12.) xD 1923a Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ other Desmostylus; 105- 108.) xD 1924 Andrews, C.W. (dentition; 308.) xD 1924 Hay, O.P. (teeth, m5; skull, 7-8, pl. 1.) xD 1927 Pfizenmayer, E.W. (m495.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (synonymy & tooth morphology; 223-227.) xD 1937a Nagao, T. (m47, 49.) xD 1950 Shotwell, J.A. (Mioc, Oregon; 1541.) D 1959 Reinhart, R.H. xD *1963 Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 5-8, 11.) xD 1965 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Sharktooth Hill, California; iii, 3, 7, 21, 26-29, 36.) D 1966c Shikama, T. xD 1971 Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (Kamchatka & else where; 670-673.) D 1976 Reinhart, R.H. xD 1981 Clark, J.C. (Santa Cruz, California; 27-28.) xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (new material reported; 551-554.) xD 1985 Fortelius, M. (tooth enamel; 57.) xD*1986 Domning et al. (comp. w/ Behemotops, 19-20; history of study, 33-37; phylogeny & affinities, 36-38, 45; paleoecology, 47-48.) D 1989c Inuzuka, N. xD 1990 Aranda-Manteca, F.J. ("Desmostilus cf. D. hespe rus"; Mioc, Baja California; 104, 111.) xD 1990 Ferrusquia-V, I. (Baja California; Mioc; 15, 22-26.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (comp. w/ Paleoparadoxia weltoni; 490-497, 500-507.) D Desmostylus hesperus hesperus (Marsh, 1888) Shikama, 1966 D 1966c Shikama, T. D Desmostylus hesperus japonicus (Tokunaga and Iwasaki, 1914) Shikama, 1966 D 1966a Shikama, T. NUMBER 80 445 D 1966c Shikama, T. xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (validity uncertain; 553-554.) D Desmostylus japonicus Tokunaga and Iwasaki, 1914 (= Desmostylus hesperus) xDv 1902 Yoshiwara & Iwasaki (Togari, Japan; original report; 1-13, pis. 1-3.) D *1914 Tokunaga & Iwasaki (n.sp.) xD 1924 Andrews, C.W. (dentition; m308.) xD 1927 Pfizenmayer, E.W. (m495.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (synonymy; 222, 225-226.) D 1937a Ijiri, S. D 1937b Ijiri, S. D 1937c Ijiri, S. xD 1937a Nagao, T. (m49.) xD 1937b Nagao, T. (comp. w/ Desmostylella; 83-85.) xD 1937c Nagao, T. (ml 13.) D 1938a Ijiri, S. D 1938b Ijiri, S. D 1939a Ijiri, S. D 1939b Ijiri, S. xD 1939c Ijiri, S. (tooth structure; 135-138.) D 1939 Takai, F. D 1944 Takai, F. xD 1961 Hanzawa et al. (type specimen; 355.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (ml2.) D 1966a Shikama, T D 1966c Shikama, T. xD 1970 Zuidema, H.P. (m22.) xD 1971 Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (syn. of D. hesperus; 671-673.) xD*1972 Ikebe et al. (Japan; stratigraphic range; 44-45, 47-48, 65-66.) xD 1973 Shikama et al. (Japan; stratigraphic range; 138, 140-141.) xD 1977 Kamei & Okazaki (range Middle-Late Mioc; 354.) xD 1985 Fortelius, M. (tooth enamel; 57.) D 1988c Inuzuka, N. (dentition of holotype) D 1992 Kaneko & Inuzuka (Japan) D Desmostylus minor Nagao, 1937 (= Desmostylus hespe rus) xD*1937a Nagao, T. (n.sp.; 46-49.) xD 1937c Nagao, T. (referred specimen; 110-113.) xD 1961 Hanzawa et al. (type specimen; 355.) D 1966c Shikama, T. xD 1971 Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (syn. of D. hesperus; 671-672.) D Desmostylus mirabilis Nagao, 1935 (= Desmostylus hesperus) D *1935b Nagao, T. (n.sp.) xD 1937a Nagao, T. (comp. w/ D. minor; 47-49.) xD 1937b Nagao, T. (m85.) xD xD D D D xD D D D D D xD 1937c 1961 *1961 1966a 1966c 1971 * 1980a *1980b *1981a *1981b *1982 1991 Nagao, T. (comp. w/ D. minor; 111-113.) Hanzawa et al. (type specimen; 355.) Ijiri & Kamei (skull) Shikama, T. Shikama, T. Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (syn. of D. hesperus; 671-673.) Inuzuka, N. (redescription) Inuzuka, N. (redescription) Inuzuka, N. (redescription) Inuzuka, N. (redescription) Inuzuka, N. (redescription) Clark, J.M. (syn. of D. hesperus; m492.) D Desmostylus sookensis Cornwall, 1922 (= Cornwallius sookensis) xD*1922 Cornwall, I.E. (n.sp.; Late Olig., Vancouver Is., Canada; 122.) D 1922 Woodward, A.S. D 1923 Clark & Arnold xD* 1923a Hay, O.P. (referred to Cornwallius, n.gen.; 106- 107.) xD 1924 Hay, O.P. (teeth; 3-5.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (syn. of Cornwallius sookensis; 223.) xD 1935 LaMotte, R.S. (associated with flora; 51-52.) D 1957 Pronina, I.G. xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (syn. of Cornwallius sookensis; m490.) D Desmostylus watasei Hay, 1915 (= Desmostylus hesperus) xD *1915 Hay, O.P. (n.sp.; 396-397.) xD 1922 Cornwall, I.E. (ml22.) xD 1922 Hannibal, H. (comp. w/ American species; 239- 240.) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (syn. of D. japonicus; 225.) D 1966c Shikama, T. D Desmostylus wollosowitschi Pfizenmayer, 1927 (Probos cidea; = Mammuthus) xD*1927 Pfizenmayer, E.W. (n.sp.; New Siberian Islands, Russia; 492-496.) Digestive System (SEE ALSO: Excretion and Defecation; Food; Mastication; Parasites; Parasitology; Sense Organs) x * 1820b Home, E. (DD; 316-318, pis. 26-27.) x 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; 177.) x 1821b Home, E. (Trichechus comp. w/ DD; 391, pis. 28-29.) x 1834 Ruppell, E. (DD; mouth & abdominal viscera; 103-106, pl. 6.) x *1838 Owen, R. (DD & other sirs.; 29-34.) x 1847 Bischoff, T.L.W (DD; tongue & hyoid; 3-6, pl. 1.) x 1855 Gervais, P. (TI; small intestine 10.25 m long; ml 14.) 1857 Leydig, W. 446 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1857 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1861 * 1872a 1875 1886 1890 *1892 1895 *1897 *1899 1905 *1908a *1909 1919 1922 1923 1940 1948 1953 1953 1954 1956 1957 1959 1968a *1968 1969 1971 *1972 1972 1975 1976 1976 1976 *1977 *1977 1978 1978 1980 1981 Rapp, Wv. (TM; tongue, tonsils, hyoid, esopha gus, stomach, intestines; 88-89, 93-96, pl. 3.) Mobius, K. (TMM; rostral pads) Murie, J. (TMM; 164-175.) Chapman, H.C (TMM; 456-457, 460-461.) Waldeyer, W (Trichechus; pharynx; 245-246, 248.) Pilliet, A.H. (Trichechus; stomach; 450-453.) Waldeyer, W (Trichechus; stomach & intestine; histology; 79-85.) Pilliet & Boulart Beddard, F.E. (TI, TM; 47-50.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 185-187, 190-192, 194.) Mitchell, PC (TI; intestine; 464-465, 516, 523, 525, 530, 533.) Gudernatsch, J.F. Gudernatsch, J.F. Anon. (TI; "two distinct stomachs"; 46.) Sonntag, CF. (sir. tongues; 646-647, 654-655.) Kostanecki, K. (TI; cecum; 273-276.) Thomson, S.C Bessac & Villiers (TS; believed to have an abdominal sac containing swallowed pebbles; 189.) Clark, E. (DD; Red Sea; m224, 1 pl.) Quiring & Harlan (TM; abdominal viscera; 194, 202.) Crusz & Fernand (DD; parasites; 499-507.) Meinertz, T (DD; stomach) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; anus, 10; rostral pads & palate, 14, 16-23; tongue, 24-29.) Jones, S. (DD; India; stomach & contents; 200.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; 388-389, 393.) Lemire, M. (TS, DD; 475-520, pis. 25-28.) Caldwell et al. (DD; gall bladder, liver, & bile; 437-441.) Bradley, R.M. (tongue) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; stomach & intestine; 884-887.) Ota, Y Spain & Heinsohn (DD; intestine; allometry; 162-163, 165-166.) Allen et al. (DD; gastrointestinal tract; 43-44, 46.) Eisentraut, M. (palatal ridges) Lipkin, Y. (DD; Red Sea; digestive tract contents; 86-88, 94, 96.) Marsh et al. (DD; stomach & duodenum; 271- 295.) Murray et al. (DD; hindgut & digestion; 7-10.) Hintz et al. Marsh et al. (DD; composition of intestinal gas, 162; review of digestive physiology, 162-163.) Yamasaki et al. (tongue) Best, R.C. (review of sir. digestive anatomy & X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1981 1981 1981d 1981 *1982 1984 1984 1984 *1984 *1986 1986 1986 1987 1988 *1988 1991 physiology; 4-6, 11, 17-18, 21, 23-24.) Elliott et al. (DD; intestine & kidney; salmonel losis; 203-206.) Murray, R.M. (DD; volatile fatty acids in digestion; 166.) Odell et al. (TM; liver & pancreas weights; 54-56, 58-60,63.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TM) Yamasaki et al. (DD; tongue; 182-191.) Reynolds & Krause (TM; duodenum; 33-40.) Eisentraut, M. Lomolino & Ewel (TM; digestive efficiencies; 176-179.) Marsh & Eisentraut (DD; palatal ridges; 314-315.) Snipes, R.L. (TM; cecum; 67-78.) Bum, D.M. (TM; digestion & digestive efficiency; 139-142.) Kalashnikova & Kazanskaya (TM; liver cells) Naumova, E.I. (TM) Colares & Ferreira (TI; intestine blocked by polyp; 39.) Kuroki et al. (TML; gallbladder bile salts; 509- 522.) Langer, P. (stomach) Chow, B.A. (TM; pop. acc; 36.) Diopia Rafinesque, 1815 (family; = Sirenia) *1815 Rafinesque, CS. (n.fam.; 60.) Dioplotherium Cope, 1883 * 1883a Cope, E.D. (n.gen.; 52-54.) 1891 Flower & Lydekker (considered incertae sedis; 223.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) 1974 Domning, D.P. (m8.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (m62.) 1988 Estes & Steinberg (?feeding on North Pacific seagrasses; 21.) 1989 Toledo, P.M. de (comp. w/ "Sirenotherium"; 8-9.) 1990a Domning, D.P. (rhizivory experiments with model tusks; 35-36.) 1990b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Corystosiren varguezi; 362, 369.) Dioplotherium allisoni (Kilmer, 1965) Domning, 1978 * 1978b Domning, D.P. (n.comb.; Mioc, California & Baja California; 2, 4-12, 14, 16, 74, 101-104, 107-108, 113-114, 116-118, 120, 125, 140, 143-144, 146-147, 150.) 1980 Haley, D. (pop. acc; 7.) 1982b Domning, D.P. (incipient root hypsodonty; 614.) 1984 Raschke, R.E. (Middle Mioc, California; m64.) 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272-273.) NUMBER 80 447 x 1987a Domning, D.P. (pop. acc; 66, 69-70.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium mani gaulti; 417-418, 423-426.) x 1989d Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Xenosiren yucateca; 435.) x 1989 Toledo, P.M. de (comp. w/ "Sirenotherium pira bense"; 9.) x 1990 MacPhee & Wyss (comp. w/ Metaxytherium cf. calvertense; 25.) x *1991 Toledo & Domning (D. cf. allisoni; Early Mioc, Brazil; 120-130, 133-141, 143-145.) Dioplotherium manigaulti Cope, 1883 x * 1883a Cope, E.D. (n.gen.n.sp.; South Carolina; 52-54.) x 1883b Cope, E.D. (abstract of 1883a; 309.) x 1885a Woodward, H. ("Diplotherium"; m470.) xv 1886 Manigault, G.E. (discovery of type specimen; 91-92.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. ("Diplotherium"; 231-232.) x *1925 Kellogg, R. (referred to Metaxytherium; 59.) x *1926 Allen, G.M. (review; 458-459, pis. 2-3.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (referred to Metaxytherium; 421, 445.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (m78; review, 91-92.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/D. allisoni; 5, 11.) x 1989b Domning, D.P. (Mioc, Suwannee R., Florida; 55-56, 59.) x *1989c Domning, D.P. (revision; 415-428.) x 1989d Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Xenosiren yucateca; 429-431,434-436.) x 1989 Morgan, G.S. (Mioc, Suwannee R., Florida; 29, 32, 39, 43, 46.) x 1991 Toledo & Domning (comp. w/ Dioplotherium cf. allisoni; 122-130.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Florida; in checklist; 29.) Diving: SEE Respiration and Diving Dominican Republic x 1929 Miller, G.S., Jr. (TMM; archeological sites; 11- 12.) x 1942 Morison, S.E. (TMM; Azua; caught by Columbus in 1502; 592.) 1978 Belitsky & Belitsky (TM; distr. & abundance) x 1980 Belitsky & Belitsky (TMM; 313-319.) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 574-575, 601.) Dugong Lac6pede, 1799 *1799 Lacepede, B.G.E. Lacepede, B.G.E. Illiger, C (syn. of Halicore; xvii, 140.) Rafinesque, CS. (syn. of Odobenus; 60.) Dana, J.D. x 1895 x 1899 x 1924a x 1930a x 1932a 1941b x X X X X X *1941c 1941 1943 1945 1951 1965 1965 X X X X X X 1966 1966c *1966 1968b 1968a 1968 1977b 1978b 1801 x 1811 x 1815 1864 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1979 1979 1980 1980 1982b 1982 1985 1987 1987 1988 1988 1989d 1989 1992 Palmer, T.S. (priority over Halicore; 450.) Palmer, T.S. (priority over Halicore; m494.) Petit, G. (etymology & nomenclatural suitability of name; 124.) Simpson, G.G. (pop. acc; 41-47.) Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 423-424, 431-432, 435-436, 442, 453-455, 458-460, 462-463, 468, 482-490, 492, 495-499.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition comp. w/ Trichechus; m9.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 1-14.) Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) Heuvelmans, B. (evolution of dentition; 4-11.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) Reinhart, R.H. (m208, 210.) Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni & other sirs.; 60-63, 65.) Robineau, D. (ear ossicles; comp. w/ HG; 421- 424.) Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium; m71.) Shikama, T. Thomas, D. (India; natural history, hunting; 80- 82.) Bertram & Bertram (gen. acc; 423-426.) Kaiser, H.E. (morphology of occiput; 478.) Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 5.) Domning, D.P. (specialization for bottom-feeding; 353.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 2, 4-5, 7, 10, 12, 29-30, 37, 40, 51, 98, 100, 114, 116-120, 122-123, 125, 127, 130, 146.) Cave, A.J.E. (pterygoid hamulus; 530-531.) Tassy, P. (comp. w/ Moeritherium; 86.) Hasegawa, Y (Ryukyu Islands) Inuzuka et al. (supposed occurrence in Middle Mioc, Japan; 639-641.) Domning, D.P. (diet & evolution; 610, 613-614, 616.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ Protosiren, 40; rostral deflection & diet, 62.) Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ indeterminate Peruvian sir.; 207-209.) Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 21-23.) Domning & Thomas (possible sexual dimorphism in ischium; 219.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium florida num; 409, 414-415.) Nojima, T (bony falx cerebri; 315, 320.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Xenosiren yucateca; 435.) Maluf, N.S.R. (kidney comp. w/ TM; 282.) Pledge, N. (?Dugong; Early Plioc, South Austra lia; 6.) 448 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY XV XV XV XV XV XV Dugong australis (Retzius, 1794) [author of combination not identified] (= Dugong dugon) 1917 Fairchild, D. (m339.) 1923 Mohr, E. 1934 Frechkop, S. 1941c Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 11, 13, pl. 1.) 1941 Johnston & Mawson (Australia; nematode Dujar- dinia; 432.) 1943 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 9.) 1946 Slijper, E.J. (spinal column & muscles; 47, 52, 73, 75-78,112, 114; tabs. 1,3,5,6.) *1955 MacMillan, L. (Australia; 17-20.) 1963 Berzin et al. ("D. australe"; m73.) 1963 Pfeffer, P. (ml49.) 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (comp. w/ Metaxytherium medium; 186, 188.) 1975 Martin, J.H.D. (Moreton Bay & Stradbroke Is., Queensland; 74. 1982 Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of D. dugon; m305.) Dugong dugon (Muller, 1776) Palmer, 1895 1660 SEE Soza de Castro, F. de, 1907. 1684 SEE Santos, J. dos, 1814. 1773 Muller, PL.S. ("Trichecus manatus"; gen. acc; 174-175.) 1792 SEE Aragon,F., 1951. 1798 Collins, D. (south of Botany Bay, New South Wales; 1:409.) xv * 1809a Cuvier, G. (history of study, 273-278, 300; names, 278-280; as "mermaids," 280-281; Buffon's "lamantin," 293; Pennant's, 299; comp. w/ Trichechus, 300-302, pl. 19; confused with hippopotamus, 302; comp. w/ fossil sir., m306.) 1814 Santos, J. dos (Mozambique; 700-701.) 1820a Home, E. (tusks, 146-149, 153, pis. 12-14; ear region, 149-153; lower incisors, 153-154, pl. 14.) 1820b Home, E. (teeth, 315-316; viscera, 316-321, pis. 26-30; eye, 321; skeleton, 321-322, pl. 31; external morphology, pl. 25.) 1820 Raffles, T.S. (gen. acc; 174-182.) xv 1821a Home, E. (Sumatra; skeleton; 268-270, pl. 20.) xv 1821b Home, E. (comp. w/ Trichechus; 390-391.) xv 1833 Robison, J. (preserved specimen from India; 100-101.) xv 1838b Kaup, J.J. (tooth formula comp. w/ Halitherium; 536.) xv *1838 Owen, R. (anatomy of viscera & skeleton; 28-45.) xv 1839 Owen, R. (teeth comp. w/ Basilosaurus; 35.) xv 1847 Bischoff, T.L.W (skeleton, 2-3; throat & hyoid, 3-6, pl. 1.) xv 1847 Brandt, J.F. (comp. w/ HG; 47-48.) xv 1859 Baird, W. (Red Sea; nematode Ascaris halichoris; 148-149.) XV XV XV XV XV * V XV XV XV XV V XV X * XV XV XV X XV XV XV * XV * XV XV XV 1860 1860 1866 1867 1870 1875 1880 1884 1885a 1890 1893 1893 1895 1896 1897 1897 1899 1899 1901 1904 1906b 1906c 1907 1908 1909 1912 X V XV X 915 917 917 919 923a 923 XV * XV XV XV XV V XV 1923 1923 1925 1927b 1929 1930 1933b 1933 McGrigor-Croft, J. (medicinal uses of oil; 7166- 7169.) Nordmann, A.v. (comp. w/ Manatus maeoticus; 331,333.) Lartet, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus, 679-682, pl. 13; comp. w/indeterminate sir., m683.) Peters, K.F. (comp. w/ Halitherium Cordieri; 311-313.) Adams, A. (?dugong skull found in Sakhalin; 198.) Anon. Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; 135-139, 141.) De Vis, C.W. (comp. w/ Chronozoon; 394.) Woodward, H. (ear ossicles; 462.) Pilliet, A.H. (stomach; m452.) Anon. (pop. acc.) Howes & Harrison (Australia; skeleton & teeth; 790.) Palmer, T.S. (n.comb.; 450.) Langkavel, R. Beddard, F.E. (kidney, m51; heart, m52.) Loyau, G.E. (Queensland; origins of fishery; 365.) Hunt, A.E. (Torres Strait; used as food; ml3.) Stiles & Hassall (nematode Ascaris halicoris; 108, 147-151, 169.) Anon. (Torres Strait; hunting; 21238-21239.) Liverseege, J.F. (analysis of oil; 211-214.) Dexler & Freund (behavior, senses, locomotion, etc.; 49-72.) Dexler & Freund (external morphology; 567-581.) Le Souef, W.H.D. (Australia) Anderson, R.J. (parietal bone; 547.) Anon. (Australia; econ. uses & hunting; 93.) Harris, WK. (Australia; hunting, econ. & medici nal uses; 226-228.) Seale, A. ("D. dugong"; Philippines; 215-217, 1 pl.) Fairchild, D. (m339, 344.) Marius (pop. acc) Jay, D. (Australia; harpooning; 40-41.) Allen, G.M. ("D. dugong"; comp. w/ Metaxy therium floridanum; 233-235.) Jackson, E.S. (Australia; medicinal use of oil by Dr. Wm. Hobbs; m282.) Petit, G. (Madagascar; ethnography; 75-83.) Watson, E. (oil used in China; 103.) Lee, I. (Australia; early accounts; 19-21,482, 520, 523.) Petit, G. (Madagascar; hunting rituals; 246-250.) Prater, S.H. (Andaman Islands; carrying young; 987.) Anon. (pop. acc.) Dollman, G. (Mafia Is., Tanganyika; 16-17.) Hirasaka, K. NUMBER 80 449 1933b Mortensen, T. (Rodriguez; former occurrence; 23-26.) 1934b Mortensen, T. (Rodriguez; former occurrence; 71-72, 76.) 1935 Allen, G.M. ("D. dugong"; China; 79-81.) [ 935 Barrett, O.W. (East Africa; 219-220.) 1935 Sowerby, A. de C (China; 81-82.) 1936 Moore, WR. (Australia; m746.) 1936 Sowerby, A. de C. (China; 41-42.) 1937 Sunter, G.H. (Northern Territory, Australia; har pooning; dugong killing crocodile; 53-61.) 1938 Wood, T. (Buccaneer Archipelago, Australia; m46, m53.) 1939 Lyman, C.P. (vestigial lower incisor; 229-231.) 1940 Pocock, R.I. (variation in tusks, teeth, skulls, & scapulae; 329-345.) [947 Johnson, I. (seen in southwestern Pacific, locality unstated; 130, 143-144.) 1949 Anon. 1949 Jervis, J. (Queensland; oil industry; 340.) 1949 Loveless, J.R. (Queensland; netted for oil; 8.) 1950 Mohr, E. (skin, ml83-184; illustration of skull, 183.) 1951b Burton, M. (pop. acc; 588.) 1951 Crusz, H. (Sri Lanka; trematode Indosolenorchis hirudinaceus; 135.) [951 Fernand, V.S.V. ("D. Dugung"; pituitary & adre nal histology; 57-62, pis. 1-2.) 1953 Clark, E. (Red Sea; 175-176, 212, 224-225, 3 pis.) 1953 Fernand, V.S.V. (dentition; 139-147, pis. 28-30.) [954 Crusz & Fernand ("D. dugong"; Sri Lanka; trematodes; 499-507, 2 pis.) 1955a Anon. (Palau; in capt., San Francisco; 79.) 1955b Anon. (Palau; in capt., San Francisco; 73-74.) 1956a Anon. (Palau; in capt., San Francisco; 49.) 1956 Harry, R.R. (Palau; in capt., San Francisco; 21-27.) 1956 Simpson, D.A. (in capt., San Francisco; pop. acc; 54, 57, 74.) 1957 Bayer & Harry-Rofen (Palau; 502, pl. 20.) 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. ("D. dugong"; comp. w/ Red Sea "subspecies"; 37-40, 48.) 1958 Anon. (Kenya; photos; 693, 792.) 1958 Leakey, L.S.B. (East Africa; natural history; 19-20.) 1958 Savory, B. (East Africa; 255-258.) 1959 Jones, J. ("D. dugong"; India; in capt.; 198-202.) 1959 Spittel, R.L. (Sri Lanka; captures; 174-175.) 1959 Thesiger, W. (Arabia) 1960 Crusz, H. ("D. dugong"; pop. acc; 300-302.) I960 Norris, CE. (Sri Lanka; distr. & captures; 296- 300.) xv 1960 Spittel, R.L. (Sri Lanka; sanctuary; 304-305.) XV X X XV X X X XV X X X XV X XV XV XV XV X XV X X * X X XV X X X * X X X X XV I960 1961 1961 1961 1961 1961 1962 1962 1962 1963 1963 1963 1963 1964 1964 1964 (965 1966a 1966a 1966b 966c 1966d 1966 1966 1966 1966 1966a 1966 1966 1966 1967 1967 1967 1967 1967 1967 1968 1968a 1968 1968 1968 Williams, J.H. (Persian Gulf & North Andaman Is.; 9-12.) Dill, WA. (m2.) Jonklaas, R. ("D. dugong"; Sri Lanka; in capt.; 1-8.) Moore, J.C. (pop. acc; 54-55.) Santapau & Abdulali (Bombay; corrects erroneous record; 796.) Silas, E.G. (India; 263-266.) Marlow, B.J. (New South Wales; 433.) Sarkar & Mitra (hide & hair, 93-94, 1 pl.) Tranngocloi, N. ("D. dugong"; Vietnam; 451- 452, pl. 12.) Bertram, G.C.L. (gen. acc.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (India; 152.) Pfeffer, P. ("D. dugong"; Indonesia; 149-151.) Tenney & Remmers (quantitative lung morphol ogy; 54-55.) Harrison & Tomlinson Johnson, D.H. (Arnhem Land, Australia; skull measurements; 506-508.) Weiss, F. Harrisson, T. (Borneo, Sabah; status; 103.) Anon. (Kenya; netting; pop. acc; 46-49.) Bertram & Bertram (Australasia; status; 938-939.) Bertram & Bertram (gen. acc; 211-217.) Bertram & Bertram (Australia; 221-222.) Bertram & Bertram (pop. acc; 180-184.) Funaioli & Simonetta (Somali Republic; status; 317.) Harrison, J.L. (Singapore) Jarman, P.J. (Kenya; natural history & status; 82-88.) Jones, S. Kaiser, H.E. (body cavity arrangement & hydrosta- sis; 60, 64-65, 69.) Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense; 75, 77, 82, 84, 86-88.) Little, E.C.S. (Australia; proposed use in weed control; 86.) Serventy, V Aung, S.H. (Burma; 221.) Browder, J. (m5.) Jones, S. (India; 215-220.) Kenny, R. ("D. dugong"; breathing pattern; 372- 373.) Nishiwaki, M. Oke, V.R. (Queensland; in capt.; 220-221.) Banfield, E.J. (Australia) Bertram & Bertram (ecology & econ. use; 386, 388-390, 393-394.) Blackburn & Andres Keith, K. (Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia; 20.) Lack, C (Queensland; history of oil industry; 4-6.) 450 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X 1968 1968 x 1968 xv 1969 1969 x 1969 x 1969 x 1969 x 1969 1969 xv 1969 xv 1969 x *1969 xv 1970a x 1970b x 1970 x 1970 x 1970 xv 1971 xv 1971 x 1971 x 1971 xv 1971 x 1971 x 1971 ?1971 1971 1971 *1972 *1972 1972 1972 *1972 xv 1972 x *1973 Lemire, M. ("D. dugong"; stomach; 476-479, 485-486,495, 497-498, 505, 513-515.) Ray, G.C. (Tanzania) Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 5.) Anon. (Australia; hunting banned; 90.) Arbocco, G. Bibby, G. (Abu Dhabi; use for food; 224, 303-304, 306.) Caldwell et al. (gall bladder, liver, & bile; 437-441.) Curry-Lindahl, K. (protected under African Con servation Convention; 122.) Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (comp. w/ Miodugong; 97.) Fisher et al. Frye & Herald (in capt., San Francisco; osteomye litis; 1076.) Herald, E.S. (from Palau; in capt., San Francisco; 29-30.) Robineau, D. ("D. dugong"; temporal & ear region, 3-31; intraspecific variation, 6.) Bertram & Bertram (Sri Lanka; conservation; 53-55.) Bertram & Bertram (Sri Lanka; 362-364.) Howes & Bamber (Kenya & Sri Lanka; 327.) Scheffer, V.B. (tusk growth; 187-190.) Yin, T. (Burma; 326-327.) Almeida, A. de (Timor; legends; 209, 211-212, 220.) Bertram & Bertram (Australia; pop. acc; 146- 147.) Fleischer, G. (functional anatomy of ear; 351-353, 355-359.) Hellwing & Steinitz (Gulf of Aqaba; 11-12.) Hoffmann, T.W (Sri Lanka; protective legislation; ml 82.) Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (Mozambique; status; 299-301.) Jones, M.L. (in capt.; 85.) Kingdon, J. (East Africa; natural history; 388-399, 431-432.) McCue, J. Sharma & Gupta ("D. dugong"; India; trematode Paracochleotrema indicum; 285.) Heinsohn & Birch ("D. dugong"; Australia; food; 414-422.) Heinsohn, G.E. ("D. dugong"; Australia; natural history; 205-212.) Kenchington, R.A. (digestive system; 884-887.) Por, F.D. (Gulf of Aqaba; 12-13.) Stoddart, D.R. (former distr., western Indian Ocean; 207-215.) Walker, K. (Queensland; netting & eating; 71, 73-74.) Bertram & Bertram (distr. & status, 299-316; XV X X X X X X X X 1973 1973 *1973 1973 1973 1974 1974 *1974 *1974 1974a 1974b x 1974 x 1975 xv 1975 *1975 x *1975 x *1976 X X X X X X X X 1976b 1976e 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 *1976 x 1976 1976 1976 1976 xv 1976 econ. use, 321-324; hunting & capture, 325- 328, pl. 1; conservation, 330-332, 336; du gongs caught at Numbulwar, Australia, 333- 335.) Cantley, R. (Australia; status & conservation; 34-35, 52.) Gruchet, H. (Mozambique Channel) Mitchell, J. (age determination, 1-23; sexual dimorphism, 14, 16-21.) Sonoda & Takemura (in capt., Japan; 2 photos; 20.) Spain & Heinsohn (Australia; cyclone & feeding changes; 678-680.) Bertram, G.C.L. (conservation; 7, 15-19.) Fondi & Pacini (incus, comp. w/ Metaxytherium forestii; pl. 45.) Heinsohn & Spain (Queensland; netting; sex & age ratios; effects of cyclone; 143-152.) James, P.S.B.R. (India; osteological variation; 173-184.) MacVeigh, W.P. MacVeigh, W.P. (color & possible confusion with Neomeris; 117.) Spain & Heinsohn (Australia; cranial & mandibu lar allometry; 249-257.) Husar, S.L. (pop. acc; 15-18.) Kirkman, H. (Tin Can Bay, Queensland; ml31.) Nair et al. (India) Spain & Heinsohn (Queensland; size & weight allometry; 159-167.) Allen et al. (Sulawesi; in capt.; general biology; 33-48.) Anon. (pop. acc; 62-63.) Anon. (Australia) Berhanu, A. (Red Sea) Campbell, H.W. ("D. dugong"; gen. acc; 1-2, 7-8.) Carp, E. (United Arab Emirates) Gallagher, M.D. (Bahrain; 211.) Heinsohn & Wake (Fraser Is., Queensland; habitat; 15-18.) Heinsohn, Marsh & Spain (Queensland; netting technique; 117-121.) Heinsohn, Spain & Anderson (Queensland; aerial surveys; 21-23.) Hojo, T (Okinawa; at archaeological site) Ligon, S.H. (Queensland; aerial survey; 580-582.) Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; stomach contents & feeding; 81-96.) Mitchell, J. (age determination by tusk growth layers; 25-28.) Moore & Balzarotti (Red Sea) Ormond, R.F.G. (Red Sea) Reinhart, R.H. (incisor anomalies) Roaf, M. (Bahrain; archeol. site; 144, 149-151.) NUMBER 80 451 x 1976 x 1976 x 1976 x 1976 xv 1977a 1977'e xv 1977 x 1977 x * 1977a xv 1977 x 1977 x 1977 xv 1977 xv 1977 1977 x 1977 x 1977 x *1977 x 1977 x 1977 xv 1977 1977 x 1977 x 1977 xv 1978 x *1978 x 1978 1978 1978 x 1978a x 1978c x 1978 x 1978a *1978a x 1978 x *1978 xv 1978 Spain et al. (Australia; cranial variation; 491-497.) Tas'an (Indonesia; capture & captive history; 1-12.) Tinley et al. (Mozambique; in wildlife reserves; 346, 348, 350.) Whitaker, Z. (India; hunting, econ. use; 6.) Anon. (South India; meat sold; 439.) Anon. Bertram, G.C.L. (Abu Dhabi; exploitation; 4.) Blair, D. (Australia; parasitic flukes; 64.) Domning, D.P. (myology; 1-57.) Harris & Bertram (Abu Dhabi; exploitation; 5-6.) Heinsohn & Marsh (Australia; pop. acc; 106- 111.) Heinsohn et al. (role in seagrass system; 235-248.) Heinsohn, G.E. (pop. acc; 1-5.) Hooijer, D.A. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium cf. me dium; 4-5.) Hussainy, H.S.H. (India) Jueco, N.L. (Philippines; nematode Paradujar- dinia halicoris; 257-262.) Ligon & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; aerial survey; 1-5.) Marsh et al. (stomach & duodenum; 271-295.) Murray et al. (Australia; digestion in hindgut; 7-10.) Nair & Lai Mohan (India; in capt.; sound record ings; 277-278. Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; feeding, tides; 10-12, 14.) Nishiwaki, M. Van Bree & Duguy (Indochina & New Caledonia; 290-291.) Whitmore & Gard (comp. w/ HG; 11, 13, 16.) Abdulali, H. (Great Nicobar Is.; 749.) Anderson & Birtles (Queensland; behavior & ecology; 1-23.) Anderson & Heinsohn (Australia; status survey; 13-26.) Asano et al. (in capt., Toba, Japan) Bhaskar, S. (Gulf of Kutch, India) Domning, D.P. (myology, comp. w/ TI; 8-56, 66-71.) Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & occurrence in Africa; 573-574, 576, 578-579.) Heinsohn et al. (Brisbane, Australia; 91-92.) Heinsohn, G.E. (conservation; pop. acc; 29-30.) Husar, S.L. (review) Kasuya & Nishiwaki (age determination by tusk growth layers; 301-310,4 pis.) Marsh et al. (review of anatomy & physiology; 159-168.) Marshall, A.J. (Australia; Aboriginal story; 80- 84.) X X X XV X X X X V X X XV X X X XV X XV XV X X V X X X X X X X X 1978 *1978 1978 1978 1978 *1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980 *1980a 1980 1980 1980 *1980 1980 1980 *1981a McCabe et al. (oxygen affinity of hemoglobin; 19-22.) Mitchell, J. (age determination by tusk growth layers; 317-348.) Ormond, R.F.G. (Red Sea) Stanbury, P.J. (Australia; accounts by Dampier & Portlock; 18-19.) Taylor, D. (Sumatra; tears used as aphrodisiac; 205-213.) Anderson, P.K. (review of behavior, 113-144.) Blair, D. (Australia; trematode Labicola elongata; 519-526.) Budiarso et al. (Sulawesi; nasal parasites; 568.) Caton, A. (Australia; pop. acc; 1-4.) Cropp, B. (Australia; pop. acc.) Farmer et al. (blood chemistry, comp. w/ TI; 231.) Hartman, D.S. (behavior & ecology, comp. w/ TM; 32, 49, 57-59, 62, 67, 69, 75, 82, 85-86, 111-112, 121-124, 132, 136, 138.) Hilmy et al. (Red Sea; hematology; 197-203.) Kamiya et al. (organ weights; 129-132, pis. 1-4.) Miyazaki et al. (Sulawesi; metals & organo- chlorines in tissues; 125-128.) Nishiwaki et al. (distr.; 133-141.) Pedley, I. (Queensland; oil industry; 231.) Tas'an et al. (Indonesia; capture, transport, captive maintenance, morphometries, necropsy data; 1-30.) Zhang, Z.-m. (China; pop. acc; 33-36.) Bertram, G.C.L. (research & conservation; gen. acc; 219-221. Blair, D. (Indopacific region; trematode In dosolenorchis hirudinaceus; 511-513.) Bullock et al. (sound production & hearing, comp. w/TI; 130, 132.) Carrier & Carrier (Papua New Guinea) Caton, A. (Australia; pop. acc.) Denton et al. (Queensland; heavy metals in tissues; 201-219.) Hudson, B.E.T. (Papua New Guinea; conservation; 1-102.) Inuzuka et al. (comp. w/ Mioc. tooth from Japan; 640-641.) Kataoka & Asano (in capt., Toba, Japan; 269- 270.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (India; seasonal occurrence, sex ratio; 391-397.) Marsh, H. (Australia; age determination; 181- 201.) Olewale & Sedu (Papua New Guinea) Sander, H. (Papua New Guinea; feeding habitats; 1-31.) Anderson, P.K. (behavior & conservation; 640- 647.) 452 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XV X 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 X X X X 198 198 198 198 b Anderson, P.K. (Australia; behavior, 91-111.) Bertram, G.C.L. (past abundance & prospects; 1-7.) Best, R.C (diet & nutrition; 3-6, 13-15, 21-24.) a Blair, D. (Australia; parasitic flukes; 1-54. ) b Blair, D. (parasites; gen. acc; 46.) c Blair, D. (techniques for parasite collection; 275- 285.) Brownell et al. (Palau; status; 19-42.) Campbell & Ladds (Queensland; diseases; 176- 181.) Chase, A. (Australia; Aboriginal use & beliefs; 112-122.) Denton & Breck (Queensland; mercury in tissues; 117,119-120.) a Denton, G.R.W. (Queensland; heavy metals in tissues; 169-174.) Elliott et al. (salmonellosis; 203-208.) Elliott, M.A. (Northern Territory, Australia; distr. & status; 57-66.) a Heinsohn, G.E. (Queensland; distr. & status; 55-56.) c Heinsohn, G.E. (aerial survey techniques; 217- 227.) d Heinsohn, G.E. (techniques for measurement and for data & specimen collection; 228-238.) Hendrokusumo et al. (Indonesia; distr.; 10-18.) b Hudson, B.E.T. (Papua New Guinea; conservation & public education; 123-141.) Johannes, R.E. (Palau; hunting & sale; 25, 68, 73.) Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; mouth samples of diet; 681-690.) Jones, S. (Burma, India, Sri Lanka, & neighboring areas; distr. & status; 43-54.) Kamiya & Yamasaki (sinus hair; 193-197.) Kataoka & Asano (in capt., Toba, Japan; 199- 203.) Marsh & Glover (male reproductive tract; 261- 273.) Marsh & Heinsohn (Queensland; workshop on aerial survey techniques; 345-353.) Marsh & Kasuya (workshop on reading growth layers of tusks; 354-368.) Marsh et al. (Wellesley Islands, Queensland; hunting & conservation; 255-267.) a Marsh, H. (proceedings of dugong seminar/ workshop; 1-400.) d Marsh, H. (female reproductive tract; 248-259.) e Marsh, H. (techniques for age determination; 311-343.) Maynes & Hudson (on Papua New Guinea postage stamp; 4-6.) Mitchell, J. (DD; Queensland; age determination; 99-109.) X XV X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 *1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981a 1981b 1981 1981 * 1982a *1982b 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 X X XV XV X X X X X V XV X 1982 1982 1983a 1983 1983a 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 Murray, R.M. (volatile fatty acids; 166-168.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (Torres Strait; hunt ing & econ. use; 54-62.) Prince et al. (Western Australia; distr. & status; 67-87.) Purse, B. (Queensland; hunting; review of film; 199-200.) Rainey, WE. (tissue sampling techniques for electrophoresis; 240-247.) Santiapillai, C (Sri Lanka; ecology & conserva tion; 2-6.) Spain & Marsh (Australia; cranial variation; 143- 161.) Spain & Marsh (standard skull measurements; 286-301.) Sprent, J.F.A. (nematode Paradujardinia halico ris; 309-310, 319, 321-322, pl. 3.) Yamasaki etal. (tongue; 182-191.) Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia; population size & habitat use; 69-84.) Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia; behavior; 85-99.) Barnett & Johns (Queensland; hunting, conserva tion, underwater observations; 515-524.) Domning, Rice et al. (distr. & status; 305.) Kleinschmidt, A. (body proportions, 375; pelvis, 390-392.) Ligon, S.L.H. (Kenya; aerial survey; 511-513.) Marsh & Heinsohn (Australia & Papua New Guinea; conservation; 1-5.) Marsh et al. (Queensland; stomach contents; 55-67.) Robineau & Rose (Djibouti; 233-238.) Wagner, R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" not a dugong; 38.) Anon. (Persian Gulf; deaths from oil spill; 180.) Begley et al. (Persian Gulf; deaths from Nowruz oil spill; 79.) Domning, D.P. (dental evolution; pop. acc; 11.) Marsh & Anderson (Australia; capture myopathy; 1-3.) Marsh, H. (Vanuatu; conservation recommenda tions; 1-5.) Mead, J.G. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" not a porpoise, possibly a dugong; 161-162.) Piggins et al. (eyes & vision, comp. w/ TI; 112, 121-126.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (Australia; pop. acc.) Preen & Heinsohn (Australia; 4 photos; 20-21.) Sibert, J.R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" probably a marine mammal; 159-161.) Tisdell, CA. (Papua New Guinea; conservation; 14-15.) NUMBER 80 453 1983 Wagner et al. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" not a dugong; 113-125.) x 1986a 1984a Anderson, P.K. (suckling; 510.) 1984c Anderson, P.K. (Queensland; behavior & ecology; 37-42.) 1984 Cropp, B. (Australia; pop. acc.) 1984 Hudson, B.E.T. (Papua New Guinea; hunting; pop. acc; 298-301.) 1984 Marsh & Eisentraut ("D. dugong"; palatal ridges; 314-315.) 984c Marsh, H. (Australia; rescue of animals stranded by cyclone; 106-107.) '984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (female reproduc tive tract; 743-766.) 984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Glover (male reproductive tract; 721-742.) 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (reproduction & popu lation dynamics; 767-788.) 1984a Minnegal, M. (Queensland; archeological site) 1984b Minnegal, M. (Queensland; archeological site; butchering; 15-20.) 1984 Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; hunting & ecology; 625-651.) 1984 Rainey et al. (molecular systematics; 586-587.) 1984 Robinson, N.H. (New South Wales; strandings; 157.) 1984a Salm & Usher (Indonesia) 1984b Salm & Usher (Indonesia) 1984 Short, R.V. (Australia; gen. acc; karyotype; 382- 384.) 1985 Anderson & Prince (Shark Bay, Australia; attacks by killer whales; 554-556.) 1985 Baldwin, CL. (Australia; conservation & manage ment; 1-20.) 1985 Beckjord, J.-E. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" a dugong; 154-155.) 1985 Fortelius, M. (cheek tooth morphology & eruption; mil.) x 1987 1985 Greenwell, J.R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" not a dugong; 151-154.) 1988 1985 Kenchington, R.A. (Great Barrier Reef, Australia; 1988a conservation; 89-90.) 1988b 1985 Kendall, B. (Kenya; pop. acc; 32-33.) 1988 1985 Nishiwaki & Marsh 1988 1985 Pirlot & Kamiya ("D. dugong"; brain morphol- x 1988 ogy; 147-155.) 1985 Rowlatt & Marsh (heart & great vessels; 95-106.) x 1988 1985 Sibert, J.R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" possibly a dugong; 144-145.) 1988 1985 Taylor, D.C (Arabia; pop. acc.) x 1988 1985 Thomson, D.F. (Australia) 1985 Vousden, D.H. x 1988a 1985 Wagner, R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" not a dugong; XV XV X X XV X X X X XV X X X 1986c 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986c 1986 * 1986a 1986 1986 1986 1986 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 149-151, 156.) Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia; tempera ture, nutrition, & seasonal movements; 473- 490.) Anon, (not exterminated from Persian Gulf by oil spill; 25.) Baldwin, CL. (Queensland; conservation; 206- 212.) Bayliss, P. (Australia; aerial survey techniques; 27-37.) Bhaskar, S. (India) Blair, D. (parasites; gen. acc; S21-S22.) Goldsmith, P. (East Africa; hunting with remoras; 231.) Hudson, B.E.T. (Papua New Guinea; conservation & traditional hunting) Marsh, Freeland et al. (Australia; stranded by cyclone) Marsh, H. (Torres Strait; population model & status; 53-76.) Prince, R.I.T. (northern Western Australia; 1-38.) Tisdell, CA. (Australia & Papua New Guinea; conservation; 102-104.) Wang & Sun (China; distr.) Williams, T.R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" definitely a dugong; 61-68.) Finger, J. (Queensland; history of oil industry; 3-5.) Frazier et al. (Red Sea) Greenwell, J.R. (Papua New Guinea; history of study of "ri"; 140-144.) Marsh, H. (Australia) Mossman, H.W. (fetal membranes; 267-268.) Preen, A.R. (Persian Gulf) Rathbun, Reid & Tas'an (radiotagging) Vine & Schmid (Red Sea) Whitten et al. (Sulawesi; gen. acc; 205, 207-210, pl. 13.) Wootton, J.T (body mass & age at first reproduc tion; m748.) Anderson, G.R.V. (Australia; traditional hunting) Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia) Anderson, P.K. (aerial survey) Bradley, J.J. (Australia; traditional hunting) Davis, S. (Australia; traditional hunting) Doig & Dyson (Australia; satellite tracking; 438- 439.) Fischer, M.S. (ear region, comp. w/ TM; 368-369, 374, 376.) Gray & Zann (Australia; traditional knowledge) Hasegawa, H. (Okinawa; nematode Paradujar- dinia halicoris; 23-25.) Ho, H.C (Singapore; gen. acc, stranding records; 22-25.) 454 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X *1988a x 1988b xv 1988c 1988d x 1988e 1988 x 1988 x 1988 x 1988 1988 xv 1988 x 1988 x 1988 XV X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1988 1989 1989 1989 1989 1989c 1989 *1989 1989 1989a 1989b 1989a 1989c *1989 *1989a 1989b 1989 *1990 1990 *1990 1990 1990 Marsh, H. (Australia; review of ecology & conser vation; 9-21. Marsh, H. (Australia; status of research; 128-130.) Marsh, H. (Australia; gen. acc; 8-10.) Marsh, H. (Australia) Marsh, H. (Australia; conservation; 495-502.) Prince, R.I.T. (Australia; traditional knowledge) Rathbun et al. (Palau; status; 265-270.) Reddacliff, G. (Australia; killed by cookie-cutter sharks; 133-134.) Sehm, G.G. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" not a dugong; 145-149.) Smith, A.J. (Australia; traditional hunting) Smith, D. (Australia; children's article; 44-47.) Tucker & Puddicombe (Australia; conservation; 82-83.) Williams, T.R. (Papua New Guinea; "ri" a dugong; 149-151.) Wilson, S. (gen. acc.) Bay & Demoulin (Hansa Bay, Papua New Guinea; ml2.) Bayliss & Freeland ("D. dugong"; Gulf of Carpen taria, Australia; distr. & abundance; 141-149.) Buffrenil & Schoevaert (pachyostosis; 2107- 2119.) Chambers & Bani (Vanuatu; status; 13-14.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium mani gaulti, 424; evolution of tusks, 426.) Lanyon et al. Leatherwood & Reeves (Sri Lanka; status, distr., catch, conservation; 4-5, 7, 61, 64, 80, 82-91, 105, 129-132.) Marsh & Saalfeld Marsh & Sinclair (Australia; aerial surveys; visibil ity bias correction; 1018-1028.) Marsh & Sinclair Marsh, H. (Australia; stranded by cyclone; 78-84.) Marsh, H. (gen. acc.) Preen et al. (Arabian region; conservation; 1-43.) Preen, A. (Arabian region; status & conservation; 1-200.) Preen, A. (Queensland; mating behavior; 382- 387.) Slade et al. (Australia; pop. acc.) Marsh & Rathbun (Queensland; radio & satellite tracking; 83-100.) Marsh & Saalfeld (Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, Australia; distr. & abundance) O'Shea & Reep (encephalization quotients & life history; 534-543.) Paterson, R.A. (Queensland; mortality from shark nets; 155-156.) Smith & Marsh (Queensland; management of traditional hunting; 47-55.) X X X X X X XV X X 1991 1991a 1991b 1991 1991a 1991 1991 1991a 1991 1991 1991 1992 X X X X XV X XV X X 1992 1992 1992 1992 1993a 1993 1993 1993 1993 1993 1993 Bradley, J.J. (Australia; traditional hunting; 91- 110.) Brown, J.N.B. (United Arab Emirates; status; 20-21.) Brown, J.N.B. (Abu Dhabi; meat sold; 33.) Domning & de Buffrenil (hydrostatic adaptations of skeleton; 337, 358-359, 361-362.) Domning, D.P. (pelvic bones; sexual & ontogen etic variation; 311-316.) Frazier & Mundkur (Gulf of Kutch, India; anat omy, status; 368-379.) Johnson, R.L. (Australia; pop. acc; 36-46.) Kamiya, T (effects of Persian Gulf war) Kingdon, J. (Arabia; pop. acc; 112-114.) Marsh, H. (Australia; gen. acc.) Prieur & Guerin (United Arab Emirates; archeol ogical site; 72-83.) Blair & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; trematode Lankatrematoides gardneri; 1077-1079.) Dong et al. (China; larynx, trachea, lungs) Hellyer, P. (Abu Dhabi; 44.) Marmontel et al. (reproductive biology; 295-302, 308.) Whitten & Whitten (Indonesia; pop. acc; 60-61.) Anon. (India; conservation; 42.) Brown, J. (Australia; seagrass dieoff; pop. acc; 11.) Erftemeijer et al. (South Sulawesi; stomach con tents; 229-233.) Harling, R. (Shark Bay, Australia; lekking behav ior; pop. acc; 10-11.) Hellyer, P. (Abu Dhabi; 24.) Loyer, B. (Vanuatu; behavior of lone individual; 54-55.) Wang, P. (China, Taiwan; distr.; 275-278.) Dugong dugon australis (Retzius, 1794) Kleinschmidt, 1982 x *1982 Kleinschmidt, A. ("D. d. australe"; new rank; distr., 372, 380, 382; tail shape, 408.) Dugong dugon dugon (Muller, 1776) Kleinschmidt, 1982 x *1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (new rank; distr., 372, 380, 382; tail shape, 408.) Dugong dugon hemprichii (Ehrenberg, 1828) Klein schmidt, 1982 x *1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (new rank; distr.; 372, 380, 382.) Dugong dugon tabernaculi (Ruppell, 1834) Gohar, 1957 x *1957 Gohar, H.A.F. ("D. dugong tabernaculi", n.comb. & rank; anatomy, distr., feeding behavior, & parasites; 3-49, pis. 1-3.) x 1959 Jones, S. (discussion of validity; 201.) NUMBER 80 455 x 1961 Silas, E.G. (size; m264.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. x 1974 James, P.S.B.R. (not seen to differ from Indian dugong; 183-184.) x 1976 Hani, G. ("D. d. tabernacule"; Gulf of Aqaba; 161.) x 1976 Paz & Hani ("D. d. tabernacule"; Red Sea; 73-74.) x 1988 Fouda, M.M. (Red Sea; 503.) Dugong hemprichii (Ehrenberg, 1828) [author of combi nation not identified] (= Dugong dugon) x 1925 Mertens, R. (syn. of Halicore tabernaculi; m30.) 1931 Beaux, O. de x 1982 Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of D. dugon; m305.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (pelvis; 392.) Dugong indicus (Boddaert, 1785) Lac6pede, 1799 (= Dugong dugon) *1799 Lacepede, B.G.E. de (n.sp.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of D. dugon; 382.) Dugongidae Gray, 1821 (family) x *1821 Gray, J.E. (n.fam.; in classification; 309.) x 1895 Palmer, T.S. (name recognized in place of Halicori- dae; 450.) x 1932c Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 281.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154, pl. 6.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) x 1967 Browder, J. (m5.) x 1968 Rice & Scheffer (in classification; 5.) Dugongidus Gray', 1821 (= Dugong) x *1821 Gray, J.E. (n.gen.; in classification; 309.) Dugongidus dugong (Gmelin, 1788) Gray, 1821 (= Dugong dugon) x *1821 Gray, J.E. (implied n.comb.; 309.) Dugonginae (Gray, 1821) Simpson, 1932 (subfamily) x * 1932a Simpson, G.G. (new rank; in classification; 424.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) * 1994b Domning, D.P. (extended to include Rytiodonti nae) Dugungus Tiedemann, 1808 (= Dugong) x *1808 Tiedemann, F. (n.gen.; 554.) x 1811 Illiger, C (syn. of Halicore; ml40.) x 1872a Gill, T. (syn. of Halicore; m92.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m423.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dugong; m578.) Dugungus indicus (Boddaert, 1785) Tiedemann, 1808 (= Dugong dugon) x *1808 Tiedemann, F. (n.comb.; 554.) 1833 Hamilton, R. Dusisiren Domning, 1978 x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (n.gen.; 2-4, 7, 11-75, 98, 101-110, 113-114, 116-132, 140-146, 148- 158, 161.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (m62.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-379.) x 1984 Muizon, Cde (ml71.) Dusisiren dewana Takahashi, Domning, and Saito, 1986 xv 1977b Domning, D.P. ("DD"; phyletic position; 354, 358, 360-361.) xv 1978b Domning, D.P. ("D. Species D"; Plioc, California; 13, 72, 97, 100, 102-104, 109, 129, 144, 146, 157-158.) xv 1979 Takahashi et al. ("Dusisiren n.sp."; Late Mioc, Japan; 228.) v 1981 Takahashi, S. xv *1983 Takahashi et al. (Late Mioc, Yamagata, Japan; report on excavation; 1-76.) x *1986 Takahashi et al. (n.sp.; Late Mioc, Yamagata, Japan; 296-321, pis. 53-62.) x 1987a Domning, D.P. (pop. acc; 66-71.) x 1988 Estes & Steinberg (evolution & feeding on kelp; 22.) x 1989a Domning, D.P. (evolution & feeding on kelp; 53-55.) v 1989 Ijiri & Inuzuka Dusisiren jordani (Kellogg, 1925) Domning, 1978 x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (n.comb.; Mioc, California; rede scription; 7, 9, 13-74, 76, 80-90, 100-104, 106-108, 114, 116-132, 140, 143-144, 150- 157, pis. 1-15.) x 1980 Inuzuka et al. (m640.) x 1982 Aizu Fossil Research Group ("Dusisiren cf. jor dani"; Late Mioc, Japan; 282-284, pl. 1.) x 1982 Barnes, L.G. (pop. acc; 20.) x 1983 Takahashi et al. (comp. w/Z). dewana; 13, 15-16.) x 1984 Domning & Demere (comp. w/ Hydrodamalis cuestae; 169, 176, 179-180, 183, 186.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense; 204, 211.) x 1986 Takahashi et al. (comp. w/ D. dewana; 296-298, 300-311,315-318.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22-23.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (comp. w/ Metaxytherium serresii; 216, 222.) x 1987a Domning, D.P. (pop. acc; 66-71.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium florida- 456 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1983 1985 num; 401, 406, 408-409,413-415, 418.) x 1988 Estes & Steinberg (m21-22.) Dusisiren reinharti Domning, 1978 xv 1972a Domning, D.P. ("Metaxytherium n. sp."; distr.; 147, 149.) xv 1977b Domning, D.P. ("DR"; phyletic position & role in North Pacific paleoecology; 353-354, 356, 358, 360.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Baja Califor nia; 7, 13-19, 23, 29, 32-33, 36, 42, 61, 67, 73-74, 83, 101-104, 108, 116-117, 120, 143-144, 148-149, pis. 5, 15.) x 1980 Haley, D. (pop. acc; 7.) x 1980 Inuzuka et al. (m640.) Takahashi et al. (ml3.) Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense; 204, 210-211.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22-23.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. vi I Metaxytherium florida num; 409.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium mani gaulti; m423.) Dystomus Fischer von Waldheim, 1813 (= Hydrodamalis) *1813- 1814 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.gen.; 1: ml5, ml9.) East Indies (SEE ALSO: Asia; Australia; Indian Ocean; Pacific Ocean; Palau; Papua New Guinea; Philippine Islands) 1634 Herbert, T 1644 Van der Hagen, S. 1686 Tachard, G. 1704 Tappe, D. 1754 Renard,L. 1773 Bernardin de St.-Pierre, J.H. 1780 Herbert & Michelson 1811 Marsden,W. x 1820 Diard & Duvaucel (DD; Singapore; 160.) x 1820a Home, E. (DD; Sumatra; ml45.) x 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; Singapore; ml74, 180.) x 1821a Home, E. (DD; Sumatra; m268.) 1821a Raffles, T.S. 1821b Raffles, T.S. 1821c Raffles, TS. 1838 Unienville, M.C.A.M. d' x 1838 Waterhouse, G.R. (DD; Sumatra; 35.) 1839 Rigg, J. (Mioc, Java) 1846 Cantor, TE. (DD; Malaysia) 1862 Galvano, A. x 1869a Bickmore, A.S. (DD; Am Islands; 244.) x 1869b Bickmore, A.S. (DD; Am Islands; 182.) 1875 1889 1895 1901b x 1905 1905 x 1906b 1907 x 1908 1909 1910 1929 1931 1938 1939 1947 1951 x *1952 1956 1959 x *1963 x 1965 1965 1966 1969 1969 1970 x 1971 1971 x 1973 x 1974 1974 1974a x 1974b x 1974 X X X X X 1974 *1976 1976 1976 1977 1978 1978 Milne-Edwards, A. Jacobsen (DD; Indonesia) Ridley, H.W. (Malay Peninsula) Finsch,O. Linstow, O.v. (DD; Penang; nematode Ascaris halicoris; m258.) Pitot, A. Dexler & Freund (DD; Coral Sea, 49; Malay Archipelago, 63-64.) Gardiner, J.S. Hanitsch, R. (DD from Borneo; in capt., Singapore, in 1895; 13.) Fauvel, A.A. Fryer, J.C.F. Dammermann, K.W. (DD; Boeroe Is.) Banks, E.A. Asano, N. Hirasaka, K. Tate, G.H.H. Delsman, H.C Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (Indosiren javanensis, n.gen.n.sp.; Late Mioc, Java; 610-612.) Holme, T.K. (Malaya) Apaiwongs, C Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia; 149-151.) Harrisson, T. (DD; Borneo, Sabah; status; 103.) Medway, L. Harrison, J.L. (DD; Singapore) De Silva, G.S. (Sabah) Dupon, J.F. Bland, G.C. Almeida, A. de (DD; Timor; legends; 209, 211- 212, 220.) Chin, L. (Sarawak) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr.; 308-309.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Indonesia; need for survey; 18-19.) Langham, N.P.E. (DD; Malaysia) MacVeigh, W.P. MacVeigh, W.P. (DD; Johore Strait; Bland's [1970] report; 117.) Morton, B.S. (DD; Johore Strait; challenges Bland's [1970] report; 172.) Phillipps, C (DD; Sabah) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; 33-48.) Langham, N.P.E. (DD; Malaysia) Tas'an (DD from Sulawesi; in capt., Jakarta; 1-12.) Van Bree & Duguy (DD; Indochina & New Caledonia; 290-291.) Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; Celebes, Luzon, Mul- grave & Thursday Islands; 301-303.) Taylor, D. (DD; Sumatra; tears used as aphrodisiac; 203-213.) NUMBER 80 457 x 1979 Budiarso et al. (DD; Sulawesi; nasal parasites; 568.) 1979 Irwandi & Jarman (DD; Indonesia) x 1979 Kamiya et al. (DD; Sulawesi; organ weights; 129-131.) x 1979 Miyazaki et al. (DD; Sulawesi; metals & organo- chlorines in tissues; 125-126.) x *1979 Tas'an et al. (DD; Indonesia; distr., capture, & captive maintenance; 1-30.) x 1980 Blair, D. (DD; Indonesia; trematode In dosolenorchis hirudinaceus; 512-513.) *1980 Compost, A. (DD; Am Islands) x 1981b Blair, D. (DD; Indonesia; parasitic flukes; 15.) x *1981 Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; distr.; 10- 18.) 1984a Salm & Usher (DD; Indonesia) 1984b Salm & Usher (DD; Indonesia) x 1987 Whitten et al. (DD; Sulawesi; distr.; 208-209.) x 1988 Ho, H.C (DD; Singapore, Malaysia; 22-25.) 1989 Petocz, R.G. (DD; Irian Jaya) 1989 Chambers & Bani (DD; Vanuatu) 1990 Sigurdsson & Yang (DD; Singapore) x 1992 Whitten & Whitten (DD; Indonesia; pop. acc; 60-61.) x 1993 Erftemeijer et al. (DD; South Sulawesi; stomach contents; 229-233.) Ecology: SEE Behavior; Community Ecology; Food; Food Plants; Insect Control; Migration and Movements; Natural Enemies; Paleoecology; Parasites; Parasitology; Pollution, Effects of; Population Biology; Salinity Tolerance; Tem perature, Effects of; Weed Control Economic Uses (SEE ALSO: Archeological Sites, Sirenia at; Hunting and Capture; Medicinal Applica tions; Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance; Weed Control) x 1665 Rochefort, C de (TMM; Antilles; hide, meat; 194-195.) x 1666 La Barre, A. (TMM; Guianas; meat obtained by French, English, & Dutch; 14.) x 1667 Rochefort, C de (TMM; Antilles; hide, meat; 391-394.) 1678 Exquemelin, A.O. 1732 Barbot,J. x *1735 Vieira, A. (Trichechus; Amazonia, Brazil; >20 shiploads/year exported, ca. 1658; 26.) x 1743 Barrere, P. (TMM; French Guiana; meat; 161- 162.) 1762 Queir6s, J. de S.J. (TI; Brazil; fat) 1764 Soimonov, F.I. (HG; hide used for boats) x 1785 Bondaroy, A.D.F. de (Trichechus; hide; 30-32.) x 1790 Andrada e Silva, J.B. de (Trichechus; Amazonia, X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1824 1826 1831 1834 1836 1837 1838 1847 1851 1853 1853 1855a 1856 1857 1857 1860 1862 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1874 1875 1876 1876 1880 x 1881 x 1881 x *1882 x 1884b x 1885 Brazil; exports, 17th century; 389.) Seymour, S.S. Wied-Neuwied, M. zu (TMM; Brazil; oil, bone; 603.) Spix & Martius (TI; Brazil; oil, meat, 1122; mixira, 1123.) Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; hide, 99, 112-113; meat, 112; tusks, 113.) Smyth & Lowe (TI; Peru; meat; scapula used for spade; 243.) Williams, J.L. Humboldt, A.v. (TMM; Orinoco R.; meat, fat, oil, hide; whips; 9.) Edwards, W.H. (TI; meat, hide, bone; 187.) Gosse, PH. (TMM; Jamaica; meat; 345, 348-349.) Herndon, WL. (TI; Peru, meat, oil, 158, 164; Santarem, Brazil, 1843 & 1846, meat, oil, 300.) Wallace, A.R. (TI; meat, oil; 186-187, 460-461.) Gervais, P. (TI; ranching proposed; 116.) Noronha, J.M. de (TI; Brazil; fat) Fairholme, J.K.E. (DD; Australia; meat, fat, oil; 353.) Shaw, N. (TS; meat, fat, bone, hide; m99.) Bennett, G. (DD; Queensland) Wight, G. (DD; Queensland; oil) Marcoy, P. (TI; hide, meat, oil; 1: 671-672, 2: 149, 156-157. Anon. (DD; Australia; oil) Myers & Myers (TMM; Orinoco R.; oil, hide, meat, fat; 102.) Anon. (DD; Australia; oil) Conklin, WA. (Trichechus; South America; meat, hide, oil; pop. acc; 166.) Estacio da Silveira, S. (TMM; Maranhao, Brazil; food, medicine; 26-27.) Heriarte, M. de (Trichechus; Gurupi, Brazil; exports, ca. 1662; 29.) Marcoy, P. (TI; hide, meat, oil; 2: 42, 187, 193-194.) Orton, J. (TI; oil, glue, meat; 477.) Thome, E. (DD; Queensland; oil) Le Baron, J.F. (TML; Florida; sale of skins & skulls to museums; 1006.) Anon. (DD; Queensland; industry, 738-747; hide, 741; meat, fat, 741-742; bones, tusks, 742; oil, 742-743.) Nordenskiold, A.E. (HG; Bering Is.; meat, 274- 276; hide used for boats, 276-277; ribs used for sledge runners & carvings, 280.) Faithful, P. (DD; Queensland; meat, oil, hide, 5-7, 9-11, 13, 15; commercial fishery, 11, 13.) True, F.W. (Trichechus; Americas; meat, hide, oil, bones, "stones" [ear bones]; 127-128.) Santa-Anna Nery, F.J. de (TI; Brazil; meat ex- 458 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X 1886 1887 1888 1888 1890 1891 1891 1891 x 1893 x 1895 x *1895 x 1897 x 1897 x 1899 x *1899 x *1903 X X X X X X X X 1904 1905 1906 1906b 1909 1912 1915 1917b 1917 1918 1920 *1922 X X X X X 1923 1923 1925 1925 *1925 1926 ported, 1881-82; 168.) Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (DD; meat, tanning of hide; ml93.) Rovirosa, J.N. (TMM; Tabasco, Mexico; hide, bones, meat; 357-358.) Ching, J.L. (DD; Queensland; oil) Hart, H.C (DD; hide; used by Hebrews for sandals & Ark; 26-27.) Senior, W (DD; Queensland) Costa e Silva, B. da (TI; Brazil; mixira; 94-95.) Flower & Lydekker (DD; Australia; oil; 221.) Stuart, H.V (TML; Florida; meat sold as beef in New York; 137.) Goeldi, E.A. (Trichechus; Brazil; meat, hide, fat; 120.) Thurston, E. (DD; Sri Lanka; meat, 98; fat, 99.) Verissimo, J. (TI, Brazil, meat, fat, hide, 38,40,55, 93, 96, 99-102, 117, 199; TMM, Brazil, meat, 99.) Loyau, G.E. (DD; Queensland; 365.) Sinclair, W.F. (DD; meat sold in London; ml98.) Hunt, A.E. (DD; Torres Strait; meat; ml3.) Steller, G.W. (HG; hide, fat, meat; 200.) Rodriguez Ferreira, A. (TI; Para, Brazil; meat, mixira, 170-171; tripe, fat, 171; tanning of hides, 173-174.) Stevenson, C.H. (Trichechus, DD; hide) Chermont de Miranda, V (etymology of word "michira"; 62.) Annandale, N. (DD; India; meat, oil; 242.) Dexler & Freund (DD; tears, in perfume; 64.) Anon. (DD; hide, oil, meat, tusks; 93.) Harris, WK. (DD; Australia; meat, oil, lard; 227-228.) Seale, A. (DD; Philippines; meat; m215.) Anon. (Trichechus; ranching for meat; 454.) Fairchild, D. (TML; Florida; meat, 338-339, 342-345; hide, 344-345; bone, oil, fat, 345; DD, hide, 344.) Men^gaux, A. (Trichechus; potential for commer cial production of meat & other products; 698-705.) Goldman, E.A. (TMM; Panama; meat, 69-70; hide, 70.) Le Cointe, P. (TI; Brazil; statistics on export of mixira) Petit, G. (DD; Red Sea; hide, tusks; 83.) Watson, E. (DD; China; oil; 103.) Bittencourt, A. (TI; Brazil; exploitation; 134-136.) Lee, I. (DD; Australia; meat; 19.) Steller, G.W. (HG; fat, meat; 161, 182, 228, 234-235.) MacCreagh, G. (TI; Tiquie" R., Brazil; marinated & smoked meat; 324.) 1928 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1929 1931 1931 1933 1934 1934 *1935 1935 1935 1936 1937 1937 1939 1939a 1940 1940 1941 *1941- 1943 1943 1944 = 1944 X X X X X X X X 1945 1947 1948 1948 1949 1949 1951 1953 1954 Prater, S.H. (DD; meat, hide, oil, fat, bones, tusks; 86-88.) Prater, S.H. (DD; India; meat, viscera; 987.) Moraes, R. (TI; Brazil; mixira; 67.) Read, B.E. (?HG; China; hide, oil; 16.) Deraniyagala, P.E.P. Bittencourt, A. (TI; Brazil; mixira; 25.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Australia; trade in hunting charms, 240; meat, oil, 241-242, 250; butcher ing, 247-250, pis. 30-31.) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; Central America; "3 kinds of meat," oil, hide, stapes; 218.) Murie, A. (TMM; Belize; few brought to market; 30.) Sowerby, A. de C (DD, China, tympanic bones, 81; ?HG, China, hide, oil, 82.) Moore, W.R. (DD; Australia; meat, oil, hide, bones; m746.) Promus, J. (DD; Australia; commercial hunting) Woods, F.J. (TS; Nigeria; professional hunting & price of meat; 23-27.) Beal, W.P.B. (TS; raising for meat, oil, & bones proposed; 125-126.) Moraes, R. (TI; Gurupd, Brazil; exports, 17th century; 91.) Crouse, N.M. (TMM; West Indies, 17th century; ml 10.) Machado, F. de P. (TI; Brazil; meat; prices of hide; 246.) Landa, D. de (TMM; Yucatan; meat, fat; 16th century; 190-191. Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; meat, hide; 100-102, 153,218,65. Jobim, J. (TI; Brazil; tinted hides; 178.) Morais Rego, A.R. de (TI; Brazil; meat, mixira, hide; commercial raising; 11-12.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; meat, mixira, fat, 55, 67-71, 82-85, 88-89, 91; "3 kinds of meat," 67; hide, 70, 82, 84-92; viscera, bones, 82.) Santos, E. (TI; Brazil; meat, fat, hide; 158-159.) Irvine, F.R. (TS) Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; unrealized plan to raise manatees for meat during World War I; ml 89.) Mendes, A. (TI; Brazil; meat, oil, hide; 325-327.) Jervis, J. (DD; Queensland; oil; 340.) Loveless, J.R. (DD; Queensland; oil; 8.) Aragon, F. (DD; Philippines; atlas, meat; 267- 268.) White, TE. (Trichechus; estimated to yield 70% usable meat; 398.) Lawrence, J.E. (TML; bones, meat, lard, oil, hide; pop. acc; 403-404.) NUMBER 80 459 x 1955 1957 x 1957 x 1957 x 1958 1959 x 1960 x 1960 x 1962 x 1963 1963 x 1963 x *1963 1964 x 1965 x 1966c x *1966 x 1967 x 1967 x 1967 x 1967 x *1967 1967 x *1968a x *1968 x *1968 x 1969 x 1969 1970b 1970 1971 1971a 1971 1971 1971 MacMillan, L. (DD; hide, bones, oil, 18; meat, 18-19.) Divin, V.A. (HG; Bering Is.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; oil; 12.) Meggers & Evans (TI; hunting & trading in 17th century; m570. Savory, B. (DD; East Africa; oil, meat; 257.) Cilento & Lack (DD; Queensland; oil industry) Crusz, H. (DD; Sri Lanka; oil, meat, bones; 301-302.) Vuletin, A. (TMM; South America; meat; hide for thongs & thole-pins of boats; 124.) Sarkar & Mitra (DD; hide; m94.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; meat, weed control; 91-93.) Bertram, G.C.L. (gen. acc.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; India; oil; ml52.) Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia; meat, tears, tusks; 150-151.) Weiss, K. Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; meat; hide for whips; 410.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; oil, meat; 222.) Thomas, D. (DD; India; meat, oil, 80-81; bones, 80.) Carvalho, J.C. de M. (TI; Brazil; statistics; 26-27, 31,33.) Fiuza Lima, F. (TI; Brazil; proposed captive breeding; 17-18.) Jones, S. (DD; India; meat; 216-218.) Pirie, N.W (sirs, as food source; 31.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; oil, meat, hide, tusks; 1: 102-103, 106-107, 110, 2: 241-257.) Wing, E.S. Bertram & Bertram (sirs, as food source, 385-386, 388-390, 393; other uses, 386, 388-389.) Betz, J.J. (TML; Florida; manatee-farming scheme, ca. 1893; 204-209.) Lack, C (DD; Queensland; history of oil industry; 4-6.) Bibby, G. (DD; Abu Dhabi; meat; 224, 303-304, 306.) Gibson, J.R. (HG; Bering Is.; 29-31, 48, 51-52, 54.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; 363.) Yin, T (DD; Burma; meat, fat; 327.) Almeida, A. de (DD; Timor; meat, hide, oil, teeth, tears; 212.) Barada, B. (TML; Florida; meat sold in restaurants as "imported from Africa"; 21.) Hall, E.S., Jr. (HG; Alaska; bone ?used as backing for cutting skins; 34.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; hide, meat, oil; 397.) Lange, F.W. 1971 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1972 1973 1973 1974 1974 1974 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 1977c 1977 1977 1977 1978 1978a 1979 1979 1980 1980 1980 1981 1981a 1981 1981b 1981 1981 1981a 1981b Lima, D.C (TI; Itacoatiara, Brazil; meat exported, 1968; 7.) Walker, K. (DD; Queensland; meat; 71, 73-74.) Bertram & Bertram (sirs.; meat, oil, hide, etc., 321-325, 333; "3 kinds of meat," 321.) Nietschmann, B. (TMM; Nicaragua) Jhingran & Gopalakrishnan Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; meat, fat, bones, hide; live animals for zoos & weed control; 13-14.) Sikes, S. (TS; Nigeria; ranching for meat; 469- 470.) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; "semicaptives" used for food; meat, tusks, tears; 35.) Byczkowska-Smyk, W. Loveland, F.O. (TMM; Nicaragua; meat, fat, hide, blood; 70, 75, 81.) Whitaker, Z. (DD; India; meat; 6.) Anon. (DD; South India; meat sold; 439.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Abu Dhabi; meat; 4.) Domning, D.P. (TI; Brazil; sold as pets; 3.) Harris & Bertram (DD; Abu Dhabi; meat; 5-6.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; potential for meat production; 246.) Meggers, B.J. (TI; Brazil; raising for meat pro posed; 49.) Campbell & Gicca (TMM; Mexico; meat seldom sold; 263.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; yields 20%-26% of body weight as usable meat + 4-5 gallons of oil; 30.) Klein, E.H. (TMM; Honduras; meat; 23-24.) Pedley, I. (DD; Tin Can Bay, Queensland; oil industry; 231.) Ayres & Best (TI; Brazil; meat prices, hides; 83-85, 90-92.) Cumbaa, S.L. (TML; Florida; aboriginal use; 6, 8-9.) Wing & Scudder Chase, A. (DD; Australia; Aboriginal use & beliefs; 112-122.) Domning, D.P. (TI, TMM; Brazil; meat, fat, hide, bones; 94.) Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; meat; 10, 12, 15.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; meat; 123-126.) Johannes, R.E. (DD; Palau; hunting & sale; 25,68, 73.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; 54-63.) Smith, N.J.H. (TI; Brazil; history of exploitation; 184-186.) Smith, N.J.H. (TI; Itacoatiara, Brazil; meat US$.40/kg; 95-96.) 460 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; meat; 518.) Domning, D.P. (TI, TMM; Brazil; meat, fat, hide; history of commercial exploitation, ca. 1785- 1973; 101-126.) O'Donnell, D.J. (TMM; Central America) Wing & Reitz Bradley et al. (TMM; hypothetical use by Olmecs; 1-82.) Tisdell, CA. (DD; Papua New Guinea; hunting & conservation; 14-15.) Minnegal, M. (DD; Queensland; butchering tech niques; archeological site; 15-20.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; meat; 645- 648.) Marsh, H. (DD; Queensland; meat; 498.) McKillop, H.I. (TMM; prehistoric Maya area, Central America; meat, fat, bone; 337-353.) Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (TMM; Haiti; meat; "3 kinds of meat"; 234-236.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; meat, also used for shark bait; fat, hide, bone; 985, 1009-1011.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; meat; 155.) Finger, J. (DD; Queensland; history of oil industry; 3-5.) Ho, H.C. (DD; Malaysia, Singapore; meat, oil, tears, hide, tusks; 22, 24.) O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; meat, oil, hide, bone; "3 kinds of meat"; 291-296.) Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; meat, bone; 80-82.) Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; meat, 80, 82, 85-86, 89; dolphin meat used as substitute, 61, 64, 86, 89.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; meat, 47-52, 66, 96-100, 114-115; oil, hide, 51, 97, 99, 114; tusks, 51; marrow, 114.) Brown, J.N.B. (DD; Abu Dhabi; meat; 33.) Fitzpatrick, J. (DD; Torres Strait; sharing of meat; m20.) Frazier & Mundkur (DD; India; oil; 371.) O'Shea & Salisbury (TMM; Belize; meat, bones, tourism; 160-161.) Ecuador 1854 Osculati, C. (TI) x *1986 Timm et al. (TI; ecology, distr., & status; 150- 156.) x 1989 Timm et al. (TI; Siona Indian hunting techniques; 1-7.) Egypt (SEE ALSO: Red Sea) 1867 Fraas, O. x 1875a Owen, R. (Eotherium aegyptiacum, n.gen.n.sp.; Eoc; 100-105.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1982 *1982a 1982 1982 1983 1983 *1984b 1984 1985 *1985 1985 1986 1986 1987 1988 1988 1988 1989 *1989a 1991b 1991 1991 1991 x 1878 Filhol, H. (Manatus Coulombi, n.sp.; Eoc; 124- 125.) 1899 Studer, T. (Wadi Natrun) 1901 Andrews, C.W. 1902 Andrews, C.W. x 1902b Osborn, H.F. (Eosiren; Eoc; 715.) 1903 Blanckenhorn, M. 1904 Fraas, E. (Mokattam Hills) 1905 Beadnell, H.J.L. (Fayum) *1906 Andrews, C.W. 1907b Abel, O. 1907 Andrews, C.W. 1908 Priem, F. (Protosiren fraasi; Eoc.) x 1910 Woodward, A.S. (m470.) 1911 Schlosser, M. 1913a Abel, O. (Eotherium aegyptiacum; Eoc.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1948 Deraniyagala, P.E.P. ("sirs.," Olig., Libyan Desert, ml5; Eosiren, Eoc, 16.) 1959 Reinhart, R.H. (Eotheroides sp. indet.; Late Eoc.) 1962 Said, R. 1963 Said,R. 1965 Said, R. x 1967 Siegfried, P. (Eotheroides libyca; Eoc, Fayum; 165-166.) 1974 El-Khashab, B. 1974 James & Slaughter (Plioc, Wadi el-Natrun) 1974 Moustafa, YS. (Eotheroides libyca; Eoc, Fayum) 1974 Vondra, CF. (Qasr el-Sagha Formation) x 1976 Paz & Hani; (DD; 3 specimens captured & displayed; 74.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (Protosiren n.sp.; Late Eoc; 55-56, 59.) x 1986 Fleagle et al. (unidentified sir.; Olig., Jebel Qatrani Formation; 8-9.) x *1992 Gingerich, PD. (stratigraphy, age, & paleoenviron- ments of sirs.; Eoc, Mokattam Hills & Fayum, 1, 1, 11, 20-21, 23-24, 33, 35, 40-41, 43-44, 49, 63, 71, 74-77, 79; Olig., Fayum, 67, 77.) Embryology and Ontogeny (SEE ALSO: Age Determina tion; Growth Rates; Teratology) x 1809a Cuvier, G. (Trichechus; nails, hair, 284; atlas, m308.) 1822 Albers, CF. x 1851 Barkow, H.C.L. (DD; nerves & muscles; 119- 122.) x 1857 Shaw, N. (TM; fetus; nails; m99.) x 1869 Marcoy, P. (TI; fetus; 2: 152-153.) x 1875 Marcoy, P. (TI; fetus; 2: 190.) x 1875 Wilder, B.G. (TI; fetus; 105-106, 108-109, 112-114.) x 1885 Ryder, J.A. (flukes & hind limbs; 515-519.) x 1887b Baur, G. (supernumerary phalanges; 840.) x 1889 Leboucq, H. (DD; nail; 190-192.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1891 1894 1896 1904 1906b *1906c 1907 1908b 1908 1910 1912a 1912 *1914a 1915 1923 1924b 1924c 1928 *1931 1933 1934 *1935b 1937 1940 1941a 1941c 1945 *1955 1959 1966 1969 *1973 1974 1974 1975 1976 1978 1978b 1978 *1986 1986 Kukenthal, W. Turner, W. Kukenthal, W (TM; embryonic dentition; 513- 526.) Freund, L. (DD; manus; 364-394.) Dexler & Freund (DD; nostrils, 54; eyes, 62-63.) Dexler & Freund (DD; color, 568; hair, 570-571; snout, 577-578; ear, mammae, 579.) Wilder, B.G. (TI; fetus; 663.) Freund, L. (DD; bones & cartilages of nasal region; 254-256.) Wilder, B.G. (TI; fetus; 825.) Lull, R.S. (flukes & hind limbs; 152-153.) Matthes, E. (Trichechus; ears; 598.) Turner, W Freund, L. (DD; skeleton; 353-386, pl. 16.) Matthes, E. Kostanecki, K. (TI; cecum & umbilical arteries; 273-276.) Petit, G. (kidney; 245-246.) Petit, G. (kidney; 2197-2200.) Prater, S.H. (DD; lips; 90.) Sickenberg, O. (retardation of ossification & suture closure, etc.; 412-417, 428-431.) Bahrdt, H.J. Genschow, J. (olfactory organs) Wislocki, G.B. (TM; fetus & placentation; 159- 178, pis. 1-7.) De Beer, G.R. (skull) Pocock, R.I. (DD; fusion of cranial sutures, 331, 341; tusks, 331-339; cheek teeth, 339-340.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 2-8, 14-15.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 2-6, 10-13, pl. 1.) Matthes, E. Dekeyser, PL. (Trichechus; teeth; 921-922.) Jones, S. (DD; fetus; 201.) Kaiser & Bartone Robineau, D. (ear region; m26.) Mitchell, J. (DD; Australia; age determination; 1-23.) James, P.S.B.R. (DD; India; skeleton; 174-182.) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; Queensland; cranial allometry; 249-257.) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; Queensland; size & weight allometry; 159-167.) Spain et al. (DD; Queensland; cranial allometry; 495-496.) Arvy, L. Domning, D.P. (Dusisiren jordani; 68.) Mitchell, J. (DD; dentition & age determination; 317-348.) Domning & Hayek (Trichechus; ontogenetic skele tal variation; 97-99, 106.) Watson & Bonde (TML; congenital flipper malfor- 461 mations; 294-301.) x 1987 Mossman, H.W. (sir. fetal membranes; 267-270.) x 1990 O'Shea & Reep (TML; brain & body size, fusion of cranial sutures; 534-543.) x 1991a Domning, D.P. (DD; pelvic bones; ontogenetic variation; 311-316.) Endocrinology 1820 Diard & Duvaucel (DD; thymus; 159.) 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; thymus; 178.) 1838 Owen, R. (DD; location of thyroid gland; 38.) 1857 Rapp, Wv. (TM; thymus; 93.) 1872a Murie, J. 1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; thyroid gland; 193.) Nopcsa, F.v. (iodine & thyroid gland; 358.) Sickenberg, O. (effects of thyroid & hypophysis on ossification & growth; 417-442.) Oldham et al. (TI; hypophysis; 27-32.) Wislocki, G.B. * 1942b Fawcett, D.W (TML; thyroid gland & pachyosto sis; 285-287, 304-307.) Hill, W.C.O. Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; pituitary & adrenal glands; 57-62, pis. 1-2.) Quiring & Harlan (TM; thyroid, adrenal, pituitary, thymus; 201.) Hanstrom, B. (Trichechus; hypophysis) Cave & Aumonier (DD; thymus & thyroid gland) * 1969b Harrison, R.J. 1975 Ralph, CL. (pineal gland) Allen et al. (DD; adrenal & thyroid glands; "pineal absent"; 42, 46.) Odell et al. (TML; adrenal & thyroid weights; 60, 63.) Buffrenil & Schoevaert (hypothyroidism & pachy ostosis; 2107, 2117-2118.) Marmontel et al. (TM; corpora lutea; 301, 303.) 1923 *1931 *1938 1940 *1945 1951 1953 1965 1967 1976 1981 1989 1992 England: SEE Britain Environmental Contaminants: SEE Pollution, Effects of Eocene Gibbes, R.W. (Manatus; ?Eoc, ?South Carolina; 193.) Gibbes, R.W. (Manatus; South Carolina; 67-68.) Owen, R. (Prorastomus sirenoides, n.gen.n.sp.; Jamaica; 541.) Emmons, E. (North Carolina) 1875a Owen, R. (Eotherium aegyptiacum, n.gen.n.sp.; Egypt; 100-105.) Filhol, H. (Manatus Coulombi, n.sp.; Egypt; 124-125.) Flower & Garson (Georgia) Flot, L. ("Halitherium n. sp."; ?Eoc, France; 138.) 1849 1850 1855 1858 1878 1884 1887 1902b Osborn, H.F. (Eosiren; Egypt; 715.) 462 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1906 Almera, D.J. (Halitherium; Spain; 379.) 1911 Koch, A. (Hungary) 1932 Mullerried, F.K.G. (indeterminate sir.; "Olig.," Mexico; 71-73.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (Sirenavus hungaricus, n.gen.n.sp.; Middle Eoc, Hungary; 146-147, 156.) 1944 Mottl, M. (Hungary) 1944 Tulogdy, J. 1946 Richard, M. ("Eotherium sp."; Late Eoc, France) 1952a Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (indeterminate sir.; Java; 610.) 1952 Macfadyen, WA. (indeterminate sirs.; Middle Eoc, Somalia; 348.) 1953 Kretzoi, M. (indeterminate sir.; Early Eoc, Hun gary; 273-277.) 1953 Maldonado-Koerdell, M. (indeterminate sir.; "Olig.," Mexico; 146-148.) 1956 Bataller, J.R. (Halitherium; Spain; 25.) 1956 Marcet-Riba, J. (Spain) 1959 Farres & Ramirez (Spain) 1959 Reinhart, R.H. (Eotheroides sp. indet.; Egypt) 1961 FarnSs, F. (Spain) 1962 Farres, F. (Spain) 1963 Said, R. (Egypt) 1964 Siler, WL. (indeterminate sir.; Middle Eoc, Alabama; 1108.) 1965 Arata & Jackson (indeterminate sirs.; Alabama; 175-176.) 1965 Balogh & R6nai (Hungary) 1965 Savage, R.J.G. (Middle Eoc, Libya; 91.) 1966 Piccoli, G. (Prototherium cf. veronense; Pria bonian stratotype, Italy; 349-350.) 1967 Grigorescu, D. (Romania) 1967 Reguant, S. (Spain) 1967 Siegfried, P. (Eotheroides libyca; Egypt; 166.) 1968 Simons, E.L. 1969 Bartolomei, G. 1969 Freudenthal, M. (indeterminate sirs.; France; 64- 65.) 1969 Voorhies, M.R. ("sir." [actually entelodont] tooth; Late Eoc, Georgia; 93-94.) 1970 Fuchs, H. ("?Halitherium sp."; Romania; 1185.) 1970 Pickering, S.M., Jr. ("Eosiren sp.?"; Georgia; m20.) 1971 Savage, R.J.G. (Middle Eoc, Libya; 219-220.) 1973 Fuchs, H. (indeterminate sir.; Romania; 71.) 1974 Moustafa, YS. (Eotheroides libyca; Egypt) 1974 Sanders, A.E. (South Carolina) 1974 Vondra, CF. (Qasr el-Sagha Formation, Egypt) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (Florida; 262, 264-265.) 1977 Bizzarini et al. (Prototherium veronense; Late Eoc, Italy; 1-15.) 1977 Kordos, L. (Paralitherium tarkanyense, n.gen.n.sp.; Late Eoc, Hungary; 349-367.) 1977 1978 1979 1980 1980 X X X X X 1980 *1982 1982 1983 1984 1988 1990 x 1990 1990 x 1991 x *1992 1993 Savage & Tewari (indeterminate sir.; Somali, India; 218.) Kordos, L. (Protosiren cf. fraasi; Middle Eoc, Hungary; 288-289.) Sahni, A. Kordos, L. (Eotheroides; Middle Eoc, Hungary; 385-397.) Sahni & Kumar (Ishatherium subathuensis, n.gen.n.sp.; Early Eoc, India; 132-135.) Sahni et al. ("sir."; Early Eoc, India; 270-271.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (review of worldwide sir. record; 1-69. Sereno, PC (Florentinoameghinia; Early Eoc, Argentina; 1-10.) Bizzotto, B. (Prototherium intermedium, n.sp.; Late Eoc, Italy; 95-99.) Nicorici & Popovici Fuchs, H. (Romania) Donovan et al. (Prorastomus sirenoides; Middle Eoc, Jamaica; new specimen; 660-662.) Ivany et al. (Protosiren; Middle Eoc, Florida; seagrass community; 244-258.) Westgate, J.W (Texas) Kumar, K. (Ishatherium; India; Ypresian in age; 236.) Gingerich, PD. (Egypt; stratigraphy, age, & paleoenvironments of sirs.; 1, 7, 11, 20-21, 23-24, 33, 35, 40-41, 43-44, 49, 63, 71, 74-77, 79.) Thewissen, J.G.M. (indet. sir.; Kuldana Formation, Pakistan; 125-127.) Eosiren Andrews, 1902 x *1902 Andrews, C.W. (n.gen.; Late Eoc, Egypt; 293- 295.) x 1902b Osborn, H.F. (phyletic significance; 715.) x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 51-52.) xD 1915 Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Desmostylus; 384-385, 391.) x 1916 Lucas, F.A. (m318.) x 1916a Matthew, WD. (m27; tooth for 28.) x 1924 Andrews, C.W. (dentition; m306.) x 1927 Hopwood,A.T. (ml8.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 423, 471- 473, 480-481, 491, 495, 499.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 152, 154, pl. 6.) 1941 Pycraft, W.P. (m328.) 1943 Heuvelmans, B. (ml2.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Eotheroides; 135.) 1948 Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Egypt; 16.) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (syn. of Eotheroides; 209.) 1954b Friant, M. (brain; 134.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. 1970 Pickering, S.M., Jr. ("Eosiren sp.?"; Eoc, Georgia; m20.) NUMBER 80 463 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Eotheroides; m575.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Eotheroides, 378-379; pelvis, 392.) 1985 Thewissen, J.G.M. (brain fissures; m265.) 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) Eosiren abeli Sickenberg, 1934 * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (n.sp.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; ?syn. of Protosiren fraasi; 71, 75-76.) Eosiren fraasi (Abel, 1907) Schlosser in von Zittel and Schlosser, 1923 (= Protosiren fraasi) *1923 Zittel & Schlosser (n.comb.) x 1938 Zdansky, O. (nomenclature; comp. w/ Eotherium majus; 432.) Eosiren libyca Andrews, 1902 x *1902 Andrews, C.W. (n.gen.n.sp.; Late Eoc, Egypt; 293-295.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 473.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. 1936 Osborn, H.F. x 1938 Zdansky, O. (comp. w/ Eotherium majus; 429, 432-433.) Kretzoi, M. (ml52.) Reinhart, R.H. (m209.) Kretzoi, M. (m274.) Siegfried, P. (syn. of Eotheroides; hind limb; 165.) Kordos, L. ("E. libycum"; m387, m395.) Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; 360-361.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; 20-21,23,33,41,75-76.) x 1992 Thewissen & Domning (m495.) Eosiren stromeri (Sickenberg, 1934) Kordos, 1977 x *1977 Kordos, L. (n.comb.; comp. w/ Paralitherium; 366.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; 360-361.) Eotherium Owen, 1875 (non Leidy, 1853) (= Eotheroides) 1874 Murie, J. *1875a Owen, R. (n.gen.; Middle Eoc, Egypt; 100-105.) 1886b Hartlaub, C (m376-378.) *1899 Palmer, T.S. (replacement name Eotheroides pro posed; 494.) 1915 Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Desmostylus; 384-386, 388, 392.) x 1916a Matthew, W.D. (m27.) x 1924 Andrews, C.W (dentition; m306.) x 1926 Sanielevici, H. (m256.) X X X X X X 1941 1951 1953 1967 1980 1991 X X X xD x x X X X X X X X X X X X X 1927 1928 1930a 1932a * 1934b 1941c 1941 1943 1943 1945 1946 1951 1953 1954b 1978c 1982 Hopwood, A.T (ml8.) Prater, S.H. (m98.) Simpson, G.G. (pop. acc; 46.) Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Eotheroides; m423, 471.) Sickenberg, O. Heuvelmans, B. (dentition comp. w/ Dugong; 6.) Kretzoi, M. (ml52.) Heuvelmans, J. (ml2.) Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 16-17, 20.) Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Eotherium; 135.) Richard, M. (Late Eoc, France) Reinhart, R.H. (syn. of Eotheroides; 209.) Kretzoi, M. (m274.) Friant, M. (brain; 134.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Eotheroides; m575.) Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Eotheroides, 378-379; pelvis, 391-392.) Eotherium abeli Sickenberg, 1934 (= Eosiren abeli) 1931 Sickenberg, O. ("E[otherium]. (Eosiren) abeli," nomen nudum; pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409,414.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (n.sp.) 1938 Zdansky, O. (m429, m432.) 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 16-17, 21.) 1992 Gingerich, P.D. ("Eotherium (Eosiren) abeli"; Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; ?syn. of Proto siren fraasi; 71, 75-76.) Eotherium aegyptiacum Owen, 1875 (= Eotheroides aegyptiacum) * 1875a Owen, R. (n.gen.n.sp.; Middle Eoc, Egypt; cranial endocast; 100-105, pl. 3.) 1878 Filhol, H. (comp. w/ Manatus Coulombi; 124- 125.) 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) 1891 Flower & Lydekker ("E. egyptiacum"; morphol ogy; 224.) 1902 Andrews, C.W. (comp. w/ Eosiren libyca; 293.) 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 50.) * 1913a Abel, O. (skull) 1924 Hay, O.P. ("E. aegypticum"; tooth formula; m3.) 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409,411,414.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m473.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. 1938 Zdansky, O. (comp. w/ E. majus; 429-434.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (ml52.) 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (history of study, 104; ml08.) 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 16-17, 21.) 1969 Robineau, D. (ear region; m30.) 1976 Kordos, L. (m282.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Eotheroides aegyptiacum; m575.) 464 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1985 Thewissen, J.G.M. (foramen ovale; m273.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; 1, 71,74-76.) Eotherium libycum (Andrews, 1902) Sickenberg, 1934 (= Eosiren libyca) 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis, 408-409, 411, 414; tooth replacement, 429.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 17, 19, 21.) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (nomenclature; 209.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 12.) Eotherium majus Zdansky, 1938 *1938 Zdansky, O. (n.sp.; Middle Eoc, Egypt; 430-434.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (considered probably invalid; 575- 576.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 38, 58.) 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; ?syn. of Eotheroides aegyptiacum; 71, 75- 76.) Eotherium markgrafi Abel, 1913 (nomen nudum) * 1913a Abel, O. (nomen nudum; comp. w/ E. aegyp tiacum) 1934b Sickenberg, O. (said to be not based on any known specimen; 41.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (considered nomen nudum; 576.) Eotherium stromeri Sickenberg, 1934 (= Eosiren strom eri) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (nomen nudum; pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409, 414.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (n.sp.) x *1938 Zdansky, O. (m429, m432.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/ "Metaxytherium n. sp."; 108.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 17, 21.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 38, 58.) Eotheroides Palmer, 1899 x *1899 Palmer, T.S. (name proposed as replacement for Eotherium; 494.) x 1930a Simpson, G.G. (pop. acc; 46.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 423, 462- 463, 471-473, 480, 484, 491-492, 495, 499.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Sirenavus, 149; in classifi cation, 152, 154, pl. 6; name Masrisiren proposed for one specimen, 152.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (syn. of Eotherium; 104.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m208-209, 211; nomenclature, 209.) 1959 Reinhart, R.H. 1966 Kellogg, R. (m65.) 1968 Lemire,M. (m515.) 1969 Voorhies, M.R. (comp. w/ tooth from Georgia; m94.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (dental formula; m4.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & occurrence in Africa; 574-579.) 1979 Tassy, P. (comp. w/ Moeritherium; 87.) 1980 Kordos, L. (Middle Eoc, Hungary; 385-397, pis. 1-2.) 1980 Sahni & Kumar (comp. w/ Ishatherium; 133-134.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 8, 37, 57-58, 62.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (distr.; 378-380.) 1982 Sereno, PC (comp. w/ Florentinoameghinia; 7-9.) x *1983 Bizzotto, B. (syn. of Prototherium; 100, 105-111.) 1983 Kordos, L. x 1984 Rainey et al. (dugongid affinities questioned; 587.) x 1985a Kordos, L. (Hungary; m314.) x 1985 Thewissen, J.G.M. (skull foramina; 268-269, 272.) x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) x 1990 O'Shea & Reep (brain & body size; 536, 539.) Eotheroides abeli (Sickenberg, 1934) Kordos, 1977 (= Eosiren abeli) *1977 Kordos, L. (n.comb.; comp. w/ Paralitherium; 366.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (m575.) 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 387, 389, 397.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 38, 43, 57-58.) Eotheroides aegyptiacum (Owen, 1875) Trouessart, 1905 ?1904-05 Trouessart, E.-L. (n.comb.) 1923a Allen, G.M. (humerus; m233-234.) 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium jordani; 65.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 473-474.) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m207, 210.) Kretzoi, M. (m274.) Robineau, D. (ear region; m30.) Kordos, L. ("E. aegyptiacus"; comp. w/ Parali therium; 366.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & occurrence in Africa; 575.) 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 387, 389, 397.) 1953 1969 *1977 NUMBER 80 465 1982b Domning, D.P. (possibly ancestral to trichechids; 600.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 19, 36-38, 47, 52, 57, 59.) 1985 Kozawa, Y ("Eosiren aegypticam") 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; 360.) 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; 1, 11,74-77.) 1992 Thewissen & Domning (character states; 495,503.) Eotheroides coulombi (Filhol, 1878) Trouessart, 1905 (= Eotheroides aegyptiacum) *1904- 1905 Trouessart, E.-L. (n.comb.) Eotheroides libycum (Andrews, 1902) Reinhart, 1951 (= Eosiren libyca) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. ("E. libyca," n.comb.; m209.) *1967 Siegfried, P. (femur; 165-172, pl. 17.) 1973 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 72-73, 75, 77.) * 1977 Kordos, L. ("E. libycus"; comp. w/Paralitherium; 366.) 1978c Domning, D.P. ("E. libyca"; m576.) 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 387-389, 396-397.) 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 30, 38, 41,57-59.) 1983 Bizzotto, B. (comp. w/ Prototherium; 102, 106- 109.) 1986 Domning et al. (m37-39.) 1987 Domning & Thomas (comp. w/ Halitherium & Metaxytherium; 223-224.) Eotheroides stromeri (Sickenberg, 1934) Domning, 1978 (= Eosiren stromeri) * 1978c Domning, D.P. (n.comb.; m576.) 1980 Kordos, L. (nature of type material; 387.) Eotheroidinae Kretzoi, 1941 (subfamily) *1941 Kretzoi, M. ("Eotherioidinae," new subfamily; 154.) Europe (SEE ALSO: Austria; Belgium; Britain; France; Germany; Hungary; Italy; Malta; Mediterranean Sea; Netherlands; Portugal; Romania; Russia; Spain; Switzerland) 1784 Mayer, J. (fossil "Mannatus"; Czechoslovakia; 262-263.) 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (summ. of sir. occurrences; 208- 210.) 1875a Owen, R. (various sirs.; 104-105.) *1920 Deperet & Roman (review) 1938 Suklje, F. (Yugoslavia) 1949 Thenius, E. (Thalattosiren petersi; Czechoslova kia; 162-163.) 1952 Thenius, E. (Thalattosiren petersi; Mioc, Czecho slovakia; 33-36, 109-113.) 1976 Mchedlidze, G.A. (Black & Caspian Seas) 1976 Rabeder & Steininger (Olig. & Mioc, Central Paratethys) 1977 Radwanski, A. (Poland) 1985a Domning, D.P. (utility of sirs, in stratigraphic correlation; 183.) 1991 Czyzewska & Radwanski (Thalattosiren; Middle Mioc, Poland; 184-185, 188.) 1991 Wolsan, M. (Thalattosiren; Middle Mioc, Poland) Excretion and Defecation (SEE ALSO: Salinity Toler ance; Urogenital System) 1857 Shaw, N. (TS; feces; m99.) 1875 Chapman, H.C (TMM; in capt.; constipation; 460-461.) * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD, 52, 57-58; Trichechus, 57-58.) 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; in capt.; feces; 228.) 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt.; flatulence, feces, 127, 131-132; urination, 128; apparently bloody feces, 177.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt.; 199-200.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; 4.) Hofmeister, M. (?TMM; in capt.; 12.) Kinzer, J. (TS; feces; 48.) Thomas, D. (DD; India; floating feces; 80.) Oke, VR. (DD; in capt.; m221.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; feces; 10-11, 16-17.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; 92-93; flatus, regurgitation, 93, 95.) Irvine et al. (TML; in capt.; urine values; 3, 6.) Kataoka & Asano (DD: in capt.; soft, floating feces; 270.) Best, R.C (Trichechus; diarrhea of calves on powdered milk formula; 21.) Kataoka & Asano (DD: in capt.; soft, floating feces; 201.) Zeiller, W (TML; in capt.; hard feces of calf cured with mineral oil; 106.) Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; in capt.; flatulence & loose stools while on artificial formula with lactose; 265.) Best, R.C. (TI; production of feces while fasting; 61-62.) Gallivan et al. (TI; in capt.; 2-3-week passage rate of swallowed transmitters; 256.) X X X X X X X X X X 1959 *1961 *1963 1966 1966 1967 1978 1979 1980 1980 1981 1981 1981 1982 1983 1983 466 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1984 Lomolino & Ewel (TML; in capt.; feces; 6-day passage rate; 176-177.) x 1986 Gallivan & Best (TI; in capt.; 5-9-day passage rate; 554, 556.) Felsinotherium Capellini, 1872 (= Metaxytherium) x 1865 Capellini, G. (nomen nudum; 281-282.) *1872 Capellini, G. (n.gen.; Plioc, Italy) x 1874 Flower, W.H. (m5.) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (Italy, 67-70; comp. w/ Halitherium, 69.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C (m376.) x 1887 Flot, L. (considered intermediate between Prohali core & Dugong; 137-138.) x 1889b Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; 416, 418-419, 421.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (syn. of Halitherium; 223.) * 1904a Abel, O. x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 51, 60.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (vertebrae; 236-237.) x 1923 Nopcsa, F.v. (pachyostosis; m358.) x 1924 Andrews, C.W. (dentition; m306.) x 1927 Hopwood, A.T. (m21.) 1929b Kellogg, R. (ml.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409,415.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 152-155, pl. 6.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (history of study; 103-105.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 19-20.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. wf Haplosiren; 438-441.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (comp. w/ Thalattosiren; 112.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (history of name, 68, 70; comp. w/Metaxytherium calvertense, 72-73.) x 1966 Pascual, R. (comp. w/ Mioc. tooth from Argentina; m242.) x 1971b Domning, D.P. (m217.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (comp. w/ Metaxytherium medium; 184, 186.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (m8.) x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (syn. of Metaxytherium; 37, 45-47.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (syn. of Metaxytherium) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium; m577.) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium; m30.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium; 207.) Felsinotherium alleni (Simpson, 1932) Kellogg, 1966 (= Halitherium alleni) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (n.comb.; 91-92.) x 1972 Varona, L.S. (comp. w/Metaxytherium riveroi; 7.) Felsinotherium floridanum (Hay, 1922) Simpson, 1932 (= Metaxytherium floridanum) x *1932a Simpson, G.G. (n.comb.; 447-451, 453.) x 1941 Gregory, J.T. (comp. w/ F. ossivallense; 33-34, 40.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium florida num; 396, 399.) Felsinotherium forestii Capellini, 1872 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) *1872 Capellini, G. (n.gen.n.sp.; Plioc, Italy) x 1875a Owen, R. (brain; 102, 104.) x 1875b Owen, R. (comp. w/ Prorastomus; 559-561, 564-567.) 1876 Lawley, R. x 1877 Lawley, R. (near Volterra, Italy; 341-342.) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 67, 70.) x 1880 Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; 137-139.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1895 Dep6ret, C (m409.) x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 60.) x 1914 Dep6ret, C (comp. w/ F. Serresi; 1859-1860.) x 1926 Sanielevici, H. (diet & tooth morphology; 254- 255.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (suppression of replacement premo lars; 429.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 433, 451, 453-454, 456, 458-459, 464, 475, 478-479, 495, 499.) x 1941 Gregory, J.T. (comp. w/ F. ossivallense; 36-39.) x 1941c Heuvelmans, B. (dentition comp. w/ Dugong; 6.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; ml52-153.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 21.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Hoplosiren; 438-441.) x 1954 Ennouchi, E. (comp. w/ Moroccan F. cf. serresi; m82.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 68.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 68, 70.) x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (referred to Metaxytherium; 37, 45-47.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22.) 1988a Pilleri, G. Felsinotherium gastaldi de Zigno, 1878 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) xv 1878a Zigno, A. de ("Felsinotherium n. sp."; review; 68, 70.) * 1878b Zigno, A. de (n.sp.; Plioc, Italy) 1879 Zigno, A. de NUMBER 80 467 x 1886 Portis, A. (notes single known occurrence; 357- 358, 360.) x 1895 Dep6ret, C (m409.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m479.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium ortegense; 93.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (syn. of Metaxytherium forestii; m37.) x 1987 Canocchi, D. (m499.) 1988a Pilleri, G. Felsinotherium gervaisi Capellini, 1872 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) *1872 Capellini, G. (n.sp.; Plioc, Italy) 1876 Lawley, R. x 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 67, 70.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 68.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (syn. of Metaxytherium forestii; m37.) 1980 Azzaroli, A. x 1982 Azzaroli et al. (considered Late Ruscinian [Plioc] in age; 56, 58.) Felsinotherium gunteri Simpson, 1932 (nomen nudum; lapsus for Felsinotherium ossivallense) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (nomen nudum; lapsus for F ossivallense; m449.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. x 1988 Domning, D.P. (referred to Metaxytherium florida num; 399.) Felsinotherium ossivallense Simpson, 1932 (= Metaxy therium floridanum) *1932a Simpson, G.G. (n.sp.; "Plioc." [actually Mioc], Florida; 446-456.) Gregory, J.T. (rostrum; 33-40, 2 pis.) Kellogg, R. (m66; comp. w/ Metaxytherium & Felsinotherium spp., 68; comp. w/ M. cal vertense, 79.) Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ Metaxytherium forestii; 44-46.) Domning, D.P. (referred to Metaxytherium florida num; 396, 399.) *1941 1966 1974 '1988 Felsinotherium serresii (Gervais, 1849) de Zigno, 1878 (= Metaxytherium serresii) * 1878b Zigno, A. de (n.comb.) 1886 Portis, A. (?syn. of F. subapenninum; m356.) 1914 Dep6ret, C (reconstruction of skeleton; 1858- 1862.) *1920 Deperet & Roman x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1925 1932a 1941 1941 1942b 1943 1951 1954 1965 *1966 1974 1977 1978b 1982 1987 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium jordani; 58, 61-64, 66-67.) Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 431-432, 435, 440, 443, 451, 453-454, 458-459, 463, 468-469, 475, 478-480.) Gregory, J.T. (comp. w/ F. ossivallense; 36-40.) Kretzoi, M. (in classification; ml52.) Kaltenmark, J. (ml03.) Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 21.) Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 439-441.) Ennouchi, E. ("F. cf. serresi"; Plioc, Morocco; 77, 79-82.) Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 65, 67, 69, 72.) Kellogg, R. (review, 68, 70; comp. w/ Metaxy therium calvertense, 73, 78, 82, 84, 88; comp. w/F. alleni, 91; comp. w/ M. ortegense, 93.) Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ Metaxytherium forestii; 37, 45-47.) Hooijer, D.A. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium cf. me dium; 2-3, 8-9, 11-12.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 12.) Azzaroli et al. (m58.) Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium serresii; 207, 210.) Felsinotherium subalpinum Issel, 1910 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) *1910 Issel, A. (?lapsus for F. subapenninum) Felsinotherium subapenninum (Bruno, 1839) de Zigno, 1878 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) x * 1878a Zigno, A. de (n.comb.; 70.) x 1886 Portis, A. (summary of Italian records; 356-357, 359-360.) x 1895 Deperet, C. ("F. subapenninicum"; comp. w/ Metaxytherium krahuletzi; 409-410.) 1910 Issel, A. x 1912 Issel, A. ("F. subappenninum"; humerus; 119? 121, 2 pis.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 451, 453, 479.) Fiction (SEE ALSO: Children's Literature) 1851 Melville, H 1869 Verne, J. 1875 Verne, J. 1894 Kipling, R. (HG) 1945 BruffN. 1956 Laye, C 1972 Norris, H.T. x 1973 Scheffer, VB. (HG; Bering Is.; 64-65.) 468 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1978 Isham, C.H. (TML; Florida; children's story; [1-14].) Florentinoameghinia Simpson, 1932 (Mammalia incertae sedis) x 1980 McKenna, M.C (possibly a sir.; 66.) x *1982 Sereno, PC (redescribed & referred to Sirenia; 1-10.) Florentinoameghinia mystica Simpson, 1932 (Mammalia incertae sedis) x *1982 Sereno, PC (redescribed & referred to Sirenia; 1-10.) Florida 1575 SEE Fontaneda, H, 1854. x 1791 Bartram, W. (TML; hunting by Indians; 231-232.) 1822 Hackley, R.S. x 1824 Harlan, R. (TML; hunting; 392.) x 1825a Harlan, R. (TML; hunting; 277.) x 1833 Shepard, CU. (Trichechus; ?Pleist., Suwannee Spring; 164.) 1837 Williams, J.L. x 1846 Allen, J.H. (Manatus; ?Pleist., Tampa Bay; 41.) x 1869 Brinton, D.G. (TML; Indian R.; 50-51.) 1871 Allen, J.A. 1872 Maynard, C.J. 1873 Jordan, T. x 1874a Anon. (TML; St. Augustine; 276.) x 1874b Anon. (TML; gen. acc; escape behavior; 446.) 1875 Wyman, J. 1876 Rambler (TML; Jupiter; hunting) x 1877 De Pourtales, L.F. (Trichechus; dredged bone fragments & distr. in common with West Indies; 144.) x 1880 Le Baron, J.F. (TML; distr., hunting; 1005-1006.) 1882 Barber, E.A. (mound pipes, ?manatee effigies) 1883 Maynard, C.J. 1884 Henshall, J.A. x *1884b True, F.W. (TML; distr.; 114-115, 122-123.) 1885 Canova, A. x 1889 Leidy, J. (Manatus antiquus; mil.) 1891 Clarke, S.F. x 1891 Stuart, H.V (TML; sold as beef; 137.) x 1892 Wright, J.McN. (TML; Santa Lucia R.; 294-296.) 1893 Anon. 1893 Chobee, O.K. (TML) x 1895 Bangs, O. (TML; Indian R.; 783-787.) 1896c Anon. 1896 Cory, CB. x 1898 Anon. (TML; hunting by Seminole Indians; 102.) 1901 Wack 1902 Anon. x 1905 Townsend, C.H. (TML; Lake Worth; capture; 97.) x x x X 1907 1908b 1909 1909 1910 1913 X X X X X X X X X X X 1914 1915 1916 1917 1917 1919 1919 * 1922a 1922 1923a 1929a 1929c 1930b * 1932a X X X X X X X X X 1939 1941 1941a 1941 1942 1943 1943 1944 1946 1946 1947 1948 1949 1949 *1951a *195lb 1952 *1953 1953 Dimock, A.W. (TML; capture; 848-853.) Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; distr. & protective legis lation; 233.) Dimock & Dimock (TML) Graham, S.C (TML; in capt., Indian R.; 413.) Packard, W (TML; St. Lucie & Indian Rs.; 144-145.) Matson & Sanford (fossil "manatees" [Metaxy therium floridanum]; Bone Valley; ml46.) Brown, W.P. Matson, G.C. (fossil "manatee" [Metaxytherium floridanum]; pl. 12.) Sellards, E.H (TM; Pleist.; 104.) Brown, W.P. (TML) Fairchild, D. (TML; used for food; 338-339, 342-345.) Hay, O.P. ("Trichechus antiquus?"; ?Pleist.; 109.) Safford, WE. (TML; Miami area; 423-424.) Hay, O.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum, n.sp.; 1-4.) Swanton, J.R. (TML; hunting by Indians; 389.) Allen, G.M. (Metaxytherium floridanum; 232- 238, pl. 26.) Simpson, G.G. (Trichechus; Pleist.; 564.) Simpson, G.G. (fossil sirs. [Hesperosiren]; Mioc, Quincy; 511,518.) Simpson, G.G. Simpson, G.G. (review of fossil sirs.; Hesperosiren crataegensis, n.gen.n.sp., Mioc; Felsino therium ossivallense, n.sp., "Plioc." [actually Mioc]; 425-427, 445-448, 470.) Gut, H.J. (Trichechus; Pleist.; 50-53.) Gregory, J.T. (Felsinotherium ossivallense; ros trum; 33-40, 2 pis.) Gunter, G. (TML; 60, 64.) Hamilton, W.J., Jr. (TML; Lee Co.; 687, 690- 691.) Gunter, G. (TML; 89-90.) Bartram, W? Krumholz, L.A. (TML; 272-273.) Barbour, T (TML; Miami area; 98-99, 166-167.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Putnam Co.; 58.) Swanton, J.R. (TML; hunting by Indians; 250,282, 297-298, 329.) Harwood, K. (TML; in capt., Miami; pop. acc; 50, 89.) Cahalane, V.H. (TML; Everglades; 258.) Sprunt, A., Jr. (TML; pop. acc; 286-288, 337.) Trumbull, S. (TML; status; 337.) Moore, J.C. (TML; range; 1-19.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Everglades; 22-36.) Anon. (TML; in capt.; pop. acc; 129-130.) Moore, J.C. (TML; distr.; 120-122, 156.) Quiring & Harlan (TML; Miami; killed for dissection; 192.) NUMBER 80 469 1954 Lawrence, J.E. (TML; pop. acc; 401-404.) 1955 Severin, K. (TML; in capt.; pop. acc; 147-149.) 1957 Kellogg & Whitmore (Hesperosiren; paleoecol- ogy; 1022.) 1958 Fichter, G.S. (TML; status; pop. acc; 31-35.) 1959 Kellogg, R. ("manatee" [Metaxytherium florida num]; Mioc, Bone Valley; m6.) 1960 Hutton & Sogandares (TML; trematode Chiorchis fabaceus; m290.) 1960 Ledbetter, CS. 1963 Fix, J. (TML) 1964a Anon. (TML; weed control; 29-30.) 1964 Hume, A.G. (TML; parasite Harpacticus pulex; 517-518,528.) 1964 Lapham, L.H. (TML; weed control; 38-39.) 1964 Moore, J.C. (TML; injuries by boats; pop. acc; 7-8.) 1964 Stroud, R.H. 1965 Layne, J.N. (TML; mortality, distr., migrations; 166-168.) 1966 Kellogg, R. ("sir." [actually cetacean] tusk; ?Mioc; 78.) Anon. (TML; weed control; pop. acc; 33-35.) Browder, J. (TML; conservation & weed control; 3-5, 34.) Truslow & Vosburgh (TML; Everglades; 537- 538.) Betz, J.J. (TML; manatee-farming scheme, ca. 1893; 204-209.) Olsen, S.J. (Halitherium & indeterminate sirs.; Mioc, northern Florida; 129-130, 133-134.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; behavior; gen. acc; 342- 353.) Lyons, E. (TML) Barada, B. Radhakrishnan & Bradley (TML; in capt.; para sites) Barada, B. (TML; Crystal R.; pop. acc; 18-23.) Barada, B. Hartman, D.S. Reinhart, R.H. (fossil & Recent sirs.; pop. acc; 7-8.) Anon. (TML; porpoises "playing" with manatee; 4.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; status & behavior; pop. acc; 20-22.) O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; Blue Spring; pop. acc.) Anon. (Blue Spring; manatee refuge established; 10.) Caldwell, D.K. Domning, D.P. (sir. fossil record, Eoc.-Pleist.; m7-8.) x * 1974a Hartman, D.S. (TML; distr., status & conservation; 1-46, 62-247.) X X X X X X X X X X X X 1967 1967 1967 1968 1968 1969 1969 1970 1970 1971a 1971b 1971 1971 1972 1972a 1973 1974a 1974 1974 X X X X X 1974 1974 1974 1975a 1975b 1975c 1975 1975 1975 1975 1975 1976d 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 D X X x X *1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 X x X X X X X 1978b 1978c 1978 *1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 *1979 1979 Proby, K.H. Stephens, W.H., III (TML; pop. acc.) Webb, S.D. (TM; Pleist.; 18.) Anon, (manatee research laboratory, Gainesville; 12-13.) Anon. (TML; conceived & bom in capt., Miami; 6-7.) Anon. (TML; Everglades; "bloated" manatees sighted; 5.) Campbell, H.W. Forrester et al. (TML; human-induced pathology; 566-568.) Lynd, W (TML; Miami; rescue & rehabilitation; 28-29.) Odell, D.K. Weber, T, Jr. (TML; harpooning from bridges; 66-67.) Anon. Campbell, H.W. (TML; gen. acc; 1, 3-6.) Carr, A. Collard et al. (TML; Pensacola Bay; 48.) Furlow, L.T. (TML) Odell, D.K. (TML; southern Florida; aerial survey; 203-212.) Reed, J. (TML; in artificial Lake Ponte Vedra; ml2.) Reinhart, R.H. (fossil sirs. & Desmostylus) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; behavior, popular mis conceptions, & conservation; 209-214.) Stewart, R. (TML; Blue Spring; pop. acc.) Webb, S.D. (Trichechus; immigration in Late Blancan [Plioc]; 221, 223, 226.) Wray, P. (TML; pop. acc; 13-15.) Campbell & Irvine (TML; feeding ecology; 249- 251.) O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; Crystal R.; pop. acc; 65, 67.) Finnley, D. Finnley, D. Harper, H. (TML; Merritt Is.; release of captives; 12.) Irvine & Campbell (TML; aerial census; 613-617.) Barada, B. (TML) Barrett, S.K. (TML; southeastern Florida; mortali ties in flood-control dams; 26.) Carr, A., Ill (TML; conservation) Forrester et al. (TML; parasites; 5.) Harper, H. (TML; Blue Spring; news reporting; 16.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; ecology & behavior; i-viii, 1-153.) Leatherwood, S. (TML; Indian & Banana Rs.; aerial survey; 47-59.) 470 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982b 1979 Leccese, M. (TML; refuges established) x * 198lb 1979 McNulty, F. x 1979 Odell & Reynolds (TML; southern Florida; mortal- x 1981c ity; 572-577.) 1979 Odell, D.K. (TML; Everglades National Park) x 1981 x 1979 Reynolds, J.E, III (TML; behavior; pop. acc; 44-53.) 1981 1979 Tangley, L. (TML; pop. acc.) x 1979 Twiss, J.R., Jr. (TML; conservation; pop. acc; x 1981 10-17.) x 1981 1979 Webb, S.D. x 1980 Abrahamson, D. (TML; Crystal R.; pop. acc; x 1981 92-94, 96, 98-99, 104.) x 1980a Anon. (TML; status; pop. acc; 49.) x 1980b Anon. (TML; pop. acc; 97-98, 100.) 1980c Anon. 1980 Blount, S. (TML; Crystal R.; pop. acc.) x 1980 Cumbaa, S.L. (TML; at archeological sites; 6, 8-9.) 1980 Finnley, D. (TML; Merritt Is. & Chassahowitzka) 1980 Harper, H. (TML; mortality) 1980 Hill, K. (TML) x 1980 Irvine et al. (TML; clinical parameters; 2-10.) 1980 Kirshenbaum, J. 1980 Patton, G.W. (TML; Tampa Bay) 1980 RaloffJ. x *1982 x 1980a Sleeper, B. (TML; pop. acc; 42-47.) x 1980 Telander, R. (TML; pop. acc; 28-35.) 1980 Wolfe, P. (TML; Crystal R.; pop. acc.) x 1981 Asper & Searles (TML; in capt., Orlando; hus bandry; 121-127.) x 1981 Beck et al. (TML; mortality, 1978; 76-85.) x 1981a Beusse et al. (TML; mortality, 1974-77; 98-101.) x 1981b Beusse et al. (TML; treatment of injuries; 111- 120.) x 1981 Bingham, B. (TML; drinking fresh water; pop. acc; 90-91.) x *1981 Brownell & Ralls (TML; workshop proceedings; 1-154.) x *1981 Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TML; review; 3-16.) x 1981 Campbell & Irvine (TML; cold mortality, 1976- 77; 86-91.) x 1981 Cardeilhac et al. (TML; captive rearing of orphans; 141.) x 1981 Irvine et al. (TML; carcass salvage & mortality, x 1982 1974-77; 67-75.) x 1981 Jenkins, R.L. (TML; in capt., St. Augustine; 1982 husbandry; 128-130.) x 1982 x 1981 Odell et al. (TML; organ weights & sexual x 1982 maturity; 52-53.) 1983 x 1981 Powell & Waldron (TML; use of Blue Spring & St. 1983 Johns R.; 41-51.) x 1983 x 1981 Powell, J.A., Jr. (TML; use of Crystal R.; 33-40.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Blue Lagoon, Miami; x 1983 behavior; 233-242.) X X X X X X X *1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982a 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1982 Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Blue Lagoon, Miami; social behavior; 431-451.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Blue Lagoon, Miami; behavior & effects of human activities; 25-32.) Rose, P.M. (TML; aerial survey at power plants, 1977-78; 22-24.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Brevard Co.; use of power- plant effluents) Sleeper, B. (TML; pop. acc; 16-20.) Webb et al. (Metaxytherium; Late Mioc, Love Bone Bed; 517, 521,535.) Zeiller, W. (TML; in capt., Miami; husbandry; 103-110.) Anon, (fossil sir. rib dredged off Clearwater, 11.) Beck et al. (TML; analysis of propeller wounds; 531-535.) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; St. Johns R.; ecology & behavior; 4668.) Bonde, R.K. (TML; accidental mortality; pop. acc; 3-5.) Bradford, D. (TML; conservation; public opinion survey; 9.) Dick, T.M. (TML; pop. acc; 19-22.) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus sp., Pleist., 604-605; TML, quartz sand & tooth wear, 615-616.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (Protosiren sp. & other Eoc. sirs., 4, 6, 9-11, 17-18; TM, Pleist., WaccasassaR., 18.) Eberhardt, L.L. (TML; censusing methods; 1-18.) Fletemeyer, J. (TML; sonar monitoring; 296-299.) Iker, E. Irvine et al. (TML; western peninsular Florida; aerial surveys; 621-630.) Medway, Bruss et al. (TML; Blue Spring; blood serum osmolality & salinity; 231-232.) Michelson, R.C. (TML; Banana & Indian Rs.; automated radiotracking; 79-85.) O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; pop. acc.) O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; in capt.; pop. acc.) Rattner, D. (TML; pop. acc; 29-31.) Reed, N.P. (TML; pop. acc.) Reynolds & Odell (TML; pop. acc.) Ridgway, B. (cf. Halianassa; Middle Mioc, St. Petersburg; 7, 13, 15.) Scott & Powell (TML; St. Johns R.; commensal feeding by heron; 215-216.) Stewart, V.N. (TML) Thiel, R. (TML; pop. acc; 4-7.) Watterlond, M. (TML; pop. acc; 94, 96.) Anon. (TML; pop. acc.) Barile et al. (TML; conservation) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; Blue Spring; food consump tion in wild; 1186-1192.) Buergelt & Bonde (TML; toxoplasmic menin goencephalitis; 1294-1296.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983 1983 1983a 1983b 1983c 1983d 1983a 1983b 1983c 1983 1983 * 1983a 1983b * 1983c *1983 1983 1983 1983 1983 *1983 1983 1983 1983a * 1983b 1983 1983 1983 1983a 1983b Faulkner, D. Gluckman & Hamann (list of laws & regulations relevant to manatees; 174-184.) Gluckman, D. (laws & educational programs regarding manatees; 233-252.) Gluckman, D. (laws re: water quality & weed control; 253-273.) Gluckman, D. (manatee habitat acquisition pro grams; 274-301.) Gluckman, D. (National Environmental Policy Act & manatee protection; 317-320.) Hamann, R. (laws re: marina & dock construction & dredging; 185-232.) Hamann, R. (laws re: spring flow at manatee winter refugia; 302-309.) Hamann, R. (U.S. Endangered Species Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act & manatee protection; 310-316.) Irvine, A.B. (TML; metabolism & distr.; 316, 328-331.) Kinnaird & Valade (TML; Jacksonville; use of power plants; 1-24.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; northeastern Florida; aerial census; 1-56.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; strategies to reduce boat- related mortality; 1-19.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Brevard Co. & lower St. Johns R.; boat mortality; 1-41.) Kochman et al. (TML; Crystal R.; temporal & spatial distr.; 69-124.) MacDougall, WL. Morgan & Pratt (Metaxytherium, discoveries, 4, 16-25; Protosiren, fossil manatees, 24.) Murphy, M.J.T. O'Shea, T.J. (TML; Crystal R.; potential herbicide hazards; 159-173.) Packard & Mulholland (TML; aerial surveys, 1977-82; 1-119.) Packard & Nichols (TML; sample sizes required for mark-recovery studies; 1-14.) Packard et al. (TML; St. Johns R.; aerial survey; 1-10.) Crystal R. research & Crystal R. research & Packard, J.M. (TML; management plan) Packard, J.M. (TML; management plan) Priest, R. (TML; mortality; pop. acc.) Puckett, C (Citrus Co.; public attitudes toward manatees; 321-346.) Rathbun, F. (TML; pop. acc; museum exhibit; 6-10.) Shane, S.H. (TML; use of warm-water sources; pop. acc; 40-44.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Brevard Co.; abundance, distr., & movements; 1-9.) 471 x 1983 Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Brevard Co.; 1-8.) x 1983 Wilkins, K.T (TM; Pleist.; Rock Springs; 70, 76-77, 79.) x 1984 Buergelt et al. (TML; pathology; 1331-1334.) x 1984 Buergelt, CD. (TML; mortality, 1980-83; sum mary; 28-29.) x 1984 DiPerna, P. (TML; captive breeding; pop. acc; 16-17.) x 1984 Hall, A.J. (TML; photos; 400-413.) x 1984 Irvine & Scott (TML; development of marking techniques; 12-26.) x 1984 Lewis et al. (TML; Tampa Bay; feeding on algae; 189-191.) x 1984 O'Shea et al. (TML; contaminant concentrations; 741-748.) x 1984 Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Ft. Myers; abun dance, 1983-84; 1-63.) x 1984 Packard, J.M. (TML; impact on seagrass beds; 21-22.) x *1984 Powell & Rathbun (TML; northern Gulf Coast; 1-28.) x 1984 Reynolds & Ferguson (TML; Dry Tortugas; 187- 189.) x 1984 Shane, S.H. (TML; Brevard Co.; use of power- plant effluents; 180-187.) x 1984 Snipes, R.L. (TML; cecum; 67-68.) 1984 Spillan, T. (TML; pop. acc.) x 1984a White, J.R. (TML; in capt., Miami; births; pro posed breeding program; pop. acc; 414-418.) x 1984b White, J.R. (TML; captive breeding & release; 369-375.) x 1985b Anon. (TML; pop. acc; 16, 18.) x 1985 Bengtson & Fitzgerald (TML; Blue Spring & St. Johns R.; vocalizations; 816-819.) x 1985 Domning, D.P. (TML; habitat protection; [2].) x 1985 Etheridge et al. (TML; Crystal R.; plant consump tion; 21-25.) 1985 Kneissler, M. (TML) x 1985 Kochman et al. (TML; Crystal R.; temporal & spatial distr.; 921-924.) x 1985 O'Shea, Beck et al. (TML; mortality, 1976-81; 1-11.) x 1985 O'Shea, Rathbun et al. (TML; capture & handling; 337-339.) x 1985 Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Ft. Myers; use of power plant, 1984-85; 1-20.) x 1985a Packard, J.M. (TML; aerial survey techniques; i-vi, 1-68.) x 1985b Packard, J.M. (TML; population model; 5, 15-17.) x 1985 Packard, Summers & Barnes (TML; St. Johns R.; aerial survey; 347-351.) x 1985 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; power plants, 1982- 83; 413-422.) 1985 Rose, P.M. 472 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1985 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1986 1986 1986 1986 *1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1987b 1987 1987 1987c 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1988 *1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 *1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 *1988a 1988b 1988 Walters, M.J. (TML; pop. acc; 171-172, 175- 176.) x 1988 Kirby, T (TML) Marine Mammal Commission (TML; Crystal R.; habitat protection needs) McLaren et al. (TML; specimens in Carnegie Museum; 293-296.) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; Blue Spring; feeding on acorns; 183-185.) Packard & Wetterqvist (TML; northwestern coast; habitat; 279-310.) Packard et al. (TML; Ft. Myers; aerial survey; 265-275.) Patton, G.W. (TML) Ray & Domning (TML; conservation; 77-78.) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; power plants, 1984- 85; 103-113.) Sleeper, B. (TML; pop. acc; 86-99.) Anon. (TML; in capt.; bottle-feeding of orphan; 225.) Baugh, T.M. Bertram, G.C.L. (TML; Cape Kennedy) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus not a recent arrival in Florida; 1-2.) Patton et al. (TML) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; use of power-plant refugia; pop. acc; 263-269.) Sleeper, B. (TML; pop. acc; 18-22.) Thorhaug, A. (Biscayne Bay; seagrass restoration) Walsh et al. (TML; omphalitis & peritonitis; 702.) Beck & Forrester (TML; parasites; 628-637.) Beeler & O'Shea (TML; distr. & mortality) Brown, R.C. (fossils; pop. acc.) Bulman, P. (TML; enforcement of boat speed laws; 23.) Carowan, G. (TML; in capt., Epcot Center, Orlando; rehabilitation & release; 5.) Dailey et al. (TML; Hobe Sound; boat kill, parasites; 159.) Dickey, B. (TML; Kennedy Space Center) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum; x * 1990b Mioc; 395-426.) Hurst & Beck (TML; dietary analysis techniques; 1990 1-145.) 1990 Marine Mammal Commission (TML; east coast; habitat protection needs) 1990 McClenaghan & O'Shea (TML; genetic variability of subpopulations; 481-488.) x 1990 Nabor & Patton (TML; west coast; aerial surveys) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; past & present distr., abun- 1990 dance, & mortality, & future prospects; 184- 204.) 1990 O'Shea, T.J. (TML; east coast; research efforts) 1990 Provancha & Provancha (TML; northern Banana X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1989a 1989 1989b 1989c 1989 1989 1989 1989 *1989 1989 1989 1989 1989 1989 1989 1990 1990 1990 1990a R.; abundance & distr.; 323-338.) Rathbun, G.B. (TML; Crystal & Indian Rs.; aerial survey methods; 71-75.) Reynolds & Gluckman (TML; conservation) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; aerial surveys) Silverberg & Morris (TML; Homosassa Sprs.; diet) Sleeper, B. (TML; pop. acc.) Weigle et al. (TML; Tampa Bay; use of power plants) Wilhelm et al. (TML; Tampa Bay; scar patterns) Anon. (TML; drinking from hose; 187.) Baugh et al. (TML; Cumberland Sound; feeding on Spartina; 88-90.) Domning, D.P. (sirs.; Mioc, Suwannee R.; 54- 60.) Domning, D.P. (Dioplotherium manigaulti; Early Mioc; 416-418.) Fox, A. (TML; pop. acc.) Hulbert & Morgan (TM; Early Pleist., Leisey sites; 11.) Lefebvre et al. (TML; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 567-571, 576-579, 603-604.) Lewis, T.A. (TML; boat mortality; pop. acc; 42-49.) Morgan, G.S. (sirs.; Mioc, Suwannee R.; 27, 29-30, 32-34, 37-39, 43, 46, 49.) Nabor & Patton (TML) Packard et al. (TML; Ft. Myers; at power plant, 1984-85; 692-700.) Patton et al. (TML; Port of the Islands) Reid & O'Shea (TML; satellite tracking; 217- 232.) Upton et al. (TML; parasites Eimeria spp.; 87-90.) Walsh, K. (TML; children's article; 2-9.) Buckingham, CA. (TML; Crystal R.; response to disturbance) Chu & Dampier (TML; pop. acc) Clark, M.G. (TML; children's book) Domning, D.P. (Hobe & Jupiter Sounds; rhizivory experiments; 34-36.) Domning, D.P. (Corystosiren varguezi, n.gen.n.sp.; Plioc; 361-362.) Gannon, F. (TML; pop. acc.) Gilbrook, M.J. (TML; conservation; Geogr. Infor mation Systems applications) Houhoulis, P. (TML; W. Tampa Bay; conserva tion; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Ivany et al. (Protosiren; Eoc; seagrass community; 244-258.) Kautz, R.S. (TML; conservation; Geogr. Informa tion Systems applications) Morgan & Patton (TML; west coast; aerial surveys) O'Shea & Kochman (TML; distr. & ecology in relation to Geogr. Information Systems) NUMBER 80 473 1990 x *1990 *1990 x 1990a x 1990b 1990 x 1991 x 1991 1991 1991 1991 X X X X X xD X X X X X X 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 1992a 1992 1992 1992 1992 *1992 1992 1992 1992 1992 1993 1993 1993 1993 1993 1993 1993 Osborn, R.G. (TML; conservation; Geogr. Infor mation Systems applications) Rathbun et al. (TML; northwestern Florida; distr. & movements; 1-33.) Reynolds & Haddad (TML; conservation; Geogr. Information Systems Workshop) Turner, R.O. (TML; new sanctuary established at Merrittls.; 10.) Turner, R.O. (TML; legislation; 7.) Weigle & Haddad (TML; conservation; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Beck & Barros (TML; impact of debris; 508-510.) Bryant, J.D. ("Hesperosiren" crataegensis; Mioc; 475-476, 484, 486.) Goodwin & Thompson (TML) Kadel, Dukeman & Patton (TML; west coast; aerial surveys, 1988) Kadel, Morgan & Patton (TML; west coast; aerial surveys, 1990) Kiely, J. (TML; pop. acc) Lefebvre & Kochman (TML; use of Crystal & Homosassa Rs.; aerial survey methodology; 299-305.) O'Shea et al. (TML; southwestern Florida; mortal ity from red tide, 1982; 165-179.) Provancha & Hall (TML; Banana R.; impact on seagrass beds; 87-98.) Reid et al. (TML; Florida; distr. & movements; 180-190.) Anon. (Save the Manatee Club-Florida Audubon controversy; 89.) Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (checklist of fossil species; 28-29, 33.) Kadel & Patton (TML; west coast; aerial surveys, 1985-90) Kadel, J. (TML; Ft. Myers; "white" individual; 15-16.) Nelson, M.S. (Save the Manatee Club activities) O'Shea et al. (TML; population biology; interim report of workshop) Shackley, M. (TML; effects of tourism; 257-265.) Simmons, N. (TML; rehabilitation; pop. acc; 9.) Wood et al. (TML; conservation) Yokel, B.J. (Save the Manatee Club-Florida Au dubon Soc. controversy) Bonde, R.K. (TML; gen. acc; 16-18.) Hughes, CD. (TML; pop. acc.) O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; pop. acc; 1-127.) Smith, K.N. (TML; threats to seagrass habitats) Ward & Weigle (TML; conservation; GIS applica tions) Wolf, M. (TML; pop. acc.) Yokel, B.J. (settlement of Florida Audubon Soc- Save the Manatee Committee lawsuit; 2, 19.) Florida Manatee: SEE Trichechus manatus; Trichechus manatus latirostris; and synonyms Folklore: SEE Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance Food 1820b X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1821b 1872a 1875 1880 1881 1884b 1887 1889 1891 1895 *1899 1905 1906 1906b 1908b 1915 1916a 1921 1923 1924a 1924 1924- 1925 X X X X X X 1928 1931 1932 1934 1938 1939 (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Ingestive; Captivity, Sirenians in; Digestive System; Food Plants; Weed Control) (NOTE: Plants reported as part of the captive but not the natural diet of sirs, will not necessarily be found under Food Plants. Papers referring to them are, however, indexed here.) Home, E. (DD; condition of stomach contents; m317.) Home, E. (DD; "fuci" in stomach; 391.) Murie, J. (TMM; in capt.; milk, banana; 192-193.) Chapman, H.C. (TMM; in capt.; 456, 459-461.) Murie, J. (TMM; in capt.; 21-23.) Crane, A. (Trichechus; in capt.; 459-460.) True, F.W (Trichechus; Americas; 118-119.) Martin, J.K. (TMM; Suriname; 27.) Scammon, CM. (Trichechus; in capt.; 582.) Flower & Lydekker (Trichechus; in capt., Brigh ton; 218.) Thurston, E. (DD; Sri Lanka; m99.) Steller, G.W (HG; Bering Is.; kelps; 198.) Townsend, C.H. (TML; in capt., New York; Zostera, lettuce, celery; 97.) Annandale, N. (DD; India; green alga; 242.) Dexler & Freund (DD, 55-57; Trichechus, 57.) Anon. (TML; in capt., New York; eelgrass, lettuce; 427.) Ostenfeld, C.H. (sirs. & seagrass dispersal; ml80.) Anon. (TI; in capt., New York; Zostera, lettuce, bread, etc.; 1421.) Burkill, H.I. Nopcsa, F.v. (iodine content & thyroid gland; 358.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar, plants, 126; condition of stomach contents, 127.) Ridley, H.N. Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt., Hamburg; lettuce, cabbage, bread, Pistia, etc., 65, 119-121, 124-125; coprophagy, 122-123; meat, fish, 123-124.) Prater, S.H. (DD; 88.) Brimley, H.H. (TML; in capt., North Carolina; 321.) Hirasaka, K. (DD; Taiwan; algae, crabs; 1.) Hirasaka, K. (DD; Taiwan; algae, crabs; 4221.) Devillers, C (TI; in capt.; cabbage, maize, etc.; 88.) Coates, C.W. (TI; in capt., New York; lettuce, etc.; 142-143.) 474 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X 1941- 1943 1944 1944 1947 1949 1951b 1954 1955 1956 1940 Coates, C.W. (TI; in capt., New York; clover, alfalfa; 99-100.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; plants: "comida-de- peixe-boi," "pyrypioca," 100; "canarana," "peri- memb6ca," "arros brabo," "murur6," 102.) Morais Rego, A.R. de (TI; Brazil; fruits, grass, detritus; 10.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; plants & mud in stomach, 41; less food available in black waters, 54-57; eating mud, 57; food plants, 56-58; calves eating plants at age of 2 months, 58.) Harwood, K. (TML; in capt., Miami; water hyacinth, grass, fruit, bread; 50.) Poisson, H. Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; 33-34.) Lawrence, J.E. (TML; 403.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; plants only, no roots; 17-18.) Harry, R.R. (DD; Palau; clams & sea cucumbers; 22-24, 27.) Odum, H.T. De Silva, J.A. (DD; Sri Lanka; 174.) Jones, S. (DD; India; in capt., & stomach contents of wild specimens; 198-201.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TMM; Guyana; 762.) Mani, S.B. (DD; India; algae in stomach; m217.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; 2-3.) Hofmeister, M. (?TM; in capt., Ohio; lettuce, spinach, celery; 12.) Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia; plants, ?crabs; 150.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 115, 118.) Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; terrestrial grasses ?preferredto seagrasses; 410-412.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 86, 88.) Aung, S.H. (DD; in capt., Rangoon; 221.) Browder, J. (TML; Florida; experiments; pop. acc; 4.) Oke, V.R. (DD; in capt., Cairns, Australia; 220.) Anon. (TI; in capt., San Francisco; lettuce; 2-3.) Bertram & Bertram (DD, Sri Lanka, roots, etc., 386, 388; Trichechus, 389.) Herald, E.S. (TI; in capt., San Francisco; lettuce; 29.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; ?oysters, etc.; m395.) Caldwell & Caldwell (TML; in capt.; plants, herring, beef; 454.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Australia; stomach con tents; 884, 886.) Phillips, C (sirs, in capt.; suggested diets; 36-37.) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; seagrasses, algae, silt, animal matter; 678-680.) 1974a Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; diet, 31-37; algae, X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1957 1959 *1959 1960 1960 1961 1963 1963 1964a 1965 *1966 1967 1967 1967 1968b 1968a 1969 1971 1972 1972 1972 1973 X xD X X X X X X X X xD X X xD X X X X 1975 1975b 1975 1975 *1976 1976 *1976 1976 1977 1977 1977b *1977 1977 *1978b 1978 *1978 1979 1979 *1979 1979 x 1979 x 1980 x 1980 x 1980 37, 55, 57, 79, 87, 101, 107, 109, 114, 129; lawn grass, palm fronds, cabbage, etc., 87-88, 101- 102, 122.) Dayton, P.K. (Hydrodamalis; abundance of kelp due to sea otters; 236-237.) Domning, D.P. (North Pacific sirs. & desmostyli ans; feeding ecology; 824.) Kirkman, H. (DD; Stradbroke Is., Australia; "seagrass," ml31; description of seagrass com munities.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM, TI; in capt., Brazil; diets; 224-225.) Allen et al. (DD; in capt., Jakarta; food analyses & feeding methods; malnutrition; 36-38.) Cole & Okera (TS; Sierra Leone; rice crops; m43.) Lipkin, Y. (DD; Red Sea; stomach contents; 81-96.) Tas'an (DD; in capt., Jakarta; Zostera, Ipomoea, lettuce, cabbage, carrots; 5, 7-8.) Boever et al. (TI; St. Louis, Missouri; lettuce & other vegetables; 5.) Campbell & Irvine (TML; Florida; feeding ecol ogy; 249-251.) Domning, D.P. (North Pacific sirs. & desmostyli ans; 355-361.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; diet & role in ecosystem; 235-248.) Marsh et al. (DD; milk & seagrasses in gut; 276.) Domning, D.P. (North Pacific; sirs. & desmostyli ans; 110-118, 139-146.) Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; bananas, etc.; 338.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (TM; wild & captive; fish; 442.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia, "bushy alga," 125, 131; Palau, sea cucumbers, 135; seagrasses, 125, 134-135.) Bachman & Irvine (TML; milk volume in late lactation; 874.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; diet & feeding ecology, 44-58; algae, 48-51; list of algae that may be accidentally ingested [taxa not sepa rately indexed here], 49-51; invertebrates, 53; detritus & feces, 53, 55; food consumption in capt., 54-55.) Johnstone, I.M. (DD; Papua New Guinea; methods for analysis of seagrass meadows as dugong habitat) Tas'an et al. (DD; in capt., Jakarta & Okinawa; misc. plants; 8-9, 18-19, 26.) Denton et al. (DD; Queensland; metal content of seagrasses; 211-215.) Domning, D.P. (TI, TML; in capt.; lettuce; food position preference; 544.) Irvine et al. (TML; in capt.; lettuce, herring; weight NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X xE X X X X X X D X X 1980 1981 *1981 1981 *1981 1981a 1981 1981 *1981 1981 1981 1981 1982 *1982 * 1982b 1982 *1982 ? 1982 1982 *1983 1983 1983 1983 1984b 1984 1984 1984 1984 x 1984 loss & gain; 2, 7-8.) Sander, H.E. (DD; Papua New Guinea; characteris tics of preferred seagrass beds; 1-31.) Asper & Searles (TML; in capt., Florida; misc. vegetables, tube feeding, 121, 123, 125; artifi cial formula, 125-127.) Best, R.C. (wild & captive sir. diets & nutrition; 3-29.) Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TML; Florida; feeding ecology; review & research needs; 5.) Channells & Morrissey (DD; Queensland; tech nique & key for identifying seagrasses in stomach samples; 303-309.) Denton, G.R.W. (DD; Queensland; metal content of seagrasses; 170-171.) Elliott et al. (DD; in capt., Cairns, Australia; seagrass, milk; 203-204.) Jenkins, R.L. (TML; in capt., St. Augustine, Florida; vegetables, fish, etc.; 128.) Johnstone & Hudson (DD; Papua New Guinea; mouth samples, 681-690; algae, 682, 685.) Murray, R.M. (DD; importance of volatile fatty acids; 166-168.) Powell & Waldron (TML; Blue Spring, Florida, 49-50; detritus, wood, palmetto leaf, etc.; 49.) Zeiller, W (TML; in capt., Miami; milk, vegeta bles, etc., 105-106; palm fronds, 107.) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; St. Johns R., Florida; food preferences; 4668.) Best et al. (TI; in capt., Brazil; artificial formula) Domning, D.P. (Trichechidae; diet & evolution; 609-616.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (Eoc. sirs.; 61-63.) Marsh et al. (DD; Queensland; stomach contents; algae, seagrasses; 55-67.) Reinhart, R.H. (desmostylians possibly "herbivo rous to omnivorous"; 552.) Werzinger, J. (TM; in capt., Nuremberg; artificial formula, carrots, lettuce, etc.; 36-37.) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; St. Johns R., Florida; food consumption in wild; 1186-1192.) Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; dry-season fasting; 61-64.) Irvine, A.B. (TML; in capt., Florida; lettuce, herring; 317.) Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Florida; green algae, lawn grass, etc.; 6.) Best, R.C. (TI; diet & digestive physiology; gen. acc; 374-376.) Janzen, D.H. Kozawa, Y. Lewis et al. (TML; Florida; algae; 189-191.) Lomolino & Ewel (TM; consumption rates & digestive efficiencies; 176-179.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; low nutritive x 1984 x 1984 x 1985 x 1985 x 1986a x 1986 x 1986 475 value of seagrasses; fertilization of seagrass beds by rain & silt runoff; effects of nutrition on reproduction; 782-784.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; list of food plants, including algae; 634-637, 639.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Florida; red & green algae; 184.) Morales et al. (TI; in capt.; lettuce, cabbage, celery, spinach, fish; 1230.) Qiu Y.-X. (TM; in capt., Beijing; vegetables; 35.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; nutri tional content of Halodule & Amphibolis; 476-479, 485-488.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; list of food plants, including algae [taxa of algae not separately indexed here], 989-991; food habits, 1001-1004.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Mexico; list of food plants, including algae [taxa of algae not separately indexed here], 595-597; rotten stalks, mud, etc. in dry season, 597.) Gallivan & Best (TI; feeding, fasting, & metabolic rate; 552-557.) Morales, P. (TI; in capt.; lettuce, cabbage, celery, spinach, fish; 44-45.) Anon. (TML; in capt., Orlando, Florida; artificial formula, romaine lettuce, hydroponic wheat; m225.) Domning & Thomas (seagrasses in the post- Messinian [Plioc] Mediterranean; 229-230.) Whitten et al. (DD; possible role in dispersing seeds of seagrasses; 204.) Estes & Steinberg (North Pacific sirs. & desmo stylians & evolution of kelp; 21-22.) Hurst & Beck (TML; Florida; dietary analysis techniques; i-xii, 1-145.) O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; possible dry- season fasting; 298.) Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; fish, rice, grass, mangroves; 81.) Silverberg & Morris (TML; Florida) Domning, D.P. (North Pacific sirs. & desmostyli ans & evolution of kelp; 53-56.) Estes & Steinberg (North Pacific sirs. & desmo stylians & evolution of kelp; 57-60.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; ascidians; 170-171, 175.) Erftemeijer et al. (DD; South Sulawesi; stomach contents; 229-233.) Smith, K.N. (TML; Florida; review) Food Plants: Agarum cribrosum (brown alga; Laminari- aceae) NOTE: In the following citations of references to species of food plants, where a sir. X X X X X xD X X X xD xD X X *1986 1986 1987b 1987 1987 1988 *1988 1988 1988 1988 1989a 1989 1991 1993 *1993 476 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY taxon is not specified, reference is to the sir. species native to the geographical area(s) men tioned. 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) Food Plants: Agarum gmelini (brown alga; Laminariaceae) 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Agarum pertusum (brown alga; Laminari aceae) 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Annona glabra (Annonaceae) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. ("Anona"; Brazil; in capt.; 225.) 1981 Best, R.C. ("Anona"; review; 19.) Food Plants: Annona reticulata (Annonaceae) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. ("Anona"; Brazil; in capt.; 225.) 1981 Best, R.C. ("Anona"; review; 19.) Food Plants: Artocarpus altilis (breadfruit; Moraceae) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 225.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) Food Plants: Agarum turneri (brown alga; Laminariaceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Artocarpus integrifolia (Moraceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) Food Plants: Alaria esculenta (brown alga; Alariaceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Alismaceae x 1875 Marcoy, P. (S. America; 2: 193.) Food Plants: Alternanthera philoxeroides (Amaran- thaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 31.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 47, 53.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) x 1981 Powell & Waldron (St. Johns R., Florida; 50.) Food Plants: Arundinella gigantea (Gramineae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Avicennia germinans (Verbenaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1002.) Food Plants: Avicennia marina (Verbenaceae) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 682, 685.) Food Plants: Avicennia nitida (Verbenaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7, 9.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 44.) Food Plants: Amphibolis antarctica (Potamogetonaceae) 1981a Anderson, P.K. (DD; feeding behavior; 641.) 1981b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; feeding behavior; 97.) 1982b Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia; 90-91.) 1985 Anderson & Prince (Shark Bay, Australia; 554.) 1986a Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia; 474, 476, 478,484-488.) Food Plants: Anabaena (blue-green alga; Nostocaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (Florida; 8.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236, 240.) Food Plants: Anacharis (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) x 1963 Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; m92.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Andropogon nardus (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in captivity; 224-225.) Food Plants: Azolla (Salviniaceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Brachiaria (Gramineae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Brachiaria mutica (Gramineae) x 1986 Gallivan & Best (Brazil; in capt.; 552-553.) x 1987 Colares & Ferreira (Brazil; in capt.; 39.) x *1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; analysis; 44.) Food Plants: Brachiaria plantaginea (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Cabomba (Cabombaceae) x 1963 Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; m92.) x 1980 Domning, D.P. (TI; Brazil; in capt; 544-545.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7, 11-13, 17, 20-21.) x 1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; m266.) x 1984 Domning & Hayek (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 106-107, NUMBER 80 477 119-121.) x 1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 43.) Food Plants: Cabomba aquatica (Cabombaceae) x 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345-347.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 20.) x 1991 Haigh, M.D. (Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Cabomba australis (Cabombaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224.) Food Plants: Cabomba palaeformis (Cabombaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 992.) Food Plants: Caladium arborescens (Araceae) 1858a Krauss, C.F.F. (Suriname; 392.) 1887 Kappler, A. (Suriname) Food Plants: Canna indica (Cannaceae) 1873 Conklin, W.A. (Trichechus; in capt.; 166.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Caulerpa racemosa (green alga; Cauler- paceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (Red Sea; 94, 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Caulerpa serrulata (green alga; Cauler- paceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 94, 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Caulerpa taxifolia (green alga; Cauler- paceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 94, 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Cecropia (Moraceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) Food Plants: Centrosema brasilianum (Fabaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Ceramium (red alga; Ceramiaceae) x 1973 Spain & Heinsohn (Queensland; after cyclone; 678.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Ceratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae) x 1875 Chapman, H.C. (Trichechus; in capt.; m459.) x 1968 Lemire, M. (m492.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) 1986 Shaul & Haynes (Jamaica) Food Plants: Ceratophyllum demersum (Ceratophyl laceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32, 92.) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 249.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46, 52, 55-56, 130, 139.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8, 12, 20.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236, 240.) x 1983 Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; 1191.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 992.) Food Plants: Chaetomorpha (green alga; Cladophoraceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (Red Sea; 94.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Char a (green alga; Charophyceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 31.) Food Plants: Char a hornemanni (green alga; Charo phyceae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 51.) Food Plants: Chloris (Gramineae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 595-596.) Food Plants: Chrysymenia wrighti (red alga; Rhodophyta) x 1980 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 269.) x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 199.) Food Plants: Cladium jamaicense (Cyperaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 1001.) Food Plants: Cladophora (green alga; Cladophoraceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Coccoloba (Polygonaceae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Cocconeis (diatom) x 1977 Murray et al. (Australia; as aufwuchs; 8.) Food Plants: Cocos nucifera (Palmae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) Food Plants: Codium decorticatusa (green alga; Codi- aceae) x 1980 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 269.) 478 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 199-200.) Food Plants: Codium magnum (green alga; Codiaceae) x 1980 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 269.) x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 199-200.) Food Plants: Conocarpus erectus (Combretaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) Food Plants: Constantinea rosa-marina (red alga; Weeksi- aceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Cymodocea manatorum (Potamogetonaceae) x 1917b Anon. (Florida; m454.) x *1917 Fairchild, D. (Florida; 345.) x 1918 Menegaux, A. (Florida; 700.) x 1919 Safford, WE. (Florida; 424.) x 1956 Moore, J.C. (Florida; 7.) Food Plants: Cymodocea nodosa (Potamogetonaceae) x 1918 M6negaux, A. (West Africa; 701.) x 1939 Beal, WP.B. (West Africa; 125-126.) x 1948 Bessac & Villiers (Senegal; 188.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) Food Plants: Convolvulaceae x 1976 Marmol B., A.E. (Peru; 32.) Food Plants: Cymodocea (Potamogetonaceae) 1923 Petit, G. (Madagascar; 75.) *1959 Jones, S. (India; 198-200.) 1967a Jones, S. (New Caledonia; 216.) *1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 416-418, 421- 422.) 1972 Heinsohn, G.E. (Queensland; 212.) 1981 Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 304, 307- 309. x) 1981 Nietschmann & Nietschmann (Torres Strait; m57.) 1982 Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58-64.) 1984 Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; 636-637.) 1993 Erftemeijer et al. (South Sulawesi; 231.) Food Plants: Cymodocea rotundata (Potamogetonaceae) x 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199-200.) x 1961 Jonklaas, R. (India; 3.) x 1966 Jarman, P.J. (Kenya; 86.) x *1976 Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 82, 87-89, 91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14, 23.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 688.) x 1982 Barnett & Johns (Queensland; 522.) Food Plants: Cymodocea serrulata (Potamogetonaceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (review; 82, 91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 688.) Food Plants: Cynodon dactylon (Gramineae) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Cymodocea angustata (Potamogetonaceae) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Cynodon pentadactyla (Gramineae) 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Cymodocea australis (Potamogetonaceae) x 1924a Petit, G. (Madagascar; 126-127.) x 1928 Prater, S.H. (Madagascar, 88.) x 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199-200.) x 1961 Jonklaas, R. (India; 2-3.) Food Plants: Cymodocea ciliata (Potamogetonaceae) x 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199-200.) x 1961 Jonklaas, R. (India; 2-3.) x 1968 Lemire, M. (m514.) x 1971 Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (Mozambique; m300.) x 1971 Kingdon, J. (East Africa; 395.) x 1981 Jones, S. (India & Sri Lanka; 47.) Food Plants: Cymodocea isoetifolia (Potamogetonaceae) x 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199.) x 1961 Jonklaas, R. (India; 2-3.) Food Plants: Cyperus (Cyperaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Cyperus articulatus (Cyperaceae) x 1981a Domning, D.P. ("C. a. var. nodosus"; Brazil; 91.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 993.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Cyperus egersii (Cyperaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Cyperus imbricatus (Cyperaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Cyperus luzulae (Cyperaceae) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) NUMBER 80 479 Food Plants: Cyperus ochraceus (Cyperaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Cyperus radiatus (Cyperaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Cyperus surinamensis (Cyperaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Cyperus virens (Cyperaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Dichromena ciliata (Cyperaceae) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) Food Plants: Diplanthera (Potamogetonaceae) x 1968a Bertram & Bertram (m386.) x *1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 416-418, 421- 422.) x 1972 Heinsohn, G.E. (Queensland; 212.) x 1976 Mannol B., A.E. (Peru; 32.) Food Plants: Echinochloa elephantipes (Gramineae) x 1831 Spix & Martius (Brazil; 1123.) Food Plants: Echinochloa polystachya (Gramineae) x 1972 Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (Brazil; 85.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10, 12, 20.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) x 1987 Colares & Ferreira (Brazil; in capt.; 39.) x 1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 43.) Food Plants: Echinochloa pyramidalis (Gramineae) x 1966 Kinzer, J. (TS; Ivory Coast; in capt.; 48.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Ectocarpus (brown alga; Ectocarpaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Diplanthera pinifolia (Potamogetonaceae) x *1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 418.) Food Plants: Diplanthera uninervis (Potamogetonaceae) x 1957 Gohar, H. A.F. (Red Sea; 40, 42.) x 1959 Jones, S. (Red Sea; m200.) x *1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 418.) x 1979 Hilmy et al. (Red Sea; m200, 202.) x 1979 Tas'an et al. ("D. universis"; Indonesia; in capt.; 8-9, 19-20.) Food Plants: Diplanthera wrightii (Potamogetonaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 31-36, 101, 107, 109, 114, 155.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46-47, 51, 56-57, 139.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) Food Plants: Egeria (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; m266.) Food Plants: Eichhornia (water hyacinth; Pontederiaceae) x 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345-346.) x 1981 Asper & Searles (TM; Florida; in capt.; parts eaten; 121.) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) x 1989 Timm et al. (Ecuador, naturally ?controlled by TI; 6.) Food Plants: Eichhornia azurea (Pontederiaceae) x *1967 MacLaren, J.P. (Panama; 389, 392.) x 1976 Mannol B., A.E. (Peru; 32.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) Food Plants: Distichlis (Gramineae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida & Georgia; 37, 124.) Food Plants: Distichlis spicata (Gramineae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) Food Plants: Dumontia fucicola (red alga; Dumontiaceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Echinochloa (Gramineae) xv 1941- 1943 Pereira, M.N. ("canarana"; TI; Brazil; 102.) Food Plants: Eichhornia crassipes (Pontederiaceae) xv 1947 Harwood, K. (TM; Florida; in capt.; 50.) x 1951b Moore, J.C. (Florida; 34.) x 1965 Lluch B., D. (Mexico; 410.) x *1967 MacLaren, J.P. (Panama; 389, 392.) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida, Georgia; 31-32, 64, 74_75, 77_78, 90, 92, 94, 101, 106-107, 115, 121, 124, 161, 168-170, 175-176, 220.) x 1975 Vietmeyer, N.D. (Trichechus; 71-73.) x 1976 Marmol B., A.E. (Peru; 32.) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 250.) x *1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 44, 46-47, 52-53, 56-57, 85, 130, 139.) 480 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1981 1981 1982 1983 1983 1984 1984 1986 1986 1986 1986 1987 1987 1990 Best, R.C. (review; 7, 9-13, 17-18, 20.) Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Powell & Waldron (St. Johns R., Florida; 49-50.) Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 43-44.) Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; 1187.) Tiedemann, J.A. (Turkey Creek, Florida; 6.) Irvine & Scott (Florida; 19.) Lomolino & Ewel (TM; Florida; in capt.; digestive efficiencies; 176-179.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1001.) Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 595-596.) Gallivan & Best ("E. crassiceps"; Brazil; in capt.; 552-553.) Timm et al. (Ecuador, 154.) Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Colares & Ferreira (Brazil; in capt.; 39.) Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 43.) Food Plants: Eichhornia diversifolia (Pontederiaceae) x 1986 Timm etal. (Ecuador, 154.) Food Plants: Eichhornia heterosperma (Pontederiaceae) x 1986 Timm etal. (Ecuador; 153-154.) Food Plants: Eleocharis acicularis (Cyperaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 12, 20.) Food Plants: Eleocharis interstincta (Cyperaceae) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 44.) Food Plants: Elodea densa (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46, 57.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 12, 20.) Plants: Enhalus acoroides (Hydrocharitaceae) Vorderman, A.G. (Indonesia?) Bayer & Harry-Rofen (Palau; 501-502.) Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; not eaten; 419- 421.) Lipkin, Y. (review; 82, 91, 92.) Denton et al. (Australia; 215.x) Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 307-309. x ) Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 687-688.) Santiapillai, C. (Sri Lanka; 3.) Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58-59, 65.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (Australia; 783.) Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; 636-637.) X X X X Food 1893 1957 *1972 1976 1980 1981 1981 x 1981 x 1981 x 1982 x 1984 x 1984 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1993 Erftemeijer et al. (South Sulawesi; 229-232.) Food Plants: Enhalus koenigii (Hydrocharitaceae) 1893 Vorderman, A.G. 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Enteromorpha (alga) 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Eragrostis (Gramineae) 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. ("E. aff. contrerasii"; Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Eragrostis hypnoides (Gramineae) 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) 1986 Colmenero-R., L. ("E. hipnopsis"; Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Eragrostis reptans (Gramineae) 1965 Lluch B., D. (Mexico; 410.) Food Plants: Fimbristylis capillaris (Cyperaceae) 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) Food Plants: Forsteronia (Apocynaceae) 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Fucus (brown alga; Fucaceae) 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; m55.) Food Plants: Fucus vesiculosus (brown alga; Fucaceae) 1873 Conklin, WA. ("Fuscus vesiculosis"; Trichechus; in capt.; 166.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Fuirena robusta (Gramineae) 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. ("Fuireria robusta"; Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Genipa americana (Rubiaceae) 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) Food Plants: Gracilaria (red alga; Gracilariaceae) 1984 Shane, S.H. (Florida; 184.) Food Plants: Gracilaria verrucosa (red alga; Gracilari aceae) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Halodule (Potamogetonaceae) 1982 Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58-65.) NUMBER 80 481 x 1990a Domning, D.P. (Florida; 34.) Food Plants: Halodule beaudettei (Potamogetonaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) Food Plants: Halodule pinifolia (Potamogetonaceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (review; 82, 91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 682, 685, 687-688.) x 1984 Nietschmann, B. ("H. pirifolia"; Torres Strait; 636-637.) x 1989a Marsh, H. (Australia; 82-83.) Food Plants: Halodule uninervis (Potamogetonaceae) x 1971 Hughes & Oxley-Oxland ("Holidule"; Mozam bique; m300.) x 1971 Kingdon, J. (East Africa; 395.) x *1976 Lipkin, Y. (Red Sea; 82-83, 87-92, 96.) x 1977 Murray et al. (Australia; 8.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14, 23.) x 1981 Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 307-309.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 682, 685, 687-688.) x 1982 Barnett & Johns (Queensland; 522.) x 1986a Anderson, P.K. (Shark Bay, Australia; 474, 476- 478, 483-488.) x 1989a Marsh, H. (Australia; 82-83.) x 1993 Erftemeijer et al. (South Sulawesi; 231-232.) Food Plants: Halodule wrightii (Potamogetonaceae) x 1966 Jarman, P.J. (Kenya; 86.) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 250.) x 1984 Packard, J.M. (Florida; 21-22.) x 1984 Powell & Rathbun (Florida; 15, 17, 24.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1001.) x 1991 Provancha & Hall (Florida; 87-98.) Food Plants: Halophila (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1963 Pfeffer,P. (Indonesia; 150.) x 1967a Jones, S. (New Caledonia; 216.) x 1968a Bertram & Bertram (m386.) x 1971 Kingdon, J. (East Africa; 395.) x * 1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 416-419,422.) x 1981 Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 307-309.) x 1981 Nietschmann & Nietschmann (Torres Strait; m57.) x 1982 Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58-65.) x 1984 Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; 636-637.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 1001.) x 1993 Erftemeijer et al. (South Sulawesi; 231.) Food Plants: Halophila decipiens (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 416-419.) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (review; 82, 91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 688.) Food Plants: Halophila engelmanni (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 250.) x 1981 Best, R.C (review; 8.) Food Plants: Halophila ovalis (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (Australia; 56.) x 1924a Petit, G. (Madagascar; 126.) x 1928 Prater, S.H. (Australia; 88.) x 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199.) x 1962 Marlow, B.J. (Australia; 433.) x 1966 Jarman, P.J. (Kenya; 86.) x 1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 416-418.) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (review, 82; Red Sea, not eaten, 89.) x 1977 Murray et al. (Australia; 8.) x 1981a Anderson, P.K. (DD feeding behavior; 641.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 687-688.) x 1981 Santiapillai, C. (Sri Lanka; 3.) xv 1986 Williams, T.R. (New Ireland, Papua New Guinea; 66-67.) x 1991 Frazier & Mundkur (India; 374.) Food Plants: Halophila ovata (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1968 Lemire, M. (m514.) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (review; 82,91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Halophila spinulosa (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; 416-417, 419.) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (review; 82,91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) x 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 687-688.) Food Plants: Halophila stipulacea (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1959 Jones, S. (India; 199.) x 1966 Jarman, P.J. (Kenya; 86.) x *1976 Lipkin, Y. (Red Sea; 82, 87-92, 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Halosaccion glandiforme (red alga; Palmari- aceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) Food Plants: Heteranthera dubia (Pontederiaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) 482 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Food Plants: Hevea spruceana (Euphorbiaceae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Hibiscus tiliaceus (Malvaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; TMM, in capt.; flowers; 224.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) Food Plants: Hydrilla verticillata (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32, 115, 220.) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 250.) x *1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46, 52, 55-57, 108, 139.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8, 11-12.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236, 240.) x 1981c Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 28.) x 1983 Kochman et al. (Crystal R., Florida; 120.) x 1983 O'Shea, T.J. (effects of herbicide; 165-166.) x 1984 Powell & Rathbun (Florida; 17.) x * 1985 Etheridge et al. (TM; Crystal R., Florida; consump tion rate & feeding experiments; 21-25.) Food Plants: Ipomoea batatas (Convolvulaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) Food Plants: Ipomoea setifera (Convolvulaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) Food Plants: Kyllingia brevifolia (= Killingia) (Cyper aceae) xv 1941- 1943 Pereira, M.N. ("pyrypioca"; TI; Brazil; 100.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Lactuca sativa (lettuce; Asteraceae) (SEE ALSO under Food) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19, 22.) x 1984 Lomolino & Ewel ("Lactuca lactuca"; TM; Florida; in capt.; digestive efficiencies; 176- 179.) xv 1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 44.) Food Plants: Hymenachne amplexicaulis (Gramineae) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9-10, 12, 20.) 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) 1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 43.) 1991 Haigh, M.D. ("H. amplexicaule"; Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Hymenachne donacifolia (Gramineae) 1986 Timm et al. (Ecuador, 154.) Food Plants: Hymenaea coubaril (Leguminosae) 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Laguncularia racemosa (Combretaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 44.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) Food Plants: Laminaria (brown alga; Laminariaceae) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m463, 465.) x 1946 Goodwin, G.G. ("Lampellaris"; Bering Is.; 61.) Food Plants: Laminaria saccharina (brown alga; Laminar iaceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C (review; 16.) Food Plants: Hypnea (red alga; Hypneaceae) 1973 Spain & Heinsohn (Queensland; after cyclone; 678.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Laurencia (red alga; Rhodophyta) x 1973 Spain & Heinsohn (Queensland; after cyclone; 678.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Impatiens (Balsaminaceae) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (West Africa; 610, 615.) Food Plants: Ipomoea (Convolvulaceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1976 Tas'an (Indonesia; in capt.; 5.) x 1979 Tas'an et al. (Okinawa; in capt.; 18.) Food Plants: Ipomoea aquatica (Convolvulaceae) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8, 10, 20, 23.) 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Leersia (Gramineae) x 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) x 1963 Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; m92.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Leersia hexandra (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; not part of manatees' natural diet; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10, 20.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Lemna (duckweed; Lemnaceae) x 1983 Tiedemann, J.A. (Turkey Creek, Florida; 6.) NUMBER 80 483 Food Plants: Ludwigia adscendens (Onagraceae) x 1986 Timm et al. (Ecuador, 154.) Food Plants: Ludwigia helmintorrhiza (Onagraceae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Luziola spruceana (Gramineae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 346-347.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9-10, 20.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) x 1983 Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; 62.) x 1991 Haigh, M.D. (Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Luziola subintegra (Gramineae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. ("L. sabintegra"; Mex ico; 989.) Food Plants: Machaerium lunatum (Fabaceae) x 1978 Husson, A.M. (Suriname; 338.) Food Plants: Machaerium wrightii (Fabaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Madarosperma traillianum (Asclepiadaceae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) x 1887 Martin, K. (Suriname; 27.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 346.) xv 1974b Dekker, D. ("mokko mokko"; Suriname; 2.) Food Plants: Montrichardia arborescens (Araceae) xv 1880 Murie, J. ("Moca-moca"; Guyana; in capt.; 21.) x 1964a Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; ml 18.) x 1978 Husson, A.M. (Suriname; 338-339.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8, 10, 20.) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 43-44.) Food Plants: Mougeotia (green alga; Zygnemataceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236.) Food Plants: Myriophyllum (Haloragaceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. ("Af. brasiliense and/or M. elatinoides"; Brazil; in capt.; 224.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 992.) Food Plants: Myriophyllum brasiliense (Haloragaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. ("M. brasiliense and/or M. elatinoides"; Brazil; in capt.; 224.) x 1983 O'Shea, T.J. (effect of herbicide; 165.) X X X X X 1872 1881 1895 1957 1988 1988 Food Plants: Mangroves (SEE ALSO: Avicennia, Con- ocarpus, Laguncularia, Rhizophora) Maynard, C.J. (Florida) Flower, W.H. (Sierra Leone; 454.) Bangs, O. (Florida; 787.) Cadenat, J. (Senegal; 1369.) O'Shea et al. (Venezuela; 290.) Reeves et al. (Sierra Leone; 81.) Food Plants: Mauritia flexuosa (Palmaceae) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) Food Plants: Medicago sativa (alfalfa; Leguminosae) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224-225.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) Food Plants: Mimosa (Leguminosae) 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 346.) Food Plants: Mimosa pigra (Leguminosae) 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 595-596.) Food Plants: Montrichardia (Araceae) xv 1805 Pitou, L.-A. ("moucou moucou"; French Guiana; 2: 260.) Food Plants: Myriophyllum spicatum (Haloragaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32, 220.) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 249.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46, 52, 55-56, 139.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8, 12, 20.) Food Plants: Najas arguta (Najadaceae) x 1986 Timm et al. (Ecuador, 154.) Food Plants: Najas guadalupensis (Najadaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32, 92.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 12, 20.) x 1983 Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; 1191.) x 1983 O'Shea, T.J. (effects of herbicide; 165.) Food Plants: Najas marina (Najadaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 1001.) Food Plants: Navicula (diatom; Naviculaceae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Nelumbium speciosum (Nelumbonaceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 346-347.) 484 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1981 Best, R.C. ("Nelumbo speciosum"; Guyana, Suri name; 8.) 1991 Haigh, M.D. ("Nelumbo speciosa"; Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Nelumbo (Nelumbonaceae) 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) 1963 Bertram & Bertram ("Nelumbium"; Guyana; m92.) 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Nelumbo lutea (Nelumbonaceae) 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 1001.) Food Plants: Oryza latifolia (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Oryza perennis (Gramineae) xv 1941- 1943 Pereira, M.N. ("arras brabo"; TI; Brazil; 102.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10, 12.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Oscillatoria (blue-green alga; Oscillatori- aceae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Neptunia oleracea (Leguminosae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Nereocystis luetkeana (brown alga; Lessoni- aceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Nitella (green alga; Charophyceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Nymphaea (Nymphaeaceae) x 1948 Bessac & Villiers (TS; in capt.; 188.) x 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) x 1963 Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; m92.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10, 17, 20.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. ("N. cf. rufescens"; West Africa; 609-610.) Food Plants: Nymphaea ampla (Nymphaeaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 1001.) Food Plants: Nymphaea lotus (Nymphaeaceae) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (West Africa; 609-610.) Food Plants: Nymphaea odorata (Nymphaeaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Panicum (Gramineae) x 1831 Spix& Martius (Brazil; 1123.) x 1951 b Moore, J.C. (Florida; 33.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida, Georgia; 37, 90.) x 1980 Domning, D.P. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 544.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Panicum amplexicaule (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) Food Plants: Panicum apressum (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Panicum elephantipes (Gramineae) x 1978 Husson, A.M. (Suriname; 338.) Food Plants: Panicum gladiatum (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224- 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Panicum hemitomon (Gramineae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 237, 240.) Food Plants: Panicum jumentorum (Gramineae) x 1935 Barrett, O.W. (Puerto Rico; m216.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) Food Plants: Operculina alata (Convolvulaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Panicum laxum (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Oryza (Gramineae) 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Panicum maximum (Gramineae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 993.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 595-596.) NUMBER 80 485 Food Plants: Panicum molle (Gramineae) x *1935 Barrett, O.W. (Central America, Puerto Rico; 216-217.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) Food Plants: Panicum polycomum (Gramineae) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) Food Plants: Panicum purpurascens (Gramineae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48, 130.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7, 9-10, 13, 20.) x 1981 Powell & Waldron (St. Johns R., Florida; 50.) x 1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; m266.) x 1983 Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; 1191.) x 1984 Domning & Hayek (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 106-107, 119-121.) Food Plants: Panicum spectabile (Gramineae) x 1948 Mendes, A. (TI; Brazil; 326.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Panicum zizanioides (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Papilionaceae 1858a Krauss, C.F.F. ("brandimakka"; Suriname; 392.) Food Plants: Paspalum (Gramineae) x 1831 Spix & Martius ("Paspalus"; Brazil; 1123.) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida, Georgia; 37, 87, 94, 122.) x 1976 Mannol B., A.E. (Peru; 32.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. ("P. aff. natatum"; Mexico; 595-596.) Food Plants: Paspalum acuminatum (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Paspalum fasciculatum (Gramineae) x 1974 Mondolfi, E. (Venezuela; 14.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10, 12.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) x 1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 43.) Food Plants: Paspalum paniculatum (Gramineae) x *1965 Lluch B., D. (Mexico; in stomach contents; 410.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 993.) Food Plants: Paspalum pusillum (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) X X X X X X X X X X Food 1969 1974 1975 1981 1981 1986 1987 1987 1990 1991 x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Plants: Paspalum repens (Gramineae) Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 347.) Mondolfi, E. ("Panicum repens"; Venezuela; 14.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224.) Best, R.C. (review; 9-10, 12, 20.) Montgomery et al. (TI; Brazil; 83-84.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Colares & Ferreira (Brazil; in capt.; 39.) Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt.; 43.) Haigh, M.D. (Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Paspalum vaginatum (Gramineae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) Food Plants: Paspalum vergatum (Gramineae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; not eradicated by manatees; 347.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) x 1991 Haigh, M.D. (Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Pennisetum (Gramineae) x 1986 Timm et al. (Ecuador, 154.) Food Plants: Pennisetum purpureum (Gramineae) x 1988 Reeves et al. (Sierra Leone; 81.) Food Plants: Phalaris aquatica (Gramineae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Phaseolus ovatus (Leguminosae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Phaseolus pilosus (Leguminosae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Phragmites communis (Gramineae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) x 1981 Powell & Waldron (St. Johns R., Florida; 50.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236-237, 240.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 1001.) 1986 Shaul & Haynes (Jamaica) Food Plants: Phyllospadix (Potamogetonaceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) 486 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Food Plants: Pistia (Araceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1981 Asper & Searles (TM; Florida; in capt; 121.) Food Plants: Pistia stratiotes (Araceae) 1897 Goeldi, E.A. x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt; 65.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) x 1976 Mannol B., A.E. (Peru; 32.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8, 10, 12-13, 17, 20.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) x 1983 Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; 1187.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 1001.) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) x 1990 Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt; 43.) Food Plants: Polygonum senegalense (Polygonaceae) x 1948 Bessac & Villiers (Senegal; 188.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (West Africa; 10.) Food Plants: Pontederia (Pontederiaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Potamogeton pectinatus (Potamogetonaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9, 11, 20.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1001.) x 1990 Rathbun et al. (Florida; 18, 27.) Food Plants: Quercus virginiana (live oak; Fagaceae) x *1986 O'Shea, T.J. (Florida; acorns; 183-185.) Food Plants: Reussia rotundifolia (Pontederiaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Rhabdadenia biflora (Apocynaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) x 1981a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; 91.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 44.) Food Plants: Rhizoclonium (green alga; Cladophoraceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. ("Rhizoclinium"; review; 8, 12.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III ("Rhizoclinium"; Florida; 236.) Food Plants: Pontederia cordata (Pontederiaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Pontederia rotundifolia (Pontederiaceae) x *1967 MacLaren, J.P. (Panama; 389, 392.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9, 20.) Food Plants: Pontederia sagittata (Pontederiaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) Food Plants: Portulaca grandiflora (Portulacaceae) x 1880 LeBaron, J.F. ("Portulacca"; Florida; 1005.) x 195lb Moore, J.C. ("Portulacca"; Florida; 34.) Food Plants: Posidonia (Potamogetonaceae) x 1963 Pfeffer, P. (Indonesia; 150.) x 1968a Bertram & Bertram (m386.) Food Plants: Posidonia australis (Potamogetonaceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (review; 82, 91-92.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Potamogeton (Potamogetonaceae) x 1878 Brown, A.E. (Trichechus; in capt; 295.) Food Plants: Rhizophora mangle (Rhizophoraceae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 47-48.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7,9-10.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 44.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1002.) Food Plants: Ruppia (Ruppiaceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Ruppia maritima (Ruppiaceae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 31-35, 107.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224-225.) x 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 249.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46, 51, 56-57, 139.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7, 9, 21.) x 1984 Powell & Rathbun (Florida; 15, 17-18, 24.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1001.) x 1990 Rathbun et al. (Florida; 17-18, 27.) Food Plants: Sabal palmetto (Palmae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) x 1981 Powell & Waldron (Blue Spring, Florida; 49.) Food Plants: Sagittaria (Alismataceae) x 1878 Brown, A.E. (Trichechus; in capt.; 295.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 12, 20.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989.) NUMBER 80 487 Food Plants: Sagittaria graminea (Alismataceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224.) Food Plants: Sagittaria guyanensis (Alismataceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224.) Food Plants: Sagittaria latifolia (Alismataceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt.; 224.) Food Plants: Salvinia (Salviniaceae) x 1966b Bertram & Bertram (Africa; weed control; 216.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 21.) Food Plants: Salvinia auriculata (Salviniaceae) x 1981 x 1981 x 1986 x 1987 1990 Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; 10, 12.) Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Colares et al. (TI; Brazil; in capt; 43.) Food Plants: Salvinia minima (Salviniaceae) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990.) Food Plants: Salvinia minor (Salviniaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; 10.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Salvinia oblongifolia (Salviniaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224.) Food Plants: Salvinia rotundifolia (Salviniaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 47.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) Food Plants: Scirpus (Cyperaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Food Plants: Scirpus cubensis (Cyperaceae) x 1983 Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; 61.) x 1987 Colares & Colares ("Scyrpus"; Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) Food Plants: Scleria cyperina (Cyperaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Scleria luteola (Cyperaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Scleria paludosa (Cyperaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) Food Plants: Scleria pterota (Cyperaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Simaba guianensis (Palmaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) Food Plants: Spartina alterniflora (Gramineae) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. ("Spartina"; Florida, Georgia; 37, 67, 73, 79.) 1978 Ronald et al. (Guyana) 1979 Hardisky, M. (Georgia) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) x 1982 Rathbun etal. (Georgia; 153.) x *1989 Baugh et al. (Florida, Georgia; 88-90.) Food Plants: Spartina bakeri (Gramineae) x 1983a Kinnaird, M.F. (Florida; 44.) Food Plants: Salvinia sprucei (Salviniaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; 10.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Sambucus canadensis (Caprifoliaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8.) x 1981 Powell & Waldron (St. Johns R., Florida; 50.) Food Plants: Sargassum (brown alga; Sargassaceae) x 1973 Spain & Heinsohn (Queensland; after cyclone; 678-680.) x 1974 Heinsohn & Spain (Queensland; after cyclone; 151.) x 1981 Best, R.C (review; 14.) Food Plants: Spartina brasiliense (Gramineae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) xv 1981a Domning, D.P. ("paraturd"; Brazil; 91.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (Brazil; 44.) Food Plants: Spirogyra (green alga; Zygnemataceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 12.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L. (Mexico; 596.) Food Plants: Spyridia (red alga; Rhodophyta) x 1973 Spain & Heinsohn (Queensland; after cyclone; 678.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) 488 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Food Plants: Stypopodium zonale (brown alga; Phaeo- phyta) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 88, 92.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Symmeria (Polygonaceae) x 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) X X X X X 1977 1979 1981 1984 1986 1987 155, 160, 168.) Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 250.) Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46-47, 51, 56, 139.) Best, R.C. (review; 8.) Packard, J.M. (Florida; 21-22.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989, 1001- 1002.) Estrada & Ferrer (Cuba; 9.) X X X X X X 1977 1979 1981 1984 1986 1987 Food Plants: Syringodium filiforme (Potamogetonaceae) 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32-36, 101, 107, 109, 114, 160.) Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 250.) Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46-47, 51, 56-57, 139.) Best, R.C. (review; 9.) Packard, J.M. (Florida; 21-22.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1001.) Estrada & Ferrer (Cuba; 9.) 1990a Domning, D.P. (Florida; 34.) *1991 Provancha & Hall (Florida; 87-98.) Plants: Syringodium isoetifolium (Potamo getonaceae) Kingdon, J. ("Syringodium"; East Africa; 395.) Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; not eaten; 419.) Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 82, 87-92.) Best, R.C. (review; 14, 23.) Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 307-309.) Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 688.) Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58.) Erftemeijer et al. ("Syringodium"; South Sulawesi; 231.) X X X X X Food 1971 *1972 *1976 1981 1981 1981 1982 1993 Food Plants: Thalassia (Hydrocharitaceae) x *1972 Heinsohn & Birch (Queensland; not eaten; 418, 422.) x 1981 Nietschmann & Nietschmann (Torres Strait; m57.) x 1982 Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58-61.) Food Plants: Thalassia hemprichii (Hydrocharitaceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 89, 91, 94, 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) x 1981 Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 304, 307- 309.) Johnstone & Hudson (Papua New Guinea; 685, 687-688.) x 1^81 Santiapillai, C (Sri Lanka; 3.) x 1984 Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; 636-637.) x 1993 Erftemeijer et al. (South Sulawesi; 231-232.) 1981 1981 1984 1993 Food Plants: Thalassia testudinum (Hydrocharitaceae) 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 31-36, 107, 109, 122, 149, Food Plants: Thalassiophyllum clathrus (brown alga; Laminariaceae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (Bering Is.; 112.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 16.) Food Plants: Thalassodendron (Potamogetonaceae) x 1981 Nietschmann & Nietschmann (Torres Strait; m57.) x 1982 Marsh et al. (Queensland; "probably eaten"; m61.) Food Plants: Thalassodendron ciliatum (Potamo getonaceae) x *1976 Lipkin, Y (Red Sea; 82, 87-92, 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14, 23.) x 1981 Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; m304.) x 1984 Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; 636-637.) Food Plants: Theobroma cacao (cocoa; Sterculiaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) Food Plants: Theobroma grandiflorum (cocoa; Sterculi aceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 19.) Food Plants: Tradescantia diuretica (Commelinaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224-225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Typha (Typhaceae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 346.) Food Plants: Typha augustifolia (Typhaceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 9.) Food Plants: Typha domingensis (Typhaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 224.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 21.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 990, 1001.) Food Plants: Typha latifolia (Typhaceae) x 1983 Tiedemann, J.A. (Turkey Creek, Florida; 6.) Food Plants: Udotea argentea (green alga; Udoteaceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (Red Sea; 94.) IUMBER 80 489 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Ulva (green alga; Ulvaceae) 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 73.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) 1984 Lewis et al. (Florida; 189-190.) Food Plants: Ulva lactuca (green alga; Ulvaceae) : 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. (TM; in capt; 231.) Food Plants: Ulva latissima (green alga; Ulvaceae) i 1875 Chapman, H.C (Trichechus; in capt; m459.) t 1968 Lemire, M. (m492.) Food Plants: Utricularia (Lentibulariaceae) i 1960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 762.) -, 1963 Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; m92.) [ 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 8, 20.) i 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. ("U. aff. gibba"; Mexico; 989.) Food Plants: Utricularia foliosa (Lentibulariaceae) i 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345, 347.) t 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10, 12.) [ 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) i 1986 Timm et al. (Ecuador, 154.) : 1987 Colares & Colares (Brazil; seasonal abundance; 42-43.) : 1991 Haigh, M.D. (Guyana; 341.) Food Plants: Utricularia minor (Lentibulariaceae) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) 1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; 83.) Food Plants: Vallisneria (Hydrocharitaceae) 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; 345.) Food Plants: Vallisneria americana (Hydrocharitaceae) 1981 Powell & Waldron (Blue Spring, Florida; 49-50.) 1983 Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; 1187.) 1983a Kinnaird, M.F. (northeastern Florida; 44.) 1985 Etheridge et al. (TM; Florida; consumption rate; 21-23.) 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; 989,992,1001.) Food Plants: Vallisneria neotropicalis (Hydrocharitaceae) 1974a Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 32, 74-75, 78, 90, 92.) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; in capt; 224.) 1977 Campbell & Irvine (Florida; 249-250.) *1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 46, 51-52, 56-57, 139.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 7-8.) Food Plants: Vallisneria spiralis (Hydrocharitaceae) 1875 Chapman, H.C. (Trichechus; in capt; m456, 459, m461.) x 1968 Lemire, M. (m492.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Vaucheria (yellow-green alga; Vaucheri- aceae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (Florida; 8.) x 1981a Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; 236.) Food Plants: Victoria regia (= Victoria amazonico) (Nymphaeaceae) 1909 Dilg, C (TI; seed capsules; 135.) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; young plants; 345.) Food Plants: Vigna luteola (Fabaceae) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (Brazil; 225.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 20.) Food Plants: Vigna repens (Fabaceae) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Florida; 48.) Food Plants: Vossia (Gramineae) x 1969 Allsopp, W.H.L. (TS; in capt; 351.) Food Plants: Vossia cuspidata (Gramineae) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 10.) Food Plants: Zostera (Potamogetonaceae) x 1905 Townsend, CH. (TM; in capt; 97.) x 1963 Pfeffer, P. (Indonesia; 150.) x 1968a Bertram & Bertram (m386.) x 1971 Kingdon, J. (East Africa; 395.) x *1976 Allen et al. (South Sulawesi; 35-37.) x 1979 Tas'an et al. (Indonesia; in capt; 19.) x 1982 Marsh et al. (Queensland; 58-59, 63.) Food Plants: Zostera capensis (Potamogetonaceae) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. (review; 82,91.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) Food Plants: Zostera capricornis (Potamogetonaceae) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (Australia; 56.) x 1924a Petit, G. (ml26.) x 1928 Prater, S.H. (Australia; 88.) x 1962 Marlow, B.J. ("Z. capricornii"; Australia; 433.) x 1968 Lemire, M. ("Z. capricorni"; m514.) x 1972 Heinsohn & Birch ("Z. capricorni"; Queensland; 416-417,419,422.) x 1976 Lipkin, Y. ("Z. capricorni"; review; 82, 91.) x 1978 Anderson & Birtles ("Z. capricorni"; Queensland; 19.) x 1981a Anderson, P.K. ("Z. capricorni"; DD; Australia; feeding behavior; 641.) x 1981b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; feeding behavior; 96.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14.) 490 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1981 Channells & Morrissey (Queensland; technique for identification in stomach samples; 307-309.) Food Plants: Zostera marina (Potamogetonaceae) x 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. (TM; in capt; 231.) x 1916a Anon. (TI; in capt; 1421.) x 1976 Tas'an (Indonesia; 5.) x 1980 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt.; 269-270.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (review; 14, 20, 23.) x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt; 199-200.) Formosa: SEE Taiwan Hamilton, R. (manatee stranded near Dieppe) x Duvernoy, G.L. (unidentified sir.; Roedersdorf; x 1-9, 1 pl.) x Serres, M. de (Manatus & Halicore medius; Plioc, x Montpellier; 285-286.) Gervais, F.L.P. (Metaxytherium; Montpellier; m264.) Gervais, F.L.P. (Halitherium Serresii, n.sp.; Plioc, x Montpellier; 210-217, 221.) Lartet, E. (Rytiodus Capgrandi, n.gen.n.sp., Mioc, x 673-674; other sirs., 682-684.) x Delfortrie, E. (Halitherium; Early Mioc; bones x scarred by fish teeth; 261.) Farge, E. ("Halitherium"; Middle Mioc; 265- 268.) x Farge, E. ("Halitherium"; Middle Mioc; 412- x 416.) Delfortrie, E. (Rytiodus; Mioc; 131-135.) x Gaudry, A. (Halitherium Chouqueti, n.sp.; Olig., x Paris Basin; 372-375.) x Flot, L. (Halitherium schinzii; Montmorency) Flot, L. (Prohalicore Dubaleni, n.gen.n.sp., Mioc, x Landes, 134, 138; "Halitherium n.sp.," Eoc, 138.) Viguier, M.-G. (Halitherium sp.; Plioc, Montpel lier) Deperet, C. (Felsinotherium serresi; Plioc; 1858- 1862.) Sickenberg, O. x Richard, M. ("Eotherium sp."; Late Eoc.) x Patte, E. (Halitherium; Olig., Poitou [erroneous x record]) Rey, R. (Halitherium) x Freudenthal, M. (Eoc. sirs.; Taulanne; 64-65.) Chavanon & Saubade (Halitherium; Olig., Gi- x ronde; 261-262.) Ginsburg, L. (Halianassa cuvieri; Mioc, Loire x Basin; 189.) x Ginsburg & Janvier (Metaxytherium medium; Mioc; 161, 183-184, 189.) x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X France *1833 1835a 1838 1846 *1847b *1866 1870 1871 1872 1880 *1884 1885b *1887 1892 1914 1934b 1946 1963 1964 1969 1970 1970 1971 1972 Sittler, C. (Halitherium schinzii; Olig., Sundgau; 113.) 1974 Anglada et al. (Halitherium sp.; Mioc, Sausset; 1-2.) 1974 Patte, E. (corrects erroneous record of Halitherium from Poitou; 24.) 1979 Ginsburg et al. (Metaxytherium medium; Mice, Dou6-la-Fontaine; 224, 226.) 1979 Viaud, J.-M. (Halitherium) *1987 Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium serresii; Plioc, Montpellier; 206, 228-229.) French Guiana 1664 Biet,A. 1743 Barrere, P. (TMM; 159-162, 1 pl.) 1805 Pitou, L.-A. (TMM; gen. acc; 2: 259-260.) 1963 Bertram & Bertram (TMM; status; m91.) 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 587, 608.) Fucotherium Kaup, 1840 (= Metaxytherium) *1840 Kaup, J.J. (published as syn. of Metaxytherium; 675.) 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (" Fur eotherium"; m481.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium; m577.) Genetics 1970 Loughman et al. (TI; karyotype; 151-152, pl. 49.) 1976 White et al. (TML; karyotype; 413, 416-417.) 1977 White et al. (TML; karyotype) 1984 Short, R.V (DD; chromosomes; 383-384.) 1988 Assis et al. (TI; karyotype; 41-50.) 1988 McClenaghan & O'Shea (TML; genetic variability; 481-488.) 1993 Bradley et al. (TML; cytochrome b DNA sequence; 197-202.) Geographic Information Systems: SEE Conservation Georgia (U.S.) 1884 Flower & Garson (Eoc sir.) Tomkins, I.R. (TML; 288-289.) Tomkins, I.R. (TML; 154.) Kellogg, R. (supposed sir. tusk [actually sperm whale tooth]; ?Mioc; 78.) Voorhies, M.R. (supposed sir. [actually entelo- dont]; Eoc; 93-94.) Pickering, S.M., Jr. ("Eosiren sp.?"; Eoc; m20.) Voorhies, M.R. * 1974a Hartman, D.S. (TML; 54-61.) 1974 Voorhies, M.R. (indeterminate sir. ribs; Mioc, Statenville Local Fauna; 228.) 1978 Irvine & Campbell (TML; aerial sightings; 615.) *1956 1958 1966 1969 1970 1973 NUMBER 80 491 1979 Hardisky, M. x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (Eoc. sirs.; 4, 6, 11-12.) x *1982 Rathbun et al. (TML; 153-154, 157-164.) x 1985 Ralph et al. (TML; m55.) 1988 Marine Mammal Commission (TML; habitat pro tection needs) x *1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TML; 185, 187-188, 197-199.) x 1989 Baugh et al. (TML; Cumberland Sound; feeding on Spartina; 88-90.) x 1989b Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium; Mioc, Suwannee R.; 58-59.) x 1989 Morgan, G.S. (Metaxytherium; Mioc, Suwannee R.; 50.) x 1989 Palmer, D. (TML; construction of artificial warm- water refugium; 7.) x 1989 Reid & O'Shea (TML; satellite tracking; 221, 227, 230.) x 1993 Turner & Buckingham (TML; Kings Bay Naval Submarine Base; accidental mortality & mana tee protection plan; 1, 10-11.) Germany x *1834 Kaup & Scholl (Pugmeodon Schinzii, n.gen.n.sp. [nomen nudum]; Olig., Flonheim; 16.) x 1835 Jager, G.F.v. (indeterminate sir.; Mioc, Baltringen; 3-4, pl. 9.) x * 1838a Kaup, J.J. (Halytherium, n.gen.; Pugmeodon Sch inzii, n.gen.n.sp.; Olig.; 319.) x 1839b Meyer, H.v. (Halianassa Studeri; Lorrach; 77.) 1850 Jager, G.F.v. x 1861 Van Beneden, P.J. (Halitherium; Darmstadt; 481.) *1882 Lepsius, G.R. (Halitherium schinzii) 1923 Berry, E.W (Mainz Basin) 1957 Hunger & Magalowski x 1962 Schafer, W (Halitherium schinzi; Olig.; 53-56.) 1962 Wilhelm, W (Halitherium schinzi; Olig.; 51-53.) 1963 Pietzsch, K. (Middle Olig.) *1965 Siegfried, P. 1972 Schwenzer, J. (Mainz Basin) 1973 Eisvogl, G. (Mainz Basin) 1973 Koehn,C 1978 Schafer, W. (Halitherium) x *1980 Tobien, H. (Halitherium schinzii; occurrences in Mainz Basin; 207-209.) 1982 Fischer & Krumbiegel (Halitherium schinzii: Leip zig area) x 1982 Fischer, K. (Halitherium schinzii; Middle Olig., Leipzig; 151-153.) x 1986a Pilleri, G. (sir. premolar; Mioc, Baltringen; 18,22, pl. 5.) *1986 Rothausen, K. Greenland x *1780 Fabricius, O. ("Trichechus manatus"; skull; 6.) x 1809a Cuvier, G. (HG; based on Fabricius; 299.) x 1825a Harlan, R. (HG; based on Fabricius; m281.) x 1828 Fleming, J. ("Manatus borealis"; based on Fabri cius; 29.) x 1840 Baer, K.E.v. (HG; based on Fabricius; 64.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (specimen of Fabricius probably TM; 138-139.) Growth Rates x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt, Hamburg; 124, 168-172.) x 1967a Jones, S. (DD; in capt, India; 218.) x 1972 Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; 208-211.) x 1979 Tas'an et al. (DD; in capt, Jakarta; body size & tail shape; 9-13.) x 1980 Dekker, D. (TMM; in capt, Amsterdam; 26.) x 1980 Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; calculated growth curves; 189-190, 198.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (TI; in capt, Manaus; 0.8 kg/week on milk diet; 21.) x 1981 Cardeilhac et al. (TML; in capt, St. Augustine, Florida; on milk diet; 143.) x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt, Toba, Japan; 202.) x *1981 Odell, D.K. (TML; in capt, Miami; 131-140.) x 1981 Zeiller, W (TML; in capt, Miami; 106.) x 1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; in capt., Manaus; on artificial formulas; 266.) x 1984 White, Francis-Floyd & Waterstrat (TML; in capt; 30-34.) 1988a Qiu Y.-X. (TM; in capt, Beijing; 36-37.) x 1990 O'Shea & Reep (wild TML; Florida; brain & body size; 535-541.) 1992 Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al. (TMM; in capt, Brazil) Guatemala (SEE ALSO: Central America) 1722 SEE Ximenez, F., 1967. x 1883 Stoll, O. (TMM; Lake Izabal; m346.) 1887 Brigham, WT. (TMM) x 1947 Marden, L. (TMM; 546, 552, 558.) 1980 Janson, T (TMM) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 581-582, 606.) Guyana (formerly British Guiana) 1596 Raleigh, W. 1698 Grillet & Bechamel x 1769a Bancroft, E. (TMM; gen. acc; 186-187.) x 1769b Bancroft, E. (TMM; gen. acc; 112-113.) x 1807 Bolingbroke, H. (TMM; gen. acc; 234.) x 1848 Schomburgk, R. (TMM, ?TI; distr. & in capt; 786.) *1866 Duff.R. x 1875 Anon. (TMM from Demerara; in capt, London; 295.) 492 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1880 1889 1898 1907 1912 1915 1916 1917 1919 1920 1921 *1925 1937 1941 1957 1960 1960a 1960 1961 1962 1963 *1963 *1964a 1964 1968 *1969 * 1973a 1973 *1974c 1974 1974 1974a 1974b 1974b 1977 1977 1987 1989 Haiti 1851 1942 1985 1989 1876 Chapman, H.C. (TMM from Demerara; in capt, London; 459.) x Murie, J. (TMM; in capt; 21.) x Anon. (TMM from Demerara; in capt., London; 527-528.) x Kirke, H. (TMM; 134-135.) Heilprin, A. x Rodway, J. (TMM; superstition; 84.) Roth, WE. Board Agric. Br. Guiana Beebe et al. (TMM; charms) Beebe, W (TMM; 226.) Beebe, W. (TMM; in capt, Georgetown; 730- 732.) Anthony, H.E. Berkel, A.v. (TMM; earliest [17th century] ac count?) Turner, J.P. (TMM; photo; 498.) Roth, V. Burton, M. (TMM; photo) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TMM; weed control; 762.) Anon. (TMM; weed control; 58.) McTurk, W.H. Roth, V. Bertram & Bertram (TMM; weed control; 1329.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; status, distr., & econ. use; 90-93.) Bertram, G.C.L. (TMM; gen. acc.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; behavior & ecology; 115-120.) Norwood, V.G.C. Hanif & Poonai Allsopp, W.H.L. (TMM; weed control experi ments; 344-350.) Anon. (TMM; weed control; workshop report; 4-5, 17-19.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; distr. & status; 320-321.) Anon, (workshop report on Manatee Research Centre) Bertram, G.C.L. (proposed Manatee Research Centre; 12-13, 19.) Sanger, C (TMM; weed control; captive breeding; 23.) Spurgeon, D. (TMM; weed control; 238-239.) Spurgeon, D. (TMM; weed control; 10-11.) Vietmeyer, N.D. (TMM; weed control; 60-64.) Bertram & Bertram (history & status of INCERE- MAN project; 106-108.) Van Bree & Duguy (TMM; 292.) Bertram, G.C.L. (TMM) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 586, 608.) x *1965 1991 Haigh, M.D. (TMM; weed control; 339-349.) Gosse, PH. (TMM; 346-347.) Morison, S.E. (TMM; sighted by Columbus; 309-310.) Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (TMM; status & distr.; 234-236.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy;575,601.) Halianassa von Meyer, 1838 (= Halitherium, in part; Metaxytherium, in part; Protosiren, in part) *1838 Meyer, H.v. (n.gen.; 667.) 1840a Meyer, H.v. (additional material; m587.) 1840b Meyer, H.v. (synonymy; 587.) 1843 Meyer, H.v. (considered to include Flonheim sirs. & Halitherium Christolii; 702, 704.) 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (syn. of Halitherium; 207, 220.) 1857 Jager, G. (comp. w/ Dugong; 98.) 1872a Gill, T. (synonymy; 92.) *1887 Studer, T 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 51.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) Reinhart, R.H. (nomenclature; m209-211.) Thenius, E. (syn. of Halitherium; 110-111.) Mitchell & Repenning (occurrence in Pacific; 13-14.) Kellogg, R. (review; 68-69.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (artist's reconstruction; 59.) 1966c Shikama, T. 1970 Shikama & Domning (syn. of Metaxytherium; 395.) Ginsburg & Janvier (not senior to Metaxytherium, 183-184; comp. w/M. medium, 188.) Crusafont-Pair6, M. (Spain; occurrences & bibli ography; 96-97.) Reinhart, R.H. (syn. of Metaxytherium; 191-192.) Savage & Tewari (syn. of Metaxytherium; m216.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (H. sensu Studer; phyletic position; 577, 579.) Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) Ridgway, B. (Hawthorn Formation [Mioc], Flor ida; 13.) Domning & Thomas (H. Studer a syn. of Metaxy therium; 207.) * 1987b Domning, D.P. (proposed suppression, as syn. of Halitherium; 122-125.) * 1989 ICZN (name suppressed; 83-84.) 1951 *1952 1963 *1966 1966 1971 1973 1976 1977 1982 1982 1987 Halianassa allisoni allisoni) Kilmer, 1965 (= Dioplotherium Kilmer, F.H. ("H.(?) allisoni' California; 57-74.) n.sp.; Mioc, Baja NUMBER 80 493 x 1970 Shikama & Domning (m395.) x 1977b Domning, D.P. (role in North Pacific paleoecol- ogy; 353-354, 356-357, 360.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (referred to Dioplotherium; 4-5.) Halianassa brocchii (de Blainville, 1844) Bronn, 1848 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) * 1855 Kaup, J.J. (n.comb.) Halianassa collinii von Meyer, 1846 (= Halitherium christolii, in part; Halitherium schinzii, in part) x *1846 Meyer, H.v. (n.sp.; considered to include Pugmeo don Schinzi & Manatus Schinzi; 328.) x 1847 Meyer, H.v. (Linz, Austria; 189-190.) 1855 Ehrlich, F.C. 1867 Hauer, F.v. x 1867 Peters, K.F. (m309.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 69.) Halianassa cordieri (de Christol in de Blainville, 1844) Bronn, 1848 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1848 Bronn, H.G. (n.comb.) Halianassa cuvieri (de Christol, 1832) Bronn, 1848 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1848 Bronn, H.G. (n.comb.) x 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (comp. w/ Trichechus; 209.) x 1970 Ginsburg, L. (Mioc, France; 189.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me dium; ml 82.) x 1973 Crusafont-Pair6, M. (Spain; occurrences & bibli ography; 96-97.) 1975 Crusafont-Pair6 & Golpe Posse (Spain) Halianassa jordani (Kellogg, 1925) Reinhart, 1951 (= Dusisiren jordani) x *1951 Reinhart, R.H. (n.comb.; brain; 210.) x 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (occurrence; 14.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ H. allisoni; 64-65, 69, 71-72.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (referred to Dusisiren; m21.) Halianassa studeri von Meyer, 1838 (= Halitherium schinzii, in part; Metaxytherium krahuletzi and M. medium, in part; Protosiren minima, in part) x *1838 Meyer, H.v. (n.gen.n.sp.; 667.) x 1839a Meyer, H.v. (in faunal list; 4.) x 1839b Meyer, H.v. (m77.) x 1840 Kaup, J.J. (synonymy; 674-675.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208.) *1887 Studer, T. x 1914 Deperet, C. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium spp.; ml861.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 444-445, 475-478.) x * 1952 Thenius, E. (referred to Thalattosiren; 110-112.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (review, 68-69, pl. 43; comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense, 78.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/Metaxytherium forestii; 43.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (H. studeri sensu Studer a ?syn. of Metaxytherium krahuletzi; 208, 223.) x * 1987b Domning, D.P. (proposed suppression by designa tion of neotype; 122-125.) x *1989 ICZN (neotype designated, name suppressed; 83- 84.) Halianassa vanderhoofi Reinhart, 1959 (= Dusisiren jordani) *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.sp.) x 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (occurrence; 9, 14.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ H. allisoni; 64-65, 69, 71-72.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/Metaxytherium calvertense; 75, 77-78.) 1966c Shikama, T. x 1967 Paula Couto, C. de (m346.) x 1970 Shikama & Domning (syn. of Metaxytherium jordani; 395.) x 1971b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium jordani; m217.) x 1972 Varona, L.S. (comp. w/Metaxytherium riveroi; 1, 10.) x 1975 Domning & Frye (syn. of Metaxytherium jordani; m3.) x 1977b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium jordani; m354.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dusisiren jordani; 21, 69-71.) x 1981 Clark, J.C. (Mioc, Santa Cruz, California; 28, 34.) Halianassinae Reinhart, 1959 (subfamily; = Halitheriinae, in part; Hydrodamalinae, in part) *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (new subfamily; 8, 62-63.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (divided between Halitheriinae & Hydrodamalinae; 3-4.) Halibutherium Gloger, 1842 (nomen nudum; = Hali therium?) *1842 Gloger, C. x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m481.) Halicore Illiger, 1811 (= Dugong) x *1811 Illiger, C. (n.gen.; in classification; 140-141.) *1822 Fleming, J. ("Halicora"; unjustified emendation; 2:204.) x 1825 Gray, J.E. ("Halicora"; in classification; m341.) 494 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1827 1827 1828 1837 1838a 1847b 1864 1867c 1867 1870 1870 1872a 1872a 1873 1874 1875a 1875 1878 1880 1880 1883a 1883b 1884 1884 1885a 1887 xD X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1888 1889b 1889 1890 1891 1894 1895 1897 1898 1899 1902a 1903a 1904 1904a Berthold, A.A. (in classification; 62.) Billberg, G.J. (in classification; tab. A.) Billberg, G.J. (in classification; tab. A.) Burmeister, H. (in classification; 793.) Kaup, J.J. (comp. w/ Halytherium dubium; 319.) Gervais, F.L.P. ("Halichore"; comp. w/ Hali therium serresii, 211-217; comp. w/ Toxodon, 218-219.) Dana, J.D. (in classification; ml69.) Brandt, J.F. (brain, comp. w/ Trichechus & Hydrodamalis; 269-270.) Claudius, M. (ear region, comp. w/ HG; 10-11.) Adams, A. (Sakhalin; 198.) Krauss, C.F.F. Gill, T (in classification; 92.) Murie, J. (anatomy, comp. w/TMM; 133,135,137, 141, 154, 166-167, 170-171, 173-174, 179, 183, 190-191.) Gill, T. (phylogeny; 272.) Flower, W.H. (comp. w/ Halitherium; 2-5.) Owen, R. (brain; ml02, ml04-105.) Wilder, B.G. (mill.) Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 292-298.) Cope, E.D. (squamosal foramina; 456.) Zigno, A. de (comp. w/ Halitherium veronense; 294, 296.) Cope, E.D. (m54.) Cope, E.D. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 309.) De Vis, C.W. (comp. w/ Chronozoon; 394.) Doran, A.H.G. (ear ossicles, comp. w/ HG; 367-370.) Woodward, H. (skull, m459; rostral pads, m460; brain, 461; manus, m462; tusks, m465; teeth, 467; m470, m472.) Rot, L. (comp. w/ Prohalicore, 134-135, pl. 1; descent, 136-138.) Marsh, O.C. (thought related to Desmostylus; m96.) Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; 416, 418-421.) Lefevre, T (descent from Olig. Belgian sir.; 199-200.) Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; m65.) Flower & Lydekker (anatomy, 213-214, 220-221; m223.) Dawson, G.M. (ml56-157.) Palmer, T.S. (syn. of Dugong; 449-450.) Sinclair, W.F. (meat; ml98.) Anderson, R.J. (manus; 765-767.) Palmer, T.S. (syn. of Dugong; m494.) Osborn, H.F. (m714.) Smith, G.E. (brain; m328.) Eggeling, H. (sternum; 99.) Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; 1-8, 11, pl. 1.) Toldt, C (angular process of mandible; m337.) Abel, O. (dentition; 50-51, 60.) Anon. Issel, A. (Assab, Eritrea; comp. w/ Felsinotherium subapenninum; 121.) Dep6ret, C. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium; 1860.) Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Desmostylus; 385-389, 391.) Matthew, WD. (tooth formula; 26-28.) Sonntag, CF. (tongue; 646-647, 654.) Nopcsa, F.v. (pachyostosis; m357.) Vosseler, J. (German East Africa; feeding behav ior; 225-226.) Kaltenmark, J. (anatomy; gen. acc; 53-54, 61- 64.) Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp.; 106-108,111-113.) Kaltenmark, J. (nasals, 15-16, ml8; phylogeny, 21.) Zbyszewski, G. (humerus, comp. w/ Metaxy therium petersi; m72.) Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Dugong; 135.) Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (lack of fossils in Indian Ocean, & vernacular name, m610; descent from Indosiren, 611.) Pronina, I.G. Kappers et al. (epiphysis, spinal cord; 1: 286, 2: 1064.) Hasegawa, U. Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dugong; m578.) Halicore australis (Retzius, 1794) Owen, 1847 (= Dugong dugon) *1847 Owen, R. (n.comb.) 1857 Fairholme, J.K.E. (Australia; 352-353.) 1860 Bennett, G. (Australia) 1876 Gill, WW (Torres Strait) 1876 Southwell, T (synonymy; 76.) 1878 Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 293-298.) 1881 Anon. (Australia; econ. use; 738-747.) 1882 Faithful, P. (Moreton Bay, Queensland; 4-7, 9-11, 13, 15.) 1883 Wallace, A.R. (Queensland; 54.) 1885a Woodward, H. (teeth; 467-468.) ?1886 Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (brain; 193-196, pl. 24.) * 1887 Ward, H.L. (vertebrae, pelvis; 536.) 1888 Senior, W. (Moreton Bay, Queensland) 1891 Flower & Lydekker (econ. use; 221.) 1893 Kent, WS. (Queensland) 1904a Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; 1-7, pl. 1.) 1905 De Vis, C.W. (comp. w/ H. brevirostris; 27-29.) *1906 Annandale, N. (synonymized with H. dugong; 238.) X X X X xD X X X X X X X X X X X X 1905 1906 1910 1912 1914 1915 1916a 1922 1923 1924- 1925 1942a 1942b 1943 1944 1945 1952a 1957 1960 1972 1978c NUMBER 80 495 X X X X X X X X X 1929 1933b 1934 1937 1940 1942a 1954b *1967 1968 1969 x 1923 Sowerby, A. deC (ml35.) x x 1924a Petit, G. ("H. australe"; distr. comp. w/ other species; 124-125.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium jordani; 67-69.) Birulia, A.A. (pelvis, comp. w/ HG; m88-89.) Dollman, G. (comp. w/ African dugong; ml6.) Hirasaka, K. ("H. australe"; distr.; 4222.) Promus, J. (Queensland; netting; 40-41.) Pocock, R.I. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 330-331.) Kaltenmark, J. ("H. australe"; m56.) Friant, M. (brain; 134.) Welsby, T. (Moreton Bay, Queensland; 1: 102- 110,2:233-257.) Banfield, E.J. (Queensland) x Robineau, D. (temporal region; 6.) x Halicore brevirostris De Vis, 1905 (= Dugong dugon) x *1905 De Vis, C.W. (n.sp.; ?subfossil, Papua New Guinea; 27-30, pl. 10.) 1975 Mahoney&Ride 1982 Molnar, R.E. ("H. brevirostre"; ?Pleist, Papua x New Guinea; 676, 679.) x Halicore cetacea Illiger, 1815 (= Dugong dugon) *1815 Illiger, C (n.sp.) x Gistel, J. (in classification; 83.) Bsk., V Heuglin, M.T.v. Linstow, O.v. Hartmann, R. (external morphology; 156-159.) Stiles & Hassall (nematode Ascaris halicoris; x ml49.) x Hatt, R.T. (m536.) x Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 382.) Halicore cuvierii de Christol, 1832 (= Metaxytherium x medium, in part; Metaxytherium serresii, in x part; Protosiren minima, in part) Christol, J. de (n.sp.) x Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa Studeri; 667.) Kaup, J.J. (synonymy; 674-675.) x 1840b Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa; 587.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. ("Halichore"; m206, 208, 221.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m475.) 1942a Kaltenmark, J. (history of name, ml02; ml 13.) 1952 Hooijer, D.A. (syn. of Metaxytherium medium; x 113.) Kellogg, R. (m69; history of name, 70.) Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me- x dium; ml82.) Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium x medium; 206-207, 210.) x X X X X X 1848 1876 1877 1878 1880 1899 1934 1982 *1832 1838 1840 *1966 1971 1987 1987b Domning, D.P. (history of confusion with Hali anassa; 123.) Halicore dugong (Gmelin, 1788) Illiger, 1811 (= Dugong dugon) *1811 Illiger, C (n.comb.) 1820 Ranzani, C. 1821a Raffles, T.S. 1821b Raffles, T.S. 1821c Raffles, T.S. 1829- 1844 GueYin-Meneville, F.-E. 1830- 1835 Gray, J.E. (India) 1834 Ruppell, E. (ml 13.) 1835b Duvernoy, G.L. ("H. Dugung"; in classification; tab. 4.) 1837 Burmeister, H. (in classification; 793.) 1838- 1845 Smith, A. 1838 Waterhouse, G.R. 1838 Waterhouse, G.R. (Sumatra; 35.) 1843 Backhouse, J. (Australia; 368-369.) 1851 Barkow, H.C.L. (fetus; nerves & muscles; 119? 122.) 1851 Diesing, CM. ("H. Dugung"; nematode Ascaris Dugonis, n.sp.; 191, 502.) 1851 Horsfield, T. ("H. dugung"; Siam; 139.) 1852- 1853 Kelaart, E.F. (Sri Lanka) 1853 Pucheran & Jacquinot 1857 Jager, G. (skull; 98-99, pl. 6.) 1869a Bickmore, A.S. (Aru Islands; 244.) 1869b Bickmore, A.S. (Aru Islands; 182.) 1871 Klunzinger, CB. (Red Sea; hunting, econ. use) 1871b Van Beneden, P.J. 1876 Southwell, T (gen. acc; 57, 75-76.) 1878 Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 293-298.) 1878 Klunzinger, CB. (Red Sea) 1884 Fischer, P. (barnacle Platylepas bissexlobata; New Caledonia; 359.) 1885a Woodward, H. (m468.) 1887b Baur, G. (supernumerary phalanges; 840.) 1887 Collett, R. ("H. dugung var. australis"; Queen sland) 1888 Ching, J.L. ("H. dugong australis") 1889a Leboucq, H. (fetus; nails; 190-192.) 1889b Leboucq, H. 1889 Turner, W. 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m221.) 1894 Turner, W 1894 Zaaijer, T. ("H. dujong"; cranial sutures; 340.) 1895 Phipson, H.M. (India; 489-490.) 496 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X 1895 1895 1897 1900 1901a 1901 *1904 1904a 1905 1905 1905 *1906 1906a 1907 *1907 *1908a 1908b 1908 X X X X X X X X X X 1911 1911 1912a *1912b *1914a 1915 1921c 1921d 1923 1924a 1924c 1926 1926 1926 1928 1929 1931 x *1932 x 1932 1933 x 1934 x 1934 Thurston, E. (India, Sri Lanka; 98-99.) Yerbury & Thomas (Red Sea; 555.) Etheridge et al. (?Pleist, Sydney, Australia; 170- 174, 178-180, pis. 8-11.) Etheridge, R., Jr. (?Pleist, Papua New Guinea) Finsch, O. ("H. dujong"; Papua New Guinea, Australia; hunting) Roth, WE. (Queensland; hunting; 30.) Freund, L. (manus; osteology; 363-397, pis. 14-15.) Lorenz, L.v. (m4.) Etheridge, R., Jr. (New South Wales; 17-19, pl. 4.) Freund, L. (sternum) Linstow, O.v. (India, Red Sea; nematode Ascaris halicoris; m258.) Annandale, N. (India, 238-243; Australia, 238, 242; Andaman Islands, 241.) Dexler & Freund Annandale, N. (pelvis, 79; manus, 79-80.) Pick, F.K. (lung anatomy & histology; 245-272.) Freund, L. (skull; ontogeny) Freund, L. (bones & cartilages of nasal region; 254-256.) Hanitsch, R. ("H. duyong"; in capt, Singapore; 13.) Dexler & Eger Riha, A. Dexler, H. Dexler, H. (brain; 97-190, pis. 5-6.) Freund, L. (skeletal embryology; 353-386, pl. 16.) Matthes, E. Matthes, E. Matthes, E. Sowerby, A. deC (ml35.) Petit, G. (distr.; Madagascar, natural history; 124-127.) Petit, G. (kidney; 2198-2200.) Cheesman, R.E. (Red Sea; 348, m350.) Dahl, K. (Australia; m266.) Sanielevici, H. ("H. dugung"; diet, mastication; 251,254-255.) Prater, S.H. (gen. acc; 84-97, pis. 1-4.) Petit & Rochon-Duvigneaud (eye, sensory capaci ties; 129-138.) Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis, osteosclerosis, 410- 413, 415, 427; tooth replacement, 429; neoteny of brain & genitalia, 430-431.) Hirasaka, K. (Taiwan; 1-4, pl. 1.) Korschelt, E. (rib fractures; 450.) Bahrdt, H.J. Hirasaka, K. (distr. in Pacific; 4221-4222.) Thomson, D.F. (Cape York, Australia; hunting lore; 237-263, pis. 29-31.) X X X X X X X X X X 1935a 1935b 1936 1936 1938 1942a 1951 1953 1954b 1957 1959 1959a X X X X X XV X X X X *1959b 1960 1960 1961 1961 1961 *1962 1963 1966 1967 1970 x 1971 x 1974 x 1976 x 1982 Wislocki, G.B. (lungs; 385, 388, 392-394.) Wislocki, G.B. (placentation; 159, 164, 172-173, 176.) Lopes, A.R (Mozambique; 28-36.) Sunter, G.H. (Northern Territory, Australia; har pooning; 47-48.) Asano, N. Kaltenmark, J. (m56.) Aragon, F. (Philippines; 265-268.) Brash, J.C. (tooth replacement; 464-466, 468- 471.) Friant, M. (brain; 129-130, 134.) Gohar, H.A.F. (syn. of Dugong dugon; m37.) De Silva, J.A. (Sri Lanka; conservation; 173-174.) Engel, S. (lung anatomy & histology; 102-104, 106, 111-114.) Engel, S. (lung anatomy & histology; 90-100.) Jonklaas, R. (Sri Lanka; pop. acc; 302-304.) Mani, S.B. (India; 216-217.) Silas, E.G. (India; 263-266.) Slijper, E.J. (closure of foramen ovale & ductus arteriosus; 536.) Thiemmedh, J. (Gulf of Thailand) Engel, S. (lung anatomy & histology; 95-107.) Fenart, R. (skull; vestibular orientation; 92-98.) Kellogg, R. (m69.) Tsuyuki & Itoh (fatty acids; 1035-1037.) Cansdale, G.S. (probable identity of Biblical tachash; 138-139.) Fleischer, G. (ear; functional anatomy; 351-353, 355-359.) Itoh & Tsuyuki (fatty acids, comp. w/ TS; 310.) Fleischer, G. (anchoring of stapes; 305, 308-310.) Molnar, R.E. (?Pleist, Papua New Guinea; 680.) Halicore hemprichii Ehrenberg, 1832 (= Dugong dugon) *1828- 1899 Hemprich & Ehrenberg (n.sp.) x 1888 Hart, H.C. (mentioned in Bible; 26-27, 220, 228.) x 1923a Petit, G. (mating; m77.) x 1924a Petit, G. (distr., comp. w/ other species; 124-125.) x 1930 Aharoni, J. (dispersal to Palestine via Suez Canal; 330.) x 1940 Pocock, R.I. (?syn. of Dugong dugon; 330.) x 1942a Kaltenmark, J. (m56.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 4, 36.) Halicore indica (Boddaert, 1785) Desmarest, 1822 (= Dugong dugon) *1822 Desmarest, A.G. ("//. indicus"; n.comb.) 1830 Cheek, H.H. NUMBER 80 497 x 1886 Miklouho-Maclay, N. de ("H. indicus"; m 193.) 1896 Stossich, M. (nematode Ascaris halicoris) x 1899 Stiles & Hassall (nematode Ascaris halicoris; ml51.) x 1922 Sonntag, CF. ("//. indicus"; tongue; 646.) Halicore lottum Ehrenberg, 1832 (= Dugong dugon) ?1828- 1899 Hemprich & Ehrenberg (n.sp.) 1877 Heuglin, M.T.v. x 1940 Pocock, R.I. (?syn. of Dugong dugon; 330.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 4, 36.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 382.) Halicore malayana Owen, 1875 (= Dugong dugon) x *1875b Owen, R. (n.sp.; comp. w/ Prorastomus; 560-561, 563, 565-566.) Halicore medius [sic] (Desmarest, 1822) de Serres, 1838 (= Metaxytherium serresii, not M. medium) x *1838 Serres, M. de (n.comb.; Plioc, Montpellier, France; 286.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. ("Halichore"; m205, 209, 221.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium serresii; 210.) Halicore minuta Bronn, 1838 (Hippopotamidae) *1838 Bronn, H.G. (n.sp.) Halicore syren Brookes, 1828 or 1830? (= Dugong dugon) * 1828b? Brookes, J. (n.sp.) Halicore tabernaculi Ruppell, 1834 (= Dugong dugon) x *1834 Ruppell, E. (n.sp.; Red Sea; 99-114, pl. 6.) x 1838 Owen, R. (heart, m35; skeleton, 41.) 1845 Reichenbach, H.G.L. 1871 Ule, O. x 1875a Owen, R. (ml02.) x 1876 Southwell, T. (gen. acc; 57, 76.) x 1881 Anon. (m738.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m468.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m221.) x 1904a Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; 4-7, pl. 1.) x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; m60.) x 1914a Freund, L. (pelvis; 372-373.) x 1916 Lucas, F.A. (pop. acc; 315-316,318.) x 1920 Schoff, W.H. (Biblical references to use of hide; 10-11,51-53,77, 140.) x 1924a Petit, G. (syn. of//, hemprichi; ml24.) x 1925 Mertens, R. (type specimen listed; 30.) x 1929 Birulia, A.A. (pelvis, comp. w/ HG; m87-88.) x 1940 Pocock, R.I. (?syn. of Dugong dugon; 330.) x *1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (referred to Dugong dugon as subspecies; 37-39.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. (pop. acc.) x 1969 Robineau, D. (temporal region; 6.) x 1982 Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of Dugong dugon; m305.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 382.) Halicorea Brandt, 1846 (tribe or family; included Manatus and Halicore but not Rytina) * 1846c Brandt, J.F. x 1848 Gistel, J. (in classification; 83.) Halicoreae Brandt, 1833 (tribe; included Manatus and Halicore but not Rytina) * 1833 Brandt, J.F. (new tribe) Halicorida Brandt, 1868 (family; = Dugongidae) * 1868a Brandt, J.F. (n.fam.) x 1872a Gill, T. (divided into 3 families; 13-14.) Halicoridae Gray, 1825 (family; = Dugongidae) x *1825 Gray, J.E. (n.fam.; in classification; 341, 344.) x 1872a Gill, T (in classification; 14, 91-92.) x 1872b Gill, T.(m301.) x 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 272-273.) x 1884 Flower, W.H. (in classification; ml84.) x 1889b Dollo, L.(m421.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (in classification, m220; m223.) x 1895 Palmer, T.S. (syn. of Dugongidae; 450.) x 1904 Case, E.C (teeth; m57.) x 1932c Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Dugongidae; 281.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Dugongidae; 135.) Halicorinae Abel, 1913 (subfamily; = Dugonginae) *1913 Abel, O. (new subfamily) Halicoroidea Gill, 1872 (superfamily; = Dugongidae) x * 1872a Gill, T (new superfamily; in classification; 13, 91-92.) x 1872b Gill, T.(m301.) x 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 272-273.) Haligyna Billberg, 1827 (= Hydrodamalis) x *1827 Billberg, G.J. (n.gen.; in classification; tabs. A & B, 33.) x 1828 Billberg, G.J. (in classification; tabs. A & B, 33.) x 1925 ICZN (nomenclature; 38.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 75.) Haligyna borealis (Gmelin, 1788) Billberg, 1827 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) x *1827 Billberg, G.J. (n.comb.; 33.) 498 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1828 Billberg, G.J. (in classification; 33.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) Halipaedisca Gistel, 1848 (= Trichechus) x *1848 Gistel, J. (proposed as replacement name for Manatus; 83.) 1850 Gistel & Bromme x 1925 ICZN (syn. of Trichechus; 38.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus; 534.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. ("Halipaediscus"; syn. of Trichechus; 309.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Trichechus; m578.) Halipaedisca americana (Link, 1795) Gistel, 1848 (= Trichechus manatus) x *1848 Gistel, J. ("//. americanus"; n.comb.; 83.) Halitherida Cams, 1868 (family; = Halitheriinae) *1868 Cams, J.V. (n.fam.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Dugongidae; 135.) Halitheriidae Gill, 1872 (family; = Halitheriinae) *1872a Gill, T. (n.fam.; in classification; 13, 91-92.) 1872b Gill, T. (m301.) 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 273.) 1889b Dollo, L.(m421.) 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m222.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Dugongidae; 135.) Halitheriinae (Cams, 1868) Abel, 1913 (subfamily) *1913 Abel, O. (new rank) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) 1960 Kaiser, H.E. 1978b Domning, D.P. (redefined; 3-5.) 1986 Domning & Ray (Halitheriinae indet; Early Mioc, Oregon; 263-276.) 1992 Kohno & Takaizumi (Halitheriinae indet; Late Mioc, Japan) Halitherium Kaup, 1838 *1838a Kaup, J.J. ("Halytherium"; n.gen.; 319, pl. 2.) 1838b Kaup, J.J. (comp. w/ DD; m536.) 1839b Meyer, H.v. ("Halytherium"; syn. of Halianassa; 77.) 1840 Kaup, J.J. (synonymy, 674-675; diagnosis, 675.) 1840b Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa; 587.) * 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (review & diagnosis; 203-221.) 1855 Kaup,J.J. 1858b Krauss, C.F.F. 1861 Van Beneden, P.J. (Germany, Austria; 481.) 1864 Dana,J.D. (ml83.) 1866 Adams, A.L. (Mioc, Malta; 595-596.) 1866 Lartet, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus, etc.; 678-680, X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1867 1867 1867 1868 1870 1871 1872 1872a 1872a 1873 1874 1875a 1875b 1875 1875a 1878 1878a x 1880 x 1883a x 1883b 1885 x 1885 x 1885a x 1886b x *1887 X X X X X X X X X X 1887 1889b 1891 1892 1901 1902b 1902 1903 *1904a 1904 1904a 1905 1906 1906 1911 1914 1914a 1917 682-683, 685.) Claudius, M. (ear region, comp. w/ HG; 6, 9-10.) Peters, K.F. Stache, G. Falconer, H. (Malta; 304.) Delfortrie, E. (Early Mioc, France; bones scarred by fish teeth; 261.) Farge, E. (Middle Mioc, France; bone scarred by sharks; 265-268, pl. 2.) Farge, E. (Middle Mioc, France; bone scarred by sharks; 412-416.) Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) Murie, J. (anatomy, comp. w/ TMM; 135,154,167, 190-191.) Gill, T. (affinities; 271-272.) Flower, W.H. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 2, 5-7.) Owen, R. (brain, 102; Malta, 104, 105.) Owen, R. (comp. w/ Prorastomus; 566-567.) Wilder, B.G. (phyletic position; mill.) Zigno, A. de (Mioc, Isthmus of Suez) Brown, A.E. (m292.) Zigno, A. de (Italy, 67-70; comp. w/ Felsino therium, 69.) Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; 131, 135-139, 141-142.) Cope, E.D. (South Carolina; 54.) Cope, E.D. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 309.) Gaudry, A. Ryder, J.A. (hind limbs; m515, 519.) Woodward, H. (femur, m459; teeth, m464, m472; comp. w/ other sirs., 465.) Hartlaub, C. (comp. w/ Manatherium; 370, 374- 376.) Flot, L. (ancestral to Trichechus, 136-138; "new species," 138, pl. 1.) Gaudry, A. Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; 416-419, 421.) Flower & Lydekker (anatomy; 213, 222-224.) Viguier, M.-G. Kornhuber, A. Osborn, H.F. (m715.) Schafarzik, F. (Hungary) Van Oort, E.D. Abel, O. Freund, L. (carpus, comp. w/ DD, etc.; m394.) Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; ml, m6-7.) Van Oort, E.D. Abel, O. (dentition; 51-52, 59-60.) Almera, D.J. (Middle Eoc, Spain; 379.) Lefeuvre Dep6ret,C (ml858-1859.) Freund, L. (fusion of cervical vertebrae; m360.) Schr&er, Z. ([actually Metaxytherium]; Hungary; ml 76.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X 1922 1923a 1924 1924 1924 *1927 1928 1934 1935 1935 1937 1941c 1941 X X X X X X X X 1942a 1942b 1943 1943 1945 1951 1951 1952 1953 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1954 1956 1959 1959 1963 1964 1968 1970 1970 1971 1973 1973 1974 1974 1974 1977 1977 Dal Piaz, G. Allen, G.M. (vertebral epiphyses; m236.) Andrews, C.W. (dentition; m306.) Birulia, A.A. (pelvis, comp. w/ HG; m88-89.) Hay, O.P. (teeth; m4.) Collignon & Cottreau (Mioc, Madagascar; 138, 164-165, 169.) Prater, S.H. (m98.) Nopcsa & Heidsieck Dartevelle, E. ("Halitherium sp.?"; Mioc, Congo; 717-718.) Fekete, Z. (Hungary) Dal Piaz, G. Heuvelmans, B. (dentition, comp. w/ DD; 5-6, 14.) Kretzoi, M. (Hungary, ml46; comp. w/ Sirenavus, etc., 148-149, 151, 154, pl. 6.) Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/ Trichechus; m59.) Kaltenmark, J. (history of name, 103-104; ml06; comp. w/Metaxytherium sp., 108.) Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 18-23.) Kellogg, R. (Caribbean; m299.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 438-441.) Reinhart, R.H. (m207, 209.) Thenius, E. (senior syn. of Halianassa; 110- 111.) Maldonado-Koerdell, M. ("cf. Halitherium"; Olig., Mexico; 146-148.) Astre, G. Bataller, J.R. (Eoc. & Mioc, Spain; 24-25.) Spillmann, F. Telles-Antunes, M.C.F. (Early Mioc, Lisbon; 129-137, pl. 1.) Patte, E. Rey, R. (France) Olsen, S.J. (Mioc, northern Florida; 129, 133- 134.) Chavanon & Saubade (Olig., France; 261-262.) Fuchs, H. ("?Halitherium sp."; Eoc, Romania; 1185-1191.) Ginsburg & Janvier (comp. w/ Metaxytherium medium; 184, 186, 188.) Crusafont-Pair6, M. (Spain; occurrences & bibli ography; 97-98.) Spillmann, F. ("? Halitherium sp." of Fuchs [1970] comp. w/other Halitherium species; 206-207.) Anglada et al. (Early Mioc, France; 1-2.) Domning, D.P. (Mississippi; m8.) Patte, E. (corrects erroneous record from Poitou, France; 24.) Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 366-367.) Savage & Tewari (Madagascar specimen consid ered Dugongidae indet; 217.) 1978c 1978 1979 1980 1980 1980 1982 1982 1983 x 1985a x 1985 1986 x *1987b x *1989 499 Domning, D.P. (phyletic position, occurrence in Africa; 575-579.) Schafer, W Kattinger, E. Inuzuka et al. (m641.) Sahni & Mitra Sanders, A.E. (Olig., South Carolina; 612.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (supposed Eoc. records; 5, 39.) Kleinschmidt, A. (body proportions, 375; distr., 378-380; pelvis, 392.) Bizzotto, B. (comp. w/ Prototherium, etc.; 100, 106, 111.) Kordos, L. (Hungary; zoogeography; 314.) Muizon & Domning (m209.) Rothausen, K. Domning, D.P. (suppression of spelling Haly therium proposed; Pugmeodon schinzii pro posed as type species; 122-125.) ICZN (spelling Halytherium suppressed; type species designated; name placed on Official List; 83-84.) Halitherium abeli Spillmann, 1959 (= Halitherium chris tolii) *1959 Spillmann, F. (n.sp.; Late Olig., Austria) x 1973 Spillmann, F. (stratigraphic & phyletic position; 205.) x 1977 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 367.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 389, 397.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of H. christolii; 207, 225, 227.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium florida num; 408.) Halitherium aegyptiacum (Owen, 1875) von Zittel, 1893 (= Eotheroides aegyptiacum) *1893 Zittel, K.A.v. (n.comb.) x 1895 Deperet, C. ("//. (Eotherium) Aegyptiacum"; m410.) Halitherium alleni Simpson, 1932 x * 1932a Simpson, G.G. (n.sp.; 445.) x x *1966 Kellogg, R. (referred to Felsinotherium; 91-92.) 1989c Domning, D.P. (history of name; 416.) Halitherium angustifrons de Zigno, 1875 (= Prototherium veronense) * 1875a Zigno, A. de (n.sp.) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 68, 70.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1892 Lydekker, R. (m78.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 17-19, 21.) 500 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1980 Kordos, L. (nature of type material; 387.) 1983 Bizzotto, B. (comp. w/ Prototherium; 100, 108.) Halitherium antillense Matthew, 1916 x *1916a Matthew, WD. (n.sp.; Olig., Puerto Rico; 23-29.) 1916b Matthew, WD. v 1916 Reeds, CA. x 1923a Allen, G.M. (m232.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m422, 496.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 67.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 65-66.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dusisiren; 13-1 A.) x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) x 1990 MacPhee& Wyss (review; 21, 31-32.) Halitherium antiquum (Leidy, 1856) Allen, 1926 (nomen dubium; = "Manatus antiquus") x *1926 Allen, G.M. (n.comb.; 455-459, pis. 2-3.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m421, 444.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (history of name; 91.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (considered nomen dubium; 396.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (considered nomen dubium; 416.) Halitherium beaumontii (de Christol in de Blainville, 1844) Gervais, 1852 (nomen dubium) *1852 Gervais, F.L.P. (n.comb.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) Halitherium bellunense de Zigno, 1875 * 1875a Zigno, A. de (n.sp.; Italy) x 1877 Lawley, R. (m342.) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 68, 70.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1892 Lydekker, R. (teeth; 78.) x 1895 Dep6ret, C (m410.) *1905 Abel.O. x 1927 Collignon & Cottreau (ml65.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 474, 476- 478.) x 1937 Venzo, S. (considered Chattian [Olig.] in age; 7, 13, 196.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (m69.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (probably not Halitherium; 207.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (?related to rytiodontines; 425- 426.) Halitherium brocchii (de Blainville, 1844) Gervais, 1847 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) x * 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (n.comb.; 221.) Halitherium bronni Krauss, 1858 (= Halitherium schinzii) * 1858b Krauss, C.F.F. (n.sp.) x 1862 Bronn, H.G. (m418.) x 1970 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian ?Halitherium; 1186-1187.) Halitherium canhami Flower, 1874 (= Miosiren canhami) x *1874 Flower, W.H. (n.sp.; Mioc, England; 1-7, pl. I.) x 1875a Owen, R. (ml04, 105.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) 1891 Newton, E.T. x 1927 Hopwood,A.T. (m21.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. Halitherium capgrandi (Lartet, 1866) Cope, 1883 (= Rytiodus capgrandi) x * 1883a Cope, E.D. (n.comb.; comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 52.) Halitherium chouqueti Gaudry, 1884 (= Halitherium schinzii) x *1884 Gaudry, A. (n.sp.; 373-375, pl. 17.) x 1887 Rot, L. (review; 136.) x 1895 Deperet, C (m410.) Halitherium christolii Fitzinger, 1842 *1842 Fitzinger, L.J. (n.sp.; Late Olig., Austria) x 1843 Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa; 704.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m209.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (synonymy; 310.) * 1904a Abel, O. x 1916a Matthew, WD. (comp. w/ ?H. antillense; m26.) 1916b Matthew, W.D. x 1926 Allen, G.M. (comp. w///. antiquum; m457.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m474, 478.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 19-21.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M.(m439,m441.) x 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m207.) *1959 Spillmann, F. x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 67-68.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 69.) x 1970 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian ?Halitherium; 1187.) x 1973 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 73, 76-77.) x 1973 Spillmann, F. (comp. w/ H. pergense; 200, 202- 207, 209, pl. 40.) x 1977 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 367.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 9,12,73, 118.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 576.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 389, 397.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ Eoc. sirs.; 43.) x 1985a Domning, D.P. (biochronological utility; 183.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (phyletic position; 211.) NUMBER 80 501 x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (considered ancestral to Metaxytherium; 207-208, 220-227.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (lance&tor of Metaxytherium; 417- 418.) Halitherium cordieri (de Christol in de Blainville, 1844) Peters, 1867 (= Metaxytherium medium) x *1867 Peters, K.F. (n.comb.; skeleton; 309-314, pl. 7.) 1899 Kornhuber, A. x 1952 Thenius, E. (syn. of Thalattosiren petersi; 109.) Halitherium curvidens de Zigno, 1875 (= Prototherium veronense) * 1875a Zigno, A. de (n.sp.; Late Eoc, Italy) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 68, 70.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1892 Lydekker, R. (m78.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (syn. of Prototherium veronense; m387-389, m395-397.) Halitherium cuvieri (de Christol, 1832) Kaup, 1840 (= Metaxytherium medium) x *1840 Kaup, J.J. (n.comb.; 675.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m221.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (syn. of H. Cordieri; m310, m314.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) 1906 Couffon, O. x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me dium; m\%2.) x 1976 Kordos, L. (m282.) Halitherium dubium (Cuvier, 1824) Kaup, 1838 (= Halitherium schinzii, not Protosiren minima; used in reference to misidentified material) x *1838a Kaup, J.J. ("Halytherium dubium," n.gen.n.sp.; Olig., Germany; 319, pl. 2.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208.) x 1866 Lartet, E. (occurrence; m684.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1895 Dep6ret, C (m410.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (history of name; 70.) x 1987b Domning, D.P. (history of name; 122-125.) Halitherium fossile (Holl, 1829) Gervais, 1847 (= Metaxytherium medium) x *1847b Gervais, F.L.P. ("H. fossilis," n.comb.; 221.) x 1884 Gaudry, A. (comp. w/ H. Chouqueti; 375.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1887 Rot, L. (review; 137-138.) x 1891 Rower & Lydekker (teeth illustrated; 223.) 1909 Mayet & Lecointre x 1919 G6mez Llueca, F. (syn. of Metaxytherium Cuvieri; 54.) 1926 Cottreau, J. x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml 13.) x 1956 Bataller, J.R. (Spain; skull; 24-25, pis. 6-8.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me dium; 182-183.) x 1977 Hooijer, D.A. (m3.) Halitherium guettardi (de Blainville, 1844) Gervais, 1847 (= Halitherium schinzii) x * 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (n.comb.; 221.) x 1866 Lartet, E. (occurrence; m684.) x 1884 Gaudry, A. (m373.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1895 Deperet, C (syn. of H. schinzi; m410.) 1920 Deperet & Roman (syn. of//, schinzi; m37.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (mlOl, ml 13.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 21-22.) Halitherium kaupi Krauss, 1858 (= Halitherium schinzii) * 1858b Krauss, CF.F. (n.sp.) Halitherium minor Cope, 1883 (= Metaxytherium serresii) x * 1883a Cope, E.D. (n.comb.; comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 52.) Halitherium olseni Reinhart, 1976 (= Crenatosiren olseni) x 1971 Reinhart, R.H. ("H. olsenensis," nomen nudum; m8.) *1976 Reinhart, R.H. (n.sp.; Mioc, Florida) x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22-23.) x 1989b Domning, D.P. (Early Mioc, Suwannee R., Flor ida; 54-56, 59.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium mani gaulti; 421,424-426.) x 1989d Domning, D.P. (m435.) x 1989 Morgan, G.S. (Early Mioc, Suwannee R., Rorida; 27, 30, 32, 39.) x 1990b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Corystosiren varguezi; 369.) x 1990 MacPhee & Wyss (comp. w/ Metaxytherium cf. calvertense; 25.) x * 199lb Domning, D.P. (made the basis of Crenatosiren, n.gen.; 398.) x 1991 Toledo & Domning (comp. w/ Dioplotherium cf. allisoni, 124; comp. w/ cf. Rytiodus, 133.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (syn. of Crenatosiren olseni; 33.) Halitherium pergense (Toula, 1899) Spillmann, 1959 (= Halitherium christolii) *1959 Spillmann, F. (n.comb.) 502 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1970 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian ?Halitherium; 1185-1186.) x *1973 Spillmann, F. (stratigraphic position & compari sons with other species; 197-209.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of H. christolii; 207.) Halitherium raulinii (Gervais, 1849) Deperet, 1895 (= Halitherium schinzii) *1895 Dep6ret, C ("//. (Trachytherium) Raulini"; n.comb.; m410.) Halitherium schinzii (Kaup, 1838) Kaup, 1855 *1855 Kaup, J.J. (n.comb.) 1862 Bronn, H.G. (vertebrae, ribs, humeri, tusks; 416- 418.) * 1862b Krauss, C.F.F. 1866 Lartet, E. (occurrence; m684.) 1867 Peters, K.F. (comp. w/ H. cordieri; 309-314.) 1874 Rower, W.H. (m3, 5.) *1879 Adams, A.L. ("H. Schinzi?"; Malta; 525-527, pl. 25.) *1882 Lepsius, G.R. 1884 Gaudry, A. (comp. w/ H. Chouqueti; 373-375, pl. 17.) 1885a Rot, L. 1885b Rot, L. (Montmorency, France) 1885a Woodward, H. (skeleton, 466; teeth, 467; m470.) 1887 Rot, L. (review; 136.) 1889b Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; 417.) 1889 Lefevre, T. (Olig., Belgium; 198-200.) 1892 Lydekker, R. (comp. w/ H. bellunense & //. veronense; 78, 81-83.) 1893 Howes & Harrison (vertebral epiphyses; m790.) 1895 Deperet, C (m410; comp. w/ Metaxytherium krahuletzi, 411.) 1902 Andrews, C.W (comp. w/ Eosiren libyca; 295.) 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 60.) 1911 Schmidtgen, O. 1912 Issel, A. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium subapenninum; 121.) 1912 Schmidtgen, O. 1914 Deperet, C (comp. w/ Felsinotherium Serresi; 1858-1859.) 1916a Matthew, WD. (comp. w///. antillense; 24-26.) 1923a Allen, G.M. (m233.) 1925 Abel, O. (most skeletons said to be composite; 48.) 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium jordani; 58, 67.) 1926 Allen, G.M. (comp. w///. antiquum; 456.) 1926 Sanielevici, H. (diet & tooth morphology; 251- 252, 254.) 1927 Collignon & Cottreau (comp. w/ Madagascar Halitherium; 164-165.) 1927 Hopwood, A.T. (illustration of skeleton; 20.) x 1928b Petit, G. (fusion of cervical vertebrae 2 & 3; m431.) 1929a Dette, K. x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis, osteosclerosis, 409- 415, 427; tooth replacement, 429.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 424, 431- 436, 443-444, 454, 456, 460, 464, 472, 474, 476-478, 480, 495, 499.) Simpson, G.G. (critique of restorations; 7.) Haupt, O. (Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany) Gillet & Theobold (Olig., France) Neumann, D. (manus) Kretzoi, M. (ml47, ml51.) Kaltenmark, J. (ml03, ml 13.) Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 19, 21.) Slijper, E.J. (spinal column; tab. 5.) Cailleux & Feugueur Kretzoi, M. (m439, m441.) Barthel, K.W Schafer, W. (manner of decay of carcass; 53-56.) Wilhelm, W (Olig., Germany; skeleton; 51-53.) Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 67-68.) Barthel, K.W. Kellogg, R. (?Mississippi, 66; Europe, 68-69; comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense, 76, 78, 81,83-85,88.) Siegfried, P. (femur, comp. w/ Eotheroides libyca; 165, 169-171.) Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian ?Halitherium; 1185-1188.) Sittler, C. (Olig., Alsace, France; vertebrae; 113.) Crusafont-Pair6, M. (Spain; occurrences & bibli ography; 97.) Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 72-73, 75-77.) Spillmann, F. (comp. w/ H. pergense; 198, 200, 202-204,206-207,209.) Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ Metaxytherium forestii; 43.) Hooijer, D.A. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium cf. me dium; 2-4, 6, 12.) Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 367.) Schafer, W. (display, Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt; 196-197.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 3, 9, 12, 16, 73-74.) '1980 Tobien, H. (Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany; occur rences summarized; 207-209.) Bahlo & Tobien (Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany) Domning, D.P. (molarization of premolars; m608.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ Eoc. sirs.; 30, 39.) Fischer & Krumbiegel Fischer, K. (Middle Olig., Germany; 151-153.) 1983 Muller, A. X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1932b 1935 1936 1936 1941 1942b 1943 1946 1947 1951 1962 1962 *1962 1965 1966 1966 1967 1970 1972 1973 1973 1973 1974 1977 1977 1977 X X X 1982 1982b 1982 *1982 1982 NUMBER 80 503 x 1985a Domning, D.P. (biochronological utility; 183.) x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272-273.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (?ancestral to Metaxytherium; 207, 220-227.) x *1987b Domning, D.P. (history of name; 122-125.) *1987 Pilleri, G. x 1989c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ rytiodontines; 423, 425.) Halitherium schinzii forma delheidi (Hartlaub, 1886) Sickenberg, 1934 * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (new rank) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp.; 107-108.) x 1970 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian ?Halitherium; 1185-1188.) x 1973 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 72.) x 1982 Fischer, K. (comp. w/ other H. schinzii; 151-152.) Halitherium schinzii lareolense Pilleri, 1987 *1987 Pilleri, G. ("//. schinzi lareolensis"; new subspe cies) Halitherium schinzii forma typica Sickenberg, 1934 * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (new subspecies) Halitherium serresii Gervais, 1847 x * 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (n.sp.; Plioc, Montpellier, France, 210-217, 221; comp. w/ Toxodon, 218-219.) *1859 Gervais, F.L.P. x 1874 Flower, W.H. (m5.) x 1875a Owen, R. (ml04.) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (m67.) x 1883a Cope, E.D. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 52.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1914 Deperet, C. (syn. of Felsinotherium Serresi; 1858.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (history of name; 70.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium serresii; 207, 210.) Halitherium studeri (von Meyer, 1837) Kaup, 1855 (= Metaxytherium krahuletzi) *1855 Kaup, J.J. (n.comb.) Halitherium subapenninum (Bruno, 1839) Kaup, 1855 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) *1855 Kaup, J.J. (n.comb.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (comp. w/ H. Cordieri; 310.) Halitherium uytterhoeveni Abel, 1925 (= Halitherium schinzii) x *1925 Abel, O. (n.sp.; nomen nudum; Olig., Belgium; 39.) 1934b Sickenberg, O. (206) Halitherium veronense de Zigno, 1875 (= Prototherium veronense) * 1875a Zigno, A. de (n.sp.; Late Eoc, Italy) x 1877 Lawley, R. (m342.) x 1878a Zigno, A. de (review; 68, 70.) x * 1880a Zigno, A. de (additional material; 291-298, pl. 4.) 1882 Zigno, A. de x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1887 Rot, L. (review; 136.) x 1892 Lydekker, R. (referred to Prorastomus; 78, 81- 83.) x 1895 Dep6ret, C. ("//. (Prototherium) Veronense"; m410.) x 1902 Yoshiwara & Iwasaki ("H. varonense"; ml2.) x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 52.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m473.) x 1942 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition & synonymy; 1.) Halobioidea Ameghino, 1889 (= Sirenia) *1889 Ameghino, F. (new taxon, rank not specified) Halysiren Kretzoi, 1941 (= Metaxytherium) x *1941 Kretzoi, M. (proposed as replacement name for Cheirotherium, 153; in classification, 153-155, pl. 6.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium; m577.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium; 208-209.) Halytherium Kaup, 1838 (= Halitherium) x *1838a Kaup, J.J. (n.gen.; Olig., Germany; 319, pl. 2.) x * 1987b Domning, D.P. (proposed suppression in favor of Halitherium; 122-125.) x *1989 ICZN (correct spelling deemed to be Halitherium; 83-84.) Haplosiren Kretzoi, 1951 (= Metaxytherium) x *1951 Kretzoi, M. (n.gen.; Mioc, Hungary; 438-441.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (considered nomen nudum; 112.) x 1985a Kordos, L. (Hungary; zoogeography; 314.) 1985c Kordos, L. Haplosiren leganyii Kretzoi, 1951 (= Metaxytherium medium?) x *1951 Kretzoi, M. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Hungary; 438- 441.) 1982c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium serresi; 29-30.) 1984 Kordos & Solt 1985b Kordos, L. x 1987 Domning & Thomas (?syn. of Metaxytherium medium; 208, 215, 229.) Hematology: SEE Biochemistry; Circulatory System 504 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Hemicaulodon Cope, 1869 (Pinnipedia; = Odobenus) *1869 Cope, E.D. (n.gen.) x 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) x 1883a Cope, E.D. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 52.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (ml50.) Hemicaulodon effodiens Cope, 1869 (Pinnipedia; = Odobenus rosmarus) *1869 Cope, E.D. (n.gen.n.sp.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (m231.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m65; comp. w/ Rytiodus, 78.) *1975 Ray,CE. x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (considered an odobe- nid; 2.) Herbicides: SEE Pollution, Effects of Hesperosiren Simpson, 1932 (= Metaxytherium) x *1932a Simpson, G.G. (n.gen.; Mioc, Rorida; 424, 426- 427.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153, 155.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) x 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m210.) x 1957 Kellogg & Whitmore (paleoecology; 1022.) x 1965 Arata & Jackson (ml76.) x 1971 b Domning, D.P. (m217.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (comp. w/ Metaxytherium medium; 184, 186.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (m8.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. wI Metaxytherium forestii; 43.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 14, 49, 51,74.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (records from Bone Valley [Flor ida] erroneous; 397, 400-401.) *1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (synonymized w/ Metaxy therium) Hesperosiren crataegensis Simpson, 1932 (= Metaxy therium crataegense) x * 1932a Simpson, G.G. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Florida; 427- 443, 455, 464, 478, 495, 499.) x 1932b Simpson, G.G. (mounted skeleton, New York; 5-7.) x 1941 Gregory, J.T. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium ossival lense; 38.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 66, 70.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review, 66; comp. w/Metaxytherium calvertense, 73, 78, 84-85.) x 1971 Reinhart, R.H. (m8.) x 1972 Varona, L.S. (comp. w/Metaxytherium riveroi; 7.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. x 1985 Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense; 205-206.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium florida num; 400-401, 413-415, 417-418.) x 1989b Domning, D.P. (m56.) x 1989 Morgan, G.S. (m39.) x 1991 Bryant, J.D. (Mioc, Rorida; 475-476, 481, 484, 486.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Rorida; in checklist; 29.) Hippopotamus dubius Cuvier, 1824 (= Protosiren min ima) *1824 Cuvier, G. (n.sp.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m209-210.) x 1952 Hooijer, D.A. (syn. of//, minimus; 113.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 68-70.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (considered type species of Hali therium; m576.) x 1987b Domning, D.P. (history of name; 122-125.) Hippopotamus intermedius Holl, 1829 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1829 Holl, F. (n.sp.) Hippopotamus medius Desmarest, 1822 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1822 Desmarest, A.G. (n.sp.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (syn. of Halitherium Cordieri; m309.) x 1952 Hooijer, D.A. (syn. of Metaxytherium medium; 113-114.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 69-70.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me dium; 182-183.) x 1977 Hooijer, D.A. (m3.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (m577.) 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium medium; 206.) x 1987b Domning, D.P. (confusion with Halianassa; 123.) Hippopotamus minimus Desmarest, 1822 (= Protosiren minima) *1822 Desmarest, A.G. (n.sp.) x 1952 Hooijer, D.A. (priority over//, dubius; 113.) x 1987b Domning, D.P. (priority over//, dubius; 123.) Hippopotamus minutus Cuvier, 1824 (Hippopotamidae) *1824 Cuvier, G. (n.sp.) Histology (SEE ALSO: Skeleton; other organ systems) x 1820b Home, E. (DD; digestive organs, 317; lung cells & NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X xE X X X X X X X X X X X 1861 1862 1877 1878 1878 1880 1890 1892 1898 1901 1907 1908 1911 1913 1924 1929 1931 1934 1934 *1935a * 1935b 1938 1 1939c 1940 *1942b 1946 1947 1951 1951 1953 1953 1954 ? 1957 ' 1958 : 1958 . 1959a 1 *1959b ] 1960 : *1962 ] sacs, 319.) Mobius, K. (TM; rostral pads; 148-156, pl. 7.) Goebel, A. (HG; bone; chemical analysis; 188- 193.) Garrod, A.H. Gulliver, G. Tomes, CS. (teeth) Murie, J. Pilliet, A.H. (Trichechus; stomach; 450-453.) Waldeyer, W (Trichechus; stomach, intestine; 81-85.) Tomes, CS. (teeth) Gebhardt, F.A.M.W (bone) Pick, F.K. (DD; lung, 258-269; blood cells, 266-267.) Humphreys, J. (Trichechus; dentine; m8.) Lefeuvre (Halitherium; bone) Hopewell-Smith, A. (DD; dentine) Mummery, J.H. (dentine) Petit & Rochon-Duvigneaud (DD; eye; 135- 136.) Sickenberg, O. (osteosclerosis; 407-412, 416, 434-435.) Addison, W.H.F. (Trichechus; brain cells; 587, 590.) Nopcsa & Heidsieck (pachyostosis) Wislocki, G.B. (TM; lungs; 385-396.) Wislocki, G.B. (TML; placenta; 164-171, 176- 177, pis. 4-7.) Oldham et al. (TI; hypophysis; 27-32.) Ijiri, S. (Desmostylus japonicus; tooth; 135-138.) B61anger, L.F. (lungs) Fawcett, D.W (TML; bone, 271-285, 287-303, 308-309; thyroid, 285-287, 304-307.) Widdowson, T.W. (dentine) Amprino & Godina (bone) Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; pituitary, adrenal; 57-62, pis. 1-2.) Kleinschmidt, A. (HG, skin, 294-295, 306-308, 310; TM, skin, 308.) Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; tooth enamel, dentine, cementum; 144-146, pis. 28-29.) Quiring & Harlan (TM; thyroid, adrenal, pituitary, thymus; 201.) Crusz & Fernand (DD; changes caused by tremato des; 503-505.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; skin; 11.) Enlow & Brown (Trichechus; bone; 198-199, pl. 34.) Knoll, W. (Trichechus; blood cells; 332-333.) Engel, S. (DD; lung; 102-104, 106, 111-114.) Engel, S. (DD; lung; 90-100.) Schwille, F. (bones, teeth) Engel, S. (DD; lung; 95-107.) X xD xD X X X D X X X D D X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1962 1963 1963 1964 1967 1967 1967 *1968 1969 1969b 1971 1972 1972 1972 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 ?1977 1978 1980 1980 1980 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 X X X X X D X X 1982 1983 1983 1983 1984 1984a 1984b ?1984 505 Glas, J.-E. (tooth enamel) Boyde & Stewart (TM; tooth enamel; 1102-1103.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Paleoparadoxia; pachyostosis; 196-197, 199.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (desmostylians; pachyostosis; 214.) Boyde & Lester (teeth) Cave & Aumonier (DD) Lester & Boyde (teeth) Lemire, M. (Trichechus, DD; stomach; 477-491.) Caldwell et al. (DD; gall bladder, liver; 437-441.) Kaiser, H.E. (pachyostosis & histochemistry; m207-208.) Iwata & Uozumi Blessing et al. (Trichechus; spleen; 175-178, 182-188, 190, 193, 195-198,200-202.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; digestive tract; 885-887.) Ota, Y Verhaart, WJ.C (Trichechus; brain; 271-292.) Kobayashi & Kamei Kozawa, Y Forrester et al. (TM; histopathology; 567.) White et al. (TML; blood; 413-415.) Marsh, H. (DD; stomach, duodenum; 273, 278- 292.) Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; incisor growth layers; 301-310, 4 pis.) Denton et al. (DD; liver; haemosiderin deposits; 213-214.) Marsh, H. (DD; teeth; 184-189, 196.) Miller et al. (TM; transseptal fibers & tooth replacement; 128 A.) Domning & Myrick (TI; bone; tetracycline mark ing; 203-207.) Elliott et al. (DD; intestine, liver; salmonellosis; 203-206.) Kaiser et al. Kamiya & Yamasaki (DD; sinus hair, 193-197.) Yamasaki et al. (DD; tongue; 185, 190-191.) Cohen et al. (TM; photoreceptors; 197-202.) Kleinschmidt, A. (bone density, 387-389; HG, skin, 402, 404-409.) Medway, Black & Rathbun (TM; hematology; 11-15.) Reynolds & Krause (TM; duodenum; 35-38.) Buergelt & Bonde (TM; toxoplasmic menin goencephalitis; 1294-1296.) Piggins et al. (TI; retina; 116-117, 123.) Wall, W.P. (TM; bone density; 197, 201-204.) Bazzini et al. (TM; hemopoiesis in vertebral bodies; 19.) Kozawa, Y Kozawa, Y (tooth enamel prisms; 438-440.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; female repro- 506 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1984 D x xD 1977 1978 x 1978 ductive tract; 751-763.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Glover (DD; male reproduc tive tract; 723-740.) Snipes, R.L. (TM; cecum; 71-74.) Kozawa, Y (tooth enamel) Mackay-Sim et al. (TM; olfactory epithelium; 187-191.) Ralph et al. (TM; pineal region of brain; 55-60.) Bazzini et al. (TM; hemopoiesis; 150-152.) Kalashnikova & Kazanskaya (TM; liver cells) Umnova & Novoselova (TM; skeletal muscles) Fischer, M.S. (TM; external auditory meatus, 367; tympanic membrane, 368; tympanic cavity, 370; eustachian tube, 373.) Kamiya, H. (Paleoparadoxia; tooth enamel) Buffrenil & Schoevaert (DD; pachyostosis) Buffrenil & Schoevaert (DD; pachyostosis; 2107- 2119.) Hill & Reynolds (TM; kidney; 53-56.) Maluf, N.S.R. (TM; kidney; 277-278, 280, 282- 283.) Buergelt et al. (TML; thickened heart valves; 220-227.) Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; 334-336, 358-364.) Ketten et al. (TML; middle & inner ear, 83-84, 86-88.) Sakae, T. (Desmostylus; enamel mineralogy) Historical Notes 1846a Brandt, J.F. (discussion of study of rostral pads of HG; 91-94.) 1861 Brandt, J.F. 1868c Brandt, J.F. (discussion of contents of Symbolae Sirenologicae; 471-474.) 1868d Brandt, J.F. (new reconstruction of HG in Symbo lae Sirenologicae; 457-458.) Stejneger, L. (HG skeletons in museums; 81.) Sinclair, WF. (DD; possible mention by Cosmas of Alexandria [6th century A.D.]; 198.) Jackson, E.S. (DD; Australia; medicinal use of oil by Dr. Wm. Hobbs; m282.) Simpson, G.G. (early finds of fossil sirs, in North America; ml77.) Takashi, Y Rayfield, E. (map with illustration of HG repro duced from National Ocean Survey archives, after Dall [1891]; 45, 47.) Bertram & Sale (report of meeting on dugong research in East Africa; 389-390.) Hasegawa, Y (artists' reconstructions of desmo stylians; pop. acc; 90-91.) Arvy, L. Stanbury, P.J. (DD; Australia; accounts of Dampier & Portlock; 18.) X X X X X D X X X X X X D 1984 1985 1985 1985 1986 1986 1986 1988 1988b 1989 *1989 1989 1989 1990 1991 1992 1992 1893 1897 1923 1942 1971 1974 1975 X X X 1940 1974 *1979 1983 1989 x 1985 Baldwin, CL. (DD; Australia; research in progress, Feb. 1984; Appendix.) 1987 Bertram, G.C.L. (account of the Bertrams' studies of sirs.) x 1988 Rannery, T. (HG skeleton in Australian Museum, Sydney; 462.) 1991 Yamashita, K. (DD; in ancient Japanese docu ments) xD 1993 McAnally, L.M. (Cornwallius sookensis; British Columbia; discovery & theft of type material; 8-9.) Homing: SEE Migration and Movements Honduras (SEE ALSO: Central America) 1935 Strong, WD. (TMM) Hagen, V.W.v. (TM) Davidson, WV. (TMM now absent from Bay Islands) Klein, E.H. (TMM; status & distr.; 21-28.) Rathbun et al. (TMM; status; 301-308.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 582, 606.) Hungary 1902 Schafarzik, F. 1911 Koch, A. (Halitherium; Olig.) 1917 Schr6ter, Z. (Metaxytherium petersi; Mioc; 176- 177.) 1934b Sickenberg, O. 1935 Fekete,Z. Kretzoi, M. (Sirenavus hungaricus, n.gen.n.sp., Middle Eoc; & other sirs.; 146-147, 156.) Mottl, M. (Eoc.) Kretzoi, M. (Haplosiren leganyii, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc; 438-441.) Kretzoi, M. (indeterminate sir.; Early Eoc, Dudar, 273-277.) Kretzoi, M. Balogh & R6nai (Eoc.) Detre et al. (Eoc.) Kordos, L. Kordos, L. (Paralitherium tarkanyense, n.gen.n.sp.; Late Eoc, Felso'tirkahy; 349- 367.) Kordos, L. (Protosiren cf. fraasi; Middle Eoc., Felsogalla; 288-289.) Kordos, L. (Anisosiren pannonica, n.gen.n.sp.) Kordos, L. (Eotheroides sp.; Middle Eoc, Balinka; 385-397.) Biildi, T. Kordos & Solt 1985a Kordos, L. (sir. fossil record; 314.) 1985b Kordos, L. (specimens collected by F. Leg&iyi) 1985c Kordos, L. *1941 1944 *1951 1953 1955 1965 1971 1976 *1977 1978 *1979 1980 1983 1984 NUMBER 80 507 Hunting and Capture (SEE ALSO: Accidental Mortality; Archeological Sites, Sirenians at; Captivity, Sirenians in; Conservation; Economic Use; Natural Enemies; Weed Control) 1526 Oviedo, G.F. de (TMM; West Indies) 1743 Barrere, P. (TMM; French Guiana; 159-161, 1 pl.) 1764 Soimonov, F.I. (HG) 1791 Bartram, W. (TML; Rorida; 231-232.) 1801 Edwards, B. (TMM; West Indies; remoras; 1: 127.) 1809 Descourtilz, M.E. (TMM; San Domingo; 2: 274- 276.) 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; Singapore; harpoons; 180-181.) 1824 Harlan, R. (TML; Rorida; harpoon; 392.) 1825a Harlan, R. (TML, Rorida, 277; TMM, Belize, 278; harpoons.) 1826 Wied-Neuwied, M. zu (TMM; Brazil; harpoons; 603.) 1829 Maw, H.L. (TI; Brazil-Peru border; harpoons; m237.) 1831 Spix & Martius (TI; Brazil; hunted during high water; 1122.) 1834 Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; harpoons; 100, 112- 113.) 1836 Smyth & Lowe (TI; Peru; harpooned in rainy season; 242-243.) 1837 Williams, J.L. 1838 Humboldt, A.v. (TMM; Orinoco R.; annual hunts; 9.) 1843 Backhouse, J. (DD; Australia; nets; 368-369.) 1847 Edwards, W.H. (TI; Brazil; harpoons; 187.) 1847 Young, T (TM) 1852 MacGillivray, J. (DD; Moreton Bay, Australia; fishery) 1853 Wallace, A.R. (TI; Brazil; 187, 460.) 1857 Fairholme, J.K.E. (DD; Australia; nets, harpoons; 353.) 1857 Holton, I.F. (Trichechus; Colombia, Brazil; m46.) 1857 Shaw, N. (TS; Benu6 R., Africa; m99.) 1863c Brandt, J.F. (HG; extermination; 558-564.) 1867a Brandt, J.F. (HG; extermination; 445-450.) 1869 Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 1: 673; 2: 149-153, 157.) 1871 Klunzinger, CB. (DD; Red Sea) 1871 Myers & Myers (TMM; Orinoco R.; harpoons, stockades; 103.) 1875 Marcoy, P. (Trichechus; South America; 2: 45, 187-191, 194.) 1876 Gill, WW. (DD; Torres Strait) 1876 Orton, J. (TI; Brazil; harpoons, nets; 299, 477.) 1876 Rambler (TML; Rorida) 1880 LeBaron, J.F. (TML; Rorida; nets, guns; 1006.) 1881 Anon. (DD; Queensland; nets, 744-745; harpoons, 745.) *1881 Rower, W.H. (TS; West Africa; traps set on land; X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1882 1883 1884b 1886 1887 *1887 1889 1890 1890 1891 1893 1893 1894 *1895 1898 *1899 1901 *1901a 1901 1902 *1903 1904 1904 1906 *1906b 1907 1908 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1912 1913 manatee-catching society; 454-455.) Faithful, P. (DD; Queensland; nets [made in England!], harpoons; 11.) Moloney, CA. (TS; Gold Coast; traps, nets; 27-28.) True, F.W. (Trichechus; Americas; nets, guns, harpoons, crossbows; 123-127.) Miklouho-Maclay, N. de (DD; Australia; nets, drowning; ml93.) Rovirosa, J.N. (TMM; Mexico; harpoons; 357.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Commander Islands; 1048- 1053.) Jacobsen (DD; Indonesia) Buttikofer, J. (TS; Liberia; guns, harpoons, nets, fences; 2: 392-393.) Senior, W (DD; Queensland) Stuart, H.V (TML; sold as beef in New York; 137.) Goeldi, E.A. (Trichechus; Brazil; harpoons, nets; 120.) Stretton, WG. (DD; Australia; making of harpoon rope) Kuroiwa, T (DD) Verfssimo, J. (TI; Brazil; harpoons, nets; 35-39, 92-93.) Anon. (TML; Seminole Indians, Rorida; harpoons; 102.) Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; clubs, axes, hooks; 197-199.) Anon. (DD; Torres Strait; nets, harpoons; 21238- 21239.) Finsch, O. (DD; Papua New Guinea, Australia) Roth, WE. (DD; Queensland; harpoons, fences; 30.) Moriceau (DD; Madagascar) Rodriguez Ferreira, A. (TI; Pari, Brazil; 169-170, 172-173.) Allen, J.A. (TMM; Colombia; 423.) Wilcox, W.A. (TMM; Puerto Rico; nets; 387.) Annandale, N. (DD; India, nets, 241-242; Austra lia, nets, 242.) Dexler & Freund (DD; Australia; nets; 51-52, 55, 60-61, 64.) Dimock, A.W. (TML; Rorida; live capture; 848- 853.) Dimock, A.W. Maclaud, C. (TS; West Africa) Anon. (DD; Australia; nets; 93.) Packard, W (TML; Rorida; accidental netting; ml44-145.) Gann, T.W.F. (TMM; Belize; ?use of nets by ancient Maya; 78.) Harris, WK. (DD; Australia; nets, harpoons; 227.) Rodway, J. (TMM; Guyana; m84.) Frobenius, L. (TS; Yoruba rituals; 1: 199.) 508 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1914 1917 1917 1918 1919 *1920 1922 1922 *1923a 1924 1924 ?1924 1924- 1925 1925 1925 *1925 1925 1926 1926 x 1926 1927 x *1927b x 1928 x 1928 x 1929 x 1931 X X X X X X X X X X 1932 1932 1932 *1933 1934 1934 *1934 *1935 1936 1937 1937 1937 1937 Woodroffe, J.F. (TI; Amazonia; traps; 243-244.) Brown, W.P. (TML; Florida) Fairchild, D. (TML; Rorida; 343-344.) Cum y Valera, L.A. (TMM; Cuba; 95.) Jay, D. (DD; Australia; harpoons; 40-41.) Goldman, E.A. (TMM; Panama; 70-71.) Golder, F.A. (HG; by Bering expedition; 237-238, 279.) Swanton, J.R. (TML; Rorida; by Indians; 389.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar, harpoons, nets, rituals, 75-77, 81-82; New Guinea, nets, 82.) Abraham, H.C. (DD; Malaysia; harpoons) Adams, M.P.G. (DD; northwestern Australia) Dandouau, A. (DD; Madagascar; harpoons, rituals; 151-153.) Vosseler, J. (TI; Brazil; for aquarium; 63-64.) Fernandes, A. de A. (Trichechus; Brazil; harpoons; 263-267.) Lee, I. (DD; Australia; net; 520.) Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; hooks, harpoons; 180, 227-228.) Tindale, N.B. (DD; Australia) Derscheid, J.M. (TS; Congo; nets; kept alive for weeks; 30.) MacCreagh, G. (TI; Rio Uaupes area, Brazil; by Tiquie" Tucana Indians; harpoon, blowgun; 313, 323-324.) Schurz, WL. (TI; Brazil; 2 photos of carcasses; 449-450.) Landtmann, G. (DD; New Guinea; rituals) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar; rituals; 246-250.) Cundall, F. (TMM; Jamaica; 139, 143.) Prater, S.H. (DD; nets, harpoons; 87-88.) Prater, S.H. (DD; Andaman Islands, harpoons; India, nets; 987.) Tate, G.H.H. (Trichechus; South America; har poons; 253.) Haddon, A.C. (DD; Torres Strait) Hirasaka, K. (DD; Japan & Ryukyus; 3.) Petrie, C.C. (DD; Queensland; nets & harpoons) Jobim, A. (Trichechus; Brazil; techniques; 140- 144.) Bittencourt, A. (TI; Brazil; 24-25.) Hirasaka, K. (DD; Japan & Ryukyus; 4221.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Cape York, Australia; Abo riginal hunting lore; 237-263, pis. 29-30.) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; Central America; 216-217.) Sunter, G.H. (DD; Australia; harpoons; 47-48.) Johnson, E. (TS; Gambia; nets; 63-64.) Pinheiro, A. (Trichechus; Brazil; 215-218.) Promus, J. (DD; Queensland; commercial netting; 40-41.) Sanderson, I.T. (TS; West Africa; 267.) X X X X X X X X 1937 *1937 1938 1939 1939 1939 1940 1941 1941- 1943 1942 1944 1944 x *1944 1945 x 1945 x *1946 1946 x 1946 x 1947 x 1947 *1948 x 1948 X X X X X X X X X X X 1948 1949 1950 1951a 1951b 1951 1952 1954 ?1955 1956 1957 1957 1957 1958 Sunter, G.H. (DD; Australia; harpoons; 53-61.) Woods, F.J. (TS; Nigeria; traps, bait, harpoons, nets; 23-27.) Wood, T (DD; Buccaneer Archipelago, Australia; m53.) Coates, C.W. (TI; Brazil; harpoons, nets, guns; 148.) Patterson, E.K. (DD; Australia) Wavrin, M. de (Trichechus; Amazonia & northern South America; beating, harpoons; 194-196.) Machado, F. de P. (TI; Brazil; hunted chiefly in winter; 246.) Landa, D. de (TMM; Yucatan; harpoons; 16th century; 190-191.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; harpoons, nets; 100,102, 153.) Morison, S.E. (TMM; Cuba, remoras, in 1494,457; Dominican Republic, in 1502, 592.) Andreyev, A.I. (HG) Morais Rego, A.R. de (TI; Brazil; harpoons; 10-12.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; hunted less in black water, 45; holes made by hunters in floating meadows, 48; hunting pressure in different regions, 53-55; hunting methods, 72-83.) Church, A.E. (DD; Australia) Santos, E. (TI; Brazil; harpoons, nets; 157-158.) Baughman, J.L. (Trichechus; Americas; 234-237.) Harney, WE. (DD; Australia) Swanton, J.R. (TML; Florida; by Indians; 250,282, 297-298, 329.) Harwood, K. (TML; Rorida; live capture by harpoon; 50.) Marden, L. (TMM; Guatemala; 546, 552, 558.) Andreyev, A.I. (HG; Bering Is., 1759-60; Chere- panov's account; 113-115.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; harpoons, nets, shark nets, superstitions; 188-189.) Mendes, A. (TI; Brazil; harpoons, nets; 326.) Loveless, J.R. (DD; Queensland; nets; 8.) Durand, J. (TM) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; poaching; 4, 6, 8-11.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; 23, 35.) Taylor, D.M. (TMM; Belize) Andreyev, A.I. (HG; Bering Is., 1758-59; 19.) Aragao, A. de (TI; Brazil; harpoons; 54-56.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; nets, harpoons; 19.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Queensland) Cadenat, J. (TS; Senegal; accidental capture; 1368-1369.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; nets; 5.) Meggers & Evans (TI; Brazil; by Indians; m570.) Fichter, G.S. (TML; Florida; m31-32.) NUMBER 80 509 1959 1959 1960 1960 1960 1960 ?I960 1961 1961 1962 1963 1963 1963 1963 x 1964a X X X X X X X X 1964 1964 1965 1965 *1965 1966a 1966a 1966b '1966 :1966 X X X X X 1967 1967 1967 1967 1967 *1967 1968 1968 X X X X X X X 1968 1969 1969 1969 1969 1970a 1970b 1970 De Silva, J.A. (DD; Sri Lanka; 173-174.) Spittel, R.L. (DD; Sri Lanka; statistics; 174-175.) Blancou, L. (TS; West Africa; m244.) Crusz, H. (DD; Sri Lanka; 301-302.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; Sri Lanka; nets, harpoons; 303.) Mani, S.B. (DD; India; 217.) Norris, CE. (DD; Sri Lanka; statistics; 297-300.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; India; nets, harpoons; 7-8.) Silas, E.G. (DD; India; nets; 265-266.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 1329.) Bertram, G.C.L. (TMM; Guyana) Freundt de Castro, E. Kulatunge, D. Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia; harpoons, nets; 150- 151.) Anon. (TML; Rorida; netted for weed-control study; 29-30.) Cansdale, G. (TS; Ghana; rituals; ml71.) Johnson, D.H. (DD; Arnhem Land, Australia; 507.) Harrisson, T. (DD; Borneo & Sabah; hunting & accidental netting; 103.) Layne, J.N. (TML; Rorida; guns; 166-167.) Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; netting & live transport, 414-417; harpoons; m416.) Anon. (DD; Kenya; nets; pop. acc; 46-49.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; 938-939.) Bertram & Bertram (gen. acc; 212-217.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; harpoons, nets; 85.) Thomas, D. (DD; Rameswaram, India; nets; 80- 82.) Aung, S.H. (DD; Burma; net; m221.) Edwards, WE. (HG; extermination; ml48.) Jones, S. (DD; India; net; 216-217.) MacLaren, J.P. (TMM; by Caribbean buccaneers; 387.) Van Reyk, P. Welsby, T. (DD; Queensland; harpoons, nets; 1: 104-110,2:233-257.) Banfield, E.J. (DD; Queensland; harpoons, nets, rifle; contraction of hide prevents bleeding from bullet wounds) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TMM no longer hunted in Belize; 293-294.) Grimwood, I.R. (TI; Peru; exploitation; 418.) Chelnokov, F.G. (HG; Bering Is.; butchering; 71, 73.) Gibson, J.R. (HG; by Russians; 30, 48, 51-52.) Grimwood, I.R. (TI; Peru; exploitation; 61.) Sauer, CO. Bertram & Bertram (DD: Sri Lanka; accidental netting; 53-55.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; accidental netting; 363.) Yin, T. (DD; Burma; nets; 326.) X X X X X X X X X X 1971b 1971 1971 *1972b 1972 *1972 1972 1972 1972 *1973 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1973 1974a *1974 1974 1974 *1974 1975 1975 1976 1976 *1976 *1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 1977 1977 Domning, D.P. (HG; extermination by North Pacific aborigines; 219.) Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; nets; 300-301.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; nets, harpoons, drowning with a heavy stone; 397-398.) Domning, D.P. (HG; extermination, & origin of North Pacific aboriginal whaling; 187-189.) Heinsohn & Birch (DD; Queensland; shark nets; 415-417.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Queensland; shark nets; 205-208.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Australia; accidental netting; 884.) Stoddart, D.R. (DD; western Indian Ocean; by Europeans; 209-210.) Walker, K. (DD; Queensland; nets; 71, 73.) Bertram & Bertram (DD, magnitudes & trends of takes, 307-316, 333, techniques, 324-328; Trichechus, magnitudes & trends of takes, 316-321, 327.) Vorontsov, N.N. (HG; extermination by North Pacific aborigines; 124.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; vandalism, poach ing; 214-215.) Heinsohn & Spain (DD; Queensland; shark nets; 146-152.) Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; harpoons, nets; 12-14.) Proby, K.H. (TM; ?Rorida) Sikes, S. (TS; Nigeria; harpooning by Kabawa; 467-468.) Lynd, W. (TML; Florida; rescue & rehabilitation; 28-29.) Weber, T, Jr. (TML; Rorida; dropping harpoons from bridges; 66-67.) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; netted for aquarium; 35.) Cole & Okera (TS; Sierra Leone; traps; m43.) Heinsohn, Marsh & Spain (DD; Australia, nets, netting technique, 117-121; Kenya, accidental netting, 121.) Loveland, F.O. (TMM; Nicaragua; harpoons; 74- 77.) Tas'an (DD; Indonesia; netted for oceanarium; 1-3.) Whitaker, Z. (DD; India; nets, clubs; 6.) Harris & Bertram (DD; Abu Dhabi; nets; 5-6.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; nets, harpoons; 242-244.) Lovisek, J. (TI; Amazonia; hunted during droughts; 64.) Whitmore & Gard (HG; by Aleuts & Russians; 3, 18.) 510 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1978 Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; question naire surveys; 13-26.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; N. Pacific; extermination, 132-135, 141; Yakovlev's and Cherepanov's accounts, 163-165.) 1978 Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; baiting with bananas; 338.) 1978 Stanbury, P.J. (DD; Australia; by Dampier; ml8.) 1978 Stark & Voorhies 1979 Anderson, P.K. (DD; Palau; harpoons; skin thought "impenetrable" after being struck by first spear, use of unbarbed points; 127.) 1979 Caton, A. (DD; Australia; pop. acc; photos of harpoons; 1-4.) 1979 Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; vandalism; 126.) 1979 Klein, E.H. (TMM; Honduras; harpoons; 24-25.) 1979 Moore, D.R. (DD; Cape York, Australia) 1979 Tas'an et al. (DD; Indonesia; nets; live capture; 1-5, 8, 17.) 1980 Belitsky & Belitsky (TMM; Dominican Republic; 317-318.) 1980 Cumbaa, S.L. (TML; prehistoric Florida; 8-9.) 1981 Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; harpoons, explosives; 24, 34-35.) 1981a Domning, D.P. (TI, TMM; Brazil; harpoons, stockades; 91-96.) 981 Elliott, M.A. (DD; Northern Territory, Australia; 63-64.) 981 Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; accidental netting; 10, 12.) 981b Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; restric tions on harpooning & netting; 128-130.) 981 Johannes, R.E. (DD; Palau; hunting & sale; 25, 68, 73.) 1981 Johnstone & Hudson (DD; Papua New Guinea; catch records; 682-684.) [981 Jones, S. (DD; Burma, India, Sri Lanka; 45-51.) L981 Marsh et al. (DD; Wellesley Islands, Queensland; harpoons, lassos; 255-267.) 1981 Miller, R.R. (TML; New Jersey; nets; m53.) 1981 Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; harpoons; 54-62.) 1981 Powell et al. (TMM; Puerto Rico; nets; 645.) [981 Purse, B. (DD; Queensland; harpoons; review of film; 199-200.) [981b Smith, N.J.H. (TI; Itacoatiara, Brazil; nets, har poons; 95-96.) [982 Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; harpoons; 517-519.) 1982 Best & Teixeira (Trichechus; Amapd, Brazil; bait, harpoons, nets; 43-44.) [982a Best, R.C. (TI; Amazonas, Brazil; peak hunting seasons; 77.) 1982 x 1982 x 1982 x 1983 1983 ?1983 X X X X X X X X 1983 1983 1984b 1984 1984 *1984 1985a 1985 1985 1985 X X X X X X X X X X X X X *1985 1985 1986 1986 1986 1986 *1986c * 1986a 1986 1986 1986 1987 1987 1988 1988 1988 1988 Laughlin & Harper (HG) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; accidental netting, poaching; 3.) Wing & Reitz (TMM; Caribbean; spears; 24.) Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; hunted during dry-season congregations; 62-63.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Torres Strait) Marsh & Anderson (DD: Australia; capture my opathy; 1-3.) Rathbun et al. (TMM; Honduras; harpoons, nets; 305-307.) Tisdell, CA. (DD; Papua New Guinea; economy & conservation; 14-15.) Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; 372-374.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; plat forms, harpoons, nets; pop. acc; 298-301.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; Australia; Aborig ines' reluctance to kill "wati dangal"; 783.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; catch statis tics, 1976-1979; 641-647.) Anon. (DD; Australia) Beckjord, J.-E. (DD; Papua New Guinea; nets; ml55.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; Great Barrier Reef, Australia; regulation of hunting; 89-90.) McKillop, H.I. (TMM; Caribbean region; histori cal, ethnographic, & archeological records; 338-348.) O'Shea, Rathbun et al. (TML; Florida; no evidence of capture myopathy; 335-349.) Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (TMM; Haiti; nets, harpoons, stoning to death; 234-236.) Bayliss, P. (DD; Cobourg Peninsula, Australia; harvest of about 12 per year by Aborigines; 35.) Blair, D. (DD; Queensland; photo of harpooning; S21.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; explosives, harpoons, nets; 1009-1010.) Goldsmith, P. (DD; East Africa; remoras; 231.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; tradi tional hunting & conservation) Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; catch statistics; 53-55, 66, 69-73.) Prince, R.I.T. (DD; Western Australia; "by hand" & harpoons; catch estimates; 22-24, 36.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador, Peru; harpoons; 151, 154.) Williams, T.R. (DD; Papua New Guinea; gun; 67.) Beckett, J. (DD; Torres Strait) Whitten et al. (DD; Sulawesi; 208.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Australia) Carowan, G. (TML; Rorida; accidental entangle ment in shrimp net; m5.) Davis, S. (DD; Australia) Doig & Dyson (DD; Queensland; photos of NUf X X X X X X X X X ilBER 80 1988 1988 1988e 1988 1988a 1988 *1988 1988 1989 1989 *1989 1989a x 1989 x 1990 x *1991 x 1992 hoop-netting; 436-437.) Gray & Zann (DD; Australia) Ho, H.C. (DD; Malaysia; harpoons; 22, 24.) Marsh, H. (DD; Queensland; harpoons, guns; 496-499.) O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; harpoons; 282, 286, 288-297.) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; Rorida; historical records; 186, 190.) Rathbun et al. (DD; Palau; harpoons, guns, dynamite; 268.) Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; traps, nets, harpoons, 76-84; catch statistics, 80-81.) Smith, A.J. (DD; Queensland) Bayliss & Freeland (DD; Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia; estimates of sustainable yield; 146- 147.) Chambers & Bani (DD; Vanuatu; 13-14.) Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; nets, harpoons, dynamite; catch statistics; 4, 86-89.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; catching by hand & killing with clubs, 47, 50, 114; drowning with cement blocks, 50; capture for tagging, 56, 87-88; metal hooks & harpoons, 96-97, 114; nets, 99, 114.) Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador, by Siona Indians; harpooning techniques; 1-4.) Smith & Marsh (DD; Queensland; management of traditional hunting; 47-55.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Australia; traditional hunting & butchering customs, 91-110; poaching by whites with guns, 107, 110.) Borobia & Lodi (TMM; northeastern Brazil; nets, harpoons; 40-41.) Hydrodamalidae Palmer, 1895 (1833) (family; = Hydro damalinae) Palmer, T.S. (n.fam.; 449-450.) Elliott, D.G. (diagnosis; 5.) Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 155.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) Browder, J. (m5.) *1895 1901 1941 1945 1967 x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalinae; ml3.) Hydrodamalinae (Palmer, 1895 [1833]) Simpson, 1932 (subfamily) * 1932a Simpson, G.G. (new rank; 424.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) 1960 Kaiser, H.E. 1971a Domning, D.P. (history in Pacific; 110-111.) * 1978b Domning, D.P. (definition; 3-4,13.) XV X X 1809a 1840 1895 x 1899 x 1901 x 1904a xD 1915 x 1917 x 1923a x 1924 x *1925 x 1932a x 1941c x 1941 x 1941a x 1942a xv 1943 x 1945 x 1951 x 1965 1966a X X X X X 1968a 1968 *1970 1971 1972a 1973 1978a 11978b Hydrodamalis Retzius, 1794 *1794 Retzius, A.J. (n.gen.) X X X X X X 1978c 1981c 1982 1982 1982 1983 *1985 1989a 511 Cuvier, G. (history of study, 277-278; as distinct genus, 282; comp. w/ Trichechus, 296-299; in Greenland, based on Fabricius, 299.) Baer, K.E.v. (syn. of Rytina; m53.) Palmer, T.S. (name considered senior to Rytina; 449.) Palmer, T.S. (name considered senior to Rytina; m494.) Elliott, D.G. (diagnosis; 5.) Lorenz, L.v. (m7.) Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Desmostylus; m386.) Palmer, W. (m344.) Allen, G.M. (m231, 234; vertebrae, comp. w/ Metaxytherium floridanum, m235.) Thomas et al. (syn. of Rhytina; 347.) ICZN (name upheld in preference to Rhytina; 38.) Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 421-424, 427, 435, 443, 454, 480-482, 485-488, 490, 495-496, 499.) Heuvelmans, B. (loss of teeth; 14.) Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153, 155.) VanderHoof, V.L. (phylogeny; 1985.) Kaltenmark, J. (gen. acc; 56-57.) Heuvelmans, B. (loss of teeth; 5-6.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136.) Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina; m292.) Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 63-64.) Kaiser, H.E. (illustration [from Kleinschmidt 1951]; 61.) Kaiser, H.E. (occiput; 478.) Rice & Scheffer (distr., 5; Rhytina a synonym, 12.) Shikama & Domning (Plioc, Japan; 390-396, pl. 44.) Palmer, G.F. Domning, D.P. (evolution & distr.; 147-149.) Shikama et al. (Japan; stratigraphic range; 138, 140-141.) Domning, D.P. (neck muscles & feeding; 69.) Domning, D.P. (morphology, evolution, extermi nation; 2-4, 7, 12-13, 20, 25, 72-110, 112- 146, 158-165.) Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; m574, 579.) Domning, D.P. (proposed placing on Official List of Generic Names; 130-132.) Furusawa & Kimura (Hokkaido) Kimura, M. (Hokkaido) Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina; 382.) Kimura et al. (Pleist, Hokkaido; 162, 165, 167, 169, 174-175, pl. 4.) Melville, R.V. (placed on Official List of Generic Names; 175-176.) Domning, D.P. (evolution & feeding on kelp; 53-56.) 512 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1989d Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Xenosiren yucateca; 435-436.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffr6nil (pachyosteosclerosis; m362.) xv XV XV XV XV Hydrodamalis cuestae Domning, 1978 1970 Shikama & Domning ("new species of Hydro damalis" ; m395.) 1971a Domning, D.P. ("Hydrodamalis n. sp."; ml 10.) 1971b Domning, D.P. ("Hydrodamalis n. sp."; evolution; 217-218,220.) 1975 Domning & Frye ("Hydrodamalis sp. nov."; pathology; 3-4, pl. 2.) 1977b Domning, D.P. ("Hydrodamalis C"; phyletic posi tion & role in North Pacific paleoecology; 354, 356-358, 360.) xv 1977 Whitmore & Gard ("Hydrodamalis n. sp."; m3, ml8.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (n.sp.; Plioc, California & Baja California; 29, 32, 35-36, 47-48, 55-61, 72, 75-93, 96-97, 100-104, 106-107, 114, 117, 123-124, 129, 143-146, 158-160, pis. 5-9, 13-17.) x 1981 Barnes et al. (Plioc, San Mateo Formation, California; 56-57, 62-63.) x 1983 Takahashi et al. (comp. w/ Yamagata Dusisiren; 8, 13, 15-16.) x *1984 Domning & Dem6r6 (Plioc, San Diego Co., California; 169-188.) x 1984 Rainey et al. (date of divergence from other dugongids; 587.) x *1986 Takahashi et al. (comp. w/ Dusisiren dewana; 296-298, 307-309, 312-313, 315-318.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22.) x 1987a Domning, D.P. (pop. acc; 66-71.) Hydrodamalis gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) Palmer, 1895 1742 SEE K. Yushin in Golder, F.A., 1922. SEE S. Khitrov in Golder, F.A., 1922. SEE Waxell, S.L. Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; anatomy & natural history) SEE P. Yakovlev in Domning, D.P, 1978b. SEE S. Cherepanov in Domning, D.P, 1978b. Zimmermann, E.A.W. (distinguished from mana tee; 253.) Sauer, M. (exterminated in 1768; 181.) xv 1868d Brandt, J.F. (preparation of new restoration; 457- 458.) Stejneger, L. (Bering Is.; excavation of skeleton; 256-257.) Scammon, CM. (gen. acc; 582-585.) Palmer, T.S. (n.comb.; 449.) V XV XV 1742 1742 *1751 1754 1759 *1778 *1802 xv 1885 xv 1889 x *1895 XV * X X XV XV * XV X * XV XV X X XV X X XV X * XV X * X XV X X X X XV X X X X X X X X 1899 1899 1901 1911 1922 1923 1925 1927 1928 1929 1942 1944 1946a 1951a 1952 [964b [965 [966 [967 967 967 [968 [969 [970b 1970 1971a [971b [971 1971 1972a 1972b 1972 1972 1973 1973 1973 1974 Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; anatomy & natural history; 181-201.) Stiles & Hassall (parasites; 108, 149, 163, 169.) Elliott, D.G. (diagnosis; 5, pl. 2.) Anon, (photo of skull; 37.) Golder, F.A. (Bering Is.; observations by members of Bering expedition; 237-238, 279.) Putter, A. (weight probably 2-3 tons; m221.) Steller, G.W. (Bering Is.; hunting, anatomy, & natural history; vii, 139-140, 161, 180, 182, 226-237, 245.) Hopwood, A.T. (illustration of skeleton; 21.) Tolmachoff, LP. (causes of extinction; 1137- 1138.) Birulia, A.A. (pelvis; 87-90.) Scheffer, V.B. (in list of marine mammals; 46.) Andreyev, A.I. Goodwin, G.G. (pop. acc; 56-61.) Burton, M. (extinction; 178.) Andreyev, A.I. (Bering Is.; hunting, 1758-59; 19.) Bertram & Bertram (possible survival; 313.) Heptner, V.G. ("Hydromalis"; distr. & extermina tion; 91-93.) Heptner, V.G. (distr. & extermination) Edwards, WE. (extermination by prehistoric man; ml48.) Heptner & Naumov Jones, R.E. (Pleist, Monterey Bay, California; 143.) Rice & Scheffer (distr., 5-6; H. stelleri a synonym, 12.) Gibson, J.R. (hunting & use by Russians; 29-30, 48, 51-52, 54.) Anon, (extermination) Shikama & Domning (comp. w/ Japanese Hydro damalis sp.; 390, 393, 395.) Domning, D.P. (ml 10.) Domning, D.P. (evolution; 217-220.) Gard & Szabo (Pleist, Amchitka, Alaska; 577.) Hall, E.S., Jr. (at archeological site, Kangiguksuk, Alaska; 23, 34, 52.) Domning, D.P. (evolution; ml47.) Domning, D.P. (hunting, extermination, & origin of North Pacific aboriginal whaling; 187-189.) Gard et al. (Pleist, Amchitka, Alaska; 867-868.) Scheffer, V.B. (size & weight; 912-913.) Bertram & Bertram (extermination; 304-305, 325.) Scheffer, V.B. (gen. acc. & recent research; 64-67.) Vorontsov, N.N. (extermination by North Pacific aborigines; 124.) Addicott & Greene (zoogeographic significance of Monterey Bay occurrence; 251-252.) NUMBER 80 513 x 1975 x 1975 x 1975b xv 1975 x 1976 x 1977b 1977 1977 x *1977 x *1978b XV X X X X X X X X XV X X X X X X X X 1978 1978 1979 1980 1980 1980 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983 1984 1984a 1984 1984 1985 x 1985 XV X X X 1985 1986 1986 1986 1987a 1988 Dayton, P.K. (ecological interrelationships with kelp & sea otters; 236-237.) Domning & Frye (injuries & pathology; 2-3.) Domning, D.P. (feeding ecology & evolution; 824.) Szabo & Gard (Pleist, Amchitka, Alaska; 459.) Reischer, G. (anchoring of stapes; 305, 308-310.) Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & role in North Pacific paleoecology; 352, 354-359.) Gordon & Gordon Malukovich, V. Whitmore & Gard (Pleist, Amchitka, Alaska; 1-19, pis. 1-8.) Domning, D.P. (morphology, evolution, extermi nation; 2, 19, 23, 26-33, 35-37, 40, 47, 51, 55, 57-61, 67, 69-71, 75-77, 80-90, 92-106, 112, 115-146,161-165, pis. 5-9, 13-15, 17.) McClung, R.M. (pop. acc; 46-47.) Simenstad et al. (former ecological role in Aleu tians; m409.) Takahashi et al. (m228.) Haley, D. (pop. acc; artist's reconstruction; 7-11.) Inuzuka et al. (m640.) Kurt6n & Anderson (Pleist, North America; 340-341.) Best, R.C. (diet & nutrition; 3-4, 15-17.) Sprent, J.F.A. (ascaridoid parasites; 319, 321.) Domning, Rice et al. (former distr.; 305.) Forsten & Youngman (gen. acc.) Thiel, R. (pop. acc; 7.) Warhol, P. (pop. acc; artist's reconstruction; 10-12.) Gallivan et al. (thermoregulation; 255, 260.) Takahashi et al. (comp. w/ Yamagata Dusisiren; 13, 15-16.) Domning & Demure" (comp. w/ H. cuestae; 169, 176, 178-180, 183, 186.) Domning, D.P. (skeleton from Bering Is.; comment on V. Rich [1983]; 500.) McNally, R. (pop. acc; 168-172.) Rainey et al. (molecular systematics; 586-587.) Laughlin, W.S. (Bering Is.; significance for Ber- ingian anthropology; 780-781, 783.) Lowenstein, J.M. (immunology & phylogeny; 543-544.) Shinohara et al. Bruemmer, F. (pop. acc; artist's reconstruction; 24.) Kamiya, T. Takahashi et al. (comp. w/ Dusisiren dewana; 296-298, 302, 304, 316-318.) Domning, D.P. (evolution; pop. acc; 64, 66-71.) Estes & Steinberg (evolution & availability of kelp; 21-22.) X X X V X X X 1988 1988 1988 1989 1989 1989b 1990 1992 1993a 1993 Fischer, M.S. (malleus & tympanic membrane; m369.) Flannery, T. (partial skeleton in Australian Mu seum, Sydney; 462.) Kamiya, T Estes & Steinberg (evolution & feeding on kelp; 58-59.) Ijiri & Inuzuka Kamiya, T O'Shea & Reep (encephalization quotients & life history; 534-543.) Aubert, A. Domning, D.P. (extinction; 2.) Savinetsky, A.B. (Bering Is.; radiocarbon dates; 403-405.) Hydrodamalis spissa Furusawa, 1988 (= Hydrodamalis cuestae) v 1982 Furusawa & Kimura v 1984 Takikawa Investigation Group xv 1986 Takahashi et al. ("H. cuestae (?)"; age & species assignment; 298, 317-318.) *1988 Furusawa, H. ("//. spissus," n.sp.; Plioc, Hok kaido, Japan) 1989 Furusawa, H. 1990 Furusawa et al. 1990 Furusawa, H. Hydrodamalis stelleri Retzius, 1794 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) Retzius, A.J. (n.gen.n.sp.) Palmer, T.S. (syn. of//, gigas; 449.) Stiles & Hassall (parasites; 99, 100.) Sowerby, A. de C. (gen. acc; 135-137.) 1924c Petit, G. (kidney; 2199-2200.) 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium jordani; 57-58, 61-67.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 20-21.) 1950 Gromova, VI. (key to bones) x 1954b Friant, M. (brain; 129, 134-135.) x *1958 Grekov, VI. (former distr.; 95-100.) 1964b Anon. 1964c Anon, x 1965 Long, A. ("//. steller"; Pleist, Monterey Bay, California; carbon-14 date; 254.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m66.) x 1967 Browder, J. (m5.) x 1968a Bertram & Bertram (extinction; 386.) x 1968 Rice & Scheffer (syn. of H. gigas; 12.) McClung, R.M. Ginsburg & Janvier (comp. w/ Metaxytherium medium, 186; relationships, 188-189.) x iy 15 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 72.) x 1976 Campbell, H.W. (m9.) *1794 1895 1899 1923 1969 1971 1973 1976 514 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; IA, 92.) x 1981c Domning, D.P. (type species of Hydrodamalis; 130-131.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina gigas; 383.) 1983 Sylvestre, J.-P. (gen. acc.) x 1989 Maluf, N.S.R. (kidney, comp. w/ TM & DD; 282.) Hydropithecus simia (Illiger, 1815) Gloger, 1842 (Steller's "sea-ape"; nomen nudum) *1842 Gloger, C. (n.comb.) Immunology x 1897 Anon. (Trichechus; in capt, England; 36.) x 1977 Marsh et al. (DD; stomach & duodenum histology; 291-292.) x 1985 Lowenstein, J.M. (immunology & phylogeny; 543-544.) India (SEE ALSO: Indian Ocean) 1830- 1835 Gray, J.E. (DD) x 1833 Robison, J. (DD; preserved specimen; 100-101.) Grant, C.W. Jerdon, T.C (DD) Wynne, A.B. Blanford, W.T Blanford, W.T. (DD) Phipson, H.M. (DD; Gulf of Cutch; 490.) Thurston, E. (DD; m98-99.) Linstow, O.v. (DD; nematode Ascaris halicoris; m258.) Annandale, N. (DD; Gulf of Mannar; 238-243.) Raj, S. Prater, S.H. (DD; 85-86.) Prater, S.H. (DD; Gulf of Mannar; 987.) Moses, S.T Jones, S. (DD; in capt; 198-202.) Mani, S.B. (DD; Saurashtra coast; 216-217.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; 1-8.) Santapau & Abdulali (DD; Bombay; erroneous report corrected; 796.) Silas, E.G. (DD; Saurashtra coast; 263-266.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; Gulf of Cutch; 152.) Silas, E.G. Thomas, D. (DD; Rameswaram; natural history, hunting; 80-82.) Jones, S. (DD; status; 215-220.) Sharma & Gupta (DD; trematode Paracochleo- trema indicum; 285.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr.; 308.) James, P.S.B.R. (DD; osteological variation; 173- 184.) 1975 Sahni & Mishra X X X 1976 1977a 1977 1977 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1840 1867 1872 1876 1891 1895 1895 1905 *1906 1927 1928 1929 1942 1959 1960 *1961 1961 *1961 1963 1964 *1966 *1967 1971 1973 *1974 1977 1977 1978 1978 1979 *1980 1980 *1980 1980 1980 1981 1981 1983 1983 1986 x *1987 1988 1988 1989 1990 x *1991 1991 x 1993a x 1993 1993 Whitaker, Z. (DD; hunting, econ. use; 6.) Anon. (DD; Tamil Nadu; meat sold; 439.) Hussainy, H.S.H. (DD) Nair & Lai Mohan (DD; in capt; sound recordings; 277.) Savage & Tewari (Metaxytherium, Mioc; indeter minate sir., Eoc; Kutch; 216-218.) Tewari et al. (Gaj Formation, Kutch) Bhaskar, S. (DD; Gulf of Kutch) Satsangi & Trivedy Sahni, A. (Eoc.) Jones, S. Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; Gulf of Mannar & Palk Bay; seasonal occurrence, sex ratio; 391-397.) Sahni & Kumar (Ishatherium subathuensis, n.gen.n.sp.; Early Eoc, Simla Hills; 132-135.) Sahni & Mitra Sahni et al. (supposed sir. [Ishatherium]; Early Eoc, Simla Hills; 270-271.) Jones, S. (DD; distr. & status; 45-52.) Sprent, J.F.A. (DD; nematode Paradujardinia; 309.) Jones, S. Neumayer, E. (DD; depicted in rock paintings) Bhaskar, S. (DD) Bajpai et al. (Metaxytherium kachchhense, n.sp.; Early Mioc; 20-25.) James, P.S.B.R. (DD; conservation) Silas & Fernando (DD) Krishna Pillai et al. (DD; Gulf of Mannar) Venkateswarlu, T (DD) Frazier & Mundkur (DD; Gulf of Kutch; anatomy, status; 368-379.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD) Anon. (DD; Palk Bay & Gulf of Mannar; conserva tion; 42.) Gingerich et al. ("Protosiren" of Sahni & Mishra, 1975, referred to Cetacea; 410-411.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD) Indian Ocean (SEE ALSO: Africa; Asia; Australia; East Indies; India; Madagascar; Red Sea; Sri Lanka) 1902 Miller, G.S. (Andaman Islands) 1905 Annandale, N. (DD; Andaman Islands; m241.) 1929 Prater, S.H. (DD; Andaman Islands; 987.) 1933b Mortensen, T. (DD; Rodriguez; Leguat's account; 23-26.) 1934b Mortensen, T. (DD; Rodriguez; Leguat's account; 71-72, 76.) 1940 Pocock, R.I. (DD; Indian Ocean & adjacent areas; geographic variation in skeleton; 329-345.) 1960 Williams, J.H. (DD; Persian Gulf & North An daman Is.; 9-12.) 1970 Snow, D.W. (DD) NUMBER 80 515 x *1972 1973 1973 1977 1978 1979 1981 1981 1984 1984b 1988 Stoddart, D.R. (DD; former distr., western Indian Ocean; 205-215.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr.; 307-308.) Gruchet, H. (DD; Mozambique Channel) Savage & Tewari (fossil sirs.; 216-218.) Abdulali, H. (DD; Great Nicobar Is.; 749.) Nishiwaki et al. (DD; distr.; 133-141.) Jones, S. (DD; Andaman & Nicobar Islands; 46.) Sprent, J.F.A. (DD; India & Comoro Islands; nematode Paradujardinia halicoris; 309-310.) Hanneberg, P. (DD; Seychelles) Nishiwaki, M. (DD) James, D.B. (DD; Andaman & Nicobar Islands) Individual Variation (SEE ALSO: Skeleton) x 1809a Cuvier, G. (Trichechus; fetus, nails; 284.) x 1820b Home, E. (DD; jejunum; 318.) x *1838 Owen, R. (DD; viscera, m29-31, 34, m37; skeleton, 40; teeth, 43; measurements, 44-45.) x 1883 Dybowski, B. (HG; skull; sexual dimorphism; 73.) x *1883 Stejneger, L. (HG; skull; 79-83.) x 1887b Baur, G. (supernumerary phalanges; 840.) x 1904 Freund, L. (DD; manus; 365-394.) x 1914a Freund, L. (DD; sternum, pelvis; 367-373.) x 1928 Prater, S.H. (DD; manus; 95.) 1933 Bahrdt,H.J. x *1934 Hatt, R.T. (TI, TM, TS; skeleton; 539-554, 561.) D 1940 Ijiri, S. x 1940 Pocock, R.I. (DD; tusks, 331-339; skull, 340-342; scapula, 341, 343-345.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; tail fluke; 10.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (hydrodamalines; nasals; m73.) x 1969 Robineau, D. (DD; temporal & ear region; 6.) x *1974 James, P.S.B.R. (DD; India; skeleton; 173-184.) x *1974 Spain & Heinsohn (DD; Queensland; skull allom etry; 249-257.) x *1975 Spain & Heinsohn (DD; Queensland; body allom etry; 159-168.) x *1976 Spain et al. (DD; Queensland; skull; 491-497.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; supposed sexual dimorphism; 99-100.) x 1981 Spain & Marsh (DD; Queensland; skull; geo graphic variation, sexual dimorphism; 143- 161.) x *1986 Domning & Hayek (TI, TM, TS; 87-144.) x 1989a Preen, A. (DD; skulls; 54-55, 70-71.) x 1991a Domning, D.P. (DD; pelvic bones; sexual & ontogenetic variation; 311-316.) x 1992 Roth, V.L. (TI; tooth size, comp. w/ elephants; 194-195, 197.) Indosiren von Koenigswald, 1952 x *1952 Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (n.gen.; Mioc, Java; 610- 612.) x 1977 Savage & Tewari (considered "sirenian indetermi nate"; 217.) Indosiren javanensis von Koenigswald, 1952 x *1952 Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Java; 610-612.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (review; 267-269.) Indosiren koenigswaldi Sahni and Mishra, 1975 * 1975 Sahni & Mishra (n.sp.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium kachch- hense; 22-23.) Insect Control x 1967 MacLaren, J.P. (Trichechus; Panama; mosquito control; 388-393.) Integument x * 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; skin, hair, fat; 131-134.) 1872b Murie, J. (HG; skin) x *1873 Liitken, CF. (supposed HG skin fragment actually cetacean; 273-274.) x *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; skin, hair, fat; 183-185, 188, 197, 200.) x 1906 Annandale, N. (DD; skin, hair, fat; 239.) x 1906c Dexler & Freund (DD; skin, 569; hair, 570-571.) 1915 Dosch, F. x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; length & spacing of body hairs, 172-173; homy epidermal fringe on tail, 213- 215, pl. 6; shedding of epidermal cells, color & texture of epidermis, 215-217.) x *1925 Steller, G.W. (HG; skin, hair, fat; 230, 233-234.) 1929 Matthes, E. (skin thickness) x 1950 Mohr, E. (HG; skin fragment at Hamburg; 181- 185.) 1956 Haffner, K.v. (HG) x *1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; skin color & structure, 7-11; hair, 8, 10, 12-15, 18, 20, 22-23.) 1957 Haffner, K.v. (HG) x 1962 Sarkar & Mitra (DD; hide, hair; 93-94, 1 pl.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. (skin) 1968 Banfield, E.J. (DD; contraction of hide prevents bleeding from bullet wounds) 1974 Ling.J.K. x 1975 Spain & Heinsohn (DD; skin thickness; 162-163, 165, 167.) 1977 Ling, J.K. (vibrissae) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; 130-132, 141-142.) x 1980 Denton et al. (DD; depigmented skin; 215.) x 1981 Kamiya & Yamasaki (DD; sinus hair, 193-197.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (TI, TM, TS; skin texture & color, 90-92; nails, 91-92.) 1986 Sokolov, Chernova et al. (TMM) 516 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1987 *1991 1992 Elias et al. (TM; lipids in epidermis; 161-177.) Frazier & Mundkur (DD; thickness, weight, hair density, flipper callosities; 372-373.) Kadel, J. (TML; Rorida; "white" individual; 15-16.) Interspecific Interactions: SEE Community Ecology; Food; Food Plants; Natural Enemies; Parasites; Parasitology Ischyrotherium Leidy, 1856 (Reptilia) x * 1856a Leidy, J. (n.gen.; Nebraska; 89.) Ischyrotherium antiquum Leidy, 1856 (Reptilia) x * 1856a Leidy, J. ("Ischyrotherium antiquus," n.gen.n.sp.; Nebraska; 89.) x 1869 Leidy, J. (considered a reptile; 414.) 1882 Lepsius, G.R. (mistakenly considered syn. of Prorastomus; 185.) Ishatherium Sahni and Kumar, 1980 (Proboscidea, An- thracobunidae) x *1980 Sahni & Kumar (n.gen.; Early Eoc, India; 132- 135.) x 1982 Sereno, PC (m8.) x 1983 Sahni et al. (pelvis, comp. w/ Protosiren; 81.) Ishatherium subathuense Sahni and Kumar, 1980 (Probos cidea, Anthracobunidae) Sahni & Kumar ("/. subathuensis"; n.gen.n.sp.; Early Eoc, India; 132-135.) Domning, Morgan & Ray ("/. subathuensis"; sir. affinities considered doubtful; 5, 55, 61.) Domning et al. ("/. subathuensis"; ?syn. of Anthracobune sp.; m44.) Bajpai et al. ("I. subathuensis"; m21.) Kumar, K. ("/. subathuensis"; considered sir. & Ypresian in age; 234-237.) x *1980 x 1982 x 1986 x 1987 x *1991 Italy 1827 *1839 *1872 1873 * 1875a 1875c 1876 x 1877 1878 x 1878a *1878b 1878c 1882 Catullo, T.A. Bruno, G.D. Capellini, G. Zigno, A. de Zigno, A. de Zigno, A. de Lawley, R. (Felsinotherium) Lawley, R. (Felsinotherium Forestii; Volterra; 341-342.) Capellini, G. Zigno, A. de (review of fossil sirs, of Italy; 66-70.) Zigno, A. de Zigno, A. de Zigno, A. de *1886a 1886b 1886 1887 1892 1912 1924 1927 *1934b 1957 1966 1969 1973 1974 1977 1980 1980 1981 1982 x *1983 1983 1985 x 1986b x 1987 x 1987 1987 1988 1989 Capellini, G. (Metaxytherium lovisati, n.sp.; Sar dinia) Capellini, G. (Sardinia) Portis, A. (Felsinotherium spp.; Plioc, Piemonte; 356-360.) Gaudry, A. Lydekker, R. ("Prorastoma veronense"; 11-IS.) Issel, A. (Felsinotherium subapenninum; Plioc, Genova; 119.) Campana, D. del (Mioc, Catanzaro) Hopwood, A.T. (Metaxytherium; Sicily; 18-19.) Sickenberg, O. Comaschi Caria, I. (Mioc, Sardinia) Piccoli, G. (Prototherium cf. veronense; Late Eoc, Priabonian stratotype; 349-350.) Bartolomei, G. (Prototherium; Eoc, Vicenza) Mastrorilli, VI. (Halitherium; Olig., Savona) Fondi & Pacini (Metaxytherium forestii; Plioc, Siena; 37, 48.) Bizzarini et al. (Prototherium veronense; Late Eoc, Possagno; 1-15.) Altichieri, L. Azzaroli, A. (Plioc.) Borgia et al. Azzaroli et al. (Felsinotherium gervaisi; Plioc, Val di Pugna; 56, 58.) Bizzotto, B. (Prototherium intermedium, n.sp.; Late Eoc, Possagno; 95-99.) Carboni & Kotsakis (Mioc, Sardinia) Cigala-Fulgosi & Pilleri Pilleri, G. (indeterminate sir.; Mioc, Pietra Lec cese; 21-22, pl. 11.) Canocchi, D. (Metaxytherium gervaisi; Early Plioc, Siena; 497-513.) Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium forestii; Plioc; 208,220-221.) Moncharmont Zei & Moncharmont (Metaxy therium medium; Late Mioc.) Vazzana, A. Pilleri & Cigala-Fulgosi Jamaica 1725 Sloane, H. (TMM) 1756 Browne, P. (TMM) 1821b Home, E. (TMM; m390.) 1851 Gosse, PH. (TMM; 341-346, 348-349.) *1855 Owen, R. (Prorastomus sirenoides, n.gen.n.sp.; Eoc; 541.) 1875a Owen, R. (Prorastomus; age of locality in doubt; 103.) 1896 Neish, WD. (TMM; 287-288.) 1898 Hill, R.T. (TM; ml99.) 1910 Woodward, A.S. (Eoc. sir.; m470.) 1928 Cundall, F. (TMM; ml39, 143.) NUMBER 80 X X X X 1978 1982 1982 1986 1989 x *1990 1993 Powell, J.A., Jr. (TMM; eating fish; 442.) Fairbairn & Haynes (TMM; aerial surveys; 289- 293.) Wing & Reitz (TMM; at archeological site; ml6.) Shaul & Haynes Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 573-574, 600.) Donovan et al. (Prorastomus sirenoides; Middle Eoc, Manchester Parish; new specimen; 660- 662.) Domning & Clark (Prorastomus sirenoides; 414.) Japan (SEE ALSO: Sakhalin) 1881 Matsubara, S. (DD) xD 1902a Osbom, H.F. (Desmostylus; discussion of original Japanese discovery; 713-714.) xD*1902 Yoshiwara & Iwasaki (Desmostylus; Togari; 1-2.) xD 1911 Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; 406.) x 1932 Hirasaka, K. (DD; 3.) x 1934 Hirasaka, K. (DD; 4221.) xD*1937b Nagao, T. (Desmostylella typica, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Honshu; 82-85.) xD 1937c Nagao, T. (Desmostylus cf. minor; Hokkaido; 110-113.) D 1944 Naora,N. xD 1951 DEREC ("Desmostylus" [actually Paleopara doxia]; Izumi; discovery & collection; 414.) xD 1952 DEREC (Desmostylus, Togari; Paleoparadoxia, Izumi; recollection & stratigraphy of localities; 144.) D 1953 Arai.J. xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (desmostylians; chronol ogic & geographic range; 3-5, 10-12, 15-16.) D * 1966a Shikama, T. D * 1966c Shikama, T. x 1970 Shikama & Domning (Hydrodamalis sp.; Late Plioc, Honshu; 390-394.) Beebe et al. (desmostylians; stratigraphic range; 44_45,47-48, 65-66.) Akiyama & Kumano Shikama et al. (sirs. & desmostylians; stratigraphic range; 138, 140-141.) Kozawa, Y Kamei & Okazaki Hojo, T. (DD; Okinawa; archeological site) Inuzuka et al. Inuzuka, N. Kamei & Okazaki (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia; stratigraphic range Middle-Late Mioc; 354.) Kimura, M. 1977a Okazaki, Y. 1977b Okazaki, Y. 1977 Sato & Ijiri (Paleoparadoxia tabatai) 1978 Fujimoto & Sakamoto (Paleoparadoxia) xD*1972 D xD D D D D xD D D D D D 1973 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1977 1977 1977 D 1978 D 1978 D 1978 D 1978 x 1979 D 1979 x 1979 x 1980 D 1980 xD 1980 x 1981a D D D D X D X D X D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D X 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982a 1982b 1983 1983 *1983 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 *1984 1984 1984 1985 1985 1986 1986a 1986b *1986 517 Hasegawa, Y. Itoigawa & Nakamura Kimura et al. Kimura, M. Kamiya et al. (DD; Okinawa; organ weights; 129-131.) Kimura & Takaku Takahashi et al. (Dusisiren n.sp.; Late Mioc, Yamagata; 228.) Blair, D. (DD; Okinawa; trematode Indosolenor chis hirudinaceus; 512-513.) Inuzuka & Murai (Paleoparadoxia) Inuzuka et al. (supposed Dugong [actually desmo stylian?]; Middle Mioc, Hokkaido; 639-641.) Blair, D. (DD; Okinawa; parasitic flukes; 15, 36, 39.) Kimura, M. (Hokkaido) Shibata et al. Takahashi, S. (Dusisiren n.sp.) Yamaguchi et al. Abe et al. (Desmostylus; Mioc, Shimane) Aizu Fossil Research Group (Dusisiren cf. jordani; Late Mioc, Fukushima; 282-284.) Furusawa & Kimura Hasegawa & Nohara (DD) Kimura, M. (Desmostylus) Kimura, M. Kimura et al. (Hydrodamalis; Pleist, Hokkaido; 162-177, pis. 1-4.) Sakamoto, O. Takahashi et al. (Dusisiren n.sp.; Late Mioc, Yamagata; report on excavation; 1-76.) Akamatsu, M. Chinzei, K. Furusawa, H. Goto & Kuga Itoigawa, J. Kamei, T. Kaseno, Y Oishi & Kawakami Taguchi, E. Takayasu & Nakamura Takikawa Investigation Group Yamanoi, T. Yoshida, K. Inuzuka et al. (Desmostylus; metatarsus) Shinohara et al. (HG; Pleist, Hokkaido) Inuzuka & Karasawa (Paleoparadoxia) Suzuki et al. (Paleoparadoxia) Suzuki et al. (Paleoparadoxia) Takahashi et al. (Dusisiren dewana, n.sp., Late Mioc, Yamagata, 296-300; other sirs., 317- 318.) 518 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Furusawa, H. Hasegawa & Tanaka Horikawa et al. Inuzuka, N. Kamiya, H. Kohno, N. Koizumi, A. Kokufuda, Y. Kuga et al. Ogasawara & Morita (Paleoparadoxia; paleoecol- ogy) Oishi, M. Okazaki, Y Sakamoto, O. Takeyama & Azuma Hasegawa et al. Hasegawa, H. (DD; Okinawa; nematode Par- adujardinia halicoris; 23-25.) Hasegawa, Y. Inuzuka, N. Inuzuka, N. Kamiya, H. Kobayashi & Aizu Fossil Res. Group Kobayashi et al. Kohno & Hasegawa Kozawa et al. Matsuuda, N. Miyazaki et al. Oishi, M. Saito et al. (Behemotops sp.; Late Olig., Hokkaido; age; 269-273.) Sakamoto, O. Takeyama & Azuma Inuzuka, N. (Behemotops; Hokkaido) Kamei et al. (Paleoparadoxia; Tsuyama) Kamiya, T. Satoh et al. Furusawa et al. (Hydrodamalis spissa) Ogasawara & Morita (Paleoparadoxia; paleoecol- ogy; 29-30.) Oishi et al. (Desmostylus; Kintaichi) Kaneko & Goto (Paleoparadoxia tabatai; Toyama Prefecture) Kaneko & Inuzuka (Paleoparadoxia tabatai, Desmostylus japonicus; Toyama Prefecture) Kohno & Takaizumi (Halitheriinae indet.; Late Mioc, Sendai Prefecture) Kobayashi et al. (Annaka) D Kronokotherium Pronina, 1957 (= Desmostylus) D *1957 Pronina, I.G. (n.gen.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (syn. of Desmostylus; m4, mlO.) D 1966c Shikama, T. D D D D D D D D D D D D X D D D D D D D D xD D D D D D xD D D D 1987 1987 1987 1987a 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1988 1988 1988 1988c 1988d 1988a 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1989a 1989 1989b 1989 1990 1990 1990 1992 1992 1992 1993 xD*1971 Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (syn. of Desmostylus; 670.) xD 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. ("Kronotherium"; rr\31%-319.) xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (syn. of Desmostylus; 551, 553.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (syn. of Desmostylus; m493.) D Kronokotherium brevimaxillare Pronina, 1957 (= Desmo stylus hesperus) D *1957 Pronina, I.G. (n.gen.n.sp.) D 1966c Shikama, T. xD*1971 Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (synonymized with Desmostylus hesperus; 670.) xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (?syn. of Desmostylus hesperus japonicus; 551, 553.) Legends: SEE Mermaid Legend; Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance Legislation, Protective: SEE Conservation Locomotion (SEE ALSO: Respiration and Diving) *1878 Brown, A.E. (TMM; on land; experiment; 295- 296.) 1881 Crane, A. (Trichechus; in capt; 457-460.) * 1881 Rower, W.H. (sirs.; on land; 453-456.) 1887 Noack, T. (TS; on land) 1887 Shufeldt, R.W. (TMM; Mexico; partly out of water) *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; 188-189, 197-198.) 1904 Freund, L. (anatomical modifications; 383-384, 395.) * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD, breathing & swimming, 50-52, 66-67, feeding trails, 56-57, 67; Trichechus, 67-68; HG, m68.) 1924e Petit, G. (Trichechus; on land; m295.) 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt; swimming & head movements, 222-224; on land, 225.) 1925 Troxell, E.L. (chevron bones; m613.) 1928 Prater, S.H. (DD; 95-96.) 1935 Allen, G.M. (DD; on land; 81.) 1938 Devillers, C (TI; in capt; 87-88.) 1939 Coates, C.W. (emaciated TI; in capt; floating & swimming; 141, 144-145, 147.) 1948 Bessac & Villiers (TS; crossing earthen dams during migration; 188.) 1951b Moore, J.C. (TML; facing current, 30; resting posture, 30-31.) 1955 MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; swimming, 18-19; on land, 18.) 1956 Moore, J.C. (TML; calf, 17; adult, 20-23.) 1957 Cadenat, J. (TS; Senegal; on land; 1369.) 1957 Moore, J.C. (TML; calf, & on land; 138.) 1959 Jones, S. (DD; in capt; use of flippers; 201.) NUMBER 80 519 X *1961 x 1961 x *1964a x 1964 x *1965 x 1966 x 1966 x 1967 x 1967 x *1967 x 1967 x 1968 x 1969 x 1969 X X X X X X X X X X 1969 1972 1974b 1976 1976 1976 1977a 1977b 1978 1978a 1978b 1978 4979 x *1979 x 1981b x 1981 Jonklaas, R. (DD; 3.) Silas, E.G. (DD; in capt., India; use of flippers; 264-265.) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; swimming, 116- 117; on land, 117.) Moore, J.C. (TML; 7-8.) Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; on land; 417.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 84.) Kinzer, J. (TS; swimming & on land; 50.) Aung, S.H. (DD; in capt; swimming; 221.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt; on land; 219.) Kenny, R. (DD; breathing & swimming; 372- 373.) Oke, V.R. (DD; in capt; swimming; 220-221.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TMM; 293; on land, 294.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; swimming; speed "about 20 mph"; 349-350.) Herald, E.S. (Trichechus; in capt; swimming backward; 29-30.) Tweedie, M. Boorer, M.K. (TM; in capt; swimming clockwise; ml65.) Dekker, D. (TMM; Suriname; swimming with "head & shoulders above water"; 2.) Heinsohn, Spain & Anderson (DD; Australia; traveling at surface; calves with ?mothers; 22-23.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; "body-surfing"; 211.) Tas'an (DD; use of flippers on bottom; 5.) Domning, D.P. (DD; swimming & forelimb mus cles; 28-31.) Domning, D.P. (evolution, in North Pacific sirs.; 353-361.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; facing current, 13; flippers not used on bottom, 19-20.) Domning, D.P. (TI; forelimb muscles; 69-71.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; 121-129, 131, 141-142.) Marsh et al. (DD; swimming speed; 164.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; "cocking" flukes for acceler ation, 114-115; use of flippers in braking, 114; head movements, 115, 122; rostral disc com pressed laterally when swimming, 116; swim ming, 120-124; ?hydrodynamic assistance to calves, 130.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; swimming against currents, 39-40; swimming & use of flippers, 64-72, 75-76.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; swimming speed, 94-95; calves swimming above mothers' backs, 101- 103.) Marsh et al. (DD; swimming speed 10-12 knots; 259.) 1981 Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Rorida; feeding more than half out of water, 237, 240; climbing barriers, 235-236, 238-239.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; tail stroke rate, turning, swimming in wave surges; 92.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; swimming; 522.) Kleinschmidt, A. (evolution of sir. locomotion; 370-377.) Inuzuka, N. (desmostylians reconstructed as "her- petiform" mammals) Halstead, L.B. Inuzuka, N. Rowlatt & Marsh (DD, TM; comparative heart morphology & swimming stamina; 104.) Sokolov, Pershin et al. (TM) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; rolling across mudflats; 79.) Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia; Califor nia; 201-203.) Domning & de Buffr6nil (swimming & hydrosta- sis; 332-334, 359.) Frey, R. (testicondy & locomotion) Lophiodolodus Stirton, 1947 (Mammalia incertae sedis) x 1956 McKenna, M.C. (possibly a sir.; m739.) x 1980 McKenna, M.C. (possibly a sir.; m49, m66.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (probably not a sir.; 600.) X X D D D X X xD X 1982b 1982 1982 *1984b 1985 1985 1985 1986 1989a 1990 *1991 *1991 Louisiana 1884b True, F.W. (TM; ml 14.) * 1941a Gunter, G. (TML; 60-61.) 1941b Gunter, G. (TML; 13.) 1943 Lowery, G.H., Jr. (TML; 253-254.) 1974 Lowery, G.H., Jr. (TM) 1975d Anon. (TM; near Lake Pontchartrain; 20.) 1982b Domning, D.P. (Trichechus sp.; Late Pleist, Jefferson Davis Par.; 605.) 1984 Powell & Rathbun (TM; 2, 6-7.) 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TM; 187, 199.) 1990 Rathbun et al. (TM; 30.) Lymphatic System: SEE Circulatory System Madagascar 1658 Racourt, E. de Moriceau (DD; hunting) Kaudern, W Gruvel, A. Dandouau, A. (?DD fat as remedy; 119.) Gruvel, A. Petit, G. (DD; 75-83.) Dandouau, A. (DD; hunting; 151-153.) 1902 1915 1921 1922 1922 *1923 *1924 * 1924a Petit, G. (DD; distr. & food; 125-127.) 520 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X 1925 Monod, T 1925c Petit, G. (DD) 1926 Petit, G. (DD) 1927 Collignon & Cottreau (Halitherium sp.; Mioc; 138, 164-165, 169.) 1927a Petit, G. (DD) * 1927b Petit, G. (DD; hunting; 246-250.) 1928 Grandidier & Grandidier 1937 Petit, G. (DD) 1949 Poisson, H. 1978c Domning, D.P. (significance of "Halitherium" occurrence; 576.) X X X X X Malta x 1866 Adams, A.L. (Halitherium; 595-596.) x 1868 Falconer, H. (Halitherium; 304.) 1870 Adams, A.L. (Halitherium) x 1875a Owen, R. (Halitherium; 104-105.) x *1879 Adams, A.L. (Halitherium; 525-527, pl. 25.) Manatee: SEE Trichechus and synonyms Manatherium Hartlaub, 1886 (= Halitherium) x * 1886b Hartlaub, C (n.gen.; Olig., Belgium; 369-378.) * 1929a Sickenberg, O. x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 424,474,495, 499.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Sirenavus, 149; in classifi cation, 152-154, pl. 6.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Halitherium; 135.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Halitherium; m576.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; IA.) * 1981c Domning, D.P. (suppression proposed; 130-132.) *1985 Melville, R.V. (name suppressed; 175-176.) Manati balaenurus Boddaert, 1785 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1785 Boddaert, P. (n.sp.) 1883 Stejneger, L. (syn. of Rytina gigas; m78, m86.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 92.) 1981c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 130-131.) Manati clusii Pennant, 1793 (= Trichechus manatus) *1793 Pennant, T (n.sp.) Manati gigas Zimmermann, 1780 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1780 Zimmermann, E.A.W. (n.sp.; 426.) 1883 Stejneger, L. (priority of name; m78.) 1902 Allen, J.A. ("at present recognized in nomencla ture"; 22.) 1923 Sowerby, A. de C (syn. of Rhytina gigas; ml 36.) 1924 Thomas et al. (type species of Rhytina; m347.) 1950 Mohr, E. (quotes Zimmermann's description; 184.) 1951 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina gigas; m292.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 75, 92.) 1981c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 130-132.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina gigas; 383.) *1985 Melville, R.V. (species name placed on Official List of Specific Names; 175-176.) Manatherium delheidi Hartlaub, 1886 (= Halitherium schinzii) * 1886b Hartlaub, C (n.gen.n.sp.; Olig., Belgium; 369- 378.) 1887 Rot, L. (review; 137.) 1889 Lefevre, T. (syn. of Metaxytherium guettardi; 200.) * 1929a Sickenberg, O. 1941 Kretzoi, M. (ml47, ml56.) 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml07.) 1951 Kretzoi, M. (m439, m441.) 1980 Tobien, H. (Mainz Basin, Germany; stratigraphic occurrence; 209.) Manati Steller, 1774 (= Hydrodamalis) x *1774 Steller, G.W (n.gen. [used uninomially]; distr.; 97.) x 1780 Zimmermann, E.A.W. (in classification; 425- 426.) 1801 Bechstein, G. x 1902 Allen, J.A. (Manati Zimmermann "of even date with Manatus Storr"; 22.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus; 309.) Manati trichechus Boddaert, 1785 (= Trichechus manatus, in part; Trichechus senegalensis, in part) Boddaert, P. (n.sp.) Hatt, R.T (applied to both TM & TS; 535, 537.) Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus, in part; 310.) *1785 x 1934 x 1961 Manatida Brandt, 1868 (family; = Trichechidae) * 1868a Brandt, J.F. (n.fam.) x 1872a Gill, T. (syn. of Trichechidae; 14.) Manatidae Gray, 1821 (family; = Trichechidae) x *1821 Gray, J.E. (n.fam.; in classification; 309.) x 1825 Gray, J.E. (in classification; 340, 344.) x 1839 Bonaparte, CL. (in classification; diagnosis; 4.) x 1872b Gill, T.(m301.) x 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 272.) x 1884 Flower, W.H. (in classification; ml84.) x 1889b Dollo, L. (m421.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (in classification; m215.) x 1901 Elliott, D.G. (diagnosis; 5.) x 1904 Case, E.C (teeth; m57.) NUMBER 80 521 x 1932c Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Trichechidae; 281.) x 1942 Macarovici & Oescu (m376.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Trichechidae; 136.) x 1974 Savage, J.M. (zoogeography; 15, 20, 26, 29.) Manatides Billberg, 1827 ("Nation" within Tribe Anthro- pocephala; both taxa = Sirenia) *1827 Billberg, G.J. (new taxon) Manatina Bonaparte, 1837 (subfamily within Order Cete; = Sirenia) *1837 Bonaparte, CL. (new subfamily) x 1839 Bonaparte, CL. (in classification; diagnosis; 4.) Manatoidea Gill, 1872 (superfamily; = Trichechidae) x * 1872a Gill, T. (new superfamily; in classification; 14.) Manatus Briinnich, 1772 (= Trichechus) 1751 Klein, J.T. x *1772 Briinnich, M.T. (n.gen.; in classification & key; 34, 38-39.) 1777 Scopoli.J.A. x 1784 Mayer, J. (fossil "Mannatus"; Czechoslovakia; 262-263.) 1809a Cuvier, G. (fossils; m303.) 1811 Illiger, C (in classification; 140-141.) 1815 Rafinesque, CS. (in classification; 60.) 1821 Gray, J.E. (in classification; 309.) 1822 Albers, CF. 1825 Gray, J.E. (in classification; m340.) 1825a Harlan, R. (m275; 278-279.) 1825b Harlan, R. (supposed fossil, Maryland [actually cetacean]; 236.) 1826 St-Hilaire, I.G. 1827 Berthold, A.A. (in classification; 62.) 1827 Billberg, G.J. (in classification; tab. A.) 1828 Billberg, G.J. (in classification; tab. A.) 1837 Burmeister, H. (in classification; 793.) 1838a Kaup, J.J. (comp. w/ Pugmeodon; 319.) 1838 Serres, M. de (Plioc, Montpellier, France; 285.) 1844 Smith, J.L. (fossil, South Carolina; 116-117.) 1846 Allen, J.H. (?Pleist, Tampa Bay, Florida; 41.) 1847 Brandt, J.F. (comp. w/ Hydrodamalis; 47-48.) 1848 Gistel, J. (Halipaedisca proposed as replacement name; 83.) 1849 Gibbes, R.W. (supposed Eoc. record, South Caro lina; 193.) 1850 Gibbes, R.W. (supposed Eoc. record, South Caro lina; 67-68.) 1850 Kneeland, S., Jr. (skeleton & affinities; 42-47.) 1853 Wallace, A.R. (Amazonia; 185-187, 458-461.) 1854 Leidy, J. (Plioc, North America; mlO.) 1855 Owen, R. (comp. w/ Prorastomus; 542-543.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1857 1858a 1860 1862a 1864 1867c 1868 1868 1869 1872a 1872 1873 1874 1875 1875 1877 1878 1878 1880 1880 1884 1885a 1889b 1889 1891 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1892 1893 1895 1897b 1899 1901 1902 1904 1904 1904a 1907b 1909 1912 1912a 1914a 1856a Leidy, J. (comp. w/ Ischyrotherium; m89.) Rapp, Wv. Krauss, C.F.F. McBain, J. (teeth; 152.) Krauss, C.F.F. Dana, J.D. (in classification; ml69.) Brandt, J.F. (brain, comp. w/HG & DD; 269-270.) Cope, E.D. (?Pleist, Maryland; ml38.) Heuglin, M.T.v. (Ethiopia; 247, 289.) Leidy, J. (synopsis of North American remains; 414.) Gill, T (syn. of Trichechus; 91.) Krauss, C.F.F. Gill, T. (phylogeny; 269, 272.) Flower, W.H. (comp. w/ Halitherium; 2-5.) Sclater, PL. Wilder, B.G. (mill.) Leidy, J. Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 292-297.) Tegetmaier, WB. Cope, E.D. (squamosal foramina; 456.) Zigno, A. de (comp. w/ Halitherium veronense; 293-294, 296.) Doran, A.H.G. (ear ossicles, comp. w/ HG; 367-370.) Woodward, H. (rostral pads, m460; brain, 461; ear ossicles, 462; manus, m462; teeth, m464, m472.) Dollo, L. (comp. w/Miosiren; 416,418-419,421.) Lefevre, T (descent from Olig. Belgian sir.; 199-200.) Rower & Lydekker (anatomy; 213, 215-220, 224.) Lydekker, R. (origin of tooth pattern; m82.) Howes & Harrison (teeth; m790.) Gundlach, J. (Cuba; m20.) Kukenthal, W. Palmer, T.S. (syn. of Trichechus; m494.) Elliott, D.G. (diagnosis; 5-6.) Allen, J.A. ("Manatus Storr" "of even date with" Manati Zimmermann; 22.) Eggeling, H. (sternum; 99.) Freund, L. (manus, comp. w/ DD; 368, 372-373, 377-380, 383, 389-394.) Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; m2, 9-11, pl. 1.) Arldt, T. (biogeographic significance; 674.) Anderson, R.J. (maxilla; 745.) Issel, A. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium subapenninum; ml21.) Matthes, E. (fetus, ear; 598.) Freund, L. (comp. w/ DD embryo; number of cervical vertebrae, 359; fusion of cervical vertebrae, m360; vertebral column, 365; pelvis, 372-373; scapula, m375; forelimb, m380, m386.) 522 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X 1916b 1916a 1918b 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 *1929 1934 1942a 1943 1945 1945 1949 4952 Anon. Matthew, W.D. (comp. w/ Halitherium antillense; 24.) Aichel, O. Marcus, H. Sonntag, CF. (tongue; 646-647.) Nopcsa, F.v. (pachyostosis; m357.) Thomas et al. (name preferred to Trichechus; 347.) ICZN (use of name, vs. Trichechus; 34, 38-40.) Aichel, O. (teeth; 43.) ICZN (name suppressed in favor of Trichechus; 19.) Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus; 534.) Kaltenmark, J. (anatomy; gen. acc; 53-54, 59, 61-64.) Kaltenmark, J. (nasals, ml8; phylogeny, 21.) Matthes, E. Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Trichechus; in classifica tion; 136.) Sanderson, I.T. (Suriname; 781.) Hemming, F. (suppression in favor of Trichechus; 159-160.) Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (comp. w/ Indosiren; 611.) Aragao, A. de (Brazil; hunting; 54-56.) Pronina, I.G. Kappers et al. (pineal body; 2: 1064.) Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus; 309.) Romer, A.S. (name preferred to Trichechus; 200.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Trichechus; m578.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Trichechus; 130-132.) Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of Trichechus; m305.) Manatus aequatorialis Lac6pede, 1799 (nomen nudum) * 1799 Lac6pede, B.G.E. de (n.sp.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (considered nomen nudum; 535.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus; 310.) Manatus africanus Oken, 1816 (= Trichechus senegalen sis) ?1816 Oken, L. (n.sp.) x 1850 Wyman, J. (syn. of M. Senegalensis; m45.) x 1865 Gray, J.E. (lapsus for Af. senegalensis; 137.) Manatus americanus (Link, 1795) Illiger, 1815 (= Trichechus manatus; also used by many authors for T inunguis) *1815 Illiger, C (n.comb.) 1817b Desmarest, A.G. 1820 Ranzani, C 1822 Cuvier, F. x 1824 Harlan, R. (comp. w/ other species; 390-394, pl. 13.) x 1825a Harlan, R.(m277.) x 1826 Wied-Neuwied, M. zu ([= TM] southern Brazil; 601-604.) X X D X X X X X X 1952a 1954 1957 1960 1961 1968 1978c 1981c 1982 1829- 1844 1831 1833 1835b 1837 1838 1838 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1839 1848 1849 1850 1850 1850 1851 *1852 1853 1857 1857 1857 1857b *1865 1869 1871 *1872a 1874 1875a 1875 1875a 1875b 1876 1876 1878 *1880 1881 1882 1883 Gu6rin-M6neville, F.-E. Spix & Martius (Brazil; natural history & econ. use; 1122-1123.) Shepard, C.U. (?Pleist, Suwannee Spring, Rorida; 164.) Duvernoy, G.L. (in classification; tab. 4.) Richardson, J. (ml62.) Owen, R. (cecum, m32; gall bladder, m34; heart, m35; lungs, m36; kidneys, 39.) Wiegmann, A.F.A. (relationship to other species; 12, 14-17.) Diesing, CM. (comp. w/ M. exunguis; 230.) Schomburgk, R. (syn. of M. australis; 786.) Warren, J.C. (presentation of skeleton & skin to Boston Soc. Nat. Hist; 199.) Cornalia, E. ([= TI] Manacapuru, Brazil; 303,311.) Jager, G.v. (osteology) Wyman, J. (comp. w/ M. nasutus; 45-47.) Gosse, PH. (Jamaica, 341-346, 348-349; Haiti, 346-347.) Vrolik, W.T. (anatomy) Wallace, A.R. (possible identity with Amazonian manatee; 458.) Baikie, B. (syn. of M. australis; m29.) Holton, I.F. ([= TM] Colombia; 46.) Jager, G.v. (Suriname; skull & skeleton; 91-98, pl. 6.) Owen, R. (comp. w/ M. Vogelii; 99.) Gray, J.E. (comp. w/ M. senegalensis; 131, 134-138.) Leidy, J. ("Manatus americanus fossilis, Harlan"; m414.) Cunningham, R.C. ([= TI?] from Amazonia; in capt, Rio de Janeiro; 798.) Murie, J. (anatomy, 127-189, pis. 17-26; in capt., 191-193.) Keller-Leuzinger, F. ([= TI] Amazonia; 81, 83.) Garrod, A.H. Marcoy, P. (South America; 2: 42, 45, 187-194, 235-237.) Owen, R. (brain, comp. w/ Eotherium; 100-105, pl. 3.) Owen, R. (comp. w/ Prorastomus; 559-561, 563-567.) Chapman, H.C. (from Guyana; in capt; anatomy & behavior, 452-462; pl. 26.) Southwell, T. (gen. acc; 56-59.) Harting, J.E. (gen. acc; in capt, England; 285- 287.) Murie, J. (in capt., 21-26; anatomy, 27-44, pis. 5-9.) Crane, A. (in capt, Brighton; 456-460.) Sumichrast, F. (Mexico; 213.) Albrecht, D. NUMBER 80 523 1883 Pelzeln, A.v. (syn. of M. latirostris in part & M. inunguis in part, 88-94; comp. w/ M. inunguis, x 90.) x Doran, A.H.G. (ear ossicles; 368, 370.) x Santa-Anna Nery, F.J. de ([= TI] Amazonia; 67-68,71,168.) x Woodward, H. (m468.) x Waldeyer, W (pharynx; 245-246, 248.) x Baur, G. (supernumerary phalanges; 840.) x Rovirosa, J.N. (syn. of M. australis; m356.) x Zipperlen, A. (in capt; morphology; 25-26.) Pilliet, A.H. (stomach; 450-453.) x Costa e Silva, B. da ("mamatus americanus" [= TI]; Brazil; 4.5-m specimen; 93-95.) x Rower & Lydekker (anatomy; 216, 219-220.) Waldeyer, W (stomach & intestine; histology; x 79-85.) Goeldi, E.A. (Brazil; 120-121.) Verissimo, J. ([= TM] Maranhao, Brazil; culinary use; 99, ml29.) Neish, WD. (syn. of M. australis; m288.) x Elliott, D.G. (m6.) Anon. ([= TI] Juru? R., Brazil; 98.) x Freund, L. (history of attempts to keep in capt; 66-71.) Dexler, H. (brain, comp. w/ DD; 97-98, 181, 186.) Woodroffe, J.F. ([= TI] Brazil & Peru; hunting; 243-244.) Cum y Valera, L.A. (Cuba; gen. acc; 84-95.) Hanson, F.B. (sternum; 81, 111.) Sonntag, CF. (tongue; 646.) x Sowerby, A. de C (ml35.) Vosseler, J. (in capt; historical records; 59-60.) x Bittencourt, A. ([= TI] Amazonas, Brazil; exploita- x tion; 134-136.) Sanielevici, H. (diet & mastication; 251,254,256.) x Brash, J.C. (alveolar septal reworking & tooth replacement; 19-20.) x Prater, S.H. (m86.) Jobim, A. ([= TI] Brazil; hunting; 136, 140-144.) x Addison, W.H.F. (brain cells; 587, 590.) x Bittencourt, A. ([= TI] Brazil; hunting; 24-25.) x Hatt, R.T. (type species of Halipaedisca Gistel; x m534.) Pinheiro, A. ([= TI] Brazil; hunting; 215-218.) x Brash, J.C. (tooth replacement; 463-467.) Viiletin, A. ("Manati americanus"; ml24.) x Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis in part & T. m. manatus in part; 309-310.) x Bittencourt, A. ([= TI] Brazil; pop. acc; 35-36.) Fiuza Lima, F. ("Af. americano" [= TI]; Brazil; x captive breeding proposed; 17-18.) x 1978 Husson, A.M. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; x m339.) x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1884 1885 1885a 1886 1887b 1887 1889 1890 1891 1891 1892 1893 1895 1896 1901 1907a 1907 1912b 1914 1918 1919 1922 1923 1924- 1925 1925 1926 1927 1928 1933 1934 1934 1934 1937 1953 1960 1961 1966 1967 Manatus antiquus Leidy, 1856 (nomen dubium) * 1856b Leidy, J. (n.sp.; ?Mioc, eastern U.S.A.; 165.) 1869 Leidy, J. (in synopsis; 414.) 1877 Leidy, J. (Ashley phosphate beds, South Carolina; 214.) 1884b True, F.W. (ml 16.) 1886b Hartlaub, C (m378.) 1889 Leidy, J. (Peace Creek, Florida; m27.) 1923a Allen, G.M. (history of study; 232.) *1926 Allen, G.M. (referred to Halitherium; 455-458, pis. 2-3.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (history of study; 420-421, 444- 445, 470.) 1988 Domning, D.P. (specimens referred to Metaxy therium floridanum ; 396, 399.) 1989c Domning, D.P. (considered nomen dubium; 416.) Manatus atlanticus Oken, 1838 (= Trichechus manatus, in part; Trichechus senegalensis, in part) *1838 Oken, L. (n.sp.) 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus in part & T. senegalensis in part; 536, 538.) 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus in part; 310.) Manatus australis Retzius, 1794 (= Trichechus manatus, in part; Trichechus senegalensis, in part; also used by many authors for T inunguis) *1794 Retzius, A.J. (n.sp.) 1802 Tilesius, W.G. 1808 Tiedemann, F. (gen. acc; 555-556.) 1835- 1836 Poeppig, E.F. 1837 Burmeister, H. (in classification; 793.) 1838 Wiegmann, A.F.A. (considered the appropriate name for the Orinoco manatee; 17.) 1848 Schomburgk, R. ([= TM] Guyana; [= TI?] Rio Branco, ?Brazil; 786.) 1855a Gervais, P. ([= TI] anatomy, 114-115; econ. use, 116.) 1857 Baikie, B. (comp. w/ other species; 29-33.) 1857 Rapp, W.v. ([= TI] distr.; m87-88.) 1857 Shaw, N. (comp. w/ TS; 99.) 1860 Nordmann, A.v. (comp. w/ M. maeoticus; 331, 333.) 1863 McBain, J. (Belize; comp. w/ M. Senegalensis; 261-267.) 1865 Gray, J.E. (syn. of M. americanus; ml31, ml33, ml35.) 1867 Claudius, M. (ear region, comp. w/ HG; 6-7, 9-11, 13-14.) 1873 Conklin, W.A. (ml66.) 1876 Southwell, T. (syn. of Af. americanus; m57.) 1878 Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 293-294.) 1878 Filhol, H. (comp. w/ Af. Coulombi; 125.) 524 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1881 Crane, A. (lapsus [in title] for Af. americanus; 456.) x 1883 Pelzeln, A.v. (considered the correct name for the Amazonian manatee; 88-89, 95.) x 1883 Stoll, O. (Lake Izabal, Guatemala; m346.) x 1884b True, F.W (Britain; ml 14, 116.) x 1885 Santa-Anna Nery, F.J. de ([= TI] Amazonia; 67-68, 71, 168.) x 1887 Rovirosa, J.N. (Tabasco, Mexico; distr., hunting, econ. use; 356-358.) Anon, (from Guyana; in capt., London; 527-528.) Rower & Lydekker (syn. of M. americanus; m220.) Neish, WD. (Jamaica; gen. acc; 287-288.) Elliott, D.G. (m6.) Andrews, C.W. (m293.) Rodriguez Ferreira, A. (Para\ Brazil; 169-174.) Cum y Valera, L.A. (syn. of M. americanus; 89.) Bahrdt, H.J. Hatt, R.T. (m537.) Tucker, R. Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis in part & T m. manatus in part; 309-310.) 1986 Domning & Hayek (m 126.) Manatus balaenurus (Boddaert, 1785) Bechstein, 1800 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1800 Bechstein, J.M. (n.comb.) Manatus borealis (Gmelin, 1788) Link, 1795 (= Hydro damalis gigas) * 1794-95 Link, H.F. (n.comb.) 1802 Ozeretskovsky, N. 1808 Tiedemann, F. (gen. acc; 555-556.) 1828 Reming, J. ([= TM?] Britain; 29.) 1831 Pallas, PS. 1837 Bell, T ([= TM?] Britain; 525.) 1875a Owen, R. (syn. of Rhytina Stelleri; ml04.) 1885a Woodward, H. ([= TM?] Britain; m469.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) X X X X X X X X X 1889 1891 1896 1901 1902 *1903 1918 1933 1934 1955 1961 Manatus brocchii (de Blainville, 1844) de Blainville, 1844 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) *1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m209, 214.) Manatus christolii (Fitzinger, 1842) de Blainville, 1844 (= Halitherium christolii) * 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) Manatus clusii (Pennant, 1793) Bechstein, 1800 (= Trichechus manatus) *1800 Bechstein, J.M. (n.comb.) Manatus coulombi Filhol, 1878 (= Eotheroides aegyp tiacum) x *1878 Filhol, H. (n.sp.; Eoc, Egypt; 124-125.) x 1885a Woodward,H. (m470.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C (m378.) x 1902 Andrews, C.W. (comp. w/ Eosiren libyca; 293.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Eotheroides aegyptiacum; m474.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Eotheroides aegyptiacum; m575.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; ?syn. of Protosiren fraasi; 71, 75.) Manatus cuvieri (de Christol, 1832) de Blainville, 1844 (= Metaxytherium medium, in part; Metaxytherium serresii, in part) * 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (syn. of Halitherium Cordieri; m309.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me dium; ml 82.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium serresii; 210.) Manatus dubius (Cuvier, 1824) de Blainville, 1844 (= Halitherium schinzii) * 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) Manatus dugung (Erxleben, 1777) de Blainville, 1844 (= Dugong dugon) * 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) Manatus exunguis Natterer in Diesing, 1839 (= Trichechus inunguis) Diesing, CM. (n.sp.; in quotation from Natterer; nematode Heterocheilus tunicatus, 230; trema tode Amphistoma fabaceum, 236.) Stannius, H. (m2.) Diesing, CM. (nematode Heterocheilus tunicatus; 209, 502.) Stiles & Hassall (syn. of M. inunguis; ml69.) Stunkard, H.W. (trematode Chiorchis fabaceus; account quoted from Diesing; 254.) Baylis, H.A. (m257.) *1981c Domning, D.P. (suppression proposed; 131-132.) 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; 310, 312.) *1985 Melville, R.V. (name suppressed; 175-176.) x *1839 1845 1851 1899 1929 1936 Manatus fluviatilis Olfers, 1818 (= Trichechus m. ma natus) *1815 Illiger, C (nomen nudum) *1818 Olfers, I. (n.sp.) NUMBER 80 525 x 1865 Gray, J.E. (syn. of Af. americanus; ml35.) x 1876 Southwell, T. (syn. of Af. americanus; m57.) x 1901 Elliott, D.G. (m6.) x 1918 Cum y Valera, L.A. (syn. of Af. americanus; m89.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (considered nomen nudum; 536.) x 1959 Hershkovitz, P. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus; 342.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus; 310.) Manatus fossilis Holl, 1829 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1829 Holl, F. (n.sp.) 1832 Meyer, H.v. x 1834 Keferstein, C. (France, Bohemia, Maryland; 2: 217.) x 1838a Kaup, J.J. (m319.) x 1840 Kaup, J.J. (syn. of Pugmeodon; 676.) 1845 P6droni,P.M. x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208, 210.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (syn. of Halitherium Cordieri; m309.) x 1875a Owen, R. (ml04.) x 1880 Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; ml39.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (history of collection, 101-102; ml 13.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Metaxytherium me dium; ml 82.) Manatus giganteus DeKay, 1842 (Cetacea) *1842 DeKay, J.E. (n.sp.) 1869 Leidy, J. (m414.) *1904 Case, EC (referred to Trichechus; 56.) 1923a Allen, G.M. (m231.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m421.) *1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 66.) Manatus gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) Lucas, 1891 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) x *1891 Lucas, F.A. (n.comb.; 623.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) Manatus guettardi de Blainville, 1844 (= Halitherium schinzii) *1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.sp.) 1845 P6droni,P.M. x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208, 210.) x 1875a Owen, R. (ml04.) x 1880 Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; ml42.) x *1889 Lefevre, T. (referred to Metaxytherium; Belgium; 199.) x 1892 Barbosa Rodrigues, J. ("Af. Guetardi?"; Brazil; 53-54.) Manatus guyannensis Bechstein, 1800 (= Trichechus manatus) *1800 Bechstein, J.M. (n.sp.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; 535.) Manatus hydropithecus (Shaw, 1800) Fischer, 1829 (Steller's "sea-ape"; nomen nudum) *1829 Fischer, J.B. (n.comb.) Manatus indicus (Boddaert, 1785) Daudin, 1802 (= Dugong dugon) *1799? Daudin, F.M. (n.comb.) 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de Manatus inornatus Leidy, 1873 (nomen dubium) x *1873 Leidy, J. (n.sp.; South Carolina; 336-337, pl. 37.) x 1884b True, F.W (ml 16.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C (m378.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (m232.) x *1926 Allen, G.M. (syn. of Halitherium antiquum; 455, 457-458.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (history of study; 420-421, 444- 445.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 65-66.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (considered nomen dubium; 416.) Manatus inunguis Natterer in von Pelzeln, 1883 (= Trichechus inunguis) x *1883 Pelzeln, A.v. (n.sp.; in quotation from Natterer, syn. of Af. australis; Amazonas, Brazil; 88-94.) * 1886a Hartlaub, C x 1886b Hartlaub, C. (comp. w/ Manatherium; 372.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m220.) x 1893 Goeldi, E.A. (Brazil; 120.) x 1895 Verissimo, J. (Brazil; hunting & econ. use; 35-40, 92-93, 96, 99-102, 117, 119, 129.) x 1896 Sclater, PL. (in capt, London; 212.) x *1897 Beddard, F.E. (comp. w/ M. latirostris; 47-53.) x 1897b Kukenthal, W. (diagnosis, based on external characters; 40.) x 1899 Stiles & Hassall (nematode Heterocheilus tunica tus; ml07, ml69-170.) x 1904 Goeldi & Hagmann (Brazil; 89-90.) x 1905 Mitchell, PC (intestine; 464-465.) x 1907 Freund, L. (history of attempts to keep in capt; 68, 71.) x 1916a Anon, (in capt, New York; 1419, 1421.) x 1919 Anon, (in capt, New York; supposed stomach anomaly; 46.) x 1921b Marcus, H. (number of teeth; 155.) x 1923 Kostanecki, K. (cecum; 273-276.) 526 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1924b 1928 1933 1934 1938 1939a 1942a 1943 1948 1949 1951 1952 *1954b 1961 1961 1965 1972 1973 1976 1981c *1985 Petit, G. (kidney; m245.) Prater, S.H. (m86.) Bahrdt, H.J. Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; 537.) Devillers, C. (in capt; measurements, behavior, 84-88.) Moraes, R. (Brazil; export in 17th century; 91-92.) Kaltenmark, J. (gen. acc; 54-55, 59, 61.) Kaltenmark, J. (nasals; 15.) Mendes, A. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; m325.) Vieira, C.O.C (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; m268.) Wegner, R.N. (dental capsule; 76-81.) Nimuendaju, C. (Amazonas, Brazil; "rarely caught" by Tukuna Indians; m26.) Friant, M. (brain; 129-135.) Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; m309.) Slijper, E.J. (closure of foramen ovale & ductus arteriosus; 536.) Ruschi, A. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; m30.) Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; m82.) Pine, R.H. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; ml A.) Reischer, G. (anchoring of stapes; 305, 309-310.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Trichechus inunguis; 131.) Melville, R.V. (specific name placed on Official List of Names in Zoology; 175-176.) Manatus koellikeri Kukenthal, 1897 (= Trichechus ma natus) * 1897b Kukenthal, W (n.sp.; Suriname; 40.) 1907 Freund, L. (m71-72.) 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (validity doubtful; 59.) 1933 Bahrdt, H.J. 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; 537.) 1942a Kaltenmark, J. (validity doubtful; m54.) *1945 Matthes, E. (synonymized with Trichechus m. manatus) 1951 Kleinschmidt, A. (skin structure; 308.) 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus; 310.) 1978 Husson, A.M. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; m339.) 1986 Domning & Hayek (syn. of Trichechus manatus; m88.) Manatus latirostris Harlan, 1824 (= Trichechus manatus) *1824 Harlan, R. (n.sp.; Florida; 390-394, pl. 13.) 1825a Harlan, R. (Florida, 277; Belize, m278.) 1837 Richardson, J. (m 162.) 1838 Wiegmann, A.F.A. (relationship to other species; 12-17.) 1850 Wyman, J. (comp. w/ Af. nasutus; 45-47.) 1851 Wyman, J. (skull; 192.) 1856b Leidy, J. (comp. w/Af. antiquus; 165.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1857 *1857 1861 1865 1868a 1873 1876 1878 1878 1883 1885a * 1886a 1886b 1887 1887 1890 1891 X X X X X X X X X X X 1892 1893 1896 *1897 1897b 1901 1904a 1907 1908c 1908b 1912b 1915 1916a X X X X X 1918 1918 1924b 1932 1932 1933 1933 1934 1935b X X X X 1936 1940 1941 1942a 1943 Baikie, B. (validity doubtful; m29, m33.) Rapp, Wv. (Suriname; anatomy; 87-98, pl. 3.) Mobius, K. (Belize; structure of rostral pads; 148-156, pl. 7.) Gray, J.E. (syn. of Af. americanus; 131-132, 135.) Anon. Conklin, W.A. (ml66.) Southwell, T. (syn. of Af. americanus; m57.) Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 293-297.) Gulliver, G. Pelzeln, A.v. (name used for TM in preference to M. americanus; 89, 91, 93-95.) Woodward, H. (ear ossicles, 462; m468.) Hartlaub, C Hartlaub, C. (comp. w/ Manatherium; 371, 375.) Martin, K. (Suriname; 27.) Rovirosa, J.N. (syn. of M. australis; m356.) Leidy, J. (trematode Amphistomum fabaceum; 413-414.) Flower & Lydekker (syn. of Af. americanus; m220.) Tuckerman, F. (tongue; 77.) Goeldi, E.A. (Brazil; 120.) Kukenthal, W (embryonic dentition; 513-526.) Beddard, F.E. (comp. w/ M. inunguis; 47-53.) Kukenthal, W. (diagnosis; 39.) Elliott, D.G. (diagnosis, 6; pl. 2.) Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; 9-11, pl. 1.) Freund, L. (history of attempts to keep in capt.; 68-71.) Abel, O. (locomotor organs; m403.) Gudernatsch, J.F. (in capt; anatomy, behavior, etc; 225-236, pl. 9.) Matthes, E. Anon, (from Puerto Rico; in capt, New York; 1216-1217.) Anon, (in capt, New York; behavior, comp. w/Af. inunguis; 1421.) Cum y Valera, L.A. (syn. of Af. americanus; m89.) M6n6gaux, A. (syn. of TM; m699.) Petit, G. (kidney; 245.) Korschelt, E. (radius & ulna; 451.) Sokoloff & Caballero (trematode Schizamphistoma manati; 163, 167.) Bahrdt, H.J. Wislocki, G.B. Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus latirostris; 536.) Wislocki, G.B. (syn. of Trichechus latirostris; ml59.) Baylis, H.A. (m257.) Wislocki, G.B. Pycraft, W.P. (illustration; 328.) Kaltenmark, J. (gen. acc; 54-55.) Kaltenmark, J. (nasals; 15.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X 1947 1955 1961 1961 1963 1965b 1966a 1976 1978a 1978 1986 Harwood, K. (Florida; in capt; pop. acc; 50, 89.) Miller & Kellogg (syn. of Trichechus manatus latirostris; m791.) Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus, in part; 310.) Slijper, E.J. (closure of foramen ovale & ductus arteriosus; 536.) Alvarez, T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus latiros tris; m465.) Kaiser, H.E. (body cavity nomenclature; 426- 428.) Kaiser, H.E. (body cavity; 61, 66.) Koopman, K.F. (cotype in Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel phia; 23.) Domning, D.P. (myology; 5.) Husson, A.M. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; m339.) Domning & Hayek (cotypes; 113.) Manatus maeoticus Eichwald, 1850 (Pinnipedia?) 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de Eichwald, E.v. Nordmann, A.v. (Bessarabia; 328-333, pl. 25.) Nordmann, A.v. (Bessarabia; 581-582, pl. 11.) Sinzov, I. Simionescu, I. (Romania; 146, 154-155, 157.) Macarovici & Oescu (Bessarabia; 351, 353, 376- 379, 382, pl. 7.) Reinhart, R.H. (Bessarabia; 281-282.) *1850 *1860 1861 1900 1931 *1942 1976 Manatus manatus (Linnaeus, 1758) [author of combina tion not identified] (= Trichechus manatus) x 1917 Holland, W.J. (Isle of Pines, Cuba; 356.) x 1918 Cum y Valera, L.A. (syn. of M. americanus; 89.) x 1954b Friant, M. (brain; 133-134.) Manatus minor Daudin, 1802 (= Trichechus manatus) *1802 Daudin, F.M. (n.sp.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus in part & T. inunguis in part; 536.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus m. manatus in part & T. inunguis in part; 309-310.) Manatus nasutus Wyman in Perkins, 1848 (= Trichechus senegalensis) xv *1848 Perkins, G.A. (species described but not named; 198-199.) Wyman, J. (n.sp.; 199.) Wyman, J. (skull; 45-47.) Wyman, J. (skull; 192.) Baikie, B. (?syn. of Af. senegalensis; m29, m33.) Gray, J.E. (syn. of Af. senegalensis; ml 32, ml 34.) *1848 1850 *1851 1857 1865 1872a Murie, J. (lungs; ml72.) 527 1876 Southwell, T. (syn. of Af. senegalensis; m57.) 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 536, 538.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 382.) *1986 Domning & Hayek (syn. of Trichechus senegalen sis; 126.) Manatus oronocensis Bechstein, 1800 (= Trichechus manatus) * 1800 Bechstein, J.M. (n.sp.) 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus in part & T. inunguis in part; 535.) 1961 Cabrera, A. ("Af. orenocensis," "M.oronecensis"; syn. of Trichechus m. manatus in part & T. inunguis in part; 309-310.) Manatus oweni Du Chaillu, 1861 (= Trichechus sene galensis) x * 186la Du Chaillu, P.B. (n.sp.; name conditionally pro posed; West Africa; measurements, habits; 367.) x 1861b Du Chaillu, P.B. (m471.) x 1865 Gray, J.E. (syn. of Af. senegalensis; 133-134.) x 1876 Southwell, T. (syn. of M. senegalensis; m57.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 537- 538.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 382.) x *1986 Domning & Hayek (syn. of Trichechus senegalen sis; 126.) Manatus renggeri Bronn, 1838 (nomen nudum; lapsus for Halitherium schinzii) *1838 Bronn, H.G. (n.sp.; nomen nudum) Manatus schinzii (Kaup, 1838) de Blainville, 1844 (= Halitherium schinzii) * 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) x 1846 Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa Collinii; 328.) Manatus senegalensis Desmarest, 1817 (homonym of Trichechus senegalensis Link, 1795) * 1817b Desmarest, A.G. 1822 Cuvier, F. x 1824 Harlan, R. (comp. w/ other species; 390-394, pl. 13.) 1825 Desmarest, A.G. x 1825a Harlan, R.(m277.) 1827- 1832 Griffith et al. x 1837 Richardson, J. (ml62.) x 1838 Wiegmann, A.F.A. (relationship to other species; 12-13.) 528 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X 1849 1850 1857 1857b 1860 1861a 1863 *1865 1873 1874 1875 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1876 1878 1883 1883 1884 1885a *1886a 1886b 1888 1890 1891 1894 1894 1897b 1903 1907 1921a 1921b 1923 1924b 1924c 1925 1928b 1928 1931 1933 *1934 1936 1937 1937 1939 Warren, J.C. (ml99.) Wyman, J. (comp. w/ Af. nasutus; 45-47.) Baikie, B. (comp. w/ M. Vogelii & other species; 29-33.) Owen, R. (comp. w/Af. Vogelii; 99-100.) McBain, J. (skull; 150-152.) Du Chaillu, P.B. (m367.) McBain, J. (comp. w/Af. australis; 261-267.) Gray, J.E. (comp. w/Af. americanus; 131-138.) Conklin, WA. (ml66.) Schweinfurth, G. (Keebaly R., West Africa; 159- 160,512.) Schweinfurth, G. (Keebaly R., West Africa; 138, 422.) Southwell, T. (gen. acc; 57, 59.) Brown, A.E. (gen. acc; 293-294.) Moloney, CA. (Gold Coast; capture; 27-29.) Rochebrune, A.T. de (Senegambia; 190-191.) Doran, A.H.G. (ear ossicles; 368-369.) Woodward, H. (teeth; 468.) Hartlaub, C Hartlaub, C. (comp. w/ Manatherium; 370, 372- 374.) Jentink, F.A. (Liberia; measurements; 33-34.) Buttikofer, J. (Liberia; distr. & capture; 2: 392- 393.) Rower & Lydekker (anatomy; 217, 220.) Miller, WD. (tooth caries; 15-18.) Turner, W Kukenthal, W. (diagnosis; 39.) Gruvel, A. (Congo; barnacle Chelonibia manati; 116.) Freund, L. (history of attempts to keep in capt; 71.) Marcus, H. (tooth replacement; 574-586, pis. 18-19.) Marcus, H. (number of teeth; 155.) Sowerby, A. de C. (ml35.) Petit, G. (kidney; 245.) Petit, G. (kidney; 2197-2200.) P6caud, G. (Benu6 R.; 48.) Petit, G. (fusion of cervical vertebrae; 429-431.) Prater, S.H. (m86.) Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 410,412-413,415.) Bahrdt, H.J. Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 536, 538.) Baylis, H.A. (Nigeria; trematode Chiorchis faba ceus; 257.) Johnson, E. ("Manabus senegalensis"; Gambia; 63-64, 66.) Sanderson, I.T. (Mamfe, West Africa; 266-268.) Beal, W.P.B. (gen. acc. & possible econ. use; 125-126.) x 1942a Kaltenmark, J. (gen. acc; 54-62.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (nasals; 15.) x 1951 Wegner, R.N. (dental capsule; 76-81.) x 1953 Brash, J.C. (tooth replacement; 463-464.) x 1954b Friant, M. (brain; 130-131, 134.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (ml26.) Manatus simia Illiger, 1815 (Steller's "sea-ape": nomen nudum) *1815 Illiger, C Manatus simininus Bechstein, 1800 (Steller's "sea-ape": nomen nudum) *1800 Bechstein, J.M. Manatus sphaerurus Illiger, 1815 (nomen nudum; = Trichechus senegalensis) *1815 Illiger, C. (n.sp.; nomen nudum) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (nomen nudum; syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 536, 538.) Manatus stroggylonurus Bechstein, 1800 (= Trichechus senegalensis) * 1800 Bechstein, J.M. (n.sp.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 536- 537.) Manatus studeri von Meyer, 1837 (nomen nudum; = Metaxytherium krahuletzi) *1837 Meyer, H.v. (n.sp.; nomen nudum; 677.) *1838 Meyer, H.v. (referred to Halianassa; 667.) 1839a Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa Studeri; A.) 1840 Kaup, J.J. preferred to Halitherium; 675.) 1952 Thenius, E. (referred to Thalattosiren; 110-111, 113.) *1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 68-69.) * 1987b Domning, D.P. (considered nomen nudum; 122- 125.) Manatus tabernaculi (Ruppell, 1834) de Blainville, 1844 (= Dugong dugon) *1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.comb.) Manatus vogelii Owen, 1856 (= Trichechus senegalensis) *1856 Owen, R. (n.sp.) x *1857 Baikie, B. (skull, comp. w/ other species; 29-33, pl. 51.) 1857b Owen, R. (reprinting of Owen [1856]; 99-100.) x 1861a Du Chaillu, P.B. (probable senior syn. of Af. Oweni; 367.) x 1865 Gray, J.E. (syn. of M. senegalensis; 133-134.) v 1870 Veme, J. ("ajoub": fictional account) x 1874 Schweinfurth, G. (Keebaly R., West Africa; 160, 572.) NUMBER 80 529 1875 Schweinfurth, G. (Keebaly R., West Africa; 138, 422.) 1876 Southwell, T. (syn. of M. senegalensis; m57.) 1877 Heuglin, M.T.v. 1925 Pecaud, G. (Lake Chad & Chari R.; 48.) 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis; 537- 538.) 1942a Kaltenmark, J. (m56.) *1986 Domning & Hayek (syn. of Trichechus senegalen sis; 126.) Manatus vulgaris Bechstein, 1795 *1795 Bechstein, J.M. (n.sp.) Maryland 1825a Harlan, R. (Manatus; 278.) 1825b Harlan, R. (Manatus [erroneous report]; 236.) 1868 Cope, E.D. (Manatus; ?Pleist, Charles Co.; ml38.) 1904 Case, E.C (Trichechus giganteus; Mioc; 56-57, pl. 26.) 1904 Shattuck, G.B. 1906 True, F.W. (?Metaxytherium; Calvert Formation; 835, 840, pl. 76.) 1917 Palmer, W (Mioc. sir.; 344.) 1957 Kellogg & Whitmore (Metaxytherium; paleoecol- ogy; 1022.) *1966 Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium calvertense, n.sp.; Middle Mioc; 66-67, 71.) 1971 Gernantetal. 1980 Burton, B. (?TML; Chesapeake Bay; 19, 40-41.) 1984b Domning, D.P. (fossil & Recent sirs.; pop. acc; 5-6.) 1987 Shisler, M. (?TM; Solomons Harbor; 34.) Masrisiren Kretzoi, 1941 (= Eotheroides) *1941 Kretzoi, M. (n.gen.; Eoc, Egypt; in classification; 152, 155, pl. 6.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Eotheroides; m575.) Masrisiren abeli Kretzoi, 1941 (= Eotheroides aegyp tiacum) *1941 Kretzoi, M. (n.gen.n.sp.; Eoc, Egypt; 152.) 1953 Kretzoi, M. (m274.) 1980 Kordos, L. (nature of type material; 387.) Mastication (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Ingestive) 1878 Tegetmaier, WB. (Trichechus; lips) 1921 Marcus, H. (Trichechus; ?propalinal jaw motion; 581.) 1925 Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium & Hydrodamalis; 57-58.) 1926 Sanielevici, H. (sirs, interpreted as molluscivores; 251-256.) 1935 Barrett, O.W. (TMM; "little chewing": 217.) X X X X X X X X X X 1940 1941b 1953 1957 1971b *1973 1975 1977a *1978a *1978b 1979 Pocock, R.L (DD; cause of tooth wear; 340.) Heuvelmans, B. (Trichechus; 10-11.) Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; molar occlusion; 143-144.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; role of rostral pads; 22-23.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium & Hydrodamalis; 217-218.) Sonoda & Takemura (TMM; rate & sound fre quency of chewing; 21, 24.) Lipkin, Y (DD; thought ineffective at chewing dry plants, 88, or algae, 92-93.) Domning, D.P. (DD; jaw muscles; 27-28.) Domning, D.P. (TI; jaw mechanics; 57-67.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; jaw mechanics; 117-121.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; rate = 2 chews/sec; 85.) Marsh, H. (DD: adaptations to tooth wear; 199.) Miller et al. (TM; propalinal jaw movement & tooth replacement; 128A.) Marsh et al. (DD; condition of stomach contents; tooth size; 59, 64.) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; chewing rate & food consumption; 1187-1191.) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus; tooth replacement; pop. acc; 8, 10-11.) Domning & Hayek (TI; chewing & tooth replace ment; 119-125.) Etheridge et al. (TM; chewing rate & food consumption; 21-25.) Fortelius, M. (sirs. & desmostylians; functional anatomy of cheek teeth; 11, 52-53, 57, 65.) Gallivan & Best (TI; chewing rate; 554-556.) Janis & Fortelius Domning, D.P. (Xenosiren yucateca; 435-436.) Medicinal Applications (SEE ALSO: Economic Use) 1526 Oviedo, G.F. de (TMM; West Indies) 1665 Rochefort, C de (TMM; West Indies; 195.) 1667 Rochefort, C. de (TMM; West Indies; 393-394.) 1809a Cuvier, G. (Trichechus; ear bones; m275, 287.) 1814 Merolla da Sorrento, J. (TS; ribs, ear bones) Santos, J. dos (DD; Mozambique; tusks; 701.) Wied-Neuwied, M. zu (TMM; Brazil; bone; 603.) Sidney, S. (DD; Australia; oil) Fairholme, J.K.E. (DD; Australia; oil; 353.) McGrigor-Croft, J. (DD; oil; 7166-7169.) Gould, J. (DD; Australia) Estacio da Silveira, S. (TMM; Maranhao, Brazil; bone; as anticoagulant; 27.) Anon. (DD; Australia; oil; 743.) Faithful, P. (DD; Queensland; oil; 6-7, 9-10, 13, 15.) Rovirosa, J.N. (TMM; Mexico; bones; 357-358.) X X X X X X X xD X X 1980 1980 1982 1983 1983a *1984 1985 1985 1986 1988 1989d 1814 1826 1852 1857 1860 1863 1874 1881 1882 1887 530 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1893 Goeldi, E.A. (Trichechus; Brazil; hide, oil; for rheumatism; 120.) Thurston, E. (DD; Sri Lanka; fat; 99.) Anon. (DD; Torres Strait; fat; m21239.) Anon. (DD; Australia; meat; 93.) Harris, WK. (DD; Australia; oil, lard; 227-228.) Fairchild, D. (Trichechus; oil; 345.) Dandouau, A. (?DD; Madagascar; fat; 119.) Jackson, E.S. (DD; Australia; oil; m282.) Petit, G. (DD; Comoro Islands; bone, tusks, fat; 83.) Cardim, F. Prater, S.H. (DD; fat, oil, bones; 87.) Meek, C.K. (TS; Nigeria; virility charm; 304.) Allen, G.M. (DD; China; tympanic bones; 81.) Sowerby, A. de C. (DD; China; tympanic bones; 81.) Petit, G. Wood, T. (DD; oil; for baldness; m53.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; fat; for baldness & for "strangles" in horses; 189.) Bertram, G.C.L. Thomas, D. (DD; India; meat, for intestinal disorders & for causing abortion, 80; oil, for dysentery, intestinal ulcers, & piles; 81.) Jones, S. (DD; India; meat; m218.) Welsby, T. (DD; Queensland; oil; 1: 102-103, 2: 249-250.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; oil; 386, 388.) Almeida, A. de (DD; use by Australians [in Timor?]; oil; 212.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Australia; oil; 146-147.) Stoddart, D.R. (DD; European use of dugong "stone": 208-209, 214.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sabah, powdered teeth, m308; Queensland, oil, 322.) Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; bones; for asthma; 13.) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus; Brazil; hide, fat, bone; meat considered "unhealthy": 94.) Marsh et al. (DD; Australia; oil; 260.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; bones; 1011.) 1988 O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; meat, oil, skin, bones; 293-294.) 1988 Reeves et al. (TS; Nigeria; skin; m80.) 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; oil, bones, meat, blood; 97-98, 114-115.) x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1895 1901 1909 1912 1917 1922 1923 *1923 1925 1928 1931 1935 1935 1937 1938 1948 1963 1966 1967 1967 1968a 1971 1971 1972 1973 1974 1981a 1981 1986 Mediterranean Sea (SEE ALSO: Africa; Malta; other countries bordering the Mediterranean) x 1930 Aharoni, J. (DD; Palestine; dispersal via Suez Canal; 330.) 1945 Anon. (DD; Palestine) 1973 Symeonidis & Schultz (Mioc, Crete) x 198Id Domning, D.P. (sirs. & marine plants; paleoecol- ogy; 419.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (Messinian [Late Mioc] salinity crisis & sir. paleoecology; 229-230.) Mermaid Legend (SEE ALSO: Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance; Ri) x 1796 Stedman, J.G. (Suriname; mermaids & "Watra Mama": 177-178.) 1802 Tilesius, W.G. x 1809a Cuvier, G. (sir. origin of legend; 280-281.) x 1828 Reming, J. (Britain; sirs. & mermaids; 30.) x 1829 Anon. (Shetland Islands; manatee-like animal caught; 57-60.) x 1878 Brown, A.E. ("mermaid" [probably a seal] identi fied as a sir.; 291.) x 1893 Anon. (pop. acc; 800.) 1916 Lucas, F.A. (pop. acc; 315.) 1917 Fairchild, D. (misc. accounts; 340-341.) 1917 Rodway, J. (Guyana; "water mamma": 491,499.) *1923 Petit, G. (Madagascar; myth; 78-82.) 1924e Petit, G. (sir. origin of legend considered probable; 294-295.) 1926 Cheesman, R.E. (DD; Red Sea; m348.) 1927 Hopwood, A.T. (pop. acc; 17-18.) 1928 Prater, S.H. (DD; Indian Ocean; legends; 96-97.) 1930 Anon. (pop. acc; 37-38.) 1930a Simpson, G.G. (pop. acc; 41-42.) 1935 Barrett, O.W. (Africa; frozen dugong carcass exhibited as mermaid; 219.) 1945 Lewis, C * 195 lb Burton, M. (sir. origin of legend challenged; 588.) 1952 Pires de Lima, F. de C. Lawrence, J.E. (Florida; pop. acc; 401.) Loftin, H. (pop. acc; 350.) Burton, M. (sir. origin of legend discounted, in light of manatee behavior, 272.) Carrington, R. (history of legend, 33-39; sirs., 38-39.) Gohar, H.A.F. (connection with dugongs consid ered probable; 46-47.) Loftin, H. (pop. acc; 256.) Savory, B. (Aden; stuffed "mermaids": 255.) Smith, F.G.W (connections with sirs.; pop. acc; 74-82.) Almeida, A. de Crusz, H. (Sri Lanka; pop. acc; 300-301.) Jones, S. (India; reaction of populace to legend; 215.) 1979 Zhang, Z.-m. (China; capture of supposed mer maids [dugongs]; 33-36.) 1954 1956 1957 1957 1957 X X X X X 1958 1958 1959 1960 1960 1967 NUMBER 80 531 1985 Greenwell, J.R. ("ri" & possible sir. or cetacean origins of legend; 152-153.) 1989a Kamiya, T. Mesosiren Abel, 1906 (= Prototherium) *1906 Abel, O. (n.gen., Late Eoc, Italy, 52-59; comp. w/Paraliosiren, 59.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 471,473,495, 499.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) 1943 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 6, 9.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Prototherium; ml 35.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Prototherium; m575.) 1982 Kleinschmidt A. (syn. of Prototherium; 378- 379.) x 1906 x 1914 x 1927 Mesosiren dolloi Abel, 1906 (= Prototherium veronense) x *1906 Abel, O. (n.gen.n.sp.; Late Eoc, Italy; 52-59.) x 1942 Heuvelmans, B. (comp. w/ Prorastoma veronense; 1.4.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (nature of type material; 387.) Metabolism: SEE Respiration and Diving Metaxytheriinae Kretzoi, 1941 (subfamily; = Hali theriinae) x *1941 Kretzoi, M. (new subfamily; 155.) Metaxytherium de Christol, 1840 *1840 Christol, J. de (n.gen.) 1840 Serres, M. de 1841a Christol, J. de 1841b Christol, J. de 1846 Gervais, F.L.P. (France; m264.) 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (syn. of Halitherium; 206-211, 220-221.) 1847 Meyer, H.v. (Otmarsingen, Switzerland; humerus; 189.) 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) 1875a Owen, R. ("Metaxitherium"; ml02, ml04.) 1886b Hartlaub, C. ("Metaxitherium"; m376.) 1888 Marsh, O.C ("Metataxytherium"; thought related to Desmostylus; m96.) 1889b Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; 416,418-419,421.) 1892 Lydekker, R. (syn. of Halitherium; 78.) 1893 Howes & Harrison (vertebral epiphyses; m790.) 1902c Abel, O. 1902a Osborn, H.F. (m714.) * 1904a Abel.O. 1904 Freund, L. (carpus, comp. w/ DD, etc.; m394.) 1904a Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; m3, m6-8.) 1905a Abel, O. 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 51-52.) x x X xD X X X X X X X X 1928 1929 1931 *1932a 1941 1942b 1943 X X X X X X 1945 1951 1951 1952 1952a 1957 1966 X X X X X 1969 1970 1971 1972 1977 1977 x 1978c x 1979 x 1980 x 1981 x 1982 x 1982 x 1983 1984 x *1987 x 1987a x 1987b 1988b x 1989b True, F.W (?Metaxytherium; Maryland; 835.) Deperet C. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium serresi; 1858-1859.) Hopwood, A.T. (Sicily; skeleton in British Mu seum; 18-19.) Prater, S.H. (m98.) Birulia, A.A. ("Metaxitherium"; pelvis, comp. w/HG; m88-89.) Glaessner, M.F. Simpson, G.G. (review; 421-469-474-488, 495- 499.) Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 152, 154-155, pl. 6.) Kaltenmark, J. (history of name, 102-105; "new species" described but not named, 106-113.) Kaltenmark, J. ("Metaxytherium nov. spec."; 15- 16, 22-24.) Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Halianassa; 135.) Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 438-441.) Reinhart, R.H. (m209-210.) Canigueral, J. (Mioc, Mallorca; 387-390.) Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (comp. wI Indosiren; 611.) Kellogg & Whitmore (Maryland; paleoecology; 1022.) Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium, 68; comp. w/ Halianassa , 69; review, 70-71.) Calzada, S. (Mioc, Spain) Shikama & Domning (name preferred over Hali anassa; 395.) Ginsburg & Janvier (priority of name; 183-184.) Barnes, L.G. (Mioc, California; 142.) Savage & Tewari (Mioc, India; 216-218.) Whitmore & Gard (comp. w/ HG; 9, 11-12, 16-17.) Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & occurrence in Africa; 576-579.) Boaz et al. (Plioc, Libya; 137-139.) Sanders, A.E. (Olig., South Carolina; tooth; 612.) Webb et al. (Late Mioc, Love Bone Bed, Rorida; 517,521,535.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/Eoc. sirs.; 18, 30,39.) Kleinschmidt, A. (distr., 378-380; pelvis, 392.) Morgan & Pratt (Mioc, Rorida; 4, 16-25.) Dophin, Y Domning & Thomas (senior syn. of Felsino therium, 207; descent from Halitherium, 207- 208, 223-227.) Domning, D.P. (in ancestry of HG; pop. acc; 64, 66, 68.) Domning, D.P. (priority over Halianassa; 123.) Pilleri, G. (Mioc, Spain; pathology) Domning, D.P. (Mioc, Suwannee R., Florida & Georgia; 56-59.) 532 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1989d Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Xenosiren yucateca; 432, 435-436.) x 1989 Geraads, D. (Late Mioc, Tunisia; 781, pl. 2.) x 1989 Morgan, G.S. (Mioc, Suwannee R., Florida & Georgia; 29, 32-33, 37-39, 43, 46, 50.) x 1990a Domning, D.P. (rhizivory experiments with model tusks; 35-36.) x 1990b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Corystosiren varguezi; 363.) x 1991 Czyzewska & Radwanski ("Thalattosiren (= Metaxytherium)1": Middle Mioc, Poland; 184- 185, 188.) x 1991 Toledo & Domning (cf. Metaxytherium; Early Mioc, Brazil; 120-121, 133-134, 137, 142.) x 1994a Domning, D.P. (Caribbean; pop. acc; 72-73.) Metaxytherium alleni (Simpson, 1932) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 (= Halitherium alleni) x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (n.comb.; comp. w/ Af. forestii; 45-46.) Metaxytherium allisoni (Kilmer, 1965) Domning, 1971 (= Dioplotherium allisoni) x *1971a Domning, D.P. (n.comb.; 110.) x 1972a Domning, D.P. (distr.; 147, 149.) x 1975b Domning, D.P. (feeding ecology; 824.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (referred to Dioplotherium; 5.) Metaxytherium aquitaniae Pilleri, 1987 *1987 Pilleri, G. (n.sp.) Metaxytherium arctodites Aranda-Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994 *1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (n.sp.; Middle Mioc, Baja California & California) Metaxytherium argoviense Pilleri, 1987 (unavailable name, proposed conditionally; = Metaxytherium krahuletzi) *1987 Pilleri, G. (n.sp., proposed conditionally) Metaxytherium beaumonti de Christol in de Blainville, 1844 (nomen dubium) * 1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.sp.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m209-210.) x 1895 Deperet, C (m409.) 1920 Dep6ret & Roman x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m475.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (m69.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m69-70.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (considered nomen dubium; 206, 208.) Metaxytherium bellunense (de Zigno, 1875) Lepsius, 1882 (= Halitherium bellunense) *1882 Lepsius, G.R. (n.comb.; 180.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (ml 12.) Metaxytherium brocchii (de Blainville, 1844) Laurillard, 1846 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) *1846 Laurillard, CL. (n.comb.) Metaxytherium calvertense Kellogg, 1966 (= Metaxy therium crataegense) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (n.sp.; Middle Mioc, Maryland; 71-90, pis. 33-43.) x 1971 Reinhart, R.H. (m8.) x 1972 Varona, L.S. (comp. w/Af. riveroi; 10, 14.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (m8.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ Af. forestii; 45-46.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (Florida) x 1977 Hooijer, D.A. (comp. w/ M. cf. medium; 2, 7-9, 11.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 7,12,14, 74.) x 1984b Domning, D.P. (pop. acc; 5.) x 1984c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ sir. from Pamunkey R., Virginia; 224.) x 1984 Muizon, C de (Peru; ml 71.) x 1985 Muizon & De Vries (Peru; m560.) x *1985 Muizon & Domning (Mioc, Peru; 189-206, 209-213.) 1986b Anon, x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 273.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Af. kachchhense; 22-23.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. wI M. floridanum; Rorida records erroneous; 397, 400-401, 416-418.) x 1989b Domning, D.P. (m56, 59.) x 1990 Aranda-Manteca, F.J. ("Metaxytherium cf. Af. calvertense"; Mioc, Baja California; 100,103- 104, 108, lll.pl. 3.) x *1990 MacPhee & Wyss (M. cf. calvertense; Mioc, Puerto Rico; 21-26, 37-38.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Florida; in checklist; 29.) *1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (synonymized w/ Af. cra taegense) Metaxytherium catalaunicum Pilleri in Pilleri, Biosca, & Via, 1989 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1989 Pilleri et al. (n.sp.; Mioc, Spain) Metaxytherium christoli (Fitzinger, 1842) Laurillard, 1846 (= Halitherium christolii) * 1846 Laurillard, CL. (n.comb.) x 1895 Deperet, C. (m409; comp. w/ Af. krahuletzi, 411.) 1902 Schlosser, M. x 1914 Depdret, C (phyletic position; 1861.) NUMBER 80 533 Metaxytherium cordieri de Christol in de Blainville, 1844 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.sp.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m208, 210.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03, ml 13.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m70.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Af. medium; 206.) Metaxytherium crataegense (Simpson, 1932) Aranda- Manteca, Domning, and Barnes, 1994 *1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (n.comb.) Metaxytherium cuvieri (de Christol, 1832) de Christol in de Blainville, 1844 (= Metaxytherium medium) *1844 Blainville, H.M.D. de (n.sp.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (m206, 209-210, 221.) x 1919 G6mez Llueca, F. (Mallorca; teeth, vertebra; 54-59, 61,64, pis. 16-17.) 1920 Depfret & Roman x 1923a Allen, G.M. (humerus, comp. w/ Af. floridanum; 233-235.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Af. jordani; 58, 63, 67.) 1926 Cottreau, J. 1928 Cottreau, J. x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409, 414.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 427, 431- 432, 435, 440, 442, 451, 453-454, 456, 468, 475-476, 478-480.) x 1941 Gregory, J.T. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium ossival lense; 37, 39-40.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Masrisiren; ml52.) x 1941a VanderHoof, V.L. (ml985.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03, ml06; comp. w/ "Metaxy therium n. sp.," 108-110; 113.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 15-17, 19-21, 23- 24.) x 1946 Bauza\ J. (Mallorca; tooth; 376, pl. 18.) 1947 Lecointre, G. x 1949 Colom & Bauzd (Mallorca; teeth; 91-92, pl. 7.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 439, 441.) x 1952 Hooijer, D.A. (syn. of Af. medium; 113-114.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (comp. w/ Thalattosiren; mill, mll3.) x 1956 Bataller, J.R. ("Metaxitherium cuvieri"; Mioc, Spain; skull; 24-25, pis. 6-8.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 67, 69, 72.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium spp., 68; history of name, 70; comp. w/ Af. calvertense, 73-74, 78-80, 83-86.) x 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (syn. of Af. medium; 182- 183.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ Af. forestii; 44-45.) x 1977 Hooijer, D.A. (syn. of Af. medium; 3.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of M. medium; ml2, 14.) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Af. medium; m29.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/ Af. kachchhense; 22-23.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of M. medium; 206- 208, 210, 230.) Metaxytherium floridanum Hay, 1922 xv *1915 Matson, G.C. ("manatee": Bone Valley, Rorida; first illustration of holotype; pl. 12.) x * 1922a Hay, O.P. (n.sp.; "Olig." [actually Mioc], Bone Valley, Rorida; 1-4, pl. 1.) x * 1923a Allen, G.M. (Bone Valley, Rorida; additional material; 232-239, pl. 26.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (m59; comp. w/ Af. jordani, 67-68.) x 1926 Allen, G.M. (comp. w/Af. manigaulti; 459.) x *1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs., 421, 467; referred to Felsinotherium, 446-447, 496.) xv 1959 Kellogg, R. ("manatee": Bone Valley, Rorida; m6.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 66.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/Af. calvertense; 79.) x 1971 Reinhart, R.H. (m8.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45-46.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. xv 1982b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Potamosiren, 602; tooth wear, 614.) x 1983 Morgan & Pratt (Bone Valley, Rorida; 19, 24-25.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ M. calvertense; 192, 205-206.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/Af. kachchhense; 22-23.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (comp. w/Af. serresii; 213.) x *1988 Domning, D.P. (revision; 395-426.) x 1989b Domning, D.P. (m56.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium mani gaulti; 420.) x 1990 MacPhee & Wyss (comp. w/ Af. cf. calvertense; 25.) x 1992 Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Rorida; in checklist; 29.) Metaxytherium forestii (Capellini, 1872) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (n.comb.; Plioc, Italy; 37-53, pis. 43-46.) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/Af. serresii; 29-31.) x 1985a Domning, D.P. (biochronological utility; 183.) x 1987 Canocchi, D. (comp. w/ Af. gervaisi & M. serresii; 499-508.) x *1987 Domning & Thomas (phylogeny; comp. w/ Af. serresii; 208-209, 211-217, 220-230.) * 1988a Pilleri, G. (synonymized with Af. subapenninum) Metaxytherium fossile (Holl, 1829) Dep6ret, 1895 (= Metaxytherium medium) x *1895 Deperet, C (n.comb., 409; comp. w/ M. krahuletzi, 411-412.) 534 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1914 DepeYet, C. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium serresi; 1858-1859, 1861.) x 1919 G6mez Llueca, F. (syn. of M. Cuvieri; 54.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 439, 441.) Metaxytherium gastaldi (de Zigno, 1878) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (n.comb.; comp. w/ Af. forestii; 45-47.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of M. forestii; 208,223.) Metaxytherium gervaisi (Capellini, 1872) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 (= Metaxytherium subapenninum) x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (n.comb.; comp. w/ Af. forestii; 45-46.) x *1987 Canocchi.D. (Early Plioc, Italy; 497-513.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of M. forestii; 208.) Metaxytherium guettardi (de Blainville, 1844) Laurillard, 1846 (= Halitherium schinzii) * 1846 Laurillard, CL. (n.comb.) x 1889 Lefevre, T (Olig., Belgium; 199.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (supposedly "new" combination; 113.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 22-23.) Metaxytherium jordani Kellogg, 1925 (= Dusisiren jor dani) x *1925 Kellogg, R. (n.sp.; Late Mioc, California; 59-70, pis. 9-11.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m422, 454, 488,496.) x 1941a VanderHoof, V.L. (?syn. of Af. petersi; ml985.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Af. calvertense, 84; comp. w/ Rytiodus, 92.) x 1970 Shikama & Domning (comp. w/ Japanese Plioc. Hydrodamalis sp.; 390, 393, 395.) x 1971a Domning, D.P. (ml 10.) x 1971b Domning, D.P. (evolution; 217-220.) x 1972a Domning, D.P. (evolution & distr.; 147-149.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45.) x 1975 Domning & Frye (pathology; 1-3, pl. 1.) x 1977b Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & role in North Pacific paleoecology; 354, 356-358, 360.) x 1977 Whitmore & Gard (m3.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (referred to Dusisiren; 2, 21.) x 1980 Kurt6n& Anderson (m341.) x 1981 Clark, J.C. (Late Mioc, Santa Cruz, Calif; 34.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-379.) x 1987a Domning, D.P. (m66.) Metaxytherium kachchhense Bajpai, Singh, and Singh, 1987 x *1987 Bajpai et al. ("Af. kachchhensis"; n.sp.; Early Mioc, India; 20-25.) Metaxytherium krahuletzi Deperet, 1895 x *1895 Deperet, C. (n.sp.; Early Mioc, Austria; 408-412, 415, pl. 2.) * 1904a Abel,0. x 1904a Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; ml.) x 1914 Dep6ret, C (phyletic position; ml861.) x 1922a Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ M. floridanum; 3.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (humerus, comp. w/ M. floridanum; 233, 235.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Af. jordani; 67-68.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis, 409, 414; not a syn. of M. studeri, 428.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 451,453,458, 468, 475, 478.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 20-21.) x 1944 Zbyszewski, G. (humerus, comp. w/ M. petersi; m72.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 439, 441.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (comp. w/ Thalattosiren; m 111-113.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 68-69.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m69; comp. w/ Af. calvertense, 83.) x *1971 Daxner-Hock, G. (Early Mioc, Eggenburg region, Austria; 764-765, pis. 3-4.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/Af. cuvieri; 45.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 12, 14, 29, 73-74.) x 1985a Domning, D.P. (biochronological utility; 183.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ M. calvertense; 205-206,210-211.) 1986 Pervesler & Steininger x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/Af. kachchhense; 22-23.) x *1987 Domning & Thomas (phylogeny; comp. w/ Af. serresii; 207-208, 220-227, 229.) x 1987b Domning, D.P. (?syn. of Halianassa studeri of Studer; 123.) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Af. floridanum; 400, 415,417.) x 1991 Pervesler & Roetzel (Mioc, Eggenburg region, Austria; pop. acc; 97-101.) Metaxytherium krahuletzi excelsum Pilleri, 1987 *1987 Pilleri, G. (new subspecies; 16.) Metaxytherium lovisati Capellini, 1886 (nomen dubium) * 1886a Capellini, G. (n.sp.) x 1887 Flot, L. (syn. of Halitherium fossile; 137.) x 1895 Deperet, C (m409.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (vertebrae, comp. w/ M. floridanum; 235-236.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 464.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (?syn. of M. medium; 208.) NUMBER 80 535 Metaxytherium manigaulti (Cope, 1883) Allen, 1926 (= Dioplotherium manigaulti) xv *1925 Kellogg, R. (referral to Metaxytherium proposed but new combination not used; 59.) x *1926 Allen, G.M. (n.comb.; review; 458-459, pis. 2-3.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (history of study; 421, 445.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (review; 92.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/Af. forestii; 45-46.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dioplotherium manigaulti; mil.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dioplotherium manigaulti; 415-417.) Metaxytherium medium (Desmarest, 1822) Hooijer, 1952 x *1952 Hooijer, D.A. ("Af. medius," n.comb.; 114.) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (review, 70; comp. w/Af. calvertense, 78-80, 84-86.) x *1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (Middle Mioc, France; 161, 182-191.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45.) x *1977 Hooijer, D.A. ("Af. cf. medium"; Mioc, Nether lands; 1-25.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 7, 12-14.) x 1979 Ginsburg et al. (Middle Mioc, Doue\ France; 224, 226.) 1979 Telles-Antunes, M. (Portugal) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/Af. serresii; 29-31.) x 1982 Hooijer, D.A. (comp. w/ rib from Netherlands; 261.) x 1985a Domning, D.P. (biochronological utility; 183.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (phyletic position; 211.) x *1987 Domning & Thomas (phylogeny; comp. w/ Af. serresii; 206-209, 212-218, 220-230.) 1987 Moncharmont Zei & Moncharmont (Italy) x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Af. floridanum; 400, 403,411,413-415,417-418.) x 1989 Geraads, D. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp. from Tunisia; 781, 791.) Metaxytherium meyeri Abel, 1904 (nomen dubium) * 1904a Abel.O. x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m475.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (ml 13.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (considered nomen dubium; 207-208.) Metaxytherium ortegense Kellogg, 1966 (= Potamosiren magdalenensis) x *1966 Kellogg, R. (n.sp.; Mioc, Colombia; 92-94, pl. 36.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45-46.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dusisiren; A3, IA.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Potamosiren; 602, 612.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ Af. calvertense; 205.) x 1990b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Corystosiren varguezi; 370.) Metaxytherium ossivallense (Simpson, 1932) Reinhart, 1971 (= Metaxytherium floridanum) x *1971 Reinhart, R.H. ("Af. ossivalense"; n.comb.; m8.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m45-46.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. x 1985 Muizon & Domning (syn. of Af. floridanum; m205.) x 1987 Bajpai et al. (comp. w/Af. kachchhense; 22-23.) x *1988 Domning, D.P. (synonymized with M. floridanum; 399-401,416,421.) Metaxytherium pergense Toula, 1899 (= Halitherium christolii) *1899 Toula, F. (n.sp.) x 1973 Spillmann, F. (syn. of Halitherium pergense; 197-200.) Metaxytherium petersi Abel, 1904 (= Thalattosiren pe tersi) * 1904a Abel, O. (n.sp.) x 1904a Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis; ml.) x 1917 Schr6ter,Z. (Mioc, Hungary; 176-177.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (m233.) x 1926 Allen, G.M. (comp. w/ M. manigaulti; m459.) *1928 Sickenberg, O. (referred to Thalattosiren) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409, 414.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m443.) 1934 Pia & Sickenberg 1938 Suklje,F. x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (Hungary; ml46.) x 1941a VanderHoof, VL. (Late Mioc, Santa Cruz, Cali fornia [erroneous record]; 1984-1985.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (m23.) x 1944 Zbyszewski, G. ("Metaxitherium Petersi"; Mioc, Portugal; 69-72.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 439, 441.) x 1952 Thenius, E. (syn. of Thalattosiren petersi; 32,109.) x 1977 Hooijer, D.A. (comp. w/ Af. cf. medium; 2,4, 12.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (supposed California specimen referred to Dusisiren jordani; 21.) Metaxytherium riveroi Varona, 1972 (= Metaxytherium crataegense?) x *1972 Varona, L.S. (n.sp.; Middle Mioc, Cuba; 6-19.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (m8.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 14, 74.) 536 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1985 Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ Af. calvertense; 205.) x 1990 MacPhee & Wyss (syn. of Af. calvertense; 24-25.) Metaxytherium serresii (Gervais, 1849) Deperet, 1895 x *1895 Deperet, C (n.comb., 409; comp. w/Af. krahuletzi, 411-412.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/ M. forestii; 45-47.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (occurrence in Africa; 577.) xv 1982 Boaz & Cramer (Plioc, Libya; pop. acc; 37, 40-41.) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (Plioc, Libya; 29-32.) x 1985a Domning, D.P. (biochronological utility; 183.) x 1987 Canocchi, D. (comp. w/ Af. gervaisi & M. forestii; 499, 505-508.) x *1987 Domning & Thomas (Plioc, Libya & France; morphology, systematics, phylogeny, & paleoe- cology; 205-232.) 1987 Pilleri, G. x 1988 Domning, D.P. (comp. w/Af. floridanum; m411.) 1988c Pilleri, G. x 1989 Geraads, D. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp. from Tunisia; 781, 791.) Metaxytherium studeri (von Meyer, 1838) Deperet, 1895 (= Metaxytherium krahuletzi) x *1895 Deperet, C. (n.comb.; 409.) 1904a Abel, O. x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (suppression of replacement premo lars; distinctness from M. krahuletzi; 428.) 1987 Pilleri, G. Metaxytherium subapenninum (Bruno, 1839) Fondi and Pacini, 1974 x *1974 Fondi & Pacini (n.comb.; m44-46.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (considered nomen dubium; 208-209.) *1988a Pilleri, G. Metaxytherium vanderhoofi (Reinhart, 1959) Shikama and Domning, 1970 (= Dusisiren jordani) x *1970 Shikama & Domning (n.comb.; 395.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (comp. w/Af. forestii; 45-46.) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (synonymized with Dusisiren jor dani; 21.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-379.) Mexico (SEE ALSO: Baja California; Central America) 1566 SEE Landa, D. de, 1941. 1859 Beltran, P. (TMM; Yucatan; hunting) x 1882 Sumichrast, F. (TMM; 213.) x 1887 Rovirosa, J.N. (TMM; Tabasco; 356-358.) 1887 Shufeldt, R.W. (TMM; Coatzacoalcos R.) X X X X X X X 1917 1920 1932 1932 1932 *1941a 1941b *1941 1950 1953 1957 X X X X X X X X X X X X 1958 1962 1963 1963 1964 1965 *1965 1970 1971 1975 1975 1977 1978 1981 1982 1983 1984 *1986 1986 1989b *1989d 1989 1989 1990 *1990b 1991 Gaumer, G.F. (TMM; Yucatan; in caves) Goldman, E.A. (TMM; Bay of Campeche; 69.) Mullerried,F.K.G. (indeterminate sir.; 01ig.,Chia- pas; 71-73.) Noyes, E. (TMM; Yucatan) Sokoloff & Caballero (TMM; Tampico; trematode Schizamphistoma manati; 163, 167.) Gunter, G. ("TML": 61, 64.) Gunter, G. ("TML": 12-13.) Landa, D. de (TMM; Yucatan; hunting, 16th century; 190-191.) Durand, J. Maldonado-Koerdell, M. (indeterminate sir.; Olig., Chiapas; 146-148.) Pollock & Ray (Mayapan; carved manatee rib; 644, 653.) Ingles, L.G. Proskouriakoff, T. (TMM; Yucatan) Alvarez, T. ("TML": "probably extirpated" from Tamaulipas; 465.) Hall & Dalquest Wauchope, R. (TMM; Yucatan) Jones & Lawlor (TMM; Cozumel) Lluch B., D. (TMM; natural history; 408-419.) Philip & Fisher Lange, F.W. Genoways & Jones (TMM; Yucatan) Wing, E.S. (TMM; Quintana Roo) Wing, E.S. (TMM; Veracruz) Campbell & Gicca (TMM; status & distr.; 257- 264.) Villa-R. & Colmenero-R. (TMM; southeastern Mexico; status survey; 703-707.) Wing & Reitz (TMM; Yucatan, Veracruz; at archeological sites; 16, 24.) Gallo R., J.P. (TMM) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; status & distr.; 243- 254.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; distr., status, ecol ogy, conservation; 955-1020.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Tabasco; diet sea sonal movements, & seasonal breeding; 589- 602.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Quintana Roo; 1-24.) Domning, D.P. (Xenosiren yucateca, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc. or Plioc, Yucatan; 429-430.) Lazcano-B. & Packard (TMM; Tamaulipas; 202- 205.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 579-580, 605.) Colmenero-R. & Zdrate (TMM; Quintana Roo) Domning, D.P. (Corystosiren varguezi, n.gen.n.sp.; Plioc, Yucatan; 361-362.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; recovery plan) NUMBER 80 537 991 Morales V. & Olivera G. (TMM; Quintana Roo) 992 Morales V. & Olivera G. (TMM; gen. acc.) 993 Zdrate B., E. (TMM; Quintana Roo) Migration and Movements (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Aggre gative; Behavior, Shelter-seeking; Locomotion; Temperature, Effects of) 820 Diard & Duvaucel (DD; Singapore; occurrence during northern monsoon; 160.) 857 Shaw, N. (TS; Benue- R.; rainy-season occurrence; 99.) 877 De Pourtales, L.F. (TM; supposed former migra tions between Rorida & West Indies; 144.) 882 Sumichrast, F. (TMM; Mexico; ascending rivers during flood season; 213.) 883 Moloney, CA. (TS; Gold Coast; seasonal move ments; 28.) 895 Verissimo, J. (TI; Brazil; seasonal movements into & out of lakes; 35.) 904 Allen, J.A. (TMM; Colombia; entering rivers at high water; 423.) 915 Seale, A. (DD; Philippines; rainy-season occur rence; m215.) 933 Jobim, A. (TI; Brazil; daily movements in & out of lakes; 142-143.) 935 Barrett, O.W. (TMM; Puerto Rico & Central America; 216.) 941 Hamilton, W.J., Jr. (TML; Florida; ?seasonal movements; 691.) 944 Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; entering black waters, 27, 45, 56; in flooded forests in winter, 51; under floating meadows in summer, 56-57.) 948 Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; entering lakes in rainy season, ascending rivers in dry season; 188.) 949 Sanderson, I.T. (TMM; Suriname; rainy-season movements; 781.) 951a Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; seasonal movements; 11-12, 15, 18.) 956 Moore, J.C (TML; Miami, Florida; residence; 7-10, 22.) 964a Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; migration, ml 17; homing, 119.) 964 Johnson, D.H. (DD; Arnhem Land, Australia; movements with tide; 507.) 965 Layne, J.N. (TML; Rorida; seasonal migration; 167-168.) 965 Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; entering rivers & lakes in rainy season; 411-414.) 966 Funaioli & Simonetta (DD; Somali Republic; rainy-season occurrence; m317.) 966 Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 84.) 966 Thomas, D. (DD; India; hunted, Nov.-Feb.; young not coming as close inshore as adults; move- X X X X X X X X X 1967 1967 1969 1970a 1971 1971 1972 1972 *1974a X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1974 1974 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 *1978 1978 1978 *1978 1979 *1979 1980 1981a ments during monsoon; 80-81.) Jones, S. (DD; India; population mixing; 216.) Welsby, T (DD; Queensland; coastwise move ments; 1: 104.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; 350, 353.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Sri Lanka; no evidence concerning movements; m54.) Hughes & Oxley-Oxland (DD; Mozambique; rainy-season abundance; 301.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; seasonal occurrence; 395-397.) Dupuy, A.R. (TS; ascending rivers at flood time; 780.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; Australia; no seasonal pat terns, 207; individual movements, 211.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; seasonal move ments, 8-30, 204-209; movements in search of food, 31-37; in search of fresh water, 37-41; movement patterns described by county, 63- 201. ) Heinsohn & Spain (DD; Queensland; after cyclone; 151.) Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; ascending rivers in rainy season; 12, 14-15.) Heinsohn & Wake (DD; Australia; aerial survey of movements; 17-18.) Ligon, S.H. (DD; Australia; possible movements; 582.) Loveland, F.O. (TMM; Nicaragua; moving be tween salt & fresh water, 70, 74.) Paz & Hani (DD; in northern Red Sea only in June & July; 74.) Webb, S.D. (Trichechus; immigration to North America in Plioc; 221, 223, 226.) Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; 239-240.) Lovisek, J. (TI; Brazil; entering flooded forest; 64.) Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; movements with tide; 8-9, 19.) Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; 16-20.) Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; possible seasonal movements; 336.) Irvine & Campbell (TML; Florida; seasonal move ments; 615-616.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; travel routes, ?home range, seasonal migrations, open-water travel; KO MI.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; diurnal & seasonal movements, 17-35, 41-43; exploratory activ ity, 35-36.) Belitsky & Belitsky (TMM; Dominican Republic; 317.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; patterns of habitat use; 640-642.) 538 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982a 1982b 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983 1983a 1983 1983 1983a 1983b 1983 1984b 1984c 1984 1984 1984 1984 1985 Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; local movements; 32-33.) Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; seasonal occurrence; 14, 17.) Marsh et al. (DD; Wellesley Islands, Queensland; seasonal movements; 261-264.) Montgomery et al. (TI; Brazil; radiotracking & habitat use; 82-84.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; movements with tide; 56-60.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Blue Lagoon, Florida; not affected by tides; 235, 237.) Villa-R. & Colmenero-R. (TMM; Mexico; sea sonal occurrence; 703.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; local movements; 76, 80, 82-83.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; local movements; 92-93, 96.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; movements correlated with tides; 521.) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; St. Johns R., Rorida; seasonal movements; 4668.) Rathbun et al. (TML; U.S.A. north of Rorida; seasonal movements; 153, 163.) Robineau & Rose (DD; Djibouti; possible daily movements; 236.) Best, R.C. (TI; Brazil; moving between lakes & rivers; 63.) Kinnaird & Valade (TML; Florida; local & long-distance movements; 6, 9, 13-14.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; northeastern Florida; sea sonal movements; 16-17, 32-34, 44, 47-48.) Kochman et al. (TML; Crystal R., Florida; seasonal & diumal movements; 92, 108, 114-121.) Rathbun et al. (TMM; Honduras; entering rivers in rainy season; 306.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Florida; seasonal movements; pop. acc; 40-44.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Brevard Co., Florida; seasonal movements; 1-9.) Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Florida; 3, 6.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; movements with tide; 39-40.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Mexico; seasonal movements; 246-249.) Irvine & Scott (TML; Florida; sonic & radio tracking; 19-24.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; responses to tides & weather; 640.) Powell & Rathbun (TML; northwestern Florida; seasonal movements; 10-25.) Kochman et al. (TML; Crystal R., Florida; seasonal movements; 921-924.) x * 1986a Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; sea sonal movements; 480-489.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; seasonal movements; 977, 1007-1008.) x 1986 Colmenero-R., L.C. (TMM; Mexico; seasonal movements; 594-595, 597.) x 1986 Packard & Wetterqvist (TML; northwestern Flor ida; habitat use; 286-293, 296-299, 302.) x 1986 Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; seasonal movements; 151, 155.) x 1987 Estrada & Ferrer (TMM; abundance in western Cuba not seasonal; 4.) x 1988 Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; radiotracking; 11-14.) x 1988 McClenaghan & O'Shea (TML; Rorida; gene flow; 485-486.) x 1988 O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; seasonal move ments doubtful; 290-291, 297-298.) x 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TML; Rorida; seasonal movements; 185-188.) x 1988 Provancha & Provancha (TML; Banana R., Ror ida; seasonal movements; 334-335.) x 1988 Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; seasonal move ments; 78.) x 1989 Lazcano-B. & Packard (TMM; northern Mexico; ?seasonal north-south movements; m202.) x 1989 Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; seasonal movements; 83.) x 1989 Reid & O'Shea (TML; Florida & Georgia; satellite tracking; 220-221, 227, 230.) x *1990 Marsh & Rathbun (DD; Queensland; radio & satellite tracking; 86-98.) x 1990 Rathbun et al. (TML; northwestern Florida; sea sonal & individual movements; 4-33.) x 1991 Bradley, J.J. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Australia; migratory path; 92-93. ) x *1991 Reid et al. (TML; Florida; 180-190.) Milk (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Epimeletic; Behavior, Ingestive) x 1763 Bellin, S. (TMM; Guianas; milk "extremely thick": m66.) 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; mammary gland; 188-189.) 1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; mammary gland & milk; 189.) Annandale, N. (DD; milk secretion; m240.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; fat of mother whiter during lactation; 60.) Heinsohn, G.E. (DD; milk found in calf's stomach; 210.) Bachman & Irvine (TML; milk composition; 873-878.) Asper & Searles (TML; artificial formula; 126- 127.) 1981 Best, R.C. (review of natural milk & artificial 1906 1944 1972 x *1979 1981 NUMBER 80 539 formulas; 18, 21.) x 1981 Cardeilhac et al. (TML; artificial formula; 141- 146.) x 1981 Elliott et al. (DD; artificial formula; 204.) x 1981 Zeiller, W. (TML; artificial formula; 105-106.) x *1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI; artificial formula; 263- 267.) x 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; lactation; 746-747, 764.) x 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; lactation; 773, 776, 783.) x * 1986a Pervaiz & Brew (TML; whey proteins; 846-854.) x * 1986b Pervaiz & Brew (TML; milk composition; 357- 360.) x 1987 Colares etal. (TI; artificial formulas; 40-41.) x 1990 Colares et al. (TI; artificial formula; 44.) 1990 Spotte, S. (TML; artificial formula) Miocene x 1835 Jager, G.F. (indeterminate sir.; Germany; 3-4, pl. 9.) x 1837 Meyer, H.v. (Manatus Studeri, nomen nudum; Switzerland; 677.) x 1856b Leidy, J. (Manatus antiquus, n.sp.; New Jersey, Virginia, South Carolina; 165.) x 1861 Nordmann, A.v. (Manatus maeoticus; Bessarabia; 581-582, pl. 11.) x 1866 Adams, A.L. (Halitherium; Malta; 595.) x 1866 Lartet, E. (Rytiodus, France, 673-674; other sirs. of Garonne Basin, 683-684.) x 1867 Peters, K.F. (Halitherium Cordieri; Austria; 309- 314, pl. 7.) x 1870 Delfortrie, E. (Halitherium; France; bones scarred by fish teeth; 261.) x 1871 Farge, E. (Halitherium; Middle Mioc, France; 265-268.) x 1872 Farge, E. (Halitherium; Middle Mioc, France; 412-416.) x 1873 Leidy, J. (Manatus inornatus, n.sp.; ?Mioc, South Carolina; 336-337, pl. 37.) x 1874 Rower, W.H. (Halitherium canhami; England; 1-7, pl. 1.) 1875a Zigno, A. de (Halitherium; Isthmus of Suez) x 1879 Adams, A.L. (Halitherium; Malta; 525-527, pl. 25.) 1881 Maureta & Thos (Metaxytherium; Spain) x 1883 Cope, E.D. (Dioplotherium manigaulti, n.gen.n.sp.; South Carolina; 52-54.) x 1887 Rot, L. (Prohalicore dubaleni, n.gen.n.sp.; France; 138.) xD 1888 Marsh, O.C. (Desmostylus hesperus, n.gen.n.sp.; California; 94-96.) x 1889b Dollo, L. (Miosiren kocki, n.gen.n.sp.; Belgium; 415-416.) x 1895 xD 1902 x 1904 xD 1906 x 1906 xD 1911 x 1913 x 1915 X X X xD X X X 1917 1917 1919 1922 1922a 1923a 1924 1925 1927 X X xD X X xD X xD xD xD X X xD X 1927 1929c 1931 1931 1932a 1933 1935 1937a 1937b 1937c 1941a 1942 1944 1944 Dep6ret, C. (Metaxytherium krahuletzi, n.sp.; Early Mioc, Austria; 408, 415.) Yoshiwara & Iwasaki ([Desmostylus]; Japan; 1-2.) Case, E.C (Trichechus giganteus; Maryland; 56- 57, pl. 26.) Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; California; 151- 152.) True, F.W. (?Metaxytherium; Maryland; 835, 840, pl. 76.) Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; 404-407.) Matson & Sanford ("manatees": Bone Valley, Rorida; ml46.) Matson, G.C. ([Metaxytherium floridanum]; Bone Valley, Florida; pl. 12.) Palmer, W (Maryland; 344.) Schreter, Z. (Metaxytherium petersi; Hungary; 176-177.) Gdmez Llueca, F. (Metaxytherium Cuvieri; Middle Mioc, Mallorca; 54-59, 61, 64.) Hannibal, H. (Desmostylus; California, Oregon, Japan; 238-240.) Hay, O.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum, n.sp.; Flor ida; 3.) Allen, G.M. (Metaxytherium floridanum; Florida; 231-238.) Campana, D. del (Italy) Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium jordani; California; 60.) Collignon & Cottreau (Halitherium; Madagascar, 138, 164-165, 169.) Hopwood, A.T (Metaxytherium; Sicily; 18.) Simpson, G.G. ([Hesperosiren]; Rorida; 511,518.) Kellogg, R. (desmostylians, 219-227; Desmosty lus, Washington, 226.) Simionescu, I. (Manatus maeoticus; Romania; 146, 155.) Simpson, G.G. (Hesperosiren crataegensis, n.gen.n.sp., Felsinotherium ossivallense, n.sp., Florida; 425-426,445-446, 469, 499.) Hanna, G.D. (Desmostylus; California; 291.) Dartevelle, E. (?Halitherium; Congo; 715-720.) Nagao, T (Desmostylus minor, n.sp.; Sakhalin; 46-49.) Nagao, T. (Desmostylella typica, n.gen.n.sp.; Hon shu, Japan; 82-85.) Nagao, T. (Desmostylus minor; Hokkaido, Japan; 110-113.) VanderHoof, V.L. (Metaxytherium petersi; Cali fornia; 1985.) Macarovici & Oescu (Manatus maeoticus; Bessar abia; 351, 353, 378-379.) Stenzel & Turner (?Desmostylus; Texas; 289.) Zbyszewski, G. (Metaxytherium petersi; Portugal; 69.) 540 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X xD X X xD X X X xD X X X X X xD X X xD 1946 1949b 1949 1949 1950 1951 1951 1952 1952 1952 1952 1953 1953 1956 1957 1958 1959 1959 *1963 xD 1963 xD 1964 xD 1965a x 1965 xD 1965 xD 1965 x 1966 x 1966 x 1967b Bauza, J. (Metaxytherium cuvieri; Mallorca; 376, pl. 18.) Anon, (desmostylian; California; 313.) x 1968 Colom & Bauz? (Metaxytherium cuvieri; Mallorca; 91-92, pl. 7.) Thenius, E. (Thalattosiren petersi; Czechoslova kia; 162-163.) Shotwell, J.A. (Desmostylus hesperus; Oregon; 1541.) Kretzoi, M. (Haplosiren leganyii, n.gen.n.sp.; Hungary; 438-441.) Reinhart, R.H. (Potamosiren magdalenensis, n.gen.n.sp.; Colombia; 203-211.) Canigueral, J. (Metaxytherium; Mallorca; 387- 390.) DEREC (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia; Japan; stratigraphy; 144.) Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (Indosiren javanensis, n.gen.n.sp., etc.; Java; 610-612.) Thenius, E. (Thalattosiren petersi; Austria; 33, 109-113.) Pascual, R. (Ribodon limbatus; Mioc-Plioc, Ar gentina; 163-167.) Stirton, R.A. (Potamosiren magdalenensis & La Venta fauna; Colombia; 614.) Bataller, J.R. (Metaxytherium cuvieri; Spain; 24- 25.) Comaschi Caria, I. (Sardinia) Royd et al. (supposed "sea cow": Texas; 160- 161.) Kellogg, R. ([Metaxytherium floridanum]; Florida; m6.) Telles-Antunes, M.C.F. (Halitherium; Early Mioc, Portugal; 129-137.) Mitchell & Repenning (desmostylians, 3-16; sirs., North Pacific, 3-4, 9, 13-16; chronologic & geographic ranges.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Paleoparadoxia; California; 193, 198.) Nolan, T.B. (desmostylian ranges; A136-A137.) Anon. (Paleoparadoxia; California; pop. acc; 53.) Kilmer, F.H. (Halianassa(?) allisoni, n.sp.; Baja California; 57-58, 70-72.) Mitchell & Lipps (Paleoparadoxia; San Clemente Is., California; 4-6.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Desmostylus; California; iii, 3, 7, 21, 26-29, 36.) Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium calvertense, n.sp., Maryland, 66-67, 71, 78; M. manigaulti, Felsinotherium alleni, South Carolina, 78, 91- x 1977 92; Af. ortegense, n.sp., Colombia, 92-93.) Pascual, R. (cf. Felsinotherium; Argentina; 242.) Paula Couto, C de (Sirenotherium pirabense, xD* 1978b X X X X xD X X X xD X X X xD xD xD X X X X xD 1969 1969a 1969 1969 1970 1970 1971 1971a 1971b 1971 1971 1971 1971 1972 1972a 1972 1972 1972 1973 1974 1974 1974 1977 1977 1977 1977 n.gen.n.sp.; Early Mioc, Brazil; 345-347, 354-356.) Olsen, S.J. (Halitherium & indeterminate sirs.; northern Rorida; 129-130, 133-134.) Calzada, S. (Metaxytherium; Spain) Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Miodugong brevicranius, n.gen.n.sp.; Sri Lanka; 97.) Rensberger, J.M. (indeterminate sir.; California; 1-2.) Robinson & Black (indeterminate sirs.; Tunisia; m69.) Ginsburg, L. (Halianassa cuvieri; Middle Mioc, France; 189-190.) Minch et al. (Desmostylus; Baja California; 3149- 3153.) Daxner-Hock, G. (Metaxytherium krahuletzi; Early Mioc, Austria; 761, 764-765.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & North Pacific correlation; 110-111.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamaline evolution; 217- 220.) Dubrovo & Sinel'nikova (desmostylians; Kam chatka; 670-673.) Ginsburg & Janvier (Metaxytherium medium; Middle Mioc, France; 161.) Pratt, R.M. (indeterminate sirs.; dredged from seabed off U.S. Atlantic coast; 27, 31-33.) Savage, R.J.G. ("new genus": Libya; m221.) Barnes, L.G. (desmostylians & sirs.; western North America; 126, 140-142.) Domning, D.P. (desmostylians & sirs.; western North America; stratigraphy; 146-149.) Ikebe et al. (desmostylians; Japan; stratigraphic range; 44-45, 47-48, 65-66.) Schultz, O. (Austria) Varona, L.S. (Metaxytherium riveroi, n.sp.; Middle Mioc, Cuba; 6, 15-16.) Savage & Hamilton Anglada et al. (Halitherium; Early Mioc, France; 1-2.) Robinson & Black (indeterminate sirs.; Tunisia) Voorhies, M.R. (indeterminate sir.; Middle Mioc, Georgia; 228.) Alvinerie et al. (Early Mioc.) Hooijer, D.A. (Metaxytherium cf. medium; Nether lands; 2.) Kamei & Okazaki (Desmostylus & Paleopara doxia; Japan; stratigraphic range; 354.) Radwanski, A. (Poland) Savage & Tewari (Metaxytherium, India; indeter minate sirs., Iran & elsewhere in Indian Ocean region; 216-218.) Domning, D.P. (Dioplotherium allisoni, Dusisiren NUMBER 80 541 xD 1978 x 1979 x 1979 xD 1980 x 1980 x 1981 xD 1981 x 1981 x 1982 x 1982b x 1982 x 1983 x 1983 x 1984 x 1984b x 1984c 1984 xD 1984 x 1984 1985c x 1985 x 1985 x 1986 x 1986 D 1986 x 1986a x 1986b spp., Paleoparadoxia, Desmostylus; N. Pacific; 101-107, 147-157.) Susuki & Stadum (?Paleoparadoxia tabatai; San Clemente Is., California; 5, 21.) Ginsburg et al. (Metaxytherium medium; Middle Mioc, France; 224, 226.) Takahashi et al. ("Dusisiren n. sp.": Late Mioc, Honshu, Japan; 228.) Inuzuka et al. (supposed Dugong; Middle Mioc, Japan; 639-641.) Monroe, W.H. (indeterminate sirs.; Puerto Rico; 38, 78.) Barnes et al. (Hydrodamalis cuestae; Late Mioc, California; 56-57, 62-63.) Clark, J.C. (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia, Hali anassa; California; 27-28, 34.) Webb et al. (Metaxytherium; Late Mioc, Rorida; 517,521,535.) Aizu Fossil Research Group (Dusisiren cf. jordani; Japan; 282-284.) Domning, D.P. (Potamosiren sp., Colombia, 601- 602; Ribodon limbatus, Argentina, 602.) Ridgway, B. (cf. Halianassa; Rorida; 7, 13, 15.) Morgan & Pratt (Metaxytherium; Florida; 4, 20, 22.) Takahashi et al. (Dusisiren [dewana]; Late Mioc, Honshu, Japan; 1-76.) Domning & Dem6re" (Hydrodamalis cuestae; Cali fornia; 169-188.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium; Maryland, North Carolina; pop. acc; 5.) Domning, D.P. (cf. Metaxytherium calvertense; Virginia; 224-225, 1 pl.) Kordos & Solt (Hungary) Raschke, R.E. (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia, Di oplotherium allisoni; Middle Mioc, California; 62, 64.) Raza et al. (indeterminate sir.; Early or Middle Mioc, Pakistan; 585.) Kordos, L. (Hungary) Muizon & De Vries (Metaxytherium calvertense; Peru; faunal connections with eastern North America; m560.) Muizon & Domning (Metaxytherium calvertense; Peru; 190-192.) Domning & Ray (halitheriine; Early Mioc, Ore gon; 263-265.) Frailey, CD. (?Ribodon; Late Mioc, Peru & Brazil; 34.) Inuzuka & Karasawa (Paleoparadoxia) Pilleri, G. (indeterminate sir.; Germany; 18, 22, pl. 5.) Pilleri, G. (indeterminate sirs.; Italy; 21-22, pl.l 1.) D D X X X X X 1986a 1986b 1986 1987 1987 1987 1987 1988 1988 x 1989b x 1989c x 1989d x 1989 x 1989 D X xD xD X xD X xD X X X D 1989 1989 1990 1990 ?=1990 1990 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 1992 Suzuki et al. (Paleoparadoxia; Japan) Suzuki et al. (Paleoparadoxia; Japan) Takahashi et al. (Dusisiren dewana, n.sp.; Late Mioc, Honshu, Japan; 297-300.) Bajpai et al. (Metaxytherium kachchhense, n.sp.; India; 20-25.) Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium, Europe, review, 206-208; Metaxytherium sp., Libya, 209.) Moncharmont Zei & Moncharmont (Metaxy therium medium; Italy) Whitmore, F.C, Jr. (indeterminate sir.; Saudi Arabia; m447.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum; Ror ida; 395-426.) Vazzana, A. (Italy) Domning, D.P. ("Halitherium" olseni, Dioplo therium manigaulti, Metaxytherium sp.; Suwannee R., Rorida & Georgia; 54-60.) Domning, D.P. (Dioplotherium manigaulti; Flor ida, South Carolina; 415-418.) Domning, D.P. (Xenosiren yucateca, n.gen.n.sp.; ?Mioc, Mexico; 430.) Geraads, D. (Metaxytherium sp.; Late Mioc, Tunisia; 781, 791.) Morgan, G.S. ("Halitherium" olseni, Dioplo therium manigaulti, Metaxytherium sp.; Suwannee R., Florida & Georgia; 27, 29-30, 32-34, 37-39, 43, 46, 49-50.) Satoh et al. (Early Mioc, Japan) Toledo, P.M. de (Sirenotherium pirabense; Brazil; 5-10.) Aranda-Manteca, F.J. (Metaxytherium, Desmosty lus; Middle Mioc, Baja California; 100, 103- 104, 108, 111.) Ferrusquia-V, I. (Desmostylus hesperus; Baja Calif; 15, 17, 22-26.) MacPhee & Wyss (Puerto Rico; localities; 16-17, 21-27, 32-33, 36-39.) Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia; California [Stanford specimen]; 199.) Bryant, J.D. ("Hesperosiren" crataegensis; Ror ida; 475-476, 484, 486.) Clark, J.M. (Paleoparadoxia weltoni, n.sp.; Early Mioc, California; 494-495.) Czyzewska & Radwanski (Thalattosiren; Middle Mioc, Poland; 184-185, 188.) Pervesler & Roetzel (Metaxytherium krahuletzi; Austria; 97.) Toledo & Domning (Dioplotherium cf. allisoni, cf. Rytiodus, cf. Metaxytherium; Early Mioc, Bra zil; 119-146.) Kaneko & Goto (Paleoparadoxia tabatai; Japan) 542 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY D 1992 Kaneko & Inuzuka (Paleoparadoxia tabatai, Desmostylus japonicus; Japan) 1992 Kohno & Takaizumi (Halitheriinae indet; Late Mioc, Japan) 1994 Aranda-Manteca et al. (Metaxytherium arctodites, n.sp.; Middle Mioc, Baja California & Califor nia) Miodugong Deraniyagala, 1969 x 1969a Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Mioc, Sri Lanka; 97, 99, pl. 2.) x 1969b Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Mioc, Sri Lanka; 235-237.) * 1969c Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (n.gen.; Mioc, Sri Lanka) 1969d Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Mioc, Sri Lanka) Miodugong brevicranius Deraniyagala, 1969 x 1969a Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Mioc, Sri Lanka; 97, 99, pl. 2.) x 1969b Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Mioc, Sri Lanka; 235-237.) * 1969c Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Sri Lanka) 1969d Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Mioc, Sri Lanka) x 1977 Savage & Tewari (considered "Metaxytherium sp. indet": 217.) Miosiren Dollo, 1889 x *1889b Dollo, L. (n.gen.; Mioc, Belgium; 415-421.) x 1891 Rower & Lydekker (teeth; 223.) x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 51-52.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/other sirs.; 424,434,451, 473,481,487-488,495.) x 1941c Heuvelmans, B. (teeth, comp. w/ DD; ml4.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. wI Haplosiren; 438-441.) x 1952a Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (comp. w/Indosiren; 611.) x 1957 Kellogg & Whitmore (paleoecology; 1021.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 574-575, 579.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ Eoc. sirs.; 58, 61.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (probably related to Anomo therium; 207.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; m362.) Miosiren canhami (Flower, 1874) Sickenberg, 1934 * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (n.comb.) Miosiren kocki Dollo, 1889 x *1889b Dollo, L. (n.sp.; Mioc, Belgium; 415-421.) x 1914 Dep6ret, C. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium Serresi; 1858-1859, 1861.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. wI Metaxytherium jordani; 58, 67.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 410-411,415-416,435.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1941b Heuvelmans, B. (teeth, comp. w/ Trichechus; 9.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (m23.) x 1946 Slijper, E.J. (spinal column; tab. 5.) x 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (m69.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. ("M. kochi"; comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense; 84-85.) Miosireninae Abel, 1919 (subfamily) *1919 Abel, O. (new subfamily) 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 155.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) * 1994b Domning, D.P. (included within Trichechidae) Mississippi x 1965 Arata & Jackson (indeterminate sir.; Olig.; 175- 177.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (indeterminate sirs.; Olig.; m8.) 1974 May, J.H. (indeterminate sir.; Olig.) x * 1981 Gunter & Corcoran (TML; 97-99.) 1982 Dockery, D.T., III (indeterminate sir.; Olig.) x 1983 Gunter & Perry (TML; 513.) x 1984 Powell & Rathbun (TML; 2, 7, 20.) x 1985 O'Shea, Beck et al. (TML; 5.) Mortality: SEE Accidental Mortality; Conservation; Hunt ing and Capture; Natural Death or Injury; Pathology; Population Biology Museums, Catalogues or Inventories of Specimens in 1681 Grew, N. (Royal Soc, London) x 1828a Brookes, J. (DD; Brookesian Museum, London; 12.) x 1838 Waterhouse, G.R. (DD; Zool. Soc. London; 35.) 1850 Gray, J.E. (British Museum [Nat. Hist]) 1851 Horsfield, T (DD; East-India Company, London; 139.) 1863 Blyth, E. (DD; Asiatic Soc, Calcutta) 1866 Gray, J.E. (British Museum [Nat. Hist]) 1871 Gray, J.E. (British Museum [Nat. Hist]) 1882 Stahl, A. (Bayamon, Puerto Rico) 1884 Flower & Garson (Royal College of Surgeons, London) 1887 Jentink, F.A. (Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, Leiden) 1887 Lydekker, R. (fossil sirs.; British Museum [Nat. Hist.]) 1891 Sclater, WL. (DD; Indian Museum, Calcutta) NUMBER 80 543 1892 Jentink, F.A. (Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, Leiden) 1902 Smith, G.E. (Royal College of Surgeons, London; brains) x 1904 Goeldi & Hagmann (Museu Goeldi, Bel6m, Brazil; 89-90.) 1912 Turner, W (Edinburgh) 1923 Woodward, A.S. (British Museum [Nat. Hist]) *1934 Pia & Sickenberg (fossil sirs.; Austria) 1938? Themido, A.A. (Coimbra) 1976 Duguy & Cyrus (Recent sirs.; Marseille) x 1977 Van Bree & Duguy (Recent sirs.; Bordeaux; 290-292.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (N. Pacific fossil & Recent sirs.; 94, 147-162.) 1979 Duguy & Defretin (Recent sirs.; Lille) x 1986 McLaren et al. (Recent sirs.; Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh; 293-296.) *1987 Pilleri, G. (fossil sirs.; Switzerland) *1988d Pilleri, G. (Recent sirs.; Switzerland) x 1989 Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; 89-90, 129-132.) x 1989 Perrin & Kashiwada (TML; La Jolla, Calif; 17.) Myology 1838 Owen, R. (DD; visceral muscles, 30-33; heart, 35; larynx, 38; genital organs, 40.) 1845 Stannius, H.F. 1849 Stannius, H.F. *1851 Barkow, H.CL. (DD; muscle innervation; 119- 122.) 1862 Phillippo (Trichechus; heart; m684.) * 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; 134, 137, 143-164, 179-180, 189.) 1875 Chapman, H.C. (TMM; m453, m457.) *1880 Murie, J. (TMM; 32-35, pl. 8.) 1892 Waldeyer, W (Manatus americanus; digestive tract; 81-85.) 1902 Putter, A. (eyeball) 1904 Freund, L. (manus; 383-384, 390-391, 395.) 1907 Pick, F.K. (DD; smooth muscles of lung; 260-262, 266, 269-270.) 1908a Gudernatsch, J.F. (DD; tongue; 601-604.) 1909 Gudernatsch, J.F. (TM; tongue; 185-186.) 1910 Sterling, S. (forearm muscles & degree of aquatic adaptation; 667-668.) 1911 Riha,A. 1918 Kaudern, W. 1925a Petit, G. (genital organs) 1930 Freund, L. * 1933 Bahrdt, H.J. (forelimb) 1934 Genschow, J. (muscles of nasal passages; 431- 435.) 1935 Barrett, O.W. (TMM; muscle color; 218.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X *1946 1953 1957 1959b 1962 1965 1968 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1972 1972 *1975 * 1977a 1977b *1978a * 1978b *1986 1986 1986 1988 1993 1993 Slijper, E.J. (spinal muscles; 46-47, 50-53, 73-78, 112, 114, 120, tabs. 1,3,6.) Quiring & Harlan (TML; eye muscles, ml94; abdominal & thoracic muscles, 202.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; muscles of penis; 31-33.) Engel, S. (DD; smooth muscles of lung; 98-99.) Engel, S. (DD; smooth muscles of lung; 96-97, 102-103, 105-107.) Robineau, D. (middle ear; 414, 417, 419.) Lemire, M. Saban, R. (head) Robineau, D. (ear region; 6, 10, 14, 26.) Tumbull, WD. (jaw muscles) Kingdon, J. (DD; sketches of superficial muscles; 392-393, 396.) Blessing et al. (TI; muscle fibers of spleen; 176, 182.) Blessing, M.H. (?TI; myoglobin concentrations; 475-479.) Kenchington, R.A. (DD; digestive tract; m884, m886-887.) Saban, R. (TS; facial muscles) Domning, D.P. (DD; comp. w/ Trichechus; 1-57.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; evolutionary changes; 357-359.) Domning, D.P. (TI; comp. w/other sirs.; 1-81.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; evolutionary changes; 118-129.) Gambaryan & Sukhanov (TM) Rodionov, V.A. (TM; lipids in muscles) Umnova & Novoselova (TM; muscle ultrastruc- ture) Fischer, M.S. (TM; ear & basicranial region; 368-374.) Fischer & Tassy Shoshani, J. Myths: SEE Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance Natural Death or Injury (SEE ALSO: Captivity, Sirenians in; Natural Enemies; Pathology; Temperature, Effects of) Crane, A. (?TI; shattered humerus & spinal injury; 459.) Steller, G.W. (HG; ice, surf, rocks; 184, 198, 200.) Freund, L. (DD; fractured metacarpals; 375-376, pis. 14-15.) Annandale, N. (DD; ?shark bite; m240.) 1923a Petit, G. (DD; scratched by shells; 77.) 1928 Prater, S.H. (DD; India; m88.) 1931 Loth, E. 1931 Slijper, E.J. 1881 *1899 1904 1906 544 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1932 Korschelt, E. (DD, rib fractures, 450; TML, lesion on radius, 451.) 1936 Slijper, E.J. 1940 Loth, E. 1953 Fernand, V.S.V. (DD; scars from ?coral or ?shells; 142.) 1953 Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; calf; 121.) 1959b Anon. (DD; New South Wales; stranding; 49.) 1960 Mani, S.B. (DD;Jndia; stranding; 216-217.) 1961 Silas, E.G. (DD; India; stranding; 263-264.) 1962 Marlow, B.J. (DD; New South Wales; stranding; 433.) 1963 Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; India; strandings; 152.) 1965 Layne, J.N. (TML; Florida; cold & ?red tide; 166-167.) 1967 Jones, S. (DD; India; cyclone & salinity change; 217.) 1972a Anon. (TML; Florida; "played with" by porpoises; 4.) 1973 Bertram & Bertram (DD; Somalia; surf; m302.) 1975 Domning & Frye (Metaxytherium jordani; frac tures; 2.) 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TI; females killed by mating herds; 225.) 1976 Gallagher, M.D. (DD; Bahrain; cold, nets, oil, or seismic surveys as possible causes of death; 211.) 1978 Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; ?mass mortality; 20.) Odell et al. (TM; Bahamas; 292.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; gashes on belly, 38; mortality factors, 123-125.) Harper, H. (TML; Florida) Beck et al. (TML; Florida; mortality, 1978; 76-85.) Brownell & Ralls (TML; Florida; carcasses sal vaged, 1974-77; 147-154.) Campbell & Irvine (TML; Florida; cold mortality, 1976-77; 86-91.) Irvine et al. (TML; Florida; mortality, 1974-77; 67-75.) Powell et al. (TMM; Puerto Rico; calf stranded; 645.) Rathbun et al. (TML; U.S.A. north of Florida; starvation, cold; 153-154, 156.) Best, R.C. (TI; bowel obstruction during fasting; 62.) x *1983 Bonde et al. (TM; salvage & necropsy manual; i-v, 1-175.) x 1983 Buergelt & Bonde (TM; toxoplasmic menin goencephalitis; 1294-1296.) x 1984 Buergelt et al. (TML; Florida; necropsy findings; cold mortality, malnutrition, meningoencephali- X X X X X X X X X 1978 1979 1980 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982 1983 x 1984 x 1984c 1984 1985 tis, periventriculitis, 1331-1334; red tide, 1334.) Buergelt, CD. (TML; Florida; summary of ne cropsy findings, 1980-83; 28-29.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; stranding by cyclone; 106-107.) Robinson, N.H. (DD; New South Wales; strand ings; 157.) O'Shea, Beck et al. (TML; Florida; mortality, 1976-81; 1-11.) Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Florida; cold mortality; 16.) Marsh, Freeland et al. (DD; Australia; stranding by cyclone) Walsh et al. (TML; Florida; omphalitis & peritoni tis; 702-704.) Beeler & O'Shea (TML; southeastern U.S.A.) Hasegawa, H. (DD; Okinawa; 23.) Ho, H.C. (DD; Singapore; strandings; 24-25.) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; southeastern U.S.A.; historical records of mortality; 186-187, 190-191, 199.) Rathbun et al. (TMM; Honduras; starvation in lagoon; 306-307.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; stranding by cyclone; 78-84.) Rathbun et al. (TM; northwestern Florida, 1982- 85; 22-23, 30-32.) Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia; Mioc, California; 199-203.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; red tide, 1982; 165-179.) Brown, J. (DD; Australia; seagrass dieoff; pop. acc; 11.) Natural Enemies (SEE ALSO: Natural Death or Injury) 1745 Gumilla, J. (TMM; Guianas; "Tigres") 1763 Bellin, S. (TMM; Guianas; "Tigres": m66.) 1855a Gervais, F.L.P. (TI; Amazonia; jaguar; 116.) 1869 Marcoy, P. (TI; Amazonia; jaguar; 2: 202-204.) Delfortrie, E. (Halitherium; Early Mioc, France; bones scarred by fish teeth; 261.) Farge, E. (Halitherium; Middle Mioc, France; bone scarred by sharks; 265-268, pl. 2.) Farge, E. (Halitherium; Middle Mioc, France; bone scarred by sharks; 412-416.) Kingston, W.H.G. (TI; Amazonia; jaguars; 184- 190.) Barbosa Rodriguez, J. (TI; Brazil; jaguars) Marcoy, P. (TI; Amazonia; jaguar; 2: 235-237.) Portis, A. (Felsinotherium; Plioc, Italy; bones scarred by sharks; 357.) Annandale, N. (DD: India; sharks; m240.) Lee, I. (DD; Australia; sharks; 20.) x X X X X X X X xD X X 1985 1986 1987 *1988 1988 1988 1988a 1988 1989a 1990 1990 *1991 1993 1870 1871 1872 1872 X X X X 1875 1875 1886 1906 1925 NUI X X X X dBER 80 1934 1935 1937 1937 1937 1939 x 1941 x 1944 1948 1955 1958 1960 1963 1964a 1964 1966 1966 1967 1967 1968 X X X X X X X X 1971 1974 1975 1975 1978 1978b 1978 1979 Thomson, D.F. (DD; Australia; sharks; 242.) Barrett, O.W. (TMM, sharks, caimans, m218; DD, crocodiles, 219-220.) Johnson, E. (TS; Gambia; crocodiles; 63.) Promus, J. (DD; Australia; killing shark with tusks; 41.) Sunter, G.H. (DD; Northern Territory, Australia; dugong killing crocodile by falling on top of it; 60.) Patterson, E.K. (DD; Torres Strait; shark attack) Landa, D. de (TMM; Yucatan; bats; 191.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; jaguar & shark only known predators; 63-65.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; bitten by small fish, especially "Silures," but "friendly" with crocodiles; 189.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; sharks, killer whales; 18.) Leakey, L.S.B. (DD; East Africa; crocodiles; ml9.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (TMM; Guyana; immune to electric eels; 762.) Bertram, G.C.L. (Trichechus; South America; fish) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; caimans, parrot-fish; ml 19.) Norwood, VG.C Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; sharks; 84.) Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium calvertense; Middle Mioc, Maryland; bones scarred by sharks; 67.) Jones, S. (DD; India; wounded by stingray; 219.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; sharks, 2: 234; sharks eating drowned dugongs in nets, 2: 238-239.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (TMM; Belize; alligators; 293-294.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; sharks; 397.) Fondi & Pacini (Metaxytherium forestii; Plioc, Italy; bone scarred by ?shark tooth; 50-51, pl. 46.) Husar, S.L. (DD; Australia; carcasses not molested by sharks; ml8.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM, sharks; TI, jaguars, caimans, anacondas; 226.) Anderson & Heinsohn (DD; Australia; sharks, crocodiles, "porpoises," stingrays, stonefish; 19-20.) Domning, D.P. (HG; possible predators; 115- 116.) Stanbury, P.J. (DD; Australia; shark, fide Dampier; 18.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; blood clotting & "skin hardening" as ?anti-predator adaptations, 127; scar from shark attack, 128, 131; sharks, ?crocodiles, ?killer whales, ?stonefish, 135.) 545 x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (Trichechus; South America; pira nhas; ml23.) x 1980 Belitsky & Belitsky (TMM; Dominican Republic; sharks; 317-319.) x 1981b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; sharks; 103, 107.) x 1981 Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; carcasses scavenged by crocodiles; 34-35.) x 1982a Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; associ ation of sharks with groups of dugongs; 78, 82-83.) x 1982 Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; sharks; 519.) x 1982 Best & Teixeira (TMM; Brazil; ?shark bites; 45.) x 1982 Boaz & Cramer (Metaxytherium; Plioc, Libya; sharks; pop. acc; 37, 40-41.) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium serresii; Plioc, Libya; bones scarred by shark Carcharodon megalodon; 29, 32.) x 1982 Ridgway, B. (cf. Halianassa; Mioc, Florida; bones scarred by sharks; 13, 15.) x 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; Australia; attack by tiger shark; 788.) x *1985 Anderson & Prince (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; attacks by killer whales; 554-556.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium serresii; Plioc, Libya; bones scarred by sharks; 209.) x 1988 Reddacliff, G. (DD; Australia; cookie-cutter shark [Isistius]; 133-134.) x 1989 Morgan, G.S. (Metaxytherium; Early Mioc, Flor ida; sharks; 33, 37-38.) xD 1990 Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia; Mioc, California; sharks; 199-201.) x 1993 Loyer, B. (DD; Vanuatu; wounds from sharks; attempts to ?drown turtles; 55.) Nemodermus Rafinesque, 1815 (nomen nudum; = Tri chechus) x *1815 Rafinesque, CS. (n.gen.; nomen nudum; in classi fication; 60.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Trichechus; m578.) D Neodesmostylus Khomenko, 1928 (Proboscidea; = Afam- muthus) xD*1928a Khomenko, J. (n.gen.; Pleist., Siberia; 519-520.) xD 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153, 155.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (not considered a desmo stylian; m4.) D Neodesmostylus primigenius Khomenko, 1928 (Probos cidea; = Mammuthus) xD*1928a Khomenko, J. (n.gen.n.sp.; Pleist, Siberia; 519- 520.) D 1966c Shikama, T 546 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Nepus Fischer von Waldheim, 1814 (= Hydrodamalis) *1813- 1814 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.gen.) 1840 Baer, K.E.v. (syn. of Rytina; m53.) 1872a Gill, T (syn. of Rhytina; m92.) 1925 ICZN (syn. of Hydrodamalis; m38.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 75.) Nepus stelleri (Retzius, 1794) Fischer von Waldheim, 1814 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1813- 1814 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.comb.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 75, 93.) Nervous System: SEE Brain and Nervous System Netherlands 1975 Bosch ("Halitherium" [actually Metaxy- therium] ) x 1977 Hooijer, D.A. (Metaxytherium cf. medium; Mioc, Eibergen: 2, 12.) x 1982 Hooijer, D.A. (indeterminate sir.; Western Scheldt; 261-262, pl. 1.) New Jersey x 1856b Leidy, J. (Manatus antiquus; 165.) x 1981 Miller, R.R. (TML; Long Beach Is.; netting; m53.) x *1989 Gallagher et al. (Trichechus sp.; ?Pleist; 107- 108.) Nicaragua (SEE ALSO: Central America) 1847 Young, T (TMM) Allen, J.A. (TMM; m89, m94.) Goldman, E.A. (TMM; 69.) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; 216-219.) Jones, J.K. (TMM; Indian name; 354.) Nietschmann, B. (TMM) Loveland, F.O. (TMM; hunting, ritual & myth; 70-82.) Magnus, R.W. (TMM) Wing & Reitz (TMM; at archeological sites; ml6.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 582-583, 606.) North America (SEE ALSO under countries and states) x 1837 Richardson, J. (Manatus americanus, M. latiros tris, Rytina borealis; ml62.) x 1856a Leidy, J. (Ischyrotherium, supposed sir. from Nebraska; 89.) x 1941a Gunter, G. (TML; distr.; 60-64.) x 1942 Gunter, G. (TML; distr.; 89-90.) x 1942 Simpson, G.G. (fossil sirs, on Atlantic coast; ml77.) X X X X X X X 1910 1920 *1935 1965 1973 *1976 1978 1982 1989 x 1954 Gunter, G. (TM; distr.; 543-544.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (fossil sirs.; southeastern U.S.A.; pop. acc; 7-9.) x *1989 Lefebvre et al. (TM; distr., status, & biogeography; 576-580,589-591,599,603-605.) North Carolina 1858 Emmons, E. 1860 Emmons, E. x 1919 Stiles, C.W. (TML; in capt; 658.) x 1931 Brimley, H.H. (TML; captured, 1919; 320- 321.) 1946 Brimley, H.H. (TML) x 1960 Funderburg, J.B. (TML; Pleist. & Recent records; 521.) 1965 Caldwell & Golley 1976 Lee, D.S. x 1977 Browne & Lee (TML; abstract of interview survey; 40.) x 1977 Campbell, H.W. (TML; gen. acc; 396-397.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (Ribodon sp., ?Plioc, 604; Tri chechus sp., Pleist., 605.) x *1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (Eoc. sirs.; 4, 6, 13-17, 39.) x *1982 Rathbun et al. (TML; 153-154, 156, 160-163.) x 1984b Domning, D.P. (fossil sirs.; pop. acc; 5.) x 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TML; 187, 198-199.) 1989 Lee & Socci Nutrition: SEE Digestive System; Food; Milk Oligocene x 1884 Gaudry, A. (Halitherium Chouqueti, n.sp.; Paris Basin, France; 372-375.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C (Manatherium delheidi, n.gen.n.sp.; Belgium; 369-370.) x 1889 Lefevre, T (fossil sirs.; Belgium; 197-200.) x 1892 Lydekker, R. (Prorastoma veronense; [actually Eoc] Italy; 77-78.) x 1914 Rabell Cabrero, N. (indeterminate sir.; Puerto Rico; 66-69.) xD 1917 Kermode, F. ("Desmostylus" [actually Cornwal lius]; Vancouver Is., British Columbia; 42-43.) xD 1922 Cornwall, I.E. ("Desmostylus" [actually Cornwal lius]; British Columbia; 121-123.) xD 1922 Hannibal, H. (Desmostylus; California & Oregon; 238-240.) x 1922a Hay, O.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum, n.sp.; [actu ally Mioc] Florida; 3.) x 1925 Abel, O. (Halitherium Uytterhoeveni, n.sp.; Bel gium; 39.) x 1932 Mullerried, F.K.G. (indeterminate sir.; [actually NUMBER 80 xD X X xD xD X X X X X 1935 1936 1937 1941b 1942a 1948 1953 1956 1957 1959 *1959 1962 x 1962 1963 xD 1964 x 1965 x 1970 x 1972 1973 x *1973 1974 1975 xD 1976 x 1980 x 1980 1982 x 1982 xD 1986 x 1986 *1986 xD 1988 Eoc?] Chiapas, Mexico; 71-73.) LaMotte, R.S. ("Desmostylus" sookensis; British Columbia; associated flora; 51-52.) Trelles-Duelo, L. (indeterminate sir.; Cuba; 269- 270.) Venzo, S. (Halitherium bellunense; Late Olig., Italy; 7, 13, 196.) VanderHoof, V.L. (Cornwallius; Baja California; 1985.) VanderHoof, V.L. (Cornwallius sookensis; Baja California; 298-301.) Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (indeterminate sirs.; Libyan Desert, Egypt; ml5.) Maldonado-Koerdell, M. (indeterminate sir.; [actu ally Eoc?] Chiapas, Mexico; 146-148.) McKenna, M.C. (Lophiodolodus; Colombia; con sidered ?sir.; m739.) Hunger & Magalowski Malde, H.E. (indeterminate sir.; South Carolina; 19,21.) Spillmann, F. (Halitherium; Austria) Schafer, W. (Halitherium schinzii; Mainz Basin, Germany; 53-56.) Wilhelm, W (Halitherium schinzii; Mainz Basin, Germany; 51-53.) Pietzsch, K. (Germany) Nolan, T.B. (Desmostylus; mA137.) Arata & Jackson (indeterminate sirs.; Mississippi; 175-177.) Chavanon & Saubade (Halitherium; France; 261- 262.) Sittler, C (Halitherium schinzii; France; 113.) Mastrorilli, VI. (Italy) Spillmann, F. (Halitherium spp.; Austria; 197- 209.) May, J.H. (indeterminate sir.; Mississippi) Rabeder, G. (Austria) Phillips et al. (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia; Late Olig. [actually Early Mioc?], Point Arena, California; 137, 152.) Sanders, A.E. (cf. Halitherium, cf. Metaxytherium; Late Olig., South Carolina; 612.) Tobien, H. (Halitherium schinzii; Mainz Basin, Germany; stratigraphic occurrences; 207-209.) Dockery, D.T., III (indeterminate sir.; Mississippi) Fischer, K. (Halitherium schinzii; Leipzig, Ger many; 151-153.) Domning et al. (Behemotops, n.gen.; Washington & Oregon; 1-12, 23, 26.) Fleagle et al. (indeterminate sir.; Egypt; 8-9.) Rothausen, K. (Germany) Saito et al. (Behemotops sp.; Late Olig., Hokkaido, Japan; 269-273.) 547 x *1990 MacPhee & Wyss (Puerto Rico; localities; 21, 27-36.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Fayum, Egypt; stratigraphy, age, & paleoenvironments of sirs.; 67, 77.) D 1994 Ray et al. (Behemotops proteus; Washington) Ontogeny: SEE Embryology and Ontogeny Oregon 1902a Osborn, H.F. (Desmostylus; 714.) Merriam, J.C (Desmostylus; Mioc; 406.) McComack, E.C (Desmostylus) Hay, O.P. (Desmostylus hesperus; Mioc, Astoria; 381-383.) Hannibal, H. (Desmostylus cymatias, n.sp.; Mioc; 239-240.) Packard & Kellogg VanderHoof, V.L. Shotwell, J.A. (Desmostylus hesperus; Mioc, Astoria; 1541.) Mitchell & Repenning (Desmostylus; 9-10.) Domning & Ray (halitheriine; Early Mioc; 263- 264.) Domning et al. (Behemotops emlongi, n.gen.n.sp.; Late Olig.; 1-4,23,26.) xD xD D xD xD: D D xD xD x 1902 1911 1914 1915 "1922 1934 1937 1950 1963 1986 xD*1986 Ornamental Use: SEE Religious, Superstitious, or Orna mental Use or Observance Osmoregulation: SEE Salinity Tolerance Osteology: SEE Skeleton Oxystomus Fischer von Waldheim, 1803 (= Trichechus) * 1803 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.gen.) 1872a Gill, T. (syn. of Trichechus; m91.) 1925 ICZN (syn. of Trichechus; m38.) 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus; 534.) 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of Trichechus; m309.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Trichechus; m578.) Oxystomus manatus (Linnaeus, 1758) Fischer von Wald heim, 1803 (= Trichechus manatus) *1803 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.comb.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus manatus; 534.) Pachyacanthus Brandt, 1873 (Cetacea) *1873 Brandt, J.F. (n.gen.) x 1875 Van Beneden, P.J. (specimens in Vienna; vertebrae & ribs thought to represent a sir.; 323-340.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C. (m.377.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m224.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m481.) 548 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY *1937 Pia, J.v. x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (ml50; in classification, 154-155.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyostosis; m364.) Pachyacanthus suessi Brandt, 1873 (Cetacea) *1873 Brandt, J.F. (n.sp.) Pachyacanthus trachyspondylus Brandt, 1873 (Cetacea) *1873 Brandt, J.F. (n.sp.) x 1875 Van Beneden, P.J. (considered to be based on pathological specimens; 326, 339-340.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) Ocean (SEE ALSO: East Indies; Palau; cir- cumpacific regions) Harlan, R. (HG; distr.; 281.) Baer, K.E.v. (HG; distr.; 53-80.) Brandt, J.F. (HG; distr.; 450-451.) Fischer, P. (DD; New Caledonia; barnacle Platy- lepas bissexlobata; 359.) Sowerby, A. de C. (HG; distr.; 136-137.) Hirasaka, K. (DD; distr.; 4221-4222.) Johnson, I. (DD; southwestern Pacific, locality unstated; 130, 143-144.) Berzin et al. (HG; possible survival; 73-75.) Mitchell & Repenning (desmostylians & sirs.; chronologic & geographic range; 3-16.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (desmostylians; distr.; 198.) Nolan, T.B. (desmostylians; distr.; A136-A137.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (desmostylians & sirs.; faunal succession; 50, 53, 56-57, 59-60.) Jones, S. (DD; New Caledonia; in capt; 216.) Nishiwaki, M. Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; evolutionary his tory; 110-111.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; evolutionary his tory; 217-220.) Domning, D.P. (sirs., Mioc, 146-149; desmostyli ans, Olig.-Mioc, 146, 149.) Domning, D.P. (HG; extermination & origin of North Pacific aboriginal whaling; 187-189.) Kent, J. (Solomon Islands) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr. & status; 309- 310.) Scheffer, V.B. (HG; distr. & history; 65-66.) Vorontsov, N.N. (HG; distr. & extermination; 124.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; ecology & evolution, Tertiary-Recent; 824.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; ecology & evolution; 352-362.) Van Bree & Duguy (DD; Indochina & New Caledonia; 290-291.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; North x 1979 x 1981d x 1982 x X X X X X X X xD xD xD xD X X X xD X X X X xD xD X xD Pacific 1825a *1840 1867a 1884 1923 1934 1947 1963 *1963 1963 1964 1966 1967 1967 1971a 1971b 1972a 1972b 1972 1973 1973 1973 1975b 1977b 1977 * 1978b Pacific; 1-176.) Nishiwaki et al. (DD; distr.; 133-141.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & marine plants; paleoecol- ogy; 419.) Montgomery et al. (TMM; potential entry via Panama Canal; 257-258.) Marsh, H. (DD; Vanuatu; 1-5.) Fordyce, R.E. Muizon & Domning (dugongids, Tertiary, East Pacific, 209-211; TMM, reported passage through Panama Canal, 209.) Domning & Ray (sirs.; Late Olig.-Early Mioc, North Pacific; 273-274.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; evolution; pop. acc; 64, 66-71.) Estes & Steinberg (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; evolution of kelp; 21-22.) Chambers & Bani (DD; Vanuatu; status; 13-14.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; evolution of kelp; 53-56.) Estes & Steinberg (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; evolution of kelp; 57-60.) Furusawa, H. (sir. evolution in North Pacific) Eldredge, L.G. (DD; Micronesia) Loyer, B. (DD; Vanuatu; 54-55.) Keates, A. Kotzebue, O.v. (DD) Semper, K.G. (DD) Kubary, J.S. (DD) Kramer, A. (DD) Asano, N. (DD) Yamaguti, S. Anon. (DD; 79.) Anon. (DD; 73-74.) Anon. (DD; 49.) Harry, R.R. (DD; 21-27.) Simpson, D.A. (DD; in capt, San Francisco; pop. acc; 54.) Bayer & Harry-Rofen (DD; 502, pl. 20.) Johnson, S.P. (DD) Bertram & Bertram (DD; status; 309.) Blair, D. (DD; parasitic flukes; 6, 15.) Brownell et al. (DD; status; 19-42.) Johannes, R.E. (DD; hunting & sale; 25, 68, 73.) Rathbun et al. (DD; status; 265-270.) Eldredge, L.G. (DD) Paleoecology and Taphonomy 1887 Studer, T. (Mioc, Switzerland) x 1895 Deperet, C (Metaxytherium krahuletzi; Early Mioc, Austria; associated fauna; 415.) xD 1906 Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; 152.) X X X X xD X xD xD X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983 1985 1985 1986 1987a 1988 1989 1989a 1989 1990 1991 1993 Palau 1788 1821 1873 1895 1929 *1938 1941 1955a 1955b 1956a 1956 1956 1957 1972 1973 1981a *1981 1981 1988 1991 NUMBER 80 549 xD 1935 X X X X xD xD X X xD X X D D X X xD X X xD xD X xD! X xD< X 1941 1949 1951 1957 1958 1961 *1962 1962 1964 1965 1966 1966a 1966c 1967 1969a 1970 1971b 1971 1972a 1973 1975b 1975 *1977b 1977 *1978b 1978 1981d LaMotte, R.S. (Desmostylus sookensis; Late Olig., British Columbia; 51-56.) Kretzoi, M. (Rytiodus; 154.) Thenius, E. (Thalattosiren; Mioc, Czechoslova kia; ?wind erosion of bones; 162.) Kretzoi, M. (Haplosiren, etc.; Hungary; m439, m441.) Kellogg & Whitmore (Miosiren, Metaxytherium, Hesperosiren; Mioc, Belgium, Maryland, Ror ida; 1021-1022.) Floyd et al. (supposed Desmostylus; Texas; 160- 161.) Drewes et al. (Cornwallius; Late Olig., Unalaska Is., Alaska; 606-607, 667.) Schafer, W. (Halitherium schinzii; Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany; taphonomy experiments; 53- 56.) Wilhelm, W. (Halitherium schinzii; Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany; 52-53.) Mitchell & Lipps (desmostylians; Mioc, Califor nia; 214-215.) Savage & White (sirs.; Middle Eoc, Libya; headless carcasses; 91.) Kellogg, R. (Metaxytherium calvertense; Middle Mioc, Maryland; 66-67.) Shikama, T (Paleoparadoxia, Desmostylus) Shikama, T. (Paleoparadoxia, Desmostylus) Paula Couto, C. de (Sirenotherium; Early Mioc, Brazil; 354-356.) Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Miodugong; Mioc, Sri Lanka; 99-102.) Minch et al. (Desmostylus; Baja California; 3151- 3153.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; North Pacific; 217-219.) Ginsburg & Janvier (Metaxytherium medium; Middle Mioc, France; taphonomy; 189.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; Mioc, North Pacific; 146-148.) Savage & Hamilton (Mioc, Libya) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; 824.) Lipkin, Y. (angiosperms vs. algae in early sir. diet; 92-93.) Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; ecological model; 352-362.) Whitmore & Gard (HG; Pleist, Amchitka Is., Alaska; 5-8, 18.) Domning, D.P. (North Pacific sirs. & desmostyli ans; 2, 107-132, 139-146.) Simenstad et al. (HG; Aleutian Islands; former ecological role; m409.) Domning, D.P. (fossil sirs.; associations with marine plants; 417-420.) x 1981 x 1982b x 1982c x 1982 x 1983 1983 D D D D D D D X xD D X X D xD xD X X X xD X xD X X 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1986 1986 1986a 1987 1987a 1987 1988 1988 1989a 1989b 1989c 1989d 1989 1989 1990 1990a 1990 x *1990 Webb et al. (Metaxytherium; Late Mioc, Love site, Florida; 517, 535.) Domning, D.P. (trichechids; South America; evo lution & environmental changes; 607, 610- 616.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium serresii; Mioc- Plioc, Mediterranean; seagrasses & salinity crisis; shark predation; 29-31.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (Eoc. sirs. & seagrasses; 61-63.) Bizzotto, B. (Prototherium intermedium; Late Eoc, Italy; 99.) Morgan & Pratt (Metaxytherium; Early Mioc, Rorida; 20-23.) Akamatsu, M. Goto & Kuga Itoigawa, J. Taguchi, E. (Paleoparadoxia) Takayasu & Nakamura Yamanoi, T. Yoshida, K. (Paleoparadoxia) Domning & Ray (halitheriine; Early Mioc, Ore gon; climate; 273-274.) Domning et al. (desmostylians; lifestyle; 47-48.) Suzuki et al. (Paleoparadoxia; Japan) Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium serresii; Plioc, Libya; taphonomy, 209; paleoecology of post-Messinian Mediterranean, 229-230.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; pop. acc; 64, 66-71.) Ogasawara & Morita (Paleoparadoxia; Japan) Estes & Steinberg (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; evolution of kelp; 21-22.) Gray, J. Domning, D.P. (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; evolution of kelp; 53-56.) Domning, D.P. (sirs.; Mioc, Suwannee R., Florida; 55-56, 59.) Domning, D.P. (rytiodontines; use of tusks; 426.) Domning, D.P. (rytiodontines; use of tusks; 435- 436.) Estes & Steinberg (sirs. & desmostylians; North Pacific; evolution of kelp; 57-60.) Morgan, G.S. (sirs.; Early Mioc, Suwannee R., Rorida; 33-34.) Aranda-Manteca, F.J. (Metaxytherium, Desmosty lus; Mioc, Baja California; 100, 103-104, 108, 111, pl. 3.) Domning, D.P. (rhizivory experiments; 34-36.) Donovan et al. (Prorastomus sirenoides; Middle Eoc, Jamaica; 661-662.) Ivany et al. (Protosiren; Middle Eoc, Rorida; seagrass community; 244-258.) 550 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY xD 1990 Ogasawara & Morita (Paleoparadoxia; Japan; 29-30.) xD 1990 Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia; Mioc, California; 199-203.) x 1991 Pervesler & Roetzel (Metaxytherium krahuletzi; Mioc, Austria; 97-98.) x *1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Eoc. & Olig., Egypt; 35, 63, 67, 76-77, 79.) x 1994a Domning, D.P. (Caribbean sirs. & seagrasses; pop. acc; 72-73.) D Paleoparadoxia Reinhart, 1959 xDv 1951 DEREC ("Desmostylus"; Izumi, Japan; discovery & collection; 414.) xDv 1952 DEREC ("Desmostylus"; Izumi, Japan; locality recollected; 144.) D 1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.) xD *1963 Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 3-4, 11-16.) xD*1963 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (Mioc, San Clemente Is., California; 192-199.) xDv 1964 Mitchell & Lipps (Mioc, San Clemente Is., California; 214-215.) xD 1964 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (pachyostosis; 214.) xD 1964 Nolan, T.B. (distr.; A137.) xD 1965a Anon. (Stanford specimen, California; pop. acc; 49, 53.) D 1965b Anon. xD 1965 Mitchell & Lipps (Mioc, San Clemente Is., California; 4-6.) xD 1965 Repenning, CA. (Stanford skeleton; drawing; 1, 3.) xD 1966 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (artist's reconstruction; 57.) D 1966c Shikama, T xD 1968 Romer, A.S. (skeleton; m200-201.) xD 1970a Reinhart, R.H. (m243.) xD 1970 Zuidema, H.P (pop. acc; 20-24.) xD 1972 Barnes, L.G. (Mioc, California; 141-142.) xD 1972a Domning, D.P. (distr.; 146, 149.) D 1972 Hasegawa, U. xD 1975 Reinhart, R.H. (validity of genus reasserted; 826.) xD 1977 Hasegawa, Y (artists' reconstructions; pop. acc; 90-91.) xD 1978b Domning, D.P. (?competition w/ sirs., 113-115; Mioc, California, 150-151.) D 1978 Fujimoto & Sakamoto (Japan) D 1978 Kamei, T. xD 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-379.) D 1984 Kamei, T. xD 1984 Raschke, R.E. (Middle Mioc, California; m64.) D 1986 Inuzuka & Karasawa D * 1986a Suzuki et al. (Japan) D * 1986b Suzuki et al. (Japan) xD 1986 Takahashi et al. (Mioc, Japan; "Dugong" of Inuzuka et al. [1980] possibly a tooth of Paleoparadoxia; 317.) D 1987 Ogasawara & Morita (Japan; paleoecology) D 1987 Suzuki & Wako D 1988b Kamiya, H. (tooth cementum) xD 1990 Ogasawara & Morita (Japan; paleoecology; 29- 30.) D 1992 Kamiya, T. D Paleoparadoxia tabatai (Tokunaga, 1939) Reinhart, 1959 D *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.comb.) D *1961 Ijiri & Kamei (skull) xD*1963 Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 11-12.) xD 1963 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (teeth; 194, 198.) D 1966a Shikama, T D * 1966c Shikama, T. xD * 1968 Shikama, T (skeleton; 21 -26, pis. 3-6.) xD *1972 Ikebe et al. (Japan; stratigraphic range; 47, 65-66.) D 1973 Kobayashi & Kamei xD 1973 Shikama et al. (Japan; stratigraphic range; 138, 140-141.) D 1974 Kamei & Okazaki D 1977 Inuzuka, N. xD 1977 Kamei & Okazaki (stratigraphic range Middle-Late Mioc; 354.) D 1977 Sato & Ijiri xD 1978 Susuki & Stadum (Mioc, San Clemente Is., California; 5,21.) D 1980 Inuzuka & Murai D 1980 Okuboetal. xD 1981 Clark, J.C. (Late Mioc, Santa Cruz, California; 27.) D 1981 Hirota, K. xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (review; comp. w/ other desmostyli ans; 552-554.) D 1983 Sakamoto, O. D 1985 Kamiya et al. (brain) D 1985 Ono & Uyeno xD 1986 Domning et al. (classification & affinities, 5, 36-38, 45; comp. w/ Behemotops, 15-17, 20-24, 29-30; paleoecology, 47-48.) D 1988a Kamiya, H. (enamel histology) D *1989 Kamei et al. (Tsuyama, Japan) xD 1990 Repenning & Packard ("P. tabati"; California [Stanford specimen]; taphonomy, pathology, locomotion; 199-203.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (comp. w/ P. weltoni; 490-505.) D 1992 Kaneko & Goto (Japan) D 1992 Kaneko & Inuzuka (Japan) xD 1992 Thewissen & Domning (m495.) D Paleoparadoxia weltoni Clark, 1991 xDvl976 Phillips et al. ("Paleoparadoxia"; Late Olig. [actually Early Mioc?], Point Arena, California; 152.) NUMBER 80 551 xD*1991 Clark, J.M. (n.sp.; ?Early Mioc, California; 490- 508.) D Paleoparadoxiidae Reinhart, 1959 (family) D 1953 Reinhart, R.H. ("Family Paleoparadoxia"; nomen nudum) D *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.fam.) xD 1963 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (history of name; 193.) xD 1986 Domning et al. (history of name; 5.) Panama (SEE ALSO: Central America) x *1920 Goldman, E.A. (TMM; 68-71.) 1937 Lothrop, S.K. 1964 Ladd.J. x 1964 Lapham,L.H. (TMM from Guyana; weed control; m39.) x *1967 MacLaren, J.P. (TMM, TI; weed & insect control; 387-393.) 1968 Klinge,P 1970 Mendez, E. 1980 Wing, E.S. (TMM) x 1981 Schad et al. (TMM; Panama Canal & Gatun Lake; 1-4.) x * 1982 Montgomery et al. (TMM; Panama Canal; possible entry of Pacific; 257-258.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (TMM; entry of Pacific reported; 209.) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 583-584, 607.) Mou Sue et al. (TMM; distr. & status) *1990 Papua 1899 1900 x *1901 1901a x *1905 x 1923 x X X X 1927 1973 1977a 1977b 1977 1978 1979 1979 1980 1980 *1980a 1980b 1980c New Guinea (SEE ALSO: Ri) Guise, R.E. Etheridge, R., Jr. (H. dugong, ?Pleist, Woodlark Is.) Anon. (DD; Torres Strait; hunting; 21238-21239.) Finsch, O. (DD; hunting) De Vis, C.W. (Halicore brevirostris, n.sp.; ?sub- fossil, Woodlark Is.; 27-30.) Petit, G. (DD; New Guinea, 82; Torres Strait, 83.) Landtman, G. (DD; hunting rituals) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr. & status; 309.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; conservation) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) Ligon & Hudson (DD; aerial survey; 1-5.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; pop. acc.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) Parker, F. (DD) Blair, D. (DD; trematode Indosolenorchis hi rudinaceus; 512-513.) Carrier & Carrier (DD) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; conservation; 1-102.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1980d 1980e 1980 1980 1980 1981 1981a 1981a 1981b 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983 1983 1983 1984 1985 1985 1985 1985 1986c 1986a 1986 *1986 1987 *1987 1988 1988 1989 1992 Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) Johnstone & Hudson (DD) Olewale & Sedu (DD; Western Province) Sander, H. (DD; Manus Province; feeding habitats; 1-31.) Anon. (DD) Blair, D. (DD; parasitic flukes; 2.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; conservation & public educa tion; 123-141.) Johnstone & Hudson (DD; mouth samples of diet; 681-690.) Maynes & Hudson (DD; on postage stamp; 4-6.) Marsh & Heinsohn (DD; conservation; 5.) Molnar, R.E. (Halicore brevirostre [sic], ?Pleist, Woodlark Is., 676, 679; H. dugong, ?Pleist, Woodlark Is., 680.) Wagner, R. (New Ireland; "ri" not a dugong; 33-39.) Mead, J.G. (New Ireland; "ri" not a porpoise, possibly a dugong; 161-162.) Sibert, J.R. (New Ireland; "ri" probably a marine mammal; 159-161. ) Tisdell, CA. (DD; hunting & conservation; 14- 15.) Wagner et al. (New Ireland; "ri" not a dugong; 113-125.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; hunting; pop. acc; 298- 301.) Beckjord, J.-E. (New Ireland; "ri" a dugong; 154-155.) Greenwell, J.R. (New Ireland; "ri" not a dugong; 151-154.) Sibert, J.R. (New Ireland; "ri" possibly a dugong; 144-145.) Wagner, R. (New Ireland; "ri" not a dugong; 149-151, 156.) Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; traditional hunting & conser vation) Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; status; 53-76.) Tisdell, CA. (DD; conservation; 102-103.) Williams, T.R. (New Ireland; "ri" definitely a dugong; 61-68.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD) Greenwell, J.R. (New Ireland; study; 140-144.) Sehm, G.G. (New Ireland; "ri' 145-149.) Williams, T.R. (New Ireland; 149-151.) Bay & Demoulin (DD; Hansa Bay; ml2.) Blair & Hudson (DD; trematode Lankatrematoides gardneri; 1077.) 'ri"; history of not a dugong; 'ri" a dugong; 552 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Paraliosiren Abel, 1906 (= Prototherium) x *1906 Abel, O. (n.gen.; Late Eoc, Italy; 59.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m471, 473.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Prototherium; ml35.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Prototherium; 378- 379.) Paraliosiren suessi Abel, 1906 (= Prototherium ver onense) x *1906 Abel, O. (n.gen.n.sp.; Late Eoc, Italy; 59.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (nature of type material; 387.) Paralitherium Kordos, 1977 x *1977 Kordos, L. (n.gen.; Late Eoc, Hungary; 349-367.) Paralitherium tarkanyense Kordos, 1977 x *1977 Kordos, L. (n.gen.n.sp.; Late Eoc, Hungary; 349-367.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 385, 387-389, 396-397.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 39, 58.) 1985b Kordos, L. In the following citations of references to species of parasites, where a sir. taxon is not specified, reference is to the sir. species native to the geographic area(s) mentioned. Parasites: Amphistoma fabaceum Diesing, 1839 (Trema- toda) x 1838 Diesing, CM. (nomen nudum; ml89.) x *1839 Diesing, CM. (n.gen.n.sp.; Manatus exunguis, intestine; 236.) 1850 Diesing, CM. x 1875 Chapman, H.C. ("Amphistomum"; m456.) 1889 Stedman, J.M. x 1890 Leidy, J. ("Amphistomum"; Trichechus; intestine & nasal passages; 413-414.) x 1906b Dexler & Freund ("Amphistomum"; m70.) x 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. ("?Amphistomum fabaceum"; TM; organs, brain; 227, 232.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Chiorchis fabaceus; 2, 12-13.) x 1981c Domning, D.P. (ml31.) Parasites: Anoplocephala Blanchard, 1848 (Cestoda) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (Rorida; 629, 632-633.) Parasites: Ascaris Linnaeus, 1758 (Nematoda) x 1838 Owen, R. (DD; cardiac gland; 30.) x *1859 Baird, W. (DD, HG; 148-149, pl. 56.) Parasites: Ascaris dugonis Diesing, 1851 (Nematoda; = Paradujardinia halicoris) x *1851 Diesing, CM. (n.sp.; 191, 502.) x 1859 Baird, W (synonymy; 149.) x 1899 Stiles & Hassall (synonymy; 147, 149.) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (m70.) x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Paradujardinia halicoris; 319.) Parasites: Ascaris halichoris Owen, 1833 (Nematoda; = Paradujardinia halicoris) *1833 Owen, R. (n.sp.) x * 1859 Baird, W. (Red Sea; history of study, redescription; 148-149, pl. 56.) 1861 Diesing, CM. 1889 Parona, C x *1899 Stiles & Hassall ("A. halicoris"; review; 108, 147-151, 169.) 1903 Linstow, O.v. (Red Sea) x *1905 Linstow, O.v. ("A. halicoris"; DD; anatomy & nomenclature; 258-260, pl. 11.) x 1906b Dexler & Freund ("A. halicoris"; Australia; 70.) 1906 Linstow, O.v. x *1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Paradujardinia halicoris; 312,319.) Parasites: Ascaris rytinae Diesing, 1851 (Nematoda; nomen dubium) x *1851 Diesing, CM. (n.sp.; HG; 190, 502.) 1878 Linstow, O.v. xv *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG, stomach & duodenum; 191.) x *1899 Stiles & Hassall (HG; review; 100, 108, 163-164, 169.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; review; 115.) x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (m319.) Parasites: Bacteria: SEE Bacteriology Parasites: Balanus Bruguiere, 1789 (Cirripedia) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; 69.) x 1906c Dexler & Freund (DD; 569.) Parasites: Balanus trigonus Darwin (Cirripedia) x 1965 Stubbings, H.G. (Senegal; 891.) Parasites: Chelonibia Leach, 1817 (Cirripedia) x 1906b Dexler & Freund ("Chelonobia"; DD; 69.) x 1906c Dexler & Freund ("Chelonobia"; DD; 569.) Parasites: Chelonibia manati Gruvel, 1903 (Cirripedia) x *1903 Gruvel, A. ("Chelonobia manati," n.sp.; Congo; 116-120, pis. 2,4.) x 1916 Pilsbry, H.A. (Congo; review; 265.) x 1965 Stubbings, HG. (Senegal; 876, 893-899.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 633.) NUMBER 80 553 Parasites: Chelonibia patula (Ranzani, 1818) (Cirripedia) x 1965 Stubbings, H.G. (Senegal; 893.) Parasites: Chiorchis Fischoeder, 1901 (Trematoda) x 1977 Boever et al. (TI, large intestine; in capt; 5-6.) Parasites: Chiorchis fabaceus (Diesing, 1838) Fischoeder, 1901 (Trematoda) ?1901 Fischoeder, F. 1902 Fischoeder, F. x 1926 Derscheid, J.M. (Congo; 30.) x *1929 Stunkard, H.W. (history of study, & Belgian Congo; 254-258, 282-283.) 1932 Price, E.W. (Africa) 1934 Canavan, W.P.N. 1934 Travassos, L.P. x 1936 Baylis, H.A. (Nigeria & elsewhere; 257.) x 1960 Hutton & Sogandares (Florida; m290.) 1964 Hutton, R.F. x 1965 Lluch B., D. (TM, small intestine; Mexico; 418.) 1969 Travassos et al. x 1970 Radhakrishnan & Bradley (TML, cecum & colon; Florida; 59.) 1973 Bravo-Hollis & Caballero D. x *1975 Forrester et al. (TM, distr. in intestine; Florida; 567-568.) x 1979 Forrester et al. (TM, intestines & cecum; Florida; 5.) x 1981a Blair, D.(m2, ml3.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (zoogeographic significance; 613.) x *1988 Beck & Forrester (Florida; 628-633, 635.) Parasites: Chiorchis groschafti Coy Otero, 1989 (Trema toda) *1989 Coy Otero, A. (n.sp.; TM; Cuba) Parasites: Cochleotrema Travassos and Vogelsang, 1931 (Trematoda) x *1931 Travassos & Vogelsang (n.gen.; 143-147.) x *1981a Blair, D. (revision; 4-6, 10-12, 19, 21.) Parasites: Cochleotrema cochleotrema Travassos and Vogelsang, 1931 (Trematoda) x *1931 Travassos & Vogelsang (n.gen.n.sp.; TM, stomach; in capt; 143-147.) x 1932 Sokoloff& Caballero (ml67.) 1969 Travassos et al. x *1981a Blair, D. (revision; 11-13, 15-16, 42.) x *1988 Beck & Forrester (Florida; 628-633, 635.) Parasites: Cochleotrema indicum (Sharma & Gupta, 1971) Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.comb.; revision; 11-12, 15-17, 19, 30, 34,42,45,51-53.) x 1986 Blair, D. (photo; S21.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Cyamus rhytinae Brandt, 1846 (= Cyamus oval is?) * 1846b Brandt, J.F. (n.sp.) 1871 Brandt, A. x *1873 Liitken, CF. (syn. of C. ovalis; 210-21 A, pl. 2.) xv *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; 201.) x *1967 Leung, Y.-M. (syn. of C. ovalis; 279-280, 287.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; review; 115.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m405.) Parasites: Dujardinascaris halicoris (Owen, 1833) Baylis, 1947 (Nematoda; = Paradujardinia halicoris) x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Paradujardinia halicoris; 312,319.) Parasites: Dujardinia halicoris (Owen, 1833) Baylis, 1920 (Nematoda; = Paradujardinia halicoris) x 1941 Johnston & Mawson (Australia; 432.) 1941 Yamaguti, S. (Palau) x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Paradujardinia halicoris; 312,319.) Parasites: Eimeria manatus Upton, Odell, Bossart, and Walsh, 1989 (Protozoa) x *1989 Upton et al. (n.sp.; Florida; 87-90.) Parasites: Eimeria nodulosa Upton, Odell, Bossart, and Walsh, 1989 (Protozoa) x *1989 Upton et al. (n.sp.; Florida; 87-90.) Parasites: Eimeria trichechi Lainson, Naiff, Best, and Shaw, 1983 (Protozoa) x *1983 Lainson et al. (n.sp.; TI; Brazil; 287-289.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 633.) x 1989 Upton et al. (comp. w/ Eimeria spp. from Rorida; 88.) Parasites: Entozoa dugonis Diesing, 1851 (Nematoda; = Paradujardinia halicoris) x * 1851 Diesing, CM. (name published as syn. of Ascaris Dugonis; 191.) Parasites: Faredifex Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x * 198la Blair, D. (n.gen.; 40-41, 44.) Parasites: Faredifex clavata Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.gen.n.sp.; 26,40-41,43, 45, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Folitrema Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.gen.; 31.) 554 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Parasites: Folitrema jecoris Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.gen.n.sp.; 18, 31-32, 34, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Haerator Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.gen.; 41, 43-44.) Parasites: Haerator caperatus Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.gen.n.sp.; 22, 38, 43-47, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) x 1991 Frazier & Mundkur (DD; intestine; India; 375.) Parasites: Harpactichechus Ortiz, Lalana & Torres, 1992 (Copepoda) x *1992 Ortiz et al. (n.gen.; TMM; Cuba; 118.) Parasites: Harpactichechus manatorum Ortiz, Lalana & Torres, 1992 (Copepoda) x *1992 Ortiz et al. (n.gen.n.sp.; TMM; Cuba; 117-127.) Parasites: Harpacticus pulex Humes, 1964 (Copepoda) x *1964 Humes, A.G. (n.sp.; TM; Florida; in capt; 517- 528.) x 1981 Zeiller, W (TM; Florida; in capt; 107-108.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (m633.) Parasites: Heterocheilus Diesing, 1839 (Nematoda) x *1839 Diesing, CM. (n.gen.; TI; Brazil; 229-232, pis. 15, 19.) 1965 Chabaud & Bain x 1977 Petter, A.J. (evolution, in relation to origin of sirs.; 153.) x * 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (redescription; 310-311.) Parasites: Heterocheilus domningi Sprent, 1983 (Nema toda) x *1983 Sprent, J.F.A. (n.sp.; TS; Zaire; 69-76.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 633.) Parasites: Heterocheilus tunicatus Diesing, 1839 (Nema toda) x *1839 Diesing, CM. (n.gen.n.sp.; TI; Brazil; 230-232, pis. 15, 19.) x 1851 Diesing, CM. (TI; Brazil; 209, 502.) 1884 Drasche, R.v. (redescription) x 1899 Stiles & Hassall (ml07, ml70.) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (m70.) x 1981c Domning, D.P. (ml31.) x *1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (redescription; 309-315, 322-325, pis. 1-2.) x *1983 Sprent, J.F.A. (comp. w/ H. domningi, 69, 73-75; TM, 69, 73-74.) x *1988 Beck & Forrester (Florida; 628-635.) Parasites: Indosolenorchis Crusz, 1951 (Trematoda) x *1951 Crusz, H. (n.gen.; DD, cecum; Sri Lanka; 135- 141, pis. 17-20.) 1958 Mackerras, M.J. x 1980 Sey, O. (syn. of Solenorchis; 223-228.) Parasites: Indosolenorchis hirudinaceus Crusz, 1951 (Tre matoda) x *1951 Crusz, H. (n.gen.n.sp.; DD, cecum; Sri Lanka; 135-141, pis. 17-20.) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (Sri Lanka; 499, 503.) x 1976 Allen et al. (DD, cecum; Sulawesi; 41.) x *1980 Blair, D. (DD, cecum & large intestine; Indopaci- fic; 511-525.) x 1980 Sey, O. (syn. of Solenorchis travassosi; 223-228.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) x 1991 Frazier & Mundkur (DD; intestine; India; 375.) Parasites: Labicola Blair, 1979 (Trematoda) x *1979 Blair, D. (n.gen.; DD, upper lips; Australia; 519-526.) Parasites: Labicola elongata Blair, 1979 (Trematoda) x *1979 Blair, D. (n.gen.n.sp.; DD, upper lips; Australia; 519-526.) x 1981b Blair, D. (m46.) x 1981c Blair, D. (technique for collection, 276; in check list, 281.) x 1986 Blair, D. (photo of flukes in section of DD lip; S21.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Lankatrema Crusz and Fernand, 1954 (Trema toda) x *1954 Crusz & Fernand (n.gen.; DD, stomach; Sri Lanka; 501.) x 1977 Blair, D. (DD; Australia; 64.) x 1977 Marsh et al. (DD, stomach; Australia; 286-287, 291.) x * 198la Blair, D. (revision; 19-20, 28-29.) x 1981c Blair, D. (technique for collection, 277, 280; in checklist, 281.) x 1988 Dailey et al. (comp. w/ Moniligerum; 160, 162.) Parasites: Lankatrema macrocotyle Blair, 1981 (Trema toda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.sp.; 14, 20-21, 23, 27-28, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Lankatrema mannarense Crusz and Fernand, 1954 (Trematoda) x *1954 Crusz & Fernand (n.gen.msp.; Sri Lanka; 499- 501,503,506-507.) NUMBER 80 555 x *1981a Blair, D. (revision; 20-21, 23-24.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Lankatrema microcotyle Blair, 1981 (Trema toda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.sp.; 14, 20-21, 23-25, 27-28, 34, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Lankatrema minutum Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.sp.; 14, 20-21, 23-24, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Lankatrematoides Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x * 198 la Blair, D. (n.gen.; 28-29.) x 1988 Dailey et al. (comp. w/ Moniligerum; 162.) Parasites: Lankatrematoides gardneri Blair, 1981 (Trema toda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.gen.n.sp.; 18, 28-29, 31, 34, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) x *1992 Blair & Hudson (DD, pancreas; Papua New Guinea; population structure; 1077-1079.) Parasites: Leeches x 1920 Beebe, W (Guyana; m731.) Parasites: Leptomera Latreille, 1817 (Amphipoda) x 1873 Liitken, CF. (suggested as parasite of HG; 272.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (?HG; review; 115.) Parasites: Lobocephalus heterolobus Diesing, 1838 (Ne matoda; nomen nudum, = Heterocheilus tunica tus) x *1838 Diesing, CM. (n.gen.n.sp.; nomen nudum; 189.) x 1851 Diesing, CM. (syn. of Heterocheilus tunicatus; 209.) 1920 Stiles & Hassall x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Heterocheilus tunicatus; 311.) Parasites: Moniligerum Dailey, Vogelbein, and Forrester, 1988 (Trematoda) x *1988 Dailey et al. (n.gen.; TM; Florida; 160.) Parasites: Moniligerum blairi Dailey, Vogelbein, and Forrester, 1988 (Trematoda) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (Rorida; 629-630, 632-633.) x *1988 Dailey et al. (n.gen.n.sp.; TM; Rorida; 160-162.) Parasites: Monostomum dujonis Leuckart, 1875 (Trema toda; = Opisthotrema dujonis) ?1875 Leuckart, R. (n.sp.; DD; Philippines) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (m69.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Opisthotrema dujonis; 6, 8.) Parasites: Nudacotyle undicola Dailey, Vogelbein, and Forrester, 1988 (Trematoda) x *1988 Beck & Forrester (Rorida; 629-631, 633.) x *1988 Dailey et al. (n.sp.; TM; Florida; 161-163.) Parasites: Opisthotrema Fischer, 1883 (Trematoda) x * 198la Blair, D. (revision; 4-6, 10, 12, 21.) Parasites: Opisthotrema australe Blair, 1981 (Trematoda) x *1981a Blair, D. (n.sp.; 5-10, 30, 42, 51-53.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Opisthotrema cochleare Fischer, 1884 (Trema toda; = Opisthotrema dujonis) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (Australia; 69.) x 1931 Travassos & Vogelsang (comp. w/ Cochleotrema; 143-144.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of O. dujonis; 6, 8, 13, 15.) Parasites: Opisthotrema cochleotrema (Travassos & Vo gelsang, 1931) Price, 1932 (Trematoda; = Cochleotrema cochleotrema) x 1979 Budiarso et al. (DD, nasal passages; Sulawesi; 568.) x 1979 Forrester et al. (TM, nasal passages; Rorida; 5.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Cochleotrema cochleotrema; 13, 15, 17.) Parasites: Opisthotrema dujonis (Leuckart, 1875) Price, 1932 (Trematoda) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (m503.) x 1976 Allen et al. (DD, eustachian tube; Sulawesi; 41.) x 1977 Blair, D. (DD; Australia; 64.) x 1979 Budiarso et al. (DD, eustachian tubes; Sulawesi; 568.) x *1981a Blair, D. (revision; 5-10, 19, 30, 42, 45, 51-53.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Opisthotrema nasalis Budiarso et al., 1979 (Trematoda; nomen nudum, = Cochleotrema indie um) x 1979 Budiarso et al. (n.sp.; nomen nudum; DD, nasal passages; Sulawesi; 568.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Cochleotrema indicum; 17.) Parasites: Opisthotrema pulmonale von Linstow, 1904 (Trematoda; = Pulmonicola pulmonalis) *1904 Linstow, O.v. (n.sp.; DD, lungs; Torres Strait) 1926 Poche, F. x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Pulmonicola pulmonalis; 5-6, 17, 19.) 556 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Parasites: Paracochleotrema Sharma & Gupta, 1971 (Trematoda; = Cochleotrema) x *1971 Sharma & Gupta (n.gen.; DD, nasal passages; 285.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Cochleotrema; 10, 12.) Parasites: Paracochleotrema indicum Sharma and Gupta, 1971 (Trematoda; = Cochleotrema indicum) x *1971 Sharma & Gupta (n.gen.n.sp.; DD, nasal passages; 285-288.) x 1981a Blair, D. (syn. of Cochleotrema indicum; 15.) x 1981c Blair, D. (technique for collection, 276, 280; in checklist, 281.) Parasites: Paradujardinia Travassos, 1933 (Nematoda) *1933 Travassos, L.P. (n.gen.) x 1977 Petter, A.J. (evolution, in relation to origin of sirs.; 153-155.) x *1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (redescription; 312, 319.) Parasites: Paradujardinia halicoris (Owen, 1833) Travas sos, 1933 (Nematoda) xv 1834 Ruppell, E. (Red Sea; 106.) * 1933 Travassos, L.P. x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (DD, stomach; Sri Lanka; 499.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD, stomach; Red Sea; 43-46, pl. 3.) x 1973 Bertram & Bertram (DD, stomach; Queensland; 312.) x 1976 Allen et al. (DD, stomach; Australia; 41.) x 1977 Jueco, N.L. (DD, stomach & small intestine; Philippines; 257-262.) x *1977 Marsh et al. ("P. halichoris"; DD, stomach; Australia; 286,291.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1981 Campbell & Ladds (DD, stomach; Queensland; 179.) x *1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (redescription; 309-310, 312, 314- 325, pis. 2-3.) x 1983 Sprent, J.F.A. (comp. w/ Heterocheilus; 75.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) x 1988 Hasegawa, H. (DD, stomach & small intestine; Okinawa; 23-25.) Parasites: Platylepas bissexlobata de Blainville (Cirripe dia) 1854 Darwin, C x 1884 Fischer, P. (DD; New Caledonia; 359.) Parasites: Platylepas hexastylos (Fabricius, 1798) (Cir ripedia) 1854 Darwin, C x 1916 Pilsbry, H.A. (DD & Trichechus; 284-286.) x 1962 Marlow, B.J. ("P. hexastylus"; DD; New South Wales; 433.) x 1965 Stubbings, H.G. (TS; 876, 891, 894, 899-902.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 633-634.) Parasites: Plicatolabia hagenbecki (Khalil and Vogelsang, 1932) Mosgovoy, 1951 (Nematoda; = Hetero cheilus tunicatus) x 1970 Radhakrishnan & Bradley (TML, stomach; Flor ida; 59.) x 1979 Forrester et al. (TM, stomach; Rorida; 5.) x 1981a Beusse et al. ("Plicatolabia sp."; TM, stomach & intestines; Rorida; 98.) x *1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Heterocheilus tunicatus; 310-311.) Parasites: Proto Leach, 1814 (Amphipoda) x 1873 Liitken, CF. (suggested as parasite of HG; 272.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (?HG; review; 115.) Parasites: Pulmonicola pulmonalis (von Linstow, 1904) Poche, 1926 (Trematoda) x 1931 Travassos & Vogelsang (comp. w/ Cochleotrema; 143.) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (m503.) x * 1981a Blair, D. (revision; 17, 19.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Rhabdiopoeus Johnston, 1913 (Trematoda) x 1977 Blair, D. (DD; Australia; 64.) x * 198la Blair, D. (revision; 33, 35, 41, 44.) Parasites: Rhabdiopoeus taylori Johnston, 1913 (Trema toda) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (DD, intestine; m503.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. ("Rhabdiopaeus"; DD, cecum; Red Sea; 45-46.) x *1981a Blair, D. (revision; 22, 35-37, 45, 51-53.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) x 1991 Frazier & Mundkur (DD; intestine; India; 375.) Parasites: Schizamphistoma manati Sokoloff and Cabal lero, 1932 (Trematoda; = Chiorchis fabaceus) x *1932 Sokoloff & Caballero (n.sp.; 163-167.) Parasites: Sirenocyamus Brandt, 1846 (= Cyamus) x * 1846b Brandt, J.F. (n.gen.; name proposed for animal described by Steller; 189-192.) x * 1967 Leung, Y.-M. (syn. of Cyamus; 279-280, 287.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; review; 115.) Parasites: Sirenocyamus rhytinae Brandt, 1846 (= Cyamus ovalis?) x * 1846b Brandt, J.F. (n.gen.n.sp.; name proposed for animal NUMBER 80 557 described by Steller; 189-192.) x *1873 Liitken, CF. (syn. of Cyamus ovalis; 210-21 A, pl. 2.) x 1893 Liitken, CF. (m433.) xv *1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; Bering Is.; 201.) x 1899 Stiles & Hassall (ml63.) x *1967 Leung, Y.-M. (syn. of Cyamus ovalis; 279-280, 287.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; review; 115.) Parasites: Solenorchis Hilmy, 1949 (Trematoda; = Sole norchis travassosi) *1949 Hilmy, I.S. (n.gen.; DD; Red Sea) x 1951 Crusz, H. (comp. w/ Indosolenorchis; 139-140.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD, cecum; Red Sea; 44-46,48.) x 1980 Blair, D. (comp. w/ Indosolenorchis; 523-524.) x *1980 Sey, O. (revision; 223-228.) Parasites: Solenorchis baeri Hilmy, 1949 (Trematoda; = Solenorchis travassosi) *1949 Hilmy, I.S. (n.sp.) x 1951 Crusz, H. (m 140.) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (m503.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD, cecum; Red Sea; 45-46, 48.) x *1980 Sey, O. (synonymized with S. travassosi; 223- 228.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Solenorchis gohari Hilmy, 1949 (Trematoda; = Solenorchis travassosi) *1949 Hilmy, I.S. (n.sp.) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (m503.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD, cecum; Red Sea; 45-46, 48.) x *1980 Sey, O. (synonymized with S. travassosi; 223- 228.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Solenorchis nagiubmahfouzi Hilmy, 1949 (Tre matoda; = Solenorchis travassosi) *1949 Hilmy, I.S. (n.sp.) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (m503.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD, cecum; Red Sea; 45-46, 48.) x *1980 Sey, O. (synonymized with 5. travassosi; 223- 228.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Solenorchis travassosi Hilmy, 1949 (Trema toda) *1949 Hilmy, I.S. (n.sp.) x 1951 Crusz, H. (ml40.) x 1954 Crusz & Fernand (DD, cecum, m503.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (DD, cecum; Red Sea; 45-46,48.) x *1980 Sey, O. (revision & synonymy; 223-228.) x x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Taprobanella Crusz & Femand, 1954 (Trema toda) x *1954 Crusz & Femand (n.gen.; DD, stomach; Sri Lanka; 501-503.) x 1977 Blair, D. (DD; Australia; 64.) x * 198la Blair, D. (revision; 37, 41, 44.) Parasites: Taprobanella bicaudata Crusz and Femand, 1954 (Trematoda) x 1954 Crusz & Femand (n.gen.n.sp.; DD, stomach; Sri Lanka; 499, 501-503, 506-507.) x * 1981 a Blair, D. (revision; 26, 37-40, 42, 51 -53.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasites: Toxoplasma gondii (Protozoa) x 1983 Buergelt & Bonde (Florida; 1294-1296.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 633.) Parasites: Typhlophorus hagenbecki Khalil and Vogel sang, 1932 (Nematoda; = Heterocheilus tunica tus) *1932 Khalil & Vogelsang (n.sp.; TM; in capt.) x *1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (syn. of Heterocheilus tunicatus; 310-311.) Parasites: Zygocotyle Stunkard, 1916 (Trematoda) 1950 Dollfus, R.P (Djibouti) x 1954 Crusz & Femand (m503.) x 1957 Gohar, H.A.F. (distinct from Solenorchis; m48.) x 1980 Blair, D. (comp. w/ Indosolenorchis; 523-524.) x *1980 Sey, O. (Z. sp. of Dollfus [1950] referred to Solenorchis travassosi; 223-228.) x 1981c Blair, D. (in checklist; 281.) x 1988 Beck & Forrester (in checklist; 634.) Parasitology (SEE ALSO: Bacteriology; Community Ecology; Parasites) x 1846b Brandt, J.F. (HG; skin & intestinal parasites; 189-192.) x 1876 Chapman, H.C (TMM; large intestine; m456.) 1878 Linstow, O.v. x 1905 Townsend, C.H. (TML; in capt, New York; "flatworms" in brain & other organs; 97.) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD, 69-70; HG, Trichechus, 70.) x 1906c Dexler & Freund (DD; 569.) 1913 Johnston, S.J. (DD; Queensland) 1923 Baylis & Daubney (DD; India) 558 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X 1924 1931 1932 1932 1940 1941 1950 1950 1951b 1953 *1954 1956 1956 1959 1961 1963 1967 1968 1972 1972 x 1976 x 1977 x 1978b x 1979 x 1979 1979 X X X X X X X X X X X 1981b *1981c 1981 1981 1981 1982 1984 1984 1986 1987 *1988 1992 1992 Broch, H. Travassos & Vogelsang Price, E.W. Sokoloff & Caballero (TMM; 163, 167.) Nigrelli, R.F. Johnston & Mawson (DD; Australia; Dujardinia; 432.) Dollfus, R.P. Mohr, E. (HG; skin) Moore, J.C. (TML; Rorida; algae, barnacles; 26.) Quiring & Harlan (TML; Rorida; barnacles; 194.) Crusz & Femand (DD; 499-507.) Harry, R.R. (DD; algae; 26.) Tomkins, I.R. (TML; barnacles; 289.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt, India; algae; 199.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; algae; 3.) Bertram, G.C.L. (HG; skin) Welsby, T. (DD; barnacles; 1: 104, 2: 234.) Lemire, M. (microbiological digestion; 504-514.) Dailey & Brownell Phillips, C (TML; in capt, Rorida; use of mullet to control algae; 37.) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; unidentified parasites; 41.) Petter, A.J. (radiation of Ascaridoidea in sirs.; 151, 153-155.) Domning, D.P. (HG; crustaceans, nematodes; 115.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; remoras; 135-136.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; nematode eggs, algae, diatoms, barnacles, remoras, arthropods, etc.; 23, 62-64, 88.) Tas'an et al. (DD; Indonesia; laryngitis caused by flukes; 27-29.) Blair, D. (DD; gen. acc; 46.) Blair, D. (DD; techniques for helminth collection; 275-285.) Brownell et al. (DD; Palau; remoras; 32-33.) Sprent, J.F.A. (invasion of sirs, by ascaridoids; 309, 324-325.) Zeiller, W (TML; in capt, Florida; Harpacticus ectoparasites, 107-108; use of mullet & copper sulfate to control algae, 108.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; remoras; 522.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; ovarian parasites; 745-747, 761-762.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; barnacles; 772.) Blair, D. (DD; gen. acc; S21-S22.) Geraci & St. Aubin Beck & Forrester (TML & other sirs.; summary of parasites; 628-637.) Forrester, D.J. Ortiz et al. (TM; Cuba; copepod Harpactichechus manatorum & peritrichid protozoan; 117-119.) 1876 1878 X X X X X X 1879 1880 1881 1894 1897 1904 1905 Pathology (SEE ALSO: Bacteriology; Biochemistry; Natural Death or Injury; Parasites; Parasitology; Pollution, Effects of; Temperature, Effects of; Teratology) Chapman, H.C. (TMM; in capt., Philadelphia; pericardial inflammation, constipation; 460- 461.) Brown, A.E. (TMM; in capt., Philadelphia; consti pation, 296; fat deposits around heart, 297.) Murie, J. (TMM; wasting, peritonitis) Murie, J. (TMM; wasting, peritonitis; 23-24.) Crane, A. (?TI; in capt, Brighton; intestinal inflammation, m456; broken humerus & spinal injury, 459.) Miller, W.D. (TS; tooth caries; 15-18.) Beddard, F.E. (TI; pleurisy; 47.) Freund, L. (DD; metacarpus; 375, pl. 15.) Townsend, C.H. (TML; in capt, New York; pneumonia, parasites; 97.) 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; in capt, New York; pneumonia, parasites, wounds, 227, 232; liver & kidney disease, 235.) 1919 Anon. (TI; in capt, New York; supposedly with "two distinct stomachs"; 46.) 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt, Hamburg; ?bloat, 131- 132, 177; slow healing of wounds, 132.) 1926 Derscheid, J.M. (TS; acute enteritis; 25.) 1928b Petit, G. (TS, Halitherium schinzii; fusion of cervical vertebrae 2 & 3; 429-431.) Pales, L. (HG) Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt, Hamburg; enteritis & fungal infection; 362-364.) Korschelt, E. (DD, rib fractures, 450; TML, lesion on radius, 451.) Hatt, R.T. (Trichechus; skeletal anomalies; 540.) Slijper, E.J. (HG; spondylitis deformans; 488.) Coates, C.W. (TI; in capt., New York; "ulcers" in back muscles; 148.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; respiratory infection, skin disease; 65.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; boils, treated with mercuro- chrome & penicillin; 189.) Anon. (TS; in capt, Antwerp; photos of healing wounds; 78.) Crusz & Femand (DD; parasites; 503-505.) Severin, K. (TML; pneumonia; 148.) 1956a Anon. (DD; wounds, pneumonia; 49.) 1956 Harry, R.R. (DD; wounds, pneumonia; 27.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; nematode infesta tion; 43-44, pl. 3.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt., India; abrasions, 198; scabies from dirt, 199.) 1961 Jonklaas, R. (DD; wounds; 3.) 1930 *1930 1932 1934 1936 1939 1944 1948 1954 1954 1955 1957 1959 NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1963 1963 1964a 1964 1964 1965 1965 1967 1967 1968b *1969 1969 1972 1972 1972 1973 1974 1974a 1974b 1974 1974 1975c 1975 X X X X X 1975 1975 1976 1976 1978b Bertram, G.C.L. (Trichechus; fungal infection) Hofmeister, Max (TMM from Guyana; in capt., Ohio; rope lacerations, loose bowels, edema; 12.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; fungal infec tion; 117-118.) Humes, A.G. (TML; in capt, Florida; infection & parasites; 517-518,528.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; healing of injury to tail; 7-8.) Layne, J.N. (TML; Florida; propeller wounds, 166-167; red tide, 167.) Lluch B., D. (TMM; Mexico; healing of wounds; death from harpoon wound in lung; 417.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt, India; pneumonia, m216; blisters, infected stingray wound, inflamed testes, 219.) Oke, VR. (DD; in capt., Australia; copper sulfate poisoning; 221.) Anon. (TI; in capt, San Francisco; wound infec tion; 2.) Frye & Herald (TI, DD; wound infection & osteomyelitis; 1073-1076.) Herald, E.S. (TI; wound infection & osteomyelitis; m29.) Bartmann, W. (TM; in capt, Duisburg, Germany; skin disease) Blessing et al. (TI; in capt; 168.) Boorer, M.K. (TM; in capt.; clockwise swimming & possible asymmetrical muscle development; ml65.) Lewis & Wilson Bartmann, W (TM; in capt, Germany; furuncular dermatitis; 13-16.) Dekker, D. (TMM from Suriname; in capt., Amsterdam; bruises, saliva in bronchi; 68.) Dekker, D. (TMM; Suriname; thinness; 3.) Mawdesley, T.L.E. (neoplasia) Tabuchi et al. (TM; skin fungus; 127-134.) Anon. (TML; Florida; ?bloat; 5.) Domning & Frye (Metaxytherium jordani, Hydro damalis n.sp.; fractures, osteomyelitis, ossifying spondylosis; ?osteitis deformans or ?osteitis fibrosa; 1-4, pis. 1-2.) Forrester et al. (TML; Florida; intussusception, pesticides, parasites; 566-568.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM; in capt, Brazil; deaths attributed to chlorinated water; 224.) Allen et al. (DD; in capt, Jakarta; malnutrition, gastrointestinal pathology, 36, 38, 40-41, 46; parasites, 41.) Boever et al. (TI; in capt, St. Louis, Missouri; Mycobacterium infection; 927-929.) Domning, D.P. (Dusisiren jordani, 68-69; Hydro- X X X X X 1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1980 1980 1980 1981a 1981 1981 1981a 1981b 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 1981 *1983 1983 1983 1983 1984 1984 559 damalis cuestae, 90-91, 123-124; HG, 100.) Fowler, M.F. Anderson, P.K. (DD; "sunburn" scars; 131, 133.) Budiarso et al. (DD; Sulawesi; parasitic nasal lesions; 568.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; ?bloat; 124-125.) Lowry, B.H. (TML) Mok & Best (TI; in capt., Manaus; skin fungus; 79-82.) Neal et al. (TM) Tas'an et al. (DD; in capt., Jakarta & Okinawa; intestinal impaction, hepatic dysfunction, gas tric hemorrhage, pancreatitis, hydropericar- dium, laryngitis, colitis; 19, 27-29.) Domning, D.P. (TI calves; in capt, Manaus; floating; 544.) Irvine et al. (TML; Florida; skin, lung, & lymph node lesions; 3-5.) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; edematous fat & muscle; 188.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; capture myopathy; 645- 646.) Bergin, T.J. Best, R.C. (cutaneous infections caused by malnu trition; 21.) Beusse et al. (TML; Florida; septicemia, pneumo nia; 98-101.) Beusse et al. (TML; Florida; injuries, septicemia, hematology; 111-120.) Campbell & Ladds (DD; Queensland; various diseases; 176-181.) Cardeilhac et al. (TML; Florida; pneumonia, infections; 144.) Elliott et al. (DD; in capt., Cairns, Australia; salmonellosis; 203-208.) Jenkins, R.L. (TML; in capt, St. Augustine, Florida; development of dermatitis in fresh water; 129.) Odell et al. (TML; effect of pneumonia on lung weights; 57.) Zeiller, W (TML; in capt, Miami, Rorida; intestinal impaction from eating palm fronds; ectoparasitic lesions; 107-108.) Bonde et al. (TM; salvage & necropsy manual; i-v, 1-175.) Buergelt & Bonde (TML; toxoplasmic menin goencephalitis; 1294-1296.) Gallivan et al. (TML; risk of epidemics at warm-water refugia; 261.) Marsh & Anderson (DD; capture myopathy; 1-3.) Buergelt et al. (TML; Rorida; necropsy findings; various natural & accidental causes of death; 1331-1334.) Buergelt, CD. (TML; Rorida; summary of ne- 560 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X xD X 1984 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1986 1986 1987b 1987 1987 1988 1988 1988b 1990 1990 1990 1991 x *1991 X X X X X X X X X X X 1992 1992 Peru 1836 1853 1875 1914 1967 1968 1969 1976 1976 1977 cropsy findings, 1980-83; encephalitis; 28- 29.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; ovarian cysts, metritis; 749, 762, 764.) Lauckner, G. Morales et al. (TI; in capt; systemic Myco bacterium infection, harpoon wound, skin le sions, etc.; 1230-1231.) Morales et al. (TI; Mycobacterium marinum infec tion) O'Shea, Beck et al. (TML; Florida; cachexia, etc.; 4-6.) O'Shea, Rathbun et al. (TML; no evidence of capture myopathy; 335-349.) Qiu Y.-X. (TM; in capt, Beijing; infections; 36.) Medway & Geraci Morales, P. (TI; in capt, San Francisco; systemic Mycobacterium infection, harpoon wound, skin lesions, etc.; 43-48.) Anon. (TML; intestinal blockage; m225.) Colares & Ferreira (TI; in capt, Manaus; floating, constipation, anemia, benign intestinal polyp; 39.) Walsh et al. (TML; Florida; omphalitis & peritoni tis; 702-704.) Beck & Forrester (TML; Florida; pathologies associated with parasitic infestations; 630.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum; 415.) Pilleri, G. (Metaxytherium sp.) Buergelt et al. (TML; thickened heart valves; 220-227.) Colares et al. (TI; in capt, Manaus; treatments for infections, conjunctivitis, enteritis; 44-45.) Repenning & Packard (Paleoparadoxia [Stanford specimen]; fractures; 199-203.) Domning & de Buffnmil (TI, TML, floating, 359-360; pachyosteosclerosis not pathological, 335-336, 363-364.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; mortality from red tide; 165-179.) Forrester, D.J. Simmons, N. (TML; use of flotation gear in rehabilitation; pop. acc; 9.) Smyth & Lowe (TI; 197, 229, 242-243.) Herndon, WL. (TI; econ. use; 158, 163-164, 200.) Wilder, B.G. (TI; Maranon R., at Pebos; 105.) Woodroffe, J.F. (TI; 243-244.) MacLaren, J.P. (TI; ?from Iquitos; m388.) Grimwood, I.R. (TI; status & exploitation; 418.) Grimwood, I.R. (TI; distr.; 61.) Marmol B., A.E. (TI; food plants; 31-32.) Neville et al. (TI; Samiria R. area; 155.) Van Bree & Duguy (TI; Ucayali R.; 292.) x 1985 Muizon & De Vries (Metaxytherium calvertense; Mioc; m560.) x *1985 Muizon & Domning (Metaxytherium calvertense, Mioc, 189-206, 209-213; indeterminate sir., Plioc, 206-210.) x 1986 Frailey, CD. (?Ribodon; ?Late Mioc, Acre R.; 34.) x 1986 Timm et al. (TI; hunting; 151-152, 154-155.) Philippine Islands 1706 Camelli, G.J. 1792 SEE Aragon.R, 1951. 1869 Semper, K.G. 1875 Leuckart, R. (DD; trematode Monostomum du jonis, n.sp.) 1885 Jordana y Morera, R. x 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; parasites; 69.) 1912 Hollister,N. x 1915 Seale, A. (DD; Luzon; 215-217, 1 pl.) x 1923a Petit, G. ("dugong-bone society"; 83.) x 1939 Lyman, C.P. (DD; Tagbac Bay; vestigial incisor; 229.) x *1951 Aragon, F. (DD; early accounts; 265-268.) x 1977 Jueco, N.L. (DD; nematode Paradujardinia; 257- 262.) x 1978 Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; Luzon; 301-302.) x 1979 Kamiya et al. (DD; Luzon; organ weights; 129- 131.) x 1980 Kataoka & Asano (DD from Luzon; in capt, Japan; m269.) x 1981a Blair, D. (DD; parasitic flukes; 15.) x 1981 Kataoka & Asano (DD from Luzon; in capt, Japan; ml99.) x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (DD; nematode Paradujardinia; 310.) Phoca manatus (Linnaeus, 1758) Brisson, 1762 (= Trichechus manatus, in part; T. senegalensis, in part; T inunguis, in part; Dugong dugon, in part; Hydrodamalis gigas, in part) *1762 Brisson, M.J. (n.comb.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Trichechus senegalensis in part; 537.) Phylogeny and Affinities of the Sirenia and/or Desmo stylia (SEE ALSO under species) x * 1809a Cuvier, G. (history of opinions on sir. affinities; 274-278.) 1816 Blainville, H.M.D. de x 1825a Harlan, R. (sirs, considered cetaceans; 274-275.) 1836 Blainville, H.M.D. de x 1837 Robert, C. (Trichechus related to Deinotherium; m471.) x 1838 Owen, R. (sirs, considered not cetaceans but closer to pachyderms; 44-45.) NUMBER 80 561 1846 Gervais, F.L.P. (sirs, considered ungulates & related to proboscideans; 250-251.) 849 Agassiz, L. (sirs, considered pachyderms; 209.) 850 Kneeland, S., Jr. (sirs, considered pachyderms; 42-47.) 864 Dana, J.D. (sirs, considered a separate group; 160-161, 163, 168-169, 175, 183.) 868a Brandt, J.F. 872a Murie, J. (sirs, intermediate between cetaceans & proboscideans; 189-191.) 873 Gill, T. (sirs, considered close to Cetacea; 262- 273.) 875 Chapman, H.C. (sirs, considered a separate order; 452.) 875b Owen, R. (sirs, considered related to ungulates; 566-567.) 875 Wilder, B.G. (review; sirs, considered ungulates; 107-113.) 882 Lepsius, G.R. 884 Rower, W.H. (sirs, considered an isolated order; 181.) 887 Flot, L. (supposed descent of Recent sirs, from Olig. forms; 136-138.) 889 Lefevre, T. (supposed descent of all Recent sirs. from Belgian Olig. forms; 199-200.) 893 Lydekker, R. (sirs, derived from artiodactyls; 82.) 895 Haeckel, E. 897 Broom, R. (organ of Jacobson & sir. classification; m252.) 897 Sclater, PL. (continental drift & manatees) 902a Osborn, H.F. (Desmostylus considered either proboscidean or sir.; 713.) 902b Osbom, H.F. (Eosiren; 715.) 902 Yoshiwara & Iwasaki (Desmostylus considered a proboscidean; 1-13.) 905 Mitchell, PC (intestinal tract; sirs, considered linked to hyraces & proboscideans only by primitive characters; 533.) 906 Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus considered a sir.; 152.) 910 Woodward, A.S. (sir. evolution; 470.) 911 Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus considered a sir.; 412.) 914 Deperet, C. (Felsinotherium; 1860-1862.) 915 Broom, R. (organ of Jacobson & sir. classification; ml62.) 915 Hay, O.P. (Desmostylus placed in separate family of sirs.; 384-385.) 916a Matthew, W.D. (Moeritherium & proboscideans; sir. lineages; 26-27.) 918 Aichel, O. 918 Kaudern, W 923a Hay, O.P. (Desmostylus placed in separate subor der of sirs.; 107-109.) 924 Andrews, C.W. (desmostylians considered sirs. & close to proboscideans; 304-309.) 924 Kishida, K. D D xD X xD D X xD 1924 1927 1929b * 1932a 1932c 1933 1935b 1936 1939c x *1941 X X X xD X X D X D X X xD X X D xD X X X X 1941 1941a 1943 *1945 1951 1953 1954 1959a *1959 1965 1968 1968 *1970 1971 1973 1974 1974 *1975 1976 1977 1977 *1977 * 1978b 1978c Winge, H. Honda, A. (Desmostylus considered a monotreme) Simpson, G.G. (Desmostylus not considered a monotreme; 12-13.) Simpson, G.G. (phylogeny of sirs., 470-492; affinities of sirs., history of study, 492-496.) Simpson, G.G. (classification of sirs., 281-282; Desmostylus, m292.) Kishida, K. (Desmostylus considered a multituber- culate) Wislocki, G.B. (placentation; sirs, considered re lated to proboscideans & hyraces; 173-177.) Kellogg, R. Ijiri, S. (Desmostylus considered an ungulate sensu lato; 138.) Kretzoi, M. (sir. classification & evolution; 149- 156, pl. 6.) Pycraft, W.P. (Sirenia; pop. acc; 328.) VanderHoof, V.L. (Metaxytherium, Hydrodamalis; 1985.) Heuvelmans, B. (sirs, considered related to probos cideans & hippos; 12-13.) Simpson, G.G. (classification of sirs. & desmo stylians; 135-136, 214, 240, 251-252.) Reinhart, R.H. (Trichechidae; 209-211.) Pascual, R. (Ribodon; 168-170, 177-180.) Sera, G.L. Engel, S. (dugong lung structure considered most primitive among mammals; 102-104, 106, 111-114.) Reinhart, R.H. (Sirenia & Desmostylia) Kilmer, F.H. (Halianassa allisoni; 69-70, 72.) Lemire, M. (digestive organs; relationships to proboscideans, 496-497, 511, 513-514; rela tionships of manatees & dugongs, 515-516.) Romer, A.S. (ordinal status of Desmostylia; 201.) Loughman et al. (chromosomes; sirs, considered distantly related to elephants; 152.) Tobien, H. Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (subungulates derived from periptychid condylarths; 131-140.) Gabuniya & Vekua Perry, J.S. McKenna, M.C. (cladistic classification of Mam malia) Minkoff, E.A. (desmostylians considered ambly- pods, not paenungulates; 151-154.) Petter, A.J. (origin & radiation of ascaridoid nematodes in sirs.; 151, 153-155.) Sarich, V.M. (manatee considered related to ele phant & hyrax; 100.) Savage, R.J.G. (cladistic analysis of Sirenia) Domning, D.P. (N. Pacific sirs.; 1-5, 11-12, 72-74, 100-101, 139-146.) Domning, D.P. (sir. phylogeny; 573-581.) 562 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X 1978 1979 1980 1980 1980 1980 X X X X X X X X X X X xD X D X xD xD 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 1984 1984 1984 *1984 1985a 1985 1985 1986 *1986 1986 1986 1986 1986a 1986b 1986 1986 1986 1987 Shoshani et al. (Paenungulata; cladistic analysis; 601.) Tassy, P. (Moeritherium considered closer to Proboscidea than to Sirenia; 85-88.) De Jong & Zweers (eye-lens proteins; TI consid ered close to Proboscidea & Hyracoidea; 897-902.) De Jong, WW Sahni & Kumar (Ishatherium considered close to Moeritherium; 132-135.) West, R.M. (Anthracobune comp. w/ primitive sirs.; 520.) De Jong et al. Hoffstetter, R. Lowenstein et al. (albumin systematics) Shoshani et al. De Jong & Goodman (eye-lens proteins; TI considered close to Proboscidea, Hyracoidea, & Tubulidentata; 261-269, 273.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (dental formulae; sirs. & other eutherians; 59-60.) Novacek, M.J. (sirs, considered closest to probos cideans & hyraces; 13, 25-28, 35.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (reproductive biology of sirs, similar to proboscideans; 764.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Glover (position of testicles, etc., of sirs, similar to proboscideans & hyraces; 738-740.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (trichechid-dugongid separation ?30 million years old; 781.) Rainey et al. (molecular systematics of sirs.; 586-588.) Domning, D.P. (European Halitherium & Metaxytherium; biochronological utility; 183.) Lowenstein, J.M. (immunological distances; sir. & paenungulate phylogenies; 543-544.) Thewissen, J.G.M. (tubulidentates not considered close to sirs, or other ungulates; 278-280.) Domning & Hayek (Trichechidae; cladistic analysis; 132-136.) Domning et al. (Behemotops & other Tethytheria; 31-47.) Fischer, M.S. Kleinschmidt et al. (hemoglobin sequences) Miyamoto & Goodman (protein sequences; sirs, considered closest to Hyracoidea, Probos cidea, & Tubulidentata; 230-240.) Novacek & Wyss Novacek & Wyss Novacek, M.J. Shoshani et al. (immunology; TM considered close to proboscideans; 431-436.) Shoshani, J. (cladistic analysis; Sirenia & Desmo stylia considered sister groups; 222-242.) McKenna, M.C. (tethytheres considered a natural D X X xD X X X X xD xD 1987 1987 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1989c 1989d 1989 1990 1990 1990 1990 *1991 1991 group, possibly a Cretaceous branch of Euth- eria; 61-63, 70-71,79-82.) Novacek & Wyss Wyss et al. (sirs, considered close to Hyracoidea & Proboscidea; 104-107, 113.) Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium; 417-418.) Janis, CM. (tethytherian phylogeny; 292-295.) Kleinschmidt et al. (hemoglobin; Sirenia, Probos cidea, & Hyracoidea considered to form a monophyletic clade; 509, 511.) Novacek et al. Tassy & Shoshani Domning, D.P. (Rytiodontinae; cladistic analysis; 424-426.) Domning, D.P. (Rytiodontinae; 435.) Novacek, M.J. Court, N. (periotic characters in tethytheres; 170-182.) Czelusniak et al. Gingerich et al. (astragalar characters in Probos cidea & Desmostylia; 76.) Novacek, M.J. Clark, J.M. (Paleoparadoxia weltoni & other desmostylians; cladistic analysis; 490-494, 502-505.) Court & Jaeger (periotic characters in Probos cidea & Sirenia; 559-565.) Fischer, M.S. Kumar, K. (anthracobunids comp. w/ sirs. & desmostylians; 234-238.) Ohnishi, K. (sirs, related to proboscideans, hyra- coids, & tubulidentates) McKenna, M.C. (eye-lens proteins; sirs, closest to hyracoids, tubulidentates, & proboscideans; 350, 354-355, 357.)) Novacek, M.J. (Tethytheria a well-supported group; 59-69.) Thewissen & Domning (Sirenia & Desmostylia included in Pantomesaxonia = sister group of phenacodontids; 494-504.) Barriel et al. Bradley et al. (TML; cytochrome b DNA se quence; similarities to elephant; 197-202.) Fischer & Tassy Shoshani, J. (myology) Domning, D.P. (cladistic analysis of Sirenia) Physiology: SEE Biochemistry; Endocrinology; Respiration and Diving; Thermoregulation; and under organ system Platystomus Fischer von Waldheim, 1803 (non Platy- stoma Meigen, 1803 [Insecta]) (= Dugong) *1803 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.gen.) x 1872a Gill, T. (syn. of Halicore; m92.) xD x xD xD X 1991 1991 1991 1992 1992 1992 1993 1993 1993 1993 *1994b NUMBER 80 563 x 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Dugong; m578.) Platystomus dugong (Gmelin, 1788) Fischer von Wald heim, 1803 (= Dugong dugon) * 1803 Fischer v. Waldheim, G. (n.comb.) Pleistocene x 1833 Shepard, CU. (Trichechus; ?Pleist, Florida; 164.) 1834 Keferstein, C. (Trichechus; Florida) x 1846 Allen, J.H. (Manatus; ?Pleist, Florida; 41.) x 1868 Cope, E.D. (Manatus; "postpliocene," Maryland; ml38.) x 1884 De Vis, C.W. (Chronozoon Australe, n.gen.n.sp.; ?Plio-Pleist, Queensland; 395.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (HG; Bering Is.; 457-458.) x 1897 Etheridge et al. (DD; ?Pleist, Sydney, Australia; 170-174, 178-180, pis. 8-11.) x 1916 Sellards, E.H. (TM; Florida; 104.) x 1919 Hay, O.P. ("Trichechus antiquus?"; Florida; 109.) xD 1927 Pfizenmayer, E.W. (Desmostylus Wollosowitschi, n.sp.; ?Pleist, New Siberian Islands; 492- 496.) 1929a Simpson, G.G. (Trichechus; Florida; 564.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (Trichechus; Florida; 419-424, 470.) 1939 Gut, H.J. (Trichechus; Florida; 50-53.) 1956 Paula Couto, C. de (Trichechus sp.; ?Pleist, Acre, Brazil; 5, 79, 95, 107.) 1960 Funderburg, J.B. (Trichechus; North Carolina; 521.) 1965 Long, A. (HG; Monterey Bay, California; carbon-14 date; 254.) 1967 Jones, R.E. (HG; Monterey Bay, California; carbon-14 date; 143.) 1967a Paula Couto, C. de (sirs.; ?Pleist, Acre, Brazil; m22, m26.) 1971 Gard & Szabo (HG; Amchitka Is., Alaska; 577.) 1972 Gard et al. (HG; Amchitka Is., Alaska; 867- 868.) 1974 Addicott & Greene (HG; Monterey Bay, Califor nia; zoogeographic significance; 251-252.) 1974 Webb, S.D. (TM; Florida; 18.) *1975 Szabo & Gard (HG; Amchitka Is., Alaska; uranium-series dates; 457-459.) 1976 Webb, S.D. (Trichechus; Florida; 221, 223, 226.) *1977 Whitmore & Gard (HG; Amchitka Is., Alaska; 1-8, 18.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (HG; N. Pacific; 102-106, 161- 162.) 1980 Kurten & Anderson (HG, TM; North America; 340-342.) 1980 Roth & Laerm (South Carolina) x x X X X X X X X X X X 1981 1982b 1982 1982 1983 1983 1984 1984b 1986 1988 1989 1989 1992 Simpson & Paula Couto (Trichechus; Acre, Brazil; 48-49, 69.) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus sp.; Brazil, 603-604; Florida, 604-605; Louisiana, 605.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (TM; Waccasassa R., Florida; ml8.) Molnar, R.E. (Halicore brevirostre [sic]; ?Pleist, Papua New Guinea; 676, 679.) Kimura et al. (Hydrodamalis sp.; Hokkaido, Japan; 162-177, pis. 1-4.) Wilkins, K.T. (TM; Florida; 70, 76-77, 79.) Anderson, E. Domning, D.P. (Trichechus; Maryland; 5.) Domning & Hayek (Trichechus; South Carolina; ml 36.) Boekschoten & Best (Trichechus; dispersal to Africa; 110-111.) Gallagher et al. (Trichechus sp.; New Jersey; 107-108.) Hulbert & Morgan (TM; Early Pleist, Rorida; 11.) Whybrow, P. (indeterminate sir.; ?Pleist, Abu Dhabi; 20.) Pliocene x 1838 Serres, M. de (Manatus, Halicore medius; Montpellier, France; 285-286.) x 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (Halitherium serresii; France; 209-211,221.) x 1877 Lawley, R. (Felsinotherium Forestii; Italy; 341- 342.) x 1883 Ameghino, F. (Ribodon limbato, n.gen.n.sp.; Argentina; 112-113.) x 1884 De Vis, C.W. (Chronozoon Australe, n.gen.n.sp.; ?Plio-Pleist, Queensland; 395.) x 1886 Portis, E. (Felsinotherium subappeninum, F Gastaldii; Italy; 356-360.) xD 1888 Marsh, O.C (Desmostylus hesperus, n.gen.n.sp.; [actually Mioc] California; 94-96.) x 1912 Issel, A. (Felsinotherium subapenninum; Italy; 119.) x 1914 Deperet, C (Felsinotherium Serresi; Montpellier, France; 1858-1862.) x 1922a Hay, O.P. (Metaxytherium floridanum, n.sp.; ?Plioc [actually Mioc], Florida; 3.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (Metaxytherium floridanum; ?Plioc [actually Mioc], Florida; 231-238.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (Felsinotherium ossivallense; [ac tually Mioc] Florida; 445-446, 469, 499.) x 1953 Pascual, R. (Ribodon; Mioc-Plioc, Argentina; 163-167.) x 1954 Ennouchi, E. (Felsinotherium cf. serresi; Mo rocco; 77.) x 1970 Shikama & Domning (Hydrodamalis sp.; Late Plioc, Honshu, Japan; 390-396.) 564 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1971a Domning, D.P. (sirs. & stratigraphic correlation; western North America; 110-111.) x 1971b Domning, D.P. (hydrodamaline evolution; 217- 220.) x 1974 Fondi & Pacini (Metaxytherium forestii; Italy; 37, 47.) 1974 James & Slaughter (indeterminate sir.; Egypt) x * 1978b Domning, D.P. (Dusisiren sp., Hydrodamalis cuestae, n.gen.n.sp.; N. Pacific; 102-107, 157-161.) x 1979 Boaz et al. (Metaxytherium; Libya; 137-139.) x 1982 Azzaroli et al. (Felsinotherium gervaisi; Italy; 56, 58.) x 1982 Boaz & Cramer (Metaxytherium; Sahabi, Libya; pop. acc; 37, 40-41.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (Ribodon, North Carolina; Tri chechus, Florida; 604.) x 1982c Domning, D.P. (Metaxytherium serresii; Sahabi, Libya; 29-32.) x 1984 Domning & Demdre' (Hydrodamalis cuestae; California; 169-188.) x 1985 Muizon & Domning (indeterminate sir.; Peru; 206-207, 210.) x 1987 Canocchi, D. (Metaxytherium gervaisi; Early Plioc, Italy; 497-513.) x *1987 Domning & Thomas (Metaxytherium forestii, Italy, 208, 220-221; Af. serresii, Libya & France, 209-230.) x 1989d Domning, D.P. (Xenosiren yucateca, n.gen.n.sp.; ?Plioc, Mexico; 430.) x 1990b Domning, D.P. (Corystosiren varguezi, n.gen.n.sp.; Mexico, Rorida; 362.) x 1992 Pledge, N. (?Dugong; Early Plioc, South Austra lia; 6.) x Pollution, Effects of (SEE ALSO: Temperature, Effects of) x 1972a Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; industrial & pesticide pollution, dredging; 21.) x 1974a Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; 218-220.) x 1974 Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; possible harm ful effects; ml7.) x 1975 Forrester et al. (TML; Florida; pesticide residues; 567-568.) x 1976 Gallagher, M.D. (DD; Bahrain; possible deaths from oil pollution, seismic surveys, etc.; 211.) x 1976 Heinsohn & Wake (DD; Australia; sandmining; 15-18.) x 1977 Heinsohn et al. (Australia; seagrass beds; 244- 245.) x 1977 O'Keefe, M.T. (TML; Crystal R., Rorida; pop. acc; pollution considered beneficial; 67.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; arsenic in tissues, 124; ?bloat, 124-125.) x 1979 Miyazaki et al. (DD; Sulawesi; metals & organo- X X X X X X *1980 1981 1981a 1981b 1983a 1983 1983 chlorines in tissues; 125-128.) Denton et al. (DD; Queensland; heavy metal content of tissues; 201-219.) Denton & Breck (DD; Queensland; mercury in tissues; 119-120.) Denton, G.R.W. (DD; Queensland; diet & heavy metal status; 169-174.) Denton, G.R.W. (DD; tissue sampling proce dures; 239.) Anon. (DD; Persian Gulf; oil spill; 180.) Begley et al. (DD; Persian Gulf; Nowruz oil spill; 79.) Buergelt & Bonde (TML; Florida; toxoplasmic meningoencephalitis, possibly from sewer water; 1295.) Gluckman, D. (Florida; laws relevant to water quality; 253-273.) O'Shea, T.J. (potential hazards of 3 aquatic herbicides; 159-173.) Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Rorida; pesticide 2,4-D; 7.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; contaminant concentrations; 741-748.) Anon. (DD; Persian Gulf; not exterminated by oil spill; 25.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; water pollution; 970, 973.) O'Shea et al. (TML; Rorida) Carowan, G. (TML; Rorida; ?chemical bums; m5.) Lee & Socci (TML; North Carolina; potential oil spills) Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; heavy metals in tissues; 82.) Preen et al. (DD; Arabian region; recommenda tions regarding oil pollution; 1-13, 17-19, 25-27.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; oil, 6, 51, 53, 69, 83, 90, 119, 122-125; other pollutants, 125- 126.) St. Aubin & Lounsbury (TM; risks from oil) Beck & Barros (TML; Rorida; impact of debris; 508-510.) Kamiya, T. (DD; effects of Persian Gulf war) O'Shea et al. (TML; southwestern Florida; heavy metals in tissues; 171-172.) Pontotherium Kaup, 1840 (= Metaxytherium) k1840 Kaup, J.J. (proposed as replacement name for Cheirotherium Bruno; 676.) 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m481.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Metaxytherium; m577.) 1987 Domning & Thomas (syn. of Metaxytherium; 208-209.) X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983b 1983 1983 *1984 1986c 1986 1987 1988 1989 1989a *1989 * 1989a *1990 1991 1991a 1991 NUMBER 80 565 Population Biology (SEE ALSO: Aerial Surveys of Distribution; Birth and Breeding) x 1974b Dekker, D. (TMM; Suriname; 14:1 sex ratio among 15 animals caught; 3.) x 1978 Heinsohn et al. (DD; Australia; proportion of calves in local population; 91.) x 1978 Irvine & Campbell (TML; Florida; proportion of young calves in population; 615-616.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (TML; Crystal R., Rorida; popula tion size, composition, & reproduction, 15- 17, 26; population dynamics, 120-125.) x 1980 Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; India; sex ratio; 392-397.) x 1981 Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TML; Florida; review & research needs; 3-5.) x 1981b Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Blue Lagoon, Miami, Florida; 435-436, 441-442.) x 1982 Eberhardt, L.L. (TML; Florida; censusing meth ods; 1-18.) x 1983a Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; northeastern Rorida; pro portion of calves in population & population size; 9, 11, 25, 27, 44-46, 49-50. ) x 1983c Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Florida; effect of boat kills; 33-35.) x 1983 Packard & Nichols (TML; Florida; sample sizes required for mark-recovery studies; 1-14.) *1984 Marsh et al. (DD; Australia) x *1984 Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Florida; factors influencing indices of abundance; 1-63.) x * 1985b Packard, J.M. (TML; population model; 1-19.) x * 1986a Marsh, H. (DD; Torres Strait; population model; 64-73.) x *1986 Packard et al. (TML; Rorida; use of replicate counts to improve indices of trends in abun dance; 265-275.) x * 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (review of population estimates & methods; 184-186, 188-191.) x 1989 Bayliss & Freeland (DD; Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia; hunting & sustainable yield; 146- 147.) x 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; estimated sustain able mortality; 129-130, 134.) x 1991 Lefebvre & Kochman (TML; Rorida; evaluation of replicate count methodology; 298-309.) *1992 O'Shea et al. (TML; Florida; interim report of workshop) x 1993 Savinetsky, A.B. (HG; Bering Is.; 403-405.) Portugal x 1944 Zbyszewski, G. (Metaxytherium petersi; Mioc, Lisbon; 69-70.) 1949 Zbyszewski, G. (Mioc, Lisbon) 1954 Zbyszewski, G. (Mioc, Lisbon) x 1959 Telles-Antunes, M.C.F. (Halitherium sp.; Mioc, Lisbon; 129-137.) 1979 Telles-Antunes, M.C.F. (Metaxytherium medium) Potamosiren Reinhart, 1951 x *1951 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.; Mioc, Colombia; 203- 211.) x 1974 Savage, J.M. (significance for manatee zoogeography; 20, 26.) 1977 Ferrusquia-Villafranca, I. x 1978c Domning, D.P. (in phylogeny; 579.) x * 1982b Domning, D.P. (Potamosiren sp.; Mioc, Colom bia; 601-602, 606.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-379.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (in cladistic analysis of trichechids; 132-133.) Potamosiren magdalenensis Reinhart, 1951 x *1951 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, Colombia; 203-207.) x 1953 Pascual, R. (comp. wf Ribodon; 178-179.) x 1953 Stirton, R.A. (in faunal list; 614.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m66, m92.) x 1967 Paula Couto, C de (comp. w/ Sirenotherium; 345-346, 350, 355-356.) x * 1982b Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 600-603, 606-607,609,611-613,616.) x 1986 Frailey, CD. (comp. w/ ?Ribodon; 34.) Predators: SEE Natural Enemies Prohalicore Rot, 1887 x *1887 Flot, L. (n.gen.; Mioc, France; 11, 134-135, 137-138, pl. 1.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (m223.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 473, 481, 499.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) Prohalicore dubaleni Flot, 1887 x *1887 Flot, L. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, France; 11, 134-135, pl. 1.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (m23.) Prorastoma Lydekker, 1892 (= Prorastomus) x *1892 Lydekker, R. (unjustified emendation of Prora stomus Owen; 83.) x 1942 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 1-5.) x 1943 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 6, 8-11.) Prorastoma veronense (de Zigno, 1875) Lydekker, 1892 (= Prototherium veronense) x *1892 Lydekker, R. (n.comb.; 77-83.) 1898 Trouessart, E.L. ("Prorastomus veronensis") x 1906 Abel, O. (dentition; 52.) x 1907b Arldt, T. ("P. veronensis"; biogeographic signifi cance; 674.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. ("P. veronensis"; m232.) x *1942 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 1-5.) 566 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Prorastomidae Cope, 1889 (family) * 1889b Cope, E.D. (n.fam.) x 1889b Dollo, L. (m421.) x 1891 Rower & Lydekker ("Prorastomatidae," unjusti fied emendation; m224.) x 1904 Case, E.C (teeth; m57.) x 1932c Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 281.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154, pl. 6.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) Prorastominae (Cope, 1889) Reinhart, 1959 (subfamily) *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (new subfamily; 5-6, 62-63.) Prorastomus Owen, 1855 x *1855 Owen, R. (n.gen.; Eoc, Jamaica; 541-543, pl. 15.) 1869 Leidy, J. x 1872a Gill, T (in classification; 92.) x 1883a Cope, E.D. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium; 52.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (teeth, 465; m472.) x 1886b Hartlaub, C. (m376.) x 1889b Dollo, L. (comp. w/ Miosiren; 416, 418-419, 421.) x 1902 Yoshiwara & Iwasaki (comp. w/ ungulates; ml2.) x 1904 Case, E.C. (m57.) xD 1915 Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Desmostylus; 384-385, 391.) x 1924 Andrews, C.W. (dentition; m306.) x 1928 Prater, S.H. ("Porastomus",m98.) x 1930a Simpson, G.G. (pop. acc; 44.) x 1941a Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; m5, m8.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153-154, 156.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml04.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) x 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m208-209, 211.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (m65.) x 1967 Browder, J. (m5.) x 1968 Lemire, M.(m515.) x 1969 Voorhies, M.R. (comp. w/ tooth from Georgia; m94.) x 1974 Domning, D.P. (m7.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (dental formula; m4, 73.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 574-575, 579.) x 1979 Tassy, P. (comp. wI Moeritherium; 85-87.) x 1980 West, R.M. (comp. w/ Anthracobune; 520, 531.) x 198Id Domning, D.P. (probable seagrass diet; 418.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) x 1982 Sereno, PC (comp. w/ Florentinoameghinia; 7-9.) x 1985 Thewissen, J.G.M. (alisphenoid canal; m273.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (in cladistic analysis; 133.) x 1986 Domning et al. (cladistic relationships; 36-37.) x 1990 Court, N. (ear comp. w/ Arsinoitherium, etc.; 175-179.) x 1990 O'Shea & Reep (body size; 539.) x 1991 Court & Jaeger (inner ear; 562, 564-565.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; m360.) Prorastomus sirenoides Owen, 1855 x *1855 Owen, R. (n.gen.n.sp.; Eoc, Jamaica; 541-543, pl. 15.) x 1869 Leidy, J. (in synopsis; 414.) x * 1875b Owen, R. (redescription; 559-567, pis. 28-29.) x 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) x 1887 Rot, L. (review; 136.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (anatomy; 224.) x 1892 Lydekker, R. (comp. w/ P. veronense; 82-83.) x 1907b Arldt, T. (biogeographic significance; 674.) x 1916a Matthew, WD. (comp. w/ Halitherium an tillense; 23-24, 26, 28.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (m232.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409,411.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 422-423, 460, 470-472, 474, 491-492, 495-496, 499.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Sirenavus, 146-149; in classification, 151, 154.) 1942 Kellogg, R. x 1943 Kellogg, R. (m299.) x 1953 Kretzoi, M. (m274.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review & measurements; 65.) x 1967 Paula Couto, C de (m346.) x 1975 Savage, R.J.G. (restudy of holotype; 824.) x 1977 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 366.) 1977 Savage, R.J.G. (restudy of holotype) x 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 388-389, 396-397.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (not closely related to trichechids; 599.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 1-2, 4, 7, 35, 55, 59-63.) x *1990 Donovan et al. (Middle Eoc, Jamaica; new specimen; 660-662.) x 1992 Thewissen & Domning (character states; 495, 502.) x 1993 Domning & Clark (Jamaica; 414.) Prorastomus veronensis: SEE Prorastoma veronense Protosiren Abel, 1907 x 1906 Abel, O. (nomen nudum; tooth replacement; 51, 59.) * 1907a Abel, O. (n.gen.) x 1916a Matthew, WD. (m27.) 1939 Edinger, T NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X 1941 1943 1945 1951 1966 1967 1977 1978b 1979 1979 1980 1982b x *1982 X X X X X X X 1982 1982 1983 1983 1983 1985 1986 1987b 1987 1990 1990 1992 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 151, 154, pl. 6.) Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 16-17, 21.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) Reinhart, R.H. (m209, 211.) Kellogg, R. (m65.) Browder, J. (m5.) Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 366.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 4, 16, 29.) Tassy, P. (comp. w/ Moeritherium; 87.) Webb, S.D. (Florida) Sahni & Kumar (comp. w/ Ishatherium; 134.) Domning, D.P. (?ancestral to trichechids; 599- 600, 605, 615-616.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (Protosiren sp.; Middle Eoc, Florida & North Carolina, 4, 18-63; Late Eoc, Egypt, 55-56.) Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) Sereno, PC (comp. w/ Florentinoameghinia; 7-9.) Bizzotto, B. (comp. w/ Prototherium; 100, 110.) Morgan & Pratt (Eoc, Florida; 24.) Sahni et al. (pelvis comp. w/ Ishatherium; m81.) Thewissen, J.G.M. (skull foramina; 272-273.) Domning et al. (cladistic relationships; 36-37, 39, 45-46.) Domning, D.P. ("Hippopotamus dubius" refer able to Protosiren & not Halitherium; 124.) Pilleri, G. Ivany et al. (Middle Eoc, Florida; paleoecology; 250.) O'Shea & Reep (brain; 536.) Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Florida; in checklist; 28.) Protosiren dolloi Abel, 1904 (= Prototherium ver onense; nomen nudum) * 1904a Abel, O. (n.sp.; nomen nudum) *1906 Abel, O. (referred to Mesosiren; 52.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 471, 473, 481,492,495,499.) 1976 Kordos, L. (m282.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Prototherium veronense; m575.) Protosiren dubia (Cuvier, 1824) Sickenberg, 1934 (= Protosiren minima) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. 1952 Hooijer, D.A. (syn. of P.(?) minima; 113.) 1966 Kellogg, R. (m68-70.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (m575.) 1978 Kordos, L. (m282.) 1980 Kordos, L. (nature of type material; 387.) 567 x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (syn. of ?P. minima; m57.) Protosiren fraasi Abel, 1907 x 1906 Abel, O. (nomen nudum; dentiton; 51.) 1908 Priem, F. (Eoc, Egypt) x 1924 Hay, O.P. (tooth formula; m3.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis, 409, 411, 414, 416; tooth replacement, 429; respiratory adaptations, 438.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1938 Zdansky, O. (comp. w/Eotherium majus; 429, 431-433.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp.; 108.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 16, 18, 21, 23-24.) x 1953 Kretzoi, M. (m274.) x 1973 Fuchs, H. ("Prototherium fraasi"; comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 75.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & occurrence in Africa; 574-575, 579.) x 1978 Kordos, L. (P. cf. fraasi; Eoc, Hungary; 288- 289, pl. 1.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (m385; nature of type material, 387.) x 1980 West, R.M. (m510.) x *1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 18, 30, 36-37, 39, 42-44, 55-57, 59.) x 1985a Kordos, L. (Hungary; m314.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (in cladistic analysis; 132- 134.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; 360-361.) x 1992 Gingerich, P.D. (Egypt; stratigraphic horizon; 11, 71,75-77.) x 1992 Thewissen & Domning (character states; 495, 502-503.) x 1993 Gingerich et al. (India; specimen of Sahni & Mishra, 1975, referred to Cetacea; 410-411.) Protosiren minima (Desmarest, 1822) Hooijer, 1952 x *1952 Hooijer, D.A. (n.comb.; senior synonym of P.(?) dubia; 113.) x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 37, 57.) Protosiren veronense [sic] (de Zigno, 1875) Kaltenmark, 1942 (= Prototherium veronense) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (n.comb.; ?lapsus for Proto therium veronense; comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp.; 108.) Protosirenidae Sickenberg, 1934 (family) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. (n.fam.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154, pl. 6.) 568 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) Protosireninae (Sickenberg, 1934) Reinhart, 1959 (sub family) *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (new subfamily; 6, 62-63.) Prototheriidae Kretzoi, 1941 (family; = Halitheriinae) x *1941 Kretzoi, M. (n.fam.; 155, pl. 6.) Prototherium de Zigno, 1887 *1887 Zigno, A. de (n.gen.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 153, 155, pl. 6.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 21.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) x 1980 Sahni & Kumar (comp. w/ Ishatherium; 133- 134.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) x 1982 Sereno, PC (comp. w/ Florentinoameghinia; 7-8.) x 1991 Domning & de Buffrenil (pachyosteosclerosis; m361.) Prototherium fraasi (Abel, 1907) Fuchs, 1973 (= Protosiren fraasi) x *1973 Fuchs, H. (n.comb.; lapsus for Protosiren fraasi; comp. w/Romanian sir.; 75.) Prototherium intermedium Bizzotto, 1983 x *1983 Bizzotto, B. (n.sp.; Late Eoc, Italy; 95-116, 2 pis.) x 1986 Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) *1989 Pilleri etal. Prototherium montserratense Pilleri in Pilleri, Biosca, & Via, 1989 (= Prototherium intermedium) *1989 Pilleri et al. (n.sp.; Eoc, Spain) Prototherium solei Pilleri in Pilleri, Biosca, & Via, 1989 (= Prototherium intermedium) *1989 Pilleri et al. (n.sp.; Eoc, Spain) Prototherium veronense (de Zigno, 1875) de Zigno, 1887 *1887 Zigno, A. de (n.comb.) x 1902 Andrews, C.W. (comp. w/ Eosiren libyca; 293- 294.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis, 409, 411, 414; tooth replacement, 429.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 423, 444, 471-474,476-478,480.) * 1934b Sickenberg, O. x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/Metaxytherium sp.; 108.) X X X X X X X X 1943 1952a 1953 1966 1969 1973 *1977 1977 1978b 1978c X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1980 1980 1982b 1982 *1983 1986 1986 1988 Puerto 1864 1872a 1882 1900 1904 1914 1915 *1916a 1916 1935 1956b *1959 1970 1980 x 1980 x *1981 1985 x 1989 *1990 Kaltenmark, J. (phylogeny; 17-19, 21, 23.) Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (comp. w/ Indosiren; 611.) Kretzoi, M. (m274.) Piccoli, G. ("P. cf. veronense"; mandible in Priabonian stratotype, Italy; 349-353.) Bartolomei, G. Fuchs, H. (comp. w/ Romanian sir.; 72, 76-77.) Bizzarini et al. (Late Eoc, Italy; 1-15, pis. 1-2.) Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Paralitherium; 366.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 4, 12, 16.) Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 575-576, 579.) Altichieri, L. Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 387-389, 395-397.) Domning, D.P. (deciduous dentition, comp. w/ Trichechus; 608.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 38-39, 58-59.) Bizzotto, B. (comp. w/ P. intermedium, etc.; 99-111.) Domning & Ray (comp. w/ Oregon halitheriine; 272.) Domning et al. (deciduous dentition; 46.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium florida num; 409-410.) Rico Latimer, G. (TMM) Murie, J. (TMM; in capt; 191-192.) Stahl, A. Evermann, B.W (TMM; m25.) Wilcox, W.A. (TMM; near Ceiba; netting; 387.) Rabell Cabrero, N. (indeterminate sirs.; Olig.; 66-69.) Anon. (TMM; in capt, New York; 1216.) Matthew, W.D. (?Halitherium antillense, n.sp.; Olig.; 23-28.) Reeds, CA. Barrett, O.W. (TMM; 216, 218.) Anon. (TMM; sound production; 39.) Reinhart, R.H. (Caribosiren turneri, n.gen.n.sp.) Erdman, D.S. (TMM; 638.) Monroe, W.H. (indeterminate sirs.; Mioc; 38, 78.) Ortiz Rivera, E.J. (numerous illustrations of sir. bones.) Powell et al. (TMM; status; 642-646.) Rathbun et al. (TMM) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 571-572, 600.) Freeman & Quintero (TMM; distr.) NUMBER 80 569 x *1990 1990 MacPhee & Wyss (Oligo-Mioc sirs. & localities; 2, 14-17,21-38,41.) Mignucci G., A.A. (TMM; mortality) Pugmeodon Kaup, 1838 (= Halitherium) *1834 Kaup & Scholl (n.gen.; nomen nudum; 16.) * 1838a Kaup, J.J. (n.gen.; Middle Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany; 319, pl. 2.) 1840 Kaup, J.J. (comp. w/ Manatus; 676.) 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (syn. of Halitherium; 207, 220.) 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m481.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 151, 154.) 1942b Kaltenmark, J. (ml03.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Halitherium; m576.) *1987b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Halitherium; 122-125.) Pugmeodon schinzii Kaup, 1838 (= Halitherium schinzii) *1834 Kaup & Scholl (n.gen.n.sp.; nomen nudum; 16.) * 1838a Kaup, J.J. (n.gen.n.sp.; Middle Olig., Mainz Basin, Germany; 319, pl. 2.) 1839b Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa Studeri; 77.) 1840 Kaup, J.J. (considered to include Manatus fos silis; 676.) 1846 Meyer, H.v. (syn. of Halianassa Collinii; 328.) * 1987b Domning, D.P. (proposed designation as type species of Halitherium & Halianassa; 122- 125.) *1989 ICZN (designated type species of Halitherium; 83-84.) Radiotracking: SEE Tagging Methods Red Sea (SEE ALSO: Africa; Asia) *1828- 1899 Hemprich & Ehrenberg (Halicora Hemprichii & H. Lottum, n.spp.) Riippell, E. (Halicore tabernaculi, n.sp.; anatomy & natural history; 99-114, pl. 6.) Klunzinger, CB. Klunzinger, CB. Yerbury & Thomas (DD; Aden; 555.) Anderson & De Winton Linstow, O.v. (DD; Assab, Eritrea; nematode Ascaris halicoris; m258.) 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; 50, 66.) 1906c Dexler & Freund (DD; color; 568.) 1912 Issel, A. (DD; Assab, Eritrea; 121.) 1923a Petit, G. (DD; 77, 83.) 1926 Cheesman, R.E. (DD; 348, m350.) Prater, S.H. (DD; 84, pl. 1.) Aharoni, J. (DD; dispersal through Suez Canal; 330.) 1939 Budker,P. x *1834 1871 1878 x 1895 1902 x 1905 1928 1930 Bertram, G.C.L. (DD) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; distr., 4-5, 40, 42; anatomy, natural history, taxonomy, 6-49.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD) Gewalt, W. (attempted rescue of supposed "ship wrecked sailors" [dugongs]; 123.) Hellwing & Steinitz (DD sightings & skull; Gulf of Elat; 11-12.) Por, F.D. (DD; El Hamira Bay, Gulf of Aqaba; 12.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr.; 306-307.) Berhanu, A. (DD; Dahlac Islands) Hani, G. (DD; Gulf of Aqaba; 161.) Lipkin, Y (DD; stomach contents & feeding; 81-96.) Moore & Balzarotti (DD; Suakin Archipelago) Ormond, R.F.G. (DD) Paz & Hani (DD; sightings & captures; 73-74.) Ormond, R.F.G. (DD) Hilmy et al. (DD; hematology; 197-203.) Blair, D. (DD; trematode Indosolenorchis hi rudinaceus; 512-513.) Blair, D. (DD; parasitic flukes; 15.) Robineau & Rose (DD; Djibouti; 233-238.) Frazier et al. (DD) Vine & Schmid (DD) Fouda, M.M. (DD; 503.) Buffr6nil & Schoevaert (DD; Djibouti; pachyostosis; 2108.) Preen et al. (DD; conservation; 1-15, 20, 22.) Preen, A. (DD; status & conservation; 1-13, 17-18, 30-31, 36-40, 57, 59-60, 94-115, 117-118, 121-122, 128-131, 133-134, 136- -137, 176, 195-200.) Rehabilitation: SEE Captivity, Sirenians in; Pathology Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Obser vance (SEE ALSO: Economic Use; Mermaid Legend) 1796 Stedman, J.G. (Suriname; "Watra Mama"; 178.) 1805 Pitou, L.-A. (TMM; French Guiana; vernacular names & spiritual attributes; 2: 260.) 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; Malays; considered a "royal fish," 180; tears, 181.) 1831 Spix & Martius (Indians, Brazil; ?intercourse with manatees; 1123.) 1834 Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; rosaries made of tusks & their use as charms, 113; hide used for the Tabernacle, 99, 113.) 1836 Smyth & Lowe (Sencis Indians, Peru; constella tion Scorpio identified as manatee; 229.) 1838 Humboldt, A.v. (TMM; Orinoco R.; meat X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1943 1944 *1957 1963 1968 1971 1972 1973 1976 1976 *1976 1976 1976 1976 1978 1979 1980 1981a ?1982 1987 1987 1988 1989 *1989 * 1989a 570 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1857 1866 1869 1873 1875 1875 1876 ?1881 1881 1887 1888 1895 1901 1906 1906b 1912 1913 1915 1916 1917 1917 1917 1920 1922 * 1923a x *1924 1927 x *1927b x *1928 1929 avoided, 9; ear bones used in magic, 9-10.) Baikie, B. (TS; lower Niger R.; bones & other ?hunting trophies; 31.) Duff, R. (TMM; Guyana) Marcoy, P. (South America; use of manatee hide in funeral; 1:671-672.) Semper, CG. (Palau; dugong-atlas bracelets) Hartt, CF. (Indians, Brazil; area of sky near Orion identified as manatee; legend; 39.) Marcoy, P. (South America; use of manatee hide in funeral; 2: 42.) Gill, WW (DD; Torres Strait) Rower, W.H. (West Africa; manatee-catching society; 454-455.) Nordenskiold, A.E. (HG; Bering Is.; carving of ribs; m280.) Rovirosa, J.N. (TMM; Mexico; bones used as charms against spells; 357-358.) Hart, H.C. (DD; Hebrews; use of hide in Tabernacle; 26-27.) Thurston, E. (DD; Sri Lanka; treasure in stomach; 98-99.) Anon. (DD; Torres Strait; 21238-21239.) Annandale, N. (DD; Malays; tears, ritual killing; 241.) Dexler & Freund (DD; Malays; tears; 63-64.) Rodway, J. (TMM; Guyana) Frobenius, L. (TS; Yoruba; myths & hunting rituals; 1: 199.) Roth, WE. Lucas, F.A. (DD & Tabernacle, 315-316; Tri chechus meat deemed to be fish by Catholics, 316.) Beebe et al. (Guyana; "water-mamma" charm) Fairchild, D. (DD; Malays; tears; 344.) Rodway, J. (TMM; Guyana; 491-499.) Schoff, W.H. (DD; Biblical references to use of hide; 10-11,51-53,77, 140.) Swanton, J.R. (TML; Florida; bones in graves; 389.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar, tears, 77, myth, 78-82, ritual, 80-82; Tabernacle, 82; charms, Philip pine dugong-bone society, Torres Strait, 83; Trichechus, 79, 81.) Dandouau, A. (DD; Madagascar; hunting rituals; 152-153.) Landtman, G. (DD; New Guinea; hunting rituals) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar, hunting rituals; 246- 250.) Prater, S.H. (DD; Madagascar, rites, 87; rosaries, 88; treasure in stomach, 88-89; tears, 95; myths, 96-97.) Petit & Rochon-Duvigneaud (DD; Madagascar & Java; tears; 132.) X X X X X X X X X X 1931 *1932 1934 *1934 1935 1935 1937 1937 1939 1944 1946 1948 1948 X X X 1951 1956 1956 1958 1958 1960 1963 1963 1964 1964 1964 1967 1967 1967 1967 1970 1971 1971 1972 1974 1975 1976 Meek, C.K. (TS; Nigeria; myths & taboos, 76-78; virility charm, 304.) Haddon, A.C (DD; Torres Strait) Hirasaka, K. (dugong-atlas bracelets; 4222.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Cape York, Australia; hunt ing magic & ritual; 240-241, 250-255.) Barrett, O.W. (Nicaragua; manatee-stapes charms; 218.) Strong, W.D. (TMM; Honduras; depicted on pottery) Orico, O. (Amazonia; manatee legends; 190-191.) Woods, F.J. (TS; Nigeria; superstitions & butcher ing rituals; 28.) Wavrin, M. de (Trichechus; South America; meat thought to cause indigestion & erysipelas; 196.) Pereira, M.N. (Urubu R., Brazil; veneration of stone in shape of manatee; 54.) Swanton, J.R. (TML; Rorida; bones ["tusks"] in graves; 250, 282.) Berndt, R.M. Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; fear of water exhaled by wounded manatee; hunting rituals; legendary origin of manatee-hunting taboo among Peulhs; 189.) Aragon, F. (dugong-atlas bracelets; 267-268.) Harry, R.R. (DD; East Indies; tears; m27.) Mountford, CP. Cruls, G. (Brazil; intercourse with manatees) Savory, B. (DD; Tabernacle, witchcraft on Socotra, 257; fishing, m258.) Williams, J.H. (DD; Persian Gulf; thought to foretell storms; 9.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD) Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia; tears, tusks; 150.) Berndt, R.M. Cansdale, G. (TS; Ghana; ritual hunting; ml71.) Mountford, CP. Feriz, H. (Brazil; clay model of manatee head; 373-374.) Jones, S. (DD; India; meat, tears; 218.) Pereira, M.N. (Brazil; Indian legend of origin of manatee; 467.) Welsby, T. (DD; Moreton Bay, Queensland; taboo for women to see a dead dugong; 2: 240-241.) Wilbert, J. (TMM; Venezuela) Almeida, A. de (DD; Timor; legends, 209, 211- 212, 220; amulets & elixirs, 212.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; origin legend, intercourse with dugongs by fishermen; 398.) Kent, J. Sikes, S. (TS; head & teeth as luck charms; m466.) Oakley, K.P. (fossils) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; tears as aphrodisiac; 35.) NUMBER 80 571 x *1976 Loveland, F.O. (TMM; Nicaragua; symbolic sig nificance, myths, rituals; 70-81.) x 1976 Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; popular miscon ceptions; 210-214.) x 1977 Nietschmann, B. (Torres Strait; "calling" dugongs; 14.) x 1978 Marshall, A.J. (DD; Australia; Aboriginal story of dugong; 80-84.) x 1978 Taylor, D. (DD; Sumatra; tears as aphrodisiac; 205-213.) x 1979 Cascudo, L. da C (Trichechus; Brazil & West Africa; pop. acc; 28.) 1979 Pendergast, D.M. 1980e Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; myths & hunting rituals) x 1981 Chase, A. (DD; Australia; traditional use & beliefs; 112-122.) x 1981 Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; taboo on hunting; 10.) x 1981 Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; hunting rituals; 61.) x 1982 Michelson, R.C. (Mexico; Olmec sculpture of manatee; 79, 83.) x 1983 Bradley et al. (TMM; hypothetical use by Olmecs; 1-82.) 1984b Anon. (DD; tears) x 1985 McKillop, H.I. (TMM; Belize; bone used for carvings, 342-345, 348; ear bones used as charms, 345.) x 1985 Said, R.J. (Kenya; legends of origin of dugong; 34.) x 1986 Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (TM; Mexico; bones used for jewelry, 1010; meat accorded religious value, mlOll.) * 1986c Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; hunting traditions) x *1988 O'Shea et al. (TMM; Venezuela; bones kept for luck in hunting, ear bones used as amulets, 293-294; Warauno folklore, 294.) x 1988 Reeves et al. (TS; Sierra Leone; hunting beliefs; m78.) x 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; tusks used in sword handles, 51, 114; meat ?prohibited to Shia Muslims, 52; genitals of captured dugongs kept covered, 97, 99; ritual slaughter & acceptability to Muslims as food, 99, 115.) x *1991 Bradley, J.J. (DD; Australia; hunting rules, 94- 101, 107; Dugong Dreaming sites, 102-103.) Reproduction: SEE Birth and Breeding Respiration and Diving (SEE ALSO: Locomotion) x 1821a Home, E. (DD; hydrostasis; 269-270.) x 1862 Phillippo (Trichechus; heart adaptations; 685.) x 1873 x 1876 x 1878 x 1880 x 1881 X X X X X X X X X 1884 1885a 1896 *1899 1906 * 1906b 1906c 1907 1908b 1922 i922 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X *1923 1923a 1924- 1925 1931 1934 1935 *1935a 1939 1941 *1941 1944 1945 1948 1951 *1951b 1953 Conklin, WA. (Trichechus; in capt, New York; 166.) Chapman, H.C. (TMM; 461.) Brown, A.E. (TMM; in capt., Philadelphia; 296.) Murie, J. (TMM; in capt, London; breathing intervals; 25.) Crane, A. (Trichechus, in capt., Brighton, 457; effects of injury, 459.) Stejneger, L. (HG; inability to dive; 188.) Woodward, H. (HG; hydrostasis; m462-463.) Marshall, W (role of skeletal weight in aiding submergence; m46.) Steller, G.W (HG; 198-199.) Annandale, N. (DD; netted at 10-12 fathoms; 242.) Dexler & Freund (DD; 50-55, 60.) Dexler & Freund (DD; caudal fin; 580.) Pick, F.K. (DD; lung adaptations; 269-271.) Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; in capt, New York; breathing; 229, 232.) Golder, F.A. (HG; exposure of back above water; 238.) Parker, G.H. (TML, 128-135; DD, ml34.) Nopcsa, F.v. (respiration, diving, & pachyostosis; 353-359.) Petit, G. (DD; 76-77.) Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt, Hamburg; lengthening of respiratory interval with age, 221; breathing while asleep, 224.) Sickenberg, O. (effects on endocrine function; 433-439.) Genschow, J. (closing of nasal passages) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; Central America; diving time, 217; breathing, 218.) Wislocki, G.B. (TML; lung adaptations; 395.) Coates, C.W. (TI calf; in capt, New York; diving times [up to 14 min.], 145; "snapping" nostrils shut, 146.) Irving et al. (TML; ml51, ml58, 166.) Scholander & Irving (TML; 169-191.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; opening breathing holes in floating meadows, 57; respiratory disease, 65.) Santos, E. (TI; sliding backwards on submergence; 158.) Mendes, A. (TI; sliding backwards on submer gence; 326.) Bourliere, F. (TML; maximum submergence 16 min.; 21.) Moore, J.C. (TML; teaching young to breathe, 27; diving times, 29-31; raising head in rough water, 29.) Kretzoi, M. (hydrostatic function of pachyostosis; 276-277.) 572 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1954 Aragao, A. de (TI; sliding backwards on submer gence; 55.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Australia; 18.) Moore, J.C. (TML; hydrostasis; 17-18.) Loftin, H. (Trichechus; teaching young to breathe; pop. acc; 256.) Jones, S. (DD; in capt; 199.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; 5-6.) Slijper, E.J. (foramen ovale & ductus arteriosus; 544, 548-549.) Tenney & Remmers (Trichechus, DD; quantitative lung morphology; 54-55.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 116-118; vertical movement, 117-118.) Harrison & Tomlinson (DD) Kaiser, H.E. (functional anatomy; 229.) Lluch B., D. (TMM; in capt., Mexico; approximate diving times; 418.) Jarman, P.J. (DD; Kenya; 84.) Kaiser, H.E. (functional anatomy & hydrostasis; 59, 61-69.) Kaiser, H.E. (functional anatomy; 426.) Kinzer, J. (TS, in capt, Abidjan; breathing; 51.) Kenny, R. (DD; 372-373.) Van den Bergh, H. (TS, TML; longest dives; 449-451.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; 349-350.) Strauss, M.B. (Trichechus; m2, m5, mlO.) Domning, D.P. (HG; inability to dive; 218-219.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; while feeding; 395.) Blessing, M.H. (Trichechus; myoglobin concentra tion; 475-479.) Kooyman, G.L. Sonoda & Takemura (TMM, TI; average respira tion times; 19.) x 1975 Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (TMM; difficulty breathing out of water due to body weight; 225.) x 1976 Allen et al. (DD; in capt, Jakarta; 38.) 1976 Harrison & Ridgway x 1976 White et al. (TML; oxyhemoglobin dissociation; 415-416.) x 1977 Farmer & Bonaventura (TI; hemoglobin proper ties; 916.) 1977 Versaggi, CS. (bone physiology) x *1978 Anderson & Birtles (DD; Queensland; surfacing modes & diving times; 6-8, 10-11, 13, 17-19.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; use of neck, 122-123; buoyancy, 129-132, 141-143.) x 1978 Marsh et al. (DD; review of respiratory physiology; 164-165.) x 1978 McCabe et al. (DD; oxygen affinity of hemoglobin; 19-22.) x 1979 Anderson, P.K. (DD; exhalation directed forward, 117; respiratory behavior, 125-126.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1955 1956 1958 1959 1961 1961 1963 *1964a 1964 1965a 1965 *1966 * 1966a 1966b 1966 *1967 1968 1969 1969 1971b 1971 1972 1973 1973 x 1979 x *1979a x *1979 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1979 1980 1980 *1980 *1980 1980 1981a 1981 1981 1981 *1981a 1981b 1981 1982b X X X X X X X X X 1982 1982 1983 1983 1984c ?1984 1984 1985 1986a Best & da Silva (TI; in capt; respiration & heart rate; 29.) Farmer et al. (TI; hemoglobin & whole blood properties; 231-238.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; deepest dive to 8 m, 38; surfacing under vegetation mats, 41; surfac ing behavior & diving times, 72-82, 86, 113, 119, 128; resting, 82-84; sneezing, 92; ?bloat, 124-125.) Tas'an et al. (DD; in capt, Jakarta; breathing intervals; 10, 23.) Dekker, D. (newborn TMM; in capt., Amsterdam; 22-24.) Domning, D.P. (TI calves; pathological floating; m544.) Gallivan & Best (TI; metabolism & respiration; 245-253.) Gallivan, G.J. (TI; respiratory control by carbon dioxide; 254-261.) Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt, Toba, Japan; range of breathing times; 270.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; diving times & behavior; 642-643.) Elliott et al. (DD calf; pathological floating; 204.) Kataoka & Asano (DD; in capt., Toba, Japan; range of breathing times; 202.) Marsh et al. (DD; pregnant females surface & sink at steeper angles; 261, 265.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; diving times; 237,241.) Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Rorida; synchronous breathing; 440, 444.) Santiapillai, C. (DD; Sri Lanka; dives of 15-20 min.; 4.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; diving times & modes of surfacing when disturbed & undis turbed, 88-89, 91, 93; relationship to feeding, lactating, etc., 97.) Barnett & Johns (DD; Queensland; 522.) Best, Ribeiro et al. (TI calves; pathological floating; 264.) Irvine, A.B. (TML; metabolic rate & oxygen consumption; 317-327.) Wall, W.P. (TM; bone density as diving adapta tion; 197, 201-204.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Queensland; diving times & modes of surfacing; 39-40.) Galantsev & Mukhametov (TM; respiratory & heart rates; 201-205.) Irvine & Scott (TML; Rorida; diving times; 19, 22-24.) Bengtson & Fitzgerald (TML; Rorida; vocaliza tions & synchronous respiration; 817.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; feeding NUMBER 80 573 x 1986 x *1986 x 1986 x 1987 x 1988 x 1989 x 1990 x 1991 x *1991 at depths of 8.5 m or more; 483.) Gallivan & Best (TI; feeding, metabolism, & ventilation; 552-557.) Gallivan et al. (TI; heart rates & gas exchange in diving; 415-423.) Williams, T.R. (DD; Papua New Guinea; average diving times ca. 10 min., and body flexure extreme, when diving in 40-50 feet of water; 68.) Bergey & Baier (TML; lung mechanical properties; 63-75.) Marsh, H. (DD; deepest dive to 20 m; 15.) Buffrenil & Schoevaert (hydrostasis; 2118.) Marsh & Rathbun (DD; Queensland; breathing intervals; 92.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Australia; pregnant females dive quicker and at sharper angle; 96.) Domning & de Buffr6nil (hydrostasis; 331-368.) Respiratory System * 1820b Home, E. (DD; 319, pl. 29.) 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; 178.) Ruppell, E. (DD; diaphragm, lungs, trachea; 106.) Owen, R. (DD; 36-39.) Bischoff, T.L.W. (DD; hyoid; 3-6, pl. 1.) Gosse & Hill (TMM; nostrils; 342-343.) Rapp, Wv. (TML; larynx, trachea, lungs; 89-92, pl. 3.) * 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; 178-180.) 1876 Chapman, H.C. (TMM; 457, 461.) Waldeyer, W (Trichechus; pharynx; 245-246, 248.) Leche, W Beddard, F.E. (TI; pleurisy; 47.) Muller, O. Steller, G.W. (HG; 193-194.) Oppel, A. * 1906b Dexler & Freund (Trichechus, 54; DD, 54, 60.) *1907 Pick, F.K. (DD; lung anatomy & histology; 245-272.) Sickenberg, O. (adaptations of thorax & lungs; 438-439.) Genschow, J. (nasal passages) *1935a Wislocki, G.B. (TML; 385-396, 2 pis.) 1940 B61anger, L.F. 1953 Quiring & Harlan (TM; diaphragm, trachea, lungs; 194, 202.) 1959a Engel, S. (DD; lung anatomy & histology; 102- 104, 106, 111-114.) * 1959b Engel, S. (DD; lung anatomy & histology; 90- 100.) ?1962 Engel, S. (DD; lung air-passages; 95-107.) 1963 Tenney & Remmers (Trichechus, DD; quantitative lung morphology; 54-55.) 1834 *1838 1847 1851 1857 1886 1887 1897 1898 *1899 1905 1931 = 1934 x *1987 1991 1965b Kaiser, H.E. (horizontal diaphragm & body-cavity nomenclature; 425-428.) * 1966a Kaiser, H.E. (horizontal diaphragm & body-cavity nomenclature; 59, 61-69.) 1976 Allen et al. (DD; larynx, trachea, diaphragm, lungs; 41, 46.) 1976 Boever et al. (TI; lung abscesses; 928.) 1978a Domning, D.P. (TI; functional anatomy of nostrils; 57.) 1980 Irvine et al. (TM; lung lesions; 4-5.) 1981 Odell et al. (TML; lung weights; 54-58.) 1985 Mackay-Sim et al. (TM; serial sections of nasal cavity; 188-189.) Bergey & Baier (TML; lung mechanical properties; 63-75.) Domning & de Buffrenil (position & structure of lungs & diaphragm; role in hydrostasis; 332- 334, 350-357, 359.) 1992 Dong et al. (DD; China; larynx, trachea, lungs) Reviews of Books, etc. (SEE ALSO in Bibliography under work reviewed) 1974 Bertram, G.C.L. (of Kaiser, H.E., 1974; 393-394.) 1975a Domning, D.P. (of Brandt, J.F., 1974; 556-558.) 1976 Kesner & Lance (of Kaiser, H.E., 1974; 798.) 1980 Odell, D.K. (of Hartman, D.S., 1979; 29.) 1981 Purse, B. (of film on hunting of Australian dugongs; 199-200.) 1986 Rathbun & Best (of Nishiwaki & Marsh, 1985, and Caldwell & Caldwell, 1985; 236-237.) Rhyt-: SEE ALSO Ryt- Rhytine Burmeister, 1837 (= Hydrodamalis) x *1837 Burmeister, H. (n.gen.; in classification; 793.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 75.) Rhytine stelleri (Retzius, 1794) Burmeister, 1837 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) x *1837 Burmeister, H. (n.comb.; in classification; 793.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 75, 93.) Rhytinea Brandt, 1846 (tribe or family; = Hydrodamali nae) * 1846c Brandt, J.F. x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalinae; ml3.) Ri (marine animal of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea) x *1982 Wagner, R. (not a dugong; 33-39.) x 1983 Mead, J.G. (not a porpoise, possibly a dugong; 161-162.) x 1983 Sibert, J.R. (probably a marine mammal; 159- 161.) 574 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY *1983 Wagner et al. (not a dugong; 113-125.) 1985 Beckjord, J.-E. (probably a dugong; 154-155.) 1985 Greenwell, J.R. (not a dugong; 151-154.) 1985 Sibert, J.R. (possibly a dugong; 144-145.) 1985 Wagner, R. (not a dugong; 149-151, 156.) *1986 Williams, T.R. (definitely a dugong; 61-68.) 1987 Greenwell, J.R. (history of study; 140-144.) 1988 Sehm, G.G. (not a dugong; 145-149.) 1988 Williams, T.R. (definitely a dugong; 149-151.) 1886 1891 1893 1941 *1953 1974 1971 1973 1975 1978 1984 1988 1990 Fuchs, H. Fuchs, H. (indeterminate sir.; 71.) Fuchs, H. Macarovici, N. Nicorici & Popovici Fuchs, H. Fuchs, H. Late Eoc, ; 1950 *1957 1977 D 1985 Ribodon Ameghino, 1883 *1883 Ameghino, F. (n.gen.; 112-113.) Ameghino, F. (diagnosis; 147.) Ameghino, F. Ameghino, F. Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) D Pascual, R. (review; 163-181, 2 pis.) Savage, J.M. (significance for manatee zoogeogra phy; 20.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; m575, 579.) * 1982b Domning, D.P. (?Plioc, North Carolina; 604.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-379.) Rytina 1983a Domning, D.P. (pop. acc; 10-11.) 1986 Domning & Hayek (in cladistic analysis of trichechids; 132-133.) 1986 Frailey, CD. (?Ribodon; ?Late Mioc, Peru-Brazil; 5, 34-35.) Ribodon limbatus Ameghino, 1883 *1883 Ameghino, F. ("R. limbato," n.gen.n.sp.; 112- 113.) 1885 Ameghino, F. (Argentina; 100-105.) 1886 Ameghino, F. (Argentina; 147-151.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. ("R. limbato"; m422.) *1953 Pascual, R. (review; 163-181, 2 pis.) 1967 Paula Couto, C de (comp. w/ Sirenotherium; 346-348, 350, 355-356.) 1976 Reinhart, R.H. (review; 279-280.) * 1982b Domning, D.P. (new material & phyletic position; 602-604, 606, 609, 611-613, 616.) 1986 Frailey, CD. (comp. w/ ?Ribodon from Peru- Brazil; 34.) Romania 1871 Pavay, E. 1886 Koch, A. 1894 Koch, A. 1931 Simionescu, I. (Manatus maeoticus; Mioc, Balcic; 146, 155.) 1934b Sickenberg, O. 1944 Tulogdy,J. x 1875b 1959 Fuchs, H. 1967 Grigorescu, D. (cf. Halitherium; Eoc.) x 1875 1970 Fuchs, H. (?Halitherium sp.; Eoc, Cluj; 1185.) x 1883a Rosmarus indicus Boddaert, 1785 (= Dugong dugon) *1785 Boddaert, P. (n.sp.) Russia (SEE ALSO: Arctic Region; Bering Sea; Bessara bia; Sakhalin) Gromova, VI. Pronina, I.G. (Kronokotherium brevimaxillare, n.gen.n.sp.; Kamchatka) Malukovich, V. (HG; Kamchatka; supposed sight ing in 1976) Sinel'nikova et al. (Desmostylus; Kamchatka) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1758 1790 *1811 1824 1825a 1827 1828 1829 1835b 1838 *1840 1846a 1861 1863a 1864 1866a 1867c 1872a 1873 1874 1875a Illiger, 1811 (= Hydrodamalis. Spelled Rhytina by Berthold, 1827, and most later authors; this is an unjustified emendation.) Muller, G.F. Beniowski, M.A.v. Illiger, C. (n.gen.; in classification; 141.) Harlan, R. (m390.) Harlan, R. (m278.) Berthold, A.A. (first use of emended spelling "Rhytina"; in classification; 62.) Billberg, G.J. (?syn. of Haligyna; tab. A, 33.) Lesson, R.-P. Duvernoy, G.L. (in classification; tab. 4.) Baer, K.E.v. Baer, K.E.v. (distr. & extinction; 53-80.) Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; discusses his study of masticating pads; 92-94.) Strauss-Durckheim (Hudson's Bay; 514.) Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; distr. & extermination; 558-564.) Dana, J.D. (in classification; ml69.) Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; extermination; 279-282.) Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; brain, comp. w/ DD & Trichechus; 269-270.) Gill, T ("Rhytina"; in classification; 92.) Gill, T. ("Rhytina"; phylogeny; m272.) Flower, W.H. ("Rhytina ; m5.) Owen, R. ("Rhytina"; brain proportions; 102, ml05.) Owen, R. ("Rhytina"; comp. w/ Prorastomus; 559-560, 563, 566.) Wilder, B.G. ("Rhytina"; ml 11.) Cope, E.D. ("Rhytina"; m54.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X XV X X xD X X X X X X X X X 1884 *1885b 1889b 1889 1891 1893 1893 1895 1899 1901 1904 1904a 1906b 1912 1914a 1915 1916 1916a 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1930a 1930 1933 1942a 575 1945 1954b 1957 1968 1978b 1981c 1982 Gaudry, A. ("Rhytine"; comp. w/ Halitherium Chouqueti; 375.) Nordenskiold, A.E. ("Rhytina"; defense of post- 1768 sighting reports, 280-284; distribution of specimens to museums, 284-285.) Dollo, L. ("Rhytina"; comp. w/ Miosiren; 416, 418-419,421.) Lefevre, T. ("Rhytina"; descent from Crassi- therium of Belgian Olig., ml98, m200.) Flower & Lydekker (anatomy; 213, 221-222.) Holder, CF. ("Rhytina"; skeleton at California Academy of Science; 236.) Hutchinson, H.N. Palmer, T.S. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 449.) Palmer, T.S. ("Rhytina"; syn. of Hydrodamalis; m494.) Elliott, D.G. ("Rhytinas"; m5.) Freund, L. ("Rhytina"; manus, comp. w/ DD; m368, 394.) Lorenz, L.v. ("Rhytina"; pelvis; 1-2, 7-9, pl. 1.) Dexler & Freund ("rhytina"; m59, m68, m70.) Issel, A. ("Rhytina"; comp. w/ Felsinotherium subappeninum; m 121.) Freund, L. ("Rhytina"; scapula, comp. w/ DD embryo; m375.) Hay, O.P. ("Rhytina"; comp. w/ Desmostylus; m386.) Lucas, F.A. (pop. acc; 316-317.) Matthew, WD. ("Rhytina"; m27.) Nopcsa, F.v. ("Rhytina"; pachyostosis; m357.) Thomas et al. ("Rhytina"; name preferred to Hydrodamalis; 347.) ICZN (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 34, 38-40.) Sanielevici, H. ("Rhytina"; diet & mastication; 251, 254.) Pfizenmayer, E.W. ("Rhytina"; m494.) Simpson, G.G. Sverdrup, H.U. ("Rhitina"; Cape Chaplin, Siberia, ca. 1910; 248.) Bahrdt, H.J. Kaltenmark, J. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 56-57, 61, 63.) Simpson, G.G. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; in classifi cation; 136.) Friant, M. ("Rhytina"; brain; 129, 134-135.) Pronina, I.G. Rice & Scheffer ("Rhytina"; syn. of Hydro damalis; 12.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 13, 74- 75.) Domning, D.P. (synonymy with Hydrodamalis; 130.) Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; m305.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina; 383.) Rytina borealis (Gmelin, 1788) Illiger, 1815 (= Hydro damalis gigas) 1802 Tilesius, WG. * 1815 Illiger, C. (n.comb.; 64, 75.) *1836 Cuvier, F. x 1837 Richardson, J. (m 162.) x 1846b Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; parasites; 189-192.) x 1847 Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; new material, comp. w/Recent sirs.; 46-48.) x 1859 Baird, W ("Rhytina"; nematode Ascaris; 148- 149.) Brandt, J.F. Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; distr. & extermination; 445-451.) Liitken, CF. ("Rhytina"; parasites & skin frag ment; 270-274, pl. 2.) Anon. ("Rhytina"; 9 skulls at St. Petersburg; m321.) Brown, A.E. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 298.) Schweder, G. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 52-55.) Hatt, R.T. ("Rhytina"; m535.) Kleinschmidt, A. ("Rhytina"; syn. of R. gigas; m292.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93, 163.) Rytina cetacea Illiger, 1815 (nomen nudum) * 1815 Illiger, C (n.sp.; nomen nudum) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) 1866b x 1867a x 1873 x 1878 x 1878 x 1893 x 1934 x 1951 Rytina *1850 x 1876 x *1883 x * 1884a x 1884b x *1884b x *1885a x *1886 x 1887 x *1887 1889 gigas (Zimmermann, 1780) Gray, 1850 (= Hydro damalis gigas) Gray, J.E. (n.comb.) Southwell, T ("Rhytina"; syn. of R. stelleri; 76.) Stejneger, L. (collection of specimens, 59, 61-62; sexual variation, 78-83; date of extermination, 83-84; distr., 84; specimens at Irkutsk de stroyed, 84; vernacular name, 85; tail shape & sketches, 85-86.) Stejneger, L. (invalidity of post-1768 sighting reports; 181-189.) Stejneger, L. (collection of 12 skulls & other bones; 107-108.) True, F.W. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 128-136.) Woodward, H. ("Rhytina"; skeleton; 457-470.) Stejneger, L. (invalidity of post-1768 sighting reports; 317-328.) Flot, L. ("Rhytina"; ml37.) Stejneger, L. (invalidity of post-1768 sighting reports; statistics on extermination; 1047- 1054.) Clark, J.W. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc, 340-342; 576 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY ?1891 1891 1893 X X X X X X X X 1893 1893 1901 1902 1904a 1905 1922 1923 1925 1931 1935 1937 X X X X X X 1941 1950 *1951 *1965 1967 *1969 1978b ?1982 skeleton at Harvard, 342.) Biichner, E. Lucas, F.A. (extermination & collection of speci mens; 623-627, pl. 99.) Evermann, B.W (collecting of skeletons for U.S. National Museum; 59.) Schweder, G. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 52-55.) Stejneger, L. (material in various museums; 81.) Elliott, D.G. ("Rhytina"; m5.) Allen, J.A. ("Rhytina"; syn. of Manati gigas; 22.) Lorenz, L.v. ("Rhytina"; pelvis; 7-9, pl. 1.) Toldt, C. ("Rhytina"; angular process of mandible; m337.) Evermann, B.W. (extermination; 15-16.) Sowerby, A. de C. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 135- 137.) Steller, G.W. ("Rhytina"; syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; ml39.) Read, B.E. ("Rhytina"; ?econ. use in China; 16.) Sowerby, A. de C ("Rhytina"; ?econ. use in China; 82.) Murie, O.J. ("Rhytina"; ?in Eskimo tradition, St. Lawrence Is.; 345.) Friedrich, H. (skin fragments, Bremen) Mohr, E. ("Rhytina"; skin fragment, Hamburg; 181-185.) Kleinschmidt, A. ("Rhytina"; reconstruction of skeleton & body; 292-314.) Robineau, D. ("Rhytina"; ear ossicles; 412-424.) Rothausen, K. Robineau, D. ("Rhytina"; temporal & ear region; 3, 20-31.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) Kleinschmidt, A. ("Rhytina"; specimens in muse ums, 367-370; body proportions, 375; recon struction, 383-387, 393-394, 406-409; bone X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1851 1859 1861 1861 1862 1862c 1862d 1862 1862a 1862b 1866a 1867a 1867b *1867 *1868a 1868 1872a 1875 1875a 1876 1878 1879 1880 ?1881 density, 388-389; pelvis, 390-392; skull, 392- 403.) 1983 Kleinschmidt, A. ("Rhytina"; specimens in muse ums; 763.) Rytina stelleri (Retzius, 1794) Desmarest, 1819 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1819 Desmarest, A.G. (n.comb.) 1820 Ranzani, C 1833 Brandt, J.F. 1845a Brandt, J.F. 1845b Brandt, J.F. 1846b Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; parasites; 189-192.) * 1846c Brandt, J.F. 1847 Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; new material, comp. w/Recent sirs.; 46-48.) 1848 Brandt, J.F. 1848 Gistel, J. (in classification; 83.) 1849 Brandt, J.F. X X X X X X X X X X 1882 1883 1883 1883 ?1884 1884b *1885a 1891 1894 1899 1914 Diesing, CM. (nematode Ascaris; 190, 502.) Baird, W. (nematode Ascaris; 148-149.) Mobius, K. (masticating pads, comp. w/ TM; 152-153.) Van Beneden, P.J. ("Rythina"; m461.) Beneden, P.J.v. ("Rhytina"; skeletons in Helsinki & Russia; 340-341.) Brandt, J.F. Brandt, J.F. Goebel, A. ("Rhytina"; analysis of bone; 188- 193.) Nordmann, A.v. Nordmann, A.v. Brandt, J.F. Brandt, J.F. ("Rhytina"; syn. of R. borealis; m445.) Brandt, J.F. Claudius, M. ("Rhytina"; ear region; 1, 6-14, pis. 1-2.) Brandt, J.F. Claudius, M. Murie, J. ("Rhytina"; anatomy, comp. w/ TMM; 131, 135, 137, 154, 165, 167, 169-171, 173, 190-191.) Anon. (pop. acc; 295.) Owen, R. ("Rhytina"; ml04.) Southwell, T ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 57, 76-77.) Brown, A.E. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 298.) Yarnall, E.H. ("Rhytina"; Nordenskiold's collec tion; m793.) Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; 136-137.) Nordenskiold, A.E. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc & history of hunting, 212-216; post-1768 sight ing reports, 276-278; collection of bones, 278, 280; food, m292.) Anon. Anon. ("Rhytina"; Stejneger's collection of 11 skulls; m93.) Dybowski. B. ("Rhytina"; sexual variation in skulls; 72-73.) Stejneger, L. ("Rhytina"; syn. of R. gigas; mlS.) Doran, A.H.G. ("Rhytina"; ear ossicles; 366- 370.) Stejneger, L. (collection of 12 skulls & other bones; 107-108.) Woodward, H. ("Rhytina"; skeleton; 457, 459, 470.) Rower & Lydekker ("Rhytina"; m214, 221-222.) Dawson, G.M. ("Rhytina"; history; 154-160.) Stiles & Hassall ("Rhytina"; parasites; 149, 151, 171.) Depdret, C. (comp. w/ Felsinotherium; 1859, 1861.) NUMBER 80 577 1925 1928 1929 1931 1934 1942a 1943 1951 x 1957 x *1963 1964 x 1969 x 1978b 1981 x 1981 x 1982 x 1983 x 1984a Steller, G.W. ("Rhytina"; syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; ml39.) Prater, S.H. ("Rhytina"; m86.) Birulia, A.A. (pelvis; 87-90.) Sickenberg, O. ("Rhytina"; pachyostosis & osteo sclerosis, 410-411, 415; loss of teeth, 429.) Anon. ("Rhytina"; supposed carcass found, British Columbia; 1011.) Kaltenmark, J. ("Rhytina"; gen. acc; 56-57.) Kaltenmark, J. ("Rhytina"; phylogeny; 20-21, 24.) Kleinschmidt, A. ("Rhytina"; syn. of R. gigas; m292.) Carrington, R. ("Rhytina"; m38.) Berzin et al. ("Rhytina"; possible recent sighting; 73-75.) Kazfmierczak, T Chelnokov, F.G. ("Rhytina"; new material, Bering Is.; 71-73.) Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) Mattioli, S. Sprent, J.F.A. ("Rhytina"; m319.) Kleinschmidt, A. ("Rhytina"; syn. of R. gigas; 383.) Rich, V. ("Rhytina"; Bering Is.; discovery of skeleton; 415.) Domning, D.P. (comment on V. Rich [1983]; 500.) Rytinadae Gray, 1843 (family; = Hydrodamalinae) *1843 Gray, J.E. (n.fam.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (included in Dugongidae; in classi fication; 135.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalinae; ml3.) Rytineae Brandt, 1833 (tribe; = Hydrodamalinae) * 1833 Brandt, J.F. (new tribe) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalinae; ml3.) Rytinidae Girard, 1852 (family; = Hydrodamalinae) *1852 Girard, C (n.fam.) x 1872a Gill, T. ("Rhytinidae"; in classification; 91-92.) x 1872b Gill, T. (m301.) x 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 273.) x 1895 Palmer, T.S. (syn. of Hydrodamalidae; 449-450.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalinae; ml3.) Rytiodinae Abel, 1914 (subfamily; = Dugonginae) *1914 Abel, O. (new subfamily) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) 1960 Kaiser, H.E. x 1989c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Rytiodontinae; 417.) Rytiodontinae Abel, 1914 (subfamily; justified emenda tion of Rytiodinae Abel; = Dugonginae.) x *1941 Kretzoi, M. (emendation of Rytiodinae Abel; in classification; 155.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (considered "correct original spell ing" of name; 417.) * 1994b Domning, D.P. (included within Dugonginae) Rytiodus Lartet, 1866 (Spelled Rhytiodus by Delfortrie, 1872, and many later authors; this is an unjustified emendation.) x *1866 Lartet, E. (n.gen.; 673-686, pl. 13.) * 1872 Delfortrie, E. ("Rhytiodus") x 1875a Owen, R.(m 104.) x 1875b Owen, R. (comp. w/ Prorastomus; m565.) x *1880 Delfortrie, E. (skull; 131-144, pis. 5-8.) x 1884 Gaudry, A. ("Rhytiodus"; comp. w/ Halitherium Chouqueti; 375.) x 1887 Flot, L. (review; 137-138.) x 1891 Flower & Lydekker (anatomy; 223-224.) x 1906 Abel, O. ("Rhytiodus"; dentition; 51-52.) x 1914 Dep6ret, C. ("Rhytiodus"; mlS59.) x 1926 Sanielevici, H. ("Rhytiodus"; diet & tooth mor phology; 254.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 423-424, 451,480-481,495,499.) x 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154-155.) x 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) xv 1975 Savage, R.J.G. ("flat-tusked dugongid"; Libya; m824.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium & Dusi siren; 11-12, 14,73.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position & occurrence in Africa; 574, 577, 579.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Dioplotherium; All, 424-426.) x 1989d Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Xenosiren yucateca; 434-436.) x 1991 Toledo & Domning (cf. Rytiodus; Early Mioc, Brazil; 121-122, 130-137, 141-145.) Rytiodus capgrandi Lartet, 1866 x *1866 Lartet, E. (n.gen.n.sp.; 673-686, pl. 13.) x *1880 Delfortrie, E. (skull; 131-144, pis. 5-8.) x 1885a Woodward, H. ("Rhytiodus"; m470.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium jordani; 60.) x 1931 Sickenberg, O. ("Rhytiodus"; pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 409.) x 1942b Kaltenmark, J. ("Rhytiodus"; ml04-105.) x 1943 Heuvelmans, B. ("Rhytiodus"; ml3.) x 1943 Kaltenmark, J. ("Rhytiodus"; m23.) 1944 Abel, O. x 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Hemicaulodon, 78; w/ Dioplotherium, 91-92.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (m577.) *1987 Pilleri, G. 578 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1990b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/Corystosiren varguezi; 362, 367-369.) 1991 Toledo & Domning (comp. w/ cf. Rytiodus from Brazil; 122, 133.) St. Helena 1679 SEE Kitching, G.C, 1936. 1703- 1705 Dampier, W. 1817 Leech, T 1843 Henry, W. 1880 Janisch 1899 Lydekker, R. 1933a Mortensen, T. 1934 Hatt, R.T. (occurrence of "manatees"; 560.) 1934a Mortensen, T. ("manatee" a sea lion; 417.) *1936 Kitching, G.C. (early records of "manatees"; 33-34.) Sakhalin x 1870 Adams, A. (specimen of ?DD; 198.) x 1923 Sowerby, A. de C ("dugong" of Adams [1870] probably Hydrodamalis; 136-137.) D 1928 Anon. xD* 1937a Nagao, T (Desmostylus minor, n.sp.; Mioc; 46-49.) xD 1937c Nagao, T. (Desmostylus spp.; 110-113.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (Desmostylus; 10, 15.) D 1966a Shikama, T. D 1969 Mel'nikov & Shustov x 1978b Domning, D.P. (specimen of Adams [1870] prob ably DD; 136, 138.) Salinity Tolerance (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Ingestive) 1703- 1705 Dampier, W (Trichechus; need fresh water) x 1843 Backhouse, J. (DD; Australia; ascend "narrow creeks"; 368-369.) x 1861 Du Chaillu, P.B. (TS; prefer fresh water; 367.) x 1899 Steller, G.W. (HG; like fresh water; 197.) x * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD; 49-50.) x 1908b Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; ?prefer brackish water; 229.) x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (Trichechus; in capt; 129.) x 1935 Barrett, O.W. (TMM; Central America; dislike salt water; 216.) x 1942 Morison, S.E. (TMM; Cuba; use of freshwater springs; 459.) x 1948 Bessac & Villiers (TS; ?unable to enter fresh water if bom in salt water; migration affected by salinity; drinking fresh water; 188.) x 1951 Bourliere, F. (TM euryhalic; 194.) x 1951a Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; dispersal down Keys X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1951b 1956 *1958 1961 1964a 1965 1966 1966 *1967 1967 1968 * 1974a 1978 1978 1978 1979 1979 1979 1980 *1980 1981 1982 1982 1983a 1983 1984 1984 *1984 1984 1989 ?limited by lack of fresh water; 5.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Rorida Everglades; 25-26.) Tomkins, I.R. (TML in salt water; 289.) Leakey, L.S.B. (DD; East Africa; in rivers; 19-20.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; m2.) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; ml 15-116.) Lluch B., D. (TMM; not affected by salinity; 411-412.) Kinzer, J. (salinity of West African coastal la goons; 47.) Thomas, D. (DD; in capt, India; kept in brackish water; 81.) Aung, S.H. (DD; Burma; 221.) Jones, S. (DD; India; 217.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (Trichechus; m293.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; ?need fresh water; 37-41.) Irvine & Campbell (TML; Florida; distr. in fresh & salt water; 615-616.) Mitchell, J. (DD; seasonal salinity changes & tooth banding; 342.) Odell et al. (TM; Bahamas; ?restricted by fresh water availability; 293.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; no need for fresh water, 132; calving in hypersaline areas, 133; tolerances, 133-134.) Bengtson & Magor (TMM; Belize; 230-232.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; habitat preferences, 38-39; ?need fresh water, 58-59.) Belitsky & Belitsky (TMM; Dominican Republic; near freshwater upwellings; 317.) Irvine et al. (TML; possible concentrating of urine; 3.) Powell et al. (TMM; Puerto Rico; occurrence in & drinking of fresh water; 642, 644.) Irvine et al. (TML; western Rorida; distr. with respect to salinity; 626, 628-629.) Medway, Bruss et al. (TML; Florida; blood serum osmolality; 231-232.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; northeastern Rorida; distr. with respect to salinity; 44.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Rorida; drinking fresh water; 43-44.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; ?water-balance stress of lactation; 783.) Powell & Rathbun (TML; northwestern Rorida; ?need fresh water; 23-24.) Reynolds & Ferguson (TM; implications of occur rence in Dry Tortugas; 187-189.) Snipes, R.L. (TM; suggests large intestine impor tant in water balance; m76.) Hill & Reynolds (TML; kidney structure & osmoregulatory ability; 53-56.) NUMBER 80 579 x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TM; effects on biogeography; 590-591.) x 1989 Maluf, N.S.R. (TML; kidney structure & osmoreg ulatory ability; 282, 284.) x 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; 118, 121, 127.) Satellite Tracking: SEE Tagging Methods and Recogni tion Sense x *1809a x 1820a x 1820b 1844 x 1857 x *1867 1868 1868 x *1872a 1878 x 1880 x *1884 x 1885a x *1892 x 1897 X X X X X X 1899 *1903 1903 1906 * 1906b 1908 1908b 1912a 1915 1915 X X X X X 1922 1923 1924- 1925 1928 *1929 Organs (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Investigative, and Sense Perception; Brain and Nervous System; Digestive System; Skeleton; Sound Production) Cuvier, G. (Trichechus; ear bones; 287-289, pl. 19.) Home, E. (DD; ear apparatus; 149-153.) Home, E. (DD; tongue, 316; olfactory nerve, eye, 321.) Hyrtl, J. (ear) Rapp, W.v. (TML; ear ossicles, 96-97, pl. 3; eye, 97-98.) Claudius, M. (HG, etc.; ear region; 1-14, pis. 1-2.) Claudius, M. (ear) Owen, R. (smell) Murie, J. (TMM; nasal region, 186-187; eye, 187-188; ear, 188.) Doran, A.H.G. (ear) Murie, J. (TMM; eye; 24-25.) Doran, A.H.G. (ear ossicles; 366-370.) Woodward, H. (ear ossicles; 461-462.) Tuckerman, F. (Trichechus; tongue; 77.) Broom, R. (Jacobson's organ & sir. affinities; m252.) Steller, G.W. (HG; eyes, ears; 187, 199.) Putter, A. (eye) Schoenichen, W. (eye) Annandale, N. (dugong tears; 241.) Dexler & Freund (DD, Trichechus; taste, 59; smell, 59-60; eyes, 60-64; ears, 64.) Beyer, H. (ear) Gudernatsch, J.F. (TML; eye; protective secretion, reflex; 227-228.) Matthes, E. (ear apparatus; 597-599.) Broom, R. (Jacobson's organ & sir. affinities; ml62.) Seale, A. (DD; eyes "turning to flesh" when exposed to air; 215.) Sonntag, CF. (tongue; 646-647, 654-655.) Petit, G. (dugong tears; 77.) Vosseler, J. (possible chemical-sensory fields, 219-220; appearance of eye, 220.) Prater, S.H. (dugong tears; 94-95.) Petit & Rochon-Duvigneaud (DD; eye, 129-138; hearing, smell, taste, touch, 130-132.) X X X X X X X X X X X 1931 1931 *1934 1953 1955a 1956 1957 1963 1964 1964 *1965 1967 1967 1968 *1969 *1971 1972 *1973 *1976 X X X X X X 1977a 1978b 1978 1980 1980 1981 1981 1982 X X X X X X X X X X *1982 1982 *1983 1985 1985 1986 *1988 1989a 1990 1991 1991 1991 *1992 Klaauw, C.J. van der (ear) Schneider, K.M. (Rehmen) Genschow, J. (olfactory organs) Quiring & Harlan (TML; eye weight; 194.) Anon, (dugong tears; 79.) Harry, R.R. (dugong tears; 27.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; snout bristles; 12-15.) Fenart, R. (DD; ear vestibules & ossicles; 92-94.) Harrison & Tomlinson (TM; auditory meatus) Norris, K.S. (Trichechus; possible use of mandibu lar canal as wave guide in echolocation; 334.) Robineau, D. (HG, etc.; ear ossicles; 412-424.) Jones, S. (dugong tears; 218.) Walls, G.L. (eye) Girard-Sauveur & Miloche (TS; ear ossicles) Robineau, D. (ear apparatus; 2, 8-13, 15-20, 22-31.) Fleischer, G. (DD; ear apparatus; 351-359.) Verhaart, WJ.C (Trichechus; development of brain sensory regions; 288-289.) Fleischer, G. (ear) Fleischer, G. (anchoring of stapes; 304-317.) Domning, D.P. (DD; external ear muscles; 26-27.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; ear adaptations; 132.) Fleischer, G. (middle ear) Bullock et al. (TI; auditory evoked potentials & hearing organs; ?role of zygomatic process; 130-133.) Lowell & Flanigan (chemoreception; 56-57.) Kamiya & Yamasaki (DD; sinus hair; 193-197.) Yamasaki et al. (DD; taste buds; 185-187, 190- 191.) Bullock et al. (TML; auditory evoked potentials; 547-554.) Cohen et al. (TML; photoreceptors; 197-202.) Kleinschmidt, A. (HG, DD, TM; ear bones; 399-403.) Piggins et al. (TI; eye morphology & vision; 111-129.) Mackay-Sim et al. (TML lacks vomeronasal organ but has olfactory epithelium; 186-194.) Pirlot & Kamiya (DD; importance of sinus hairs; 154.) Andreev, F.V (TM; eye) Fischer, M.S. (TM; ear, 365-379.) Marsh, H. (dugong tears; 79.) Court, N. (Prorastomus; ear; 175-179.) Court & Jaeger (Prorastomus, Trichechus; inner ear; 559-565.) Fischer, M.S. (ear) West et al. (TM; eye) Ketten et al. (TML; ear, 77-95; chorda tympani, 84, 92.) 580 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Sense Perception: SEE Behavior, Investigative, and Sense Perception Sirenavus Kretzoi, 1941 x *1941 Kretzoi, M. (n.gen.; 146-149, 151, 153-154.) 1944 Mottl, M. x 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m209, 211.) x 1970 Fuchs, H. (comp. w/Halitherium; 1187.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 574, 579.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378.) x 1982 Sereno, PC (m7-8.) 1983 Kordos, L. Sirenavus hungaricus Kretzoi, 1941 x *1941 Kretzoi, M. (n.gen.n.sp.; 146-149, 156, pl. 6.) x 1951 Kretzoi, M.(m439,m441.) x 1953 Kretzoi, M. (m273, 274.) x 1977 Kordos, L. (ribs of holotype lost; 365.) x 1980 Kordos, L. (comp. w/ Hungarian Eotheroides; 385, 387-389, 396-397.) *1981 Kordos, L. x 1982 Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ other Eoc. sirs.; 5, 35, 55, 61.) Sirene Link, 1794 (= Hydrodamalis) *1794- 1795 Link, H.F. (n.gen.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 75.) Sirene borealis (Gmelin, 1788) Link, 1794 (= Hydro damalis gigas) *1794- 1795 Link, H.F. (n.comb.) x 1925 ICZN (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 38.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) Sirenia Illiger, 1811 (proposed as family; raised to ordinal rank by Goldfuss, 1820?) x *1811 Illiger, C (name introduced, at family rank; in classification; 140.) *1820 Goldfuss, G.A. x 1872b Gill, T. (diagnosis; 300-301.) Sireniformia Burmeister, 1837 (family; = Sirenia) x *1837 Burmeister, H. (n.fam.; in classification; 792.) Sirenotherium de Paula Couto, 1967 x *1967 Paula Couto, C de (n.gen.; Early Mioc, Brazil; 346-356.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (in phylogeny; 579.) x 1980 McKenna, M.C. (comp. w/ Florentinoameghinia; 66.) Sirenotherium pirabense de Paula Couto, 1967 x *1967 Paula Couto, C de ("S. pirabensis," n.gen.n.sp.; Early Mioc, Brazil; 346-356.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (referred to Trichechidae or Du gongidae incertae sedis; 600, 606, 612.) x 1986 Frailey, CD. (comp. w/ Ribodon; 34.) 1989 Lima, M.R. de (considered Sirenia incertae sedis) x *1989 Toledo, P.M. de (new specimens referred; 5-10.) x 1991 Toledo & Domning (considered nomen dubium; 120-121.) Skeleton (SEE ALSO: Age Determination; Embryology and Ontogeny; Histology; Myology; Sense Organs; Tooth Replacement; and under species) x 1804 Wiedemann, C.R.W. (TM; skull; 67-76.) x *1809a Cuvier, G. (TI, 285-293, pl. 19; TS, 295-296, pl. 19; fossil sirs., 305-308, pl. 19.) x 1820a Home, E. (DD; tusks, 146-149, 153, pis. 12-14; ear, 149-153; lower incisors, 153-154, pl. 14.) x 1820b Home, E. (DD; cribriform plate, 321; postcranial skeleton, 321-322, pl. 31.) x 1820 Raffles, T.S. (DD; teeth, 175-176; bones, 178- 179.) x 1821a Home, E. (DD; Sumatra; 268-270, pl. 20.) x 1821b Home, E. (TMM; Jamaica; 390-391, pl. 27.) 1829 Knox, R. (DD) 1831 Knox, R. (DD) x 1834 Ruppell, E. (DD; gen. acc; 104, 107-112, pl. 6.) 1836a Robert, C (TS; skeleton) x 1836b Robert, C. (TS; 363.) x *1838 Owen, R. (DD; ossification of throat cartilages, m37; bones, 40-41; teeth, 41-44.) x *1847 Bischoff, T.L.W (DD; teeth, 2; postcranial skele ton, 2-3; hyoid, 3-6, pl. 1.)) x 1847 Brandt, J.F. (HG; new material, comp. w/ living sirs.; 47-48.) 1847 Owen, R. (DD; skeleton) x 1850 Kneeland, S., Jr. (Trichechus; affinities; 42-47.) x 1850 Wyman, J. (TS; skull; 46-47.) x 1855a Gervais, P. (TI; gen. acc; 114-115.) x 1857 Jager, G. (TMM, Suriname, skull & skeleton, 91-98, pl. 6; DD, skull, 98-99, pl. 6.) 1858 Kaup, J.J. (Halitherium schinzii; pelvis, femur) 1858b Krauss, C.F.F. (Halitherium; skull) x 1861 Mobius, K. (TMM; Belize; masticating pads, 148-156, pl. 7; skull measurements, 154-155.) 1862a Brandt, J.F. 1862b Brandt, J.F. 1862d Brandt, J.F. 1862 Bronn, H.G. (Halitherium) x 1862 Goebel, A. (HG; chemical analysis of bone; 188-193.) * 1862a Krauss, C.F.F. (Trichechus; osteology) * 1862a Nordmann, A.v. (HG; skeleton) 1862b Nordmann, A.v. (HG) 1863a Brandt, J.F. 1863b Brandt, J.F. NUMBER 80 X X X X X X 1863d 1863e 1863 1863 1864 1865 1867d *1867 *1870 1872 *1872a 1875 1876 1879 1880 X X X X X X X 1880 1881 1883 1883 1883 *1883 *1884 1884b 1885b 1885 X X X X X *1885a *1886a 1887b 1887 1888 1889 1889a 1889b 1891 1892 1893 x 1893 x 1894 x 1894 x 1896 x 1896 Brandt, J.F. Brandt, J.F. Cleland, J. (vomer, ethmoid, premaxilla) McBain, J. (TS, TMM; skulls; 261-267.) Rower, W.H. (cervical vertebrae) Gray, J.E. (TS, TM; 130-138.) Brandt, J.F. Claudius, M. (HG, etc.; ear region; 6-14, pis. 1-2.) Krauss, C.F.F. (DD) Krauss, C.F.F. (TMM; pelvis) Murie, J. (TMM; bones & ligaments; 135-143, 179, 186-188.) Weyhe (pelvis) Chapman, H.C. (TMM; cervical vertebrae; m453.) Yarnall, E.H. (HG; Nordenskiold's collection; m793.) Cope, E.D. (DD, Trichechus; squamosal foramina; 456.) Murie, J. (TMM; sternum; 44, pl. 8.) Crane, A. (TMM; development in young specimen; 459.) Albrecht, P. (vertebral epiphyses) Anon. (HG; Stejneger's collection of 11 skulls; m93.) Dybowski, B. (HG; skull; sexual variation; 73.) Stejneger, L. (HG; collection, 59, 61-62; sexual variation, 78-83; tail, 86; specimens at Irkutsk destroyed, 84.) Doran, A.H.G. (ear ossicles; 366-370.) Stejneger, L. (HG; collecting of 12 skulls & other bones; 107-108.) Nordenskiold, A.E. (HG bones in various muse ums; 284-285.) Stejneger, L. (HG; excavation of weathered skele ton; 256-257.) Woodward, H. (HG; 457-464.) Hartlaub, C. (Trichechus; variation) Baur, G. (hyperphalangy; 840.) Ward, H.L. (DD; vertebrae & pelvis; 536.) Slade, D.D. (cranial vacuities) Clark, J.W (HG; skeleton at Harvard; 342.) Cope, E.D. Leboucq, H. (manus) Kukenthal, W. (fusion of epiphyses; hyper phalangy) Dollo, L. (ribs) Holder, CF. (HG; skeleton at California Academy of Science; m236.) Howes & Harrison (DD; vertebrae, phalanges, teeth; 790.) Miller, W.D. (TS; dental caries; 15-18.) Zaaijer, T. (DD; cranial sutures; m340.) Kukenthal, W (TM; embryonic dentition; 513- 526.) Leboucq, H. (hyperphalangy; ml74.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X xD X X X X X 1897 *1897a 1897b 1897 1898 *1899 1901 1902 1902 1902 1903 1904 *1904 * 1904a 1904b 1905 1905 1906b 1907c 1907 1908 * 1908a 1908b 1908 1909 1911 1911 ' 1911 1911 1912b 1912b 1912 1912 1912 *1914a 1914b 1919 1919 1921 1921b 1921c 1921d 1921a 1921b 1923 *1923 1923 xD 1924 581 Sabatier, A. (chevron bones) Thomas & Lydekker (Trichechus; dentition) Thomas & Lydekker (Trichechus; dentition) Tredgold, A.F. (ribs) Anderson, R.J. (DD, Trichechus; manus; 765- 767.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 188, 190, 195-196.) Broom, R. (Trichechus; ossification of caudal vertebrae; m739.) Anderson, R.J. (premaxilla) Sabatier, A. (vertebrae, sternum) Stromer, E. Van Oort, E.D. (Halitherium) Eggeling, H. (DD, Trichechus; sternum; 99.) Freund, L. (DD, etc.; manus; 363, 397, pis. 14-15.) Lorenz, L.v. (Recent sirs.; pelvis; 1-11, pl. 1.) Lorenz, L.v. (pelvis) Freund, L. (DD; sternum) Toldt, C (angular process of mandible; 337.) Dexler & Freund (DD; tusks, 56, 65; exethmoids, 59-60.) Abel, O. (pelvis) Annandale, N. (DD; pelvis, 79; manus, 79-80.) Anderson, R.J. (DD, Trichechus; parietal; 547.) Freund, L. (DD; skull) Freund, L. (DD; nasal region, bones & cartilages; 254-256.) Fuchs, H. (vertebral epiphyses; m353.) Anderson, R.J. (Trichechus; maxillae; 745.) Anon. (HG; photo of skull; 37.) Lefeuvre (Halitherium) Merriam, J.C. (Desmostylus; 407-412.) Schmidtgen, O. (Halitherium schinzii; scapula) Dexler, H. (DD; braincase; 100.) Matthes, E. (TML; ethmoid region) Schmidtgen, O. (Halitherium schinzii; hindlimb) Stapley, W. (cervical ribs) Turner, W Freund, L. (embryology; 354-386, pl. 16.) Freund, L. (embryology) Hanson, F.B. (Trichechus; ontogeny & phylogeny of sternum; 81, 111.) Hogben, L.T (jugal) Marcus, H. (TS; jaws, teeth, tooth replacement; 574-586, pis. 18-19.) Matthes, E. (skull) Matthes, E. (DD; skull) Matthes, E. (DD; skull) Stromer, E. (hip region) Stromer, E. (hip region) Loth, E. (cervicals; vertebral canals) Nopcsa, F.v. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis; 353- 359.) Stromer, E. (pachyostosis) Hay, O.P. (Desmostylus hesperus; skull; 7-8.) 582 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X D X 1925 1928a 1928b 1929 1930 1930 1931 1931 1932 X X X X X D X X X X X 1932 *1933 1934 *1934 1934 1935 1936 1936 1937 1938 1938 1939 1940 *1940 *1941a 1941 *1942b 1942a 1943 1943 1944 x 1946 1947 x *1951 x 1951a x 1951 x *1953 x 1953 1955 x 1957 D 1961 Troxell, E.L. (chevron bones; m613.) Petit, G. (cervical vertebrae) Petit, G. (TS, fusion of cervical vertebrae, 429- 431; Halitherium schinzii, m431.) Birulia, A. (HG; pelvis; 87-90.) Pales, L. (pathology) Salomon, M.I. (lacrimal) Loth, E. (fractures) Sickenberg, O. (pachyostosis & osteosclerosis, 407-412; epiphyseal fusion, 412-417; other changes, 427-431.) Korschelt, E. (DD, rib fractures, 450; Trichechus, lesion on radius, 451.) Kuntze, R. (HG; skeleton at Lvov) Bahrdt, H.J. Frechkop, S. (DD; skull & dentition) Hatt, R.T. (Trichechus; variation; 539-554, 561.) Nopcsa & Heidsieck (pachyostotic rib) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; cartilaginous ?"baculum"; 219.) Hirschfelder, H. (Trichechus; cranial ontogeny) Neumann, D. (Halitherium schinzii; manus) De Beer, G.R. (skull development) Rueger, J. (cervical vertebrae 1-2) Todd & Todd (epiphyses) Lyman, CP. (DD; vestigial lower incisor, 229- 231.) Loth, E. (fractures) Pocock, R.I. (DD; tusks, teeth, skulls, scapulae; 329-345.) Heuvelmans, B. (Trichechus; dentition; 1-15.) Nagao, T. (Desmostylus) Fawcett, D.W (Trichechus; pachyostosis; histol ogy & hypothyroidism; 271-285, 287-303, 308-309.) Kaltenmark, J. (TS, etc.; 56-64.) Heuvelmans, B. (evolution of dentition; 4-13.) Kaltenmark, J. (fronto-nasal relationship; 14-24.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; skull & dentition; vestigial incisors; 42-43.) Slijper, E.J. (spinal column; 42-43, 72, 78, 111-112, 114, tabs. 3, 5.) Amprino & Godina (histology) Kleinschmidt, A. (HG; extant skeletons, bone measurements, body reconstruction; 294-312.) Moore, J.C. (TML, TMM; proportions of foramen magnum; 17-18.) Wegner, R.N. (mandibular dental capsule; 76-81.) Femand, V.S.V. (DD; teeth; 139-147, pis. 28-30.) Quiring & Harlan (TML; gen. acc; 194-200.) Tucker, R. Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; mandibular symphysis & vestigial lower incisor alveoli; 20-23, 38-39.) Ijiri & Kamei (Desmostylus, Paleoparadoxia; skulls) X X xD X xD D X xD X X X X X D X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1962 1963 1963 *1964 1964 *1966c 1967 1968a 1968 1969 *1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1973 *1973 *1974 *1974 *1974 1975 1976 1976 1976 1976 *1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 1978 *1978 1979 *1980 1981 Schafer, W (decay & disintegration; 53-56.) Fenart, R. (DD; vestibulary orientation of skull; 92-98.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (desmostylians; pachyostosis; 196-197.) Johnson, D.H. (DD; Arnhem Land, Australia; skull measurements; 507.) Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (desmostylians; pachyostosis; 214.) Shikama, T. Poole, D.F.G. (dental tissues) Kaiser, H.E. (occipital region; gross morphology; 478.) Shikama, T (Paleoparadoxia; 21-26, pis. 3-6.) Chelnokov, F.G. (HG; bones; 72-73.) Robineau, D. (temporal & ear region; 2-31.) Scheffer, V.B. (DD; teeth; growth layers; 187- 190.) Fleischer, G. (DD; ear apparatus; 351-353, 355- 359.) Scheffer, V.B. (HG; body size & weight; 912- 913.) Reischer, G. Kobayashi & Kamei Mitchell, J. (DD; skull & teeth; age determination, 1-23; sexual dimorphism, 14, 16-21.) James, P.S.B.R. (DD; India; variation; 173-184.) Kaiser, H.E. (macroscopic & x-ray atlas) Spain & Heinsohn (DD; cranial allometry; 249- 257.) Domning & Frye (Metaxytherium jordani, Hydro damalis cuestae; pathology; 1-4, pis. 1-2.) Allen et al. (DD; Sulawesi; 18-19 ribs, 41; tusks, 44; skeletal weight, 46.) Fleischer, G. (anchoring of stapes; 304-317.) Mitchell, J. (DD; growth layers in tusks; 25-28.) Reinhart, R.H. (DD; incisor anomalies) Spain et al. (DD; Australia; cranial variation; 491-497.) Versaggi, CS. (bone structure & function) Whitmore & Gard (HG; illustrations & measure ments; 9-18, pis. 1-8.) Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; skull measure ments; 337-338.) Kasuya & Nishiwaki (DD; tusks & age determina tion; 301-310, 4 pis.) Lande, R. (evolutionary rate of limb loss; 74.) Mitchell, J. (DD; dentition & age determination; 317-348.) Cave, A.J.E. (DD, Trichechus; pterygoid hamulus; 530-531.) Marsh, H. (DD; dentition & age determination; 181-201.) Domning & Myrick (TI; tetracycline marking of rib; 203-207.) NUMBER 80 583 x 1981 x 1981 x 1981a x *1981b x 1982 x 1982 X X X X xD X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983 1983 1984a 1984b 1984 i 1985 1985 1985 1986 *1986 1986 1986 1986 1988 1988 *1988d *1989 1989a 1990 1990 *1991 1991a 1991 1991 Marsh & Kasuya (DD; tusks from lower latitudes have more accessory growth layers; 357-361.) Mitchell, J. (DD; Queensland; growth layers in tusks; 99-109.) Spain & Marsh (DD; Australia; cranial variation; 143-161.) Spain & Marsh (DD; standard skull measurements; 286-301.) Kleinschmidt, A. (HG, etc.; in collections, 368- 370; proportions, 375; bone density, 387-389; pelvis, 390-392; skull, 392-403.) Olsen, S.J. (TM; identification in archeological sites; 8, 41-42, 54, 56-57, 62, 66, 70, 75, 90.) Kleinschmidt, A. (HG; in collections; 763.) Rich, V (HG; Bering Is.; discovery of skeleton; 415.) Domning, D.P. (HG; comment on V. Rich [1983]; 500.) Kozawa, Y (tooth enamel prisms; 438-440.) Manzij & Piliptshuk (TM) Fortelius, M. (functional anatomy of cheek teeth; Trichechus, 11, 52-53, 65, 73; DD, 11; Desmo stylus, 57.) Mackay-Sim et al. (TML; absence of nasopalatine ducts; 187-189.) Thewissen, J.G.M. (cranial foramina; 268-269, 271-273, 279.) Bazzini et al. (TML; amedullary bones & sites of hemopoiesis; 150-152.) Domning & Hayek (Trichechus; variation; 87- 144.) Sukhanov & Manzij (TM) Sukhanov et al. (TM; forelimb) Watson & Bonde (TM; ectrodactyly & cleft hand; 294-301.) Rannery, T. (HG; skeleton in Australian Museum, Sydney; 462.) Nojima, T. (DD, Trichechus; bony falx cerebri; 315,320.) Pilleri, G. Buffrenil & Schoevaert (DD; pachyostosis; 2107- 2119.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian Gulf; skull measurements; 54,70-71, 172-174.) Buffrenil et al. (pachyostosis, comp. w/ archaeo cetes; 455, 463-465.) O'Shea & Reep (TML; body size & fusion of cranial sutures; 539-540.) Domning & de Buffrenil (distr. of mass; hydro static adaptations; 331-368.) Domning, D.P. (DD; pelvic bones; sexual & ontogenetic variation; 311-316.) Frazier & Mundkur (DD; number of phalanges; 373-374.) Joeckel, R.M. (TM; mandibular proportions; 463.) 1992 Ketten et al. (TML; ear region; 77-95.) 1992 Miyake et al. (rostral cartilages) 1992 Roth, V.L. (TI; variation in tooth size, comp. w/elephants; 194-195, 197.) Sonar Detection of Sirenians 1982 Retemeyer, J. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 296-299.) * 1983b Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Florida; experiments; 9- 12.) Sound 1820b 1820 1834 1873 1889 1891 x *1906b x 1923 x 1935 x 1936 x *1937 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1944 1947 1954 1954 *1955 1956b 1961 1963 1963 1963 1963 1964a *1965 1967 1967 1967 1968 1969 1969 1969 *1970 1971 *1973 Production Home, E. (DD; laryngeal cartilages; 319.) Raffles, T.S. (DD; 181.) Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; 113.) Conklin, WA. (Trichechus; in capt; 166.) Scammon, CM. (TML; in capt; 581-582.) Flower & Lydekker (Trichechus; in capt; no sounds produced; 219.) Dexler & Freund (DD, 54, 58-59; HG, Trichechus, 59.) Petit, G. (DD; 76.) Barrett, O.W. (TMM; Central America; grazing, 217; breathing, 218.) Lopes, A.R (DD; Mozambique; said to "cry out"; 30, 35.) Barbour, T. (TML; Rorida; in late pregnancy; 107.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; in late pregnancy; 60.) Harwood, K. (TM; in capt.; "bellow" when hungry; 50.) Gunter, G. (TML; Florida; 545.) Lawrence, J.E. (TML; Rorida; pop. acc; 403.) Kellogg, W.N. (TML; Rorida; phonograph record of vocalizations.) Anon. (TMM; Puerto Rico; 39.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; 6.) Brandt, O. Busnel, R. Pfeffer, P. (DD; 149.) Tembrock, G. Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; 118.) Schevill & Watkins (TML; Florida; 373-374.) Evans, WE. (TML; vocalizations) Jones, S. (DD; no sounds produced; 219.) Welsby, T. (female DD; Moreton Bay, Queen sland; 2: 235.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (Trichechus; m294.) Evans & Bastian Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; 346, 348, 350.) Herald, E.S. (TI; in capt; sounds different from those of TML; m30.) Evans & Herald (TI; in capt; 820-823.) Kingdon, J. (DD; East Africa; "whistling"; 397.) Sonoda & Takemura (TMM, TI; in capt; vocaliza tions; 19-24.) 584 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1976 Allen et al. (DD; in capt; 39.) x *1977 Nair & Lai Mohan (DD; India; sound recordings; 277-278.) x 1978 Marsh et al. (DD; vocalizations; 166, 168.) x 1979 Anderson, P.K. (DD; ?use of nasal passages; 119.) x *1979 Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; 85-86, 92, 96, 98-100, 105, 108, 113-114, 116, 130, 135- 136.) x 1980 Bullock et al. (TI; sound frequencies comp. w/hearing sensitivity; 130-133.) x 1981b Anderson, P.K. (DD; in capt; correlation of sounds with movements of facial skin; 94.) x 1981b Reynolds, J.E., III (TML; Florida; female-calf vocalizations, 442-443, 446-447; vocaliza tions during "body-surfing," m444, m447; vo calizations in general, 447.) x 1982b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; 93- 95.) x 1982 Bullock et al. (TI, TML; ultrasonic vocalizations; 548, 552.) x 1982 Steel & Morris (TML; vocalizations; 925.) x 1983 Steel, C (TML; vocalizations; gen. acc; 3160- 3161.) x 1984 Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; 640.) x *1985 Bengtson & Fitzgerald (TML; Florida; social functions; 816-819.) x 1993 Loyer, B. (DD; Vanuatu; "chirps" and associated nasal movements; 55.) South America (SEE ALSO under countries) 1639 Acuna, Cd' x 1666 La Barre, A. (TMM; Guianas; meat obtained by French, English, & Dutch; 14, m31.) 1746 BarbotJ. 1749 Condamine, CM. de la x 1763 Bellin, S. (TMM; Guianas; gen. acc; 65-66, pl. 5.) 1800 Bueno, R. x 1809a Cuvier, G. (Trichechus, distr., 282; TMM, Cay enne, 283.) x 1813 Ulloa, A. de (TI; R. Marafion; 513.) 1835- 1836 Poeppig, E.F. x 1869 Marcoy, P. (TI; Amazonia; hunting, etc.; 1: 671-673, 2: 149-157, 202-204.) x 1873 Conklin, WA. (Trichechus; econ. use; pop. acc; 166.) x 1875 Marcoy, P. (TI; Amazonia; 2: 42, 45, 187-194, 235-237.) x 1876 Orton, J. (TI; Amazonia; 215, 299, 477.) x 1878 Brown, A.E. ("dugong" reported from Pacific coast; m293.) 1879- 1882 Alston, E.R. X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1879 1884b 1914 1931 1939 1946 1957 1960 1962 1965 1971 1973 1973 1974 1977 1977 1981d *1982b 1983a 1984b 1989 X X X X X X X X X X X South 1844 1848 1849 1850 *1856b *1873 1876 1876 1877 *1883a 1886 *1926 1932a Mathews, E.D. True, F.W. (Trichechus; distr.; 115-116, 123.) Fountain, P. (TI; Amazonia; 303-304.) Tate, G.H.H. (Trichechus; hunting; 253.) Wavrin, M. de (Trichechus; northern coast & Amazonia; hunting; 194-196.) Baughman, J.L. (Trichechus; early accounts; 235- 237.) Meggers & Evans (TMM; hunting & trading by Indians; m570.) Vuletin, A. (TMM; Chile [!]; ml24.) Bertram & Bertram (Trichechus; Guyana, Suri name, Amazon basin; 1329.) Crowe, P.K. Meggers, B.J. (Amazonia) Bertram & Bertram (TI, TMM; distr. & status; 317-321.) Sterling, T (Amazon R.; pop. acc.) Savage, J.M. (Trichechus; zoogeography; 15, 20, 26,29.) Ferrusquia-Villafranca, I. Lovisek, J. (TMM, TI; distr. & conservation; pop. acc; 62-64.) Domning, D.P. (sir. & aquatic plant paleoecology; 419.) Domning, D.P. (role in trichechid evolution, 599, 605-607, 610-613, 616; evolution of floating meadows & changes in Amazonian drainage pattern, 610-613.) Domning, D.P. (manatee evolution & ecology; pop. acc; 10-11.) Best, R.C. (TI; Amazonia; gen. acc; 371-377.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 567-570, 584-591, 599, 607-609.) Carolina Smith, J.L. (fossil ?Manatus; 116-117.) Tuomey, M. Gibbes, R.W. (Manatus; "Eoc"; 193.) Gibbes, R.W. (Manatus; "Eoc"; 67-68.) Leidy, J. (Manatus antiquus, n.sp.; 165.) Leidy, J. (Manatus inornatus, n.sp.; 336-337, pl. 37.) Anon. Leidy, J. ("manatee"; Ashley phosphate beds; m570.) Leidy, J. (Manatus antiquus; m211, 214.) Cope, E.D. (Dioplotherium manigaulti, n.gen.n.sp., Mioc, 52-54; cf. Halitherium, 54.) Manigault, G. (Dioplotherium; discovery; 91-92.) Allen, G.M. (Halitherium, Metaxytherium; 455- 459, pis. 2-3.) Simpson, G.G. (review of fossil sirs.; 443-445.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1959 1966 * 1974a 1974 1975 1980 1980 1981 1982 *1982 1986 1986 1988a *1989c Spain 1881 1896 1897 1898 1899a 1899b 1906 1911 1918 1919 1926 1926 1946 x 1949 1950 x 1952 x 1956 1956 1959 1959 1961 1962 1967 1969 x *1973 1975 1988b *1989 Malde, H.E. (indeterminate sir.; Olig.; 19, 21.) Kellogg, R. (Mioc sirs.; 78, 91-92.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; 47-53.) Sanders, A.E. Wray, P. (TML; pop. acc; 21-22.) Roth & Laerm (TM; Pleist, Edisto) Sanders, A.E. (Halitherium, Metaxytherium; Olig.; 612.) Brownell & Ralls (TML; carcass salvaged; 153.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (Eoc. sirs.; 4, 6, 12-13.) Rathbun et al. (TML; 154, 156-157, 160-163.) Domning & Hayek (Trichechus; Pleist.; ml36.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; pop. acc; 6-10.) O'Shea, T.J. (TML; 198-199.) Domning, D.P. (Dioplotherium manigaulti; ?Mioc; 415-418.) Maureta & Thos (Metaxytherium; Mioc.) Almera, D.J. Almera, D.J. Almera, D.J. Almera, D.J. Almera, D.J. Almera, D.J. ("Halitherium sp."; Middle Eoc; 379.) Douville\ H. Bataller, J.R. Gdmez Llueca, F. (Metaxytherium Cuvieri; Mioc, Mallorca; 54-59, 61, 64.) Carbonell & Trillo-Figueroa Font i Sague\ N. Bauza\ J. (Metaxytherium cuvieri; Mioc, Mallorca; 376, pl. 18.) Colom & Bauz? (Metaxytherium cuvieri; Mioc, Mallorca; 91-92, pl. 7.) Via, L. Canigueral, J. (Metaxytherium; Mioc, Mallorca; 387-390.) Bataller, J.R. (Metaxytherium cuvieri, Mioc, 24- 25, pis. 6-8; Halitherium, Eoc, 25.) Marcet-Riba, J. (Eoc.) Crusafont-Pair6, M. Farr6s & Ramirez (Eoc.) Farres, F. (Eoc.) Farres, F. (Eoc.) Reguant, S. (Eoc.) Calzada, S. (Metaxytherium; Mioc.) Crusafont-Pair6, M. (list & bibliography of sir. occurrences in Spain & Mallorca; 96-98.) Crusafont-Pair6 & Golpe Posse (Halianassa cuvi eri) Pilleri, G. (Metaxytherium; Mioc; pathology) Pilleri et al. (Catalonia) 1989 585 Pilleri, G. (Metaxytherium; Mioc, Cerro Gordo; endocranial cast) Sri Lanka (formerly Ceylon) 1852- 1853 Kelaart, E.F. (DD) 1859 Tennent, J.E. (DD) 1861 Tennent, J.E. 1885 Nevill, H. (DD) 1895 Thurston, E. (DD; 98-99.) 1905 Linstow, O.v. (DD; nematode Ascaris halicoris; Gulf of Mannar; m258.) 1905 Wiley, A. (DD) 1914 Millett, M.W 1926 Rasanayagam & Mudaliyar (DD) 1927 Phillips, W.W.A. 1928 Prater, S.H. (DD; 85-86.) 1933 Deraniyagala, P.E.P. 1939 Deraniyagala, P.E.P. 1951 Crusz, H. (DD; trematode Indosolenorchis hi rudinaceus; 135.) 1953 Femand, V.S.V. (DD; dentition; 139.) 1954 Crusz & Femand (DD; trematodes; 499-502.) 1959c Anon. (DD; Gulf of Mannar; killed with dynamite) 1959 De Silva, J.A. (DD; conservation; 173-174.) 1959 Spittel, R.L. (DD; captures; 174-175.) 1960b Anon. (Trichechus; proposed use for weed control; m5.) 1960c Anon. (Trichechus; proposed use for weed control; m70.) Crusz, H. (DD; pop. acc; 300-302.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; status; 302-304.) Norris, CE. (DD; distr.; 296-300.) Spittel, R.L. (DD; sanctuary proposed; 304-305.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; distr. & conservation; 1, 7-8.) Santapau & Abdulali (DD; m796.) Kulatunge, D. 1965b Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (DD) x 1966 Thomas, D. (DD; meat imported from India; 80-81.) x * 1969a Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Miodugong brevicranius; Mioc; 97.) x 1969b Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Miodugong brevicranius; Mioc; 235-237.) * 1969c Deraniyagala, P.E.P. (Miodugong brevicranius, n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc.) x 1970a Bertram & Bertram (DD; 53-55.) x 1970b Bertram & Bertram (DD; 362-364.) x 1970 Howes & Bamber (DD; teeth; 327.) x 1971 Hoffmann, T.W (DD; protective legislation; ml 82.) x 1973 Bertram & Bertram (DD; distr. & status; 308, 315-316.) X X X X X X 1960 1960 *1960 1960 1961 1961 1963 586 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY *1980 Jones, S. 1980 Lai Mohan, R.S. x 1981 Jones, S. (DD; distr. & status; 45-52.) x 1981 Santiapillai, C. (DD; ecology & conservation; 2-6.) 1983 Jones, S. 1984 Leatherwood et al. (DD) 1987 Bertram, G.C.L. (DD) x *1989 Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; status, distr., catch, conservation; 4-5, 7, 61, 64, 80, 82-91, 105, 129-132.) Stamps, Sirenians on Postage (SEE ALSO Appendix 3) 1977c Anon. (DD; Kenya) 1979b Anon, x 1979 Nishiwaki et al. (DD; Ryukyus & Tanzania; 141.) x 1981b Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; 131.) x 1981 Maynes & Hudson (DD; Papua New Guinea; 4-6.) x 1982 Riemer, D.N. (lists 11 stamps; 19-23.) x 1983 Gomez, E.D. (lists 28 stamps; 121.) x 1983 Marsh, H. (DD stamp proposed; Vanuatu; 4.) x 1991b Kamiya, T. (DD; Ryukyus; 428-429.) Steller's Sea Cow: SEE Hydrodamalis gigas and syno nyms Stellera, Bowdich, 1821 (intended only as vernacular name; = Hydrodamalis) *1821 Bowdich, TE. x 1840 Baer, K.E.v. ("Stellere, G. Cuvier"; syn. of Rytina; m53.) x 1925 ICZN (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 3%.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 75.) Stellerus Desmarest, 1822 (= Hydrodamalis) *1822 Desmarest, A.G. (n.gen.) x 1825 Gray, J.E. (in classification; m341.) x 1825a Harlan, R.(m278.) 1839 Desmarest, E.? ("Stellurus" ?) x 1840 Baer, K.E.v. (syn. of Rytina; m53.) x 1872a Gill, T (syn. of Rhytina; m92.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis; 75.) Stellerus borealis (Gmelin, 1788) Desmarest, 1822 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1822 Desmarest, A.G. (n.comb.) x 1825a Harlan, R.(m279.) x 1835b Duvernoy, G.L. (in classification; tab. 4.) x 1837 Richardson, J. (ml62.) x 1838 Owen, R. (cecum, m32; lack of gall bladder, m34; heart, m35; lungs, m36; kidney, m39.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 93.) Superstition: SEE Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance Suriname 1613 Harcourt, R. 1667 Warren, G. 1695 Berkel, A. van 1718 HerleimJ.D. x 1796 Stedman, J.G. (TMM, 1: 221, 2: 175-176; "mer maid," 2: 176-178.) 1807 Quandt, C 1810 Sack, A.v. x 1857 Jager, G. (TMM; skulls; 91, 97.) x 1857 Rapp, Wv. (TMM; anatomy; 88.) 1862a Krauss, C.F.F. (TMM; osteology) 1872 Krauss, C.F.F. (TMM; pelvis) x 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; in capt; 192-193.) 1887 Jentink, F.A. 1887 Kappler, A. (TMM; in capt.) x 1887 Martin, J.K. (TMM; 27.) x 1897b Kukenthal, W (Manatus Kollikeri, n.sp.; 40.) x 1949 Sanderson, I.T. (TMM; 781.) 1961 DeJong, C x 1963 Bertram & Bertram (TMM; status; 90-91.) 1966 Vermeulen, J. *1967 Dekker, D. (TMM) 1971 De Jong, C (TMM; exploitation) 1973 Husson, A.M. x 1973 Sonoda & Takemura (TMM; 2 captured; 19.) x 1974a Dekker, D. (TMM; 4 captured; 68.) x 1974b Dekker, D. (TMM; gen. acc; 1-3.) x 1977 Bertram & Bertram (TMM; use for weed control; 107.) x *1978 Husson, A.M. (TMM; distr. & natural history; 334-339.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (TMM; possible morphological distinctiveness of Suriname population; 125? 126.) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 587, 608.) Switzerland x 1837 Meyer, H.v. (Manatus Studeri, n.sp. [nomen nudum]; Mioc, Maggenwyl; 677.) x 1847 Meyer, H.v. (?Metaxytherium; Otmarsingen; 189- 190.) 1887 Studer, T (Halianassa studeri) *1987 Pilleri, G. Tagging Methods and Recognition x 1953 Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; scars; 121.) x *1956 Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; scars; 2-5, 22.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. (tagging) x 1964a Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; tagging; 117-118.) x 1964 Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; scars; 7-8.) x 1969 Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; recognition; 345- 346.) NUMBER 80 587 x 1973 Bertram & Bertram (paint; m329.) 1976g Anon. (TML; Florida; sonar tags) x 1978 Harper, H. (TML; Florida; radiotagging; ml2.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; scars, belts; 12-14.) x 1981 Asper & Searles (TML; Florida; freezebranding; ml 22-123.) x 1981b Beusse et al. (TML; Rorida; freezebranding; 111, 118.) x 1981b Hudson, B.E.T. (DD; Papua New Guinea; spaghetti tags, tailstock belts; 135-136, 140-141.) x 1981 Montgomery et al. (TI; Brazil; freezebranding & radiotagging; 81-85.) x 1982b Anderson, P.K. (DD; Australia; scars, Paintstick; 86, 89, 92-93.) x 1982 Eberhardt, L.L. (TML; Florida; techniques; 11-13, 15-16.) x *1982 Michelson, R.C. (TML; Florida; automated radi otracking; 79-85.) x 1983 Kinnaird & Valade (TML; Florida; scars; 2, 6, 8-11,25-63.) x 1983 Packard & Nichols (TML; Florida; sample sizes required for mark-recovery studies; 1-14.) x 1983 Packard et al. (TML; Florida; radiotagging, 4-8; vinyl flags, 5, 8.) x 1983 Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Florida; scars & natural marks; 6.) x *1984 Irvine & Scott (TML; Rorida; development of marking techniques; 12-26.) x *1984b Packard, J.M. (TM; review of techniques; 1-29.) x 1984 Powell & Rathbun (TML; Florida; scars, radiotags; 4-5, 13-14.) x 1985 Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Rorida; radiotracking; 5, 10, 12-16.) x 1985 Packard, Summers & Barnes (TML; Florida; radiotagging; 347-351.) 1986 Mate et al. (TML; Florida) 1986 Mate, B.R. (satellite tracking) 1987 Marsh & Rathbun (DD; satellite tracking) 1987 Rathbun et al. (TML; Florida) 1987 Rathbun, Reid & Tas'an (DD) x 1988 Doig & Dyson (DD; Australia; satellite tracking; 438-439.) x 1988 Marsh, H. (DD; Australia; radiotracking; 12- 14.) 1988 Sleeper, B. (TML; Florida; pop. acc.) 1988 Wilhelm et al. (TML; Florida; scar patterns) x 1989 Packard et al. (TML; Florida; visibility of radio- tagged manatees; 695-699.) x 1989 Preen et al. (DD; Arabian region; radiotagging; 25-26, 56.) x *1989 Reid & O'Shea (TML; Florida & Georgia; satellite transmitters; 217-232.) x *1990 Marsh & Rathbun (DD; Queensland; radio & satellite tracking; 83-100.) x 1990 Rathbun et al. (TML; Rorida; scar patterns, radiotracking; 2-4.) x 1991 Reid et al. (TML; Florida; scar patterns; 180-190.) Taiwan x *1932 Hirasaka, K. (DD; 1-4, pl. 1.) x 1934 Hirasaka, K. (DD; 4221-4222.) x 1993 Wang, P. (DD; 275, 278.) Taphonomy: SEE Paleoecology Temperature, Effects of (SEE ALSO: Behavior, Shelter- seeking or Escape; Migration & Movements; Natural Death or Injury; Pollution, Effects of; Thermoregulation) 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; in capt, London; death from cold; 192-193.) 1873 Conklin, WA. (Trichechus; in capt, New York; 166.) 1876 Chapman, H.C. (TMM; in capt, Philadelphia; 460-461.) 1878 Brown, A.E. (TMM; in capt, Philadelphia; 296- 297.) 1880 Murie, J. (TMM; in capt, London; death from cold; 23.) 1881 Crane, A. (?TI; in capt, Brighton; 460.) 1893 Goeldi, E.A. (TMM; in capt; ml21.) *1895 Bangs, O. (TML; Rorida; 784-785.) 1897 Anon. (Trichechus; in capt., England; 36.) 1898 Kirke, H. (TMM from Guyana; in capt, England; 135.) 1905 Townsend, C.H. (TML; death in capt, New York; 97.) 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD, Trichechus; 58.) 1909 Graham, S.C (TML; Rorida; mortality, 1894-95; m413.) 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt, Hamburg; 65-66, 113, 115, 128-131.) *1930 Vosseler, J. (TI; in capt, Hamburg; 362-364.) 1931 Brimley, H.H. (TML; in capt., North Carolina; 321.) 1935 Sowerby, A. de C. (DD; China; m82.) 1940 Cahn, A.R. (TML; Florida; 222-223.) 1941a Gunter, G. (TML; Rorida; 64.) 1941b Gunter, G. (TM; Texas & Louisiana; ml3.) 1941 Hamilton, W.J., Jr. (TML; Florida; winter mortal ity; 690-691.) 1942 Gunter, G. (TML; Florida; 89.) 1943 Krumholz, L.A. (TML; Rorida; 272-273.) 1948 Cahalane, V.H. (TML; Florida Everglades; 258.) 1951a Moore, J.C. (TML; Rorida; effects on movements & behavior; 11-12, 14-15.) 1951b Moore, J.C. (TML; Rorida; use of warm-water sources, 25; winter mortality, 34-35.) *1953 Moore, J.C. (TML; Rorida; 120-121, 156.) 588 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1954 1955 *1956 1961 1962 *1965 *1967 1967 1971b 1972a 1974 *1974 *1974a 1977b 1978 1979 *1979 1980 1981 1981 1981 *1981 1981 1981 1981 1982a 1982 1982 x *1983 x *1983 x 1983 x 1983a Lawrence, J.E. (TML; Rorida; 403.) Severin, K. (TML; Rorida; ml48-149.) Moore, J.C. (TML; Florida; 2, 5-6, 10.) Jonklaas, R. (DD; Sri Lanka; temperature toler ance; 2.) Marlow, B.J. (DD; New South Wales; 433.) Layne, J.N. (TML; Rorida; 166-168.) Browder, J. (TML; Rorida; weed control; warming stations; 4.) MacLaren, J.P. (Trichechus; Panama; m392.) Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; North Pacific; evolution; 218.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; 21-22.) Addicott & Greene (Hydrodamalis; paleoclimatic significance; 251-252.) Dekker, D. (TMM; shipboard transport; 68-69.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; movements & use of warm-water refugia; 9-30, 63-201, 221.) Domning, D.P. (effects on North Pacific sir. evolution; 352-362.) Irvine & Campbell (TML; Florida; use of warm- water sources; 615-616.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; natural thermal refugia; 133.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Rorida; use of warm-water refugia, 17-27; effect on respiration rate, 82; mortality, 123.) Irvine et al. (TML; Florida; weight loss & gain in capt; 7-8.) Asper & Searles (TML; in capt, Rorida; decline in food consumption; 124.) Best, R.C. (Trichechus; effects on digestion rate; 21.) Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (TML; Florida; review; 8-9.) Campbell & Irvine (TML; Rorida; winter mortal ity, 1976-77; 86-91.) Irvine et al. (TML; Rorida; winter mortality, 1974-77; 69-70.) Powell & Waldron (TML; Blue Spring, Rorida; 41-46.) Rose, P.M. (TML; Rorida; use of power-plant refugia, 1977-78; 22-24.) Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; sea sonal movements; 80, 82.) Bengtson, J.L. (TML; St. Johns R., Florida; movements; 4668.) Rathbun et al. (TML; Georgia; use of warm-water effluent; 153-154, 164.) Gallivan et al. (TI; thermoregulation; 255-262.) Irvine, A.B. (TML; Rorida; metabolism & distr.; 315-334.) Kinnaird & Valade (TML; Florida; use of power- plant effluents; 1-24.) Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; Rorida; effects on distr.; 9-10, 13, 16, 25, 29, 34, 40, 48.) x 1983 Kochman et al. (TML; Crystal R., Rorida; seasonal use; 108-110,116-121.) x 1983 Shane, S.H. (TML; Rorida; use of warm-water sources; pop. acc; 40-44.) x 1983 Tiedemann, J.A. (TML; Turkey Creek, Rorida; 3-7.) x 1984 Buergelt et al. (TML; Rorida; necropsy findings, winterkills; 1332-1334.) x 1984 Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; seasonal breed ing; 781-782.) x 1984 Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Rorida; use of power-plant effluent; 24-31,42-46.) x 1984 Shane, S.H. (TML; Rorida; use of power-plant effluents; 180-187.) x 1985 Kochman et al. (TML; Crystal R., Rorida; tempo ral & spatial distr.; 921-924.) x *1985 O'Shea, Beck et al. (TML; Florida; winter mortal ity due to hypothermia; 3-7.) x 1985 Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Rorida; use of power-plant effluent; 1-20.) x 1985 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power- plant refugia, 1982-83; 413-422.) x 1986a Anderson, P.K. (DD; Shark Bay, Australia; sea sonal movements; 476, 480-489.) x 1986 Kinnaird, M.F. (TML; South Carolina; winter kill; 6.) x 1986 Packard et al. (TML; Ft. Myers, Rorida; use of power-plant effluent; 265-275.) x 1986 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power- plant refugia, 1984-85; 103-113.) x 1987 Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power- plant refugia; pop. acc; 263-269.) x 1989 Baugh et al. (TML; Cumberland Sound, Rorida & Georgia; use of warm-water refugia; 88-89.) x 1989 Lefebvre et al. (TM; effects on biogeography; 590-591.) x *1989 Packard et al. (TML; Florida; response to interrup tion of thermal effluent; 692-700.) x 1989 Palmer, D. (TML; Georgia; construction of artifi cial warm-water refugium; 7.) x 1989a Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; 119-121.) x 1993 Savinetsky, A.B. (HG; Bering Is.; effects on population size; 403-405.) Teratology x 1919 Anon. (TI; supposed possession of "two distinct stomachs"; 46.) x 1986 Watson & Bonde (TML; ectrodactyly & cleft hand; 294-301.) Texas x 1884b True, F.W. ("South American manatee' x 1941 a Gunter, G. (TM; 61 -64.) x 1941 b Gunter, G. (TML; 12-13.) 115.) NUN X X xD D X X xD xD D IBER 80 1942 1943 1944 1944 1949 1951a 1958 1963 1966 *1976 x 1982 x 1984 x 1988a x 1990 1990 Gunter, G. (TM; 89.) Lowery, G.H., Jr. (TML; 253-254.) Stenzel & Turner (?Desmostylus; 289.) Stenzel et al. Sprunt, A., Jr. (TM; 288.) Moore, J.C. (TMM; subspecific identity, move ments; 12, 16, 18.) Royd et al. (?Desmostylus; 160-161.) Mitchell & Repenning (?Desmostylus; 10.) Pearsall, J. Reinhart, R.H. ("Desmostylus" probably probos cidean; 286-287.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (indeterminate sir.; Eoc, Zapata Co.; 4, 6, 8.) Powell & Rathbun (TM; 2, 6, 18.) O'Shea, T.J. (TM; 187, 199.) Fernandez & Jones (TM; 103.) Westgate, J.W. (Middle Eoc, Webb Co.) Thalattosiren Sickenberg, 1928 *1928 Sickenberg, O. (n.gen.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 152-154, pl. 6.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135, 251.) 1951 Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Haplosiren; 438-441.) 1971 Ginsburg & Janvier (comp. w/ Metaxytherium medium; 184.) 1978c Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 577-579.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (m378-380.) 1987 Domning & Thomas (comp. w/ Haplosiren, 208; w/ Metaxytherium, 223.) 1987b Domning, D.P. (possibly synonymous with Hali anassa Studer; 123.) 1991 Czyzewska & Radwanski (Middle Mioc, Poland; 184-185, 188.) 1991 Wolsan, M. (Middle Mioc, Poland) Thalattosiren petersi (Abel, 1904) Sickenberg, 1928 *1928 Sickenberg, O. (n.comb.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (comp. w/ other sirs.; 424, 427, 431-433, 441, 443-445, 451, 456, 468, 475- 479, 495, 499.) 1949 Thenius, E. (Czechoslovakia; in faunal list; ml 62- 163.) *1952 Thenius, E. (Czechoslovakia; new material, no menclature; 33-36, 109-113.) 1965 Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 68.) 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium calvertense; 73, 78, 83.) 1974 Fondi & Pacini (m47.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs.; 9.) Thalattosiren studeri (von Meyer, 1838) Thenius, 1952 (= Metaxytherium krahuletzi) x *1952 Thenius, E. (n.comb.; Ill, 113.) x 1987 Domning & Thomas (m208.) 589 Thelriope Pilleri, 1987 (= Rytiodus) *1987 Pilleri, G. (n.gen.; replacement name for Rytiodus) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Rytiodus; All.) Thelriope capgrandi (Lartet, 1866) Pilleri, 1987 (= Rytiodus capgrandi) ?1987 Pilleri, G. (n.comb.) Thelriopiinae Pilleri, 1987 (subfamily; = Dugonginae) *1987 Pilleri, G. (new subfamily; replacement name for Rytiodontinae) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (syn. of Rytiodontinae; 417.) Thermoregulation (SEE ALSO: Temperature, Effects of) * 1906b Dexler & Freund (DD, Trichechus; 58.) 1939 Coates, C.W. (TI; in capt, New York; preference for warm water; 143.) 1943 Krumholz, L.A. (TML; Florida; 272-273.) 1951b Moore, J.C. (TML; ?sunbathing at surface; 32.) * 1952 Dekeyser, PL. (TS; rectal temperatures; 243-246.) *1969 Eisner, R. 1973 Irving, L. *1976 Allen et al. (DD; rectal temperatures; 38.) 1977b Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; evolution; 355- 359.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (hydrodamalines; 131-132, 141- 142.) Farmer et al. (TI; rectal temperatures; 232-233, 235.) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; 23-25, 40-41.) Tas'an et al. (DD; rectal temperatures; 10, 23, 27.) Gallivan et al. (TI; measurements of core tempera ture; 255-262.) Irvine, A.B. (TML; metabolism & distr. in Rorida; 315-334.) Shane, S.H. (TML; Rorida; use of warm-water sources & ?sunbathing at surface; pop. acc; 40-44.) Packard, Frohlich et al. (TML; Florida; ?sunbath- ing; 17.) Whittow, G.C. (TI; 222, 224, 226-228, 230, 237.) Packard et al. (TML; Florida; ?basking in sun; 699.) 1979 1979 1979 *1983 *1983 1983 1985 1987 1989 Tooth Replacement 1820a Home, E. (DD; tusks, 146-149, 153, pis. 12-14; lower incisors, 153-154, pl. 14.) 1820b Home, E. (DD; 315-316.) 1838 Owen, R. (DD; 42-44.) 1852 Owen, R. 1857 Jager, G. (TM; Suriname; 92-94.) 1862a Krauss, C.F.F. 1875b Owen, R. (Prorastomus; 566.) * 1886a Hartlaub, C. (Trichechus) 1893 Howes & Harrison (DD, Trichechus; 790.) 590 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X xE X X *1896 ?1897 1898 1904 *1906 1916a *1918b *1921a 1921b 1924 > 1924 1926 1927 Kukenthal, W. (TM; embryonic dentition; 513- 526.) Thomas & Lydekker (Trichechus) Thomas & Lydekker (Trichechus; 814.) Thomas, O. (Trichechus; comp. w/ Peradorcas; 226-227.) Abel, O. (fossil sirs. & DD; 50-52, 59-60.) Matthew, WD. (Halitherium antillense, etc.; 28- 29.) Aichel, O. Marcus, H. (TS; 574-586, pis. 18-19.) Marcus, H. (TI, TS; number of teeth; 154-156.) Andrews, C.W. (sir.-proboscidean similarities; 305-308.) Hay, O.P. (Desmostylus, Cornwallius; 1-8.) Aichel, O. (Trichechus; A3.) Brash, J.C. (TM; evidence of alveolar septal reworking; 19-20.) Sickenberg, O. (suppression of premolars; 428- 431.) Colyer, F. Hamilton, W.J., Jr. (TML; Rorida; 691.) Heuvelmans, B. (Trichechus; 1-15.) Heuvelmans, B. (DD; 1-8.) Heuvelmans, B. (evolution; 4-7, 12.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; said to be "completely toothless" in old age; 188.) Reinhart, R.H. (Trichechus, Potamosiren; 206- 207.) Wegner, R.N. (role of dental capsule; 76-81.) Brash, J.C. (TS, ?TM, DD; alveolar septal rework ing; 462-476.) Femand, V.S.V. (DD; Sri Lanka; 139-147, pis. 28-30.) Pascual, R. (Ribodon; 175-177.) Dekeyser, PL. (TS; 921-925.) Bertram, G.C.L. Kellogg, R. (fossil & Recent sirs.; 81-82.) Scheffer, V.B. (DD; 187.) Domning & Magor (TI; rates & patterns; 435- 438.) Miller et al. (TML; role of transseptal periodontal fibers; 128.) Domning, D.P. (trichechids, diet & evolution, 601, 603, 607-611, 613-616; Trichechus, cheek tooth homologies, 607-608.) Domning, D.P. (Trichechus; pop. acc; 8, 10-11.) Domning & Hayek (TI; rates, patterns, causes; 105-127.) Fortelius, M. (Trichechus; functional significance; 11,65.) Toxodon Owen, 1840 (Notoungulata) 1847b Gervais, F.L.P. (referred to the Sirenia; 218-219, 221.) 1931 1936 1941 *1941a *1941c 1943 1948 1951 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1951 *1953 *1953 1953 *1955 1963 1966 1970 1977 1980 *1982b 1983a *1984 1985 Trachypleurotherium Dilg, 1909 (nomen nudum) *1909 Dilg, C. (n.gen.; Para\ Brazil; nomen nudum; m84, 90, pl. 12.) 1967a Paula Couto, C. de (probable horizon; considered nomen nudum; 16.) 1967b Paula Couto, C. de (probable horizon; considered nomen nudum; 345.) 1982b Domning, D.P. (probable horizon; considered nomen nudum; 600.) Trachytherium Gervais, 1849 (= Halitherium) *1849- 1850 Gervais, F.L.P. (n.gen.) 1872a Gill, T. (in classification; 92.) 1891 Rower & Lydekker (?syn. of Rytiodus; m224.) 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m481.) Trachytherium raulinii Gervais, 1849 (= Halitherium schinzii) *1849- 1850 Gervais, F.L.P. (n.gen.n.sp.) 1866 Lartet, E. (m684.) 1885a Woodward, H. (m470.) Traditional Significance: SEE Economic Use; Hunting & Capture; Medicinal Applications; Religious, Superstitious, or Ornamental Use or Observance Trichechidae Gill, 1872 (1821) (family) *1872a Gill, T. (n.fam.; in classification; 14, 91.) 1872b Gill,T (m301.) 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 272-273.) 1884a True, F.W. (in classification; 588.) 1932c Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 281.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 155.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136, 251.) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (phylogeny; 203, 208-211.) 1955 Miller & Kellogg (in classification; 790.) 1959 Reinhart, R.H. (phylogeny) 1968 Rice & Scheffer (in classification; 6.) * 1982b Domning, D.P. (origin & evolution; 599-619.) Trichechiformes Hay, 1923 (suborder; = Sirenia) * 1923a Hay, O.P. (new suborder; 109.) 1924 Hay, O.P. (m7.) 1932c Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 281.) 1941 Kretzoi, M. (in classification; 154.) 1945 Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 135.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (in classification; 378-379.) Trichechinae (Gill, 1872 [1821]) Domning, 1994 (subfam ily) * 1994b Domning, D.P. (new rank) NUMBER 80 591 Trichechoidea Gill, 1872 (superfamily; = Trichechidae) x * 1872a Gill, T. (new superfamily; in classification; 91.) x 1872b Gill, T.(m301.) x 1873 Gill, T. (phylogeny; 273.) Trichechus Linnaeus, 1758 *1738 Artedi, P. x *1758 Linnaeus, C (n.gen.; 34.) xv * 1809a Cuvier, G. (history of study, 273-278; names, 278-280 ["trichecus," 279]; as "mermaids," 280-281; anatomy, 281-293, pl. 19; fetus, 284; Buffon's species, 293-294; comp. w/ HG, 296-299; w/ DD, 300-302; fossil "lamantins," 303, 305-310, pl. 19.) x 1825a Harlan, R. (m275; m278 [= Hydrodamalis].) xv 1837 Robert, C. (affinities w/Deinotherium; m471.) xv *1838 Humboldt, A.v. (Orinoco R.; 3-10.) xv 1839 Owen, R. (teeth, comp. w/ Basilosaurus; 35.) xv 1849 Agassiz, L. (affinities; 209.) xv 1862 Phillippo (heart; 684-685.) xv 1866 Lartet, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus, m680; w/ unnamed sir., 683.) 872a Gill, T. (in classification; 91.) 872 Peters, W. Gill, T. (phylogeny; 272.) Wyman, J. (Rorida; shell mounds) Delfortrie, E. (comp. w/ Rytiodus; 135-139, 141.) De Vis, C.W. (comp. w/ Chronozoon; 394.) 885a Woodward, H. (use of forelimbs in feeding, m458; ear ossicles, m462.) Rower & Lydekker (synonymy; m215.) Anon, (in capt, London; pop. acc; 799-800.) Ober, F.A. (West Indies; sighted by Columbus; 236.) Dawson, G.M. (ml56-157.) Anon, (attempts to import live specimens to England; 36.) Anderson, R.J. (manus; 766-767.) Thomas & Lydekker (tooth replacement; 814.) Palmer, T.S. (priority over Manatus; m494.) Broom, R. (ossification of caudal vertebrae; m739.) Case, E.C. ("Mioc." [actually Pleist], Maryland; 57, pl. 26.) Thomas, O. (tooth replacement, comp. w/Perador- cas; 226-227.) 906b Dexler & Freund (behavior & physiology; comp. w/ DD; 54-55, 57-62, 67-70.) Anderson, R.J. (parietal; 547.) Humphreys, J. (dentine; m8.) Rodway, J. (Guyana; superstition; 84.) Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ Desmostylus; 384-389.) Lucas, F.A. (pop. acc; 315-316, 318.) 916a Matthew, WD. (comp. w/ Halitherium antillense; 24.) 1916 xv XV XV XV xD XV X X XV XV XV X XV XV 1 XV 1 XV XV XV X XV 1873 1875 [880 1884 1885 [891 893 1893 1894 [897 1898 1898 1899 1901 904 904 908 908 912 915 916 XV X XV X X X X X X X XV XV X X X X X 1917 1923a 1924 1924 1925 *1929 1929a 1931 1932a *1934 1934 1936 1939 1940 *1941a *1941b 1941c 1941 1941 XV X X X X X X X XV XV XV XV X X XV X X X XV XV 1942b 1943 1945 1951 *1952 1953 1955 1956 1958 1960b 1960c 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1965 1966b 1966d Miller, G.S., Jr. (Santo Domingo; at archeological site; 9.) Anon, (raising for market; 454.) Allen, G.M. (m232.) Andrews, C.W. (dentition; 306-307.) Thomas et al. (syn. of Manatus; 347.) ICZN (priority over Manatus; 38.) ICZN (priority over Manatus; 19.) Simpson, G.G. (Pleist, Florida; 564.) Tate, G.H.H. (South America; hunting; 253.) Simpson, G.G. (Pleist-Rec, Florida, 419-424, 470; comp. w/other sirs., 427, 431, 460, 463, 478, 482, 488-492, 495-499.) Hatt, R.T. (synonymy; West Africa; 533-566.) Mortensen, T (supposed occurrence at St. Helena; 417.) Kitching, G.C. (supposed occurrence at St. Helena; 33-34.) Gut, H.J. (Pleist., Rorida; 50-53.) Pocock, R.I. (scapula, comp. w/ DD; 341, 343- 345.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 1-15.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 1-11.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition, comp. w/ DD; 10-11, 13-14.) Kretzoi, M. (comp. w/ Sirenavus, 149; in classifi cation, 154-155.) Simpson, G.G. (etymology of word "manatee"; 14.) Kaltenmark, J. (comp. w/ Metaxytherium sp.; 106-108, 111-113.) Heuvelmans, B. (evolution of dentition; 4, 6-11.) Simpson, G.G. (in classification; 136, 190.) Reinhart, R.H. (ancestry; 203-211.) Hemming, F. (priority over Manatus; 159-160.) Pascual, R. (comp. w/ Ribodon; 170-174.) Dekeyser, PL. (teeth of embryo; 922.) Paula Couto, C de (?Pleist, Brazil; 5,79, 95,107.) Knoll, W. (blood cells; 332-333.) Anon, (weed control; 5.) Anon, (weed control; 70.) Rood, R.N. (pop. acc; 133-136.) Dill, WA. (weed control; 1-6.) Wilhelm, W(m51.) Tenney & Remmers (quantitative lung morphol ogy; 54-55.) Norris, K.S. (possible use of mandibular canal as wave guide in echolocation; 334.) Kilmer, F.H. (comp. w/ Halianassa allisoni; 60, 62-63.) Robineau, D. (ear ossicles, comp. w/ HG; 420- 424.) Bertram & Bertram (status; weed control; 214, 216-217.) Bertram & Bertram (pop. acc; 180-184.) 592 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1966 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/Metaxytherium calvertense; 11, 81.) Shikama, T. Paula Couto, C. de (comp. w/ Sirenotherium; 346-347, 349-356.) Anon. (pop. acc; 3-6.) Bertram & Bertram (ecology & econ.use; 388- 390, 393.) Bertram & Bertram (gen. acc; 423-426.) Kaiser, H.E. (occipital region; 478.) Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 6.) Romer, A.S. (name Manatus preferred; 200.) Robineau, D. (temporal & ear region; 3, 14-20, 23-31.) Eichler & Albrecht Varona, L.S. (Cuba; supposed fossil occurrences; m5.) Verhaart, WJ.C (brain; 271-292.) Domning, D.P. (Pleist., Rorida & North Carolina; m8.) Vietmeyer, N.D. (gen. acc; weed control; 60-65.) Vietmeyer, N.D. (eating water hyacinth; 71-73.) Webb, S.D. (Pleist. immigration to Florida; 221, 223, 226.) Anon, (weed control; pop. acc; 80.) Bertram & Bertram (need for captive breeding; Guyana project; 106-108.) Domning, D.P. (rostral deflection & feeding niche; 353.) Domning, D.P. (phyletic position; 573, 575, 578- 579.) Cave, A.J.E. (pterygoid hamulus; 530-531.) McKenna, M.C. (comp. w/ Florentinoameghinia; 66.) Domning, D.P. (origin & evolution; 599-619.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (comp. w/ Eoc. sirs.; 18, 30, 39.) Morgan & Pratt (Pleist, Florida; 24.) Fortelius, M. (functional anatomy of cheek teeth; 11,52-53,65,73.) Domning & Hayek (morphological variation, 87- 144; Pleist, South Carolina, 136.) x 1988 Nojima,T. (bony falx cerebri; 315, 320.) x *1989 Gallagher et al. (?Pleist, New Jersey; 107-108.) xv 1991c Domning, D.P. (justifications for conservation; 167-173.) x 1992 McKenna, M.C. (eye-lens proteins; phylogeny & affinities; 350, 354-355, 357.) x 1992 Thewissen & Domning (character states; 502.) Trichechus aequatorialis (Lac6pede, 1799) Hatt, 1934 (= Trichechus senegalensis) x *1934 Hatt, R.T. (n.comb. [lapsus?]; syn. of T. senegalen sis; 537.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, 382.) A. (syn. of T. senegalensis; D X X X X X X X X X X X XV XV X XV X X X X X X X XV X X 1966c 1967 1968a 1968a 1968b 1968a 1968 1968 *1969 1970a 1972 1972 1974 1974b 1975 1976 1977f 1977 1977b 1978c 1979 1980 *1982b 1982 1983 1985 *1986 Trichechus amazonius Shaw, 1800 (= Trichechus ma natus) ?1800 Shaw, G. (n.sp.) 1818 Olfers, I. *1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of T. m. manatus; type locality restricted; 536.) 1959 Hershkovitz, P. (syn. of T. m. manatus; 342.) 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of T. inunguis in part, 309; of T. m. manatus in part, 310.) Trichechus americanus Link, 1795 (= Trichechus ma natus) *1794- 1795 Link, H.F. (n.sp.) *1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of T. m. manatus; type locality restricted; 535-536.) 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of T. inunguis in part, 309; of T m. manatus in part, 310.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of T. manatus; 381.) Trichechus antillarum Link, 1795 (= Trichechus manatus) *1794- 1795 Link, H.F. (n.sp.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of T m. manatus; 535.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of T m. manatus; 310.) x 1986 Domning & Hayek (ml25.) Trichechus antiquus (Leidy, 1856) Hay, 1902 (nomen dubium) x *1902 Hay, O.P. (n.comb.; 583.) x 1919 Hay, O.P. (Pleist, Florida; 109-110, pl. 26.) x 1923a Allen, G.M. (m232.) x * 1926 Allen, G.M. (referred to Halitherium; 455.) x 1932a Simpson, G.G. (m421.) x 1982b Domning, D.P. (specimen of Hay [1919] consid ered Subrecent TM; 604-605.) Trichechus australis (Gmelin, 1788) Shaw, 1800 (= Trichechus senegalensis, in part; Trichechus manatus, in part) Shaw, G. (n.comb.) Diesing, CM. (parasites Lobocephalus hetero- lobus & Amphistoma fabaceum; ml 89.) Wyman, J. (syn. of Manatus Senegalensis; m45.) Rhoads, S.N. ([= TM]) Hatt, R.T. (syn. of T senegalensis; 537.) Reinhart, R.H. (m208.) Trichechus australis Retzius, 1794 (= Dugong dugon) *1794 Retzius, A.J. (n.sp.) X X X X *1800 1838 1850 1894 1934 1951 NUMBER 80 593 Trichechus borealis (Gmelin, 1788) Shaw, 1800 (= Hydrodamalis gigas) *1800 Shaw, G. (n.comb.) x 1825a Harlan, R.(m279.) x 1883 Stejneger, L. (syn. of Rytina gigas; m78.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 75, 93.) Trichechus clusii (Pennant, 1793) Shaw, 1800 (= Tri chechus manatus) *1800 Shaw, G. (n.sp.) 1818 Olfers, I. x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of T. manatus; 536.) x 1959 Hershkovitz, P. (syn. of T m. manatus; 342.) x 1961 Cabrera, A. (syn. of T. m. manatus; 310.) Trichechus dugon Muller, 1776 (= Dugong dugon) x *1776 Muller, P.L.S. ("Trichecus dugon"; n.sp.; 21-22.) x 1780 Zimmermann, E.A.W. ("Trichechus (Dugung)"; diagnosis & distr.; 425.) 1795 Forster, J.R. 1798 Cuvier, G. x 1808 Tiedemann, F. ("T dugong"; syn. of Dugungus indicus; m554.) x 1820 Diard & Duvaucel ("trichecus dugong"; anatomy; 159-160.) x 1821 Gray, J.E. ("T dugong'; in classification; 309.) 1824 Desmoulins, A. x 1964 Johnson, D.H. (syn. of Dugong dugon; 506.) x 1978c Domning, D.P. (m578.) Trichechus exunguis (Natterer in Diesing, 1839) Stunkard, 1929 (= Trichechus inunguis) x *1929 Stunkard, H.W. (n.comb.; trematodes; 254.) x * 1981c Domning, D.P. (suppression of name proposed; 130-132.) x 1982 Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of T. inunguis; nomen oblitum; m305.) Trichechus giganteus (DeKay, 1842) Case, 1904 (Ceta cea) x *1904 Case, E.C. (n.comb.; Mioc, Maryland; 56-57, pl. 26.) x 1966 Kellogg, R. (review, 66; m83.) Trichechus hydropithecus Shaw, 1800 (Steller's "sea- ape"; nomen nudum) *1800 Shaw, G. (n.sp.; nomen nudum) Trichechus inornatus (Leidy, 1873) Hay, 1902 (nomen dubium) x *1902 Hay, O.P. (n.comb.; 584.) x *1926 Allen, G.M. (synonymized with Halitherium anti quum; 455.) x 1989c Domning, D.P. (considered nomen dubium; 416.) xv XV XV XV XV XV XV XV XV XV XV XV 1813 1829 1836 1847 1850 1851 1853 1853 1854 1863 1869 XV XV XV XV XV XV XV XV X X XV XV Trichechus inunguis (Natterer in von Pelzeln, 1883) Trouessart, 1905 541 SEE Carvajal, G. de, 1934. 768 SEE Noronha, J.M. de, 1856. 786 SEE Rodriguez Ferreira, A., 1903. 809a Cuvier, G. (French Guiana; external morphology, 283-285; skeleton, 285-293, pl. 19.) Ulloa, A. de (Maranon R.; 513.) Maw, H.L. (Peru/Brazil border, 237-239.) Smyth & Lowe (Sarayacu, Peru; 197, 242-243.) Edwards, W.H. (Amazonia; 187-188.) Sampaio, F.X.R. de (Rio Branco, Brazil; m259.) Warren, J.E. (Brazil; 149.) Herndon, WL. (Peru, 158, 163-164, 200; Brazil, 300,319,365.) Wallace, A.R. (Amazonia; 185-187, 458-461.) Gibbon, L. (Madeira R., Brazil; "few" taken; m309.) Bates, H.W. (Amazonia; 2: 165.) Marcoy, P. (Amazonia; hunting, etc.; 1: 671-673, 2: 149-157, 202-204.) Kingston, W.H.G. (Amazonia; predation by jaguar, 184-190.) Heriarte, M. de (Gurup? & Trombetas R., Brazil; ca. 1662; 29-30, 39.) Marcoy, P. (Amazonia; hunting, etc.; 2: 42, 45, 187-194,235-237.) Wilder, B.G. (Peru; fetus; 105-106, 108-109, 112-114.) Orton, J. (Amazonia; 215, 299, 477.) Brown & Lidstone (Brazil; Jamaraqua, 175-176; in capt, Manaus, 395-396.) Anchieta, J. de ("Trichechus, manatus borealis" ; Brazil; gen. acc; 11-12.) 904- 1905 Trouessart, E.-L. (n.comb.) 907 Wilder, B.G. (fetus; 663.) 908 Wilder, B.G. (fetus; 825.) 914 Fountain, P. (Amazonia; 303-304.) 917 Fairchild, D. (m339.) 924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (in capt; historical records, 60-63, 130; in Hamburg, 63-67, 113-133, 167-180, 213-230.) MacCreagh, G. (Uaup6s R. area, Brazil; 277, facing 309,313,323-324.) Schurz, WL. (Brazil; 2 photos of carcasses; 449-450.) Vosseler, J. (in capt., Hamburg; 362-364.) Moraes, R. (mixira; 67.) Rusby, H.H. (Madeira R., Brazil; 324-325.) Hatt, R.T. (distr., 538; skeleton, 539-554, 560- 561.) 1937 Orico, O. (Brazil; legends; 190-191.) 872 874 875 875 876 878 900 1926 xv 1926 X XV XV X 1930 1931 1933 *1934 594 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY 1938 Oldham et al. (in capt, Chicago, m27; hypophysis, 27-32.) 1939 Coates, C.W (in capt, New York; 141-148.) 1939 Wavrin, M. de (Amazonia; hunting; 194-196.) 1940 Coates, C.W. (in capt, New York; 99-100.) [940 Machado, F. de P. (Brazil; use of meat & hide; conservation; breeding in winter; 246.) L941a Gunter, G. ("Texas"; m61.) 1941a Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 3.) 1941b Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 1-2, 8.) [941- 1943 Pereira, M.N. (Brazil; econ. use; 100-102, 153- 154, 218, 65.) 1943 Jobim, J. (Brazil; use for tinted hides; 178.) 1944 Morais Rego, A.R. de (natural history, hunting, econ. use; 10-12.) 1944 Pereira, M.N. ("T. manatus"; natural history; 21-94.) 1945 Paiva, M. (pop. acc; 35-36.) 1945 Santos, E. (Brazil; hunting, econ. use; 155-159.) 1946 Slijper, E.J. (spinal column & muscles; 42-43, 47, 53, 73-78, tabs. 3, 5, 6.) 1948 Mendes, A. ("T. manatus"; Brazil; hunting, econ. use; 325-327.) 1949 Vieira, C.O.C. (Juruii R., Brazil; 241, 268-269.) 1951 Fernand, V.S.V. (pituitary, comp. w/ DD; 58-59.) 1951 Reinhart, R.H. (m208.) 1954 Aragao, A. de ("Manatus"; Brazil; hunting; 54-56.) 1954 Gunter, G. (m544.) 1954 Lawrence, J.E. (m402.) [954 Pereira, M.N. (conservation; m269, m271.) [956 Moore, J.C. (hunting, ml-2; floating, ml7-18.) [956 Pereira, M.N. (Marajd, Brazil; 68.) [957 Meggers & Evans (hunting & trading by Ama zonian Indians; m570.) [961 Cabrera, A. (synonymy; 309-310.) [962 Bertram & Bertram (Amazon basin; status; 1329.) [963 Bertram, G.C.L. (Takatu R., Guyana) 1963 Freundt de Castro, E. [965 Ruschi, A. (supposed occurrence in Espirito Santo, Brazil; 30.) 1967 Browder, J. (m5.) [967 Carvalho, J.C. de M. (Brazil; exploitation; 25-27, 31,33.) 1967 Feriz, H. (clay model, Brazil; 373-374.) [967 MacLaren, J.P. (from Peru; used for weed control in Panama; 388.) 1967 Pereira, M.N. (Rio Branco, Brazil, 23; Indian legend, 467.) 1967 Salles, WB. de (pop. acc; 124-127.) 1968b Anon, (in capt, San Francisco; 2-3.) [968 Garibaldi, L. 1968 Grimwood, I.R. (Peru; status & exploitation; 418.) [968 Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 6.) X X X XV X X X XV X XV X 1969 ?1969 1969 1969 *1969 ?1970 *1970 1970 1971 1971 1972 1972 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1972 1972 1973a 1973 1973 1973 1973 *1973 1974 1974 1974 1975 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 1977a 1977c X X XV X X X X X 1977 1977 1977 1977 *1977 1978 *1978a 1978b 1979 Carvalho & Toccheton (Brazil; 224.) Frye & Herald (in capt, San Francisco; treatment for osteomyelitis; 1073-1076.) Grimwood, I.R. (Peru; status & exploitation; 61.) Herald, E.S. (in capt, San Francisco & Pittsburgh; 29-30.) Robineau, D. (temporal & ear region; 3, 14-16.) Evans & Herald (in capt, San Francisco; vocaliza tions; 820-823.) Loughman et al. (chromosomes; 151-152, pl. 49.) Schreider & Schreider (in capt, Leticia, Colombia; 142.) Jones, M.L. (in capt; 85.) Lima, D.C (Itacoatiara, Brazil; meat exported, 1968; 7.) Blessing et al. ("T. manatus inunguis"; spleen; 166-171, 173-178, 182-188, 190, 193, 195- 203.) Blessing, M.H. ("T. manatus inunguis"; myo globin concentrations; 475-479.) Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (Brazil; status; 82-87.) Mittermeier, R.A. Anon. (Guyana; weed control; 5.) Bertram & Bertram (distr. & status, 317-318; econ. use, 322-324.) Lewis & Wilson (plasma fibrinogen; 421-422.) Mossman & Duke (ovary) Pine, R.H. (Belem, Brazil; 74.) Sonoda & Takemura (vocalizations; 19-24.) Bertram, G.C.L. (conservation; 7, 14, 19.) Hawrylyshyn, G. (Brazil; 20.) Mondolfi, E. (Venezuela; probably absent from lower Orinoco R.; 5-6, 15.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (in capt., Brazil; 223-226.) Boever et al. (Mycobacterium infection; 927-929.) Campbell, H.W. (gen. acc; 1, 7.) Marmol B., A.E. (Peru; food plants; 31-32.) Neville et al. (Samiria R. area, Peru; 155.) Boever et al. (in capt; trematode Chiorchis; 5-6.) Domning & Magor (tooth replacement; 435-438.) Domning, D.P. (myology, comp. w/ DD; 10-14, 17, 25-26, 29.) Domning, D.P. (in capt., Manaus, Brazil; sold as pets to private owners; 3.) Farmer & Bonaventura (hemoglobin; 916.) Lovisek, J. (conservation; pop. acc; 62-64.) Meggers, B.J. (raising for meat proposed; 49.) Van Bree & Duguy (Ucayali R., Peru; 292.) Whitehead, P.J.P. (?earliest account that of Car vajal; 169-170.) Boever, WJ. (Mycobacterium infections) Domning, D.P. (myology; 1-81.) Domning, D.P. (m30.) Best & da Silva (Brazil; research; pop. acc; 26-27, 29.) NUMBER 80 595 x * 1979a Farmer et al. (hemoglobin & whole blood proper ties; 231-238.) x 1979 Hartman, D.S. (in capt, San Francisco; food consumption; 54.) x 1979 Mok & Best (skin fungus; 79-82.) x 1980 Ayres & Best (Brazil; conservation; 83-85, 90- 92.) x 1980 Banks da Rocha, N. (in key; 147-148.) x 1980 Bullock et al. (hearing; evoked brain potentials; 130-133.) x 1980 De Jong & Zweers (eye-lens proteins & phylogeny; 897-202.) x 1980 Domning, D.P. (food position preference; 544- 547.) x *1980 Gallivan & Best (metabolism & respiration; 245- 253.) x *1980 Gallivan, G.J. (respiratory control; 254-261.) x 1981 Best, R.C. (diet & nutrition; 3-4, 7-13, 15, 18-24.) x 1981 Domning & Myrick (tetracycline marking of rib; 203-207.) x *1981a Domning, D.P. (distr. near mouth of Amazon R.; hunting; 85-97.) x 1981b Domning, D.P. (Brazil; research; pop. acc; 18- 23.) x * 1981c Domning, D.P. (suppression of synonym T exun guis proposed; 130-132.) x *1981 Montgomery et al. (Brazil; radiotracking & habitat use; 81-85.) x 1981 Simpson & Paula Couto (Pleist, Brazil; 48-49, 69.) x 1981a Smith, N.J.H. (Brazil; econ. use; 184-186.) x 1981b Smith, N.J.H. (Itacoatiara, Brazil; 95-96.) x 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (nematode Heterocheilus; 310,312.) x * 1982a Best, R.C. (seasonal breeding; 76-78.) 1982b Best, R.C. x 1982 Best, Ribeiro et al. (feeding with artificial formula; 263-267.) x 1982 Bullock et al. (auditory evoked potentials & ultrasonic vocalizations, comp. w/ TML; 548, 552.) x 1982 De Jong & Goodman (eye-lens proteins & phylo geny; 261-269, 273.) x * 1982a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; commercial exploitation; 101-126.) x *1982b Domning, D.P. (evolution; 600, 603-613, 615- 616.) x 1982 Domning, Rice et al. (distr. & status; 305-306.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (distr., 372, 380, 382; tail shape, 408.) x 1982 Montgomery et al. (introduction of one individual into Panama Canal; m257.) x *1983 Best, R.C. (dry-season fasting; 61-64.) x 1983a Domning, D.P. (tooth replacement; pop. acc; 8, 10-11.) x *1983 x 1983 x 1983 X X X X X X X *1983 1984 1984b *1984 1984 1984 1985 1985 1986 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X *1986 *1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 1987 1987 1987 1987 1988 1988 1988 1988 x 1989 x 1990 1990 xv 1991b x *1991 1991 1991 1992 1992 Gallivan et al. (thermoregulation; 255-262.) Irvine, A.B. (metabolism & body temperature range; 327-328.) Lainson et al. (protozoan Eimeria trichechi; 287- 289.) Piggins et al. (eye & vision; 111-129.) Best, R.C. (pop. acc; 66-73.) Best, R.C. (gen. acc; 371-377.) Domning & Hayek (tooth replacement; 105-127.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (seasonal calving, comp. w/DD; 781, 783.) Rainey et al. (molecular systematics; 586-587.) Morales et al. (in capt, San Francisco; Myco bacterium infection; 1230-1231.) Muizon & Domning (m209.) Domning & Hayek (morphological variation; 87- 144.) Gallivan & Best (feeding, fasting, metabolism, ventilation; 552-557.) Gallivan et al. (heart rates & gas exchange in diving; 415-423.) McLaren et al. (Brazil; specimens in Carnegie Museum; 293.) Miyamoto & Goodman (protein sequences & phylogeny; 230-240.) Morales, P. (in capt, San Francisco; food, pathol ogy; 43-48.) Timm et al. (Ecuador; ecology, distr., status; 150-156.) Colares & Colares (seasonal variation in food-plant abundance; 42-44.) Colares & Ferreira (intestinal blockage by polyp; pathological & normal blood values; 39.) Colares et al. (artificial milk formulas; 40-41.) Whittow, G.C. (thermoregulation; 222, 224, 226- 228, 230, 237.) Assis et al. (cytogenetics; 41-50.) Fischer, M.S. (tympanic cavity, comp. w/ TM; 370.) Kleinschmidt et al. (hemoglobin; 507-512.) O'Shea et al. (absent from Venezuela, 282, 288; comp. w/ TM, 298.) Timm et al. (Ecuador; hunting techniques of Siona Indians; 1-7.) Colares et al. (Manaus; care in capt; 43-47.) Klishin et al. (hearing) Anon. (Brazil; conservation; 221.) Domning & de Buffrenil (location of centers of gravity & buoyancy; hydrostatic adaptations; cross-sectional anatomy; 339-340, 347-350, 352-356, 359-360, 362-363, 366-368.) Rosas et al. (Brazil) Rosas, F.C.W. (Brazil) Colares & Colares (in capt.; food preferences) Colares et al. (blood chemistry) 596 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1992 Ketten et al. (ear & hearing, comp. w/ TML; 83, 89-91.) x 1992 Marmontel et al. (reproductive biology; 295-312.) 1992 Mukhametov et al. (sleep) x 1992 Roth, V.L. (variation in tooth size, comp. w/ elephants; 194-195, 197.) Trichechus inunguis koellikeri (Kukenthal, 1897) Der scheid, 1926 (= Trichechus manatus manatus) *1926 Derscheid, J.M. (n.comb.) Trichechus koellikeri (Kukenthal, 1897) Trouessart, 1905 (= Trichechus manatus) *1904- 1905 Trouessart, E.-L. (n.comb.) Trichechus latirostris (Harlan, 1824) True, 1884 (= Trichechus manatus) 1873 Jordan, T. x * 1884a True, F.W. (n.comb.; in classification; 588.) x *1884b True, F.W. (gen. acc; 114-128.) x 1895 Bangs, O. (Florida; 783-787.) x 1900 Evermann, B.W. (Puerto Rico; m25.) 1916 Nelson, E.W. (Florida) x 1916 Stone & Cram (gen. acc; 26-27.) x 1917 Fairchild, D. (Florida; possible commercial exploi tation for meat; 339.) x 1919 Safford, WE. (Miami, Florida; 423-424.) x 1922 Parker, G.H. (respiration & diving; 128-135.) x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (in capt, historical records, 59-65, 130; body size, 167.) x 1925 Kellogg, R. (comp. w/Metaxytherium jordani; 62, 64-65, 67-69.) x 1929 Stunkard, H.W. (trematodes; m255.) x 1935a Wislocki, G.B. (lungs; 385-396, pis. 1-2.) x * 1935b Wislocki, G.B. (placentation; 159-178, pis. 1-7.) x 1941a Gunter, G. (Texas; 61.) x 1941 Hamilton, W.J., Jr. (Florida; winter mortality; migration; tooth replacement; 687, 690-691.) x 1941a Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 4.) x * 1941b Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 2, 4-8.) x 1941c Heuvelmans, B. (dentition, comp. w/DD; 10.) x 1941 Irving et al. (respiration; ml51, ml58, 166.) x 1941 Scholander & Irving (respiration & diving; 169- 191.) x 1942a Fawcett, D.W. (blood-vascular bundles; 105-133.) x 1942b Fawcett, D.W. (pachyostosis & hypothyroidism; 271-309.) x 1942 Heuvelmans, B. (comp. w/Prorastoma veronense; 5.) x 1943 Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 8-10.) x 1948 Cahalane, V.H. (Florida Everglades; 258.) x 1951 Bourliere, F. (submergence of 16 min.; 21.) x 1951 Femand, V.S.V. (pituitary, comp. w/DD; 57-59.) X X X X X X X X X X X X 1951 *1953 1954 1955 1955 1955 *1958 1963 1968 1969 1982 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (m204, 207.) Quiring & Harlan (anatomy; 192-203.) Gunter, G. (m543.) Dekeyser, PL. (teeth; 292.) Miller & Kellogg (syn. of T. manatus latirostris; 791.) Severin, K. (in capt; pop. acc; 147-149.) Tenney, S.M. (heart & electrocardiogram; 933- 938.) Boyde & Stewart (tooth enamel; 1102-1103.) Rice & Schefffer (syn. of T. manatus; 12.) Allsopp, W.H.L. ("T. (manatus) latirostris"; weed control; 344-350.) Domning, Rice et al. (syn. of T. manatus; m306.) Kleinschmidt, A. (in capt; 412.) Trichechus manatus Linnaeus, 1758 v 1526 Oviedo, G.F. de (hunting) xv 1733 Perrault, C (gen. acc; 190-191, 193-194, 198- 199.) x *1758 Linnaeus, C. (n.gen.n.sp.; 34.) x 1769b Bancroft, E. ("Trichecus"; Guyana; gen. acc; 112-113.) x 1773 Muller, P.L.S. ("Trichecus"; gen. acc; 174-176, pl. 29.) x 1778 Zimmermann, E.A.W. (distr. [includes DD]; distin guished from HG; 253-254.) x *1780 Fabricius, O. (Greenland; 6.) x 1780 Zimmermann, E.A.W. (diagnosis; 426-427.) x 1791 Bartram, W (Rorida; 231-232.) 1795 Forster, J.R. 1798 Cuvier, G. x 1801 Stewart, C ("Trichecus"; gen. acc; stranded in Scotland; 85.) x 1804 Wiedemann, C.R.W. (skull; 67-76.) x 1808 Tiedemann, F. (syn. of Manatus australis; m555.) x 1809 Descourtilz, M.E. (San Domingo; 2: 274-276.) x 1817 Stewart, C. ("Trichecus"; gen. acc; stranded in Scotland; 125.) x 1821 Gray, J.E. (in classification; 309.) x 1824 Harlan, R. (m390.) 1833 Serres, M. de x 1848 Schomburgk, R. (syn. of Manatus australis; 786.) x 1850 Wyman, J. (syn. of Manatus Americanus; m45.) xv 1877 De Pourtales, L.F. (Rorida & West Indies; distr.; 144.) x 1880 LeBaron, J.F. ("Tricecus"; Rorida; distr., hunting; 1005-1006.) x 1884a True, F.W. (in classification; 588.) x * 1884b True, F.W. (gen. acc; 114-128.) x 1887 Rovirosa, J.N. (syn. of Manatus australis; m356.) xv 1898 Hill, R.T. (Cuba, m56; Jamaica, ml99; Bahamas, m298.) x 1901 Elliott, D.G. (m6.) NUMBER 80 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1904 1904a 1910 1911 1916 1918 1918 1918 1919 1919 1919 1920 1924b 1924 1925 1929 1929 1931 1932 4934 X X X XV X X X 1935 1941a 1944 1944 *1946 1946b 1947 1948 1951 ?1952 1954 1954 *1955 1958 1959 1960 1960d 1960 1961 1964 Allen, J.A. (Colombia; 423.) Lorenz, L.v. ("Trichecus"; m9.) Allen, J.A. (Nicaragua; m89, m94.) Thomas, O. (type locality fixed as West Indies; 131-132.) Sellards, E.H. (Pleist, Rorida; 104.) Cunf y Valera, L.A. (syn. of Manatus americanus; 87-89.) M6n?gaux, A. (Rorida; attempted commercial use; 698-700.) Miller, G.S., Jr. (Virgin Islands; at archeological site; 509.) Beebe, W (Guyana; 226.) Hay, O.P. (comp. w/ T antiquus; 109-110.) Stiles, C.W. (North Carolina; in capt; 658.) Goldman, E.A. (Panama; 68-71.) Miller, G.S., Jr. Thomas et al. (type species of Manatus; m347.) ICZN (m38.) ICZN (ml9.) Miller, G.S., Jr. (Dominican Republic; archeologi cal sites; 11-12.) Travassos & Vogelsang (trematode Cochleotrema cochleotrema; 145.) Sokoloff & Caballero (trematode Schizamphistoma manati; 167.) Hatt, R.T. (synonymy, 534-537; comp. w/ other spp., 539-554, 560-561.) Murie, A. (Belize; 30.) Gunter, G. (m63.) Jel, P. de Pereira, M.N. (considered the "correct" name for the Amazonian manatee; 37.) Baughman, J.L. (early accounts; 234-237.) Goodwin, G.G. (Costa Rica; 445.) Marden, L. (Guatemala; 546, 552, 558.) Mendes, A. (used as the "correct" name for the Amazonian manatee; 325.) Bourliere, F. (euryhaly; 194.) Hemming, F. (placed on Official List of Names in Zoology; 159-160.) Aragao, A. de (m55.) Gunter, G. (distr. & habits; 543-545.) Kellogg, W.N. (Rorida; phonograph record of vocalizations.) Tomkins, I.R. (Georgia; 154.) Smith, F.G.W. (connections with mermaid leg ends; pop. acc; 74-82.) Allsopp, W.H.L. (Guyana; weed control; 762.) Anon. Vuletin, A. (northern South America; gen. acc; 124.) Cabrera, A. (synonymy; 310.) Wauchope, R. (Yucatan) 1965 X X X X X X X X 1965 1965 1966 1967 1967 1968 1968 1969 1970 1970 1970 x 1972 1972 1972 x 1973a x 1973 1973 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1974 1974 * 1974a *1974 1974a 1974 1974 1975b 1975d 1976a 1976 1976 1976 1976 1976 1977 1977 X X X X 1977 1977 1977 *1977 1977 1977 597 Bard, J. ("Trichecus"; Guyana; weed control; 5, 8.) Jones, J.K. (Nicaragua; Indian name; 354.) Randall, J.E. (m259.) Pearsall, J. (Texas) MacLaren, J.P. (Panama; weed control; 388-393.) Paula Couto, C. de (comp. w I Sirenotherium; m347.) Rice & Scheffer (distr., 6; synonymy, ml2.) Wing et al. (Antigua; 129.) Robineau, D. (temporal & ear region; 3, 14-15.) Erdman, D.S. (Puerto Rico; 638.) Mendez, E. (Panama) Radhakrishnan & Bradley (trematodes Chiorchis fabaceus, Plicatolabia hagenbecki) Boorer, M.K. (in capt; clockwise swimming; ml65.) Cousteau, J. (pop. acc.) Pilson & Goldstein Anon. (Guyana; weed control; 5, 17.) Bertram & Bertram (distr. & status, 300, 316-321; econ. use, 321; captivity & weed control, 328-330.) Valentry, D. (supposed reluctance to breed in capt; 290-291.) Bartmann, W (in capt; skin disease; 13-16.) Bertram, G.C.L. (conservation; 7, 13, 19.) Hartman, D.S. (USA; distr., status, conservation; 1-247.) Mondolfi, E. (Venezuela; 6-22.) Spurgeon, D. (Guyana; weed control; 238-239.) Tabuchi et al. (skin fungus; 127-134.) Webb, S.D. (Pleist, Rorida; 18.) Anon. (Rorida; conception & birth in capt; 6-7.) Anon, (near Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana; 20.) Anon. (Bahamas; 8.) Campbell, H.W. (gen. acc; 1, 3-6.) Collard et al. (Pensacola Bay, Rorida; 48.) Odell, D.K. (southern Rorida; aerial survey; 203-206, 212.) Reynolds, J.E., III (Rorida; behavior, popular misconceptions, & conservation; 209-214.) Wray, P. (pop. acc; 13-15.) Browne & Lee (North Carolina; interview survey; 40.) Campbell & Irvine (Rorida; feeding ecology; 249-251.) Campbell, H.W. (North Carolina; 396-397.) Ernst, C.H. (in key) Van Bree & Duguy (Guyana & Cuba; 292.) Whitehead, P.J.P. (Brazil; early accounts & former southern distr.; 165-179, 184-185.) Whitmore & Gard (comp. w/ HG; 11.) Ernst, C.H. 598 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X 1978 1978 1978a 1978b 1978c 1978 1978 :1978 X X X X X X *1978 1979 1979 1979 *1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1979 1980 1980 1980 X X X X X X X X X X X 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980 1980a 1980 1981a 1981 1981 Belitsky & Belitsky (Dominican Republic) Campbell & Gicca (Mexico; status & distr.; 257-264.) Domning, D.P. (myology, comp. w/ TI; 5, 8-57, 68-71.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ N. Pacific sirs., 23, 116, 123, 125, 129, 131; possible Greenland record, 138-139.) Domning, D.P. (m578.) Irvine & Campbell (southeastern USA; aerial census; 613-617.) Odell et al. (Bahamas; 289-293.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (eating fish; 442.) Whitehead, P.J.P. (Brazil; early accounts & former southern distr.; 497-506.) Barrett, S.K. (Rorida; mortality in flood-control dams; 26.) Bengtson & Magor (Belize; aerial survey; 230- 232.) Graham, F., Jr. Hartman, D.S. (Rorida; ecology & behavior; i-viii, 1-153.) Janson,T Klein, E.H. (Honduras; status & distr.; 21-28.) Leatherwood, S. (Indian & Banana Rs., Florida; aerial survey; 47-48, 52-56, 58.) Odell & Reynolds (southern Florida; mortality; 572-577.) Odell, D.K. (Everglades National Park, Florida) Reynolds, J.E., III (Florida; behavior; pop. acc; 44-53.) Twiss, J.R., Jr. (Florida; conservation; pop. acc; 10-17.) Barile, D.D. (Florida; conservation) Belitsky & Belitsky (Dominican Republic; 313- 319.) Bullock et al. (sound production, comp. w/TI; 130, 132.) Dekker, D. (birth & behavior in capt; 21-26.) Inuzuka et al. (m640.) Irvine et al. (Florida; clinical parameters; 2-10.) Kurten & Anderson (Pleist, North America; 341-342.) Miller et al. (tooth replacement; 128A.) Ohtomo et al. (clotting & dumping-factor reac tions of plasma; 261-266.) Patton, G.W. (Tampa Bay, Florida) Sleeper, B. (Florida; pop. acc; 42-47.) Telander, R. (Florida; pop. acc; 28-35.) Anderson, P.K. (behavior, comp. w/DD; 642- 644.) Asper & Searles (Florida; captive husbandry; 121-127.) Beck et al. (Florida; mortality, 1978; 76-85.) x 198 x 198 x 198 x 198 x *198 x *198 X X X X X X X 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 x 198 x 198 x *198 x *198 x 198 198 x 198 Best, R.C. (diet & nutrition; 3-13, 15, 17-24.) a Beusse et al. (Florida; mortality, 1974-77; 98- 101.) b Beusse et al. (Florida; treatment of injuries; 111-120.) a Blair, D. (Florida; parasitic flukes; 13.) Brownell & Ralls (Florida; workshop proceedings; 1-154.) Brownell, Ralls & Reeves (Florida; review; 3-16.) Campbell & Irvine (Florida; winter mortality, 1976-77; 86-91.) Cardeilhac et al. (Rorida; captive rearing of orphans; 141-146.) Domning & Myrick (bone histology; 205-206.) a Domning, D.P. (Brazil; distr. & status; 85-97.) Gunter & Corcoran (Mississippi; 97-99.) Irvine et al. (Florida; mortality, 1974-77; 67-75.) Jenkins, R.L. (Florida; captive husbandry; 128- 130.) Odell et al. (organ weights & sexual maturity; 52-65.) Odell, D.K. (Florida; growth in capt; 131-140.) Powell & Waldron (use of Blue Spring, Rorida; 41-51.) Powell et al. (Puerto Rico; status & distr.; 642-646.) Powell, J.A., Jr. (use of Crystal R., Florida; 33-40.) a Reynolds, J.E, III (Blue Lagoon, Miami; behavior; 233-242.) b Reynolds, J.E., III (Blue Lagoon, Miami; social behavior; 431-451.) c Reynolds, J.E., III (Miami; behavior & effects of human activities; 25-32.) d Reynolds, J.E., III (digestive tract) Rose, P.M. (Florida; aerial survey at power plants, 1977-78; 22-24.) 1981 Schad et al. (Panama Canal; 1-4.) 1981 Shane, S.H. (Brevard Co., Florida; use of power- plant effluents) 1981 Sleeper, B. (Florida; pop. acc; 16-20.) 1981 Smith, N.J.H. (Brazil; m 184.) 1981 Sprent, J.F.A. (nematode Heterocheilus tunicatus; 310,312.) 1981 Villa-R. & Colmenero-R. (southeastern Mexico; status; 703-707.) 1981 Zeiller, W (Florida; captive husbandry; 103-110.) 1982 Beck et al. (Florida; analysis of propeller wounds; 531-535.) 1982 Bengtson, J.L. (St. Johns R., Rorida; ecology & behavior; 4668.) 1982 Best & Teixeira (Amapa, Brazil; distr., status, hunting, natural history; 41-47.) NUMBER 80 X X X X 1982 1982 1982 1982a 4982b 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1982 1982 *1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 *1982 1982 *1983 *1983 *1983 1983 1983 1983a 1983 *1983 1983 Bonde, R.K. (Florida; accidental mortality; pop. acc; 3-5.) Bullock et al. (auditory evoked potentials; 547- 554.) Cohen et al. (retinal photoreceptors; 197-202.) Domning, D.P. (Brazil; commercial exploitation; 122-124.) Domning, D.P. (evolution; 600, 603-616.) Domning, Morgan & Ray (Pleist, Waccasassa R., Rorida, 18; rostral deflection & diet, 62.) Domning, Rice et al. (distr. & status; 305-306.) Eberhardt, L.L. (Florida; censusing methods; 1- 18.) Fairbairn & Haynes (Jamaica; aerial surveys; 289-293.) Retemeyer, J. (Florida; sonar monitoring; 296- 299.) Irvine et al. (western Rorida; aerial surveys; 621-630.) Kleinschmidt, A. (body proportions, 375; pelvis, 390-391.) Medway, Black & Rathbun (hematology; 11-15.) Michelson, R.C. (Florida; automated radiotrack ing; 79-85.) Montgomery et al. (Panama Canal; possible entry into Pacific Ocean; 257-258.) Odell, D.K. Olsen, S.J. (identification of bones from archeolo gical sites; 8, 41-42, 54, 56-57, 62, 66, 70, 75, 90.) Rathbun et al. (distr. north of Rorida; 152-165.) Rattner, D. (Florida; pop. acc; 29-31.) Reynolds & Krause (duodenum; 33-40.) Scott & Powell (Rorida; commensal feeding by herons; 215-216.) Steel & Morris (vocalizations; 925.) Werzinger, J. (birth in capt, Nuremberg; 34-37.) Wing & Reitz (Caribbean; at archeological sites; 16, 24.) Bengtson, J.L. (Florida; food consumption in wild; 1186-1192.) Bonde et al. (salvage & necropsy manual; i-v, 1-175.) Bradley et al. (hypothetical use by Olmecs; 1-82.) Brooks, J.D. Buergelt & Bonde (Florida; toxoplasmic menin goencephalitis; 1294-1296.) Domning, D.P. (tooth replacement; pop. acc; 8, 10-11.) Gunter & Perry (Mississippi; 513.) Irvine, A.B. (metabolism & distr. in Rorida; 315-334.) Kinnaird & Valade (Jacksonville, Florida; use of power-plant refugia; 1-63.) x *1983a x 1983b x 1983c x *1983 x 1983 x *1983 X X X X X X X X X 1983 1983 1983a *1983b 1983 1983 1983a 1983b 1983 1983 1983 1983 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1983 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984b 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 599 Kinnaird, M.F. (northeastern Florida; aerial census; 1-56.) Kinnaird, M.F. (Florida; strategies to reduce boat- related mortality; 1-19.) Kinnaird, M.F. (Rorida; causes of boat-related mortality; 1-41.) Kochman et al. (Crystal R., Rorida; temporal & spatial distr.; 69-124.) O'Shea, T.J. (Crystal R., Rorida; potential herbi cide hazards; 159-173.) Packard & Mulholland (Florida; aerial surveys, 1977-82; 1-119.) Packard & Nichols (Rorida; sample sizes required for mark-recovery studies; 1-14.) Packard et al. (St. Johns R? Rorida; aerial survey; 1-10.) Packard, J.M. (Crystal R., Rorida) Packard, J.M. (Crystal R., Rorida) Puckett, C. (Citrus Co., Rorida; public attitudes; 321-346.) Rathbun et al. (Honduras; status; 301-308.) Shane, S.H. (Rorida; use of warm-water sources; pop. acc; 40-44.) Shane, S.H. (Brevard Co., Rorida; abundance, distr., & movements; 1-9.) Sprent, J.F.A. (nematode Heterocheilus tunicatus; 69, 73-74.) Steel, C (vocalizations; gen. acc; 3160-3161.) Tiedemann, J.A. (Turkey Creek, Rorida; behavior & use of creek; 1-8.) Wall, W.P. (bone density & aquatic adaptations; 197, 201-204.) Wilkins, K.T. (Pleist, Florida; 70, 76-77, 79.) Bazzini et al. (hemopoiesis in vertebral bodies; 19.) Buergelt et al. (Florida; pathology; 1331-1334.) Buergelt, CD. (Florida; mortality, 1980-83; 28- 29.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (Mexico) Cornide, R.I. (Cuba; blood antibodies; 1.) DiPema, P. (Rorida; captive breeding; pop. acc; 16-17.) Domning & Hayek (Rorida; tooth wear & replace ment; 121, 125.) Domning, D.P. (Maryland & Virginia; pop. acc; 5-6.) Hall, A.J. (Rorida; photos; 400-413.) Irvine & Scott (Florida; development of marking techniques; 12-26.) Lewis et al. (Rorida; feeding on algae; 189-191.) Lomolino & Ewel (digestive efficiencies; 176- 179.) Manzij & Piliptshuk Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (reproduction, comp. w/DD; 771, 781, 784.) 600 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X X X X X X X X X 1984 1984 1984a 1984b *1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984a 1984b 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985a 1985b 1985 1985 1985 1985 1985 O'Shea et al. (Rorida; contaminant concentrations; 741-748.) Packard, Frohlich et al. (Ft. Myers, Rorida; abundance, 1983-84; 1-63.) Packard, J.M. (Florida; impact on seagrass beds; 21-22.) Packard, J.M. (review of marking techniques; 1-29.) Powell & Rathbun (northern Gulf of Mexico; 1-28.) Rainey et al. (molecular systematics; 586-587.) Reynolds & Ferguson (Dry Tortugas; implications for salinity tolerance; 187-189.) Riemer, D.N. (weed control; 138-141.) Schmitz & Lavigne (intrinsic rate of increase vs. body size & metabolic rate; 307-308.) Shane, S.H. (Brevard Co., Rorida; use of power- plant effluents; 180-187.) Sleeper, B. Snipes, R.L. (cecum; 67-78.) Watters et al. (Barbuda; archeological site; 404, 406-407, 409.) White, Francis-Royd & Waterstrat (in capt, Miami; growth rates; 30-34.) White, J.R. (births & breeding in capt; pop. acc; 414-418.) White, J.R. (Florida; birth & breeding in capt, & release; 369-375.) Bengtson & Fitzgerald (Rorida; vocalizations & behavior, 816-819.) Etheridge et al. (Rorida; aquatic plant consump tion; 21-25.) Kochman et al. (Crystal R., Rorida; temporal & spatial distr.; 921-924.) Mackay-Sim et al. (vomeronasal organ absent; 186-194.) Muizon & Domning (comp. w/ indeterminate Peruvian sir.; passage through Panama Canal; 209.) O'Shea, Beck et al. (Rorida; mortality, 1976-81; 1-11.) O'Shea, Rathbun et al. (Rorida; no evidence for capture myopathy; 335-349.) Packard, Frohlich et al. (Ft. Myers, Florida; use of power plant, 1984-85; 1-20.) Packard, J.M. (aerial survey techniques; i-vi, 1-68.) Packard, J.M. (population model; 1-19.) Packard, Summers & Barnes (St. Johns R., Florida; aerial survey; 347-351.) Qiu Y.-X. (in capt, Beijing; 35-36.) Ralph et al. (pineal body absent; 55-60.) Rathbun, Woods & Ottenwalder (Haiti; status & distr.; 234-236.) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power- x 1985 x 1986 x 1986 x *1986 x *1986 x 1986 1986 x 1986 x *1986 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1986 1986 1986 1986 1986 *1986 1986 1986 *1987 1987c 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 1987 x 1987 1988b 1988c x 1988 *1988 x 1988 x 1988 plant refugia, 1982-83; 413-422.) Rowlatt & Marsh (heart & great vessels; 95- 106.) Bazzini et al. (hemopoiesis in vertebral bodies; 150-152.) Bum, D.M. (digestion & digestive efficiency; 139-142.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexico; distr., status, ecology, conservation; 955-1020.) Domning & Hayek (morphological variation; 87- 144.) Kinnaird, M.F. (South Carolina; pop. acc; 6-10.) Ness, PS. O'Shea, T.J. (Florida; feeding on acorns; 183? 185.) Packard & Wetterqvist (northwestern Rorida; habitat; 279-310.) Packard et al. (Ft. Myers, Rorida; aerial survey; 265-275.) Patton, G.W. (Florida) Reynolds & Wilcox (TML; Florida; use of power- plant refugia, 1984-85; 103-113.) Shoshani et al. (immunologically related to probos cideans; 431-436.) Sleeper, B. (Rorida; pop. acc; 86-99.) Sokolov, V.E. (Cuba; morphology) Steininger, F.F. ("Trichechinus"; St. Lucia; ar cheological site; 42, 74, pl. 7. ) Watson & Bonde (malformations of flippers; 294-301.) Bergey & Baier (lung mechanical properties; 63-75.) Domning, D.P. (Rorida; fossil record; pop. acc; 1-2.) Elias et al. (lipids in epidermis; 161-177.) Estrada & Ferrer (western Cuba; distr. & status; 1-12.) Mossman, H.W. (fetal membranes; 267-269.) Patton et al. (Rorida) Reynolds & Wilcox (Florida; use of power-plant refugia; pop. acc; 263-269.) Sleeper, B. (Florida; pop. acc; 18-22.) Walsh et al. (Florida; omphalitis & peritonitis; 702-704.) Wootton, J.T. (body mass & age at first reproduc tion; m748.) Anon. (Georgia; pop. acc.) Anon. (pop. acc.) Assis et al. (chromosomes, comp. w/ TI; 48-49.) Beeler & O'Shea (southeastern USA; distr. & mortality) Bulman, P. (Florida; boat kills & law enforcement; 23.) Carowan, G. (Florida; rehabilitation & release; in NUMBER 80 X X X X X X 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1988 1989 1989 1989 1989 1989 x *1989 1989 1989 1989 1989b 1990 x 1990 1990 1990 x *1990 x *1990 X X X X X X 1990 1990a 1990b 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 X X X X X X X X X X X 1991 1991 1991 1991 1992 1992 1992 1992 1992 1992 1992 1992a 1992b 1992 1993 1993 capt, Epcot Center, Orlando; 5.) Dailey et al. (Florida; boat kill, parasites; 159.) Fischer, M.S. (ear anatomy; 365-379.) Nabor & Patton (Florida) O'Shea et al. (Venezuela; distr., status, traditional significance; 281-301.) Provancha & Provancha (Banana R., Florida; abundance & distr.; 323-338.) Rathbun, G.B. (Florida; aerial survey methods; 71-75.) Reynolds & Gluckman (Florida; conservation) Reynolds & Wilcox (Florida; aerial surveys) Silverberg & Morris (Florida; winter diet) Wilhelm et al. (Florida; scar patterns) Colmenero-R., L.C. (Quintana Roo, Mexico) Buffrenil & Schoevaert (pachyostosis, comp. w/ DD; 2107,2113, 2116, 2118.) Coy Otero, A. (Cuba; trematode Chiorchis gro- schafti) Hill & Reynolds (kidney; 53-56.) Hulbert & Morgan (Early Pleist, Florida; 11.) Lazcano-B. & Packard (Tamaulipas, Mexico; 202-205.) Lefebvre et al. (distr., status, & biogeography; 567-609.) Maluf, N.S.R. (kidney; 269-286.) Palmer, D. (Georgia; construction of artificial x 1994 warm-water refugium; 7.) Perrin & Kashiwada (specimen at La Jolla, Calif; 17.) Preen, A. (sexual behavior, comp. w/DD; 382, 386.) Buckingham, CA. (Florida; response to distur bance) Fernandez & Jones (Texas; 103.) Morgan & Patton (Florida) Mou Sue et al. (Panama; distr. & status) O'Shea & Reep (encephalization quotients & life history; 534-543.) Rathbun et al. (Florida; distr. & movements; 1-33.) Reep & O'Shea (brain) Turner, R.O. (Florida; new sanctuary established; 10.) Turner, R.O. (Florida; legislation; 7.) Chow, B.A. (digestion; pop. acc; 36.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (Mexico; recovery plan) Haigh, M.D. (Guyana; weed control; 339-349.) Joeckel, R.M. (mandibular proportions; 463.) Kadel, Dukeman & Patton (western Florida; aerial surveys, 1988) Kadel, Morgan & Patton (western Florida; aerial x surveys, 1990) x Lefebvre & Kochman (Florida; aerial survey x methodology; 298-309.) x 601 O'Shea & Salisbury (Belize; status & distr.; 156-164.) Provancha & Hall (Florida; impact on seagrass beds; 87-98.) Reid et al. (TML; Florida; distr. & movements; 180-190.) Schweigert et al. (vitamin A, a-tocopherol, & lipid levels in plasma; 37.) Borobia & Lodi (northeastern Brazil; distr. & conservation; 37-43.) Grubel da Silva, Paludo et al. (Parafba, Brazil) Grubel da Silva, Soavinski et al. (Brazil; in capt.) Hulbert, R.C, Jr. (Pleist, Florida; in checklist; 29.) Marmontel et al. (reproductive biology; 295-312.) Morales V & Olivera G. (Mexico; gen. acc.) Ortiz et al. (Cuba; copepod Harpactichechus manatorum & peritrichid protozoan; 117-119.) Pinto de Lima et al. (Brazil; distr. & status) Pinto de Lima et al. (Brazil) Shackley, M. (Florida; effects of tourism; 257- 265.) Sutty, L. (Caribbean; pop. acc; 20-21.) Turner & Buckingham (Kings Bay, Georgia; accidental mortality & manatee protection plan; 1, 10-11.) Bruenderman & Terwilliger (Virginia; pop. acc; 18-19.) Trichechus, Manatus, africanus Oken, 1816 (= Trichechus senegalensis) * 1816 Oken, L. (new subspecies) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of T senegalensis; 536, 538.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of T. senegalensis; 382.) Trichechus manatus australis Gmelin, 1788 (= Trichechus manatus, in part; Trichechus senegalensis, in part) Gmelin, J.F. (new subspecies) Stewart, C ("Trichecus"; m85.) Stewart, C ("Trichecus"; ml25.) Rovirosa, J.N. (syn. of Manatus australis; m356.) Hatt, R.T (syn. of T senegalensis in part; 535, 537.) Cabrera, A. (syn. of T. m. manatus in part; 310.) 1978b Domning, D.P. (ml38.) 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of T. senegalensis; 382.) *1788 1801 1817 1887 1934 1961 Trichechus manatus borealis Gmelin, 1788 (= Hydro damalis gigas) Gmelin, J.F. (new subspecies) Link, H.F. (in classification; 40-41.) Stewart, C. ("Trichecus"; m85.) Stewart, C ("Trichecus"; ml25.) 1825a Harlan, R. (m279.) *1788 1794 1801 1817 602 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY x 1900 Anchieta, J. de (used as name of TM & TI [lapsus for T. m. australis]; Brazil; gen. acc; 11-12.) x 1925 ICZN (syn. of Hydrodamalis [gigas];3%.) x 1934 Hatt, R.T. (syn. of Rhytina borealis; m535.) x 1978b Domning, D.P. (syn. of Hydrodamalis gigas; 75, 92, 138.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (syn. of Rhytina gigas; 383.) Trichechus manatus koellikeri (Kukenthal, 1897) Klein schmidt, 1982 (= Trichechus manatus manatus) 982 Kleinschmidt, A. (n.comb.; distr., 381; tail shape, 407-408.) 986 Domning & Hayek (syn. of T. m. manatus; 89.) Trichechus manatus latirostris (Harlan, 1824) Hatt, 1934 575 SEE Fontaneda, H., 1854. 791 Bartram, W 869 Brinton, D.G. (Indian R., Florida; 50-51.) 874a Anon. (St. Augustine, Rorida; 276.) 874b Anon, (escape behavior; 446.) 889 Scammon, CM. (in capt, Key West; pop. acc; 581-582.) 891 Stuart, H.V. (meat sold as beef; 137.) 892 Wright, J.McN. (Santa Lucia R., Florida; pop. acc; 291-296.) 898 Anon. (Rorida; hunting by Seminole Indians; 102.) 905 Townsend, C.H. (in capt, New York; 91, 94, 97.) 907 Dimock, A.W (Florida; capture; 848-853.) 907 Townsend, C.H. (in capt, New York; 86.) 908a Anon. (Ocean View, Virginia; 532.) 908b Anon, (in capt, New York; 427.) 908 Duncan, J.F. (Ocean View, Virginia; 611-612.) 909 Graham, S.C (in capt, Indian R., Florida; 413.) 910 Packard, W (St. Lucie & Indian Rs., Florida; 144-145.) 922 Swanton, J.R. (Florida; hunting by Indians; 389.) 931 Brimley, H.H. (North Carolina; 320-321.) 934 Hatt, R.T. (new rank; distr., 538; skeleton, 539- 554,560-561.) 937 Barbour, T. (birth in capt, Miami; 106-107.) 940 Cahn, A.R. (Florida; winter mortality; 222-223.) 941a Gunter, G. (distr.; 60-64.) 941b Gunter, G. (Mexico, Texas, Louisiana; 12-13.) 942 Gunter, G. (distr.; 89-90.) 943 Krumholz, L.A. (Florida; 272-273.) 943 Lowery, G.H., Jr. (Louisiana; 253-254.) 944 Barbour, T (Miami area, Florida; 98-99, 166- 167.) 946 Moore, J.C. (Putnam Co., Florida; 58.) 946 Swanton, J.R. (Rorida; hunting by Indians; 250, 282, 297-298, 329.) 949 Sprunt, A., Jr. (pop. acc; 286-288, 337.) 949 Trumbull, S. (Florida; pop. acc; 337.) xv 949 950 951a 951b X X X X XV X ! X XV X XV XV XV X X X XV X XV XV X X X XV X XV XV X XV X X X 1952 1953 1954 1954 1955 1956 4956 1956 1957 1957 1958 1958 1958 1960 1960 1963 1963 1964a 1964 1964 1964 1965 1965 1965 1966 1967 1967 1967 1968 1968 1968 1968 1969 1970 1970 1970 Vieira, C.O.C. (m268.) McAtee, WL. (Virginia; 98-99.) Moore, J.C. (Florida, distr., 1-15; distinguishing characters, 16-18.) Moore, J.C. (Rorida Everglades; natural history; 22-36.) Anon, (in capt., Florida; pop. acc; 129-130.) Moore, J.C. (distr. & behavior; 120-122, 153, 156.) Lawrence, J.E. (pop. acc; 401-404.) Moore, J.C. Miller & Kellogg (synonymy; 791.) Loftin, H. (pop. acc; 350.) Moore, J.C. (behavior; 1-23.) Tomkins, I.R. (Georgia; 288-289.) Burton, M. (summary of Moore [1956]; 272.) Moore, J.C. (birth in capt; 137-138.) Fichter, G.S. (pop. acc; 31-35.) Loftin, H. (respiration; pop. acc; 256.) Savory, B. (in capt., London; m257.) Funderburg, J.B. (Pleist. & Recent, North Carolina; 521.) Hutton & Sogandares (trematode Chiorchis faba ceus; m290.) Alvarez, T. (Tamaulipas, Mexico; "probably extir pated"; 465.) Bertram, G.C.L. Anon. (Florida; weed control; 29-30.) Humes, A.G. (parasite Harpacticus pulex; 517- 518,528.) Lapham, L.H. (Florida; weed control; 38-39.) Moore, J.C. (behavior; 7-8.) Hanstrom, B. Layne, J.N. (Florida; 131, 133, 166-168.) Schevill & Watkins (vocalizations; 373-374.) Kellogg, R. (comp. w/Metaxytherium calvertense; 88.) Anon. (Florida; weed control; pop. acc; 33-35.) Browder, J. (conservation; weed control; 3-5, 34.) Truslow & Vosburgh (Rorida Everglades; 537- 538.) Betz, J.J. (Florida; captive breeding scheme, ca. 1893; 204-209.) Blackburn & Andres Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 6.) Van den Bergh, H. (longest dive 16 min. 20 sec; m451.) Hartman, D.S. (behavior; gen. acc; 342-353.) Evans & Herald (vocalizations, comp. w/ TI; 820, 822-823.) Kaiser & Schropfer Radhakrishnan & Bradley (in capt, Tampa, Ror ida; parasites Chiorchis fabaceus & Plicato- NUM X XV X XV XV XV V X XV X XV XV XV X X X ! X XV X X X X XV BER 80 1971b 1971a 1971 1971 1972a 1972 1972a 1972b 1974a 1974 1975c 1975 1975 1975 1975 1976 1976 "1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 1979 1979 1979 1979 980 980a 980b 980 980 980 980 981 981 981 981 982 labia hagenbecki; 59.) Banks da Rocha, N. (Brazil [!]; 133.) Barada, B. (Crystal R., Rorida; pop. acc; 18-23.) Hartman, D.S. Jones, M.L. (in capt; 85.) Anon. (Rorida; "played with" by porpoises; 4.) Caldwell & Caldwell (mating, 446-448; play, 450; diet in capt, 454.) Hartman, D.S. (Florida; status & behavior, 20-22.) Hartman, D.S. Anon. (Blue Spring, Florida; refuge established; 10.) Shawver, L.J. Anon. (Rorida Everglades; "bloated" manatees; 5.) Forrester et al. (intussusception, pesticides, para sites; 566-568.) Lynd, W. (Miami, Rorida; rescue & rehabilitation; 28-29.) Weber, T, Jr. (Rorida; harpooning from bridges; 66-67.) Wray, P. (South Carolina; pop. acc; 21-22.) Campbell, H.W. (ml.) Reed, J. (Florida; in artificial lake; ml2.) White et al. (blood chemistry, karyotype; 413- 417.) O'Keefe, M.T. (Florida; pop. acc; 65, 67.) White et al. (chromosomes) Harper, H. (Florida; release of captives; 12.) Stewart, D. (conservation; pop. acc; 113-118.) Bachman & Irvine (milk composition; 873-878.) Farmer et al. (blood chemistry, comp. w/ TI; 231, 234-235, 237.) Forrester et al. (parasites; 5.) Harper, H. (Blue Spring, Florida; news reporting; 16.) Abrahamson, D. (Crystal R., Florida; pop. acc; 92-94, 96, 98-99, 104.) Anon, (conservation; pop. acc; 49.) Anon. (Rorida; pop. acc; 97-98, 100.) Banks da Rocha, N. (in key; thought to occur in Brazil; 147-148.) Burton, B. (Chesapeake Bay; possible sighting; 19, 40-41.) Cumbaa, S.L. (Florida; archeological sites; 6, 8-9.) Domning, D.P. (food position preference; 544- 547.) Bingham, B. (Florida; drinking fresh water, pop. acc; 90-91.) Gunter & Corcoran (subspecific distinctness un likely; 97-98.) Miller, R.R. (New Jersey; netting; m53.) Sprent, J.F.A. (nematode Heterocheilus; 312.) Bradford, D. (Rorida; conservation; public opinion survey; 9.) XV X X X XV XV XV XV X XV XV XV X X X X X XV X X X X X XV X X X XV X V 1982 1982 1982 *1982 1982 1982 1982 1982 1983 1983 1983 1985b 1985 1986 *1986 1986 1986a 1986b 1986 1987b 1988 1988 1988 *1988 *1988a 1988b 1989a 1989 1989d *1989 1989 1989 1989 1989 603 Colmenero-R., L. (gen. acc.) Dick, T.M. (Florida; pop. acc; 19-22.) Kleinschmidt, A. (distr., 372, 380-381; tail shape, 408.) Medway, Bruss et al. (blood chemistry; 229-234.) Medway, Dodds et al. (blood coagulation; 120- 127.) Milne & Milne (breeding & care of young; pop. acc; 154-158.) Thiel, R. (Rorida; pop. acc; 4-7.) Watterlond, M. (Florida; use of power-plant efflu ents; pop. acc; 94, 96.) Lew et al. (soluble class I molecule absent from serum; 279-280.) Piggins et al. (eyes & vision, comp. w/ TI; 112, 122-126.) Rathbun, F. (Florida; museum exhibit; pop. acc; 6-10.) Anon. (Florida; pop. acc; 16, 18.) Walters, M.J. (Florida; pop. acc; 171-172, 175- 176.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexican manatees ?in- termediate between TMM & TML; 968.) Domning & Hayek (morphological variation; taxon considered valid; 89, 112-126, 130.) McLaren et al. (Florida; specimens in Carnegie Museum; 293-296.) Pervaiz & Brew (milk proteins; 846-854.) Pervaiz & Brew (milk composition; 357-360.) Teunissen & Altman (Rorida; pop. acc.) Anon, (bottle-feeding of orphan; 225.) Beck & Forrester (parasites; 628-637.) Hurst & Beck (Florida; techniques for dietary analysis; 1, 114-115.) Kuroki et al. (gallbladder bile salts; 509-522.) McClenaghan & O'Shea (genetic variability; 481- 488.) O'Shea, T.J. (southeastern USA; review of past & present distr., abundance, & mortality, & future prospects; 184-204.) O'Shea, T.J. (east coast of Florida; research efforts) Anon. (Florida; drinking from hose; 187.) Baugh et al. (Florida & Georgia; feeding on Spartina; 88-90.) Domning, D.P. (comp. w/Xenosiren yucateca; 430.) Lefebvre et al. (distr., status, biogeography; 568, 576-579, 590-591, 599, 603-604.) Lewis, T.A. (Florida; boat mortality; pop. acc; 42-49.) Packard et al. (Florida; response to interruption of thermal effluent; 692-700.) Patton et al. (Port of the Islands, Rorida) Reep et al. (cerebral cortex) 604 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY Reid & O'Shea (Florida & Georgia; satellite transmitters; 217-232.) Upton et al. (Florida; protozoans Eimeria spp.; 87-90.) Walsh, K. (Florida; children's article; 2-9.) Yoshii et al. (bile alcohol; 1852.) Buergelt et al. (TML; thickened heart valves; 220-227.) Clark, M.G. (Florida; children's book) Domning, D.P. (Florida; feeding on seagrass rhizomes; 34-36.) Gannon, F. (Rorida; pop. acc.) Gilbrook, M.J. (Florida; conservation; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Houhoulis, P. (Florida; conservation; Geogr. Infor mation Systems applications) Kautz, R.S. (Florida; conservation; Geogr. Infor mation Systems applications) Marmontel et al. (age determination) O'Shea & Kochman (Florida; distr. & ecology in relation to Geogr. Information Systems) Osborn, R.G. (Florida; conservation; Geogr. Infor mation Systems applications) Reynolds & Haddad (Rorida; conservation; Geogr. Information Systems Workshop) Weigle & Haddad (Florida; conservation; Geogr. Information Systems applications) Beck & Barros (Florida; impact of debris; 508- 510.) Domning & de Buffrenil (distr. of skeletal mass, 336-347, 362-363; pathological floating, 360.) Kiely, J. (Florida; pop. acc.) Loerzel & Reep (Rindenkeme in cerebral cortex; 166-171.) O'Shea et al. (mortality from red tide; 165-179.) Kadel & Patton (Florida; aerial surveys, 1985-90) Kadel, J. (Florida; "white" individual; 15-16.) Ketten et al. (ear & hearing, 77-95; taste, 84, 92.) O'Shea & Ludlow O'Shea et al. (Florida; population biology; interim report of workshop) Simmons, N. (Florida; rehabilitation; pop. acc; 9.) Bonde, R.K. (Florida; gen. acc; 16-18.) Bradley et al. (cytochrome b DNA sequence; 197-202.) O'Keefe, M.T. (Florida; pop. acc; 1-127.) Trichechus manatus manatus Linnaeus, 1758, Hatt, 1934 *1507 Anon. (?earliest published description of a mana tee) 1550 Las Casas, B. de 1560 SEE Anchieta, J. de, 1799. 1566 SEE Landa, D. de, 1941. 1624 SEE C de Lisboa in Walter, J., 1967. X X XV X X V XV V X X V XV X XV X XV XV X X 1989 1989 1989 1989 1990 1990 1990a 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990 1990 *1990 1990 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 1992 1992 1992 1992 *1992 1992 1993 1993 1993 XV XV XV XV XV XV XV 1627 1665 1666 1667 1743 1763 [769a [785 XV XV 796 XV XV XV XV ] XV XV XV V XV 1 XV XV XV XV XV XV * X *1 X *1 XV XV [801 [805 807 1821b 871 874 875 888 898 904 911 917 920 928 929 934 935 937 939 940 941a 941 xv 1942 xv 1949 x 1949 x 1951a 1954 SEE Salvador, V. do, 1931?. Rochefort, C. de (Antilles; 194-195, 199.) La Barre, A. (Guianas; meat obtained by French, English, & Dutch, 14; m31.) Rochefort, C. de (Antilles; 391-394, 402.) Barrere, P. (French Guiana; 159-162, 1 pl.) Bellin, S. (Guianas; gen. acc; 65-66, pl. 5.) Bancroft, E. (Guyana; gen. acc; 186-187.) Bondaroy, A.D.F. de ("grand lamentin des An tilles"; hide; 30-32.) Stedman, J.G. (Suriname; "manatee," 1: 221, 2: 175-176; "mermaid," 2: 176-178.) Edwards, B. (West Indies; 1: 127.) Pitou, L.-A. (TMM; French Guiana; gen. acc; 2: 259-260.) Bolingbroke, H. (Guyana; gen. acc; 234.) Home, E. (Jamaica; comp. w/ DD; 390-391, pis. 26-29.) Myers & Myers (Orinoco R.; 102-103.) Estacio da Silveira, S. (Maranhao, Brazil; econ. use; 26-27.) Anon, (from Guyana; in capt, London; 295.) Armas, J.I. de Kirke, H. (from Guyana; in capt, London; 134- 135.) Wilcox, WA. (Puerto Rico; netting; 387.) Gann, T.W.F. (Belize; archeological sites; 78, 82.) Rodway, J. (Guyana; "water mamma"; 491, 499.) Beebe, W (Georgetown Botanical Gardens, Guyana; 730-732.) Cundall, F. (Jamaica; ml39, 143.) Castro, E. de (?manatees; Pernambuco, Brazil, ca. 1526; 160.) Hatt, R.T. (new subspecies; distr., 538; skeleton, 539-554, 560-561.) Barrett, O.W. (Central America & West Indies; gen. acc; 216-219.) Turner, J.P. (Guyana; photo; 498.) Wavrin, M. de (northern South America; hunting; 194-196.) Crouse, N.M. (West Indies; in 17th century commerce; 110.) Gunter, G. (m60.) Landa, D. de ("TML"; Yucatan; hunting, 16th century; 190-191.) Morison, S.E. (Haiti, sighted by Columbus in 1493, 309-310; Cuba, caught with remoras in 1494, 457; Cuba, using freshwater springs, 459; Dominican Republic, caught in 1502, 592.) Sanderson, I.T. ("Manatus sp."; Suriname; 781.) Vieira, C.O.C. (m268.) Moore, J.C. (probable occurrence in Texas; distin guishing characters; 16-18.) Lawrence, J.E. (m402.) NUMBER 80 X XV XV X XV X X X X XV X X 1955 1956b 1957 1959 1960a 1960 1961 1962 1963 *1963 1963 *1964a *1965 965 967 967 968 968 968 970 971a 971b 971 972 973 974a 974b 974 974 974b 975 975 976 977a 978 980 981 982a 982 982 Miller & Kellogg (synonymy; 790.) Anon. (Puerto Rico; sound production; 39.) Pollock & Ray (Mayapan, Mexico; carved rib; 644, 653.) Hershkovitz, P. (synonymy; 342.) Anon. (Guyana; weed control; 58.) Ray, CE. (Lesser Antilles; 412-413.) Cabrera, A. (South America; synonymy & distr.; 310-311.) Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; conservation & weed control; 1329.) Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; status & econ. use; 90-93.) Bertram, G.C.L. (Guyana; gen. acc.) Hofmeister, M. (from Guyana; in capt, Toledo, Ohio; 12.) Bertram & Bertram (Guyana; 115-120.) Lluch B., D. (Mexico; natural history, methods of capture; 405-419.) Ruschi, A. ("T. inunguis"; Espirito Santo, Brazil; 30.) Browder, J. (m5.) Feriz, H. (comp. w/ clay sculpture of TI; 373-374.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (Belize; 293-294, pis. 13- 14.) Gewalt, W (in capt, Duisburg, Germany; 123- 125.) Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 6.) Charnock-Wilson, J. (Belize; 236.) Banks Da Rocha, N. (Brazil; 101-103.) Banks Da Rocha, N. (Brazil; 133.) Jones, M.L. (in capt; 85.) Coimbra-Filho, A.F. (possible occurrence in Bra zil; 83-84.) Sonoda & Takemura (vocalizations; 19-24.) Dekker, D. (Suriname; 4 captured; 68.) Dekker, D. (Suriname; gen. acc; 1-3.) Jhingran & Gopalakrishnan Sanger, C (Guyana; weed control; captive breed ing; 23.) Spurgeon, D. (Guyana; weed control; 10-11.) Kirkpatrick & Cartwright (Belize; ml 39.) Pinto da Silveira, E.K. (in capt, Brazil; 223-226.) Loveland, F.O. (Nicaragua; hunting, ritual, & symbolic significance; 70-82.) Domning, D.P. (myology, comp. w/ DD; 2-26.) Husson, A.M. (Suriname; distr., natural history; 334-339, pis. 90-91.) Banks da Rocha, N. (in key; 147-148.) Gunter & Corcoran (subspecific distinctness un likely; 97-98.) Anon. (Paraiba, Brazil; 3.) Kleinschmidt, A. (m372, 380-381.) Sylvestre & Barloy (gen. acc; 62-63.) X X X X X X X XV *1984 1984 *1985 1986 *1986 *1986 *1989 1990 1990 1991b 605 Colmenero-R., L.C. (Mexico; distr. & status; 243-254.) Galantsev & Mukhametov (cardiac rates & respira tion; locations of venous sinuses; 201-205.) McKillop, H.I. (Caribbean & Maya areas; prehis toric exploitation; 337-353.) Colmenero-R. & Hoz-Z. (Mexican manatees ?in- termediate between TMM & TML; 968.) Colmenero-R., L.C. (Mexico; diet, seasonal move ments, seasonal breeding; 589-602.) Domning & Hayek (morphological variation; tax on considered valid; 89, 112-126, 129- 130.) Lefebvre et al. (distr., status, biogeography; 567- 609.) Colmenero-R. & ZaYate (Quintana Roo, Mexico) Freeman & Quintero (Puerto Rico; distr.) Anon. (Brazil; conservation; 221.) Trichechus manatus senegalensis (Link, 1795) Vieira, 1949 x *1949 Vieira, C.O.C. (new rank; m268.) Trichechus manatus siren Kerr, 1792 (Steller's "sea-ape"; nomen nudum) *1792 Kerr, R. (new subspecies) 1806 Turton, W 1894 Rhoads, S.N. ("Trichechus siren") Trichechus pilosus, Shaw, 1800 (not a binominal name; = Trichechus senegalensis) *1800 Shaw, G. x 1809a Cuvier, G. ("trichecus"; name considered inappro priate; 294-295.) Trichechus senegalensis Link, 1795 v 1682 SEE Merolla da Sorrento, J., 1814. xv 1719 N. (brief gen. acc; 70.) v *1757 Adanson, M. (Senegal) *1794- 1795 Link, H.F. (n.sp.) xv 1809a Cuvier, G. (comp. w/ other species; 294-296, pl. 19.) xv 1836b Robert, C. (skeleton; 363.) v 1845 Adanson, M. (Senegal) xv 1881 Flower, W.H. (locomotion on land; hunting; 455-456.) x 1906b Dexler & Freund (excreta, 57-58; locomotion, 68.) xv 1913 Frobenius, L. (Yoruba; hunting & myths; 1: 199.) x 1917 Fairchild, D. (m339.) x 1918 M6n6gaux, A. (potential commercial use; 701- 704.) xv 1923 Anon. (Niger R.; capture; 75.) x 1924- 1925 Vosseler, J. (in capt; historical records; 60-62.) 606 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X 1926 x 1929 xv 1931 1933a x *1934 XV X X X X XV XV X X XV XV X X X X XV 1936 1937 *1941b 1942 1943 1945 *1948 1949a 1949 1951 1952 ?1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1960 1963 1963 1964 1965 X X X X X X X X X 1965 1965 1965 1966 *1966 1967 *1968 *1968 1968 1968 Derscheid, J.M. (in capt, Antwerp, 23-25; distr., hunting, conservation, 28-31; 2 subspecies recognized, 28-29.) Stunkard, H.W. (Belgian Congo; trematode Chior chis fabaceus; 255.) Meek, CK. (Nigeria; myths, taboos, charms; 76-78, 304.) Dollman, G. (Nigeria; distr., hunting) Hatt, R.T. (distr., 533-534, 554-560, 566; synon ymy, 535-538; skeleton, 539-554, 560-561; pl. 27.) Maclatchy, A. Newton Woods, F.J. (Nigeria; hunting, measurements, rituals; 23-28.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 2-8, 10.) Heuvelmans, B. (comp. w/ Prorastoma veronense; 4-5.) Heuvelmans, B. (dentition; 8-10.) Budker, P. Bessac & Villiers (gen. acc; 188-189.) Anon. (Belgian Congo; m36.) Colmant, F. (Belgian Congo; 11.) Reinhart, R.H. (m204, 207.) Bouveignes, O. de Dekeyser, PL. (body temperature in air; 243-246.) Gijzen, A. (in capt, Antwerp; 89.) Anon, (in capt, Antwerp; 78.) Dekeyser, PL. (teeth; 921-925.) Dekeyser, PL. Cadenat, J. (Senegal; capture in shark nets; 1368-1369.) Gijzen, A. (in capt, Antwerp; 26.) Blancou, L. (conservation; 244.) Bertram, G.C.L. Gijzen, A. Cansdale, G. (Volta R. system, Ghana; status; 170-171.) Bard, J. ("Trichecus"; photo, 4; weed control, 5, 8.) Kuhn, H.-J. (Liberia; 333.) Robineau, D. (ear ossicles; 420.) Stubbings, H.G. (Senegal; 4 spp. of barnacles; 876, 891, 893-902.) Kellogg, R. (comp. w/Metaxytherium calvertense; 81.) Kinzer, J. (in capt, Abidjan, Ivory Coast; behavior, etc.; 47-52.) Browder, J. (m5.) Howell, J.H. Lemire, M. (stomach & digestion; 475-520, pis. 25-28.) Rice & Scheffer (distr.; 6.) Van den Bergh, H. (in capt, Antwerp; longest dive 7 min.; 449.) 1969 1969 1969 4969 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XV X X X X 1970 1971 1971 1972 1973a 1973 1973 1973 1974 1974 *1974 1976 1976 1976 1977a 1977 1977 1978a 1978c 1978 1978a 1979 1979a 1981 1981 1981 *1982b 1982 1982 *1982 1982 1983a 1983 1983 1984a 1984 Allsopp, W.H.L. (Sierra Leone; in capt, Abidjan, Ivory Coast; 351.) Arbocco, G. Curry-Lindahl, K. (protected under African Con servation Convention; 122.) Robineau, D. (temporal & ear region; 3, 14-15, 17-19.) Lowes, R.H.G. (Sierra Leone; 310.) Jones, M.L. (in capt; 85.) Robinson, PT. Dupuy, A.R. (Senegal; in national park during flood season; 780.) Anon, (weed control; 5.) Bertram & Bertram (distr. & status; 317.) Dupuy, A.R. Poche, R. (?extinct in Niger; 218.) Bertram, G.C.L. (conservation; 7, 14, 19.) Itoh & Tsuyuki (fatty acid components of fats; 307-311.) Sikes, S. (Nigeria; hunting, conservation; 465- 470.) Campbell, H.W. (gen. acc; 1, 3.) Cole & Okera (Sierra Leone; 42-43.) Dupuy & Maigret Domning, D.P. (skin thickness & myology, comp. w/ DD; 3, 20-24, 32.) Marsh et al. (stomach histology, comp. w/ DD; 290.) Van Bree & Duguy (specimens in Bordeaux Museum; 292.) Domning, D.P. (myology, comp. w/ TI; 5, 8-14, 38-46,52-54,68-71.) Domning, D.P. (origin in New World; 578.) Dupuy & Maigret Finnley, D. Farmer et al. (rectal temperature, comp. w/ TI; 235.) Finnley, D. Best, R.C. (diet & nutrition; 3-7, 10, 15, 21.) Teleki & Baldwin (Sierra Leone) Yamasaki et al. (tongue, comp. w/ DD; 182-187.) Domning, D.P. (evolution; 600, 602, 604-613, 615-616.) Domning, Rice et al. (distr. & status; 306.) Kleinschmidt, A. (tail shape; 408.) Nishiwaki et al. (distr.; 137-147.) Trotignon, J. (Senegal; pop. acc; 61-64.) Domning, D.P. (dental evolution; pop. acc; 8, 10-11.) Gallivan et al. (body temperatures, comp. w/ TI; 255, 259.) Sprent, J.F.A. (nematode Heterocheilus domningi; 69, 73.) Nishiwaki, M. Rainey et al. (molecular systematics; 586-587.) NUMBER 80 607 x *1986 Domning & Hayek (morphological variation, 87- 144; diet & functional anatomy, 130-131.) x 1986 McLaren et al. (Cameroun; specimen in Carnegie Museum; 296.) 1986 Roth & Waitkuwait 1987a Anon. (Ivory Coast) x 1988 Boekschoten & Best (origin by transatlantic disper sal; 110-111.) 1988 Fitzgerald, C. (Ivory Coast) x *1988 Reeves et al. (Sierra Leone; distr. & hunting; 75-84.) x 1992 Marmontel et al. (reproductive biology; 295-296, 302.) Trichechus senegalensis senegalensis Link, 1795, Der scheid, 1926 x *1926 Derscheid, J.M. (new subspecies; distr.; 29.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (distr.; 372, 380, 382.) x *1986 Domning & Hayek (taxon considered invalid; 89, 126.) Trichechus senegalensis vogelii (Owen, 1856) Derscheid, 1926 x *1926 Derscheid, J.M. ("T s. vogellii," n.comb.; distr.; 28-29.) x 1982 Kleinschmidt, A. (distr.; 372, 380, 382.) x *1986 Domning & Hayek (taxon considered invalid; 89, 126.) Trichechus subpilosus, Shaw, 1800 (not a binominal name; = Trichechus manatus) *1800 Shaw,G. x 1809a Cuvier, G. ("trichecus"; name considered inappro priate; 294-295.) United States of America: SEE under individual states. Urogenital System (SEE ALSO: Excretion and Defeca tion) x 1820b Home, E. (DD; kidney, 321; reproductive organs, 321, pl. 30.) Raffles, T.S. (DD; 177-178.) Ruppell, E. (DD; kidneys, clitoris; 106.) Owen, R. (DD, etc.; 39-40.) Bischoff, T.L.W. (DD; penis; 5-6.) Rapp, Wv. (TM; female reproductive tract; 96.) 1872a Murie, J. (TMM; 189.) Hyrtl, J. (DD; kidney) Chapman, H.C. (TMM; 458.) Turner, W. (DD; placenta) Beddard, F.E. (TI, TM; kidney; 50-51.) Steller, G.W. (HG; 189-190, 193-195.) Gerhardt, U. (kidney) Riha, A. Freund, L. X X X X X X X X X 1820 1834 1838 1847 1857 1872; 1873 1876 1889 1897 *1899 1911 1911 1912 1918 x 1924b x 1924c * 1925a 1926 1928 1930 x 1931 1933 x 1935 x * 1935b 1944 1953 x 1953 x 1955 Kaudern, W Petit, G. (kidney; 244-246.) Petit, G. (kidney; 2197-2200.) Petit, G. Engle, E.T. Freund, L. Freund, L. Sickenberg, O. (DD; neoteny of male genitalia; 431.) Wislocki, G.B. Barrett, O.W. (male Trichechus, 218-219; male DD, 220.) Wislocki, G.B. (TML, placenta, 159-178, pis. 1-7; DD, placenta, 164, 172-173, 176.) Sperber, I. (TM; kidney) Batrawi, A. (DD; kidney) Quiring & Harlan (TML; organs & weights; 194, 202.) MacMillan, L. (DD; fat around gravid uterus; ml8.) Batrawi, A. (DD; kidney) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; male genitalia, 30-34; female genitalia, 34-35.) Jones, S. (DD; India; inflammation of testes; 219.) King, J.M. Harrison, R.J. Mossman & Duke (TI; ovary) Perry, J.S. Prasad, M.R.N, (male reproductive organs) Allen et al. (DD; positions & weights of organs; 42, 46.) Marsh & Glover (DD; male reproductive tracts; 261-273.) Marsh, H. (DD; female reproductive tracts; 248- 259.) Odell, D.K. (TML; kidney & gonad weights; 54-56,59,61-63.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Channells (DD; female repro ductive tract; 743-766.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Glover (DD; male reproduc tive tract; 721-742.) Marsh, Heinsohn & Marsh (DD; gonadal activity; 768-771, 776-777, 783-784.) Gambaryan, S.P (TM; kidney) Mossman, H.W. (sir. fetal membranes; 267-270.) Hill & Reynolds (TML; kidney; 53-56.) Maluf, N.S.R. (TML; kidney; 269-286.) Frey, R. (testicondy & locomotion) Marmontel et al. (TM, TI; 297-301, 303.) Vandalism: SEE Hunting and Capture D Vanderhoofius Reinhart, 1959 D *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.; Mioc, California) xD 1964 Mitchell, E.D., Jr. (pachyostosis; 214.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1957 1957 1967 1967 1969a 1973 1974 1974 1976 1981 1981d 1981 *1984 *1984 1984 1986 1987 *1989 *1989 1991 1992 608 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY D 1966c Shikama, T. xD 1968 Romer, A.S. (m200.) xD 1970a Reinhart, R.H. (m243.) xD 1975 Reinhart, R.H. (m826.) xD 1991 Clark, J.M. (?syn. of Desmostylus; mA93.) D Vanderhoofius coalingensis Reinhart, 1959 D *1959 Reinhart, R.H. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc, California) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (chronologic & geographic range; 3-4, 11, 16.) D 1966c Shikama, T xD 1982 Reinhart, R.H. (?syn. of Desmostylus hesperus; 554.) x 1831 Venezuela 1838 Humboldt, A.v. (TMM; Orinoco R.; 3-10.) 1871 Myers & Myers (TMM; Orinoco R.; 102-103.) 1877 Ernst, A. 1941b Simpson, G.G. (TMM; Carib vernacular names; 9.) 1960 Viiletin, A. (TMM; Orinoco R., Lake Maracaibo; 124.) Tamayo, F. Medem, F. Wilbert, J. (TMM) Mondolfi, E. (TMM; 5-22.) Fernandez Badillo et al. O'Shea et al. (TMM; distr., status, traditional significance; 281-301.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 585-586, 607.) Correa-Viana et al. (TMM; distr. & status) Boher & Porras (TM) Cuthbert, R. (Project Mermaid; pop. acc; 82.) 1961 1968 1970 *1974 1988 *1988 1989 *1990 1991 1993 X X X 1743 1773 1780 1805 Vernacular Names 1665 Breton, R. Barrere, P. (TMM; French Guiana; 159.) Muller, P.L.S. (TMM, Guiana, cojumero; DD, Amboina, doujong; names in European lan guages & Hebrew tachasch; 175.) Gilii, F.S. Pitou, L.-A. (TMM; French Guiana; lamentin, Maman-Dileau, etc.; 2: 260.) 1809a Cuvier, G. (derives lamantin from la manati, 278; manati, 278-279; trichechus, 279; Portuguese, Spanish, & Dutch names, 279-280.) Marsden, W. (DD; duyong) Beeckman, D. (Cape of Good Hope; terms "ma- nitee" and "sea-cow" used for hippopotamus; 150-151.) Merolla da Sorrento, J. (TS; Zaire R.; ngullu a mafa; 217.) Raffles, T.S. (DD ["2 species"]; Malay; 180.) Roulin, F.D. 1811 1812 1814 1820 1829 X X X X 1834 1838 1843 1853 1854 X X X X X X X X 1857 1857 1859 1861a 1869 1874 1875 1882 1883 x 1883 x *1883 x 1884b x 1885 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1893 *1899 1900 1901 *1903 1906 1907a 1913 1923 1923 1924 1924a 1925 1926 1926 1928 1928 Spix & Martius (TI, Brazil, goaravd, goaragod, peixe boy de azeite, 1122; TS, Africa, peixe mulher; 1123.) Ruppell, E. (DD; Red Sea; Biblical Hebrew, thachasch; Arabic, naqua el bahher; Dahalak, dauila; 99-100.) Wiegmann, A.F.A. (TMM; Carib origin of manati; names in Caribbean & Orinoco regions: manat- toui, cojumero, apcia, avia; 17-18.) Backhouse, J. (DD; Australia; youngon; 368.) Wallace, A.R. (TI; Portuguese, Spanish, Indian; 459.) Guimaraes, J.J. da S. (TI; lingua geral, Brazil; goarabd; 45.) Fairholme, J.K.E. (DD; Australia; yungan; 353.) Shaw, N. (TS; central Africa; ajuh; m98.) Beltran, P. (TMM; Yucatan; Maya, chiil, tek; 230.) Du Chaillu, P.B. (TS; "Camma country," Africa; manga; 367.) Marcoy, P. (TI; South America; 2: 151.) Schweinfurth, G. (TS; Africa; 160, 512.) Schweinfurth, G. (TS; Africa; 138, 422.) Faithful, P. (DD; Queensland; youngan; 4-5.) Dybowski, B. (HG; Aleut; skulls of males called "bulls"; 73.) Moloney, CA. (TS; Gold Coast; Popo, yingbin- yingbin; Yoruba, ese; 28.) Stejneger, L. (HG; Aleutians, 84; Kamchatka, 85.) True, F.W. (origin of manatee & other names; 116.) Barbosa Rodriguez, J. (TI; Brazil; uaiurary, uai- merere, apind; 256.) Goeldi, E.A. (TI, TMM; Brazil; 119-120, 165.) Steller, G.W. (HG; Kamchatka; kapustnik; 200.) Anchieta, J. de (TMM; Brazil; boi marinho, iguaragud; 11.) Anon. (DD; New Guinea; 21239.) Yule & Bumell Annandale, N. (DD; Malay, Tamil; 238, 241.) Anon. (TI; Brazil; goardba; 98.) Frobenius, L. (TS; West Africa; 1: 199.) Petit, G. (DD; Madagascar & environs; 75.) Watson, E. (DD oil; Chinese; 103.) Dandouau, A. (DD; Madagascar; 151.) Petit, G. (DD; East Indies; 124.) Pecaud, G. (TS; Lake Chad & Benue* regions; Arabic, amkour; Baguirmien, kourou; Kanem- bou, bounlnguil; 48.) Derscheid, J.M. (TS; Kikongo; ngulu-maza; 30.) MacCreagh, G. (TI; Tiqute Tucana Indians, Brazil; ohkohthithero; 311.) Goeje, C.H. de (TMM; Arawak) Koch-Griinberg, T. (TMM; Taulipdng; api.na; 37.) NUMBER 80 609 1928 1929 1930a X X X X X 1931 1931 1934 1935 1936 1938 1941a 4941b x 1942a x 1944 4944 x X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1945 1945 1948 1948 1949 *1950 1951 1952a 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1960 1962 1963 *1963 Prater, S.H. (DD; Malay, Tamil, 85; European languages, 96.) Stradelli, E. (TI; lingua geral, Brazil; iauaraud; 285.) Simpson, G.G. (TM, TS; Carib & West African; 43.) Meek, CK. (TS; Mande, Nigeria; 77.) Read, B.E. (?HG; Chinese; 16.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Koko Ya'o Aborigines, Australia; wote'i; 261.) Sowerby, A. de C. (?HG; Chinese; 82.) Lopes, A.R (DD; Mozambique; chigambi, naga el bahar; 33.) Gondim, J. (TI; Pirahan, Brazil; pirdrien; 12.) Simpson, G.G. (TM; Carib; 14.) Simpson, G.G. (TMM; Carib dialects, Venezuela; yalawa, kayumoru, etc.; derivation of manati; 9.) Kaltenmark, J. (DD; Madagascar; 56.) Morais Rego, A.R. de (TI; Brazil; uraud, vaca- marinha, guarabd; 10, 12.) Pereira, M.N. (TI; Brazil; color, size, & age categories, 45, 60-61; native names, 62-63; origin of manatee, 61-62. New footnote on p. 62 of 1954 ed.) Alviano, F. de (TI; Ticuna, Brazil; di-rue; 127.) Santos, E. (TI; Brazil; iguaragud, uraud, iuarand, guaragud, guarabd, goaragod, mauai, manai; 155.) Bessac & Villiers (TS; Senegal; lereo, gabou; 188.) Rondon & Barbosa de Faria (TMM; Galibi, Brazil; cuiumuru; 232.) Sanderson, I.T. (TMM; Suriname; seicu; 781.) Durand, J. (manati) Aragon, F. (DD; Philippines; 266.) Koenigswald, G.H.R.v. (DD; Malay; perampuan laut; 610.) Nimuendaju, C (TI; Tukuna, Brazil; a'iruve; 26.) Clark, E. (DD; Arabic, Red Sea; 176.) Aragao, A. de (TI; Brazil; guarabd; 54.) MacMillan, L. (DD; Malay, Javanese; 17.) Harry, R.R. (DD; Malay; m21.) Gohar, H.A.F. (DD; Red Sea; gueld, naqat al-bahr; 4-5.) Savory, B. (DD; Malay, Kiswahili; 255.) Jones, S. (DD; India; 198.) Crusz, H. (DD; Malay, Sinhalese, Tamil, Moor; 300.) Vuletin, A. (TMM; South America; manati & related words; 124.) Tranngocloi, N. (DD; Vietnamese; 451.) Lai Mohan, R.S. (DD; India; babloo; 152.) Pfeffer, P. (DD; Indonesia & East Indies; 149.) x 1965 x 1965 x 1966 x 1966 4970 x 1971 x 1971 4972 1973 1974 1976 1976 1976 1977 1978 1981 1981 1981 1981 1982 1982 1982 x *1984 *1985 x 1985 x *1986 *1988 x 1988 x 1988 x 1988 x 1989 1989a Giacone, A. (TI; Tucano, Brazil; uai-uehque; 170.) Jones, J.K. (TMM; Miskito, Nicaragua; palpa; 354.) Funaioli & Simonetta (DD; Somali Republic; 317.) Thomas, D. (DD; India; avulia, kadalpanni; 80.) Cansdale, G.S. (DD; Biblical Hebrew, tachash; 138-139.) Almeida, A. de (DD; Timor; carin-belo; 211.) Kingdon, J. (DD; Swahili, East Africa; nguva; 390.) Arrom, J.J. (Carib origin of manati; 33-38.) Bertram & Bertram (DD; Papua New Guinea; rui, bulmukau long solwarra, duyong, duying; 306.) Sikes, S. (TS; Nigeria; mammy-water; 466.) Allen et al. (DD; Indonesia; ikon duyung, ruyung, babi laut; 35.) Gallagher, M.D. (DD; Bahrain; baqarat al bahr, baqara seit; 211.) Loveland, F.O. (TMM; Rama, Nicaragua; palpah; 74.) Bertram, G.C.L. (DD; Abu Dhabi; bagar al bahr; A.) Husson, A.M. (TMM; Suriname; sekoe, watra- mama; 334.) Hendrokusumo et al. (DD; Indonesia; babi laut, duyong; 10.) Johannes, R.E. (DD; Palau; mesekiu; 25.) Nietschmann & Nietschmann (DD; Torres Strait; nomenclature; 58-61.) Santiapillai, C (DD; Sri Lanka; Sinhalese, moodhu oora; Tamil, kadal pandi; 2.) Nishiwaki et al. (TS; Cameroun, maga, maiga; Gabon, manga; 142.) Trotignon, J. (TS; Mandingo, Senegal; manti; 64.) Wagner, R. (DD; Barok, New Ireland; bo narasi; 38.) Nietschmann, B. (DD; Torres Strait; Islander terms; 639, 642.) Thomson, D.F. (DD; Australian Aboriginal terms) Wagner, R. (DD; Barok, New Ireland; a bo nara si; 150.) Williams, T.R. (New Ireland; ri & ilkai identified as DD; 61-68.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Australian Aboriginal terms) O'Shea et al. (TMM; Warauno, Venezuela; jonin- aba, air a; 294.) Sehm, G.G. (New Ireland; ri = rui; 146-147.) Williams, T.R. (New Ireland; equivalence of ri & rui doubtful; 150.) Leatherwood & Reeves (DD; Sri Lanka; Sinhalese, mudu uru; Tamil, kandal pandi, orgil, avuliya; 82.) Preen, A. (DD; Arabian region; al jild, taweelah, 610 SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEOBIOLOGY X *1991 1991 *n.d. n.d. bugarah al bahr, arus al bahr; 97, 114.) Bradley, J.J. (DD; Sir Edward Pellew Islands, Australia; 91, 93, 99-101.) Frazier & Mundkur (DD; Gulf of Kutch, India; bai manas, suwar machi, lulli; 371.) Bible, The (?DD; Hebrew, tachash.) Giacone, A. (TI; Tucano, Brazil; uekque-uai; 54.) Virginia 1676 Glover, T 1828 Mitchill et al. (fossil sir.; Accomac Co.; m272.) 1856b Leidy, J. (Manatus antiquus; 165.) 1908a Anon. (TML; Ocean View; 532.) Duncan, J.F. (TML; Ocean View; 611-612.) McAtee, WL. (?TML; Rappahannock R.; sighting by Glover [1676]; 98-99.) Kellogg, R. (supposed sir. [really cetacean]; Mioc; 78.) Gill, W Rathbun et al. (TML; 153-154, 156, 160-163; District of Columbia, 153, 156.) 1984c Domning, D.P. (cf. Metaxytherium calvertense; Pamunkey R.; 224-225, 1 pl.) 1985 O'Shea, Beck et al. (TML; 5.) 1988a O'Shea, T.J. (TML; 187, 198.) 1994 Bruenderman & Terwilliger (TM; pop. acc; 18- 19.) 1908 *1950 1966 1981 *1982 Washington (State) xD 1931 Kellogg, R. (Desmostylus; Mioc; 226.) xD 1963 Mitchell & Repenning (Desmostylus; Mioc; 10, 16.) xD*1986 Domning et al. (Behemotops proteus, n.gen.n.sp.; Olig.; 1-4, 6-14.) D 1994 Ray et al. (Behemotops proteus; Olig.) Weed Control ?I960 Allsopp, W.H.L. (TMM; Guyana; 762.) 1960a Anon. (TMM; Guyana; 58.) 1960b Anon. (Trichechus; Sri Lanka & Thailand; 5.) 1960c Anon. (Trichechus; Sri Lanka & Thailand; 70.) 1961 Allsopp, W.H.L. *1961 Dill, WA. (gen. acc; 1-6.) 1962 Allsopp, W.H.L. 1962 Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 1329.) 1963 Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; results & problems of use of manatees; 91-93.) 1963 Bertram, G.C.L. (TMM; Guyana) 1964a Anon. (TML; Florida; account of study in progress; 29-30.) 1964d Anon. 1964 Garfield, G. 1964 Lapham, L.H. (TM; Florida, 38-39; Panama, m39.) Bard, J. (TS, TM; potential use; 5, 8.) Schevill & Watkins (TML; Ft. Lauderdale, Florida; m373.) Bertram & Bertram (gen. acc; 214, 216-217.) Little, E.C.S. (potential use of sirs.; 82, 86.) Sguros, PL. (TML; Florida) Anon. (TML; Florida; pop. acc; 33-35.) Browder, J. (TML; Florida; 3-5, 34.) MacLaren, J.P. (TMM, TI; Panama; 388-393.) Anon. Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana; 389, 393.) Blackburn & Andres Klinge, P. Allsopp, W.H.L. (results & problems of use of manatees; 344-351.) Barada, B. (TML; Florida) Hartman, D.S. (TML; Florida; 22.) Anon. (TMM; Guyana; 4-5, 17-19.) Bertram & Bertram (review of past efforts; 329-330.) Walker, M.J. Mondolfi, E. (TMM; Venezuela; m6-7, ml3.) Sanger, C. (TMM; Guyana; 23.) Spurgeon, D. (TMM; Guyana; 238-239.) Spurgeon, D. (TMM; Guyana; 10-11.) Vietmeyer, N.D. (TM; Guyana & Florida; 60-64.) Andres & Bennett Vietmeyer, N.D. (m71.) Anon. Campbell, H.W. (disadvantages of using manatees; 6.) Anon. (Trichechus; pop. acc; 80.) Bertram & Bertram (TMM; Guyana, 106-108; Suriname, 107.) Best & da Silva (TI; Brazil; use in artificial lakes proposed; 29.) Vogt, H.-H. Gluckman, D. (Florida; relevant laws; 264, 267- 273.) Best, R.C. (TI; Curud-Una, Brazil; 376.) Riemer, D.N. (TM; gen. acc; 138-141.) Etheridge et al. (TML; Florida; measurements of plant consumption; manatees considered ineffi cient control agents; 21-25.) Wargasasmita, S. Cruz & Delgado Timm et al. (TI; Ecuador; possible importance to Siona Indians of natural weed control; 6.) 1991 Haigh, M.D. (TMM; Guyana; 339-349.) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1965 1965 1966b 1966 *1966 1967 *1967 *1967 1968b 1968a 1968 1968 *1969 1971b 1972a * 1973a 1973 1973 1974 1974 1974a 1974b 1974b 1975 1975 1976f 1976 1977f 1977 1979 1979 1983b 1984b 1984 *1985 1985 1986 1989 NUMBER 80 611 West African Manatee: SEE Trichechus senegalensis and synonyms West Indian Manatee: SEE Trichechus manatus and synonyms West Indies (SEE ALSO: Caribbean Sea; Cuba; Dominican Republic; Haiti; Jamaica; Puerto Rico) Oviedo, G.F. de (TMM) Hernandez, F. Rochefort, C. de (TMM; Antilles; 194-195, 199.) Rochefort, C de (TMM; Antilles; 391-394, 402.) Edwards, B. (TMM; 1: 127.) Descourtilz, M.E. (TMM; San Domingo; 2: 274- 276.) Walton, W. (Santo Domingo) De Pourtales, L.F. (TM; zoogeography; 144.) True, F.W. (TM; distr.; 115.) Martin, K. Ober, F. (TMM; Haiti; sighted by Columbus; 236.) Hill, R.T. (TM; Cuba, m56; Jamaica, ml99; Bahamas, m298.) Duerden, J.E. Van Oort, E.D. (Aruba) Fewkes, J.W (TMM) Miller, G.S., Jr. (TMM; Santo Domingo; archeolo gical site; 9.) 1918 Miller, G.S., Jr. (TMM; Virgin Islands; archeologi cal site; 509.) 1935 Loven, S. 1936 Vessey-Fitzgerald, D. (TMM; Trinidad) 1940 Crouse, N.M. (TMM; in 17th century commerce; 110.) 1942 Kellogg, R. 1943 Kellogg, R. (Eoc. & Olig. sirs.; 299.) X X X X X X X X X 1526 1651 1665 1667 1801 1809 1810 1877 1884b 1888 1893 1898 1901 1902 1907 1916 x 1946 x 1960 1964 1967 x 1968 x 1970 x 1971 Baughman, J.L. (TMM; early accounts; 234-237.) Ray, CE. (TMM; Lesser Antilles; 412-413.) Rouse, I. Wing, E.S. Wing et al. (TMM; Antigua; 129.) Erdman, D.S. (TMM; Puerto Rico; absent from Virgin Islands; 638.) Pratt, R.M. (sir. rib fragments from seabed off U.S. Atlantic coast; 27, 31-33.) Anon. (TM; Bahamas; 8.) Campbell, D.G. (TMM; Bahamas) Odell et al. (TM; Bahamas; 289-293.) Wing & Scudder (St. Kitts) Sylvestre & Barloy (TMM; gen. acc; 62-63.) Wing & Reitz (TMM; Grenada, St. Kitts, Trinidad; at archeological sites; 16, 24.) Watters et al. (TMM; Barbuda; archeological site; 404, 406-407, 409.) Steininger, F.F. (TMM; St. Lucia; archeological site; 42, 74.) Lefebvre et al. (TMM; distr., status, & biogeogra- phy; 567-576, 586, 589-591, 599-602, 607.) Xenosiren Domning, 1989 *1989d Domning, D.P. (n.gen.; Mioc. or Plioc, Mexico; 429-437.) Xenosiren yucateca Domning, 1989 *1989d Domning, D.P. (n.gen.n.sp.; Mioc. or Plioc, Mexico; 429-437.) 1990b Domning, D.P. (comp. w/ Corystosiren varguezi; 362, 368-369.) 1991 Toledo & Domning (comp. w/ Dioplotherium cf. allisoni, 123-124, 130; comp. w/ cf. Rytiodus, 132-133, 135.) X x X X X X X 1976a 1978 1978 1980 1982 1982 1984 1986 *1989 iOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1996 387-410/20009